0% found this document useful (0 votes)

66 views

Building Code of The City of New York - Entire2004

This document is the preface to the Building Code of New York City. It provides background information on the enactment and revision of the Building Code. Some key points: - The current Building Code was enacted in 1968 and is based on nationally accepted construction standards and specifications. - The Code has been updated through various amendments, including requirements for sprinklers, sidewalk sheds, elevators, boilers, and more. - Recent amendments include regulations for outdoor advertising, banning mercury gauges, awnings, and carbon monoxide detectors. - The preface provides context for the recodification of the Administrative Code in 1985 and notes that editorial references point out changes from the old to new code

Uploaded by

Fabio.cesar

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

66 views

Building Code of The City of New York - Entire2004

Uploaded by

Fabio.cesar

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 1001

Plus Reference Standards and Selected Rules and

Regulations of the Department of Buildings

Local Law No. 76 Effective December 6, 1968

Includes Amendments to October 1, 2004

Michael R. Bloomberg
Mayor

Patricia J. Lancaster Martha K. Hirst

Commissioner Commissioner
Department of Buildings Department of Citywide Administrative Services

originally published October 1, 2003

revised through October 1, 2004
Volume 1 of 2

revision: October 1, 2004 Title Page

New York City Department of Buildings
Fatma M. Amer, PE
Acting Deputy Commissioner

Special Acknowledgement:
Former Deputy Commissioner, Ronny Livian, PE
Chief of Staff, Stephen Kramer
Former Executive Engineer, Nicholas Grecco, PE
Assistant Commissioner, Marilyn King Festa

THE BUILDING CODE OF THE CITY OF NEW YORK

VOLUME 1

Published by the Department of Citywide Administrative Services

The Building Code and other related municipal publications are available at CityStore

revision: October 1, 2004 Title Page

Preface

BUILDING CODE
OF THE CITY OF NEW YORK

Plus Selected Rules of the Department of Buildings

LOCAL LAW NO. 76 Effective Dec. 6, 1968
INCLUDES AMENDMENTS To October 1, 2004

MICHAEL R. BLOOMBERG
MAYOR
PATRICIA J. LANCASTER, A.I.A.
Commissioner
PREFACE

The current Building Code was enacted by the City Council including Hotels); Local Law 10/99 (sprinkler protection
on October 22, 1968, and approved by the Mayor on of residential building).
November 6, 1968. It became effective on December 6, Recent significant amendments to the Building Code
1968, superseding the Building Code enacted in 1938. The include:
"New Code" is based largely upon nationally accepted
performance standards and specifications for materials and • Padlock Law (Local Law 6/93)
construction assemblies.
The present edition updates the Building Code to • Sidewalk Sheds
October 1, 2004.
The State Legislature, pursuant to Chapter 907 of the Laws • Elevators and Escalators
of 1985, repealed and reenacted the Administrative Code of
the City of New York to reflect changes in form, particularly • Fees
a complete renumbering of the sections of the Code.
Accordingly, General Provisions, Licenses and Building • Registration of Expediters
Construction are contained in Chapter 1 of Title 26 and
the Building Code is contained in Chapter 1 of Title 27. • Boiler Inspections
The old section numbers of the Building Code are shown
in brackets, followed by the new section numbers. This
• Consolidation of the Board of Standards and Appeals
serves as a convenience to architectural and engineering
Equipment Section into the Materials & Equipment
professionals and construction industry members familiar
Acceptance Section of the Department of Buildings
with the Code prior to this revision.
To facilitate the adoption of proven results of research and
• Cranes and Derricks
development in the dynamic field of construction, the Code
provides that the Buildings Commissioner may adopt new
standards or revise existing standards. In the past, this could • Sprinklering of Residential Buildings (Local Law 10/99)
only be accomplished by legislative action. Moreover, the
Code further provides that equipment and materials may be • Regulation of Outdoor Advertising (Local Law 14/01)
accepted by the Department of Buildings based upon national
reference standards and tests conducted by recognized • Use of Mercury Gauges to Test Plumbing,
national laboratories. Such acceptance previously required Prohibited (Local Law 17/01)
approval by the Board of Standards and Appeals.
Since 1968, there developed a need to respond to new • Awnings (Local Law 44/03)
situations or exigencies through the passage of local laws
whose provisions were incorporated in the Building • Carbon Monoxide Detectors (Local Law 07/04)
Code. Some of these included Local Law 5/73 (Fire
Safety in Office Buildings); Local Law 41/78 (Fire • Sprinklers, Exit Signs, and Photo-Luminescent Marking in
Safety in Places of Public Assembly); Local Law 10/80 High Rise Office Buildings and Other Prospective Changes
and Local Law 11/98 (Owners' Inspection of Building to the Code relating to Fire Safety (Local Law 26/04)
Facades); Local Law 10/81 (Owners' Inspection of
Elevators); Local Law 16/84 (Fire Safety in Buildings, • Mechanical Refrigeration (LL 32/04)

revision: October 1, 2004 I

Preface

For further information, readers may wish to refer to CityStore (NYC.gov/citystore) or visit the Department of
the published series of the Department of Buildings’ Buildings website at NYC.gov/buildings for the latest
Directives and Memorandums which are available at policy and procedure notices.

Patricia J. Lancaster, AIA

Commissioner

EDITOR'S NOTE: Editorial notes pointing out discrepancies

In addition to Chapter 907 of the state laws of between the former code and the recodified
1985 mentioned in the preface above, the version not specifically indicated as changes, or
legislature enacted, effective September 1, 1986, references to laws that have amended the code
Chapter 839 of the state laws of 1986, which since recodification, are indicated with asterisks
made certain technical corrections and changes and corresponding footnotes in bold italics at the
to the recodification. following the section. Obvious errors (such as
Within the Reference Standards Appendix of this misspellings) are corrected and noted within the
volume are references to specific sections in the text with a [sic] following the particular word.
Building Code. Standards enacted prior to the
recodification of the Building Code refer to the Page Setup:
code using the old section numbers. For your Where text is interrupted by a table, left column
convenience, therefore, we have included a two-part above the table will continue unto the right
conversion table which lists former to current column above the table. Text below the table will
and then current to former section numbers. In follow the same pattern.
addition, the Table of Contents lists old and new
major headings.

revision: October 1, 2004 II

Preface

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Volume I
TITLE 26, ADMINISTRATIVE CODE
HOUSING AND BUILDINGS TITLE 27, ADMINISTRATIVE CODE
CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE
CHAPTER 1 — DEPT. OF BUILDINGS
CHAPTER 1—BUILDING CODE
SUBCHAPTER 1—General Provisions SUBCHAPTER
SUBCHAPTER 2—Licenses
1 Administration and Enforcement
Article
1 General Provisions 2 Definitions
2 Master Plumbing License; Master Fire 3 Occupancy and Construction Classifications
Suppression Piping Contractor License
4 Building Limitations
3 Welder License
5 Fire Protection Construction Requirements
4 High Pressure Boiler Operating Engineer
and Portable High Pressure Boiler 6 Means of Egress
Operating Engineer Licenses
7 Special Uses and Occupancies
5 Hoisting Machine Operator License
8 Places of Assembly
6 Rigger License
9 Loads
7 Sign Hanger Licenses
10 Structural Work
8 Oil-Burning Equipment Installer License
11 Foundations
9 Concrete Testing Laboratory License
12 Light, Heat, Ventilation and Noise Control
SUBCHAPTER 3—Building Construction
13 Mechanical Ventilation, Air Conditioning,
Article and Refrigeration Systems
1 General Provisions
14 Heating and Combustion Equipment
2 Permits
15 Chimneys and Gas Vents
3 Fees
16 Plumbing and Gas Piping
4 Inspections
17 Fire Alarm, Detection and Extinguishing
5 Certificates of Occupancy Equipment
6 Projections Beyond Street Line 18 Elevators and Conveyers
7 Safety in Building Operations 19 Safety of Public and Property During
Construction Operations
8 Unsafe Buildings and Property
9 Violations and Punishments INDEX
Title 26, Chapter 1
10 Miscellaneous Provisions
Title 27, Chapter 1
SUBCHAPTER 4- Regulation Of Outdoor Signs
Article
1 Maintenance Permit for Outdoor Signs
2 Outdoor Advertising Companies

revision: October 1, 2004 III

Preface

The following is a listing of the revisions to the Reference Standards of the Building
Code as approved by the Board of Standards and Appeals and Department of Buildings
promulgations through October 1, 2004
Item Amended Local Law(s) Board of Standards Department of
and Appeals Buildings – Effective Dates

RS 2-1 List 13-1987 428-83-BCR; 705-80-BCR; 5/1/99; 6/1/96;

State Law Effective Date

Laws of 1995
Chapter 559……………… January 1, 1996

Laws of 2000
Chapter 45……………… September 4, 2000

revision: October 1, 2004 465

Amendments

EFFECTIVE DATES OF BOARD OF

STANDARDS AND APPEALS

BSA Effective Date

170-69-BCR……………………………………………………………………….. July 10 1969

247-70-BCR.........................................................................................................…. June 22 1970

248-70-BCR........................................................................................................…. June 22
249-70-BCR.........................................................................................................…. June 22
260-70-BCR..........................................................................................................…. .July 1

393-71-BCR; 394; 395; 396;............................................................................................…. 1971

397; 398...............................................................................................................…. June 29
454-71-BCR.................................................................................................. December 21
731-71-BCR.................................................................................................. December 14

177-72-BCR.......................................................................................................... April 18 1972

181-72-BCR.......................................................................................................... April 18
217-72-BCR.......................................................................................................... April 25
218-72-BCR.......................................................................................................... June 20
219-72-BCR.......................................................................................................... April 25
239-72-BCR............................................................................................................ May 9
353-72-BCR........................................................................................................... June 27
(Amended March 11, 1975)...............................................................................................
723-72-BCR................................................................................................... December 12

747-72-BCR.....................................................................................................… January 9 1973

264-73-BCR............................................................................................................ June 14
302-73-BCR............................................................................................................ June 19
339-73-BCR............................................................................................................ July 17
341-73-BCR............................................................................................................ July 17

revision: October 1, 2004 466

Amendments

BSA Effective Date

49-74-BCR......................................................................................................….. March 12 1974

213-74-BCR.......................................................................................................…. June 4

149-75-BCR............................................................................................................. May 6 1975

515-75-BCR.................................................................................................… December 2

587-76-BCR.......................................................................................................... .. July 27 1976

281-77-BCR.........................................................................................................…. July 19 1977

369-77-BCR.........................................................................................................…. July 19
479-77-BCR..............................................................................................…. September 7
506-77-BCR...............................................................................................…. September 20

935-78-BCR.................................................................................................. November 28 1978

71-79-BCR..................................................................................................... February 20 1979

72-79-BCR......................................................................................................... March 13
510-79-BCR............................................................................................................ June 12
511-79-BCR............................................................................................................ June 12
512-79-BCR............................................................................................................ June 12
571-79-BCR............................................................................................................ June 26
799-79-BCR.................................................................................................... September 8
1101-79-BCR................................................................................................ November 27
1240-79-BCR.................................................................................................. February 25

51-80-BCR........................................................................................................ February 19 1980

142-80-BCR............................................................................................................. .June 17
390-80-BCR.............................................................................................................. June 10
493-80-BCR............................................................................................................... May13
610-80-BCR.............................................................................................................. June 10
664-80-BCR.............................................................................................................. June 24
693-80-BCR...............................................................................................................July 8
705-80-BCR........................................................................................................ .October 21
714-80-BCR................................................................................................................July 22
745-80-BCR................................................................................................................July 22
750-80-BCR.........................................................................................................October 21
887-80-BCR.......................................................................................................November 5
888-80-BCR.......................................................................................................November 5
938-80-BCR.......................................................................................................November 5
939-80-BCR..........................................................................................................October 14
1014-80-BCR....................................................................................................November 25
1085-80-BCR.......................................................................................................December 9

1155-80-BCR...................................................................................................... January 6 1981

1156-80-BCR........................................................................................................ January 6
308-81-BCR..........................................................................................................…. June 16
425-81-BCR........................................................................................................….. July 14
798-81-BCR........................................................................................................November 4

1084-81-BCR..................................................................................................…. February 2 1982

253-82-BCR........................................................................................................…..June 15
252-82-BCR.......................................................................................................... .June 22
385-82-BCR........................................................................................................ August 10

913-82-BCR...................................................................................................... January 18 1983

915-82-BCR...................................................................................................... January 18
916-82-BCR...................................................................................................... January 18
98-83-BCR..........................................................................................................….. March 1

revision: October 1, 2004 467

Amendments

BSA Effective Date

1155-80-BCR......................................................................................................….. May 10
427-83-BCR....................................................................................................… … June 14
428-83-BCR........................................................................................................….. June 14
633-83-BCR...............................................................................................…..September 13
1045-83-BCR...............................................................................................….. December 6
1050-83-BCR................................................................................................….. December 6

288-84-BCR...........................................................................................................… June 5 1984

289-84-BCR.........................................................................................................…. May 22
290-84-BCR.........................................................................................................…. May 22
695-84-BCR.................................................................................................. September 11
934-84-BCR.................................................................................................. December 18

208-85-BCR......................................................................................................… March 19 1985

435-85-BCR.........................................................................................................…. May 21
678-85-BCR...................................................................................................…. October 1
814-85-BCR...................................................................................................…. October 29

260-86-BCR.......................................................................................................... April 22 1986

261-86-BCR.......................................................................................................... April 22
262-86-BCR.......................................................................................................... April 22
738-86-BCR................................................................................................. September 16
739-86-BCR................................................................................................. September 16

1076-86-BCR.................................................................................................…. January 27 1987

1077-86-BCR.................................................................................................….. January 27
9-87-BCR........................................................................................................ . February 10
17-87-BCR...................................................................................................…. February 10
236-87-BCR.......................................................................................................…. March 31
237-87-BCR.......................................................................................................… March 31
617-87-BCR...........................................................................................................… July 8
946-87-BCR............................................................................................... .…. December 22
947-87-BCR.................................................................................................… December 22

82-88-BCR..........................................................................................................… March 1 1988

135-88-BCR........................................................................................................… March 1
373-88-BCR...........................................................................................................… May 3
1025-88-BCR................................................................................................ September 27
1341-88-BCR.................................................................................................. December 6
1342-88-BCR................................................................................................. December 6
1343-88-BCR................................................................................................. December 20

455-89-BCR.........................................................................................................…. June 27 1989

886-89-BCR................................................................................................…. December 12

111-90-BCR...........................................................................................................….. May 1 1990

213-90-BCR................................................................................................…. September 11
234-90-BCR................................................................................................…. September 11
242-90-BCR................................................................................................…. September 11
243-90-BCR................................................................................................…. September 11

310-90-BCR..................................................................................................... January 22 1991

11-91-BCR.......................................................................................................... March 12

revision: October 1, 2004 468

Index

SUBJECT INDEX
Title 26, Housing and Buildings
CHAPTER 1, DEPARTMENT OF BUILDINGS
SUBCHAPTER 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS
SUBCHAPTER 2 LICENSES
SUBCHAPTER 3 BUILDING CONSTRUCTION
SUBCHAPTER 4 REGULATION OF OUTDOOR SIGNS
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
A F

Affidavits, proofs and oaths, 26-106 False statements in certificates, forms, written statements,
Annual report, 26-109 applications or reports, 26-124
Application for license, 26-132 Falsely impersonating an officer, 26-112
Record of application, 26-129 Fees, 26-210
Computation, for work permits, 26-212
B For approval of plans and work permits, 26-211
For cranes, derricks and cableways, testing, approval,
Borough superintendents, 26-130 inspection and use, 26-215
For equipment use permits, 26-213
C Liens on premises, 26-128
Requirement of fee, 26-210
Certificate of commissioner, 26-121 Special fees, 26-214
Certificate of Occupancy, 26- 224 Special fees, asbestos, 26-214.1
Issuance and filing of certificate of Testing, 26-215
occupancy, 26-224
Occupancy of existing buildings, 26-223 H
Requirement of certificate of occupancy, 26-222
Complaint book, 26-107 High-pressure boiler operating engineer and portable
Contents of notices and orders, 26-116 high-pressure boiler operating engineer licenses, 26-159
Concrete testing laboratory license, Definition, 26-160
License applications, 26-201 License applications, 26-161
License conditions, 26-204 License conditions, 26-164
License fees, 26-203 License fees, 26-163
License qualifications, 26-202 Licensing of existing operating engineers, 26-165
License qualifications, 26-162
Requirement of license, 26-200
Requirement of license, 26-159
Hoisting machine operator license, 26-166
D
Classification of licenses, 26-168
License applications, 26-167
Dangerous buildings, places and things;
License conditions, 26-171
nuisance, 26-127 License fees, 26-170
Definitions, building, 26-101 License qualifications, 26-169
E I
Enforcement proceedings, 26-120 Illegal practices in the sale or use of lumber for
Environmental Control Board, construction purposes prohibited, 26-251
civil penalties, 26-126.1 Inspections, 26-216
proceedings, 26-126.2 Of building work, 26-217
order to certify correction, 26-126.2 Of completed buildings, 26-218
penalty for failure to certify correction of Of construction machinery and equipment, etc. 26-219
violation, 26-126.3 Of signs, 26-220
power of commissioner to designate provisions Reports, 26-221
enforceable by environmental control board, 26-126.4 Right of entry and inspection, 26-216
Examination of applicant, 26-134 Issuance of license, 26-136
Exemptions from examination, 26-135

revision: October 1, 2004 407

Index

L Classification of oil-burning equipment installer

licenses, 26-193
Licenses, General, 26-131 License applications, 26-194
Application, 26-132 License conditions, 26-199
Examination, 26-134 License fees, 26-198
Exemptions from examination, 26-135 Requirement of license, 26-192
Fees, 26-146 Orders, non-compliance with,
Issuance, 26-136 Execution of work, by dept., 26-123
Qualifications, 26-133 Punishments; penalty, 26-122
Renewal and term of, 26-137 Orders, judicial, 26-247
Revocation of, 26-139 service of, 26-117
Violations and penalties, 26-140 stop-work, 26-118
Use of, 26-138 Outdoor advertising,
Licenses, Specific, see each category illegal outdoor signs, 26-127.3
Liens, upon building, 26-105 regulation of outdoor signs, Chapter 1, Subchapter 4,
Lis pendens, 26-119 Articles 1 and 2
Lumber, prohibited, 26-251 Outside work, employment and financial interests
prohibited, 26-114
M
P
Matters covered in Subchapter 3, 26-205
Master plumber license; Master Fire Penalties,
Suppression Piping Contractor License, 26-141 Illegal apartment conversions, 26-125
Business operation, 26-149 Civil, Environmental Control Board, 26-126.1, 26-126.3
Certificate application, 26-145 Work without a permit, 26-212.1
Certificate of competence, 26-148 Permits,
Definitions, 26-141 Approval of plans, 26-208
Examination waiver, 26-153.1 Copies to tax dept., 26-130
Exemption, 26-143 Requirement of permit, 26-207
License Signature to permit, 26-209
board, 26-144 Projections beyond street line, 26-225
expiration and renewal, 26-150 Existing projections beyond street line, 26-226
fees, 26-147 General restrictions on projections beyond street line, 26-225
qualifications, 26-146 Rules governing projections beyond street line, 26-227
requirements, 26-142 Proofs, affidavits and oaths, 26-106
suspension and revocation, 26-151 Publication of statistics and other data, 26-110
Practice without license, other violations, etc., 26-152
Publication of roster of licensees, 26-153 R
Renewals, 26-150.1
Multiple dwelling, defined, 26-101 Record of applications, 26-129
Records in department, 26-103
N Renewal of license, 26-137
Master Plumber and Fire
New work to conform, 26-206 Suppression Piping Contractor License, 26-150.1
Non-compliance with orders: execution of work Reports from different institutions and agencies, 26-108
by department, 26-123 Revocation of licenses, 26-139
Punishments; penalty, 26-122 Rigger licenses, 26-172
Notices and orders, 26-115 Bond requirements, 26-178
Classification of rigger licenses, 26-174
O Exemptions, 26-173
License applications, 26-175
Oil-Burning equipment installer licenses, 26-192 License conditions, 26-181
Bond requirement, 26-197 License fees, 26-180
Class A oil-burning equipment installer Master rigger qualifications, 26-176
qualifications, 26-195 Requirement of license, 26-172
Class B oil-burning equipment installer Special rigger qualifications, 26-177
qualifications, 26-196 Workmen’s compensation, 26-179

revision: October 1, 2004 408

Index

S V

Safety in building operations, 26-228 Violations and penalties, 26-140

General safety requirements, 26-228 Violations and punishments,
Maintenance and repair of protection fences and Appeal, 26-250
retaining walls, 26-233 Emergency measures, 26-245
Protection of roofs, skylights, etc., 26-230 Judicial orders, 26-247
Regulation of lots, 26-231 Judicial remedies, 26-246
Report and inspection of unsafe buildings and Notices of requirements or of violations, 26-244
property, 26-234 Punishments, 26-248
Retaining walls, 26-232 Violations of building laws: punishments; penalties, 26-125
Safety requirements during excavation Cranes; Derricks: illegal operation, 26-125.1
operations, 26-229 Violations of peremptory orders, 26-249
Seal; judicial notice, 26-102 Violations of zoning resolutions, 26-126
Service equipment, defined, 26-101 Residential districts; public nuisance; order of closure,
Service of notices and orders, 26-117 26-127.2
Sidewalk sheds, fences, railings, etc., 26-252
Sign hanger licenses, W
Bond requirements, 26-188
Classification of sign hanger licenses, 26-183 Welders licenses, 26-154
Exemptions, 26-184 License applications, 26-155
License applications, 26-185 License conditions, 26-158
License conditions, 26-191 License fees, 26-157
License fees, 26-190 License qualifications, 26-156
Master sign hanger qualifications, 26-186 Requirement of license, 26-154
Requirement of license, 26-182
Special sign hanger qualifications, 26-187
Workmen’s compensation, 26-189
Signs, fees, 26-212(6)a
Illegal outdoor signs, 26-127.3
Regulation of outdoor signs, Chapter 1,
Subchapter 4, Articles 1 and 2
Stop-work notices and orders, 26-118
Subordinates; discipline of, 26-113

Taxpayers’ requests for institution of actions, 26-105

Term of license: renewal, 26-137

Uniforms and badges, 26-111

Unsafe buildings and property, 26-243
Fallen structures and structures imminently
dangerous, 26-243
Judicial review of survey, 26-239
Provision for expense of executing precept, 26-241
Record and notice of unsafe structures or
premises, 26-236
Removal or repair of structures, 26-235
Repair or removal under precept—
a. Execution of precept, 26-240
Return of precept; reimbursement of city, 26-242
Survey, 26-238
Voluntary abatement of unsafe or dangerous
conditions, 26-237

revision: October 1, 2004 409

Title 26 / Subchapter 1

TITLE 26
HOUSING AND BUILDINGS
CHAPTER 1 Punishments; Penalty Violations
DEPARTMENT OF BUILDINGS of Building Laws; Punishments
and Penalties for Illegal Operation
Sub-Art. Sub-chapter Subchapter 1 of Cranes and Derricks
or Sec. or Sec.* General Provisions [643a-12.0] 126 Violations of Zoning Resolutions
[641-1.0] 101 Definitions [643a-12.1] 126.1 Environmental Control Board;
[641-2.0] 102 Seal; Judicial Notice Civil Penalties
[641-3.0] 103 Records in Department [643a-12.2] 126.2 Environmental Control Board
[641-4.0] 104 Complaint Book Proceedings; Order to Certify
[641-5.0] 105 Taxpayers' Requests for Correction
Institution of Actions [643a-12.3] 126.3 Civil Penalty for Failure to
[641-6.0] 106 Proofs, Affidavits and Oaths Certify the Correction of a
[641-7.0] 107 Cooperation of Other Violation
Departments [643a-12.4] 126.4 Limitations on Power of
[641-8.0] 108 Reports from Different Commissioner to Designate
Institutions and Agencies Administrative Code Provisions
Which May Enforced by the
[641-9.0] 109 Annual Report Environmental Control Board
[641-10.0] 110 Publications of Statistics and [643a-13.0] 127 Dangerous Buildings, Places
Other Data and Things; Nuisance
[642-1.0] 111 Uniforms and Badges 127.1 Penalties for Violation or Order
[642-2.0] 112 Falsely Impersonating an to Vacate and Order to Seal, Secure
Officer and Close; Access to Premises
[642-3.0] 113 Subordinates; Discipline of 127.2 Violations of Zoning Resolution
[642-4.0] 114 Certain Outside Work, in Residential Districts; Public
Employment and Financial Nuisance; Order of Closure
Interests Prohibited 127.3 Illegal Outdoor Signs; Public
[643a-1.0] 115 Notice and Orders Nuisance
[643a-2.0] 116 Contents of Notices and [643a-14.0] 128 Liens on Premises for Inspection,
Orders Reinspection, Examination,
[643a-3.0] 117 Service of Notices and Orders Service or Permit Fees
[643a-4.0] 118 Stop Work Notices and Orders [644-1.0] 129 Record of Applications
[643a-5.0] 119 List Pendens [644-2.0] 130 Borough Superintendents to
Furnish Tax Department With
[643a-6.0] 120 Enforcement Proceedings
Copies of Permits
[643a-7.0] 121 Certificate of Commissioner; *“C26” omitted from section numbers in this column.
Presumptive Evidence
[643a-8.0] 122 Non-Compliance With Order SUBCHAPTER 1
and Illegal Places of GENERAL PROVISIONS
Assembly; Punishment;
Penalty §[641-1.0] 26-101 Definitions.-For the purposes of this chapter:
[643a-9.0] 123 Non-Compliance With Orders 1. The term "multiple dwelling" shall mean such dwelling as
Execution of Work by defined by section four of the multiple dwelling law;
Department 2. The term "building" shall mean any building, structure,
[643a-10.0] 124 False Statements in premises, or part thereof;
Certificates, Forms, Written 3. The term "service equipment" shall mean equipment, and
Statements, Applications, all components thereof, which provide sanitation, power,
Reports or Certificates light, heat, ventilation, air conditioning, refuse disposal, fire-
fighting, transportation or other facilities for buildings.
[643a-11.0] 125 Violations of Building Laws; 4. The term "commissioner" shall mean the city commissioner

1
Title 26 / Subchapter 1

of buildings. dispensary from each building. Such statement shall show

5. The term "department" shall mean the city department the location of such building by street and number, the
of buildings. nature of the sickness treated, whether the patient was an
adult or child and the date of the treatment.
§[641-2.0] 26-102 Seal; judicial notice.- b. The police department shall furnish to the department a
The commissioner may design and adopt a seal for the weekly statement of the number of arrests of persons
department, and cause the same to be used in the authentication living in such buildings. Such statement shall show the
of the orders and proceedings of the department, and for location of such building, by street and number, the
such other purposes as he or she may prescribe. The courts offense with which the person is charged, the age and
shall take judicial notice of such seal, and of the signature name of the offender, and such other information as the
of the commissioner and the deputy commissioners of such department may require. The commissioner shall prescribe
department. and furnish blank forms for making such statements.
c. Such department may require reports and information of
§[641-3.0] 26-103 Records in department.- such facts relative to the condition of persons residing in
The department shall keep records of every building in such buildings as the commissioner may deem useful in
the city. Such records shall be kept in the manner and carrying out the duties of the department. Such reports also
form prescribed by the commissioner. may be required from all dispensaries, hospitals, charitable or
benevolent societies, infirmaries, prisons and schools, and
**§[641-4.0] 26-104 Complaint book. -The department from the managers, principals and officers thereof. The
shall keep a general complaint book, or several such managers, principals and officers of such institutions shall
books, in which may be entered any complaint made by give such information promptly and shall make such reports,
any person in reference to any building. Such entry shall verbally or in writing, as the commissioner may require.
include the name and residence of the complainant, the
name of the person complained of, the date of the entry §[641-9.0] 26-109 Annual report. -The annual report of
of the complaint and any suggested remedies. Except for the department shall be published in book form for public
entries of names and residences of the complainants, information. Such report shall contain the statistics kept
such book shall be open to public examination during the by the department.
office hours of the department, subject to such regulations
as the commissioner may prescribe. The commissioner §[641-10.0] 26-110 Publication of statistics and other
shall cause all complaints to be investigated. data.- The commissioner may provide for the publicity of
** Local Law 91-1989. the papers, files, reports, records and the proceedings of
the department whenever he or she deems it necessary for
§[641-5.0] 26-105 Taxpayers’ requests for institution of the public good.
actions.- Taxpayers’ requests for institution of actions for
liens upon buildings shall be presented to the department. §[642-1.0] 26-111 Uniforms and badges.- The commissioner
may provide or designate a suitable uniform to be worn by
§[641-6.0] 26-106 Proofs, affidavits and oaths. – inspectors. He or she shall also provide a metal badge with a
Proofs, affidavits and examinations as to any matter suitable inscription thereon, and shall require that such badge
arising in connection with the performance of any of the shall be worn by the inspectors, officers and other employees
duties of the department may be taken by or before the of the department.
commissioner, or a deputy commissioner, or such other
person as the commissioner may designate; and such *§[642-2.0] 26-112 Falsely impersonating an officer.-
commissioner, deputy or other person may administer Any person who falsely represents himself or herself as
oaths in connection therewith. an officer, inspector or employee of the department, or a
not-for-profit corporation performing services on behalf
§[641-7.0] 26-107 Cooperation of other departments.- of the department pursuant to article twenty-seven of
Upon request of the commissioner, it shall be the duty of all subchapter one of chapter one of title twenty-seven of the
departments to cooperate with the department of buildings code, or as acting under the authority of the department or
at all times, and to furnish to such department such information, of such not-for-profit corporation, or who without authority
reports and assistance as the commissioner may require. uses, wears or displays a shield or other insignia or emblem
such as is worn by such officer, inspector or employee, shall
§[641-8.0] 26-108 Reports from different institutions and be guilty of a misdemeanor.
agencies. - *Local Law 107-1993.
a. All dispensaries and hospitals in the city shall make
weekly statements to the department as to the cases of §[642-3.0] 26-113 Subordinates; discipline of.- The
sickness received in such hospital or treated in such commissioner shall have power to punish any employee, for

2
Title 26 / Subchapter 1

neglect of duty, or omission to properly perform his or her delivery of a copy thereof personally to any person of
duty, or for violation of rules, or neglect or disobedience of suitable age and discretion in charge or apparently in
orders, or incapacity or absence without leave, by forfeiting charge of such building, premises or property, or any
or withholding compensation for a specified time, or by building work being executed thereon; or (c) by posting a
suspension from duty with or without pay for a period of not copy thereof in a conspicuous place upon such building,
exceeding thirty days. premises or property and mailing a copy thereof to the
owner of such building, premises or property at his or her
§[642-4.0] 26-114 Certain outside work, employment last known address, in which latter case the service shall
and financial interests prohibited. -It shall be unlawful for be deemed to have been effected three days after the date
any officer or employee of the department to be engaged in of mailing.
conducting or carrying on business as an architect, civil
engineer, structural engineer, sanitary engineer, carpenter, §[643a-4.0] 26-118 Stop Work notices and orders.-
plumber, iron worker, mason or builder, or any other Notwithstanding the provisions of sections 26-115 through
profession or business concerned with the construction, 26-117 of this subchapter, a notice or order to stop work
alteration or equipment of buildings. It shall also be unlawful may be issued by the commissioner, or his or her authorized
for such employees to be engaged in the manufacture or sale representative, at any time when it is found that building
of automatic sprinklers, fire extinguishing apparatus, fire work is being executed in violation of the provisions of any
protection devices, fire prevention devices, devices relating to law, rule or regulation enforceable by the department, or in
the means or adequacy of exit from buildings, or articles a dangerous or unsafe manner.
entering into the construction or alteration of buildings, or to Such notice or order may be given orally or in writing to the
act as agent for any person engaged in the manufacture or owner, lessee or occupant of the property involved, or to
sale of such articles, or own stock in any corporation engaged the agent of any of them, or to the person or persons executing
in the manufacture or sale of such articles. the work and may require all persons in and about the building
or premises to vacate the same forthwith, and also require
§[643a-1.0] 26-115 Notices and orders.- such work to be done as, in the opinion of the commissioner,
The commissioner shall have the power to issue notices and may be necessary to remove any danger therefrom. The
orders for enforcing compliance with any law, rule or police department shall, upon the request of the commissioner,
regulation in respect to any matters under the jurisdiction of assist the department in the enforcement of this section.
the department, and for remedying any condition found to Conditions warranting issuance of a stop work order
exist in, on or about any building, enclosure or premises, in include but are not limited to, the failure to have a construction
violation of any law, rule or regulation in respect to any site safety coordinator present in the course of on-going
such matters. Each such notice or order issued by the construction at those sites where department rules and
commissioner shall have his or her signature affixed thereto; regulations require that a construction site safety coordinator
but the commissioner may authorize any subordinate to affix be designated and present; the failure to erect a sidewalk
such signature. shed (or portions thereof) as required by section 27-1021 of
the code, or the removal of a sidewalk shed or portions
§[643a-2.0] 26-116 Contents of notices and orders.- All thereof, when such sidewalk shed is still required pursuant
notices and orders issued by the commissioner shall, in to such section.
addition to the statement of requirements, contain a description In addition to the penalties provided for in this subchapter,
of the building, premises or property affected; and except failure to comply with a stop work order shall be subject to
for such orders as may be served pursuant to section three the payment of a penalty in the sum of five hundred dollars
hundred twenty-six of the multiple dwelling law, the for each day there is non-compliance, to be recovered in a
notice or order shall be addressed to the owner, lessee or civil action brought in the name of the commissioner;
occupant of the building, premises or property affected. provided, however, this shall not apply to any work
It shall be unnecessary to designate such owner, occupant performed to remedy an unsafe or hazardous condition.
or lessee by name in the notice or order; but the premises
shall be designated in the address so that the premises §[643a-5.0] 26-119 Lis pendens.- The commissioner,
may readily be identified. after issuing any notice or order, or in any subsequent
action or proceeding, may also file a notice of lis pendens,
§[643a-3.0] 26-117 Service of notices and orders. - consisting of a copy of the notice or order issued by the
Except for such orders as may be served pursuant to commissioner and a notice of the action or proceeding
section three hundred twenty-six of the multiple instituted or to be instituted thereon.
dwelling law, service of notices and orders issued by the
commissioner may be made: (a) by delivery of a copy §[643a-6.0] 26-120 Enforcement proceedings. -
thereof personally to the owner, lessee or occupant of the a. Upon the violation of any law, rule or regulation
building, premises or property affected thereby; or (b) by enforceable by the department, or the failure to comply

3
Title 26 / Subchapter 1

with any order issued by the commissioner thereunder,

the commissioner may, in his or her discretion, request §[643a-9.0] 26-123 Non-compliance with orders;
the corporation counsel to institute legal proceedings to execution of work by department. -Upon the failure to
restrain, correct or abate such violation, or to compel comply with any order of the commissioner within the
compliance with such order; and the corporation counsel time limited thereby, and subject to the provisions of
shall thereupon institute such actions or proceedings as article eight of subchapter three of this chapter, any work
may be necessary and appropriate for such purposes. required to be executed by such order may be executed by
b. Such actions and proceedings may be instituted by the commissioner through the officers, agents or contractors
the corporation counsel in the name of the city in any of the department; and the city shall be reimbursed promptly
court of civil jurisdiction in the city and shall be given for all costs and expenses of such work. Such costs and
preference over pending causes therein. In such actions
expenses shall become a lien upon the premises involved and
or proceedings, the city may apply for restraining orders
named in the commissioners order, from the time of filing of
preliminary injunctions or other provisional remedies,
a notice of lis pendens as provided in section 26-119 of this
with or without notice; and no undertakings shall be
required as a condition to the granting or issuing of any subchapter; and such lien shall be enforceable in accordance
such order, injunction or remedy, or by reason thereof. with the mechanics' lien laws applicable in the city.
c. In no case shall the department, or any officer or
employee thereof, be liable for costs in any such action or *§[643a-10.0] 26-124 False statements in certificates, forms,
proceeding; and officers and employees of the department, written statements, applications, reports or certificates of
acting in good faith and without malice, shall be free from correction. -
liability for acts done in any such action or proceeding. a. Any person who shall knowingly make a false statement
d. Any judgment rendered in any such action or or who shall knowingly falsify or allow to be falsified any
proceeding shall be and become a lien upon the premises certificate, form, signed statement, application, report or
involved and named in the complaint in such action or certification of the correction of a violation required under
proceeding, the lien to date from the time of filing a notice the provisions of this code or any rule or regulation of any
of lis pendens in the office of the clerk of the county in agency promulgated thereunder, shall be guilty of a
which the premises is located, and to have priority before misdemeanor and, upon conviction thereof, shall be punished
any mortgage or other lien existing prior to such filing, by a fine of not less than one thousand dollars nor more than
except tax and assessment liens. five thousand dollars, or by imprisonment not to exceed six
months, or both.
§[643a-7.0] 26-121 Certificate of commissioner; presumptive b. Such person shall also be liable for a civil penalty of
evidence. -In any action or proceeding founded upon a not less than one thousand dollars nor more than five
claim by the commissioner that any law, rule or regulation thousand dollars which may be recovered in a proceeding
enforceable by the department has been violated, or that before the environmental control board. In any such
a lawful order issued by him or her has not been complied
proceeding which relates to a false statement in a certification
with, a certificate in writing by the commissioner, or his
filed pursuant to section 26-126.2, if an inspection made
authorized representative shall be presumptive evidence
within six months after the filing of the certification finds
of any matter stated therein.
a condition constituting a violation which is the same as
*§[643a-8.0] 26-122 Non-compliance with order and the condition described in the notice of violation with
illegal places of assembly; punishment; penalty.-Every respect to which such certification was filed, there shall
person who owns or operates a place of assembly without a be a rebuttable presumption that the condition described
current permit or emergency lighting as required by law, or in such notice of violation continued and is the same
who shall fail to comply with an order issued by the condition found in the inspection.
†
commissioner except an order issued pursuant to section c. The provisions of this section shall apply with respect
26-126.2; or who shall knowingly violate any requirement to any certificate, form, signed statement, application or
of any notice or order of the commissioner, shall be report submitted to a not-for-profit corporation performing
guilty of a misdemeanor, and, upon conviction thereof, services on behalf of the department pursuant to article
shall be punishable by a fine not to exceed five thousand twenty-seven of subchapter one of chapter one of title
dollars, or by imprisonment not to exceed six months, or twenty-seven of the code.
both. Such person shall also be subject to the payment of a *Local Law 80-1985, language juxtaposed per Ch. 907-1985.
penalty of not more than five thousand dollars to be †
Local Law 107-1993.
recovered in a civil action brought in the name of the city
in any court of competent jurisdiction or in a proceeding **§[643a-11.0] 26-125 Violations of building laws:
before the environmental control board. punishments; penalty. -
*Local Law 80-1985, language juxtaposed per Ch. 907-1985. a. Except as otherwise provided in subdivisions b and f of

4
Title 26 / Subchapter 1

this section, section 26-126 or 26-248 of this title, every filed with the department but who provides evidence in
person who shall violate any of the provisions of any accordance with rules promulgated by the
laws, rules or regulations enforceable by the department commissioner that the boiler was inspected in
or who shall knowingly take part or assist in any such accordance with the provisions of subdivision b of
violation shall be guilty of an offense, and upon section 27-793 of this code shall only be liable for a
conviction thereof shall be punishable by a fine of not civil penalty of fifty dollars for any report for a building
more than five thousand dollars. Such person shall also six stories or less and one hundred fifty dollars for any
be subject to the payment of a penalty of not more than report for a building greater than six stories.
five thousand dollars to be recovered in a civil action f. As an alternative to the penalties provided in
brought in the name of the city in any court of record in subdivision b of this section, any person who violates
the city. the provisions of such subdivision may be subject to the
b. Notwithstanding any other law, rule or regulation, payment of a civil penalty of one thousand dollars per
and in addition to any other penalties provided in this day for each dwelling unit added, commencing on the
code or elsewhere, any person who shall convert, or date such notice of violation was issued and terminating
knowingly take part or assist in the conversion or on the date of the filing of a valid certification that the
permit the maintenance of the conversion of a condition constituting the violation has been corrected
residence, which is legally approved for occupancy as a or the date of final adjudication of the violation,
one-family, or two-family dwelling, to a dwelling for whichever occurs first, to be recovered in a civil action
occupancy by four or more families shall be guilty of a brought in the name of the city in any court of record in
misdemeanor and upon conviction thereof shall be
the city or returnable to an administrative tribunal of
subject to imprisonment for a period not to exceed one
competent jurisdiction. There shall be a rebuttable
year and by a fine for each dwelling unit added of not
presumption that the violation continued to exist from
less than one thousand dollars nor more than five
the date of the issuance of a notice of violation until the
thousand dollars for the first offense, not less than two
date of adjudication or proof of correction to the
thousand five hundred dollars nor more than fifteen
satisfaction of the commissioner.
thousand dollars for a second offense and not less ten †
g. (i) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, where
thousand dollars nor more than twenty thousand dollars
a notice of violation or summons is issued on or after July
for a third or subsequent offense.
c. In addition to the penalties provided in subdivision a fourteen, two thousand three for a violation of section 27-
of this section, any owner who shall fail to file a report 147 of this code or paragraph (a) of section 32-653 or
pursuant to the provisions of section 27-228.5 or 27- paragraph (a) of section 42-542 of the zoning resolution,
1000 of the code shall be liable for a civil penalty of not or any provision amending, replacing or supplementing
less than twenty-five dollars nor more than one hundred such sections of the zoning resolution, for an awning in
dollars per day not to exceed one thousand dollars existence on such date, no penalty may be imposed, nor
commencing with the date after which such report was may injunctive relief be sought to restrain such violation,
required to be filed with the department and terminating on during the period commencing on such date and ending
the date of the filing of such report with the department. on the later of (A) July fourteen, two thousand five, and
d. In addition to the penalties provided in subdivision a (B) the date established by the commissioner in
of this section, any owner who shall fail to file a report accordance with paragraph (iii) of this subdivision as the
pursuant to the provisions of section 27-793 of this date of the conclusion of a program of education of the
code shall be liable for a civil penalty of not less than public regarding amendments of section 32-653 or 42-542
twenty-five dollars nor more than fifty dollars per day, of the zoning resolution or the replacement or
commencing with the day following the date on which supplementation of such sections. Where the person to
such report was required to be filed with the department whom the violation was issued cures such violation
and terminating on the date of the filing of such report during such period, no penalty may subsequently be
with the department, provided that the maximum sought or imposed for such violation.
amount of such penalty shall not exceed one thousand (ii) The provisions of paragraph i of this subdivision
five hundred dollars for any report for a building shall not apply where such awning creates an imminent
greater than six stories and five hundred dollars for any threat to public health or safety.
report for a building of six stories or less. (iii) The commissioner shall develop a program to
*e. In addition to the penalties provided in subdivision a educate the public regarding amendments, adopted after
of this section and notwithstanding the provisions of the enactment of the local law that added this
subdivision d of this section, any owner who files a paragraph, of section 32-653 or 42-542 of the zoning
report pursuant to the provisions of section 27-793 of resolution or the replacement or supplementation of
this code after the date such report was required to be such sections. Such program shall be implemented as

revision: October 1, 2004 5

Title 26 / Subchapter 1

soon as practicable following the adoption of such of and under the direct supervision of a licensed
amendments, replacement or supplementation, and shall operator, pursuant to reference standard 19-2; or (ii)
continue for a period of time deemed sufficient by the either permits or authorizes the operation of a crane or
commissioner to provide reasonable notice to the public derrick without having first obtained all necessary
of the requirements imposed by such amendments, approvals and permits for the operation of the
replacement or supplementation. The date of the equipment, or for the work to be performed, where such
conclusion of such program shall be established by the operation results in serious physical injury to another
commissioner by rule which date shall be no later than person or persons, as such term is defined in section
November thirtieth, two thousand five. 10.00 of the penal law, shall be guilty of a class A
**Local Law 65-1997; Local 62-1991; Local Law 80-1985, language misdemeanor and upon conviction thereof shall be
juxtaposed per Ch. 907-1985. subject to a civil penalty of not more than one hundred
*Local Law 27-1996. thousand dollars in addition to a sentence not to exceed
† six months.
Local Law 35-2004; Local Law 44-2003.
c. There shall be no liability under the provisions of this
***§26-125.1 Violation of building laws; punishment section for the operation of a crane or derrick by any
and penalties for illegal operation of cranes and person who has been duly licensed by the department to
derricks.- operate such crane or derrick, or by a learner who
a. Any person who: operates such crane or derricks in the presence of and
(1) shall operate a crane or derrick as such terms are under the direct supervision of such person, during the
defined in section 27-232 of this code without first thirty calendar days subsequent to the expiration of such
having obtained a license required to operate such crane person's license; provided, however, that, for one year
or derrick, except for learners operating such crane or after the effective date of this section, there shall be no
derrick in the presence of and under the direct liability under the provisions of this section for the
supervision of a licensed operator, pursuant to reference operation of a crane or derrick by any person who has
standard 19-2; or (2) is in charge of, in control of, or is been duly licensed by the department to operate such
either supervising or directing construction activities at crane or derrick, or by a learner who operates such crane
a construction site, and who (i) either permits or or derrick in the presence of and under the direct
authorizes the operation of a crane or derrick by a supervision of such person, during the one year period
person who he or she either knows or should know does subsequent to the expiration of such person's license.
not have a license to operate such equipment, except for d. For purposes of this section, the terms "crane" and
learners operating such crane or derrick in the presence "derrick" shall have the meaning as ascribed by section
of and under the direct supervision of a licensed 27-232 of this code.
operator, pursuant to reference standard 19-2; or (ii) ***Local Law 99-1991.
either permits or authorizes the operation of a crane or
derrick without having first obtained all necessary §[643a-12.0] 26-126 Violations of zoning resolutions. -
approvals and permits for the operation of the a. The owner, lessee, or occupant of any building in
equipment, or for the work to be performed, shall be which a violation of the zoning resolution has been
guilty of a class B misdemeanor and upon conviction committed or shall exist, or the agent, architect, builder,
thereof shall be subject to a civil penalty of not more contractor, or any other person who commits, takes part
than twenty-five thousand dollars in addition to a or assists in any such violation or who maintains any
sentence not to exceed ninety days. building in which any such violation shall exist, shall be
b. Any person who: guilty of a misdemeanor, and where the violation shall
(1) shall operate a crane or derrick as such terms are be for the construction, alteration, use or occupancy of
defined in section 27-232 of this code without first any building, structure or area set forth within use
having obtained a license required to operate such crane groups five through eighteen inclusive in a zoning
or derrick, except for learners operating such crane or district where such use is not permitted, the person
derrick in the presence of and under the direct convicted thereof shall be punished by a fine of not less
supervision of a licensed operator, pursuant to reference than two hundred fifty dollars nor more than one
standard 19-2; (2) is in charge of, in control of, or is thousand dollars for the first offense, not less than five
either supervising or directing construction activities at hundred dollars nor more than one thousand dollars for
a construction site, and who (i) either permits or a second offense and five thousand dollars for a third,
authorizes the operation of a crane or derrick by a and all subsequent offenses, or for any such offense by
person who he or she either knows or should know does imprisonment for not more than ninety days, or by both
not have a license to operate such equipment, except for fine and imprisonment.
learners operating such crane or derrick in the presence b. Any such person, having been served with an order

revision: October 1, 2004 6

Title 26 / Subchapter 1

to remove any such violation, who shall fail to comply such sections. Such program shall be implemented as
with such order within ten days after such service or soon as practicable following the adoption of such
who shall continue to violate any provision of the amendments, replacement or supplementation, and shall
zoning resolution in the respect named in such order, continue for a period of time deemed sufficient by the
shall be guilty of a misdemeanor. commissioner to provide reasonable notice to the public
c. In addition to the foregoing remedies, the city may of the requirements imposed by such amendments,
maintain an action for an injunction to restrain any replacement or supplementation. The date of the
violation of such zoning resolution. conclusion of such program shall be established by the
† commissioner by rule which date shall be no later than
d. (i) Notwithstanding any other provision of law,
where a notice of violation or summons is issued on or November thirtieth, two thousand five.
after July fourteen, two thousand three for a violation of †Local Law 35-2004; Local Law 44-2003.
section 27-147 of this code or paragraph (a) of section
32-653 or paragraph (a) of section 42-542 of the zoning *§[643a-12.1] 26-126.1 Environmental control board;
resolution, or any provision amending, replacing or civil penalties. -
supplementing such sections of the zoning resolution, a. In addition to or as an alternative to any of the
for an awning in existence on such date, no penalty may remedies and penalties provided in subchapters one, two
be imposed, nor may injunctive relief be sought to and three of chapter one of this title or chapter one of title
restrain such violation, during the period commencing on twenty-seven any person who shall violate or fail to
such date and ending on the later of (A) July fourteen, two comply with any of the provisions of subchapters one,
thousand five, and (B) the date established by the two and three of chapter one of this title or chapter one
commissioner in accordance with paragraph (iii) of this of title twenty-seven or the rules and regulations
subdivision as the date of the conclusion of a program promulgated hereunder shall, except as otherwise
of education of the public regarding amendments of specifically provided in subdivision c of section 26-
section 32-653 or 42-542 of the zoning resolution or the 126.2, be liable for a civil penalty which may be
replacement or supplementation of such sections. recovered in a proceeding before the environmental
Where the person to whom the violation was issued control board. Such proceeding shall be commenced by the
cures such violation during such period, no penalty may service of a notice of violation returnable before the board.
subsequently be sought or imposed for such violation. The provisions of sections 26-244, 26-246 and 26-248
(ii) The provisions of paragraph i of this subdivision relating to notification prior to the commencement of
shall not apply where such awning creates an imminent judicial proceedings shall not apply to the recovery of
threat to public health or safety. civil penalties in proceedings before the environmental
(iii) The commissioner shall develop a program to control board.
educate the public regarding amendments, adopted after Except as otherwise specifically provided, such civil
the enactment of the local law that added this penalty shall be determined in accordance with the
paragraph, of section 32-653 or 42-542 of the zoning following schedule:
resolution or the replacement or supplementation of

revision: October 1, 2004 7

6a
Title 26 / Subchapter 1

This page is intended to be left blank

revision: October 1, 2004 86b

Title 26 / Subchapter 1

Second or Subsequent Violation by the respondent of

First the same provision of law, rule or regulation and, if the
Violation respondent is the owner, agent, lessee or other person
in control of the premises with respect to which the
violations occurred, at the same premises (all violations
committed within an eighteen month period).
Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum
(Dollars) (Dollars) (Dollars) (Dollars)
27-118.1………………………………... 250 2,500 1,000 10,000
27-508.3(b)……….……………………. 0 300 350 1,000
Any Provision of subchapter 19 of 0 5,000 0 10,000
chapter 1 of title 27…………………….
Any provisions of subchapers 1,2, and 3 0 2,500 0 10,000
of chapter 1 of this title and all other
provisions of chapter 1 of title 27 or any
provisions of the zoning resolution and
related rules and regulations…………...
(Reference to a section of the code is intended to include any rules and regulations related to such section).

b. For the purposes of the multiple offense schedule, if the not less than fifty dollars nor more than one hundred dollars
respondent is the owner or agent of the building or structure per day, for each dwelling unit added, commencing on the
with respect to which the violation occurred or a lessee of date such notice of violation was issued and terminating on
the entire building or structure, the term premises shall the date of the filing of a certification that the condition
mean the entire building or structure. If the respondent is constituting the violation has been corrected or the date of
the lessee or person in control of a part of such building or final adjudication of the violation by the environmental
structure, the term premises shall mean that part of such control board, whichever occurs first, and there shall be a
building or structure leased to or under the control of the rebuttable presumption that the violation continued to exist
respondent. from the date of the issuance of the notice of violation until the
c. Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, if date of the filing of the certification or final adjudication; and
the respondent is the owner or agent of the building or (ii) a third or subsequent violation of section 27-118.1 of this
structure with respect to which the violation occurred or a code by the same respondent and, if the respondent is the
lessee of the entire building or structure, a prior violation owner, agent, lessee or other person in control of the premises
by the same respondent shall not serve as a predicate for with respect to which the violation occurred at the same
purposes of the multiple offense schedule set forth in this premises (all violations committed within an eighteen month
section if the prior violation or the violation for which period), shall result in a civil penalty of not less than five
penalties are to be imposed occurred within an area of the thousand dollars nor more than fifteen thousand dollars.
building or structure which, at the time of the violation, *Local Law 3-1998; Local Law 65-1997; Local Law 80-1985,
was leased to and under the control of a person other than language juxtaposed per Ch. 907-1985.
the respondent, except that this provision shall not apply if
both the prior violation and the violation for which ** §[643a-12.2] 26-126.2 Environmental control
penalties are to be imposed occurred within areas leased to board proceedings; order to certify correction.
and under the control of the same lessee. In any ***a. Except as otherwise provided in subdivision e, f, i
proceeding before the board, the burden of proof with and j of this section whenever the commissioner serves a
respect to this exception shall be upon the respondent. notice of violation such notice shall include an order
d. The commissioner may, by rule or regulation, establish a which requires the respondent to correct the condition
schedule of civil penalties providing a maximum penalty for constituting the violation and to file a certification with
the violation of each separate provision of law, rule or the department that the condition has been corrected.
regulation based on the degree of seriousness of the violation. Such order shall require that the condition be corrected
Such maximum penalties shall not exceed the maximum within thirty days from the date that the order is issued
penalties for such violations set forth in this section. and that certification of the correction of the condition
shall be filed with the department in a manner and [sic]
e. In addition to the penalties set forth in subdivision a of
form and within such further period of time as shall be
this section: (i) any individual who shall violate or fail to
established by rule or regulation of the department.
comply with the provisions of section 27-118.1 of this
b. If the board finds, upon good cause shown, that the
code shall also be subject to the payment of a penalty of

7
Title 26 / Subchapter 1

respondent cannot correct the violation within the period retains the right to cause the content of an advertisement to
specified in subdivision a, it may, with the concurrence be changed. A general "compliance with laws" provision in a
of the commissioner, postpone the period for compliance lease or contract shall not constitute such a right for purposes
with such order upon such terms and conditions and for of this subdivision. A notice of violation issued pursuant to
such period of time as shall be appropriate under the subdivision a or b of section 27-508.3 of this code shall also
circumstances. contain a statement that any hearing for a third or subsequent
c. For violations which are subject to the penalties for a first violation of subdivision a or b of section 27-508.3 by a
violation as set forth in section 26-126.1 of this title, if the wholesale or retail dealer of cigarettes shall also constitute a
respondent complies with the order issued pursuant to hearing for the revocation of a license issued to such
subdivision a of this section within the time set forth in such wholesale dealer pursuant to section 11-1303 of this code or
subdivision, there shall be no civil penalty for such first to such retail dealer pursuant to section 20-202 of this code,
violation. Such violation may however serve as a predicate where the wholesale or retail dealer of cigarettes is found to
for purposes of the multiple offense schedule set forth in be in violation.
section 26-126.1 of this title. ***g. Where the respondent receives a notice of violation of
d. In any proceeding before the environmental control subdivision a or b of section 27-508.3 of this code and the
board, if the board finds that the commissioner has failed respondent complies with item (i) of subdivision f of this
to prove the violation charged, it shall notify the section, there shall be no civil penalty for such violation;
commissioner and the order requiring the respondent to provided, however, where such violation is a first violation,
correct the condition constituting the violation shall be such violation may serve as a predicate for purposes of the
deemed to be revoked. multiple offense schedule as set forth in section 26-126.1 of
e. Subdivisions a, b, c and d of this section shall not this chapter and for purposes of revoking a license pursuant
apply to environmental control board proceedings to to subdivision k of this section.
impose penalties for violations of section 26-122 (except ***h. Where the respondent receives a notice of violation
violations relating to the operation of an illegal place of of subdivision a of section 27-508.3 of this code and the
assembly), section 26-124 and section 26-126.3 of this respondent is a record owner of premises who complies
title or to impose penalties for any violation which the with item (ii) of subdivision f of this section, the notice of
commissioner in his [or her]** discretion determines to violation issued to such record owner shall be dismissed
be hazardous. and shall not serve as a predicate for purposes of the
**Copy in brackets not enacted but probably intended. multiple offense schedule as set forth in section 26-126.1
*f. A notice of violation alleging a violation of subdivision of this chapter.
a or b of section 27-508.3 of this code shall include an order ***i. Where a respondent receives a notice of violation
(i) directing the respondent to correct the condition alleging a violation of subdivision a or b of section 27-
constituting the violation within thirty days from the date 508.3 of this code, and such respondent establishes that
that the order is issued and to file a certification that the the school building, playground, amusement arcade, child
condition has been corrected with the department in a day care center, or youth center that is within one
manner and form and within such further period of time as thousand feet of the respondent's building, structure or
shall be established by rule of the department or (ii) premises opened, or was authorized or licensed by, or
directing a respondent who is a record owner of a premises received a permit from a city or state, or certified to the
on which a tobacco product advertisement is placed or department as required pursuant to subdivision o of
maintained in violation of subdivision a of section 27-508.3 section 27-508.2 of this code after the date such
of this code but who has not posted or placed such respondent placed or caused to be placed, maintained or
advertisement or has not directed, caused or contracted for caused to be maintained the tobacco product advertisement
the posting or placing of such advertisement by a servant, that is the subject of the alleged violation on such respondent's
agent, employee, contractor or other individual under such building, structure or premises, then upon the respondent so
record owner's control, to notify, within thirty days from the establishing within thirty days of the date of issue of the
date the notice of violation alleging a violation of notice of violation, the environmental control board shall
subdivision a of section 27-508.3 of this code was issued, grant an adjournment in contemplation of dismissal. Where
the person who posted or placed such advertisement or who the respondent corrects the condition constituting the violation
directed, caused or contracted for the posting or placing of and certifies such correction to the department (i) within ninety
such advertisement, by certified mail of the notice of days of the issuance of such adjournment in contemplation of
violation, and to send, by certified mail, a copy of such dismissal of a notice of violation of subdivision a of section
notification to the department. A record owner shall not be 27-508.3 or (ii) within thirty days of the granting of such
deemed to have directed, caused or contracted for the adjournment in contemplation of dismissal of a notice of
posting or placing of a tobacco product advertisement by a violation of subdivision b of section 27-508.3, in a manner
servant, agent, employee, contractor or other individual and form as shall be established by rule of the department,
under such record owner's control unless the record owner the notice of violation shall be dismissed and shall not serve

8
Title 26 / Subchapter 1

as a predicate for purposes of the multiple offense schedule (6) Subdivision (c) of section 27-975.
as set forth in section 26-126.1 of this chapter or for (7) Subdivision (c) of section 27-989.
purposes of revoking a license pursuant to subdivision k of (8) Section 27-228.
this section. (9) Any provision of the administrative code specified in
***j. Where the respondent receives a notice of section 15-232 of such code.
violation of section 27-508.5 of this code, the respondent ***Ch. 349, Laws of 1990; Local Law 80-1985, language juxtaposed
per Ch. 907-1985. Sub.10-Local Law 3-1998, repealed by Local Law
shall be liable for a civil penalty as set forth in section
14-2001.
26-126.1 of this chapter and for purposes of revoking a
license pursuant to subdivision k of this section. *26-126.5 Enforcement of environmental control board
*k. In addition to the penalties provided in subdivision f of judgements against owners for certain building code
this section, where a wholesale or retail dealer of cigarettes violations. -
is found liable for a third or subsequent violation, within an a. Notwithstanding any provision of law to the contrary,
eighteen-month period, the license issued to such an environmental control board judgement against an
wholesale dealer of cigarettes pursuant to section 11- owner for a building code violation with respect to (i) a
1303 of this code, or to such retail dealer of cigarettes private dwelling, (ii) a wooden-framed single occupancy
pursuant to section 20-202 of this code, shall be revoked. multiple dwelling, or (iii) a dwelling with a legal occupancy
***Local Law 3-1998.
**Local Law 80-1985, language juxtaposed per Ch. 907-1985. of three or fewer dwelling units shall constitute a tax lien
* Local Law 2-2000;Local Law 3-1998. on the property named in the violation with respect to
which such judgement was rendered , as hereinafter provided.
* §[643a-12.3] 26-126.3 Civil penalty for failure to b. Such liens shall be entered and enforced as follows:
certify the correction of a violation. - a. Any person (i) There shall be filed in the office of the department a
who shall fail to comply with an order of the commissioner record of all such unpaid judgements. Such records shall
issued pursuant to subdivision a of section 26-126.2 of be kept by tax lot and block number and shall be
this title within the time specified in such subdivision or acccessible to the public during business hours. An entry
within such further period of time as may be provided by of a judgment on the records of the department shall
the environmental control board pursuant to subdivision constitute notice to all parties.
b of section 26-126.2 of this title, in addition to the penalties (ii) All such unpaid judgments shall constitute a lien upon
which may be imposed for the violation pursuant to the property named in the violation with respect to which
section 26-126.1 of this title be liable for a civil penalty such judgment was rendered when the amount thereof
of not more than five thousand dollars for each violation shall have been definitely computed as a statement of
for which there has been a failure to comply with such account by the department, and the department shall cause
order. Such civil penalty may be recovered in a proceeding to be filed in the office of the city collector an entry of the
before the environmental control board. account stated in the book in which such charges against
b. For the purposes of this section, if the environmental the property are to be entered. Such lien shall have a
control board finds that a respondent has knowingly made priority over all other liens and encumbrances except for
false statements relating to the correction of a violation the lien of taxes and assessments. However, no lien created
in a certification filed pursuant to section 26-126.2 of pursuant to this section shall be enforced against a subsequent
this title such certification as to correction shall be null purchaser in good faith or mortgagee in good faith unless
and void and the penalties set forth in this section may the requirements of paragraph (i) of this subdivision are
be imposed as if such false certification had not been satisfied.
filed with and accepted by the department. (iii) A notice thereof, stating the amount due and the
*Local Law 80-1985, language juxtaposed per Ch. 907-1985. nature of the charge, shall be mailed by the city collector
within five days after such entry to the last known address
***§[643a-12.4] 26-126.4 Limitations on power of of the person whose name appears on the records in the
commissioner to designate administrative code provisions office of the city collector as being the owner or agent of
which may be enforced by the environmental control the property or as the person designated by the owner to
board.- Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the receive tax bills or , where no name appears, to the
commissioner may not designate the following provisions of property , addressed to either the “owner” or the “agent’.
the administrative code for enforcement by the environmental (iv) Such notice mailed by the city collector pursuant to
control board: this section shall have stamped or printed thereon a
(1) Paragraph (6) or (7) of subdivision (c) of section 27-339. reference to this section.
(2) Subdivision (c) of section 27-353. (v) If such charge is not paid within thirty days from the
(3) Section 2-4 or 4-4 of building code reference standard RS13- date of entry, it shall be the duty of the city collector to
1. receive interest thereon at the same rate as unpaid real
(4) Paragraph (12) of subdivision (f) of section 27-972. property taxes, to be calculated to the date of payment
(5) Paragraph (10) of subdivision (g) of section 27-972. from the date of entry.

9
Title 26 / Subchapter 1

(vi) Such charge and the interest thereon shall continue the department is not complied with, or the commissioner
to be, until paid, a lien on the property. Any remedy or certifies in writing than an emergency exists requiring such
procedure available for the enforcement of tax liens action, he or she may order and immediately cause any
against such property, including, but not limited to, any building, structure, place or premises (i) to be vacated; and,
sale of a tax lien or any foreclosure of a tax lien, shall be also, if the commissioner determines such action is necessary
available with respect to such tax lien. In addition, such to the preservation of life and safety, (ii) to be sealed, secured
tax lien may be satisfied in accordance with the provisions and closed; provided, however, that the commissioner shall
of section thirteen hundred fifty-four of the real property not order sealed, secured and closed any dwelling unit or
actions and proceedings law. other space lawfully used for residential purposes unless
(vii) In any proceeding to enforce or discharge a lien such dwelling unit or other space is sealed pursuant to article
created pursuant to this section, the validity of the lien eight of subchapter three of chapter one of title twenty-six of
shall not be subject to challenge based on the lawfulness the code.
of the judgment, except as provided in this section. c. All orders issued pursuant to this section shall be posted
(viii) No such challenge may be made except by (1) the upon the premises. Immediately upon the posting of an order
owner of the property or (2) a mortgagee or lienor whose upon the premises, officers and employees of the police
mortgage or lien would, but for the provisions of this department, the department, and other authorized officers
section, have priority over the department’s lien. and employees of the city shall immediately act upon and
c. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, no such enforce such order. The police department shall provide all
judgement shall be entered and enforced as a tax lien reasonable assistance to the department and other authorized
against any property unless at the time of the issuance of officers and employees necessary to carry out the provisions
the notice of violation a copy of such notice was also of this section.
served on all mortgagees and lienors of record of such d. For the purpose of this section, "sealed" and "sealed,
property by mail addressed to the recorded addresses of secured and closed" shall mean the use of any means
such mortgagees and lienors. available to render the building, structure or part thereof
d. The procedures provided in this section for the inaccessible, including but not limited to the use of a
enforcement of environmental control board judgements padlock or cinder blocks.
against owners shall be in addition to any other methods e. (i) Any order to seal, secure and close issued pursuant
provided under any other provision of law for the to item (ii) of subdivision b of this section shall contain
enforcement of such judgements. notice of the opportunity for a hearing with respect to
*Chapter 45, Laws of 2000. such order to determine if the order was properly issued in
accordance with the provisions of this section. Such
** §[643a-13.0] 26-127 Dangerous buildings, places hearing shall be conducted by the commissioner, or in the
and things; nuisance; order to vacate building; expenses. - commissioner's discretion, by the office of administrative
a. Whenever any building, excavation, business, pursuit, trials and hearings or the environmental control board. If
matter or thing, or the lot on which it is situated, or the the matter is referred to such office or board, the hearing
plumbing, sewerage, drainage, light or ventilation thereof is, officer shall submit his or her findings of fact and a
in the opinion of the commissioner, in a condition or in recommended decision to the commissioner. The hearing
effect dangerous or detrimental to life or health, the shall be held within three business days after the receipt
commissioner may declare that the same, to the extent that of the written request of an owner, lessor, lessee, or
he or she may specify, is a public nuisance and he or she may mortgagee for such hearing and the commissioner shall
order the same to be removed, sealed, abated, suspended, render a decision within three business days after such
altered or otherwise improved or purified. The commissioner hearing is concluded.
may order or cause any excavation, building, sewer, plumbing, (ii) Any order issued pursuant to this section shall be
pipe, passage, ground, matter or thing or the lot on which it served in accordance with section 26-117 of the code and,
is situated to be purified, cleansed, disinfected, removed, in addition, shall be mailed to the record owner of such
altered, repaired or improved. Any building, structure, place premises and any record mortgagee of such premises at
or premises perilous to life or property by reason of the the address for such person as set forth in the recorded
nature or condition of its contents, its use, the overcrowding instrument and to the person designated as owner or agent
of persons therein, defects in its construction, or deficiencies of the building or designated to receive real property tax
in fire alarm, or fire extinguishing equipment or fire escape or water bills for the building at the address for such
equipment, or by reason of any condition in violation of law person contained in one of the files compiled by the
or order of the commissioner, is a public nuisance within department of finance for the purpose of the assessment
the meaning of the code and the penal law. The commissioner or collection of real property taxes and water charges or in
is empowered to abate any such public nuisance. the file compiled by the department of finance from real
b. In case any order to remedy a condition imminently property transfer forms filed with the city register upon
perilous to life or property issued by the commissioner or the sale or transfer of real property. A copy shall also be

10
Title 26 / Subchapter 1

filed with the county clerk of the county in which such order issued pursuant to section 26-127 of this code shall
premises are located. Such filing shall be notice of the be liable for a civil penalty of not more than twenty-five
order to any subsequent owner and such owner shall be thousand dollars and an additional civil penalty of not
subject to such order more than one thousand dollars for each day the violation
f. An order issued pursuant to this section shall not be continues.
rescinded unless the owner, lessor, lessee or mortgagee b. Except as authorized by the commissioner, any person
seeking such rescission provides assurance, in a form who removes or causes to be removed the seal from any
satisfactory to the commissioner, that the conditions premises sealed in accordance with an order of the
which caused the issuance of such order have been commissioner or his or her designee shall be guilty of a
corrected and will not reoccur. If such order is rescinded, misdemeanor punishable by imprisonment for no more
upon the request of the owner, lessor, lessee or mortgagee, than one year or a fine not to exceed fifty thousand
the commissioner shall provide a certified copy of such dollars, or both such fine and imprisonment. Such person
rescission, which may be filed with the county clerk of the shall also be subject to a civil penalty not to exceed fifty
county in which such premises are located. thousand dollars.
g. Expenses of enforcing orders. The expenses attending c. The commissioner shall allow access to the premises to
the execution of any and all orders duly made by the an owner, or a lessor, lessee or mortgagee, in accordance
department shall respectively be a several and joint with the terms of the parties' lease or mortgage agreement,
personal charge against each of the owners or part upon the following conditions: (i) the submission of a
owners, and each of the lessees and occupants of the written affirmation, satisfactory to the commissioner, that
building, structure, enclosure, place or premises to which such person or persons will commence or cause to be
such order relates, and in respect to which such expenses commenced without delay all work necessary to correct
were incurred; and also against every person or body the conditions stated in the vacate order or otherwise to
who was by law or contract bound to do that in regard to make the premises meet all applicable laws, rules and
such building, structure, enclosure, place or premises regulations and will complete such work within a period of
which such order requires. Such expenses shall also be a time and in a manner to be approved by the commissioner;
lien on all rent and compensation due, or to grow due, (ii) the submission of an affirmation or other proof
for the use of any building, structure, place or premises, satisfactory to the commissioner describing the steps that
or any part thereof, to which such order relates, and in have been taken and will be taken in the future to ensure
respect to which such expenses were incurred. that the premises will be used or operated in a lawful
h. The commissioner shall give written notice of the manner and specifying such lawful use; (iii) if a license,
closing of any building, structure, enclosure, place or permit or certificate of occupancy is necessary for such
premises pursuant to this section, and any subsequent lawful use, the submission of a written affirmation or other
actions taken with respect thereto, as soon as practicable, proof, satisfactory to the commissioner, describing the
to (i) the borough president of the borough within which steps that have been taken and will be taken in the future to
the closing has occurred; (ii) the council member ensure that such premises will be used or operated in
representing the district within which the closing has compliance with any law requiring such license, permit or
occurred; and (iii) the local community board. On certificate of occupancy; and (iv) if the premises are leased
January first of each year, the commissioner shall submit and the person making the affirmations described in items
a report to the council, setting forth the number of (i), (ii) and (iii) is not such lessee, the commissioner may
closings made in the previous year, the locations of such also require any authorized person seeking access pursuant
closings, and the nature and use of the premises closed. to this subdivision to submit an affirmation or other proof
The commissioner shall, in addition, as soon as that proceedings to enable such person to take actions
practicable after a building, structure, enclosure, place or necessary to ensure compliance with the affirmations
premises has been closed, make and publish a report of submitted by such authorized person pursuant to items (i),
said closing in a manner calculated to quickly notify the (ii) and (iii) have been commenced.
local community in which such closing occurred. The d. Any person who makes a material false statement in any
commissioner shall also make and publish a report of document submitted pursuant to subdivision c of this section
any premises reopened pursuant to his or her permission which statement he or she knows or has reason to know will
under this section. Failure to comply with this be relied upon by the commissioner in determining whether
subdivision shall not invalidate any action taken by the he or she will allow access to the premises shall be liable for
commissioner pursuant to this section. a civil penalty of not more than fifty thousand dollars.
** Local Law 23-1990. e. Notwithstanding any other law, rule, or regulation, any
person, corporation, partnership, association or any other
* §26-127.1 Penalties for violation of order to vacate legal entity who permits a building, structure, enclosure,
and order to seal, secure and close; access to premises.- place or premises, or any part thereof, to be unlawfully
a. Any person who violates the provisions of a vacate occupied or used in contravention of an order of the

11
Title 26 / Subchapter 1

commissioner pursuant to section 26-127, or who to any number of persons with such uncollected judgments
negligently fails to prevent or prohibit such unlawful against a single defendant exceed the actual amount collected
occupancy or use, shall be liable for a civil penalty of not by the city from such defendant in an action under this
more than one million dollars, if any other person suffers subdivision.
serious physical injury, as defined in section ten of the * Local Law 23-1990.
penal law, or death in the building, structure, place or
premises or any part thereof subject to such order as a **§26-127.2 Violations of the zoning resolution in
result of such unlawful occupancy or use. If more than one residential districts; public nuisance; order of closure.-
person suffers serious physical injury or death, such a. Any building or part thereof that is located in a
penalty shall be recoverable for each person suffering residential district, which is occupied for a commercial or
injury or death. Such penalty shall be recovered in a civil manufacturing use in violation of the zoning resolution
action brought by the corporation counsel in the name of without a valid certificate of occupancy, is hereby
the city in any court of competent jurisdiction. In declared to be a public nuisance.
determining the amount of the civil penalty to be imposed b. If a building or part thereof in which such a nuisance
the court shall consider: occurs is not occupied primarily as a residence, the
(i) The extent and severity of injury to persons and commissioner may, in addition to or as an alternative to
property caused by the violation; any other remedy under any other provision of law, after
(ii) The history of violations by the defendant at such notice and the opportunity for a hearing in accordance with
premises, or any other premises, of laws, rules or section, order the closing of such building or part thereof to
regulations enforced by the department; the extent necessary to abate the nuisance.
(iii) The degree of willfulness, recklessness, or negligence c. A notice of hearing with respect to an order of closure
displayed by the defendant in committing the subject violation; shall be served on the owner and mortgagee of record of
(iv) The defendant's financial resources; and such building or part thereof and on the person alleged to
(v) The defendant's good faith efforts to cure the subject be occupying such building or part thereof for commercial
violation, including efforts to obtain entry or possession of or manufacturing use in the following manner:
the premises in order to do so. (1) service may be made on the owner by delivering such
In the event that any person seriously injured or the family notice to the owner or to an agent of the owner or to a
of any person [sic] who has died as the result of any person of suitable age and discretion at the residence or
unlawful occupancy or use described in this subdivision is place of business of the owner or, if upon reasonable
unable to collect a judgment recovered in a civil action for application such delivery cannot be completed, by affixing
personal injury or wrongful death against a defendant who such notice in a conspicuous place at the owner's place of
has violated this subdivision because of the insolvency of business or residence or by placing it under the entrance
such defendant, the city may, in its discretion, pay to such door at either of such locations or by delivering such notice
injured person or the family of such deceased person an to a person employed by the owner to work at or to manage
amount, as hereinafter provided, collected from such or maintain the premises at which the nuisance is located
defendant in an action relating to the same injury or death and, in all instances except personal delivery upon such
commenced by the corporation counsel against such owner by mailing the notice of hearing as follows:
defendant pursuant to this subdivision. Payments pursuant (i) to the person registered with the department of housing
to this subdivision shall be made as a matter of grace and preservation and development as the owner or agent of
shall be in such amounts and in accordance with such the premises, at the address filed with such department in
standards and procedures as shall be established by the compliance with article two of subchapter four of chapter
mayor, provided, however, that any payment made pursuant two of title twenty-seven of the administrative code; or
to this subdivision shall be in an amount not exceeding out- (ii) to the person designated as owner of the building or
of-pocket expenses, including indebtedness reasonably designated to receive real property tax or water bills for the
incurred for medical or other services necessary as a result building at the address for such person contained in one of
of the injury upon which such action is based; loss of the files compiled by the department of finance for the
earnings or support resulting from such injury; burial purpose of the assessment or collection of real property taxes
expenses not exceeding two thousand five hundred dollars and water charges or in the file compiled by the department
of a person who died as a result of such unlawful of finance from real property transfer forms filed with the
occupancy or use described in this subdivision; and the city register upon the sale or transfer of real property; or
unreimbursed cost of repair or replacement of articles of (iii) to the person in whose name the real estate affected
essential personal property lost, damaged or destroyed as a by the order of the commissioner is recorded in the office
direct result of such unlawful occupancy or use. In no event of the city register or the county clerk as the case may be
shall the payment made to any person exceed the amount of at the address set forth on the recorded instrument.
such person's uncollected judgment for personal injury or (2) service may be made on an owner that is a corporation
wrongful death and in no event shall the total amount paid pursuant to section three hundred six of the business

12
Title 26 / Subchapter 1

corporation law; however, service upon a corporation filing shall be notice of the order to any subsequent owner
shall be deemed to have been completed forty-five days and such owner shall be subject to such order.
following service upon the secretary of state; h. On the tenth business day after the posting of such
(3) service may be made upon mortgagees of record by order and upon the written directive of the commissioner,
mailing such notice to the mortgagees at the address set police officers and authorized employees of the department
forth on the recorded instrument; shall act upon and enforce such order by sealing, padlocking,
(4) service may be made upon an occupant (i) by or otherwise preventing access to the premises in a manner
delivering such notice to the occupant or to a person that will not bar legally required ingress or egress for
employed by the occupant to work at or to manage or residential occupancy of parts of the building that are not
maintain the premises at which the nuisance is located; subject to the closure order.
i. If at any time after the issuance of such order, the
or (ii) by affixing such notice to the premises at which
owner, mortgagee, or other person having an interest in
the nuisance is located in a conspicuous place or by
the property provides assurance, in a form satisfactory to
placing a copy under the entrance door of such premises the commissioner, that the commercial or manufacturing
and mailing a copy of such notice to the occupant at such use of the premises has been discontinued and will not
premises; (iii) and in all instances except personal reoccur, or such owner, mortgagee, or other person
delivery upon such occupant, by mailing the notice of establishes that the premises may be lawfully occupied for
hearing to the occupant at the premises at which the such manufacturing or commercial use, the commissioner
nuisance is located. shall rescind the closure order. If such order is rescinded,
(5) proof of service pursuant to paragraphs (1), (2), (3), and the commissioner shall, upon request of such owner,
(4) of this subdivision shall be filed with commissioner. mortgagee, or other person, provide a copy of such
d. Such hearing shall be conducted by the office of rescission, [sic] which may be filed with the county clerk
administrative trials and hearings. The administrative or register of the county in which such premises are located.
law judge assigned to hear the matter shall submit his or j. It shall be a misdemeanor for any person to use or
her proposed findings of fact and recommended decision occupy or to permit any other person to use or occupy any
to the commissioner. If based on such recommended building or part thereof that has been sealed, padlocked,
decision, proposed findings of fact, and the record of the or otherwise closed pursuant to an order of the
hearing the commissioner determines that the building or commissioner. Mutilation or removal of a posted order of
part thereof is located in a residential district and that it the commissioner shall be punishable by a fine of not
has been occupied for a commercial or manufacturing more than two hundred fifty dollars or by imprisonment
use in violation of the zoning resolution without a valid not exceeding fifteen days, or both, provided such order
certificate of occupancy, he or she may issue an order of contains therein a notice of penalty.
closure. Such order shall not bar legally required ingress k. Intentional disobedience or resistance to any provision
of an order issued by the commissioner pursuant to this
or egress for residential occupancy of parts of the
section, in addition to any other punishment prescribed by
building, which are not subject to the order of closure.
law, shall be punished by a fine of not more than one
e. At such hearing it shall not be a defense that the thousand dollars, or by imprisonment not exceeding six
owner, occupant, lessor, lessee, mortgagee, or other months, or both.
person having an interest in the property lacked **Local Law 6-1993.
knowledge of or did not acquiesce or participate in the
commercial or manufacturing use of such property. ***26-127.3 Illegal outdoor signs; public nuisance.-
f. A closure ordered by the commissioner pursuant to a. A sign with a surface area greater than two hundred
this section shall not constitute an act of possession, square feet that is erected, maintained, attached, affixed,
ownership, or control by the city over the closed premises. painted on, or in any other manner represented on a
g. An order of closure shall be posted at the building or building or premises in violation of the zoning resolution, the
part thereof, which is the subject of such order, and shall administrative code or rules adopted pursuant thereto is hereby
be mailed to the record owner of such premises, and any declared to be a public nuisance. The commissioner may, after
record mortgagee at the address for such person set forth notice and hearing, order the removal of such illegal sign
in the recorded instrument, and to the person designated or its sign structure or both, as hereinafter provided.
as owner or agent of the building or designated to b. The commissioner shall serve a notice of hearing
receive real property tax or water bills for the building at with regard to the proposed nuisance abatement on the
the address for such person contained in one of the files owner and mortgagee of record of the building or
compiled by the department of finance for the purpose of premises and other persons having a recorded interest in
the assessment or collection of real property taxes and the property in the manner provided in subdivision c of
water charges or in the file compiled by the department section 26-127.2 of this code for the service of an order of
of finance from real property transfer forms filed with closure. If the sign is under the control of an outdoor
the city register upon the sale or transfer of real property. advertising company, as defined in section 26-259 of the
A copy shall also be filed with county clerk or register of code, and an address for such company is reasonably
the county in which such premises are located. Such

13
Title 26 / Subchapter 1

ascertainable, the notice shall also be served on such g. The costs and expenses for painting over, covering,
outdoor advertising company by mail to the last known rendering ineffective or for the removal and storage of
address for such company or, if such company is such sign and its sign structure may be recovered from the
registered in accordance with section 26-260 of the code, at owner of the premises or, if the illegal sign is under the
the address provided to the department by the registrant. control of an outdoor advertising company and notice was
c. The office of administrative trials and hearings served on such company in accordance with subdivision b
shall conduct the hearing. The administrative law judge of this section, from such outdoor advertising company.
assigned to hear the matter shall submit his or her Such amounts may be recovered by the city in an action
proposed findings of fact and recommended disposition or proceeding in any court of appropriate jurisdiction and,
to the commissioner. If based on such recommended with respect to amounts owed by an outdoor advertising
disposition, proposed findings of fact and the record of company, by drawing upon any bond posted by such
the hearing the commissioner determines (i) that the sign company pursuant to section 26-260 of this code. Nothing
has a surface area greater than two hundred square feet in this subdivision shall be construed to limit the ability of
and, (ii) that the sign has been erected, maintained, an owner to seek recovery of such costs and expenses from
attached, affixed, painted on, or in any other manner any other party.
represented on the building or premises in violation of h. In addition, such costs and expenses shall
the zoning resolution, the administrative code or rules constitute a lien on the land and building on which the
adopted pursuant thereto, he or she may order the sign was located which may be entered and enforced
removal of the illegal sign or its sign structure or both. pursuant to section 26-128 of this code in the same
d. At such hearing it shall not be a defense that an manner as an unpaid fee.
owner or other person having an interest in the property i. The commissioner shall adopt rules to provide for
lacked knowledge of or did not participate in the erection the storage and disposal of any sign or sign structure
or maintenance of the illegal sign. removed pursuant to this section. If the identity and
e. The commissioner’s order of removal shall be address of the owner of such property is reasonably
posted, mailed and filed in the manner provided in ascertainable, notice of the removal shall be sent to the
subdivision g of section 26-127.2 of this code for an owner within a reasonable period of time after the removal.
order of closure. If such property is not claimed within thirty days after its
f. On or after the tenth business day after the removal it shall be deemed to be abandoned and may be
posting of such order and upon the written directive of sold at a public auction after having been advertised in the
the Commissioner, police officers and authorized City Record and the proceeds paid into the general fund
representatives of the department shall act upon and or if the commissioner determines that the property is not
enforce such order by removing, covering, painting over saleable, he or she may turn over such property to the
or otherwise rendering ineffective the illegal sign or its department of sanitation for disposal. Property removed
sign structure or both. Such work shall at all times be pursuant to this section shall be released to the owner or
performed by a licensed sign hanger where required by other person lawfully entitled to possession upon payment
law. Nothing in this section shall be construed to prohibit of the costs of removal and storage as set forth in the rules
an owner or other person having an interest in the of the department and any fines or civil penalties imposed
property from removing or causing the removal of an for the violation or, if an action or proceeding for the
illegal sign or its sign structure prior to the arrival of violation is pending in court or before the environmental
such enforcement officers. On and after the posting of control board, upon the posting of a bond or other form of
such removal order, no further permits for signs shall be security acceptable to the department in an amount which
issued for such building or premises pursuant to section will secure the payment of such costs and any fines or civil
26-253 or sections 27-147, 27-148 and article sixteen of penalties which may be imposed for the violation.
sub-chapter one of title twenty-seven of this code and, if j. For the purposes of this section the terms "sign"
the sign structure is not removed, no further display shall and "surface area", in reference to a sign, shall be as
be exhibited on such sign structure unless and until the defined under section 12-10 of the zoning resolution.
commissioner rescinds such order. The commissioner k. An order of the commissioner issued pursuant to
may rescind the order if the owner or other person subdivision c of this section shall be a final determination
having an interest in the building or premises provides of the commissioner for purposes of review pursuant to
assurance in a form satisfactory to the commissioner that article seventy-eight of the civil practice law and rules.
all signs erected or maintained at such building or premises Notwithstanding any inconsistent provision of paragraph
will be in compliance with the zoning resolution, the (a) of subdivision six of section six hundred sixty-six of
administrative code or rules adopted pursuant to such the New York city charter, such order shall not be subject
provisions. If such order is rescinded, the commissioner to review by the board of standards and appeals.
shall, upon request of such owner, mortgagee or other ***Local Law 14-2001.
person, provide a certified copy of such rescission which
may be filed with the county clerk or register of the §[643a-14.0] 26-128 Liens on premises for inspection,
county in which such building or premises is located. reinspection, examination, service or permit fees.-

14
Title 26 / Subchapter 1

a. Any unpaid fee for an inspection, reinspection, examination lien is claimed, except as provided in this section.
or service performed by the department, and all permits i. No such challenge may be made except by (1) the
issued by the department, pursuant to law shall constitute a owner of the property, or (2) a mortgagee or lienor whose
lien upon the land and buildings upon or in respect to which mortgage or lien would, but for the provisions of this
such inspection, reinspection, examination or service was section, have priority over the department's lien.
performed or permit issued, as hereinafter provided.
b. There shall be filed in the office of the department a §[644-1.0] 26-129 Record of applications.-
record of all fees for inspections, reinspections, examinations Each borough superintendent shall keep a record of all
or services performed and all permits issued by or on applications presented to him or her concerning, affecting
behalf of the department. Such records shall be kept on a or relating to the construction, alteration or removal of
building by building basis and shall be accessible to the buildings. Such record shall include the date of the filing
public during business hours. An entry of a fee on the of each such application; the name and address of the
records of the department shall constitute notice to all parties. applicant; the name and address of the owner of the land
c. All such unpaid fees shall constitute a lien upon the on which the building mentioned in such application is
land and building upon, or in respect to which, such situated; the names and addresses of the architect and
inspection, reinspection, examination or service was builder employed thereon; a designation of the premises
performed or permit issued when the amount thereof by street number, or by any means sufficient to identify
shall have been definitely computed as a statement of the same:* statement of the nature and proposed use of
account by the department and the department shall such building; and a brief statement of the nature of the
cause to be filed in the office of the city collector an application, together with a memorandum of the decision
entry of the account stated in the book in which such of the borough superintendent upon such application and
charges against the premises are to be entered. Such lien the date of the rendition of such decision. The books
shall have a priority over all other liens and encumbrances containing such records are hereby declared to be public
except for the lien of taxes and assessments. However, no records, and shall be open to inspection at all reasonable times.
lien created pursuant to this section shall be enforced *Colon enacted; semicolon probably intended.
against a subsequent purchaser in good faith or mortgagee
in good faith unless the requirements of subdivision b of §[644-2.0] 26-130 Borough superintendents to furnish
this section are satisfied. tax department with copies of permits.-Whenever any
d. A notice thereof, stating the amount due and the permit shall be granted by the commissioner or any borough
nature of the charge, shall be mailed by the city superintendent for the erection or alteration of any building
collector, within five days after such entry, to the last or for the installation or alteration of any service equipment
known address of the person whose name appears on the therein, a copy of such permit shall be furnished by the
records in the office of the city collector as being the commissioner or such superintendent to the department of
owner or agent or as the person designated by the owner finance within five days after the issuance of such permit.
to receive tax bills or, where no name appears, to the
premises, addressed to either the owner or the agent.
e. If such charge is not paid within thirty days from the
date of entry, it shall be the duty of the city collector to
receive interest thereon at the rate of fifteen percent per
annum, to be calculated to the date of payment from the
date of entry.
f. Such charge and the interest thereon shall continue to
be, until paid, a lien on the premises. Such lien shall be a
tax lien within the meaning of sections 11-319 and 11-
401 of the code and may be sold, enforced or foreclosed
in the manner provided in chapter three or four of title
eleven of such code or may be satisfied in accordance
with the provisions of section thirteen hundred fifty-four
of the real property actions and proceedings law.
g. Such notice mailed by the city collector pursuant to
this section shall have stamped or printed thereon a
reference to this section.
h. In any proceedings to enforce or discharge a lien
created pursuant to this section the validity of the lien
shall not be subject to challenge based on:
(1) The lawfulness of the inspection, reinspection,
examination, service or permit, or
(2) The propriety and accuracy of the fee for which a

15
Title 26 / Subchapter 1

This page is intended to be left blank

16
Title 26 / Subchaper 2

SUBCHAPTER 2 [4.6] 165Licensing of Existing Operating

LICENSES Engineers
Art. 5 Hoisting Machine Operator License
TABLE OF CONTENTS [5.0] 166 Requirement of License
[5.1] 167 License Applications
Art. [5.2] 168 Classification of Licenses
[Sec]* or Sec.** [5.3] 169 License Qualifications
Art. 1 General Provisions [5.4] 170 License Fees
[1.0] 131 General License Requirements [5.5] 171 License Conditions
[1.1] 132 Application for License Art. 6 Rigger License
[1.2] 133 Qualifications of Applicant [6.0] 172 Requirements of License
[1.3] 134 Examination of Applicant [6.1] 173 Exemptions
[1.4] 135 Exemptions from Examination [6.2] 174 Classification of Rigger Licenses
[1.5] 136 Issuance of License [6.3] 175 License Applications
[1.6] 137 Term of License; Renewal [6.4] 176 Master Rigger Qualifications
[1.7] 138 Use of License [6.5] 177 Special Rigger Qualifications
[1.8] 139 Revocation of Licenses [6.6] 178 Bond Requirements
[1.9] 140 Violations and Penalties [6.7] 179 Workers’ Compensation
Art. 2 Master Plumber License; Master Fire [6.8] 180 License Fees
Suppression Piping Contractor License [6.9] 181 License Conditions
[2.0] 141 Definitions Art. 7 Sign Hanger Licenses
[2.1] 142 Requirement of License [7.0] 182 Requirement of License
[2.2] 143 Exemption [7.1] 183 Classification of Sign Hanger Licenses
[2.3] 144 License Board [7.2] 184 Exemptions
[2.4] 145 Certificate Application [7.3] 185 License Applications
[2.5] 146 License Qualifications [7.4] 186 Master Sign Hanger Qualifications
[2.6] 147 License Fees [7.5] 187 Special Sign Hanger Qualifications
[2.7] 148 Certificate of Competence; Licensed [7.6] 188 Bond Requirements
Plumber Plate [7.7] 189 Workers’ Compensation
[2.8] 149 Business Operation, Master Plumbers [7.8] 190 License Fees
[2.9] 150 Expiration and Renewal of License [7.9] 191 License Conditions
150.1 Renewals of Master Plumber and Fire Art. 8 Oil-Burning Equipment Installer License
Suppression Piping Contractor [8.0] 192 Requirement of License
Licenses [8.1] 193 Classification of Oil-Burning
[2.10] 151 Suspension; Revocation of License Equipment Installer Licenses
[2.11] 152 Practice Without License and Other [8.2] 194 License Applications
Violations;Penalties; Actions for [8.3] 195 Class A Oil-Burning Equipment
Penalties Installer Qualifications
[2.12] 153 Publication of a Roster of Licensees [8.4] 196 Class B Oil-Burning Equipment
153.1 Waiver of Examinations Installer Qualifications
Art. 3 Welder License [8.5] 197 Bond Requirement
[3.0] 154 Requirement of License [8.6] 198 License Fees
[3.1] 155 License Applications [8.7] 199 License Conditions
[3.2] 156 License Qualifications Art. 9 Concrete Testing Laboratory License
[3.3] 157 License Fees [9.0] 200 Requirement of License
[3.4] 158 License Conditions [9.1] 201 License Applications
[9.2] 202 License Qualifications
Art. 4 High-Pressure Boiler Operating Engineer [9.3] 203 License Fees
and Portable High-Pressure Boiler [9.4] 204 License Conditions
Operating Engineer Licenses *“B26” omitted from section numbers in this column.
**“26” omitted from section numbers in this column.
[4.0] 159 Requirement of License
[4.1] 160 Definition
[4.2] 161 License Applications ARTICLE 1
[4.3] 162 License Qualifications GENERAL PROVISIONS
[4.4] 163 License Fees
[4.5] 164 License Conditions §[26-1.0] 26-131 General license requirements.-It

17
Title 26 / Subchaper 2

shall be unlawful, on and after December sixth, nineteen

hundred sixty-eight, for any person to engage in or carry §[26-1.5] 26-136 Issuance of license.-
on in the city any business, trade or calling regulated by The commissioner shall issue a license to each applicant
this subchapter, without having first obtained a license who shall have submitted satisfactory evidence of his or
therefor from the commissioner in accordance with and her qualifications, and shall have satisfactorily passed all
subject to the provisions of this subchapter, except that required examinations to determine his or her fitness and
any certificates of qualification or licenses issued for any qualifications, provided that no license shall be issued
such business, trade or calling issued by the department, unless and until the applicant shall have paid the required
or by any other city department or agency, prior to fee therefor and complied with such other and further
December sixth, nineteen hundred sixty-eight, shall requirements for the particular license as may be hereinafter
continue to remain in full force and effect until the provided. All licenses issued by the commissioner shall have
expiration or termination thereof in accordance with the his or her signature affixed thereto; but the commissioner
terms thereof, unless sooner revoked or suspended for may authorize any subordinate to affix such signature.
cause as hereinafter provided.
***
§[26-1.6] 26-137 Term of license; renewal.-
§[26-1.1] 26-132 Application for license.- All licenses, except for plumbing licenses and fire
All applications for licenses shall be submitted on forms suppression piping contractor licenses, issued by the
furnished by the department, and shall be accompanied commissioner under the provisions of this subchapter
by the required fee, as hereinafter provided. Each application shall expire one year from the date of issuance thereof,
for a license shall set forth the name, residence address and and may be renewed annually, provided that application
business address of the applicant, and such information and for renewal of the license is made thirty calendar days
supporting data concerning his or her qualifications for the prior to the expiration date of the license. A plumbing
license as the commissioner may require. license and a fire suppression piping contractor license
shall expire two years from the date of issuance thereof,
* §[26-1.2] 26-133 Qualifications of applicant. -All and may be renewed every two years thereafter, provided
applicants for licenses shall be at least eighteen years of that application for renewal of the license is made
age, shall be able to read and write the English language, between thirty and sixty calendar days prior to its
shall be of good moral character, and shall meet the expiration date. All applications for renewal of a license
qualifications prescribed for the particular license, as shall be accompanied by the required renewal fee. If
hereinafter provided. application for renewal is not made as provided above, the
*Local Law 55-1989. commissioner may, nevertheless, renew the license
**
provided the applicant pays an additional fee of five
§[26-1.3] 26-134 Examination of applicant.-Every dollars, except as otherwise provided in this subchapter,
applicant for a license shall be examined as to his or her and provided further that the applicant satisfies the
fitness and qualifications therefore [sic] in accordance commissioner as to his or her qualifications.
with rules and regulations adopted and promulgated by ***Local Law 51-2001.
the commissioner under and pursuant to the provisions
of chapter forty-five of the charter. The commissioner * §[26-1.7] 26-138 Use of license.-
may require the applicant to submit to an oral, written a. No holder of a license issued under this subchapter
and practical examination or any or all of said examinations; shall authorize, consent to or permit the use of his or her
and such examinations and investigations required to license by or on behalf of any other person, and subject to
determine the fitness and qualifications of said applicant the provisions of section 26-131 of this subchapter, no
shall, upon the request of the commissioner, be conducted person who has not qualified and obtained a license under
by the department of citywide administrative services, this subchapter shall hold himself or herself out to the
which shall certify the results thereof, pursuant to the public as licensed or as the holder of a license issued
provisions of section eight hundred eighteen of the under this subchapter, either directly or indirectly, by
charter. means of signs, sign cards, metal plates, stationery, or in
**Local Law 59-1996. any other manner whatsoever.
b. Except for plumbing licenses, and fire suppression
§[26-1.4] 26-135 Exemptions from examination.- piping contractor licenses, nothing herein contained,
Notwithstanding the provisions of section 26-134 of this however, shall be construed to prohibit the use of a
subchapter, the commissioner shall have the power to license by the holder thereof for or on behalf of a
exempt from examination any person who, prior to partnership, corporation or other business association,
December sixth, nineteen hundred sixty-eight, held a provided that at least one member of the partnership or at
license or was otherwise qualified under the provisions least one officer of the corporation is licensed for the
of the code theretofore in effect. same business, trade or calling, and that all work performed

18
Title 26 / Subchaper 2

by such partnership or corporation is performed by or under months after the effective date of this subdivision and
the direct supervision of such license holder or holders. necessary evidence shall be furnished within one year of
c. For plumbing licenses, nothing herein contained, such effective date when such company, corporation,
however, shall be construed to prohibit the use of a partnership or other business association [sic] or its
license by the holder thereof for or on behalf of a partnership, predecessor has employed an average of ten or more
corporation or other business association, provided that journeymen doing fire suppression piping contractor for at
fifty-one percent or more of the control or voting capital least five days a week for a period of ten years or more,
stock of such partnership, corporation, or other business such period need not be consecutive but must have
association is owned by one or more holders of licenses occurred within a period of twenty years and provided,
for the same business trade or calling and that all work however, that such fire suppression piping contractor
performed by such partnership, corporation or other business must continue to have all fire suppression piping
business association is performed by or under the direct contractor work conducted under the management and
and continuing supervision of such license holder or direction of a licensed master fire suppression piping
holders. For plumbing licenses, however, where previous contractor employed by such fire suppression piping
to the effective date of this code, a company, corporation, contractor business and that said licensed master fire
partnership or other business association or its predecessor suppression piping contractor is not otherwise interested
has been doing plumbing work, it may continue to do so in, associated with or employed by any other fire suppression
in any one or more of said business forms without piping contractor business operating in this city except as
complying with the foregoing, if application is made to a joint venture in which the said master fire suppression
the department previous to six months after the effective piping contractor's employer is one of the joint venturers.
date of this subdivision as amended and necessary *Local Law 55-1989.
evidence shall be furnished within one year of such
effective date, when such company, corporation, partnership §[B26-1.8] 26-139 Revocation of licenses.-The commissioner
or other business association or its predecessor has employed shall have power to revoke or suspend any license upon
an average of ten or more journeymen plumbers doing proof of fraud, deceit, collusion or misrepresentation on
plumbing work for at least five days a week for a period the part of the holder in obtaining the license or any
of ten years or more, such period need not be renewal thereof, or upon proof of violation of or failure to
consecutive but must have occurred within a period of comply with the provisions of the building code and other
twenty years and provided, however, that such plumbing applicable laws, rules or regulations relating to the business,
business must continue to have all plumbing work trade or calling of the licensee, provided that the commissioner
conducted under the management and direction of a shall not revoke or suspend any license for any cause,
licensed master plumber employed by such plumbing unless and until the holder shall have been given at least
business and that said licensed master plumber is not five calendar days' prior notice in writing and an opportunity
otherwise interested in, associated with or employed by to be heard. However, notwithstanding the foregoing,
any other plumbing business operating in this city except when the public safety may be imminently jeopardized
as a joint venture in which the said master plumber's the commissioner shall have the power, pending a hearing
employer is one of the joint venturers. and determination of charges, to forthwith suspend any
d. For fire suppression piping contractor licenses, license for a period not exceeding five working days.
nothing herein contained, however, shall be construed to
prohibit the use of a license by the holder thereof for or §[B26-1.9] 26-140 Violations and penalties.-Any person
on behalf of a partnership, corporation or other business who shall violate any of the provisions of this subchapter
association, provided that fifty-one percent or more of shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and upon conviction
the control or voting capital stock of such partnership, thereof, shall be punishable by a fine not to exceed five
corporation, or other business association is owned by hundred dollars, or by imprisonment for a period not to exceed
one or more holders of licenses for the same business six months, or both. Such person shall also be subject to
trade or calling and that all work performed by such the payment of a penalty of not more than two hundred
partnership, corporation or other business association is fifty dollars, to be recovered in a civil action brought in
performed by or under the direct and continuing supervision the name of the city in any court of record in the city.
of such license holder or holders. For fire suppression
piping contractor licenses, however, where previous to ARTICLE 2
the effective date of this subdivision, a company, corporation, *MASTER PLUMBER LICENSE; MASTER FIRE
SUPPRESSION PIPING CONTRACTOR LICENSE
partnership or other business association or its predecessor
has been doing fire suppression piping contractor work,
* §[B26-2.0] 26-141 Definitions.-For the purposes of
it may continue to do so in any one or more of said
this article:
business forms without complying with the foregoing, if
a. "Board" means the license board established pursuant
application is made to the department previous to six

19
Title 26 / Subchaper 2

to section 26-144 of this article. means an individual, partnership, corporation or other

b. "Certificate" means the certificate of competence as a business association authorized under the provisions of
master plumber or master fire suppression piping contractor this subchapter to install, maintain, repair, modify, extend
issued by the commissioner to an individual who satisfies or alter a fire suppression piping system in the city of
the requirements of this subchapter for certification as a New York who has satisfied the provisions of this
master plumber or a master fire suppression piping contractor. subchapter for operation pursuant to a plate, certificate
c. "Direct and continuing supervision" means responsible issued to an individual and seal.
control exercised by a licensed master plumber or a g. "Plate" means a licensed master plumber or licensed
licensed master fire suppression piping contractor, either master fire suppression piping contractor plate issued by
personally or through one or more levels of competent the commissioner to an individual who has satisfied the
supervision, over those persons in the direct employ of provisions of this subchapter for certification and license
the licensed individual, partnership, corporation or other as a master plumber or master fire suppression piping
business association as authorized by the code performing contractor. The plate shall permit the individual to perform
the actual work of installing, maintaining, repairing, the work and services permitted within the provisions of
modifying, extending or altering plumbing or gas piping, this subchapter.
or the actual work as permitted by the class of license h. "Fire suppression piping system" means any system
held by the licensee for which such licensee assumes full including any and all equipment and materials in connection
responsibility. Such control shall be evidenced by such therewith with the exception of any electrical components
licensee's signature and seal upon any required statements, which must be installed by a licensed electrician pursuant
applications and/or permits. to this code, the purpose of which is to control, to contain,
d. "Direct employ" means that an individual performing to suppress or to extinguish fire and shall include:
the actual work of installing, maintaining, repairing, **1. the systems, materials and equipment described or
modifying, extending or altering plumbing or gas piping referred to in articles one through four of subchapter
is an employee of the licensed master plumber, partnership, seventeen of chapter one of title twenty-seven of the code
corporation or other business association as authorized and in reference standards RS 17-1, RS 17-2, RS 17-2A
by the code, having responsibility for such work, or an and RS 17-2B of the code, with the exception of any
individual performing the actual work of installing, maintaining, electrical components which must be installed by a
repairing, modifying, extending or altering any fire suppression licensed electrician pursuant to this code, which systems,
piping system or any part thereof as permitted by the materials or equipment shall include any standpipe system
class of license held by the licensee is an employee of to which a sprinkler system is or is now being connected;
the licensed master fire suppression piping contractor, provided, however, that such systems, materials or equipment
partnership, corporation or other business association as shall not include any systems, materials or equipment
authorized by this code having responsibility for such specified in subdivision e of this section, with the exception
work. The employer shall not be restricted in the employer's of up to thirty sprinkler heads off the domestic water in
right to use those employees in the employer's work any one building; or
force with proper and necessary training to perform the 2. any dry, liquid or gaseous chemical fire containment,
required work. Such employment shall be evidenced by suppression, control or extinguishment system or any
payroll records such as social security payments, income other device or means of control, suppression, containment
tax withholding or the disbursement of other funds as or extinguishment of fire, with the exception of any electrical
required by law for the benefit of such employee. components which must be installed by a licensed electrician
**e. "Licensed master plumber" means an individual, pursuant to this code, but not including portable fire extinguishers.
partnership, corporation or other business association i. "Combined standpipe system" means a standpipe to which
authorized under the provisions of this subchapter to a sprinkler system is connected or is now being connected,
install, maintain, repair, modify, extend or alter as shown by drawings approved by the department.
plumbing, standpipe where a sprinkler is not or is not j. All other words mean the same as the definitions
now being connected, domestic water, connections to the provided in section 27-232 of the code.
domestic water, combination domestic water and reserve *Local Law 55-1989.
**Local Law 10-1999.
standpipe supply tank, up to and including the roof tank
check valve, gas piping or any piping system referred to
in subchapter sixteen of chapter one of title twenty-seven *§[B26-2.1] 26-142 Requirement of license.-
of the code and in reference standard RS-16 and up to a. It shall be unlawful for any person:
thirty sprinkler heads off the domestic water in any one 1. (a) to install, maintain, repair, modify, extend or
building in the city of New York which has satisfied the alter a plumbing standpipe where a sprinkler is not or is
provisions of this subchapter for operation pursuant to a not now being connected, domestic water, connections to
plate, certificate issued to an individual and seal. the domestic water, combination domestic water and
f. "Licensed master fire suppression piping contractor" standpipe supply tank, up to and including the roof tank

20
Title 26 / Subchaper 2

check valve, gas piping or any piping system referred to chapter one of title twenty-seven of the code and in
in subchapter sixteen of chapter one of title twenty-seven reference standard RS-16 and up to twenty sprinkler
of the code and in reference standard RS-16 and up to heads off the domestic water in any one building in the
twenty sprinkler heads off the domestic water in any one city of New York or employ a name incorporating the
building, in the city of New York unless such person is a term plumber or plumbing or any modification or derivative
licensed master plumber, partnership, corporation or of such terms unless such individual has been issued a
other business association as permitted by this code and plate or, a corporation, partnership or other business association
unless such work is performed under the direct and is operating pursuant to a plate authorizing the conduct of
continuing supervision of a licensed master plumber; a plumbing contracting business in the city of New York.
(b.) to install, maintain, repair, modify, extend or 2. No individual, corporation, partnership or other business
alter any fire suppression piping system in the city of association shall install, maintain, repair,
New York unless such person is a licensed master fire extend or alter a fire suppression piping system, or any
suppression piping contractor, partnership, corporation part thereof, in the city of New York or employ a name
or other business association as permitted by this code incorporating the term fire suppression piping or any
and unless such work is performed under the direct and modification or derivative of such term unless such
continuing supervision of a licensed master fire suppression individual has been issued a plate or, a corporation, partnership
piping contractor; or or other business association is operating pursuant to a
2. (a.) to use the title licensed master plumber, master plate authorizing the conduct of a fire suppression piping
plumber, or any other title in such manner as to convey contracting business in the city of New York except as
the impression that such person is a licensed master otherwise provided by this subdivision.
plumber unless such person is licensed in accordance e. 1. No individual, corporation, partnership or other
with provisions of this subchapter; business association shall conduct a plumbing contracting
(b.) to use the title licensed master fire suppression business in the city of New York, unless:
piping contractor, master fire suppression piping contractor, (a) no less than fifty-one percent of the control or voting
or any other title in such manner as to convey the impression capital stock of such entity is owned by one or more
that such person is a licensed master fire suppression individuals who are licensed master plumbers except as
piping contractor unless such person is licensed in otherwise provided; and
accordance with the provisions of this subchapter. (b) all plumbing or gas piping work performed by such
b. A certificate of competence as a master plumber or entity is performed by or under the direct and continuing
master fire suppression piping contractor shall be issued supervision of a licensed master plumber; and
only to an individual. (c) The person in charge of such work is a licensed
c. There shall be three classes of licenses for master fire master plumber; and
suppression piping contractors which are as follows: (d) the persons actually performing such work are in the
1. Class A. The holder of a class A master fire direct employ of such licensed master plumber, partnership,
suppression piping contractor license is authorized to corporation or other business association as authorized by
perform any work in connection with any and all fire the code.
suppression piping systems as defined in paragraphs one 2. No individual, corporation, partnership or other business
and two of subdivision h of section 26-141. association shall conduct any fire suppression piping
2. Class B. The holder of a class B master fire contracting business in the city of New York unless:
suppression piping contractor license is authorized to (a) no less than fifty-one percent of the control or voting
perform any work in connection with any and all fire capital stock of such entity is owned by one or more
suppression piping systems as defined in paragraph one individuals who are licensed master fire suppression
of subdivision h of section 26-141. piping contractors except as otherwise provided; and
3. Class C. The holder of a class C master fire (b) all work in connection with a fire suppression piping
suppression piping contractor license is authorized to system performed by such entity is performed by or under
perform any work in connection with any and all fire the direct and continuing supervision of a licensed master
suppression piping systems as defined in paragraph two fire suppression [sic] piping contractor; and
of subdivision h of section 26-141. (c) the person in charge of such work is a licensed master
d. 1. No individual, corporation, partnership or other fire suppression piping contractor; and
business association shall install, maintain, repair, (d) the persons actually performing such work are in the
modify, extend or alter a plumbing, standpipe where a direct employ of such licensed master fire suppression piping
sprinkler is not or is not now being connected, domestic contractor, partnership, corporation or other business
water, connections to the domestic water, combination association as authorized by the code.
domestic water and reserve standpipe supply tank, up to * Local Law 55-1989.
and including the roof tank check valve, gas piping or
any piping system referred to in subchapter sixteen of ** §[B26-2.2] 26-143 Exemption.-The provisions of

21
Title 26 / Subchaper 2

section 26-142 of this subchapter shall not apply to this subchapter and to report to the commissioner its
minor plumbing alterations or ordinary plumbing repairs, findings and recommendations. It shall keep minutes of its
as defined and delimited by sections 27-124, 27-125 and proceedings and hearings and records of its investigations.
27-126 of the code, or to the installation or alteration of Upon the holding of any hearing, the chairperson of the
gas service piping and gas meter piping, including meters, board presiding at such hearing may administer oaths, and
valves, regulators or related equipment, when such work the board may issue and cause to be served subpoenas
is to be performed, serviced and maintained by utility requiring the attendance of witnesses and the production
corporations subject to the jurisdiction of the public of books and papers pertinent to any hearing held by it
service commission nor shall the provisions of section upon written complaint. Such subpoenas shall by**
26-142 apply to minor alterations, ordinary repairs and signed by the chairperson and the fees and mileage paid to
maintenance of a fire suppression piping system. witnesses upon the service of such subpoenas shall be
**Local Law 55-1989. those prescribed by law. The board shall meet at least
once a month except during the months of July and
* §[B26-2.3] 26-144 License board.- August, and at such other times upon call of the chairperson.
a. The commissioner shall appoint annually each member of a d. The license board may request the commissioner to
license board, to investigate and report, at the request of the
appoint duly authorized representatives to conduct investigations
commissioner, on all proposed suspensions or revocations of
license, make recommendations regarding the surveillance of the
and other activities incidental to the functions of the
practices of licensed master plumbers and licensed master fire license board. Such appointees shall be non-voting
suppression piping contractors, and the policing of the activities members of the committee to which they are appointed,
of unlicensed practitioners, and engage in such other functions and may include personnel who are not department
as herein provided. The commissioner may, for cause shown, employees who shall serve without compensation. In
remove any member of the license board and shall fill any addition the commissioner may designate such employees
vacancy therein. Such board shall consist of : of the department as he or she deems necessary to the
1. Two officers or employees of the department service and support of the license board.
representing the commissioner. e. The license board shall make recommendations to the
2. Five individuals who are licensed master plumbers at commissioner regarding plumbing and fire suppression
least four of whom shall be selected from nominees of the piping practices and code applications.
New York City contracting plumbing association whose f. The license board shall make recommendations to the
members perform the largest dollar value of work within commissioner regarding plumbing and fire suppression
the city and one of whom shall be the holder of a class A piping regulations and legislation.
or class B master fire suppression piping contractor license. *Local Law 55-1989.
3. Two individuals who are licensed master fire suppression **As enacted but "be" probably intended.
piping contractors both of whom shall hold a class A
license and shall be selected from nominees of the New §[B26-2.4] 26-145 Certificate application.-All applications
York city sprinkler/fire suppression piping contractors for a certificate shall be subject to the provisions of section
association whose members perform the largest dollar 26-132 of this subchapter; and all applicants for a certificate
value of work within the city. shall comply with and be subject to the provisions of
4. A professional engineer having at least five years' sections 26-133, 26-134 and 26-135 of this subchapter.
experience in the design of plumbing systems.
5. A registered architect. *§[B26-2.5] 26-146 Certificate qualifications.-In addition
6. A professional engineer who is a full member of the to meeting the general qualifications prescribed in section
society of fire protection engineers. 26-133 of this subchapter:
7. A resident of the city. a. all applicants for a master plumber certificate shall
8. Two officers or employees of the fire department submit satisfactory proof establishing that the applicant :
representing the fire commissioner. 1. has had at least seven years’ prior experience in the
b. One of the members of the board who is an officer or design and installation of plumbing systems in the United
employee of the department representing the commissioner States; or
shall serve as chairperson and all members shall serve 2. has received a bachelors' degree in engineering or
without compensation. Eight members including the appropriate engineering technology from a college or
chairperson, who shall be entitled to vote, shall constitute university registered by the state department of education
a quorum of the board for the transaction of business. All and has had at least three years prior experience in the
actions shall be conducted by majority vote except as design and installation of plumbing systems in the United
otherwise provided. States.
c. The commissioner may request the license board to b. all applicants for a master fire suppression piping
investigate and hear any or all written complaints against contractor certificate shall submit satisfactory proof
anyone allegedly acting in violation of the provisions of establishing that the applicant:

22
Title 26 / Subchaper 2

1. has had at least seven years' prior experience in the plumber or licensed master fire suppression piping
design and installation of fire suppression piping systems contractor until such plate and seal have been obtained.
or four years in the design and installation of plumbing c. The holder of a certificate shall obtain a plate and seal
systems and three years in the design and installation of upon establishing either:
fire suppression piping systems in the United States, for 1. a plumbing contracting business conforming to the
the class of license for which application is made; or requirements of this subchapter and any rules and
2. has received a bachelors' degree in engineering or regulations promulgated by the commissioner. No holder
appropriate engineering technology from a college or of a certificate shall enter into any contractual agreement
university registered by the state department of education to install or alter any plumbing, gas piping, or any piping
and has had at least three years' prior experience in the system referred to in reference standard RS-16, other than
design and installation of fire suppression piping systems an employment agreement with a licensed master plumber,
in the United States, for the class of license for which partnership, corporation or other business association as
application is made. authorized by this code, other than on behalf of an employer
c. Applicants who were engaged in plumbing or fire holding such plate and seal, unless and until he or she
suppression piping work as above provided, prior to shall have obtained a plate and seal.
entering the armed services of the United States shall be 2. a fire suppression piping contracting business conforming
permitted to credit their time in the service as experience to the requirements of this subchapter and any rules and
in the plumbing or fire suppression piping business, as regulations promulgated by the commissioner. No holder
above provided; but such service credit shall not exceed of a certificate shall enter into any contractual agreement
one-third of the time required for experience in this section. to install or alter any fire suppression piping system other
*Local Law 55-1989. than employment agreement with a licensed master fire
suppression piping contractor, partnership, corporation or
* §[B26-2.6] 26-147 License fees.- a. The fee for other business association as authorized by this code,
obtaining a certificate shall be two hundred dollars; and other than on behalf of an employer holding such plate
the biennial renewal fee to maintain the certificate shall and seal, unless and until he or she shall have obtained a
be one hundred dollars. plate and seal.
b. The fee for obtaining a plate shall be seventy-five d. The plate and seal shall contain the full name of the
dollars, and fifty dollars for a seal. If the plate or seal is holder of the certificate with the words "licensed plumber" or
lost, and an affidavit is submitted establishing such fact, a "licensed master fire suppression piping contractor-Class
new plate or seal shall be issued by the commissioner upon A, B or C", and the license number. The plate shall set
application and payment of a fee of one hundred dollars forth the business organization which is operating pursuant
for a plate and seventy-five dollars for a seal. The biennial to the plate. The plate shall be prominently and conspicuously
renewal fee to retain such plate and seal shall be one displayed at the place of business registered with the department.
hundred and fifty dollars. Such plate or seal shall remain the e. Prior to the issuance of any plate or seal, or renewal
property of the city of New York. If application for thereof, the applicant shall file with the department a
renewal is not made between thirty and sixty calendar liability bond and a property damage bond, or in lieu
days prior to the expiration date of the license, the applicant thereof, policies of insurance. The minimum amount of
shall be required to pay an additional fee of fifty dollars. the bonds or insurance policies shall be subject to the
*Local Law 55-1989; Local Law 51-2001.
approval of the commissioner, conditioned upon the
*§[B26-2.7] 26-148 Certificate of competence; plate; seal.- observance of all applicable laws, rules and regulations
a. A certificate of competence shall be issued by the governing the licensed activities and upon the payment of
commissioner to an applicant who satisfactorily complies any judgment awarded for bodily injury, death or damage
with the experience and examination requirements of to or destruction of property occurring in the performance
this subchapter for a certificate, upon payment of a of any regulated work by or under the supervision of such
specified fee. Such certificate shall contain the full name licensee. Each bond or policy of insurance shall contain a
of the individual and a certificate number, and shall be provision for continuing liability notwithstanding any
signed by the commissioner. recovery thereunder. In addition, prior to the issuance of any
b. The issuance of a certificate shall constitute evidence plate or seal, or any renewal thereof, the applicant shall
that the person named therein is qualified to obtain a file with the department satisfactory evidence of compliance
plate and seal while the certificate is valid. The certificate with the workers' compensation law and the disability
shall entitle the applicant to obtain a plate and seal from benefits law.
the commissioner upon approval of an application showing f. All business vehicles, advertising and stationery used
compliance with the requirements of this subchapter and in connection with work or services requiring:
upon the payment of the specified fees. The holder of a 1. a master plumber license shall display prominently the
certificate shall not be entitled to perform work or hold full name of the licensee, the words “N.Y.C.licensed
him or herself out to perform work as a licensed master plumber”, and the licensee's plate number and business

23
Title 26 / Subchaper 2

address. If the business is conducted under a trade name, interest or ownership would constitute any portion of the
or by a partnership or corporation, the trade name, fifty-one per cent interest or control required by this
partnership or corporate name shall be placed immediately subchapter. Both corporations, partnerships or other
above the full name or names of the certified master business associations in which the individual who is a
plumber or master plumbers to whom the plate was issued. licensed master plumber has an interest shall be located at
2. a master fire suppression piping contractor license the same place of business. For the purposes of this
shall display prominently the full name of the licensee, subdivision, where two or more individuals who are
the words "N.Y.C. licensed master fire suppression piping licensed master plumbers possess an interest or ownership
contractor-class A, B, or C,” and the licensees plate number in any corporation, partnership or other business association
and business address. If the business is conducted under which together represents more than fifty-one per cent of
a trade name, or by a partnership or corporation, the trade the interest or control of such entity, all of such licensees
name, partnership or corporate name shall be placed shall be deemed to possess a portion of the fifty-one
immediately above the full name or names of the percent interest or control required by this subchapter.
certified master fire suppression piping contractor or 2. An individual who is a licensed master fire suppression
contractors to whom the plate was issued. piping contractor whose interest or ownership in a corporation,
g. If a licensed master plumber or licensed master fire partnership or other business association constitutes any
suppression piping contractor withdraws from a partnership, portion of the fifty-one per cent interest or control
corporation, or other business association operating required by this subchapter shall be prohibited from
pursuant to such plate, the right of such business to perform possessing an interest or ownership in more that one other fire
the work and service requiring such license shall lapse if suppression piping corporation, partnership or other business
the provisions of this subchapter are no longer satisfied. association, at his or her established place of business,
h. Not more than one plate and seal shall be issued to where such interest or ownership would constitute any
the holder of a certificate, and upon such individual's portion of the fifty-one per cent interest or control required
death or retirement from performing work and services, by this subchapter. Both corporations, partnerships or
or upon the revocation or suspension of his or her other business associations in which the individual who
certificate, his or her plate and seal shall immediately be is a licensed master fire suppression piping contractor has
surrendered to the commissioner. Nothing contained an interest shall be located at the same place of business.
herein shall be construed to prevent the legal representative For the purposes of this subdivision, where two or more
of a deceased plate and seal holder, with the consent of individuals who are licensed master fire suppression
the commissioner, from retaining such plate and seal for piping contractors possess an interest or ownership in any
the purpose of completing all unfinished work of such corporation, partnership or other business association which
deceased licensee for which plans have been approved together represents more than fifty-one per cent of the
and a permit issued, provided such work is performed by interest or control of such entity, all of such licensees shall be
or under the direct and continuing supervision of a deemed to possess a portion of the fifty-one per cent
licensed master plumber or licensed master fire suppression interest or control required by this subchapter.
piping contractor as appropriate and is completed within k. Nothing contained in this section shall be construed to
one year from the date of the death of the original licensee. prevent an individual, corporation, partnership or other
i. The licensed master plumber or licensed master fire business association authorized under the provisions of
suppression piping contractor, partnership, corporation this subchapter from entering into a joint venture of
or other business association as authorized by the code, limited duration for a particular project with another
shall maintain a place of business within the city of New business entity similarly authorized.
York at the time of issuance of the plate and during the *Local Law 55-1989.
life thereof which is in conformance with the zoning
regulations and the rules and regulations of the commissioner *§[B26-2.8] 26-149 Business operation, licensed master
and which complies in other respects with the building plumbers/licensed master fire suppression piping
code. The licensee shall promptly notify the commissioner contractors.-
of any change of address of his or her place of business a. The master plumber or fire suppression piping
within thirty calendar days of such change. contractor, so licensed, shall conduct his or her business
j. 1. An individual who is a licensed master plumber to provide direct and continuing supervision in accordance
whose interest or ownership in a corporation, partnership with the provisions of this subchapter.
or other business association constitutes any portion of b. All documents which are required to be filed with any
the fifty-one per cent interest or control required by this department or agency of the city of New York shall bear
subchapter shall be prohibited from possessing an the stamp of the seal as well as the signature of such
interest or ownership in more than one other plumbing licensee. The licensed master plumber or licensed master
corporation, partnership or other business association at fire suppression piping contractor performing the work
his or her established place of business, where such and services of the licensee shall personally sign all

24
Title 26 / Subchaper 2

applications and other documents required to be filed **Local Law 51-2001.

pursuant to the code.
c. All certificates of competence and all plates shall be * §[B26-2.10] 26-151 Suspension; revocation of license.-
recorded by the commissioner as provided in section 26- a. The commissioner shall have the power to suspend or
153 of this subchapter. revoke a certificate of competence and/or a licensee's
* Local Law 55-1989. plate and seal and/or to impose a fine not to exceed five
thousand dollars for each finding and/or to order any
*§[B26-2.9] 26-150 Expiration and renewal of license.- licensed master plumber or licensed master fire suppression
a. All certificates of competence, plates and seals shall piping contractor to repair damage resulting from any act
expire on the two-year anniversary date of the issuance or omission enumerated in paragraph two of this
of the certificate, plate and seal. Application for the subdivision upon the recommendation of the board after a
biennial renewal of certificates, plates and seals shall be hearing and finding of any one or more of the following:
made between thirty and sixty days prior to the (1) fraud or deceit in obtaining a certificate, plate or seal; or
expiration/anniversary date. The failure of an individual (2) gross negligence, incompetence or misconduct
to renew such certificate, plate and seal prior to the relating to the business, trade or calling of the person who
expiration/anniversary date shall have the effect of is licensed or certified; or
cancellation of the certificate, plate and seal. If a (3) fraudulent dealings; or
certificate, plate and seal is canceled, the individual shall (4) failure to comply with the code or any order, regulation
apply for a new certificate, plate and seal. or requirement lawfully made by the commissioner; or
b. Failure to apply for renewal of a certificate prior to its (5) failure to comply with any order, regulation or requirement
expiration shall not deprive the holder of the right of lawfully made by the commissioner of environmental
renewal during the ensuing year, except that the fee for protection or commissioner of transportation pertaining to
such renewal after thirty days prior to the expiration date water services, house connections or street openings which
shall be one hundred dollars instead of fifty dollars. relate to requirements of this subchapter or made by the
c. If a holder of a certificate fails to renew his or her fire commissioner relating to fire suppression piping matters;
certificate for a period up to five years, reinstatement or
during that period shall occur upon the payment of a fee (6) a practice of failing timely to perform or complete
of fifty dollars for each year or part thereof after the contracts relating to home improvements as defined by
expiration date. section 20-386 of the code or a practice of abandoning
d. If a holder of a certificate fails to renew his or her contracts on residential buildings containing four dwelling
certificate for a period in excess of five years, the units or less.
commissioner may require such person to submit to (7) poor moral character that adversely reflects on his or
reexamination or to provide evidence of retained proficiency. her fitness to conduct a plumbing or fire suppression
In addition, the holder shall pay a fee of fifty dollars for piping contracting business.
each year or part thereof after the expiration date. b. The chairperson may request three individuals, at least
e. If a holder of a certificate has held a certificate of two of whom shall be members of the board, to act as a
competency for five years without a plate and seal, then hearing panel with the approval of the board. The panel shall
said person shall submit an affidavit satisfactory to the conduct such hearing and issue a report and recommendation
commissioner stating that over the five year period the to the board in lieu of the hearing under subdivision a of
individual has been engaged in the design and this section; provided, however, that after such panel has
installation of : issued a report and recommendation, the board may
1. Plumbing systems in the United States; or conduct such further proceedings with respect to the
2. Fire suppression piping systems in the United States. referenced matter as it deems advisable.
*Local Law 55-1989; Local Law 51-2001. c. Any person claiming to have been injured by the fraud,
**
deceit, negligence, incompetence or other misconduct of any
§26-150.1 Renewals of Master Plumber and Fire person who is licensed or certified may prefer charges
Suppression Piping Contractor Licenses.- A certificate against such licensee before the board.
of competence, plate and seal for a licensed master d. All charges and/or specifications shall be submitted by
plumber and for a licensed fire suppression contractor the commissioner in writing to the board or panel. Such
shall be renewed provided that the certificate holder shall charges, and/or specifications, unless dismissed without
have satisfactorily completed a seven hour continuing hearing by the commissioner as unfounded or trivial, shall
education course approved by the department within two be heard and determined by the board, with a
years prior to the renewal date. The content of the course recommendation to the commissioner.
and the qualifications of providers of the course shall be e. The chairperson shall determine the time and place of
approved by the department in accordance with the rules such hearing. A copy of the charges and/or specifications,
of the department. together with a notice of the time and place of hearing,

25
Title 26 / Subchaper 2

shall be served upon the accused personally or by certified business name and address of his or her employer. An
or registered mail return receipt requested and by ordinary additional list with the same information shall be printed
mail at least ten days before the day fixed for the hearing. in numerical order by certificate number.
f. At such hearing, the accused shall have the right to c. Each roster shall also contain an alphabetical listing of
appear personally, to be represented by counsel, to cross- corporations, partnerships, business associations and
examine witnesses, and to produce evidence and witnesses individuals authorized to engage in the plumbing
in his or her defense. contracting or fire suppression piping business within the
g. If a majority of the members of the board or hearing city. Next to each business name shall be the name or
panel, as applicable, vote in favor of finding the accused names of the holders of licensed master plumber or
guilty, the board or hearing panel may recommend the licensed master fire suppression piping contractor plates,
revocation or suspension of the certificate, plate and seal plate and seal numbers and business addresses.
of the accused or such other action as it shall deem d. Each supplement shall contain all the information
appropriate. described in subdivisions b and c of this section.
h. The fees required for the reinstatement of a certificate, *Local Law 55-1989.
plate and seal after suspension or revocation shall be the
same as those required to obtain an original certificate, * §26-153.1 Waiver of examinations.-
plate and seal. If reinstatement of the certificate, plate a. Any individual who, on or after the effective date of
and seal, is not requested within thirty days of the lifting this section shall meet the following qualifications and
of the suspension or revocation, then appropriate late who, within six months after the effective date of this
fees shall be imposed. section shall make application to the department of
i. Nothing in this section shall deprive the commissioner buildings for a master fire suppression piping contractor
of the power to refer an individual upon whom sanctions license, and within one year shall furnish all necessary
have been or may be imposed in accordance with this evidence, shall be issued a certificate for the particular
section to any governmental entity, including but not limited class for which he or she is qualified without taking the
to any court of competent jurisdiction, for appropriate action. examination for such certificate required by this article,
*Local Law 55-1989. however all other provisions of this article, including but
not limited to those governing the fire suppression piping
* §[B26-2.11] 26-152 Practice without license and contractor certificate shall apply to those individuals
other violations; penalties; actions for penalties.- covered by this section.
a. Any person not authorized to perform the work and 1. class A-Any individual who, during the seven
services of a licensed master plumber or licensed master consecutive years immediately preceding his or her
fire suppression piping contractor in accordance with the application for a master fire suppression piping contractor
provisions of this subchapter or any person filing or certificate-class A, has been engaged in the business of
attempting to file a licensed master plumber or licensed designing and installing fire suppression piping systems,
master fire suppression piping contractor's statement or as defined in paragraphs one and two of subdivision h of
other document on behalf of another, or representing section 26-141, primarily in the city of New York.
himself or herself as another, or giving false or forged 2. class B-Any individual who, during the seven
evidence of any kind to the commissioner or any other consecutive years immediately preceding his or her
city official, or otherwise violating any of the provisions applicationfor a master fire suppression piping contractor
of this subchapter, shall be subject to a penalty of not certificate-class B, has been engaged in the business of
less than five hundred dollars nor more than five designing and installing fire suppression piping systems,
thousand dollars for the first offense, and not less than as defined in paragraph one of subdivision h of section
one thousand dollars nor more than five thousand dollars 26-141, primarily in the city of New York.
for each and every subsequent offense, upon findings 3. class C-Any individual who, during the seven
after administrative hearings by the board. consecutive years immediately preceding his or her
*Local Law 55-1989. application for a master fire suppression piping contractor
certificate-class C, has been engaged in the business of
*§[B26-2.12] 26-153 Publication of a roster of licensees.- designing and installing fire suppression piping systems,
a. The commissioner shall publish a complete roster of as defined in paragraph two of subdivision h of section
master plumber licensees and of master fire suppression 26-141, but not including any dry chemical system,
piping contracting licensees in the City Record. Each primarily in the city of New York; or any individual who
roster shall be published biennially, with a supplement qualifies under paragraph two of this subdivision may
published in each alternate year. qualify under this paragraph upon the successful completion
b. Each roster shall contain an alphabetical listing of all of an approved course in the design of carbon dioxide and
holders of a certificate of competence. It shall also dry, liquid or gaseous chemical extinguishing systems.
include the holders' certificate number as well as the b. The department of buildings shall determine whether

26
Title 26 / Subchaper 2

an individual has been engaged in the business of States government, unless such boiler is operated by or
designing and installing fire suppression piping systems. under the supervision and in the presence of a person
The following factors may be considered: having the requisite high-pressure boiler operating
1. department of buildings records (i.e. permits, filings, engineer license under the provisions of this article, or a
plans, etc.). person licensed as a high-pressure boiler operating
2. self employment or employment by a piping contractor engineer prior to December sixth, nineteen hundred sixty-
engaged in such business. eight, as provided in section 26-131 of this subchapter.
3. knowledge of applicable law, rules, regulations, directives b. Notwithstanding subdivision a of this section, it shall
and memorandums, and recognized national standards. be unlawful, on and after December third, nineteen
*Local Law 55-1989. hundred seventy to operate a portable high-pressure steam
boiler for any purpose whatsoever in the city, unless such
ARTICLE 3 WELDER LICENSE boiler is operated by or under the supervision and in the
presence of a person licensed as a portable high-pressure
§[B26-3.0] 26-154 Requirement of license.-It shall be boiler operating engineer.
unlawful to perform manual welding work on any
structural member of any building in the city on and after §[B26-4.1] 26-160 Definition.-For the purposes of this
December sixth, nineteen hundred sixty-eight, unless article, a high-pressure boiler shall be defined as a boiler
such work is performed by a person licensed as a welder that carries a pressure of more than fifteen pounds of
under the provisions of this article, or a person qualified steam per square inch and is rated in excess of ten hp. or
or licensed as a welder prior to December sixth, nineteen if such boiler produces hot water at a pressure of one
hundred sixty-eight, as provided in section 26-131 of this hundred sixty psi or at a temperature over two hundred
subchapter. fifty degrees F.
§[B26-3.1] 26-155 License applications.-All applications §[B26-4.2] 26-161 License applications.-All applications
for a welder license shall be subject to the provisions of for high-pressure boiler operating engineer and portable
section 26-132 of this subchapter; and all applicants for high-pressure boiler engineer licenses shall be subject to
a welder license shall comply with and be subject to the the provisions of section 26-132 of this subchapter; and
provisions of sections 26-133, 26-134 and 26-135 of this all applicants for high-pressure boiler operating engineer
subchapter. and portable high-pressure boiler operating engineer licenses
shall comply with and be subject to the provisions of
§[B26-3.2] 26-156 License qualifications.-In addition sections 26-133, 26-134 and 26-135 of this subchapter.
to the general qualifications prescribed in section 26-133
of this subchapter, all applicants for a welder license §[B26-4.3] 26-162 License qualifications.-
shall submit satisfactory proof of the applicant's fitness a. In addition to the general qualifications prescribed in
to make structural welds, including his or her ability to section 26-133 of this subchapter an applicant for a high-
pass operator qualification tests. pressure boiler operating engineer license shall submit
satisfactory proof establishing that he or she:
§[B26-3.3] 26-157 License fees.-The fee for a welder * (1) Has been employed as a fireman, oiler, general
license shall be ten dollars; and the annual renewal fee assistant, journeyman, boiler-maker or a machinist to a
shall be five dollars. licensed high-pressure boiler operating engineer in a
building or buildings in the city of New York for a period
§[B26-3.4] 26-158 License conditions.-All welder licenses of five years of the seven years immediately preceding the
shall be conditioned upon and subject to the provisions date of his or her application, provided however, that, in
of sections 26-136 through 26-139 of this subchapter. lieu of the experience requirement contained in this
paragraph, an applicant for a high-pressure boiler operating
ARTICLE 4 engineer license who is employed in a fossil fuel
HIGH-PRESSURE BOILER OPERATING production plant located in the Rockaway Peninsula area
ENGINEER AND PORTABLE HIGH-PRESSURE of Queens county may submit satisfactory proof
BOILER OPERATING ENGINEER LICENSES establishing that he or she has obtained at least five years
experience within the seven years immediately preceding
§[B26-4.0] 26-159 Requirement of license.- the date of his or her application which shall include at
a It shall be unlawful, on and after December sixth, nineteen least two years of experience obtained during employment
hundred sixty eight to operate any high-pressure steam under the supervision of a licensed high pressure boiler
boiler for any purpose whatsoever in the city or in operating engineer in a steam generating plant located
connection with any vessel on the waters in and around outside of the city of New York but within the state of
the city not subject to the jurisdiction of the United New York that is owned and operated by a licensed public

27
Title 26 / Subchaper 2

utility, and shall also include a separate period of at least on portable high-pressure boilers under the supervision of
three years of experience obtained during employment as a a licensed portable high-pressure boiler operating
fireman, oiler, general assistant, journeyman, boiler- engineer in the city for a period of three years of the seven
maker or any comparable position [sic] as approved by years immediately preceding the date of his or her
the commissioner, in such steam generating plant; or application. However, two of the three years of the
(2) Has received the degree of mechanical engineer aforesaid required experience may be obtained outside the
from a school or college recognized by the university of city of New York as a fireman, oiler, assistant engineer or
the state of New York and has had one year's experience engineer on portable high-pressure boilers.
in the operation and maintenance of high-pressure *Local Law 108-1993.
boilers under the supervision of a licensed high-pressure
boiler operating engineer in the city of New York within §[B26-4.4] 26-163 License fees.-The fee for a high-
the seven years immediately preceding the date of his or pressure boiler operating engineer license or a portable
her application; or high-pressure boiler operating engineer license shall be
(3) Has been a holder for a period of at least four years twenty-five dollars; and the annual renewal fee shall be
of a certificate as engineer issued by a board of examining fifteen dollars. The renewal fee for a portable high-
engineers duly established and qualified pursuant to the pressure boiler operating engineer license shall include
laws of the United States or any state or territory thereof, the renewal fee for a hoisting machine operator license, as
or a certificate as a marine engineer issued by the United provided in subdivision d of section 26-170 of this
States Coast Guard and has had one year's experience in subchapter without any additional fee. If application for
the city of New York in the operation and maintenance renewal is not made within thirty calendar days prior to
of stationary high-pressure boiler plants under the the expiration date of the license, the applicant shall be
supervision of a licensed high-pressure boiler operating required to pay an additional fee of ten dollars.
engineer within the seven years immediately preceding
the date of his or her application; provided that the §[B26-4.5] 26-164 License conditions.-All high-pressure
applicant shall have filed with his or her application his boiler operating engineer licenses and all portable high-
or her own signed statement that he or she is the person pressure boiler operating engineer licenses shall be
named in said certificate together with the supporting conditioned upon and subject to the provisions of sections
signed statements by three licensed high-pressure boiler 26-136 through 26-139 of this subchapter.
operating engineers employed in the city of New York at
the time of making of such signed statements; or §[B26-4.6] 26-165 Licensing of existing operating engineers.-
(4) Has had direct supervision, care, operation and Any person who has been performing the duties of an
maintenance of a steam generating plant of a governmental operating engineer on a high temperature hot water plant
building, having boilers of 150 or more hp., for a period whose experience as such has been for a period of three
of five years immediately preceding the date of his or her years immediately preceding the enactment of this code
application and has had in addition one year's experience shall be entitled to a high- pressure boiler operating
on high-pressure boilers under the direct supervision of a engineer license without complying with the herein above
licensed high-pressure boiler operating engineer in the provisions upon satisfying the commissioner that such
city of New York, within the seven years immediately applicant possesses the aforesaid experience.
preceding the date of his or her application; or
(5) Has successfully completed as a registered apprentice ARTICLE 5
an approved training program recognized by New York HOISTING MACHINE OPERATOR LICENSE
state apprenticeship council of at least two years and has
had at least three years, experience in the city of New §[B26-5.0] 26-166 Requirement of license.-It shall be
York in the operation and maintenance of high-pressure unlawful for any persons to take charge of or operate any
boilers under the supervision of a licensed high-pressure power operated hoisting machine used for hoisting purposes
boiler operating engineer within the seven years or cableways under the jurisdiction of the department,
immediately preceding the date of his or her application. except power operated scaffolds and window washing
b. In addition to the general qualifications prescribed in machines, unless such person is licensed under the
section 26-133 of this subchapter, an applicant for a provisions of this article, or a holder of a certificate of
portable high-pressure boiler operating engineer's license qualification as a hoisting machine operator prior to
shall submit satisfactory proof establishing that he or she: December twenty-ninth, nineteen hundred sixty-nine, as
(1) Has been the holder of a basic license as a hoisting provided in section 26-131 of this subchapter. The
machine operator as provided in article five of this commissioner may, by rule and regulation, exempt
subchapter for a period of three years immediately operators of mobile cranes of limited size and capacity
preceding the date of his or her application; and from the requirements of this section.
(2) Has served as a fireman, oiler or assistant engineer

28
Title 26 / Subchaper 2

§[B26-5.1] 26-167 License applications.- include the operation of hoisting machinery without limitation
All applications for a hoisting machine operator license or restriction to a holder of a valid certificate of qualification
shall be subject to the provisions of section 26-132 of on December twenty-ninth, nineteen hundred sixty-nine,
this subchapter; and all applicants for a hoisting machine provided that the applicant shall satisfactorily demonstrate
operator license shall comply with and be subject to the by operation that he or she is competent to operate a crane
provisions of sections 26-133, 26-134 and 26-135 of this with a boom, including jibs and other extensions, exceeding
subchapter. two hundred feet in length or truck mounted tower crane
exceeding two hundred feet in height.
§[B26-5.2] 26-168 Classification of licenses.-Such (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of section 26-134 of
licenses shall be classified as follows:
this subchapter, the commissioner shall issue a special
(a) Basic license to operate cranes, derricks and cableways,
hoisting machine operator license to an applicant who
excluding power operated cranes with booms, including
shall have had at least two years’ full time paid experience
jibs and other extensions, which exceed two hundred feet
in length and truck mounted tower cranes which exceed and who makes application by December twenty-ninth,
two hundred feet in height. nineteen hundred seventy, or has satisfactorily passed a
(b) Endorsement on basic license to include the operation practical examination in the operation of equipment for
of hoisting machinery without limitation or restriction. which such license is to be issued.
(c) Special hoisting machine operator license to operate
a specified class of hoisting machine of limited size and §[B26-5.4] 26-170 License fees.-The fee for a license
capacity. The equipment under this subdivision shall also shall be as follows:
include the operation of truck cranes with telescopic, (a) Ten dollars for a license, as described in paragraphs
hydraulic or folding booms, including jibs and any other one and two of subdivision (b) of section 26-169 of this
extensions to the boom, not exceeding one hundred subchapter.
thirty-five feet in length with a manufacturer's rated (b) Twenty-five dollars for a license as provided in
capacity of three tons or less used exclusively for the subdivision c of section 26-168 of this subchapter.
erection, maintenance or removal of signs. Special (c) Fifty dollars for a license as provided in subdivisions
hoisting machine operators shall be exempt from the (a) and (b) of section 26-168 and paragraphs one and
provisions of subdivisions (a) and (b) of this section. three of subdivision (b) of section 26-169 of this
subchapter.
§[B26-5.3] 26-169 License qualifications.- (d) Ten dollars for the annual renewal of any license.
(a) The general qualifications prescribed in section 26-
133 of this subchapter shall be applicable for a hoisting §[B26-5.5] 26-171 License conditions.-All licenses shall
machine operator license and a special hoisting machine be conditioned upon and subject to the provisions of
operator license. In addition, all applicants for a hoisting sections 26-136 through 26-139 of this subchapter.
machine operator license shall have had at least two
years’ prior appropriate experience and all applicants for ARTICLE 6
a special hoisting machine operator license shall have the RIGGER LICENSE
qualifications as prescribed in subdivision (c) of this
section. §[B26-6.0] 26-172 Requirement of license.-It shall be
(b) (1) The commissioner shall issue a basic license to a unlawful to hoist or lower any article on the outside of
hoisting machine operator who is the holder of a valid any building in the city of New York on and after
certificate of qualification on December twenty-ninth, December sixth, nineteen hundred sixty-eight, unless such
nineteen hundred sixty-nine, provided application for work is performed by or under the supervision of a person
such license is made prior to the expiration of said licensed as a rigger under the provisions of this article, or
certificate of qualification. a person qualified or licensed as a rigger prior to such
(2) The commissioner shall endorse such license to date as provided in section 26-131 of this subchapter. The
include the operation of hoisting machinery without provisions of this article shall apply to the erection or
limitation or restriction to a holder of a valid certificate dismantling of a tower crane or a climber crane on a
of qualification on December twenty-ninth, nineteen hundred building and to the use of a derrick in their removal,
sixty-nine, provided application for such endorsement is except that such erection or dismantling may be
made prior to the expiration of said certificate and he or she performed by or under the direct supervision of a person
submits proof of satisfactory experience in the operation licensed by the city for such purpose in accordance with
of cranes with booms, including jibs and other extensions, rules and regulations promulgated by the department.
exceeding two hundred feet in length or truck mounted
tower cranes exceeding two hundred feet in height. §[B26-6.1] 26-173 Exemptions.-The provisions of this
(3) The commissioner shall endorse such license to article shall not apply to the hoisting or lowering of signs

29
Title 26 / Subchaper 2

if the person so doing possesses a license as a sign rigging equipment or while engaged in any rigging
hanger, as provided in article seven of this subchapter, or operation. Such bond or policy may limit the liability of the
to the hoisting or lowering of any building materials or surety or insurer on any one judgment to the sum of fifty
equipment, other than boilers and tanks, in the course of thousand dollars for bodily injury or death, and on all
the construction or alteration of any building or structure. judgments recovered upon claims arising out of the same
transaction or transactions connected with the same subject
§[B26-6.2] 26-174 Classification of rigger licenses.- of action, to the sum of one hundred thousand dollars, to be
Such licenses shall be classified as follows: apportioned ratably among the judgment creditors, according
(a) Master rigger license.-Licenses the holder thereof to the amount of their respective judgments; and such bond
to hoist or lower any article, irrespective of weight, on or policy of insurance shall contain a provision for continuing
the outside of any building. liability thereunder, notwithstanding any recovery thereon.
(b) Special rigger license.-Licenses the holder thereof to b. Prior to the issuance of any master rigger license the
hoist or lower any article, not exceeding one thousand two applicant shall also file with the department a property
hundred pounds in weight, on the outside of any building. damage bond in the form of a personal bond with at least two
sureties, approved by the commissioner, or a corporate surety
§[B26-6.3] 26-175 License applications.-All applications bond, or a policy of insurance, in a solvent and responsible
for rigger licenses shall be subject to the provisions of company authorized to do business in this state, approved
section 26-132 of this subchapter; and all applicants for by the commissioner, in the sum of ten thousand dollars,
such licenses shall comply with and be subject to the conditioned for the payment of any judgment recovered
provisions of sections 26-133, 26-134 and 26-135 of this against such rigger for damage to, or destruction of,
subchapter. property caused in the operation, maintenance or use of
any rigging equipment or while engaged in any rigging
§[B26-6.4] 26-176 Master rigger qualifications.-In operation. Such bond or policy of insurance shall contain a
addition to the general qualifications prescribed in provision for a continuing liability thereunder, notwithstanding
section 26-133 of this subchapter, all applicants for a any recovery thereon.
master rigger license shall submit satisfactory proof c. Prior to the issuance of any special rigger license, the
establishing that the applicant has had at least 5 years' applicant shall file with the department a liability bond
practical experience in the hoisting and rigging business; and similar to that required of a master rigger, except that the
the applicant shall also have knowledge of and be able to limits thereof shall be ten thousand dollars and twenty
explain the risks incident to such business and precautions thousand dollars, respectively, and shall also file with the
to be taken in connection therewith, safe loads [sic] and department a property damage bond similar to that
computation thereof, types of rigging, size and strength required of a master rigger, except that the limit thereof
of ropes, cables, blocks, poles, derricks, sheerlegs and shall be one thousand dollars.
other tools used in connection with such business.
§[B26-6.7] 26-179 Workers' compensation.-Prior to the
issuance of any rigger license, and any renewal thereof,
§[B26-6.5] 26-177 Special rigger qualifications.-In
the applicant shall file with the department satisfactory
addition to the general qualifications prescribed in
evidence of compliance with the provisions of the state
section 26-133 of this subchapter, all applicants for a workers' compensation law.
special rigger license shall submit satisfactory proof
establishing that the applicant has had at least one year's §[B26-6.8] 26-180 License fees.-The fee for a master
practical experience in the hoisting and rigging business; rigger license shall be one hundred fifty dollars; and the
and the applicant shall also have knowledge of and be annual renewal fee shall be one hundred dollars. The fee
able to explain the risks incident to such business and for a special rigger license shall be thirty dollars; and the
precautions to be taken in connection therewith. annual renewal fee shall be twenty-five dollars. If
application for renewal is not made within thirty calendar
§[B26-6.6] 26-178 Bond requirements.- days prior to the expiration date of the license, the
a. Prior to the issuance of any master rigger license, the applicant shall be required to pay an additional fee of
applicant shall file with the department a liability bond in twenty dollars.
the form of a personal bond with at least two sureties,
approved by the commissioner, or a corporate surety bond, §[B26-6.9] 26-181 License conditions.-
or policy of insurance, in a solvent and responsible a. All rigger licenses shall be conditioned upon and
company authorized to do business in this state, approved subject to the provisions of sections 26-136 through 26-
by the commissioner, in the sum of fifty thousand dollars 139 of this subchapter. In addition, every licensed rigger
conditioned for the payment of any judgment recovered shall, while rigging operations are in progress, have
against such rigger for the death of or for injury to any placed conspicuously on the job two metal plates or
person caused in the operation, maintenance or use of any wooden signs not less than eighteen inches by twenty-four

30
Title 26 / Subchaper 2

inches in size, displaying the word "danger" in letters not subchapter.

less than six inches high, and marked with the rigger's
name, address, type of rigger license and license number. §[B26-7.4] 26-186 Master sign hanger qualifications.-In
b. Every licensed master rigger shall display addition to the general qualifications prescribed in section
prominently to the public on the place where his or her 26-133 of this subchapter, all applicants for a master sign
business is conducted, a metal plate or sign marked with hanger license shall submit satisfactory proof establishing
the words "master rigger" and his or her license number that the applicant has had at least five years practical
immediately thereunder. experience in sign hanging during the period of seven
c. The holder of a rigger license shall at the time of years immediately preceding the date of his or her license
issuance of the license and during the life thereof, have application; and the applicant shall also have a knowledge
an established place of business within the city of New of and ability to read plans and specifications relating to
York. The licensee shall notify the commissioner of any sign construction and erection, including supporting
change of address of his or her place of business. framework and other supports, and a knowledge of the
problems and practices of sign construction and hanging
ARTICLE 7 and be familiar with the equipment and tools used in sign
SIGN HANGER LICENSES hanging.

§[B26-7.0] 26-182 Requirement of license.-It shall be §[B26-7.5] 26-187 Special sign hanger qualifications.-In
unlawful to hoist or lower or to hang or attach any sign addition to the general qualifications prescribed in section
upon or on the outside of any building in the city after 26-133 of this subchapter, all applicants for a special sign
December sixth, nineteen hundred sixty-eight, unless hanger license shall submit satisfactory proof establishing
such work is performed by or under the supervision of a that the applicant has had at least three years' practical
person licensed as a sign hanger under the provisions of experience in sign hanging during the period of five years
this article, or a person qualified or licensed as a sign immediately preceding the date of the license application;
hanger prior to December sixth, nineteen hundred sixty- and the applicant shall also have a knowledge and ability
eight, as provided in section 26-131 of this subchapter. to read plans and specifications relating to sign construction
and erection, including supporting framework and other
§[B26-7.1] 26-183 Classification of sign hanger licenses.- supports, and a knowledge of the problems and practices
Such licenses shall be classified as follows: of sign construction and hanging and be familiar with the
(a) Master sign hanger license.-Licenses the holder equipment and tools used in sign hanging.
thereof to hoist or lower or to hang or attach any sign,
irrespective of weight, upon or on the outside of any §[B26-7.6] 26-188 Bond requirements.-
building. a. Prior to the issuance of any sign hanger license, the
(b) Special sign hanger license.-Licenses the holder applicant shall file with the department a liability bond in
thereof to hoist or lower or to hang or attach any sign, the form of a personal bond with at least two sureties,
not exceeding one hundred fifty square feet in area, approved by the commissioner, or a corporate surety
measured on one side only, nor exceeding one thousand bond, or policy of insurance, in a solvent and responsible
two hundred pounds in weight, upon or on the outside of company authorized to do business in this state, approved
any building. by the commissioner, in the sum of fifty thousand dollars
conditioned for the payment of any judgment recovered
§[B26-7.2] 26-184 Exemptions.-The provisions of this against such sign hanger for the death of or for injury to
subchapter shall not apply (a) to signs not exceeding any person caused in the operation, maintenance or use of
seventy-five square feet in area, measured on one side any sign hanging equipment or while engaged in any sign
only, nor exceeding twenty-five pounds in weight; or (b) hanging operation. Such bond or policy may limit the
to signs supported directly on the ground; or (c) to liability of the surety or insurer on any one judgment to
directional signs; or (d) to temporary signs erected the sum of fifty thousand dollars for bodily injury or
during the construction or alteration of a building and death, and on all judgments recovered upon claims arising
related to such work; or (e) to the erection or placing of out of the same transaction or transactions connected with
any signs by employees of the city, any city department the same subject of action, to the sum of one hundred
or other governmental agency. thousand dollars, to be apportioned ratably among the
judgment creditors, according to the amount of their
§[B26-7.3] 26-185 License applications.-All applications respective judgments; and such bond or policy of
for sign hanger licenses shall be subject to the provisions of insurance shall contain a provision for continuing liability
section 26-132 of this subchapter; and all applicants for thereunder, notwithstanding any recovery thereon.
such licenses shall comply with and be subject to the b. Prior to the issuance of any sign hanger license, the
provisions of sections 26-133, 26-134 and 26-135 of this applicant shall also file with the department a property

31
Title 26 / Subchaper 2

damage bond in the form of a personal bond with at least §[B26-8.0] 26-192 Requirement of license.-It shall be
two sureties, approved by the commissioner, or a unlawful to install oil-burning equipment in the city on
corporate surety bond, or a policy of insurance, in a and after December sixth, nineteen hundred sixty-eight,
solvent and responsible company authorized to do unless such work is performed by or under the supervision of
business in this state, approved by the commissioner, in a person licensed as an oil-burning equipment installer
the sum of ten thousand dollars, conditioned for the under the provisions of this article, or a person qualified
payment of any judgment recovered against sign hanger or licensed as an oil-burning equipment installer prior to
for damage to, or destruction of, property caused in the December sixth, nineteen hundred sixty-eight, as provided
operation, maintenance or use of any sign hanging in section 26-131 of this subchapter.
equipment or while engaged in any sign hanging
operation. Such bond or policy of insurance shall contain §[B26-8.1] 26-193 Classification of oil-burning equipment
a provision for a continuing liability thereunder, installer licenses.-
notwithstanding any recovery thereon. Such licenses shall be classified as follows:
(a) Class A oil-burning equipment installer license.-Licenses
§[B26-7.7] 26-189 Workers’ compensation.-Prior to the holder thereof to install any type of oil-burning equipment,
the issuance of any sign hanger license, and any renewal as an independent contractor with full responsibility for the
thereof, the applicant shall file with the department manner in which the work is done, and for the material and
satisfactory evidence of compliance with the provisions equipment used, and for the control and supervision of the
of the state workers' compensation law. persons employed on the work.
(b) Class B oil-burning equipment installer license.-Licenses
§[B26-7.8] 26-190 License fees.-The fee for a master the holder thereof to install oil-burning equipment for the use
sign hanger license shall be one hundred dollars and the of domestic fuel oils from number one fuel oil and including
annual renewal fee for such license shall be fifty-five number four fuel oil (as classified in the current commercial
dollars; the fee for a special sign hanger license shall be standards published by the United States department of
seventy-five dollars, and the annual renewal fee shall be commerce), as an independent contractor with full responsibility
forty dollars. If application for renewal is not made for the manner in which the work is done, for the materials
within thirty calendar days prior to the expiration date of and equipment used, and for the control and supervision of
the license, the applicant shall be required to pay an the persons employed on the work.
additional fee of thirty dollars.
§[B26-8.2] 26-194 License applications.-
§[B26-7.9] 26-191 License conditions.- All applications for oil-burning equipment installer
a. All sign hanger licenses shall be conditioned upon licenses shall be subject to the provisions of section 26-132
and subject to the provisions of sections 26-136 through of this subchapter; and all applicants for such licenses shall
26-139 of this subchapter. In addition, every licensed comply with and be subject to the provisions of sections 26-
sign hanger shall, while sign hanging operations are in 133, 26-134 and 26-135 of this subchapter.
progress, have placed conspicuously on the job two
metal plates or wooden signs not less than eighteen §[B26-8.3] 26-195 Class A oil-burning equipment installer
inches by twenty-four inches in size, displaying the word qualifications.-In addition to the general qualifications
"danger" in letters not less than six inches high, and prescribed in section 26-133 of this subchapter, all
marked with the sign hanger's name, address, type of applicants for a class A oil-burning equipment installer
“sign hanger” license and license number. license shall submit satisfactory proof establishing that
b. Every licensed sign hanger shall display prominently the applicant has had at least four years’ practical
to the public on the place where his or her business is experience in the installation of oil-burning equipment
conducted, a metal plate or sign marked with the words under the supervision of a qualified or licensed oil-
“sign hanger” and his or her license number immediately burning equipment installer in the city, including at least
thereunder. one years experience in the installation of oil-burning
c. The holder of a sign hanger license shall at the time of equipment for the use of number five and number six fuel
issuance of the license and during the life thereof, have oils.
an established place of business within the city of New
York. The licensee shall notify the commissioner of any §[B26-8.4] 26-196 Class B oil-burning equipment installer
change of address of his or her place of business. qualifications.-In addition to the general qualifications
prescribed in section 26-133 of this subchapter, all applicants
ARTICLE 8 for a class B oil-burning equipment installer license shall
OIL-BURNING EQUIPMENT INSTALLER submit satisfactory proof establishing that the applicant has
LICENSE had at least three years' practical experience in the installation
of oil-burning equipment under the supervision of a qualified

32
Title 26 / Subchaper 2

or licensed oil-burning equipment installer in the city. within fifty miles of the city, and shall submit satisfactory
proof establishing that his, her or its business is conducted
§[B26-8.5] 26-197 Bond requirement.-Prior to the by qualified personnel in accordance with procedures,
issuance of any oil-burning equipment installer license, the safety requirements and professional standards adopted and
applicant shall file with the department a bond conditioned promulgated by the commissioner under and pursuant to
for the payment of any loss or damage suffered by any the provisions of subdivision b of section eleven hundred
person by reason of failure to install such equipment in five of the charter. An investigation of the applicant's
accordance with the provisions of the code, the building place of business equipment and personnel shall be made
code, the air pollution code or other applicable laws and by the department prior to the issuance of any such license.
regulations relating to oil-burning equipment. Such bond
§[B26-9.3] 26-203 License fees.-The fee for a concrete
shall be in the amount of two thousand five hundred dollars
testing laboratory license shall be one hundred dollars; and
and shall be approved by the commissioner as to sufficiency
the annual renewal fee shall be fifty dollars. If application for
of sureties. renewal is not made within thirty calendar days prior to the
expiration date of the license, the applicant shall be required
§[B26-8.6] 26-198 License fees.-The fee for an oil- to pay an additional fee of thirty dollars.
burning equipment installer license shall be seventy-five
dollars; and the annual renewal fee shall be fifty dollars. *§[B26-9.4] 26-204 License conditions.-
If application for renewal is not made within thirty (a) All concrete testing laboratory licenses shall be
calendar days prior to the expiration date of the license, conditioned upon and subject to the provisions of sections
the applicant shall be required to pay an additional fee of 26-136 through 26-139 of this subchapter; and all
thirty dollars. concrete testing laboratories licensed under the provisions
of this article, or qualified or licensed prior to December
§[B26-8.7] 26-199 License conditions.-a. All oil- sixth, nineteen hundred sixty-eight, as provided in section
burning equipment installer licenses shall be conditioned 26-131 of this subchapter, shall certify the truth and
upon and subject to the provisions of sections 26-136 accuracy of all reports filed or required to be filed by any
through 26-139 of this subchapter. such laboratory under the provisions of the building code
b. The holder of an oil-burning equipment installer or other applicable building laws and regulations.
license shall, at the time of issuance of the license and (b) Each laboratory shall have in responsible charge a
during the life thereof, have an established place of director who shall be a registered architect or licensed
business within the city of New York. The licensee shall professional engineer and who shall personally supervise all
notify the commissioner of any change of address of his technical functions of the laboratory relating to testing of
or her place of business. concrete and concrete materials.
*Local Law 65-1990.

ARTICLE 9
CONCRETE TESTING LABORATORY LICENSE
§[B26-9.0] 26-200 Requirement of license.-It shall be
unlawful, on and after December sixth, nineteen hundred
sixty-eight, for any person to engage in or carry on the
business or calling of a concrete testing laboratory in the
city, without having first obtained a license therefor from
the commissioner, except as provided in section 26-131
of this subchapter.

§[B26-9.1] 26-201 License applications.-All applications

for a concrete testing laboratory license shall be submitted
on forms furnished by the department, and shall be
accompanied by the required fee, as hereinafter provided.
Each application for such license shall set forth the name
and business address of the applicant, and such information
and supporting data concerning his or her equipment and
qualifications as the commissioner may require. If the
applicant is a partnership or a corporation, the application
shall be executed by a member of the partnership or by an
officer of the corporation.

§[B26-9.2] 26-202 License qualifications.-All

applicants for such license shall maintain a laboratory

33
Title 26 / Subchaper 2

This page is intended to be left blank

34
Title 26 / Subchapter 3

SUBCHAPTER 3 [74.0] 232Retaining Walls

BUILDING CONSTRUCTION [75.0] 233Maintenance and Repair of Protection
Fences and Retaining walls
TABLE OF CONTENTS [76.0] 234 Report and Inspection of Unsafe
Buildings and Property
Art. Art. 8 Unsafe Buildings and Property
[Sec.]* or Sec.** [80.0] 235 Removal or Repair of Structures
[80.5] 236 Record and Notice of Unsafe Structures
Art. 1 General Provisions or Premises
[10.0] 205 Matters Covered [81.0] 237 Voluntary Abatement of Unsafe or
[11.0] 206 All New work to Conform Dangerous Conditions
Art. 2 Permits [81.5] 238 Survey
[20.0] 207 Requirement of Permit [82.0] 239 Judicial Review of Survey
[21.0] 208 Approval of Plans [82.5] 240 Repair or Removal Under Precept
[22.0] 209 Signature to Permit [83.0] 241 Provision for Expense of Executing
Art. 3 Fees Precept
[30.0] 210 Requirement of Fee [83.5] 242 Return of Precept; Reimbursement of
[31.0] 211 Fee for Approval of Plans and work City
Permits [84.0] 243 Fallen Structures and Structures
[32.0] 212 Computation of Fees for work Permits Imminently Dangerous
212.1 Civil penalty for work without a permit Art. 9 Violations and Punishments
[33.0] 213 Fees for Equipment Use Permits [84.5] 244 Notices of Requirements or of Violations
[34.0] 214 Special Fees [85.0] 245 Emergency Measures
[34.1] 214.1 Special Fees; Asbestos [85.5] 246 Judicial Remedies
[35.0] 215 Fees for the Testing, Approval, [86.0] 247 Judicial Orders
Inspection and Use of Power Operated [86.5] 248 Punishments
Cranes, Derricks and Cableways [87.0] 249 Violations of Peremptory Orders
Art. 4 Inspections [87.5] 250 Appeal
[40.0] 216 Right of Entry and Inspection Art. 10 Miscellaneous Provisions
[41.0] 217 Inspections of Building work [91.0] 251 Illegal Practices in the Sale or Use of
[42.0] 218 Inspection of Completed Buildings Lumber for Construction Purposes
[43.0] 219 Inspection of Construction Machinery Prohibited
and Equipment, Etc. [92.0] 252 Sidewalk Sheds, Fences, Railings, Etc.
[44.0] 220 Inspection of Signs *“C26” omitted from section numbers in this column.
[45.0] 221 Inspection Reports **“26” omitted from section numbers in this column.
Art. 5 Certificates of Occupancy
[50.0] 222 Requirement of Certificate of ARTICLE 1
Occupancy GENERAL PROVISIONS
[51.0] 223 Occupancy of Existing Buildings
[52.0] 224 Issuance and Filing of Certificate of §[C26-10.0] 26-205 Matters covered.—All matters
Occupancy affecting or relating to the construction, alteration, repair,
Art. 6 Projections Beyond Street Line demolition, removal, maintenance, occupancy and use of
[60.0] 225 General Restrictions on Projections new and existing buildings in the city, including the
Beyond Street Line erection, installation, alteration, repair, maintenance, use
[61.0] 226 Existing Projections Beyond Street and operation of signs and service equipment used in or in
Line connection therewith, are presumptively provided for in
[62.0] 227 Rules Governing Projections Beyond this subchapter and in the building code of the city. This
Street Line subchapter does not presumptively provide for matters
Art. 7 Safety in Building Operations that are contained in the charter, the labor law, the
[70.0] 228 General Safety Requirements multiple dwelling law, subchapters one and two of this
[71.0] 229 Safety Requirements During chapter and chapter two of title twenty-seven, the zoning
Excavation Operations resolution, or the general city law; nor does this subchapter
[72.0] 230 Protection of Roofs, Skylights, Etc. apply to structures on waterfront property used in conjunction
[73.0] 231 Regulation of Lots with and in the furtherance of waterfront commerce and/or

35
Title 26 / Subchapter 3

navigation, or to bridges, tunnels or subways, or to ARTICLE 3 FEES

structures appurtenant thereto.
§[C26-30.0] 26-210 Requirement of fee.—No work
§[C26-11.0] 26-206 All new work to conform.- permit or equipment use permit, when required by the
All building work performed in the city on and after provisions of the building code, shall be issued, and no
December sixth, nineteen hundred sixty-eight, shall plans or other statement describing building work, when
conform to the provisions of this subchapter except that required by the provisions of the building code, shall be
any work for which an application for a permit was filed approved, unless and until the required fee or fees therefor
prior to December sixth, nineteen hundred sixty-eight, and shall have been paid to the department in accordance with
any work for which an application for a permit is filed the provisions of this article, except that no fees shall be
within twelve months after the effective date of this payable for work permits, equipment use permits or places
subchapter, may be performed, at the option of the owner, of assembly permits if the owner of the building or property
in its entirety either in accordance with and subject to the affected is a corporation or association organized and
requirements of this subchapter or in accordance with and operated exclusively for religious, charitable or educational
subject to the requirements of the building laws and purposes, or for one or more such purposes, no part of the
regulations previously in force in the city, provided that earnings of which enures to the benefits of any private
such work is commenced within twelve months after the shareholder or individual, and provided that the property
date of issuance of a permit therefor and is continuously affected is to be used exclusively by such corporation or
carried on to completion. This section shall not apply to association for one or more of such purposes.
the requirements of article ten of subchapter nineteen of
title twenty-seven of the code which shall become effective *§[C26-31.0] 26-211 Fee for approval of plans and
December twenty-ninth, nineteen hundred sixty-nine. work permits.-
The fees required to be paid under this section, and under
ARTICLE 2 PERMITS section 26-212 of this article, are for the filing and
processing of applications for the approval of plans or other
§[C26-20.0] 26-207 Requirement of permit.- statement describing building work, the filing and
It shall be unlawful, on and after December sixth, processing of permit applications, the issuance or renewal
nineteen hundred sixty-eight, to construct, alter, repair, of work permits, the inspection of building work, and the
demolish, or remove any building in the city, or to erect, issuance of certificates of occupancy. Fifty percent of the
install, alter, repair, or use or operate any signs or service total fee for the work permit, but not less than one hundred
equipment in or in connection therewith, unless and until dollars, or the total fee for the work permit where such fee
a written permit therefor shall have been issued by the is less than one hundred dollars, shall be paid by or on
commissioner in accordance with the requirements of this behalf of the owner or lessee of the building premises or
subchapter and the requirements of the building code, subject property affected and shall accompany the first application
to such exceptions and exemptions as may be therein provided. for the approval of plans or other statement describing the
building work when submitted prior to submission of the
§[C26-21.0] 26-208 Approval of plans.- permit application; and the whole or remainder of the total
Whenever plans are required to be filed in connection fee shall be paid before the work permit may be issued. A
with an application for a permit, as provided in the fee of one hundred dollars shall be paid with an application
building code, all such plans shall be approved by the for renewal of a work permit. Foundation work, plumbing
commissioner prior to the commencement of any work work, sign and service equipment work are included in the
thereunder. All plans and all applications for approval term "building" whenever plans for such work are required
thereof, shall comply with the requirements of the to be filed with construction or alteration plans; otherwise,
building code, subject to such exceptions and exemptions separate fees shall be applied and collected for such work
as may be therein provided; and all elevations on plans in accordance with the provisions of this section and
shall be referred to the United States coast and geodetic section 26-212 of this article.
survey mean sea level datum of nineteen hundred *Local Law 38-1990.
twenty-nine, which is hereby established as the city datum.
*§[C26-32.0] 26-212 Computation of fees for work permits.-
§[C26-22.0] 26-209 Signature to permit.—Every Fees for work permits shall be computed as hereinafter provided:
permit issued by the commissioner shall have his or her ***1. New buildings.—The fees for permits to construct
signature affixed thereto; but the commissioner may new buildings and open air stadia shall be computed as
authorize any subordinate to affix such signature. follows:
(a) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (b),

36
Title 26 / Subchapter 3

twenty-five cents and fifty-three one hundredths of a spaces used for generally similar purposes shall be computed
cent (25.53¢) per square foot or fraction thereof, of the as follows: (a) ten dollars for each two thousand square
total floor area of the new building, but not less than one feet of area or fraction thereof, but not less than one
hundred dollars per structure. hundred dollars; and (b) for golf driving ranges, seven
(b) For a one, two or three family dwelling eleven cents dollars and fifty cents for each twenty thousand square
and sixty-three one hundredths of a cent (11.63¢) per feet of area or fraction thereof, but not less than one
square foot, or fraction thereof, of the total floor area of hundred dollars plus one hundred dollars for an accessory
the new building, but not less than one hundred dollars building not to exceed one hundred forty-four square feet.
per structure. *Local Law 38-1990.
(c) One hundred dollars for a garage for not more than ***4. Demolition and removal.—The fees for demolition
three cars when such garage is accessory to a one, two or and removal permits shall be computed by multiplying the
three family dwelling on the same plot when plans for street frontage in feet by the number of stories of the
such garages are filed with the application and plans for building times two dollars and sixty cents, provided the
the one, two or three family dwellings to which it is accessory. minimum fee shall be not less than two hundred sixty
(d) One hundred dollars for the first two thousand dollars. In the case of a corner lot, the larger street frontage
dollars, or fraction thereof, of the cost of the structure; shall be used in computation.
twenty dollars for each additional one thousand dollars, ***Local Law 50-1988.
or fraction thereof, of cost to five thousand dollars of the **5. Plumbing and fire suppression piping systems.-
structure; ten dollars and thirty cents for each additional (a) Existing buildings. - The fees for permits to install and
one thousand dollars, or fraction thereof, of the structure alter plumbing and plumbing systems and for permits to
cost over five thousand dollars for structures such as install and alter fire suppression piping systems in existing
radio aerial towers and masts, tank structures, fire buildings shall be computed as follows:
escapes and other structures to which fees may not be (1) For a one-family, two-family or three-family dwelling,
readily applied under the foregoing provisions. Applications one hundred dollars for the first five thousand dollars, or
for elevator work submitted separately, seventy dollars. fraction thereof, of the cost of such installation or
***Local Law 56-1993; Local Law 38-1990. alteration; and five dollars and fifteen cents per one
**2. Building alterations.—The fees for permits to alter thousand dollars, or fraction thereof, of such cost in
buildings shall be computed as follows: excess of five thousand dollars.
(a) For a one-family, two-family or three-family (2) For any building not described in subparagraph (1) of
dwelling, one hundred dollars for the first five thousand this paragraph, one hundred dollars for the first three
dollars or fraction thereof, of the cost of alteration; not thousand dollars, or fraction thereof, of the cost of such
including the cost for the installation or alteration of any installation or alteration; twenty dollars per one thousand
plumbing or plumbing system or fire suppression piping dollars or fraction thereof, of the next two thousand dollars of
system; and five dollars and fifteen cents per one such cost; and ten dollars and thirty cents per one thousand
thousand dollars, or fraction thereof, of such cost of dollars, or fraction thereof, of such cost in excess of five
alterations in excess of five thousand dollars. thousand dollars.
(b) For any building not described in paragraph (a) of (b) New buildings. - The fees for permits to install plumbing
this subdivision, one hundred dollars for the first three systems and for permits to install fire suppression piping
thousand dollars, or fraction thereof, of the cost of systems in new buildings shall be computed by allocating a
alteration; not including the cost for the installation or portion of the fee for the permit to construct such new
alteration of any plumbing or plumbing system or fire building, computed in the manner provided in subdivision one,
suppression piping system; twenty dollars per one to the applicable plumbing permit or fire suppression piping
thousand dollars, or fraction thereof, of the next two system permit, but in no event shall the fee for a permit to
thousand dollars of such cost; and ten dollars and thirty install a plumbing system or for a permit to install a fire
cents per one thousand dollars, or fraction thereof, of suppression piping system in a new building be less than one
such cost of alterations in excess of five thousand dollars. hundred dollars. Such allocation shall be made in accordance
**Local Law 109-1993; Local Law 107-1993; Local Law 56-1993; with rules promulgated by the commissioner. Any portion of
Local Law 38-1990; Local Law 40-1987, applies to permits applied the fee charged for a permit to install a plumbing system or
for and inspections performed on and after July 6, 1987. of the fee charged for a permit to install a fire suppression
*3. Foundation, open spaces, etc.—The fees for piping system in a new building that is in excess of one
foundations and earth work permits, and for permits with hundred dollars shall be deducted from the amount of the
respect to open spaces without roof, whether enclosed or fee, computed in the manner provided in subdivision one,
unenclosed on sites, such as parking lots, gasoline or oil charged for the permit to construct such new building.
selling stations, storage yards, sales or exhibition or show **Local Law 109-1993; Local Law 107-1993; Local Law 38-1990.

37
Title 26 / Subchapter 3

* 6. Signs.— the storage tank exceeds two hundred seventy-five gallon

a. The fees for permits to erect, install or alter signs shall capacity, or where the storage tank is less than two
be computed in the same manner as the computation of hundred seventy-five gallons and is to be buried, or is to
fees for building alterations as provided in subdivision be installed in a multiple dwelling, or a place of assembly,
two of this section. In addition, fees shall be payable to the or in a building along the line of a subway, or is to deliver
department as follows: fuel oil to a burner installed above the lowest floor of a
(1) For ground signs five dollars for each one hundred business building, the fee shall be as follows:
square feet or fraction thereof, but not less than thirty- one hundred dollars where gross output of equipment is up to
five dollars. and including six million BTU per hour, one hundred thirty-
(2) For roof signs having a tight, closed or solid surface, five dollars where gross output is from six million one
fifteen dollars for each one hundred square feet or fraction thousand to twelve million BTU per hour, and one hundred
thereof, but not less than seventy dollars. seventy-five dollars where gross output exceeds twelve
(3) For roof signs that do not have a tight, closed or solid million BTU per hour. Where the replacement or alteration
surface, fifteen dollars for each one hundred square feet or involves the size of the combustion chamber, the atomization
fraction thereof, when such signs extend to a height of not of the fuel used or the maximum capacity of the system, such
more than thirty-one feet above roof level, but not less replacement or alteration shall be considered an installation;
than one hundred dollars. When such signs exceed thirty- except that where the installation involves only a
one feet above the roof level, twenty-five dollars for each one replacement of or alteration of the refractory combustion
hundred square feet or fraction thereof, but not less than one chamber, regardless of change of gross output, the fee shall
hundred thirty-five dollars. be one hundred dollars.
(4) For illuminated signs projecting beyond street line having (3) Gross outputs of oil-burning equipment are to be
thirty square feet or less, forty-five dollars annually. determined as follows:
(5) For illuminated signs projecting beyond street line (a) Cast iron boilers.—The gross IBR rating shown in
having more than thirty square feet but no more than column A-1 identified with the net IBR rating shown in
fifty square feet, seventy dollars annually. column A-4 of table A for automatically fired boilers in
(6) For illuminated signs projecting beyond street line the July, nineteen hundred fifty-two "IBR testing and
and having more than fifty square feet, seventy-five rating code for low pressure cast iron boilers" published
cents per square foot or part thereof annually, but not by the institute of boiler and radiator manufacturers, or
less than one hundred dollars. the equivalent in later codes.
b. In computing the fees to be charged in subparagraphs (b) Steel Boiler Institute (SBI) table one, two and three
one, two and three of paragraph a of this subdivision, boilers.—One and one-half times the SBI net rating in
each face of any sign, when fronting on different streets, BTU per hour.
shall be treated as a separate sign. (c) Warm air furnaces.—The bonnet delivery in BTU per
c. In computing the fees to be charged under subparagraphs hour as published in the manufacturer's catalogue.
four, five and six of paragraph a of this subdivision, only (4) For the replacement of oil burning equipment as
the number of square feet of sign space on one side of described in subparagraph (1) of this paragraph, the fee
such sign shall be used in computing such fee. shall be thirty-five dollars, and the replacement of oil
* 7. Service equipment.— burning equipment as described in subparagraph two of
*Local Law 38-1990. this paragraph, except where such replacement is considered
**a. The fees for permits to install or alter service an installation, the fee shall be one hundred dollars.
equipment, other than fire suppression piping systems, shall *Local Law 38-1990.
be computed in the same manner as the computation of fees *8. After an application has been withdrawn by the
for alteration of buildings, except as hereinafter provided. owner, the owner on application to the comptroller of the
**Local Law 107-1993. city of New York, and upon verification of claim by the
b. The fees hereinafter provided for permits to install superintendent, may obtain a refund or a portion of the fee
and alter oil-burning equipment shall cover the costs for paid as follows:
the filing and processing of applications for the approval (a) If application is withdrawn prior to the commencement of
of plans or other statement describing the work, the filing examination of the application, all but forty dollars of the
and processing of permit applications and the issuance of fee paid shall be refunded.
work permits and the inspection in connection therewith. (b) If the application is withdrawn during the progress of
(1) For the installation of oil-burning equipment other examination of the application, the comptroller shall retain a
than that described in subparagraph two of paragraph b percentage of the deposit fee paid, which the department
of this subdivision, the fee shall be forty-five dollars. shall certify is the equivalent percentage of the examination
(2) For the installation of oil-burning equipment where completed, but not less than one hundred dollars. The

38
Title 26 / Subchapter 3

remainder of the fee shall be refunded to the owner. assessed pursuant to this section has been paid.
(c) If the application is withdrawn after examination of **Local Law 58-1988.
plans, and before construction is commenced, there shall be
refunded such portion of the fee paid as will leave retained §[C26-33.0] 26-213 Fees for equipment use permits.-
by the comptroller fifty per cent of the total computed fee, a. There shall be no fee for equipment use permits of
but not less than one hundred dollars. indefinite duration. In other instances, the fee for
*Local Law 38-1990.
equipment use permits shall be fifteen dollars for each
9. The department shall adopt such rules and shall initial permit and ten dollars for each renewal permit
prescribe such forms as may be necessary to carry out when the permit is for a limited term, but not to exceed
the provision of this section. fifteen dollars annually, except as hereinafter provided.
10. The commissioner shall, when deemed necessary ***b. The fees for permits to use and operate boilers shall
by him or her, require reasonable substantiation of the costs be as follows: thirty dollars annually for a boiler inspected
stated in any application for a permit or any accompanying pursuant to section 27-793 of this code by a duly
specification or other form that may be prescribed by the authorized insurance company or other qualified inspector;
department. sixty-five dollars annually for a high-pressure boiler inspected
pursuant to section 27-793 of this code by a department
**§26-212.1 Civil penalty for work without a permit.- inspector; sixty-five dollars for each boiler inspection by a
(a) Whenever any work for which a permit is required department inspector after a violation is issued.
***Local Law 62-1991; Local Law 40-1987, applies to permits applied
pursuant to section 26-207 or section 27-147 of this code for and inspections performed on and after July 6, 1987.
has been performed without such permit, a civil penalty †c. The fees for permits to use and operate elevators and
shall be imposed as provided in this section. other devices listed in article one of subchapter eighteen
(b) In cases where work has been performed without a of chapter one of title twenty-seven shall be calculated on
permit on a one-family or two-family dwelling such civil the basis of sixty-five dollars for each inspection of each
penalty shall equal two times the amount of the fee device by the department, sixty-five dollars for each
payable for such permit pursuant to this article. Provided, elevator inspection by a department inspector after a
however, that where only part of such work has been violation is issued, and thirty dollars for each inspection
performed without such permit, such civil penalty shall by a private agency.
be reduced proportionately according to the amount of † Local Law 48-1991; Local Law 40-1987, applies to permits applied
such work still to be performed at the time a permit is for and inspections performed on and after July 6, 1987.
issued. Provided further, however, that such civil penalty (a) The fees for private inspection agencies and inspectors
shall not be less than one hundred dollars. No civil employed by such agencies which are approved by the
penalty shall be imposed if the work for which a permit commissioner to perform inspections of elevators, escalators
is required was completed prior to the effective date of and power operated scaffolds required by article three of
this section. subchapter eighteen of chapter one of title twenty-seven and
(c) In the case of other work performed without a permit, reference standard RS 18-1 of this code and any rules and
such civil penalty shall be ten times the amount of the fee regulations issued by the commissioner thereunder, shall be
payable for such permit pursuant to this article. Provided, payable as follows:
however, that where only part of such work has been Private inspection agency.-Initial certificate of qualification;
performed without such permit, such civil penalty shall be one hundred dollars for each certificate approved and issued
reduced proportionately according to the amount of such by the commissioner subsequent to July first, nineteen
work still to be performed at the time a permit is issued. hundred seventy-nine; annual renewal shall be fifty dollars.
Provided further, however, that such civil penalty shall not Private inspector.-Initial certificate of qualification; fifteen
be less than five hundred dollars. No civil penalty shall be dollars for each certificate approved and issued by the
imposed if the work for which a permit is required was commissioner subsequent to July first, nineteen hundred
completed prior to the effective date of this section. seventy-nine; annual renewal shall be ten dollars.
(d) Such civil penalty and such permit fee shall be (b) Where a private inspection agency or a private
payable by the owner of the building on which such inspector does not renew within thirty days prior to the
work is performed. expiration of the qualification certificate, the fee for the
(e) Any claim that work described in subdivision (a) of renewal shall be the same as the fee charged for an initial
this section was done prior to January first, nineteen certificate of qualification.
hundred eighty-nine shall be supported by an affidavit
and supporting data. * §[C26-34.0] 26-214 Special fees.-
(f) No permit shall be issued for any work described in a. The department shall be entitled to charge the following
subdivision (a) of this section until the civil penalty special fees:

39
Title 26 / Subchapter 3

(1) Acknowledgements……………..two dollars each. twenty-five feet or fraction thereof.

(2) Certificates of occupancy…..five dollars per copy. *(11) Acceptance of materials or equipment by code test
(3) Certificates of pending violations. method. When any material or equipment is submitted for
(a) multiple and private dwellings....thirty dollars per copy. acceptance for compliance with code requirements by the
(b) all other buildings………..… thirty dollars per copy. code test method, the application shall be accompanied by
(4) Certified copy of licenses….... five dollars per copy. the required fee.
(5) Curb cuts.... six dollars per linear foot of curb cut (a) Application for acceptance of materials or equipment-
including splay, except three dollars per linear foot of curb six hundred dollars.
cut for a private dwelling. (b) Application for amendment of prior acceptance of
(6) Marquees........fifteen dollars annual fee for each one materials or equipment-five hundred dollars.
hundred square feet or fraction thereof. (c) Application for change of identification (change of
(7) Places of assembly.....one hundred dollars annual fee; one ownership, corporate name or name of product) of prior
hundred dollars for each place of assembly inspection by a acceptance of materials, appliances and methods of
department inspector after a violation is issued. construction-three hundred fifty dollars.
(8) Preparing copy of records. ***(12) Approval of materials and appliances. a.
(a) For preparing only, or preparing and certifying, a copy Application for approval of materials, appliances and
of a record or document filed in the department, other than methods of construction—six hundred dollars.
a plan, certificate of occupancy or certificate of pending b. Application for change of identification (change of
violation, eight dollars for the first page and five dollars for ownership, corporate name or name of product) of prior
each additional page or part thereof-a page to consist of approval of materials, appliances and methods of
one face of a card or other record. construction—three hundred fifty dollars.
(b) For a half size print made from microfilm of a plan c. Application for amendment (change in manufacturing
thirty-six by forty-eight inches or less, eight dollars per process) of prior approval of materials, appliances and
copy and for a half size print made from microfilm of a methods of construction (may be accompanied by a
plan exceeding thirty-six by forty-eight inches, sixteen change in identification application without additional
dollars per copy. fee)—five hundred dollars.
(c) For extra copies of the same plan, five dollars per **(12) Registration of persons pursuant to subdivision
extra copy. (a) of section 27-140.1 of the building code….fifty dollar
(9) Search inspections.- annual fee.
(a) For a requested search inspection of a building, the b. Late payment of annual fees set forth in this subchapter
unit fee shall be based upon a building with a frontage of shall be subject to the payment of an additional fee, not to
twenty-five feet and a depth of one hundred feet for exceed fifty percent of the annual fee, as set forth in
which the fee shall be twenty dollars per floor for the regulations promulgated by the department.
first three floors and ten dollars for each additional floor. ***(13) Application for temporary certificate of
The minimum fee for each building shall be one hundred occupancy—one hundred dollars.
dollars. *Local Law 54-1991; Local Law 49-1988.
(b) Such fee shall be increased by forty percent per **Local Law 72-1991. Note: There are two paragraph (12) s.
floor for each twenty-five feet or fraction thereof that ***Local Law 54-1991.
such structure is in excess of twenty-five feet frontage,
†††
and twenty-five percent per floor for each twenty-five (14) Microfilming of applications and associated
feet or fraction thereof that such structure is in excess of documentation for certificates of occupancy, temporary
one hundred feet in depth. certificates of occupancy and/or letters of completion, as
(c) A basement or cellar shall be considered a floor, but required by rule of the commissioner, as follows: thirty-
where a basement and cellar exist in any one structure, five dollars for mandatory microfilming by the department
cellars shall not be included in computing the fee. of applications for new buildings and alterations, payable
(d) When the depth of a one or two family dwelling is at time of filing. Such payment will cover the costs for up
not more than forty feet the amount of the fee shall be to two fiche and will be credited toward the final payment
fifty percent of the fee as computed herein. due at the time of issuance of a certificate of occupancy,
(10) Temporary sheds, fences, railings, footbridges, catch temporary certificate of occupancy, or letter of completion.
platforms, building sidewalk shanties, over-the-sidewalk The charge for each additional fiche is ten dollars.
chutes-thirty dollars per permit except that in case of a †††Local Law 53-1993.
sidewalk shed the fee per permit shall be thirty dollars *Local Law 38-1990.
for the first twenty-five feet or fraction thereof in the
length of the shed, plus ten dollars for each additional †§[C26-34.1] 26-214.1 Special fees; asbestos. (a) Whenever

40
Title 26 / Subchapter 3

pursuant to section 27-198.1 of the code application for a boom three hundred feet or more in length but less than
permit is made for work which will involve the four hundred feet in length; three thousand dollars for
performance of an asbestos project and for which the mobile cranes with a boom four hundred feet or more in
filing with the department of an asbestos inspection length; and for climber and tower cranes, regardless of
report, or proof of approval by the commissioner of length; and one thousand dollars for all other cranes and
environmental protection of an asbestos removal plan is derricks. However, notwithstanding the foregoing, the fee
required, the department shall be entitled to charge an for a mobile crane for which a certificate of approval is
additional fee as established by the commissioner of required with a boom not exceeding fifty feet in length
environmental protection in an amount not to exceed with a maximum rated capacity exceeding three tons shall
twelve hundred dollars. be three hundred dollars. The boom length as herein
(b) Whenever pursuant to section 27-198.1 of the code specified shall include the jibs and any other extensions to
application for a plan approval or a permit is made for the boom. The fees prescribed herein shall include the
work for which an asbestos investigator is required to issuance of the initial certificate of operation.
submit an asbestos inspection report certifying that the (d) Notwithstanding the provisions of subdivision (a)
work to be performed will not constitute an asbestos above, when an applicant has obtained a temporary
project, the department shall be entitled to charge an certificate of approval and has paid fifty percent of the
additional fee as established by the commissioner of fees for such approval in accordance with rules and
environmental protection in an amount not to exceed regulations of the department of buildings, the remainder
twenty-five dollars. of the fee shall be paid simultaneously with the approval
(c) For the purposes of this section, the terms "asbestos of the application.
project", "asbestos inspection report "and "asbestos (e) If the applicant withdraws his or her application for a
removal plan" shall have the meanings as are ascribed in certificate of approval, upon application to the comptroller of
section 24-146.1 of subchapter six of chapter one of title the city of New York and upon verification of the claim
twenty-four of the code. by the commissioner, such applicant may obtain a refund
† Local Law 55-1991; Local Law 46-1988; Local Law 76-1985, of a portion of the fees as follows:
language juxtaposed per Ch. 907-1985. (1) If the application is withdrawn prior to the
commencement of examination by the department, the
*§[C26-35.0] 26-215 Fees for the testing, approval, entire fee shall be refunded except one hundred dollars.
inspection and use of power operated cranes, derricks (2) If the application is withdrawn after the examination
and cableways.- has commenced, the comptroller shall retain a percentage
(a) Upon filing an application on a form prescribed by of the fee paid, which the department shall certify is the
the department, for prototype approval of a mobile crane, equivalent percentage of the examination performed, but
except those with hydraulic booms, manufactured after not less than one hundred dollars. The remainder of the
April first, nineteen hundred seventy, to comply with the fee shall be refunded to the applicant.
requirements of section 6.0 of reference standard RS 19- (3) If the application is withdrawn or if approval is denied
2 the following fees shall be paid: after the department has performed its examination, no part
(1) Twenty-five hundred dollars when approval has been of the fee shall be returned to the applicant.
requested in accordance with 3.1.1.1(6)(a). (f) The fee for a new certificate of approval, when the
(2) Thirty-five hundred dollars when approval has been boom or extension thereof is replaced or altered shall be
requested in accordance with 3.1.1.1(6)(b). the full fee required for testing a new crane or derrick
(3) Four thousand dollars when approval has been which is replaced or altered with a boom or extension of
requested in accordance with 3.1.1.1(6)(c). the same size and design.
(b) Upon filing an application on a form prescribed by (g) The owner of any crane or derrick shall renew the
the department for a prototype approval of a mobile certificate of operation each year. Upon filing an
crane with a hydraulic boom; a fee of four thousand application for such renewals on a form prescribed by the
dollars shall be paid. department, the applicant shall pay the following fees for
(c) Upon filing an application for a certificate of each crane or derrick: two hundred fifty dollars for mobile
approval on a form prescribed by the department, the cranes with a boom less than three hundred feet in length,
applicant shall pay the following fees for each crane or and four hundred dollars for mobile cranes with a boom
derrick; five hundred dollars for mobile cranes with a three hundred feet or more in length. The length of boom
boom less than two hundred feet in length; one thousand herein specified includes jibs and any other extensions to the
dollars for mobile cranes with a boom two hundred feet boom. The fee for derricks and all other cranes shall be two
or more in length, but less than three hundred feet in hundred fifty dollars. However, notwithstanding the
length; two thousand dollars for mobile cranes with a foregoing, the fee for a mobile crane with a boom not

41
Title 26 / Subchapter 3

exceeding fifty feet in length with a rated capacity The commissioner shall cause all completed buildings to
exceeding three tons or less shall be two hundred dollars. be inspected and a record made of all violations of the
Further, when a crane is exempted from the requirements of laws, rules and regulations relative to such buildings that
a certificate of approval but not from the requirements of a are enforced by the department.
certificate of operation, in accordance with paragraph three
of subdivision (a) of section 27-1057 of the code, then the §[C26-43.0] 26-219 Inspection of construction machinery
fee for the issuance of the initial certificate of operation and equipment, etc.-The commissioner shall cause
shall be two hundred fifty dollars and the fee for the annual inspections to be made of machinery and equipment used
renewal thereof shall be two hundred dollars. for construction and excavation work, and for cableways,
(h) The fee for an application for on-site inspection shall hoisting and rigging purposes.
be one hundred fifty dollars, except that when such
inspection shall cover mobile cranes with booms, §[C26-44.0] 26-220 Inspection of signs.-
including jibs and other extensions to the boom two The commissioner shall cause all signs for which permits
hundred fifty feet or more in length, or derricks, the fee have been issued to be inspected at least once in every
shall be as follows: calendar year.
(1) Two hundred fifty dollars when the inspection is
performed on normal working days. §[C26-45.0] 26-221 Inspection reports.-All inspection
(2) Seven hundred fifty dollars when, at the written reports shall be in writing, and signed by the inspector, or
request of the applicant, the inspection is performed on the responsible individual, or the officer of the service,
other than normal working days. making the inspection; and a record of all inspections shall
*Local Law 38-1990. be kept by the department.

ARTICLE 4 ARTICLE 5
INSPECTIONS CERTIFICATES OF OCCUPANCY

§[C26-40.0] 26-216 Right of entry and inspection.- §[C26-50.0] 26-222 Requirement of certificate of
The commissioner or his or her authorized representatives, occupancy.-It shall be unlawful to occupy or use any building
in the discharge of their duties, shall have the right to erected or altered after December sixth, nineteen hundred sixty-
enter upon and inspect, at all reasonable times, any eight, unless and until a certificate of occupancy shall have been
buildings, enclosure, premises, or any part thereof, or any issued by the commissioner, certifying that such building
signs or service equipment contained therein or attached conforms substantially to the approved plans and the provisions
thereto, for the purpose of determining compliance with of the building code and other applicable laws and regulations.
the provisions of the building code and other applicable Nothing herein contained, however, shall be deemed to prohibit
building laws and regulations. Officers and employees of the commissioner from permitting the temporary occupancy and
the department shall identify themselves by exhibiting use of a building in accordance with and subject to the
the official badge of the department; and other authorized provisions of the building code and paragraph three of
representatives of the commissioner shall identify subdivision (b) of section six hundred forty-five of the charter.
themselves by producing and exhibiting their authority
in writing signed by the commissioner. §[C26-51.0] 26-223 Occupancy of existing buildings.-The
lawful occupancy and use of any building existing on
§[C26-41.0] 26-217 Inspections of building work.-All December sixth, nineteen hundred sixty-eight, may be
inspections of building work shall be made and continued unless a change is specifically required by the
conducted under the direction of the commissioner and provisions of the building code; and any changes of
in accordance with and subject to the provisions of this occupancy or use of any building existing on such date shall
title and the provisions of the building code. The be subject to the provisions of the building code and section
commissioner may accept inspection and test reports six hundred forty-five of the charter.
from officers and employees of the department and other
city departments and governmental agencies; and he or §[C26-52.0] 26-224 Issuance and filing of certificate of
she may also accept inspection and test reports submitted occupancy.-All certificates of occupancy shall be issued
by architects and engineers registered or licensed under by the commissioner in accordance with and subject to
the education law, or by other persons or services when the provisions of the building code and section six
he or she is satisfied as to their qualifications and reliability. hundred forty-five of the charter. A record of all
certificates of occupancy shall be kept by the department;
§[C26-42.0] 26-218 Inspection of completed buildings.- and copies shall be furnished upon request, and on the

42
Title 26 / Subchapter 3

payment of the required fee. operations shall be conducted in accordance with and
subject to the safety requirements of this article and the
ARTICLE 6 building code, and the safety requirements of article ten of
PROJECTIONS BEYOND STREET LINE the labor law.

§[C26-60.0] 26-225 General restrictions on projections §[C26-71.0] 26-229 Safety requirements during
beyond street line. - It shall be unlawful to construct excavation operations.-The following safety requirements
any part of a building erected after December sixth, shall apply to the conduct of all excavation operations,
nineteen hundred sixty-eight, or altered or enlarged after whether for construction purposes or otherwise:
such date, so as to project beyond the street line and a. Protection of persons and adjoining property.-Any
encroach upon a public street or public space, except in person causing an excavation to be made shall provide
accordance with and subject to the provisions of this adequate fencing on all open sides of the excavation, with
article and the provisions of the building code. Any suitable means of exit therefrom, and shall also provide
permission, express or implied, to construct any part of a such sheet piling, bracing and other supports as may be
building so as to project beyond the street line shall be necessary to prevent the sides of the excavation from
revocable at will by the city council or the board of caving in before permanent supports are provided. Such
estimate; and any part of a building permitted to project person shall be afforded a license to enter and inspect
beyond the street line shall be so constructed that it may adjoining property, and to perform such work thereon as
be removed at any time without causing the building to may be necessary for such purpose; otherwise, the duty of
become structurally unsafe in whole or in part, subject to providing safe support for any adjoining property, shall
such exceptions and exemptions as may be provided in devolve upon the owner thereof, who shall be afforded a
the building code. similar license with respect to the property where the
excavation is to be made.
§[C26-61.0] 26-226 Existing projections beyond b. Protection of adjoining buildings.-Whenever the safety
street line. - Such parts of buildings as project beyond of any adjoining building is or may be affected by an
the street line on January first, nineteen thirty-eight, may be excavation not exceeding ten feet below the legally
maintained as constructed unless their removal, rearrangement established curb level, it shall be the duty of the owner of
or relocation is directed by the city council or the board such building to provide safe support for the building,
of estimate. provided such owner is afforded a license to enter and
inspect the property where the excavation is to be made, and
§[C26-62.0] 26-227 Rules governing projections beyond to perform such work thereon as may be necessary for such
street line.-All rules governing the construction of purpose; otherwise, such duty shall devolve upon the owner
building projections beyond the street line and all surface of the property where the excavation is to be made, who shall
and subsurface construction beyond the street line and be afforded a similar license with respect to the adjoining
within the curb line, including curb cuts and driveways, property. If an excavation is to be carried more than ten feet
the coverings thereof and the entrance thereto, and the below the legally established curb level, and the safety of any
issuance of permits in reference thereto, shall be adopted adjoining building is or may be affected by such part of the
and promulgated by the commissioner. Nothing herein excavation as exceeds ten feet below the legally established
contained, however, shall be deemed to impair the curb level, it shall be the duty of the person causing such
powers and duties of the commissioner of parks and excavation to be made to provide safe support for such
recreation and the commissioner of transportation to building regardless of the depth of its foundations, provided
adopt and promulgate such additional rules as may be such person is afforded a license to enter and inspect the
necessary with respect to the regulation and disposition adjoining building and property, and to perform such work
of projections and encroachments beyond the street line, thereon as may be necessary for such purpose; otherwise,
under and pursuant to the provisions of section eleven such duty shall devolve upon the owner of the adjoining
hundred five of the charter. building, who shall be afforded a similar license with respect
to the property where the excavation is to be made.
ARTICLE 7 c. Support of party walls.-Whenever an adjoining party
SAFETY IN BUILDING OPERATIONS wall is intended to be used by the person causing an
excavation to be made, and such party wall is in good
§[C26-70.0] 26-228 General safety requirements.- condition and sufficient for the uses of the existing and
Persons engaged in building operations shall provide proposed buildings, it shall be the duty of such person to
reasonable and adequate protection for the safety of all protect such party wall and support it by proper foundations,
persons and property affected thereby; and all such so that it shall be and remain practically as safe as it was

43
Title 26 / Subchapter 3

before the excavation was commenced. an adjoining lot, provided the ground of such adjoining lot
d. Owner responsibility.-The responsibility of affording is not maintained in a grade lower than in conformity with
any license referred to in subdivisions (a) and (b) of this the street or streets on which it is situated, any necessary
section and in section 26-230 of this article, shall rest retaining wall shall be made and maintained jointly by the
upon the owner of the property involved; and in case any owners of the land on each side and shall stand one-half
tenant of such owner fails or refuses to permit the owner upon the land of each owner, unless otherwise agreed to
to afford such license, such failure or refusal shall be a by both owners.
cause to the owner for dispossessing such tenant through b. Retaining walls to support adjoining earth.-Where
appropriate legal proceedings for recovering possession an excavation has been made or a fill placed on any lot
of real property. within the legal grade required by section 26-231 of this
article, and the adjoining land is maintained at a grade in
§[C26-72.0] 26-230 Protection of roofs, skylights, conformity with or lower than the street or streets on
etc.-Whenever any building is to be constructed above which it is situated and is without permanent structures
the roof of an adjoining building, it shall be the duty of other than frame sheds or similar structures, any retaining
the person causing such building to be constructed to wall which shall be necessary to support the adjoining
protect the roof, skylights and other roof outlets of the earth shall stand equally upon the lot of each owner and
adjoining building from injury, and to use every shall be made and maintained jointly by the owners of the
reasonable means to avoid interference with the use of land on each side, unless otherwise agreed to by both
the adjoining building during the course of construction. owners.
Such person shall be afforded a license to enter and c. Surplus retaining wall.-Where any owner shall insist
inspect the adjoining building and perform such work on maintaining his or her ground either higher or lower
thereon as may be necessary for such purpose; than the legal regulation as provided in section 26-231 of
otherwise, the duty of protecting the roof, skylights and this article, the surplus retaining wall, which may be
other roof outlets of the adjoining building shall devolve necessary to support such height or provide for such
upon the owner thereof. In addition, any person having excavation, shall be made and maintained at the sole
the duty to alter or maintain chimneys of any adjoining expense of such owner, and such additional thickness as
building under and pursuant to the provisions of the may be required shall be built on the land of such owner.
building code or other applicable laws and regulations, d. Removal of retaining walls.-Any retaining wall
shall likewise be afforded a license to enter and inspect standing partly on the land of each owner may be
such adjoining building and perform such work thereon removed by either owner when the necessity for such
as may be necessary for such purpose; otherwise, such retaining wall ceases to exist.
duty shall devolve upon the owner thereof.
§[C26-75.0] 26-233 Maintenance and repair of
§[C26-73.0] 26-231 Regulation of lots.-The regulation protection fences and retaining walls.-Unless otherwise
of lots, in conformity with the street on which they are provided by special agreement between them, the owners
situated, shall be calculated at curb level. Where a lot has of adjoining properties shall be responsible jointly for the
more than one street frontage, and is so situated that the proper maintenance and repair of partition fences and
street frontages intersect, the curb of the longest street retaining walls dividing their properties; and each such
frontage shall be used. When the street frontages do not owner shall be responsible for one-half of the costs of
intersect, the curb along each frontage shall be used to maintaining and repairing such fences and retaining walls,
one-half the depth of the lot between street frontages. A except that where the replacement of a partition fence
lot as referred to in this section, shall mean a parcel of removed by one owner is necessary for safety, the owner
land twenty-five feet by one hundred feet, or less, in one removing the fence shall replace it at his or her own cost.
ownership whether adjacent land be in the same or other
ownership; but, for this purpose, no land in the same §[C26-76.0] 26-234 Report and inspection of unsafe
ownership may be divided into lots smaller than twenty- buildings and property.-Whenever persons engaged in
five feet by one hundred feet. building operations have reason to believe in the course of
such operations that any building or property is dangerous
§[C26-74.0] 26-232 Retaining walls.-The following requirement or unsafe, such person shall forthwith report his or her
shall apply to the construction of retaining walls. belief in writing to the commissioner of buildings, who
a. Retaining walls to conform to street regulation.- shall thereupon cause an inspection to be made of such
When the regulation of a lot, in conformity with section building or property; and if such building or property is
26-231 of this article, requires the ground on such lot to found to be dangerous or unsafe, the commissioner shall
be raised or lowered and kept higher than the ground of cause such action to be taken as he or she may deem

44
Title 26 / Subchapter 3

necessary under and pursuant to the provisions of article the surveyors, their report will be placed before the
eight of this subchapter. supreme court and that a trial upon the allegations and
statements contained therein, whether such report contains
ARTICLE 8 more or less than the notice of survey, will be had before
UNSAFE BUILDINGS AND PROPERTY such court at a time and place named in such notice, to
determine whether the unsafe or dangerous structures or
§[C26-80.0] 26-235 Removal or repair of structures.- premises shall be vacated and repaired and secured, or
Any structure or part of a structure or premises that from repaired and secured, or taken down and removed, and
any cause may at any time become dangerous or unsafe, that a report of such survey, reduced to writing, shall
structurally or as a fire hazard, or dangerous or constitute the issue to be placed before the court for trial.
detrimental to human life, health or morals, shall be b. Manner of service of order and notice.-The order
taken down and removed or made safe and secure. A and notice pursuant to this section shall be served by
vacant building which is not continuously guarded shall delivering to and leaving a copy of the order and notice
have all openings sealed in a manner approved by the with the person to whom the order and notice is
commissioner, and it shall be the duty of the owner addressed, if such person can be found within the city
thereof promptly to make any repairs that may be after diligent search. In the event that such service cannot
necessary for the purpose of keeping such building be made, service shall be made in accordance with the
sealed. Any vacant building not continuously guarded or provisions of subdivision d of section 26-244 of this
not sealed and kept secure against unauthorized entry as subchapter.
herein before provided shall be deemed dangerous and
unsafe as a fire hazard and dangerous and detrimental to §[C26-81.0] 26-237 Voluntary abatement of unsafe or
human life, health and morals within the meaning of this dangerous conditions.-If the person served with a notice
article. as specified in section 26-236 of this article shall immediately
certify his or her assent to the securing or removal of such
§[C26-80.5] 26-236 Record and notice of unsafe unsafe or dangerous structures or premises, or such
structures or premises.- structure which is dangerous or unsafe as a fire hazard or
a. Docket, order and notice.-Immediately upon the detrimental to human life, health or morals, he or she shall
receipt of a report by any officer or employee of the be allowed twenty-four hours, running from the time of
department that a structure or part of a structure or service of such notice, within which to commence the
premises is unsafe or dangerous, structurally or as a fire abatement of the unsafe, dangerous or detrimental condition.
hazard, or is dangerous or detrimental to human life, Such person shall employ sufficient labor and assistance
health or morals, the superintendent shall cause the to secure or remove such conditions as expeditiously as
report to be entered upon a docket of unsafe structures possible.
and premises. Such docket shall be kept in the
department. The owner, or one of the owners, executors, §[C26-81.5] 26-238 Survey.-
administrators, agents, lessees or any other person who a. Identity of surveyors.-The survey referred to in
may have a vested or contingent interest in the structure section 26-236 of this article shall be made by three
or premises, shall be served with a printed or written competent persons, of whom one shall be the superintendent,
notice containing a description of the structure or or an engineer or an inspector designated in writing by such
premises deemed unsafe or dangerous, or detrimental to superintendent; another shall be a licensed architect,
human life, health or morals, and an order requiring such appointed either by the county chapter of the American [sic]
structure or premises to be made safe and secure, or institute of architects of the borough in which the survey is to
removed, or to be vacated and made safe and secure as be made or by the New York society of architects, Brooklyn
may be deemed necessary by the superintendent. Such society of architects, or a licensed professional engineer
notice shall require the person thus served immediately appointed by the New York association of consulting
to certify to the superintendent his or her acceptance or engineers or by the county chapter of the New York society
rejection of the order. The notice shall further notify said of professional engineers of the borough in which the survey
person that upon his or her refusal or neglect to comply is to be made; and the third shall be a practical builder, a
with any of the requirements of this section or of section licensed professional engineer or a licensed architect
26-237 of this article, a survey of the premises named in appointed by the person served with a notice pursuant to
such notice will be made at a time and place therein section 26-236 of this article. In case the person served with
named, in accordance with section 26-238 of this article. such notice shall neglect or refuse to appoint such surveyor,
The notice shall also set forth that, if the premises the other two surveyors shall make the survey. In case they
referred to therein are reported unsafe or dangerous by disagree, they shall appoint a third person to take part in such

45
Title 26 / Subchapter 3

survey, who shall be a practical builder, licensed original notice.

professional engineer or an architect of at least ten years' d. Precept to abate.-Upon the rendition of a verdict of
practice, whose decision shall be final. the court or decision of the referee, if such verdict or
b. Posting report of survey.-A copy of the report of the decision shall find the structure or premises to be unsafe
survey shall be posted on the structure that is the subject or dangerous, structurally or as a fire hazard, or dangerous or
thereof by the persons holding the survey, immediately detrimental to human life, health or morals, the justice
on their signing such report. trying the case, or to whom the report of the referee trying
c. Compensation of surveyors.- The architect appointed the case shall be presented, shall immediately issue a
by the county chapter of the American [sic] institute of precept directed to the superintendent, reciting such
architects of the borough in which the survey is to be verdict or decision, and commanding him or her forthwith
made, or by New York society of architects, the to vacate and repair and secure, or to repair and secure, or
Brooklyn society of architects, or the engineer appointed take down or remove the structure or part thereof or other
by the New York association of consulting engineers, or premises that shall have been named in the report, in
by a chapter of the New York society of professional accordance with such verdict or decision.
engineers located in New York city, as herein before
provided, who may act on any survey called in § [C26-82.5]*26-240 Repair or removal under precept.-
accordance with the provisions of this article, and the a. Execution of precept.- Upon receiving a precept under
third surveyor who may have been called in the case of the provisions of section 26-239 of this article, the
disagreement provided for in subdivision a of this superintendent referred to therein shall immediately
section, shall each be paid the sum of fifty dollars by the proceed to execute such precept, as therein directed, and
finance department upon the voucher of the superintendent. may employ such labor and assistance and furnish such
The city is hereby given a cause of action against the materials as may be necessary for that purpose. A precept
owner of the structure surveyed, and of the lot or parcel of requiring that the structure be repaired and secured shall
land on which the structure is situated, for such sum with include, but not be limited to, shoring and sealing of the
interest. The amount so collected shall be paid over to structure. Whenever the demolition of any structure or
the finance department in reimbursement of the amounts part of a structure is to be carried out pursuant to any such
paid as aforesaid. precept, and the superintendent upon authorization by the
commissioner, requests of either the commissioner of
§[C26-82.0] 26-239 Judicial review of survey.- citywide administrative services or the commissioner of
a. Institution of proceeding.-Whenever the report of the department of housing preservation and development
any such survey, had as aforesaid, shall recite that the that such structure or part thereof be demolished, such
structure or premises thus surveyed is unsafe or demolition work, as so requested, shall be performed by
dangerous, structurally or as a fire hazard, or dangerous or under the direction of the commissioner of citywide
or detrimental to human life, health or morals, the administrative services in accordance with the provisions
corporation counsel shall, at the time specified in the of subdivisions b and c of section 4-204 of subchapter two
notice, place such notice and report before the justice of this chapter of the code, or the commissioner of the
holding a special term of the court named in the notice. department of housing preservation and development.
b. Precedence of proceeding.- The determination of the The owner of such structure, or part thereof, or premises,
issue in an unsafe structure proceeding shall have or any party interested therein, if he or she applies to the
precedence over every other business of such supreme superintendent immediately upon the issuing of such
court. A trial of the issue shall be held without delay, at precept and pays all costs and expenses incurred by the
the time specified in the notice, and shall be held by the city up to that time, shall be allowed to perform the
justice holding such court or by a referee, whose requirements of such precept at his or her own proper cost
decision or report in the matter shall be final, unless a and expense, if the performance shall be done immediately
jury trial is demanded, in which case the verdict of such and in accordance with the requirements of such precept.
jury shall be final. The superintendent shall have authority to modify the
c. Postponement of trial.-If, for any reason, the issue requirements of any precept upon application to him or
shall be tried at a time other than that specified in such her in writing by the owner of such structure, or part
notice, or to which the trial may be adjourned, the issue thereof, or premises, or his or her representative, or to seal
may be brought into trial at any time thereafter by the or shore the structure upon an application by the
superintendent without a new survey, upon at least three commissioner of housing preservation and development,
days’ notice of trial to the person upon whom the when such superintendent shall be satisfied that such
original notice was served, or to his or her attorney. Such change will secure the safety of such structure or premises
notice of trial may be served in the same manner as the equally well. After a determination to seal or shore the

46
Title 26 / Subchapter 3

structure is made by the superintendent upon application the proceeding, together with the preliminary expenses of
by the commissioner of housing preservation and searches and surveys thereof, which shall be inserted in
development, written notice of such determination shall the judgment in such action or proceeding, and shall then
be sent by regular mail to the owner at his or her last render judgment for such amount and for the sale of the
known address. If no action to rehabilitate and restore premises named in such notice, together with all the right,
the structure is undertaken within eighteen months title and interest that the person named in such notice had
following the granting of such application by the in the lot, ground or land upon which such structure was
commissioner of housing preservation and development, placed, at the time of the filing of a notice of lis pendens
which period may be extended for an additional six in such proceedings, or at the time of the entry of judgment
months by the superintendent upon approval of the therein, to satisfy such judgment. Such sale shall take
supreme court, the structure may be demolished. The place in the same manner and with the same effect as sales
owner shall continue to have the right during such under judgment in foreclosure of mortgages. The notice of
periods to request the superintendent in writing to lis pendens provided for in sections 26-235 through 26-
modify the requirements of the precept. 247 of article nine of this subchapter shall consist of a
b. Interference prohibited.- copy of the notice of survey, and shall be filed in the
1. It shall be unlawful for any person to interfere, office of the clerk of the county where the property affected
obstruct or hinder the superintendent or commissioner of by such action, suit or proceeding is located.
citywide administrative services or the commissioner of
housing preservation and development or the representative §[C26-84.0] 26-243 Fallen structures and structures
of any of them, or any person who, acting under the imminently dangerous.-
authority conferred on his or her by such superintendent ** a. Recovery of bodies from wrecked structures.-
or commissioner, is performing the work directed by a Where any persons are known or believed to be buried
precept issued out of any court as in this article provided, under the ruins of any fallen structure or part thereof in
or the work ordered by the superintendent in accordance the city, the superintendent shall cause an examination of
with such precept under the provisions of this subchapter. the premises to be made for the recovery of the bodies of
2. The police commissioner shall enforce such orders the killed and injured. Whenever, in making such examination,
or requirements when requested by the superintendent, it shall be necessary to remove any debris from the
and shall likewise enforce same at the request of the premises, the commissioners of ports and trade, parks,
commissioner of citywide administrative services or the police and sanitation and the commissioner of transportation,
commissioner of housing preservation and development respectively, when called upon by the superintendent,
with respect to demolition work performed by or under shall cooperate with the superintendent in carrying out the
the direction of such commissioner pursuant to the purposes of this article, and shall provide suitable and
provisions of this section. convenient places for the deposit of such debris.
*Local Law 59-1996. **Local Law 14-1989; Local Law 5-1986, language juxtaposed per
Ch. 907-1985.
*b. Temporary safeguards for dangerous structures.- In
§[C26-83.0] 26-241 Provision for expense of executing case there shall be, in the opinion of the superintendent,
precept.-The superintendent may make requisition upon actual and immediate danger that any structure or part
the comptroller for such amount of money as shall be thereof will fall, so as to endanger life or property, he or
necessary to meet the expenses of any preliminary she shall request the commissioner of citywide
proceedings or the execution of any order or precept administrative services or the commissioner of housing
issued by any court. Upon the approval of the statement preservation and development to cause the necessary
of expenses thereof by any justice of the court from work to be done to render such structure or part thereof
which such order or precept was issued, the finance temporarily safe until the proper proceedings provided for
department shall pay such expenses. unsafe structures by this subchapter are instituted.
*Local Law 59-1996.
§[C26-83.5] 26-242 Return of precept; reimbursement of c. Vacating structures; closing streets and sidewalks.-
city.- Upon compliance with any precept issued to him or Where, in the opinion of the superintendent, there shall be
her in a proceeding under this article, the superintendent actual and immediate danger that any structure or part
shall make return thereof, with an endorsement of the thereof will fall so as to endanger life or property, or
action thereunder and the cost and expenses thereby where any structure or part thereof has fallen and life is
incurred, to the justice then holding the special term of endangered by the occupation thereof, the superintendent
the court from which such precept issued. Such justice is hereby authorized and empowered to order and require
shall then tax and adjust the amount endorsed upon such the inmates and occupants of such structure or part
precept, and shall adjust and allow the disbursements of

47
Title 26 / Subchapter 3

thereof to vacate the structure forthwith. The police enclosed in a sealed, postpaid wrapper addressed to such
commissioner shall enforce such orders or requirements person at his or her last known place of residence, which
when so requested by the superintendent. shall be equivalent to a personal service of such notice or
d. Labor and materials.-For the purposes of this article, order upon all parties for whom such search shall have
the superintendent shall employ such labor and materials been made.
as may be necessary to perform such work as expeditiously
as possible. The superintendent may make requisition §[C26-85.0] 26-245 Emergency measures.-
upon the comptroller for such amount of money as shall a. Stopping work and vacating and securing structures.-In
be necessary to meet the expenses of any direction, case, in the opinion of the superintendent, any defective or
determination, requirement or order to perform said work. illegal work in violation of or not in compliance with any
of the provisions or requirements of this subchapter or
ARTICLE 9 chapter one of title twenty-seven of the code shall endanger
VIOLATIONS AND PUNISHMENTS life or property, the superintendent, or such person as may
be designated by him or her, shall have the right and is
§[C26-84.5] 26-244 Notices of requirements or of violations.- hereby authorized and empowered to order all further work
a. Issue of notices or orders.-All notices of the violation to be stopped in and about such structure or premises, and
of any of the provisions of this subchapter or chapter one to require all persons in and about such structure or
of title twenty-seven of the code, and all notices or premises forthwith to vacate it, and also to cause such work
orders required or authorized by this subchapter or to be done in and about the structure as in his or her
chapter one of title twenty-seven of the code, directing judgment may be necessary to remove any danger
anything to be done, including notices or orders that any therefrom. The reason for such order shall be supplied in
structures, premises, or any part thereof, is deemed to be writing within one working day after the issuance of the
unsafe or dangerous, shall be issued by the superintendent order.
and shall have his or her name affixed thereto. b. Violations of protective measures during construction
b. Contents of notices or orders.-Each such notice or or demolition.-During the construction or demolition of a
order, in addition to the statement of requirements, shall structure, the superintendent shall notify the owner of the
contain a description of the structure, premises or property structure affected of any failure to comply with any of the
affected. provisions of this subchapter or chapter one of title
c. Service of notices or orders.-Notices or orders issued twenty-seven of the code that concern the protection of the
by any court in any proceeding, instituted pursuant to this public and workers during construction or demolition.
subchapter or chapter one of title twenty-seven of the Unless the owner so notified proceeds within twenty-four
code to restrain or remove any violation or to enforce hours to comply with the orders of the superintendent, the
compliance with any provision or requirement of this superintendent shall have full power to correct the violation.
subchapter or chapter one of title twenty-seven of the All expenses incurred therefor shall become a lien on the
code, may be served by delivering to and leaving a copy property which may be enforced as provided in section 26-
of the notice or order with any person violating, or who 246 of this article.
may be liable under any provision of this subchapter or c. Closing streets temporarily.-The superintendent may,
chapter one of title twenty-seven of the code, or who when necessary for the public safety, temporarily close
may be designated as provided in subdivision d of the sidewalks, streets, structures or places adjacent to a
section 26-247 of this article. Notices or orders to restrain structure or part thereof, and the police commissioner, or
or remove any violation issued by the superintendent or any of his or her subordinates shall enforce all orders or
commissioner pursuant to this subchapter or chapter one requirements made under this article, when so requested
of title twenty-seven of the code may be served by by the superintendent.
regular mail. Such notices may be served by any officer
or employee of the department, or by any person authorized §[C26-85.5] 26-246 Judicial remedies.-
by the superintendent. a. Action or proceeding, generally.-Whenever the
d. Notice or order by posting.-If the person to whom superintendent believes that any structure, or any portion
such order or notice is addressed cannot be found within thereof, or any plumbing or other mechanical equipment,
the city after diligent search, such notice or order may be the construction, removal or demolition of which is
served by posting it in a conspicuous place upon the regulated, permitted or forbidden by this subchapter or
premises where such violation is alleged to have been chapter one of title twenty-seven of the code is being
placed or to exist, or to which such notice or order may constructed, removed or demolished, or has been
refer, or which may be deemed unsafe or dangerous, and constructed, in violation of, or not in compliance with any
also depositing a copy thereof in a post office in the city of the provisions or requirements of this subchapter or

48
Title 26 / Subchapter 3

chapter one of title twenty-seven of the code, or in legal or equitable, that may be appropriate or necessary
violation of any detailed statement of specifications or for the enforcement of the provisions of this subchapter or
plans submitted and approved thereunder, or of any chapter one of title twenty-seven of the code.
certificate or permit issued thereunder; or that any c. Courts having jurisdiction.-All courts of civil
provision or requirement of this subchapter or chapter jurisdiction in the city shall have full legal and equitable
one of title twenty-seven of the code, or any order or jurisdiction over any and all suits and proceedings
direction made thereunder has not been complied with, authorized by this subchapter or chapter one of title
or that plans and specifications for plumbing and other twenty-seven of the code to be brought for the recovery of
mechanical equipment have not been submitted or filed any fine or the enforcement of any provision of this
as required by this subchapter or chapter one of title subchapter or chapter one of title twenty-seven of the
twenty-seven of the code; the superintendent may, in his code, and to make appropriate orders and render judgment
or her discretion, through the corporation counsel, therein according to law, so as to give force and effect to
institute any appropriate action or proceeding at law or the provisions of this subchapter or chapter one of title
in equity to restrain, correct or remove such violation, or twenty-seven of the code. Such courts shall give preference
the execution of any work thereon, or to restrain or correct to such suits and proceedings over all others. No court
the erection or alteration of, or to require the removal of, shall lose jurisdiction of any action hereunder by reason
or to prevent the occupation or use of, such structure. of a plea that the title to real estate is involved if the
Any person who shall maintain or continue any object of the action is to recover a fine for the violation of
structure, or any portion thereof, or the occupancy or use any of the provisions of this subchapter or chapter one of
thereof, or any plumbing or mechanical equipment in title twenty-seven of the code.
violation of any of the provisions of this subchapter or d. Restraining order.-In any such action or proceeding the
chapter one of title twenty-seven of the code, after city may, in the discretion of the superintendent and on this
having been duly notified as provided in this subchapter affidavit setting forth the facts, apply to any court of record
or chapter one of title twenty-seven of the code that such in the city or to a judge or justice thereof, for an order
structure, or any portion thereof, or the occupancy or use enjoining and restraining all persons from occupying or
thereof, or that such plumbing or any mechanical using for any purpose whatever or doing, or causing or
equipment is in violation of any provision of this subchapter permitting to be done, any work in or upon such structure, or
or chapter one of title twenty-seven of the code, shall be in or upon such part thereof as may be designated in such
subject to any action or proceeding and any punishment affidavit, until the hearing and determination of such action
that is provided in this article for the commission of the and the entry of final judgment therein. The court, or judge
violation, except that any person shall be subject to any or justice thereof, to whom such application is made, is
action or proceeding and any punishment that is hereby authorized forthwith to make any or all of the orders
provided in this article for the commission of the above specified, as may be required in such application, with
violation, without prior notification that a violation exists, or without notice, and to make such other or further orders or
where the violation is any of the following types: directions as may be necessary to render the same effectual.
1. A violation which produces an imminent hazard to No undertaking shall be required as a condition to the
persons or property by reason of a change of occupancy granting or issuing of such injunction order, or by reason
or use without a permit, or because of the obstruction of thereof.
exits or unlawful change of exits, or by reason of e. Judgment.-All courts in which any action or proceeding
permitting in a place of assembly more than the is instituted under this subchapter or chapter one of title
approved number of persons. twenty-seven of the code shall, upon the rendition of a
2. A violation due to the omission of protective equipment verdict, report of a referee, or decision of a judge or justice,
or construction which would safeguard persons or render judgment in accordance therewith.
property during construction or demolition. f. Lien of judgment.-Any judgment rendered in an action or
3. A violation that is due to work being done by an proceeding instituted under this subchapter or chapter one of
unlicensed or non qualified person, when the law requires title twenty-seven of the code shall be and become a lien
that such work be done only by a person licensed or upon the premises named in the complaint in such action,
possessed of a certificate of qualification to do such work. such lien to date from the time of filing a notice of lis
4. A violation that consists of doing work without a permit. pendens in the office of the clerk of the county wherein the
5. A violation for failure to have a required current property affected by such action, suit or proceeding, is
place of assembly permit or failure to have sprinklers or located. Every such lien shall have priority before any
emergency lighting installed as required by law. mortgage or other lien as may exist prior to such filing
b. Corporation counsel to act.-The corporation counsel except tax and assessment liens.
shall institute any and all actions and proceedings, either g. Lis pendens.-The notice of lis pendens referred to in

49
Title 26 / Subchapter 3

this article shall consist of a copy of the notice issued by complied with.
the superintendent, requiring the removal of the violation, c. Responsibility of lessees or occupants.-In case any of
and a notice of the suit or proceedings instituted, or to be the notices or orders of the court herein mentioned shall
instituted thereon. Such notice of lis pendens may be be served upon any lessee or party in possession of the
filed at any time after the service of the notice issued by structure or premises therein described, it shall be the duty
the superintendent as aforesaid; provided he or she may of the person upon whom such service is made, if such
deem such action to be necessary. Any notice of lis person knows [sic] the address of the owner or agent of
pendens filed pursuant to the provisions of this subchapter the structure or premises named in the notice, to give
or chapter one of title twenty-seven of the code may be immediate notice to such owner or agent if such owner or
vacated and cancelled of record upon an order of a agent shall be within the city, and his or her residence be
justice of the court in which such suit or proceeding was known to such person, and, if such owner or agent shall
instituted or is pending, or upon the consent in writing of the be outside the city, by depositing such notice in any post
corporation counsel. The clerk of the county where the office in the city, properly enclosed in a post paid wrapper
notice is filed is hereby directed and required to mark addressed to such owner or agent at his or her then known
any such notice of lis pendens, and any record or docket place of residence.
thereof, as vacated and cancelled of record upon the d. Designation of agent by an owner of a structure.-Any
presentation and filing of a certified copy of such order owner of real estate or of a structure thereon may execute
or consent. and acknowledge a written designation of a resident of the
h. Costs.-In no case shall a department, or any officer city upon whom may be served any notice of violation,
thereof, be liable for costs in any action, suit or notice to make safe, notice of survey, summons, mandate, or
proceeding that may have been, or may hereafter be, any paper or process, issued under a provision of this
instituted or commenced in pursuance of this subchapter or subchapter or chapter one of title twenty-seven of the code,
chapter one of title twenty-seven of the code. and may file such designation, with the written consent of the
i. Officers not liable for damages.-An officer of a person so designated, duly acknowledged in the office of the
department, acting in good faith and without malice, superintendent. Such designation must specify the location of
shall be free from liability for acts done in any action or the property with respect to which the designation is made,
proceeding instituted under any provision of this the residence and place of business of the person making it
subchapter or chapter one of title twenty-seven of the and of the person designated. Such designation shall remain
code, or by reason of any act or omission in the in force during the period specified therein, if any, or until
performance of his or her official duties. revoked by the death or legal incompetency of either of the
parties, or until the filing of a revocation by either of the
§[C26-86.0] 26-247 Judicial orders.- parties, duly acknowledged and endorsed, with the consent
a. Judicial orders to comply with notices or orders.-In of the superintendent. The superintendent shall file and index
case any notice or direction authorized to be issued by this each designation and shall note, upon the original
subchapter or chapter one of title twenty-seven of the code is designation and index, the filing of a revocation. While the
not complied with within the time designated therein, the designation remains in force, as prescribed in this article, a
city, by the corporation counsel, may, at the request of the notice of violation, notice to make safe, notice of survey,
superintendent, apply to the supreme court, at a special term summons, mandate, or any paper or process under any
thereof, for an order directing the superintendent to proceed provision of this subchapter or chapter one of title twenty-
to make the alterations or remove the violation, as may be seven of the code, shall be served upon the person so
specified in such notice or direction. designated, in like manner and with like effect, as if it were
b. Judicial orders to vacate for violations.-Whenever served personally upon the person making the designation,
any notice or direction so authorized shall have been even if such person be present in the city.
served as provided in this article, and shall not have been e. Reimbursement of city for expenses.-The expenses
complied with within the time designated therein, the and disbursements incurred in the carrying out of any
corporation counsel shall, at the request of the superintendent, order issued as provided in subdivisions a and b of this
in addition to, or in lieu of any other remedy provided section shall become a lien upon the structure or premises
for by this subchapter or chapter one of title twenty- named in the order, from the time of filing of a copy of
seven of the code, apply to the supreme court, at a special the order, with a notice of lis pendens as provided in this
term thereof, for an order directing the superintendent to subchapter or chapter one of title twenty-seven of the
code, in the office of the clerk of the county where the
vacate such structure or premises, or so much thereof as
property affected by such action, suit or proceeding is
he or she may deem necessary, and prohibiting the use or located; and the supreme court, to whom application shall
occupancy of such structure or premises for any purpose be made, is hereby authorized and directed to grant any of
specified in such order until such notice shall have been

50
Title 26 / Subchapter 3

the orders above named, and to take such proceedings as named in such notice shall be, upon conviction,
shall be necessary to make them effectual, and any justice guilty of an offense punishable by a fine of not less
to whom application shall be made is hereby authorized than two hundred fifty dollars nor more than five hundred
and directed to enforce such lien in accordance with the dollars for the first such violation, not less than five
mechanics’ lien laws applicable to the city.
hundred dollars no more than one thousand dollars for the
§[C26-86.5] 26-248 Punishments.- second such violation, not less than one thousand dollars
a. General punishments.- Except as hereinafter provided with nor more than two thousand dollars for the third such
respect to the amount of the fine, the owner of any structure, or violation, and not less than two thousand dollars nor more
part thereof, or land, where any violation of this subchapter than five thousand dollars for the fourth such violation
or chapter one of title twenty-seven of the code shall be placed, and for every subsequent violation, or, for any such
or shall exist, and any person who may be employed or assist violation, by imprisonment for not more than ninety days,
in the commission of any such violation, and any and all or by both fine and imprisonment.
persons who shall violate any of the provisions of this 2. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph one of
subchapter or chapter one of title twenty-seven of the code this subdivision, any person who shall convert, or
or fail to comply therewith, or any such requirement thereof, knowingly take part or assist in the conversion of a
or who shall violate or fail to comply with any detailed order residence which is legally approved for occupancy as a
or rule made thereunder, or who shall build in violation of one-family dwelling, to a dwelling for occupancy by two
any detailed statement of specifications or plans, submitted families or which residence is legally approved for
and approved thereunder, shall severally, for each and every occupancy as a two-family dwelling, to a dwelling for
such violation or non-compliance, respectively, be punished
occupancy by three families, and, having been served
by a fine of not more than five thousand dollars.
with a notice as prescribed in this subchapter or chapter
b. Heating plant and fire prevention violations.-Any person
who shall violate any of the provisions of this subchapter or one of title twenty-seven of the code to remove such
chapter one of title twenty-seven of the code, as to the violation, shall fail to comply with such notice within ten
construction of chimneys, fireplaces, flues, warm-air pipes days after such service or shall continue to violate the
or furnaces, or who shall violate any of the provisions of this provisions of this paragraph in the respect named in such
subchapter or chapter one of title twenty-seven of the code notice, shall be, upon conviction, guilty of an offense
relating to the framing or trimming of timbers, girders, beams, punishable by a fine of not more than five hundred dollars
or other woodwork in proximity to chimney flues or fireplaces, or imprisonment for not more than sixty days or both.
shall be punished by a fine of one hundred dollars. 3. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs one
c. Violations of the provisions for the registration of and two of this subdivision, the commissioner may
plumbers.-Any person, corporation or co-partnership that determine that the presence of a violation or the failure
shall violate any of the provisions of section 26-146 of this to comply with any requirement of this subchapter or
chapter, shall be punished by a fine of not more than two chapter one of title twenty-seven of the code, or any
hundred fifty dollars or by imprisonment not exceeding order or rule made thereunder, constitutes a condition
three months, or by both, and in addition, shall forfeit any dangerous to human life and safety as set forth by the
certificate of registration that may be held at the time of
commissioner in the rules and regulations promulgated
such conviction, provided that when such violation is of the
by the commissioner. In such event, any person who
provision relating to the posting of a metal plate, no
punishment of imprisonment shall be imposed, and the fine fails to remove such violation or who, fails to comply
shall not be more than fifty dollars for the first offense, but with any requirements of this subchapter or chapter one
shall be not less than two hundred dollars and not more than of title twenty-seven of the code, or any order or rule
five hundred dollars for a subsequent offense. made thereunder, after having been served with a notice
d. Continuing violations after notice.- personally or by certified mail indicating that such condition
1.Except as otherwise provided in paragraph two of this exists and requiring such removal or compliance unless
subdivision, any person who, having been served with a the removal of such condition is prevented by a labor
notice as prescribed in this subchapter or chapter one of dispute or is the result of vandalism beyond the control
title twenty-seven of the code to remove any violation or of the owner, shall also be liable for a civil penalty of
comply with any requirement of this subchapter or not less than one hundred fifty dollars per day commencing
chapter one of title twenty-seven of the code, or with any on the date of the service of such notice and terminating
order or rule made thereunder, shall fail to comply with on the date that such removal or compliance has been
such notice within ten days after such service or shall substantially completed. When service of such notice is
continue to violate any requirement of this subchapter or made by mail to the owner, civil penalties as herein
chapter one of title twenty-seven of the code in the respect provided shall commence five days from the date of

51
Title 26 / Subchapter 3

such mailing. (a) paragraph six or seven of subdivision (c) of

e. Jurisdiction of actions to recover fines.- For the recovery section 27-339 of the code; or
of any such fine, an action may be brought in the name of the (b) subdivision (c) of section 27-353 of the code; or
city in the New York city civil court, or other court of record, (c) section 27-353.1 of the code; or
in the city; and whenever any judgment shall be rendered (d) subdivision (e) of section 27-381 of the code; or
in such action, it shall be collected and enforced as (e) subdivision (b) of section 27-382 of the code; or
prescribed and directed by the civil practice law and rules. †
(f) subdivision (b) or (c) of section 27-384 of the code; or
f. Discontinuance of action upon removal of violation.-If (g) section 27-777.1 of the code; or
any violation shall be removed or be in process of removal (h) section 27-777.2 of the code; or
within ten days after the service of a notice as prescribed in (i) subdivision (b) of section 27-929 of the code; or
this subchapter or chapter one of title twenty-seven of the (j) paragraph twelve of subdivision (f) of section
code, liability shall cease, and the corporation counsel, on 27-972 of the code; or
request of the commissioner shall discontinue any prosecution (k) paragraph ten of subdivision (g) of section 27-
or action pending to recover any fine, upon such removal or the 972 of the code; or
completion thereof within a reasonable time. Notwithstanding (l) subdivision (c) of section 27-975 of the code; or
the foregoing provisions where the commissioner, pursuant (m) subdivision (c) of section 27-989 of the code; or
to subdivision d of this section, has served a notice requiring (n) section 27-996.1 of the code; or
removal of a violation or compliance with the requirements
(o) section 27-996.2 of the code; or
of this subchapter or chapter one of title twenty-seven of the †
(p) section 2-4 or 4-3 of reference standard RS 13-1; or
code or with any order or rule made thereunder with respect †
(q) subdivision (e) of section 27-383.1 of the code, or
to a condition dangerous to human life and safety, liability shall †
(r) subdivision (b) of section 27-383; or
cease and the corporation counsel on request of the commissioner, †
(s) section 27-929.1.
shall discontinue such prosecution or action only if the
5. Working without a permit and refusing to discontinue
removal or compliance so required has been completed or
the work.
substantially completed within ten days after the service of
*** h. Any permit holder or owner who shall permit
such notice. The commissioner shall, upon good cause shown
any sidewalk shed to remain in place for a period of
grant additional time for such removal or compliance. In
more than thirty days following the expiration of a
addition, the civil penalties shall be tolled from the date the
sidewalk shed permit shall be subject to the
owner certifies under oath, on a form prescribed by the
provisions of section 26-126.1 of this code and
commissioner, that the removal of the violation has been
subject to an additional fine of one hundred dollars
substantially completed. If subsequent inspection by the
per day for each day the shed was in place after the
commissioner shows a failure to have removed the violation, thirtieth day up to a maximum of $10,000.
the civil penalties shall be deemed to have accrued as of the *** Local Law 33-1991.
first day notice of violation has been served. † Local Law 26-2004.
g. [Inconsistent provisions ]* Notwithstanding any
inconsistent provisions in other subdivisions of this **§[C26-87.0] 26-249 Violations of peremptory orders.-
section, any person who is convicted of any of the Any person who shall receive and fail to comply with
following violations shall be punished by a fine of not less any written peremptory order of the superintendent or
than five hundred dollars nor more than five thousand commissioner issued when an immediate comliance
dollars for the first violation, not less than one thousand with such order is essential to the public peace or safety,
dollars nor more than five thousand dollars for the second within the time specified in such order, in addition to
violation, not less than fifteen hundred dollars nor more any other punishment prescribed by law shall be
than five thousand dollars for the third violation, and not punished by a fine of not more than five hundred dollars
less than two thousand dollars nor more than five thousand or by imprisonment not exceeding six months, or by both.
dollars for the fourth violation and every subsequent **Local Law 23-1990.
violation, or, for any such violation, by imprisonment for
not more than ninety days, or by both fine and imprisonment: §[C26-87.5] 26-250 Appeal.-An appeal from any decision
*Copy in brackets not enacted but probably intended. or interpretation of the superintendent or commissioner
1. Failure to possess a required place of assembly permit; may be taken to the board of standards and appeals
2. Failure to install required sprinklers or emergency lighting; pursuant to the procedures of the board, except as
3. A violation which produces an imminent hazard to persons provided in section 25-204 of the code.
or property as a result of (a) a change of occupancy; (b) use
without a permit; (c) obstruction of exits; (d) unlawful ARTICLE 10
change of exits; MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
4. A violation of the provisions of:

revision: October 1, 2004 52

Title 26 / Subchapter 3

§[C26-91.0] 26-251 Illegal practices in the sale or use of work. To renew a shed permit for a new building under
lumber for construction purposes prohibited.- construction, each applicant shall file an application with
a. Any person, corporation or partnership who, within the commissioner. All renewal applications shall include
the city of New York, shall have in his or her possession, the name and address of the owner of the premises.
or who shall place, use or affix without authorization b. Following the receipt of a permit to erect a sidewalk
from the owner thereof a stamp, label, trade mark, grade shed, the permit holder shall post a sign on the sidewalk
mark, serial number or other distinguishing mark, which shed, which includes the name, address, telephone
stamp, label, trade mark, grade mark, serial number or number, and permit number of the permit holder. The sign
mark is the property of an association of lumber shall also include the date that the permit expires. The
manufacturers or lumber grading bureau upon any sign shall measure twenty-five square feet.
lumber sold or intended to be sold, or used or intended to *Local Law 93-1996; Local Law 33-1991.
be used, for or in the construction, alteration or repair of
a building or other structure within the city of New
York, or any person, corporation or partnership who
shall knowingly sell or possess or offer for sale such
lumber so marked, or who shall knowingly possess or
use or prepare to use such lumber so marked for or in the
construction, alteration or repair of a building or
structure within the city of New York, shall be guilty of
an offense punishable by a fine of not less than twenty-
five dollars nor more than one hundred dollars for the
first offense, and by a fine of not less than one hundred
dollars nor more than five hundred dollars, or by
imprisonment for not more than six months, or both, for
a subsequent offense.
b. Possession of such lumber so marked, or of a
colorable imitation of the principal features of a genuine
stamp, label, trade mark, grade mark, serial number or
mark as aforesaid, or unauthorized possession of a genuine
stamp, label, trade mark, grade mark, serial number or
mark, as aforesaid, by any lumber dealer, builder or contractor,
or by any employee, partner, or officer thereof, shall be
presumptive evidence of a violation of this section.

* §[C26-92.0] 26-252 (a) Sidewalk sheds, fences,

railings, etc.- a. It shall be unlawful to construct any
sidewalk shed, fence, railing, footbridge, catch platform,
builder’s sidewalk shanty, or an over-the-sidewalk chute,
unless and until a special permit therefore [sic] shall
have been issued by the building commissioner. The fees
for such permit shall be as provided in section 26-214 of
this chapter. Each applicant for a sidewalk shed permit
shall state the reason the sidewalk shed is needed. The
term of the sidewalk shed permit shall be one year, or the
expiration of the contractor's insurance if such time
period is less than one year. No renewals of shed
permits, except for new buildings under construction,
will be given unless an architect or engineer conducts a
thorough examination of that part of the premises on
which work is being conducted and submits a report
acceptable to the commissioner, which clearly
documents the condition of the applicable part of the
premises and the scope of work that has been performed
thereon, and estimates the time needed to complete the

53
Title 26 / Subchapter 3

This page is intended to be left blank

54
Title 26 / Subchapter 4

SUBCHAPTER 4 b. A permit shall be required pursuant to this section

REGULATION OF OUTDOOR SIGNS whether or not a permit is required and/or has been issued
for the installation, alteration or erection of such sign
TABLE OF CONTENTS pursuant to sections 27-147, 27-148 and article sixteen of
sub-chapter one of title twenty-seven of this code.
Art. or c. For the purposes of this section the term arterial
Section* highway shall include all highways that are shown on the
master plan of arterial highways and major streets as
Article 1 Maintenance Permit for Outdoor Signs principal routes parkways or toll crossings and that have
253 Permit Required been designated by the city planning commission as
254 Application arterial highways to which the provisions of sections 42-
255 Permit Expiration 55 and 32-66 of the zoning resolution shall apply as
256 Civil Penalties shown in appendix C of the zoning resolution.
257 Construction
258 Exemption §26-254 Application.- Application for a permit or for the
Article 2 Outdoor Advertising Companies renewal of a permit shall be made on forms to be
259 Definitions furnished by the department and shall contain such
260 Registration of Outdoor Advertising information, as the department shall prescribe. Except as
Companies otherwise provided in section 26-255, a permit shall
261 Display of Name and Registration remain in effect for one year and may be renewed
Number of Outdoor Advertising annually. The fee for a permit or for its renewal shall be
Company established by rule. The identification number of the
262 Criminal and Civil Penalties for permit shall be displayed on the sign or on the building or
Violations by Outdoor Advertising premises on which the sign is located or both, in a manner
Companies; Other Enforcement to be provided by rule.
263 Investigations
§26-255 Permit expiration.- A permit issued pursuant to
*“26” omitted from section numbers in this column. section 26-253 of this code shall expire and be of no
**
further force or effect where:
SUBCHAPTER 4 (i) in the case of a sign which is accessory to a principal
REGULATION OF OUTDOOR SIGNS use within the meaning of section 12-10 of the zoning
resolution, there has been a discontinuance of the
ARTICLE 1 operation of the principal use to which such sign is
MAINTENANCE PERMIT FOR OUTDOOR SIGNS accessory, or in the event the sign is no longer in the same
ownership as such principal use or is no longer operated
§26-253 Permit required.- a. On and after a date to be and maintained substantially for the benefit or convenience
provided by rule, and subject to the provisions of section of the owners, occupants, employees, customers or visitors
26-258 of this code, it shall be unlawful to place or of the principal use;
maintain a sign, as defined in section 12-10 of the zoning (ii) in the case of any sign for which a permit has been
resolution, on any building or premises in zoning issued pursuant to section 26-253 of this code, whether or
districts M 1, M 2, M 3, C 6-5, C 6-7, C 7 or C 8 unless a not accessory to a principal use within the meaning of
permit for the maintenance of such sign has been issued section 12-10 of the zoning resolution, there has been a
by the department pursuant to this article if, change in copy which the commissioner has determined
(i) such sign is within a distance of two hundred renders such sign no longer in compliance with the zoning
linear feet from and within view of an arterial highway resolution. The commissioner shall prescribe by rule
or within a distance of two hundred linear feet from and procedures for the notification to the department
within view of a public park with an area of one half acre concerning changes in copy which have been made on
or more, or signs for which permits have been issued under section
(ii) such sign is not within a distance of two hundred 26-253 of this code. Nothing herein shall be construed as
linear feet from an arterial highway or a public park with limiting the ability of any person to apply for a new
an area of one half acre or more but is within view of an permit pursuant to section 26-254 of this code.
arterial highway or within view of a public park with an
area of one half acre or more and there are more square §26-256 Civil penalties.- a. Any person who places or
feet in the surface area of such sign than there are linear maintains a sign on a building or premises without an
feet in the distance of such sign from such arterial appropriate permit in violation of section 26-253 of this
highway or public park. article shall be liable for a civil penalty of, for a first

55
Title 26 / Subchapter 4

violation, not more than fifteen thousand dollars and, for c. The term "outdoor advertising business" means the
a second or subsequent violation, not more than twenty- business of selling, leasing, marketing, managing, or otherwise
five thousand dollars. Each day’s continuance shall be a either directly or indirectly making space on signs situated on
separate and distinct violation. Such civil penalties may buildings and premises within the city of New York available
be recovered in an action in any court of appropriate to others for advertising purposes.
jurisdiction or in a proceeding before the environmental d. The term "under the control of an outdoor advertising
control board. Such board shall have the power to company" in reference to a sign or sign location means that
impose the civil penalties provided for in this section. space on such sign or at such sign location is sold, leased,
Notwithstanding the provisions of section six hundred marketed, managed or otherwise either directly or indirectly
sixty-six of the charter, a notice of violation issued by made available to others for advertising purposes by such
the department pursuant to this section shall not be outdoor advertising company.
subject to review by the board of standards and appeals. e. The term “sign” means a sign as defined in section
12-10 of the zoning resolution except that such term shall not
§26-257 Construction.- This article shall not be construed include any sign subject to regulation by the department of
to grant the right to place or maintain a sign on any building transportation.
or premises where the placement or maintenance of such f. The term "sign location" means a building or
sign would otherwise be prohibited pursuant to the zoning premises on which an outdoor advertising company is
resolution, the administrative code or any other provision of entitled to sell, lease, market, manage or otherwise either
law. No permit for a sign issued hereunder shall be deemed directly or indirectly make space on signs available to
to constitute permission or authorization to maintain a sign customers, irrespective of whether a sign exists on such
which is unlawful pursuant to any other provisions of law building or premises.
nor shall any permit issued hereunder constitute a defense
in an action or proceeding with respect to such an unlawful §26-260 Registration of outdoor advertising companies.-
sign. a. On and after a date to be provided by rule, it shall
be unlawful for an outdoor advertising company to
§26-258 Exemption.- The provisions of this article shall engage in the outdoor advertising business or, by way of
not apply to: (i) signs with a surface area of two hundred advertising, promotions or other methods, hold itself out
square feet or less that are located no higher than three as engaging in the outdoor advertising business unless
feet above the floor of the second story of the building such company is registered in accordance with this article
on which the sign is located; and (ii) advertising signs and the rules of the department. Such rules shall establish
which have legal non-conforming use status pursuant to a procedure pursuant to which the department may require
the zoning resolution, provided an outdoor advertising the single registration of an outdoor advertising company
company or other person provides evidence of such and its affiliates. An outdoor advertising company and its
status in a form satisfactory to the commissioner. affiliates made subject to single registration shall be considered
a single outdoor advertising company for purposes of this
ARTICLE 2 article.
OUTDOOR ADVERTISING COMPANIES b. Application for registration or the renewal of
registration shall be made on forms to be furnished by the
§26-259 Definitions.- As used in this subchapter, the department and shall contain such information, as the
following terms shall have the following meanings: department shall prescribe. Registration shall remain in
a. The term “affiliate” means an outdoor advertising force for one year and may be renewed annually. The fee
company having a controlling interest in another outdoor for such registration and for the renewal of such
advertising company or in which such other outdoor advertising registration shall be established by rule.
company has a controlling interest. A “controlling interest” c. Each outdoor advertising company shall post a
means actual working control, in whatever manner bond to the city, with a surety approved by the department
exercised, including without limitation, control through in an amount to be determined by the department, by rule
ownership, management, debt instruments or negative control, based on the number of signs and any supporting structures
as the case may be, as defined in rules of the department. therefor under the control of such company. The bond
b. The term “outdoor advertising company” means a shall be conditioned such that the obligor:
person, corporation, partnership or other business entity (1) will pay all costs incurred by the city pursuant to
that as a part of the regular conduct of its business engages section 26-127.3 of this code for painting over, covering,
in or, by way of advertising, promotions or other methods, rendering ineffective or for the removal and storage of an
holds itself out as engaging in the outdoor advertising illegal sign or sign structure under the control of such
business. Such term shall not include the owner or outdoor advertising company.
manager of a building or premises who markets space on (2) will pay all fines or civil penalties imposed
such building or premises directly to advertisers. against such company pursuant to this article.

56
Title 26 / Subchapter 4

d. The department may revoke, suspend or refuse to advertising company are in compliance with the zoning
renew the registration of an outdoor advertising company or resolution, the administrative code and rules relating
impose fines or other penalties where it is determined by the thereto. The commissioner shall make all listings filed
commissioner, after notice and the opportunity to be heard, pursuant to this subdivision accessible to the public.
that (i) such company has made statements that it knew or b. On and after a date to be prescribed by rule, the
should have known are false in any application or commissioner shall require that each outdoor advertising
certification filed with the department, (ii) such company has company display, in a manner to be provided by rule, on each
failed to comply with subdivision a of section 26-261 of this sign under its control or on the building or premises where each
code or the rules adopted pursuant to its provisions by failing sign under its control is located or both, (i) the name and
to file a listing of all signs and sign locations under its control registration number of such company and, (ii) unless a permit is
within the time and in the manner required by department not required, the permit identification number for the
rules or by filing an incomplete listing of signs and sign installation, alteration or erection of the sign pursuant to section
locations under its control, (iii) such company has been found 27-147, 27-148 and article sixteen of sub-chapter one of title
liable for civil penalties under section 26-262 of this code on twenty-seven of this code and, if applicable, for the maintenance
repeated occasions, and has failed to adopt and implement of the sign pursuant to section 26-253.
appropriate corrective action and internal control measures in
a timely fashion pursuant to the department’s rules, (iv) such §26-262 Criminal and civil penalties for violations by
company has failed to pay any civil penalties imposed outdoor advertising companies; other enforcement.-
pursuant to section 26-262 or amounts owed to the city a. (1) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, an
pursuant to section 26-127.3 of this code or, (v) such outdoor advertising company shall be liable for a civil
company has violated the department’s rules pertaining to penalty if a sign under its control has been erected, maintained,
outdoor advertising companies. No application for attached, affixed, painted on, or in any other manner represented
registration by an outdoor advertising company or any on a building or premises in violation of any provision of the
affiliate thereof shall be accepted for filing by the department zoning resolution, administrative code or rules adopted
for a period of five years after revocation of or the refusal to pursuant thereto relating to signs.
renew the registration of such outdoor advertising company (2) It shall be unlawful for an outdoor advertising
pursuant to this subdivision. The department shall not accept company to sell, lease, market, manage or otherwise make
or process any applications for permits to install, erect or alter available to others for advertising purposes space on a
signs pursuant to section 27-147, 27-148 and article sixteen sign that has been erected, maintained, attached, affixed,
of sub-chapter one of title twenty-seven of this code or for the painted on or in any other manner represented on a building
maintenance of signs pursuant to section 26-253 where such or premises in violation of any provision of the zoning
applications are filed by or where such signs are under the resolution, administrative code or rules adopted pursuant
control of an outdoor advertising company or any affiliate thereto or to enter into any agreement for such purpose.
thereof after the registration of such outdoor advertising (3) On and after a date to be provided by rule, it shall be
company has been revoked or not renewed or during the term unlawful for an outdoor advertising company to sell or
of any period of suspension of such registration. otherwise transfer control of a sign or sign location or of any
right of such company to sell, lease, market, manage or
§26-261 Display of name and registration number of otherwise make space on a sign or at a sign location available
outdoor advertising company; location of signs.- a. An to others for advertising purposes to an outdoor advertising
outdoor advertising company shall provide the department company that is not registered in accordance with this article
with a listing with the location of all signs and sign and the rules of the department.
locations under the control of such outdoor advertising (4) An outdoor advertising company that violates any
company in such form, containing such information and of the provisions of paragraphs one, two or three of this
filed at such periodic intervals, as the department shall subdivision shall be subject to a civil penalty of, for a first
prescribe by rule. Such listing shall alsoindicate the permit violation, not more than fifteen thousand dollars and, for a
identification numbers for the erection, alteration or second or subsequent violation, not more than twenty-five
installation of such signs pursuant to section 27-147, 27- thousand dollars.
148 and article sixteen of sub-chapter one of title twenty- (5) Notwithstanding any inconsistent provision of law,
seven of this code and, if applicable, for the maintenance an outdoor advertising company shall, upon being found
of such signs pursuant to section 26-253, unless a permit guilty, be subject to fines or imprisonment or both pursuant
is not required pursuant to such provisions, as well as the to sections 26-126 or 26-248 of the code if a sign under its
name and license number of the master or special sign control has been erected, maintained, attached, affixed,
hanger who hung or erected each such sign. Such listing painted on, or in any other manner represented on a
shall contain a certification by an architect or engineer, co- building or premises in violation of any provision of the
signed by a responsible officer of the outdoor advertising zoning resolution, administrative code or rules adopted
company that all signs under the control of such outdoor pursuant thereto relating to signs.

57
Title 26 / Subchapter 4

b. On and after a date to be provided by rule, an outdoor any advertising program on behalf of a city franchisee or
advertising company that engages in the outdoor concessionaire, for a period of five years following judgment
advertising business or, by way of advertisement, promotion or decision.
or other methods holds itself out as engaging in the outdoor
advertising business without registering with the department §26-263 Investigations. - The department may investigate
pursuant to this article, or, after such registration has been any matter within the jurisdiction conferred by this article
revoked or not renewed pursuant to subdivision d of section and shall have full power to compel the attendance, examine
26-260 of this code continues to engage in such business and take testimony under oath of such persons as it may
beyond a date specified by the commissioner in his or her deem necessary in relation to such investigation, and to
determination to revoke or not renew, shall be guilty of a require the production of books, accounts, papers and other
misdemeanor subject to a fine not to exceed five thousand evidence relevant to such investigation. The department of
dollars or a sentence of imprisonment of not more than one investigation may, at the request of the commissioner, assist
year or both such fine and imprisonment for each offense. the department in any investigation conducted pursuant to
In the case of a continuing violation each day’s continuance this section.
shall be a separate and distinct violation. Such company shall **Local Law 14-2001.
also be liable for a civil penalty of, for a first violation, not
more than fifteen thousand dollars and, for a second or
subsequent violation, not more than twenty-five thousand
dollars. Each day’s continuance shall be a separate and
distinct violation.
c. Civil penalties may be recovered in an action in
any court of appropriate jurisdiction or in a proceeding
before the environmental control board. Such board shall
have the power to impose the civil penalties provided for
in this section. Notwithstanding the provisions of section
six hundred sixty-six of the charter, a notice of violation
issued by the department pursuant to this article shall not
be subject to review by the board of standards and appeals.
d. On and after a date to be provided by rule, it shall
be unlawful to erect, maintain, attach, affix, paint on, or
in any other manner represent on a building or premises
any sign that is under the control of an unregistered
outdoor advertising company. In addition to or as an
alternative to any other remedies or penalties provided
under any other provision of law, the commissioner may
commence a proceeding for the removal of such sign or
its sign structure or both in accordance with the procedures
set forth in section 26-127.3 of this code for the abatement
of a nuisance and any such sign and its sign structure is
hereby declared to be a public nuisance pursuant thereto.
All of the provisions of section 26-127.3 shall apply to
the removal of a sign pursuant to this section except that
a sign under the control of an unregistered outdoor
advertising company may be removed whether or not it
is in compliance with the zoning resolution, the administrative
code or rules adopted pursuant thereto, and irrespective
of whether it has a surface area greater than one hundred
fifty square feet.
e. Notwithstanding any other provision of law to the
contrary, an outdoor advertising company, or any affiliate
thereof, that has been found guilty of a misdemeanor or
liable for a civil penalty pursuant to subdivision b of this
section or whose registration has been revoked pursuant
to subdivision d of section 26-260 of this code shall be
considered ineligible for the award of any city franchise
or concession, and shall be prohibited from administering

58
Index

revision: October 1, 2004 424

Index

revision: October 1, 2004 429

Index

filled cell, 8. (RS 10-1A) Mechanical equipment, exterior, noise control,

footings, 684(d)(2) 770(a)(4), Table 12-5
frost protection, 10.14 (RS 10-1A), 2.3.2.2 (RS 10-1B) noise control, multiple dwellings, Subchapter 12, Art. 9
glass block, 10.5 (RS 10-1A),10.13 (RS 10-1B) Mechanical ventilation, Subchapter 12, Art. 7, 771
grouted, 8. (RS 10-1A),2.2.3 (RS 10-1B) adsorption devices, 755
height limitations, 5.2 (RS 10-1A), 9.2 (RS 10-1B), index for ventilation, 753
Tables 1.6.3.3(b), 1.6.3.3(c) (RS 10-1B) make-up air, 754(d)
identification of units, 601(a) noise control, 776(b)
incinerators, 843(a) outdoor air intakes, 754(f)
inspection requirements, Table 10-1, 1.5.1 (RS 10-1B) permits, 775
joint reinforcement, 3.3.1 (RS 10-1A), plans, 774
3.2.1.1.2 (RS 10-1B) recirculated air, prohibited use, 754(e)
lateral support, 5. (RS 10-1A), 9.5 (RS 10-1B) required exhaust, 754(c)
minimum thickness, Table RS 10-1.3 (RS 10-1A), water closet compartments, 755(c)
Table 10.14.1.1 (RS 10-1B) Mechanized parking garage equipment,
prism tests, 4.2.2(a) (RS 10-1A), 1.63 (RS 10-1B) construction, 991(b)
reinforced, 600(b), Chapter 7 (RS 10-1B) permits, 1001
inspection requirements, Table 10-2 plans, 985
slenderness ratio, 4.4.1 (RS 10-1A) Medium duty scaffolds, 1042(b)(3)b
stack bond, 7.7 (RS 10-1A), 10.12 (RS 10-1B) Meeting rooms, occupant load, 358(c)
thickness limitations, 5.2 (RS 10-1A), (9.6 of RS 10-1B) Mental institutions, Occupancy Classification, Table 3-2 (H-1)
ties, 3.3 (RS 10-1A),(9 of RS 10-1B) Mercantile, Occupancy Classification, Table 3-2 (C)
units, 3.2 (RS 10-1A), (2.2.1 of RS 10-1B ), 2.3.3.3 Metal chimneys, 861
(RS 10-1B) Metal signs, sprinkler systems, 959(a)(3)
unit tests, 4.2.2(b) (RS 10-1A), 1.6.2 (RS 10-1B) Mills, cereal, Occupancy Classification, Table 3-2 (A)
unreinforced, 600(a), Table 10-2, Chapter 6 (RS 10-1B) feed, Occupancy Classification, Table 3-2 (A)
inspection requirements, Table 10-2 flour, Occupancy Classification, Table. 3-2 (A)
use of existing walls, 10.7 (RS 10-1A), 10.9 (RS 10-1B) grist, Occupancy Classification, Table 3-2 (A)
veneer, 11.(RS 10-1A), 10.14 (RS 10-1B) starch, Occupancy Classification, Table 3-2 (A)
wall design, 4.4 (RS 10-1A), 5.8 (RS 10-1B) sugar, Occupancy Classification, Table 3-2 (A)
walls, 1022(a)(2), (10.6 of RS 10-1B), 9.6 (RS 10-1B) Minor alterations, 124
Material bins, inside Fire Districts, 297(h) Mirrors, elevator, 987(e)
Materials, bearing, see Bearing materials Mixed construction, building section, 286
chimney, 862 classifications, 286
combustible, 321 fire divisions, 286
sign construction, 507 Mixed districts, fire districts, 295
storage, 1019(c) Mixing machines, 1063
construction, see Construction materials Monorails, moving live loads, 562(f)
fill, see Fill materials Mortar, 3.4 (RS 10-1A), 2.3.2.5 & 2.3.3.3 (RS 10-1B),
insulation, 811 types permitted, Table RS 10-1.2 (RS 10-1A), 2.2.2.1
noncombustible, 321 (RS 10-1B)
nonconforming, 902 (a)(b) Motels, Occupancy Classification, Table 3-2 (J-1)
plumbing, 901(q) Motion picture film, RS-8
condemned, 901(r) Motion picture projection, 543(b)
radioactive, see Radioactive materials Motion picture projectors in seating section, 546(a)(2)
removal chutes, 1019(b) Motion picture screens, 544
slow burning plastic, 330 Motion picture theaters, Occupancy Classification,
storage, 1019, 1039(e)(2) Table 3-2 (F-1b)
catch platforms, 1022(d) Motor vehicle parking at grandstands, 548(b)(4)
demolition operations, 1039(c) Moving walk, 379
structural, see Structural materials construction, 991(a)
structural elements, 586 permits, 986
ungraded, 588 plans, 985
unidentified, 588 temporary use permits, 1002
used, 588 work permits, 1001
waste removal, 1019(a) Mud slurry, borings, 665(a)
Mechanical diggers, trench excavation, 1032(d) Multi-family dwellings, alteration, 731

revision: October 1, 2004 430

Index

marquees, 313(a)(4) maximum permitted for exterior mechanical

Multiple dwellings,noise control, Subchapter 12, Art. 9 equipment adjoining building, Table 12-4
Multiple occupancy, 242 structure-borne noise, 770(b)
Municipal incinerators, chimneys, 877 vibration isolation, 770(b)
Museums, Occupancy Classification, Table 3-2, (F-3) Noise output limitations, exterior mechanical equipment,
Table 12-5
N Noncombustible materials, 321
Noncombustibles, tests, 322
Nailing schedule, Table 19-4 Nursing homes, fire alarm systems, 972(e)
Nailing schedule, construction, Table 10-4 Occupancy Classification, Table 3-2, (H-2)
Natural lighting, Subchapter 12, Art. 3
Natural ventilation, Subchapter 12, Art. 6 O
alcoves, 747
balconies, 748 Obstructions, 1023(a)
habitable rooms, 746 service lines, 1013
occupiable rooms, 745 sidewalks, 1020
sources, 749 street, 1019, 1020
ventilating openings, 749 Occupancy, high hazard, see High hazard occupancies
Netting, safety, 1022 incidental exit requirements, 357(b)
New building permits, 148(a) mixed exit requirements, 357(a)
Night clubs, Occupancy Classification, Table 3-2 (F-4) multiple, 242
Nitric acid, Subchapter 7, Art. 20 exit requirements, 357
Noise, airborne, 769(a) structure-borne, 769(b) temporary, Occupancy Certificate, 218
Noise control, 725 Occupancy certificates, altered buildings, 215
airborne noise, 770(a) applicant, 220
boiler breeching, 770(b)(1)b applications, lot survey, 219
boiler piping, 770(b)(1)b waiver of lot survey, 219
boiler rooms, 770(a)(1) change of occupancy, 217
boilers, 770(b)(1)a change of use, 217
compressors, 770(b)(6) compliance statement, 221
cooling towers, 770(b)(7) contents, maximum permissible live load, 223(b)
diffusers, 770(d) occupancy group, 223(a)
duct connections, fan equipment, 770(b)(9) record, 224
ducts, 770(a)(3) environmental protection administration, 219
maximum permissible air velocities, 770(c) existing buildings, 216
elevator machinery, 770(b)(10) waterfront property, 216
evaporative condensers, 770(b)(8) general provisions, charter requirements, 213
exterior mechanical equipment, 770(a)(4) issuance time, limitations, 222
fan coil units, 770(d) new buildings, 214
fan duct connections, 770(b)(9) separations, 240
fans, 770(b)(4) temporary occupancy, certificate, 218
field testing, 768(a) transportation administration, 219
grilles, 770(d) Occupancy Classification, Subchapter 3, Art. 2
incinerator charging chutes, 770(b)(2) amusement, attractions, and devices, Table 3-2 (F-2)
induction units, 770(d) ballroom, Table 3-2 (F-4)
mechanical equipment, 770 bandstands, Table 3-2 (F-2)
spaces, 770(a)(2) banquet rooms, Table 3-2 (F-4)
mechanical ventilation, 776(b) billiard parlors, Table 3-2 (F-3)
multiple dwellings, Subchapter 12, Art. 9 bowling alleys, Table 3-2 (F-3)
noise output limitations, exterior cabarets, Table 3-2 (F-4)
mechanical equipment, Table 12-5 cafeterias, Table 3-2 (F-4)
piping, 770(b)(3) churches, Table 3-2 (F-1b)
pumps, 770(b)(5) coffee houses, Table 3-2 (F-4)
pure tone generation, Table 12-3 (Notes) concert halls, Table 3-2 (F-1b)
registers, 770(d) convention halls, Table 3-2 (F-1b)
requirements, 771 court rooms, Table 3-2 (F-1b)
sound power levels, Table 12-3 dance halls, Table 3-2 (F-4)

revision: October 1, 2004 431

Index

revision: October 1, 2004 448

Title 27 / Subchapter 1

TITLE 27
CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE

CHAPTER 1 [103.9] 123 Alterations, High

Hazard Occupancies
BUILDING CODE 123.1 Alterations, Additions,
Repairs and Changes in
SUBCHAPTER 1 Occupancy or Use
ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT Requiring Facilities for
People Having Physical
TABLE OF CONTENTS Disabilities
[Sub-Art. Art. 123.2 Provision of Sprinklers
* ** in Existing Buildings
or Sec.] or Sec.
[104.0] Art. 5 Minor Alterations:
[100.0] Art. 1 General Provisions Ordinary Repairs
[100.1] 101 Title [104.1] 124 Minor Alterations
[100.2] 102 Purpose [104.2] 125 Ordinary Repairs
[100.3] 103 Scope [104.3] 126 Work Not Constituting
[100.4] 104 Interpretation Minor Alterations or
[100.5] 105 Effective Date Ordinary Repairs
[100.6] 106 Enforcement [105.0] Art. 6 Maintenance
[100.7] 107 Variations [105.1] 127 Maintenance
[100.9] 108 Application of References Requirements
[101.0] Art. 2 Matters Covered [105.2] 128 Owner Responsibility
[101.1] 109 Building Matters Covered [105.3] 129 Exterior Walls and
[101.2] 110 Matters Not Provided For Appurtenances Thereof
[102.0] Art. 3 Continuation and Change in Use [106.0] Art. 7 Materials, Assemblies,
[102.1] 111 Continuation of Lawful Forms and Methods of
Existing Use Construction
[102.2] 112 Change in Occupancy or Use [106.1] 130 General Requirements
[102.3] 113 Continuation of Unlawful [106.2] 131 Acceptance
Existing Use Requirements
[103.0] Art. 4 Alteration of Existing 131.1 Reference Standards
Buildings [106.3] 132 Inspection
[103.0] 114 Alteration of Existing Requirements
Buildings [106.4] 133 Alternate or Equivalent
[103.1] 115 Alterations Exceeding Sixty Materials
Percent of Building Value [107.0] Art. 8 Service Equipment
[103.2] 116 Alterations Between Thirty [107.1] 134 General Requirements
Percent and Sixty Percent of [107.2] 135 Acceptance
Building Value Requirements
[103.3] 117 Alterations Under Thirty [107.3] 136 Inspection
Percent of Building Value Requirements
[103.4] 118 Alterations Involving Change [107.4] 137 Alternate or Equivalent
in Occupancy or Use Equipment
118.1 Illegal Alterations Involving [108.0] Art. 9 Approval of Plans
Change in Occupancy [108.1] 138 Separate Approval of
[103.5] 119 Alteration Cost: Building Value Plans Required
[103.6] 120 Alterations to Multiple [108.2] 139 Application for Approval of
Dwellings and Conversions Plans
to Multiple Dwellings [108.3] 140 Applicant
[103.7] 121 Alterations to Residence 140.1 Registration
Buildings Requirements
[103.8] 122 Alterations, Conversions from [108.4] 141 Plans
Seasonal to Year Round Use

59
Title 27 / Subchapter 1

[108.5] 142 Applicant's Statement [114.5] 176 Exemptions from Permit

[108.6] 143 Examination of Application Requirement
and Plans [115.0] Art. 16 Applications for Sign Permits
[108.7] 144 Approval of Application and Plans [115.1] 177 General Requirements
[108.8] 145 Conditional Approval of Plans [115.2] 178 Plans Required
[108.9] 146 Endorsement of Approved Plans [115.3] 179 Exemptions from Permit
[109.0] Art. 10 Permits Requirements
[109.1] 147 When Permits Required [116.0] Art. 17 Applications for Equipment
[109.2] 148 Classification of Permits Work Permits
[109.3] 149 Separate Permits Required [116.1] 180 When Equipment Work
[109.4] 150 Application for Permit Permits Required
[109.5] 151 Applicant [116.2] 181 Application
[109.6] 152 Other Application Requirements
Requirements [116.3] 182 Plans Required
[109.7] 153 Place of Filing Applications [116.4] 183 Exemptions from Plan
[109.8] 154 Amendments to Requirements
Applications [116.5] 184 Exemptions from Permit
[109.9] 155 Time Limitation of Requirement
Application 184.1 Alteration and Repair Slip
[110.0] Art. 11 Applications for New [117.0] Art. 18 Applications for
Building Permits Equipment Use Permits
[110.1] 156 General Requirements [117.1] 185 When Equipment Use
[110.2] 157 Plans Required Permits Required
[110.3] 158 Datum [117.2] 186 Application
[110.4] 159 Additional Information Requirements
[110.5] 160 Certification of Performance [117.3] 187 Inspections and Tests
Bond, License and Insurance [117.4] 188 Temporary Use Permit
Required [117.5] 189 Exemptions from
[111.0] Art. 12 Applications for Building Equipment Use Permit
Alteration Permits Requirement
[111.1] 161 General Requirements [117.6] 190 Duration and Renewal of
[111.2] 162 Plans Required Permit
[112.0] Art. 13 Applications for Foundation [118.0] Art. 19 Issuance of Permits
and Earthwork Permits [118.1] 191 Approval of Permit
[112.1] 163 General Requirements Application
[112.2] 164 Plans Required [118.2] 192 Approval of Application in
[112.3] 165 Notice to Adjoining Owners Part
[112.4] 166 Protection of Adjoining [118.3] 193 Signature to Permit
Properties [118.4] 194 Posting of Permit
[113.0] Art. 14 Applications for Demolition [118.5] 195 Notice of Commencement
and Removal Permits of Work
[113.1] 167 General Requirements [118.6] 196 Revocation of Permit
[113.2] 168 Requirement of [118.8] 198 Approval of Plans and
Certifications Permit Applications for
[113.3] 169 Notice to Adjoining Owners Alteration or
[113.4] 170 Protection of Lot and Demolition of Single
Adjoining Properties Room Occupancy
[113.5] 171 Requirement of Photographs Multiple Dwellings
[114.0] Art. 15 Applications for Plumbing [118.9] 198.1 Approval of Plans and
Permits Permit Applications
[114.1] 172 General Requirements Where An Asbestos
[114.2] 173 Plans Required Project is Performed
[114.3] 174 Exemptions from Plan [118.10] 198.2 Conversion, Alteration
Requirements and Demolition of
[114.4] 175 Alteration and Repair Slip Single Room

60
Title 27 / Subchapter 1

Occupancy Multiple Art. 27 Alternative Procedure for

Dwellings Prohibited Certain Permits
198.3 Relocation of Tenants in 228.6 Contract with Not-For-
Occupancy in Certain Single Profit Corporation
Room Occupancy Multiple 228.7 Not-For-Profit
Dwellings Corporation
[119.0] Art. 20 Conditions of Permit 228.8 Examination and
[119.1] 199 Payment of Fees Approval of Plans
[119.2] 200 Compliance with Code, Etc. 228.9 Issuance of Permits
[119.3] 201 Compliance with 228.10 Fees
Application, Plans, Etc. 228.11 Employment Conditions
[119.4] 202 Adherence to Lot Diagram 228.12 Inspection
[119.5] 203 Compliance with Safety 228.13 Records
Requirements 228.14 Corruption Prevention
[119.6] 204 Builder's pavement Program
[120.0] Art. 21 Department Inspections 228.15 Performance Review by
[120.1] 205 Right of Entry and the Commissioner
Inspection 228.16 Jurisdiction of the Fire
[120.2] 206 Identification of Inspectors Department
[120.3] 207 General Provisions *“C26” omitted from section numbers in this column.
[120.4] 208 Preliminary Inspection **“27” omitted from section numbers in this column.
[120.5] 209 Inspections During Progress
of Work ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS
[120.6] 210 Final Inspection
[120.7] 211 Inspection of Completed §[C26-100.1] 27-101 Title.- This code shall be
Buildings known and may be cited as the "building code of the
[120.8] 212 Inspection Reports city of New York", and is hereinafter referred to as
[121.0] Art. 22 Certificates of Occupancy "this code" or "the code".
[121.1] 213 General Provisions
[121.2] 214 New Buildings; Sidewalk §[C26-100.2] 27-102 Purpose.- The purpose of this
Requirements code is to provide reasonable minimum requirements
[121.3] 215 Altered Buildings and standards, based upon current scientific and
[121.4] 216 Existing Buildings engineering knowledge, experience and techniques,
[121.5] 217 Change of Occupancy or Use and the utilization of modern machinery, equipment,
[121.6] 218 Temporary Occupancy materials, and forms and methods of construction, for
[121.7] 219 Applications for Certificates the regulation of building construction in the city of
of Occupancy New York in the interest of public safety, health and
[121.8] 220 Applicant welfare, and with due regard for building construction
[121.9] 221 Statement of Compliance and maintenance costs.
[121.10] 222 Issuance of Certificates of
Occupancy §[C26-100.3] 27-103 Scope. - This code shall apply
[121.11] 223 Contents of Certificates to the construction, alteration, repair, demolition,
[121.12] 224 Record of Certificates removal, maintenance, occupancy and use of new and
existing buildings in the city of New York,
[122.0] Art. 23 Posting Buildings
[122.1] 225 Posted Occupancy and Use including the installation, alteration, repair, maintenance
[122.2] 226 Replacement of Posted Signs and use of service equipment therein, except as
provided in section six hundred forty-three of the
[123.0] Art. 24 Stop-Work Order
[123.1] 227 Stop-Work Notice and Order charter.
[123.2] 228 Unlawful Continuance
§[C26-100.4] 27-104 Interpretation.- This code
[124.0] Art. 25 Fire Protection Plan
shall be liberally interpreted to secure the beneficial
[124.1] 228.1 Applicability
purposes thereof. Any conflict or inconsistency
[124.2] 228.2 Scope
between the requirements of this code and applicable
[124.3] 228.3 General Requirements
state and federal laws and regulations shall be
[124.4] 228.4 Retroactivity
resolved in favor of the more restrictive requirement.
[125.0] Art. 26 Special Filing Requirements
[125.1] 228.5 General Requirements

61
Title 27 / Subchapter 1

§[C26-100.5] 27-105 Effective date.- Any work for which §[C26-101.1] 27-109 Building matters covered.-
an application for a permit was submitted to the department The provisions of this code shall cover all matters
prior to the effective date of this code, (December sixth affecting or relating to buildings, as set forth in section
nineteen hundred sixty-eight), or for which an application for 27-103 of article one of this subchapter, and shall extend
a permit is submitted to the department within a period of to excavation operations, and to all types of buildings
twelve months after such date may, however, at the option of and structures and their appurtenant constructions, including
the owner, be performed in its entirety in accordance with the vaults, signs, projections, and accessory additions, together
requirements of this code, or in accordance with the with all surface and sub-surface construction within the
requirements of the building laws and regulations previously curb line, including curb cuts and driveways, the coverings
in force in the city of New York, provided that such work is thereof and entrances thereto, and the issuance of
commenced within twelve months after the date of issuance of
permits in reference thereto.
a permit therefor and is diligently carried on to completion.
This section shall not apply to the requirements of article ten
§[C26-101.2] 27-110 Matters not provided for.- Any
of subchapter nineteen of this chapter which shall become
effective on December sixth, nineteen hundred sixty-eight. matter or requirement essential for the fire or structural
safety of a new or existing building or essential for the
*§[C26-100.6] 27-106 Enforcement.- This code shall be enforced safety or health of the occupants or users thereof or the
by the commissioner of buildings, pursuant to the provisions of public, and which is not covered by the provisions of this
section six hundred forty three of the New York city charter, as code or other applicable laws and regulations, shall be
amended, except that the fire commissioner shall also subject to determination and requirements by the
enforce the provisions of this code relating to the approved commissioner in specific cases.
number of persons in places of assembly (overcrowding),
obstruction of aisles, corridors, and exits, the posting and ARTICLE 3 CONTINUATION AND CHANGE IN USE
availability for inspection of equipment use permits, and the
availability for inspection of certificates of occupancy or §[C26-102.1] 27-111 Continuation of lawful existing use.-
other authorization of lawful occupancy, and to the maintenance The lawful occupancy and use of any building, including
of installations involving fire alarm equipment and devices, the use of any service equipment therein, existing on
exit and directional signs, emergency lighting, fire-preventative the effective date of this code or thereafter constructed or
and fire extinguishing equipment and devices, refrigerating installed in accordance with prior code requirements, as
systems, and storage tanks and auxiliary storage tanks for oil provided in section 27-105 of article one of this subchapter,
burning equipment, except that the commissioner of small may be continued unless a retroactive change is specifically
business services, shall enforce all the provisions of this code required by the provisions of this code.
with respect to buildings under the jurisdiction of the
department of small business services. Where the installation §[C26-102.2] 27-112 Change in occupancy or use.-
of exit and directional signs, emergency lighting and sprinkler
Changes in the occupancy or use of any building may be
and fire alarm protection is required by the fire prevention
made after the effective date of this code, subject to the
code, the fire commissioner shall require such installations to
provisions of section 27-217 of article twenty-two of
be in accordance with the provisions of this code.
*Local Law 32-2004. this subchapter. After a change in occupancy or use has
been made in a building, the re-establishment of a prior
§[C26-100.7] 27-107 Variations.- The requirements and occupancy or use that would not be lawful in a new
standards prescribed in this code shall be subject to variation in building of the same construction class shall be prohibited
specific cases by the commissioner, or by the board of standards unless and until all the applicable provisions of this code
and appeals, under and pursuant to the provisions of paragraph and other applicable laws and regulations for such re-
two of subdivision (b) of section six hundred forty-five and established occupancy or use shall have been complied
section six hundred sixty-six of the charter, as amended. with. A change from a use prohibited by the provisions of
this code, but which was permitted prior to the effective
§[C26-100.9] 27-108 Application of references.- Unless date of this code, to another use prohibited by the provisions
otherwise specifically provided in this code, all references to of this code shall be deemed a violation of this code.
articles and section numbers, or to provisions not specifically
identified by number, shall be construed to refer to articles, §[C26-102.3] 27-113 Continuation of unlawful existing use.-
sections, or provisions of this code. The continuation of the unlawful occupancy or use of
ARTICLE 2 MATTERS COVERED a building after the effective date of this code, contrary
to the provisions of this code, shall be deemed a
violation of this code.

revision: October 1, 2004 62

Title 27 / Subchapter 1

ARTICLE 4 ALTERATION OF EXISTING BUILDINGS sections 27-120 and 27-121 of this article, if the cost
of making alterations in any twelve month period
§[C26-103.0] 27-114 Alteration of existing buildings.- shall be under thirty percent of the value of the
Subject to the provisions of section 27-105 of article one of this building, those portions of the building altered may,
subchapter, and except as otherwise specifically provided by the at the option of the owner, be altered in accordance
provisions of this code, the following provisions shall apply to with the requirements of this code, or altered in
the alteration of existing buildings, whether made voluntarily or compliance with the applicable laws in existence
as a result of damage, deterioration or other cause, provided, prior to December sixth, nineteen hundred sixty-
however, that the following alterations shall conform with the eight, provided the general safety and public welfare
requirements of this code regardless of magnitude or cost: are not thereby endangered.
(a) Alterations or additions to existing standpipes,
sprinklers or interior fire alarm and signal systems or a §[C26-103.4] 27-118 Alterations involving change
change in use or an enlargement to spaces requiring such in occupancy or use.-
protection, as provided in subchapter seventeen of this code. (a) Except as otherwise provided for in this
(b) Alterations, replacements or new installations of section, if the alteration of a building or space therein
results in a change in the occupancy group classification
equipment for heating or storing water, as provided in
of the building under the provisions of subchapter
reference standard RS-16.
three, then the entire building shall be made to
(c) Projections beyond the street line, as provided in comply with the requirements of this code.
subchapter four of this code. (b) Except as otherwise provided for in this
(d) Sprinkler, alarm protection, and emergency lighting section, if the alteration of a space in a building
requirements for places of assembly, as provided in involves a change in the occupancy or use thereof,
subchapter eight of this code. the alteration work involved in the change shall,
[(e) Plumbing fixtures required to be installed in except as provided for in this section, be made to
conjunction with any change of use, enlargement or comply with the requirements of this code and the
addition to any space classified in occupancy group F-4, a remaining portion of the building shall be altered to
place of assembly, dormitory, public building, public bath, such an extent as may be necessary to protect the
school or workers temporary facility, as provided in table safety and welfare of the occupants.
RS 16-5 of section P104.1 of reference standard RS-16.]* (c) When, however, the cost of alterations involved
(e)** Interior finish work, as provided in section 27-348. in the change of occupancy of an existing building erected
(f)*** Finish flooring and floor covering, as provided prior to December sixth, nineteen hundred sixty-eight
in section 27-351. or space therein authorizes the alterations to be made
(g)†The installation or replacement of elevators, as in compliance with the applicable laws in existence
provided in subchapter eighteen of this code. on such sixth day of December, nineteen hundred
(h)†††The installation, alteration or replacement of refrigerating sixty-eight, such change in occupancy may similarly
systems as provided in reference standard RS 13-6. be made in compliance with such prior laws, provided
*Copy in brackets not enacted but probably intended. the general safety and public welfare are not thereby
** As enacted but "(f)" probably intended. endangered, and further provided that the alteration
*** As enacted but "(g)" probably intended. work shall effect compliance with all requirements of
† As enacted but "(h)" probably intended. this code relating to interior finish work, finish flooring
††† Local Law 32-2004.
and floor covering, sprinklers, interior fire alarms,
fire command and communication systems, elevators,
§[C26-103.1] 27-115 Alterations exceeding sixty percent
smoke detectors, directional signs, emergency lighting
of building value.- If the cost of making alterations in
and emergency power.
any twelve-month period shall exceed sixty percent of the
value of the building, the entire building shall be made to ††
comply with the requirements of this code, except as 27-118.1 Illegal alterations involving change in
provided in section 27-120 of this article. occupancy.- No person, except in accordance with all
requirements of this code, shall convert, knowingly take
§[C26-103.2] 27-116 Alterations between thirty percent part or assist in the conversion, or permit the maintenance
and sixty percent of building value.- If the cost of making of the conversion, of a residence which is legally
alterations in any twelve-month period shall be between approved for occupancy as a dwelling for one or more
thirty percent and sixty percent of the value of the building, families, to a residence for occupancy as a dwelling for
only those portions of the building altered shall be made to more than the legally approved number of families.
comply with the requirements of this code, except as Any person who shall violate or fail to comply with
provided in sections 27-120 and 27-121 of this article. the provisions of this section shall be liable for a civil
penalty which may be recovered in a proceeding
§[C26-103.3] 27-117 Alterations under thirty percent before the environmental control board pursuant to the
of building value.- Except as otherwise provided for in provisions of section 26-126.1 of this code.

revision: October 1, 2004 63

Title 27 / Subchapter 1

Upon the finding of such violation and the imposition of (b) All alterations performed in accordance with
the civil penalty, the Environmental Control Board shall the requirements of this section shall also be in full
forward to the Internal Revenue Service, the New York compliance with the provisions of subchapter
State Department of Taxation and Finance and the New fourteen (inspections) of chapter one of title twenty-
York City Department of Finance the name and address of six of the administrative code to insure a method of
the respondent, the address of the building or structure with controlled inspection of all converted buildings.
respect to which the violation occurred, and the time period
during which the violation was found to have existed. §[C26-103.9] 27-123 Alterations involving high
†† Local Law 65-1997. hazard occupancies.- Any building erected prior to
the effective date of this code (December sixth,
§[C26-103.5] 27-119 Alteration cost: building value.- nineteen hundred sixty-eight) and complying with
For the purpose of applying the foregoing provisions of this section 27-117 of this article may be utilized for new
article, the cost of making alterations shall be determined by high hazard occupancies without compliance with
adding the estimated cost of making the proposed alterations article two of subchapter six of this chapter on
computed as of the time of submitting the permit application, condition that the building or building section for
to the actual cost of any and all alterations made in the
such high hazard occupancy be provided with an
preceding 12-month period; and the value of the building
approved one source automatic sprinkler system
shall be determined at the option of the applicant on the basis
of one and one-quarter times the current assessed valuation complying with the provisions of subchapter
of the building, as adjusted by the current State equalization seventeen for B-1 occupancies regardless of the area
rate, or on the basis of the current replacement cost of the thereof. Existing high hazard occupancies in
building, provided that satisfactory evidence of current structures erected prior to the effective date of this code
replacement cost is submitted to the commissioner. and complying with section 27-117 of this article may
continue to operate, subject to such fire protection
§[C26-103.6] 27-120 Alterations to multiple dwelling[s]* requirements as the fire commissioner shall direct.
and conversions to multiple dwellings.- At the option of the
owner, regardless of the cost of the alteration or conversion, an **27-123.1 Alterations, additions, repairs and
alteration may be made to a multiple dwelling or a building changes in occupancy or use requiring facilities for
may be converted to a multiple dwelling in accordance with all people having physical disabilities.- The provisions
requirements of this code or in accordance with all applicable of subarticle two of article two of subchapter four of
laws in existence prior to December sixth, nineteen hundred chapter one of title twenty-seven of this code shall apply
sixty-eight, provided the general safety and public welfare are to alterations, additions and repairs made to buildings, as
not thereby endangered. well as to changes in occupancy or use, as set forth
*Copy in brackets not enacted but probably intended. below. The provisions of sections 27-115, 27-116, 27-
117, 27-118 and 27-120 of this code shall not govern the
§[C26-103.7] 27-121 Alterations to residence buildings.- application of the provisions of such subarticle.
Alterations to one- or two-family residence buildings (a) The provisions of subarticle two of article two of
erected under the provisions of the building code in effect subchapter four of chapter one of title twenty-seven of
prior to December sixth, nineteen hundred sixty-eight, this code shall apply to an entire existing building, as if
and damaged by fire or other catastrophe to the extent of hereafter erected, when the costs of any alterations,
less than fifty percent of the value of the building (except
additions or repairs, other than ordinary repairs, made
as otherwise provided in section 27-297 of article four of
within any twelve-month period immediately following
subchapter four of this chapter) may be reconstructed in
accordance with the provisions of the building code in effect the filing of the application exceed fifty percent of the
prior to December sixth, nineteen hundred sixty-eight. cost of replacement of the building with one of similar
floor space, as estimated by the department at the
§[C26-103.8] 27-122 Alterations involving conversions beginning of that twelve-month period. When such
from seasonal to year round use.- estimated costs of alterations, additions or repairs, other
(a) Buildings converted from seasonal use to year than ordinary repairs, do not exceed fifty percent of such
round use shall comply with the minimum building replacement cost, then the provisions of subarticle two
insulation standards as provided in reference standard RS of article two of subchapter four of chapter one of title
12-10, energy conservation in new building design, with twenty-seven shall apply to such alterations, additions
the exception that the provisions as set forth in opinion or repairs, although nothing herein is meant to
76-16, state of New York, public service commission, discourage compliance with the standards set forth in
dated August thirteenth, nineteen hundred seventy-six, subarticle two of article two of subchapter four of
relating to noise control and fire rating shall not apply. chapter one of title twenty-seven in other portions of
The standards set forth in this code relating to noise control buildings described in this sentence.
and fire rating and other applicable standards shall apply.

64
Title 27 / Subchapter 1

(b) The provisions of subarticle two of article two of classification of the building will change to a residential
subchapter four of chapter one of title twenty-seven of occupancy group other than occupancy group J-2 with
this code shall apply to an entire existing building, as if not more than three dwelling units or occupancy group J-3.
hereafter erected, when there is a change in occupancy (c) The provisions of section 27-954 of this code
classification of the building. The provisions of subarticle shall apply to any space:
two of article two of subchapter four of chapter one of (1) when alterations thereto involve a change in
title twenty-seven of this code shall apply to a space in a the occupancy or use thereof to a residential occupancy
building when there is a change in the occupancy type group other than occupancy group J-2 with not more
thereof or in how such space is used. than three dwelling units or occupancy group J-3, or
(c) When any work not otherwise required to comply (2) when the costs of making alterations thereto
with the provisions of subarticle two of article two of within any twelve-month period exceeds fifty percent
subchapter four of chapter one of title twenty-seven is of the value of the space.
done on an interior accessible route in existing residential (d) For the purposes of this section, the cost of
buildings, other than in occupancy group J-3, which work making alterations and the value of any such building
involves plumbing fixtures, that work shall be required to or space shall be determined as set forth in section 27-
comply with section 27-292.8 of this code for the extent 119 of this chapter; provided, however, that for
of the work being performed, provided such work will not purposes of this section:
require any structural changes or additional partitions; (1) the cost of making alterations to a
ordinary repairs and replacement of existing piping shall residential building shall be determined based on the
be exempt from the provisions of this sentence. aggregate cost of alterations to the residential
(d) Where additions or alterations subject parts of Portions of such building, and the value of such a
existing systems to loads exceeding those permitted building shall be determined based on the aggregate
herein, such parts shall be made to comply with this code. value of the residential portions of the building,
(e) The provisions of subarticle two of article two of exclusive of the value of any non-residential portions
suchapter four of chapter one of title twenty-seven of this of the building; and
code and of subdivisions b and c of this section shall not (2) the cost of making alterations to residential
apply to the alteration of existing residential buildings, spaces in a non-residential building shall be determined
other than adult residential care facilities, which are classified based on the collective cost of alterations to such
in occupancy group J-2 and contain no more than three spaces, and the value of such residential spaces shall
dwelling units or which are classified in occupancy group be determined based on the aggregate value of all
J-3 and are being altered to contain three dwelling units, such spaces in the building, exclusive of the value of
and which satisfy the requirements of subdivision (d) of any non-residential portions of the building.
section 27-357 of this code, when the cost of any (e) When a system of automatic sprinklers is
alterations, additions or repairs, other than ordinary repairs, installed in any existing building or space pursuant to
this section, such system shall comply with the
made within any twelve-month period immediately following
requirements of this code and any other laws and
the filing of the application do not exceed fifty percent of
rules applicable to the occupancy group in which
the cost of replacement of the building with one of similar
such building or space is classified or in which such
floor space, as estimated by the department at the beginning
building or space would be classified if such building
of that twelve-month period.
**Local Law 58-1987. or space were classified under this chapter.
*Local Law 10-1999.
*
§ 27-123.2 Provision of sprinklers in existing buildings.-
Notwithstanding any provision of law to the contrary, the ARTICLE 5 MINOR ALTERATIONS:
provisions of section 27-954 of this code shall apply to ORDINARY REPAIRS
alterations made to buildings, as well as to changes in
occupancy or use, as set forth below: §[C26-104.1] 27-124 Minor alterations.- For the
purposes of this code, the term "minor alterations" shall
(a) The provisions of section 27-954 of this code shall
mean minor changes or modifications in a building or
apply to an entire existing building that is being altered,
any part thereof, excluding additions thereto, that do not
when such building is classified in occupancy group J-2 in any way affect health or the fire or structural safety of
and will have four or more dwelling units upon the the building. Minor alterations shall not include any of
completion of the alterations, or is classified in occupancy the work described or referred to in section 27-126 of
group J-1, and when the costs of making any alterations to this article, or any other work for which a permit is
any such J-1 or J-2 building within any twelve-month required under the provisions of articles ten through
period exceeds fifty percent of the building value. seventeen of this subchapter.
(b) The provisions of section 27-954 of this code shall
apply to an entire existing building when the occupancy §[C26-104.2] 27-125 Ordinary repairs.-

65
Title 27 / Subchapter 1

For the purposes of this code, the term "ordinary repairs" (a) Inspection requirements.- A critical examination
shall mean replacements or renewals of existing work in a of an applicable building's exterior walls and appurtenances
building, or of parts of the service equipment therein, with thereof shall be conducted at periodic intervals as set
the same or equivalent materials or equipment parts, that forth by rule of the commissioner, but such examination
are made in the ordinary course of maintenance and that shall be conducted at least once every five years.
do not in any way affect health or the fire or structural (1) The initial examination for any building in
safety of the building or the safe use and operation of the existence on February twenty-first, nineteen hundred
service equipment therein. Ordinary repairs shall not include eighty shall be conducted prior to February twenty-
any of the work described or referred to in section 27-126 first, nineteen hundred eighty-two and the initial
of this article or any other work for which a permit is examination for any building thereafter constructed shall
required under the provisions of articles ten through be conducted in the fifth year following the erection or
seventeen of this subchapter. installation of any exterior wall and/or enclosures.
(2) Such examination shall be conducted and
**
§[C26-104.3] 27-126 Work not constituting minor witnessed by or under the direct supervision of a
alterations or ordinary repairs. - licensed architect or licensed professional engineer
(a) For the purposes of this code, minor alterations or by or on behalf of the owner of the building.
ordinary repairs shall not include the cutting away of any (3) Such examination shall include, in addition
wall, floor, or roof construction, or any portion thereof; or to an inspection, a complete review of the most recently
the removal, cutting, or modification of any beams or prepared report.
structural supports; or the removal, change, or closing of (4) Such examination shall also be conducted in
any required means of egress; or the rearrangement or accordance with applicable rules promulgated by the
relocation of any parts of the building affecting loading or commissioner.
exit requirements, or light, heat, ventilation, or elevator (b) Notification requirements.- Whenever an
requirements; nor shall minor alterations or ordinary repairs architect or engineer learns through a critical examination
include additions to, alterations of, or rearrangement, of a building's exterior walls and appurtenances thereof
relocation, replacement, repair or removal of any portion of an unsafe condition prior to the filing of a report
of a standpipe or sprinkler system, water distribution with the department of buildings pursuant to subdivision
system, house sewer, private sewer, or drainage system, (c) of this section, he or she shall notify the owner and
including leaders, or any soil, waste or vent pipe, or any the department of buildings immediately in writing of
gas distribution system, or any other work affecting health such condition.
or the fire or structural safety of the building. (c) Report of examination.-Such architect or
(b) Minor alterations or ordinary repairs shall include engineer shall submit a written report certifying the
the repair or replacement of any fixture, piping or faucets results of such examination to the commissioner,
from the inlet side of a trap to any exposed stop valve. clearly documenting the condition of the exterior walls
**Local Law 51-2001. and appurtenances thereof, as either safe, unsafe or safe
with a repair and maintenance program. The report
ARTICLE 6 MAINTENANCE shall include a record of all significant deterioration,
§[C26-105.1] 27-127 Maintenance requirements.- All unsafe conditions and movement observed as well as
buildings and all parts thereof shall be maintained in a safe a statement concerning the watertightness of the
condition. All service equipment, means of egress, devices, exterior surfaces. Such report must be signed by and
and safeguards that are required in a building by the bear the professional seal of such architect or engineer.
provisions of this code or other applicable laws or regulations, (d) Necessary repairs.-
or that were required by law when the building was erected, (1) Unsafe condition.
altered, or repaired, shall be maintained in good working order. a. Upon the filing of the architect's or engineer's
report of an unsafe condition with the commissioner, the
§[C26-105.2] 27-128 Owner responsibility.- The owner owner, his or her agent or the person in charge
shall be responsible at all times for the safe maintenance shall immediately commence such repairs or
of the building and its facilities. reinforcements and shall undertake such measures as
may be required to secure public safety and to make
*§[C26-105.3] 27-129 Exterior walls and appurtenances the building's exterior walls or appurtenances
thereof.- thereof conform to the provisions of this code.
In order to maintain a building's exterior walls and b. All unsafe conditions shall be corrected within
appurtenances thereof in a safe condition, the following thirty days of the filing of the critical examination report.
additional requirements shall apply to all existing buildings c. The architect or engineer shall inspect the
or buildings hereafter erected which are greater than six premises and file an amended report setting forth the
stories in height: condition of the building within two weeks after

66
Title 27 / Subchapter 1

repairs to correct the unsafe condition have been acceptance, inspection, test, or approval under the
completed. provisions of this code.
d. The commissioner may grant an extension of time
of up to ninety days to complete the repairs required to *§[C26-106.2] 27-131 Acceptance requirements.-
correct an unsafe condition upon receipt and review of an The following requirements shall apply to the initial
initial extension application submitted by the architect or acceptance of all materials which, in their use, are
engineer together with such additional documentation as regulated by the provisions of this code:
may be prescribed by rule. (a) Methods of acceptance.-No material of any
e. The commissioner may grant a further extension of manufacturer or producer shall be acceptable for the
time to complete the repairs required to remove an unsafe use intended unless and until the material shall have
condition upon receipt and review of an application for a been tested for compliance with code requirements
further extension submitted by the architect or engineer together under a test method prescribed by the code, or shall
with such further documentation as may be prescribed by rule. have been tested and approved by the commissioner
(2) Safe condition with a repair and maintenance or shall have been previously approved by the board
program. An architect or engineer shall not file a report of a of standards and appeals, unless such approval is
safe condition with a repair and maintenance program for the amended or repealed by the commissioner.
same building for two consecutive filing periods unless the (1) Code test method.- Whenever the code prescribes
second such report is accompanied by his or her certification a method for testing any material, the material shall be
attesting to the correction of all conditions identified in the tested in accordance with such test method (a) under
earlier report as requiring repair. the direction of an architect or engineer, or (b) by a testing
(e) Exceptions.- The additional requirements imposed service or laboratory acceptable to the commissioner.
by this section shall not be applied to any part of an The commissioner may require the witnessing of tests
exterior wall which is less than twelve inches from the by his or her representative. The test report showing
exterior wall of an adjacent building. compliance with code requirements and bearing the
(f) Violations.- Any person who shall violate, or refuse, signature of the architect or engineer, or the signature
or neglect to comply with any provisions of this section of an officer of the testing service or laboratory, as the
shall, upon conviction thereof, be punished by a fine of case may be, shall be filed with the department. The
not more than one thousand dollars, or by imprisonment commissioner may require a certificate of the manufacturer
not exceeding six months, or both; and any such person or producer, certifying that the material tested was and
shall, also, for each offense, be subject to the payment of is equivalent to material of the same kind and quality
a penalty in the sum of two hundred fifty dollars for each regularly being manufactured by such manufacturer or
month there is non-compliance, to be recovered in a civil producer. Upon the filing of the test report, as provided
action brought in the name of the commissioner. above, the material shall be acceptable for the use
(g) With respect to buildings in existence on March intended, subject to the provisions of subdivisions (d)
first, nineteen hundred ninety eight, the initial critical and (e) of this section.
examination of an exterior wall which was not subject to (2) Commissioner approval.- Materials which in
such examination under the provisions of paragraph one their use are regulated by the provisions of this code
of subdivision d of this section in effect prior to the but cannot satisfy the requirements of paragraph one
effective date of this local law shall be conducted prior to of this subdivision shall not be acceptable for the use
March first, two thousand. intended unless and until the material shall have been
*Local Law 11-1998. tested and approved for such use by the commissioner.
For the purposes of this requirement, all materials
ARTICLE 7 MATERIALS, ASSEMBLIES, FORMS legally acceptable prior to July 1, 1991 shall be permitted
AND METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION subject to the provisions of subdivision d of this
section.
§[C26-106.1] 27-130 General requirements.- All materials, (b) List of acceptable laboratories and
assemblies, forms, and methods of construction (hereinafter materials.- A current list of all testing services and
collectively referred to as "material" or "materials") laboratories acceptable to the commissioner for the
which, in their use, are regulated by the provisions of this purpose of testing materials, as provided in
code, shall be subject to the requirements for acceptance, as subparagraph (b) of paragraph one of subdivision (a)
provided in section 27-131 of this article and to the of this section and a current list of all acceptable
requirements for inspection, as provided in section 27-132 of materials, shall be maintained by the department
this article, except as otherwise specifically provided by the and made available for public inspection.
provisions of this code. Materials which in their use do not (c) Certification of accepted materials.- All
require regulation and control in the interests of public safety, shipments and deliveries of such materials shall be
health, and welfare, are not subject to any requirement of accompanied by a certificate or label certifying that the

67
Title 27 / Subchapter 1

material shipped or delivered is equivalent to the materials tested and witnessed shall file with the department signed
and acceptable for use, as provided in this section. Such copies of all required inspection and test reports,
certificate or label is to be provided (1) by the manufacturer or together with his or her signed statement that the
producer of the material, or (2) by a testing service or material and its use or incorporation into the work
laboratory acceptable to the commissioner and regularly comply with code requirements, unless the filing of such
engaged by the manufacturer or producer to make periodic reports and statements is specifically waived by code
inspections and/or tests of the material in the course of provisions. The provisions of section 27-195 of
manufacture or production. In the case of materials previously article nineteen of this subchapter relating to notice of
approved by the board of standards and appeals, the shipment or commencement of work shall be complied with prior to
delivery of the material shall also be accompanied by a tag or the commencement of any work requiring controlled
label stating that the material has been approved for use by the inspection.
board, and containing the calendar number under which the (b) Semicontrolled inspection.- All such materials
material received board approval. that are not designated for controlled inspection
(d) Retesting of materials.- All materials tested and under the provisions of this code shall be subject to
acceptable for use, shall be subject to periodic retesting as semicontrolled inspection and, as such, shall be inspected
determined by the commissioner; and any material which, and/or tested to verify compliance with code requirements
upon retesting is found not to comply with code by the person superintending the use of the material or
requirements or the requirements set forth in the approval its incorporation into the work, except that all required
of the commissioner shall cease to be acceptable for the inspections and tests may, at the option of the owner or
use intended. During the period for such retesting, the lessee, be made and witnessed by or under the direct
commissioner may require the use of such material to be supervision of an architect or engineer retained by or
restricted or discontinued if necessary to secure safety. on behalf of the owner or lessee, who shall be, or shall
(e) Conflicting test results.- Whenever there is evidence be acceptable to, the architect or engineer who prepared
of conflicting results in the test of any material, the or supervised the preparation of the plans. The person
commissioner shall determine the acceptability of the superintending the use of the material or its incorporation
material and/or the acceptable rating for such material. into the work, or the architect or engineer by or under
*Local Law 49-1991.
whose direct supervision the required inspections and
*§27-131.1 Reference Standards.- The appendix to this tests are made and witnessed, as the case may be, shall
chapter of the administrative code, known as the "building file with the department signed copies of all required
code reference standard", is adopted and promulgated and inspection and test reports, together with his or her
shall be known as the "building code rules" of said signed statement that the material and its use or
chapter; except for reference standards RS4-3, RS7-2, and incorporation into the work comply with code
such portions of RS16 not included in the "List of requirements, unless the filing of such reports and
Referenced National Standards". The commissioner shall statement is specifically waived by code provisions.
be empowered to issue or amend the building code (c) Off-site inspection.- In all cases where
reference standards acting in consultation with the fire code provisions require that the inspection and/or test of
commissioner on all issues relating to fire safety. materials be made off-site, or prior to actual use or
*Local Law 49-1991. incorporation into the work, the inspector shall mark or
cause to be marked for identification all units (or
§[C26-106.3] 27-132 Inspection requirements.- The
packages of units) of the material inspected; and the
following requirements shall apply to the inspection of all
reported results of such inspection shall state that the
materials which, in their use, are regulated by the
material was so marked for identification.
provisions of this code:
(a) Controlled inspection.- All such materials which are
§[C26-106.4] 27-133 Alternate or equivalent materials.-
designated for "controlled inspection" under the provisions
Whenever the code prescribes the use of a particular
of this code shall be inspected and/or tested to verify
compliance with code requirements. Unless otherwise material, the commissioner may permit the use of any
specifically provided by code provisions, all required material shown to be equivalent for the use intended,
inspections and tests of materials designated for "controlled in terms of health, fire, and/or structural safety.
inspection" shall be made and witnessed by or under the Nothing contained in this code shall be construed to
direct supervision of an architect or engineer retained by require the use of any particular material for the
or on behalf of the owner or lessee, who shall be, or shall purpose of meeting performance requirements of this
be acceptable to, the architect or engineer who prepared code.
or supervised the preparation of the plans; and the
architect or engineer by whom, or under whose direct ARTICLE 8 SERVICE EQUIPMENT
supervision, the required inspections and tests are made

68
Title 27 / Subchapter 1

§[C26-107.1] 27-134 General requirements.- All service therefor. The application may be made at or prior to
equipment and machinery and devices used in connection the time of submitting the work permit application.
therewith (hereinafter collectively referred to as "equipment")
which, in their use, are regulated by the provisions of this §[C26-108.2] 27-139 Application for approval of
code, shall be subject to the requirements for acceptance, as plans.- Applications for approval of plans shall be
provided in section 27-135, and to the requirements for made on forms furnished by the department, and shall
inspection, as provided in section 27-136 of this article, be accompanied by the required fee. The application
except as otherwise specifically provided by the provisions shall contain a general description of the proposed
of this code. Equipment which in its use does not require work, its location, and such other pertinent information
regulation and control in the interests of public safety, health, as the commissioner may require. All applications for
and welfare, is not subject to any requirement of acceptance, approval of plans for any new construction, in which
inspection, test, or approval under the provisions of this code. plumbing fixtures are to be installed, shall be accompanied
Elements or appurtenances of equipment or machinery by the following:
which are in conformity with specifications relating thereto 1. Information as to the availability of a public sewer
in this code, or which may be designed in their entirety in system.
accordance with accepted engineering design principles *2. In the event that a private sewage treatment plant
based on provisions of this code are not subject to the is proposed, evidence of submission of plans for approval
requirements for acceptance. of such plant to the department of environmental protection
and the department of health as required by law.
§[C26-107.2] 27-135 Acceptance requirements.- The (a) the lot diagram showing compliance with the
requirements for acceptance of materials, as provided in zoning resolution, as provided in paragraph one of
section 27-131 of article seven of this subchapter, shall subdivision (a) of section 27-157 of article eleven of
apply to the initial acceptance of all equipment which, in this subchapter;
its use, is regulated by the provisions of this code; and for (b) the foundation plans, as provided in paragraphs
this purpose, the word "equipment" shall be substituted one and seven of subdivision (b) of section 27-157 of
for the words "or materials" wherever those words occur article eleven of this subchapter;
in section 27-131 of article seven of this subchapter. (c) the floor and roof plans showing compliance
with exit requirements, as provided in paragraph
§[C26-107.3] 27-136 Inspection requirements.- The three of subdivision (a) of section 27-157 of article
requirements for inspection of materials, as provided in eleven of this subchapter;
section 27-132 of article seven of this subchapter, shall (d) the detailed architectural, structural and mechanical
apply to the inspection of all equipment which, in its use, drawings, as provided in subdivisions (a) through (c)
is regulated by the provisions of this code; and for this of section 27-157 of article eleven of this subchapter.
purpose, the word "equipment" shall be substituted for the *Local Law 65-1996.
words "material" and "materials" wherever those words
occur in section 27-132 of article seven of this subchapter. **§[C26-108.3] 27-140 Applicant.- Applications
for approval of plans shall be made in behalf of the
§[C26-107.4] 27-137 Alternate or equivalent equipment.- owner or lessee or condominium unit owner or
Whenever the code prescribes the use of particular cooperative shareholder by the person who prepared
equipment, the commissioner may permit the use of any or supervised the preparation of the plans, and shall
equipment shown to be equivalent for the use intended, in be accompanied by a signed statement of the owner,
terms of health, fire and/or structural safety. Nothing condominium board of managers or cooperative
contained in this code shall be construed to require the use board of directors stating that the applicant is
of any particular equipment for the purpose of meeting authorized to make the application. In the case of
performance requirements of this code. applications for approval of plans for the construction
or alteration of buildings, for the installation or
ARTICLE 9 APPROVAL OF PLANS alteration of plumbing or plumbing systems, or for
the installation or alteration of service equipment
§[C26-108.1] 27-138 Separate approval of plans required.- which involves changes in the structure of the building
Whenever plans are required to be submitted in connection or requirements for fire protection, light, heat, ventilation,
with applications for work permits, as provided in articles or means of egress, the application shall be made by
ten through seventeen of this subchapter, separate protection, light, heat, ventilation, or means of egress,
application shall be made for the approval of the plans the application shall be made by an architect or
engineer. The full names and addresses of the owner,

revision: October 1, 2004 69

Title 27 / Subchapter 1

including the condominium unit owner or cooperative (viii) master plumbers licensed pursuant to
shareholder, lessee, and applicant, and of the principal officers article two of subchapter two of chapter one of title
thereof, if a corporation, shall be set forth in the application. twenty-six of this code;
**Local Law 72-1991. (ix) master fire suppression piping contractors
licensed pursuant to article two of subchapter two of
*** §27-140.1 Registration requirements.- chapter one of title twenty-six of this code; and
(a) No person, other than those described in subdivision (x) master electricians licensed pursuant to
(c) of this section, may present, submit, furnish or seek subchapter one of chapter three of title twenty-seven of
approval of applications for approval of plans or remove this code.
any documents from the possession of the department, (a) the commissioner shall promulgate rules for
without first having registered with the department his or the proper and efficient administration and enforcement
her name, address and company affiliation on a form to be of this section.
furnished by the department. Consistent with article ***Local Law 72-1991.
twenty-three-A of the correction law, registration may be
denied to any person who has been convicted of a §[C26-108.4] 27-141 Plans.- With each application
criminal offense relating to bribing or receipt of a bribe, for approval of plans, there shall be submitted such
giving or receiving unlawful gratuities, official misconduct, number of copies of the plans as the commissioner
or other corruption-related acts. The commissioner, after may require. All plans shall comply in form and
due notice and a hearing before the office of administrative content with requirements of this code and other
trials and hearings, pursuant to section one thousand applicable laws and regulations.
forty-eight of the charter and rules established thereunder,
shall have the power to revoke, suspend or limit the §[C26-108.5] 27-142 Applicant's statement.-
registration of any person upon a finding that such person (a) A signed statement of the applicant shall also
has willfully or negligently violated the rules of the be submitted with the application, stating that he or
department or has engaged in any misconduct arising out she is authorized by the owner to make the
of his or her business dealings with the department. application and that, to the best of his or her
Misconduct shall be defined by the rules of the knowledge and belief, the plans and the work shown
commissioner promulgated pursuant to subdivision (d) of thereon comply with the provisions of this code and
this section. other applicable laws and regulations. If there are
(b) No person shall use the term "registered with the practical difficulties in the way of carrying out the
department of buildings", "registered" or any similar strict letter of the law, the applicant shall set forth the
representation in such a manner as to convey the impression nature of such difficulties in such signed statement.
that such person is registered with the department of (b) In addition to all other requirements of this
buildings unless such person is registered in accordance with article, an application for approval of plans for the
the provisions of this section. alteration of an existing building or the construction
(c) The following persons are exempt from the of a new building shall be accompanied by a signed
provisions of this section: statement of the applicant certifying either (1) that the
(i) the owners of the premises for which the building to be altered, or the site of the new building,
building applications are filed including, in the case of as the case may be, contains no occupied housing
partnerships or corporations, the general partners or the accommodations subject to control under chapter three
principal officers of the corporation. Principal officers of of title twenty-six of the administrative code, or (2)
a corporation shall include the president, vice presidents, that the owner has notified the city rent agency of his
secretary and treasurer; or her intention to file such plans and has complied
(ii) the lessees of such premises authorized by the with all requirements imposed by the regulations of
owner to file building applications; such agency as preconditions for such filing.
(iii) condominium unit owners authorized by the
condominium board of managers to file building applications; §[C26-108.6] 27-143 Examination of application
(iv) cooperative shareholders authorized by the and plans.- All applications for approval of plans and
cooperative board of directors to file building applications; all plans submitted in connection therewith, and any
(v) registered architects licensed by the New York amendments thereto, shall be numbered, docketed and
state department of education; examined promptly after their submission. The
(vi) professional engineers licensed by the New examination shall be made under the direction of the
York state department of education; commissioner for compliance with the provisions of this
(vii) attorneys admitted to practice in New York state; code and other applicable laws and regulations. The
commissioner may at his or her discretion, when the
application is submitted by an architect or an engineer,

revision: October 1, 2004 70

Title 27 / Subchapter 1

designate portions of the examination for limited supervisory ARTICLE 10 PERMITS

check. The personnel employed for examination of plans
shall be qualified engineers or architects experienced in §[C26-109.1] 27-147 When permits required.-
building construction and design. No building construction or alteration work, foundation
or earthwork, demolition or removal work, or plumbing
*§[C26-108.7] 27-144 Approval of application and plans.- work shall be commenced, and no signs or service
Except as otherwise provided in section 27-198 and section equipment of the types listed in articles sixteen and
27-198.1 of article nineteen of this subchapter, applications seventeen of this subchapter shall be erected, installed,
and plans complying with the provisions of this code and altered, repaired, or used, nor shall any service equipment
other applicable laws and regulations shall be approved by of the types listed in article eighteen of this subchapter
the commissioner and written notice of approval shall be be used or operated, unless and until a written permit
given the applicant promptly and no later than forty calendar therefor shall have been issued by the commissioner.
days after the submission thereof, and applications and plans The provisions of this section shall not apply, however, to
failing to comply with the provisions of this code and other minor alterations and ordinary repairs, as defined and
applicable laws and regulations shall be rejected and written delineated in article five of this subchapter or to work
notice of rejection, stating the grounds of rejection, shall be or equipment exempted from permit requirements
given the applicant promptly and not later than forty calendar
under the provisions of sections 27-176, 27-179, 27-
days after the submission thereof, except that on or before the
184, and 27-189 of this subchapter.
fortieth day, the commissioner may on good cause shown, and
upon notification to the applicant, extend such times for an
additional twenty days. Whenever an application and §[C26-109.2] 27-148 Classification of permits.-
accompanying plans have been rejected and are thereafter For the purposes of this code, permits shall be
revised and resubmitted to meet stated grounds of rejection, classified as follows:
the revised application and plans shall be approved if they (a) New building permits: for the construction of
meet the stated grounds of rejection, or shall be rejected if new buildings, as provided in article eleven of this
they fail to meet the stated grounds of rejection; and written subchapter.
notice of approval or written notice of rejection, stating the (b) Alteration permits: for the alteration of
grounds of rejection, shall be given the applicant promptly existing buildings, as provided in article twelve of
and not later than twenty calendar days after the this subchapter.
resubmission thereof. (c) Foundation and earthwork permits: for the
*Local Law 76-1985, language juxtaposed per Ch. 907-1985. construction or alteration of foundations, including
earthwork excavation and fill, as provided in article thirteen of
§[C26-108.8] 27-145 Conditional approval of plans.-
this subchapter.
All approvals of plans given prior to the submission of the
(d) Demolition and removal permits: for the
work permit application shall be conditioned upon and
subject to compliance with the requirements of this code demolition or removal of existing buildings, as
and other applicable laws and regulations in effect at the provided in article fourteen of this subchapter.
time of submission of the permit application, and shall (e) Plumbing permits: for the installation or
also be conditioned upon the submission of the work alteration of plumbing and plumbing systems including
permit application not later than twelve months after the gas piping, as provided in article fifteen of this
date of notice of plan approval. subchapter.
(f) Sign permits: for the erection or alteration of
§[C26-108.9] 27-146 Endorsement of approved plans.- signs and sign installations, as provided in article
All plans and amendments thereto, when approved by the sixteen of this subchapter.
commissioner, shall be stamped or endorsed approved under (g) Equipment work permits: for the installation
the official seal of the department, followed by a notation of or alteration of service equipment, as provided in
the date of plan approval. One set of such approved plans article seventeen of this subchapter.
shall be retained in the department office of the borough in (h) Equipment use permits: for the use and
which the building premises or equipment is located; and operation of service equipment, as provided in article
after the issuance of a work permit, a second set of such eighteen of this subchapter.
approved plans shall be retained at the place where the
building premises or equipment is located, and shall be open **§[C26-109.3] 27-149 Separate permits required.-
at all times to inspection by the commissioner and his or her Separate permits shall be required, as provided above,
authorized representatives until final inspection of the work except that separate permits for foundations and
is completed. earthwork, or for the installation or alteration of service
equipment, other than fire suppression piping systems,

71
Title 27 / Subchapter 1

shall not be required whenever plans for such work are issued under article nineteen of this subchapter
included in and form a part of the plans for the construction except that the commissioner may, for reasonable
of new buildings or the alteration of existing buildings. cause, grant extensions of time for additional twelve
** Local Law 107-1993. month periods.

*§[C26-109.4] 27-150 Application for permit.- ARTICLE 11 APPLICATIONS FOR NEW

All applications for permits shall be submitted on forms BUILDING PERMITS
furnished by the department, and shall be accompanied by
the required fee. The application shall contain a general §[C26-110.1] 27-156 General requirements.- All
description of the proposed work or equipment, its location, applications for new building permits shall be subject to
and such other pertinent information as required pursuant to the requirements of articles nine and ten of this
section 27-198.1 or as the commissioner may require. subchapter. In addition, each such application shall set
*
Local Law 76-1985, language juxtaposed per Ch. 907-1985. forth the name and business address of the person who is
to perform the proposed work, and shall be accompanied
§[C26-109.5] 27-151 Applicant.- Applications for by satisfactory evidence of compliance with the
permits shall be made by or in behalf of the owner or provisions of the workers compensation law.
lessee of the buildings; and if made by a person other than
the owner, the application shall be accompanied by a §[C26-110.2] 27-157 Plans required.- All such
signed statement of the applicant declaring that he or she applications shall be accompanied by architectural,
is authorized by the owner to make the application. The structural, and mechanical plans, which shall be
full names of the owner, lessee, and applicant, and of the complete and of sufficient clarity to indicate the entire
principal officers thereof, if a corporation, shall be set nature and extent of the proposed construction work and
forth in the application. its compliance with the provisions of this code and other
applicable laws and regulations. Composite plans
§[C26-109.6] 27-152 Other application requirements.- showing architectural, structural, and mechanical parts
In addition to the foregoing general requirements, of a building may be submitted provided that a clear
applications for permits shall be subject to the further understanding of each part is not impaired. The plans
requirements of articles eleven through eighteen of this may be submitted with the application for the permit or
subchapter, as the same may be applicable. prior thereto, as provided in section 27-138 of article
nine of this subchapter; and the same set of plans may
**
§[C26-109.7] 27-153 Place of filing applications.- be used for several buildings of the same construction, if
Except as otherwise provided by rule, applications for such buildings are located on adjoining lots under the
permits and accompanying papers and plans shall be filed same ownership, and if permit applications therefore
in the department office in the borough in which the work [sic] are filed simultaneously. All such plans shall be
or equipment is located. Applications shall be numbered drawn to suitable scale and shall be reproduced upon
and docketed promptly as received; and for purposes of substantial paper, plastic, or cloth, as the commissioner
identification and reference, all such papers shall be may require; and each plan or drawing shall contain the
marked with the block and lot number of the property to registration number, seal, signature, and address of the
which they apply, and with street and house number architect or engineer who prepared or supervised the
where possible. preparation of the plans. Whenever equipment,
materials, assemblies, forms, or methods of construction
**Local Law 107-1993.
are subject to "controlled inspection", as provided in
sections 27-131 and 27-135 of this subchapter, all such
§[C26-109.8] 27-154 Amendments to applications.-
equipment, materials, assemblies, forms, or methods of
Subject to the limitations of section 27-155 of this article, construction shall be listed on the title sheet of the plans,
amendments to permit applications and any accompanying or the sheet immediately following as subject to
plans and papers may be submitted at any time before final "controlled inspection" in accordance with code
inspection of the work or equipment is completed; and such requirements. In no case shall the code be cited or the
amendments shall be deemed part of the original permit term "legal" or its equivalent used as a substitute for
application and shall be filed therewith. specific reference to particular code section or standard
in order to show compliance with code requirements or
§[C26-109.9] 27-155 Time limitation of application.- other applicable laws or regulations.
An application for a permit shall be deemed to have been (a) Architectural plans shall contain at least the
abandoned twelve months after date of submission, unless following data and information:
such application has been diligently prosecuted after (1) Lot diagram showing compliance with the
rejection in whole or in part, or a permit shall have been zoning resolution, and indicating the size, height and

72
Title 27 / Subchapter 1

location of the proposed construction and all existing are pile supported, this shall be so stated. In addition,
structures on the site and their distances from lot and there shall be a statement indicating the character and
street lines, the established grade and existing curb minimum class of the soil strata required for the
elevations, and final grade elevations of the site shown by support of the foundation; the allowable soil pressure
contours or spot grades at reasonable intervals. The lot used for the design of footings; and the character,
diagram shall be drawn in accordance with an accurate class, and presumptive bearing capacity of the
boundary survey, made by a licensed surveyor, which bearing stratum to which piling is required to
shall be attached to and form part of the lot diagram. penetrate. The types and design capacities of piling
(2) A statement or notation as to the occupancy group and the records of required borings or test pits shall
or groups that apply to the building and all parts thereof, also be shown.
the construction class of the building, and whether the (c) Mechanical plans shall contain at least the
building is inside or outside of the fire districts. following data and information:
(3) Floor and roof plans showing compliance with (1) The plumbing, heating, ventilating, refrigeration,
exit requirements, and with sufficient elevations and and other mechanical work to be performed, so drawn
cross-sections to indicate all means of egress, and as to conform to the architectural and structural aspects
including the number of stories in all parts of the building. of the building. If desired, plans may be composite
(4) Detailed drawings necessary to show adequately plans showing one or more types of systems on each
all architectural elements of the building, including those plan, provided that a clear understanding of each
doors, windows, and interior finish schedules, and other system shown is not thereby impaired.
details necessary to substantiate all required fire- (2) Details for each type of work to be
protection characteristics. performed, and for each type of equipment to be
(b) Structural plans shall contain at least the following installed, shall be shown, as provided in sections 27-
data and information except as provided for in section 173 and 27-182 of this subchapter.
27-590 of article one of subchapter ten of this chapter: (3) Information as to the availability of a public
(1) Foundation plans, floor plans, levels, and sewer system.
**
sections, showing all structural requirements. (4) In the event a public sewer system is not
(2) Detailed drawings showing sizes, sections, and available, alternate provisions for disposal of storm
locations of members, and such other information as may water and sanitary sewage. If private sewers are to be
be required to indicate clearly all structural elements and constructed pursuant to subdivision b of section
special structural engineering features. fourteen hundred three of the New York city charter,
(3) A tabulation of the vertical live loads, both a copy of the sewer plan. If a private sewage
uniform and concentrated (including allowances of treatment plant is to be constructed, a copy of plans
partition loads), used in the design of the several areas of the plant approved by the department of health and
and levels of the building. The locations and loads of each the department of environmental protection. If an
piece of machinery and equipment having a weight in individual on site private sewage disposal system is
excess of one thousand pounds shall be noted. to be installed, a site and subsoil evaluation
(4) Column schedules showing the design load indicating that the site and subsoil conditions comply
contributed by the framing at any level and the total with the applicable law and rules.
accumulated design load at each level. **Local Law 65-1996.
(5) Where trusses are employed, a diagram or table
indicating the loads or moments in the various members *§[C26-110.3] 27-158 Datum. - All elevations on
under the design loading conditions. The requirement for plans shall be referred to the United States coast and
a diagram or table will be waived when the trusses consist geodetic survey mean sea level datum of nineteen
of elements selected from load tables or similar data, hundred twenty-nine (national geodetic vertical
subject to the requirements for verification in section datum, NGVD), as provided in section 26-208 of
27-590 of article one of subchapter ten of this chapter. chapter one of title twenty-six of the administrative
(6) Where prestressed members are employed, a code, as amended. The following table shall be used
schedule or table showing the total prestressing forces and to convert NGVD to borough datum elevations:
the method and sequence of application. Location: Add to NGVD to
(7) Foundation plans shall comply with the obtain borough datum
requirements of subchapter eleven of this chapter and Bronx...............……..…….......... +2.608
shall show the plan locations, design elevations of the Brooklyn.............……....….….... +2.547
bottoms, and details as to sizes, reinforcements, and Manhattan...........……….…….... +2.752
construction of all footings, piers, foundation walls, pile Queens.................……..……..... +2.725
groups, and pile caps. The levels of footings of adjacent Staten Island..........……..…….... +3.192
*Local Law 33-1988.
structures shall be indicated or, if the adjacent structures

73
Title 27 / Subchapter 1

ARTICLE 12 APPLICATIONS FOR BUILDING

§[C26-110.4] 27-159 Additional information.- In ALTERATION PERMITS
addition to the data and information specified under
subdivisions (a) through (c) of section 27-157 of this §[C26-111.1] 27-161 General requirements.-
article, the commissioner may require the submission of All applications for permits to alter existing buildings
computations, test reports, and such other data and shall be subject to the requirements of articles nine
information as may be necessary to determine compliance and ten of this subchapter and section 27-156 of
with code provisions and other applicable laws and regulations. article eleven of this subchapter.

**§[C26-110.5] 27-160 Certification of performance ***§[C26-111.2] 27-162 Plans required.- All such
bond, license and insurance required.- applications shall be accompanied by such architectural,
***(a) An applicant for a permit who, pursuant to section structural, and mechanical plans as may be necessary
24-526 of the administrative code, is required to construct to indicate the nature and extent of the proposed
or repair defects in catch basins or sewers which lie alteration work and its compliance with the provisions
outside of the property shall submit to the department of this code and other applicable laws and regulations.
certification from the department of environmental To the extent necessary, all such applications and plans
protection that the applicant or owner has provided such shall be subject to and shall comply with the requirements
department with: of sections 27-157, 27-158, and 27-159 of article
(1) a performance bond or other security satisfactory eleven of this subchapter. Whenever the proposed
to such department and approved as to form by the law alteration work consists of the construction of a substantial
department of the city for the full cost, as estimated by horizontal enlargement as defined in subdivision (a) of
such department, of constructing the part of the storm section P110.2 of reference standard RS-16, the
water drainage system for such property which shall lie applicant shall submit information as to the availability of
outside of such property and repairing defects in such a public sewer system pursuant to paragraph three of
construction, if and as required by section 24-526 of the subdivision (c) of section 27-157 of this code as well
administrative code; as an evaluation of the adequacy of any existing system
(2) any license or other written instrument which such for the disposal of storm water by any means other
department or the law department of the city may than storm or combined sewers, prepared pursuant to
reasonably request which gives such department, its agents paragraph four of subdivision (c) of section 27-157 of
and contractors and the surety for a performance bond this code. The plans may be submitted with the
described in paragraph one of this subdivision the legal application for the permit or prior thereto, as provided
right to enter private property to perform work described in in section 27-138 of article nine of this subchapter.
paragraph one of this subdivision, pursuant to the terms of *** Local Law 103-1989.
the performance bond or in accordance with the conditions
of acceptance of other security described in paragraph one ARTICLE 13 APPLICATIONS FOR
of this subdivision, and the legal right to connect to, to FOUNDATION AND EARTHWORK PERMITS
extend or to discharge storm water into any private sewer
authorized as a point of disposal pursuant to section 24-526 §[C26-112.1] 27-163 General requirements.- All
of the administrative code, in the event that the owner of applications for foundation and earthwork permits
property fails to do so, if and as required pursuant to shall be subject to the requirements of articles nine
section 24-526 of the administrative code; and and ten and section 27-156 of article eleven of this
(3) insurance of a kind and in an amount which such subchapter. When the permit sought is solely for
department and the law department of the city deem earthwork excavation operations, the applicant shall
satisfactory to insure the city fully for all risks of loss,
also submit satisfactory evidence that the property is
damage to property or injury to or death of persons to
free from any lien for unpaid city taxes, assessments,
whomever occurring, arising out of or in connection with
the performance of all work described in this section. water rates, bail bonds, or judgments obtained by the
(b) The provisions of this section shall not be city, together with the consent in writing of the
construed to abrogate or contravene any contractual mortgagee, if there is any mortgage upon the
obligation of the city to construct storm water drainage property, and the consent in writing of the surrogate’s
systems or parts thereof. The requirements of subdivision court or the supreme court, if the owner of the
(a) of this section shall be inapplicable to an applicant for property is a minor or incompetent.
a new building permit insofar as they relate to any
construction work required to be performed by the city §[C26-112.2] 27-164 Plans required.- All such
pursuant to such a contractual obligation. applications shall be accompanied by a lot diagram, as
**Note for Excerpts from Local Law 7-1974, see end of Subchapter 1. provided in paragraph one of subdivision (a) of
***Local Law 65-1996; Local Law 103-1989. section 27-157 of article eleven of this subchapter,
and foundation plans, as provided in subdivision (b)

74
Title 27 / Subchapter 1

of section 27-157 of article eleven of this subchapter, §[C26-113.3] 27-169 Notice to adjoining owners.-
except that when the permit sought is solely for earthwork No demolition or removal permit shall be issued
excavation or fill operations, the applicant shall submit, in unless and until at least five days prior written notice
lieu of foundation plans, plans showing the exact location, of the permit application shall have been given by the
extent, and depth or height of the proposed excavation or applicant to the owners of all adjoining lots, buildings
fill operation. and service facilities which may be affected by the
proposed demolition or removal work.
§[C26-112.3] 27-165 Notice to adjoining owners.- No
foundation or earthwork permit shall be issued unless and §[C26-113.4] 27-170 Protection of lot and adjoining
until at least five days prior written notice of the permit properties.- All demolition and removal operations
application shall have been given by the applicant to the shall be performed in accordance with the
owners of all adjoining lots, buildings and service facilities requirements of subchapter nineteen of this chapter;
which may be affected by the proposed foundation work and after the building has been demolished or
or earthwork operations. removed, the premises shall be maintained free from
all unsafe or hazardous conditions by the proper
§[C26-112.4] 27-166 Protection of adjoining properties.- protection of the lot, restoration of grades, and the
All foundation and earthwork operations shall be erection of necessary retaining walls and fences in
performed in accordance with the requirements of accordance with the provisions of article three of
subchapter eighteen of this chapter.
subchapters eleven and nineteen of this code; and all lots,
buildings and service facilities adjoining the foundation
§[C26-113.5] 27-171 Requirement of photographs.-
and earthwork areas shall be protected and supported in
(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, all
accordance with the requirements of subchapters eleven applications for permits for the demolition or removal
and nineteen of this code and subchapter seventeen of of existing buildings shall be accompanied by two
chapter one of title twenty-six of the administrative code. sets of photographs of the building or buildings to be
demolished or removed. Both sets of photographs
ARTICLE 14 APPLICATIONS FOR DEMOLITION shall be received by the department on behalf of the
AND REMOVAL PERMITS landmarks preservation commission and the municipal
archives division of the department of records and
§[C26-113.1] 27-167 General requirements.- All information services.
applications for demolition or removal permits shall be (b) The commissioner, upon the advice of the
subject to the requirements of article ten, section 27-156 commissioner of the department of records and information
of article eleven, section 27-198 and section 27-198.1 of services and the chairperson of the landmarks preservation
article nineteen of this subchapter. commission, shall promulgate such rules and shall prescribe
such specifications as may be necessary to carry out the
§[C26-113.2] 27-168 Requirement of certifications.- provisions of this section.
(a) Prior to the issuance of the permit, all gas, electric, (c) Where photographs are otherwise required to
water, steam, and other service lines to the building shall be submitted to the landmarks preservation
be disconnected and certifications to that effect by the commission, applications for demolition or removal
respective utility companies or city agencies having permits submitted on behalf of the department of
jurisdiction shall be filed with the department; and the housing preservation and development, shall be
applicant shall also file with the department a certification exempt from the requirements of this section.
by a licensed exterminator that the building has been (d) Permits authorized pursuant to section 26-243
treated effectively for rat extermination. of the administrative code, shall be exempt from the
(b) In addition to all other requirements of this article, an requirements of this section.
application for a permit for the demolition or removal of an
existing multiple dwelling shall be accompanied by a signed ARTICLE 15 APPLICATIONS FOR
statement of the applicant certifying either (1) that the PLUMBING PERMITS
dwelling contains no occupied housing accommodations
subject to control under chapter three of title twenty-six of §[C26-114.1] 27-172 General requirements.- All
the administrative code, or (2) that the owner has notified the applications for plumbing permits shall be subject to
city rent agency of his or her intention to apply for such the requirements of articles nine and ten of this
permit and has complied with all requirements imposed by subchapter. In addition, each such application shall
the regulations of such agency as preconditions of such set forth the name and business address of the
application. licensed master plumber who is to perform or
supervise the proposed work, and shall be

75
Title 27 / Subchapter 1

accompanied by satisfactory evidence of compliance with (b) Plumbing for temporary installations used for
the provisions of the workers' compensation law. exhibition purposes when not designed for sanitary
use and not directly connected to a sewerage, water
§[C26-114.2] 27-173 Plans required.- Except as provided supply, or water distribution system.
in section 27-174 of this article, all applications for (c) Plumbing for temporary installations used in
plumbing permits shall be accompanied by plans which connection with construction operations, other than
shall be complete and of sufficient clarity to indicate the plumbing for temporary gas installations for which
nature and extent of the plumbing work to be performed the submission of plans shall be required.
and its compliance with provisions of this code and other
applicable laws and regulations. The plans may be *§[C26-114.4] 27-175 Alteration and repair slip. –
submitted with the application for the permit or prior (a) An application for a plumbing permit may be
thereto, as provided in article nine of this subchapter. All treated as an application for an alteration and repair
plans for plumbing work shall comply with the applicable slip where the total cost of the proposed work in the
provisions of section 27-157 of article eleven of this building, as certified by the permit applicant, does
subchapter. In addition, the plans shall contain at least the not exceed eighteen thousand dollars in any twelve-
following data and information: month period and the proposed work consists of any
(a) Single line or diagrammatic plans showing the of the following:
location, layout, and spacing of all plumbing fixtures, the (1) The installation of new plumbing or gas piping, or
summation of plumbing loads, the size, location, and the rerouting of existing plumbing or gas piping.
material for all building sewers and drains, and the soil, (2) The addition of not more than two plumbing
waste, vent, water, and gas distribution piping. fixtures or fixture connections.
(b) One floor plan for floors with typical layouts; and (3) The mounting of new plumbing fixtures on
stack details shown on one drawing, provided that such existing roughings, other than the mere replacement
details are clearly identified as to location and stack number. of existing fixtures constituting a minor alteration or
(c) A riser diagram showing: ordinary repair under article five of this subchapter.
(1) Story heights. (4) The installation or replacement of backflow
(2) All plumbing fixtures with diagrammatic arrangement prevention devices.
of their connections to soil, waste, and vent piping. (b) Upon the approval of the application, an
(3) All soil, waste, and vent stacks from the point of alteration and repair slip shall be issued in lieu of a
connection with the building drain to their termination plumbing permit, with same force and effect as if a
above the roof. plumbing permit had been issued.
(4) All leader and storm water piping from the point *Local Law 51-2001,Local Law 6-1997.
of connection with the building drain to the roof drain.
(5) All water and gas risers. §[C26-114.5] 27-176 Exemptions from permit requirement.-
(d) In the case of plans for new plumbing systems, the Plumbing permits shall not be required for the
relative elevation of the lowest fixture referred to the installation or alteration of gas service piping or gas
datum provided in section 27-158 of article eleven of this meter piping including meters, valves, regulators, and
subchapter and the approximate inside top of the public related equipment, when such work is to be performed
sewers, and the number, size, and location of all proposed and serviced and maintained by utility corporations
sewer connections and relative location and size of all subject to the jurisdiction of the public service
water mains, leaders, and risers; and the plans shall be commission; nor shall plumbing permits be required
accompanied by a statement from the department of for the emergency repair of gas distribution piping
environmental protection, giving the minimum water when such work is performed by licensed master
pressure in the main serving the building. When required plumbers or by utility corporations subject to the
by the commissioner, such data shall also be included on jurisdiction of the public service commission, in
plans for the alteration of existing plumbing systems. order to alleviate hazardous conditions, provided that
(e) All appurtenant equipment, including, but not a written report describing the details of such repairs
limited to, pumps, ejectors, water tanks, and piping shall shall be filed with the commissioner upon completion
be indicated clearly on the plans. of the work.

§[C26-114.3] 27-174 Exemptions from plan requirements.- ARTICLE 16 APPLICATIONS FOR SIGN
The submission of plans shall not be required for any of PERMITS
the following:
(a) Plumbing or gas piping alterations requiring a **§[C26-115.1] 27-177 General requirements.- All
repair slip as provided in section 27-175 of this article. applications for permits to erect or alter signs or sign
installations shall be subject to the requirements of

76
Title 27 / Subchapter 1

articles nine and ten of this subchapter. In addition, each (ii) areas within a distance of two hundred linear
such application shall set forth the name and business feet from and within view of an arterial highway, as
address of the licensed sign hanger who is to perform or such term is defined under subdivision c of section
supervise the proposed work and, if the sign or sign 26-253 of the administrative code, as added by
location is under the control of an outdoor advertising section 3 of this local law; and
company, as defined in section 26-259 of this code, the (iii) areas within a distance of two hundred
name and, where provided by rule, the registration number of linear feet from and within view of a public park with
such outdoor advertising company. The application shall be an area of one half acre or more.
accompanied by satisfactory evidence of compliance Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary of
with the provisions of the workers' compensation law. section 26-260 of the administrative code, as added
Each permit shall have an identification number and shall by section 3 of this local law, the commissioner of
authorize the erection, alteration or installation of the type buildings shall refuse to accept and may return the
of display described in the application. The identification initial application for registration of an outdoor
number of the permit and, if the sign is under the control of advertising company:
an outdoor advertising company, the name and, where (i) where such business fails to submit the
provided by rule, the registration number of such outdoor report required by this section; or
advertising company shall be displayed on the sign or on (ii) the commissioner has reasonable cause to
the building or premises on which the sign is located or believe that such report contains an incomplete or
both in a manner to be provided by rule. If a sign is otherwise inaccurate listing of signs or sign locations which are
in compliance with the administrative code, the zoning required to be included therein.
resolution and rules adopted pursuant to such provisions, In the event a company whose initial application for
the changing of copy on an existing permitted sign, registration has been rejected by the commissioner of
specifically designed for the use of replaceable copy, and buildings pursuant to this subdivision fails thereafter to
the painting, repainting, cleaning or other normal maintenance submit a report acceptable to the commissioner within a
and repair of an existing permitted sign, not involving time frame specified by the department of buildings, and
structural changes, shall not require a new permit pursuant the commissioner, after notice and opportunity to be
to this article and sections 27-147 and 27-148 of the code. heard, affirms his or her determination that such
The changing of copy on a permitted sign not designed for company has not satisfied the requirements of this
the use of replaceable copy or any structural change of the section, then such outdoor advertising company shall be
sign or sign structure shall require a new permit pursuant to deemed in violation of subdivision a of section 26-260
this article and sections 27-147 and 27-148 of the code. No of the administrative code, as added by section 3 of this
permit for the erection, alteration or installation of a sign or local law, and shall be subject to all provisions of
sign structure issued pursuant to this article and sections section 26-262 of the administrative code, as added by
27-147 and 27-148 of the code shall be deemed to section 3 of this local law, which apply to an outdoor
constitute permission or authorization to maintain a sign advertising company which has not registered with the
which would otherwise be illegal without a maintenance department of buildings. The department shall revoke
permit for an outdoor sign as required pursuant to section the registration of an outdoor advertising company
26-253 of the code or which is otherwise illegal pursuant to if it is subsequently determined by the commissioner,
any other provision of law nor shall any permit issued after notice and opportunity to be heard, that such
hereunder constitute a defense in an action or proceeding company has filed an incomplete or inaccurate listing of
with respect to such an unlawful sign. signs which are required to be included in the report
**Local Law 14-2001. provided for under this section, and such company knew
or should have known that the listing was incomplete or
Footnote: The following §§ 5,6,7,8 are unconsolidated inaccurate. Notwithstanding the provisions of section
provisions of Local Law 14 of 2001. six hundred sixty six of the charter, such determinations
§5. The initial application for registration of an outdoor by the commissioner shall not be subject to review by
advertising company pursuant to section 26-260 of the the board of standards and appeals. The commissioner
administrative code, as added by section 3 of this local shall make all reports filed pursuant to this section
law, shall include a report to the department of buildings accessible to the public.
identifying: §6.
(a) all signs and supporting structures therefor and (a) In addition to the report described in section 5
(b) all sign locations that are under the control of such of this local law, an outdoor advertising company
outdoor advertising company and located in: may elect to include in its initial application for
(i) zoning districts in which signs for advertising registration pursuant to section 26-260 of the
purposes are not permitted; administrative code, as added by section 3 of this
local law, a compliance plan, prepared in such form

77
Title 27 / Subchapter 1

and according to such standards as shall be specified by with a surety approved by the department, in an
rules of the department of buildings with regard to such amount to be determined by the department by rule
plans and amendments thereto, which plan shall include a based on the number, size and other features of signs
schedule for the permanent removal of all signs and any and any supporting structures therefor identified in
supporting structures therefor which were installed, the compliance plan. The bond shall be conditioned
erected, attached, affixed, painted on, or in any other such that the obligor will pay all costs incurred by the
manner represented on a building or premises prior to city with respect to the removal of such signs and any
December 22, 2000 which are identified in the report supporting structures therefor in accordance with the
submitted pursuant to section 5 of this local law. Such consents set forth in instruments filed with respect to
removal shall take place within three annual periods such signs pursuant to paragraph b of this section.
following the commissioner’s acceptance of the compliance Nothing herein shall be construed to affect the
plan, based on his or her determination that such plan obligation of an outdoor advertising company to post
satisfies all requirements of this section. The removal a bond pursuant to subdivision c of section 26-260 of
schedule included with such compliance plan shall the administrative code, as added by section 3 of this
provide for the removal of equal numbers of signs and local law, with respect to signs not eligible for
any supporting structures therefor during the course of inclusion in the compliance plan.
each of such three annual periods, at regular intervals (d) The commissioner shall refuse to accept and
within such annual periods as specified by rule of the may return a compliance plan submitted pursuant to
department. Such compliance plan shall not include signs this section where he or she determines that it does
which have legal non-conforming use status pursuant to not satisfy the requirements of this section and rules
the zoning resolution, provided the outdoor advertising promulgated pursuant thereto. In the event a company
company provides evidence of such status in a form whose initial compliance plan has been rejected by
satisfactory to the commissioner. Notwithstanding any the commissioner of buildings pursuant to this subdivision
provisions to the contrary of subdivision a of section 26- fails thereafter to submit a compliance plan acceptable
261 of the administrative code, as added by section 3 of to the commissioner within a time frame specified by
this local law, an outdoor advertising company shall not the department of buildings, and the commissioner,
be required to submit a certification pursuant to such after notice and opportunity to be heard, affirms his
subdivision with respect to signs included in the or her determination that such company has not
compliance plan provided that the sign is in compliance satisfied the requirements of this section, then such
with the schedule for its removal pursuant to such plan. outdoor advertising company shall be deemed subject
(b) For each sign and any supporting structure therefor to section 7 of this local law. Notwithstanding the
included in a compliance plan, the outdoor advertising provisions of section six hundred sixty-six of the
company shall submit to the department of buildings as charter, such determination shall not be subject to
part of such compliance plan an instrument, in a form review by the board of standards and appeals.
satisfactory to the commissioner of buildings, executed by (e) Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary
all persons parties or entities to whom notice is required of section 26-262 of the administrative code, as
to be given pursuant to subdivision b of section 26-127.3 added by section 3 of this local law, where a sign and
of the administrative code, as added by section 2 of this any sign structure therefor is included in a compliance
local law, and binding upon all successors and assigns, plan accepted by the commissioner, no civil penalties or
consenting to: criminal fines and/or imprisonment may be imposed
(i) removal of such sign and any supporting structure with respect to such sign upon an outdoor advertising
therefor in accordance with the schedule for removal set company or other party for any violations of the
forth in the compliance plan; and zoning resolution, the administrative code or rules
(ii) entry by the commissioner, police officers, and adopted pursuant thereto (except for violations which
authorized representatives of the department upon the involve the creation or maintenance of a hazardous
building or premises on which the sign and any condition), nor shall the commissioner of buildings
supporting structure therefor is located for purposes of seek the removal of such sign pursuant to section 26-
removal of such sign and any supporting structure therefor by 127.3 of the administrative code, as added by section
the city, without further proceedings, in the event that 2 of this local law; provided, however, that:
such sign and any supporting structure is not removed in (i) the outdoor advertising company is in
accordance with the schedule included in such compliance with the schedule for removal of such
compliance plan. Such instrument shall be filed and sign and any supporting structure therefor set forth in
recorded with the clerk or register of the county in which the compliance plan; and
the sign is located. (ii) the size, height or degree of projection of
(c) As part of a compliance plan, the outdoor such sign and any supporting structure therefor has
advertising company shall also post a bond to the city, not been increased or enlarged after December 22,

78
Title 27 / Subchapter 1

2000. Upon acceptance of a compliance plan pursuant to code, as added by section 3 of of this local law, in the
this section, the commissioner of buildings shall event that an outdoor advertising company has failed
discontinue any administrative, judicial or other to remove all signs and any supporting structures
enforcement proceedings pending as of such date with therefor in accordance with the compliance plan by
respect to such sign (other than collection activities with the end of any of the three annual periods following
respect to previously adjudicated violations), unless the the commissioner’s acceptance of the compliance
commissioner has reasonable cause to believe that the plan, registration of such company shall be subject to
size, height or degree of projection of such sign and any revocation.
supporting structure therefor has been increased or (j) The commissioner shall make all compliance
enlarged after December 22, 2000. Nothing herein shall plans filed pursuant to this section accessible to the
be construed to prevent the imposition of civil penalties or public.
criminal fines and/or imprisonment upon an outdoor §7. An outdoor advertising company which does not
advertising company or other party for violations of the submit a compliance plan pursuant to section 6 of this
zoning resolution, the administrative code or rules local law shall be subject to all criminal, civil and
adopted pursuant thereto, with respect to signs which are other remedies provided for in this local law for any
not eligible for inclusion in a compliance plan submitted violation of the zoning resolution or the administrative
pursuant to this section. code or rules adopted pursuant thereto with respect to
(f) The provisions of section 26-253 of the signs under its control, without limitation. Notwithstanding
administrative code, as added by section 3 of this local any provision to the contrary of subdivision d of
law, shall not apply to a sign under the control of an section 26-260 of the administrative code, as added
outdoor advertising company which is included in a by this local law, relating to the circumstances under
compliance plan accepted by the commissioner, provided which the commissioner is authorized to revoke the
that the outdoor advertising company is in compliance registration of an outdoor advertising company, the
with the schedule for removal of such sign and any commissioner of buildings shall, after notice and
supporting structure set forth in the compliance plan. opportunity to be heard, revoke the registration of
(g) The sale, lease, or other transfer of control of a any such outdoor advertising company where such
sign, and any supporting structure therefor identified in a company has been found liable on three or more
compliance plan shall not affect the schedule for the occasions by the environmental control board or a
removal of such sign and any supporting structure in court of competent jurisdiction for violations of the
accordance with the schedule included in the compliance zoning resolution or the administrative code or rules
plan, and any outdoor advertising company which adopted pursuant thereto with respect to signs under
assumes control of such sign and any sign structure shall its control identified in the report submitted by such
be responsible for compliance with the terms of the outdoor advertising company pursuant to sections 5
compliance plan with respect thereto. In the event an of this local law, on the basis that such signs are
outdoor advertising company which has submitted a advertising signs, as defined in section 12-10 of the
compliance plan pursuant to this section assumes control zoning resolution, which are located in:
of a sign and any supporting structure therefor required to (i) zoning districts in which signs for advertising
be included in the report provided for under section 5 of purposes are not permitted;
this local law but not previously included in a compliance (ii) areas within a distance of two hundred linear
plan, such company shall amend its compliance plan to feet and within view of an arterial highway, as such
include such sign and supporting structure in the plan, in term is defined under subdivision c of section 26-253
accordance with rules of the department. of the administrative code, as added by section 3 of this
(h) In the event a sign and any supporting structure local law; or
therefore [sic] is not removed in accordance with the (iii) areas within a distance of two hundred
schedule included within a compliance plan, or in the linear feet from and within view of a public park with
event the registration of the outdoor advertising company an area of one half acre or more.
which submitted such compliance plan is revoked §8. All terms as used in sections 5, 6 and 7 of this
pursuant to subdivision i of this section, the commissioner local law shall be as defined in subchapter four of
shall, in addition to or in lieu of seeking any and all chapter one of title twenty-six of the administrative
remedies provided for under this local law, be authorized code, as added by this local law. The commissioner
to remove such sign and any supporting structure therefor of buildings shall promulgate rules as necessary for
in accordance with the consents set forth in the instrument the administration and implementation of sections 5,
filed with respect to such sign pursuant to paragraph (b) 6 and 7 of this local law.
of this section. ***
(i) Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary §[C26-115.2] 27-178 Plans required.- All such
of subdivision d of section 26-260 of the administrative applications shall be accompanied by plans which

79
Title 27 / Subchapter 1

shall contain at least the following data and information: and 27-159 of this subchapter whenever plans are
(a) A sketch or drawing showing the size and location required to be submitted in connection with such
of the sign or sign installations in relation to the building applications.
or premises upon which the sign is or will be erected.
(b) Detail drawings showing the dimensions, materials, *§[C26-116.3] 27-182 Plans required.- Except as
and construction of the sign, its supporting members, and provided in section 27-183 and section 27-184.1
the foundation or anchorage thereof. applications for equipment work permits shall be
(c) A tabulation or diagram of all loads and stresses. accompanied by plans in the following cases and in
(d) Plans for illuminated signs projecting beyond the accordance with the following requirements:
street line shall be accompanied by a statement from the * Local Law 6-1997.
department of buildings indicating that such department (a) Air conditioning and ventilating systems.-
has received an application from a licensed electrician for Plans for air conditioning and ventilating systems
inspection of such signs. shall contain at least the following data and
***Local Law 59-1996. information:
(1) The location and sizes of all ducts; the
§[C26-115.3] 27-179 Exemptions from permit requirements.- location of all fire dampers, motors, fans, and filters;
Sign permits shall not be required where the sign is: the type, air capacity, and size of all equipment; and
(a) Painted directly on the exterior wall surface of a where the plans are not accompanied by structural
building or on the surface of a fence. plans, the operating weight and manner of support of
(b) A wall sign of not more than six square feet in area. all equipment weighing in excess of one thousand
(c) A sign erected by employees of a city or other pounds.
governmental agency, including traffic and other similar signs. (2) The locations of smoke detecting devices.
(d) A ground sign advertising the sale or rental of the (3) The location and size of the fresh air intake,
premises on which it is erected, provided the sign does the design population, and the index for ventilation
not exceed twelve square feet in area. for each room or space.
(e) A temporary sign erected during construction work (4) The amount of air to be exhausted or
and related thereto. supplied from each outlet for each room or space.
(f) A temporary sign for special decorative display In the case of ventilating or exhaust systems for
use for holidays, public demonstrations, or the promotion ranges, fryers, ovens, and other similar types of
of civic, welfare or charitable purposes, except that signs restaurant or bakery equipment, for which a hood is
that utilize streets or cross streets shall be subject to the required, the plans shall also show the type of
requirements of the department of highways. extinguishing system, the location of heat detection
devices, nozzles, piping, gas controls, manual and
ARTICLE 17 APPLICATIONS FOR EQUIPMENT automatic control valves, method of joining ducts,
WORK PERMITS method and location of discharging exhaust from
building, the location of break-glass controls, and the
**§[C26-116.1] 27-180 When equipment work permits quantity in cfm designed for each hood.
required.- Except as provided in section 27-184 of this (b) Elevators, etc.- Plans for elevators, escalators,
article, equipment work permits shall be required for the moving walks and stairways, dumbwaiters, and
installation or alteration of the following types of service similar equipment shall contain at least the following
equipment: data and information.
(a) Air conditioning and ventilating systems. (1) The location of all machinery, switchboards,
(b) Elevators, escalators, moving walks, and stairways, junction boxes, and reaction points, with loads
dumbwaiters, etc. indicated.
(c) Fuel burning and fuel oil storage equipment. (2) The details of all hoistway conditions
(d) Refrigerating systems. including bracket spacing.
(e) Heating systems. (3) The estimated maximum vertical forces on
(f) Boilers. the guide rails on application of the safety device.
(g) Fire suppression piping systems. (4) In the case of freight elevators for class B or
**Local Law 107-1993. C loading, the horizontal forces on the guide-rail
faces during loading and unloading; and the
§[C26-116.2] 27-181 Application requirements.- All estimated maximum horizontal forces in a post wise
such applications shall be subject to the applicable direction on the guide-rail faces on application of the
requirements of article ten and section 27-156 of this safety device.
subchapter, and to the applicable requirements of article (5) The size and weight per foot of any rail
nine, subdivision (c) of section 27-157 and sections 27-158 reinforcements where provided.

80
Title 27 / Subchapter 1

(c) Fuel-burning and fuel-oil storage equipment.-Plans (1) Standpipe systems. Plans for standpipe
for fuel-burning equipment and fuel-oil storage equipment shall systems shall contain at least the following data and
contain at least the following data and information: information:
(1) The kind or grade of fuel to be used. (a) The location and size of all risers, cross-
(2) The location, arrangement, size, load, and maximum connections, hose racks, valves, siamese connections,
capacity of the burning, storage and fuel-pumping equipment. sources of water supply, piping, and other essential
(3) The method or means of providing air to the features of the system.
equipment space, showing duct and opening sizes. (b) A floor plan for floors that have typical riser
(4) The location, size, and materials for all locations and no special features within the floor
breechings; the height and size of all chimneys and gas level, with the title of this plan indicating clearly the
vents; the thickness and type of all insulation materials; floors to which the arrangement is applicable.
and the clearances from combustible walls, partitions, and (c) A riser diagram showing the essential features
ceilings.
of the system and indicating the risers, cross-connections,
(5) Diagrams of all piping, including vent and fill
valves, siamese connections, tanks, pumps, sources
piping for oil systems, and all safety cut-off and relief
of water supply, pipe sizes, capacities, floor heights,
devices and valves in piping.
(6) Where the alteration or replacement of parts for a zone pressures, and other essential data and features
fuel-oil burning installation does not affect the size of the of the system.
combustion chamber, the atomization of the fuel, the (d) The available water pressure at the top and
grade of fuel used, or the maximum capacity of the bottom floors of each zone, and at each floor where
system, a descriptive statement of the proposed work may the weight pipe fittings change, shall be shown on the
be submitted in lieu of plans. riser diagram. For street pressure-fed systems and fire
(d) Refrigerating systems.- Plans for refrigerating pumps, a statement from the department of environmental
systems shall contain at least the following data and protection, giving the minimum water pressure in the
information: main serving the building, shall be supplied.
(1) The location of all machinery; the horsepower of **(2) Sprinkler systems. Plans for sprinkler
compressors; the type and number of pounds of systems, whether automatic or non-automatic, shall
refrigerant to be used; and the air quantities for, and contain at least the following data and information:
means of, ventilating the machinery space. (e) The location and size of water supplies and
(2) The location of emergency switches for the location, spacing, number, and type of sprinklers
compressors and for ventilation in the machinery rooms. to be used, with approximate location and size of all
(3) The location of pressure relief piping and any feed mains, risers, valves, siamese connections, and
city water connections and water-saving devices. other essential features of the system.
(4) The tonnage capacity of the machine and the (f) A diagram showing the proposed sprinkler
suction and discharge pressures at which the machine is system in relation to principal construction features
rated. of the building, such as its size, walls, columns, and
(5) The operating weight of the equipment.
partitions; and such other information as may be
(e) Heating systems.- Plans for heating systems shall
necessary for the evaluation of the system.
contain at least the following data and information:
(g) The location, number, and type of any electrical
(1) The temperature to be maintained in every room.
(2) The amount of heat in btu per hour to be or automatic devices to be used in the system.
provided in every room, and the output capacity in btu per (h) The available water pressure at the top and
hour of the central heat sources. bottom floors of each zone shall be shown on the riser
(f) Boilers.- Plans for boiler installations and boiler diagram. For street pressure-fed systems and fire
alterations shall contain at least the following data and pumps, a statement from the department of environmental
information: protection, giving the minimum water pressure in the
(1) The btu per hour output capacity and operating main serving the building, shall be supplied.
weight of each boiler; and the pressure setting of the relief **(3) Other fire suppression piping systems.
valves. Plans for chemical or gaseous fire suppression piping
(2) Such other data and information as are required systems shall contain at least the following data and
to be contained on plans for fuel-burning equipment, as information.
hereinabove provided. (a) Type, model number and location of all
**(g) Fire suppression piping systems. - All applications surface, plenum and duct nozzles; the type, location
shall include a plot plan to scale indicating the location of and surface dimensions of all cooking appliances; the
the system in relation to the rest of the building. location and type of the automatic fuel shut-off and

revision: October 1, 2004

81
Title 27 / Subchapter 1

statement as to type (gas or electric); location and (3) Does not in any way reduce the ventilation of
distance of the remote control or manual pull station. any room or space below that required by code provisions.
(a) A statement that board of standards and appeals or (4) Does not penetrate any fire division, roof,
department approved grease filters are to be used in any floor, or wall (except that a packaged air-conditioning
kitchen hood; the dimensions of all hoods and all related ducts. unit not exceeding 3 tons rated capacity may be used
(b) The brand name, model and board of standards in windows or in sleeves under windows, provided
and appeals or department approval number of the fire that health, fire and/or structural safety is not thereby
suppression piping system; the type of extinguishing impaired).
agent and number and size of agent containers; size, (b) Elevators, etc.- Where the equipment consists
length, and type of all piping that will be used; number of a portable elevating device used only for handling
and location of all fusible links or detectors and the materials and located and operated entirely within
temperature setting; type, model number and location of one story.
all surface, plenum and duct nozzles. (c) Fuel-burning and fuel-oil storage equipment.-
(c) For halon systems, the plan should also include Where the equipment consists of any of the following:
type and concentration of the halon, the method of (1) Portable fuel-burning equipment that does
providing power supply to smoke or heat detectors; if not require a chimney or vent connection.
reserve supply is being provided, fire rating of partitions (2) Portable heaters used in construction work.
and if the area involved is sprinklered, location of all (3) Oil-fired heaters having a fuel-storage
audible/visible alarms within and outside the location capacity of 6 gallons or less (except that internal
involved and the details of construction of the room to combustion engines of any size shall require a permit).
contain the halon. (d) Refrigerating systems.- Where the system:
**Local Law 107-1993. ***(1) Has a capacity of twenty-five tons or less
and uses a Group A1 refrigerant.
§[C26-116.4] 27-183 Exemptions from plan requirements.- (2) Is to be installed in a vehicle, railroad car, or vessel.
The submission of plans shall not be required in (3) Uses water or air as the refrigerant.
connection with applications for permits to install or alter (e) Hot water boilers and steam boilers operating
fuel-burning and fuel-oil storage equipment under any of at a gauge pressure of not more than fifteen pounds
the following conditions. However, the commissioner per square inch located in dwellings occupied by less
may require the filing of sketches showing compliance than six families.
with the provisions of this code. ***Local Law 32-2004.
(a) The equipment is to be used for heating a one- or
two-family dwelling. *§ 27-184.1 Alteration and repair slip. -
(b) The equipment is fed by gas fuel and is not used (a) An application for an equipment work permit
with an incinerator. for work on an existing combined standpipe or
(c) The capacity of the equipment does not exceed sprinkler system may be treated as an application for
three hundred fifty thousand btu per hour and the capacity an alteration and repair slip where the total cost of the
of each of the oil storage tanks for the equipment does not proposed work within the building, as certified by the
exceed two hundred seventy-five gallons, unless the tanks permit applicant, does not exceed ten thousand
are buried, or are in a multiple dwelling, or in a building dollars in any twelve month period and the proposed
adjacent to the line of a subway, or are located above the work consists of any of the following:
lowest story of a building, or unless the fuel-burning (1) Replacement of parts required for the
operation of a combined standpipe or sprinkler
equipment is located above the lowest story of a building.
system. In the event of emergency an application for
an alteration and repair slip must be filed within
§[C26-116.5] 27-184 Exemptions from permit twenty-four hours after the commencement of the
requirement.- An equipment work permit shall not be repairs.
required in any of the following cases: (2) Replacement of sprinkler heads. Provided
(a) Air-conditioning and ventilating systems.- Where that orifice sizes, type and deflector position remain
the system is a voluntary system serving only one floor of the same.
a building and: (3) Changes that do not alter the type of sprinkler system.
(1) Does not use lot line windows for the intake or (4) Relocation of piping that does not effect the
exhaust of air or the mounting of equipment. operation of the sprinkler system.
(2) Is not installed in any public hallway, passageway, (5) Rearrangement of not more than twenty sprinkler
or stairway. heads in areas presently sprinklered in light hazard
occupancy which will remain light hazard

revision: October 1, 2004 82

Title 27 / Subchapter 1

occupancy, provided that the addition of sprinkler heads functions satisfactorily and that, to the best of his or
in existing systems shall be limited to light hazard her knowledge and belief, the system will meet code
occupancy in rooms or spaces not exceeding eight temperature requirements.
hundred square feet requiring only one head with the
maximum spacing allowed by the code, and provided that §[C26-117.4] 27-188 Temporary use permit.- The
the number of new heads does not exceed a total of five. commissioner may, upon request, issue a temporary
(6) Relocation of combined fire standpipe auxiliary use permit authorizing partial use and operation of
hose sources and cabinets within ten feet of their original the equipment prior to completion of the installation
location, provided that the existing covered area is not or alteration work, provided that such partial use and
affected and provided that such relocation complies with operation may be made safely and without endangering
subchapter seventeen and reference standard RS 17-1. public health, safety and welfare, and further provided
(b) Notwithstanding any inconsistent provision of this that such temporary use permit shall not be issued for
section, an application for an equipment work permit for a period of more than thirty calendar days, subject to
work on an existing combined standpipe or sprinkler renewal for additional thirty-day periods at the
system may not be treated as an application for an discretion of the commissioner. All temporary use permits
alteration and repair slip for any alteration of primary or shall be required to be posted in a conspicuous location
auxiliary water supplies. in or near the equipment covered by the permit, and
(c) Upon the approval of the application an alteration shall state the nature and extent of the partial use and
and repair slip shall be issued in lieu of an equipment operation permitted and indicate clearly that full use
work permit, with the same force and effect as if an and operation of the equipment is not permitted.
equipment work permit had been issued.
(d) The submission of plans shall not be required for §[C26-117.5] 27-189 Exemptions from equipment
an alteration and repair slip. use permit requirement.- No equipment use permit
*Local Law 6-1997. shall be required for equipment exempted from the
requirement of an equipment work permit under
ARTICLE 18 APPLICATIONS FOR EQUIPMENT section 27-184 of article seventeen of this subchapter;
USE PERMITS nor shall an equipment use permit be required for the
use and operation of equipment specifically exempted
§[C26-117.1] 27-185 When equipment use permits under the provisions of subchapters thirteen and
required.- Equipment use permits shall be required for the fourteen of this chapter.
use and operation of the following types of service equipment:
(a) Air-conditioning and ventilating systems. §[C26-117.6] 27-190 Duration and renewal of
(b) Elevators, escalators, moving walks and stairways, permit.- Equipment use permits shall be of indefinite
dumbwaiters, etc. duration, subject to the provisions of section 27-196
(c) Fuel-burning and fuel-oil storage equipment. of article nineteen of this subchapter, except that
(d) Refrigeration systems. permits for the use and operation of elevators and
(e) Heating systems. similar equipment and boilers shall be limited to a term
(f) Boilers. of one year from the date of issuance of the permit,
subject to annual renewal upon application and proof of
§[C26-117.2] 27-186 Application requirements.- All compliance with the requirements for periodic
applications for equipment use permits shall be subject to inspections as prescribed in subchapters fourteen and
the requirements of article ten of this subchapter. eighteen of this chapter. Applications for renewal of
such permits shall be submitted on forms furnished by
§[C26-117.3] 27-187 Inspections and tests.- No the department, not later than thirty calendar days prior
equipment use permit shall be issued unless and until the to the expiration date of the permit, accompanied by the
equipment shall have been inspected and tested to required fee; and late applications for renewal shall be
determine proper functioning and compliance with the subject to the payment of an additional fee of one (1)
provisions of this code and other applicable laws and dollar.
regulations. All inspections and tests shall be conducted
in accordance with required inspection and test ARTICLE 19 ISSUANCE OF PERMITS
procedures; and signed copies of all required inspection
and test reports shall be filed with the department and form §[C26-118.1] 27-191 Approval of permit
part of the papers accompanying the permit application. In application.-All applications for permits and any
the case of heating systems, a signed statement by an accompanying plans and papers, including any
architect or engineer shall be submitted with the permit amendments thereto, shall be examined promptly
application, stating that the system has been operated and after their submission for compliance with the

83
Title 27 / Subchapter 1

provisions of this code and other applicable laws and location other than the location of the premises or
regulations. Except as otherwise provided in section 27- equipment for which the permit was issued.
198 of this article, applications complying with the
provisions of this code and other applicable laws and §[C26-118.5] 27-195 Notice of commencement of
regulations shall be approved by the commissioner and work.- At least twenty-four hours written notice shall be
the permit issued promptly and not later than forty given to the commissioner before the commencement of
calendar days after the submission thereof, and any work for which a permit has been issued. Before
applications failing to comply with the requirements of any work is commenced on an item of construction
this code and other applicable laws and regulations shall requiring controlled inspection, all persons responsible
be rejected and written notice of rejection, stating the for such controlled inspection shall be notified in writing
grounds of rejection, shall be given the applicant at least seventy-two hours prior to such commencement.
promptly and not later than forty calendar days after the
submission thereof, except that on or before the fortieth *§[C26-118.6] 27-196 Expiration of permit.-
day, the commissioner may on good cause shown, and Except as otherwise provided in section 27-190 of
upon notification to the applicant, extend such time for an article eighteen of this subchapter, all permits issued
additional twenty days. Whenever a permit application by the commissioner shall expire by limitation and
has been rejected and is thereafter revised and resubmitted become invalid if the permitted work or use is not
to meet stated grounds of rejection, the revised commenced within twelve months from the date of
application shall be approved if it meets the stated issuance of the permit or, if commenced, is
grounds of rejection, or shall be rejected if it fails to meet suspended or abandoned for a period of twelve
the stated grounds of rejection; and the permit shall be months thereafter. All permits for work in a special
issued or written notice of rejection, stating the grounds of flood hazard area as delineated in reference
rejection, shall be given the applicant promptly and not standard RS4-4 shall expire if the actual start of
later than 20 calendar days after the resubmission thereof. permanent construction has not occurred within one
hundred eighty-eight days of the date on which such
§[C26-118.2] 27-192 Approval of application in part.- permit is issued. The commissioner may, however,
The commissioner may approve the application and issue upon good cause shown, reinstate a work permit at
a permit for construction of part of a building, including any time within a period of two years from the date
foundations, before complete plans and specifications for of issuance of the original permit, provided that the
the entire building have been submitted and approved, work shall comply with all the requirements of this
provided that adequate information and detailed plans or code and other applicable laws and regulations in
statements have been submitted complying with the effect at the time application for reinstatement is made,
provisions of this code and any other applicable laws and and provided further that the applicant shall pay a
regulations, and provided further that the holder of such renewal fee in accordance with section 26-211 of the code.
permit shall proceed with the building operation at his or *Local Law 38-1990; Local Law 33-1988.
her own risk and without assurance that a permit for
construction of the entire building will thereafter be **§[C26-118.7] 27-197 Revocation of permit.-
issued. The commissioner may, on notice to the applicant,
revoke any permit for failure to comply with the
§[C26-118.3] 27-193 Signature to permit.- Every provisions of this code or other applicable laws and
permit issued by the commissioner shall have his or her regulations; or whenever there has been any false
signature affixed thereto; but the commissioner may statement or any misrepresentation as to a material
authorize any subordinate to affix such signature. fact in the application or accompanying plans and
papers upon the basis of which the permit was issued;
§[C26-118.4] 27-194 Posting of permit.- A permit card or whenever any permit has been issued in error and
bearing the permit number, application number, location conditions are such that a permit should not have
of the premises or equipment for which the permit is been issued. Such notice shall inform the applicant
issued, and such other information as the commissioner that he or she shall have the right to present to the
may determine, shall be furnished the applicant in commissioner or his or her representative within five
connection with the issuance of the permit; and such business days or personal service or ten days of the
permit card shall be posted in a conspicuous place at such posting of service by mail information as to why the
location open to public inspection during the entire time permit should not be revoked. The commissioner
of the prosecution of the work or the use and operation of may suspend a permit immediately when the
the equipment, or until the expiration of the permit. No commissioner has determined that an imminent peril
such permit card shall be posted or displayed at any to life or property exists and shall at the same time
notify the applicant that the permit shall be revoked

84
Title 27 / Subchapter 1

and that the applicant has the right to present to the (b) with respect to the addition or removal of
commissioner or his or her representative within five kitchen or bathroom facilities in such multiple
business days of personal service or ten days of the dwelling or such other types of alteration work as
posting of service by mail information as to why the shall be prescribed by regulation of the commissioner
permit should not be revoked. of housing preservation and development, in
**Local Law 11-1988. consultation with the commissioner, unless
(i) the commissioner of housing preservation
§[C26-118.8] 27-198 Approval of plans and permit and development has certified that there has been no
applications for alteration or demolition of single harassment of the lawful occupants of such multiple
room occupancy multiple dwellings.- dwelling within the thirty-six month period prior to
a. For the purposes of this section "single room occupancy the date of the submission of an application for a
multiple dwelling" means either a class A multiple dwelling certification of no harassment or has issued a waiver
used in whole or in part as a rooming house or furnished of such certification,
room house or for single room occupancy pursuant to section (ii) the applicant has submitted a sworn
two hundred forty-eight of the multiple dwelling law or statement by or on behalf of all the owners, as such
containing rooming units, as such term is defined in section term is defined in paragraph forty-five of subdivision
27-2004 of the housing maintenance code or a class B multiple a of section 27-2004 of the housing maintenance
dwelling. Notwithstanding the foregoing provision, the term code, of such multiple dwelling that there will be no
"single room occupancy multiple dwelling" shall not include: harassment of the lawful occupants of such multiple
(1) college or school dormitories; dwelling by or on behalf of such owners during the
(2) clubhouses; construction period, and
(3) luxury hotels, as such term is defined by the (iii) the applicant has submitted a plan which
commissioner of housing preservation and development; provides for the safety and health of the occupants
(4) residences whose occupancy is restricted to an thereof during the construction period.
institutional use such as housing intended for use (2) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if
primarily or exclusively by the employees of a single within the thirty-six month period prior to the date of
company or institution; the submission of an application for a certification of
(5) city-owned multiple dwellings; no harassment to the commissioner of housing
(6) any multiple dwelling containing fewer than nine preservation and development, title to a single room
class B dwelling units used for single room occupancy occupancy multiple dwelling was vested in the city,
unless the total number of such units is more than fifty the period of time for which the commissioner of
percent of the total number of dwelling units in such housing preservation and development shall certify
multiple dwelling; and whether there has been no harassment of the lawful
(7) any class A or class B multiple dwelling which is occupants of such multiple dwelling shall commence
(a) The subject of a program approved by the from the date on which the title to such property was
commissioner of housing preservation and development no longer vested in the city.
and related to the rehabilitation and preservation of single (3) An applicant for such plan approval,
room occupancy multiple dwellings other than a program of alteration or demolition permit shall forward a copy
tax abatement or tax exemption including, but not limited to, of such application to the commissioner of housing
programs of tax abatement or tax exemption authorized by preservation and development, together with an
subchapter two of chapter two of title eleven of the application for a certification of no harassment
administrative code or section four hundred twenty-one-a of pursuant to section 27-2093 of the housing
the real property tax law, and maintenance code.
(b) exempted from the provisions of this section by (4) The time period in which the commissioner is
such commissioner. required to approve or reject an application, or
b. (1) The commissioner shall not approve any plans resubmission thereof, for such plan approval or
pursuant to article nine of this subchapter, issue an alteration permit pursuant to section 27-144 or 27-191
alteration permit pursuant to article twelve of this of this subchapter shall commence from the date that the
subchapter or a demolition permit pursuant to article commissioner receives either such certification or a
fourteen of this subchapter for a single room occupancy waiver thereof, or notice of the denial of such
multiple dwelling: certification or waiver thereof from the commissioner of
(a) for the alteration of such dwelling to a class A housing preservation and development and such sworn
multiple dwelling to be used in whole or in part for other statement and plan.
than single room occupancy purposes or for the (5) Where the commissioner of housing
demolition of such dwelling, or preservation and development denies the certification
required by this section the commissioner shall reject

85
Title 27 / Subchapter 1

the application for such plan approval, alteration permit or b. Where the commissioner of environmental
demolition permit. protection has by regulation required that, in
(6) The commissioner shall be empowered to issue a connection with other work for which a permit but
stop-work notice and order with respect to an alteration or not plans is required under this chapter, that an
demolition permit or rescind such plan approval, alteration asbestos investigator certify that the work to be
or demolition permit at the request of the commissioner of performed will not constitute an asbestos project or
housing preservation and development pursuant to section that an asbestos inspection report be completed in
27-2093 of the housing maintenance code. accordance with the provisions of section 24-146.1 of
(7) Where the commissioner rejects an application subchapter six of chapter one of title twenty-four of
for such plan approval, alteration or demolition permit the code, the commissioner shall not issue such
pursuant to paragraph five of this subdivision or where permit unless such certification or such report is
the commissioner rescinds such plan approval, alteration submitted in connection with the application for such
or demolition permit pursuant to paragraph six of this permit.
subdivision, no further application for plan approval, an c. Where the commissioner of environmental
alteration or demolition permit, for the purposes described protection has by regulation required that, in connection
in subdivision b of this section, with respect to the with work for which an alteration permit or demolition
alteration or demolition of such multiple dwelling shall be permit is required under this chapter, that an asbestos
considered by the commissioner for a period of thirty-six investigator certify that the work to be performed will
months following the date of the denial of the certification not constitute an asbestos project or that the applicant
of no harassment by the commissioner of housing submit with the application for such permit proof that an
asbestos removal plan has been approved by the
preservation and development or the date of the rescission of
commissioner of environmental protection in
such certification of no harassment by such commissioner.
accordance with the provisions of section 24-146.1 of
(8) The provisions of this subdivision shall not apply
subchapter six of chapter one of title twenty-four of the
to repairs, demolition or any other work performed by a
code, the commissioner shall not issue such permit
city agency or by a contractor pursuant to a contract with
unless such certification or proof of such approval has
a city agency.
been submitted in connection therewith.
* (9) The commissioner shall not approve any plans or d. The commissioner shall not issue any permit
issue any permits based upon a certification of no harassment under this chapter for work which constitutes an
issued prior to February second, nineteen hundred eighty- asbestos project and for which an asbestos inspection
seven unless the commissioner of housing preservation and report is required unless the applicant at the time of
development issues a supplemental certification that there is application for such permit certifies on forms
no reasonable cause to believe that there has been prescribed by the commissioner of environmental
harassment at the multiple dwelling during the period of time protection that he or she is familiar with federal, state
from the date of the issuance of the original certification of and local laws and regulations applicable to asbestos
no harassment to the date of the application for such a related work.
supplemental certification. If the commissioner of housing e. Whenever proof of approval of an asbestos removal
preservation and development finds that there is reasonable plan is required for plan or permit approval, any
cause to believe that harassment has occurred during such requirement for the submission of an asbestos
period of time he or she shall suspend the original inspection report shall be deemed waived.
certification of no harassment pursuant to paragraphs two f. For purposes of this section, the terms
and three of subdivision f of section 27-2093 of the code. "asbestos", "asbestos inspection report", "asbestos
*Local Law 9-1987; Local Law 59-1985, language juxtaposed per Ch. investigator", "asbestos project" and "asbestos
907-1985.
removal plan", shall have the meanings as are ascribed
in section 24-146.1 of subchapter six of chapter one
**§[C26-118.9] 27-198.1 Approval of plans and permit
of title twenty-four of the code.
applications where an asbestos project is performed.- **Local Law 80-1986. Not applicable to plans submitted prior to
a. The commissioner shall not approve any plans April 1, 1987 oramendments or revisions to such plans submitted
pursuant to article nine of this subchapter except plans for prior to March 31, 1988; Local Law 76-1985, language
juxtaposed per Ch. 907-1985.
the construction of new buildings unless an asbestos
investigator has certified that work to be performed will *§[C26-118.10] 27-198.2 Conversion, alteration
not constitute an asbestos project or the applicant submits and demolition of single room occupancy multiple
with the application for approval of plans an asbestos dwellings prohibited.-
inspection report completed in accordance with the a. Except as otherwise provided in this section
provisions of section 24-146.1 of subchapter six of and notwithstanding any other provision of law to the
chapter one of title twenty-four of the code. contrary, no single room occupancy dwelling unit or

86
Title 27 / Subchapter 1

units or portions thereof (i) shall be altered for or than five dwelling units were rooming units or
converted to use as apartments, whether such alteration dwelling units other than apartments or less than ten
or conversion is effected with or without physical percent of the total number of dwelling units were
alterations, or (ii) shall be altered for or converted to use rooming units or dwelling units other than
other than as single room occupancy dwelling units, apartments;
whether such alteration or conversion is effected with or (g) any class A or class B multiple dwelling
without physical alterations, or (iii) shall be altered to add which is (a) the subject of a project or program
either kitchens or bathrooms if such units lacked either of related to the rehabilitation and preservation of single
such facilities as of January ninth, nineteen hundred room occupancy multiple dwellings approved by the
eighty-five or to remove such facilities. No single room commissioner of housing preservation and
occupancy multiple dwelling shall be altered to reduce the development other than a program of tax abatement
number of single room occupancy dwelling units and no or tax exemption including, but not limited to,
single room occupancy multiple dwelling shall be programs of tax abatement or tax exemption
demolished. No single room occupancy multiple dwelling authorized by subchapter two of chapter two of title
shall be altered to remove kitchens or bathroom facilities eleven of the code or section four hundred twenty-
which are used for any single room occupancy dwelling one-a of the real property tax law, and (b) exempted
unit. from the provisions of this section by such
b. 1. For the purposes of this section the term "single commissioner;
room occupancy multiple dwelling" means a multiple (h) any wood-frame multiple dwelling.
dwelling which is either (i) a class A multiple dwelling (i) any hotel in which during the twelve month
which is either used in whole or in part for single room period commencing on January first, nineteen hundred
occupancy or as a rooming house or furnished room eighty-four ninety percent or more of the dwelling units
house pursuant to section two hundred forty-eight of the were occupied for less than thirty consecutive days by
multiple dwelling law or which contains rooming units or any one occupant and in which there are no dwelling
(ii) a class B multiple dwelling including, without limitation, units subject to regulation pursuant to the rent
hotels, lodging houses, rooming houses, boarding houses and stabilization law of nineteen hundred sixty-nine, as
furnished room houses. Notwithstanding the foregoing amended, provided however that this provision shall not
provision, the term "single room occupancy multiple apply unless an application for exemption is filed with the
dwelling" shall not include: department of housing preservation and development in
(a) any multiple dwelling which had a certificate of such form and containing such information as the
occupancy as a college or school dormitory on January department shall prescribe on or before April thirtieth,
ninth, nineteen hundred eighty-five or if the dwelling had nineteen hundred eighty-seven.
no certificate of occupancy was lawfully used as a college 2. The status of a vacant building as a single room
or school dormitory on such date; occupancy multiple dwelling shall be determined by
(b) any multiple dwelling which had a certificate of its last legal use prior to vacancy.
occupancy as a clubhouse on January ninth, nineteen 3. For the purposes of this section the term "single
hundred eighty-five or if the dwelling had no certificate of room occupancy dwelling unit" means a dwelling
occupancy was lawfully used as a clubhouse on such date; unit, other than an apartment, in a single room
(c) any multiple dwelling which was a residence occupancy multiple dwelling.
whose occupancy was restricted to an institutional use 4. For the purposes of this section the terms
such as housing intended for use primarily or exclusively "apartment", "dwelling unit", "owner" and "rooming
by the employees of a single company or institution on unit" shall be as defined in the housing maintenance
January ninth, nineteen hundred eighty-five; code.
(d) multiple dwellings owned by the city, the state, or c. 1. The commissioner shall not approve any plans
any political subdivision thereof; pursuant to article nine of this subchapter, issue an
(e) hotels in which the rent on October first, nineteen alteration permit pursuant to article twelve of this
hundred eighty-four, exclusive of governmentally assisted subchapter or a demolition permit pursuant to article
rental payments, charged for seventy-five percent or more fourteen of this subchapter for a single room
of the total number of occupied individual dwelling units occupancy multiple dwelling:
was more than fifty-five dollars per day for each unit (a) for the alteration of such dwelling to a class A
rented on a daily basis, or more than two hundred fifty multiple dwelling to be used in whole or in part for
dollars per week for each unit rented on a weekly basis or other than single room occupancy purposes or for the
more than eight hundred fifty dollars per month for each demolition of such dwelling, or
unit rented on a monthly basis; (b) with respect to the addition or removal of
(f) any class A or class B multiple dwelling in which, kitchen or bathroom facilities in such multiple
on January ninth, nineteen hundred eighty-five, either less

87
Title 27 / Subchapter 1

dwelling prohibited pursuant to subdivision a of this seven and such application is approved by such
section, or department; or
(c) with respect to any other alterations or other work 2. such multiple dwelling is within an area for
prohibited pursuant to subdivision a of this section. which the department of city planning has issued a
2. Except as provided in paragraph three of this special permit prior to January ninth, nineteen
subdivision, the department shall revoke any such permit hundred eighty-five which was conditioned upon a
or approval granted on or after January ninth, nineteen commitment by the developer to provide dwelling
hundred eighty-five. units as set forth in such special permit to replace the
3. If demolition of a single room occupancy multiple single room occupancy dwelling units which are lost;
dwelling has been completed pursuant to a permit issued on or
or after January ninth, nineteen hundred eighty-five and prior 3. such multiple dwelling is determined by the
to August fifth, nineteen hundred eighty-five, the department department or by the fire department to be an unsafe
shall not issue a permit for new construction on the site of building and the department determines there is no
such demolished dwelling and shall revoke any such permit alternative to demolition; or
for new construction issued on or after January ninth, 4. (a) (i) Prior to the issuance of a permit for work
nineteen hundred eighty-five unless the owner makes the which would otherwise be prohibited pursuant to
payment or provides for replacement units pursuant to subdivisions a and c of this section, the owner of such
subparagraph (a) of paragraph (4) of subdivision d of this single room occupancy multiple dwelling complies with
section for each single room occupancy dwelling unit which the provisions of §27-198.3 of this code and further
was demolished. provides for the replacement of the single room
4. The provisions of this section shall not apply to work occupancy dwelling units which would be altered,
done pursuant to any permit issued by the department prior converted or demolished by paying, to the single room
to January ninth, nineteen hundred eighty-five. occupancy housing development fund company
a. The provisions of subdivisions a and c shall not established pursuant to subdivision i of this section for
apply to a single room occupancy multiple dwelling if: each dwelling unit which would be altered, converted or
1. (a) such multiple dwelling had twenty-four or fewer demolished as a result of the work, forty-five thousand
dwelling units on January ninth, nineteen hundred eighty- dollars or such other amount which the commissioner of
five and housing preservation and development determines by
(i) on January first, nineteen hundred eighty-three regulation would equal the cost of creating a dwelling
and on January ninth, nineteen hundred eighty-five had unit, other than an apartment, to replace such single room
seven or fewer occupied single room occupancy dwelling occupancy dwelling unit. No such regulation shall be
units, excluding any owner occupied single room promulgated before January first, nineteen hundred
occupancy dwelling units; or eighty-eight provided, however, that on and after such
(ii) an individual owner with at least a fifty percent date such regulation shall be promulgated where the
fee interest in the multiple dwelling establishes to the commissioner determines that the cost of creating such a
satisfaction of the commissioner of the department of dwelling unit, exceeds forty-five thousand dollars. Each
housing preservation and development prior to the regulation shall indicate the manner in which the cost of
issuance of any permit by the department of buildings for creating such a dwelling unit was determined.
work which would otherwise be prohibited pursuant to Notwithstanding the foregoing, where fifty percent or
subdivisions a and c of this section that he or she intends more of the dwelling units of such multiple dwelling are
to occupy such premises as his or her primary residence occupied as of January twentieth, nineteen hundred
for a period of not less than three years after completion eighty-seven, the owner of such multiple dwelling shall
of such work; and be required to provided for replacement units pursuant to
(iii) an application to establish an exemption clause (ii) of this subparagraph for such units occupied as
pursuant to this subparagraph is submitted to the of such date; or
department of housing preservation and development and (ii) Prior to the issuance of a permit for work which
such application is approved by the department; or would otherwise be prohibited pursuant to
(b) such multiple dwelling had twenty-five or more subdivisions a and c of this section, the owner replaces
dwelling units on January ninth, nineteen hundred eighty- the single room occupancy dwelling units which
five and the residential portion of such dwelling has been would be altered, converted or demolished as a result
continuously vacant since January first, nineteen hundred of such work elsewhere within the city by providing
eighty-three, an application to establish an exemption dwelling units affordable to persons of low and
pursuant to this subparagraph is submitted to the moderate income, under a plan approved by such
department of housing preservation and development on commissioner which complies with the provisions of
or before May twenty-ninth, nineteen hundred eighty- §27-198.3 of this code. "Replacement" shall include
but not be limited to the acquisition of an existing

88
Title 27 / Subchapter 1

multiple dwelling or the creation of such dwelling units altered or converted in a manner prohibited by
either by the construction of a new multiple dwelling or the subdivisions a and c of this section or demolished; and
substantial rehabilitation of an existing multiple dwelling. (ii) that neither the owner nor any prior owner
"Multiple dwelling" shall include but not be limited to a intentionally managed the property to impair the ability to
"single room occupancy multiple dwelling". In the event earn such return, and (iii) that the requirement that all
that an existing multiple dwelling is acquired for the single room occupancy dwelling units be replaced
purpose of providing replacement units, such multiple would substantially impair the feasibility of redeveloping
dwelling shall be located in the same or adjacent the property for any other use. Such application shall be
community board in which the single room occupancy made to the commissioner of housing preservation and
multiple dwelling which is to be altered, converted or development in a form and manner and containing such
demolished is located. Where a replacement Plan is information as the commissioner of housing preservation
submitted to such commissioner, the commissioner shall and development shall prescribe. The term "reasonable
give notice to the council member and community board rate of return" is defined to mean a net annual return of
for the community district in which the dwelling units to eight and one-half percent of the assessed value of the
be provided pursuant to such plan are to be located. Such subject property without recourse to the alteration,
plan shall provide either for the sale or net lease of the conversion or demolition prohibited by subdivisions a
multiple dwelling containing such dwelling units to a not- and c of this section. If the department of housing
for-profit organization or for such other form of transfer of preservation and development determines that the
ownership, management or possession of such multiple assessed value of the subject property has increased as
dwelling approved by such commissioner. the result of the sale of such property, such department
(iii) Notwithstanding the provisions of item (i) or (ii) of this shall disregard the increase in the assessed value resulting
subparagraph, upon the submission of an application for a from such sale to the extent that such department
permit for such work an owner shall make an application for determines that the amount paid for the property at
a certification of no harassment or supplemental certification such sale was in excess of the fair market value of the
of no harassment pursuant to the provisions of section 27- property on the date of the sale if the property
2093 of this code and if such application is denied by the continued to be used for single room occupancy rental
commissioner of housing preservation and development or a housing of the same type and quality after the sale. For
certification is granted and thereafter revoked and the basis the purpose of such determination the property shall
for such denial or revocation is predicated in whole or in part be valued subject to the continuation of tenancies
on a determination by such commissioner that harassment existing at the subject property immediately prior to the
occurred at such multiple dwelling after January ninth, date of the sale. Notwithstanding the foregoing
nineteen hundred eighty-five, no permit shall be issued on provision the commissioner shall revoke a
the basis of any payment made pursuant to item (i) or the determination reducing the payment or the number of
provision of dwelling units pursuant to item (ii) and such replacement dwelling units if the denial or revocation
owner shall be subject to the provisions of section 27-2151 of a certification of no harassment or supplemental
of this code and subdivisions a and c of this section. In certification of no harassment is predicated in whole
addition, the sanctions provided by section 27-198 shall or in part on a determination by such commissioner
apply and no permit shall be issued for a period of two years that harassment occurred at such multiple dwelling
following the expiration of the sanction period set forth in after January ninth, nineteen hundred eighty-five.
section 27-198 unless the owner, prior to the issuance of such e. The department shall not issue a building permit
permit, makes a payment of twice the amount required by to allow new construction on the site after demolition
item (i) or provides for twice the number of replacement pursuant to paragraph three of subdivision d of this
units required by item (ii) for each single room occupancy section unless the owner makes the payment or provides
dwelling unit which would be demolished, altered or replacement units pursuant to subparagraph (a) of
converted as a result of the issuance of such permit. Any paragraph four of subdivision d of this section for each
payment made or replacement units provided prior to such single room occupancy dwelling unit which is
denial or revocation shall be credited against such required demolished, provided however that if the department of
amount or units. housing preservation and development determines that
(b) The amount of the payment required to be made or the conditions which necessitated or significantly
the number of dwelling units required to be provided contributed to the need for the demolition were not the
pursuant to subparagraph (a) of this paragraph may be result of violations of the housing maintenance code
reduced in whole or in part by the commissioner of housing which resulted from intentional acts or substantial
preservation and development if such commissioner negligence of an owner or former owner or his or her
determines that the owner has established: agent or was the owner of record prior to January ninth,
(i) that there is no reasonable possibility that such owner nineteen hundred eighty-five and such acts did not occur
can make a reasonable rate of return unless the property is during the period of his or her ownership, the owner may

89
Title 27 / Subchapter 1

apply for a reduction of the required replacement units room occupancy multiple dwelling to be restored so
pursuant to subparagraph (b) of paragraph four of subdivision that the number of single room occupancy dwelling
d of this section. units is increased up to the number of such units prior
f. Notwithstanding the provisions of section 27- to such alteration or conversion.
2077 of the code for purposes of this section, rooming h. All applications submitted pursuant to this section
units for persons of low and moderate income provided shall be accompanied by an affidavit of the owner attesting
pursuant to paragraph two or four of subdivision d of this to the accuracy and truthfulness of the information
section may be created through alterations of apartment contained therein and an application fee. The department
units in a class A multiple dwelling. of housing preservation and development is authorized to
g.** i Any person who violates the provisions of this establish such reasonable fees as may be appropriate.
section shall be subject to all of the remedies and i. The commissioner of housing preservation and
penalties provided for in this title except that no civil or development shall establish a single room occupancy
criminal penalties shall apply with respect to acts in housing development fund company pursuant to the
violation of this section committed prior to August fifth, provisions of article eleven of the private housing
nineteen hundred eighty-five. finance law or such other provision of law as may be
**As enacted but "1" probably intended. deemed appropriate by the corporation counsel. Monies
2. In addition to any other penalties set forth in this paid to the company shall be used for the preservation,
subdivision or in any other provisions of law, any person acquisition and development of dwelling units for
who violates the provisions of this section following persons of low and moderate income pursuant to
August fifth, nineteen hundred eighty-five shall also be applicable provisions of law and a preference in the
liable for a civil penalty in the amount of one hundred occupancy of such dwelling units shall be given to
fifty thousand dollars for each single room occupancy individuals who are of low income, are single adults
dwelling unit unlawfully altered, converted or demolished. and whose last residence was in a single room
3. An owner who falsely represents an intention to occupancy multiple dwelling unit which was altered,
occupy a dwelling in order to obtain a permit pursuant to demolished or converted. On or before June thirtieth,
clause (ii) of subparagraph (a) of paragraph one of nineteen hundred eighty-eight and annually thereafter
subdivision d of this section to do work which would the company shall submit a report to the city council
otherwise be prohibited pursuant to subdivisions a and c and to the mayor describing its activities during the
of this section shall be liable for a civil penalty of fifty preceding calendar year.
thousand dollars for each single room occupancy dwelling j. All civil penalties recovered pursuant to any
unit demolished or converted to use as apartments under provision of this section shall be single room
such permit. occupancy housing fund development company
4. Such civil penalties shall be recovered by the established pursuant to subdivision i of this section.
corporation counsel in an action in any court of competent k. The provisions of this section shall not be
jurisdiction. A judgement recovered in such an action construed to alter, affect or amend any of the
shall constitute a lien against the premises with respect to provisions of the emergency housing rent control act,
which the violation occurred from the time of the filing of the emergency tenant protection act of nineteen
a notice of pendency in the office of the clerk of the seventy-four or any local laws enacted pursuant
county in which such premises is situated. A notice of thereto, the emergency housing rent control law, the
pendency may be filed at the time of the commencement rent stabilization law of nineteen hundred sixty-nine
of this action or at any time before final judgement or order. and the local hotel stabilization law of nineteen
5. In addition to any other penalties set forth in this hundred sixty-nine.
subdivision or in any other provisions of law, the commissioner l. For the purpose of this section and §27-198.3,
shall either (i) refuse to issue or shall seek to have "commissioner of housing preservation and development"
revoked the certificate of occupancy of a dwelling which may also mean such other agency or office of the
has been altered, converted or demolished after August city, as the mayor may direct.
fifth, nineteen hundred eighty-five to reduce the number *Local Law 9-1987. However, 27-198.2 and 27-198.3 have no
of single room occupancy dwelling units in violation of force or effect pursuant to Seawall v. New York, 74 N.Y. 2d 92.
this section unless the owner makes the payment or
provides replacement units pursuant to subparagraph (a) *§ 27-198.3 Relocation of tenants in occupancy in
of paragraph four of subdivision d of this section for each certain single room occupancy multiple dwellings.-
single room occupancy dwelling unit which was unlawfully a. An owner who, pursuant to either clause (i) or
altered, converted or demolished, provided, however, that (ii) of subparagraph (a) of paragraph four of
such owner shall not be eligible for a reduction in such subdivision d of section 27-198.2, seeks an
payment pursuant to subparagraph (b) of paragraph four exemption from the provisions of subdivisions a and
of subdivision d of this section; or (ii) order any single c of such section, shall be required to offer tenants in

revision: October 1, 2004

90
Title 27 / Subchapter 1

occupancy as of January twentieth, nineteen hundred commissioner has reason to believe is substantially or
eighty-seven, or thereafter, an opportunity for relocation to a materially inaccurate.
comparable unit at a comparable rent and such comparable d. Where an owner, pursuant to either clause (i) or
unit shall be located in the same borough in which the (ii) of subparagraph four of subdivision d of section
single room occupancy unit which is to be exempted is 27-198.2, seeks an exemption from the provisions of
located. Any owner subjected to the provisions of subdivisions a and c of such section for single room
subdivisions a and c of such section shall, on or before occupancy dwelling units which had tenants in occupancy
April first, nineteen hundred eighty-seven, submit to the as of the date of the application for such exemption, such
commissioner of housing preservation and development a owner shall submit to the commissioner of housing
sworn statement containing a list of tenants in occupancy preservation and development a relocation plan for such
as of January twentieth, nineteen hundred eighty-seven. A tenants. If such plan is approved by such commissioner,
"tenant in occupancy" shall be defined as an occupant of a the owner shall notify such tenants, in a form approved
dwelling unit within a single room occupancy multiple by such commissioner, of their right to elect to accept
dwelling who has lawfully occupied such dwelling unit the offer of relocation pursuant to such plan within the
for thirty consecutive days or longer or who has entered period of ninety days from the date of such notification.
into a lease with respect to such dwelling unit. A tenant in occupancy who fails to accept such an
b. On or before April first, nineteen hundred eighty- offer within such ninety day period or rejects such
seven, an owner of a single room occupancy multiple offer shall be deemed to have waived his or her right to
dwelling subject to the provisions of subdivisions a and c of relocation pursuant to this section. Upon approval of a
section 27-198.2 of this code shall both post in a relocation plan by such commissioner, the commissioner,
conspicuous, common area in such multiple dwelling and shall notify those parties who have registered with the
mail to each occupant on an annual basis thereafter and to commissioner as being interested in providing tenants
each new occupant within ten days of occupancy, a notice, in in occupancy with alternative offers of relocation.
a form approved by the commissioner of housing preservation *Local Law 9-1987. However, 27-198.2 and 27-198.3 have no
force or effect pursuant to Seawall v. New York, 74 N.Y. 2d 92.
and development, setting forth the rights of tenants in
occupancy pursuant to this section and other applicable
ARTICLE 20 CONDITIONS OF PERMIT
provisions of law. Such owner shall be subject to a civil
penalty of one hundred dollars per day for each and every §[C26-119.1] 27-199 Payment of fees.- No permit
day that such owner fails to mail, or to post such notice after shall be issued unless and until the required fee or
April first, nineteen hundred eighty-seven. fees therefor, as prescribed in subchapter three of
c. The commissioner of housing preservation and chapter one of title twenty-six of the administrative
development shall not authorize the exemption of any single code shall have been paid.
room occupancy dwelling unit from the prohibitions
contained in subdivisions a and c of section 27-198.2 of this §[C26-119.2] 27-200 Compliance with code, etc.-
code unless the owner of such single room occupancy Permits shall be deemed to incorporate the provisions
multiple dwelling shall submit a sworn statement to such [sic] that the applicant, his or her agent, employees,
commissioner accounting for all vacancies occurring at such and contractors shall carry out the permitted work or
multiple dwelling after January twentieth, nineteen hundred use in accordance with the provisions of this code
eighty-seven by submitting to such commissioner a sworn and other applicable laws and regulations, whether
statement by each and every tenant in occupancy at such specified or not, except insofar as variations
multiple dwelling, on January twentieth, nineteen hundred therefrom have been legally permitted or authorized.
eighty-seven, or thereafter, who has vacated such multiple
dwelling, that such tenant was advised by the owner, prior to §C26-119.3] 27-201 Compliance with application,
vacating such dwelling, of his or her right to remain at such plans, etc.-
dwelling and his or her right to be offered relocation by such All work shall conform to the approved application
owner pursuant to this section. Where a vacancy has and accompanying plans and papers, and any
occurred at such multiple dwelling after January twentieth, approved amendments thereto.
nineteen hundred eighty-seven and the owner does not
submit the affidavit of such tenant, the owner shall submit an §[C26-119.4] 27-202 Adherence to lot diagram.-
affidavit to such commissioner stating either that such tenant All work shall be located strictly in accordance with
wrongfully refused to sign such affidavit or, if the owner the approved lot diagram; and no lot or plot shall be
lacks knowledge of the cause for such vacancy, setting forth changed, increased or diminished in area from that
the period of such tenant's occupancy at such multiple shown on the approved lot diagram, unless and until a
dwelling, the date of such tenant's vacating of such multiple revised diagram showing such changes, accompanied
dwelling and the circumstances thereof. The commissioner by the necessary statement of the owner or applicant,
shall have the discretion not to accept an affidavit which such

revision: October 1, 2004 91

Title 27 / Subchapter 1

shall have been submitted to and approved by the is covered by a policy of liability insurance, the
commissioner. department may accept a certificate of endorsement
extending such policy to include the city within the
§[C26-119.5] 27-203 Compliance with safety requirements.- policy's coverage.
All building operations shall be conducted in accordance *Local Law 65-1996.
with and subject to the safety requirements of this code
and other applicable laws and regulations, including any ARTICLE 21 DEPARTMENT INSPECTIONS
order or requirement by the commissioner that the
building under construction or alteration be vacated, in §[C26-120.1] 27-205 Right of entry and inspection.-
whole or in part during the progress of the work and until The commissioner or his or her authorized
the issuance of a certificate of occupancy. representatives, in the discharge of their duties, shall
have authority to enter upon and examine and inspect at
*§[C26-119.6] 27-204 Builder's pavement.- all reasonable times any building, enclosure, or
a. Every permit issued for the construction or alteration premises, or any part thereof, or any signs or service
of any building shall contain a statement that no certificate equipment attached thereto or contained therein, for the
of occupancy or letter of completion shall be issued with purpose of determining compliance with the provisions
respect to such building unless the sidewalk in front of or of this code and other applicable laws and regulations.
abutting such building, including but not limited to the
intersection quadrant for corner property, shall have been §[C26-120.2] 27-206 Identification of inspectors.-
installed and paved or repaired by the owner at his or her Officers and employees of the department, in the
own cost, in the manner, of the materials, and in discharge of their duties, shall identify themselves by
accordance with the standard specifications prescribed by exhibiting the official badge of the department; and
the department of transportation pursuant to sections 19- other authorized representatives of the commissioner
113 and 19-115 of the code except where the commissioner shall identify themselves by producing and exhibiting
has determined that such sidewalk is not required, unless their authority in writing signed by the commissioner.
the owner of such premises furnishes to the department prior
to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy or letter of §[C26-120.3] 27-207 General provisions.- All
completion security satisfactory to the department that the examinations and inspections, including all tests in
sidewalk will be installed and paved or repaired within the connection therewith, as required by the provisions of
time specified by the department. Nothing contained in this this code and other applicable laws and regulations,
subdivision shall impair or diminish the power of the shall be made and conducted under the direction of
commissioner to waive the requirements of this subdivision the commissioner and in accordance with such
if he or she shall determine that conditions do not require the inspection and test procedures as may be prescribed
construction [sic] of such sidewalks, nor affect the by the provisions of this code or other applicable
obligations of an owner of property specified under laws and regulations, with the expense of all tests to
subdivision (a) of section 19-152 of the code, or relieve such be borne by the owner or lessee, or the contractor
owner of any such obligations, or impair or diminish the performing the work. The commissioner may accept
rights of the city or its agencies to enforce such obligations. inspection and test reports from officers and employees
b. No permit shall be granted for the construction or of the department and other government agencies.
alteration of any building, unless the owner of such premises The commissioner may accept signed statements and
has furnished to the department a policy of liability supporting inspection and test reports filed by
insurance, marked paid, in such amounts as may be fixed by architects, engineers or persons superintending construction
the department. Such policy shall insure, indemnify and save work and the installation of equipment, under and
the city harmless from all claims, suits, demands, causes of pursuant to the requirements of sections 27-131, 27-
action and judgments by reason of personal injuries, 132, 27-135 and 27-136 of this subchapter.
including death, sustained by any person and from any
claims, suits, demands, causes of action and judgments for §[C26-120.4] 27-208 Preliminary inspection.-
damages to property, occurring on any sidewalk on, abutting Before the issuance of a work permit, the commissioner
or in front of such premises, including but not limited to the may cause an examination and inspection to be made
intersection quadrant for corner property, up to the date of at the site of the proposed work.
issuance of such certificate of occupancy or letter of
completion or up to the date on the completion of the §[C26-120.5] 27-209 Inspections during progress
installation and pavement of such sidewalk in accordance of work.- After the issuance of a work permit,
with the standard specifications and regulations prescribed inspections shall be made during the progress of the
by the commissioner of the department of transportation work at such times or at such stages of the work and
pursuant to sections 19-113 and 19-115 of the code, in such manner as the commissioner shall direct; and
whichever is later. In the event that the owner of the premises such inspections shall include inspection of machinery

revision: October 1, 2004 92

Title 27 / Subchapter 1

and equipment used for hoisting purposes, cableways and certifying that such building conforms substantially
rigging purposes. The commissioner may accept signed to the approved plans and the provisions of this code
statements by architects or engineers and supporting and other applicable laws and regulations.
inspection and test reports which have been filed with the ***b. (1) No certificate of occupancy or letter of
department covering materials and equipment subject to completion shall be issued for any building, completed
controlled inspection and semi-controlled inspection, as on or after April twenty-third, nineteen hundred
provided under sections 27-132, 27-133, 27-136 and 27- sixty-three unless the sidewalk in front of or abutting
137 of this subchapter, and the work may, unless such building, including but not limited to the
otherwise specifically provided by code provisions or intersection quadrant for corner property shall have
directed by the commissioner, proceed without any verifying been installed and paved or repaired by the owner at
inspections or test by the department, provided that the his or her own cost, in the manner, of the materials,
names and business addresses of such architects or and in accordance with the specifications prescribed
engineers shall have been set forth in the work permit by the department of transportation pursuant to
application or filed in writing with the department not sections 19-113 and 19-115 of the code, or unless the
later than ten calendar days prior to the commencement of owner of such premises has furnished to the department
work thereunder. security satisfactory to it that such sidewalk will be
installed and paved or repaired within the time
§[C26-120.6] 27-210 Final inspection.- Upon completion specified by the department or unless the commissioner
of the work, and before the issuance of any certificate of waives such requirement where conditions do not
occupancy or equipment use permit, a final inspection of require the installation of a sidewalk.
the work shall be made by the department, at which the (2) The commissioner of buildings shall insure
architect, engineer, or other person who supervised or that streets are suitably improved in accordance with
superintended the construction, installation or alteration the standards and specifications of the department of
work shall be present; and any and all failures to comply transportation as required by subdivision two of
with the provisions of this code or other applicable laws section thirty-six of the general city law and shall
and regulations shall be noted and the owner or lessee otherwise carry out the provisions of such subdivision.
promptly notified thereof in writing. c. No certificate of occupancy or temporary
certificate of occupancy (excluding amendments to
§[C26-120.7] 27-211 Inspection of completed buildings.- previously issued certificates of occupancy) shall be
The commissioner shall cause inspections to be made issued on or after April first, nineteen hundred
periodically of completed buildings, and of signs and eighty-seven for any existing building which has not
service equipment installations when so required by the fully complied with all requirements of this code
provisions of subchapter four of chapter one of title applicable to such existing building.
twenty-six, or other applicable laws and regulations. ***Local Law 65-1996.

§[C26-120.8] 27-212 Inspection reports.- All inspection §[C26-121.3] 27-215 Altered buildings.- Except as
reports shall be in writing and signed by the inspector, or permitted under the provisions of section 27-218 of
the responsible individual, or an officer of the inspection this article, no building hereafter altered so as to
service, making the examination of inspection; and a change from one occupancy group to another, either
record of all inspections shall be kept by the department. in whole or in part, or so as to affect any existing
ARTICLE 22 CERTIFICATES OF OCCUPANCY means of egress, or so as to increase the number of
habitable rooms in the building, and no building
*§[C26-121.1] 27-213 General provisions.-All certificates hereafter altered for which a certificate of occupancy
of occupancy shall be issued by the commissioner and the has not theretofore been issued, shall be occupied or
issuance thereof shall be subject to the provisions of this used unless and until a certificate of occupancy shall
section, and to the provisions of subdivision (b) of section have been issued certifying that the alteration work
six hundred forty-five of the New York city charter and for which the permit was issued has been completed
article five of subchapter three of chapter one of title substantially in accordance with the approved plans
twenty-six. and the provisions of this code and other applicable
*Local Law 91-1989. laws and regulations. If the building was not required
to be vacated, either in whole or in part, during the
§[C26-121.2] 27-214 New buildings; sidewalk requirements.- course of the alteration work, the occupancy or use of
a. Except as permitted under the provisions of section the building shall not continue more than thirty
27-218 of this article, no building hereafter constructed calendar days after completion of the alteration work,
shall be occupied or used, in whole or in part, unless and unless a certificate of occupancy has been issued, as
until a certificate of occupancy shall have been issued above provided.

93
Title 27 / Subchapter 1

ninety and one hundred eighty days, in the case of all

**§[C26-121.4] 27-216 Existing buildings.- Upon buildings classified in occupancy group J-3 or three-
application by the owner of an existing building, and subject family homes, and ninety days for all other buildings
to the provisions of section 27-111 of article three of this subject to renewal for additional ninety-day periods
subchapter, the commissioner shall issue a certificate of at the discretion of the commissioner. When an
occupancy for such building, provided that at the time of applicant applies for an initial temporary certificate
issuing such certificate, no notices of violation or other of occupancy for longer than ninety days, he or she
notices or orders affecting the building as they relate to the must state the reason necessary for the longer time
provisions of this code are pending before the department of period.
buildings, and provided further that it is established to the †Local Law 12-1993.
satisfaction of the commissioner, after inspection and
investigation, that the alleged use of the building has heretofore *§[C26-121.7] 27-219 Applications for certificates
legally existed. The issuance of a certificate of occupancy for of occupancy.- All applications for certificates of
any existing building on waterfront property not used in occupancy shall be submitted on forms furnished by
conjunction with and in furtherance of waterfront commerce the department. Each application shall be accompanied
and/or navigation shall be conditioned upon compliance with by an accurate and complete lot survey made by a
licensed surveyor showing the location of any new
the provisions of this code regulating means of egress, and
building and/or any extension to an existing building,
upon the issuance of a certificate of completion by the
the elevation of the first tier of beams or the first
commissioner of ports and trade, and shall be limited to the floor, the finished grades of all open spaces on the lot,
uses and purposes certified to therein. the location and controlling grades of watercourses,
**Local Law 14-1989; Local Law 5-1986, language juxtaposed per
Ch. 907-1985. paved swales and similar above-grade methods of
storm water disposal when permitted by this code, the
§[C26-121.5] 27-217 Change of occupancy or use.- locations of all catch basins on the property, the
(a) No change shall be made in the occupancy or use established curb level, and the location of all other
of an existing building which is inconsistent with the last structures and impervious surfaces, as defined in
subdivision (a) of section P110.2 of reference standard
issued certificate of occupancy for such building, or
RS-16, on the lot. Such lot survey shall also show the
which would bring it under some special provision of this location and boundaries of the lot or plot upon which
code or other applicable law or regulation, unless a new such buildings and structures are located. The
certificate of occupancy is issued by the commissioner commissioner may waive the requirement of such
certifying that such building or part thereof conform to all survey in the case of small sheds, stands, signs, and
of the applicable provisions of this code and all other similar small structures. In addition, prior to the
applicable laws and regulations for the proposed new issuance of a certificate of occupancy the department
occupancy or use. shall confirm by inspection that all work relating to
(b) Except as provided by law, a new certificate of the installation of the part of the storm water drainage
occupancy shall not be required where the change of use system which shall lie outside of such property, if
is within the same use group as listed in the amended and as required by section 24-526 of this code, has
zoning resolution. Where a building exceeds three stories been satisfactorily completed.
in height and the change does not exceed twenty per cent *Local Law 65-1996; Note: For Excerpts from Local Law 7-
of the total floor area, an amendment to the existing 1974, see end of Subchapter 1; Local Law 103-1989.
certificate of occupancy for such new use shall be issued
by the commissioner certifying that the proposed new §[C26-121.8] 27-220 Applicant.- The application
occupancy and use conforms to the provisions of the laws for a certificate of occupancy shall be made by or in
governing building construction and that the proposed use behalf of the owner of the building premises; and if
will not be in conflict with any provisions of the labor made by a person other than the owner, the
law, multiple dwelling law or the zoning resolution. application shall be accompanied by a signed
statement of the applicant stating that he or she is
† authorized by the owner to make the application. The
§[C26-121.6] 27-218 Temporary occupancy.- The
full names and addresses of the owner, lessee, and
commissioner may, upon request, issue a temporary
applicant, and of the principal officers thereof, if a
certificate of occupancy for a part or parts of a building corporation shall be stated in the application.
before the entire work covered by the permit shall have
been completed, provided that such part or parts may be §[C26-121.9] 27-221 Statement of compliance.-
occupied safely prior to completion of the building and When a certificate of occupancy for a new or altered
will not endanger public safety, health or welfare, and building is applied for, the application shall be
further provided that the temporary certificate of accompanied by a signed statement of the architect,
occupancy shall be issued initially for a period between engineer or other person who supervised or superintended

94
Title 27 / Subchapter 1

the construction or alteration work, stating that he or she has or a copy thereof shall be available for inspection at the
examined the approved plans and specifications of the building building at all reasonable times.
for which the certificate of occupancy is sought, and that, to the
best of his or her knowledge and belief, the building has been ARTICLE 23 POSTING BUILDINGS
erected or altered in accordance with the approved plans and
specifications and, as erected or altered, complies with the §[C26-122.1] 27-225 Posted occupancy and use.- All
provisions of this code and all other applicable laws and buildings other than buildings classified in occupancy
regulations, except insofar as variations or variances therefrom group J shall be posted by the owner with a sign or
have been legally permitted or authorized, specifying such placard in a form prescribed by the commissioner,
variations or variances in such required statement. which shall be permanently affixed to the structure in a
conspicuous location in a public hall or corridor of
§[C26-121.10] 27-222 Issuance of certificates of occupancy.- the building, and which shall state the live loads and
(a) All applications for certificates of occupancy and the occupant loads in the building and all parts
accompanying papers shall be examined promptly after thereof, as provided in subchapters six, eight and nine
their submission. If the building is entitled to the of this chapter.
certificate of occupancy applied for, the application shall
be approved and the certificate of occupancy issued by §[C26-122.2] 27-226 Replacement of posted signs.-
the commissioner within ten calendar days after All posted signs shall be furnished by the owner and
submission of the application. Otherwise, the application shall be of permanent design, shall not be removed or
shall be rejected and written notice of rejection stating the defaced, and if lost, removed or defaced, shall be
grounds of rejection, shall be given to the applicant within immediately replaced. The commissioner may inspect
ten calendar days of the submission of the application. or cause to be inspected periodically all existing
Wherever an application has been rejected and proof is buildings for compliance with the provisions of this
thereafter submitted establishing that the grounds of code in regard to posting; and the inspection reports
rejection have been met and that the building is entitled to shall specify any violation thereof.
the certificate of occupancy applied for, the application
shall be approved and the certificate of occupancy issued ARTICLE 24 STOP-WORK ORDER
within ten calendar days after submission of such proof.
(b) No certificate of occupancy or temporary certificate §[C26-123.1] 27-227 Stop-Work notice and order.-
of occupancy shall be issued until a fire protection plan, if Upon notice from the commissioner, or his or her
required under the provisions of article twenty-five, has authorized representatives, that any work at any
been filed and accepted. building or building site is being executed in
**(c) No certificate of occupancy shall be issued until compliance violation of the provisions of this code or other
with such provisions of chapter three of title twenty-seven of applicable laws or regulations, or in a dangerous or
this code as may be required in regulations promulgated by unsafe manner, such work shall immediately be
the commissioner is certified by the bureau of electrical control. stopped. The notice shall be given to the owner or
This subdivision shall not apply to temporary certificates lessee of the property involved, or to the agent of
of occupancy issued by the commissioner pursuant to either of them, or to the person or persons doing the
section 27-218 of this code. work, and may be continued in a stop-work order
**Local Law 73-1988. issued by the commissioner stating the reasons for
the issuance of the order and the conditions under
§[C26-121.11] 27-223 Contents of certificates.- In addition to which the work may be resumed.
the required certification by the commissioner, each certificate [Conditions warranting issuance of a stop work order
of occupancy shall state the purposes for which the building include but are not limited to, failure to have a construction
may be used in its several parts, and shall specify: site safety coordinator present in the course of on-
(a) The occupancy group or groups which apply to all going construction at those sites where department
parts of the building. rules and regulations requires that a construction site
(b) The maximum permissible live loads on the several safety coordinator be designated and present; the
floors of the building. failure to erect a sidewalk shed (or portions thereof),
(c) The occupancy loads in the building and all parts thereof. as required by Section C26-1901.5 of the administrative
(d) Any special stipulations and conditions of the code, or the removal of a sidewalk shed or portions thereof,
building permit. when such sidewalk shed is still required pursuant to
Section C26-1901.5 of the administrative code.
§[C26-121.12] 27-224 Record of certificates.- A record of In addition to the penalties provided for in this title,
all certificates of occupancy shall be kept by the department; failure to comply with a stop work order shall be subject
and copies thereof shall be furnished by the department upon to the payment of a penalty in the sum of $500 for
request, and on the payment of the fee prescribed in section each day there is non-compliance, to be recovered in
26-214 of the administrative code. The certificate of occupancy a civil action brought in the name of the commissioner;

revision: October 1, 2004 95

Title 27 / Subchapter 1

provided, however, this shall not apply to any work k. Smoke control systems and equipment
performed to remedy an unsafe or hazardous condition.]* l. Furnishings types and materials
*Copy in brackets not enacted but probably intended. m. Places of assembly
(§C26-1901.5 referred to is renumbered §27-1021.) n. Fire department access
o. Other systems, required and voluntary, to be installed
§[C26-123.2] 27-228 Unlawful continuance.- No person shall, (4) Proof that the fire safety plan, if required, has
with knowledge or notice of a stop-work order, continue or cause been filed with the fire department and accepted by that
to be continued any work covered by such order, except such department.
work as is directed to be performed to remove the violation or
the dangerous or unsafe condition. §[C26-124.3] 27-228.3 General Requirements.- A
fire protection plan, as defined in subchapter two shall be
ARTICLE 25 FIRE PROTECTION PLAN filed with the department by a registered architect or
licensed professional engineer whose seal and signature
§[C26-124.1] 27-228.1 Applicability.- This article shall shall be on the plan.
apply to the following buildings and building sections:
(a) High rise buildings or building sections exceeding §[C26-124.4] 27-228.4 Retroactivity.- The requirements
seventy-five feet in height. of this article shall apply to all alterations to, and
(b) Buildings or building sections classified in occupancy construction of, buildings listed in section 27-228.1 in
group A, B, C, D, E or G which are two or more stories in progress and not yet completed on March twenty-seventh,
height with over twenty thousand gross square feet per floor or nineteen hundred eighty-four.
are two or more stories in height with a total building floor
area exceeding fifty thousand gross square feet. ARTICLE 26 SPECIAL FILING
(c) Any building containing an assembly use having an REQUIREMENTS
occupant load of three hundred or more persons.
(d) Buildings or building sections classified in occupancy **§[C26-125.1] 27-228.5 General requirements.-
group H or J-1 which are two or more stories in height and (a) Owners of all existing buildings which are
contain sleeping accommodations for thirty or more persons. required to comply with the provisions of subdivision
(e) Buildings or building sections classified in occupancy (a) of section 27-353.1 (elevator vestibules), section
group J-2 which contain thirty or more dwelling units and 27-381 and subdivision (b) of section 27-382 (exit
over ten thousand gross square feet of floor area used for lighting), subdivision (b) of section 27-384 (exit
mercantile, assembly, educational or institutional purposes. signs), section 27-396.3 (signs in sleeping rooms),
(f) Alterations to a building or building section listed in section 27-777.2 (ventilation in J-1 buildings),
subdivisions (a) through (e) of this section, if the cost of the subdivision (b) of section 27-929 (sprinklers, fire alarm
alterations, computed in accordance with section 27-119, systems, fire command and communication systems),
exceeds one million dollars or involves a change of use. paragraph two of subdivision (c) of section 27-989
(elevators in readiness), section 27-996.1 (locks on
§[C26-124.2] 27-228.2 Scope.- hoistway doors) and section 27-996.2 (firemen's
(a) The plan shall include the following information, service) shall file with the department a report on or
where applicable: before April first, nineteen hundred eighty-seven
(1) Building description: address; block and lot numbers; certifying to the installation of the required fire
number of stories; height in feet; occupancy group; construction protection systems in accordance with approved plans
classification; occupancy load and department of buildings and appropriate permits prior to such date. Owners of
application number. all existing buildings not already subject to the requirements
(2) Key plans showing all floors, exits, corridors, partitions of article nine of subchapter six of this chapter as of
serving as fire separations or fire divisions, locations and January eighth, nineteen hundred seventy-three shall
ratings or required enclosures, stairs with pressurization, file with the department a report on or before October
roof access, exit discharges, locations of frontage space. first, nineteen hundred eighty-five certifying to the
(3) Descriptions in narrative form of safety systems installation of stair and elevator signs meeting the
and features, including: requirements of article nine of subchapter six of this
a. Communications systems chapter prior to such date. Owners of all existing
b. Alarm systems buildings that are required to comply with the provisions
c. Smoke detection equipment of subdivision (c) of section 27-384 (power source of
d. Location of fire command station exit signs) shall file with the department, on or before
e. Elevator recall July 1, 2007, a report of an architect or engineer certifying
f. Emergency lighting and power that all required exit and/or directional signs are connected
g. Standpipes to an emergency power source or to storage battery equipment
h. Sprinklers in compliance with such subdivision except that no
i. Compartmentation such report shall be required to be filed if an owner of
j. Mechanical ventilation and air conditioning a building submits an affidavit to the department, within

revision: October 1, 2004

96
Title 27 / Subchapter 1

ninety days after October 22, 2004 certifying that all installation of the required sprinklers in accordance with
required exit and/or directional signs are connected to an such provisions and, pending the filing of such final
emergency power source or to storage battery equipment as report, such owner shall be required to file the
required by such subdivision. Such reports shall be on such following interim reports as described below. Failure to
forms and in such manner as prescribed by the commissioner. file such final report and/or, where required, such
Failure to file such report by such dates shall be a violation of interim reports by the dates indicated or within any
this section, which shall be punishable pursuant to section extended period of time granted by the commissioner
26-125 of title twenty-six of the administrative code. pursuant to paragraph (2) of this subdivision shall be a
(b) (1) Owners of all buildings one hundred feet or violation of this section, which shall be punishable pursuant
more in height required to comply with the provisions of to section 26-125 of the code. Such reports shall be on
subdivision (a) of section 27-929.1 (sprinklers) shall file such forms and in such manner as prescribed by the
with the department on or before July 1,2019 a final report commissioner and shall be filed as follows:
prepared by an architect or engineer certifying to the

Unless a final report is filed on The one year report shall contain an affidavit by the owner of the building
or prior to such date, a one year acknowledging that sprinklers are required to be installed in such building on or
report shall be filed no later than before July 1, 2019 in compliance with subdivision (a) of section 27-929.1 of this
July 1, 2005. code and indicating his or her intention to comply with such requirement.
Unless a final report is filed on Such seven year report shall contain a certification by an architect or
or prior to July 1, 2011, a seven engineer of the percentage of the building in which sprinklers have been
year report shall be filed no installed as of the date of such report and an implementation plan
earlier than January 1, 2011 and prepared by such architect or engineer detailing when and how the
no later than July 1, 2011. remaining portions of the building will be made fully compliant.
Unless a final report is filed on Such fourteen year report shall contain a certification by an architect or
or prior to July 1, 2018, a fourteen engineer of the percentage of the building in which sprinklers have been
year report shall be filed no installed as of the date of such report and an implementation plan,
earlier than January 1, 2018 and prepared by such architect or engineer detailing when and how the
no later than July 1, 2018. remaining portions of the building will be made fully compliant.
Except as otherwise provided in
paragraph (2) of this subdivision, Such final report shall contain a certification by an architect or engineer
a final report shall be filed no that the building is fully compliant.
later than July 1, 2019.

(2) Where the owner of a building is unable to comply with consisting of employees of the department and the fire
the requirements of subdivision (a) of section 27-929.1 department and a representative of the real estate industry
on or before July 1,2019 because of undue hardship, and to review such application. Such committee shall issue
where such owner timely filed all interim reports as findings and recommendations relating to the application.
required in paragraph (1) of this subdivision and has obtained After reviewing such findings and recommendations, if the
approval of all required applications, plans and permits relating commissioner finds that the owner has made a good
to the required work, such owner may submit to the faith effort to complete the required work and has
department an application for additional time to comply with substantiated his or her claim of undue hardship, the
such requirements. Such application shall be submitted to commissioner may grant an extension of time in which
the department on or before July 1, 2018, along with to complete the work and submit the final report.
supporting documents indicating the basis for such claim of **Local Law 26-2004.
undue hardship. The commissioner shall appoint a committee

*ARTICLE 27 installation or alteration of plumbing and plumbing systems,

ALTERNATIVE PROCEDURE FOR CERTAIN PERMITS including gas piping, as provided in article fifteen of this
subchapter, and for the installation or alteration of fire
27-228.6 Contract with not-for-profit corporation.- suppression piping systems, as provided in article
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the seventeen of this subchapter. Such contract shall require
commissioner may enter into a contract with a not-for-profit the not-for-profit corporation to agree to provide such
corporation described in section 27-228.7 to provide for the services in conformity with sections 27-228.8, 27-228.9,
examination and approval of plans and the issuance of permits 27-228.10, 27-228.11, 27-228.12, 27-228.13 and 27-228.14.
by such corporation on behalf of the department for the

revision: October 1, 2004 97

Title
Title27
27/ /Subchapter
Subchapter11

**27-228.7 Not-for-profit corporation.- No contract (e) All determinations of the corporation shall be
shall be entered into pursuant to this article except with a subject to review by the board of standards and appeals
not-for-profit corporation, a majority of the members of to the same extent and in the same manner as if such
the board of directors of which are city officials. Such determination were made by the department.
members shall include one person designated by the (f) All permits issued by the corporation shall bear
speaker of the council and officers or employees of the the signature of the chief operating officer of the
department and the fire department, serving ex officio, and corporation.
such other persons as provided in the bylaws of such
corporation. No such bylaws shall be adopted by such 27-228.10 Fees.- The corporation shall collect fees on
corporation prior to January 18, 1994. For the purposes behalf of the department for permits which the corporation
of this article the term "corporation" shall mean a not- issues. The disposition of such fees shall be governed by
for-profit corporation as set forth in this section. the contract between the corporation and the city.
**Local Law 109-1993; Local Law 107-1993.
27-228.11 Employment conditions.-
27-228.8 Examination and approval of plans.- (a) The corporation shall require its salaried officers
(a) The corporation shall examine and approve plans and employees to agree in writing:
in accordance with and in the manner prescribed by the
(1) to refuse to accept gratuities in the performance
provisions of the charter, the code and the rules of the
of their duties for the corporation;
department relating to the examination and approval of
(2) to be subject to the restrictions set forth in
plans by the department, except as hereinafter provided.
(b) Except where authorized by the commissioner, the
chapter sixty-eight of the New York city charter; and
corporation shall not have the authority to designate (3) to be subject to the restrictions upon outside
(c) portions of the examination of plans submitted by work, employment and financial interests set forth in
architects or engineers for limited supervisory check section 26-114 of the code.
pursuant to section 27-143 of the code. (b) The corporation shall require its per diem employees
(d) All plans approved by the corporation shall be and consultants to agree in writing to refuse to accept gratuities in
endorsed with the official seal of the corporation. the performance of their duties for the corporation.
(e) The corporation shall use forms for applications (c) The corporation shall adopt disciplinary and other
which shall be prescribed by the commissioner. procedures to ensure compliance with such agreements.

27-228.9 Issuance of permits.- 27-228.12 Inspection.- With respect to the permits

(a) The corporation shall issue permits in accordance issued by the corporation, the corporation shall perform the
with and in the manner prescribed by the provisions of inspections described in sections 27-208, 27-209 and 27-
the charter, the code and the rules of the department 210 of the code. For such purpose, employees of the
relating to the issuance of permits by the department, corporation shall be designated as authorized
except as hereinafter provided. representatives of the commissioner pursuant to section 27-
(b) Whenever work which requires a plumbing 205 with authority to enter upon and examine and inspect
permit or a fire suppression piping system permit is a at all reasonable times any building.
part of the construction of a new building or the
alteration of an existing building, the corporation shall 27-228.13 Records.- The corporation shall keep and
not issue such plumbing permit or fire suppression maintain records relating to the services performed on
piping system permit until after the department has behalf of the department in a manner and for such
issued a new building permit or a building alteration period of time as shall be agreed upon between the
permit to the applicant. The applicant shall submit to the department and the corporation.
corporation the final plans, approved by the department,
for such new building or alteration and a copy of the new 27-228.14 Corruption prevention program.- The
building permit or the building alteration permit issued corporation shall develop and implement a corruption
by the department before the plumbing permit and/or the prevention program to detect and punish corrupt
fire suppression piping system permit may be issued. conduct by employees in carrying out their duties on
(c) The corporation shall act in accordance with behalf of the corporation which shall not be less
guidelines which the commissioner shall establish under restrictive than the corruption prevention program for
which the corporation shall defer the approval of plans employees of the department. Such program shall
or the issuance of permits pending appropriate action by provide for the dismissal of employees who are found to
other city agencies.
be engaged in corrupt activities, including the solicitation
(d) The corporation shall not have the power to
and acceptance of gratuities. The corporation shall not
revoke any of the permits issued by the corporation but may
recommend revocation to the commissioner. The commence services pursuant to the contract until a plan
commissioner may revoke permits issued by the corporation for the implementation of such program has been reviewed
pursuant to section 27-197 of the code. and approved by the commissioner.

revision: October 1, 2004 98 98

Title 27 / Subchapter 1

27-228.15 Performance review by the commissioner.- proposed drains, sewers and/or other means of storm water
The commissioner shall establish such procedures for the disposal, which the environmental protection administration
audit, inspection, examination and review of services normally require property owners to submit to it prior
performed by the corporation on behalf of the to the submission of a detailed plan for the construction
department as may be necessary to ensure that the of such facilities.
examination and approval of plans, the issuance of Effective date, May 16, 1974.
permits and conduct of inspections performed by the
corporation are carried out in a manner consistent with
the provisions of this article.

27-228.16 Jurisdiction of the fire department.-

The provisions of this article shall not be construed to
affect, alter or amend the jurisdiction of the fire
department over the inspection and testing of plumbing
and fire suppression piping systems.
*Local Law 107-1993.

Footnote: The following §§ 1 and 10 are unconsolidated

provisions of Local Law 7 of 1974 (see §27-160)
Section 1. the council finds that serious flooding and
ponding problems exist in areas of the city of New York
which are presently without adequate sewers for the
disposal of storm water. The council further finds that
these flooding and ponding problems endanger human life
and cause substantial property damage. As the primary
means of reducing these problems, the city of New York
currently is engaged in an accelerated sewer construction
program, approved by the council, of unprecedented
scope. The city is also engaged in an active program of
maintaining existing watercourses and other storm water
disposal systems, pursuant to orders of the city's Board of
Health. It is the expectation of the council that in the next
twenty years the city sewer construction program will
provide a large network of storm sewers for the areas of
the city which presently lack them. In addition, however,
the council recognizes that present construction of new
buildings and developments without adequate storm
water drainage in these unsewered areas is worsening
existing flooding and ponding problems, and that the
stringent storm drainage requirements for property owners set
forth in this local law, which terminate December thirty-
first, nineteen hundred ninety-three, are necessary as a
temporary measure until the city has substantially advanced
its accelerated sewer construction program.
§10. This local law shall take effect thirty days after it
shall have become law. Its requirements insofar as they
differ from or are additional to those of the administrative
code of the city of New York in effect immediately prior to
the effective date of this local law shall apply to the
construction of all new buildings for which applications for
new building permits have been filed on or after such
effective date; provided, however, that such new of different
requirements shall not apply to the construction of new
buildings on specific sites for which schemes for storm
water drainage have been approved by the environmental
protection administration on or before such effective date if
such construction lawfully commences within five years after
such approval. A scheme for storm water drainage for the
purpose of this section is an undetailed plan which shows the

revision: October 1, 2004

98a99
Title 27 / Subchapter 1

This page is intended to be left blank

revision: October 1, 2004

100
98b
Title 27 / Subchapter 2

SUBCHAPTER 2 †ACCESSIBLE ROUTE.-A continuous unobstructed

DEFINITIONS path connecting all accessible spaces and rooms in a
building that can be negotiated by all categories of
TABLE OF CONTENTS people having physical disabilities. Interior accessible
routes may include corridors, doorways, floors, ramps,
[Sub-Art. Art. elevators, lifts and clear floor space adjacent to fixtures.
or Sec.]* or Sec.** Exterior accessible routes may include parking access
aisles, curb ramps, walks, ramps and lifts.
[200.0] Art. 1 General ACCESS STAIR.-A stair between two floors, which
[200.1] 229 Application of Terms does not serve as a required exit. (See EXTERIOR
[200.2] 230 Definitions in Reference STAIR and INTERIOR STAIR).
Standards †ADAPTABLE DWELLING UNITS.-Dwelling units
[200.3] 231 Tense, Gender, and which are constructed on an accessible route and equipped
Number as set forth in reference standard RS 4-6, so that they may
[201.0] Art. 2 Definitions be converted to be used, with a minimum of structural
[201.0] 232 Definitions change, by all categories of people having physical disabilities.
†Local Law 58-1987.
[202.0] Art. 3 Abbreviations ADDITION. An extension or increase in floor area or
[202.0] 233 Abbreviations height of a building that increases its exterior dimensions.
*“C26” omitted from section numbers in this column.
**"27" omitted from section numbers in this column. ADJOINING GRADE ELEVATION.- The average
elevation of the final grade adjoining all exterior walls of
ARTICLE 1 GENERAL a building, calculated from grade elevations taken at
intervals of ten feet around the perimeter of the building.
§[C26-200.1] 27-229 Application of terms.- AIR CONDITIONING.-The process by which the
The words and terms listed in this subchapter shall have temperature, humidity, movement, cleanliness, and odor of
the meanings given herein. Where terms are not defined air circulated through a space are controlled simultaneously.
they shall have their ordinarily accepted meanings or AIR-SUPPORTED STRUCTURE.-A structure consisting
such as the context may imply. of skin diaphragms made of flexible material, which achieves
its shape, support, and stability from internal air pressure.
§[C26-200.2] 27-230 Definitions in reference standards.- ALLOWABLE SOIL PRESSURE.-The maximum stress
Definitions that appear in any building code reference permitted in soil of a given type and under given conditions.
standard shall apply to the provisions of that reference ALLOWABLE STRESS.-The maximum stress permitted
standard only. at a given point in a structural member under given conditions.
ALTERATIONS.- Any addition, or change or modification
§[C26-200.3] 27-231 Tense, gender, and number.- of a building, or the service equipment thereof, that
Words used in the present tense include the future; affects safety or health and that is not classified as a
words used in the masculine gender include the minor alteration or ordinary repair. The moving of a
feminine and neuter; words used in the singular include building from one location or position to another shall be
the plural, and the plural the singular. deemed an alteration.
AMUSEMENT ATTRACTION.- A game of chance or
*** ARTICLE 2 DEFINITIONS skill or similar activity in which the public participates
***Italicized words within definitions are themselves defined as a form of amusement.
elsewhere in this section.
AMUSEMENT DEVICE.- A mechanically operated
device or structure, open to the public, used to convey
§[C26-201.0] 27-232 Definitions.-Words that are capitalized persons in any direction as a form of amusement.
are defined in this section. APARTMENT HOUSE.-(See MULTIPLE DWELLING.)
ACCESSORY BUILDING. -A building, the use or ††APPROVED.-When used in connection with plans,
occupancy of which is incidental to that of the main building. materials and equipment shall mean approved by the
ACCESSORY USE.-A use or occupancy incidental to commissioner; when used in connection with materials
the principal use or occupancy of a building. and equipment, shall also mean previously approved by
†ACCESSIBLE.-A building or portion thereof and the the board, unless such approval is amended or repealed
accessory public areas thereof are accessible when they by the commissioner; otherwise shall mean approved
comply with subarticle two of article two of subchapter by the department or agency indicated by the text.
four of chapter one of title twenty-seven of this code ††Local Law 49-1991.
and can be approached, entered and used by people
having physical disabilities.

99
Title 27 / Subchapter 2

ARCHITECT.-A person licensed to practice the AUTOMOTIVE REPAIR SHOP.-A building or

profession of architecture under the education law of space in which motor vehicles are repaired.
the state of New York. AUTOMOTIVE SERVICE STATION.-A building,
AREA OF REFUGE.-A floor area to which egress is space, or premises used for the storage and sale of
made through a horizontal exit or supplemental vertical exit. motor fuels, and which may also have facilities for
AREAWAY.-A space below grade, adjacent to a lubrication, minor repairs, or washing of motor vehicles.
building, open to the outer air and enclosed by walls. BACKFLOW (water supply).-The flow of water or
ASSEMBLY SPACE.-Any part of a place of assembly, other substances into the distribution pipes of a potable
exclusive of a stage, that is occupied by numbers of persons water supply from any source other than the intended source.
during the major period of occupancy. Every tier of seating BALLOON FRAME.-Light timber construction in
shall be considered a separate assembly space. which the exterior walls consist of studs that are either
ATRIUM.-A vertical opening or series of openings within continuous through floors or interrupted only by
a building connecting three or more floors, which may be thickness of plates.
covered at the top, and which is used for purposes other BASEMENT.-A story partly underground, but having
than an enclosed stairway, elevator hoistway or utility shaft. less than one-half its clear height (measured from
ATTIC.-The space between the ceiling framing of the finished floor to finished ceiling) below the curb level;
top most story and the underside of the roof framing. except that where the curb level has not been legally
AUTOMATIC.-As applied to an opening protective, shall established, or where every part of the building is set
mean a door, window, damper, or other device, and its back more than twenty-five feet from a street line, the
assembly, which is normally open and is designed to close height shall be measured from the adjoining grade
automatically when subjected to a predetermined temperature, elevation .(See CELLAR.)
rate of temperature rise, or abnormal smoke condition. BEARING.-As applied to a wall or partition, shall
AUTOMATIC DRY STANDPIPE SYSTEM.- A mean supporting any vertical load in addition to its own weight.
standpipe system in which all piping is filled with air, BELT-DRIVE MACHINE.-As applied to an elevator,
either compressed or at atmospheric pressure. Water shall mean an indirect-drive machine having a single
enters the system through a control valve actuated either belt or multiple belts as the connecting means.
automatically by the reduction of air pressure within the BOARD.-The board of standards and appeals of the
system or by the manual activation of a remote control city of New York.
located at each hose station. BOARDER (ROOMER, LODGER).- An individual
AUTOMATIC DRY PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM.- living within a household who pays a consideration for
A sprinkler system in which the piping up to the such residence and does not occupy such space as an
sprinkler heads is filled with air, either compressed or at incident of employment therein.
atmospheric pressure, with the water supply controlled BREEZEWAY.-A structure open to the outdoors
by a Type A or Type B dry pipe valve. consisting of a roof, roof supports, and floor, connecting a
AUTOMATIC FIRE PUMP.-A pump that maintains garage or other accessory building with a dwelling.
a required water pressure in a fire extinguishing system BUILDING.-An enclosed structure including service
and which is actuated by a starting device adjusted to equipment therein. The term shall be construed as if
cause the pump to operate when the pressure in the followed by the phrase "structure, premises, or part
system drops below a predetermined pressure, and to thereof" unless otherwise indicated by the text.
stop the pump when the pressure is restored. BUILDING HOUSE DRAIN.-That part of the lowest
AUTOMATIC OPERATION.- As applied to an elevator, piping of a drainage system that receives the discharge
shall mean operation whereby the starting of the car is from the soil, waste, and other drainage pipes and
effected in response to the momentary actuation of conveys it to the building house sewer by gravity. The
operating devices at the landing, and/or of operating building house drain shall be considered to extend five
devices in the car identified with the landings, and/or in feet outside the exterior wall of the building.
response to an automatic starting mechanism, and BUILDING HOUSE DRAIN (COMBINED).-A
whereby the car is stopped automatically at the landings. building house drain that conveys storm water in
AUTOMATIC WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM.-A combination with sewage or other drainage.
sprinkler system in which all piping and sprinkler heads BUILDING HOUSE DRAIN (SANITARY).-
are at all times filled with water under pressure which is A building house drain that carries sewage only.
immediately discharged when a sprinkler head operates, BUILDING HOUSE DRAIN (STORM).-That part of
with the water continuing to flow until the system is shut off. the lowest piping of a storm drainage system that
AUTOMOTIVE LIFT.-A vehicle-lifting device, the receives clear water drainage from leaders, surface run-
purpose of which is to raise an entire vehicle to provide off, ground water, subsurface water, condensate,
accessibility for under-chassis service. cooling water, or other similar storm or clear drainage
and conveys it to the building house storm sewer by

100
Title 27 / Subchapter 2

gravity. The building house storm drain shall be considered to established, or where every part of the building is set
extend five feet outside the exterior wall of the building. back more than twenty-five feet from a street line, the
BUILDING HOUSE SEWER.-That part of the horizontal height shall be measured from the adjoining grade
piping of a drainage system that extends from the end of the elevation. Cellars shall not be counted as stories in
building house drain and that receives the discharge of the measuring the height of buildings. (See BASEMENT.)
building house drain and conveys it to a public sewer, private CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY.- (See article
sewer, individual sewage-disposal system, or other point of disposal. twenty-two of subchapter one of this chapter.)
BUILDING HOUSE SEWER (COMBINED).- A building CHAIN-DRIVE MACHINE.-As applied to an
house sewer that conveys sewage in combination with storm elevator, shall mean an indirect-drive machine having a
water and other clear water wastes. chain as the connecting means.
BUILDING HOUSE SEWER (SANITARY).- A building CHARGING CHUTE (INCINERATOR) . - An enclosed
house sewer that carries sewage only. vertical passage through which refuse is fed to an incinerator.
BUILDING HOUSE STORM SEWER.-That part of the CHARGING GATE (INCINERATOR) . - A gate in
horizontal piping of a storm drainage system that extends an incinerator used to control the flow of combustion
from the building house storm drain to the public storm gases into the charging chute and the entry of refuse
sewer, combined sewer, or other point of disposal. into the combustion chamber.
BUILDING SECTION.-A room, floor, group of floors, wing, or CHIMNEY.-A vertical enclosure containing one or
any other portion of a building contained within fire divisions. more flues used to remove hot gases from burning fuel,
BUILDING SUB-HOUSE DRAIN.-That portion of a refuse, or from industrial processes.
house drainage system that cannot drain by gravity into the CHIMNEY CONNECTOR.-A pipe or metal breeching
building house sewer. that connects combustion equipment to a chimney.
BULKHEAD.-An enclosed structure on or above the roof CITY.-The city of New York.
of any part of a building, enclosing a shaft, stairway, tank, or CLOSED SHAFT.-A shaft enclosed at the top.
service equipment, or other space not designed or used for COATINGS, FIRE-RETARDANT.- A material
human occupancy. (See PENTHOUSE and ROOF STRUCTURE.) applied to the surface of a building material to improve
CABARET.-The term cabaret shall mean any room, place or its flame spread rating.
space in which any musical entertainment, singing, dancing COLLECTING SAFE AREA.-A safe area that
or other similar amusement is permitted in connection with receives occupants from the assembly space it serves,
an eating and drinking establishment. as well as from other safe areas.
CABLEWAY.-A power operated system for moving loads COMMISSIONER.-The commissioner of buildings of the
in a generally horizontal direction in which the loads are city of New York, or his or her duly authorized representative.
conveyed on an overhead cable, track or carriage. COMPRESSOR (REFRIGERATION).-A machine
CAR DOOR OR GATE.-As applied to an elevator, shall used for the purpose of compressing a refrigerant.
mean the sliding portion of the car that closes the opening CONCENTRATED LOAD.- A conventional representation
giving access to the car. of an element of dead or live load whereby the entire load
CAR DOOR OR GATE SWITCH.-As applied to an elevator, is assumed to act either at a point or within a limited area.
shall mean an electrical device, the function of which is to CONCURRENT LOADS.-Two or more elements of
prevent operation of the driving machine by the normal operating dead or live load that, for purposes of design, are
device unless the car door or gate is in the closed position. considered to act simultaneously.
CAR-SWITCH OPERATION.- Operation of an CONSTRUCTION.-Any or all work or operations
elevator wherein the movement and direction of travel of necessary or incidental to the erection, demolition,
the car are directly and solely under the control of the assembling, installing, or equipping of buildings, or any
operator by means of a manually operated car switch or of alterations and operations incidental thereto. The term
continuous-pressure buttons in the car. "construction" shall include land clearing, grading,
CASING-OFF.-The elimination of the frictional forces excavating, and filling. It shall also mean the finished
between a portion of a pile and the surrounding soil by use product of any such work or operations.
of a sleeve between the pile and the soil. CONSTRUCTION CLASS (GROUP).-The category
CATCH PLATFORM.- A platform or other construction in which a building or space is classified by the
projecting from the face of a building, supported therefrom, provisions of subchapter three of this chapter, based on
and used to intercept the fall of objects and to protect the fire-resistance ratings of its construction elements.
individuals and property from falling debris. CONSOLE LIFT.-A section of the floor area of a
CELLAR.-A story partly or wholly underground, but theater or auditorium that can be raised and lowered.
having one-half or more of its clear height (measured from CONTRACTOR.-A person undertaking construction.
finished floor to finished ceiling) below the curb level; CONTROLLED INSPECTION.-(See section 27-132
except that where the curb level has not been legally of subchapter one of this chapter.)

revision: October 1, 2004

101
Title 27 / Subchapter 2

CORRIDOR.-An enclosed public passage providing a include the mains of public sewer system or private or
means of access from rooms or spaces to an exit. (See public sewage-treatment or disposal plant.
EXIT PASSAGEWAY.) DRAFT CURTAIN.- A noncombustible curtain suspended
COURT.-An inner court or outer court. in a vertical position from a ceiling for retarding the
CRANE.-A machine for lifting or lowering a load and moving it lateral movement of heated air, gases, and smoke along
horizontally which utilizes wire rope and in which the hoisting the ceiling in the event of fire.
mechanism is an integral part of the machine. DRAFT HOOD.-A device placed in and made part of a
CROSS AISLE.-An aisle in a place of assembly usually chimney, vent connector, or combustion equipment, to (1)
parallel to rows of seats, connecting other aisles or an aisle insure the ready escape of the products of combustion in the
and an exit. event of no draft, back-draft, or stoppage beyond the draft
CROSS-CONNECTION (FIRE EXTINGUISHING hood, (2) prevent a back-draft from entering the equipment,
SYSTEM).- Piping between risers and siamese connections in a or (3) neutralize the effect of excessive stack action of
standpipe or sprinkler system. the chimney flue upon the operation of the equipment.
CROSS-CONNECTION (POTABLE WATER SYSTEM).- DRY PIPE VALVE.-A valve that automatically
A physical connection or arrangement between two controls the water supply to a sprinkler system so that
otherwise separate piping systems, one of which contains the system beyond the valve is normally maintained dry.
potable water, and the other of which contains water of DUCT (VENTILATION) . - A pipe, tube, conduit, or
questionable safety, or steam, gases, or chemicals whereby an enclosed space within a wall or structure, used for
there can be a flow from one system to another. conveying air.
CURB LEVEL.-The legally established level on the curb in DUMBWAITER.-A hoisting and lowering mechanism
front of a building, measured at the center of such front. equipped with a car that moves in guides in a
When a building faces on more than one street, curb level substantially vertical direction, the floor area of which
shall mean the average of the legally established levels of the does not exceed nine square feet, whose total inside
curbs at the center of each front. height whether or not provided with fixed or movable
CURB LINE.-The line coincident with the face of the shelves does not exceed four feet, the capacity of which
street curb adjacent to the roadway. does not exceed five hundred pounds, and that is used
DATUM.-(See section 27-158 of subchapter one of this chapter.) exclusively for carrying materials.
DEAD END.-A portion of a corridor in which the travel to DWELLING.-Any building occupied in whole or in
part as the temporary or permanent home or residence
an exit is in one direction only.
of one or more families.
DEAD LOAD.-Materials, equipment, constructions, or
DWELLING UNIT.-One or more rooms in a dwelling
other elements of weight supported in, on, or by the
or building that are arranged, designed, used or
building (including its own weight) that are intended to
intended for use by one or more families.
remain permanently in place.
ELECTRICALLY SUPERVISED.-As applied to a
DECIBEL.-A unit of measurement of the loudness of
control circuit, shall mean that in the event of
sound. A division of a logarithmic scale for expressing the
interruption of the current supply or in the event of a
ratio of two amounts of power or energy. The number of
break in the circuit, a specific signal will be given.
decibels denoting such a ratio is ten times the logarithm of ELEVATOR.-A hoisting and lowering mechanism
the ratio. equipped with a car or platform that moves in guides in a
DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEM.-An open head substantially vertical direction, and that serves two or
sprinkler system without water in the system piping, with more floors of a building.
the water supply controlled by an automatic valve operated ***ELEVATOR VESTIBULE.- A room or space
by smoke or heat-responsive devices installed throughout enclosed with noncombustible smoke barrier partitions
the sprinklered area, and independent of the sprinkler heads. with smoke stop doors conforming to subdivision (c) of
DEMOLITION.-The dismantling or razing of all or part of section 27-371. Except for such smoke-stop doors,
a building, including all operations incidental thereto. openings to elevators and to exits shall be the only
DEPARTMENT.-The department of buildings of the city other door openings permitted in the enclosing partitions.
of New York. ***Local Law 26-2004.
DERRICK.-An apparatus consisting of a mast or equipment EMERGENCY INTERLOCK RELEASE SWITCH.-
members held at the top by guys or braces, with or without a As applied to an elevator, shall mean a device to make
boom, for use with a hoisting mechanism and operating ropes, inoperative, in case of emergency, door or gate electric
for lifting or lowering a load and moving it horizontally. contacts or door interlocks.
DRAINAGE SYSTEM.-All the piping within public or ENGINEER.-A person licensed to practice the
private premises, which conveys sewage, rain water, or profession of engineering under the education law of the
other liquid wastes to a legal point of disposal, but shall not state of New York.

revision: October 1, 2004 102

Title 27 / Subchapter 2

EQUIVALENT UNIFORM LOAD.- A conventionalized EXTERIOR SEPARATION.-The shortest distance

representation of an element of dead or live load, used for across an unobstructed outdoor space measured from
the purposes of design in lieu of the actual dead or live load. the furthest projection of the exterior wall of a building
ESCALATOR.-A power driven, inclined, continuous to an interior lot line or to a line halfway between the
stairway used for raising or lowering passengers. wall and that of any other building on the same lot, or to
EXISTING BUILDING.-A building, whether high rise or the centerline of an adjacent street or other public space.
low rise: EXTERIOR STAIR.-A stair open to the outdoor air,
(1) Which on April first, nineteen hundred eighty-four is that serves as a required exit. (See ACCESS STAIR
complete or under construction, or and INTERIOR STAIR.)
(2) For which an application for approval of plans has been FACING.-As applied to a sign, shall mean the surface
filed with the department prior to October first, nineteen of the sign, upon, against or through which the message
hundred eighty-four and construction commenced prior to April of the sign is exhibited.
first, nineteen hundred eighty-six, provided that those **FAMILY.-A single individual; or two or more
requirements of this code applicable to existing buildings individuals related by blood or marriage or who are
classified in the same occupancy group as the proposed parties to a domestic partnership, and living together
building shall be complied with in accordance with the time and maintaining a common household, with not more
limitations set forth in this code. than four boarders, roomers or lodgers; or a group of
EXISTING HIGH RISE BUILDING.-A building, not more than four individuals, not necessarily related
classified as a high rise structure: by blood, marriage or because they are parties to a
(1) Which on April first, nineteen hundred eighty-four is domestic partnership, and maintaining a common household.
**Local Law 27-1998.
complete or under construction, or
FIRE ALARM.- A system, automatic or manual,
(2) For which an application for approval of plans has been
arranged to give a signal indicating a fire emergency.
filed with the department prior to October first, nineteen
FIRE AREA.- A floor area enclosed by fire divisions
hundred eighty-four and construction commenced prior to April
and/or exterior walls.
first, nineteen hundred eighty-six, provided that those
FIRE CANOPY.- A solid horizontal projection,
requirements of this code applicable to existing buildings
extending beyond the exterior face of a building wall,
classified in the same occupancy group as the proposed located over a wall opening so as to retard the spread of
building shall be complied with in accordance with the time fire through openings from one story to another.
limitations set forth in this code. FIRE DISTRICTS.- The geographical territories
(1)* EXISTING OFFICE BUILDING, ONE HUNDRED established under subchapter four of this chapter for the
FEET OR MORE IN HEIGHT.-An office building one regulation of occupancy groups and construction
hundred feet or more in height or a building classified in classes within such districts.
occupancy group E, one hundred feet or more in height: FIRE DIVISION.- Any construction, vertical,
(1) which on January eighteenth, nineteen hundred seventy- horizontal or otherwise, having the required fire-
three is complete or under construction, or resistance rating and structural stability under fire
(2) for which plans have been filed before January eighteenth, conditions to provide a fire barrier between adjoining
nineteen hundred seventy-three and construction commenced on or buildings or between adjoining or superimposed fire
before January eighteenth, nineteen hundred seventy-four, or areas or building sections within the same building.
(3) for which plans are filed on or before January eighteenth, FIRE DOOR.-An opening protective in the form of a
nineteen hundred seventy-four and construction commenced on or door and its assembly.
before January eighteenth, nineteen hundred seventy-five and FIRE PROTECTION PLAN.-A report containing a
further provided that all the requirements for such existing office narrative description of the life and fire safety systems
buildings are fully complied with in the course of construction and evacuation system for a structure, in accordance
and before completion. with section 27-228.2.
*As enacted but "(1)" probably intended to be omitted. FIRE-PROTECTION RATING.-The time in hours or
***EXIT.- A means of egress from the interior of a building to an fractions thereof that an opening protective and its
open exterior space which is provided by the use of the following, assembly will withstand fire exposure as determined by
either singly or in combination: exterior door openings, a fire test made in conformity with specified standards
vertical exits, exit passageways, horizontal exits, interior of subchapter five of this chapter.
stairs, exterior stairs, fire towers or fire escapes; but not FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING.-The time in hours or
including access stairs, aisles, corridor doors or corridors. fractions thereof that materials or their assemblies will
***Local Law 26-2004. withstand fire exposure as determined by a fire test
EXIT PASSAGEWAY.-A horizontal extension of a made in conformity with a specified standard of
vertical exit, or a passage leading from a yard or court to an subchapter five of this chapter.
open exterior space.

103
revision: October 1, 2004
Title 27 / Subchapter 2

FIRE RETARDANT TREATED WOOD.-Wood that has FOUNDATION (BUILDING).-A construction that
been pressure impregnated with chemicals so as to reduce transfers building loads to the supporting soil.
its combustibility. FOUNDATION PIER.-A foundation element consisting
FIRE SAFETY PLAN.-A description of the fire drill and of a column embedded into the soil below the lowest
evacuation procedures for a structure which is required to be floor to the top of a footing or pile cap. Where a pier
submitted to the fire department in accordance with the bears directly on the soil without intermediate footings or
requirements of section 27-4267 of the administrative code and pile caps, the entire length of the column below the
the regulations of the fire Commissioner. lowest floor level shall be considered as a foundation pier.
FIRE SECTION.-A sprinklered area within a building that is Foundation piers shall be limited to piers so constructed
separated from other areas by noncombustible construction that the entire surface of the sides of the pier and the
having a least a two-hour fire-resistance rating. bearing material under the lower end of the pier can be
FIRE SEPARATION.-Any construction, vertical, horizontal, or visually inspected prior to or during construction, but which
otherwise, having the required fire-resistance rating to will be concealed in the final work. Piers below the
provide a fire barrier between adjoining rooms or spaces lowest floor or basement level that will be exposed and
within a building, building section, or fire area. open to inspection in the final work shall be considered as
FIRESTOP.- A solid or compact, tight closure to retard the columns. Types of construction wherein the sides cannot
spread of flames or hot gases within concealed spaces. be visually inspected shall be considered as piling.
*
FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING SYSTEM.- Any system FOUNDATION WALL.-A wall extending below grade.
including any and all equipment and materials in FRAMEWORK.-As applied to a sign, shall mean the
connection therewith the purpose of which is to control, to supports, uprights and bracing of the sign.
contain, to suppress or to extinguish fire. FRESH AIR.-Outdoor air.
*Local Law 107-1993. FRONT. - As applied to building location on a lot,
FIRE WALL.-A fire division in the form of a wall. shall mean the distance between lines drawn through
FIRE WINDOW.-An opening protective in the form of a the most remote points of the building perimeter,
window and its assembly. projected at right angles to a frontage space.
FLAME SPREAD RATING.-The measurement of the FRONTAGE SPACE.-A street; or an open space
comparative rate of propagation of flame over the surface of a outside of a building, not less than thirty feet in any
material as determined by a fire test made in accordance dimension, that is accessible from a street by a driveway,
with a specified standard in subchapter five of this chapter. lane, or alley at least twenty feet in width, and that is
FLAMMABLE.-Capable of being easily ignited when permanently maintained free of all obstructions that might
exposed to flame, and which burns intensely, or has a rapid interfere with its use by the fire department.
rate of flamespread. FRONT YARD.-A yard extending along the full
FLASH POINT.-The lowest temperature at which a liquid length of a street line.
gives off sufficient vapor to form an ignitable mixture with GAS DISTRIBUTION PIPING.-All piping from the
air near the surface of the liquid or within the vessel used. house side of the gas meter piping that distributes gas
FLOOR AREA.-The projected horizontal area inside supplied by a public utility to all fixtures and apparatus
of walls, partitions, or other enclosing construction. used for illumination or fuel in any building.
FLOOR AREA (NET).-When used to determine the GAS METER PIPING.-The piping from the gas
occupant load of a space, shall mean the horizontal service line valve to the outlet of the meter regulator
occupiable area within the space, excluding the thickness of set or the meter if no regulator is required.
walls, and partitions, columns, furred-in spaces, fixed cabinets, GAS PIPING SYSTEMS.-The gas service piping,
equipment, and accessory spaces such as closets, machine meter piping and distribution piping.
and equipment rooms, toilets, stairs, halls, corridors, GAS SERVICE LINE VALVE.-The valve located at
elevators and similar unoccupied spaces. or below grade on the supply side of the meter or
FLUE.-An enclosed passageway in a chimney to carry service regulator, if a service regulator is required. If a
products of combustion to the outer air. plug type valve is used it shall be constructed so as to
FOLDED PLATE.-An assembly consisting of one or more prevent the core from being blown out by the pressure
units, each unit of which is formed by two or more individually of the gas. In addition, it shall be of a type capable of
planar elements, termed plates, intersecting at angles. being locked in the off position by the local gas utility.
FOOTING.-A foundation element consisting of an GAS SERVICE PIPING.-The supply piping from the
enlargement of a foundation pier or foundation wall, street main up to and including the gas service line valve.
wherein the soil materials along the sides of and underlying GRADE.-The finished surface of the ground, either
the element may be visually inspected prior to and during paved or unpaved.
its construction.

revision: October 1, 2004 104

Title 27 / Subchapter 2

GRADE BEAM.- A beam, at, near, or below grade, IMPACT LOAD.-A kinetic load of short duration
spanning between footings, pile caps or foundation piers, such as that resulting from moving machinery, elevators,
and supporting walls or other elements of a building. craneways, vehicles, etc.
GRANDSTAND.- A structure used to support spectators, INDEPENDENT POLE SCAFFOLD.-A scaffold
either standing or seated, usually outdoors. supported by multiple rows of uprights, and not
GROUND SIGN.- A sign supported by uprights or braces depending on the building for support.
in or upon the surface of the ground. INDIRECT WASTE PIPE.-A drain pipe used to
GROUP HOME- A facility for the care and maintenance convey liquid wastes which does not connect directly
of not less than seven nor more than twelve children, with the drainage system, but which discharges into the
operated pursuant to subdivision (c) of section three house drainage system through an air break into a trap,
hundred seventy-four of the social services law, or other fixture, receptacle, or interceptor.
provisions of applicable laws, and supervised by the New INDUSTRIAL LIFT.- A hoisting and lowering
York state board of social welfare. mechanism of a nonportable power-operated type for
**HABITABLE ROOM.-A residential room or space, having raising or lowering material vertically, operating
the minimum dimensions required by section 27-751 of article entirely within one story of a building.
six of subchapter twelve of this chapter in which the ordinary INDUSTRIAL WASTE.- Liquid, gaseous or solid
functions of domestic life are carried on, and which includes substances, or a combination thereof, resulting from any
bedrooms, living rooms, studies, recreation rooms, kitchens, process of industry, manufacturing, trade or business,
dining rooms and other similar spaces, but does not include or from the development or recovery of any natural resource.
closets, halls, stairs, laundry rooms, or bathrooms. INNER COURT.-Any open area, other than a yard or
**Chapter 559,Laws of 1995. portion thereof, that is unobstructed from its lowest
HEIGHT (BUILDINGS).-The vertical distance from the level to the sky and that is bounded by either building
curb level to the highest point of the roof beams in the case walls, or building walls and one or more lot lines other
of flat roofs, or to a point at the average height of the gable than a street line or building walls, except for one
in the case of roofs having a pitch of more than one foot in opening on any open area along an interior lot line that
four and one-half feet; except that where the curb level has not has a width of less than thirty feet at any point.
been legally established, or where every part of the building INTERIOR LOT LINE.-A lot line other than a street line.
is set back more than twenty-five feet from a street line, the INTERIOR STAIR.-A stair within a building, that
height shall be measured from the adjoining grade elevation. serves as a required exit. (See ACCESS STAIR and
HEREAFTER.-On or after the effective date of this code. EXTERIOR STAIR.)
HERETOFORE.-Before the effective date of this code. LAGGING (PILE).-Pieces of timber or other material
HIGH RISE.-A structure seventy-five feet or more in height. attached to the sides of piles to increase resistance to
HOISTWAY.-An enclosed or partly enclosed shaft used for penetration through soil.
the travel of an elevator, dumbwaiter, platform or bucket. LAMELLA.-Shell construction in which the shell is
HOISTWAY DOOR.-As applied to an elevator shall mean formed by a lattice of interlacing members.
the hinged or sliding portion of a hoistway enclosure, which LANDING DOOR.-(See HOISTWAY DOOR.)
closes the opening giving, access to a landing. LEADER.-A vertical drainage pipe for conveying
HOISTWAY DOOR INTERLOCK.-A device used to prevent storm water from roof or gutter drains to a building
the operation of the driving machine of an elevator by the normal house storm drain, building house drain (combined), or
operating device unless the hoistway door is locked in the other means of disposal. The leader shall include the
closed position, and also used to prevent the opening of the horizontal pipe to a single roof drain or gutter drain.
hoistway door from the landing side unless the car is within LESSEE.-The person in possession of a building
the landing zone and is either stopped or being stopped. under a lease from the owner thereof.
*HOISTING MACHINE.-A power operated machine LICENSE.- A written document issued by the
used for lifting or lowering a load utilizing a drum and wire commissioner authorizing a person to perform specific
rope, excluding elevators. This shall include but not be acts in or in connection with the construction or
limited to a crane, derrick and cableway. alteration of buildings, or the installation, alteration,
*As enacted but this definition probably intended to follow definition of and use and operation of service equipment therein.
"HIGH RISE". LIVE LOAD. - All occupants, materials, equipment,
HORIZONTAL EXIT.-(See Section 27-373 of article five constructions or other elements of weight supported in,
of subchapter six of this chapter.) on or by a building that will or are likely to be moved
ILLUMINATED SIGN.-A sign designed or arranged to or relocated during the expected life of the building.
give forth or reflect light from an attached artificial source. LOAD-BEARING.-(See BEARING.)

revision: October 1, 2004 105

Title 27 / Subchapter 2

LOADING RAMP.-A hinged, mechanically operated NONAUTOMATIC STANDPIPE SYSTEM.- A

lifting device used for spanning gaps and/or adjusting standpipe system in which all piping is maintained dry,
heights between loading surfaces, or between loading surfaces and which is supplied with water through a fire department
and carriers. siamese connection.
LODGER.-(See BOARDER.) NONBEARING.-As applied to a wall or partition,
LOT.-A portion or parcel of land considered as a unit. A shall mean one that supports no vertical load other than
zoning lot. its own weight.
LOT LINE.-A line dividing one land unit from another, or from *NONCOMBUSTIBLE.-A material which, in the
a street or other public space. A boundary line of a zoning lot. form in which it is used in construction, will not ignite
LOW RISE.-A structure less than seventy-five feet in height. and burn when subjected to fire. However, any material
MALL.-An enclosed or roofed area used as a pedestrian which liberates flammable gas when heated to any
circulation space and connecting no more than three temperature up to one thousand three hundred eighty
stories or portions of stories of a building or buildings degrees Fahrenheit for five minutes shall not be considered
housing single and/or multiple tenants. noncombustible. No material shall be considered
MANUAL FIRE PUMP.-A pump that feeds water into a noncombustible which is subject to increase in
fire extinguishing system that must be started by either the combustibility beyond the limits established above,
building personnel or members of the fire department. through the effects of age, fabrication or erection techniques,
MARQUEE SIGN.-A sign placed flat against the front or moisture, or other interior or exterior atmospheric conditions.
*Local Law 13-1987.
side fascia of a marquee.
NONCURRENT LOADS.-Two or more elements of
MECHANICAL VENTILATION.-The process of introducing
dead or live load which, for purposes of design, are
outdoor air into, or removing vitiated air from a building by
considered not to act simultaneously.
mechanical means. A mechanical ventilating system may
NONLOADBEARING.-(See NONBEARING.)
include air heating, air cooling, or air conditioning components.
OCCUPANCY.-The purpose or activity for which a
MECHANIZED PARKING GARAGE EQUIPMENT.-
building or space is used or is designed or intended to
Special devices in mechanical parking garages that operate in
be used.
either stationary or horizontal moving hoistways, that are
OCCUPANCY GROUP.-The category in which a building or
exclusively for the conveying of automobiles, and in which space is classified by the provisions of subchapter three of
no persons are normally stationed on any level other than this chapter, based on its occupancy or use.
the receiving level and in which each automobile during the parking OCCUPANT LOAD.-The number of occupants of a space,
process is moved by means of a power driven transfer device, floor or building for whom exit facilities shall be provided.
on and off the elevator directly into parking spaces or cubicles. OCCUPIABLE ROOM.-A room or space, other than a
MEZZANINE.-An intermediate floor between the floor and habitable room designed for human occupancy or use, in
ceiling of any space. When the total gross floor area of all which persons may remain for a period of time for rest,
mezzanines occurring in any story exceeds thirty-three and amusement, treatment, education, dining, shopping, or other
one-third percent of the gross floor area of that story such similar purposes, or in which occupants are engaged at work.
mezzanine shall be considered as a separate story. OCTAVE.-The interval between two sounds having a
MINOR ALTERATIONS.-(See Section 27-124 of article basic frequency ratio of two. By extension, the octave is
five of subchapter one of this chapter.) the interval [sic] between any two frequencies having
MORTAR (GROUT).-A mixture of cementitious materials, the ratio 2:1. The standard octave bands are:
fine-aggregates and water.
MOTOR VEHICLE.-A conveyance propelled by an FREQUENCY (CPS)
internal combustion engine and having a fuel storage tank Mid-
capacity of more than two gallons. 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
Frequency
MOVING WALK.-A passenger-carrying device on which Approximate
Lower 45 90 180 355 710 1400 2800 5600
persons stand or walk, and in which the passenger-carrying Frequency
surface remains parallel to its direction of motion and is uninterrupted. Limits Upper 90 180 355 710 1400 2800 5600 11120
MULTIPLE DWELLING.-A building containing three or
more dwelling units. Multiple dwelling shall not be deemed **OFFICE BUILDING.-A building constructed
to include a hospital, school, convent, monastery, asylum or pursuant to the code in effect prior to December 6,
other public institution. 1968 in which the main use or dominant occupancy is
NONAUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM.-A sprinkler offices or a building classified in occupancy group E.
system in which all pipes and sprinkler heads are **Local Law 26-2004.
maintained dry and which is supplied with water through a OIL BUFFER.-As applied to an elevator, shall mean a
fire department siamese connection. buffer using oil as a medium which absorbs and

revision: October 1, 2004 106

Title 27 / Subchapter 2

dissipates the kinetic energy of a descending car or (b) impairment causing difficulty or insecurity in
counterweight. walking or climbing stairs or requiring the use of
OPEN EXTERIOR SPACE.-A street or other public braces, crutches or other artificial supports; or
space; or a yard, court, or plaza open on one or more impairment caused by amputation, arthritis, spastic
sides and unroofed or open on all sides, which provides condition or pulmonary, cardiac or other ills rendering the
egress to a street or public space. individual semi-ambulatory; or
OPEN PARKING LOT.-A lot, or portion thereof, (c) total or partial impairment of hearing or sight causing
used for the storage or sale of more than four motor insecurity or likelihood of exposure to danger in public
vehicles, but not used for the repair or servicing of such places; or
vehicles. *Local Law 58-1987.
OPEN PARKING STRUCTURE.-A structure open to (d) impairment due to conditions of aging and incoordination.
the outdoors fifty percent or more on two or more sides The term"physical handicap" shall have the same
of each story, used for the parking of motor vehicles. meaning as the term "physical disability" and the phrase
OPEN SHAFT.-A shaft open to the outdoor air at the top. people having "physical disabilities" shall include those
OPENING PROTECTIVE.-An assembly of materials having one or more physical disabilities.
and accessories, including frames and hardware PILE.-A structural element introduced into the ground to
installed in an opening in a wall, partition, floor, ceiling transmit loads to lower strata and of such construction
or roof to prevent, resist, or retard the passage of flame, that the material underlying the base of the unit or along
smoke or hot gases. the sides cannot be visually inspected.
ORDINARY REPAIRS.-(See section 27-125 of this chapter.) PILE CAR.-A construction encasing the heads of one
OUTER COURT.-Any open area, other than a yard or or more piles which transfers loads to the pile or piles.
portion thereof, that is unobstructed from its lowest ** PLACE OF ASSEMBLY.-An enclosed room or
level to the sky and that, except for an outer court space in which seventy-five or more persons gather for
opening upon a street line, a front yard, or a rear yard, religious, recreational, educational, political or social
is bounded by either building walls or building walls purposes, or for the consumption of food or drink, or
and one or more lot lines other than a street line. for similar group activities or which is designed for use
OUTRIGGER SCAFFOLD.-A scaffold, the platform by seventy-five or more persons gathered for any of the
of which is built upon supports cantilevering beyond the above reasons, but excluding such spaces in dwelling
walls of the building. units; or an outdoor space in which two hundred or
OUTSIDE GAS SERVICE LINE VALVE.-The more persons gather for any of the above reasons or
valve located on the gas service piping which can be which is designed for use by two hundred or more
either exposed or buried. persons gathered for any of the above reasons.
**Local Law 23-1990.
OWNER.-A person having legal title to premises; a
mortgagee or vendee in possession; a trustee in PLASTIC.-A material that contains as an essential
bankruptcy; a receiver or any other person having legal ingredient an organic substance of large molecular
ownership or control of premises. weight, is solid in its finished state and, at some stage in
PARAPET.-The continuation of an exterior wall, fire its manufacture or its processing into finished articles,
wall, or party wall above the roof line. can be shaped by flow.
PARKING TIER.-A general level of parking. PLASTIC, SLOW BURNING.-A plastic having a rate
PARTITION.-A vertical unit or assembly of materials of combustion within the limits of a specified standard
that separates one space from another within any story of subchapter five of this chapter.
of a building. PLATFORM FRAME.-Light timber construction in
PARTY WALL.-A fire division on an interior lot line which the exterior walls and bearing walls consist of
common to two adjoining buildings. studs which are interrupted at floors by the entire
PENTHOUSE.-An enclosed structure on or above the thickness of the floor construction.
roof of any part of a building, which is designed or used PLUMBING.-The practice, materials, and fixtures used in
for human occupancy. (See BULKHEAD and ROOF the installation, maintenance, extension, and alteration of all
STRUCTURE.) piping, fixtures, appliances, equipment, and appurtenances in
PERMIT.-A written document issued by the connection with any of the following: sanitary drainage or
commissioner authorizing the construction, alteration, or storm drainage facilities, the venting system and the public or
demolition of a building, or the installation, alteration or private water supply systems, within or adjacent to any
use and operation of service equipment therein. building; also the practice and materials used in the
PERSON.-An individual, partnership, corporation, or installation, maintenance, extension, or alteration of storm
other legal entity. water, liquid-waste, or sewerage, and water-supply systems of
*PHYSICAL DISABILITY.-Any of the following: any premises and their connection with any point of public
(a) impairment requiring use of a wheelchair; or disposal or other acceptable terminal.

107
Title 27 / Subchapter 2

PLUMBING FIXTURES.-Installed receptacles, devices, parallel to, and does not intersect any street line
or appliances that are supplied with water or which bounding such lot.
receive or discharge liquids or liquid-borne wastes. REAR YARD.-A yard extending for the full length of
PLUMBING SYSTEM.- The water-supply and distribution a rear lot line.
pipes; plumbing fixtures and traps; soil, waste, and vent REBOUND.-Recovery of displacement due to release
pipes; building house drains and building house sewers or reduction of applied load.
including their respective connections, devices, and REFRIGERATION.-The process by which heat is
appurtenances within the property lines of the premises; absorbed from a substance by expansion or
and water-treating or water-using equipment. vaporization of a refrigerant.
POLE FOOTING.-A type of construction in which a REQUIRED.-Shall mean required by the provisions of
pole embedded in the ground and extending upward to this code.
form a column is used for both column and footing. RETAINING WALL.-A wall designed to prevent the
PONDING.-The collection of rainwater. lateral displacement of soil or other materials.
*POTABLE WATER.-Water free from impurities RIGGING LOFT.-A space above a stage, designed
present in amounts sufficient to cause disease or and used for the flying and storage of scenery and
harmful physiological effects. Its bacteriological and scenic elements. A space used for the occasional flying
chemical quality shall conform to the requirements of of incidental props during a performance shall not be
the department of health and mental hygiene. deemed to constitute a rigging loft.
*Local Law 22-2002 ROOF.-The topmost slab or deck of a building, either
POWER-OPERATED SCAFFOLD.-Any form of flat or sloping, with its supporting members, not
scaffold that is propelled vertically by the use of power including vertical supports.
machinery. ROOF COVERING.-The covering applied to the
PREMISES.-Land, improvements thereon, or any part thereof. exterior surface of a roof for weather resistances, fire
***PRIMARY ENTRANCE(S).- resistance, wear, and/or appearance, but not including
The principal entrance(s) to a building primarily and insulation.
expressly utilized for day-to-day pedestrian ingress and ROOF SIGN.-A sign erected and maintained on or
egress. Side, rear and other entrances solely used for above the roof of a building.
freight and service shall not constitute a primary entrance. ROOF STRUCTURE.-An unenclosed structure on
***Local Law 58-1987.
or above the roof of any part of a building. (See
PRIVATE GARAGE.-A building or enclosed space BULKHEAD and PENTHOUSE.)
used for the parking or storage of not more than four ROOMER.-(See BOARDER.)
motor vehicles having fuel storage tanks of twenty-six SAFE AREA.-An interior or exterior space that serves
gallon capacity or less, and in which no repair, body as a means of egress by providing a transitional area
work, or painting of vehicles is conducted, and in which from, and that also serves as a normal means of entry
no gasoline, oil, or similar products are dispensed. to, an assembly space.
PRIVATE SEWER.-A sewer privately owned and controlled SAFETY (CAR OR COUNTERWEIGHT).- A
by public authority only to the extent provided by law. mechanical device attached to an elevator car frame or
PROJECTING SIGN.-A sign affixed to an exterior wall to an auxiliary frame, or to the counterweight frame, to
of a building and extending more than fifteen inches stop and hold the car or counterweight in case of
beyond the wall surface. predetermined overspeed or free fall, or if the hoisting
PUBLIC AREAS.-Area(s) within a building usually ropes slacken.
open to or used by the general public, such as lobbies, SCENERY AND SCENIC ELEMENTS.-Any or all of
corridors, waiting rooms, reception rooms, rest rooms, etc. those devices ordinarily used on a stage in the
PUBLIC GARAGE.-A building or space used for the presentation of a theatrical performance, such as back
parking or storage of motor vehicles, other than an drops, side tabs, teasers, borders or scrim, rigid flats, set
automotive service station, automotive repair shop, open pieces, and all properties, but not including costumes.
parking structure, or private garage. Truck loading and SCHOOL.-An elementary school, high school, or
shipping areas shall be classified as public garages. college, either public or private.
PUBLIC SEWER.-A sewer entirely controlled by public authority. SEATING SECTION.-An area of seating bounded on
PUBLIC SPACE.-An open space outside of a building, all sides by aisles, cross aisles, walls or partitions.
which is dedicated or devoted to public use by lawful SELF-CLOSING.-As applied to an opening protective
mapping or by any other lawful procedure. shall mean a door, window, damper, or other device, and
PURE TONE.-A soundwave of a single frequency, so its assembly that is normally kept in a closed position and
called to distinguish it from a complex tone. that is equipped with an approved device to insure
REAR LOT LINE.-Any lot line, except a street line, immediate closing after having been opened for use.
that is parallel or within forty-five degrees of being

108
Title 27 / Subchapter 2

SELF-RELIEVING CONSTRUCTION.- Construction illumination, decorations, trade marks, emblems,

using a type of framing in which the connections are capable symbols or other figures or characters.
of developing a known and dependable moment capacity but SINGLE POLE SCAFFOLD.-A platform resting
which, under larger moments, are capable of rotating on putlogs or crossbeams, the outer ends of which are
(without fracture) an amount sufficient to accommodate the supported on ledgers secured to a single row of posts
deflection due to the excess of the applied moment over the or uprights, and the inner ends of which are supported
moment capacity. by a wall.
SERVICE EQUIPMENT.-Equipment, including all ***SMOKE BARRIER.- Any continuous non-combustible
components thereof, which provides sanitation, power, construction, vertical, horizontal, or otherwise, such as
light, heat, cooling, ventilation, air-conditioning, refuse a wall, floor, or ceiling assembly, that is designed and
disposal, fire-fighting, transportation, or similar facility for a constructed to restrict the spread of smoke and constructed
building which by design becomes a part of the building, and in accordance with the provisions of section 27-353.3
which is regulated by the provisions of this code. of this code.
SEWAGE.-Any liquid waste containing animal or vegetable ***Local Law 26-2004.
matter in suspension or solution, and may include liquids SMOKE-STOP DOOR.-A door or set of doors placed
containing chemicals in solution. in a corridor to restrict the spread of smoke and to
SEWAGE DISPOSAL SYSTEM.-A system for the disposal retard the spread of fire by reducing draft.
of sewage by means of a septic tank, cesspool, or mechanical SOIL VENT.-(See STACK VENT.)
treatment, all designed for use apart from a public sewer to SOUND POWER.-The rate at which sound energy is
serve a single establishment, building, or development. radiated by a source.
SEWAGE EJECTOR.-A mechanical device used to pump SOUND POWER LEVEL.-The ratio, expressed in
or eject sewage. decibels, [sic] of the sound power of a source to the
SHAFT.-A vertical, inclined, or offset passage, or reference power of ten-thirteen watts.
hoistway, penetrating through two or more floors of a
SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL.-The square ratio,
building or through a floor and roof. (See CLOSED SHAFT
expressed in decibels, of a sound pressure to a reference
and OPEN SHAFT.)
pressure of 0.0002 dynes per square centimeter.
SHALL.-As used in this code, is always to be construed as
SPANDREL WALL.-That portion of an exterior wall
mandatory.
between the top of one opening and the bottom of
SHELL.-A structure consisting of a curved or folded slab
another in the story directly above.
whose thickness is small compared to its other dimensions,
SPARK ARRESTER.-A device to prevent sparks,
and which is characterized by its three dimensional load-
carrying behavior. The term shall include those forms of embers, or other ignited material above a given size from
construction that approximate slab surfaces, such as being expelled to the atmosphere from the top of a chimney.
lamellas and lattices. SPECIAL WASTE.-Wastes that require special treatment
SIAMESE CONNECTION.-A fitting connected to a fire before entry into the normal plumbing system.
extinguishing system and installed on the outside of a SPRAY BOOTH.-A compartment in which spraying
building, with two hose inlets for use of the fire department, to with any substance is carried on, consisting of at least
furnish or supplement the water supply to the system. two sides, a back, and a top.
SIDE LOT LINE.-Any lot line that is not a street line or a SPRAYING SPACE OR DIPPING SPACE.-Any
rear lot line. portion of a building in which the actual work of
SIDEWALK ELEVATOR.-A freight elevator that operates spraying, dipping, or immersing any article with or into
between a sidewalk or other area outside of a building and flammable substances takes place.
floor levels inside the building below such area which has SPRINKLER ALARM.-An apparatus constructed and
no landing opening into the building at its upper limit of installed so that a flow of water through the sprinkler
travel, and which is not used to carry automobiles. system equal to, or greater than, that required for a single
SIDE YARD.-A yard extending along a side lot line from automatic sprinkler head will cause an alarm to be given.
the required front yard (or from the street line if no front SPRINKLER SYSTEM.-A system of piping and
yard is required) to the required rear yard (or to the rear sprinkler heads connected to one or more sources of
lot line if no rear yard is required). water supply.
SIDEWALK SHED.-A construction over a public STACK.-(See CHIMNEY.)- Also, a general term
sidewalk, used to protect pedestrians from falling objects. applying to any vertical line of soil, waste, vent, or
SIGN.-An outdoor structure, banner or other device, inside leader piping. It shall not include vertical fixture and
designed or used as an advertisement, or announcement for vent branches that do not extend through the roof or
the information or attraction of the public; consisting of the that pass through not more than two stories before
framework and all letters, words, numerals, illustrations, being reconnected to the vent stack or stack vent.

revision: October 1, 2004 109

Title 27 / Subchapter 2

STACK VENT.-The extension of a soil or waste stack above the TRAILER CAMP.-A lot or parcel of land used for
highest horizontal drain connected to a plumbing stack. temporary or permanent occupancy by two or more
STAGE.-An area used in the presentation of a live mobile homes or travel trailers.
performance at anytime and includes: the performing area TRANSFER COLUMN.-A column supported by
and non-audience areas that are open to the performing area. beams, girders, trusses or similar members and reacting
It may be level or raised with or without scenic elements, and on two or more columns at a lower level.
generally is serviced by stage illumination appliances and UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD.- A conventionalized
control panels. For places of assembly classified as occupancy representation of an element of dead or live load as a
group F-1A or F-1B, the word stage shall be defined in load of uniform intensity, distributed over an area.
accordance with the definition set forth in sections 27-546 *USABLE DWELLING UNITS.-Dwelling units
and 27-547 of article three of subchapter eight of this code. which are accessible, constructed and equipped as set
STAGE LIFT.-A movable section of a stage floor, forth in reference standard RS 4-6, so as to be usable
designed to carry scenery between staging areas and the by all categories of people having physical disabilities.
stage, and also used to be raised to and temporarily retained *Local Law 58-1987.
at elevations above or below the stage level. USE (USED).-The purpose for which a building,
STANDPIPE SYSTEM.-A system of piping, for fire- structure, or space is occupied or utilized, unless
fighting purposes, consisting of connections to one or more otherwise indicated by the text. Use (used) shall be
sources of water supply, and serving one or more hose outlets. construed as if followed by the words "or is intended,
STORM DRAIN.-(See BUILDING STORM DRAIN.) arranged, or designed to be used".
STORM SEWER.-A sewer used for conveying rain water, VAULT (SIDEWALK).-Any space below the surface
surface water, condensate, cooling water, or similar clear of the sidewalk portion of a street, that is covered over,
liquid wastes which do not contain organic materials or except those openings that are used exclusively as
compounds subject to decomposition. places for descending, by means of steps, to the cellar
or basement of any building.
STORY.-That portion of a building that is between a floor
VENT (GAS).-A flue or duct, used to convey the
level and the next higher floor level or roof above.
products of combustion from gas-fired equipment to the
STREET.-A thoroughfare dedicated or devoted to public
outdoor air by natural draft.
use by legal mapping or other lawful means.
VENT STACK (PLUMBING).-A vertical vent pipe
STREET FLOOR.-A floor, usually the principal entrance
extending through more than two stories, which is then
floor, that is not more than one-half story above or below
connected to a stack vent or is otherwise extended
grade at the location from which egress is provided to the street.
through the roof, installed primarily for the purpose of
STREET LINE.-A lot line separating a street from other land. providing circulation of air to and from any part of a
STREET MAIN.-(See WATER MAIN and GAS SERVICE drainage system.
PIPING.) VENT SYSTEM (COMBUSTION).-A gas vent or
STRUCTURE.-An assembly of materials forming chimney, together with a vent connector that forms a
construction for occupancy or use, including among others: continuous unobstructed passageway from gas burning
buildings, stadia, tents, reviewing stands, platforms, stagings, equipment to the outdoor air for the purpose of
observation towers, radio towers, tanks, trestles, open sheds, coal removing vent gases.
pockets, shelters, fences, and display signs. VENT SYSTEM (PLUMBING).-A pipe or pipes
SUBSTRATE.-A surface upon which a finish material is installed to provide a flow of air to or from a drainage
directly applied and which extends completely behind system or to provide a circulation of air within such system to
such finish material. protect trap seals from siphonage and back pressure.
SUMP PIT.-A tank or pit that receives clear liquid VERTICAL EXIT.-A stair, ramp, or escalator serving as an
wastes that do not contain organic materials or exit from one or more floors above or below the street floor.
compounds subject to decomposition, located below the WALL SIGN.-A sign affixed to the exterior wall of a
normal grade of the gravity system and that must be building, no part of which projects more than fifteen
emptied by mechanical means. inches from the wall surface.
SUMP PUMP.-A mechanical device used to pump the WATER-DISTRIBUTION PIPING.-The pipes in a
liquid waste from a sump pit into the gravity drainage system. building or premises that convey water from the water
SUPPLEMENTAL VERTICAL EXIT.-An enclosed service pipe to the plumbing fixtures and other water outlets.
stair, ramp or escalator providing means of egress to an WATER (STREET) MAIN.-A water-supply pipe for
area of refuge at another level nearer to the street floor. public or community use controlled by public authority.
THIS CODE.-The building code. WATER-SERVICE PIPE.-The pipe from the water
TIER OF SEATING.-A general level of seating, such as an (street) main or other source of water supply to the
orchestra (usually the main tier), a balcony, or gallery. building served.

revision: October 1, 2004

110
Title 27 / Subchapter 2

WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM.-The water-service pipe, the WRITTEN NOTICE.-A notification in writing
water-distribution piping, and all of the necessary delivered by hand to the person or parties intended, or
connecting pipes, fittings, control valves, and appurtenances delivered at or sent by mail to the last business address
used for conveying water in a plumbing system. known to the party giving such notice.
WET STANDPIPE SYSTEM.-A standpipe system in YARD.-That portion of a lot extending open and
which all of the piping is filled with water under unobstructed from the lowest level to the sky along the
pressure that is immediately discharged upon the entire length of a lot line.
opening of any hose valve. ZONE.-A vertical division of a building fire standpipe
WINDING-DRUM MACHINE.-As applied to an system used to establish the water working pressures
elevator, shall mean a geared-drive machine in which within the system and also to limit the pressure at the
the hoisting ropes are fastened to and wind on a drum. lowest hose outlet in the zone.
WORKERS’ HOIST.-A hoisting and lowering mechanism ZONING RESOLUTION.-The zoning resolution of
equipped with a car that moves in guides in a substantially the city of New York, adopted December fifteenth,
vertical direction and that is used primarily for raising nineteen hundred sixty-one, including all amendments
and lowering workers to the working levels. thereto.
WRITING (WRITTEN).-The term shall be construed to
include handwriting, typewriting, printing, photo-offset, or any
other form of reproduction in legible symbols or characters.

ARTICLE 3 ABBREVIATIONS

Abbreviations. §[C26-202.0]27-233
bhp: brake horsepower I.P.S.: iron pipe size
Btu: British [sic] thermal unit lb.: pound
C: centigrade mph: miles per hour
cfm: cubic feet per minute oz.: ounce
cps: cycles per second P.C.E.: pyrometric cone equivalent
cu. ft.: cubic feet pcf: pounds per cubic foot
db: decibel plf: pounds per linear foot
dia.: diameter psf: pounds per square foot
F: fahrenheit psi: pounds per square inch
fpm: feet per minute psia: pounds per square inch absolute
fps: feet per second psig: pounds per square inch gauge
fsp: fire standpipe rpm: revolutions per minute
ft.: foot sec.: second
gal.: gallon swp: steam working pressure
gpm: gallons per minute sq. ft.: square foot
gps: gallons per second sq. in.: square inch
h.p.: horsepower sq. yd.: square yard
hr.: hour STC: sound transmission class
in.: inch Tag: tagliabue
INR: impact noise rating wwp: water working pressure

Note—For abbreviation of name of referenced national organizations, see reference standard RS 2-1.

111
Title 27 / Subchapter 2

This page is intended to be left blank

112
Title 27 / Subchapter 3

SUBCHAPTER 3 [310.2] 264 Occupancy Group J-1

[310.3] 265 Occupancy Group J-2
OCCUPANCY AND CONSTRUCTION [310.4] 266 Occupancy Group J-3
CLASSIFICATION [311.0] Art. 12 Occupancy Group K-
Miscellaneous
TABLE OF CONTENTS [311.1] 267 Classification
[312.0] Art. 13 Doubtful Occupancies
[Sub-Art. Art. [312.1] 268 Classification
or Sec.]* or Sec.** [313.0] Art. 14 Construction
Classifications
[300.0] Art. 1 General [313.1] 269 Construction Classes
[300.1] 234 Scope [313.2] 270 Classification of
[300.2] 235 Reference Standards Buildings and Spaces
[300.3] 236 Definitions [313.3] 271 Classification Table
[301.0] Art. 2 Occupancy Classifications [313.4] 272 False Designation
[301.1] 237 Occupancy Groups [313.5] 273 Minimum Requirements
[301.2] 238 Classification of Spaces [314.0] Art. 15 Construction Group I-
[301.3] 239 Classification of Buildings
Noncombustible
[301.4] 240 Separation of Occupancies
[314.1] 274 Classification
[301.5] 241 Classification Tables
[314.2] 275 Construction Class I-A
[301.6] 242 Multiple Occupancy or Use
[302.0] Art. 3 Occupancy Group A-High [314.3] 276 Construction Class I-B
Hazard [314.4] 277 Construction Class I-C
[302.1] 243 Classification [314.5] 278 Construction Class I-D
[302.2] 244 Location Restrictions [314.6] 279 Construction Class I-E
[303.0] Art. 4 Occupancy Group B- [315.0] Art. 16 Construction Group II-
Storage Combustible
[303.1] 245 Classification [315.1] 280 Classification
[303.2] 246 Occupancy Group B-1 [315.2] 281 Construction Class II-A
[303.3] 247 Occupancy Group B-2 [315.3] 282 Construction Class II-B
[304.0] Art. 5 Occupancy Group C- [315.4] 283 Construction Class II-C
Mercantile [315.5] 284 Construction Class II-D
[304.1] 248 Classification [315.6] 285 Construction Class II-E
[305.0] Art. 6 Occupancy Group D- [316.0] Art. 17 Mixed Construction
Industrial [316.1] 286 Classification
[305.1] 249 Classification [316.2] 287 Restrictions
[305.2] 250 Occupancy Group D-1 *"C26" omitted from section numbers in this column.
[305.3] 251 Occupancy Group D-2 **"27" omitted from section numbers in this column.
[305.4] 252 Location Restrictions
[306.0] Art. 7 Occupancy Group E- LIST OF TABLES
Business
[306.1] 253 Classification Table No.
[307.0] Art. 8 Occupancy Group F-
Assembly 3-1 Occupancy Classifications
[307.1] 254 Classification 3-2 Typical Occupancies for Occupancy
[307.2] 255 Occupancy Group F-1 Classification
[307.3] 256 Occupancy Group F-2 3-3 Construction Classes
[307.4] 257 Occupancy Group F-3 3-4 Construction Classifications Notes to Table
[307.5] 258 Occupancy Group F-4 3-4.
[308.0] Art. 9 Occupancy Group G-
Educational ARTICLE 1 GENERAL
[308.1] 259 Classification
[309.0] Art. 10 Occupancy Group H- §[C26-300.1] 27-234 Scope.-The provisions of this
Institutional subchapter shall establish and control the classification
[309.1] 260 Classification of all buildings, and spaces therein, with respect to
[309.2] 261 Occupancy Group H-1 occupancy group and class of construction.
[309.3] 262 Occupancy Group H-2
[310.0] Art. 11 Occupancy Group J- §[C26-300.2] 27-235 Reference standards.-
Residential
[310.1] 263 Classification

113
Title 27 / Subchapter 3

Occupancy and construction classifications which appear

in the several reference standards of this code shall apply ARTICLE 2 OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATIONS
to the provisions of the reference standard only unless
otherwise indicated. §[C26-301.1] 27-237 Occupancy groups.-Table 3-
1 lists occupancy groups and sub groups that shall be
§[C26-300.3] 27-236 Definitions.-For definitions to be established for classifying buildings and spaces in
used in the interpretation of this subchapter, see accordance with the provisions of articles three
subchapter two of this chapter. through twelve of this subchapter.

TABLE 3-1 OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATIONS

Occupancy Classification Fire

Group Index
A High hazard 4
B-1 Storage (moderate hazard) 3
B-2 Storage (low hazard) 2
C Mercantile 2
D-1 Industrial (moderate hazard) 3
D-2 Industrial (low hazard) 2
E Business 2
F-1a Assembly (theaters, etc.) 1
F-1b Assembly (churches, concert halls, 1
etc.)
F-2 Assembly (outdoors) 1
F-3 Assembly (museums, etc.) 1
F-4 Assembly (restaurants, etc.) 1
G Education 1
H-1 Institutional (restrained) 1
H-2 Institutional (incapacitated) 1
J-1 Residential (hotels, etc.) 1
J-2 Residential (apartment houses, etc.) 1
J-3 Residential (one-and-two-family 1
dwellings)
K Miscellaneous 1

§[C26-301.2] 27-238 Classification of spaces.-Every a. Spaces classified in occupancy groups having a

space or room hereafter altered or erected shall, for the higher fire index, as listed in table 3-1, than the fire
purposes of this code, be classified in one of the index of the occupancy group classification of the
occupancy groups listed in Table 3-1 according to the building, shall be separated from adjoining spaces by
occupancy or use of the space or room. construction meeting the fire-resistance rating
requirements for fire divisions under the provisions of
§[C26-301.3] 27-239 Classification of buildings.-Every subdivision (a) of section 27-339 of article five of
building hereafter erected or altered under the provisions subchapter five of this chapter. Such occupancies
of section 27-115 of article four of subchapter one of this shall, for the purposes of this code, be classified and
chapter shall, for the purposes of this code, be classified treated as separate buildings (hereinafter referred to as
in one of the occupancy groups listed in table 3-1 “building section”).
according to the main use or dominant occupancy of the b. Spaces classified in occupancy groups having the
building. However, at the option of the applicant, subject same or lower fire index, as listed in table 3-1, than the
to the approval of the commissioner, buildings may be fire index of the occupancy group classification of the
classified in any other occupancy group, provided such building, shall be separated from adjoining spaces by
occupancy group has a higher fire index, as listed in table construction meeting the fire-resistance rating
3-1, than the fire index of the occupancy group requirements for fire separations under the provisions
classification of the main use or dominant occupant. of subdivision (b) of section 27-339 of article five of
subchapter five of this chapter.
§[C26-301.4] 27-240 Separation of occupancies.-
Occupancies within buildings shall be separated from §[C26-301.5] 27-241 Classification tables.-Table
one another as follows: 3-2 and reference standard RS 3-3 list representative

114
Title 27 / Subchapter 3

occupancies that shall be used as a basis for classifying (b) Typical occupant activities.-Artificial [sic] flower
buildings and spaces by occupancy. and synthetic leather manufacture; ammunition,
explosives, and fireworks manufacture, sales or
§[C26-301.6] 27-242 Multiple occupancy or use.- storage; dry cleaning or dyeing; using or storing
When a building or space is used for multiple purposes, gasoline or other combustible solvents as outlined in
involving different activities at different times, the building or article six of subchapter seven of this chapter; feather
space shall be given a separate occupancy group classification renovating; fruit ripening processes; hydrogenation
for each of the activities involved. The design and processes; match manufacture or storage; metal
construction of the building or space shall be in accordance enamelling or japanning; paint and varnish
with the most restrictive provisions of this code that apply to manufacture; paint spraying or dipping, as specified in
any of the occupancy group classifications utilized. However, article three of subchapter seven of this chapter;
a minor variation of any occupancy or use of a space from derivation of petroleum products by application of
technical compliance with a particular space occupancy heat; processing of paper or cardboard in loose form;
classification shall not be prohibited if such variation is pyroxylin products manufacture and storage; rag
normally associated with the occupancy classification and no sorting and storage; shoe polish manufacture; straw
specific danger or hazard is created. goods manufacture or broom corn storage; tar, pitch,
or resin processing; waste paper sorting, shredding,
ARTICLE 3 OCCUPANCY GROUP A-HIGH storage, or baling; cotton waste processes.
HAZARD
§[C26-302.2] 27-244 Location restrictions.-No
§[C26-302.1] 27-243 Classification.-Buildings and spaces space classified in the high hazard occupancy group
shall be classified in the high hazard occupancy group when shall be located above the second story of any
they are used for storing, manufacturing, or processing building or building section classified in construction
potentially-explosive products or materials, or highly- group II containing a space classified in occupancy group
combustible or highly-flammable products or materials that J-1 or J-2.
are likely to burn with extreme rapidity. The high hazard
group shall also include: uses that involve storing, ARTICLE 4 OCCUPANCY GROUP B-STORAGE
processing, or handling any materials that produce explosive
dust, or that result in the division of matter into fine particles
§[C26-303.1] 27-245 Classification.-Buildings and
subject to spontaneous ignition; uses that employ solids or
spaces shall be classified in the storage occupancy group
substances that ignite or produce flammable gases on
when they are used primarily for storing goods. When the
contact with water; and any other uses that constitute a high
goods stored are highly combustible, flammable, or
fire hazard because of the form, character, or volume of the
materials involved. potentially explosive, the building or space shall meet the
requirements for high hazard occupancies when the latter
(a) Typical material contents.-Acetylene gas and gases are more restrictive than the corresponding requirements
under pressure of fifteen psig or more and in quantities for the storage classification. The storage occupancy
greater than twenty-five hundred cubic feet, including group consists of sub groups B-1 and B-2.
hydrogen, illuminating gas, natural gas, and all other
gases subject to explosion; gas piping at pressure levels §[C26-303.2] 27-246 Occupancy group B-1.-Shall
above fifteen psig regardless of the quantities of gas; include buildings and spaces used for storing any
celluloid and celluloid products; cotton batting; kerosene; flammable or combustible materials that is likely to
o
fuel or other oils having a flash point under 200 F [sic] permit the development and propagation of fire with
(tag closed cup), except five hundred fifty gallons or less moderate rapidity.
in one- and two-family dwellings; refrigerating systems (a) Typical material contents: bags (cloth, burlap,
using high hazard refrigerants as defined in subchapter and paper); bamboo and rattan; baskets; belting
thirteen of this chapter, and except that in buildings (canvas and leather); books and paper in rolls or
lawfully occupied as garages prior to December sixth, packs; buttons, including cloth-covered, pearl, or
nineteen hundred sixty-eight the storage of tank trucks or bone; boots and shoes; cardboard and cardboard
other vehicles, approved by the fire commissioner for the boxes; wearing apparel; cordage; furniture; furs; glue,
transportation
o
of products having a flash point of over mucilage, paste, and size; horn and combs other than
100 F [sic] (tag open cup), and where the product celluloid; leather enamelling or japanning; linoleum;
contained in the cargo space of the vehicles is pending livestock; lumber; photo-engraving supplies; silk;
delivery, shall only be considered to constitute a high soap; sugar; tobacco; cigars, cigarettes, and snuff;
hazard occupancy when the product is stored in upholstery and mattresses; wax candles.
quantities greater than forty-five thousand gallons.

115
Title 27 / Subchapter 3

*TABLE 3-2 TYPICAL OCCUPANCIES

FOR OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION

Occupancy Group Designation Representative Occupancies

HIGH HAZARD A Paint shop and storerooms; industrial smoke houses; grain elevators;
tanneries with enamelling or japanning; distilleries; sugar, starch, cereal,
feed, flour, and grist mills; any space containing gas distribution piping
at pressure levels above fifteen psig
STORAGE B-1 Warehouses; storerooms; freight depots; stables; coal pockets; group 1
public garages**
B-2 Warehouses; storerooms; private garages; green houses; group 2 public
garages**
MERCANTILE C Retail stores; shops; sales rooms; markets
INDUSTRIAL D-1 Baking plants; breweries; automotive repair shops; foundries [sic];
heliports; scenery shops
D-2 Mechanical and electrical equipment rooms; power plants, and boiler
and furnace rooms, except those containing gas distribution piping at
pressure levels above fifteen psig; commercial laundries; vocational
training shops; laboratories; nonresidential kitchens
BUSINESS E Office buildings; banks; civic administration buildings; radio and
television stations not classified as places of assembly or as equipment
rooms; telephone exchanges; barber and beauty shops; automotive
service stations; neighborhood family care centers; medical offices or
group medical centers
[ASSEMBLY F-1a Theaters; playhouses; opera houses]***
F-1b Churches; lecture halls; court rooms; convention halls; concert halls;
sports arenas; planetariums; motion picture theaters
F-2 Grandstands; bleachers; stadiums; drive-in theaters; amusement
attractions and devices; bandstands; skating rinks
F-3 Exhibition halls; galleries; gymnasiums; museums; passenger terminals;
bowling alleys; billiard parlors; skating rinks
F-4 Restaurants; night clubs; cabarets; dance halls; ballrooms; banquet
rooms; cafeterias; snack bars; taverns; coffee houses
EDUCATIONAL G Schools; academies; universities; libraries
INSTITUTIONAL H-1 Jails; prisons; reformatories; mental institutions
H-2 Hospitals; sanitariums; clinics; nursing homes; orphanages; homes for
the aged; day nurseries
RESIDENTIAL J-1 Hotels; motels; lodging houses; rooming houses
J-2 Apartment houses; apartment hotels; school dormitory buildings
J-3 One-family and two-family dwellings; rectories; convents; [group
homes]***
MISCELLANEOUS K Sheds; fences; signs

*This list of occupancies is representative only and is not complete.

See reference standard RS 3-3 for additional listings.
**See article ten of subchapter seven of this chapter.
***Copy in brackets not enacted but probably intended.

116
Title 27 / Subchapter 3

§[C26-303.3] 27-247 Occupancy group B-2.-Shall include fabrication, assembly, manufacturing, or processing
buildings and spaces used for storing noncombustible represents a low fire hazard.
materials and materials that do not ordinarily burn
rapidly. §[C26-305.4] 27-252 Location restrictions.-No space
classified in the industrial group D shall be located
ARTICLE 5 OCCUPANCY GROUP C - above the second story of any building or building
MERCANTILE section classified in construction group II containing a
space classified in occupancy group J-1 or J-2.
§[C26-304.1] 27-248 Classification.-Buildings and
spaces shall be classified in the mercantile occupancy ARTICLE 7 OCCUPANCY GROUP E-BUSINESS
group when they are used for display and sales of goods
accessible to public inspection. Highly combustible or §[C26-306.1] 27-253 Classification.-Buildings and
flammable goods, such as those made of pyroxylin spaces shall be classified in the business occupancy
products, shall be limited to small quantities that do not group when they are occupied for transacting business;
constitute a high hazard; if not so limited, the occupancy for rendering professional services; or for performing
shall meet the requirements for high hazard occupancies other commercial services that may incidentally involve
when the latter are more restrictive than the corresponding the storage of limited quantities of stocks of goods for
requirements for the mercantile classification. office use or purposes. Buildings and spaces used for
prosecuting public or civic services shall also be
ARTICLE 6 OCCUPANCY GROUP D- classified in this group.
INDUSTRIAL
ARTICLE 8 OCCUPANCY GROUP F-
§[C26-305.1] 27-249 Classification.-Buildings and ASSEMBLY
spaces shall be classified in the industrial occupancy
group when they are used for fabricating, assembling, *§[C26-307.1] 27-254 Classification.-Buildings and
manufacturing, or processing products, materials, or spaces exclusive of dwelling units shall be classified in
energy, except that when any products or materials, or the assembly occupancy group when they are designed
other products or materials used in their manufacture are for use by any number of persons for religious,
highly combustible, flammable, or explosive, the recreational, political or social purposes, or for the
occupancy shall meet the requirements for high hazard consumption of food or drink or for similar group
occupancies when the latter are more restrictive than the activities; or when occupied by seventy-five people or
corresponding requirements for the industrial more for educational purposes. When such occupancies
classification. The industrial occupancy group consists of are enclosed and contain or are designed for use by
sub groups D-1 and D-2. seventy-five or more persons or are outdoor spaces and
contain or are designed for use by two hundred or more
§[C26-305.2] 27-250 Occupancy group D-1.-Shall persons, they shall comply with the requirements of
include buildings and spaces in which the fabrication, subchapter eight of this chapter for places of assembly.
assembly, manufacturing, or processing represents a *Local Law 23-1990.
moderate fire hazard due to the extent and nature of
such operations, or to the materials involved. §[C26-307.2] 27-255 Occupancy group F-1.-Shall
(a) Typical occupant activities-Canning, including food include those buildings and spaces in which, during
products and condensed and powdered milk manufacturer; the major period of occupancy, the persons
dry cleaning or dyeing using
o
or storing
o
solvents having a assembled comprise a seated or otherwise passive
flash point between 100 F and 138.2 F (Tag closed-cup); audience to a performance or presentation, and have
electrolytic processes; glass manufacture, leather tanning their attention focused in a common direction or at a
and treating, excluding enamelling or japanning; sugar common subject. Occupancy group F-1 consists of
refining; textile milling, including canvas, cotton, cloth, two subdivisions F-1a and F-1b.
bagging, burlap, carpets, and rugs; upholstering; (a) Occupancy group F-1a.-Includes buildings and
woodworking; cotton dressmaking; and manufacturing or spaces in which scenery and scenic elements are used.
processing materials such as those outlined in subdivision (b) Occupancy group F-1b.-Includes buildings and
(a) of section 27-246 of article four of this subchapter. spaces in which scenery and scenic elements are not
used.
§[C26-305.3] 27-251 Occupancy group D-2.-This
group shall include buildings and spaces in which the

117
Title 27 / Subchapter 3

§[C26-307.3] 27-256 Occupancy group F-2.-Shall

include all outdoor structures and spaces. ARTICLE 11 OCCUPANCY GROUP J-
RESIDENTIAL
§[C26-307.4] 27-257 Occupancy group F-3.-Shall
include buildings and spaces in which the persons §[C26-310.1] 27-263 Classification.-Buildings and
assembled are physically active and do not have a spaces shall be classified in the residential occupancy
common center of attention. group when families or households dwell therein, or
when sleeping accommodations, with or without
§[C26-307.5] 27-258 Occupancy group F-4.-Shall dining facilities, are provided therein for individuals.
include buildings and spaces in which persons assemble Excluded from this group are those buildings and
for dancing or for the consumption of food or drink, or spaces classified under the institutional occupancy
for any combination of dancing, eating, drinking, or group. The residential occupancy consists of sub
entertainment. groups J-1, J-2, and J-3.

ARTICLE 9 OCCUPANCY GROUP G- §[C26-310.2] 27-264 Occupancy group J-1.-Shall

EDUCATIONAL include buildings and spaces that are primarily
occupied for the shelter and sleeping accommodation
§[C26-308.1] 27-259 Classification.-Buildings, building of individuals on a day-to-day or week-to-week basis.
sections and spaces shall be classified in the educational
occupancy group when persons occupy them for instruction §[C26-310.3] 27-265 Occupancy group J-2.-Shall
or other educational purposes except those spaces occupied include buildings with three or more dwelling units
as a place of assembly. These spaces shall be classified that are primarily occupied for the shelter and
in occupancy group F-assembly, under the provisions of sleeping accommodation of individuals on a month-
article eight of this subchapter. Such buildings, building to-month or longer-term basis.
sections and spaces occupied for instruction and used
exclusively by adults may be classified, by the §[C26-310.4] 27-266 Occupancy group J-3.-Shall
commissioner in occupancy group E-business and if so include buildings occupied as one-family or two-
classified such buildings, building sections and spaces family dwellings, or as convents or rectories.
shall comply with the requirements for such classification.
ARTICLE 12 OCCUPANCY GROUP K-
ARTICLE 10 OCCUPANCY GROUP H- MISCELLANEOUS
INSTITUTIONAL
§[C26-311.1] 27-267 Classification.-Structures of a
§[C26-309.1] 27-260 Classification.-Buildings and temporary character, and minor occupancies not
spaces shall be classified in the institutional occupancy classified in any other specific occupancy group,
group when persons suffering from physical limitations shall be classified in the miscellaneous occupancy
because of health or age are harbored therein for care or group. Such structures and occupancies shall be
treatment; when persons are detained therein for penal or constructed, equipped, and maintained to meet the
correctional purposes; or when the liberty of the inmates requirements of this code commensurate with the fire
is restricted. The institutional occupancy group consists of and life hazard incidental to their use. The
sub groups H-1 and H-2. miscellaneous occupancy group includes all
accessory structures such as sheds, fences, and
§[C26-309.2] 27-261 Occupancy group H-1.-Shall similar constructions.
include buildings and spaces used for the detention of
persons under restraint. ARTICLE 13 DOUBTFUL OCCUPANCIES

§[C26-309.3] 27-262 Occupancy group H-2.-Shall §[C26-312.1] 27-268 Classification.-When a

include buildings and spaces used for the care or treatment of building or space is used for an occupancy not
specifically provided for in this code, or when its
persons with physical limitations because of health or age. classification is otherwise uncertain, such building or
This shall not include medical or dental offices providing space shall be included in the occupancy group that it
services to ambulatory non-hospitalized persons, such as most nearly resembles with respect to the existing or
neighborhood family care centers, medical or dental proposed life and fire hazard, and it shall be so
offices, group medical offices, and the like.

118
Title 27 / Subchapter 3

classified by the architect or engineer subject to the ARTICLE 15 CONSTRUCTION GROUP I-

approval of the commissioner. NONCOMBUSTIBLE

ARTICLE 14 CONSTRUCTION §[C26-314.1] 27-274 Classification.-Buildings

CLASSIFICATIONS or spaces in noncombustible construction group I
are those in which the walls, exitways, shafts,
§[C26-313.1] 27-269 Construction classes.-Table 3-3 structural members, floors, and roofs are
lists construction classes that shall be established for constructed of noncombustible materials and
classifying buildings and spaces by construction in assemblies affording the fire-resistance ratings
accordance with the provisions of articles fifteen, sixteen specified in table 3-4. The noncombustible
and seventeen of this subchapter. construction group I consists of classes I-A, I-B, I-
C, I-D, and I-E.
TABLE 3-3 CONSTRUCTION CLASSES
§[C26-314.2] 27-275 Construction class I-A.-
Construction Group Class Includes buildings and spaces in which the bearing
I-Noncombustible I-A— (4-hr. protected) walls and other major structural elements are
I-B— (3-hr. protected) generally of four-hour fire-resistance rating.
I-C— (2-hr. protected)
I-D— (1-hr. protected) §[C26-314.3] 27-276 Construction class I-B.-
I-E— (unprotected) Includes buildings and spaces in which the bearing
walls and other major structural elements are
II-Combustible II-A— (heavy timber) generally of three-hour fire-resistance rating.
II-B— (protected wood joist)
II-C— (unprotected wood joist)
§[C26-314.4] 27-277 Construction class I-C.-
II-D— (protected wood frame)
Includes buildings and spaces in which the bearing
II-E— (unprotected wood frame)
walls and other major structural elements are
§[C26-313.2] 27-270 Classification of buildings and generally of two-hour fire-resistance rating.
spaces.-Every building, room, or space hereafter altered or
erected shall, for the purposes of this code be classified in §[C26-314.5] 27-278 Construction class I-D.-
one of the construction classes listed in table 3-3. Includes buildings and spaces in which the bearing
walls and other major structural elements are
§[C26-313.3] 27-271 Classification table.-The fire- generally of one-hour fire-resistance rating.
resistance ratings of construction elements in hours listed in
table 3-4 shall be used as a basis for classifying buildings §[C26-314.6] 27-279 Construction class I-E.-
and spaces by construction. Fire-resistance ratings shall be Includes buildings and spaces in which the bearing
based on the test procedures of reference standard RS 3-1 walls and other major structural elements generally
and shall apply to all occupancy groups except as have no fire-resistance rating.
specifically noted. For hazardous occupancies involving an
exceptionally high degree of fire risk or an exceptionally high ARTICLE 16 CONSTRUCTION GROUP II-
concentration of combustible or flammable contents, the COMBUSTIBLE
commissioner may increase the requirements of table 3-4.
§[C26-315.1] 27-280 Classification. - Buildings
§[C26-313.4] 27-272 False designation.-No building or and spaces in combustible construction group II
space shall be designated a given construction class unless are those in which the walls, partitions, structural
it conforms to the minimum requirements for that class; and members, floors, and roofs are constructed wholly
no building or space shall be posted, used, designated, or or partly of combustible materials affording the
advertised as of a given construction class unless it required degree of fire-resistance specified in table
complies with the minimum requirements of this code for 3-4. The combustible construction group II
that class. consists of classes II-A, II-B, II-C, II-D, and II-E.

§[C26-313.5] 27-273 Minimum requirements.-When a

class of construction is utilized which is superior to that
required for any particular use, nothing in this code shall be
construed to require full compliance with the requirements
for the higher class; the designated construction classification
of the building or space shall be that of the lesser
classification, unless all of the requirements for the higher
class are met.

119
Title 27 / Subchapter 3

TABLE 3-4
CLASS I-A CLASS I-B CLASS I-C CLASS I-D CLASS I-E
†
TABLE 3-4 CONSTRUCTION ELEMENT Rating Ext.a,b Rating Ext.a,b Rating Ext.a,b Rating Ext.a,b Rating Ext.a,b
CONSTRUCTION in Hrs. Open’g in Hrs. Open’g in Hrs. Open’g in Hrs. Open’g in Hrs. Open’g
Bearing 4 3 2 2 2

Exterior Walls with an

Exterior Separation of
CLASSIFICATIONS 3'-0" or less N.P. N.P. N.P. N.P. N.P.
Non-bearingf 2 2 2 2 2
________ More than 3'-0" but Bearing 4 3 1/3 % 3 3 1/3 % 2 3 1/3 % 2 3 1/3 % 2 6 2/3 %
less than 15’-0" Non-bearingf 2 protected 2 protected 2 protected 2 protected 2 protected
CONSTRUCTION 15'-0" or more but Bearing 4 3 2 1 0
GROUP 1 3 1/3 % 3 1/3 % 3 1/3 % 3 1/3 %
less than 30'-0" Non-bearingf 1½ 1½ 1 1 0
NONCOMBUSTIBLE N.L.
Bearing 4 3 2 1 0
________ 30’-0" or more N.L. N.L. N.L. N.L.
Non-bearingf 0 0 0 0 0
Interior bearing walls and bearing partitions.
Required fire-resistance †† 4 3 2 1 0g,i
ratings of construction Enclosure of vertical exits e, exit passageways, hoistways m and shafts. 2 2 2 2 2
elements in hours, Fire divisions and fire separations. See Article 5
based on the test
Supporting one floor 3 2 1½ 1 0g,i
procedures of reference Columnsk, girders, trusses (other than
standard RS 3-1. roof trusses) and framing. Supporting more than
4 3 2 1 0g,i
________ one floor1
Same as required fire resistance of wall supported, but not less than
Key: Structural members supporting a wall.
rating required for member by the class of construction.
Floor construction including beams. 3 2 1½ 1 0g,i
N.P.—Not permited 15'-0" or less in ht. above floor to
N.L.—No limit
Roof construction, including
lowest member
2 1½ 1i 1i 0g,i
beams, trusses and framing, 15'-0" to 20'-0" in ht. above floor to
including arches, domes, lowest member
2 c,i or 1 d,i 1½ c,i or 1 d,i 1i 1i 0g,i
Noncombustible
shells, cable supported roofs 20'-0" or more in ht. above
Materials 2 c,i or 0 d,g,i 1½ c,i or 0 d,g,i 1 c,i or 0 d,g,i 1 c,i or 0 d,g,i 0g,i
and roof decksh. floor to lowest member

Notes: located at least sixty feet in a direct line from any neighboring building except as otherwise permitted by
a.
The area of openings permitted in exterior walls at any story shall be obtained by multiplying the footnote f. Such additional openings may not, however, be credited toward meeting any of the
percentage shown in the table by the exterior separation distance in feet, and then multiplying that product by mandatory natural light or ventilation requirements of subchapter twelve of chapter on of this title. If any
the square-foot area of the façade of that story. Requirements for protected exterior openings shall not apply neighboring building is later altered or constructed to come within the above distance limitation, the
to churches. [.Protected openings within an exterior separation of 3 ft. 0 inch or less are permitted for affected exterior openings shall immediately be closed with construction meeting the fire-resistance
buildings classified in Occupancy Groups J-2 and J-3 provided, however said openings do not exceed in total rating requirements for exterior wall construction of the building in which they are located.
c.
area 10% of the façade of the story in which they are located. The openings however, may not be credited Applies to occupancy groups A,B-1,B-2, and D-1.
d.
towards meeting any of the mandatory natural light or ventilation requirements of Art. 12* Protection of Applies to all occupancy groups other than those described in footnote c.
openings with an exterior separation of 3 ft. to 30 ft. shall not be required for J2 and J3 occupancy groups.]** *Now Subchapter 12.
or to buildings classified in occupancy groups J-2 and J-3*** See section 27-331 of article four of subchapter **Copy in brackets not enacted but probably intended.
five of this chapter for additional requirements for exterior walls and exterior wall openings. ***Copy from closing brackets to these asterisks enacted but probably intended to be omitted.
b. †Local Law 77-1988.
Upon special application, the commissioner may permit exterior wall openings to be constructed in
†† Local Law 26-2004.
excess of the permitted area established by table 3-4 if such openings at the time of their construction are

revision: October 1, 2004 120

Title 27 / Subchapter 3

TABLE 3-4 (continued)

CLASS II-A CLASS II-B CLASS II-C CLASS II-D CLASS II-E
†
TABLE 3-4 CONSTRUCTION ELEMENT Rating Ext. a,b Rating Ext.a,b Rating Ext. a,b Rating Ext. a,b Rating Ext. a,b
CONSTRUCTION in Hrs. Open’g in Hrs. Open’g in Hrs. Open’g in Hrs.Open’g in Hrs. Open’g
Bearing

Exterior Walls with an

2 2 2 2 2

Exterior Separation of
CLASSIFICATIONS 3'-0" or less N.P. N.P. N.P. N.P. N.P.
f
(continued) Non-bearing 2 2 2 2 2
________ More than 3'-0" but Bearing 2 3 1/3 % 2 3 1/3 % 2 3 1/3 % 1 1
less than 15’-0" 6 2/3 % 6 2/3 %
Non-bearingf 2 protected 2 protected 2 protected 1 1
15'-0" or more but Bearing 2 2 2 1 0
CONSTRUCTION 3 1/3 % 3 1/3 % 3 1/3 %
less than 30'-0" f
2 2 2 1 0
GROUP II Non-bearing
N.L. N.L.
COMBUSTIBLE Bearing 1 1½ 1½ 1 0
30’-0" or more N.L. N.L. N.L.
________ Non-bearingf 0 0 0 0 0
Required fire-resistance Interior bearing walls and bearing partitions. 2 1 0 1 0
e m
ratings of construction ††Enclosure of vertical exits , exit passageways, hoistways and shafts. 2 2 1i 1i 1
elements in hours, Fire divisions and fire separations. See Article 5
based on the test k see section
procedures of reference
Columns , girders, trusses Supporting one floor 1 0 or 1 j 1 0
27-623
standard RS 3-1. (other than roof trusses) and see section
________ framing. Supporting more than one floor 1 0 or 1 j 1 0
27-623
Structural members supporting a wall. Same as required fire resistance of wall supported, but not less than
Key: rating required for member by the class of construction.
Floor construction including beams. see section 1 0 or 1 j 1 0
N.P.—Not permited 27-623
N.L.—No limit 15'-0" or less in ht. above floor see section ¾ 0 ¾ 0
Roof construction including beams, to lowest member 27-623
trusses and framing, including 15'-0" to 20'-0" in ht. above see section ¾ 0 ¾ 0
Noncombustible arches, domes, shells, cable floor to lowest member 27-623
h
Materials supported roofs and roof decks . 20'-0" or more in ht. above see section
floor to lowest member 27-623 ¾ 0 ¾ 0

††e. i.
See subdivision (i) of section 27-375 of article five of subchapter six of this chapter for additional impact Materials which are not noncombustible, as defined in subchapter two of chapter one of this title,
resistance requirements applicable to certain stair enclosures and for certain exceptions to stair enclosure requirements. may be used in nonbearing construction elements if they fall into one of the following categories:
f. 1. Materials having a structural base of noncombustible materials as defined in subchapter two, and
When two or more buildings are constructed on the same lot, and the combined floor area of the buildings
does not exceed the limits established by tables 4-1 and 4-2 for any one of the buildings, no fire-resistance having a surface not over one-eighth inch thick which when tested in accordance with the provisions
rating shall be required for nonbearing portions of the exterior walls of those buildings facing each other, and of reference standard RS 3-2 has a flame spread rating not higher than fifty.
there shall be no limitation on the permitted amount of exterior openings. 2. Materials which when tested in accordance with the provisions of reference standard RS 3-2
g. have a surface flame spread rating not higher than twenty-five without evidence of continued
Fire retardant treated wood complying with the requirements of section 27-328 of article three of subchapter progressive combustion, and which are of such composition that surfaces which would be exposed by
five of this chapter may be used. cutting through the material in any way would not have a flame spread rating higher than twenty-five
h. without evidence of continued progressive combustion.
Tabulated ratings apply to buildings over one story in height. In one story buildings roof construction may
be of material having 0 hour fire-resistance rating.

revision: October 1, 2004 121

Title 27 / Subchapter 3

Notes for Table 3-4 (continued)

j.
Applies to the construction of the street floor and all construction
below the level of the street floor in building or spaces classified in
occupancy group J-2 except where the space below the street floor
does not exceed five feet in height.
k.
Columns supporting the roof of a one-story building shall have
the same fire-resistance rating as required for a column supporting
one floor in a building of the same construction class.
l.
Members supporting loads of not more than two floors or one
floor and a roof need not have a fire-resistance rating greater than
the floor construction fire-resistance requirement in buildings
classified in occupancy groups G, H, and J-2, not including
unsprinklered spaces of other occupancies, and in fully sprinklered
buildings in occupancy groups E and J-1.
††m.
See subdivision (c) of section 27-987 of article one of
subchapter eighteen of this chapter for additional impact resistance
requirements applicable to certain elevator enclosures.
†† Local Law 26-2004.

§[C26-315.2] 27-281 Construction class II-A.- §[C26-315.5] 27-284 Construction class II-D.-
Includes heavy timber construction in which fire- Includes buildings and spaces in which the exterior
resistance is attained by limiting the minimum sizes of walls, bearing walls, floors, roofs, and interior framing are
wood structural members and the minimum thickness generally of wood or other combustible materials
and composition of wood floors and roofs; by avoiding having the required fire-resistance ratings.
concealed spaces under floors and roofs or by providing
fire-stopping protection for these spaces; and by using §[C26-315.6] 27-285 Construction class II-E.-
fastenings, construction details, and adhesives for Includes buildings and spaces in which the exterior
structural members as required by article seven of walls are generally of wood or other combustible
subchapter ten of this chapter. The minimum materials having the required fire-resistance ratings,
dimensions for framing members shall be prescribed in and in which the bearing walls, floors, roofs, and
section 27-623 of article seven of subchapter ten of this interior framing are of wood or other combustible
chapter, except that members which are protected to materials, generally having no fire-resistance ratings.
provide a fire-resistance rating of at least one hour need
not comply with this requirement. ARTICLE 17 MIXED CONSTRUCTION

§[C26-315.3] 27-282 Construction class II-B.- §[C26-316.1] 27-286 Classification.-When two or

Includes buildings and spaces in which the exterior more classes of construction occur within the same
walls, fire walls, exitways, and shaft enclosures are of building, the entire building shall be subject to the most
noncombustible materials having the required fire- restrictive occupancy and size limitations for the classes
resistance ratings; and in which the floors, roofs, and of construction involved. However, if the occupancies
interior framing are wholly or partly of wood of smaller within the different classes of construction are completely
dimensions than required for class II-A construction, or are separated by construction that meets the fire-resistance
of other combustible or noncombustible materials, having rating requirements for fire divisions listed in table 5-2
the required fire-resistance ratings. then each occupancy so separated may, for the purposes
of this code, be considered as a separate building
§[C26-315.4] 27-283 Construction class II-C.- (“building section”).
Includes buildings and spaces in which the exterior
walls, fire walls, exitways, and shaft enclosures are of §[C26-316.2] 27-287 Restrictions.-In buildings of mixed
noncombustible materials having the required fire- construction, no structural element shall be supported
resistance ratings; and in which the floors, roofs, and by construction having a lower fire-resistance rating
interior framing are wholly or partly of wood of smaller than that required for the element being supported.
dimensions than required for class II-A construction, or
are of other combustible or noncombustible materials
having no fire-resistance ratings.

revision: October 1, 2004

122
Title 27 / Subchapter 4

SUBCHAPTER 4 [404.2] 300 Additions to Existing

BUILDING LIMITATIONS Buildings
[405.0] Art. 6 Area Limitations
TABLE OF CONTENTS [405.1] 301 Area Limitations of
Buildings
[Sub-Art. Art. [405.2] 302 Area limitations of Spaces
Or Sec.]* Or Sec.** [405.3] 303 Frontage Increase
[400.0] Art.1 General [405.4] 304 Existing Excessive Area
[400.1] 288 Scope [406.0] Art. 7 Height Limitations
[400.2] 289 Standards [406.1] 305 Height Limitations of
[400.3] 290 Definitions Buildings
[401.0] Art. 2 Building Access [406.2] 306 Measurement
Sub-Art. 1 Fire Department Access [407.0] Art. 8 General Projection
[401.1] 291 Frontage Limitations
[401.2] 292 Building Access [407.1] 307 Permissible Projections
Sub-Art. 2 Facilities for People Beyond the Street Line
Having Physical [407.2] 308 Ramps
Disabilities [407.3] 309 Special Restrictions
292.1 Scope [407.4] 310 Projections Removable
292.2 Standards [407.5] 311 Permission Revocable
292.3 Definitions [407.6] 312 Existing Projections
292.4 General Requirements [408.0] Art. 9 Permissible Projections
292.5 Accessibility Beyond Street Lines
292.6 Waiver of Requirements [408.1] 313 Projections Above Grade
292.7 Special Requirements of [408.2] 314 Projections Below Grade
Other City Departments [408.3] 315 Restrictions on
292.8 Adaptable Dwelling Constucion and
Units Projections on Certain
292.9 Usable Dwelling Units Streets, Parkways,
292.10 Usable Spaces Boardwalks and Beaches
292.11 Assembly Spaces [409.0] Art. 10 General Limitations on
292.12 Public Toilet Rooms Occupancy and
292.13 Drinking Fountains Construction Within
292.14 Public Telephones Special Flood Hazard
292.15 Alarms Areas
292.16 Controls and Operating [409.1] 316 Permit Restrictions
Mechanisms 316.1 Permit Application
292.17 Tactile Warnings Contents
292.18 Sinage [409.2] 317 Occupancy and
292.19 Parking Spaces Construction Restrictions
292.20 Passenger Loading [409.3] 317.01 Definitions for Special
Zones Flood Hazard Areas
[402.0] Art. 3 Fire Districs [409.4] 317.02 Exceptions within Special
[402.1] 293 Inside Fire Districs Flood Hazard Areas
[402.2] 294 Outside Fire Districts
[402.3] 295 Mixed Districs *“C26” omitted from section numbers in this column.
[403.0] Art.4 Limitations Inside the **“27” omitted from section numbers in this column.
Fire Districts
[403.1] 296 Limitations LIST OF TABLES
[403.2] 297 Exemptions
[403.3] 298 Additions to Existing Table No.
Buildings 4-1 Area and Height Limitations for Unsprinklered
[404.0] Art. 5 Limitations Outisde the Buildings and Spaces.
Fire Districts 4-2 Area and Height Limitations for Sprinklered
[404.1] 299 Limitations Buildings and Spaces.

123
Title 27 / Subchapter 4

ARTICLE 1 GENERAL means that provide an opening forty-eight inches high

and thirty-two inches wide, the sill of which shall not
§[C26-400.1] 27-288 Scope. -The provisions of this be higher than thirty-six inches above the inside floor.
article establish building access requirements; shall If an areaway is used to provide below grade access, the
regulate the division of the city of New York into fire minimum horizontal dimension shall be at least one-
districts and control the occupancy groups and third the depth of the areaway or six feet whichever is
construction classes permitted therein; shall regulate less.
permissible building areas, height and projections (1) Access to additional stories below grade is not
beyond the street line and shall establish special flood mandatory since they are required to be sprinklered as
hazard areas and a regulatory flood datum in the city of provided in subdivision k of section 27-954 of article
New York and regulate permissible occupancies and four of subchapter seventeen of this chapter.
construction or other improvement below such flood (2) One- and two-family dwellings need not provide
datum within such flood hazard areas. direct access.
(3) Any building classified in occupancy group J-2 not
§[C26-400.2] 27-289 Standards. - The provisions of more than three stories in height and with not more than
reference standard RS-4 shall be a part of this subchapter. two dwelling units on any story need not provide direct
access when such first basement or cellar story is used
§[C26-400.3] 27-290 Definitions. - For definitions to for dwelling units or for uses accessory to the
be used in the interpretation of this subchapter, see residential use in the building.
subchapter two of this chapter. (4) Except as provided in paragraph three of this
subdivision, for buildings classified in occupancy group
* J-1 or J-2 only one direct access from the outdoors to
ARTICLE 2 BUILDING ACCESS
SUBARTICLE 1 FIRE DEPARTMENT ACCESS the first basement or cellar story consisting of a stair or
door shall be required when such story is used for
§[C26-401.1] 27-291 Frontage. - Every building, dwelling units or for uses accessory to the residential
exclusive of accessory buildings, shall have at least use in the building.
eight per cent of the total perimeter of the building (c) Signs. - Where wall signs are erected to cover doors
fronting directly upon a street or frontage space. For the or windows of existing buildings, access panels shall be
purposes of this section, building perimeter shall be provided as necessary to comply with the requirements
measured at that story having the maximum enclosed of subdivisions (a) and (b) of this section.
floor area. (d) Location. - Wherever practicable, one access
opening in each story shall provide access to a stairway,
§[C26-401.2] 27-292 Building access. - Provisions or where there is no stairway at the exterior wall, one
shall be made for access by the fire department to every access opening in each story shall be located as close as
building as follows: practicable to a stairway.
(a) Above grade. - Access shall be provided directly (e) Exemptions. - The provisions of subdivisions (a)
from the outdoors to each story below a height of one through (d) of this section shall not apply to any story
hundred feet except to the first story or ground floor, by that is completely protected by an automatic sprinkler
at least one window or readily identifiable access panel system conforming to the construction requirements of
within each fifty feet or fraction thereof of horizontal subchapter seventeen.
*Local Law 58-1987.
length of every wall that fronts on a street or frontage
space. Windows shall be openable or breakable from
both the inside and the outside, and shall have a size *SUBARTICLE 2 FACILITIES FOR PEOPLE
when open of at least twenty-four inches by thirty-six HAVING PHYSICAL DISABILITIES
inches. Panels shall be openable from both the inside
and outside and shall have a height when open of forty- §27-292.1 Scope. - As set forth in this subarticle,
eight inches and a width of at least thirty-two inches. buildings shall be provided with accessible routes,
The sill of the window or panel shall not be higher than usable or adaptable space and accessible elements and
thirty-six inches above the inside floor. facilities to make buildings accessible and usable by,
(b) Below grade. - Access shall be provided directly and to establish a safe environment for, all categories of
from the outdoors to the first basement or cellar story people having physical disabilities.
below grade, except as provided in paragraphs two,
three and four of this subdivision, within each one §27-292.2 Standards. - The pertinent provisions of
hundred feet or fraction thereof of horizontal length of reference standard RS 4-6 shall be part of this subarticle.
every wall that fronts on a street or frontage space.
Such access shall be by stairs, doors, windows or other §27-292.3 Definitions. - For definitions to be used in

124
Title 27 / Subchapter 4

the interpretation of this subarticle, see section 27-232 (4) Passenger loading zones
and reference standard RS 4-6. (5) Transportation stops
(c) Interior accessible route. - Except as provided in
§27-292.4 General Requirements. - this subarticle, in buildings having (an) interior route(s)
(a) This subarticle shall apply to all buildings or to one or more of the following spaces or facilities,
portions thereof and their accessory areas, except as such route(s) shall be (an) interior accessible route(s)
specified in this subarticle. from the entrance(s) usable by all categories of people
(b) The provisions of this subarticle shall be supplemental having physical disabilities to adaptable or usable
to and take precedence over less restrictive provisions dwelling units and other spaces and facilities on the
of this code in the following articles and sections and in same premises including but not limited to:
their referenced national standards: (1) Laundry rooms
(1) Subchapter four, building limitations (2) Refuse disposal locations
a. §27-308 ramps (3) Mailbox areas
(2) Subchapter six, means of egress (4) Recreational, assembly and tenants' meeting rooms
a. §27-357 (d) building access (5) Storage rooms
b. §27-371 (e) door opening width (6) Management offices
c. §27-377 ramps (7) Stores
(3) Subchapter seven, special uses and occupancies (8) Dining areas
a. Article ten, public garages (9) Parking areas
b. Article eleven, open parking structures Where the only route to one or more of such spaces or
c. Article thirteen, open parking lots facilities is an exterior route, such route shall be
d. Article fifteen, swimming pools accessible.
(4) Subchapter eight, places of assembly (d) Path of travel. - The path of travel in exterior and
a. §27-531 Seating in assembly spaces interior accessible routes shall provide unobstructed safe
(5) Subchapter sixteen, plumbing and gas piping access and applicable items in such path of travel shall
a. Reference standard RS-16, paragraph (c) of section comply with the requirements set forth in reference
P104.1 Facilities for physically handicapped standard RS 4-6.
b. Reference standard RS-16, paragraph (d) of section (e) Elevators. - Where provided, all elevators shall
P104.1 accessibility comply with subchapter eighteen, reference standard
(6) Subchapter seventeen, fire alarm, detection and RS 18-1, where an interior accessible route is required.
extinguishing equipment (f) Assembly occupancies. - For assembly occupancies
c. Article six, smoke detecting devices having a mezzanine or balcony which provides a
(7) Subchapter eighteen, elevators and conveyors similar view as that from the main floor, accessibility to
a. Reference standard RS 18-1 the mezzanine or balcony shall not be required provided
(c) Facilities in existence on the effective date of this toilet rooms are on the main floor.
subarticle which comply with the requirements of this (g) Restaurants. - For restaurants, dining rooms and
subarticle or of other provisions of this code relating to similar occupancies having the same services on levels
the provision of facilities for people with physical other than the main floor, accessibility to such levels
disabilities shall not be diminished to less than those shall not be required provided that toilet rooms are on
which would be required were the building in which the the main floor.
facilities are located hereafter erected. (h) Storage. - For buildings in which the intended use
is the storage of goods or merchandise, the only
§27-292.5 Accessibility. - requirement shall be accessibility at the primary
(a) Primary entrance(s). - The primary entrance(s) for entrance and an interior accessible route to offices
buildings shall be accessible, except for buildings where business may be conducted.
classified in occupancy group A, J-3 and/or other (i) Non-grade stories of small non-residential
spaces which normally are not frequented by the public buildings. - The following non-residential buildings or
or employees of the facility. parts thereof are exempt from the provisions of this
(b) Exterior accessible route. - Except as provided in subarticle concerning requirements for people having
this subarticle, buildings shall be provided with an physical disabilities, to the extent set forth in
exterior accessible route to permit entry at the primary subdivisions (1) and (2) of this subsection:
entrance(s) of the building from the following (1) construction of such new buildings the total floor
locations: area of which is two thousand five hundred square feet
(1) Public street or sidewalk or less;
(2) Driveways (2) alterations to such building already existing where
(3) Parking areas the alterations are being made to an above. -grade story

125
Title 27 / Subchapter 4

having a total floor area of two thousand five hundred such requirements may appropriately be waived. The
square feet or less or to a below-grade story having a commissioner shall render such determination in a
total floor area of two thousand square feet or less. writing, which shall set forth in detail, the commissioner's
Notwithstanding the foregoing, floor areas frequented findings and conclusions with respect to each requirement
by the public for assembly, governmental, public utility sought to be waived. A copy of such written determination
or health facility purposes shall not be exempted unless shall be forwarded to the applicant. Such written
equivalent functional accessible facilities are provided determination shall be filed with the department and
on the first story. shall be available for public inspection.
(j) Where the floor area is more than two thousand five (3) The mayor's office for the handicapped or its
hundred square feet but less than five thousand square successor agency shall be consulted by and shall advise
feet, a vertical wheelchair lift enclosed in construction the commissioner concerning each application for a
having the required fire-resistance rating and waiver under this section.
connecting not more than two contiguous levels is *
Local Law 65-1988.
permitted in lieu of an accessible route as set forth in
reference standard RS 4-6. §27-292.7 Special requirements of other city
(k) Where the below-grade cumulative floor area is departments. - The commissioner upon good cause
more than two thousand square feet but not more than may waive the requirements of this subarticle for the
five thousand square feet, a vertical wheelchair lift construction of buildings or spaces, or for the alteration
enclosed in construction having the required fire- of existing buildings to meet the special requirements of
resistance rating and connecting not more than two other city departments in regard to any of the following:
contiguous levels is permitted in lieu of an accessible (a) Firehouses
route as set forth in reference standard RS 4-6. (b) Correctional facilities
(c) Cargo handling facilities on the waterfront
*§27-292.6 Waiver of requirements. (1) The (d) Wholesale food markets
commissioner may waive the requirements of this
subarticle or of subdivision (d) of section 27-357 of this §27-292.8 Adaptable dwelling units. - (a) General
code for the alteration of existing buildings, and for any requirements.
new building for which a formal application together (1) Adaptable dwelling units are units that contain
with plans required by such application was filed with habitable rooms, kitchens, kitchenettes and bathrooms
an agency of the city or with the battery park city in residential buildings other than in occupancy group
authority prior to September first, nineteen hundred J-3 which when constructed are on an accessible route
eighty-seven, when such application was required by (except as set forth in this subdivision) and are
law or regulation to be approved by such agency; constructed and equipped as defined in section 27-232
provided, however, that such waiver would not and as set forth in this subarticle so that they can be
significantly adversely affect provisions for health, converted to be used, with a minimum of structural
safety and security and that equally safe and proper change, by all categories of people having physical
alternatives are prescribed and, further, that such waiver disabilities.
is based upon a specific finding that strict compliance (2) Such units shall be provided with door widths and
with the requirement: clear floor spaces for making dwelling units usable as
(a) would create an undue economic burden; or set forth in reference standard RS 4-6 when occupied
(b) would not achieve its intended objective; or by people having physical disabilities.
(c) would be physically or legally impossible; or (3) Interior access, floor surfaces, adaptable kitchens,
(d) would be unnecessary in light of alternatives which adaptable kitchenettes and adaptable bathrooms in these
insure the achievement of the intended objective or dwelling units shall comply with the requirements set
which, without a loss in the level of safety, achieve the forth in reference standard RS 4-6.
intended objective more efficiently, effectively or (4) Where an adaptable dwelling unit occupies two or
economically; or more stories within itself, accessibility shall only be
(e) would entail a change so slight as to produce a required at the first story of such dwelling unit provided
negligible additional benefit consonant with the that:
purposes of this code. a. The second story is accessible from without; or that
(2) Each application for a waiver under subdivision b. Equivalent accessible functional facilities are
one of this section shall be made to the commissioner in provided on the first story; or that
writing, setting forth each requirement sought to be c. The stair within the dwelling unit has a minimum
waived and the specific reason or reasons therefor. The width of three feet.
commissioner shall determine, under all of the (b) Number of adaptable dwelling units. -
circumstances presented by such application, which of (1) All dwelling units in buildings with elevators shall

126
Title 27 / Subchapter 4

be adaptable unless usable dwelling units are provided usable dwelling unit shall be established by conversion
in accordance with section 27-292.9. from an adaptable dwelling unit when the unit becomes
(2) At least one but not less than twenty-five percent of occupied by a person having a physical disability.
the total number of dwelling units in buildings without (2) Access, storage, controls, windows, doors, floor
an elevator, which have dwelling units on the ground surfaces, kitchens, kitchenettes and bathrooms,
floor and which contain three or more dwelling units, appliances and emergency warning devices in these
shall be adaptable, unless usable dwelling units are units shall comply with the requirements set forth in
provided in accordance with section 27-292.9. Such reference standard RS 4-6.
adaptable dwelling unit(s) shall be located on the (b) Number of usable dwelling units. (1) Hotels. - In
ground floor. Where determination by percentage lieu of the requirements of section 27-292.8 in
results in a number containing a decimal of 0.5 or more, buildings in occupancy group J-1 having ten or more
the next higher number shall be used, but such number units, not less than five percent of the total number of
shall not exceed the number of dwelling units actually units shall be constructed as usable units. In all
proposed for the ground floor. buildings in occupancy group J-1 there shall be
(c) Adaptable bathrooms, kitchens and kitchenettes. available portable smoke detectors of both audible and
- Adaptable bathrooms, kitchens and kitchenettes visual design. The number of detectors available shall
within adaptable dwelling units shall be constructed and be three percent of the number of sleeping rooms with a
equipped in accordance with requirements set forth in minimum of one operational detector per building.
reference standard RS 4-6 with respect to the following: Proprietors shall post conspicuously a sign at least three
Access doorway or opening inches in height, at the main desk or other similar
Clear floor space station, advising of the availability of such detectors.
Floor surface Such detectors shall have a flash frequency range of
Bathroom, kitchen and kitchenette facilities and sixty to one hundred twenty flashes per minute; and,
controls capable of being made usable where the average illuminance with motion present is
Space and utilities for usable range, (or cooktop or more than twenty lumens per square foot, the visible
oven), refrigerator/freezer, (dishwasher if provided). signaling appliance shall have an effective intensity
Such items shall include water closet and toilet paper rating between one hundred and one thousand candela.
dispenser, lavatory and removable base cabinet, Hard wiring of audible/visual detectors into an existing
mirrors, medicine cabinet, bathtub and controls, bathtub central closed-circuit alarm system shall be permitted in
and shower enclosure, reinforced areas for grab bars, lieu of such portable detectors. Where determination by
clearance between opposing base cabinets, counter tops, percentage results in a number containing a decimal of
appliances and walls, adjustable or replaceable sink and 0.5 or more, the next higher number shall be used.
removable base cabinet, as well as storage cabinets, Notwithstanding the foregoing, entrance doors to all
drawers and shelves. dwelling units in occupancy group J-1 having ten or
(d) Washing machines and clothes dryers within more units, and to all bathrooms in such units, shall be
adaptable dwelling units. - Where washing machines no less than thirty-two inches in width.
and clothes dryers are located within adaptable (2) Adult residential care facilities.- All units in adult
dwelling units, they shall comply with or be capable of residential care facilities shall be usable. "Adult
being converted to the requirements set forth in residential care facility" shall mean a family type home
reference standard RS 4-6. for adults, a shelter for adults, a residence for adults, an
(e) Emergency warning devices within adaptable enriched housing program or an adult home, which
dwelling units. - Emergency warning devices within contains three or more dwelling units and which
adaptable dwelling units shall be capable of being provides board and temporary or long-term residential
converted to audible and visual indication as required care and services to adults who, though not requiring
and to conform to the requirements set forth in continual medical or nursing care, are by reason of
subchapter seventeen, article six, reference standard RS physical or other limitations associated with age,
17-11, reference standard RS 17-12 and reference physical or mental disabilities or other factors unable or
standard RS 4-6. substantially unable to live independently. Such
facilities shall be considered to be within occupancy
§27-292.9 Usable dwelling units. - group J-2.
(a) General requirements. - (c) Usable bathrooms, kitchens and kitchenettes. -
(1) Usable dwelling units are units in residential Usable bathrooms, kitchens and kitchenettes within
buildings in other than occupancy group J-3 which are usable dwelling units shall be constructed and equipped
accessible, constructed and equipped, as defined in in accordance with requirements set forth in reference
section 27-232 and as set forth in this subarticle, so as standard RS 4-6 with respect to the following:
to be usable by people having physical disabilities. A Access doorway or opening

127
Title 27 / Subchapter 4

Clear floor space toilet room is designed for use by not more than one
Floor surface person at a time and has provision for locking from the
Bathroom, kitchen and kitchenette facilities and inside, such toilet room shall be permitted to be used by
controls either sex.
Space and utilities for usable range, (or cooktop or (3) Where toilet rooms are not accessible by elevator,
oven), refrigerator/freezer, (dishwasher if provided). they shall be located so that people with physical
Such items shall include usable water closet and toilet disabilities need not travel more than one story thereto
paper dispenser, lavatory and base cabinet, bathtub and by ramp.
controls, bathtub and shower enclosure, grab bars, (c) Bathing facilities. -
clearance between opposing base cabinets, counter tops, (1) The location and number of plumbing fixtures shall
appliances and walls, sink and base cabinet. be provided in accordance with the requirements set
(d) Washing machines and clothes dryers within forth in table RS 16-5 and in reference standard RS 4-6.
usable dwelling units. - Where washing machines and (2) Each required bathing facility shall be accessible
clothes dryers are located within usable dwelling units, and at least one of each type of fixture or accessory that
they shall comply with or be capable of being converted is provided in such bathing facility shall comply with
to the requirements set forth in reference standard RS 4- the requirements set forth in table RS 16-4 and in
6. reference standard RS 4-6.
(e) Emergency warning devices within usable
dwelling units. - Emergency warning devices within §27-292.11 Assembly spaces. -
usable dwelling units shall be capable of being (a) Assembly spaces other than places of assembly shall
converted to audible and visual indication as required be provided with a minimum of accessible wheelchair
and to conform to the requirements set forth in viewing positions as follows:
subchapter seventeen, article six, reference standard RS
17-11, reference standard RS 17-12 and reference Capacity of Assembly Number of Viewing
standard RS 4-6. Space Positions
1 to 25 Minimum 1
§27-292.10 Usable spaces. - 26 to 50 Minimum 2
(a) Functional spaces and rooms. 51 to 74 Minimum 3
(1) Except as otherwise provided in section 27-292.5,
spaces and rooms intended for general public and (b) Places of assembly shall be provided with accessible
occupant use shall be accessible and usable. Such wheelchair viewing positions in accordance with
spaces and rooms include but are not necessarily subparagraph h of paragraph (1) of subdivision (a) of
limited to the following: section 27-531.
Mercantile spaces (c) Size and placement of wheelchair location, surfaces,
Industrial spaces access to performing area and listening systems, where
Business spaces required, shall comply with the provisions of reference
Assembly spaces standard RS 4-6. These positions may be utilized by
Educational spaces persons who do not use wheelchairs provided that the
Institutional spaces positions are delineated on the approved seating plans,
Toilet rooms the seating is readily removable and the positions are
Bathrooms, bathing facilities, shower rooms. unsold one full working day before the performance.
(2) Doors and floor surfaces in usable spaces shall
comply with the requirements set forth in reference §27-292.12 Public toilet rooms. - Where public toilet
standard RS 4-6. rooms are provided, there shall be at least one water
(3) Where seating, tables and/or work stations are closet stall and lavatory fixture for each sex which is
provided in usable spaces, at least one and not less than accessible to and usable by people having physical
five percent shall comply with the requirements set disabilities and complies with the requirements of
forth in reference standard RS 4-6. paragraph (c) of section P104.1 of reference standard
(b) Toilet rooms. - RS 16-1 and reference standard RS 4-6.
(1) The location and number of water closets, urinals
and lavatories shall be provided in accordance with the §27-292.13 Drinking fountains. -
requirements set forth in table RS 16-5. (a) Location and number of drinking fountains shall be
(2) Except where exempted in subdivision (i) of section provided in accordance with the requirements set forth
27-292.5 or section 27-292.6, facilities for people in table 16-5.
having physical disabilities shall be provided in toilet (b) At least one drinking fountain on a story on which
rooms or in a readily accessible location. Where such drinking fountains are provided shall be accessible and

128
Title 27 / Subchapter 4

comply with the requirements set forth in reference Where determination by percentage results in a number
standard RS 4-6. containing a decimal of 0.5 or more, the next higher
(c) Where outside drinking fountains are provided, at number shall be used.
least one shall be accessible and comply with the (b) Location, space, size and signage for parking spaces
requirements set forth in reference standard RS 4-6. suitable for use by people having physical disabilities
shall comply with provisions set forth in reference
§27-292.14 Public telephones. - At each location standard RS 4-6.
where public telephones are provided, at least one
telephone shall be accessible and usable by people who §27-292.20 Passenger loading zones. - Where
use wheelchairs and at least one telephone shall be passenger loading zones are provided, location and
accessible and usable by persons with hearing access aisles for at least one vehicle (with respect to
impairment, and each such accessible telephone shall multiple dwellings) or zones (with respect to other
comply with the requirements set forth in reference buildings) shall comply with the requirements set forth
standard RS 4-6. in reference standard RS 4-6.
*
Local Law 58-1987.
§27-292.15 Alarms. - Where emergency warning
systems are provided in spaces used by people having ARTICLE 3 FIRE DISTRICTS
physical disabilities such systems shall comply with the
requirements set forth in reference standard RS 4-6. §[C26-402.1] 27-293 Inside fire districts. - The
Portable audible/visual smoke detecting devices in following city areas are hereby established as being
existing group J-1 occupancies shall comply with the inside the fire districts:
provisions of paragraph (1) of subdivision (b) of section (a) All of the borough of Manhattan.
27-292.9. (b) All of the borough of Bronx.
(c) All of the borough of Brooklyn.
§27-292.16 Controls and operating mechanisms. - (d) Such portions of the boroughs of Staten Island and
Where controls and operating mechanisms for light Queens as are indicated on the "fire district maps"
switches, dispensers, alarms and other similar devices (reference standards RS 4-1 and RS 4-2).
are provided, they shall be accessible and comply with
the requirements set forth in reference standard RS 4-6. §[C26-402.2] 27-294 Outside fire districts. - All
areas not included inside the fire districts shall be
§27-292.17 Tactile warnings. - Tactile warnings shall designated as outside fire districts.
be provided at hazardous locations on floors, doors,
stairs, hazardous vehicular areas and pools, and shall §[C26-402.3] 27-295 Mixed districts. - Any building
comply with applicable requirements as set forth in located on the boundary line of a fire district, so that it
reference standard RS 4-6. is both inside and outside the district, shall be of a type
of construction required for the fire districts if more
§27-292.18 Signage. - than twenty-five per cent of the total floor area of the
(a) Symbols of accessibility shall be provided at the building is located therein.
following locations:
Parking spaces designated as reserved for people ARTICLE 4 LIMITATIONS INSIDE THE
having physical disabilities FIRE DISTRICTS
Passenger loading zones
Public toilet and bathing facilities §[C26-403.1] 27-296 Limitations. - No buildings in
Drinking fountains those combinations of construction classes and
Public telephones occupancy groups prohibited by tables 4-1 and 4-2 shall
(b) Information and directional signage shall be be erected inside the fire districts or shall be moved
provided where deemed necessary. from outside to inside the fire districts, or from one lot
(c) Symbols and characters shall comply with the to another inside the fire districts. No building or space
applicable requirements set forth in reference standard classified in occupancy group J-1 or J-2 may be located
RS 4-6. on a lot containing a building classified in construction
group I-E, II-D or II-E.
§27-292.19 Parking spaces. -
(a) Where parking areas or garages are provided, at §[C26-403.2] 27-297 Exemptions. - The following
least one parking space but not less than five percent of constructions shall be exempt from the provisions of
the total number of parking spaces provided shall be section 27-296 of this article:
suitable for use by people having physical disabilities. (a) One- or two-family dwellings. - One- or two-

129
Title 27 / Subchapter 4

family detached or semi-detached dwellings of two in area or height to exceed the limitations of tables 4-1
stories or less in height and two thousand five hundred and 4-2. (See Tables 4-1 and 4-2).
square feet or less in area located within zoning
residence districts [R-2, R3-1, R3-2, R-4 and R-5]* may ARTICLE 5 LIMITATIONS OUTSIDE THE
be constructed or reconstructed of construction groups FIRE DISTRICTS
II-D combustible materials, or if damaged for any
cause, only the damaged portions shall be required to be §[C26-404.1] 27-299 Limitations. - No buildings in
reconstructed to conform to II-D construction. In those combinations of construction classes and
addition, one-family dwellings located within zoning occupancy groups prohibited by tables 4-1 and 4-2 shall
residence district [R. -1]* anywhere in the city, may be be erected outside the fire districts. No building or
of combustible group II-E construction in conformance space classified in occupancy group J-1 or J-2 may be
with the area and height limits established by tables 4-1 located on a lot containing a building classified in
and 4-2. construction group I-E, II-D or II-E. No building
* classified in construction group I-E, II-D or II-E shall
Copy in brackets not enacted but probably intended.
(b) Fences. - Fences not over six feet high may be be located on a lot containing a building or space
erected of wood or other combustible material. classified in occupancy group J-1 or J-2.
(c) Storm enclosures, bay windows, etc. - Storm
enclosures, bay windows and similar appendages may §[C26-404.2] 27-300 Additions to existing buildings.
be constructed of combustible materials in accordance - No building outside of the fire districts may be
with the provisions of section 27-336 of article four of increased in area or height to exceed the limitations of
subchapter five of this chapter. tables 4-1 and 4-2.
(d) Accessory buildings for open parking lots. -
Parking lot offices and similar accessory buildings not ARTICLE 6 AREA LIMITATIONS
more than ten feet high and not more than one hundred
fifty square feet in area may be constructed of §[C26-405.1] 27-301 Area limitations of buildings. -
combustible materials when on the same lot or No building or building section shall be constructed or
accessory to a lot used for motor vehicle parking, and altered so as to exceed the area limits established by
when located at least six feet from any lot line or tables 4-1 and 4-2 based on the occupancy group
building. classification of the building or building section, except
(e) Temporary structures. - Temporary platforms, as these may be specifically modified by other
reviewing stands, and similar miscellaneous structures provisions of this code.
may be constructed of combustible materials and used
for a limited period of time, subject to the approval of §[C26-405.2] 27-302 Area limitations of spaces. - No
the commissioner. occupancy within a building or building section shall be
(f) Greenhouse. - Greenhouses may be constructed of constructed or altered so as to exceed in total
combustible materials when accessory to a one - or cumulative area the area limits established by tables 4-1
two-family dwelling on the same lot and when located and 4-2, except as these may be specifically modified
at least six feet from any lot line or building. by other provisions of this code.
(g) Roof structures. - Cooling towers, antenna
supports, and other roof structures may be constructed §[C26-405.3] 27-303 Frontage increase. - When a
of combustible materials in accordance with the building has more than twenty-five per cent of the total
provisions of section 27-338 of subchapter five of this perimeter of the building fronting directly upon a street
chapter. or frontage space, the tabular areas listed in tables 4-1
(h) Bins, tanks, and towers. - Coal and material bins, and 4-2 may be increased 1.33 per cent for each one per
water towers, tank structures, and trestles may be cent of such excess frontage.
constructed of wood planking and timbers of
dimensions not less than as required for class II-A §[C26-405.4] 27-304 Existing excessive area. - Any
construction when not over thirty-five feet high and building existing on December sixth, nineteen hundred
having an exterior separation of at least thirty feet. sixty-eight that exceeds the maximum allowable area
(i) Signs. - Ground signs, wall signs, roof signs, and permitted under the provisions of this section, may be
temporary signs may be constructed of combustible enlarged if the addition is separated from the existing
materials within the limitations established in article building by a fire division meeting the requirements of
eighteen of subchapter seven of this chapter. subchapter five of this chapter, and if the additional
area does not exceed the limits established by tables 4-1
§[C26-403.3] 27-298 Additions to existing buildings. and 4-2 for the specific occupancy group and
- No building inside the fire districts may be increased construction class.

130
Title 27 / Subchapter 4

ARTICLE 7 HEIGHT LIMITATIONS

§[C26-406.1] 27-305 Height limitations of buildings.

- No building or building section shall be constructed or
altered so as to exceed the height limits established by
tables 4-1 and 4-2 based on the occupancy group
classification of the building or building section, except
as these may be specifically modified by other
provisions of this code.

§[C26-406.2] 27-306 Measurement. - In applying the

provisions of this code governing height limits, the
following appurtenant structures shall not be included
in the height of the building unless the aggregate area of
all such structures exceeds thirty-three and one-third
percent of the area of the roof of the building upon
which they are erected:
(a) Roof tanks and their supports.
(b) Ventilating, air conditioning, and similar building
service equipment.
(c) Roof structures, bulkheads, and penthouses.
(d) Chimneys.
(e) Parapet walls four feet or less in height.

131
Title 27 / Subchapter 4

*
TABLE 4-1 AREA AND HEIGHT LIMITATIONS FOR UNSPRINKLERED BUILDINGS AND SPACES
Occupancy NONCOMBUSTIBLE CONSTRUCTION GROUP I COMBUSTIBLE CONSTRUCTION GROUP II
Group Class IA Class IB Class IC Class ID Class IE Class IIA Class IIB Class IIC Class IID Class IIE
HIGH HAZARD Area
e N. P. N. P. N. P. N. P. N. P. N. P. N. P. N. P. N. P. N. P.
A Height
STORAGE Area 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000
N. P. N. P.
B-1 Height 75'-0" 75'-0" 65'-0"(5) 65'-0"(5) 40'-0"(3) 50'-0"(4) 50'-0"(4) 40'-0"(3)
STORAGE Area 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 2,100
b
B-2 Height 75'-0" N.L. 75'-0" 75'-0"(6) 40'-0"(3) 75'-0"(6) 75'-0"(6) 40'-0"(3) 40'-0"(3) 40'-0"(3)
MERCANTILE Area 7,500 7,500 7,500 7,500 7,500 7,500 7,500 5,600 8,400 2,100
C Height 75'-0" 75'-0" 75'-0" 75'-0"(6) 40'-0"(3) 75'-0"(6) 75'-0"(6) 40'-0"(3) 40'-0"(3) 40'-0"(3)
INDUSTRIAL Area 7,500 7,500 7,500 7,500 3,500 7,500 7,500 1,400
N. P. N. P.
D-1 Height 75'-0" 75'-0" 65'-0"(5) 65'-0"(5) 40'-0"(3) 50'-0"(4) 50'-0"(4) 40'-0"(3)
INDUSTRIAL Area N.L. N.L. N.L. 17,500 10,500 14,700 14,700 5,600 8,400 2,100
D-2 Height 75'-0" 75'-0" 75'-0" 75'-0"(6) 40'-0"(3) 75'-0"(6) 75'-0"(6) 40'-0"(3) 40'-0"(3) 40'-0"(3)
BUSINESS Area N.L. 10,500 14,700 14,700 5,600 8,400 2,100
E Height 75'-0"d,f 75'-0"d,f 75'-0"d,f 75'-0"d,f 40'-0"(3) 75'-0"(6) 75'-0"(6) 40'-0"(3) 40'-0"(3) 40'-0"(3)
ASSEMBLY Area N.L. 17,500 10,500 14,700 14,700 5,600 8,400 2,100
F-1 Height 75'-0" 75'-0" 75'-0" 75'-0"(6) 40'-0"(3) 75'-0"(6) 75'-0"(6) 40'-0"(3) 40'-0"(3) 40'-0"(3)
ASSEMBLY Area 17,500 N.L. N.L. 12,600 15,400 9,100
c N.L. N.L. N.L. N.L.
F-2 Height 75'-0"(6) 75'-0"(6) 75'-0"(6) 65'-0"(5) 75'-0"(6) 65'-0"(5)
ASSEMBLY Area N.L. 17,500 10,500 14,700 14,700 5,600 8,400 2,100
F-3 Height 75'-0" 75'-0" 75'-0" 75'-0"(6) 40'-0"(3) 75'-0"(6) 75'-0"(6) 40'-0"(3) 40'-0"(3) 40'-0"(3)
ASSEMBLY Area N.L. 17,500 10,500 14,700 14,700 5,600 8,400 2,100
g
F-4 Height 75'-0" 75'-0" 75'-0" 75'-0"(6) 40'-0"(3) 75'-0"(6) 75'-0"(6) 40'-0"(3) 40'-0"(3) 40'-0"(3)
EDUCATIONAL Area N.L. N.L. 17,500 10,500 14,700 14,700 5,600 8,400 2,100
G Height 75'-0" 75'-0" 75'-0" 75'-0"(6) 40'-0"(3) 75'-0"(6) 75'-0"(6) 40'-0"(3) 40'-0"(3) 40'-0"(3)
INSTITUTIONAL Area 17,500 14,000 10,500 7,000 4,200 4,200
N.P. N. P. N. P. N. P.
H-1 Height N.L. 75'-0" 65'-0"(5) 50'-0"(4) 50'-0"(4) 50'-0"(4)
INSTITUTIONAL Area 17,500 14,000 10,500 7,000 4,200 4,200
N.P. N. P. N. P. N. P.
H-2 Height N.L. 75'-0" 65'-0"(5) 50'-0"(4) 50'-0"(4) 50'-0"(4)
RESIDENTIAL Area
N. P. N. P. N. P. N. P. N. P. N. P. N. P. N. P. N. P. N. P.
J-1 Height
*
RESIDENTIAL J-2 When Constructed Subject Area N. P. N. P. N. P. N. P. N. P. N. P. N. P. N. P. N. P. N. P.
to the Requirements of §27-954(t) or Altered
Height
Subject to the Requirements of §27-123.2
*
RESIDENTIAL J-2 When Not Subject to the Area N.L. N.L. N.L. 17,500 N. P. 10,000 10,000 5,600 N. P. N. P.
Requirements of §27-954(t) or Altered Subject
Height 75'-0" 75'-0"(6) 75'-0"(6) 75'-0"(6) 40'-0"(3)
to the Requirements of §27-123.2
RESIDENTIAL Area N.L. N.L. N.L. 17,500 10,500 14,700 14,700 5,600 8,400 2,100
J-3 Height 75'-0" 75'-0"(6) 40'-0"(3) 75'-0"(6) 75'-0"(6) 40'-0"(3) 40'-0"(3) 40'-0"(3)
a
N.L.– No Limit N.P.– Not Permitted Not Permitted Inside Fire Districts

132
133

Notes for Table 4-1:

e
Tabulated areas are given in sq. ft. and establish maximum gross Spaces in occupancy group A solely due to their containing gas
area permitted on any one story within a building or fire area. distribution piping at pressure levels above fifteen psig may be
See section 27-303 and subdivision (e) of section 27-328 for unsprinklered and conform with the area and height limitations set
permissible area increases. Tabulated heights are given in feet forth in table 4-2, provided other fire protection requirements set
and number of stories (in parentheses). forth in section 27-404 and subchapters five and seventeen of chapter
a
See section 27-297 for construction exemptions. one of this title are met.
b f
See article eleven of subchapter seven of chapter one of this See section 27-954 for area limitations for buildings less than
title for area and height limitations of open parking structures. seventy-five ft. in height.
c g
See paragraph two of subdivision (b) of section 27-548 for See subdivisions (u) and (v) of section 27-954 for requirements
grandstand limitations. pertaining to F-4 spaces within J-1 buildings, catering establishments
d
See subdivision (c) of section 27-339 for area limitations for and banquet halls with occupant load of three hundred or more
existing office buildings one hundred feet or more in height with persons.
mechanical ventilation and/or air-conditioning systems that serve *
Local Law 10-1999.
floors other than the floor on which the equipment is located.
Title 27 / Subchapter 4
Title 27 / Subchapter 4

TABLE 4-2 AREA AND HEIGHT LIMITATIONS FOR SPRINKLERED BUILDINGS AND SPACES

Occupancy NONCOMBUSTIBLE CONSTRUCTION GROUP I COMBUSTIBLE CONSTRUCTION GROUP II

Group Class IA Class IB Class IC Class ID Class IE Class IIA Class IIB Class IIC Class IID Class IIE
HIGH HAZARD Area 17,500 14,000 10,500 3,500 7,700 7,700 1,400
N.L. N.P. N.P.
A Height 75’-0”(6) 65’0”(5) 65’0”(5) 40’-0”(3) 50’-0”(4) 50’-0”(4) 50’-0”(4)
STORAGE Area N.L. 17,500 10,500 14,700 14,700 5,600 8,400 2,100
N.L. N.L.
B-1 Height 85’-0”(7) 75’-0”(6) 50’-0”(4) 75’-0”(6) 75’-0”(6) 40’-0”(3) 50’-0”(4) 40’-0”(3)
STORAGE Area N.L. 17,500 N.L. N.L. 12,600 15,400 9,100
N.L. N.L. N.L.
B-2b Height 85’-0”(7) 50’-0”(4) 85’-0”(7) 85’-0”(7) 50’-0”(4) 50’-0”(4) 50’-0”(4)
MERCANTILE Area N.L. 17,500 N.L. N.L. 12,600 15,400 9,100
N.L. N.L. N.L.
C Height 85’-0”(7) 50’-0”(4) 85’-0”(7) 85’-0”(7) 50’-0”(4) 50’-0”(4) 50’-0”(4)
INDUSTRIAL Area N.L. 17,500 10,500 14,700 14,700 5,600 8,400 2,100
N.L. N.L.
D-1 Height 85’-0”(7) 75’-0”(6) 50’-0”(4) 75’-0”(6) 75’-0”(6) 40’-0”(3) 50’-0”(4) 40’-0”(3)
INDUSTRIAL Area N.L. 17,500 N.L. N.L. 12,600 15,400 9,100
N.L. N.L. N.L.
D-2 Height 85’-0”(7) 50’-0”(4) 85’-0”(7) 85’-0”(7) 50’-0”(4) 50’-0”(4) 50’-0”(4)
BUSINESS Area N.L. 17,500 N.L. N.L. 12,600 15,400 9,100
N.L. N.L. N.L.
E Height 85’-0”(7) 50’-0”(4) 85’-0”(7) 85’-0”(7) 50’-0”(4) 50’-0”(4) 50’-0”(4)
ASSEMBLY Area N.L. 17,500 N.L. N.L. 12,600 15,400 9,100
N.L. N.L. N.L.
F-1 Height 85’-0”(7) 50’-0”(4) 85’-0”(7) 85’-0”(7) 50’-0”(4) 50’-0”(4) 50’-0”(4)
ASSEMBLY Area N.L. 19,600 16,100
N.L. N.L. N.L. N.L. N.L. N.L. N.L.
F-2 Height 85’-0”(7) 75’-0”(6) 75’-0”(6)
ASSEMBLY Area N.L. 17,500 N.L. N.L. 12,600 15,400 9,100
N.L. N.L. N.L.
F-3 Height 85’-0”(7) 75’-0”(4) 85’-0”(7) 85’-0”(7) 50’-0”(4) 50’-0”(4) 50’-0”(4)
ASSEMBLY Area N.L. 17,500 N.L. N.L. 12,600 15,400 9,100
N.L. N.L. N.L.
F-4 Height 85’-0”(7) 75’-0”(4) 85’-0”(7) 85’-0”(7) 50’-0”(4) 50’-0”(4) 50’-0”(4)
EDUCATIONAL Area N.L. 17,500 N.L. N.L. 12,600 15,400 9,100
N.L. N.L. N.L.
G Height 85’-0”(7) 75’-0”(4) 85’-0”(7) 85’-0”(7) 50’-0”(4) 50’-0”(4) 50’-0”(4)
INSTITUTIONAL Area N.L. 17,500 11,200 7,000 11,200 11,200 3,500 4,000
N.L. N.P.
H-1 Height 85’-0”(7) 75’-0”(6) 65’-0”(5) 50’-0”(4) 65’-0”(5) 65’-0”(5) 40’-0”(3) 50’-0”(4)
INSTITUTIONAL Area N.L. 17,500 11,200 7,000 11,200 11,200 3,500 4,000
N.L. N.P.
H-2 Height 85’-0”(7) 75’-0”(6) 65’-0”(5) 50’-0”(4) 65’-0”(5) 65’-0”(5) 40’-0”(3) 50’-0”(4)
RESIDENTIAL Area N.L. N.L. N.L.
N.L. N.L. N.L. N.P. N.P. N.P. N.P.
J-1 Height 85’-0”(7) 85’-0”(7) 85’-0”(7)
RESIDENTIAL Area N.L. N.L. N.L. 12,600
N.L. N.L. N.L. N.P. N.P. N.P.
J-2 Height 85’-0”(7) 85’-0”(7) 85’-0”(7) 50’-0”(4)
RESIDENTIAL Area N.L. 17,500 N.L. N.L. 12,600 15,400 9,100
N.L. N.L. N.L.
J-3 Height 85’-0”(7) 50’-0”(4) 85’-0”(7) 85’-0”(7) 50’-0”(4) 50’-0”(4) 50’-0”(4)
N.L. — No Limit N.P.—Not Permitted Not permitted inside Fire Districtsa

134
Title 27 / Subchapter 4

Notes for Table 4-2:

Tabulated areas are given in square feet and establish maximum gross area permitted on any one story within a building or fire area. See
section 27-303 for permissible area increases. Tabulated heights are given in feet and number of stories (in parentheses).
a
See section 27-297 for construction exemptions.
b
See article eleven of subchapter seven of this chapter for area and height limitations of open parking structures.

ARTICLE 8 GENERAL PROJECTION maintained as constructed until its removal is directed

LIMITATIONS by the council or the board of estimate.
(a) Alterations. –
§[C26-407.1] 27-307 Permissible projections beyond Alterations to existing projections beyond the street line
the street line. - No part of a new building, or of any may be permitted in whole or in part, provided that
alteration or addition to an existing building, shall be such alterations conform with the requirements of this
constructed to extend beyond the street line, except as subchapter.
specifically provided in this subchapter.
ARTICLE 9 PERMISSIBLE PROJECTIONS
*§[C26-407.2] 27-308 Ramps. – BEYOND STREET LINES
(a) When a building erected prior to December sixth,
nineteen hundred sixty-nine is altered to provide access §[C26-408.1] 27-313 Projections above grade. -
to individuals who use wheelchairs, ramps constructed Subject to the provisions of article eight of this
to provide such access may, with the approval of the subchapter the following projections may be constructed,
commissioner, project beyond the street line for a above grade, to project beyond the street line:
distance of not more than forty-four inches. (a) Fixed Projections. - Fixed projections are those
(b) Ramps shall comply with the applicable provisions elements listed below, generally of an architectural
of reference standard RS 4-6. character, that form an integral part of the building
*Local Law 58-1987. facade. The aggregate area of all fixed projections
constructed to extend beyond the street line shall not
§[C26-407.3] 27-309 Special restrictions. - The exceed ten square feet within any one hundred square
provisions of this subchapter shall not authorize any feet of wall area, except that a veneer may be applied to
projections beyond the street line on those streets where the entire facade of a building erected before December
removal of all, or certain projects has been directed by sixth, nineteen hundred sixty-eight, if such veneer does
any action of the board of estimate or the former board not project more than four inches beyond the street line.
of estimate and apportionment, or which has been, or The area of any fixed projection shall be measured at
may be, directed by any action of the council or the that vertical plane, parallel to the wall, in which the area
board of estimate, except those projections that are of the projection is greatest. This plane of measurement
permitted in conformity with such actions. may be at the street line, the line of maximum
projection, or any point in between.
§[C26-407.4] 27-310 Projections removable. - All (1) ENTRANCE DETAILS. - Entrance details,
projections permitted beyond the street line by the including steps, and doors when fully open, may be
provisions of this subchapter shall be constructed so constructed to project beyond the street line not more
that they may be removed at any time without than eighteen inches. Entrance steps that project beyond
endangering the structural safety or fire safety of the the street line shall be guarded at each end by railings
building except that footings as permitted under or check pieces at least three feet high or by other
subdivision (a) of section 27-314 of article nine of this members of the entrance detail providing equivalent
subchapter need not be removable. protection.
(2) ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS. - Details such as
§[C26-407.5] 27-311 Permission revocable. - Any cornices, eaves, bases, sills, headers, band course,
permission, expressed or implied, permitting the opening frames, sun control devices, rustications,
construction of projections within the area of the street applied ornament or sculpture, grilles, windows when
under the provisions of this subchapter shall be fully open, air conditioning units, and other similar
revocable by the council or the board of estimate, elements may be constructed to project not more than
except footings as permitted under subdivision (a) of four inches beyond the street line when less than ten
section 27-314 of article nine of this subchapter. feet above the ground or sidewalk level, and not more
than ten inches beyond the street line when more than
§[C26-407.6] 27-312 Existing projections. - Any part ten feet above the ground or sidewalk level.
of a building that projects beyond a street line on (3) BALCONIES. -Balconies, including railings and
January first, nineteen hundred thirty-eight may be supporting brackets, no parts of which are less than ten

135
Title 27 / Subchapter 4

feet above the ground or sidewalk level, may be sign is less than ten feet above the ground or sidewalk
constructed to project not more than twenty-two inches level.
beyond the street line. When permitted by the (b) Awnings. - Awnings supported entirely from the
provisions of subchapter six of this chapter, fire escapes building may be constructed to project beyond the street
that are part of a required exit may be constructed to line as follows:
project not more than four feet six inches beyond the (1) STORE FRONT AWNINGS. - Store front awnings
street line provided no part, including any movable may be constructed to project beyond the street line not
ladder or stair, is lower than ten feet above the ground more than eight feet, provided no part of the awning is
or sidewalk level when not in use. less than eight feet above the ground or sidewalk level,
(4) MARQUEES. - Marquees may be erected on public except for a flexible valance, which may be not less
buildings, theaters, hotels, terminals, large department than seven feet above the ground or sidewalk level, and
stores, supermarkets, multi-family dwellings, and provided that the awning box or cover does not project
similar buildings of an essentially public nature, or more than twelve inches.
upon a warehouse or market in an established market (2) AWNINGS. - Awnings over windows or doors may
area as designated by reference standard RS 4-3, so as be constructed to project beyond the street line not
to project beyond the street line, but not nearer than two more than five feet, provided that no part of the awning
feet to the curb line, provided that no parts of such is less than eight feet above the ground or sidewalk
marquees are less than ten feet above the ground or level.
sidewalk level. Marquees must not be more than two (3) CONSTRUCTION. - Awnings shall be constructed
feet to curb lines hereafter established or changed. of a noncombustible frame covered with flameproofed
When measured from top to bottom, marquees shall not canvas or cloth, slow-burning plastic, sheet metal, or
be thicker nor shall the fascia be higher than three feet. other equivalent material.
This dimension shall include all decorations, but shall (c) Storm enclosures. -Storm enclosures projecting
exclude any tension supports suspending the marquee not more than eighteen inches beyond the street line
from the wall. Marquees shall be supported entirely may be permitted during the period between November
from the building and be constructed of noncombustible fifteenth and the following April fifteenth. Such
materials, except that the roof or any part of the roof enclosures shall be removed at the end of this period.
may contain skylights complying with the requirements Construction shall follow the requirements of section
of subdivision (d) of section 27-338 of article four of 27-336 of subchapter five of this chapter.
subchapter five of this chapter. Marquee roofs shall be (d) Bridges between buildings. - Bridges connecting
drained in accordance with the provisions of subchapter buildings, and projecting beyond street lines, may be
sixteen of this chapter. When the occupancy or use of a constructed subject to the approval of the board of
building with a marquee projecting beyond the street estimate and the department of highways. Such bridges
line is changed to occupancy or use for which a shall be of a construction class that is at least equal to
marquee is not permitted by this section the marquee the higher class of the two buildings connected, and
shall be removed. shall otherwise comply with the provisions of this code
(5) LIGHT FIXTURES. - Light fixtures that are supported and other applicable laws and regulations.
entirely from the building may be constructed to project (e) Sidewalk cafes. - (1) Enclosures for sidewalk
not more than two feet beyond the street line, provided cafes, where permitted by the commissioner of
no part of the fixture is less than eight feet above the consumer affairs, may be provided beyond the building
ground or sidewalk level. line, within a street, provided such enclosures are
(6) FLAGPOLES. - Flagpoles that are supported constructed of incombustible material or slow-burning
entirely from the building may be constructed to project plastic or other material which will not support
not more than eighteen feet beyond the street line, but combustion, and provided the sides of such enclosures
not closer than two feet to the curb line, provided that do not extend more than eight feet above the sidewalk.
no part of the flagpole is less than fifteen feet above the (2) Awnings supported entirely from the building may
ground or sidewalk level. be placed over sidewalk cafes provided they are at least
(7) WALL SIGNS. - Wall signs may be constructed to eight feet clear above the sidewalk and provided they
project not more than twelve inches beyond the street are within the limits specified by the commissioner of
line when conforming to the requirements of consumer affairs. Such awnings shall be supported on
subchapter seven of this chapter. metal frames and constructed of canvas treated to
(8) PROJECTING SIGNS. - Projecting signs may be render it fire-resistive or other material, which will not
constructed to project not more than ten feet beyond the support combustion.
street line, but not closer than two feet to the curb line, (3) No part of any awning, enclosure, fixture or
when conforming to the requirements of subchapter equipment of a sidewalk cafe shall be located beneath a
seven of this chapter, and provided that no part of the fire-escape so as to obstruct operation of fire-escape

136
Title 27 / Subchapter 4

drop ladders or counter-balanced stairs or to obstruct sidewalk level.

any exit from a building. (b) Foundation walls. - Foundation walls required to
(4) a. Removable platforms shall be constructed to support permitted projections may be constructed to
provide for a continuous unbroken and level floor project not more than the permitted projection beyond
without openings or cracks so as to prevent any the street line.
material or liquid from falling through to the area (c) Vaults. - Vaults licensed by the commissioner of
beneath; no papers, trash or other materials may be transportation may be constructed to project beyond the
permitted to accumulate in the area beneath the floor of street line but not beyond the curb line. Vault covers
the platform. shall be set flush with the sidewalk and surfaced with
b. No part of the platform shall obstruct an exit from non-skid material.
any building. (d) Tunnels between buildings. –
c. No part of the platform shall cover a cellar entrance, Tunnels connecting buildings, and projecting beyond
areaway or other vent, except that an easily removable street lines, may be constructed subject to the approval
section, prominently designated, will be permitted if of the board of estimate and the department of
acceptable to the commissioner. transportation. Such tunnels shall comply with the
d. No siamese connection or hydrant may be obstructed provisions of this code and other applicable laws and
in any way that would hinder its use by the fire regulations.
department.
*
(5) In addition to the requirements specified herein, the §[C26-408.3] 27-315- Restrictions on construction and
commissioner may promulgate such additional projections on certain streets, parkways, boardwalks
regulations necessary to secure safety. and beaches. -
(f) Curb cuts. - The lowering of any curb or the Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
change of grade of any sidewalk for the purpose of article, it shall be unlawful to build, erect, make
providing a driveway across such curb or sidewalk shall areaways, steps or other projection s prohibited by
be constructed in accordance with the specifications sections 19-131, 19-132, 19-135 of the code.
*
prescribed in section 27-558 of article three of Local Law 104-1993.
subchapter nine of this chapter or as required by the
commissioner. The commissioner shall limit the length *
ARTICLE 10 GENERAL LIMITATIONS ON
of any curb cut for the purpose of providing a driveway OCCUPANCY AND CONSTRUCTION
across such curb or sidewalk, when in the opinion of WITHIN SPECIAL FLOOD HAZARD AREAS
the commissioner the actual use or intended use of such
driveway would endanger the public. The owner shall §[C26-409.1] 27-316 Permit restrictions. - Within
maintain every part of such driveway in accordance special flood hazard areas, as delineated in reference
with the specifications prescribed in section 27-558 of standard RS 4-4, applications for permits shall be
article three of subchapter nine of this chapter. Where subject to the following:
the vehicular use of such driveway, in the opinion of (a) Permissible uses and other measures to reduce
the commissioner is dangerous to the public, the flood losses shall take precedence over any conflicting
commissioner shall order the owner to discontinue use laws.
of such driveway and restore the curb and sidewalk as (b) Major repairs or alterations shall be with
required by the department of transportation. Upon the construction materials and utility equipment that are
failure of the owner to comply with such order, the resistant to flood damage, and use construction methods
commissioner may inform the commissioner of and practices that will minimize flood damage.
transportation of such failure to comply and request the (c) New and proposed construction or substantial
cooperation of the commissioner of transportation improvements shall be protected against flood damage,
acting under his or her authority pursuant to section be designed (or modified) and anchored to prevent
twenty-nine hundred four of the New York city charter flotation, collapse, or lateral movements of the
in the enforcement of this section. structure, use construction materials and utility
equipment that are resistant to flood damage, and use
§[C26-408.2] 27-314 Projections below grade. - construction methods and practices that will minimize
Subject to the provisions of article eight of this subchapter flood damage.
the following projections may be constructed below (d) New and proposed developments and construction
grade to project beyond the street line: shall minimize flood damage, locate, elevate and
(a) Footings. - Exterior wall and column footings may construct all public utilities such as gas, sewer,
be constructed to project beyond the street line not electrical and water systems to minimize or eliminate
more than twelve inches, provided that the top of the flood damage, and provide adequate drainage so as to
footing is not less than eight feet below the ground or reduce exposure to flood hazards.

137
Title 27 / Subchapter 4

(e) New or replacement water supply systems and/or having the capability of resisting hydrostatic and
sanitary sewage systems shall be designed to minimize hydrodynamic loads and effects of buoyancy;
or eliminate infiltration of floodwaters into the systems, (e) for structures within Zone V, as delineated in
and discharges from the systems into floodwaters, and reference standard RS 4-4, a certification from a
require on-site disposal systems to be located so as to registered architect or licensed professional engineer
avoid impairment of them or contamination from them that the design and methods of construction of such
during flooding. structure are in accordance with reference standard RS
(f) Subdivision proposals and other proposed new 4-5 and with accepted standards of practice for meeting
developments and construction shall (i) minimize flood the requirements of subdivision (f) of section 27-317 of
damage, (ii) have all public utilities, such as sewer, gas, this code; and
electrical and water systems located and constructed to (f) a description, where applicable, of the extent to
minimize or eliminate flood damage, and (iii) provide which any watercourse will be altered or relocated as a
adequate drainage so as to reduce exposure to flood result of the proposed work.
hazards.
(g) Upon placement of the lowest floor, or flood- §[C26-409.2] 27-317 Occupancy and construction
proofing by any means, the holder of any permit to restrictions. -
which this section applies shall submit to the (a) Within special flood hazard areas, as delineated in
department a certification of the elevation of the lowest reference standard RS 4-4, no building in occupancy
floor, or where applicable of the lowest flood-proofed group classification J1, J2 or J3 shall be constructed or
elevation, in relation to mean sea level. Provided, altered so as to have the lowest floor below the base
however, that in areas designated as Zone V in flood elevation.
reference RS 4-4, such permit holder shall certify to the (b) New construction or substantial improvements of
department the elevation, in relation to mean sea level, non-residential buildings within special flood hazard
of the bottom of the lowest structural member of the areas, as delineated in reference standard RS 4-4, shall
lowest floor. Such certification shall be prepared by a have the lowest floor elevated to or above the base
registered architect or licensed professional engineer. flood elevation; or, together with attendant utilities and
(h) Compliance with the foregoing shall be sanitary facilities, shall be floodproofed up to the level
accomplished in accordance with sections 27-317, 27- of the base flood elevation, in accordance with the
317.1, 27-317.2, 27-550, 27-580, 27-652, 27-771, 27- requirement of reference standard RS 4-5. Provided,
787 and subdivision (aa) of section 27-901 of this title however, that new construction or substantial
and reference standards RS 4-4 and RS 4-5. improvements of non-residential buildings within area
designated as Zone V in reference standard RS 4-4 shall
§ 27-316.1 Permit application contents. - meet the requirements of subdivision (f) of this section.
Applications for permits for construction within special (c) Any encroachment in the floodway, as delineated in
flood hazard areas, as delineated in reference standard reference standard RS 4-4, including fill, new
RS 4-4, shall contain the following information: construction, substantial improvement, or any other
(a) the elevation in relation to mean sea level of the development that would result in any increase in flood
proposed lowest floor (including basement or cellar); levels within the community during the occurrence of
(b) for non-residential structures, the elevation in the base flood discharge, shall be prohibited.
relation to mean sea level to which such structure will (d) Manufactured homes shall be anchored to resist
be flood-proofed; flotation, collapse or lateral movement and shall be
(c) a certification from a registered architect or elevated on a permanent foundation to or above the
licensed professional engineer that heating, ventilation, base flood elevation or, when no base flood elevation
air conditioning, plumbing, electrical and other services has been determined, two feet above the highest
facilities within the structure will be located or adjacent grade. Methods of anchoring may include, but
constructed so as to prevent water from entering or are not limited to, use of over-the-top or frame ties to
accumulating within the components during conditions ground anchors. No park trailers or travel trailers shall
of flooding; be permitted within special flood hazard areas, as
(d) for non-residential structures intended to be delineated in reference standard RS 4-4.
floodproofed, a certification from a registered architect (e) In the case of alterations constituting a substantial
or licensed professional engineer that the flood- improvement to parts of non-residential and non-
proofing design and methods of construction of such institutional buildings below the base flood elevation,
structure are in accordance with reference standard RS all parts below the base flood elevation need comply
4-5 and with accepted standards of practice to make with the applicable requirements of reference standard
such structure watertight, with walls substantially impermeable RS 4-5.
to the passage of water, and with structural components (f) All new construction and substantial improvements

138
Title 27 / Subchapter 4

of buildings within Zone V, as delineated in reference (h) When used within special flood hazard areas, as
standard RS 4-4, shall be performed pursuant to the delineated in reference standard RS 4-4, breakaway
provisions of RS 4-5. Such construction and walls shall have a design safe loading resistance of not
improvements shall have the lowest floor elevated on less than ten and no more than twenty pounds per
adequately anchored pilings or columns and securely square foot. Use of a breakaway wall which exceeds a
anchored to such piles or columns to prevent flotation, design safe loading resistance of twenty pounds per
collapse or lateral movement resulting from the square foot shall be permitted only if a registered
simultaneous action of wind and water loads on all architect or licensed professional engineer certifies that
building components, and, the lowest portion of the the proposed design meets the following conditions:
structural members of the lowest floor, other than the (1) Breakaway wall collapse will result from a water
pilings or columns, shall be elevated to or above the load less than that which would occur during the base
base flood elevation. For purposes of this subdivision, flood; and
wind and water loading values shall each have a one (2) the elevated portion of the building and supporting
percent chance of being equalled or exceeded in any foundation system will not be subject to collapse,
given year (one hundred year mean recurrence displacement, or other structural damage due to the
interval). In addition: effects of wind and water loads acting simultaneously
(1) The installation of anchoring to anchored pilings or on all building components (structural and non-
columns shall be subject to controlled inspection. structural). Maximum wind and water loading values
(2) The space below the lowest floor shall be free of used in this determination shall each have a one percent
obstruction or, alternatively, such space shall be chance of being equalled or exceeded in any given year
constructed with break-away walls of an open lattice (one hundred year mean recurrence interval).
type construction, which is intended to collapse under
stress from abnormally high tides or wind driven water §[C26-409.3] 27-317.1 Definitions for special flood
without jeopardizing the structural support of the hazard areas. - The following definitions shall
building. Such space shall not be used for human supplement the definitions that appear in article two of
habitation. subchapter two of this chapter and shall apply only to
(3) The use of fill for structural support of buildings the provisions of article ten of subchapter four of this
within Zone V shall not be permitted. chapter and to the reference standards contained
(4) The man-made alteration of sand dunes within therein:
Zone V which would increase potential flood damage AREA OF SPECIAL FLOOD HAZARD. - The land
to buildings shall not be permitted. in the flood plain delineated in reference standard RS 4-
(5) All new construction within Zone V shall be 4 as subject to a one percent or greater chance of
located landward of the reach of mean high tide. flooding in any given year. Such area is designated on
(g) All new construction and substantial improvements the Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM) as Zone A, AE,
of buildings within Zone A, as delineated in reference AH, AI-99, V, VE or VI-30. Such area is also known as
standard RS 4-4 shall be performed pursuant to the the base flood plain or one hundred year flood plain.
provisions of reference standard RS 4-5. Where such BASEFLOOD. - The flood having a one percent
construction or improvement is not floodproofed, any chance of being equalled or exceeded in any given year.
fully enclosed space below the lowest floor that is BASEFLOOD ELEVATION. - The level (in feet)
subject to flooding, as defined in section 27-317.1 of indicated on the Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM).
this code, shall be designed to equalize hydrostatic BREAKAWAY WALL. - wall that is not part of the
flood forces on exterior walls automatically (without structural support of the building to which it is attached
human intervention) by allowing for the entry and exit and is intended through its design and construction to
of floodwaters. Design for meeting this requirement collapse under specific later loading forces without
shall be certified by a registered architect or licensed causing damage to the elevated portion of the building
professional engineer or shall meet or exceed the or the supporting foundation system.
following minimum criteria: DEVELOPMENT. - Any man-made change to improved
(1) A minimum of two openings, having a total net or unimproved real estate, including but not limited to
area of not less than one square inch for every square buildings or other structures, mining, dredging, filling,
foot of enclosed space subject to flooding, shall be grading, paving, excavation or drilling operations
provided. located within the area of special flood hazard.
(2) The bottom of all openings shall be no higher than ELEVATED BUILDING. - A non-basement building
one foot above grade. (i) constructed, in an area designated as Zone A in
(3) Openings may be equipped with screens, louvers, reference standard RS 4-4, to have the top of the
valves or other coverings or devices provided that they elevated floor, or in an area designated as Zone V in
permit the automatic entry and exit of floodwaters. reference standard RS 4-4, to have the bottom of the

139
Title 27 / Subchapter 4

lowest horizontal structural member of the elevated enclosure, usable solely for the parking of vehicles,
floor elevated above the ground level by means of building access or storage in an area other than a
pilings, columns (posts and piers), or shear walls basement, is not considered a structure's lowest floor,
parallel to the flow of water, and (ii) adequately provided that such enclosure shall not be built so as to
anchored so that the structural integrity of such building render the structure in violation of the requirements of
is not impaired during a flood of up to the magnitude of subdivision (g) of section 27-317 of this code.
the base flood. In an area designated as Zone A in MANUFACTURED HOME. - A structure, transportable
reference standard RS 4-4, such term also includes a in one or more sections, which is built on a permanent
building elevated by means of fill or solid foundation chassis and designed to be used with or without a
perimeter walls with openings sufficient to permit the permanent foundation when connected to required
unimpeded movement of flood waters. In an area utilities.
designated as Zone V in reference standard RS 4-4, MIXED USE BUILDING. - Any building occupied in
such term also includes a building otherwise meeting part for residential use, with one or more nonresidential
the definition of elevated building in which the lower uses located on a story below the lowest story occupied
area is enclosed by means of breakaway walls meeting entirely by such residential use.
the standards of subdivision (h) of section 27-317 of NATIONAL GEODETIC VERTICAL DATUM
this code. (NGVD). - A vertical control used as a reference for
FLOOD OR FLOODING. - A general and temporary establishing elevations within the flood plain, as
condition of partial or complete inundation of normally provided in section 27-158 of this code.
dry land areas resulting from: NEW CONSTRUCTION. - Buildings for which the
(1) the overflow of inland or tidal waters; or “start of construction” commenced on or after
(2) the unusual and rapid accumulation or runoff of November sixteenth, nineteen hundred eighty-three.
surface waters from any source. SAND DUNES. - Naturally occurring accumulations of
FLOOD BOUNDARY AND FLOODWAY MAP sand in ridges or mounds landward of a beach.
(FBFM). - An official map issued by the Federal START OF CONSTRUCTION. - The date on which
Emergency Management Agency on which the the building permits was issued, provided, however,
regulatory floodway along water courses is delineated. that the actual start of construction, repair, reconstruction,
FLOOD HAZARD BOUNDARY MAP (FHBM). - placement or substantial improvement is within one
An official map issued by the Federal Emergency hundred eighty days of such date. "Actual start" means
Management Agency on which areas of special flood either the first placement of permanent construction of a
hazard are delineated. building on a site, such as pile driving, the pouring of
FLOOD INSURANCE RATE MAP (FIRM). - The slabs, or footings, or any work beyond the stage of
official map on which the Federal Emergency excavation; or, for a building without a cellar, basement
Management Agency has delineated the areas of special or poured footings, the first permanent framing or
flood hazards. Such map includes the flood boundary assembly of such building or any part thereof on its
and floodway map and the flood hazard boundary map, piling or foundations. "Permanent construction" does
as defined in this section. not include land preparation, such as clearing, grading
FLOOD PLAIN. - Any land area susceptible to being and filling; nor does it include excavation for a cellar,
inundated by water from any source (see "flood or basement, footings, piers or foundations or the erection
flooding"). of temporary forms; nor does it include the installation
FLOOD PROOFING. - Any combination of structural on the property of accessory buildings, such as garages
and non-structural additions, changes or adjustments to or sheds not occupied as dwelling units or not as part of
structures to reduce or eliminate flood damage to real the main building.
estate, improved real property, water and sanitary SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENT. - Any repair,
utilities, or structures and their contents. reconstruction, alteration, or improvement of a
FLOODWAY OR REGULATORY FLOODWAY. - building, the cost of which equals or exceeds fifty
The channel of a river or other watercourse and the percent of its market value either:
adjacent land areas that must be reserved in order to (1) before the alteration, improvement, or repair is
discharge the base flood without cumulatively increasing started, or
the water surface elevation more than one foot. (2) if the building has been damaged and is being
HIGHEST ADJACENT GRADE. - The highest restored, before such damage occurred.
natural elevation of the ground surface, prior to For the purposes of this definition, "substantial
construction, next to the proposed walls of a structure. improvement" is considered to occur when the first
LOWEST FLOOR. - The lowest level including cellar alteration of any wall, ceiling, floor, or other structural
or basement of the lowest enclosed area. For the parts of the building commences, whether or not that
purpose of this article, an unfinished or flood resistant alteration affects the external dimensions of the

140
Title 27 / Subchapter 4

building. The term "substantial improvement" does not, (3) No portion of the cellar or basement may be used
however, include either: for living purposes.
(1) any project for improvement of a building to **(g) A deed restriction noting all of the above is to be
comply with state or local health, sanitary, or safety recorded in the county clerk's office and the page and
code specifications which are solely necessary to assure liber number indicated on either the building permit
safe conditions, or application and certificate of occupancy filed with and
(2) any alteration of a building designated as worthy of issued by the department of buildings or the work
preservation because of historic or architectural permit application and the certificate of completion
importance, or a building within an area so designated filed with and issued by the department of ports and
by the landmarks preservation commission, or listed on trade.
the national register of historic places or state inventory **Local Law 14 -1989.
*Local Law 33-1988.
of historic places.
ZONE A. - A symbol used on the flood insurance rate
map to designate an area of special flood hazard
without velocity (wave action). When not shown on the
flood insurance rate map, the water surface elevation
may be determined from available data by the
registered architect or licensed professional engineer of
record.
ZONE V. - A symbol used on the flood insurance rate
map to designate an area of special flood hazard with
velocity (wave action). When not shown on the flood
insurance rate map, the water surface elevation may be
determined from available data by the registered
architect or licensed professional engineer of record.

§[C26-409.4] 27-317.2 Exceptions within special

flood hazard areas. - Mixed use buildings may be
constructed within Zone A, as delineated in reference
standard RS 4-4, with non-habitable portions below the
base flood elevation, provided all of the following
conditions are met:
(a) The building is constructed so as to provide
entrance access at or above the base flood elevation.
(b) The portion of the building and all service equipment
below the base flood elevation are floodproofed, in
accordance with reference standard RS 4-5.
(c) No habitable rooms may be located in such cellar
or basement.
(d) A water closet and/or a wash basin may be located
in an enclosed space not to exceed four feet by four feet
six inches in such cellar or basement, and no roughing
therein shall be allowed to accommodate any additional
fixtures.
(e) No accessory kitchens shall be allowed in such
cellar or basement; however, one two-compartment
laundry tray or similar appliance may be installed
outside the water closet compartment.
**(f) The building permit application filed with the
department of buildings or the work permit application
filed with the department of ports and trade shall state
that:
(1) The premises is located within the special flood
hazard area;
(2) The cellar or basement is located below the level of
the base flood elevation; and

141
Title 27 / Subchapter 4

This page is intended to be left blank

142
Title 27 / Subchapter 5

SUBCHAPTER 5 [504.7] 345 Firestopping

FIRE PROTECTION CONSTRUCTION [504.8] 346 Partitions and Furring
[504.9] 347 Folding Partitions
REQUIREMENTS [504.10] 348 Interior Finish
[504.11] 349 Coatings
TABLE OF CONTENTS [504.12] 350 Ceiling Construction
[Sub-Art. Art. or [504.13] 351 Finish Flooring and
Or Sec.]* Sec.** Floor Coverings
[500.0] Art.1 General [504.14] 352 Fireplaces—Repeated
[500.1] 318 Scope [504.15] 353 Smoke and Heat
[500.2] 319 Standards Venting
[500.3] 320 Definitions [504.16] 353.1 Smoke Protection,
[500.4] 321 Use of Combustibles Elevators and
[501.0] Art.2 Fire Protection Test Escalators
Procedures 353.2 Smoke Protection for
[501.1] 322 Test Elevators in E
[502.0] Art. 3 Fire-Resistance Occupancies
Requirements 353.3 Smoke Barrier
[502.1] 323 Requirements for
Structural Members LIST OF TABLES
and Assemblies
[502.2] 324 Protection of Table No.
Structural Members
[502.3] 325 Elevators 5-1 Fire Separations
[502.4] 326 Lintels 5-2 Fire Divisions
[502.5] 327 Ceilings 5-3 Opening Protectives for Fire Divisions and
[502.6] 328 Fire-Retardant Treated Fire Separations
Wood 5-4 Interior Finish Requirements
[502.7] 329 Opening Protectives
[502.8] 330 Slow Burning Plastic *“C26” omitted from section numbers in this column.
[503.0] Art. 4 Prevention of Exterior **“27” omitted from section numbers in this column.
Fire Spread
[503.1] 331 Exterior Walls
[503.2] 332 Party Walls
[503.3] 333 Parapets on Exterior
Walls
[503.4] 334 Protective Guards
[503.5] 335 Exterior Trim
335.1 Acoustical and
Thermal Insulation
[503.6] 336 Porticos, Porches, etc.
[503.7] 337 Roof Coverings
[503.8] 338 Roof Structures
[504.0] Art. 5 Prevention of Interior
Fire Spread
[504.1] 339 Fire Segregation of
Occupancies
[504.2] 340 Fire Divisions
[504.3] 341 Fire Separations
[504.4] 342 Openings in Fire
Divisions and
Separations
[504.5] 343 Ducts, Pipes and
Conduits Through
Rated Construction
[504.6] 344 Shafts

revision: October 1, 2004 143

Title 27 / Subchapter 5

ARTICLE 1 GENERAL ARTICLE 3 FIRE-RESISTANCE

REQUIREMENTS
§[C26-500.1] 27-318 Scope. - The provisions of this
subchapter shall govern the use and assembly of all §[C26-502.1] 27-323 Requirements for structural
materials of construction with respect to fire resistance, members and assemblies. - The fire-resistance rating of
flame spread resistance, and smoke and toxic fume construction assemblies and the protection of structural
limitation. The provisions shall also control the location members shall comply with the requirements of table 3-4,
and function of integral structural and fire protective based on the test procedures of reference standard RS 5-2,
elements of buildings, and provide for the installation of and their materials or combinations of materials shall be
safeguards against the spread of fire within buildings and in accordance with the specifications of materials used in
the test.
between buildings.
*§[C26-502.2] 27-324 Protection of structural members.-
§[C26-500.2] 27-319 Standards. - The provisions of the Columns, girders, trusses, beams, lintels, etc. that are
reference standard RS-5 shall be a part of this subchapter. required to be fire protected, and that support only one floor or
a roof, and/or a non-bearing wall not more than one story high,
§[C26-500.3] 27-320 Definitions. - For definitions to shall be individually encased on all sides with materials having
be used in the interpretation of this subchapter, see the required fire-resistance rating; or shall be protected by a
subchapter two of this chapter. ceiling as specified in section 27-327 of this article having the
required fire-resistance rating; or shall be protected by a
§[C26-500.4] 27-321 Use of combustibles. - The use of combination of both a ceiling and individual encasement
combustible component materials in units or assemblies which, together, provide the required fire-resistance rating.
shall be limited to construction group II, except as Columns, girders, trusses, beams, lintels, etc. that are
required to be fire protected, and that support more than one
hereinafter expressly permitted in construction group I.
floor or support a bearing wall or wall more than one story
Combustible aggregates may be integrated with other high, shall be individually encased on all sides for their entire
materials to form a noncombustible material provided that length or height with materials having the required fire-
the entire mixture, in the form in which it is to be used in resistance rating. Trusses that support only two stories or one
construction, meets the requirement of this code for story and a roof may be fire protected by an envelope that
noncombustibility. encompasses the entire truss with materials of the required
fire-resistance rating.
ARTICLE 2 FIRE PROTECTION TEST (a) Embedments and enclosures. - Pipes, wires,
PROCEDURES conduits, ducts, or other service facilities shall not be
embedded in the required fire protection of a structural
§[C26-501.1] 27-322 Tests. - Samples of all materials or member that is required to be individually encased; except
assemblies of materials required by this code to have a fire- that pipes, wires, and conduits may be installed in the
resistance rating, fire-protection rating, or flame spread space between the required fire protection and the
rating, or required to be noncombustible, fire-retardant structural member protected, provided that where such
treated, or slow burning, shall be tested under the applicable facilities pierce the required fire protection, the area of the
test procedures specified herein, in accordance with the penetrations does not exceed two percent of the area of
the fire protection on any one face, the penetrations are
acceptance requirements of section 27-131 of article seven
closed off with close-fitting metal escutcheons or plates
of subchapter one of this chapter. The fire-resistance rating
and the concealed space shall be firestopped at each story
of materials and assemblies listed in reference standard RS
in accordance with the provisions of section 27-345 of
5-1 may be used to determine conformance with the fire article five of this subchapter.
resistance requirements of this code. In addition to the (b) Impact protection. - Where the fire protective covering of
performance results, test reports shall give all technical data a structural member is subject to impact damage from moving
pertaining to the nature of the constituent materials, such vehicles, the handling of merchandise, or other activity, the fire
as the physical properties, chemical composition and protective covering shall be protected by corner guards or
properties, coefficient of expansion, thicknesses of by a substantial jacket of metal or other noncombustible
materials, etc. Except as listed in reference standard RS 5-1, material, to a height adequate to provide full protection. Where
any assembly using a component having a structural base of applicable, such protection shall be designed in accordance
noncombustible material covered with an integrally with the requirements of section 27-558 of article three of
manufactured combustible surfacing material, shall be subchapter nine of this chapter.
approved for fire-resistance rating. (c) Structural members in cavity walls. - Where
structural members occur within exterior cavity walls,

revision: October 1, 2004 144

Title 27 / Subchapter 5

portions of such structural members facing the exterior (a) Stone lintels. - The use of stone lintels on spans
need not be individually fire protected if the outer width exceeding four feet shall not be permitted unless
of the cavity wall provides the required fire-resistance supplemented by fire protected structural members or
rating and is located not more than two and one-half masonry arches of the required strength to support the
inches from such structural members, and if all surfaces superimposed loads.
of the structural members are fire protected from the
interior of the building by materials having the required §[C26-502.5] 27-327 Ceilings. -
fire-resistance rating. (a) Ceilings that contribute to the required fire-resistance
(d) Prestressing steel. - Minimum covering of rating of a floor or roof assembly shall be continuous
prestressing steel shall comply with the requirements of between exterior walls, vertical fire divisions, fire
reference standard RS 5-15. separations, corridor partitions or any other partitions
(e) Exterior exposed structural members. -Structural having at least the same fire resistance rating as the
members exposed to the outdoors on buildings that do ceiling. All such fire-rated partitions shall be constructed
not exceed two stories or thirty feet in height, which are as set forth in section 27-340 or subdivision (a) of section
required by table 3-4 to have a fire-resistance rating not 27-341, as appropriate. The concealed space above such
exceeding one hour, need not be protected on any face of ceiling shall be firestopped into areas not exceeding three
the member that has an exterior separation of thirty feet thousand square feet with materials listed in section 27-
or more, provided the outdoor area within the thirty feet 345 of this subchapter for the full height of the concealed
separation distance is not used for storage of materials, space. Access to each such concealed space may be
or for motor vehicle parking. through one or more openings, not exceeding nine square
(f) Inspection of fire protection. - The installation of all feet and protected by self-closing opening protectives
required sprayed-on fire protection of structural members having the fire-protection rating required by table 5-3.
except those encased in concrete shall be subject to the (1) Firestopping shall not be required where the structural
controlled inspection requirements of section 27-132 of members within the concealed space are individually
article seven of subchapter one of this code. protected with materials having the required fire-
**(g) Inspection of existing sprayed-on fire protection resistance rating, or where the ceiling is not an essential
during alterations in office spaces and in occupancy part of the fire-resistive assembly; nor shall firestopping
group E spaces.- In office spaces and spaces classified be required where a concealed space is sprinklered in
in occupancy group E, where an alteration exposes any accordance with the construction requirements of
required sprayed-on fire protection of structural members, or subchapter seventeen of this chapter.
where, pursuant to an alteration persons are required to (b) Electrical and other openings in ceilings. -
enter or access areas in which such sprayed-on fire protection is Ceilings required to have a fire-resistance rating may be
capable of being observed, the existing required spray-on fire pierced to accommodate noncombustible electric outlet
protection shall be subject to the controlled inspection boxes or recessed lighting fixtures if the aggregate area
requirements of section 27-132 of this code. Such of such openings does not exceed sixteen square inches
controlled inspection shall require a determination (i) in each ninety square feet of ceiling area and the
that the existing sprayed-on fire protection as originally electrical outlet boxes or recessed lighting fixtures are
applied or installed complies with the applicable requirements constructed of steel at least .022 inches thick and sealed
of this code, including those for installation methods, tightly at the ceiling. Noncombustible pipes, ducts, and
materials, thickness and coverage; and (ii) that, since its additional or larger electrical or other service facilities
original application, the integrity of the existing sprayed- may pierce ceilings that are required to have a fire-
on fire protection has not been compromised, damaged resistance rating only when the type of ceiling to be
or displaced by the current alteration or by any prior used has been tested with such types of facilities
alteration or other event. installed in place and the proportionate area of openings
*Local Law 34-1988. for such facilities to be installed in the ceiling does not
**Local Law 26-2004.
exceed the proportionate area of such openings in the
§[C26-502.3] 27-325 Elevators. - Structural members or assembly tested, and provided no opening is larger than
car frames for elevators located within shaft enclosures that in the assembly tested. Protection for such
need not be fire protected. openings shall be the same as provided in the test. Duct
openings installed in accordance with the foregoing
§[C26-502.4] 27-326 Lintels. - Lintels over openings wider shall be protected by fire dampers complying with the
than four feet in masonry walls, other than in walls of requirements of subchapter thirteen of this chapter.
masonry veneer on wood frame structures, shall be fire
protected as required by section 27-324 of this article for §[C26-502.6] 27-328 Fire retardant treated wood. -
structural members, when the full load over the opening is (a) Material. - Fire retardant treated wood shall be
not relieved by a masonry arch of required strength. The pressure treated with fire retardant chemicals in
members of an assembled metal lintel that support only accordance with reference standards RS 5-3 and RS 5-4.
outer face masonry that is securely bonded or anchored Where used as a structural element or as furring, the
to backing need not be fire protected, provided that the material shall have a flame spread rating not greater than
inner members of the assembly support the full load twenty-five when tested in accordance with reference
imposed upon the lintel and are fire protected as required standard RS 5-5 when exposed for a period of at least
for structural members supporting masonry. thirty minutes, with no evidence of significant progressive

revision: October 1, 2004

145
Title 27 / Subchapter 5

combustion. Where used as interior finish or trim, the §[C26-502.8] 27-330 Slow burning plastic. - Slow
material shall have a flame spread rating that meets the burning plastic shall be of a material that burns no faster
requirements of section 27-348 of this subchapter for the than two and one-half inches per minute in sheets 0.060
location in which it is used. Subsequent to treatment, in. thick when tested in accordance with reference
material two inches thick or less shall be air dried or kiln standard RS 5-12 or that is not consumed in less than two
dried to an average moisture content of not more than minutes when tested in accordance with reference
nineteen percent. standard RS 5-13. The thickness of the plastic material
(b) Label. - All fire-retardant treated wood shall bear the
identification of a testing laboratory or producer shall be determined by method "'B" of reference standard
certifying to the performance thereof, in accordance with RS 5-14.
the acceptance requirements of section 27-131 of article ARTICLE 4
seven of subchapter one of this chapter. PREVENTION OF EXTERIOR FIRE SPREAD
(c) Application. - Fire-retardant treated wood may not
be used where exposed to the weather or in interior §[C26-503.1] 27-331 Exterior walls. - Exterior walls
spaces where the relative humidity is normally eighty shall comply with the fire-resistance rating requirements of
percent or more. There shall be no fabrication of the table 3-4. Where provisions of this code require a space or
material after treatment, such as cutting, shaping, or facility to be enclosed, the construction requirements
grooving for splines or ring connectors so as to expose for the enclosure shall not apply to any exterior wall
untreated surfaces, except that the material may be cut to that forms part of the enclosure.
length, shaped, or grooved if the exposed surfaces or (a) Openings in exterior walls. - In addition to the
edges are tightly butted against other material that is
noncombustible or that is fire retardant treated, so that no requirements of table 3-4 and subchapters six and eight of
untreated wood is left exposed to danger of ignition. this chapter, exterior openings above the third floor level
Holes may be bored or cut for plumbing or heating pipes of a building or above a height of forty feet, except
and for electric outlets only if the openings are covered buildings in occupancy group J-3, open parking
[sic] with tightly-fitted noncombustible escutcheons or cover structures, and buildings of construction class II-D and II-
plates. The allowable working stresses of the material E, shall have opening protectives when (1) any part of the
shall be ninety percent of the allowable stresses for opening is less than thirty feet distant in a direct
untreated lumber of like classification. unobstructed line not in the same plane, from an opening
(d) Where permitted in construction group I- Fire- in another building or from a wood frame building or (2)
retardant treated wood may be used in buildings of any part of the opening is above and less than thirty feet
construction group I in the following cases: in a direct unobstructed line from, any roof construction
(1) As permitted by table 3-4. that has a fire-resistance rating of less than one hour or
(2) For interior non-bearing partitions that are not
required to have a fire-resistance rating. that has unprotected openings therein within this distance,
(3) For interior furring and blocking of exterior walls, whether the roof construction is on the same building or
furring and blocking of interior walls and partitions, and on an adjacent building.
framing of suspended ceilings provided the furring, blocking, (b) Opening protective required ratings. -In a building
and framing do not affect the integrity, or reduce the or space classified in occupancy group A, all opening
fire-resistance rating, of the construction element. protectives shall be three-quarter hour (class E) opening
(4) For interior finish and trim. protectives meeting the requirements of reference
(e) Area increase. - Fire-retardant treated wood may standard RS 5-8. Such protectives shall be fixed self-
be used in construction group II buildings in lieu of closing or automatic. Alternatively, these openings may
untreated wood for wall studs, bearing partition studs, be protected with three-quarter hour (class F) protectives
columns, beams, girders, joists, rafters, trusses, sole and together with outside sprinklers installed in accordance
cap plates, subflooring and roof decks, and when so with construction requirements of subchapter seventeen of
used, the area limitations of tables 4-1 and 4-2, for
buildings of construction group II, may be increased by this chapter. In such cases, there shall be an automatic dry
thirty-three and one-third percent. pipe sprinkler head centered over each opening with the
orifice directed against the opening. All opening
§[C26-502.7] 27-329 Opening protectives. - Opening protectives required by table 3-4 or by subdivision (a)
protectives, including frames, self-closing devices, and above in buildings classified in other than occupancy
hardware, shall be classified as to fire-protection rating group A shall be three-quarter hour (class F) openings.
in accordance with the test procedures of reference standards (c) First story openings. - Opening protectives required
RS 5-6 and RS 5-7, and shall be installed, maintained, by table 3-4 may be omitted in show windows or other
and operated in accordance with the provisions of openings on the lowest story of a building facing on a
reference standard RS 5-8. All opening protectives shall street or public space.
bear the identification of a testing laboratory or agency (d) Nonautomatic protectives. - Required opening
certifying to the performance rating thereof, in protectives in exterior openings, if not self-closing or
accordance with the acceptance requirements of section
automatic, shall be kept closed by the occupants at all
27-131 of subchapter one of this chapter.
times when not required for light or ventilation under

revision: October 1, 2004 146

Title 27 / Subchapter 5

the provisions of subchapter twelve of this chapter. 331 of this article.

(e) Construction of unprotected openings. - Exterior (b) Construction. - Parapets required under this section
windows and doors, including their frames and glazing, that shall be of materials and assembly having at least the
are not required by this code to have a fire-protection rating, fire-resistance rating of the wall below, and shall be at
may be of combustible materials. Below a height of least two feet high.
seventy-five feet, slow-burning plastic glazing may be used
in windows. Glazing in balcony doors shall comply with the §[C26-503.4] 27-334 Protective guards. - Buildings
requirements of paragraph four of subdivision (g) of section that are more than twenty-two feet in height and have
27-369 of article five of subchapter six of this chapter. roofs that are flatter than twenty degrees to the
(f) Vertical separation of openings. - In buildings horizontal shall be provided with a parapet not less than
classified in occupancy groups A, B, C, D and E, three feet six inches high, or be provided with a three
exceeding three stories or forty feet in height, openings foot six inch high railing or fence, or a combination of a
located vertically above one another in exterior walls parapet and railing or fence which together are not less
except in stairway enclosures, shall be separated by a than three feet six inches high. Railings or fences may
spandrel wall at least three feet high between the top of be located inward from the face of the exterior wall a
one opening and the bottom of the opening immediately distance not exceeding six feet, and shall be of a type
above; or each such opening above the lower one shall that will prevent children from crawling through or over
be protected against fire by an opening protective; or a them. Where roofs are used for recreational purposes,
fire canopy of noncombustible materials, extending out wire fencing at least ten feet high shall be constructed.
at least two feet horizontally from the wall and at least Where ball games are played on roofs the wire fencing
as long as the width of the lower opening, shall be shall be extended to provide an overhead closure.
constructed between the two openings. Spandrels and Except on buildings of classes II-D or II-E construction,
fire canopies shall be constructed to provide at least the railings or fences shall be of noncombustible material.
fire-resistance rating required for the exterior wall, but Railings shall be constructed as required in section 27-
in no event less than one hour. 558 of article three of subchapter nine of this chapter.

§[C26-503.2] 27-332 Party walls. - The construction, §[C26-503.5] 27-335 Exterior trim. - For the
design, and fire-resistance rating of party walls shall be purposes of this section, exterior trim shall be defined
the same as required by this code for vertical fire as any material, other than door and window frames and
divisions. Concealed spaces in cornices and eaves shall sash, that is applied to exterior walls and which, if
be fire-stopped as a continuation of the party wall. removed or destroyed, will not reduce the structural
stability of the building enclosure, and which is
§[C26-503.3] 27-333 Parapets on exterior walls. - installed so as not to reduce the required fire-resistance
Parapets shall be provided on all exterior walls of rating of the enclosure. Exterior trim shall include
buildings of construction class II-A, II-B, or II-C that cornices, overhanging eaves, fascias, belt courses,
have roof construction of combustible materials. pilasters, surrounds, gutters, leaders, half-timber work,
(a) Exceptions. - A parapet need not be provided on the shutters, trellises, etc.
exterior wall of any building: (a) Combustible exterior trim:
(1) That is less than twenty-two feet high; or (1) May not be used on buildings required to be of
(2) Whose roof has a pitch of more than twenty degrees construction group 1 except that slow-burning plastics
to the horizontal and whose overhang, fascia, cornice or or approved equivalent materials may be used up to a
gutter is of noncombustible construction, or if of height of twenty-five feet, provided that such trim
combustible construction is separated from the roof and covers not more than five percent of the surface area of
ceiling construction by construction having the fire- the building enclosure (openings not included), or not
resistance rating required for the exterior wall of the more than one thousand square feet.
building. Combustible members, excluding roof sheathing (2) May be used to a height of forty feet on buildings
and its supporting members, if covered by a class A roof of construction class II-A, II-B, and II-C provided that
covering and complying with the restrictions as required such trim covers not more than ten percent of the
surface area of the building enclosure (openings not
by section 27-335 of this article, shall not extend
included), projects not more than eight inches beyond
through this construction, but shall have at least four
the outside face of the building enclosure, and has an
inches of solid noncombustible material below, at the exterior separation of at least fifteen feet measured from
sides, and at the ends of such members; or the outermost surface of the trim.
(3) That is provided with a fire canopy at, or not more EXCEPTION - Cornices, gutters, or overhanging
than two feet below the roof level, continuous around roofs, when permitted, may project up to three feet beyond
that portion of the wall that is without a parapet, the outside face of the building enclosure if they are at
constructed as required by subdivision (f) of section 27- least eight inches above the topmost opening, are

147
Title 27 / Subchapter 5

firestopped as required by section 27-345 of article five of does not exceed fifteen percent of the [sic] wall area on
this subchapter and either: any single story;
a. have their combustible structural members protected (2) such insulation has a heat value not in excess of six
by soffits and fascias of a material or assembly having thousand Btu per square foot;
at least a one hour fire-resistance rating, or (3) such insulation is installed in a composite method
b. have all their combustible members separated from of construction and is separated from interior spaces by
the roof and ceiling construction by construction having a thermal barrier having at least a one-hour fire
the fire-resistance rating required for the exterior wall, resistance rating;
with at least four inches of solid noncombustible material (4) such insulation has a flame spread rating not greater
below, at the sides, and at the ends of such members; than twenty-five and a smoke developed rating not
(3) May be used to an unlimited extent in buildings of
greater than four hundred fifty, and is covered with, and
construction classes II-D and II-E on exterior walls that are
sealed or joined by, material having a flame spread rating
not required to have a fire-resistance rating.
not greater than twenty-five and a smoke developed rating
*§27-335.1 Acoustical and thermal insulation; use not greater than fifty, when tested in accordance with the
in noncombustible construction. - procedures of reference standard RS 5-5;
(a) Notwithstanding any provision of this code to the (5) such insulation is installed in a manner which meets the
contrary, acoustical or thermal insulation, which is not requirements for firestopping set forth in section 27-345;
noncombustible, may be used where noncombustible (6) upon exposure to fire, the exterior wall system and
construction is required if: each of its components will not produce products of
(1) it satisfactorily passes a test for determining decomposition or combustion that are more toxic in
noncombustibility of elementary materials, based on the point of concentration than those given off by wood or
test procedures of A.S.T.M. E136-65, and, upon exposure paper when decomposing or burning under comparable
to fire will not produce products of decomposition or conditions;
combustion that are more toxic in point of concentration (7) the structure on which the exterior wall system is
than those given off by wood or paper when decomposing installed meets the requirements of section 27-331
or burning under comparable conditions; or pertaining to minimum horizontal and vertical separation
(2) it has a flame-spread rating not greater than twenty- distances; provided, however, that such insulation shall
five, a smoke developed rating not greater than fifty, is not be used on the exterior surface of a wall of a court
without evidence of continued progressive combustion or shaft if the horizontal or vertical separation distance
when tested in accordance with the test procedure of between such wall and another wall of such court or
reference standard RS 5-5, and upon exposure to fire will shaft is less than twenty feet;
not produce products of decomposition or combustion that (8) the use of such insulation on soffits or other
are more toxic in point of concentration than those given horizontal areas shall not extend more than three feet
off by wood or paper when decomposing or burning beyond the outside face of the building enclosure;
under comparable conditions. (9) the use of such insulation on buildings having party
(b) Notwithstanding any provision of subdivision a of walls meets the requirements of section 27-332;
this section or any other provision of this code to the
(10) such insulation meets the acceptance requirements
contrary, acoustical or thermal insulation, which is not
of section 27-131;
noncombustible and which does not meet the
(11) the results of a fire test of a representative portion
requirements of subdivision a of this section, may be
used where noncombustible construction is required of the exterior wall system meet the requirements of
subject to the approval of the commissioner, and reference standard RS 5-21;
provided it is installed in a composite method of (12) the edge or face of the assembly containing such
construction, with a minimum of three inches of insulation is labeled with the following information:
unpierced masonry or concrete on all sides. a.the name of a nationally recognized testing laboratory
(c) Notwithstanding any provision of subdivision a or b acceptable to the commissioner which has inspected
of this section or any other provision of this code to the such insulation;
contrary, thermal insulation, which is not noncombustible b. the model of the exterior wall assembly for which
and which does not meet the requirements of subdivisions such insulation is listed by a nationally recognized
a and b of this section, may be installed in an exterior wall testing laboratory acceptable to the commissioner;
system in any noncombustible construction group, c. the identity of the manufacturer of such insulation;
provided that: d. the flame spread and smoke developed ratings; and
(1) such insulation is of a thickness no greater than (13) the installation of such insulation shall be subject
four inches; provided, additional thickness used to controlled inspection to ensure that the installation is
exclusively for decorative or leveling purposes shall be fully consistent with the terms of the listing by a
permissible, where the area of such additional thickness nationally recognized testing laboratory acceptable to the

148
Title 27 / Subchapter 5

commissioner, acceptance requirements of section 27-131 vertical exposure of the patios or platforms to the
and the manufacturer's installation recommendations. outdoors is equal to at least that of the patio or platform
(d) The commissioner may, with regard to thermal area. Plastic shall be slow burning; canvas or other
insulation, the use of which is authorized by this fabric shall be noncombustible or flameproofed in
subdivision, establish by regulation training criteria for accordance with the provisions of title fifteen of the
persons installing such insulation, and prohibit the administrative code.
installation of such insulation by persons not adequately
trained. Any person installing such insulation shall §[C26-503.7] 27-337 Roof coverings. –
certify to the commissioner that the installation is fully Roof coverings shall be classified as A, B, or C on the
consistent with the terms of the listing by a nationally basis of their resistance to exterior fire exposure as
recognized testing laboratory acceptable to the listed in reference standard RS 5-9, or as determined by
commissioner, acceptance requirements of section 27-131 tests made in conformance with reference standard RS
and the manufacturer's installation recommendations. 5-10 for those not listed.
(e) Definitions. As used in this section: (a) Limitations of use. - Every roof placed on a
(1) "Composite method of construction" shall mean a building shall be covered with Class A or B roof
method of construction in which diverse materials are covering, except Class C roof coverings may be placed
combined to form an assembly, whether the assembly is on buildings classified in occupancy group J when not
prefabricated or fabricated at the site of installation. more than three stories or forty feet in height, and on
(2) "Exterior wall system" shall include the exterior buildings permitted by this code to be of Class II-D or II-E
walls of a building and the appurtenances thereof. construction. The use of roofing having no rating is
*Local Law 13-1987. prohibited, except for replacement to the extent of twenty-
five percent of the roof area in any twelve month period.
§[C26-503.6] 27-336 Porticos, porches, etc. - (b) Combustible roof decking. - Unless attached directly
Porticos, entranceways, storm enclosures, bay windows, to noncombustible framework, all roof coverings shall be
oriel windows, porches, or similar appendages may be applied to a closely fitted deck; except that wood shingles,
constructed of combustible materials or assemblies on to the extent permitted in subdivision (a) of this section,
buildings of construction class II-E to an unlimited extent, may be applied to wood slats.
and on buildings of construction classes II-A, II-B, II-C, (c) Roof insulation. - Combustible roof insulation may be
and II-D under all of the following conditions: applied on top of roof decking or slab provided that it is
(a) The building is classified in occupancy group J-2 or J- protected with the roof covering applied directly thereto.
3.
(b) The building is not more than three stories or forty feet §[C26-503.8] 27-338 Roof structures. -
high. (a) Construction of penthouses. - Enclosure walls of
(c) The appendage has an exterior separation on all penthouses shall comply with the requirements for
exposed sides of at least fifteen feet, measured from the exterior walls of table 3-4 for the construction class of
outermost surface of the appendage. the building on which they are erected. Roofs of
(d) The appendage is so constructed that its removal or penthouses shall comply with the requirements for roof
destruction will not reduce the structural stability or fire construction of table 3-4 and section 27-337 of article
resistive integrity of the building. five of subchapter six of this chapter.
(e) The vertical surface area of the combustible portions (b) Construction of bulkheads. - Bulkheads shall be
of the appendage, including any exterior trim, is not constructed of noncombustible materials having a one
more than ten percent of the total wall area (windows hour fire-resistance rating, except that in buildings of
excluded) of the building. construction class II-E, they may be constructed of
(f) The appendage has a superficial roof area not exceeding combustible materials having a one hour fire-resistance
one hundred fifty square feet and is included in the area rating.
limitations of table 4-1 and 4-2 for the entire building. (c) Scuttles. - Scuttles shall be constructed of noncombustible
(g) The appendage is not higher than the sills of the materials, or of combustible materials covered on the top,
second story windows. sides, and edges with noncombustible materials.
(h) The roof of the appendage has a class A roof (d) Skylights. - For the purposes of this section, the term
covering. "skylight" shall be construed to include the sash, frames,
(i) The soffit or ceiling covering the combustible roof and glazing of roof monitors and sawtooth roofs.
framing of the appendage has a one hour fire-resistance (1) SASH AND FRAMES. - Skylights that are inclined
rating. at less than sixty degrees to the horizontal on all
(j) The requirements of subdivisions (h) and (i) of this buildings of other than construction classes II-D and II-
section shall not apply in the case of roofs or awnings E, shall have sash and frames constructed of
over patios or entrance platforms where the area of noncombustible materials, and their glazing shall be as

149
Title 27 / Subchapter 5

prescribed in paragraph two of this subdivision. to one hundred feet in height, there shall be at least ten
Skylights that are inclined at greater than sixty degrees feet from such a skylight to the outside face of an
to the horizontal shall have sash and frames constructed exterior wall facing on a frontage space.
as required for windows, and their glazing shall be as (4) SCREENS. - Plain glass skylights shall be protected
required for windows. Glass, glass blocks, or plastic on their underside by noncombustible screens having a
used in skylights shall be designed and constructed to mesh not smaller than three-quarters of an inch by
withstand the same live loads as required for roofs plus three-quarters of an inch nor larger than one inch by
any concentrated live loads required herein. one inch of at least No. 12 B. & S. gage [sic] wires. The
(2) GLAZING. - screen shall be installed tight against the roof opening
a. Skylights over stairways and shafts. - Skylights or shall project on all sides for a distance of not less
placed over stairways and shafts shall be glazed with than the distance of the screen below the glass, and
plain glass not more than one-eighth inch thick or shall be of such material and construction so as to
unreinforced plastic not more than three-sixteenths of support a load of three hundred pounds over any one
an inch thick. foot by two foot area. The provisions for wire glass or
b. Skylights over other spaces. - Skylights in all screen protection shall not apply to glass block
locations other than over stairways and shafts shall be skylights.
glazed with one-quarter inch wired glass, plain glass, (e) Greenhouses. - Greenhouses on the roofs of
glass block, or plastic of material and installation buildings other than buildings of construction class II-D
complying with subparagraph c of this paragraph. or II-E shall be constructed of noncombustible
c. Plastic. - Plastic used for the glazing of skylights framework and shall be glazed with plain or wire glass,
other than skylights over stairways and shafts shall be or slow burning plastic. The floors of greenhouses shall
slow burning plastic. The aggregate area of skylight be constructed at least as required for roof construction
openings, other than over stairways and shafts, shall not in table 3-4 for the construction class of the building on
exceed thirty per cent of the floor area of any room or which it is located.
space sheltered by the roof in which they are located. (f) Construction of sloping roofs. - Roofs having a
The edges of plastic, if exposed, shall be protected by slope of more than sixty degrees to the horizontal shall
metal or other noncombustible material. Skylights in be constructed of material having the same fire-
which plastic is used, if on roofs having a pitch of resistance rating as required for an exterior non-bearing
twenty degrees to the horizontal or less, shall be wall of the building of which it is a part. When the
constructed in accordance with the following: slope is sixty degrees or less to the horizontal, the
1. The area within the curbs of each skylight shall not sloping roof shall be constructed as required for the
exceed five square feet, except that this area may be of roof of the building. Where the back of a false mansard
any size, limited only by other provisions of this is exposed to the outdoors, the back shall be covered
section, if the opening is protected on all sides by a with noncombustible material or with roof coverings as
noncombustible railing thirty-six inches in height required for the roof of the building.
complying with the provisions of section 27-558 of (g) Dormers. - Roofs of dormers shall be of the same
article three of subchapter nine of this chapter for type of construction and have roof covering of the same
railings; or the skylight is subdivided into areas of five class as required for the roof of the building on which
square feet or less by noncombustible muntins or bars they are located. The walls of dormers shall be
capable of supporting a live load of three hundred constructed of materials having the same fire resistance
pounds at any point; or a noncombustible screen or grid rating as required for non-bearing exterior walls of the
capable of supporting a load of three hundred pounds building on which they are located; except that in
over any one foot by two foot area as provided above, buildings of construction classes II-A, II-B, II-C, and
integral with, or not more than three feet below the II-D, the walls may be constructed of combustible
skylight, with the wire or bars spaced into areas of five framing provided that the outside face of the framing is
square feet or less (if above the roof, the wires shall be protected with noncombustible sheathing and the
of corrosion resistive metal). aggregate area of all such dormer walls, including
2. There shall be a minimum clear distance of three feet openings therein, does not exceed twenty percent of the
between skylights. roof area.
(3) SEPARATION OF SKYLIGHTS FROM STRUCTURES. – (h) Water tanks. -
There shall be at least ten feet between a plain glass or (1) SUPPORTS. - All water tanks placed in or on a
plastic skylight and any door in a stair bulkhead located building and having a capacity of more than five
above the roof in which the skylight is located, and at hundred gallons shall be supported on noncombustible
least ten feet between such a skylight and any opening walls or framing. When such tank is located within the
in any roof structure or other wall above the roof not building, above the lowest story, its framing shall be
equipped with an opening protective. On buildings up fire protected as required for columns supporting one

150
Title 27 / Subchapter 5

floor or the tank shall be located within a room or space ARTICLE 5

that is enclosed with construction having a fire- PREVENTION OF INTERIOR FIRE SPREAD
resistance rating equivalent to that otherwise required
for the protection of the framing. §[C26-504.1] 27-339 Fire segregation of occupancies.-
(i) Cooling towers. - Cooling towers shall be constructed (a) Segregation by fire divisions. - When different
occupancies are to be segregated by fire divisions under
of noncombustible materials, except as follows:
the provisions of section 27-240 of subchapter three of
(1) Outside the fire districts, when located on a this chapter, the occupancies shall be separated from
building three stories or forty feet in height or less of each other, vertically and horizontally, by fire divisions
construction group I, cooling towers may be constructed having at least the fire-resistance ratings listed in table
of combustible materials provided they are not more 5-2 for the occupancy groups involved. Every building
than fifteen feet high and do not exceed seven hundred section shall be constructed of elements having at least
fifty square feet in area. the fire-resistance rating of a construction class required
(2) Outside the fire districts, when located on the for the area and height of the building section as listed
ground and not exceeding three stories or forty feet in in tables 4-1 and 4-2.
height or one thousand five hundred square feet in area, (b) Segregation by fire separations. - When different
spaces are to be segregated by fire separations under the
cooling towers may be constructed of combustible provisions of section 27-240 of subchapter three of this
material provided they are protected by a noncombustible chapter, the occupancies shall be separated from each
screen, fence, or wall at least twenty feet from the tower other, vertically and horizontally, by fire separations
and at least seven feet high. having at least the fire-resistance ratings listed in table 5-1.
(3) Filling and drift eliminators may be of combustible In buildings of construction group I, fire separations shall
materials if the towers are provided with automatic be constructed of noncombustible materials.
sprinkler protection complying with the construction (c) Compartmentation. - Notwithstanding the
provisions of Table 4-1, in existing office buildings one
provisions of subchapter seventeen. hundred feet or more in height having air-conditioning
(4) Filling and drift eliminators may be of combustible and/or mechanical ventilation systems that serve more
materials where the towers are not provided with than the floor on which the equipment is located,
automatic sprinkler protection, provided all of the unsprinklered floor areas, more than forty feet above
following conditions are met: curb level, shall be subdivided by fire separations into
a. The cooling tower is constructed of noncombustible spaces or compartments of the size required by
material; paragraphs one through five of this subdivision. Floor
area shall be defined as the area within exterior walls
b. The cooling tower is located on a building in and excluding any areas enclosing stairs, corridors,
construction group I-A or I-B; elevators and shafts:
c. The cooling tower and filling and drift eliminators (1) Unless otherwise provided below, all unsprinklered
are located at least thirty feet away from any windows or floor areas shall be segregated by one-hour fire
fresh air intakes which are at an elevation above the roof separations into spaces or compartments not to exceed
on which the cooling tower is located, whether in the same seventy-five hundred square feet.
building or in an adjoining building; (2) Where the floor area exceeds ten thousand square
d. The cooling tower is located not less than fifteen feet, at least one of the subdividing fire separations
feet from the nearest lot line; and shall be of two-hour fire-resistive construction, creating
e. The cooling tower is located not less than ten areas of refuge, complying with section 27-372 of
feet from any chimney, except that the distance shall be article five of subchapter six of this code except that the
not less than twenty feet from a chimney venting requirement for an elevator in each area shall not apply.
(3) The floor area or any subdivided area may be increased to
products of combustion other than from gas or oil fired
not more than fifteen thousand square feet if complete area
appliances, whether on the same building or an
protection by approved devices for the detection of products
adjoining building.
of combustion other than heat is provided within such
(5) In no event shall cooling towers or filling and drift
increased area and provided further than*** at least one of the
eliminators be constructed of materials that contain asbestos. subdividing fire separations shall be of two-hour fire-resistive
(j) Miscellaneous roof structures. - The following construction where the floor area exceeds fifteen thousand
roof structures may be constructed of combustible square feet, creating areas of refuge in the same manner and
material if less than twelve feet high above the roof: under the same conditions as provided in two of this
antenna supports; flagpoles; clothes drying frames; subdivision. The activation of any such detectors shall have
duckboarding or platforms that do not cover more than the same effect as provided in subdivision (f) of section 27-
twenty per cent of the roof area at that level. 972 of article five of subchapter seventeen of this code.

151
Title 27 / Subchapter 5

TABLE 5-1 FIRE SEPARATIONS

Key: Fire-resistance ratings are given in hours. For Table 5-1, read above heavy line. For Table 5-2, read below heavy line.
NR—No Requirement

OCCU-
A B-1 B-2 C D-1 D-2 E F-1a F-1b F-2 F-3 F-4 G H-1 H-2 J-1 J-2 J-3
PANCY
c
A 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
ac c c c c c c c c c c
B-1 4 3 NR 1bc NR NR 1 1 1 — 1 1 1 1½ 1½ 1 1 1
B-2 4 3 2 NR NR NR NR NR NR — NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR
C 4 3 2 2 1 NR NR NR NR — NR NR NR 1 1 1 1 1
a
D-1 4 3 3 3 3 NR 1 1 1 — 1 1 1 1½ 1½ 1 1 1
D-2 4 3 2 2 3 2 NR NR NR — NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR
a a a a a
E 4 3 2 2 3 2 2 NR NR — NR NR NR 1 1 1 1 1
F-1a 4 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 NR — NR NR NR 1 1 1 1 1
F-1b 4 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 — NR NR NR 1 1 1 1 1
F-2 4 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 — — — — — — — —
F-3 4 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 NR NR 1 1 1 1 1
F-4 4 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 NR 1½ 1½ 1 1 1
G 4 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 NR NR NR NR NR
H-1 4 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 NR 1 1 1
H-2 4 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1
J-1 4 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 NR NR
J-2 4 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 NR
J-3 4 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

TABLE 5-2 FIRE DIVISIONS

NOTES FOR TABLES 5-1 AND 5-2

aAn office, or group of offices, whose use is accessory to an occupancy, and totals four hundred square feet or less in area shall not be required to
have a fire separation. Such office, or group of offices, totalling more than four hundred square feet in area shall not be required to have a fire
separation if such offices exit directly, without having to pass through the area of the related occupancy.
bCounters and backbars for the sale of publications, tobacco products, liquors, or candies, or for making of reservations for travel, car rental, or
theatre, or otherwise involving similar business and mercantile activities that are accessory to an occupancy and are limited in area to one hundred
square feet, within the area of the occupancy, need not comply with the requirements of this table.
cThe provisions of this table shall not apply to closets seventy-five square feet or less in area.
dNonresidential kitchens need not be separated by fire separations from adjoining dining spaces, provided:
(1) The cooking equipment is vented directly to the outdoors, and
(2) 2* draft curtain of noncombustible material, at least twenty-four inches down from the ceiling, is provided to separate the cooking facilities
from dining spaces, and
(3) Sprinkler heads constructed in accordance with the provisions of subchapter seventeen of this chapter, are provided on the cooking facilities
side of the curtain, or any opening between the kitchen and dining space, located within twenty-four inches of the curtain or opening, and spaced
not more than forty-eight inches on centers if the opening is more than sixty inches wide. When fire separations are provided double-action
doors may be permitted.
eKitchens having a floor area of fifty-nine square feet or less located within dwelling units shall be separated from adjacent spaces by partitions
having a fire-resistance rating of at least one hour except for the entrances thereto which need [not]** comply with section 27-342 of this article. If
doors are provided they may be of wood.
fIn buildings or spaces classified in occupancy group J-1 or J-2 all partitions in dwelling units located in cellars shall have a minimum fire-resistance
rating of one hour.

*As enacted; "A" probably intended.

**Copy in brackets not enacted but probably intended.

152
Title 27 / Subchapter 5

(4) In existing buildings, existing fire separations of roof, or horizontal fire divisions, and through any
one-hour fire-resistive construction may be accepted in concealed space in floor or roof construction.
lieu of the fire separation of two hour fire-resistive Horizontal fire divisions shall be continuous between
construction providing all other requirements of exterior walls and/or vertical fire divisions.
paragraphs two and three of this subdivision are (a) When roof construction is combustible on both
complied with. sides of a vertical fire division, the vertical fire division
(5) Regardless of the floor area, no subdivision of the shall extend through the roof construction to a height of
floor area shall be required under this subdivision when at least four inches above the high point at the roof
complete sprinkler protection is provided in accordance framing. Decking shall tightly butt the fire division.
with the construction provisions of subchapter Above the decking of roofs that are flatter than twenty
seventeen of this chapter. degrees to the horizontal, blocking shall be constructed
(6) Existing office buildings one hundred feet or more to form cants on both sides of the fire division with
in height shall comply with the requirements of this slopes not steeper than 1:4. Combustible decking shall
subdivision as follows: not extend over the top of the fire division.
a. Whenever an alteration is performed involving (b) Except as required in subdivision (c) of this section,
partition changes, compliance with this subdivision when roof construction is noncombustible on one or
shall be required in that portion of the building being both sides of a vertical fire division, the vertical fire
altered. division may terminate at the underside of the
b. At least one-third of the total floor area of the noncombustible roof construction provided the junction
building not in compliance with the requirements of this of the wall and roof construction is made smoke tight.
subdivision on February seventh, nineteen hundred (c) When a vertical fire division is required by table 5-2
seventy-three, shall comply with such requirements on to have a fire-resistance rating of three or four hours, and
or before December thirteenth, nineteen hundred the roof construction has a fire-resistance rating of less
eighty-one. Complete plans showing such compliance than two hours, the fire division shall extend above the
for the phase of the work to be done shall be filed with, roof construction to form a parapet at least three feet
and a permit secured from, the commissioner on or high.
before September thirteenth, nineteen hundred eighty. (d) Fire divisions shall be so constructed that the
c. At least two-thirds of the total floor area of the removal or collapse of construction on one side will not
building not in compliance with the requirements of this endanger the support of construction on the other side.
subdivision on February seventh, nineteen hundred (e) Fire divisions shall be made smoke tight at their
seventy-three, shall comply with such requirements on junction with exterior walls. In buildings of
or before August seventh, nineteen hundred eighty-four. construction class II-D and II-E, exterior walls shall be
d. Full compliance shall be provided on or before constructed of noncombustible materials for a distance
February seventh, nineteen hundred eighty-eight. of at least eighteen inches on each side of the fire
(7) In existing office buildings one hundred feet or division, or the fire division shall project at least twelve
more in height where compliance would cause practical inches through the exterior wall.
difficulty or undue hardship, the commissioner may (f) Fire divisions may be offset if the construction
waive or modify the requirements of paragraphs one between the offset divisions, including their supports,
through five of this subdivision and accept alternatives has at the same fire-resistance rating as the fire division,
fulfilling the intent of these requirements. Where with all hollow spaces within the construction firestopped
compliance with the time requirements of paragraph six with noncombustible material.
of this subdivision would cause undue hardship, the (g) Where combustible members such as joists, beams,
commissioner, with the approval of the fire commissioner, or girders bear on, or frame into, vertical fire divisions,
may extend the time for compliance, in accordance with such members shall not extend through the wall and shall
rules and regulations to be promulgated. Before such have at least four inches of solid noncombustible
application for a time extension shall be considered all material below, at the sides, and at the ends of each such
required applications and plans must be filed and member.
approved, permits obtained and a good faith effort (h) Chases or recesses shall not be cut into fire
towards completion of the work shall have been made. divisions so as to reduce their thickness below that
***As enacted; "that" probably intended. required for the fire-resistance rating.
(i) Vertical fire divisions that are hollow shall be
§[C26-504.2] 27-340 Fire divisions. - Fire divisions firestopped with at least four inches of noncombustible
shall be constructed of noncombustible materials or material so as to prevent passage of flame, smoke, or
assembly of noncombustible materials to provide the hot gases through the hollow spaces to the story above
fire-resistance ratings required by table 5-2. Vertical or below, or to hollow spaces within connecting floor or
fire divisions shall be continuous between foundation, roof construction.

153
Title 27 / Subchapter 5

chapter, the size of the opening may be one hundred

§[C26-504.3] 27-341 Fire separations. - Fire separations fifty square feet in area, with no dimension greater than
shall be constructed of materials or assembly of fifteen feet. In buildings fully sprinklered in compliance
materials having at least the fire-resistance ratings with the provisions of subchapter seventeen of this
required by table 5-1. chapter, the size and aggregate width of openings
(a) Different tenancies. - Different tenant apartments, through fire divisions or fire separations shall be
suites, stores, offices, or other spaces that are not unlimited. When a fire division or fire separation serves
separated from each other by fire divisions, shall be as a horizontal exit also, it shall have no opening other
separated from each other by fire separations having at than door openings not exceeding fifty-six square feet
least the fire-resistance rating prescribed in table 5-1, in area, the aggregate width of all openings at any level
but in no case less than one hour, and shall continue shall not exceed twenty-five percent of the length of the
through any concealed spaces of the floor or roof wall, and shall comply with the provisions of section
construction above. 27-373 of article five of subchapter six of this chapter.
(b) Conveyor openings. - Where fire doors or shutters
§[C26-504.4] 27-342 Openings in fire divisions and are impractical for the protection of conveyor openings
separations. - Openings in fire divisions and fire in fire divisions or fire separations, a system of water
separations that are required to have a fire-resistance spray nozzles may be used. At least four nozzles shall
rating, shall be protected by opening protectives having be provided on each side of the opening so as to give
the fire-resistance ratings prescribed in table 5-3, shall complete coverage of the opening. Nozzles shall be
not exceed the limits in size and area herein prescribed, controlled by an automatic valve actuated by a heat
and shall comply with the provisions of section 27-329 detector. Nozzles shall be located at an angle not more
of article three of this subchapter. Door and other than thirty degrees between the centerline of nozzle
openings in enclosures of vertical exits, exit discharge and a line perpendicular to the plane of the
passageways, corridors, and places of assembly shall be opening. The water discharge rate shall be at least three
protected by opening protectives as required by the gallons per square foot per minute. When conveyor
provisions of subchapters six and eight of this chapter. openings through floors are protected by this method,
When such enclosures also serve as fire divisions or fire the openings shall also be provided with a
separations, openings therein shall be protected as noncombustible enclosure constructed around the
required by the provisions of this subchapter. conveyor from the floor up to or slightly beyond the
spray nozzles, and draft curtains shall be provided
TABLE 5-3 OPENING PROTECTIVES extending twenty-four inches below and around the
FOR FIRE DIVISIONS AND FIRE floor opening.
SEPARATIONS
§[C26-504.5] 27-343 Ducts, pipes and conduits
Fire-resistance Rating of Fire Protection through rated construction. -
Fire Division or Fire Rating of Opening (a) Installation of ducts which pass through
Separation in which Protective construction required to have a fire-resistance rating
Opening Occurs (hr.) shall comply with the requirements of subchapter
3 or 4 3 hr. (Class A)* thirteen, provided that, notwithstanding the provisions
2 or 1 ½ 1 ½ hr. (Class B) of subchapter thirteen or reference standard RS 13-1,
1 ¾ hr. (Class C) noncombustible ducts which pass through construction
required to have a fire-resistance rating of one hour
* must be provided with fire dampers unless:
Notes for Table 5-3:
Shall consist of two one and one-half hour (class B) opening (1) The building is classified in occupancy group C, E,
protectives, with one protective installed on each face of a fire or H-2; and
division or fire separation. (2) Complete sprinkler protection is provided for the
floor in accordance with subchapter seventeen; or
(a) Size of opening. - In buildings that are not (3) The openings for the ventilation ducts do not exceed
sprinklered no opening through a fire division or fire three square feet in area; or
separation shall exceed one hundred twenty square feet (4) The duct is protected on both sides of the partition
in area, with no dimension greater than twelve feet, and for a distance equal to the maximum duct dimension by
the aggregate width of all openings at any level shall a sleeve affording one hour fire separation for such
not exceed twenty-five percent of the length of the wall. horizontal distance.
Where the areas on both sides of a fire division or fire (b) Noncombustible pipes and conduits. –
separation are sprinklered in accordance with the Noncombustible pipes and conduits may pass through
construction provisions of subchapter seventeen of this construction required to have a fire-resistance rating

154
Title 27 / Subchapter 5

provided that the space between the pipe or conduit and (b) Combustible contents. - Shafts shall be kept free of
its sleeve or opening does not exceed one-half inch and bookstacks or other combustible contents except for stair
is completely packed with mineral wool or equivalent construction as permitted under subchapter six of this
noncombustible material and is closed off by close- chapter, duct and pipe coverings as permitted under
fitting metal escutcheons on both sides of the subchapters thirteen and sixteen, and elevator car enclosures
construction; and provided further that the aggregate net as permitted under subchapter eighteen of this chapter.
area of such openings does not exceed twenty-five (c) Openings in shafts. - All shaft openings below the
square inches in any one hundred square feet of wall or top terminus shall be provided with opening protectives
floor area (excluding the areas of openings for sleeves that comply with section 27-329 of this subchapter and
which are firestopped in conformance with this section table 5-3. In shafts that contain only one opening below
and section 27-345). the roof terminus, no opening protective need be
(c) Openings for passage of pipe and ducts whose provided. Openings in elevator and dumbwaiter shafts
aggregate net area exceeds twenty-five square inches in shall comply only with the requirements of subchapter
any one hundred square feet of wall or floor area eighteen of this chapter. Where a window is located in a
(excluding opening for sleeves which are firestopped in shaft wall that is an exterior wall and is ten stories or less
conformance with this section and section 27-345) may above grade or three stories or less above a roof, it shall
pierce constructions required to have a fire-resistance be protected against entrance by a permanently secured
rating only when the type of construction to be used has grille consisting of 5/8 in. dia. bars, 10 in. o. c. vertically,
been tested with such types of facilities installed in place or by a stationary metal sash window having 1/8 in. thick
and the proportionate area of openings of such facilities solid section steel muntins, 8 in. o. c. one way. This
to be installed in the construction does not exceed the protection shall not be required in stair shafts where there
proportionate area of openings in the assembly tested, is a stair landing or platform not more than three feet
and provided no opening is larger than that in the directly below the window sill.
assembly tested. Protection of such openings shall be the (d) Smoke venting of closed shafts.- All closed shafts
same as provided in the test. All openings through having an area exceeding four square feet, other than
hollow fire rated construction shall be sleeved with sheet elevator or dumbwaiter shafts, shall be provided with a
metal least No. 14 U.S. std. gage thick. smoke vent having an area of at least three and one-half
*(d) The installation and proper functioning of required percent of the maximum shaft area at any floor, but in no
fire dampers shall be subject to the controlled inspection event less than one-half square foot. Elevator and
requirements of section 27-132 of this code, except that dumbwaiter shaft vents shall comply with the requirements of
it shall not be required that the architect or engineer be in subchapter eighteen of this chapter. Smoke vents may be
the employ of the owner. windows, louvers, skylights, vent ducts, or similar devices.
*Local Law 26-2004. Vent ducts shall be enclosed by construction having the same
fire resistance rating as required for the shaft enclosure. Such
§[C26-504.6] 27-344 Shafts. - The requirements of this vent ducts shall extend vertically, diagonally, or horizontally
section shall apply to all shafts, except that floor openings as provided below.
accommodating a slide pole in a fire house and openings (1) Through any roof of the building provided the vent
other than for ventilation, chimneys or gas vents in opening is at least ten feet from any window, door,
buildings three stories or less in height classified in outside stairway, or interior lot line. This dimension may
occupancy group J-3 shall be exempt from these be reduced to five feet if the vent duct is extended up to at
requirements, and except as more restrictive requirements [sic] least the level of the top of the window or door. A
may be specified for chimneys and gas vents in subchapter vent that is required to extend above a roof shall extend at
fifteen of this chapter, stairway enclosures in subchapter least eight inches above a roof assembly constructed of
six, duct enclosures in subchapter thirteen, elevator, escalator, noncombustible materials, and at least thirty-six inches
and dumbwaiter enclosures in subchapter eighteen of this above a roof assembly constructed of combustible
chapter, and except as permitted in reference standard RS materials that are within a horizontal distance of ten feet.
5-18. (2) Through an exterior wall of the building, provided
(a) Construction. - Shafts shall be enclosed with there are no openings in the wall within a distance of
materials having at least fire-resistance rating required thirty feet vertically above the vent opening, and within
by table 3-4. A shaft that serves the topmost story of a five feet either side of the vent opening. When a side of a
building shall extend through the roof at least thirty-six shaft is an exterior wall or a wall of a roof bulkhead, the
inches above any combustible roof construction. Where
required vent may be a louver or window. Any window or
the roof construction is of noncombustible materials, the
shaft shall extend through any concealed space within louver located in a shaft wall above a roof constructed of
the roof construction and may terminate at the underside combustible materials shall have its sill at least thirty-six
of the roof deck. Pipes and ducts penetrating shaft inches above the roof.
construction shall comply with the requirements of (e) Terminus of shaft vents. - Of the total required vent
section 27-343 of this article. area for shafts, at least one-third shall be clear opening to the

revision: October 1, 2004 155

Title 27 / Subchapter 5

outdoors, either in the form of fixed louvers, ridge vents, or (2) The commissioner may accept reference standard RS
hooded or goosenecked openings. In lieu thereof, skylights or 5-19 test data results from an independent laboratory
trap doors may be used if constructed and arranged to open acceptable to the commissioner pursuant to subdivision
automatically by fusible link or other mechanical device (c) of section 27-131, when such data is submitted by a
when subjected to a temperature of one hundred sixty registered architect or licensed professional engineer to
degrees Fahrenheit or to a rapid rise in temperature at a rate justify the usage of fire stops or the details of their
of fifteen to twenty degrees Fahrenheit per minute. The installation not specified herein.
remaining portion of the required vent area may be a (b) Hollow partitions and furred spaces. - All hollow
window or skylight glazed with plain glass not more than partitions and furred out spaces shall be firestopped at
one-eighth inch thick or slow burning plastic. each floor level. Firestops shall be the full thickness of the
(f) Machine rooms.- Any compartment containing machinery hollow space or furred out space.
that communicates with a shaft enclosure shall comply (c) Stairs. - Concealed spaces within stair construction
with all requirements for shafts. The required louver or shall be firestopped between stringers at the top and
glazing shall not be located in any door leading into such bottom of each flight of stairs so as not to communicate
compartment. with concealed spaces in the floor, roof or intermediate
landing construction.
§[C26-504.7] 27-345 Firestopping.- Concealed spaces (d) Ceiling spaces. - Floor or roof assemblies required to
within partitions, walls, floors, roofs, stairs, furring, pipe have a fire-resistance [sic] rating shall have any concealed
spaces, column enclosures, etc. that would permit spaces therein firestopped in accordance with section 27-
passage of flame, smoke, fumes, or hot gases from one 327 of this subchapter.
floor to another floor or roof space, or from one concealed (e) Exterior cornices.- Exterior cornices and eaves, constructed
area to another, shall be firestopped to form an effective of combustible materials or with combustible framing, shall
draft barrier, or shall be filled with noncombustible be firestopped at the ends of fire divisions and party
material in accordance with the requirements of this walls, and at maximum intervals of twenty feet. If not
section. Firestopping shall not be required where a continuous, they shall have closed ends and at least four
concealed space is sprinklered in accordance with the inches separation between adjoining sections.
construction provisions of subchapter seventeen of this (f) Trim and finish. - Where combustible trim and finish
chapter, or is constructed as a shaft. is permitted all hollow spaces shall be firestopped at ten
(a) Firestopping materials.- In buildings of construction foot intervals or shall be solidly filled with noncombustible
group I, firestopping or fill shall be of noncombustible materials.
material that can be shaped, fitted, and permanently (g) Duct and pipe spaces.- Ducts and pipes enclosed in
secured in position. In buildings of construction group II, construction that does not meet the requirements of this
firestopping may be of combustible material consisting of code for shaft construction shall be firestopped at every floor level.
wood not less than two inches nominal thickness with (h) Inspection of firestopping. -The installation of all
tight joints, two layers of one inch nominal thickness
required firestopping shall be subject to the controlled
assembled so that there are no through joints or of one-
inspection requirements of section 27-132 of article seven of
half inch exterior type plywood with joints backed,
subchapter one of this chapter, except that the architect or
except that noncombustible firestopping shall be used in
engineer need not be retained by the owner. Firestopping shall
concealed spaces of fire divisions and where in contact
with fireplaces, flues, and chimneys. Noncombustible not be concealed from view until inspected.
firestopping may be masonry set in mortar, concrete,
three- quarter inch thick mortar or plaster on §[C26-504.8] 27-346 Partitions and furring. - In
noncombustible lath, plasterboard at least three-eighths buildings of construction group I, partitions and furring
of an inch thick, fire-rated wallboard at least five- shall be constructed of noncombustible materials, except
eighths of an inch thick, sheet metal at least No. 14 U.S. that nonbearing partitions that are not required to have a
std. gage thick, solid web metal structural members, fire-resistance rating, and furring may be constructed of
asbestos-cement board at least one-quarter of an inch fire retardant treated wood as provided in subdivision (d)
thick, or equivalent rigid noncombustible material. of section 27-328 of article three of this subchapter, and
Mineral, slag, or rockwool may be used for firestopping except that such partitions and furring, may be
when compacted to a density of at least three and one- constructed of combustible materials in spaces classified
half pounds per cubic foot into a confined space of least in occupancy group E, J-2, or J-3, provided the following
dimension not more than one-third its second dimension. conditions are met:
(1) The performance of through-penetration fire stops (a) the space containing the combustible partitions
shall be measured and specified according to reference does not exceed five thousand square feet in area
standard RS 5-19. within a noncombustible enclosure having a fire-resistance

revision: October 1, 2004 156

Title 27 / Subchapter 5

rating of at least one hour. which they are used, as listed in table 5-4. Exceptions to
(b) the space is in a single tenancy. these requirements are:
(c) glass or slow burning plastic is used for glazing. (1) Finish flooring and floor coverings, which are
subject to the requirements of section 27-351.
§[C26-504.9] 27-347 Folding partitions. -Folding (2) Wall coverings and coatings that are less than 0.036
partitions shall not be used as partitions that are in. [sic] in total thickness, when applied directly to a
required by this code to have a fire-resistance rating. noncombustible, or fire-retardant treated wood, substrate.
(a) Construction group I. - In buildings of construction (3) Exposed structural members and planking in
group I, folding partitions may be used if they are buildings of class II-A construction, which may be left
constructed of noncombustible materials, or of fire exposed in any room or space, except in exits.
retardant treated wood, or are constructed of noncombustible (4) Twenty per cent (20%) of the aggregate wall and
frame covered with fabric that has a class A interior finish ceiling area of any room, space, or corridor required to
rating. Where partitions of combustible materials are have a class A or B rating may be finished with
permitted by section 27-346 of this article, folding materials having a class C rating. This allowance shall
partitions may also be constructed of combustible materials. include the area of doors, folding partitions, windows,
Where doors constructed of materials having a class C glazing, skylights, luminous ceilings, trim, bases, chair
interior finish rating are permitted by section 27-348 of rails, panels, moldings, etc. This exception shall not
this article, folding doors may be constructed of operate as a waiver of other requirements of this code
combustible materials. relating to opening protectives.
(b) Construction group II. - In buildings of (5) When a sprinkler system is provided in any room or
construction group II, folding partitions may be space, and is installed in compliance with the
constructed of combustible materials, surfaced with construction provisions of subchapter seventeen of this
interior finish materials meeting the requirements of chapter, interior finish materials may be one class
section 27-348 of this article. higher in flame-spread rating than required by table
[sic] 5-4.
§[C26-504.10] 27-348 Interior finish. - (d) Smoke density. - No material shall be used for
(a) Definition. - For the purposes of this section, interior interior finish in the following locations if the material
finish shall mean those materials that form the exposed develops smoke in greater density than the rating shown,
interior surfaces of a building and that are part of or based upon a test conducted in accordance with the
affixed to walls, fixed or folding partitions, ceilings, and provisions of reference standard RS 5-5. Materials used
other construction elements. for interior finish that cover not more than twenty percent
(b) Classification. - Interior finish materials shall be of the aggregate wall and ceiling area of any room,
classified in accordance with the surface flame-spread space, or corridor shall be exempt from the above
rating obtained as prescribed in the provisions of requirements.
reference standard RS 5-5. Where an interior finish
material is comprised of two or more materials Location or Occupancy……………… Smoke
laminated, glued, nailed, or otherwise secured together, Developed
the test rating for flame spread shall be based upon the Rating
composite of the materials in the form in which it will Exits, Corridors……………………… 25
be used in construction. Interior finish materials shall Occupancy groups H-1 and H-2…….. 50
be grouped in the following classes, in accordance with Rooms in which the net floor area per
their surface flame spread characteristics: occupant is ten square feet, or less…... 100

Interior Flame Spread (e) Toxicity. - No material shall be used in any interior
location that, upon exposure to fire will produce
Finish Class Rating
products of decomposition or combustion that are more
A 0 to 25 toxic in point of concentration than those given off by
B 26 to 75 wood or paper when decomposing or burning under
C 76 to 225 comparable conditions.
D Over 225 (f) Attachment of interior finish. -
(1) To be credited with the same rating, interior finish
(c) Requirements. - Interior finishes and exposed materials that were applied to a substrate when tested
structural or construction materials shall have a flame- shall be applied at the building to an equivalent
spread rating not greater than that designated by the substrate.
class prescribed for the various occupancy groups in

157
Title 27 / Subchapter 5

*
TABLE 5-4 INTERIOR FINISH REQUIREMENTS CLASS

Occupancy Group Occupancy Rooms More Rooms Less

Exits and b Than 1500 Sq. Than 1500 Sq.
Classification of Group Corridors
Shafts a a
the Space Designation Ft. in Area Ft. in Area
High Hazard A A A B B
Storage B-1 A A B C
Storage B-2 A B Bc C
Mercantile C A B Bc C
Industrial D-1 A A B C
Industrial D-2 A B Bc C
Business E A B C C
Assembly F-1a A B B d
B
Assembly F-1b A B c c, d
B B
Assembly F-2 A B c c, d
B B
Assembly F-3 A B c c, d
B B
Assembly F-4 A B c C
B
Educational G A A B C
Institutional H-1, H-2 A A B d
B
Residential J-1, J-2 A A e e,f
B B
Residential J-3 B D D D

NOTES FOR TABLE 5-4:

a
In determining the applicable requirements for rooms or enclosed spaces, the occupancy group classification of the room or enclosed
space shall be the governing factor, regardless of the occupancy group classification of the building. For the purposes of this table, the
area of a room shall be that floor area contained within enclosing construction in which interior doors or other interior openings
represent not more than ten percent of the area of the enclosing construction. Interior doors or windows that are constructed of
noncombustible materials and that are self-closing or automatic may be ignored in computing door or opening area. Rooms or spaces
that have unprotected openings constituting more than ten percent of the area of enclosing construction shall not be considered as a
room. Interior finish requirements for rooms are based upon rooms being enclosed in ceiling high partitions. Partitions, to be considered
ceiling high, shall extend up to the floor or roof construction above or to a ceiling having at least a three-quarter hour fire-resistance
rating. Partitions that do not comply with this requirement shall not be considered as enclosing the spaces, and the rooms or spaces on
both sides thereof shall be considered as one.
b
Rooms or spaces through which it is necessary for occupants of an adjacent room to pass in order to reach the only exit shall, for the
purposes of this table, be considered as corridors. Where used in corridors, class B finish material shall not extend more than fifty feet
between separations of class A finish material that are at least two feet wide.
c
On the street floor of one-story buildings in construction group II, ceilings, beams, trusses, etc. that are twenty feet or more in height
from the floor to their lowest part, may have a class C finish.
d
Class C interior finish may be used in offices, or groups of offices, whose use is accessory to an occupancy, provided such offices are
separated from the occupancy, by construction having at least a two hour fire-resistance rating.
e
Class C interior finish may be used in the residential rooms of one- and two-story motels when there is a direct exit from each room to
the exterior.
f
Interior finish when used in the following spaces shall be at least class B:
(1) Kitchens, cooking spaces, and pantries in buildings classified in occupancy groups other than J-2 and J-3.
(2) Repair and maintenance rooms.
(3) Boiler rooms and incinerator combustion rooms.
*Superscripts in body of this table (which refer to notes) not enacted but probably intended.

(2) Interior finish materials shall be cemented or noncombustible materials, and the interior finish is
otherwise secured in place in the same manner and with secured to studs or furring, the surface of the interior
materials equivalent to those used in flame-spread tests finish facing the concealed space shall either have a
conducted in accordance with subdivision (b) of this class A rating, shall be applied to a substrate that has a
section for the applicable classification. class A rating, or shall have the concealed space
(3) Where walls, ceilings, partitions, or other completely filled with noncombustible material.
construction elements are required to have a fire-
resistance rating or are required to be constructed of

158
Title 27 / Subchapter 5

§[C26-504.11] 27-349 Coatings. - Coatings applied in to provide access to all heads and valves.
the field by brush or spray shall not be used as flame- (2) LUMINOUS CEILINGS OF COMBUSTIBLE
spread retardants except on existing surfaces of MATERIAL.- Luminous ceilings constructed of
buildings existing on December sixth, nineteen hundred combustible materials shall not be installed in:
sixty-eight, and then only with the express permission a. Any exit or corridor.
of, and in a manner directed by, the commissioner. b. Any room classified in occupancy group H, or any
room leading therefrom as defined in note b of table 5-4.
§[C26-504.12] 27-350 Ceiling construction. - c. Any room in which the net floor area per occupant is
Ceilings that are to be suspended below floor or roof twenty square feet or less, or any room leading
construction by means of a framing system shall consist therefrom as defined in note b of table 5-4.
d. Luminous ceilings constructed elsewhere than in the
of supporting hangers, carrying channels and a
spaces listed in subparagraphs a, b, and c above shall be
supporting grid complying with reference standard RS
exempt from the provisions of section 27-348 of this
5-16 or shall have supporting hangers and carrying article, provided that:
channels and a supporting grid that can be demonstrated 1. The panels of such ceilings are of slow-burning plastic;
to the satisfaction of the commissioner to be of strength 2. The panels are installed above or below sprinklers
adequate to support the ceiling material. The hangers that are constructed in accordance with the provisions
and supporting grid shall be of noncombustible of subchapter seventeen of this chapter;
materials. In buildings of construction group II, every 3. No individual plastic panel exceeds ten feet in
other hanger supported from wood members shall be maximum dimension. Where installed below sprinkler
attached by a through bolt or clinched through nail. heads, the plastic shall be a material that will fall from
Where, in table 3-4, floor or roof construction is its mounting at a temperature at least fifteen degrees
required to have a fire-resistance rating, a ceiling lower than the temperature at which the sprinkler heads
having no fire-resistance rating may be suspended are designed to operate or are constructed of open
below the fire-resistance construction. material which will not impede the flow of water from
*
(a) Luminous ceilings. - For the purpose of this the sprinkler heads. Luminous ceilings shall be installed
section, a luminous ceiling shall be defined as a ceiling so as to provide ready access to all heads and valves.
consisting of translucent, louvered, egg-crated, mesh, or (b) Suspension of new ceilings below existing
similar light-diffusing material suspended from the suspended ceilings. - In construction group I a new
ceiling or structural framework. A suspended ceiling ceiling may be suspended below not more than one
containing less than twenty square feet of translucent, existing suspended ceiling and shall be supported
louvered, egg-crated, mesh, or similar material in any directly from the ceiling carrying channels adjacent to
one hundred square feet of ceiling area shall not be the hangers. In construction group II, an existing
considered a luminous ceiling, and shall be constructed suspended ceiling shall be completely removed before a
and installed in accordance with department of buildings new ceiling may be suspended.
requirements for lighting fixtures. Luminous ceilings shall,
in addition to the requirements of this section, conform to all §[C26-504.13] 27-351 Finish flooring and floor
of the requirements of section 27-348 of this article for coverings. - Finish flooring and floor coverings shall
interior finish. comply with the following:
*Local Law 59-1996. (a) In buildings or spaces classified in occupancy
(1) LUMINOUS CEILINGS OF NONCOMBUSTIBLE group A and in all exits except those in buildings of
MATERIAL.- Luminous ceilings constructed of glass construction group II-E, finish flooring shall be of
and/or metal or other noncombustible materials may be noncombustible material and except as otherwise
used in any location. provided for stairs in subdivision (h) of section 27-375
(a) Glass used in luminous ceilings, unless it is wire of article five of subchapter six of this chapter.
glass or heat-resistant glass as specified below, shall not (b) Flooring in buildings or spaces of construction
weigh more than two psf, nor shall any pane be larger group I. - Except as provided in subdivision (a) of this
than eight square feet in area. If glass used in luminous section combustible finish flooring may be used in
ceilings is wire glass, or is heat resistant by reason of buildings or spaces of construction group I when
having a maximum coefficient of expansion of 36 x cemented directly to the top surface of noncombustible
10.7 in. per in. per degree C, the glass may be of any floor construction, or attached to combustible or
weight and any size, limited only by considerations of noncombustible sleepers. When attached to sleepers, the
structural safety. space between the noncombustible floor construction and
(b) Luminous ceilings installed below sprinkler heads the bottom of flooring shall be solidly filled with
shall be constructed of a type of noncombustible louver, noncombustible material to within one-quarter inch of
mesh, or other open material that will not impede the flow the flooring, or the space between the sleepers under the
of water from the sprinkler heads over the intended area of flooring shall be firestopped into areas of not more than
coverage. The luminous ceiling shall be constructed so as twenty square feet, and provided further that no open

159
Title 27 / Subchapter 5

spaces shall extend under or through fire divisions or resistant may be used only when the certified fire resistant
through fire separations. Combustible insulating or service life exceeds that of the planned service life of the
sound absorbing boards not more than one-half inch carpets and carpet assemblies with consideration being
thick and having a flame-spread rating not greater than given to cleaning, traffic, and other conditions of use
Class C may be used when attached directly to which may affect the treatment.
noncombustible floor construction and covered with
*
finish flooring. §[C26-504.14] 27-352 Fireplaces. - REPEALED
(c) Flooring in buildings or spaces of construction *Local Law 80-1989.
group II. - Except as provided in subdivision (a) of this
section, finish flooring in buildings or spaces of §[C26-504.15] 27-353 Smoke and heat venting. -
construction group II may be of combustible material. (a) Where the floor area of a one-story building
(d) Floor coverings. - classified in occupancy group A, B-1, or D-1 is greater
(1) Exits. - Where exits are required under any in depth than one hundred feet from a frontage space,
provision of this code, carpets and carpet assemblies that portion beyond one hundred feet shall be provided
shall not be installed in such exits, except that wool with roof vents and smoke curtains complying with the
carpeting may be installed in lobby areas, exit requirements of reference standard RS 5-11. Where the
passageways and convenience stairs. effective area of vents are glazed with plain glass or
(2) Flammability requirements. - The requirements of plastic not thicker than one-eighth inch, they need not
this subdivision shall apply to carpets and carpet be provided with automatic opening devices.
assemblies only when used as a floor covering (for (b) Buildings classified in occupancy group E, one
requirements pertaining to carpets and carpet assemblies hundred feet or more in height, having air-conditioning
used as interior finishes, see section 27-348 of this and/or mechanical ventilation systems that serve more
article). For purposes of this subdivision, carpeting than the floor on which the equipment is located, shall
assemblies shall include the carpet, its underlay, and be provided with at least one smoke shaft by means of
adhesives which when tested as a composite shall be which smoke and heat shall be mechanically vented to
representative of the proposed installation. the outdoors as provided in reference standard RS 5-17.
a. Pill test. - All carpets and underlayments shall pass a Buildings that are sprinklered throughout shall be
methanine pill test in accordance with the requirements exempt from the smoke shaft requirements.
of reference standard RS 5-20. (c) Existing office buildings, one hundred feet or more
b. Critical radiant flux test. - Carpets and carpet in height, having air-conditioning and/or mechanical
assemblies shall be tested by the method for critical ventilation systems that serve more than the floor on
radiant flux in accordance with the requirements of which the equipment is located, shall be provided with
reference standard RS 5-20. The time frame for such at least one smoke shaft by means of which smoke and
test shall be at least a fifteen minute exposure. heat shall be mechanically vented to the outdoors as
1. Carpets and carpet assemblies representative of the provided in reference standard RS 5-17, or in lieu of
actual installation on floors of corridors, shall have a such smoke shaft or shafts, all interior enclosed stairs
minimum critical radiant flux of 0.5 watts per square other than a fire tower or access stairs may be provided
centimeter (W/cm2). with a system of pressurization for fire emergency use.
2. Carpets and carpet assemblies representative of the Such pressurization shall be provided by means of a
actual installation on floors of general areas shall have a system or systems as provided in reference standard RS
minimum critical radiant flux of 0.4 W/cm2. 5-18. Such buildings shall comply with the smoke and
c. Smoke developed ratings. - Carpets and carpet heat venting requirements herein on or before September
assemblies representative of the actual installation on thirteenth, nineteen [sic] hundred eighty-two. Complete
floors of corridors or general areas shall be tested for plans showing such compliance shall be filed with, and a
smoke developed ratings in accordance with the permit secured from, the commissioner on or before
requirements of reference standard RS 5-20. The smoke September thirteenth, nineteen hundred eighty.
developed ratings in either the flaming or no-flaming Existing buildings that are sprinklered throughout shall
mode shall not exceed three hundred within the first be exempt from the smoke shaft and stair pressurization
four minutes of the test. requirements.
d. The manufacturer of the carpets and carpet assemblies An existing building, which is to be sprinklered throughout,
shall submit a certificate from an independent laboratory shall be exempt from the smoke shaft and stair
acceptable to the commissioner pursuant to section 27- pressurization requirements under the following conditions:
131, showing the complete test data results, prior to final (1) the installation proceeds in conformance with a
acceptance. The certification shall state that the material is schedule acceptable to the commissioner, setting forth the
treated for fire resistance and shall indicate the service life sequence and corresponding time for installation in the
of the treatment or that the material is inherently fire various locations. On or before September thirteenth,
resistant by virtue of its construction, chemical properties nineteen hundred eighty such a schedule, as well as
and/or composition. Materials which are not inherently fire complete plans of the installation, shall be filed with, and a

160
Title 27 / Subchapter 5

permit secured from, the commissioner for the phase of the reference standard RS 18-1; or
work to be done as required by paragraph two of this (3) Kiosks in accordance with reference standard RS 18-1; or
subdivision. (4) Where the building section is fully protected by a
(2) at least one-third of the total floor area of the building, supervised automatic sprinkler system and the escalator
including but not limited to the entrance lobby, sprinklers are spaced to protect exposed sides of the escalator
corridors and elevator landing areas, is sprinklered on or opening, a noncombustible heat apron constructed to bank
before December thirteenth, nineteen hundred eighty-one. heat around the sprinkler heads adjacent to the opening
(3) at least two-thirds of the total floor area of the building where the bottom edge of the draft curtain is not less than
is sprinklered on or before December thirteenth, nineteen twelve inches below the bottoms of sprinkler heads when
hundred eighty-two. heads are in operation, and in no event less than twenty-four
(4) the building is sprinklered throughout on or before inches below the ceiling; or
December thirteenth, nineteen hundred eighty-three. (5) Spray nozzles in accordance with reference standard RS 18-
Where compliance with the time requirements of this 1.
subdivision would cause undue hardship, the commissioner, (c) The requirements of this subdivision shall be
with the approval of the fire commissioner, may extend the complied with on or before April first, nineteen hundred
time for compliance, in accordance with rules and eighty-seven.
regulations to be promulgated. Before such application for a
time extension shall be considered all required applications *§27-353.2 Smoke protection for elevators in E occupancies.-
and plans must be filed and approved, permits obtained and For an elevator in a high rise building where such
a good faith effort towards completion of the work shall elevator serves four or more stories that contain space
have been made. classified in occupancy Group E (office space), inclusive
of any lobby or entry level, such elevator shall meet the
§[C26-504.16] 27-353.1 Smoke protection for elevators following requirements at every level served by such
and escalators. - elevator (i) for such buildings erected pursuant to new
(a) Elevators.- In existing buildings classified in occupancy building applications filed on or after October 22, 2004,
group J-1, at every floor above the main entrance floor, or (ii) where two or more new elevator shafts are installed
all passenger elevators [sic] shall open only into elevator
in such buildings in existence on October 22, 2004:
vestibules, except for:
(a) Elevator vestibule required.- At every floor above
(1) Such existing buildings which contain spaces
classified in occupancy group C or F and have an the main entrance floor where the fire command station is
automatic sprinkler system protecting all spaces (except located, all elevators shall open into an enclosed elevator
boiler rooms) not in occupancy group J-1 and all exits vestibule. The elevator vestibule shall be separated from
and corridors serving such spaces located on or below the building occupancy by smoke barriers extending from
the lowest floor containing sleeping rooms as well as all floor slab to floor slab.
storage closets no matter where located, except that (b) Permitted penetrations.- Penetrations in addition to
storage closets less than seventy-five square feet may, in those permitted in section 27-353.3 (smoke barrier) shall be
the alternative, be provided with smoke detectors which provided with smoke dampers as defined in reference
shall be of the central supervisory type connected to an standard RS 13-1, except that a package pass through or
approved central station; or communication opening not exceeding one square foot in
(2) Such existing buildings, which contain no, spaces in area need not be provided with smoke dampers.
occupancy group C or F, and have either: (c) Access to exits.- Access to an exit on any floor through
a. An automatic sprinkler system protecting all public the enclosed elevator vestibule shall be permitted if the
areas and storage closets; or occupied areas on that floor have access to at least one
b. An automatic sprinkler system protecting all sleeping other required exit that does not require passing through
rooms and storage closets. the elevator vestibule.
c. Notwithstanding subparagraphs a and b of this (d) On floors with a floor area of less than twenty-five
paragraph, storage closets less than seventy-five square hundred square feet, the commissioner may accept an
feet may be provided with smoke detectors of the central alternative design or construction method that accomplishes
supervisory type connected to an approved central station. the purposes of this section, or, if the commissioner
d. Notwithstanding any other provision of this code,
determines that compliance with this section is impracticable
the sprinklers serving the storage closets may be connected
in whole or in part, the commissioner may authorize an
with the domestic water supply.
(b) Escalators. - In buildings and existing buildings classified exemption from the requirements of this section.
*Local Law 26-2004.
in occupancy group J-1, fire protection for escalators
shall be provided by any one of the following methods: *§27-353.3 Smoke barrier.- A smoke barrier may or
(1) Enclosure in accordance with sections 27-375 and may not have a fire resistance rating. Smoke barriers may
27-378 if escalator is used as an exit; or have openings that are protected by automatic closing
(2) Automatic rolling shutters in accordance with devices, adequate to inhibit movement of smoke through

revision: October 1, 2004 161

Title 27 / Subchapter 5

the opening. The smoke barrier may be constructed of

heat-strengthened or tempered glazing or the equivalent
and protected by sprinkler heads constructed in
accordance with subchapter seventeen of this chapter
and installed a maximum of six feet (6’-0”) on center on
each side of the barrier. If the smoke barrier is
constructed of glass, the portions of the smoke barrier
located within two feet of the door opening and within
five feet of the floor shall be constructed of tempered
glass. Glass panels having an area in excess of nine
square feet with the bottom edge less than eighteen
inches above the floor shall likewise be constructed of
tempered glass. Portions of glass smoke barriers shall be
marked where required in accordance with the rules of
the board of standards and appeals.
*Local Law 26-2004.

revision: October 1, 2004 162

Title 27 / Subchapter 6

SUBCHAPTER 6 [606.2] 384 Power Source

MEANS OF EGRESS [606.3] 385 Exit Sign Design
[606.4] 386 Directional Sign Design
[606.5] 387 False Exits
TABLE OF CONTENTS [607.0] Art. 8 Exit Signs for Existing Buildings
[607.1] 388 Retroactive Provisions
[Sub-Art. Art. [607.2] 389 Designation of Required Means of
or Sec.]* or Sec. ** Egress
[608.0] Art. 9 Stair and Elevator Signs
[600.0] Art. 1 General [608.1] 390 Applicability
[600.1] 354 Scope [608.2] 391 Signs at Elevator Landings
[600.2] 355 Definitions [608.3] 392 Floor Numbering Signs
[600.3] 356 Inadequate Exits for Existing [608.4] 393 Stair and Elevator
Structures Identification Signs
[601.0] Art. 2 Determination of Exit [608.5] 394 Stair Re-entry Signs in Office
Requirements Buildings
[601.1] 357 Exit Requirements [608.6] 395 Materials for Signs
[601.2] 358 Occupant Load [608.7] 396 Signs in Existing Buildings
[601.3] 359 Capacity of Exits [609.0] Art. 10 Signs in Sleeping Rooms
[601.4] 360 Travel Distance [609.1] 396.1 Applicability
[602.0] Art. 3 Location of Exits [609.2] 396.2 Requirements
[602.1] 361 Arrangement [609.3] 396.3 Retroactive Requirements
[602.2] 362 Tenant Spaces [610.0] Art.11 Emergency Power
[602.3] 363 Remote Location [610.1] 396.4 Requirements
[602.4] 364 Exit Discharge [610.2] 396.5 Registration
[603.0] Art. 4 Number of Exits [610.3] 396.6 Applicability
[603.1] 365 Egress from Rooms and
Spaces *"C26" omitted from section numbers in this column.
[603.2] 366 Exits from Floors **
"27" omitted from section numbers in this column.
[603.3] 367 Exit Reduction
[604.0] Art. 5 Access Requirements and LIST OF TABLES
Exit Types
[604.1] 368 General Table No.
[604.2] 369 Corridors
[604.3] 370 Exit Passageways 6-1 Determination of Exit and Access Requirements
[604.4] 371 Doors
6-2 Occupant Load Requirements Net Area Table
[604.5] 372 Area of Refuge
6-3 Maximum Occupant load-Spaces with One Door
[604.6] 373 Horizontal Exits
6-4 Maximum Riser Height and Minimum Tread Width
[604.7] 374 Supplemental Vertical Exits
[604.8] 375 Interior Stairs
[604.9] 376 Exterior Stairs ARTICLE 1 GENERAL
376.1 Fire Tower
[604.10] 377 Ramps §[C26-600.1] 27-354 Scope. -
[604.11] 378 Escalators The provisions of this subchapter shall control the design,
[604.12] 379 Moving Walkways construction, protection, location, arrangement and
[604.13] 380 Fire Escapes maintenance of required exit facilities to provide safe means of
[605.0] Art. 6 Exit Lighting egress from all buildings hereafter erected, altered or
[605.1] 381 Requirements changed in occupancy, except that exit requirements for
[605.2] 382 Power Source special uses and occupancies, as provided in subchapters
[606.0] Art. 7 Exit Signs and Other seven and eight of this chapter, shall take precedence over the
Markings provisions of this subchapter and except further that
[606.1] 383 Requirements buildings in existence on December sixth, nineteen hundred
383.1 Additional Requirements for sixty-eight shall comply with the applicable requirements of
High Rise Office Buildings section 27-356 of this article, section 27-371 of article five
and Occupancy Group E of this subchapter and articles eight and nine of this
High Rise Buildings subchapter.

revision: October 1, 2004 163

Title 27 / Subchapter 6

§[C26-600.2] 27-355 Definitions. - For definitions to be equipment rooms and boiler and furnace rooms of D-2 or J-3
used in the interpretation of this subchapter, see shall have at least one primary entrance accessible to and usable
subchapter two of this chapter. by individuals who use wheelchairs. Such entrance shall
provide access to a level that makes elevators
§[C26-600.3] 27-356 Inadequate exits for existing structures.- available in buildings where elevators are provided.
Every structure existing on December sixth, nineteen Where ramps are used to comply with this requirement, they
hundred sixty-eight which is not provided with exit shall have a slope not greater than one in twelve and shall
facilities as prescribed in this code, and in which the exit otherwise conform to the provisions of section 27-377 and
facilities are, in the opinion of the commissioner, reference standard RS 4-6.
inadequate for the safety of the occupants, shall be The commissioner may waive the requirements of this
provided with such means of egress or fire protection as section in the alteration of buildings existing on the
the commissioner shall direct. effective date of this code in accordance with section
27.292† of this code.
***Local Law 58-1987.
ARTICLE 2 DETERMINATION OF EXIT †As enacted but "27-292" probably intended.
REQUIREMENTS
§[C26-601.2] 27-358 Occupant load. -
§[C26-601.1] 27-357 Exit requirements. - The number of occupants for whom exit facilities shall be
The determination of exit requirements for a building shall provided shall be established either (1) by the actual
be based upon the occupancy group classification of the number of occupants for whom each occupied space,
building, the number of occupants, the floor area, the travel floor, or building, as the case may be, is designed, or (2)
distance to an exit, and the capacity of the exits, as provided by using the appropriate occupant-area ratios from table
in table 6-1 and herein. Every floor of a building shall be 6-2, whichever is larger. The occupant load of any space
provided with exit facilities for its occupant load. The shall include the occupant load of all spaces that
occupant loads of floors shall not be cumulative for the discharge through it in order to gain access to an exit.
purpose of designing vertical exits, except where one floor (a) Unlisted occupancies. - Where data regarding the sq.
is used by another as a means of egress. Vertical exits ft. per person for an occupancy is not listed in table 6-2, the
provided from any floor above grade may serve simultaneously occupant load shall be established by an architect or
all floors above grade, and vertical exits provided from any engineer, subject to the approval of the commissioner.
floor below grade may serve simultaneously all floors (b) Modifications. -
below grade. (1) When the actual occupant load of any space will be
(a) Mixed occupancy. - When a building is classified in significantly lower than that listed in table 6-2, the
more than one occupancy group in accordance with the commissioner may establish a lower basis for the
provisions of section 27-239 of article two of subchapter determination of the occupant load.
three of this chapter, the exit requirements for the entire (2). When a building existing on December sixth, nineteen
building shall be determined on the basis of the occupancy hundred sixty-eight is altered or changed in occupancy or
group having the strictest exit requirements, or the exit use so as to require enlarged exit facilities, the commissioner
requirements for each building section shall be may authorize the alteration or change in occupancy or
use without an enlargement of exit facilities, provided
determined separately.
the occupant load is limited to that accommodated by
(b) Incidental occupancies. - When a building contains
the existing exit facilities as determined by the
incidental occupancies classified in occupancy groups
provisions of this code, and the building or space is
other than that under which the building is classified, the
posted accordingly with a sign. Such signs shall be at
exit requirements for the floor on which such least twelve inches in width and sixteen inches in
occupancies occur shall be based upon those of the height. The lettering shall be red on a white
occupancy group under which the building is classified; background. The letters shall be not less than one inch
but the access and exit requirements for the incidental high and the numerals not less than one and one-
occupancy shall be based upon the occupancy group quarter inches high.
classification of the incidental occupancy. (c) Nonsimultaneous occupancy. - The occupant load of
(c) Multiple occupancy or use. - Where a building, toilets, locker rooms, meeting rooms, storage rooms,
floor, or space is used for multiple purposes involving employee cafeterias, and similar rooms or spaces that are
different activities at different times, that occupancy not occupied at the same time as other rooms or spaces on
involving the greatest number of occupants shall be the same floor of a building, may be omitted from the
used in determining the exit requirements. occupant load calculation of the floor on which they are
***(d) Building access. - All buildings classified in located to the extent that such spaces serve occupied
other than occupancy groups A, mechanical and electrical rooms on the same floor.

revision: October 1, 2004 164

Title 27 / Subchapter 6

TABLE 6-1 DETERMINATION OF EXIT AND ACCESS REQUIREMENTS

Maximum Travel Capacity i

a Corridors
Distance (ft.) Number of Persons per Unit of Width
m b
Doors Openings Ramps,

Unsprinklered

Sprinklered
Occupancy Corridors, Max. Dead
Group All Other Stairs, Min. h
Group of To Exit Passage- End
Desig- Exit and k j Width
Building or Outdoors Escalators ways, (length in
nation Corridor (in.)
Space at Grade Horizontal ft.)
Doors
Exits
High Hazard A N.P. 150 50 40 30 50 36 N.P.
c
B-1 100 150 75 60 45 75 36 50
Storage c
B-2 125 175 75 60 45 75 36 N.R.
Mercantile C 150 200 100 80 60 100 36 50
D-1 125 175 100 80 60 100 44 50
Industrial
D-2 150 200 100 80 60 100 44 50
Business E 200 300 100 80 60 100 44 50
Assembly* F 150 200 100 80 60 100 44 30
e d
Educational G 150 200 100 80 60 100 66 30
H-1 125 175 50 40 30 50 36 40
Institutional f g
H-2 125 175 30 30 15 30 96 30
J-1 150 200 50 40 30 50 36 40
Residential J-2 150 200 50 40 30 50 36 40
J-3 N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R.
N.P. — Not Permitted
N.R. — No Requirements (except as provided in section 27-375)
*See Table 8-1 for exit and access requirements applying to places of assembly.

**Notes:
a
For method of measurement, see subdivision (c) of section 27-360 of this article.
b
Reduce listed capacity of ramps by twenty-five percent when slope exceeds one in ten.
c
Except for public garages. (See article ten of subchapter seven of this chapter.)
d
There shall not be more than one classroom on each side of a corridor between an exit and the end of the corridor (dead end).
e
Applies to corridors serving classrooms. Other corridors shall have a minimum width of forty-four inches.
f
Applies to corridors serving patients. Other corridors shall have a minimum width of forty-four inches.
g
There shall be no patient bedrooms between an exit and the end of the corridor (dead end).
h
See subdivision (d) of section 27-369 of article five of this subchapter for permissible increase.
i
See section 27-369 of article five of this subchapter.
j
See section 27-370 of article five of this subchapter.
k
See section 27-378 of article five of this subchapter.
m
Where a door opening is divided by mullions into two or more doors openings, each such opening shall be measured separately in computing the
number of units of exit width.
**There is no note l.

§[C26-601.3] 27-359 Capacity of exits. - Where computations of total required width give
The capacity of exits and access facilities shall be fractional results, the next larger integral number of exit
measured in units of width of twenty-two inches, and units or integral number plus one-half, shall be used. A
the number of persons per unit of width shall be fraction less than one-half may be neglected in cases
determined by the occupancy group classification and where such fraction constitutes less than ten per cent of
type of exit as listed in table 6-1. Fractions of a unit of the total required number of units. Notwithstanding any
width less than twelve inches shall not be credited. of the above computations, no exit or access facility
Where twelve inches or more are added to one or more shall be narrower than the minimum width requirements
full units of width, one-half unit of width may be credited. specified in table 6-1, or elsewhere in this code.

revision: October 1, 2004

165
Title 27 / Subchapter 6

TABLE 6-2 OCCUPANT LOAD REQUIREMENTS §[C26-601.4] 27-360 Travel distance. -

NET AREA TABLE (a) General requirement. -
The maximum travel distance from the most remote point
Occupancy Net Floor in any room or space to the center of a door opening directly
on an open exterior space, a vertical exit, an interior stair, an
Area per exit passageway or to a horizontal exit shall not be greater
Occupant than the limit specified in table 6-1 for the occupancy group
(sq. ft.) classification of the room or space.
Billiard rooms………………………. 50 (b) Travel distance within dwelling units. -
Bowling alleys……………………… 50 In buildings classified in occupancy groups J-1 and J-2, the
maximum travel distance from the centerline of a door from
Classrooms…………………………. 20 any habitable room within a dwelling unit either to the
Dance floors………………………... 10 centerline of a door opening on a corridor or to the center of
Dining spaces (nonresidential)……... 12 a door opening on an exit shall not be greater than forty
Exhibition spaces…………………... 10 feet, except that for buildings classified in occupancy
group J-2 of construction class I-A, the distance may be
Garages and open parking structures.. 250 increased to fifty feet. Such travel distances shall be included
Gymnasiums………………………... 15 in the maximum travel distance established in subdivision
Habitable rooms……………………. 140 (a) of this section.
Industrial shops…………………….. 200 (c) Measurement. - Travel distance shall be measured
along a natural and unobstructed path of travel. Where the
In schools...………………………. 30 path of travel is over an access stair, it shall be measured
Institutional sleeping rooms along an inclined straight line through the center of the
Adults……………………………. 75 outer edge of each tread.
Children (except as listed below)... 50
ARTICLE 3 LOCATION OF EXITS
Day Care
a. under 6 mos…………………. 50 §[C26-602.1] 27-361 Arrangement. -
b. 6 mos. *– 2 yrs……………… 40 All exits and access facilities shall be located so that they
c. 2 yrs. *– 6 yrs……………….. 30 are clearly visible, or their locations clearly indicated, and they
shall be kept readily accessible and unobstructed at all times.
Institutional staff, all……………... 30
Kindergartens………………………. 35 §[C26-602.2] 27-362 Tenant spaces. -
Kitchens (nonresidential)…………... 200 When more than one tenant occupies a building or floor
Laboratories………………………… 50 area, each tenant shall have direct access to the required
number of exits without passing through premises
Preparation rooms………………... 100 occupied by other tenants, except as permitted for
Libraries……………………………. 25 balconies in subdivision (g) of section 27-369 of article
Locker rooms………………………. 12 five of this subchapter.
Offices……………………………… 100
*§[C26-602.3] 27-363 Remote location. -
Passenger terminals or platforms…... 1.5xC (a) When more than one exit is required from a floor of a
Sales areas (retail)………………….. building, each such required exit shall be placed as remote
1st floor or basement……………... 25 from the others as is practicable. Where this results in a
All other floors…………………... 50 distance between exits exceeding the maximum travel
distances required by section 27-357, additional remote
Seating areas (audience) in all places vertical exits shall be provided.
of assembly (b) In addition to the requirements of subdivision (a) of this section:
Fixed seats……………………….. D (1) For exits serving spaces classified in occupancy groups
Moveable seats…………………... 10 G or J-2, in no event shall such exits be less than fifteen
feet distant from each other.
Skating rinks………………………... 15 (2) For exits serving spaces classified in other occupancies,
Stages (See subchapter eight)………. — in no event shall such distance be less than thirty feet or
Standing room (audience) in all places one-third the maximum travel distance required by section
of assembly………………………... 4 27-357, whichever is greater.
Storage rooms………………………. 200 (c) On any floor containing ten thousand square feet or
more in a high rise building classified in occupancy group E
Notes:
(office space), each exit that is required to be remote from
C—capacity of all passenger vehicles that can be unloaded simultaneously. another exit shall not share any common walls, floors,
D—designed number of seats or occupants. ceilings, scissor stair assemblies, or other enclosures.
*Dash not enacted but probably intended *Local Law 26-2004.

revision: October 1, 2004 166

Title 27 / Subchapter 6

§[C26-602.4] 27-364 Exit discharge. – (d) Buildings not exceeding three stories in height and
All vertical exits shall extend in a continuous enclosure to occupied exclusively by not more than one family on
discharge directly, or by way of a yard, court, or exit each story without boarders, roomers or lodgers are
passageway, to an open exterior space. When vertical exempt from the provisions of subdivisions (b) and
exits serving floors above grade continue in the same (c) of this section.
enclosure to serve floors below grade, the portion of such
vertical exits above grade shall be separated from the §[C26-603.2] 27-366 Exits from floors. -
portion below grade by construction having at least a one 1. There shall be at least two independent exits, remote
hour fire-resistance rating, with three-quarter hour self- from each other, from every floor of a building, except
closing doors opening in the direction of exit travel from that only one exit may be provided from floors in:
the floors below grade, except that buildings classified in (a) One and two family dwellings.
residential occupancy group J-3 and educational occupancy (b) Buildings classified in occupancy group J-2
group G shall be exempt from this requirement. of Noncombustible construction group I or occupancy
group E that are not more than sixty feet in height, have a
ARTICLE 4 NUMBER OF EXITS gross area of two thousand square feet or less per floor, and
have a maximum travel distance of fifty feet on any floor.
§[C26-603.1] 27-365 Egress from rooms and spaces. - (c) Buildings classified in occupancy group J-1 or J-2
(a) There shall be at least two door openings, remote that are not more than two stories and thirty feet in
from each other and leading to exits, from every height and have a maximum travel distance of eighty
room or enclosed space in which the total occupant feet and the corridors and stair enclosure are provided
loads exceeds the number of persons listed in table 6-3. with automatic sprinkler protection complying with the
construction provisions of subchapter seventeen of this chapter.
TABLE 6-3 MAXIMUM OCCUPANT LOAD— (d) Buildings classified in occupancy group J-2 occupied
SPACES WITH ONE DOOR exclusively by not more than one family on each story
[Max. Occupant Load]** without boarders, roomers or lodgers and not more than
three stories and forty feet in height, and the stair enclosure
Occupancy Group Max. Occupant Load is provided with automatic sprinkler protection complying
Classification with One Door with the construction provisions of subchapter seventeen of
A 10 this chapter and without openings between any garage and
B 50 the exit passageway.*
C 75 (e) Buildings classified in occupancy group J-2 not
D 50 more than three stories and forty feet in height occupied by
E 75 not more than four families on each story.**
F 75 2. Notwithstanding the exit requirements of this
G 75 section, in buildings classified in occupancy group J-2 of
H 15 construction class I-A, one level of an apartment occupying a
J 20 part of not more than two floors need only be provided with
**[] As enacted but this heading probably intended to be omitted. a balcony that complies with subdivision (g) of section 27-
369 of article five of this subchapter, provided that, in
(b) Except as otherwise provided for in subdivisions (c) addition, the stair within such apartment shall be at least
and (d) of this section, in buildings of combustible two feet six inches in width and terminates not more than
construction group II exceeding two stories in height twenty feet from a corridor door on the other level that
there shall be at least two door openings from each J-1 shall provide the required access to at least two
or J-2 dwelling unit which shall be remote from each independent exits. The center line of such corridor door
other. Each door opening shall lead to separate exits shall be not more than fifty feet from any room within such
either directly or by separate corridors or one door apartment.
opening shall lead to an exit and the other to a balcony 3. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
complying with subdivision (g) of section 27-369 of section, when, within a building, any place of assembly
article five of this subchapter. has an occupant load between five hundred and nine
(c) In buildings or spaces classified in occupancy hundred ninety-nine persons, there shall be provided at
group J-2 not more than three stories and forty feet in least three independent exits, remote from each other,
height, occupied by not more than four families on each from each floor; any such place of assembly with an
story and of combustible construction group II there shall occupant load of one thousand or more persons shall be
be at least two door openings from each J-2 dwelling unit provided with at least four independent exits, remote
which shall be remote from each other. One door from each other, from each floor.
* Editor’s Note: Applies to buildings subject to the exeptions of
opening shall lead to an exit and the other to a balcony 27-365(d).
complying with subdivision (g) of section 27-369 of ** Editor’s Note: Applies to buildings subject to the restrictions of
article five of this subchapter. 27-365(c).

revision: October 1, 2004 167

Title 27 / Subchapter 6

exit width if the total area of such projections does not

§[C26-603.3] 27-367 Exit reduction. - exceed five percent of the area of the wall on which they occur.
When a floor area has access to areas of refuge that (b) Height. - Corridors shall have a clear height of
comply with the requirements of section 27-372 of article seven feet six inches for at least seventy-five percent of
five of this subchapter; the number of persons for whom the floor area, with no point less than seven feet in
vertical exits are to be provided may be reduced to fifty height. No projection below the ceiling shall be located
per cent of the occupant load of the floor area when one so as to obstruct full view of exit signs.
area of refuge is provided, and may be reduced to thirty- (c) Length. - Corridors shall be subdivided by smoke
three and one-third percent of the floor area when two barriers, as defined in subchapter two, into the following
areas of refuge are provided. This section shall not be lengths:
applicable to any new or altered place of assembly,
except for such places of assembly in fully sprinklered
Educational occupancy group G..............………..300 ft.
office buildings which occupy less than twenty per cent
Institutional occupancy groups H-1 and H-2…….150 ft.
of the floor area occupied by the principal use.
Residential occupancy groups J-1 and J-2....…….150 ft.
ARTICLE 5 ACCESS REQUIREMENTS AND
EXIT TYPES Where smoke barriers are penetrated by doors, such
doors shall be smoke stop doors in conformance with
§[C26-604.1] 27-368 General. - subdivision (c) of section 27-371 of this article.
(a) Means of egress shall be provided for all buildings by (d) Dead ends. - Dead ends in corridors shall not exceed
one or more of the facilities listed below. Access and exit the length listed in Table 6-1, except that in all occupancy
facilities not specifically covered in this section shall not groups except occupancy group H, when a corridor is
be used to satisfy the exit requirements of this code. Fire completely enclosed in construction having a two hour fire-
escapes shall not be permitted on new construction, with resistance rating, with all corridor doors being self-closing
the exception of group homes. Fire escapes may be used as and having a fire protection rating of one and one-half
exits on buildings existing on December sixth, nineteen hours, the permissible length of dead ends may be increased
hundred sixty-eight when such buildings are altered, one hundred percent above the length listed in table 6-1.
subject to the approval of the commissioner, or as Dead end distance shall be measured from the centerline of
provided in subdivision (b) hereof. Elevators or escalators the door opening nearest to the closed end of the corridor to
shall be provided in all new buildings exceeding four the center of an exit door opening, or the center of that point
stories in height except that buildings or building sections in the corridor where travel to two or more exits becomes
classified in occupancy group H-2 exceeding one story in available in two directions.
height and buildings or building sections classified in (e) Changes in level. - Changes in level requiring less
occupancy group G or J-1 exceeding two stories in height than two risers in a corridor shall be by a ramp complying
shall be provided with elevators. with section 27-377 of this article. Risers and treads shall
(b) In group homes all floors used by children shall comply with the requirements of subdivision (e) of
have alternate exits remotely located from each other section 27-375 of this article.
and readily accessible to the occupants. Fire escapes (f) Exterior corridors. - Exterior corridors shall be
shall be permitted as the second means of egress. roofed, and shall have solid floors drained to prevent
accumulations of standing water. Such floors may serve as
§[C26-604.2] 27-369 Corridors.- fire canopies when so constructed. Exterior corridors shall
Corridors shall be kept readily accessible and be protected along their outer side by guards or parapets
unobstructed at all times. Corridors shall be kept free of at least three feet six inches high. Openings in guards or
combustible contents except that in buildings classified in parapets shall be of such dimensions as to prevent the
occupancy groups G, H-1 and H-2, combustible contents passage of a five-inch dia. ball. Where the outer side of
may be stored in noncombustible lockers and combustible an exterior corridor is more than fifty percent enclosed
bulletin boards meeting the requirements of table 5-4 with solid material, it shall be treated as an interior
shall be permitted. corridor.
(a) Capacity. - The capacity and minimum width of (g) Balconies. - Balconies may serve as a means of
corridors shall be as listed in table 6-1. Width shall be egress from dwelling units in buildings classified in
occupancy group J-2 under the following conditions:
measured in the clear between the narrowest points
(1) They shall serve at least two dwelling units.
produced by any projections such as radiators, lockers,
(2) They shall be constructed as required for exterior
drinking fountains, or room or locker door swings, except
corridors, except that parapets or guards shall not be
that such width may be reduced by projections up to higher than four feet on the outer side of the balcony.
eighteen inches wide to the extent of two inches per unit of (3) The dwelling units served by balconies shall be

168
Title 27 / Subchapter 6

separated from each other by construction having at least a have a one hour fire-resistance rating, fixed one-quarter
two hour fire-resistance rating. Such separation shall extend at inch wire glass panels may be installed in not more than
least three feet beyond the outside face of the exterior wall of twenty percent of the common wall between the corridor
the building, although such projection may be reduced to two and any room or space, provided that no panel exceeds
feet six inches provided that any window opening on each seven hundred twenty square inches in area; however,
such balcony served by the fire separation shall be at least two openings permitted in paragraph three of subdivision (h)
inches from such fire separation for every one inch that such of section 27-370 of this article may be permitted
separation is less than thirty-six inches. An opening at least provided all of the limitations and requirements specified
twenty inches wide shall be provided between the end of this in that section are complied with, except that openings in
separation and the balcony parapet or guard, and the opening corridor walls serving as fire divisions required to have a
shall be maintained free and unobstructed for the full height of fire-resistance rating shall be limited to those specified
the balcony, except that privacy screens openable from either in section 27-342 of article five of subchapter five of this
side may be permitted in the opening. chapter.
(4) Access from dwelling units to the balconies shall (j) Ventilation. - Corridors shall be ventilated in
be through doors having glass panels at least two feet wide accordance with the requirements of subchapter twelve
and four feet high, without muntins, screens, or of this chapter. Corridors shall not be used as open
other obstructions to hinder entry by breaking the glass plenums or as ducts to exhaust air from rooms or spaces
panels. The doors shall be lockable only from the inside by opening upon them, except as permitted in reference
devices that can be easily released from the outside after standard RS 13-1.
breaking the glass. A combination lock or lock required to be (k) Interior finish. - The interior finish of corridors
opened by a key or removable device or tool shall not be shall be in accordance with the requirements of table 5-4.
used.
(h) Construction. - §[C26-604.3] 27-370 Exit passageways. –
(1) INTERIOR CORRIDORS. - Interior corridors Exit passageways shall be maintained free of obstructions
shall be completely enclosed within fire separations to at all times. Not more than fifty percent of the total
provide a minimum fire-resistance rating of one hour number of vertical exits provided for a building may be
except as otherwise provided in subparagraphs a through served by a single exit passageway, except as provided
c of this paragraph: in subdivision (h) of section 27-370 of this article.
a. For buildings or spaces classified in (a) Capacity. - The capacity of exit passageways shall
occupancy group J-1 or J-2 of combustible construction be as listed in table 6-1.
group II exceeding two stories in height, except for (b) Width. - The width of an exit passageway serving
buildings not exceeding three stories in height and one vertical exit shall be equal to the width of the vertical
occupied exclusively by not more than one family on exit. The width of an exit passageway serving two or more
each story without boarders, roomers or lodgers, vertical exits shall be equal to seventy-five percent of the
corridors shall be enclosed within fire separations width of all of the vertical exits that it serves. Width
providing a minimum fire-resistance rating of two shall be measured in the clear between the narrowest
hours. points at any projections such as radiators, door swings,
b.Corridor partitions may be omitted or or pilasters.
may be constructed of unrated noncombustible (c) Height. - Exit passageways shall have a clear
material in buildings in occupancy group H-2 in the height of seven feet six inches for at least seventy-five
following instances: nurses stations not exceeding three percent of the floor area, with no point less than seven
hundred fifty square feet in area, waiting spaces, feet in height. No projection below the ceiling shall be
lounges and recreational spaces for patients and visitors located so as to obstruct full view of exit signs.
which do not exceed five hundred square feet in area, (d) Changes in level. - Changes in level requiring less
spaces used solely for public telephones, and all other than two risers in an exit passageway shall be by a ramp
spaces which are completely protected by an automatic complying with section 27-377 of this article. Risers and
wet sprinkler system complying with the construction treads shall comply with the requirements of subdivision
requirements of subchapter seventeen of this code. (e) of section 27-375 of this article.
c. Corridor partitions may be omitted in (e) Construction.- The construction of exit passageways
spaces of occupancy group H-1 used for detention of shall be as required by table 3-4 for the applicable construction
persons under legal restraint. class of the building.
(2) EXTERIOR CORRIDORS AND BALCONIES. - (f) Openings. - No openings other than exit doors
Exterior corridors and balconies shall be constructed of shall be permitted in exit passageways, except as
non-combustible materials. provided in subdivision (h) of this section.
(i) Borrowed lights. - No operable transoms shall be (g) Interior finish.- The interior finish of exit passageways
permitted in walls of corridors. In corridors required to shall be in accordance with the requirements of table 5-4.

revision: October 1, 2004 169

Title 27 / Subchapter 6

(h) Street floor lobbies. - Street floor lobbies may be authorized:

revision: October 1, 2004 180

Title 27 / Subchapter 6

the stairs stating the location of the next re-entry or the sign shall not be obscured by the location of the light
exiting floor. On each floor within such portion of the source.
stair a sign complying with sections 27-392 and 27- (b) For internally lighted signs, the average initial
395 shall be securely attached to the wall of the brightness of the letters shall be at least twenty-five ft.
landing that faces the evacuee on the stairs lamberts, and where an illuminated background is used,
approximately five feet above the floor indicating the its average initial brightness shall be at least two
floor number. hundred fifty ft. lamberts. The light source shall not be
(d) Signs shall be readily visible from the egress direction. modified or changed nor shall lamp life multipliers be
(e) High rise office buildings and high rise buildings used so as to reduce these brightness levels.
classified in occupancy group E in existence on (c) The letters of exit signs shall be red. The background
October 22, 2004 shall comply with this section on or of externally lighted signs shall be white. The background
before July 1, 2007. For the purpose of this section, a of internally lighted signs shall be either stenciled metal
high rise building shall be deemed to be in existence with a light gray or white color, or translucent frosted,
on October 22, 2004 if on such date it is complete or opal glass, slow-burning plastic, or the plastic edge-
under construction or where an application for glow type with white plastic separators. The letters for
approval of plans was filed with the department prior internally lighted signs shall be translucent red.
to such date and construction commenced within two (d) The letters shall be block lettering at least four and
years after such date. one-half inches high with nine-sixteenths inch strokes,
**Local Law 26-2004. except in buildings and spaces classified in occupancy
group F and J-1, where they shall be at least eight inches
§[C26-606.2] 27-384 Power source. - high with the strokes at least three-quarters of an inch wide.
*(a) Where a total of more than four exit and/or (e) In locations where breakage may occur, exit signs
directional signs is required, the signs shall be shall be of shock resistant materials, or shall otherwise
connected to an emergency power source or to storage be protected against breakage.
battery equipment meeting the requirements of the (f) Except for buildings not provided with artificial
commissioner, provided, however, that in existing lighting and buildings which maintain one or more
buildings, the signs may be on circuits that are auxiliary systems for emergency exit lighting in the
separate from the general lighting and power circuits, event of a public utility failure, there shall be either (1)
taken off ahead of the main switch. an illuminated exit sign with the background thereon made
*Local Law 59-1996.
of an approved phosphorescent material or (2) a material
with an opaque text and placed adjacent to or as close
(b) Existing high rise buildings classified in occupancy
as possible to such illuminated sign. The phosphorescent
group C, D or H and existing buildings classified in
material after exposure to normal lighting conditions
occupancy group E, G or J-1 (except for "residential
shall be capable of remaining visible in total darkness
hotels," as such term is defined by the commissioner
for a period of at least eight hours. The signs shall be
pursuant to rules and regulations) shall comply with the
washable, non-toxic, non-radioactive and if subjected to
requirements of this section on or before April first, fire must be self-extinguishing when the flame is removed.
nineteen hundred eighty-seven.
**(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the existing §[C26-606.4] 27-386 Directional sign design.-
buildings required to comply with subdivision (b) of Directional exit signs shall comply with all of the
this section, all such existing exit and/or directional requirements for exit signs in section 27-385 of this
signs on circuits taken off ahead of the main switch article, and shall read "EXIT" with a horizontal arrow
shall be connected to an emergency power source or to or arrows indicating the direction to the exit or exits.
storage battery equipment meeting the requirements of However, when the arrow is below the letters, the letters
the commissioner on or before July 1, 2007. may be three and three-eighths inches high and nine-
**Local Law 26-2004. sixteenths inch strokes, except in buildings and spaces
classified in occupancy group F where they shall be at
§[C26-606.3] 27-385 Exit sign design. - least five inches high with nine-sixteenths inch strokes.
Exit signs shall read only "exit" and shall be of the The arrow or arrows shall be red.
externally lighted, internally lighted, or electroluminescent
type, except that they may be nonilluminated in buildings §[C26-606.5] 27-387 False exits. -
not provided with artificial lighting. Any door, passageway, stair, or other means of communication
(a) The artificial light source on externally lighted that is not an exit or that is not a way to an exit, but is
signs shall provide a red light, either by the use of an so located as to be mistaken for an exit, shall be
incandescent colored bulb or other visible red light identified with a sign reading "NOT AN EXIT," shall
source, so as to provide at least twenty-five foot be identified by a sign indicating its use or purpose or
candles on the exposed face of the sign. Visibility of shall be provided with a directional exit sign.

181
180a
revision: October 1, 2004
Title 27 / Subchapter 6

ARTICLE 8 EXIT SIGNS FOR EXISTING

BUILDINGS

§[C26-607.1] 27-388 Retroactive provisions. –

Except as otherwise provided, the provisions of this
subchapter are not retroactive except that the
provisions of this article and article nine of subchapter six
of this chapter for certain existing office buildings are
retroactive. Signs required by this article must be
installed no later than March sixth, nineteen hundred
sixty-nine. Where auxiliary systems for emergency exit
lighting are to be provided, the installation must
commence no later than May sixth, nineteen hundred
sixty-nine.

revision: October 1, 2004 180b

182
Title 27 / Subchapter 6

§C26-60[7.2] 27-389 Designation of required means

of egress. - ARTICLE 9 STAIR AND ELEVATOR SIGNS
(a) Except for spaces classified in occupancy J-2 and
J-3, the location of each required means of egress on *§[C26-608.1] 27-390 Applicability. -
every floor of every structure shall be clearly indicated This article is applicable to all buildings and existing
by exit signs. Such signs shall be placed at an angle with buildings which have at least one elevator which is
the exit doorway if such placement shall be required for such subject to periodic inspections pursuant to section 27-
signs to serve their purpose adequately. These signs shall be 998, any existing office building occupied or arranged to be
of an approved phosphorescent material, which after occupied for an occupant load of more than one hundred
exposure to normal lighting conditions shall be capable of persons above or below the street level or more than a
remaining visible in total darkness for a period of at total of five hundred persons in the entire building.
least eight hours. They shall also be washable, non- *Local Law 96-1985, language juxtaposed per Ch. 907-1985.
toxic, non- radioactive, and if subjected to fire must be §[C26-608.2] 27-391 Signs at elevator landings.-
self-extinguishing when the flame is removed. Except A sign shall be posted and maintained on every floor at
for illuminated signs, these signs shall have a phosphorescent the elevator landing. The sign shall read "IN CASE OF
background and opaque text. Where means of egress were FIRE, USE STAIRS UNLESS OTHERWISE
required to be indicated by an illuminated sign, there INSTRUCTED." The lettering shall be at least one-
shall be either (1) an illuminated exit sign with the half inch block letters in red with white background or
lettering thereon made of the approved phosphorescent as otherwise approved by the commissioner. Such
material, or (2) a supplemental exit sign made of the lettering shall be properly spaced to provide good
approved phosphorescent material with an opaque text, legibility. The sign shall also contain a diagram
and placed adjacent to or as close as possible to such showing the location where it is posted and the location
and letter identification of the stairs on the floor. The
illuminated sign.
sign shall be at least ten inches by twelve inches,
(b) Except for spaces classified in occupancy groups J-2
located directly above a call button and securely attached
and J-3, in long corridors, in open floor areas and in all
to the wall or partition. The top of such sign shall not be
other situations where the location of the means of
above six feet from the floor level. The diagram on
egress may not be readily discernible or understood by such sign may be omitted provided that signs containing
the occupants, directional signs shall be provided and such diagram are posted in conspicuous places on the
maintained to serve as guides from all portions of the respective floor. In such case, the sign at the elevator
floor or corridor. These signs shall be of an approved landing shall be at least two and one half inches by ten
phosphorescent material which after exposure to normal inches and the diagram signs shall be at least eight
lighting conditions shall be capable of remaining visible inches by twelve inches.
in total darkness for a period of at least eight hours.
They shall also be washable, non-toxic, non-radioactive, §[C26-608.3] 27-392 Floor numbering signs. -
and if subjected to fire must be self-extinguishing when A sign shall be posted and maintained within each stair
the flame is removed. Except for illuminated signs these enclosure on every floor, indicating the number of the
signs shall have a phosphorescent background and opaque floor. The numerals shall be of bold type and at least
text. Where a directional sign was required to be illuminated three inches high. The numerals and background shall be
there shall be either (1) an illuminated directional sign with in contrasting colors. The sign shall be securely
the lettering, indicator, symbol or other device thereon made attached to the stair side of the door.
of the aforesaid phosphorescent material, or (2) a supplemental
directional sign with the same lettering, indicator, symbol §[C26-608.4] 27-393 Stair and elevator
or device as appears on the illuminated sign, but opaque, identification signs. -
on a background made of the aforesaid phosphorescent Each stair and each bank of elevators shall be identified
material and placed adjacent to or as close as possible to by an alphabetic letter. A sign indicating the letter of
such illuminated sign. identification for the elevator bank shall be posted and
(c) Except where otherwise permitted by the maintained at each elevator landing directly above or as
provisions of any law, the lettering of exit signs shall be part of the sign specified in section 27-391 of this
of letters of at least eight inches high. article. The stair identification sign shall be posted and
(d) In those buildings not provided with artificial maintained on the occupancy side of the stair door. The
lighting, in those buildings which maintain one or more letter on the sign shall be at least three inches high, of
auxiliary systems for emergency exit lighting in the bold type and of contrasting color from the background.
event of a public utility failure, and in those buildings Such signs shall be securely attached.
for which the installation of one or more such auxiliary
systems is commenced on or before August sixth, nineteen §[C26-608.5] 27-394 Stair re-entry signs in office buildings.-
hundred sixty-nine, the signs need not be phosphorescent Signs shall be posted and maintained on the stair door
but shall otherwise conform to this section. at each floor in buildings classified in occupancy group
E occupied or arranged to be occupied for an occupant

183
181
Title 27 / Subchapter 6

load of more than one hundred persons above or below identification of the exit stairs on the floor. The diagram
the street level or more than a total of five hundred shall indicate the number of doors opening onto the public
persons in the entire building indicating whether re- corridor which must be passed to reach each exit stair. The
entry is provided into the building and the floor where sign shall be at least eight inches by ten inches, located on
such re-entry is provided. The lettering and numerals of the inside of the door and securely attached thereto. The top
the signs shall be at least one-half inch high of bold of such sign shall not be more than six feet from the floor
type. The lettering and background shall be contrasting level. Such sign shall contain such additional information as
colors and the signs shall be securely attached the fire department may require.
approximately five feet above the floor. The signs shall §[C26-609.3] 27-396.3 Retroactive requirements. -
read as follows and may be either independent or combined All existing buildings required to comply with the
with the corresponding sign required by sections 27-392 provisions of this article shall post the requisite signs on
and 27-393 of this article. or before April first, nineteen hundred eighty-seven.
(a) Where no re-entry is provided from the stairs to Signs installed prior to such date may be accepted by
any floor, the sign shall read "NO RE-ENTRY FROM the commissioner, provided that such signs adequately
THIS STAIR" and such sign shall be on the occupancy accomplish the intended purpose.
side of the stair door at each floor. No re-entry sign
shall be required on the stair side of the door. ARTICLE 11 EMERGENCY POWER
(b) Where re-entry is provided to specified floors:
(1) On the stair side of the door at floors where re- §[C26-610.1] 27-396.4 Requirements. -
entry is provided, the sign shall read "RE-ENTRY ON Where required by this article or any other provision of this
THIS FLOOR." code, an emergency power system shall be provided. The
(2) Where no re-entry is provided on that floor, the emergency power system shall have a power source and
sign on the stair side of the door shall read "NO RE- fuel supply sufficient to operate the following equipment in
ENTRY, NEAREST RE-ENTRY ON THE...... AND..... FLOORS." The accordance with rules and regulations promulgated by
floor numbers of the nearest re-entry below and the the department, where such equipment is required to be
nearest re-entry floor above shall be entered in the provided by this code:
blank spaces. (a) Fire pumps and booster pumps.
(b) At least three elevators at one time, with manual
§[C26-608.6] 27-395 Materials for signs. – transfer to other elevators.
Signs required by this article shall be of metal or other (c) Alarm systems.
durable material. (d) Communication systems.
(e) Emergency lighting, if battery packs are not provided.
§[C26-608.7] 27-396 Signs in existing buildings. - (f) Ventilating systems used for smoke venting or control.
(a) Signs installed prior to the enactment of this (g) Stair pressurization.
article may be accepted by the commissioner, provided
that such signs will adequately accomplish the intended §[C26-610.2] 27-396.5 Registration. –
purpose. Emergency power generation equipment shall be
(b) In buildings existing prior to January eighteenth, registered with the department of environmental protection,
nineteen hundred seventy-three, the commissioner may bureau of air resources in accordance with the
modify the requirements as to location of signs where requirements of section 24-109 of title twenty-four of
compliance would cause practical difficulty or undue the administrative code.
hardship.
(c) All existing buildings not already subject to the §[C26-610.3] 27-396.6 Applicability. –
requirements of this article as of January eighteenth, Emergency power systems meeting the requirements of
nineteen hundred seventy-three shall comply with the this article shall be provided in the following buildings
requirements of this article on or before October first, and building sections:
nineteen hundred eighty-five. (a) High rise buildings and building sections classified
in occupancy group C, E, G or H.
ARTICLE 10 SIGNS IN SLEEPING ROOMS (b) Buildings and building sections classified in
occupancy group E or G which do not exceed seventy-
§[C26-609.1] 27-396.1 Applicability. - five feet in height but have a gross area of over fifteen
This article is applicable to buildings and existing buildings thousand square feet per floor or a total gross area of
classified in occupancy group J-1. one hundred thousand square feet or more.
(c) Spaces classified in occupancy group F-4 having an
§[C26-609.2] 27-396.2 Requirements. - occupant load of three hundred or more persons.
All buildings and existing buildings classified in occupancy (d) Buildings and building sections classified in occupancy
group J-1 shall post and maintain a sign on the inside of group J-1.
every door opening onto a public corridor giving access to a (e) Buildings and building sections containing an atrium.
sleeping room. The sign shall contain a diagram showing
the location where it is posted and the location and letter

184
182
Title 27 / Subchapter 7

SUBCHAPTER 7 [705.7] 431 Separation of Direct-Fired

SPECIAL USES AND OCCUPANCIES Dryers
[706.0] Art. 7 Heliports
TABLE OF CONTENTS [706.1] 432 Application
[706.2] 433 Classification
[Sub-Art. Art. [706.3] 434 Construction
or Sec.]* or Sec.** [706.4] 435 Limitations
[706.5] 436 Exits
[700.0] Art. 1 General [706.6] 437 Fire Protection
[700.1] 397 Scope [707.0] Art. 8 Automotive Service Stations
[700.2] 398 Standards [707.1] 438 Application
[700.3] 399 Definitions [707.2] 439 Classification
[701.0] Art. 2 High Hazard Occupancies [707.3] 440 Gasoline and Diesel Oil
[701.1] 400 Application Motor Vehicle Fuel Storage
[701.2] 401 Explosion Hazard and [707.4] 441 Location of Pumps
Unlisted Occupancies [707.5] 442 Heating Equipment
[701.3] 402 Other Requirements [708.0] Art. 9 Automotive Repair Shops
[701.4] 403 Location [708.1] 443 Application
[701.5] 404 Sprinkler Requirements [708.2] 444 Classification
[701.6] 405 Ventilation of Storage [708.3] 445 Volatile Flammables
Occupancies [708.4] 446 Ventilation
[702.0 Art. 3 Occupancies Involving Spray [708.5] 447 Sprinklers
or Dip Finishing [708.6] 448 Heating Equipment
[702.1] 406 Application [708.7] 449 Pits
[702.2] 407 Classification [709.0] Art. 10 Public Garages
[702.3] 408 Location of Processes [709.1] 450 Application
[702.4] 409 Construction [709.2] 451 Classification
[702.5] 410 Ventilation [709.3] 452 Construction
[702.6] 411 Drying Equipment [709.4] 453 Group 1 Public Garages in
[702.7] 412 Sprinklers Buildings of Other
[703.0] Art. 4 Uses and Occupancies Occupancy Classification
Involving Radioactive [709.5] 454 Roof Storage of Motor
Materials and Radiation- Vehicles
Producing Equipment [709.6] 455 Sprinklers
[703.1] 413 Application [709.7] 456 Ventilation
[703.2] 414 City, State, and Federal [709.8] 457 Exits
Regulations [709.9] 458 Ramps
[703.3] 415 Laboratories [709.10] 459 Heating Equipment
[703.4] 416 Radiation Machines 459.1 Parking Spaces for People
[703.5] 417 Storage Having Physical
[704.0] Art. 5 Boiler and Furnace Rooms Disabilities
[704.1] 418 Application [710.0] Art. 11 Open Parking Structures
[704.2] 419 Enclosure [710.1] 460 Application
[704.3] 420 Location [710.2] 461 Height and Area
[704.4] 421 Clearances Limitations
[704.5] 422 Ash Storage Pits and Bins [710.3] 462 Construction
[704.6] 423 Exit Requirements [710.4] 463 Exterior Walls
[704.7] 424 Ventilation [710.5] 464 Curbs and Bumpers
[705.0] Art. 6 Dry Cleaning Establishments [710.6] 465 Railings
[705.1] 425 Application [710.7] 466 Floor Openings
[705.2] 426 Classification [710.8] 467 Motor Fuel Pumps
[705.3] 427 Construction Requirements [710.9] 468 Mechanical Parking
[705.4] 428 Ventilation [710.10] 469 Exits
[705.5] 429 Coin-Operated Units [710.11] 470 Ramps
[705.6] 430 Sprinklers [710.12] 471 Elevators
[710.13] 472 Standpipes

183
Title 27 / Subchapter 7

472.1 Parking Spaces for People [717.0] Art. 18 Fences

Having Physical Disabilities [717.1] 509 Permitted Heights
[711.0] Art. 12 Private Garages [718.0] Art. 19 Tents and Air-Supported
[711.1] 473 Application Structures
[711.2] 474 Classification [718.1] 510 Location and Height
[711.3] 475 Attached Garages
[711.4] 476 Connection by Breezeway [718.2] 511 Separation
[711.5] 477 Floors [718.3] 512 Fire Protection
[711.6] 478 Ventilation [718.4] 513 Exits
[712.0] Art. 13 Open Parking Lots [718.5] 514 Structural
[712.1] 479 Application Requirements
[712.2] 480 Curb Cuts [718.6] 515 Flame Resistance
[712.3] 481 Protection of Adjoining [718.7] 516 Pressurization System
Property [718.8] 517 Certificate of
[712.4] 482 Accessory Uses and Occupancy
Occupancies [719.0] Art. 20 Occupancies Involving
483 Parking Spaces for
PeopleHaving Physical Storage of Nitric Acid
Disabilities [719.1] 518 Application
[714.0] Art. 15 Swimming Pools [719.2] 519 Location
[714.1] 488 Application [719.3] 520 Construction
[714.2] 489 Construction Requirements
[714.3] 490 Dressing Facilities [719.4] 521 Ventilation
[714.4] 491 Ventilation and Heating [720.0] Art. 21 Atriums
[714.5] 492 Water Circulation, Water [720.1] 521.1 Applicability
Treatment, and Drainage [720.2] 521.2 Classification
[714.6] 493 Safety Precautions [720.3] 521.3 Construction
493.1 Facilities for People Having
Disabilities [720.4] 521.4 Fire Protection
[715.0] Art. 16 Radio and Television Towers Equipment
[715.1] 494 Application [720.5] 521.5 Means of Egress
[715.2] 495 Location and Access [720.6] 521.6 Fire Alarm and
[715.3] 496 Construction Communication System
[715.4] 497 Loads [720.7] 521.7 Signs
[716.0] Art. 17 Outdoor Signs and Display [720.8] 521.8 Smoke Control
Structures [720.9] 521.9 Emergency Power
[716.1] 498 Application [721.0] Art. 22 Malls
[716.2] 499 Obstructions [721.1] 521.10 Applicability
[716.3] 500 Ground Signs [721.2] 521.11 Classification
[716.4] 501 Wall Signs [721.3] 521.12 Construction-General
[716.5] 502 Projecting Signs [721.4] 521.13 Fire Protection
[716.6] 503 Roof Signs Equipment
[716.7] 504 Marquee Signs [721.5] 521.14 Egress
[716.8] 505 Illuminated Signs [721.6] 521.15 Smoke Control
[716.9] 506 Temporary Signs [721.7] 521.16 Signs
[716.10] 507 Use of Combustible *“C26” omitted from section numbers in this column.
Materials *“27” omitted from section numbers in this column.
[716.11] 508 Maintenance and Inspection
Art. 17-A Youth Protection Against LIST OF TABLES
Tobacco Advertising and
Promotion Act Table No.
508.1 Short Title
508.2 Definitions 7-1 Height and Area Limitations of Open Parking
508.3 Tobacco Product Structures
Advertisement Restriction 7-2 Ground Signs and Wall Signs (Noncombustible
508.4 Non-compliant Materials)
Advertisements to be 7-3 Roof Signs, Projecting Signs, and Marquee Signs
Removed (Noncombustible Materials)
508.5 Sponsorship of and at 7-4 Ground Signs and Wall Signs (Combustible
Events
Materials)
508.6 Injunctive Relief
7-5 Roof Signs (Combustible Materials)
508.7 Penalties

184
Title 27 / Subchapter 7

ARTICLE 1 GENERAL shall be subject to the approval of the fire commissioner.

§[C26-700.1] 27-397 Scope. – §[C26-701.6] 27-405 Ventilation of storage occupancies.-

This subchapter shall apply only to those building types, Rooms or spaces used for the storage of flammable paints,
uses, and occupancies specifically regulated herein, and solvents, anesthetic agents, fuel or other oils having a
the requirements of this subchapter shall be in addition to flash point under two hundred degrees Fahrenheit (Tag
the general requirements of other subchapters of this closed cup) or other inflammable vaporous materials shall
code governing the size, location, fire protection, means of be vented to the outdoors by gravity or mechanical means,
egress, construction, and service equipment of buildings. with independent supply and exhaust openings or ducts. If
Chemical plants, packing plants, refineries, and similar ventilation is provided by gravity means, the total net
special occupancies may be constructed in accordance free openable area of supply and exhaust openings shall
with the practices and requirements of the particular be equal to at least one percent of the floor area of the
industry, subject to the approval of the commissioner. room, equally divided between supply and exhaust. If
ventilation is provided by mechanical means, the system
§[C26-700.2] 27-398 Standards. - shall be designed to provide at least two air changes per
The provisions of reference standard RS-7 shall be a hour. Where there are explosion hazards, see section 27-
part of this subchapter. 401 of this article. The construction of all ventilating
systems shall be in accordance with the requirements of
§[C26-700.3] 27-399 Definitions. - subchapter thirteen of this chapter.
For definitions to be used in the interpretation of this
subchapter, see subchapter two of this chapter. ARTICLE 3 OCCUPANCIES INVOLVING SPRAY OR
DIP FINISHING
ARTICLE 2 HIGH HAZARD OCCUPANCIES
§[C26-702.1] 27-406 Application. -
§[C26-701.1] 27-400 Application. - This section shall apply to the construction, alteration, and
This section shall apply to the construction, alteration, use of buildings or spaces for the spraying, dipping, or
and use of buildings or spaces for high hazard occupancies drying of flammable paints, varnishes, and lacquers or
classified in occupancy group A under the provisions of other flammable materials, mixtures, or compounds used
subchapter three of this chapter. for painting, varnishing, staining, or similar purposes.

§[C26-701.2] 27-401 Explosion hazard and unlisted §[C26-702.2] 27-407 Classification. -

occupancies.- Buildings or spaces of high hazard All occupancies involving spray painting, dipping, and
occupancies that involve explosion hazards or that are drying with flammable materials shall be classified in
not specifically provided for in this code, shall be high hazard occupancy group A.
constructed to provide any necessary additional protection
adequate for the hazard involved subject to approval by §[C26-702.3] 27-408 Location of processes. -
the commissioner. Spraying, dipping, or drying processes shall be located
in accordance with the requirements of 27-403 of article
§[C26-701.3] 27-402 Other requirements. - two of this subchapter.
The occupancy and use of high hazard buildings and
spaces shall also be subject to the applicable §[C26-702.4]27-409 Construction. -
requirements of chapter four of this title. (a) Spray Booths. - Spray booths shall be substantially
constructed of noncombustible materials. Panels of
§[C26-701.4] 27-403 Location. - polished wired glass at least one-quarter inch thick, not
High hazard occupancies shall not be located within, or exceeding seven hundred twenty square inches in area
attached to, a building occupied for any other use, unless and not more than forty-eight inches in any linear
separated from such other use by noncombustible dimension, may be used in the sides of spray booths.
construction having not less than a four hour fire (1) Spray booths shall be provided with a mechanical
resistance rating. ventilating system meeting the requirements of section
27-410 of this article.
§[C26-701.5] 27-404 Sprinkler requirements. - (2) Each spray booth having a frontal area larger
Sprinkler protection meeting the construction requirements than nine square feet shall have a noncombustible
of subchapter seventeen of this chapter shall be installed deflector or curtain at least six inches deep installed
in all high hazard occupancies. Where the nature of the along the upper outer edge of the booth, over the
fire hazard is such that water is not effective as an opening, and shall be protected with an automatic
extinguishing agent, the extinguishing agent to be used, sprinkler system. The interior of ducts shall be

185
Title 27 / Subchapter 7

protected with sprinklers complying with the accordance with the construction requirements of subchapter
construction requirements of subchapter seventeen of seventeen of this chapter.
this chapter, installed not more than twelve feet apart in
horizontal ducts, and the sprinklers shall be accessible ARTICLE 4 USES AND OCCUPANCIES INVOLVING
through duct access doors. RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS AND
(b) Dip tanks. - Dip tanks, including their supports RADIATION-PRODUCING EQUIPMENT
and drainboards when provided, shall be of an
approved type. §[C26-703.1] 27-413 Application. -
This section shall apply to the construction, alteration,
§[C26-702.5] 27-410 Ventilation. – and use of buildings or spaces for radioactive materials
Spraying or dipping spaces shall be mechanically and radiation-producing equipment.
ventilated during spraying or dipping operations so
that the velocity of air is at least one hundred linear feet §[C26-703.2] 27-414 City, state and federal regulations. -
per minute in the breathing zone of the operator, In addition to the requirements of this section, occupancies
conveying air toward the exhaust hood. The ventilating involving radioactive materials and radiation-producing
system shall be of sufficient capacity to prevent the equipment shall also comply with applicable requirements
accumulation of mist or vapors. Air shall be admitted to of the city health code, relating to radiological hazards,
the spraying or dipping spaces in an amount equal to of part thirty-eight of the state industrial code relating
the capacity of the fan or fans and in a manner that to radiation protection, and of title ten of the code of
prevents short-circuiting the path of air in the working federal regulations relating to atomic energy.
zone of such spaces. The exhaust fan control shall be
interconnected with spray guns so that they cannot be §[C26-703.3] 27-415 Laboratories. -
operated without the ventilation system being in All laboratories required to register under the requirements
operation. Exhaust fans shall, in addition, be arranged of the New York City health code shall comply with the
to operate independently of spray guns. Ventilation following:
equipment shall be kept in operation for a sufficient (a) Construction- All buildings in which such
length of time after spraying or dipping operations to laboratories occur shall be of noncombustible group I
exhaust all vapors, fumes, or residues of spraying construction.
materials from the spray, space dip space,* or drying room. (b) Floors - All floors shall comply with the fire-
(a) Ventilating ducts shall run directly to the outer air resistance requirements for the class of construction,
and be protected with a hood against the weather. and provide the degree of radioactive resistance required by
Ventilating ducts shall be installed in accordance with applicable city, state, and federal regulations. A finished
the requirements of subchapter thirteen of this chapter, material shall be applied to provide a continuous
but shall not terminate within ten feet horizontally of nonporous surface, which may be readily removed.
any chimney outlet, or within twenty feet of any exit or (c) Interior finish. - All insulation of acoustical
any opening in an adjoining wall. treatments and interior partitions shall be of noncombustible
(b) Make-up air shall be supplied from a point material. Walls and ceilings shall have nonporous finishes
outside the spraying or dipping space. of class A rating.
(c) The exhaust system from any spraying, dipping or (d) Sprinkler protection. - Automatic sprinkler protection
drying space shall not be connected to any other complying with the construction provisions of subchapter
ventilating system or be discharged into a chimney or seventeen of this chapter shall be provided, and such
flue used for the purpose of conveying gases of combustion. protection shall be designed for the type of combustible
(d) Exhaust fan blades shall be constructed of nonferrous materials wherever such material is used, and for the
material. Fan blades not coming in direct contact with radioactive material that may be expected to melt,
spraying fumes need not comply with this requirement. vaporize, or oxidize under fire conditions. Laboratory
(e) Adequate access doors or panels, tightly fitted, shall equipment susceptible to damage from water or other
be provided to permit inspection and cleaning of ducts. materials used in the sprinkler system may be shielded
*As enacted but probably intended to read "spray space, dip space". by hoods except when the equipment provides a source
of combustion. Where sprinkler protection uses water,
§[C26-702.6] 27-411 Drying equipment. - or small water-spray installations are used to fight small
Ovens and furnaces operated in connection with spray isolated fires, floors shall be provided with drainage so
or dip finishing processes shall be of an approved type. that water may be carried to retention tanks for later
disposal as required by the New York city health code
§[C26-702.7] 27-412 Sprinklers. - when contamination of the water is to be anticipated.
Sprinkler protection shall be provided in all spraying, (e) Electrical controls. - Electrical controls and
dipping, or drying spaces using flammable materials in equipment shall be installed in accordance with the

186
Title 27 / Subchapter 7

requirements of the electrical code of the city of New York. least four hours, and the vaults shall be equipped with
(f) Ventilation. - Exhaust air from areas in automatic sprinklers complying with the construction
which radioactive materials are used or stored shall be requirements of subchapter seventeen of this chapter and
exhausted to the outdoors in such manner as not to shall be vented through devices to decontaminate the air to
create a health hazard, and shall not be recirculated to a safe level. Doors opening into storage vaults shall meet
other areas of the building. Air pressure in rooms in shielding requirements and have a fire-protection rating of
which radioactive materials are used or stored shall be not less than three hours. All bins, shelving, partitions, and
maintained below the [sic] air pressure of adjoining pallets in storage vaults shall be of noncombustible
rooms, so that there is no flow of radioactive gases or materials. Other methods of storage permitted by the
dusts into adjoining rooms. health department or the atomic energy commission, such
(1) Ducts shall be of sheet steel of not less than as storage under water, may be used.
No. 16 manufacturers' standard gage [sic] or of other
equivalent noncombustible material having a melting ARTICLE 5 BOILER AND FURNACE ROOMS
point above eighteen hundred degrees Fahrenheit.
Exhaust ducts within the building, on the discharge side §[C26-704.1] 27-418 Application. -
of the fan, shall be welded airtight. Exhaust ducts This section shall apply to the construction, alteration, and
within the building, on the suction side of the fan shall use of buildings or spaces for the enclosure of boilers,
have laps in the direction of air flow with smoke-tight furnaces, and similar fuel-burning, heat-producing equipment.
joints, and shall be subjected to a smoke test in
accordance with the requirements for chimneys in §[C26-704.2] 27-419 Enclosure. -
subchapter fifteen of this chapter. Access hatches with Boilers or furnaces hereafter installed in any building,
tight-closing covers shall be provided for cleaning and other than replacement boilers and furnaces and boilers
for fire-fighting in the exhaust system ducts. or furnaces used to heat one- or two-family dwellings,
(2) Fume hoods shall be exhausted to the outdoors. shall be enclosed and separated from the rest of the
Controls for hood fans shall be interlocked so that building by noncombustible construction having at least
contaminated air cannot be drawn into any space from a a one hour fire-resistance rating, except that:
hood where the exhaust fan is not in operation. (a) All boilers carrying more than fifteen psi pressure
(3) Fan equipment other than the impeller and impeller and having a rating in excess of ten horsepower, shall
housing shall be located outside the exhaust stream. be located in a room or compartment separated from the
(4) When the degree of contamination of the exhaust rest of the building by noncombustible construction
stream exceeds the concentration limits permitted by the having at least a two hour fire-resistance rating.
health code, the duct system shall be equipped with (b) Boilers or furnaces located adjacent to, or within,
devices to decontaminate the air to a safe level before automotive repair shops, public garages (group 1), or
discharging to the outdoor air. any occupancy classified in high hazard occupancy
(g) Plumbing. - Drainage lines from sinks used for group A shall be located in separate buildings or, in
radioactive wastes shall be without traps, and shall lead rooms enclosed by noncombustible construction having
to retention tanks when required by the provisions of at least a two hour fire-resistance rating. Entrance to
the New York city health code. such enclosed rooms shall be from the outdoors, or
through an intervening vestibule constructed of materials
§[C26-703.4] 27-416 Radiation machines.-Radiation having a two hour fire-resistance rating. The floor area
machines or particle accelerators, linear accelerators, of such vestibules shall be at least fifty square feet, but
cyclotrons, synchrotons, betatrons, or bevatrons shall be not more than seventy-five square feet. Ventilation shall
located only in buildings of noncombustible group I be provided by a louver permanently open to the
construction; however, this requirement shall not apply outdoor air having a net free area of one hundred forty-
to conventional medical, dental, research, or industrial x- four square inches, located near the floor. Vestibule
ray machines of less than one million volt capacity. doors shall be one and one-half hour self-closing fire
doors, with a six inch high sill provided at the door
§[C26-703.5] 27-417 Storage. - between the vestibule and the boiler room. Both doors
Radioactive materials shall be stored in sealed containers. shall swing in the direction of the boiler room.
When required by the commissioner to avoid too concentrated (c) Boilers having a rated gross capacity of less than
an exposure within any one space, radioactive materials shall sixty-seven thousand btu per hour for generating steam
be stored in vaults designed in accordance with the radiation shall not be required to be enclosed, except as provided
shielding or other requirements for the materials to be in subdivision (b) of this section.
stored. When any materials are subject to melting, vaporization, (d) Electric or fuel-fired space heaters need not be
or oxidation under fire conditions, the storage vaults shall enclosed when they are approved for installation
be constructed of walls having a fire-resistance rating of at without enclosure and are installed in accordance

187
Title 27 / Subchapter 7

with the conditions of approval. (c) Low hazard. - All establishments employing
(e) Boilers and furnaces used in conjunction with solvents with a flash point higher than 138.2OF (tag.
commercial and industrial processes need not be closed-cup).
enclosed, subject to the approval of the commissioner.
§[C26-705.3] 27-427 Construction requirements. -
§[C26-704.3] 27-420 Location. - (a) High hazard. - The construction or installation of
Rooms containing boilers or furnaces, or other equipment of high hazard dry cleaning establishments shall be prohibited.
similar or greater explosion hazard, shall not be located (b) Moderate hazard. - Moderate hazard dry cleaning
within fifty feet of any place of assembly, unless separated establishments shall meet all of the requirements of this
from such place of assembly by construction complying code applicable to industrial occupancy group D-1 buildings.
with the provisions of section 27-401 of article two of The floor finish in moderate hazard dry cleaning
this subchapter. establishments shall be noncombustible and impervious.
(c) Low hazard. -
§[C26-704.4] 27-421 Clearances. - Low hazard dry cleaning establishments shall meet all of
Enclosing construction for boilers and furnaces shall the requirements of this code applicable to industrial
meet the minimum clearance requirements prescribed occupancy group D-2 buildings.
in subchapter fourteen of this chapter. (d) Equipment.- All dry cleaning machines and
equipment shall be of an approved type.
§[C26-704.5] 27-422 Ash storage pits and bins.-
Ash storage pits and bins not located within a boiler §[C26-705.4] 27-428 Ventilation. –
room enclosure shall be constructed of two hour fire- Mechanical ventilation systems in moderate hazard
resistive construction, except that roofs over ash pits plants shall be adequate to effect ten complete air changes
may be constructed of noncombustible materials. per hour. Low hazard dry cleaning establishments shall be
provided with mechanical ventilation adequate to effect
§[C26-704.6] 27-423 Exit requirements. - four complete air changes per hour. Ventilating systems
In every room containing a boiler, furnace, or incinerator, shall be arranged in such manner as to prevent solvent
the maximum travel distance from any point within the vapors from being admitted to the combustion area of
room to an exit shall not exceed fifty feet. When two or any device requiring an open flame. Sufficient make-up
more exits are so required, only the main exit shall air shall be introduced into all parts of the establishment to
comply with the size and construction requirements of equal the air exhausted by the dry cleaning units, dryers,
subchapter six of this chapter. The other exit or exits may be and exhaust ventilating system. Such air shall not contain
noncombustible ladders or stairs leading to exit openings any flammable vapors. Openings or stacks discharging
not less than thirty-two inches by forty-eight inches. solvent vapor-air mixtures to the outdoors shall be
located in accordance with the provisions of subchapter
§[C26-704.7] 27-424 Ventilation. - thirteen of this chapter.
Boiler and furnace rooms shall be ventilated in accordance
with the provisions of section 27-807 of article nine of §[C26-705.5] 27-429 Coin-operated units-
subchapter fourteen of this chapter. In coin-operated establishments all dry cleaning units
shall be installed in such a manner that the working or
ARTICLE 6 DRY CLEANING maintenance portion of the equipment shall be separated
ESTABLISHMENTS from the front of the units by solid noncombustible
partitions. Coin-operated units shall be located within a
§[C26-705.1] 27-425 Application. – diked area, all parts of which are impervious to the
This section shall apply to the construction, alteration, and use solvent used in such units. The diked section shall be a
of buildings or spaces for dry cleaning or dry dyeing four inch curb above the floor. Provisions shall be made
operations. for the collection of solvent spillage into tanks of capacity
sufficient to contain all of the solvent in the dry
§[C26-705.2] 27-426 Classification. – cleaning units served, and for return of the solvent to
Dry cleaning and dry dyeing establishments shall be the cleaning units through a closed pipe system. Access
classified as follows: doors to the space in back of the units shall be kept
(a) High hazard.- All establishments employing closed and locked. Solvent storage tanks and other
gasoline or other solvents having a flash point below sources of danger shall be so situated as to be
100OF (tag. closed-cup). inaccessible to the general public. In addition to the
(b) Moderate hazard. - All establishments employing mechanical ventilation required for low hazard dry
solvents having a flash point between 100OF and cleaning establishments, the following mechanical
138.2oF (tag. closed-cup). ventilation shall be provided:

188
Title 27 / Subchapter 7

(a) All dry cleaning units shall have facilities that industrial occupancy group D-1. They shall be separated
create an inward flow of one hundred cubic feet of air from all other portions of the building by construction
per minute into the unit when the loading door is meeting the requirements of table 5-2 for fire divisions.
opened.
(b) Emergency ventilation of the space in back of the §[C26-706.3] 27-434 Construction. -
dry cleaning units shall be provided so that in emergencies Heliports shall be permitted only on buildings classified
a minimum of one air change per minute in the enclosed in noncombustible construction group I. All heliport
space will be provided. Emergency ventilation equipment construction above the building roof shall be
shall be on a circuit that is separate from the general noncombustible. No openings in the roof shall be
lighting and power circuits, and shall be taken off ahead of permitted in the landing area. Roof openings outside the
the main switchboard, or shall be connected to the emergency landing area shall be protected from flammable liquid
lighting power source when such source is provided. spillage by four inch curbs and shall be surrounded by
(c)A scavenger duct system shall be provided in the metal railings at least three feet complying with the
space in back of the units at each unit, and shall be requirements of subchapter nine of this chapter. The
designed to pick up vapor surrounding the equipment landing area shall be enclosed with a substantial metal
near the floor and exhaust it at the rate of one hundred fence or skirt.
cubic feet per minute. Scavenger ducts shall not be less
than five square inches in area. §[C26-706.4] 27-435 Limitations. -
No refueling facilities shall be provided, and no major
§[C26-705.6] 27-430 Sprinklers. - aircraft repair or maintenance facilities shall be provided.
Automatic sprinkler protection complying with the
construction provisions of subchapter seventeen of this §[C26-706.5] 27-436 Exits. -
chapter as required for occupancy group D-1, shall be At least two means of egress, meeting the requirements
provided for moderate hazard dry cleaning establishments. of subchapter six of this chapter, shall be provided for
In addition, in moderate hazard establishments each dry each landing area. The exits shall be remote from each
cleaning unit shall be provided with automatic extinguishing other and shall lead to the building stairways.
equipment, such as a carbon dioxide system, or a steam
jet of not less than three-quarters of an inch at a §[C26-706.6] 27-437 Fire protection. - Heliports shall
pressure of fifteen psi. be provided with fire-foam extinguishing equipment
and fire alarm facilities meeting the following requirements:
§[C26-705.7] 27-431 Separation of direct-fired (a) At least two hose stations housing approved foam
dryers. - generating equipment shall be provided remote from
In moderate hazard dry cleaning establishments, direct- each other and located adjacent to outlets of the
fired dryers shall not be used. In low hazard dry cleaning building standpipe system or other source of water
establishments using nonflammable solvents only, supply. Hoses shall be provided with nozzles and
direct fired dryers may be used, but such dryers shall related equipment for dispensing foam to all portions of
not be located within twenty-five feet of a dry cleaning the roof.
unit unless a noncombustible partition (which may be (b) The building standpipe system or other source of
glazed), equipped with self-closing doors, is provided water supply shall be capable at all times of providing
between the dry cleaning unit and the flame producing two hose streams simultaneously, each of which will
device. This partition may provide either complete or afford foam application at a total water rate of at least
partial separation, provided that any partial separation sixty gallons per minute at a nozzle pressure [sic] of
shall be so arranged that the line of air travel around the seventy-five psi for a period of ten minutes.
partition from the cleaning units to the dryer is a (c) A fire alarm system meeting the installation requirements
minimum of twenty-five feet. Where a solid noncombustible of subchapter seventeen of this chapter shall be provided
partition is constructed extending to the ceiling and all with a direct connection to the central station of an
portions of the enclosure are solid, except for self-closing operating fire alarm company and with a local alarm to
access doors, and outdoor air for combustion and drying is all heliport personnel.
supplied, the separation may be reduced to fifteen feet.
ARTICLE 8 AUTOMOTIVE SERVICE
ARTICLE 7 HELIPORTS STATIONS

§[C26-706.1] 27-432 Application. - §[C26-707.1] 27-438 Application. -

This section shall apply to the construction, alteration, and This section shall apply to the construction, alteration, and
use of building roofs, or parts thereof, as heliports. use of buildings or spaces as automotive service stations.

§[C26-706.2] 27-433 Classification. - §[C26-707.2] 27-439 Classification. -

Heliports on building roofs shall be classified in Automotive service stations shall be classified in business
occupancy group E.

189
Title 27 / Subchapter 7

use of buildings or spaces as automotive repair shops.

§[C26-707.3] *27-440 Gasoline and diesel oil motor
vehicle fuel storage. - All volatile flammable liquids and §[C26-708.2] 27-444 Classification. -
diesel oil motor vehicle fuel storage tanks shall be Automotive repair shops shall be classified in industrial
installed below ground and vented to the open air occupancy group D-1.
except for such above ground [sic] installation as may
be authorized by the rules of the fire commissioner. The §[C26-708.3] 27-445 Volatile flammables. -
installation and venting of storage tanks shall be in All volatile flammables shall be stored and handled in
accordance with applications and plans approved by the accordance with the provisions of chapter four of this title.
commissioner and shall also meet the requirements
of chapter four of this title and the rules of the fire §[C26-708.4] 27-446 Ventilation. -
commissioner. Except as otherwise provided for in chapter All spaces used for the repair of motor vehicles shall be
four of this title or the rules of the fire commissioner, provided with mechanical ventilation adequate to provide
underground tank installations shall comply with the following: four air changes per hour.
(a) The top of the tanks shall be at least two feet (a) Exhaust gases. -Where engines are to be run for
below finished grade and at least two feet below the test purposes or adjustments, provisions shall be made
level of any cellar or basement floor within ten feet of to collect the exhaust gases from each vehicle and to
the tanks. discharge such gases to the outer air by means of a
(b) Tanks shall be supported on foundations complying positively induced draft. The discharge opening from
with subchapter eleven of this chapter. such system shall be located as required by subchapter
(c)Tanks shall be located so that the forces from any
thirteen of this chapter.
building foundation and support loads are not transmitted
(b) Pits. - All pits for inspection or repair shall have
to the tanks. The distance from any part of a tank to the
mechanical exhaust ventilation taken from near the
nearest wall of any basement, pit or cellar, or from any
bottom of the pits. Pit exhaust systems shall be adequate to
property line that may be built upon, shall not be less
provide at least four air changes per hour.
than three feet.
(d) Tanks shall be covered with a structurally
supported reinforced concrete slab at least eight inches §[C26-708.5] 27-447 Sprinklers. -
thick extending at least twelve inches beyond the Automatic sprinkler protection complying with the
horizontal outlines of the tanks and placed over a construction provisions of subchapter seventeen of this
coverage of suitable clean backfill material. chapter shall be provided as required by occupancy
(e)All concrete shall have a minimum compressive group D-1.
strength of twenty-five hundred pounds per square inch at
twenty-eight days. §[C26-708.6] 27-448 Heating equipment. -
*Local Law 68-1999. Heat generating equipment for automotive repair shops
shall be enclosed in accordance with the requirements
§[C26-707.4] 27-441 Location of pumps. - of section 27-419 of article five of this subchapter.
No gasoline pumps or other mechanical equipment shall
be installed so as to permit servicing of motor vehicles §[C26-708.7] 27-449 Pits. -
standing on a public street. Canopies and supports over All pits shall be provided with two means of egress.
pumps and service equipment shall be noncombustible,
except that they may be of construction having a one hour ARTICLE 10 PUBLIC GARAGES
fire resistance rating or of heavy timber construction
meeting the requirements of section 27-623 of article §[C26-709.1] 27-450 Application. –
seven of subchapter ten of this chapter when located This section shall apply to the construction, alteration,
more than twenty feet from interior lot lines and from and use of buildings or spaces as public garages. Any
any building or structure. areas of such buildings in which gasoline, oil, and similar
products are dispensed shall meet the requirements of
§[C26-707.5] 27-442 Heating equipment. - article eight of this subchapter; any areas in which
Heat generating equipment for automotive service stations motor vehicles are repaired shall meet the requirements
shall be enclosed in accordance with the requirements of article nine of this subchapter; and any areas in which
of section 27-419 of article five of this subchapter. any paint spraying is done shall meet the requirements
of article three of this subchapter.
ARTICLE 9 AUTOMOTIVE REPAIR SHOPS
§[C26-709.2] 27-451 Classification. -
§[C26-708.1] 27-443 Application. - Public garages shall be classified according to their
This section shall apply to the construction, alteration, and specific uses as follows:

190
Title 27 / Subchapter 7

(a) Group 1. - Buildings or spaces used for the materials of at [sic] least eight inches high. Such guards
parking of vehicles having fuel storage tanks in excess shall be substantially anchored to prevent any vehicle from
of twenty-six gallon capacity; or used for the parking of striking the parapet wall or guard rail. Guard rails shall
vehicles of any size, and in which mechanical repair, comply with the requirements for railings in subchapter
body work, or painting of vehicles is conducted, or in nine of this chapter.
which gasoline, oil, or similar products are dispensed.
Group 1 public garages shall be classified in storage §[C26-709.6] 27-455 Sprinklers. -
occupancy group B-1. (a) Automatic sprinkler protection complying with
(b) Group 2. - Buildings or spaces used exclusively the construction provisions of article four of subchapter
for the parking of vehicles having fuel storage tanks of seventeen shall be provided as required for occupancy
twenty-six gallon capacity or less, and in which no group B-1 or B-2 respectively, except that in existing
repair, body work or painting of vehicles is conducted, buildings lawfully occupied as garages prior to December
and in which no gasoline, oil, or similar products are sixth, nineteen hundred sixty-eight, storage of forty-five
dispensed. Group 2 public garages shall be classified in thousand gallons or less of product having a flash point
storage occupancy group B-2. over one hundred degrees [sic] F (tag open cup) in the
cargo space of tank truck or other vehicles approved for
§[C26-709.3] 27-452 Construction. - such storage by the fire commissioner, pending delivery,
The street floor construction of group 1 public garages shall not be deemed to require sprinkler protection.
shall have at least a two hour fire-resistance rating. Where (b) Smoke detection or thermostatic alarm with
openings are provided in the floor of any public garage, central office connection. -A thermostatic alarm system or
they shall be protected by railings complying with the smoke detection system equipped with a central office
requirements of subchapters nine and ten of this chapter, connection complying with subchapter seventeen of this
with a curb or ramp at least six inches high above the code, and reference standard RS 17-3 of the appendix to
floor. All floors shall be concrete or equivalent this code may be provided in lieu of the sprinkler
noncombustible material. Columns in parking areas shall system required under the preceding subdivision in
comply with the provisions of section 27-559 of article existing buildings lawfully occupied as garages prior to
three of subchapter nine of this chapter. December sixth, nineteen hundred sixty-eight, when the
storage of fuel oils or other products having a flash
§[C26-709.4] 27-453 Group 1 public garages in point over one hundred degrees F (tag open cup) is
buildings of other occupancy classification. - twenty-two thousand five hundred gallons or more but
No group 1 public garage shall be located within, or not exceeding forty-five thousand gallons in the cargo
attached to, a building occupied for any other use, space of tank trucks or other vehicles approved for such
unless separated from such other use by construction storage by the fire commissioner, pending delivery.
meeting the requirements of table 5-2 for fire divisions. (c) Portable fire fighting appliances, as the fire
Elevators, stairways, and exit passageways connecting commissioner may direct, shall be provided in existing
group 1 garages to other occupancies shall be accessible buildings lawfully occupied as garages prior to December
only through vestibules constructed of materials having sixth, nineteen hundred sixty-eight, when the storage of
a two hour fire-resistance rating. The floor area of such fuel oils or other products, having a flash point over one
vestibules shall be at least fifty square feet but not more hundred degrees F (tag open cup), in the cargo space of
than seventy-five square feet. Ventilation shall be tank trucks or other vehicles approved for such storage
provided by a louver permanently open to the outdoor by the fire commissioner, pending delivery, is less than
air having a net free area of one hundred forty-four twenty-two thousand five hundred gallons.
square inches, located near the floor. Vestibule doors
shall be one and one-half hour self-closing fire doors, §[C26-709.7] 27-456 Ventilation. -
Public garages shall be ventilated in accordance with
with a six inch high sill provided at the door between
provisions of section 27-766 of article eight of subchapter
the vestibule and the garage. Both doors shall swing in
twelve of this chapter and the following:
the direction of the elevators, stairways or exit passageways. (a) Garage spaces above or below grade except as
provided in subdivision (e) of this section shall be provided
§[C26-709.5] 27-454 Roof storage of motor vehicles.- with mechanical ventilation according to one of or a
Roofs of buildings shall not be used for the parking or combination of the following methods:
storage of motor vehicles unless the building is of class (1) Air exhaust at the rate of not less than one cfm
1-A, 1-B, or 1-C construction, or is an open parking per square foot of total floor area with properly
structure. When the roof of a building is used for designed means for air inflow.
parking of motor vehicles, it shall be provided with a (2) Air supply at the rate of not less than one cfm
parapet wall or guard rail at least three feet six inches per square foot of total floor area with properly
high, and with curbs or wheel guards of noncombustible designed means for air outflow.

191
Title 27 / Subchapter 7

(3) Air exhaust or air supply at a rate sufficient to §[C26-709.9] 27-458 Ramps. -
maintain an average concentration of carbon monoxide Vehicular ramps in public garages shall not exceed a
not to exceed one hundred parts per one million parts of gradient of one in seven, and their surfaces shall be
air for periods longer than one hour and with a maximum nonslip. A landing having a minimum length of twenty
concentration at any time not to exceed four hundred parts feet shall be provided at the discharge point at the street
of carbon monoxide per one million parts of air. The level, within the street line. Ramps serving as required
concentration of carbon monoxide shall be determined exits shall be enclosed in construction having a two
by periodic tests taken between three and four feet from hour fire-resistance rating except that openings for
the floor by means of approved carbon monoxide detector motor vehicles at each parking tier may be protected by a
tubes or other equivalent means. This method of mechanical water curtain consisting of deluge-type sprinkler heads
ventilation may be used only if the overall design includes supplying at least three gallons of water per minute per
automatic ventilating fan control by means of approved linear foot of opening.
carbon monoxide monitoring devices or by other approved
means located so as to provide full protection for the occupancy. §[C26-709.10] 27-459 Heating equipment. -
(b) The provisions of section 27-766 of article eight of Heat generating equipment for public garages shall be
subchapter twelve of this chapter shall apply. enclosed in accordance with the requirements of section
(c) Air supply shall be taken from an uncontaminated 27-419 of article five of subchapter seven of this chapter.
source. Exhaust outlets shall be located in accordance with
the requirements of subchapter thirteen with one-half of *§27-459.1 Parking spaces for people having physical
them located six inches above floor level. In public disabilities. -
Parking spaces for people having physical disabilities
garages where motor vehicles are parked by mechanical
[sic] shall comply with the requirements of section 27-
means, the ventilation requirements shall be one-half of 292.19 and reference standard RS 4-6.
those required above. *Local Law 58-1987.
(d) No automotive service pits shall be installed in
floors below the street floor. Pits shall have mechanical ARTICLE 11 OPEN PARKING STRUCTURES
exhaust ventilation taken from near the bottom.
(e) Garage spaces above grade provided with natural §[C26-710.1] 27-460 Application. -
ventilation having a free openable area of at least five This section shall apply to the construction, alteration, and
percent of the total floor area of the space and having use of open parking structures. Open parking structures in
adjustable openings measuring at least six inches by buildings of other occupancy group classification shall not be
four inches located within six inches of the floor and at permitted unless separated from other occupancies by
most sixteen feet apart on all outside and court walls construction having at least a two hour fire resistance rating.
need not be provided with mechanical ventilation.
§[C26-710.2] 27-461 Height and area limitations. -
§[C26-709.8] 27-457 Exits. - The height of the top parking surface, and the area per
Public garages shall be provided with at least two exits parking tier, shall not exceed the limitations listed in
from each tier of parking. One of the exits may be a table 7-1.
ramp used by motor vehicles, when serving not more
than one level below grade. All vertical exits shall have a TABLE 7-1
minimum width of thirty-six inches and shall be enclosed **
HEIGHT AND AREA LIMITATION[S] OF
in two hour fire-resistive construction, except as permitted OPEN PARKING STRUCTURES
by section 27-458 of article ten of subchapter seven of this
Construction Maximum Allowable area
chapter. No exit in a group 1 public garage shall have a path
of travel through a fuel dispensing area. In group 2 public Classification Allowable per Parking
garages occurring [sic] in occupancy group J-2 buildings, Height (ft.) Tier (sq. ft.)
overhead doors shall be of the automatic self-closing type. 1A Unlimited Unlimited
(a) Travel distance. -No point in any public garage 1B Unlimited Unlimited
shall be more than one hundred feet from an exit, 1C 100 50,000
except that such distance may be increased to one 1D 100 50,000
hundred fifty feet when the garage is fully sprinklered. 1E 75 30,000
(b)Repair and fuel spaces. - Spaces in group 1 **Copy in brackets not enacted but probably intended.
public garages used for the repair of motor vehicles or
the dispensing of fuel shall be provided with at least a. The area of an open parking structure having not
two exits, within the travel distance limitations of more than two tiers above grade shall not be limited.
subdivision (a) of this section. b. Open parking structures of construction class 1C,
(c) Roof parking. - When the roof of a building is or 1D exceeding three parking levels may be sixty
used for parking, interior vertical exits shall be enclosed thousand square feet on any parking level provided they
in a bulkhead constructed as required by subchapter shall have at least fifty percent of their perimeter, fifty
five of this chapter.
percent open.

192
Title 27 / Subchapter 7

c. Open parking structures of construction class 1C §[C26-710.6]27-465 Railings. -

or 1D, exceeding three parking levels, may be one Substantial railings or protective guards of noncombustible
hundred thousand square feet on any parking level materials shall be provided at the perimeter of all
when fifty percent of the perimeter is fifty percent open, parking tiers, except where exterior walls are provided,
and may be one hundred twenty-five thousand square feet and around all interior floor openings. Such railings or
on any parking level when seventy-five percent of the guards shall be at least three feet six inches high, and
perimeter is fifty percent open and may be one hundred fifty shall be designed in accordance with the requirements
thousand square feet on any parking level when one of subchapter nine of this chapter.
hundred percent of the perimeter is fifty percent open in
all aforementioned cases and shall have frontage space §[C26-710.7] 27-466 Floor openings. -
on at least two sides, and the horizontal distance on any A curb or ramp at least six inches high shall also be
level to an open exterior wall shall not exceed two provided at all interior floor openings. All floors shall
hundred feet. be pitched to provide adequate drainage.
d. Open parking structures of construction class 1E
exceeding three parking levels may be fifty thousand §[C26-710.8] 27-467 Motor fuel pumps. -
square feet on any parking level when fifty percent of Motor fuel pumps and facilities may be provided within
the perimeter is fifty percent open and may be sixty- an open parking structure as an accessory use. Such
two thousand five hundred square feet on any parking facilities shall comply with the requirements for the
level when seventy-five percent of the perimeter is fifty storage and handling of volatile flammables as provided
percent open and may be seventy-five thousand square in chapter four of this title. The area used for such
feet on any parking level when one hundred percent of purpose shall be located on the street floor. No
the perimeter is fifty percent open in all aforementioned pedestrian exit from any parking area shall have a path
cases and shall have frontage space on at least two of travel through any fuel dispensing area.
sides, and the horizontal distance on any level to an
open exterior wall shall not exceed two hundred feet. §[C26-710.9] 27-468 Mechanical parking. -
e. The allowable areas specified in notes b, c and d Open parking structures in which motor vehicles are
above shall apply only to open parking structures used parked by mechanical means shall comply with the
exclusively for the parking and storage of passenger requirements for open parking structures, except that
vehicles accommodating not more than nine passengers the requirements for means of egress may be modified
but not including trailers, campers or similar vehicles. as provided in section 27-469 of this article.

§[C26-710.3] 27-462 Construction. - §[C26-710.10] 27-469 Exits. -

All materials used in the construction of open parking (a) Driver parking. - Open parking structures with
structures shall be noncombustible. Columns in parking driver parking shall be provided with at least two exits
areas shall comply with the provisions of section 27- from each tier. One of the exits may be a ramp used by
559 of article three of subchapter nine of this chapter. motor vehicles, when serving not more than one level
Interior finishes shall be class A. The minimum clear height below grade. Exit stairs shall have a minimum width of
of any parking tier shall be at least six feet six inches. thirty-six inches and may be unenclosed, except that
(a) Below grade.- Any portion of an open parking they shall be enclosed in noncombustible construction
structure extending below grade shall comply with all having at least a two hour fire-resistance rating if the
of the requirements for public garages as provided in first riser of the stair is more than thirty feet from one of
article ten of this subchapter. the open exterior walls of the structure. No point on any
tier of parking shall be more than one hundred feet from
§[C26-710.4] 27-463 Exterior walls. - an exit.
An exterior enclosure wall shall be required on any side of (b) Mechanical parking. - Open parking structures with
an open parking structure located within fifteen feet of an mechanical parking equipment shall be provided with at
interior lot line. Such walls shall be noncombustible least one exit from each tier of parking. Such exit may be
construction having at least a two hour fire-resistance rating. unenclosed, but shall have a minimum width of thirty-six
inches. No point on any tier of parking shall be more
§[C26-710.5] 27-464 Curbs and bumpers. - than two hundred feet from an exit.
Curbs or bumpers of noncombustible materials shall be
provided at the perimeter of each parking tier. Such curbs §[C26-710.11] 27-470 Ramps. -
or bumpers shall be at least eight inches high, substantially Ramps used for the movement of motor vehicles and as
anchored, and so located that no part of any motor vehicle required exits need not be enclosed when serving tiers
will contact a wall, partition or railing. above grade. Such ramps shall have a gradient not
exceeding one in seven, with nonslip surfaces. A landing

193
Title 27 / Subchapter 7

having a minimum dimension of twenty feet shall be §[C26-711.6] 27-478 Ventilation. -

provided at the discharge point of all ramps at the street No air used for heating, cooling, or ventilation shall be
level, within the street line. Where a ramp is also used circulated through garages to dwellings.
for the parking of motors vehicles, it shall be
considered as a parking tier and may not serve as an ARTICLE 13 OPEN PARKING LOTS
exit for the occupants of the structure.
§[C26-712.1] 27-479 Application. -
§[C26-710.12] 27-471 Elevators. - This section shall apply to the construction, alteration,
Passenger elevators in open parking structures shall and use of open parking lots. Open parking lots shall be
comply with the requirements of subchapter eighteen of unobstructed and free of other uses. All driveways and
this chapter, except that hoistways may be enclosed
open spaces used for the parking or storage of motor
with noncombustible construction.
vehicles shall be surfaced with concrete asphalt, or
§[C26-710.13] 27-472 Standpipes.- equivalent durable, dustless material.
Open parking structures shall be provided with
standpipe in accordance with the requirements of §[C26-712.2] 27-480 Curb cuts. -For the purpose of
subchapter seventeen of this chapter. this section, a curb cut shall be defined as the total
length of cut curb, including splays.
*§27-472.1 Parking spaces for people having physical (a) For street frontages of one hundred feet or less, the
disabilities. - Parking spaces for people having physical amount of cut curb shall not exceed sixty percent of the
disabilities shall comply with the requirements of section frontage of the lot. No single curb cut shall exceed thirty
27-292.19 and reference standard RS 4-6. feet in length, and there shall not be more than two curb
*Local Law 58-1987. cuts on any street frontage of one hundred feet or less. The
minimum distance between two curb cuts shall be five feet.
ARTICLE 12 PRIVATE GARAGES (b) For additional street frontage over one hundred
feet there may be an additional curb cut for each fifty
§[C26-711.1] 27-473 Application. -
This section shall apply to the construction, alteration, feet of frontage.
and use of buildings or spaces as private garages. (c) No curb cut shall commence within eight feet of a
side lot line, except that on lots with street frontages of
§[C26-711.2] 27-474 Classification. - fifty feet or less, or on corner lots, the curb cut may
Private garages shall be classified in storage occupancy commence two feet six inches from the side lot line.
group B-2. (d) The distance of curb cuts from the intersection of
street lines shall comply with the zoning resolution.
§[C26-711.3] 27-475 Attached garages. - (e) Notwithstanding any of the above computations, no
Private garages attached to, or located above or below, curb cut shall be less than ten feet.
a dwelling shall have walls, partitions, floors, and
ceilings separating the garage from the dwelling,
§[C26-712.3] 27-481 Protection of adjoiningproperty. -
having a fire-resistance rating of at least one hour,
except that such fire-resistive construction shall not be (a) Curbs and bumpers. - Open parking lots shall be
required between a dwelling and a carport when such completely separated from adjoining land by curbs or
carport is open on at least two sides. Any openings to the bumpers of concrete, masonry, steel, heavy timber, or
dwelling in required walls or partitions shall be protected other similar and equally substantial materials, securely
with one and three-quarter inch solid core wood doors or anchored so as to stop motor vehicles. Curbs and
equivalent bumpers shall be at least eight inches high and eight
inches wide. The only openings permitted in required
§[C26-711.4] 27-476 Connection by breezeway. - curbs and bumpers shall be for drainage and for motor
When a breezeway connects a garage with a dwelling, vehicle entrances and exits, and at pedestrian entrances.
such a breezeway shall be firestopped at all points of ** (b) Drainage. – Where the surface paving of an open
connection to the garage. parking lot is nonporous, such lot shall be drained as
required by subdivisions (b), (c) or (d) of section
§[C26-711.5] 27-477 Floors. - P110.2 of reference standard RS-16, as applicable. An
Garage floors shall be of concrete or equivalent asphaltic concrete surface, not to exceed one and one-
noncombustible material that will not absorb half inches in thickness after compaction, shall be
flammable liquids. The sills of all door openings considered a porous surface provided such surface will
connecting a garage with a dwelling shall be raised pass an amount of water equivalent to one-half inch of
at least four inches above the garage floor. rainfall per hour and provided such surface is underlaid
by permeable soil, except that whenever an off-street

194
Title 27 / Subchapter 7

parking facility is constructed in connection with the Pools shall be constructed so as to be water tight and
construction of a new building, or whenever such easily cleaned. They shall be built of nonabsorbent
parking facility falls within the definition of a materials with smooth surfaces and shall be free of
substantial horizontal enlargement as set forth in open cracks and open joints.
subdivision (a) of section P110.2 of reference standard RS- (a) Walls. - The walls of pools shall be vertical for at
16, all storm water falling or coming to rest on such least the top two feet six inches below the normal water
parking facility shall be disposed of as provided in level. The junctions between the side walls and the bottom
section P110.2 of reference standard RS-16. shall be coved. A pool overflow shall be provided meeting
** Local Law 103-1989. the requirements of reference standard RS-16.
(b) Bottom slopes.- The bottom of any portion of a
§[C26-712.4] 27-482 Accessory uses and occupancies. - pool where the water is less than five feet six inches
Parking lot offices, attendant shelters, storage facilities, and deep shall have a maximum slope of one foot vertically
similar structures used in conjunction with open parking lots for every fifteen feet horizontally.
may be provided for accessory use, but shall comply with (c) Ladders.- There shall be a ladder or steps with
all of the provisions of this code applicable to the specific handrails at the deep end and at the shallow end of
every pool. Ladders and steps shall have nonslip treads.
use or occupancy.
(d) Walkways.- Every pool shall have a walkway at
Motor vehicle fuel pumps. - Fuel pumps for the servicing
least five feet wide around its entire perimeter. The
of motor vehicles may be provided for accessory use in walkway shall have a nonslip surface and be so
conjunction with open parking lots when complying with constructed that it does not drain into the pool.
the requirements for the storage and handling of volatile (e) Hand-holds. - Every pool shall be constructed so
flammables as provided in chapter four of this title. Fuel that either the overflow gutter, if provided, or the top of
pumps shall be at least thirty feet from any parking space the side walls afford a continuous hand-hold for
or interior lot line. bathers.
(f) Markings.- Permanent markings showing the
*§27-483 Parking spaces for people having physical depth of the shallow end, break points, diving depth,
disabilities. - Parking spaces for people having and deep end shall be provided so as to be visible from
physical disabilities shall comply with the requirements both inside and outside the pool.
of section 27-292.19 and reference standard RS. 4-6. (g)Spectator area. - Areas exclusively intended for
*
Local Law 58-1987. spectators shall meet the applicable requirements of
subchapter eight of this chapter for places of assembly.
ARTICLE 15 SWIMMING POOLS (h) Diving boards and towers.- Diving towers shall be
rigidly constructed and permanently anchored. The depth
§[C26-714.1] 27-488 Application. - of the water below a diving board shall be at least eight
This section shall apply to the construction, alteration feet six inches for boards one meter (3.28 ft.) or less
and use of all indoor and outdoor pools intended for above the water. For diving boards more than one meter
swimming or bathing purposes, except for pools that and not more than three meters (9 ft. 10 in.) above the
have less than eighteen inches in depth of water at every water, the depth below the board shall be at least twelve
point. Pools above grade having a maximum water depth of feet. For diving boards or platforms more than three
forty-eight inches above grade and an area not exceeding meters above the water, the depth below the board shall be
five hundred square feet that are accessory to J-3 at least sixteen feet. Indoor pools shall provide at least
occupancies and that are privately used for noncommercial twelve feet overhead clearance above all diving boards.
purposes shall be exempt from the provisions of this
§[C26-714.3] 27-490 Dressing facilities. -
subchapter except that such pools shall comply with the
Toilet rooms, shower rooms, and indoor dressing areas
requirements of section 27-493 of this article. All pools not shall be constructed of nonabsorbent materials with smooth-
exempt from the provisions of this subchapter shall comply finish walls and partitions. Floors shall have a nonslip
with the applicable provisions of subchapter sixteen of this surface impervious to moisture, free of cracks or open
chapter. No building permit shall be required for pools joints, and sloped to drains. The junctions between the
exempted by this section. side walls and floors shall be covered. Individual
Regardless of any contrary provision, any pool existing on dressing rooms or cubicles within indoor dressing areas
January first, nineteen hundred sixty-nine, which is accessory to shall be excluded from the above requirements.
J-3 occupancies, and that is privately used for noncommercial Cabanas and dressing rooms that are not a part of any
purposes shall be exempt from the provisions of this other occupancy shall also be excluded.
subchapter except that such pools shall comply with the Toilets and Showers.- Toilets, lavatories, and showers,
requirements of section 27-493 of this article. including piping, shall be provided in accordance with
the requirements of subchapter sixteen of this chapter.
§[C26-714.2] 27-489 Construction. -

195
Title 27 / Subchapter 7

§[C26-714.4] 27-491 Ventilation and heating. - §[C26-715.3] 27-496 Construction. -

Indoor pools, dressing rooms, toilets, and shower rooms Towers located on the roofs of buildings shall be
shall be ventilated in accordance with the requirements constructed of noncombustible materials. Isolated
of subchapter twelve of this chapter. Unless used only towers less than one hundred feet high and supported
between May first and October thirty-first, such spaces directly from the ground may, when located outside of
shall be heated in accordance with the requirements of the fire districts, be constructed of timber meeting the
subchapter twelve of this chapter. requirements of construction class II-A. All towers shall
be grounded for lightning protection in accordance with the
§[C26-714.5] 27-492 Water circulation, water provisions of the electrical code of the city of New York.
treatment, and drainage. -
The supply, circulation, treatment, and drainage of §[C26-715.4] 27-497 Loads. -
water for pools shall meet the requirements of subchapter Towers shall be designed in accordance with the load
sixteen of this chapter and the health code. requirements of subchapter nine of this chapter.

§[C26-714.6] 27-493 Safety precautions. - ARTICLE 17 OUTDOOR SIGNS AND DISPLAY

(a) No overhead electrical conductors shall be STRUCTURES
installed within fifteen feet of any swimming pool. All
metal fences, enclosures, or railings that might become §[C26-716.1] 27-498 Application. -
electrically charged as a result of contact with broken This section shall apply to the construction, alteration, and
overhead conductors or from any other cause near, or use of all outdoor signs and display structures, together
adjacent to, a swimming pool shall be grounded in with their appurtenant and auxiliary devices.
accordance with the provisions of lightning protection (a) No sign may be hung or attached upon or on the
in the electrical code of the city of New York. outside of any building unless such work is performed by
(b) Every outdoor swimming pool, fish pond, or other or under the supervision of a licensed sign hanger.
pool greater than eighteen inches deep at any point shall
(b) No sign shall be erected until a permit therefor has
be protected by an enclosure, barrier or other means
been obtained from the commissioner in accordance
adequate to make such pool inaccessible to small children
which including gates thereto shall be at least four feet with the provisions of article two of subchapter eleven
high above the adjacent ground. of this chapter.
All gates shall be self-latching with latches located at
least four feet high above the ground or otherwise made §[C26-716.2] 27-499 Obstructions. - No sign shall be
inaccessible to small children from the outside. erected so as to obstruct free ingress to, or egress from,
a required door, window, stairs, or other required exits,
*§27-493.1 Facilities for people having disabilities. – or be placed so as to prevent free passage from one part
Facilities for people having physical disabilities shall of a roof to any other part. No sign shall be attached in
comply with the requirements of subarticle two of article any manner to a fire escape or exterior stair, or placed
two of subchapter four and of subchapter sixteen. so as to interfere with any opening for light or
*Local Law 58-1987. ventilation required under the provisions of subchapter
twelve of this chapter.
ARTICLE 16 RADIO AND TELEVISION
TOWERS §[C26-716.3] 27-500 Ground signs. -
(a) Location. -No part of a ground sign shall be
§[C26-715.1] 27-494 Application. – erected so as to project beyond the street line, except
This section shall apply to the construction, alteration, as specifically permitted by the provisions of
and use of radio and television towers on buildings. subchapter four of this chapter.
Radio and television receiving antennas more than (b) Material -Inside the fire districts, ground signs
twenty feet high above a roof shall be deemed to be shall be constructed entirely of noncombustible
such towers and shall be subject to the requirements of materials, except as permitted in sections 27-506 and
this section. 27-507 of this article. Outside the fire districts, the
structure of ground signs exceeding twenty-five
§[C26-715.2] 27-495 Location and access. - hundred square feet in facing or display area shall be
Towers shall be so located, and equipped with ladders constructed of noncombustible materials, and the facing
or other devices, as to be readily accessible for inspection of such signs shall be noncombustible, except as
purposes. No guy wire or other accessories shall cross permitted in sections 27-506 and 27-507 of this article.
or encroach upon any street or pass over any electric The bottom of the facing of all ground signs shall be at
power line. least thirty inches above the ground, which space may
be filled with open lattice work or decorative trim.

196
Title 27 / Subchapter 7

(c) Support. -Ground signs shall be constructed and constructed to project beyond the street line except as
anchored to resist loads acting in any direction on the permitted in subchapter four of this chapter.
sign, in accordance with the provisions of subchapter (b) Limitations. -Projecting signs whose width when
nine of this chapter. measured at a plane parallel to the building wall, does
(1) Anchors and supports shall be designed for not exceed two feet may extend not more than five feet
safe bearing loads on the soil and for an effective above the main roof level of the building to which they
resistance to pullout amounting to a force twenty-five are attached; except that for buildings thirty-five feet
percent greater than the required resistance to high or less, such projecting signs may be erected to a
overturning. Anchors and supports shall penetrate to a maximum height of forty feet above grade but in no
depth of at least four feet. case to a height of more than fifteen feet above the main
roof level.
(2) Whenever anchors or supports consist of wood
(c) Materials.-All projecting signs shall be constructed
embedded in the soil, the wood shall be treated under
of noncombustible materials except as permitted in
pressure as specified in subchapter eleven of this chapter sections 27-506 and 27-507 of this article.
before erection. This requirement shall not apply to signs, (d) Supports. -Projecting signs shall be constructed and
which are not to remain in place for more than six months. supported to resist loads acting in any direction on the sign
(3) Members furnishing structural support for signs in accordance with the provisions of subchapter nine of
shall be designed in accordance with the requirements of this chapter. Attachment shall be by means of metal
subchapter ten of this chapter, and shall be of adequate anchors, bolts, supports, chains, wire ropes, rods, or
thickness to meet the corrosion conditions. other similar devices. No staples or nails shall be used to
secure any projecting sign to any building. Turnbuckles
§[C26-716.4] 27-501 Wall signs. - or other equivalent means of adjustment shall be placed in
(a) Limitations. - Wall signs shall not extend beyond all chains, wire ropes, or rods supporting or bracing
the top or ends of the wall surface on which they are projecting signs. All chains, wire ropes, or rods, and
placed unless meeting all the requirements of this code their attachments, shall be galvanized or of corrosion-
regulating roof signs, projecting signs, or ground signs resistant material, and no such supports shall be
as the case may be. Wall signs shall not project beyond attached to an unbraced parapet wall.
street lines except as permitted in subchapter four of
this chapter. §[C26-716.6] 27-503 Roof signs. -
(b) Materials. -Inside the fire districts, wall signs (a) Location.-Roof signs shall be set back a minimum
shall be constructed entirely of noncombustible of six feet from the face of the walls of the building on
materials except as permitted in sections 27-506 and which they are erected.
27-507 of this article. Outside the fire districts, the (b) Materials. -Inside the fire districts, roof signs
framework of wall signs exceeding five hundred square shall be constructed entirely of noncombustible
feet in facing or display area shall be constructed of materials except as permitted in sections 27-506 and
noncombustible materials, and the facing of such signs 27-507 of this article. Outside the fire districts, the
shall be noncombustible except as permitted in sections framework of roof signs exceeding fifteen hundred
27-506 and 27-507 of this article. square feet in facing or display area or having any part
(c) Supports. -Wall signs shall be constructed and more than sixty-five feet above grade shall be
supported to resist loads acting in any direction on the constructed of noncombustible materials, and the facing
sign in accordance with the provisions of subchapter of such signs shall be noncombustible, except as
nine of this chapter. Attachment shall be by means of permitted in sections 27-506 and 27-507 of this article.
metal anchors, bolts, or similar devices. Wooden blocks (c) Supports. -Roof signs shall be constructed and
or anchorage with wood used in connection with screws anchored to resist loads acting in any direction on the
or nails shall not be used, except in the case of wall sign in accordance with the provisions of subchapter
signs attached to buildings having walls of wood. nine of this chapter. Such signs shall be so constructed
(d) Fire department access. -Wall signs that are, or as to leave a clear space of at least seven feet between
have been, erected to cover doors or windows required the roof and the lowest part of the sign, and at least five
by this code for fire department access to existing feet between the vertical supports thereof.
buildings shall be provided with access panels as
required by section 27-292 of article two of subchapter §[C26-716.7] 27-504 Marquee signs. -
four of this chapter. Existing wall signs shall be altered (a) Limitations. -No part of a marquee sign shall
or otherwise arranged to comply with this requirement project above or below the marquee fascia, except that
on or before December sixth, nineteen hundred seventy. in the case of theaters licensed under the provisions of
subchapters one and three of chapter two of title twenty
§[C26-716.5] 27-502 Projecting signs. - of the administrative code, marquee signs may project
(a) Location. -Projecting signs, other than temporary not more than eight feet above nor more than one foot
signs, shall not be constructed on those streets and avenues
below the fascia, provided that the total height of such
listed in reference standard RS 7-2, and shall not be

197
Title 27 / Subchapter 7

signs does not exceed nine feet and the lowest part of (a) General. -In all signs required to be constructed of
such signs is at least ten feet above the ground or noncombustible materials under the provisions of this code,
sidewalk level. Marquee signs may extend the full wood or other materials of combustible characteristics
length of the marquee on all sides, but in no case shall similar to wood may be used for moldings, cappings, trim,
they project beyond the ends of the marquee. nailing blocks, letters, latticing, and other purely ornamental
(b)Materials. -All marquee signs shall be constructed features.
of noncombustible materials except as permitted in (b) Slow-burning plastics. -Slow-burning plastics may
sections 27-506 and 27-507 of this article. be used in sign construction subject to the following
(c) Supports. -Construction and anchorage of conditions and requirements.
marquee signs shall conform to the requirements for (1) If all parts of the sign other than the letters and
projecting signs under subdivision (d) of section 27-502 decorations are made from noncombustible materials, the
of this article. display surface or sign facing may be made of slow-
burning plastic, or may be occupied or covered by
§[C26-716.8] 27-505 Illuminated signs. - letters and decorations made from, or faced with, slow-
General. -All ground signs, wall signs, roof signs, burning plastics not exceeding a total area calculated
projecting signs, and marquee signs may be lighted by from the values given in tables 7-2 and 7-3.
internal or external sources when complying with the
following requirements: TABLE 7-2 GROUND SIGNS AND WALL SIGNS
(1)ILLUMINATION. - No sign shall be (NONCOMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS)
illuminated by other than electrical means. All wiring Area of Facing or Display Area Occupied or
and accessory electrical equipment shall conform to the Surface Covered by Plastics
provisions of the electrical code of the city of New York. 150 sq. ft. or less 100 per cent of display
(2) MATERIALS. -Every illuminated sign shall surface area
be constructed of noncombustible materials except as Over 150 sq. ft. but not 150 sq. ft. plus 50 per
permitted in section 27-507 of this article. over 2,000 sq. ft. cent of the difference
(3)PERMISSIBLE PROJECTIONS.-Lighting reflectors between 150 sq. ft. and
may project beyond the top or face of all signs, the area of the display
provided that every part of such reflector is at least ten surface
feet above the ground or sidewalk level. In no case shall Over 2,000 sq. ft. Not over 1,050 sq. ft.
such reflectors project beyond a vertical plane two feet without permission of
inside the curb line. Reflectors shall be constructed, the commissioner
attached, and maintained so that they shall not be, or
become, a hazard to the public. TABLE 7-3 ROOF SIGNS, PROJECTING SIGNS,
AND MARQUEE SIGNS
§[C26-716.9] 27-506 Temporary signs. - (NONCOMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS)
(a) Materials. -Temporary signs not more than five Area of Facing or Area Occupied or Covered
hundred square feet in area may be constructed of Display Surface by Plastics
combustible materials. Temporary signs more than one 150 sq. ft. or less 100 per cent of display
hundred square feet in area shall be made of rigid surface area
materials with rigid frames. Temporary signs shall be Over 150 sq. ft. but not 150 sq. ft. plus 25 per cent
securely attached to their supports, and shall be removed as over 2,000 sq. ft. of the difference between
soon as they are torn or damaged, but in no case later 150 sq. ft. and the area of
than thirty days after their erection. the display surface
(b) Limitations. -Temporary signs of combustible Over 2,000 sq. ft. Not more than 575 sq. ft.
materials shall not extend more than one foot over, or into, without permission of the
a street, except that when permitted by the department of commissioner
transportation, temporary banners or signs of combustible
materials may be suspended from buildings or poles to (2) If combustible materials are permitted in the
extend across streets, and except that temporary signs of framework, moldings, cappings, trim, nailing blocks,
combustible materials constructed without a frame may be latticing or other parts of the sign, the display surface or
attached flat against, or suspended from the fascia of a sign facing may be occupied or covered by letters and
canopy or marquee, provided that the lowest part of any decorations made from or faced with slow-burning
such sign is at least nine feet above the ground or sidewalk level. plastics not exceeding a total area calculated from the
values given in tables 7-4 and 7-5.
§[C26-716.10] 27-507 Use of combustible materials. -

198
Title 27 / Subchapter 7

TABLE 7-4 GROUND SIGNS AND WALL SIGNS a. "Amusement arcade" means any enclosed business
(COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS) establishment, open to the public, whose primary purpose is
Area of Facing or Area Occupied or Covered the operation of coin-operated amusement devices within
Display Surface by Plastics the meaning of subchapter three of chapter two of title
300 sq. ft. or less 50 per cent of display 20 of this code.
surface area b. "Child day care center" means (I) any child care
Over 300 sq. ft. but not 150 sq. ft. plus 25 per cent arrangement, public, private or parochial child care
over 2,000 sq. ft. of the difference between center, school-age child care program, day nursery
150 sq. ft. and the total area school, kindergarten, play school or other similar school
of the display surface or service operating pursuant to authorization, license or
Over 2,000 sq. ft. Not more than 575 sq. ft. permit of the city or state, (ii) any facility that provides
without permission of the child care services as defined in section four hundred
commissioner ten-p of the New York State social services law, or (iii)
any child day care center as defined in section three
TABLE 7-5 hundred ninety of the New York State social services
ROOF SIGNS (COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS) law. The definition of "child day care center" applies
Area of Facing or Area Occupied or whether or not care is given for compensation but does
Display Surface Covered by Plastics not include child day care centers located in private
1,000 sq. ft. or less 25 per cent of display dwellings and multiple dwelling units.
surface area c. "Cigarette" means any product which consists of
Over 1,000 sq. ft. but 250 sq. ft. plus 10 per (i) any roll of tobacco wrapped in paper or in any
not over 2,000 sq. ft. cent of the difference substance not containing tobacco or (ii) any roll of
between 1,000 sq. ft. and tobacco wrapped in any substance containing tobacco
the total area of the which, because of its appearance, the type of tobacco
display surface used in the filler, or its packaging and labeling is
Over 2,000 sq. ft. Not more than 350 sq. ft. offered for use or purchase by consumers as a cigarette
without permission of the described in (i) of this subdivision.
commissioner d. "Cigarette tobacco" means any product that
consists of loose tobacco and is intended for use by
§[C26-716.11] 27-508 Maintenance and inspection.- consumers in a cigarette.
(a)Maintenance. -All signs, together with all supports, e. "Multiple dwelling" means any building or
braces, guys, and anchors, shall be kept in good repair at structure that may lawfully be occupied as the residence
all times, and when not adequately galvanized or or home of three or more families living independently of
constructed of corrosion-resistant materials, shall be painted each other.
periodically to prevent corrosion. It shall be the duty f. "Multiple dwelling unit" means any unit of
and responsibility of the owner or lessee of every sign residential accommodation in a multiple dwelling.
to maintain the immediate premises occupied by the g. "Person" means any natural person, partnership,
sign in a safe, clean, sanitary, and inoffensive condition co-partnership, firm, company, corporation, limited
and free and clear of all obnoxious substances. liability corporation, agency as defined in section eleven-
(b)Annual inspection. - Every sign for which a permit hundred fifty of the New York City charter, association,
is required shall be inspected at least once in every joint stock association or other legal entity.
calendar year. h. "Playground" means any outdoor premises or
grounds owned or lawfully operated by or on behalf of,
* ARTICLE
17-A the board of education, the department of parks and
YOUTH PROTECTION AGAINST TOBACCO recreation, or any public, private or parochial school,
ADVERTISING AND PROMOTION ACT any child day care center or any youth center, which
contains any device, structure or implement, fixed or
§ 27-508.1 Short title. - portable, used or intended to be used by persons under
This article shall be known and may be cited as the the age of eighteen for recreational or athletic purposes
"Youth Protection Against Tobacco Advertising and including, but not limited to, play equipment such as a
Promotion Act." sliding board swing, jungle gym, sandbox, climbing
bar, wading pool, obstacle course, swimming pool, see-
§ 27-508.2 Definitions. - saw, baseball diamond, athletic field, or basketball court.
For the purposes of this article, the following terms i. "Private dwelling" means any building or structure
shall be defined as follows: or portion thereof that may lawfully be occupied for
residential purposes by not more than two families,

199
Title 27 / Subchapter 7

including the grounds of such building or structure. the department. Such certification shall be accepted by the
j. "School building" means any building or structure department but nothing in this subdivision shall prevent
or any portion thereof, owned, occupied by, or under the the commissioner from removing a certified youth center
custody or control of any public, private or parochial from consideration as a youth center if she or he
institution and lawfully used for the primary purpose of determines it does not meet the criteria of a youth center.
providing educational instruction to students at or
below the twelfth grade level. § 27-508.3 Tobacco product advertisement restriction. -
k. "Smokeless tobacco" means any product that a. It shall be unlawful for any person to place, cause
consists of cut, ground, powdered, or leaf tobacco that is to be placed, to maintain or to cause to be maintained, a
intended to be placed by the consumer in an oral cavity. tobacco product advertisement within one thousand feet,
l. "Tobacco product" means a cigarette, smokeless in any direction, of any school building, playground, child
tobacco or cigarette tobacco. day care center, amusement arcade or youth center, in
m. "Tobacco product advertisement" means any any outdoor area including, but not limited to,
written word, picture, logo, symbol, motto, selling billboards, roofs and sides of buildings, rolling shutters
message, poster, placard, sign, photograph, device, graphic or gates, any enclosures into which rolling shutters or
display or visual image of any kind, recognizable color gates retract, water tanks and towers and free-standing
or pattern of colors, or any other indicia of product signboards; provided, however, that any tobacco product
identification identical or similar to, or identifiable advertisement on an awning projecting from the outside
with, those used for any brand of tobacco product, or of a premises as of July 1, 1997 where tobacco products
any combination thereof, the purpose or effect of which are sold or offered for sale may be retained until two
is to promote the use or sale of a tobacco product years from the effective date of this law.
through such means as, but not limited to, the b. It shall be unlawful for any person to place, cause
identification of a brand of a tobacco product, a to be placed, to maintain, or cause to be maintained, a
trademark of a tobacco product or a trade name tobacco product advertisement in the interior of a
associated exclusively with a tobacco product. building or structure which is within one thousand feet,
n. "Tobacco product promotion" means (i) any item or in any direction, of any school building, playground,
service marketed, licensed, sold or distributed, whether child day care center, amusement arcade or youth
indoors or outdoors, which is not a tobacco product but center, when such advertisement is within five feet of
which bears the brand of a tobacco product, a trademark any exterior window or any door which is used for
of a tobacco product or a trade name associated exclusively entry or egress by the public to the building or
with a tobacco product, alone or in conjunction with any structure; provided, however, that tobacco product
written word, picture, logo, symbol, motto, selling message, advertisements may be placed or maintained in the
poster, placard, sign, photograph, device, graphic display interior of any such premises where such advertisements
or visual image of any kind, recognizable color or pattern are (I) parallel to the street and face inward, or (ii)
of colors, or any other indicia of product identification affixed to a wall panel or similar fixture that is
identical or similar to, or identifiable with those used perpendicular to the street regardless of whether such
for any brand of a tobacco product, or (ii) any gift or advertisements are illuminated or not illuminated.
item other than a tobacco product offered or caused to c. Nothing in this section shall prevent a person from
be offered to any person purchasing a tobacco product placing, causing to be placed, maintaining, or causing to
in consideration of the purchase thereof, or to any person be maintained, a single sign, poster, placard or label no
in consideration of furnishing evidence, such as credits, larger than six square feet and containing only black text,
proofs-of-purchase, or coupons, of such purchase; in any language, not exceeding eight inches in height on
provided, however, that a tobacco product promotion a white background stating "TOBACCO PRODUCTS
shall not include any gift or item provided through the SOLD HERE" or such words translated into any
exchange or redemption through the mail of any such language, within ten feet of an entrance to the premises
credits, proofs-of-purchase, coupons or other evidence where tobacco products are sold or offered for sale.
of the purchase of a tobacco product. d. Nothing in this section shall prevent a tobacco
o. "Youth center" means any building or structure or product manufacturer, distributor or retailer from placing,
portion thereof, lawfully occupied by any person for the causing to be placed, maintaining, or causing to be
primary purpose of operating a trade school (including maintained, its corporate or other business name on a
those conducting after-school, vocational, remedial, tutorial, building or structure, in any location, where such building
educational assistance programs) or an indoor recreational or structure or a portion thereof is owned, operated or
center (including recreational, cultural, physical fitness, or leased by such manufacturer, distributor or retailer and that
sports programs) for persons under the age of eighteen building or structure is the principal place of business of
years, and which has been certified as such to the such manufacturer, distributor or retailer in the city of New
department in accordance with the procedure to be set by York; provided, however, that the corporate or other

200
Title 27 / Subchapter 7

business name of such manufacturer, distributor or retailer city may make application to a court of competent
is registered or filed in the United States or such jurisdiction for an order enjoining such act or practice.
***Local Law 2-2000; Local Law 3-1998.
manufacturer, distributor or retailer is authorized to do
business in any state, and the corporate or business name
of such manufacturer, distributor or retailer does not **§27-508.7 Penalties. -
include any brand name or trademark of a tobacco Notwithstanding the provisions of sections 26-122, 26-
product, alone or in conjunction with any written word, 125 and 26-248 of this code, a violation of this article
picture, logo, symbol, motto, selling message, poster, shall not subject any person to liability for a criminal
placard, sign, photograph, device, graphic display or visual offense.
image of any kind, recognizable color or pattern of colors, **Local Law 10 -1998.
or any other indicia of product identification identical or
similar to, or identifiable with, those used for any brand of ARTICLE 18 FENCES
a tobacco product.
e. This section shall not apply to any tobacco product §[C26-717.1] 27-509 Permitted heights. -
advertisement on a motor vehicle. Nothing in this In other than residence districts as established by the
subdivision shall be construed to authorize the placement zoning resolution, fences may be erected throughout the
of a tobacco product advertisement in a location where city to a maximum height of ten feet. In residence districts,
such placement is otherwise prohibited by the rules of no fences, whether of masonry, steel, wood, or any
the department of transportation or other applicable law. other materials shall be erected to a height of more than
six feet above the ground, except that fences used in
§ 27-508.4 Non-compliant advertisements to be removed.- conjunction with nonresidence buildings and public
The owner, operator or lessee of any location or premises playgrounds, excluding buildings accessory to dwellings,
where a tobacco product advertisement is prohibited or may be erected to a height of fifteen feet. Higher fences
restricted pursuant to the requirements of section 27- may be permitted by the commissioner where required
508.3 of this article shall have thirty days from the for the enclosure of public playgrounds, school yards,
effective date of the local law that added this section to parks, and similar public facilities.
remove any non-compliant tobacco product advertisements.
ARTICLE 19 TENTS AND AIR-SUPPORTED
§ 27-508.5 Sponsorship of and at events. - STRUCTURES
Nothing in this article shall prevent a tobacco products
manufacturer, distributor, or retailer who sponsors, in §[C26-718.1] 27-510 Location and height. -
whole or in part, any athletic, musical, artistic, or cultural Tents or air-supported structures may be erected inside
event, or team or entry in a competition or exhibition in any or outside of the fire districts provided they are not
location from displaying or causing to be displayed the more than one story high above the ground, or above a
corporate or other business name of such sponsor; roof that meets the requirements of subchapter five of
provided, however, that the corporate or other business this chapter for fire divisions.
name of such sponsor is registered or filed in the United
States or such sponsor is authorized to do business in §[C26-718.2] 27-511 Separation. -
any state, and the corporate or other business name of No tent or air-supported structure shall be erected closer
such sponsor does not include any brand name or than twenty feet to any interior lot line nor closer than
trademark of a tobacco product, alone or in conjunction thirty feet in any direction to an unprotected opening,
with any written word, picture, logo, symbol, motto, required exterior stairway or corridor, or required exit
selling message, poster, placard, sign, photograph, door, on the same level or above the level of the tent or
device, graphic display or visual image of any kind, air-supported structure. A tent or air-supported structure
recognizable color or pattern of colors, or any other may abut another building on the same lot if there are
indicia of product identification identical or similar to, no unprotected openings or exits above or within thirty
or identifiable with, those used for any brand of a feet as above stipulated, if there is no door between them
tobacco product. that is a required exit, and if the exterior wall separating
*Local Law 3-1998.
them meets the requirements of subchapter five of this
***§27-508.6
chapter for fire divisions.
Injunctive relief. - Exceptions. - Requirements for separation from other
Whenever any person has engaged in any act or practice buildings on the site shall be waived where a tent or air-
which constitutes a violation of any provision of this supported structure is used for on-site temporary shelter for
article or of chapter thirteen of title eleven of this code, construction work, or incidental fabrication of construction
or of subchapter one of chapter two of title twenty of elements to be used on the site of construction.
this code, or of any rule promulgated thereunder, the

201
Title 27 / Subchapter 7

§[C26-718.3] 27-512 Fire protection. - treated to be flameproofed and shall remain flameproofed
The ground enclosed by a tent or air-supported structure, in accordance with chapter four of this title.
and the ground for a distance of at least ten feet outside (b) Air-supported structures. All fabrics that have a
of same, shall be cleared and maintained clear of all base fabric weight of 6.4 oz. per square yard or less or
combustible material or vegetation. No open flame of that are used to enclose spaces classified in occupancy
any kind shall be employed within the structure, or closer group C, E, F, G, H or J shall have an extinction time of
than twenty feet to any part of the enclosure fabric. Fire not more than two seconds when tested under the small
extinguishing facilities shall be provided in accordance scale test method of reference standard RS 7-3. All
with the requirements of chapter four of this title. other fabrics shall have a flame extinction time of not
over one minute and/or a flame spread of not over one
§[C26-718.4] 27-513 Exits. - inch per minute when tested in accordance with the
Notwithstanding any other requirements of subchapters six provisions of reference standard RS 7-4.
and eight of this chapter, travel distance to an exit from
any point within a tent or air-supported structure shall §[C26-718.7] 27-516 Pressurization system. -
not exceed seventy-five feet. Exit doors in air-supported Air-supported structures shall be inflated and shall
structures shall close automatically against normal operational remain inflated during all periods of occupancy to a
pressures. Opening force at the edge of such doors shall minimum differential pressure of 0.88 in. and a maximum
not exceed fifteen pounds, with the structure at operational differential pressure of 1.50 in. of water. Ventilation flow
pressure. Exit doors shall be located in frames so per occupant, either through vents or anticipated leakage,
constructed that they will remain operative and support shall comply with the requirements of subchapter twelve
the weight of the structure in a state of total collapse. of this chapter.
Occupied spaces. - Where the net floor area per occupant
§[C26-718.5] 27-514 Structural requirements. - is one hundred fifty square feet or less, the structure
(a) Tents. - Tents shall be guyed, supported, and braced shall be provided with at least two blowers, each of
to withstand a wind pressure of ten pounds per square foot which shall have adequate capacity to maintain the
of projected area of the tent. The poles and their required inflation pressure. In addition, an auxiliary
supporting guys, stays, stakes, fastenings, etc. shall be of engine-generator set capable of powering one blower, or a
sufficient strength and attached so as to resist wind supplementary blower powered by an internal combustion
pressure of twenty psf of projected area of the tent. engine, either of which shall have the capacity to run
(b) Air-supported structures. - continuously for four hours, shall be located outside the
(1) Air-supported structures shall be anchored to the structure, shall be weather protected, and shall be
ground or supporting structure by either ballast arranged to automatically operate the blower within
twenty seconds upon failure of the normal source. Heat
distributed, and adequate to resist the inflation lift load,
shall be provided from a source outside the structure so
the aerodynamic lift load, and the drag (shear) load due
arranged as to prevent the spread of fire to the structure.
to wind impact. The latter factors shall be based on a The temperature within the air-supported structure shall be
wind velocity of at least seventy miles per hour, and an maintained at the temperature required by subchapter
estimated stagnation of not less than 0.5q for structures twelve of this chapter, but not less than fifty degrees
on grade whose height is equal to, or less than, the Fahrenheit during periods of snowfall.
width of the structure. For greater heights, or for elevated
structures, increased anchorage shall be provided, §[C26-718.8] 27-517 Certificate of occupancy. -
justified by analytical and/or experimental data. Certificates of occupancy for tents or air-supported
(2) The skin of the structure shall be of such strength, and structures shall be issued for a period not exceeding one
the joints so constructed, as to provide a minimum dead year, and such certificates may be renewed for one year
load strip tensile strength at seventy degrees F of four periods thereafter if the tent or air-supported structure
times the seventy mph design load (inflation and complies with all laws, rules and regulations in effect at
aerodynamic loading). The joints shall provide a dead the time of request for renewal.
load strip tensile strength of one hundred sixty degrees
F of twice the seventy mph design load (i.e., a factor of ARTICLE 20 OCCUPANCIES INVOLVING STORAGE
safety of four and two respectively). In addition, the OF NITRIC ACID
material shall provide a trapezoidal tear strength of at
least fifteen percent of the maximum design tensile load. §[C26-719.1] 27-518 Application.- This article shall
Material and joint strengths shall be so certified by the apply to the construction, alteration and use of buildings or
manufacturer, justified by analytical and/or experimental data. spaces wherein nitric acid is stored.

§[C26-719.2] 27-519 Location. -

§[C26-718.6] 27-515 Flame resistance. -
Carboys containing nitric acid shall be stored in storage vaults.
(a) Tents. - All materials used for tents shall be

202
Title 27 / Subchapter 7

as otherwise permitted by subdivision (c) of this section.

§[C26-719.3] 27-520 Construction requirements. -
(a) Vaults shall be constructed of incombustible acid- §[C26-720.4] 27-521.4 Fire protection equipment. -
resistant material with a fire resistance of at least one hour. (a) Smoke detectors. - In all spaces opening onto an atrium,
(b) Doors opening into such storage vaults shall be a smoke detecting system shall be installed in accordance
self-closing, noncombustible fire doors with a fire-protection with the requirements of reference standard RS 17-5E.
rating of at least three-quarters of an hour. (b) Standpipes. - At least one standpipe outlet in
(c) Vault floors shall be constructed of acid-resistant addition to a riser or risers within required stairways,
brick, concrete treated with sodium silicate or other acid- shall be installed in every atrium.
proof material and shall incorporate a dike constructed of (c) Sprinklers. -
the same material, whose height shall be adequate to (1) Every story or mezzanine within an atrium that
contain the acid plus the neutralizing substance that would overhangs another story or mezzanine within fifty feet
be necessary to neutralize said acid plus six inches. shall have the overhang sprinklered in accordance with
(d) The floor shall be provided with a valved drain, section 27-956 of article four of subchapter seventeen
which shall be connected to the drainage system in of this chapter, except that atrium ceilings less than fifty
accordance with the requirements of subchapter sixteen feet above the atrium floor but more than thirty feet
of this chapter. above the floor may alternatively be provided with
smoke detectors, which shall be of the central supervisory
§[C26-719.4] 27-521 Ventilation. - type connected to an approved central station. Every
Mechanical ventilation systems for storage vaults shall room or space opening onto the atrium shall be sprinklered,
be adequate to effect ten complete air changes per hr. no matter where located.
Exhaust shall be taken from within twelve inches above (2) Except as otherwise permitted by subdivision
the level of the top of the dike. The exhaust system shall (c) of section 27-521.3 of this article, at glass panels
be independent of exhaust systems serving other parts of permitted by subdivision (d) of such section, sprinklers
the building and the openings to the outdoors shall be on the occupied side at all levels shall be spaced six feet
located in accordance with the provisions of subchapter apart parallel to the glass and that distance away from
thirteen of this chapter for system conveying vapors. the glass panels so as to insure complete glass wetting
upon activation. No obstructions to such wetting
ARTICLE 21 ATRIUMS capability shall be permitted.
(3) Every sprinkler system for an atrium shall be
§[C26-720.1] 27-521.1 Applicability. - provided with sources of water supply in accordance
This article shall apply to the construction, alteration and with article four of subchapter seventeen of this chapter.
use of atriums.
§[C26-720.5] 27-521.5 Means of egress. -
§[C26-720.2] 27-521.2 Classification.- An atrium shall (a) No vertical exits shall discharge into an atrium at any level.
be classified in occupancy group F-3. (b) Atrium corridors shall have a width equal to or
greater than one hundred fifty per cent of that required
§[C26-720.3] 27-521.3 Construction. - by either table 6-1of subchapter six or table 8-1 of
(a) Atriums may be constructed only in buildings in subchapter eight, as applicable.
(c) An unenclosed path of travel to a required exit
noncombustible construction groups 1-A, 1-B and 1-C.
shall be permitted, except that access to one of the
(b) An atrium shall be fully enclosed except that
required vertical exits shall be only through an enclosed
openings of any size into the two lowest levels of an passageway or corridor conforming to the requirements
atrium shall be permitted if such openings are provided for exits of subchapter six.
with opening protectives having a fire-resistance rating
of at least one and one-half hours or are provided with §[C26-720.6] 27-521.6 Fire alarm and
sprinklers no more than six feet apart. communication system. -
(c) The minimum horizontal clear dimension of an
An interior fire alarm and communication system shall
atrium shall be forty feet, provided, however that this
be installed in accordance with the requirements of
dimension can be reduced to twenty feet where sprinkler
reference standard RS 17-3.
spacing on the occupied side adjacent to glass panels
authorized by subdivision (d) of this section is no more
than four feet or the minimum atrium area is twelve §[C26-720.7] 27-521.7 Signs. -
hundred square feet. Atriums shall be provided with all signs required by
(d) Atrium enclosing walls shall be of at least two hour articles seven and nine of subchapter six of this chapter,
fire-resistant construction or of glass that is wired, regardless of the occupant load of the atrium.
laminated, or tempered and is provided with sprinklers on
the occupied side spaced no more than six feet apart, except §[C26-720.8] 27-521.8 Smoke control. -

203
Title 27 / Subchapter 7

(a) In all atriums there shall be provided a system of (b) Standpipes. - At least one standpipe outlet shall
mechanical ventilation of sufficient capacity to exhaust at be installed in every mall.
least six air changes per hour of the combined volumes of (c) Sprinklers. - An automatic wet sprinkler system
the atrium and all spaces with an open connection to the shall be installed in every mall.
atrium, or 1 cfm/sq. ft. from all such spaces, whichever is (1) All spaces with openings between such spaces
greater, using either dedicated fan equipment or the and a mall shall be fully sprinklered in accordance with
building ventilation system arranged to shut down subchapter seventeen of this chapter and reference standard
automatically, with manual override capability. Make-up RS 17-2 regardless of floor area or occupancy classification.
air shall be supplied at the lowest level of an atrium at a
rate equal to seventy-five percent of exhaust. §[C26-721.5] 27-521.14 Egress. - The exits for a mall
(b) All atriums shall have a gravity ventilation system shall be of sufficient capacity to accommodate the
equipped with remote manual controls to remove aggregate occupant load of the mall and all spaces
smoke if the mechanical exhaust system fails. opening onto the mall.
(c) A ventilation system serving an atrium shall not be
interconnected with any other system serving another space. §[C26-721.6] 27-521.15 Smoke control . -
(d) Ventilation systems supplying occupied spaces shall (a) In all malls there shall be provided a system of
not be interconnected with the general atrium supply. mechanical ventilation of sufficient capacity to exhaust at
least six air changes per hour of the combined volumes of the
§[C26-720.9] 27-521.9 Emergency power. - mall and all spaces with an open connection to the mall, or 1
All atriums shall be provided with an emergency power cfm/sq. ft. from all such spaces, whichever is greater, using
system meeting the requirements of article eleven of either dedicated fan equipment or the building ventilation
subchapter six of this chapter. system arranged to shut down automatically, with manual
override capability. Make-up air shall be supplied at the lowest
ARTICLE 22 MALLS level of a mall at a rate equal to seventy-five per cent of exhaust.
(b) All malls shall have a gravity ventilation system
§[C26-721.1] 27-521.10 Applicability. - This article equipped with remote manual controls to remove smoke
shall apply to the construction, alteration and use of malls. if the mechanical exhaust system fails.
(c) A ventilation system serving a mall shall not be
§[C26-721.2] 27-521.11 Classification. - interconnected with any other system serving another space.
A mall shall be classified in occupancy group C. (d) Ventilation systems supplying occupied spaces
shall not be interconnected with the general mall supply.
§[C26-721.3] 27-521.12 Construction; General. -
(a) A mall may be constructed only in buildings in §[C26-721.7] 27-521.16 Signs. -
noncombustible construction groups I-A, I-B and I-C. Malls shall be provided with all signs required by
(b) The minimum horizontal clear dimension at any articles seven and nine of subchapter six of this chapter,
level in a mall shall be twenty feet. regardless of occupant load of the mall.
(c) Where different tenancies have openings to a mall
the tenancies shall be separated in accordance with
section 27-341 of article five of subchapter five of this
chapter.
(d) All openings between a mall and other spaces
shall be provided with a noncombustible draft curtain
that shall extend downward a minimum of twenty-four
inches below the lowest ceiling adjacent to such draft
curtain or shall meet the requirements of clause three of
subparagraph d of paragraph three of subdivision (h) of
section 27-370 of article five of subchapter six of this
chapter relating to show windows.

§[C26-721.4] 27-521.13 Fire protection equipment. -

(a) Smoke detectors. - Smoke detectors meeting the
specifications of section 27-981 of article six of
subchapter seventeen shall be located at the ceiling and
adjacent to each return air intake.

204
Title 27 / Subchapter 8

SUBCHAPTER 8 ARTICLE 1 GENERAL

PLACES OF ASSEMBLY
***§[C26-800.1] 27-522 Scope. -
TABLE OF CONTENTS The provisions of this subchapter shall control the
design and construction of places of assembly as
[Sub-Art. Art. defined in subchapter two of this chapter. For specific
or Sec.]* or Sec.** classifications of assembly occupancies, see article
[800.0] Art. 1 General eight of subchapter three of this chapter. For place of
assembly permit requirements, see section 27-525.1 of
[800.1] 522 Scope
article two of this subchapter.
[800.2] 523 Definitions ***Local Law 23-1990.
[800.3] 524 Tents and Air Supported
Structures §[C26-800.2] 27-523 Definitions. -
[801.0] Art. 2 Basic Requirements For definitions to be used in the interpretation of this
[801.1] 525 General subchapter, see subchapter two of this chapter.
525.1 Place of Assembly Permit
§[C26-800.3] 27-524 Tents and air supported structures.-
[801.2] 526 Location Places of assembly enclosed by tents or air supported
[801.3] 527 Posted Capacity structures shall comply with the provisions of this
[801.4] 528 Approved Seating Plans subchapter regulating indoor places of assembly, and with
[801.5] 529 Enclosure and Interior the provisions of article nineteen of subchapter seven of
Finish this chapter.
[801.6] 530 Means of Egress
[801.7] 531 Seating in Assembly ARTICLE 2 BASIC REQUIREMENTS
Spaces
§[C26-801.1] 27-525 General. -
[801.8] 532 Aisles and Cross Aisles The provisions of this article shall apply to all places
[801.9] 533 Travel Distance of assembly, in addition to the specific requirements of
[801.10] 534 Exit Openings articles three through five of this subchapter for the
[801.11] 535 Safe Areas several categories of places of assembly.
[801.12] 536 Corridors
[801.13] 537 Exit Passageways **§27-525.1 Place of assembly permit. -
a. It shall be unlawful to use or occupy any building
[801.14] 538 Vertical Exits
or premises or part thereof as a place of assembly
[801.15] 539 Open Exterior Spaces unless and until a permit therefor shall have been
[801.16] 540 Exit Lighting issued by the department. The permit shall be for a
[801.17] 541 Exit Signs term of one year.
[801.18] 542 Emergency Lighting b. The application for such permit and such permit
[801.19] 543 Light Projection Sources shall be in a form prescribed by the commissioner.
[801.20] 544 Motion Picture Screen c. The annual fee for a permit issued pursuant to
[802.0] Art. 3 F-1 Places of Assembly this section shall be the amount provided for in
[802.1] 545 General paragraph seven of subdivision a of section 26-214 of
[802.2] 546 F-1a Places of Assembly the code. An application for such permit or renewal
[802.3] 547 F-1b Places of Assembly thereof shall be accompanied by the annual fee, except
[803.0] Art. 4 F-2 Places of Assembly as otherwise provided in section 26-210 of the code.
[803.1] 548 General d. The permit issued pursuant to this section shall
[804.0] Art. 5 F-3 and F-4 Places of be posted in a conspicuous place in the place of
Assembly assembly, which is covered by such permit.
[804.1] 549 General **Local Law 23-1990.
*"C26" omitted from section numbers in this column.
**"27" omitted from section numbers in this column. §[C26-801.2] 27-526 Location. –
No place of assembly shall be located within two
LIST OF TABLES hundred fifty feet of any occupancy containing explosive
contents.
Table No.
8-1 Determination of Exit and Access Requirements

205
Title 27 / Subchapter 8

§[C26-801.3] 27-527 Posted capacity. - (b) For safe areas:

Signs shall be posted in all assembly spaces, (1) The furniture and equipment arrangement and
indicating the number of persons who may legally location.
occupy the space. Signs shall not be required where (2) The number of occupants to be accommodated.
seating is fixed in place in accordance with an (c) For stage areas:
approved seating plan and no provision is made for (1) The maximum number of occupants, including
standee spaces. Such signs, where required, shall read audience seating on the stage.
as follows: (2) Any conditions limiting the use of the stage area.
(3) The location of all exits.
OCCUPANCY BY MORE THAN______PERSONS These plans shall not be smaller in size than required
IS DANGEROUS AND UNLAWFUL for one-eighth inch scale plans.

Public Assembly License No________ Commissioner, §[C26-801.5] 27-529 Enclosure and interior finish. -
(where applicable) Dept. of Buildings, City of New Places of assembly shall be separated from adjoining
occupancies by construction meeting the requirements of table
When a space is occupied for multiple purposes 5-1 or table 5-2, whichever may apply. The interior finish of
involving different occupant loads the sign shall read places of assembly shall meet the requirements of table 5-4.
as follows:
§[C26-801.6] 27-530 Means of egress. -
OCCUPANCY BY MORE THAN Places of assembly shall be provided with exit
(number)____PERSONS AS____(type of occupancy)____ facilities meeting all of the requirements of this
OR BY subchapter and all of the requirements of subchapter six
(number)____PERSONS AS____(type of occupancy)____ of this chapter. A place of assembly located in a
OR BY building classified in another occupancy group shall
(number)____PERSONS AS____(type of occupancy)____ comply with the exit requirements of this subchapter,
IS DANGEROUS AND UNLAWFUL but may use the exit facilities of the building of which
Public Assembly License No_______ Commissioner, it is a part as a means of egress from the building.
(where applicable) Dept. of Buildings, City of New York
§[C26-801.7] 27-531 Seating in assembly spaces. - All
seating in assembly spaces shall conform to the following:
Signs shall be at least twelve inches wide and sixteen (a) Seating arrangements.- Except as otherwise
inches high. The lettering shall be red on a white provided in this subchapter, all seating shall be arranged
background. The letters shall be at least one inch high in rows to provide for orderly egress.
and the numerals at least one and one-quarter inches (1) CHAIR SEATING. - Seating patterns
high. Signs shall be framed under a transparent protective employing individual chairs shall comply with the
cover, and permanently mounted in a location that is following:
conspicuously visible to a person entering the space. a. Assembly spaces in which the net floor area,
Signs shall be lighted by artificial illumination at all exclusive of stage area, is less than eight square feet per
times during occupancy to maintain at least five foot person shall be provided with chairs that are rigidly
candles on the surface of the sign. anchored to the construction or fixed in place by devices
that prevent movement in any direction, except that not
§[C26-801.4] 27-528 Approved seating plans. - more than twelve movable chairs may be provided in a
In every place of assembly providing seating, copies box or loge if such box or loge is separated from the main
of approved seating plans and approved alternate seating pattern by railings or other permanent
seating plans shall be kept on the premises. The plans construction and has an area of at least five square feet
shall be readily available for inspection, and shall per chair.
provide the following information: b. In assembly spaces where the net floor
(a) For assembly spaces: area, exclusive of stage area, is between eight and
(1) The location of each seat of each tier of seating, twelve square feet per person, movable chairs may be
along with the number of occupants of each seating used provided all chairs in a row between aisles are
section. fastened or ganged together to preserve the integrity of
(2) The location and number of standees for each the row. Not more than twelve chairs shall be used in
standee area. any row between aisles.
(3) The total number of occupants of each tier c. In assembly spaces where net floor area,
and of the assembly space. exclusive of stage area, is more than twelve square feet
(4) The location and classification of all exits. per person, individual movable chairs may be used.

206
Title 27 / Subchapter 8

Not more than twelve chairs shall be used in any row performing area and listening systems where required,
between aisles. shall comply with the provisions of reference standard
d. All chairs placed on stepped platforms less RS 4-6. These positions may be utilized by persons
than four feet wide shall be anchored or fixed in place. who do not use wheelchairs provided that the positions
e. The minimum distance between centerlines are delineated on the approved seating plans, the
of chairs in the same row shall be nineteen inches. seating is readily removable and the positions are
f. The spacing between the back of one chair unsold one full working day before the performance.
in any row and any part of the chair in the row behind (2) BLEACHER SEATING. - Fixed or folding
it, including arm blocks, when the seat is in the lift-up bleachers shall comply with the following:
position for automatic operation or in the horizontal a. For the purpose of determining occupant
position for nonlift-up or nonautomatic operation, load, individual seat space width shall be assumed to
when measured horizontally between plumb lines, be eighteen inches. There shall be a space of at least
shall be at least twelve inches, and this spacing shall fourteen and one-half inches between the back edge of
be increased for any of the following reasons: each seat and the front edge of the seat immediately
1. Where a difference in floor level occurs behind it when measured between plumb lines.
between any two rows, the spacing shall be increased b. The width of footboards and seat boards shall
as follows: be at least nine and one-half inches. Where wider seat
boards are provided, the space between seats may be
Difference in Level (in.) Increase in Space (in reduced by an amount equivalent to the increase in width.
6-10, plus any fraction of an inch.. 1 c. Sections having not more than ten
11-16, plus any fraction of an inch 2 consecutive rows of seating shall not require aisles.
17-22, plus any fraction of an inch 3 Where there are more than ten consecutive rows, aisles
23 and over………………………. 4 shall be provided at the ends of seat rows, the
minimum spacing between seat rows shall be
2. Where it is necessary from any location increased to sixteen inches and the required space
to pass more than seven chairs to reach the nearest between seat rows shall be increased by one-quarter of
aisle, spacing shall be increased one-quarter of an inch an inch for each seat in excess of seven that it is
for each chair in excess of seven. necessary to pass to reach an aisle. Cross aisles shall
g. Not more than eight chairs shall be be provided at the bottom of each section of seating.
provided in any row of seating having access to only d. Bleacher seating shall be constructed to
one aisle except as provided below for bleacher and comply with the requirements of subchapters nine and
platform seating. ten of this chapter
* (3) PLATFORM SEATING. - Stepped platforms
h. Performance viewing positions shall be
provided for persons who use wheelchairs in used for seating without chairs shall comply with the
accordance with the following schedule. following:
* a. For the purpose of determining occupant load,
Local Law 58-1987.
individual seat space width shall be assumed to be
Capacity of Assembly Number of Viewing eighteen inches.
Space Positions b. Platforms shall be at least twenty-eight
75 to 100…………. …………….minimum 4 inches deep from front to back.
101 to 150………... …………….minimum 5 c. Platform depth shall be increased one-
151 to 200………... …………….minimum 6 quarter of an inch for each seat in excess of seven that
201 to 300………... ……………………….7 it is necessary to pass to reach an aisle.
301 to 400………... ……………………….8 d. Aisles complying with section 27-532 of
401 to 500………... ……………………….9 this article shall be provided when the height between
501 to 1000……..…………….. 2 percent of total levels of platform seating exceeds eight inches
Over 1000………... 20 plus 1 for each 100 (4) BENCH SEATING. - Bench or pew seating,
over 1000 with or without backs, may be used when complying with
the applicable requirements for chair seating in [sic]
paragraph one of this subdivision. For the purpose of
These positions shall be located so as not to interfere
determining occupant load, individual seat space width
with egress from any row of seats and shall be
shall be assumed to be eighteen inches.
reachable by means of ramps and/or elevators. Steps
(5) TABLE AND CHAIR SEATING. - Tables and
shall not be allowed in line of travel from the main
chairs shall be so arranged that the distance from any
approach entry to the designated locations. Size and
chair at any table by way of a path between tables and
placement of wheelchair locations, surfaces, access to
chairs is not greater than eighteen feet to an aisle

207
Title 27 / Subchapter 8

leading to an exit. The width of the path shall be at highest row of seats, and continuously along the rear
least eighteen inches, except that it may be reduced by of the seating, except where the seating is adjacent to a
one inch for each one foot that the distance to the aisle wall.
is less than eighteen feet but may not be reduced to e. Guards shall be designed to meet the load
less than twelve inches. Chairs, when placed with the requirements for railings in subchapter nine of this chapter.
front edge of the seat on a line with the edge of the table,
shall not protrude into the path. Booths containing up §[C26-801.8] 27-532 Aisles and cross aisles. –
to eight seats may be used, provided they open directly Assembly spaces shall be served by aisles, cross
on an aisle. aisles, or other unobstructed floor areas providing
(6) COUNTER SEATING. - Counters at which access to exits, except as permitted for bleacher seating in
food or beverages are consumed shall be attached to paragraph two of subdivision (a) of section 27-531 of
the floor. Fixed or movable chairs or stools may be this article.
provided. The number of occupants shall be (a) The capacity of aisles and cross aisles shall be
determined on the basis of one occupant for each adequate to serve all persons for whom they provide a
eighteen inches of counter length. The width of aisles primary path of travel to an exit. (See section 27-533
bordering counters shall be measured excluding a of this article.)
depth of eighteen inches for chair or stool spaces. (1) CAPACITY. - The capacity of aisles and
(7) STANDEE AREAS. - Standee areas may be cross aisles shall be as listed in table 8-1. The unit of
permitted within assembly spaces provided each exit width shall be twenty-two inches. Seats or other
standee space has a minimum width of twenty-two facilities shall not project into an aisle or cross aisle so
inches and a minimum depth of twenty-one inches. as to reduce the width of the aisle or cross aisle more
Standee areas shall not encroach on the required exit than one inch per unit of exit width.
facilities and shall be separated from the space to be (2) MINIMUM WIDTH. - Aisles and cross aisles
left clear for passage by tape, ribbon or other easily shall have a minimum width of forty-four inches
broken material, supported by lightweight posts fixed except that the width may be at least thirty-six inches
in stationary sockets, so constructed and placed as to not under any one or more of the following conditions:
constitute an obstruction in case of panic or emergency. a. In any assembly space having a total of not
(8) PROTECTIVE GUARDS. - Protective guards more than three hundred occupants.
shall be provided for seating and standee areas as b. When not more than the number of persons
follows: permitted for one unit of exit width is served.
a. A protective guard at least thirty inches c. At the narrowest point when a tapered aisle
high above the floor shall be provided along the fascia is permitted under paragraph three of this subdivision.
of all balconies, loges, and boxes, except that the d. When an aisle parallels and is alongside an
guard shall be at least thirty-six inches high at the enclosure wall or partition that is provided with exit doors
bottom of stepped aisles. When rails or other parts of spaced not more than sixteen feet on centers, provided
such guards are designed with ledges more than two such aisle serves only the rows of seats adjacent to it
and one-half inches wide, the top surface of the ledges (3) TAPERED AISLES. - Tapered aisles shall be
shall slope down toward the seating area at an angle of used where egress is provided only at one end of the
at least thirty degrees from the horizontal. The guards aisle, except that uniform aisles may be used when
shall provide an unperforated curb or toeguard at least their width for the entire length will accommodate eighty
twelve inches high above the level of the floor of the percent of the total occupant load served by the aisle.
balcony, loge, or box. Tapered aisles shall be widened gradually so that their
b. A protective guard at least thirty inches high width at the point of discharge provides for the entire
above the floor shall be provided at cross aisles where occupant load of the aisle.
fixed seat backs of any adjacent lower level do not (4) UNIFORM AISLES. - Aisles of uniform width
project at least twenty-four inches above the cross aisle shall be used where egress is provided at both ends of an
level. aisle by either cross aisles or exit doors. The width of
c. A protective guard at least eighteen inches uniform aisles shall not be less than required for sixty
high above the floor shall be provided along the front percent of the total occupant load served by the aisles.
edge of any stepped platform where fixed seat backs (5) AISLE WIDTH AT OPENINGS. - When an
of the adjacent lower level do not project at least aisle or cross aisle discharges directly into exit
eighteen inches above the stepped platform level. openings, a space shall be provided in front of such
d. A protective guard at least twenty-six openings that is at least as wide as such openings and
inches high above seat level shall be provided at the at least as deep as the width of the aisle or cross aisle.
open ends of bleacher seating, extending from the (6) CROSS AISLES. - Cross aisles, at any point
front of the third row of seats to the back of the shall not be closer than twelve feet to a stage area

208
Title 27 / Subchapter 8

using scenery or scenic elements. Steppings shall not table 8-1. Such alternate exit openings may serve to
be permitted in cross aisles. satisfy the requirements for primary travel distance for
(7) AISLE GRADIENTS AND STEPPINGS. - The other seats or locations. Exit openings satisfying the
floors of aisles shall have a gradient of not more than one primary and secondary travel distance requirements for
in eight. Where differences in levels require a greater any one seat or location shall be separated from each
gradient, steps shall be used, complying with the other by a distance of at least twenty-five feet.
following: (a) Travel distance shall be the measured distance
a. When one riser only is used between levels along centerlines of paths of travel to the centerline of
of platforms, its height shall not exceed eight inches, the exit opening, as adjusted by penalties for multi-
and where more than one riser is used, none shall directional or stepped travel as provided below.
exceed seven and three-quarter inches. (1) No path of travel shall be permitted through rows
b. No riser shall be less than four inches high. of seating other than the first leg of travel from a seat to an
c. No riser shall vary from the height of the aisle.
riser immediately above or below except that risers (2) The first thirty-five feet of a primary path of
that are separated by a tread of seventeen inches or travel and a secondary path of travel may be
more may vary up to one-quarter inch. common to each other except that this distance may be
d. The width of treads of intermediate steps increased to fifty feet in F-2 places of assembly.
between platform levels shall be at least nine and one- (3) Not more than three changes in direction of
half inches, but not more than ten and one-half inches, travel shall be permitted in the path of travel to an exit
exclusive of nosings. opening. A change in direction shall be deemed to occur
e. Treads at the level of platforms and when it is necessary to change direction by a forty-five
seventeen inches or more in width may slope not more degrees or greater angle, measured from the preceding
than one-quarter inch in twelve inches. line of travel, except that it shall not be considered as a
f. No steps shall be used to enter a row of change in direction when it is necessary in an aisle or
seats from an aisle unless an unobstructed floor space cross aisle to travel in another direction not more than
of at least seven square feet is provided at the level of seven feet.
the aisle, between the aisle and the steps. (4) Travel distance shall be the sum of the
g. Each step in an aisle shall be marked along distances of all segments of travel to the exit, computed
its nosing with a permanent contrasting color stripe, as follows:
and shall be provided with a step light.
h. The line of risers of aisle steppings shall Segment Length
deviate no more than twenty degrees from a line First leg of travel Measured distance
perpendicular to the centerline of the aisle. Second leg of travel after Measured distance
(8) STEPPED AISLE LANDINGS. - Stepped first change in direction
aisles shall Third leg of travel after 1.25 times measured
be provided with landings at exit openings, and shall second change in direction distance
have a length equal to at least the width of the aisle Fourth leg of travel after 1.40 times measured
and a slope of not more than one in twelve. third change in direction distance
(9) LIGHTING. - Aisles and cross aisles shall be Any leg of travel with 1.25 times length of segment
provided at all times with at least one-half foot candle four or more steps as computed above
of artificial illumination by electrical means.
(10) VOMITORIES. - Vomitories within assembly §[C26-801.10] 27-534 Exit openings. -
spaces shall comply with all of the requirements for Exit openings from assembly spaces shall comply with
aisles, and shall have a clear ceiling height of at least the following:
seven feet. (a) Capacity. - The capacity of exit openings shall
be listed as in table 8-1, based on the number of
§[C26-801.9] 27-533 Travel distance. - occupants for whom the opening satisfies the primary
At least one exit opening shall be available from every travel distance requirement.
attached seat or standee space in an assembly space, or (b) Width. - Exit openings shall be at least thirty-six
from the most remote point in the space when movable inches wide for single doors and at least sixty-six inches
seats are provided or, when no seats are provided, within but not more than eighty-eight inches wide for doors
the primary travel distance limitation listed in table 8-1. swinging in pairs, except that in assembly spaces having
In addition, an alternate exit opening shall be available an occupant load of over three hundred persons, single
from every attached seat or standee space, or from the door openings shall be at least forty-four inches wide.
most remote point when attached seats are not provided
within the secondary travel distance limitation listed in

209
Title 27 / Subchapter 8

TABLE 8-1 DETERMINATION OF EXIT AND ACCESS REQUIREMENTS

Capacity
(number of persons per unit of width)
*
Maximum Travel Distance Doors or Openings
Within Assembly Space
a
Occupancy (ft.) Aisle and From From Ramps, Corridors, Safe
Group Cross Aisle Assembly Safe Stairs and Areas, Exit
e
Classification Primary Secondary Space Area Escalators Passageways
b
F-1a 85 125 80 50 100 60 80
c
F-1b 100 125 90 80 125 80 100
F2 175 250 400 400 500 320 425
d d
F3 100 125 90 80 125 80 100
d d
F4 85 125 80 50 100 60 80

Notes:
a
See section 27-533. When an exit opening from an assembly space discharges into corridor that does not meet the requirements of this code for a safe area,
the travel distance shall include the distance within the corridor to an exit.
b
See paragraph four of subdivision (b) of section 27-546 for stages.
c
See paragraph three of subdivision (b) of section 27-547 for stages.
d
In place of assembly completely equipped with automatic sprinklers, this distance may be increased fifty percent.
e
See section 27-532.
*
Bracket not enacted but probably intended.

(c) Classification. - Exit openings from assembly 2. For assembly spaces in which the mean floor
spaces shall be classified as follows: level is more than fifteen feet, but not more than thirty
Class. 1.- Exit openings that are used for normal feet, above or below the adjoining grade elevation, the
entry to the assembly space, and that open directly to a exit capacity shall be distributed as follows:
safe area or to an open exterior space. Class 1 - not less than sixty percent
Class 2.-Exit openings that are not used for Class 3 - not more than forty percent
normal entry to the assembly space, and that open 3. For assembly spaces in which the mean floor
directly to a safe area or to an open exterior space. level is more than thirty feet above or below the
Class 3.-Exit openings that open from the assembly adjoining grade elevation, the exit capacity shall be
space into corridors, exit passageways, or vertical exits. distributed as follows:
(d) Distribution of classes. - The required exit Class 1- not less than one hundred percent
capacity from F-2 places of assembly, and from all other (e) Location. - No exit opening shall be closer than
assembly spaces in which the net floor area, exclusive twelve feet to any part of a stage using scenery or
of stage area, is twelve square feet or more per person scenic elements. All exit openings shall be clearly
may be provided by exit openings of any class. The identifiable and shall not be disguised as part of a wall
required exit capacity from assembly spaces in which or covered in any way to obscure them from view.
the net floor area, exclusive of stage area, is less than Where, because of the configuration of the assembly
twelve square feet per person shall be distributed so space enclosure, an exit opening is not visible from all
that exit openings of each class are provided to seats using it as a means of egress, directional exit signs
comply with the following requirements: shall be placed on the enclosure alongside the exit
1. For assembly spaces in which the mean floor opening to indicate its location. These signs shall be in
level is not more than fifteen feet above or below the addition to those required over the exit opening.
adjoining grade elevation, the exit capacity shall be (f) Locking. - No exit door shall be locked so as to
distributed as follows: prevent egress from an assembly space while it is
Class 1- not less than forty percent occupied.
Class 2- not more than sixty percent
Class 3- not more than forty percent

210
Title 27 / Subchapter 8

§[C26-801.11] 27-535 Safe areas. – a. No riser shall be less than six inches
Safe areas shall comply with the following: nor more than seven and one-half inches high.
(a) When provided to serve class one or class two exit b. No riser shall vary in height from the riser
openings safe areas shall be separated from assembly spaces immediately above or below it.
by noncombustible construction having a two hour fire- c. Treads in flights of steps shall be at least
resistance rating, and shall serve as transition areas in the line ten and one-half inches wide exclusive of nosing, and,
and direction of exit travel. They shall serve for normal entry except as provided in paragraph d of this subdivision,
to the assembly space and may be used as corridors, lobbies, the sum of two risers plus the width of one tread shall
or lounges. No room or space classified in occupancy group be at least twenty-four inches but not more than
A, B-1, D-1, or D-2 shall open upon a safe area. Safe areas twenty-five and one-half inches.
shall be at a level not more than six feet above or below the d. No change in levels shall have less than
level at which egress is made from the assembly space, three risers, except that where the intervening tread is
except that a separate safe area shall not be required for any between twenty-eight inches and thirty-six inches, two
assembly space having an occupant load of less than one risers may be used when the edge of each tread is
hundred fifty persons and which is served by a safe area of marked by a contrasting color stripe.
another assembly space, when such safe area is in the e. Where exit openings from an assembly
direction of egress. Ventilating systems for safe areas shall space are above or below the level of the safe area, a
not be connected to systems serving any other spaces, unless platform shall be provided at the same level as that of
separated from such systems by fire dampers actuated by the exit opening. The platform shall be at least one
smoke detectors meeting the construction requirements of foot wider on each side than the exit opening, and
subchapter thirteen of this chapter. shall extend a minimum of six feet in the direction of
(1) COLLECTING SAFE AREAS. - exit travel. The sides of such platforms, and of steps or
Places of assembly having more than one assembly ramps leading from them, shall be protected by guards
space may have a collecting safe area that receives the at least three feet high.
occupant load discharged into it by other safe areas. (6) EXITS FROM SAFE AREAS. - The capacity
Collecting safe areas shall be located within six feet of exits from safe areas shall be as listed in table 8-1.
above or below the assembly space nearest to grade. Exit openings from safe areas shall discharge
(2) OCCUPANT LOAD. - The occupant load of into exit types as provided in subchapter six of this
a safe area shall be the aggregate occupant load of all chapter.
exit openings discharging directly into it. The (7) DOOR HARDWARE. - Doors from safe
occupant load of a collecting safe area shall be the areas or from exits from safe areas opening directly to
aggregate occupant load of all exit openings the outdoors and furnished with locks shall be
discharging directly into it, plus fifty percent of the equipped with fire exit bolts complying with the
occupant load of other safe areas discharging into it. requirements of paragraph two of subdivision (k) of
(3) DIMENSIONS.- Except as provided in section 27-371 of subchapter six of this chapter.
subdivision four of this section, the clear unobstructed floor
area of each safe area shall be sufficient to accommodate §[C26-801.12] 27-536 Corridors. -
the total occupant load of the safe area on the basis of Corridors shall comply with all of the requirements of
two square feet per person, not including space occupied subchapter six of this chapter, except as modified below:
by furniture or equipment. The minimum dimension of (a) Capacity. - The capacity of corridors shall be as
such unobstructed space shall be eight feet. The width of listed in table 8-1.
the unobstructed space shall be measured at right angles to (b) Changes in level. - Changes in level requiring
the direction of travel to an exit and shall not be less than less than three risers in a corridor shall be by a ramp
required for the occupant load, on the basis of the exit having a slope not greater than one in ten.
capacity listed in table 8-1. The height of safe areas shall
be at least eight feet at all points. §[C26-801.13] 27-537 Exit passageways. –
(4) SAFE AREAS NEAR GRADE. - When a safe Exit passageways shall comply with all of the requirements
area provides egress to an open exterior space, either of subchapter six of this chapter, except as modified below:
directly or through a vestibule, the safe area need not (a) Capacity. - The capacity of exit passageways
provide the floor area required by subdivision three of shall be as listed in table 8-1.
this section when the level of discharge from the safe (b) Changes in level. - Changes in level requiring
area to the open exterior space is not more than four feet less than three risers in an exit passageway shall be by
above or below the grade of the open exterior space. a ramp having a slope not greater than one in ten.
(5) RAMPS AND STEPS. - Ramps in safe areas
shall have a gradient of not more than one in twelve, §[C26-801.14] 27-538 Vertical exits. –
except that when not exceeding six feet in length, the Stairs, escalators and ramps shall comply with all of
gradient may be not greater than one in ten. Steps in the requirements of subchapter six of this chapter,
safe areas shall comply with the following requirements: except as modified below:

211
Title 27 / Subchapter 8

(a) Capacity. - The capacity of stairs, escalators or lighted by electrical means at all times during
ramps shall be as listed in table 8-1. occupancy of a place of assembly so as to provide
(b) Width. - The minimum width of stairs shall be at illumination of at least five foot candles at the level of
least forty-four inches, except that where the total the floor and on the surface of all stairs, steps, ramps,
occupant load is not more than permitted for one unit of and escalators within the safe area.
exit width, the minimum width may be thirty-six (b) Open exterior spaces. -Yards or courts which
inches. serve as open exterior spaces shall be artificially
(c) Unenclosed vertical exits. - lighted by electrical means at all times between sunset
Vertical exits leading directly from one safe area to and sunrise during occupancy of a place of assembly
another, or leading from a safe area directly to an open so as to provide illumination of at least five foot
exterior space, need not be enclosed.
candles at the level of the floor over at least the
(d) Ramp slope. - Ramps serving as vertical exits
required area.
shall not have a slope greater than one in ten.

§[C26-801.15] 27-539 Open exterior spaces. - §[C26-801.17] 27-541 Exit signs. –

(a) Capacity. - Open exterior spaces shall be Signs meeting the requirements of subchapter six of
adequate in width and area to accommodate the this chapter and subdivision (e) of section 27-534 of this
accumulated occupant load of all exits discharging article shall be provided in all assembly spaces to
into them on the basis of two square feet per person. indicate the location of exits and, where necessary, the
(b) Minimum dimensions. - The minimum dimensions direction to the exits. All exit or directional signs shall
of open exterior spaces shall be twenty feet, except be placed so that they are clearly visible from all parts
that when the principal entrance to the place of of the assembly spaces, and the bottom of all signs
assembly is from an open exterior space, the minimum shall be at least seven feet above floor level. Signs
dimension of this space shall be thirty feet. No open shall be of the internally lighted type in all assembly
exterior space shall have less than four hundred square spaces where the general illumination is reduced to
feet of floor area, and floor area shall be measured less than five foot candles during a performance or
exclusive of the following: during occupancy. Signs shall be lighted at all times
1. The area immediately outside any exit door from during occupancy.
the place of assembly for a distance perpendicular to the
exit doors of ten feet for the full width of the exit §[C26-801.18] 27-542 Emergency lighting. -
opening. All assembly spaces shall be provided with emergency
2. The area of steps, platforms, stairs, or ramps lighting facilities sufficient to provide at least five foot
within or leading to or from the space. candles of illumination at the floor level. Such lighting
3. The area of obstructions such as shrubs, trees,
shall be on circuits that are separate from the general
fixed furniture, signs, sculptures, pools, and similar
lighting and power circuits, either taken off ahead of
obstructions to occupancy or exit travel.
the main switch or connected to a separate emergency
(c) Above or below grade. - When an open exterior
space is more than fifteen feet above or below the lighting power source, and be arranged to operate
grade of the street or public space to which it automatically in the event of failure of the normal lighting
discharges, its required area shall be increased by one- system. The provisions of this section shall apply
third. retroactively to all existing places of assembly that are
(d) Egress from open exterior spaces. - or would be classified in occupancy groups F-3 and F-4
Exterior exit passageways, ramps, or steps leading or are changed to such classification under this code, in
from open exterior spaces shall be not less in width accordance with the following schedule and specifications:
than required for the occupant load of all exits 1. Cabarets, dance halls, night clubs, and taverns
discharging into the open exterior space. The width of having an occupant load exceeding one hundred fifty
such exit passageways shall be based on the capacities persons shall complete the installation required by this
listed in table 8-1, but in no case less than ten feet. section on or before April twelfth, nineteen hundred
Ramps and steps shall comply with the requirements seventy-nine.
of paragraph (e) of subdivision five of section 27-535 2. Cabarets, dance halls, night clubs, and taverns
of this article. having an occupant load of one hundred fifty persons
or less shall complete such installation on or before
§[C26-801.16] 27-540 Exit lighting. - In addition to July twelfth, nineteen hundred seventy-nine.
the requirements of subchapter six of this chapter, 3. Spaces occupied exclusively as restaurants
lighting shall be provided in the following areas: shall complete such installation on or before October
(a) Safe areas. - Safe areas shall be artificially twelfth, nineteen hundred seventy-nine.

212
Title 27 / Subchapter 8

4. All other spaces in occupancy groups F-3 and F-4 six feet opening in the direction of exit travel, and no
shall complete such installation on or before January point within the room, booth, or gallery shall be more
twelfth, nineteen hundred eighty. than fifty feet from a door opening into a corridor or
5. The wiring shall conform with the electrical code space that provides access to an exit at a distance not
of the city of New York, and have the same protection as greater than seventy-five feet.
specified for wiring in reference standard RS 17-3, RS
17-3A or 17-3B. §[C26-801.20] 27-544 Motion picture screens. -
6. Storage battery equipment may be used as the Motion picture screens shall be noncombustible, or
sole source of energy provided it conforms with the have a flame spread rating not over twenty-five, or be
provisions of section four of reference standard RS 17- of materials that have been rendered flameproof in
3 or consists of two battery packs listed by an acceptable accordance with the provisions of chapter four of this
testing laboratory or conforms with nationally accepted title. The construction supporting screens shall be
standards for such source of emergency energy. noncombustible, and shall comply with the stage
rigging requirements of subchapter nine and with the
§[C26-801.19] 27-543 Light projection sources. – provisions of subchapter ten of this chapter.
Motion picture projection and other light projection
sources shall comply with the following: ARTICLE 3 F-1 PLACES OF ASSEMBLY
(a) Film. - The projection, use or storage of film
having a nitrocellulose base (commonly known as nitrate §[C26-802.1] 27-545 General. -
film) shall not be permitted except under conditions The provisions of this section shall apply to all places
specified in special permits when issued by the fire of assembly classified in occupancy group F-1 under
department. Safety film meeting the specifications and the provisions of subchapter three of this chapter.
test standards of reference standard RS 8-1 may be
projected, used or stored. §[C26-802.2] 27-546 F-1a places of assembly. -
(b) Projection machines. - Projection machines F-1a places of assembly shall comply with all of the
shall meet the requirements of the electrical code of requirements of article two of subchapter eight of this
the city of New York. The lamp housing of projection chapter, and with the following:
machines using carbon-arc or other light sources that (a) Construction in seating areas. -
emit gaseous discharge shall be equipped with, or (1) Scenery or scenic elements may be placed in
connected to a mechanical ventilation system of seating sections of F-1a assembly spaces if such
adequate capacity to exhaust the products of combustion elements:
through ducts directly to the outdoors. Such duct systems a. Are noncombustible, or of materials that
shall comply with the requirements of subchapter thirteen have been rendered flameproof in accordance with the
of this chapter. When more than one projection machine provisions of chapter four of this title, or have a flame
or other facility employing a carbon-arc or similar light spread rating of twenty-five or less.
source is used, all may be vented by the same duct b. Are adequately braced or secured.
system if the capacity is adequate for all facilities so c. Do not obstruct the required visibility of, or
connected. paths of travel to, exit openings.
(c) Other light source facilities. - All devices, such (2) Platforms or runways for performances,
as spotlights, that employ a carbon-arc or other light to accommodate the operation of cameras, electronic
source that emits gaseous discharge shall be vented equipment, or motion picture projection machines not
directly as required in subdivision (b) of this section, using carbon-arc or other light source that emits a
unless the space in which such devices are located is gaseous discharge may be constructed in seating
mechanically ventilated and provides at least two sections, provided such platforms or runways comply with
thousand cubic feet of room volume for each device. the requirements of paragraph one of subdivision (a) of
(d) Light or projection rooms or booths. - this section.
When enclosed, rooms or booths used for the (b) Stage requirements. -
projection of motion picture film or the manipulating (1) DEFINITION. -
of lights shall be built of noncombustible materials, For the purposes of this section the stage in an F-1a
and shall provide a clear working space of at least two place of assembly shall include the performing area
feet around the projection apparatus. Such rooms or and all other nonaudience areas that are used in the
booths shall be provided with vents opening to a presentation of a performance and that are open to the
mechanically ventilated area or the outdoors, adequate performing area. The performing area shall be that
in size to supply the make-up air required. The rooms area between the outer edge of the stage apron and the
or booths shall be provided with at least one furthermost up-stage acting boundary, the width being
noncombustible or metal clad door at least two feet by the maximum stage opening to the audience.

213
Title 27 / Subchapter 8

(2) STAGE FLOOR CONSTRUCTION. - (6) RIGGING LOFTS, FLY GALLERIES, AND
The floor construction of stages shall provide fire- GRIDIRONS. - Girders, beams, or slats of galleries or
resistance ratings complying with the requirements of gridirons over the stage floor or in the rigging loft need
section 27-240 of article two of subchapter three of not be fire protected but shall be of noncombustible
this chapter and table 3-4 except as follows: materials designed in accordance with the provisions
a. Any portion of the stage floor used for of subchapters nine and ten of this chapter.
passing scenery and scenic elements to a lower level (7) AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER PROTECTION. -
may consist of heavy timber construction supporting Stages in F-1a places of assembly shall be provided
tight fitting traps of at least three inch nominal solid with automatic sprinkler protection complying with the
wood or of equivalent materials in terms of fire- construction provisions of subchapter seventeen of this
resistance, strength, and stiffness properties. chapter, as follows:
b. Stage lifts shall comply with the provisions of a. Automatic sprinklers shall be placed above all
subchapter eighteen of this chapter. Any portion of the rigging lofts; and above all stage areas, other than
stage floor that is equipped with stage lifts shall be of those portions of stage areas specifically designated on
noncombustible construction. Joints between lift approved plans as performing areas which do not have
platforms and adjacent floors shall be tightly fitted. rigging lofts above and that are not at any time used
c. Finish flooring shall comply with the for storage purposes. Sprinklers above rigging lofts
provisions of section 27-351 of article five of shall be located so that no gridiron or other obstruction
subchapter five of this chapter. intervenes between the sprinkler heads and the scenery
(3) AREAS BELOW THE STAGE. - or scenic elements.
When the stage floor is equipped with traps or stage b. When any part of a stage is sprinklered in
lifts, the room or space below the stage into which the accordance with the provisions of subparagraph a of
traps or lifts open shall be completely enclosed by this paragraph, or when rigging lofts are provided, such
construction having at least the fire-resistance rating stage areas and rigging lofts shall be completely
required for the stage floor, and such room or space separated from audience areas by a deluge sprinkler
shall not be used as a workshop or storage area. system designed to form a vertical water curtain, with
Storage shall not be deemed to include the location in heads spaced to provide a water density of at least
this area of scenery or scenic elements used during a three gpm per linear foot. The water curtain system
performance. However, no combustible material that has shall be controlled by a deluge valve actuated by a
a flamespread rating greater than twenty-five or that has "rate of rise system" and "fixed temperature system."
not been rendered flameproof in accordance with The heat actuating devices shall be located on not more
chapter four of this title may be stored in this location than ten foot centers around the perimeter of the
at any time. Under-stage areas shall comply with the sprinklered area or as otherwise required for the type of
requirements of paragraph eleven of this subdivision. device used to assure operation of the system. In
(4) EXITS FROM THE STAGE. - addition to the automatic controls, manual operating
At least two exits, remote from each other, shall be devices shall be located at the emergency control
available from every point on a stage, each within a station as required by paragraph ten of this subdivision,
travel distance limitation of one hundred twenty-five and adjacent to at least one exit from the stage. Such
feet. The occupant load of the stage shall be based exit shall be remote from the emergency control panel.
upon one person per fifteen square feet for the c. When openings are provided in the stage
performing area and on one person per fifty square floor for stage lifts, trap doors or stairs, sprinklers
feet for the remaining area. When any portion of a spaced five feet on centers shall be provided around
stage is used for audience seating at any time, exits of the opening at the ceiling below the stage, and baffles
adequate capacity shall be provided for that portion, at least twelve inches in depth shall be installed around
within the travel distance limitations for assembly the perimeter of the opening.
space seating. Exit openings serving a stage directly d. All valves controlling sprinkler supplies
shall have a capacity of seventy-five persons per unit shall be provided with tamper switches wired to an
of exit width. annunciator panel located at the emergency control panel.
(5) SCENERY AND SCENIC ELEMENTS. - All e. The operation of any section of the sprinkler
scenery or scenic elements shall be of noncombustible system and the deluge system shall activate the
materials, or of materials having a flame-spread rating emergency ventilating equipment required in paragraph
not exceeding twenty-five, or of materials that have eight of this subdivision.
been rendered flameproof in compliance with the provisions f. The water flow alarm, tamper switches and
of chapter four of this title. Scenery and scenic elements deluge system equipment shall be provided with central
not complying with the above requirements may be used station supervision in addition to the required local alarm.
only when expressly permitted by the fire department. g. Existing premises shall be required to

214
Title 27 / Subchapter 8

conform with this requirement on or before January made of noncombustible fabrics, as specified in the appendix
twelfth, nineteen hundred eighty. However, existing of reference standard RS 7-3.
sprinkler systems, which have been previously accepted by (10) EMERGENCY CONTROL PANEL. - An
the department or by the fire department, shall be deemed emergency control panel shall be provided, as follows:
in compliance with this requirement. a. It shall be located on or adjoining the stage,
(8) EMERGENCY VENTILATION. - Emergency except that where the stage is surrounded by seating, it
ventilation shall be provided for all stages in F-1a shall be located so as to permit a view of the audience
places of assembly to provide a means of removing and stage areas. It shall be manned in accordance with
smoke and combustion gases to the outdoors in the the requirements of the fire department at all times
event of a fire, as follows: during the presentation of a performance to an
a. A mechanical exhaust system shall be audience.
provided of sufficient capacity to exhaust an amount b. It shall be equipped with tell-tale lights to
of air at least equal to the sum of the following: indicate when feeders and subfeeders of emergency
(1) two cfm per square foot of the performing light and power circuits are in operation in assembly
area. spaces and all exits, including safe areas.
(2) four cfm per square foot of that portion c. It shall, when a deluge type sprinkler system is
of stage area that is not designated as performing area. provided, be equipped with manual operating devices to
(3) four cfm per square foot of rigging loft area. activate the sprinkler system. It shall also be provided
b. The exhaust system shall be designated to with a signal system to show when any portion of the
be activated both manually and automatically, manual sprinkler system has been deactivated.
operation shall be by means of a manually operated d. It shall be provided with switches to
switch located at the emergency control panel as required provide for operation of the emergency ventilating
by paragraph ten of this subdivision and adjacent to at system. Controls for the ventilating system shall be
least one exit from the stage. Such exit shall be remote electrically supervised. The supervisory circuit shall be
from the emergency control panel. Automatic activation provided with a trouble bell and light, both of which
shall be by means of the sensing devices that start the shall be activated in the event of a failure in the
operation of the sprinklers. Exhaust air openings of ventilation system. A silencing switch may be provided,
ducts shall be located so as to provide the most and where provided, shall have either an automatic
effective removal of smoke and combustion gases. reset or shall ring again when the trouble is corrected.
c. The exhaust system shall be provided with an e. It shall be equipped with a public address
automatic emergency by-pass damper in the exhaust duct system serving loudspeakers in the assembly space.
on the suction side of the fan. Such damper shall close to* The public address system shall be connected to both
the fan in the event of a power failure to the fan motor the normal and emergency light and power circuits.
and shall open directly to the outdoors if the fan is f. It shall be equipped with an alarm system
located outside the building, or shall open to a duct and intercom connected to the manager's office, the
leading directly to the outdoors if the fan is located inside dressing rooms, and to a supervisory central fire station.
the building. When located inside the building, the fan (11) AUXILIARY STAGE SPACES. -
shall be insulated with a minimum of one inch magnesia Auxiliary stage spaces such as understage areas, dressing
block or the equivalent in insulating and fire-resistive rooms, green rooms, storage rooms, work shops, and
qualities. Exhaust fans shall have drive and bearings similar spaces associated with the use of the stage
located outside of the fan impeller housing. The exhaust
shall comply with the following:
system shall not be connected to exhaust openings in any
a. No point within any auxiliary stage space shall
space other than the stage and rigging loft, and shall be
constructed to comply with the provisions of subchapter be more than fifty feet from a door providing access to an
thirteen of this chapter[. All]** switches shall be clearly exit.
labelled "emergency stage ventilation" and shall be b. There shall be at least two exits available
painted red. from every auxiliary space, one of, which shall be
*As enacted but “to” probably intended to be omitted. available within a travel distance of seventy-five feet.
** Copy in brackets not enacted but probably intended. A common path of travel of twenty feet to the two exits
d. The emergency ventilation system shall be shall be permitted.
connected to both the normal and emergency light and c. The occupant load of dressing rooms shall
power circuits. be based on one person per fifty square feet of area.
(9) CURTAINS. - No curtain shall be located between d. Auxiliary stage spaces shall be equipped with
the audience area and the stage unless it is designated to automatic sprinklers when required by the provisions of
permit the air movement required for emergency ventilation subchapter seventeen of this chapter.
in paragraph eight of this subdivision to bypass or pass e. No workshop involving the use of combustible
through the curtain without excessive billowing, and be or inflammable paint, liquids, or gases or their storage

215
Title 27 / Subchapter 8

shall open directly upon a stage. The occupant load of the stage shall be based upon one
f. The interior finish of auxiliary stage spaces person per twenty-five square feet of area. When any
shall comply with the requirements of table 5-4. portion of a stage is used for audience seating at any
(12) STAGE LIGHTING. - No stage lights shall time, exits of adequate capacity shall be provided for
be placed so that they will develop temperatures on that portion, within the travel distance limitations for
the surface of any material that will cause that material assembly space seating. Exit openings serving a stage
to ignite, or smoke, or cause its flameproofing to directly shall have a capacity of one hundred persons
deteriorate. per unit of exit width.
(4) EMERGENCY CONTROL PANEL. - In F-1b
§[C26-802.3] 27-547 F-1b Places of assembly. - places of assembly having an occupant load over six
F-1b places of assembly shall comply with all of the hundred persons, an emergency control panel shall be
requirements of article two of this subchapter, and provided, as follows:
with the following: a. It shall be located so as to have a view of
(a) Certificate of occupancy. - the audience and stage areas, and shall be manned
The certificate of occupancy for F-1b places of assembly during the presentation of a performance to an
shall specifically note the prohibition against the use audience, by a competent person instructed in its use.
or placement of scenery or scenic elements on or b. It shall be equipped with tell-tale lights to
above the stage. indicate when feeders and subfeeders of emergency
(b) Stage requirements. - light and power circuits are in operation in assembly
(1) DEFINITION. - For the purposes of this spaces and all exits, including safe areas.
section, the stage in an F-1b place of assembly shall be c. It shall be equipped with a public address
the area where the principal activity viewed by the system serving loudspeakers in the assembly space.
audience takes place. The public address system shall be connected to both
(2) CONSTRUCTION. - Raised platforms may the normal and emergency light and power circuits.
be built as stages in F-1b places of assembly when
they are supported on floors having the fire-resistance ARTICLE 4 F-2 PLACES OF ASSEMBLY
ratings required by table 3-4, in accordance with the
following: §[C26-803.1] 27-548 General. - The provisions of
a The area below the platform shall be this section shall apply to all places of assembly
enclosed on all sides with solid construction. classified in occupancy group F-2 under the provisions of
b. The horizontal area of stage construction subchapter three. F-2 places of assembly shall comply
shall not exceed the following: with all of the requirements of article two of this
Wood frame: maximum area-four hundred square feet. subchapter, and with the following:
Fire retardant treated wood: maximum area-twelve hundred (a) Enclosure. - To qualify as an F-2 outdoor place
square feet. of assembly, a place of assembly shall have at least
Noncombustible frame: maximum area-unlimited. forty percent of the combined surface area of all
c. The floor of the stage, when wood is used, exterior wall and roof planes open to the outdoors.
shall be a least one inch nominal thickness, and shall When a portion of an outdoor place of assembly is
be laid on a solid, noncombustible backing, or all enclosed to a greater extent, that portion shall comply with
spaces between supporting members shall be fire- all of the requirements of this code applicable to indoor
stopped with noncombustible material. places of assembly.
d. In all F-1b places of assembly providing (b) Grandstands. - Grandstands shall comply with
live entertainment, at anytime, the stage, dressing rooms the following:
and property rooms shall be provided with automatic (1) CONSTRUCTION.- Grandstands shall be
sprinkler and fire alarm protection in conformance with designed in accordance with the requirements of
the provisions of subchapter seventeen of this chapter. subchapters nine and ten of this chapter.
Existing premises shall be required to conform with this (2) HEIGHT AND AREA.- Grandstands, when
requirement on or before January twelfth, nineteen built entirely of noncombustible materials, may be of
hundred eighty. However, existing sprinkler systems, unlimited height and area, and when built of combustible
which have been previously accepted by the department or materials, shall be subject to the following limitations:
by the fire department, shall be deemed in compliance with a. No section of seating shall exceed twenty feet
this requirement. in height, or exceed ten thousand square feet in area.
(3) EXITS FROM THE STAGE. - b. When more than one section of seating is
At least two exits, remote from each other, shall be provided, and the separation between them is less than
available from every point on a stage, each within a fifty feet, each section shall be separated from the
travel distance limitation of one hundred fifty feet. other by construction having a fire-resistance rating of

216
Title 27 / Subchapter 8

a least two hours and rising to a height of at least two Drive-in theaters shall comply with the following:
feet six inches above the levels of seating at each row. (1) Projection booths and projection machines
c. No outdoor grandstand of combustible shall comply with the requirements of section 27-543
materials shall be erected within less than two-thirds of article two of this subchapter. Motor vehicle
of its height, but in no case less than ten feet, of a parking spaces shall not be closer than twenty feet to
building or an interior lot line unless separated therefrom any projection booth or machine.
by noncombustible construction having a one hour (2) Projection screens and supporting structures
fire-resistance rating. shall comply with the requirements of section 27-544 of
(3) SPACES UNDER SEATS. - article two of this subchapter and shall be designed in
Spaces under grandstand seats shall be kept free of all accordance with the requirements of subchapters nine
and ten of this chapter as applied to signs. Motor
combustible materials and shall not be occupied or
vehicle parking spaces shall not be closer than twenty
used for other than egress, unless such spaces are
feet to any projection screen.
completely enclosed by noncombustible construction (e) Amusement parks. - Buildings and structures
having a two hour fire-resistance rating. within amusement parks shall be constructed to conform
(4) PARKING. - Motor vehicle parking spaces with all of the requirements of this code governing the
shall not be closer than twenty feet to any grandstand specific use and occupancy. Amusement devices shall not
unless separated therefrom by noncombustible construction be placed in operation until they have been made to
having a one hour fire-resistance rating. comply with the provisions of subchapter eighteen of this
(c) Stage requirements. - chapter.
(1) DEFINITION. - For the purposes of this
section the stage in an F-2 place of assembly shall be ARTICLE 5 F-3 AND F-4 PLACES OF
the area where the principal activity viewed by the ASSEMBLY
audience takes place.
(2) CONSTRUCTION. - The horizontal area of §[C26-804.1] 27-549 General. -
stage construction shall not exceed the following: The provisions of this section shall apply to all places
Wood frame: maximum area-five thousand square feet. of assembly classified in occupancy group F-3 or F-4
Fire retardant treated wood: maximum area-ten thousand under the provisions of subchapter three of this
square feet. Noncombustible frame: maximum area-unlimited. chapter. F-3 or F-4 places of assembly shall comply
(3) EXITS FROM THE STAGE. - with all the requirements of article two of this
At least two exits, remote from each other, shall be subchapter and the following:
available from every point on a stage, each within a (a) Stage requirements. -
travel distance limitation of three hundred feet. The (1) With scenery and scenic elements. - Where
occupant load of the stage shall be based upon one an F-3 or F-4 place of assembly provides a stage using
person per fifty square feet of area. When any portion scenery and scenic elements, the space shall comply with
of a stage is used for audience seating at any time, exits all of the requirements of this code applicable to F-1a
of adequate capacity shall be provided for that portion, places of assembly.
within the travel distance limitations for assembly space (2) Without scenery and scenic elements. - Where
seating. Exit openings serving a stage directly shall an F-3 or F-4 place of assembly provides a stage not
have a capacity of four hundred persons per unit of exit using scenery or scenic elements, the space shall
width. comply with all of the requirements of this code
(4) EMERGENCY CONTROL PANEL. - applicable to F-1b places of assembly.
In F-2 places of assembly having an occupant load (3) Cabarets. - In all F-4 places of assembly used
over one thousand persons, an emergency control as a cabaret, the stage dressing rooms and property rooms
panel shall be provided as follows: shall be provided with automatic sprinkler and fire alarm
a. It shall be located so as to have a view of the protection in compliance with the provisions of
audience and stage areas, and shall be readily subchapter seventeen of this chapter. Existing premises
accessible at all times during the presentation of a shall be required to conform with this requirement on or
performance to an audience, to a competent person before January twelfth, nineteen hundred eighty.
instructed in its use. (b) Retroactive provisions.- On or before January
b. It shall be equipped with tell-tale lights to twelfth, nineteen hundred eighty, all places of
indicate when feeders and subfeeders of emergency light assembly providing entertainment or used as a cabaret
and power circuits are in operation in assembly spaces within F-3 or F-4 occupancies shall be provided with
and all exits. automatic sprinkler and fire alarm protection to
c. It shall be equipped with a public address comply with the provisions of subchapter seventeen of
system serving loudspeakers in the assembly space. this chapter.
The public address system shall be connected to both
the normal and emergency light and power circuits.
(d) Drive-in-theaters-

217
Title 27 / Subchapter 8

This page is intended to be left blank

218
Title 27 / Subchapter 9

SUBCHAPTER 9
LOADS LIST OF TABLES

TABLE OF CONTENTS Table No.

9-1 Percentage of Live Load
[Sub-Art. Art.
or Sec.]* or Sec.** ARTICLE 1 GENERAL

[900.0] Art. 1 General §[C26-900.1] 27-550 Scope. -

[900.1] 550 Scope Buildings and parts thereof, shall be capable of resisting
[900.2] 551 Standards all levels*** actually imposed thereon without exceeding
[900.3] 552 Definitions the allowable stresses prescribed in subchapters ten and
[901.0] Art. 2 Dead Loads eleven of this chapter. In no cases shall the assumed
loads be less than the minimum values described
[901.1] 553 Construction Materials and
herein. In addition, within special flood hazard areas,
Assembled Elements of and below the regulatory flood datum, as described in
Construction article ten of subchapter four of this chapter, applicable
[901.2] 554 Service Equipment load requirements of reference standard RS 4-5 shall be applied.
[901.3] 555 Partition Loads *** As enacted but “loads” probably intended.
[902.0] Art. 3 Live Loads
[902.1] 556 General §[C26-900.2] 27-551 Standards. -
[902.2] 557 Floor Live Loads The provisions of reference standard RS-9 shall be a
[902.3] 558 Live Loads for Sidewalks, part of this subchapter.
Driveways, and Railings
[902.4] 559 Columns in Parking Areas §[C26-900.3] 27-552 Definitions. -
For definitions to be used in the interpretation of this
[902.5] 560 Stage Areas Using Scenery
subchapter, see subchapter two of this chapter.
or Scenic Elements
[902.6] 561 Roof Loads ARTICLE 2 DEAD LOADS
[902.7] 562 Moving Loads
[902.8] 563 Partial Loading Conditions §[C26-901.1] 27-553 Construction materials and assembled
[902.9] 564 Floor Loads to be Posted elements of construction. - Except as provided in
[903.0] Art. 4 Live Load Reduction section 27-555 of this article, the dead load shall be the
[903.1] 565 Roof Loads actual weight of the building materials or construction
[903.2] 566 Floor Live Loads assemblies to be supported, computed from the unit
[903.3] 567 Contributory Floor Areas weights given in reference standard RS 9-1. Where unit
[903.4] 568 Foundations and Column weights are not established in reference standard RS 9-1,
the actual weights may be determined by analysis or
Supports
from data in manufacturers' drawings or catalogs. Unit
[904.0] Art. 5 Wind Loads and Earthquake Loads weights less than those given in reference standard RS
[904.0] 569 Wind Loads and Earthquake 9-1 may be used only with approval of the commissioner.
Loads
[905.0] Art. 6 Other Loads §[C26-901.2] 27-554 Service equipment. - Provision
[905.1] 570 Earth Pressures and shall be made for the weights of all building service
Foundation Loads equipment including plumbing stacks, piping, heating and
[905.2] 571 Bins and Bunkers air conditioning equipment, electrical equipment, elevators,
[905.3] 572 Prestressing Forces elevator machinery, flues, and similar fixed equipment. The
[905.4] 573 Construction Loads weights of such equipment (or the allowances therefor) shall
[905.5] 574 Fluid Pressures be included in the dead load. The weight of equipment that
is part of the occupancy of a given area shall be considered
[905.6] 575 Ice
as live load. See also paragraph two of subdivision (b) and
[905.7] 576 Thermal Forces subdivision (d) of section 27-557 of article three of this subchapter.
[905.8] 577 Shrinkage
[906.0] Art. 7 Distribution of Loads §[C26-901.3] 27-555 Partition loads. - Weights of all
[906.1] 578 Distribution of Vertical Loads partitions shall be considered, using either actual weights
[906.2] 579 Distribution of Horizontal Loads at locations shown on the plans or the equivalent uniform
*"C26" omitted from section numbers in this column. load given in subdivision (b) of this section.
** (a) Actual loads. - Where actual partition weights are
"27" omitted from section numbers in this column.

219
Title 27 / Subchapter 9

used, the uniform design live load may be omitted from square feet having no side less than eight feet.
the strip of floor area under each partition.
(b) Equivalent uniform load. - The equivalent uniform §[C26-902.3] 27-558 Live loads for sidewalks,
partition loads in reference standard RS 9-1 may be used driveways, and railings. -
in lieu of actual partition weights except for bearing (a) Sidewalks and driveways. -
partitions or partitions in toilet room areas (other than in (1) When supported on grade, all sidewalks for new
one- and two-family dwellings), at stairs and elevators, buildings and alterations shall be subject to inspection and
and similar areas where partitions are concentrated. In acceptance by the commissioner. Portions of such
such cases, actual partition weights shall be used in design. sidewalks that are located between the curb line and
Except as otherwise exempted, equivalent uniform loads the street line shall be constructed in compliance with
shall be used in areas where partitions are not definitely the specifications for concrete sidewalks of the department
located on the plans, or in areas where partitions are of transportation.
subject to rearrangement or location.* (2) All sidewalks and driveways or portions thereof
*As enacted but "relocation" probably intended. that are structurally supported shall be designed for a live
load of one hundred psf uniformly distributed and in
ARTICLE 3 LIVE LOADS accordance with the provisions of subchapter ten of this
chapter. Where subject to intentionally or accidentally
§[C26-902.1] 27-556 General. - imposed wheel loads of vehicles, such portions of
In addition to the applicable dead, wind, and other sidewalks and driveways shall be designed for a uniformly
loads, the building shall be designed for uniform live distributed load of six hundred psf or for the maximum
loads, for concentrated live loads, or for concurrent vehicular wheel load that could be imposed thereon,
combinations of uniform and concentrated live loads, whichever develops the greater stresses.
whichever produce the greatest stress. (3) Appurtenant components of sidewalks and
driveways, including manholes, manhole covers, vault
§[C26-902.2] 27-557 Floor live loads. - covers, gratings, etc., shall be designed for the loads
(a) Uniformly distributed live loads. - The minimum prescribed in paragraph two of this subdivision, or shall
design values established in reference standard RS 9-2 conform to the standards of the city agency having
for various occupancies or uses shall be used subject to jurisdiction.
the provisions of subdivision (d) of this section. Where (b) Railings and parapets. -
the occupancy or use of a space does not conform to (1) Railings and parapets around stairwells, balconies,
any of those listed, the design load shall be determined areaways, and roofs, and other railings in similar locations
by the architect or engineer subject to approval by the other than those for places of assembly, shall be designed
commissioner. to resist the simultaneous application of a lateral force of
(b) Concentrated live loads. - forty plf and a vertical load of fifty plf, both applied to the
(1) The building framing shall be capable of supporting top of the railing. For railings and parapets at the front of
the concentrated live loads established in reference standard theater balconies and in similar locations in places of
RS 9-2, placed so as to produce maximum stress. assembly, the lateral force shall be increased to fifty plf
(2) Floors that support any items of machinery, and the vertical load to one hundred plf. An exception is
electrical or mechanical equipment, or other concentrated live made for railings in one- and two-family dwellings, which
load in excess of one thousand pounds (including the weights shall be designed for a lateral force of twenty plf plus a
of pads or bases) shall be designed to support such weight as vertical load of twenty plf, both applied at the top of the
a concentrated load or group of concentrated loads. railing. The total lateral force and total vertical load shall
(c) Nonconcurrence. - be at least two hundred pounds each.
(1) When a concentrated live load is present, the (2) Intermediate and bottom rails, if provided,
uniformly distributed load may be considered to be shall be designed for the simultaneous application of
omitted in the area occupied by the concentrated load. forty plf applied horizontally and fifty plf applied
(2) Where reference standard RS 9-2 indicates vertically; however, lateral and vertical design loads on
that the concentrated live load is nonconcurrent with intermediate and bottom rails need not be considered in
the uniform live load, it may be assumed that the total the design of posts and anchorages. For railings having
concentrated load is to be omitted when the uniform solid panels, the panels shall be designed for a uniform
load is present and that the total uniform load is to be lateral load of twenty psf.
omitted when the concentrated load is present. (3) Where railings or parapets support fixtures,
(d) Conformance. - For purposes of determining that allowance shall be made for the additional loads
the magnitude of the actual live load conforms to or is imposed thereby.
less than the minimum design live load established in (4) Railings, bumpers, or similar devices used in
this section, the actual uniform live load shall be parking areas to resist the impact of moving vehicles
approximated by averaging the total load actually shall be designed to resist a lateral load of three
applied over a rectangular area of one hundred fifty hundred plf applied at least twenty-one inches above

220
Title 27 / Subchapter 9

the roadway; but in no case shall the load be less than proposed live load shall be established by the architect or
twenty-five hundred pounds per vehicle. engineer, subject to approval by the commissioner.
(b) Wind load. - The provisions of section 27-569 of
§[C26-902.4] 27-559 Columns in parking areas. - article five of this subchapter shall apply.
Unless specially protected, columns in parking areas (c) Concentrated loads. -
subject to impact of moving vehicles shall be designed The provisions of subdivision (b) of section 27-557 of
to resist the lateral load due to impact and this load this article shall apply.
shall be considered a load of infrequent occurrence. For (d) Special loads. -
passenger vehicles, this lateral load shall be taken as a (1) When used for purposes such as promenades,
minimum of twenty-five hundred pounds applied at assembly areas, or roof gardens, design shall be made
least twenty-one inches above the roadway and acting for live loads corresponding to the particular usage, as
simultaneously with other design loads. indicated in reference standard RS 9-2. Such loads shall
be considered as nonconcurrent with the wind load or
§[C26-902.5] 27-560 Stage areas using scenery or with the live load specified in subdivision (a) of this
scenic elements. - Scenery battens and suspension section. The design live and wind loads for roofs, as
systems shall be designed for a load of thirty pounds specified elsewhere in this subchapter, shall be deemed to
per linear foot of batten length. Loft block and head provide for incidental use of the roof of a building by the
block beams shall be designed to support vertical and occupants thereof.
horizontal loads corresponding to a four inch spacing of (2) Where roofs are intended for the ponding of
battens for the entire depth of the gridiron. Direction water, the roof shall be designed for the maximum
and magnitude of total forces shall be determined from possible depth of water which may be ponded thereon
the geometry of the rigging system including load as determined by the relative levels of roof deck and
concentrations from spot line rigging. Locking rails overflow weirs or scuppers. Such load need not be
shall be designed for a uniform uplift of five hundred considered as occurring simultaneously with wind or
psf with a one thousand pound concentration. Impact live load.
factor for batten design shall be seventy-five percent (3) Girders and roof trusses (other than joists)
and for loft and head block beams shall be twenty-five over garage areas regularly utilized for the repair of
per cent. A plan drawn to a scale not less than one- vehicles and over manufacturing floors or storage floors
quarter inch equals one foot shall be displayed in the used for commercial purposes shall be capable of
stage area indicating the framing plan of the rigging loft supporting, in addition to the specified live and wind
and the design loads for all members used to support loads, a concentrated live load of two thousand pounds
scenery or rigging. Gridirons over stages shall be applied at any lower chord panel point for trusses, and
designed to support a uniformly distributed live load of at any point of the lower flange for girders.
fifty psf in addition to the rigging loads indicated. (4) Where roofs are landscaped, the uniform design
live load on the landscaped portions shall be thirty psf.
§[C26-902.6] 27-561 Roof loads. - The weight of the landscaping materials shall be
Roofs and marquees shall be designed for wind, live, considered as dead load and shall be computed on the
and other loads as prescribed in subdivisions (a) through basis of saturation of the earth. The areas adjacent to the
(d) of this section. It may be assumed that maximum landscaped portions shall be considered as assembly areas,
wind load occurs with zero live load and that maximum unless specific provision is made to prevent such use.
live load occurs with zero wind load. For dwellings an (5) Where equipment is placed on roofs, the
exception is made for awnings, canopies, and patio design shall provide for the support of such equipment.
covers, which may be designed for a live load of twenty
psf of horizontal projection. §[C26-902.7] 27-562 Moving loads. –
(a) Live load. - Minimum design live loads shall be Where applicable to the use or occupancy of the
as follows: building, the design shall consider the moving loads
(1) For roofs with slopes up to and including described below.
twenty degrees from the horizontal, thirty psf of (a) General. -The loads established in subdivisions
horizontal projection. (a) and (b) of section 27-557 of this article shall be
(2) For roofs with slopes greater than twenty degrees assumed to include allowance for ordinary impact
from the horizontal, thirty psf of horizontal projection, conditions.
reduced by one psf for each degree of slope in excess of (b) Passenger vehicles. - Areas used for, and
twenty degrees. restricted by physical limitations of clearance to, the
(3) For valleys, live loadings shall be increased to transit or parking of passenger vehicles shall be
provide for accumulations of snow. The loading designed for the uniformly distributed and concentrated
intensity shall be assumed to vary from forty-five psf at loads for parking areas for such vehicles as provided in
the low point to fifteen psf at the ridge. reference standard RS 9-2, applied without impact. An
(4) For roofs having curved or pyramidal shapes, the exception is made for members or constructions which,

221
Title 27 / Subchapter 9

because of physical limitations, cannot be subjected to seats in a direction perpendicular to the row of the
direct load from the vehicle or from a jack or hoist used seats. When this load is used in combination with wind
to shall be designed for the loads corresponding raise or for outdoor structures, the wind load shall be one-half
suspend the vehicle. Such members or constructions to the of the design wind load, and the provisions of subchapter
actual usage. ten of this chapter relating to infrequent stress
(c) Truck loads. -Minimum loads (including vertical, conditions shall apply to this loading condition.
lateral, and longitudinal) and the distribution thereof (j) Heliports and helistops. –
shall meet the applicable requirements or reference (1) CONCENTRATED LOADS. -
standard RS 9-3, except that impact shall be taken as a. Landing area. - Helicopter landing areas
ten percent of the vertical reaction. shall be designed for either of the following vertical
(d) Railroad equipment. - Minimum loads (including loads acting at any location:
vertical, lateral, longitudinal, and impact) and the distribution 1. A single concentrated load equal to three
thereof shall meet the applicable requirements of reference quarters of the gross weight of the helicopter and acting
standard RS 9-4. on an area of one square foot.
(e) Crane runways and supports. - 2. Concentrated loads representing the gross
(1) VERTICAL LOADS. - Actual maximum wheel reactions of the helicopter acting simultaneously
wheel loads occurring when the crane is lifting its and increased one-third for impact.
capacity load shall be used. To allow for impact, the lifted b. Taxiing area. - Helicopter taxiing areas shall
load shall be increased twenty-five percent or the wheel be designed for concentrated loads in accordance with
loads increased fifteen percent whichever produces greater clause two of this subparagraph.
stress condition. (2) UNIFORM LIVE LOAD. -
(2) HORIZONTAL LOADS. - The landing and taxiing areas shall be capable of
a. Lateral load (due to crane trolley travel) supporting a uniformly distributed live load of forty psf
shall be twenty percent of the sum of the capacity load acting nonconcurrently with the concentrated loads.
and the trolley weight, applied one-half at the top of
each rail and acting in either direction normal to the §[C26-902.8] 27-563 Partial loading conditions. -
runway rail. (a) Uniformly distributed loads. -
b. Longitudinal load (due to crane travel) shall In continuous framing and cantilever construction, the
be twenty percent of the maximum total reaction (not design shall consider live load on all spans and arrangements
including impact) on the rail being considered, applied of partial live load that will produce maximum stresses in the
at the top of the rail and acting parallel to the runway. supporting members. The simplifications given in
(f) Monorail beams and supports. - paragraphs one through three of this subdivision are
(1) Vertical loads shall be the sum of the capacity permissible.
load and trolley weight. To allow for impact, the lifted (1) FLOOR AND ROOF FRAMING. -
load shall be increased ten percent for hand-operated and a. For vertical live load applied to the level under
twenty-five percent electrically-operated trolleys. consideration, the far ends of the columns above and below
(2) Longitudinal loads shall be twenty percent of that level may be assured* as fixed.
the sum of the capacity load and the weight of the trolley. b Combinations of live load may be limited to
(3) Lateral loads shall be twenty percent of the the following:
sum of the capacity load and the weight of the trolley. 1. Live load placed on two adjacent spans.
(4) Centrifugal forces shall be considered for 2. Live load placed on alternate spans. The
curved tracks. effects of live load on spans more than two spans away
(g) Loads on supports for elevators, dumbwaiters, from the span under consideration may be neglected.
(2) ARCHES AND GABLED FRAMES. -
and escalators. - The provisions of subchapter eighteen
a. Live load placed on 1/2 span adjacent to one support.
of this chapter shall apply.
b. Live load placed on the center 1/4 span.
(h) Loads on machinery supports. -
c. Live load placed on 3/8 the span adjacent to
Unless machinery is isolated from the support framing, each support.
the reactions of reciprocating or heavy power-driven (3) COLUMNS. - Moments due to vertical loads
units shall be increased at least fifty percent and may be calculated from the live load on the largest
reactions of light shaft - or motor-driven [sic] units single adjacent span of the floor under consideration.
shall be increased at least twenty-five percent to This moment shall be assumed to act concurrently with
provide for impact. live load on all other floors.
(i) Assembly structures. - (b) Moving concentrated loads. -
Seating areas in grandstands, stadiums, and similar Structural members supporting moving concentrated loads
assembly structures shall be designed to resist the shall be designed for only those loads that can physically
simultaneous application of a horizontal swaying load occur simultaneously and are arranged to produce
of at least twenty-four plf of seats applied in a direction maximum stresses.
parallel to the row of the seats, and of at least ten plf of *As enacted but "assumed" probably intended.

222
Title 27 / Subchapter 9

TABLE 9-1 PERCENTAGE OF LIVE LOAD*

§[C26-902.9] 27-564 Floor loads to be posted. -
(a) Posting required. - Ratio of Live Load to
Posting requirements shall conform to the requirements Dead Load*
of section 27-225 of article twenty-three of subchapter Contributory Area (sq. ft.) 0.625 2 or
one of this chapter. 1
[sic] or less more
(b) Data required. - The following floor load data 149 or less…………. 100 100 100
shall be shown: 150-299……………. 80 85 85
(1) The uniformly distributed design live load for 300-449……………. 60 70 75
each floor or part thereof. 450-599……………. 50 60 70
(2) The weight of any piece of machinery or 600 or more………… 40 55 65
equipment weighing more than one thousand pounds, Note for Table 9-1:
and its identifying description and location. *For intermediate values of live load/dead load, the applicable
(3) The maximum design wheel load and total percentages of live load may be interpolated.
maximum weight of any vehicle that may be brought into
the building. §[C26-903.3] 27-567 Contributory floor areas. -
(4) The equivalent uniform partition loads or, in For purposes of computing live load reduction, contributory
lieu of this, a statement to the effect that the design was floor areas shall be determined as follows:
predicated on actual partition loads. (a) For the design of one-way and two-way slabs:
the product of the shorter span length and a width equal
ARTICLE 4 LIVE LOAD REDUCTION to one-half the shorter span length. Ribbed slabs shall
be considered as though the slabs were solid.
§[C26-903.1] 27-565 Roof loads. – (b) For the design of slabs in flat plate or flat slab
No reduction shall be permitted. construction: one-half the area of the panel.
(c) For the design of columns and girders or trusses
§[C26-903.2] 27-566 Floor live loads. – framing into columns: the loaded area directly supported by
The uniform live load to be used for design shall be the the column, girder, or truss. For columns supporting more
basic value established in reference standard RS 9-2 than one floor, the loaded area shall be the cumulative total
multiplied by the percentages given in subdivisions (a) area of all of the floors that are supported.
through (d) of this section. (d) For the design of joists and similar multiple members
(a) Except as provided in subdivisions (b), (c), and framing into girders or trusses, or minor framing around
(d) the percentages in table 9-1 shall apply. Contributory areas openings: twice the loaded area directly supported but
not more than the area of the panel in which the
shall be computed in accordance with section 27-567 of
framing occurs.
this article.
(b) No live load reduction shall be permitted for the
§[C26-903.4] 27-568 Foundations and column supports.-
following: members and connections (other than columns,
The live load to be supported by the foundation or by
piers, and walls) supporting floor areas used for storage trusses or girders that support columns shall be the total
(including warehouses, library stacks, and record column reaction reduced as provided in section 27-566
storage); areas used for parking of vehicles; and areas and section 27-567 of this article.
used as place of assembly, for manufacturing, and for
retail or wholesale sales. For columns, piers, and walls ARTICLE 5
supporting such floor areas the maximum live load *WIND LOADS AND EARTHQUAKE LOADS
reduction shall be twenty percent.
(c) No live load reduction shall be permitted for *§[C26-904.0] 27-569 Wind loads and earthquake loads.-
calculating shear stresses at the heads of columns [sic] (a)Wind loads.-
in flat slab or flat plate construction. The structural frame and exterior components of all
(d) In lieu of the percentages given in table 9-1, the buildings, tanks, and other exposed constructions shall be
live load reductions for columns, piers and walls may designed to resist the pressures due to wind as prescribed
be taken as fifteen percent of the live load on the top in reference standard RS 9-5. Wind shall be assumed to
floor, increased successively at the rate of five percent act from any direction. For continuous framing, the
on each successive lower floor, with a maximum effects of partial loading conditions shall be considered.
reduction of fifty percent; and for girders supporting (b) Earthquake loads.
two hundred square feet or more of floor area, the live Every building, structure and portion thereof shall, at a
load reduction may be taken at fifteen percent. The minimum, be designed and constructed to resist the effects
limitations of subdivisions (b), (c)and (d) of this section of seismic ground motions as prescribed in reference
shall apply. standard RS 9-6.
*Local Law 17-1995.

223
Title 27 / Subchapter 9

ARTICLE 6 OTHER LOADS ARTICLE 7 DISTRIBUTION OF LOADS

§[C26-905.1] 27-570 Earth pressures and foundation loads. - §[C26-906.1] 27-578 Distribution of vertical loads.-
The provisions of article three of subchapter eleven of Distribution of vertical loads to supporting members shall
this chapter shall apply. be determined on the basis of a recognized method of
elastic analysis or system of coefficients of approximation.
§[C26-905.2] 27-571 Bins and bunkers- Elastic or inelastic displacements of supports shall be
Loads on component parts of bins and bunkers may be considered and, for the distribution of dead loads, the
reduced for friction on sidewalls, provided that sidewalls modulus of elasticity of concrete or composition sections
and supports are proportioned for the increased vertical shall be reduced to consider plastic flow. Secondary
loads. Where stresses would be increased in any component effects, due to warping of the floors shall be considered.
by arching of the fill, the effect of such arching shall be
considered. §[C26-906.2] 27-579 Distribution of horizontal loads. - The
following provisions shall apply to superstructure framing
§[C26-905.3] 27-572 Prestressing forces. - only, and shall not apply to structures wherein horizontal
Prestressing forces shall be considered in the design of loads are transmitted to the foundation by stay-cables,
prestressed concrete structures, cable structures, guyed arches, non-rectangular frames, or by frames, trusses, or
structures, and multiple intersecting truss webs utilizing shear walls not oriented in vertical planes.
tension members. (a) Distribution of horizontal loads to vertical
frames, trusses and shear walls. - Horizontal loads on
§[C26-905.4] 27-573 Construction loads. - the superstructure shall be assumed to be distributed to
The provisions of subchapter nineteen of this chapter vertical frames, trusses, and shear walls by floor and
shall apply. roof systems acting as horizontal diaphragms. The
proportion of the total horizontal load to be resisted by
§[C26-905.5] 27-574 Fluid pressures. - any given vertical frame, truss, or shear wall shall be
The design of building components shall consider pressures, determined on the basis of relative rigidity, considering the
both positive and negative, of confined fluids and gases. eccentricity of the applied load with respect to the
center of resistance of the frames, trusses, or shear
§[C26-905.6] 27-575 Ice. - walls. For vertical trusses, web deformations shall be
The weight of a one-half inch radial thickness of ice on considered in evaluating the rigidity.
all surfaces shall be considered as part of the live load (b) Distribution of horizontal loads within rigid
in the design of open framed or guyed towers. frames of tier buildings. -
(1) ASSUMPTIONS. - The distribution of horizontal
§[C26-905.7] 27-576 Thermal forces. - loads within rigid frames of tier buildings may be
The design of enclosed buildings more than two hundred determined on the basis of a recognized method of elastic
fifty feet in plan dimension shall provide for the forces analysis or, subject to limitations in paragraph two of this
and/or movements resulting from an assumed expansion subdivision, may be predicated on one or more of the
corresponding to a change in temperature of forty following simplifying assumptions:
degrees F. For exterior exposed frames, arches, or shells a. Points of inflection in beams or columns are at
regardless of plan dimensions, the design shall provide their midspan and midheight, respectively. The story
for the forces and/or movements resulting from an shear is distributed to the columns in proportion to their
assumed expansion and contraction corresponding to an stiffnesses.
increase or decrease in temperature of forty degrees F for b. The change in length of columns due to axial
concrete or masonry construction and sixty degrees F for effects of the horizontal loads may be neglected.
metal construction. For determining required anchorage for c. Vertical column loads due to horizontal forces
piping, the forces shall be determined on the basis of are taken by the exterior columns only, or are resisted
temperature variations for the specific service conditions. by the columns in proportion to the column distances
Friction forces in expansion bearings shall be considered. from the neutral axis of the bent.
(2) LIMITATIONS. -
§[C26-905.8] 27-577 Shrinkage. - a. For buildings over three hundred feet in height,
The design of reinforced concrete components shall the change in length of the columns, due to the effects of
provide for the forces and/or movements resulting from the horizontal loads, shall be evaluated or the framing
shrinkage of the concrete in the amount of 0.0002 times proportioned to produce regular movements of the
the length between contraction joints for standard successive joints at each floor so that warping of the
weight concrete, and 0.0003 times the length between floor system may be neglected.
contraction joints for lightweight concrete. The design of b. Simplifying assumptions used in design shall be
arches and similar structures shall provide for effects of subject to approval by the commissioner for any of the
shrinkage, plus rib-shortening, plus plastic flow. following conditions or circumstances:

224
Title 27 / Subchapter 9

1. For buildings over three hundred feet in height

or for buildings with a height-width ratio greater than five.
2. At two-story entrances or intermediate floors.
3. Where offsets in the building occur.
4. Where transfer columns occur.
5. In any similar circumstances of irregularities
or discontinuities in the framing.
(c) Distribution of load in self-relieving construction.-
the framing of self-relieving construction may be
proportioned on the assumption that connections are fully
rigid in resisting moments due to lateral load and that any
larger moments due to the gravity loads or due to a
combination of gravity and lateral loads will be relieved
by deformation of the connection material, provided that:
(1) The fasteners shall be capable of developing
the full moment capacity of the connection at the allowable
unit stress established in subchapter ten of this chapter.
(2) The connection shall be capable of resisting the
moment due to lateral load, and the shear due to lateral
load plus vertical load, all at the allowable unit stresses
established in subchapter ten of this chapter.
(3) The framing and the building are within the
limitations established in subparagraph (b) of paragraph
two of subdivision (b) of this section.
(4) The connections shall be detailed to permit the
required deformations without fracture, and their capacity
to so function shall be verified by test or other means.
(d) Structural walls and partitions. -
Walls and partitions, if specifically designed to resist the
applied forces, may be considered as contributing to the
resistance or rigidity of the structure with regard to
horizontal loads.

225
Title 27 / Subchapter 9

This page is intended to be left blank

226
Title 27 / Subchapter 10

SUBCHAPTER 10 611.1 Conveying Concrete by

STRUCTURAL WORK Pumping Methods
[1004.10] 612 Formwork
TABLE OF CONTENTS [1004.11] 613 Concrete Utilizing Preplaced
Aggregate
[Sub-Art. Art. 613.1 Precast and Prestressed Concrete
or Sec.]* or Sec** 613.2 Thin-Section Precast
Concrete Construction
[1000.0] Art. 1 Scope and General [1005.0] Art. 6 Steel
Requirements [1005.1] 614 General Requirements
[1000.1] 580 Scope [1005.2] 615 Identification
[1000.2] 581 Standards [1005.3] 616 Quality Control
[1000.3] 582 Definitions [1006.0] Art. 7 Wood
[1000.4] 583 Plans [1006.1] 617 General Requirements
[1000.5] 584 Permits [1006.2] 618 Identification
[1000.6] 585 General Requirements [1006.3] 619 Use of Non-Stress Grade Wood
[1000.7] 586 Materials and Methods of [1006.4] 620 Quality Control
Construction [1006.5] 621 General Construction
[1000.8] 587 Fire Protection Requirements
Requirements to Apply [1006.6] 622 Empirical Provisions in Lieu
[1000.9] 588 Use of Used and of Design
Unidentified Materials [1006.7] 623 Heavy Timber Construction
[1000.10] 589 Equivalent Systems of Design (Construction Class II-A)
[1000.11] 590 Deferred Detailing [1006.8] 624 Construction Methods
[1001.0] Art. 2 Structural Design-General [1007.0] Art. 8 Aluminum
Requirements [1007.1] 625 General Requirements
[1001.1] 591 Stability [1007.2] 626 Identification
[1001.2] 592 Bracing [1007.3] 627 Quality Control
[1001.3] 593 Secondary Stresses [1007.4] 628 Erection
[1001.4] 594 Combination of Loads [1008.0] Art. 9 Reinforced Gypsum Concrete
[1001.5] 595 Deflection Limitations [1008.1] 629 General Requirements
[1002.0] Art. 3 Adequacy of the Structural [1008.2] 630 Identification of Metal
Design Reinforcement
[1002.1] 596 General [1008.3] 631 Limitations of Use
[1002.2] 597 Questionable Construction [1009.0] Art. 10 Thin Shell and Folded-Plate
[1002.3] 598 Core Tests of Concrete Construction
Construction [1009.1] 632 General Requirements
[1002.4] 599 Load Tests [1009.2] 633 Analysis
[1003.0] Art. 4 Masonry [1009.3] 634 Thin Concrete Shells
[1003.1] 600 General Requirements [1010.0] Art. 11 Suspended Structures
[1003.2] 601 Identification [1010.1] 635 General Requirements
[1003.3] 602 Inspection [1010.2] 636 Suspenders
[1004.0] Art. 5 Concrete [1010.3] 637 Tests of Materials for Bridge
[1004.1] 603 General Requirements Wire Suspenders
[1004.2] 604 Identification of Metal- [1010.4] 638 Tests of Materials for Other
Reinforcement Types of Suspenders
[1004.3] 605 Mixes [1010.5] 639 Design
[1004.4] 606 Documentation
[1010.6] 640 Fittings for Wire Cable
[1004.5] 607 On-Site Inspections
Suspenders
[1004.6] 608 Admixtures
[1010.7] 641 Construction
[1004.7] 609 Licensed Concrete Testing
[1010.8] 642 Protection of Suspenders
Laboratories
[1011.0] Art. 12 Glass Panels
[1004.8] 610 Short-Span Concrete Floor
[1011.1] 643 Scope
and Roof Construction
[1011.2] 644 Support for Glass Panels
Supported on Steel Beams
[1011.3] 643 Glass Requirements
[1004.9] 611 Pneumatically Placed
[1011.4] 646 Thickness of Glass
Concrete
[1011.5] 647 Special Glasses

227
Title 27 / Subchapter 10

[1011.6] 648 Installation of Glass Panels For purposes of this code, the structural elements of a
[1011.7] 649 Protection of Glass Panels building shall normally include all floor, roof, and wall
[1011.8] 650 Deflection of Support framing members and slabs (but not including slabs-on-
[1011.9] 651 Panels Subject to Human grade); all piers, walls, footings, piles, and similar
Impact Loads elements of the foundation; and all other elements of both
*“C26” omitted from section numbers in this column. foundation and superstructure which, in engineering
**“27” omitted from section numbers in this column. practice, are proportioned on the basis of calculated stress.
Where doubt exists as to the structural nature of an element,
LIST OF TABLES the provisions of this subchapter, and of subchapter eleven
of this chapter, shall be deemed to apply only to an element
Table No. in which the materials are stressed in excess of thirty-three
and one-third percent of the allowable stress values
10-1 Inspection of Materials and Assemblies (without increase for infrequent stress conditions) for such
10-2 Inspection of Methods of Construction material in its proposed use, or to an element wherein
10-3 Minimum Cement Factor public safety would be involved in the event of excessive
10-4 Nailing Schedule distortion under the applied loads.
10-5 Minimum Weights of Coating-Bridge Wire,
Zinc-Coated, for Bridge Strand and Bridge §[C26-1000.7] 27-586 Materials and methods of construction. -
Rope Constructions Materials and methods of construction used in the manufacture
10-6 Probability of Breakage for Glass Panels and/or placement of structural elements in a building shall be
10-7 Maximum Area of Glass subject to the requirements of article seven of subchapter one
10-8 Multiplying Factors for Various Types of of this chapter, the inspection provisions established in tables
Glass 10-1 and 10-2 and the detailed requirements of articles four
10-9 Requirements for Glass Panels Subject to through twelve of this subchapter and article thirteen of
Impact Loads subchapter eleven of this chapter.
ARTICLE 1 SCOPE AND GENERAL
§[C26-1000.8] 27-587 Fire protection requirements
REQUIREMENTS
to apply.-Where a material or method of construction
in a specific use is required to provide fire protection as
§[C26-1000.1] 27-580 Scope. -The provisions of this well as structural adequacy, the material or method of
subchapter, supplemented by the additional requirements of construction shall meet both specified requirements.
subchapter eleven of this chapter, shall establish minimum
requirements for materials, designs, and construction to be §[C26-1000.9] 27-588 Use of used and unidentified materials.-
used for all structural elements in buildings. In addition, The utilization of used materials and unidentified or ungraded
within special flood hazard areas and below the regulatory materials shall be limited to non-structural elements, except:
flood datum, as described in article ten of subchapter four (a) Such materials (or elements) may be reused, or
of this chapter, materials, designs and construction required continued in use, at stress levels to which the materials
for structural elements by reference standard RS 4-5 shall or elements were subjected in the previous construction,
be applicable. or at load capacity as demonstrated by load test
procedures as described in subdivision (a) of section
§[C26-1000.2] 27-581 Standards. -The provisions of 27-599 of article three of this subchapter.
reference standard RS-10 shall be a part of this subchapter. (b) Unidentified materials may be graded by the
recovery and test of representative samples, or by other
§[C26-1000.3] 27-582 Definitions. -For definitions to means satisfactory to the commissioner.
be used in the interpretation of this subchapter, see (c) Used materials shall be considered to be graded
subchapter two of this chapter. where the grade is clearly indicated on the approved
plans for the existing construction and may be used at
§[C26-1000.4] 27-583 Plans. -For the requirements the allowable stress levels for that grade of like material
governing the filing of plans and the work to be shown as established in the building code in force at the time
on the plans, see subchapter one of this chapter. the plans for the existing construction were approved.

§[C26-1000.5] 27-584 Permits. - §[C26-1000.10] 27-589 Equivalent systems of design. -

For the requirements governing equipment work permits and Nothing in this subchapter shall be construed to
equipment use permits, see subchapter one of this chapter. prohibit the use of any system of design, alternate to
those indicated, provided that it can be demonstrated to
§[C26-1000.6] 27-585 General requirements. - the satisfaction of the commissioner that such system of
design will provide a factor of safety against structural
228
Title 27 / Subchapter 10

failure consistent with the requirements of articles four elements, or of a signed statement by an architect or engineer
through twelve of this subchapter, fire safety in to the effect that such drawings were prepared to his or her
consonance with the requirements of subchapters three satisfaction. In cases where the detailing of structural
through eight of this chapter, and such other characteristics elements has been made on the basis of fire-resistance ratings,
pertinent to the safety of life, health, and property as load tables, or similar data as given in manufacturer's
prescribed in this subchapter or as may be required by catalogues, the application for approval of the plans shall so
the commissioner. state and issuance of such acceptance shall be conditional
(a) Alternate or equivalent materials or methods of upon submission of a statement by the manufacturer, or of
construction shall be subject to the provisions of section other supporting documentary evidence of accreditation
27-133 of article seven of subchapter one of this chapter. furnished by the manufacturer, attesting to the accuracy of the
data and stating that such data were derived in conformance
§[C26-1000.11] 27-590 Deferred detailing. - with the provisions of this code. Where the detailing of
Where structural elements are normally detailed on shop or structural elements has been made on the basis of data
working drawings, the application for the permit shall so published in technical documents of recognized authority
state, and issuance of the permit shall be conditioned upon issued by, or accredited by the agency or association
future submission of such shop or working drawings showing promulgating the applicable reference standard cited in this
the approval of an architect or engineer with regard to such code, such statements will not be required.

TABLE 10-1 INSPECTION OF MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES

Materials Elements That Shall be Subject Elements That Are Not Subject to Controlled Inspection a,c,d
to Controlled Inspection a,b,d
Steel None All structural elements and connections.
Concrete Materials for all structural (1) All materials for structural elements proportioned on
elements proportioned on the the basis of calculated stresses less than seventy percent
basis of calculated stresses of basic allowable values.
seventy per cent or greater, of (2) Concrete materials for:
basic allowable values. See
article five for specific (a) Short span floor and roof construction
requirements relating to proportioned as per section 27-610.
"quality control of materials (b) Walls and footings for buildings in occupancy
and batching." group J-3.
(3) Metal reinforcement.
Aluminum None All structural elements and connections.
Wood None All structural elements and connections.
Reinforced gypsum None All structural elements.
concrete
Masonry None All structural elements.
Other Requirements as may be established in other subchapters of this code or by the commisioner.
Notes for Table 10-1:
a
For general provisions relating to inspection see section 27-132.
b
All structural materials and assemblies subject to controlled inspection shall be tested and/or inspected at their place of manufacture and
evidence of compliance with the provisions of this subchapter shall be provided as stipulated in articles four through twelve.
c
Mill, manufacturer's and supplier's inspection and test reports will be accepted as evidence of compliance with the provisions of this code for all
structural materials and assemblies not subject to controlled inspection.
d
Basic allowable stress values as referenced herein shall denote allowable stress value without increase for infrequent stress conditions as
established in this code or in the applicable reference standard for the material or element in its proposed use.

ARTICLE 2 STRUCTURAL DESIGN- element thereof shall be proportioned to provide a

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS minimum factor of safety of 1.50 against failure by
sliding or overturning. The required stability shall be
§[C26-1001.1] 27-591 Stability. -Except as provided provided solely by the dead load plus any permanent
in article twelve of subchapter eleven of this chapter anchorages, which may be provided.
with regard to foundation elements, a building, or any
229
Title 27 / Subchapter 10

§[C26-1001.2] 27-592 Bracing. -Unless otherwise occurrence are combined with the basic loads. For such
specified in the reference standards, members used to combination, however, the factors indicated in the reference
brace compression members shall be proportioned to standards and in subdivision (e) of section 27-639 of article
resist an axial load of at least two percent of the total eleven of this subchapter for suspended structures, for the
compressive design stress in the member braced, plus combination of basic loads plus one load of infrequent
any transverse shear therein. occurrence may be reduced fifteen percent.
*As enacted but “infrequent” probably intended.
§[C26-1001.3] 27-593 Secondary stresses. –
Secondary stresses in trusses shall be considered and §[C26-1001.5] 27-595 Deflection limitations. -
where of significant magnitude, their effects shall be The applicable provisions of the several reference
provided for in the design. standards cited in this subchapter shall apply. In addition,
the total of the dead plus live load vertical deflections
**§[C26-1001.4] 27-594 Combination of loads. - (including effects of creep and shrinkage) of members,
Dead loads, live loads (including impact) and reduced supporting walls, veneered walls, or partitions constructed of
live loads, where applicable, shall be considered as basic or containing panels of masonry, glass, or other frangible
loads. Wind, earthquake, thermal forces, shrinkage, and materials shall not exceed 1/360 of the span.
unreduced live loads (where live load reduction is
permitted by subchapter nine of this chapter) shall be ARTICLE 3 ADEQUACY OF THE
considered as loads of infrequent occurrence. Members STRUCTURAL DESIGN
shall have adequate capacity to resist all applicable
combinations of the loads listed in subchapter nine of this §[C26-1002.1] 27-596 General. - The structural design
chapter, in accordance with the following: of a member or assembly shall be deemed to be adequate if
**Local Law 17-1995. the design computations demonstrate conformance with the
(a) Where design is based on allowable working stresses, applicable standards noted in articles four through twelve of
the loads as described in subchapter nine of this chapter this subchapter. Where, because of practical difficulties,
shall be multiplied by the following factors and the design such computations cannot be executed, the structural design
shall be based on the resulting load values: may be deemed adequate if the member or assembly is
(1) For combinations of basic loads, only, the factor subjected to, and satisfactorily performs under, load tests in
shall be 1.0, except that for the design of temporary accordance with the provisions of subdivision (a) of section
structures (defined as a structure, which will be in place 27-599 of this article. Where there is a question as to the
six months or less) the factor shall be 0.75. adequacy of a completed or partly completed construction,
(2) For any combination of one or more basic loads the provisions of section 27-597, 27-598 and subdivision
with any one load of infrequent occurrence, the factor (b) of section 27-599 of this article shall apply.
shall be 0.75, except that for the design of temporary
structures the factor shall be 0.67. §[C26-1002.2] 27-597 Questionable construction. -
(3) For any combination of one or more basic loads If, upon inspection, it is found that a construction or any
with two or more loads of infrequent occurrence, the part thereof, as built, shows open cracks, spallings, or
factor shall be 0.67. other signs of distress; or should inspection records
Exception.—The provisions of reference standards show more** significant deficiency of construction; or
RS 10-8 and RS 10-9 relating to increases of allowable should laboratory tests on concrete or other materials
unit stresses for short-time loading shall apply. that have been incorporated into the work indicate
(b) Where design is based on ultimate strength criteria
deficiency of strength; or should there be a reasonable
(including plastic design of steel structures and
doubt as to the strength, stability, or adequacy of the
proportioning of suspended structures), the loads, as
construction or any part thereof, such construction may
described in subchapter nine of this chapter shall be
be checked to verify the adequacy thereof either by
multiplied by the factors indicated in subdivision (e) of
section 27-639 of article eleven of this subchapter and computation, or by core or load tests conducted in
in the applicable reference standards. The design shall accordance with the provisions of section 27-598 or
be based on the resulting load values. subdivision (b) of section 27-599 of this article or by
Exceptions.—1. Where combinations of load for which any combination of these means. Should the adequacy
factors are given in the reference standard include the of construction not be verified within a reasonable time,
load of wind (or earthquake) the design additionally shall such construction shall be rejected and shall be
consider combinations of load wherein each other of the demolished or reinforced or rebuilt to be made safe in
loads of frequent* occurrence as listed in this paragraph conformance with the requirements of this code. In the
are substituted for the load of wind. event of a disagreement, the final decision as to the
2. The design also shall consider combinations of load acceptance of the work shall be made by the commissioner.
wherein two most critical of the loads of infrequent All such tests shall be made without expense to the city.
**As enacted but “some” probably intended.
230
Title 27 / Subchapter 10

TABLE 10-2 INSPECTION OF METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION

Materials Operations on Structural Elements That Operations on Structural Elements That Are Not Subject
Shall be Subject to Controlled to Controlled Inspection a,c,d
Inspection a,b,d
Steel (1) Welding operations and the tensioning (1) Welding operations and the tensioning of high
of high strength bolts in connections strength bolts in connections where the calculated
where the calculated stresses in the stresses in the welds or bolts are less than fifty percent
welds or bolts are fifty percent or of basic allowable values.
more of basic allowable values. (2) All other fabrication and erection operations not
(2) Connection of fittings to wire cables designated for controlled inspection.
for suspended structures, except
where cables together with their
attached fittings are proof-loaded to
not less than fifty-five percent of
ultimate capacity.
Concrete Except for those operations specifically (1) All operations relating to the construction of members
designated in this table are*** not and assemblies (other than prestressed members)
subject to controlled inspection, for all which involve the placement of a total of less than
concrete, the operations described in fifty cubic yards of concrete and wherein said
subdivision (a) of section 27-607 shall concrete is used at levels of calculated stress seventy
be subject to controlled inspecion. percent or less of basic allowable values.
(2) Placing and curing of concrete for all:
(a) Short span floor and roof construction as per section
27-610.
(b) Walls and footings for buildings in occupancy group J-3.
(3) Size and location of reinforcement for walls and
footings for buildings in occupancy group J-3.
(4) All other operations not described in subdivision (a)
of section 27-607.
Aluminum Welding operations in connections (1) Welding operations in connections where the
where the calculated stresses in the calculated stresses in the welds are less than fifty
welds are fifty percent or more of the percent of basic allowable values.
basic allowable values. (2) All other fabrication and erection operations not
designated for controlled inspection.
Wood Fabrication of glued - laminated assemblies All other operations not designated for controlled
and of plywood components. inspection.
Reinforced None All operations incident to the fabrication and
Gypsum placement of structural elements.
Concrete
**Reinforced (1) Fabrication of prefabricated units. **(1) All masonry work for buildings in occupancy
Masonry (2) Placement and bedding of units, sizes group J-3.
of members, including thickness of **(2) All mixing of mortar.
walls and wythes; sizes of columns; **(3) All other operations not designated for
the size and position of reinforcement, controlled inspection.
in place, and provisions for curing and
protection against freezing for all
reinforced masonry construction unless
such operations are specifically not
designated for controlled inspection.
**Un- Placement and bedding of units and **(1) All masonry work for buildings in occupancy
Reinforced sizes of members including thickness group J-3.
Masonry of walls and wythes; sizes of **(2) All mixing of mortar.
columns; and provisions for curing **(3) All other operations not designated for controlled
and protection against freezing for all inspection.
masonry construction proportioned on
the basis of structural analysis as
described in section four of reference
standard RS 10-1A*, unless such
operations are specifically not
designated for controlled inspection.
Piling See provisions of subchapter eleven.
Other Requirments as may be established in other subchapters on this code.

231
Title 27 / Subchapter 10

Notes for Table 10-2:

a
For general provisions relating to inspection see section 27-132.
b
All construction operations designated for controlled inspection shall be inspected by the architect or engineer designated for controlled
inspection during the performance of such operation.
c
Certification by the fabricator or erector, as applicable, will be accepted as evidence of compliance with the provisions of this code for all
construction operations not subject to controlled inspection.
d
Basic allowable stress values as referenced herein shall denote allowable stress value without increase for infrequent stress conditions as
established in this code or in the applicable reference standard for the material or element in its proposed use.
* “A” not enacted but probably intended
**Local Law 17-1995.
*** ”are”emacted “is” probably intended.

§[C26-1002.3] 27-598 Core tests of concrete construction.- loading conditions specified in subchapter nine of this
The adequacy of the concrete in a building may be chapter. Test specimens shall not be unloaded and
ascertained by the recovery and testing of cores. Cores shall reloaded or subjected to cyclical loading, except as
be taken and tested in accordance with the procedure specifically required by the provisions of this code and
described in reference standard RS 10-16. In lieu thereof, except that the adding of increments of additional load
cores cast-in-place and originally cured with the parent to a member already under load and the application of
concrete, or other device acceptable to the architect or the test load as described in subparagraph (b) of
engineer designated for controlled inspection and which will paragraph three of this subdivision following removal
produce test specimens simulating the condition of the
of the test load described in subparagraph (a) of
concrete in place including the size and proportions specified
paragraph three of this subdivision will be permitted.
for core specimens may be utilized to demonstrate the
adequacy of the concrete in place. The compressive strength (3) STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS. -The member or
so determined shall meet the requirements for strength tests assembly, supported as described in paragraph two of
as described in reference standard RS 10-3. this subdivision, shall be capable of supporting:
a. Without visible damage (other than hairline cracks) its
§[C26-1002.4] 27-599 Load tests. - own weight plus a test load equal to one hundred fifty
(a) Prequalifying load tests.- The provisions of this percent of the design live load plus one hundred fifty
section shall apply only to load tests made for the purpose percent of any dead load that will be added at the site; and
of establishing the structural adequacy of members or b. Without collapse, its own weight plus a test load equal
assemblies before such members or assemblies are to fifty percent of its own weight plus two hundred fifty
incorporated into the work. Load tests for the purpose of percent of the design live load plus two hundred fifty
establishing the strength of an element or assembly, in percent of any dead load that will be added at the site. The
place, after construction, shall conform to the requirements latter loading shall remain in place for a minimum period of
of subdivision (b) of this section. one week. All loading conditions described in subchapter
(1) TEST SPECIMENS. -The test specimens shall be a true nine of this chapter shall be considered. The design live
representation of the units or assemblies to be used in the load shall be the nominal value reduced for contributory
area as described in subchapter nine. Except as permitted
work and, unless sufficient tests are conducted on differing
under paragraph five of this subdivision, units to be tested
specimens to interpolate the performance of members of
shall be full size. Load bearing wall and partition
varying characteristics, test specimens shall be substantially
assemblies shall be tested both with and without window
identical with the units or assemblies to be used in service.
and door framing where such framing will be included in
Particular attention shall be given to matching the type and
the final assemblies.
grade of material and, in the case of concrete, the mix, age,
Exception: If the load tests are conducted and the
curing, and other pertinent variables. results promulgated in a manner that will permit clear
(2) SUPPORT CONDITIONS AND INTERACTION.- differentiation between the dead and live load
Load tests shall be performed in such a manner that the components added at the site, then the capacity of the
supports for the members or assemblies being tested will member or assembly without visible damage other than
simulate the conditions of support in the building, except hairline cracks as determined under load test condition
that conditions of partial fixity may be approximated by in subparagraph a of paragraph three of this subdivision,
condition of full or zero restraint, whichever produces a may be reduced to the weight of the member, plus any
more severe stress condition in the member being tested. dead load that will be added at the site, plus one
The test conditions shall be such as to obviate all hundred fifty percent of the design live load; and the
interaction of fills, finishes, partitions, supports, or capacity of the member or assembly to resist collapse as
members whose interaction normally would be neglected determined under load test condition in subparagraph b
in design. Where continuous, multiple, intersecting, or of paragraph three of this subdivision may be reduced to
connected members are used in the test, all interacting one hundred fifty percent of the weight of the member,
members shall be simultaneously and fully loaded and plus one hundred fifty percent of any dead load that will
additional tests shall be performed under the partial
232
Title 27 / Subchapter 10

be added at the site, plus two hundred fifty percent of (4) LATERAL LOADS.- Where the elements in question
the design live load. must resist lateral loads in service, such loads shall be
(4) DEFLECTION REQUIREMENT. -With the member simulated in the tests. In such case, the magnitude of
or assembly supported as described in paragraph two of the applied live load and lateral load components of the
this subdivision, and after loading as required by the test load may be adjusted as described in section 27-594
provisions of subparagraph a of paragraph three of this of article two of this subchapter, provided that the stress
subdivision and the removal of said load, the percentage condition under the load increments described in
of recovery of the deflection caused by the superimposed paragraph one of this subdivision is not more critical.
load shall be at least seventy-five percent. The deflection (5) RELOADING. -Unloading and reloading or cyclical
under the design live load shall not exceed that permitted loading of test areas will not be permitted, except for
in this subchapter. the addition of increments of additional load to a
(5) MODEL TESTS. -Tests on models less than full member already under load.
size may be used to determine the relative intensity, [(6) LIMITATION ON USE OF LOAD TESTS OF
direction, and distribution of stresses and applied loads, CONCRETE STRUCTURES. -Where the strength tests
but shall not be considered as a proper method for of the concrete (as defined in reference standard RS 10-3)
evaluating stresses in, nor the strength of, individual that initiate the requirement for load tests show strengths
members unless approved by the commissioner for this less than 2/3 of the strength required by the design of the
purpose. Where model analysis is proposed as a means specific element, the use of load tests to show the
of establishing the structural design, the following adequacy of the structure will not be permitted.]*
*Copy in brackets not enacted but probably intended.
conditions shall be met:
a. Analysis shall be made by a firm or a corporation
ARTICLE 4 MASONRY
satisfactory to the commissioner.
b. The similitude, scaling, and validity of the analysis
§[C26-1003.1] 27-600 General requirements. -
shall be attested to by an officer or principal of the firm
(a) Unreinforced masonry. - Materials, design, and
or corporation making the analysis.
construction of unreinforced masonry shall meet the
c. A report on the analysis shall be submitted showing
requirements of reference standard RS 10-1.
test set-ups, equipment, and readings.
(b) Reinforced masonry. - Materials, design, and
(b) Load tests of completed construction.- The provisions
construction of reinforced masonry shall meet the
of this subdivision shall apply to any type of
requirements of reference standard RS 10-2.
construction where the appropriate reference standard
does not provide for load test of completed construction
§[C26-1003.2] 27-601 Identification. -
and the construction is questionable. When the appropriate
(a) Masonry units. -Masonry units shall be clearly
reference standard provides for such load testing, the
identified to show the grade of the unit and the
provisions of reference standard shall be used.
compressive strength where called for on the plans.
(1) STRENGTH. -The construction shall be loaded in
(b) Metal reinforcement.- Reinforcing bars shall be
two stages:
rolled so as to identify the grade of steel and the size.
(a) With all dead load to which it will be subjected in
Bundles and rolls of cold-drawn steel wire or welded
service plus a superimposed load equal to the design
wire fabric shall be tagged so as to identify the type and
live load reduced as described in subchapter nine of this
grade of steel and the size.
chapter; and
(b) With a total load, including its own weight, equal to
§[C26-1003.3] 27-602 Inspection. -The inspection of
one hundred fifty percent of the total dead load to be
masonry and masonry construction shall conform to the
supported in service plus one hundred eighty percent of requirements of tables 10-1 and 10-2.
the design live load, reduced for contributory area as
described in subchapter nine of this chapter, which load ARTICLE 5 CONCRETE
shall remain in place for a minimum period of twenty-
four hours. *§[C26-1004.1] 27-603 General requirements. -
(2) DEFLECTION REQUIREMENT. -Under the first Concrete materials, design, construction, quality, inspection
stage loading, the deflection shall not exceed that and testing shall meet the requirements of reference
permitted in the applicable reference standard. The standard RS 10-3. Precast concrete construction utilizing
residual deflection after removal of the second stage a thin skin or slab stiffened or supported by a system of
loading shall not exceed twenty-five percent of the ribs shall conform to the requirements of reference
calculated elastic deflection under the superimposed test standard RS 10-4.
load. The structure, after recovery of the deflection shall *Local Law 65-1990.
not show any evidence of serious distress.
(3) INTERACTION.- The load area shall extend to §[C26-1004.2] 27-604 Identification of metal-reinforcement.-
include the loading of all framing and elements that Reinforcing bars shall be rolled so as to identify type
contribute to the strength of the element or elements and grade of steel, and size. Bundles and rolls of wire,
under test, by way of interaction.
233
Title 27 / Subchapter 10

strands, or welded wire fabric shall be tagged so as to plant by a licensed concrete testing laboratory under the
identify the type and grade of steel and the size. supervision of the architect or engineer designated for
controlled inspection, in accordance with the requirements
*§[C26-1004.3] 27-605 Mixes.- Concrete may be proportioned, of table 10-1 and in sufficient scope to:
batched, and mixed by any of the following methods: a. Determine and record the actual batched weights of the
ingredients and the volume of water charged into the mixer;
*Local Law 65-1990. b. Verify that such weights conform to the weights and
(a) Method I. -Mixes with Minimum Cement Content. - proportions required by the preliminary test mix,
(1) MINIMUM CEMENT CONTENT. -The cement content adjusted for moisture content, fineness modulus and
used in the work shall not be less than the content given in gradation of aggregates;
table 10-3 for the corresponding strength of concrete. c. Verify conformance of the quality and condition of
(2) WATER-CEMENT OR STRENGTH-CEMENT RATIO.- the materials to reference standard RS 10-3;
Normal weight concrete proportioned on the basis of d. Verify that the aggregates have the same specific
preliminary tests shall be produced by using a water- gravity, size and gradation; the cement is the same type
cement ratio corresponding to a point on a strength- and batch weight, the admixtures are the same type and
cement or water-cement ratio curve. Proportioning of quantity; and that any other ingredients are the same as
lightweight and heavyweight concrete, and concrete or equal to those used for the preparation of the
using an aggregate other than natural sand, gravel or preliminary test mixes;
stone shall be by using a strength-cement content curve. e. For all concrete, whether or not designated for
The point on the respective curves shall represent a controlled inspection, attestation of the results of quality
strength of concrete at the slump and age called for on control and inspection at the batch plant shall appear on a
the plans at least twenty-five percent higher than the ticket accompanying each load of concrete. The attestation
specified strength, f'c. The cement content shall not be for subparagraphs a, b, c and d of this paragraph shall be
less than the content shown in table 10-3. executed by the licensed concrete testing laboratory.
(3) PRELIMINARY TESTS. -Preliminary tests of concrete f. The licensed concrete testing laboratory shall also
shall be made in advance of any concreting operation by a attest that the slump entrained air content and unit
licensed concrete testing laboratory acceptable to the weight of the fresh concrete, as discharged from the
architect or engineer of record. Preliminary tests shall mixer at the job site, were tested in accordance with
consist of compression strength tests of molded concrete reference standards RS 10-49, RS 10-51, RS 10-52, RS
cylinders made in accordance with reference standards RS 10-61, RS 10-62, RS 10-63 and RS 10-64, and that all
10-17 and RS 10-21. A curve representing the relation were in compliance with the accepted mix design.
between the average strength of the concrete at twenty-eight (b) Method II. -Proportioning on the basis of field experience. -
days, or at any other specified age filed with the department, (1) PROPORTIONING. -For the computation of the
and the strength-cement ratio or the water-cement ratio standard deviation in accordance with reference
shall be established for the range of strength values at the standard RS 10-14, mixes with test data from previous
slump required for the work. The tests shall include at least projects, similarly proportioned in accordance with the
four mixes with different strength-cement ratios or four provisions of subdivision (a) of this section, and having
mixes with different water-cement ratios and at least four materials of similar density and admixtures and having
cylinder specimens for each mix. The cylinder strength tests a slump equal to or greater than that at which the
shall be supplemented by tests to confirm that the cement concrete is to be placed shall be used. Such mixes may
and aggregates conform to the provisions of reference be accepted subject to the approval of the architect or
standard RS 10-3. engineer designated for controlled inspection.
(4) PREVIOUSLY ACCEPTED MIXES. -In lieu of the (2) STRENGTH. -The required average strength, f ’c
requirements of paragraph three of this subdivision, the [sic], to be used as the basis for the selection of mix
architect or engineer designated for controlled inspection proportions, shall in no case be less than fifteen percent
may permit the use of mix proportions of aggregates having higher than the specified strength called for on the plans.
the same specific gravity, size and gradation; cements of the (3) BATCHING. -The concrete shall be produced either
same type and batch weight; admixtures of the same type in the concrete production facility used to produce the
and quantity; and other ingredients the same as or equal to concrete from which the tests were made to develop the
those that have been previously submitted with applicable field experience data referred to in paragraph one of this
preliminary tests which complied with paragraphs one and subdivision or, subject to the approval of the architect
two of this subdivision, and which have been accepted by or engineer designated for controlled inspection, in any
the commissioner within the past year. If any of the mix concrete production facility that has data showing a
proportions or ingredients are changed, a separate record of standard deviation equal to or less than that of
submission for acceptance shall be required. the original facility. All concrete proportioned according
(5) QUALITY CONTROL AND INSPECTION OF to field experience shall be produced in a plant with
MATERIALS AND OF BATCHING. -Where concrete automatic recording equipment for all ingredients.
materials are used for structural elements defined in (4) QUALITY CONTROL AND INSPECTION OF
section 27-585 of article one of this subchapter, quality MATERIALS AND OF BATCHING. - When the concrete
control and inspection shall be provided at the batch is batched in a plant where automatic recording
234
Title 27 / Subchapter 10

equipment documents the batched weights or volumes of below may be used, and the cement content shall not be
cement, aggregates, admixtures and water, no inspection less than the value given in table 10-3A for the
of the materials or of the batching, nor any attestation by corresponding specified compressive strengths, nor
a licensed concrete testing laboratory responsible to the shall the total volume of water (moisture plus added
architect or engineer designated for controlled inspection, water) exceed that specified therein, provided that the
shall be required. A concrete producer shall: total yardage placed does not exceed fifty cubic yards
a. Verify that such weights conform to the required and the levels of calculated stress do not exceed seventy
weights and proportions, and to the strength-cement percent of the basic allowable stresses.
ratio or water-cement ratio required by the proportioning
established pursuant to paragraph one of this subdivision,
adjusted for moisture content, fineness modules and *TABLE 10-3A
gradation of aggregates. Specified Minimum Maximum
b. Verify conformance of the quality and condition of compressive pounds of permissible total
the materials to reference standard RS 10-3. strength in twenty- cement volume of water,
c. Attest, on a ticket accompanying each load, to the specified eight days (f’c) per cubic U.S. gallons per
strength of the concrete, the actual weights or volume of the pounds per square yard of cubic yard of
ingredients, and the weight or volume of water charged into inch concrete concrete
the mixer at the batch plant or to be added at the job site. A 2000 520 40
statement that subparagraph b of this paragraph has been 2500 560 41
complied with shall also be included. 3000 610 42
d. If at any time the automatic recording equipment becomes *Local Law 65-1990.
inoperative, the concrete production facility may be
permitted, but only with the approval of the architect or
(2) Each load of concrete shall be certified by the
engineer designated for controlled inspection, to batch and
mix concrete for a period not to exceed three consecutive producer to the owner, whether produced at a ready
working days. During such a period, the concrete production mixed plant or site mixed, as to the total quantity of
facility shall engage a concrete batch plant inspector from a concrete, concrete strength and actual quantities per
licensed concrete testing laboratory to observe and record the cubic yard of each material, including water, contained
actual weights of the cement, aggregates, admixtures and therein. A copy of such certificate shall be available to
other ingredients, and the weight or volume of water charged the department during the progress of the work and for
into the mixers. If the automatic recording equipment is two years thereafter.
inoperative for a period longer than three consecutive
working days the concrete production facility shall not *§[C26-1004.4] 27-606 Documentation.- All mix
batch or mix concrete and the architect or engineer proportions and supporting data shall be submitted for
designated for controlled inspection shall notify the acceptance to the commissioner or to the architect or
commissioner in writing that such equipment is inoperative. engineer designated for controlled inspection, as
required, prior to the start of any work. All required
*TABLE 10-3 MINIMUM CEMENT CONTENT attestations shall become a part of the documentation to
Specified Minimum Pounds of be filed with the commissioner, and shall be subject to
Compressive Cement Per Cubic Yard of verification by strength tests, as hereinafter described,
Strength in 28 Days Concrete (all aggregates) by check sampling of ingredients, or by such other
(f’c)-psi
inspections as the commissioner or the architect or
3,000 540 engineer designated for controlled inspection may elect.
3,500 610
Copies of all documentation filed with the commissioner, all
4,000 660
the licensed concrete testing laboratory test data and
5,000 800
required attestations, together with the tapes recording
Over 5,000 Permitted only by reference
the batch weight where automatic recording equipment
standard RS 10-3
is used shall be available for inspection for a period of
6,000 and over Permitted only by reference
standard RS 10-3 “Special two years after the completion of the project. Such
Requirements for High records shall be maintained by the architect or engineer
Strength Concrete.” designated for controlled inspection.
*Local Law 65-1990.
NOTE: Minimum pounds of cement may be reduced up to 8 percent
by the addition of an accepted admixture. *§[C26-1004.5] 27-607 Inspections. - Inspection of
*Local Law 65-1990. concrete and concrete construction shall conform to the
requirements of tables 10-1 and 10-2 and the provisions
(c) Method III. -Average concrete. - of this subchapter.
(1) in lieu of making preliminary tests, average concrete (a) Controlled inspection. - Controlled inspection of
limited to the concrete strengths shown in table 10-3A concrete construction shall include:
235
Title 27 / Subchapter 10

(1) STRENGTH TESTS. - Strength tests shall be shall be repeated. If the second test fails to meet the
performed on all structural concrete. The provisions of specified requirements, then, with the approval of the
reference standard RS 10-3 shall apply. A licensed architect or engineer designated for controlled inspection,
concrete testing laboratory shall, in compliance with adjustments shall be made to the concrete in the mixer
reference standards RS 10-17, RS 10-51 and RS 10-52, to correct the deficiency. Test specimens shall not be
sample the concrete, make and cure the test specimens molded from any sample that did not meet the specified
at the job site, transport the specimens to the laboratory requirements nor shall the concrete from which the
and test the specimens for compressive strength. Written sample was taken be placed in the structure, provided,
reports of the results shall be furnished to the architect however, that such concrete may be used elsewhere in
or engineer designated for controlled inspection and to the the work where it meets or exceeds the specified
concrete producer immediately, but not more than five requirements, but only with the approval of the architect or
days following the conclusion of the compression strength engineer designated for controlled inspection. In such case,
tests. Test specimens shall be stored on the job site in test specimens shall be molded by the licensed concrete
an insulated curing box of sufficient size and strength to testing laboratory, which shall also record the precise
contain all the specimens made in any four consecutive location where the concrete was placed in the structure.
working days and to protect the specimens from falling (3) CONTROLLED INSPECTION LOG BOOK. - A
over, being jarred or otherwise disturbed during the controlled inspection log book, limited solely to the
period of initial curing. The box shall be erected, furnished concrete construction work, readily available to inspectors
and maintained by the concrete contractor. Such box and representatives of the department, concrete suppliers
shall be equipped to provide the moisture and to and the architect and/or engineer of record, shall be
regulate the temperature necessary to maintain the proper maintained at the job site by the architect or engineer
curing conditions required by reference standard RS 10- designated for controlled inspection, who shall make
52. Such box shall be located in an area free from therein daily entries pertaining to the progress of the work.
vibration such as pile driving and traffic of all kinds. No The entries shall describe, but not be limited to, the
concrete requiring inspection shall be delivered to the site location, size and dimensions of the concrete members for
until such storage curing box has been provided. which forms were constructed that day; the reinforcement
Specimens shall remain undisturbed in the curing box installed in, and the specific locations and time spans of,
until ready for delivery to the testing laboratory but not every concrete placement; the air temperature, wind
less than sixteen hours. Specimens delivered to the velocity and direction and other weather conditions during
laboratory prior to an age of forty-eight hours shall not the twenty-four hours after concrete has been placed,
be demolded prior to delivery. All specimens shall be specifically at 8 a.m., noon and four p.m., the protections
carefully removed from the box and transported to the taken against excessive temperatures and adverse weather
laboratory by the licensed concrete testing laboratory in conditions at each placement made that day; the method
accordance with the provisions of reference standard used, to cure the concrete and the period during which
RS 10-52. All specimens shall be delivered to the such methods were maintained; the actual hour when
laboratory before the laboratory closes at the end of the forms were stripped and shores were reinstalled and
second working day following the day the specimens tensioning was applied to all prestressed members. The
were molded. The date of arrival at the laboratory shall log shall become a part of the documentation to be filed
be recorded on the specimen test reports. All concrete failing with the commissioner as provided in section 27-606 and
to meet the specified minimum strength requirements shall shall include the attestation of the architect or engineer
be rejected by the architect or engineer designated for designated for controlled inspection that the concrete
controlled inspection pending verification of the adequacy construction work complies with the approved plans and
of the construction as described in section 27-598 of the provisions of this code.
article three of this subchapter. (b) Other required inspection. -Quality control or
(2) ADDITIONAL TESTS. -Each sample of fresh inspection shall be provided with respect to all operations
concrete made in accordance with reference standard of mixing and placing concrete and reinforcement that
RS 10-51 for the purpose of molding strength test are not designated for controlled inspection. In the case
of sidewalks, curbs, paving, slabs-on-grade and any work
specimens shall be made under the supervision of the
designated in table 10-1 under the caption "Elements That
architect or engineer designated for controlled inspection. Are Not Subject To Controlled Inspection" or in table 10-2
Each sample shall be tested by the licensed concrete testing under the caption "Operations on Structural Elements
laboratory to determine its slump in accordance with That Are Not Subject to Controlled Inspection," all
reference standard RS 10-49, its entrained air content in inspections shall be subject to and in accordance with the
accordance with reference standards RS 10-61 and RS 10- requirements of subdivision (b) of section 27-132. If any
62, its unit weight in accordance with reference standards test to determine the quality or compressive strength of
RS 10-63 and RS 10-64 and its temperature. If any of the the concrete is required, the fresh concrete shall be
tests fail to meet the specified requirements, the concrete sampled and tested for slump, entrained air content, unit
shall be sampled again and the particular test that failed

236
Title 27 / Subchapter 10

weight and temperature. Compression strength test specimens The architect or engineer designated for controlled inspection
shall be molded only by a licensed concrete testing is authorized either to dismiss or to employ a particular
laboratory or by a person certified by the American licensed concrete testing laboratory at any time during
Concrete Institute as qualified to perform such function. the progress of the work.
Attestation shall be executed by the person superintending *Local Law 65-1990.
the use of the material in accordance with the requirements
of subdivision (b) of section 27-132 of article seven of §[C26-1004.8] 27-610 Short-span concrete floor and
subchapter one of this chapter. roof construction supported on steel beams. -In lieu of
*Local Law 65-1990. analysis, the following empirical procedures may be used
for the design of short-span concrete floor and roof
*§[C26-1004.6] 27-608 Admixtures. -Admixtures may slabs containing draped reinforcement and supported on
be used in the concrete only where included in the steel beams. The empirical equations described in
preliminary test mixes made in accordance with paragraph subdivisions (c) and (d) of this section shall apply only
three of subdivision (a) of section 27-605 or mixes proportioned where the steel beams are placed, or are encased, in a
in accordance with the provisions of reference standard manner that will provide section for the transfer of
RS 10-3. In the case of mixes proportioned in accordance shear from slabs to beams equivalent to, or in excess of,
with subdivision (c) of section 27-605, there shall be no the slab thickness required by said equations.
reduction of the cement content called for in table 10-3A (a) Concrete.- The concrete shall have a minimum compressive
because admixtures are used in the mix. Where admixtures strength at twenty-eight days of seven hundred psi.
are used, the provisions of reference standards RS 10-3 (b) Reinforcement. -Reinforcement shall consist of steel
and RS 10-44 shall apply. In addition, no anti-freeze agents fabric, rods, or other suitable shapes that shall be continuous
shall be used. Admixtures shall be added in measured or successively lapped to function as a continuous sheet.
quantities in conformance with the accepted mix design. The main reinforcement shall be at least 0.15% of the
*Local Law 65-1990. gross cross section where continuous steel fabric is used
and at least 0.25% of the gross cross section where other
*§[C26-1004.7] 27-609 Licensed concrete testing laboratories.- forms of steel reinforcement are used. All reinforcing
All strength tests of concrete and testing of concrete shall be draped, with the center of the reinforcement at
materials required by the provisions of this section shall the center of the span one inch above the bottom of the
be performed by concrete testing laboratories licensed slab and the center of reinforcement over the support one
in accordance with the requirements of article nine of inch below the top of the slab.
subchapter two of chapter one of title twenty-six of the (c) Minimum slab thickness. -The minimum total
administrative code and rules promulgated by the thickness of concrete floor and roof construction shall
commissioner. The licensed concrete testing laboratory be determined by the following formula, but shall not
shall, among other things, analyze, evaluate and test be less than four inches:
concrete materials; determine whether the materials
comply with specifications and pertinent referenced t= L + w -75
national standards in reference standard RS 10-3; select 2 200
mix proportions for preliminary tests; recommend the
mix proportions to be used on the project for which the Where: t = total thickness (in.)
tests were made; analyze data from previous projects L = clear span between steel flanges (ft.)
and compute the standard deviation; and recommend W = gross uniform load (dead load plus
the mix proportions to be used based on such field reduced live load) (psf).
experience data. At the batch plant or at the job site, the (d) Allowable load.- The allowable load shall be
licensed concrete testing laboratory shall, among other determined by the following formula:
things, sample concrete and test for slump, entrained air
content, unit weight and temperature, mold compression w= 3CAs
L2
test specimens; store and cure such specimens on the
job site; remove, transport and deliver such specimens
Where: w = gross uniform load (psf)
to the laboratory; demold, store, cure, cap and test such
As = cross sectional area of main reinforcement
specimens at the laboratory and furnish written reports
(sq. in. per ft. of slab width)
of the results of all tests of the materials and concrete to
L = clear span between steel flanges in feet.
the architect or engineer designated for controlled (L shall not exceed ten feet in any case,
inspection and to the concrete producer. When tests of and when the gross floor load exceeds two
the hardened concrete are required, they shall be made hund-red psi shall not exceed eight feet)
by the licensed concrete testing laboratory in accordance C = the following coefficient for steel having
with reference standard RS 10-3 and the national an ultimate strength of at least fifty-five
standards for making tests for penetration resistance, thousand psi;
rebound number, pullout strength and of drilled cores.
237
revision: October 1, 2004
Title 27 / Subchapter 10

1. For lightweight aggregate concrete: *(c) Inspection. -All preparation and placement of
a. twenty thousand when reinforcement is continuous. structural concrete utilizing preplaced aggregates shall be
b. fourteen thousand when reinforcement is hooked or subject to controlled inspection. Compression test specimens
attached to one or both supports. shall be prepared and tested as required for premixed
2. For stone concrete: concrete, except that the specimens shall be prepared
a. twenty-three thousand when reinforcement is continuous. under conditions that will simulate the conditions under
b. fifteen thousand when reinforcement is hooked or which the concrete in the work is installed.
attached to one or both supports. *Local Law 65-1990.
(1) When the above formula is used the reinforcement
shall be hooked or attached to one or both supports or *§27-613.1 Precast and prestressed concrete. –
be continuous. The provisions of reference standard RS 10-3 shall apply.
(2) If steel of an ultimate strength in excess of fifty- *Local Law 65-1990.
five thousand psi is used, the above coefficient may be
increased in the ratio of the ultimate strength to fifty- *§27-613.2 Thin-section precast concrete construction.-
five thousand but at most by thirty percent. The provisions of reference standard RS 10-4 shall apply.
(e) Openings in floors and roofs. -Openings more than *Local Law 65-1990.
one foot six inches on a side shall be framed. All areas
encompassing multiple openings aggregating more than ARTICLE 6 STEEL
one foot six inches in any ten foot width or span of
floor or roof slab shall be framed. §[C26-1005.1] 27-614 General requirements. -
Materials, design, and construction methods shall meet
§[C26-1004.9] 27-611 Pneumatically placed concrete.- the requirements of the following reference standards:
Construction methods shall conform to the applicable provisions (a) Structural steel. -Reference standard RS 10-5.
and recommendations of reference standard RS 10-15. (b) Light gage [sic] cold formed steel. - Reference
standard RS 10-6.
*§27-611.1 Conveying concrete by pumping methods.- **(c) Open web steel joists.- Reference standard RS 10-7.
All classes and strengths of concrete may be conveyed The commissioner shall amend RS 10-7 to establish
by pumping methods. All materials and methods used minimum acceptable fireproofing methods for open
shall conform to the rules promulgated by the commissioner web steel joists and to redefine the limitations or
for conveying concrete by pumping methods. restrictions on the buildings or occupancies in which
*Local Law 65-1990. the use of open web steel joists shall be permitted.
**Local Law 26-2004.
*§[C26-1004.10] 27-612 Formwork, slip form
construction, lift method construction, precast and §[C26-1005.2] 27-615 Identification. -Structural steel
prestressed construction.- The provisions of that is required to have a minimum yield point greater
subchapter nineteen of this chapter shall apply. than thirty-six thousand psi shall at all times in the
*Local Law 65-1990. fabricator's plant, be marked, segregated, or otherwise
handled so that the separate alloys and tempers are
§[C26-1004.11] 27-613 Concrete utilizing preplaced positively identified, and after completion of fabrication,
aggregate. -The use of concrete formed by the injection shall be marked to identify the alloy and temper. Such
of grout into a mass of preplaced coarse aggregate will markings shall be affixed to completed members and
be permitted where it can be demonstrated by assemblies or to boxed or bundled shipments of
successful prototype installation that the proposed mix, multiple units prior to shipment from the fabricator's
materials, and method of placement will produce a plant. Open web steel joists shall have identification
concrete of the specified strength and free of areas or affixed to each bundle or lift showing size and type.
inclusions of uncemented aggregate.
(a) Prototypes. -At least two prototypes, from either §[C26-1005.3] 27-616 Quality control. -
previous work or samples prepared for the proposed (a) Reference.- The provisions of tables 10-1 and 10-2
project shall be prepared. The forms shall be stripped, shall apply.
and a minimum of six cores recovered and tested to (b) Welding operations. -
demonstrate the strength of the concrete produced by (1) Welding work shall be performed only by persons
the proposed materials and methods of installation. In who have obtained a license from the commissioner.
addition, the homogeneity of the prototypes shall be (2) Where manual welding work is not performed in the
demonstrated by demolishing the prototypes. city of New York, welds shall be made by welders
(b) In-place concrete. -The concrete, as finally placed qualified under the provisions of appendix D, parts II and
in the work, shall be prepared using the same materials, III, of the AWS code for welding in building construction.
mix, equipment, and procedures utilized to prepare the Qualification with any of the steels permitted by the
successful prototype installations. AWS code shall be considered as qualification to weld
any of the other steels permitted by the code.

revision: October 1, 2004 238

Title 27 / Subchapter 10

(3) Tack welds, which are later incorporated into such condition, the required species and grade of wood,
finished welds carrying calculated stress, shall not be together with the assigned stress value, shall be
considered as structural welds. conspicuously indicated on the plans.
(4) The inspection of welding operations stipulated in
table 10-2 shall include a check to ascertain that the §[C26-1006.4] 27-620 Quality control. -Inspection of
welders employed on the work have the required license the fabrication of glued-laminated assemblies, as stipulated
or who are qualified in accordance with paragraph two in table 10-2, shall include a check of sizes of members, of
of this subdivision. fit, and of gluing operations.

ARTICLE 7 WOOD §[C26-1006.5] 27-621 General construction requirements.-

The provisions of this section shall be considered as
§[C26-1006.1] 27-617 General Requirements. - supplemental to the provisions of the applicable reference
Materials (other than non-stress grade lumber), design, standards.
and construction methods shall meet the requirements of (a) Firecutting. -The ends of wood beams, joists, and
the following reference standards: rafters resting on masonry or concrete walls shall be
(a) Lumber and timber. -Reference standard RS 10-8. firecut to a bevel of three inches in their depth.
(b) Plywood. -Reference standard RS 10-9. (b) Protection of members. -
(c) Structural glued-laminated lumber. -Reference (1) Positive drainage shall be provided for all areas
standard RS 10-18. under the building not occupied by basements or cellars.
(2) All loose wood and debris and all wood forms shall
§[C26-1006.2] 27-618 Identification.- be removed from spaces under the building. All stumps
Except as provided for in subdivisions (a) and (c) of this and roots shall be grubbed to a minimum depth of
section, all wood used for structural elements shall be twelve inches.
identified as to grade and shall bear an identifying mark of (3) Wood members embedded in the ground and used
an approved bureau or agency performing the grading, or for the support of buildings shall be treated.
the official grade mark and trade mark of the bureau or (4) Wood joists or wood structural floors closer than
association under whose rules the wood was graded, in eighteen inches, wood girders closer than twelve inches,
accordance with the following: or sills closer than eight inches to an exposed ground
(a) Lumber and timber. -All lumber and timber, surface within or without the building shall be treated or
including non-stress grade lumber, shall be identified shall be of an equivalent resistant species.
by the grade mark of a lumber grading or inspection (5) Sleepers, sills, columns, and posts supported on
bureau or agency approved by the commissioner, concrete or masonry piers shall be treated or shall be of
except that pre-cut material and rough-sawn lumber an equivalent resistant species unless isolated from the
may be covered by a certificate of inspection issued by ground as specified in paragraph four of this
a lumber grading or inspection agency approved by the subdivision or by a concrete slab. Where the isolation
commissioner in lieu of grade marking. consists of a concrete slab-on-grade, the sleepers, sills,
(b) Plywood. -Plywood used structurally shall bear columns, or posts shall be raised at least three inches
identification as to grade, type, and species group, or above the top of such slab.
identification index. Such identification shall be affixed (6) Ends of wood girders entering masonry or concrete
by and identified by the trademarks of a testing and walls shall be provided with a minimum one-half inch
grading agency approved by the commissioner. air space on top, sides, and at the end, unless the girder
(c) Glued-laminated.- Glued-laminated structural members is treated or is of an equivalent resistant species.
shall bear identification and/or shall be accompanied by (7) Wood or plywood used as siding or a combination
certification in accordance with the provisions of of siding and sheathing shall be isolated from exposed
reference standard RS 10-18. ground by at least six inches.
(d) Resawn lumber. -Resawn (or reused) lumber shall (8) Crawl spaces shall be ventilated as required in
be marked in accordance with its regraded status. subchapter twelve of this chapter.
(9) Where treated timber is required, the preservative
§[C26-1006.3] 27-619 Use of non-stress grade wood.- treatment shall comply with reference standards RS 10-
The use of non-stress grade wood in structural elements 20 and RS 10-22. Treatment of wood poles shall comply
shall be limited to the following conditions: with reference standard RS 10-28. All treated wood
(a) Studs, joists, and rafters proportioned on the basis of shall be handled in accordance with the provisions of
the empirical provisions of section 27-622 of this article. reference standard RS 10-29.
(b) The architect or engineer responsible for the design
may assign an allowable stress value for the proposed §[C26-1006.6] 27-622 Empirical provisions in lieu
material based on the provisions of reference standard of design. -The provisions of this section may be used
RS 10-8 relating to "other species and grade." Under in lieu of structural analysis only for those buildings in
239
Title 27 / Subchapter 10

occupancy group J-3 where the specific occupancies greater than three feet six inches up to six feet in width,
correspond to a live load requirement of forty psf, or and triple-studs shall be provided at the sides of
less, and to constructions wherein the supporting openings of greater width.
framing consists of multiple, closely spaced members, (9) Headers shall be provided over each opening in
such as joists, studs, platform or balloon frames. All wood exterior walls and bearing partitions. Where the opening
structural members in other classes of construction shall does not exceed three feet, each end of the header shall
be proportioned on the basis of the analysis of stresses. be supported on a stud or framing anchor. Where the
All requirements established in this section may be opening exceeds three feet in width each end of the
reduced when an analysis of stresses, executed in header shall be supported on one stud and where the
accordance with reference standard RS 10-8, indicates opening exceeds six feet each end shall be supported on
such reduction is feasible. Sizes of wood members two studs.
stated in this section are nominal sizes. (10) All studs in exterior walls and in bearing partitions
(a) Stud walls and partitions. - shall be capped with double top plates installed to
(1) Studs shall be of equivalent or better grade than the provide overlapping at corners and at intersections with
minimum grades for the various species as established other walls and bearing partitions. End joists in double
in reference standard RS 10-13. top plates shall be offset at least twenty-four inches. In
(2) Corner posts shall be 3-stud members or members lieu of double top plates, a continuous header of similar
of equivalent strength. dimensions may be used. For platform frame
(3) Load bearing studs shall be set with the larger cross construction, studs shall rest on a single bottom plate.
section dimension perpendicular to the wall or partition. (b) Bracing of exterior walls. -Exterior stud walls shall
Studs in exterior walls of one story buildings of be braced by one inch by four inch continuous diagonal
construction class II-D and II-E shall be at least two strips let into the face of the studs and into the top and
inches by three inches spaced not more than sixteen bottom plates at each corner of the building. Bracing
inches on center, or where studs are two inches by four may also be provided by one of the following means:
inches, spaced not more than twenty-four inches on (1) Wood board sheathing of one inch nominal
center. Studs for other classes of construction shall be at thickness, applied diagonally.
least two inches by four inches spaced not more than (2) For one and two-story dwellings, plywood sheathing
sixteen inches on center. at least four feet by eight feet (except where cut to fit
(4) Stud walls resting on concrete or masonry shall have around openings and for similar purposes) and at least
sills at least two inches in nominal thickness. Where such five-sixteenths of an inch thick on studs spaced sixteen
sills bear on concrete, they shall be fastened with minimum inches or less on centers and at least three-eighths of an
one-half inch bolts embedded at least six inches. Each inch thick on studs spaced more than sixteen inches but
sill piece shall have at least two anchor bolts, with one not exceeding twenty-four inches on centers.
bolt located at least one inch from each end of the plate, (3) For one story dwellings and for the upper story of
and with intermediate spacing not more than eight feet. two story dwellings, fiberboard sheathing applied
Where such sills bear on masonry, they shall be vertically in panels at least four feet by eight feet
anchored in accordance with the applicable provisions (except where cut to fit around openings and for similar
of reference standard RS 10-1. purposes). Fiberboard sheathing shall be at least one-
(5) Stud partitions that rest directly over each other and half inch thick and shall conform to the provisions of
are not parallel to floor joists or beams may extend reference standard RS 10-27.
down between the joists and rest on the top plate of the (4) For one story dwellings and for the upper story of
partition, partition girder, or foundation below, or may two story dwellings, gypsum board sheathing applied
be constructed on sill plates running on top of the horizontally in panels at least two feet by eight feet
beams or joists. (except where cut to fit around openings and for similar
(6) All load bearing stud partitions shall be supported purposes). Gypsum boards shall be at least one-half
on walls, other partitions, double joists or beams, solid inch thick and shall conform to the provisions of
bridging, or on beams at least as wide as the studs. reference standard RS 10-19.
Joists supporting a partition parallel to the joists (c) Floor and roof framing. -
wherein the joists are spaced apart to permit the passage (1) SPAN TABLES. -Joists and rafters may be used in
of piping or duct work shall be provided with solid accordance with reference standard RS 10-13.
blocking at intervals of not more than sixteen inches. (2) BRIDGING. -In all floor and roof and roof framing,
(7) Load bearing partitions perpendicular to joists shall there shall be at least one line of bridging for each eight
not be offset from supporting girders, walls, or partitions feet of span. The bridging shall consist of at least one
by more than the depth of the joists unless the joists are inch by three inch lumber or equivalent metal bracing.
proportioned on the basis of analysis of stress. A line of bridging or solid blocking shall also be
(8) In interior walls and in bearing partitions, double required at supports unless lateral support is provided
studs shall be provided at the sides of openings that are by nailing to a beam, header, or to the studs. Midspan

240
Title 27 / Subchapter 10

bridging is not required for floor or roof framing in one- d. Ceiling joists shall be continuous, or where they
and two-family dwellings where joist depth does not meet over interior partitions, shall be securely joined to
exceed twelve inches. Bridging shall bear securely provide a continuous tie across the building.
against and be anchored to the members to be braced. e. Valley rafters shall be double members. Hip rafters
(3) NOTCHES. -Notches in the ends of joists and may be single members. Valley and hip rafters shall be
rafters shall not exceed one-fourth the depth unless two inches deeper than jack rafters.
adequate reinforcement is provided or analysis of f. Trussed rafters shall be designed in accordance with
stresses indicates that larger openings are feasible the provisions of reference standard RS 10-8.
without the necessity for reinforcement. Notches in (6) Built-up members shall be securely spiked or
joists or rafters, located in the span shall not exceed bolted together and provision shall be made to resist the
one-sixth the depth and shall not be located in the horizontal shear between laminations.
middle third of the span. Bored holes shall not be within (d) Nailing schedule. -The size and number of nails for
two inches of the top or bottom of the joists or rafter connections shall be in accordance with table 10-4.
and the diameter of any such hole shall not exceed one-
third the depth. For stair stringers, the minimum §[C26-1006.7] 27-623 Heavy timber construction
effective depth of the wood at any notch shall be three (construction class II-A). -
and one-half inches unless the stringer is continuously (a) Minimum sizes of members. -To conform to the
supported on a wall or partition. fire resistance rating requirements for heavy timber
(4) SUPPORT. - construction (construction class II-A), members shall be
a. Floor or roof framing may be supported on stud partitions. solid sawn or solid glue-laminated and of the following
b. Tail beams over twelve feet long and all header and minimum dimensions: (Sizes of wood members
trimmer beams over six feet long shall be hung in metal indicated in this section are nominal sizes).
stirrups having anchors, or by other methods providing (1) COLUMNS, FRAMES AND ARCHES. -
adequate support. Trimmers and headers shall be a. Columns shall be at least eight inches in all
doubled where the header is four feet or more in length. dimensions when supporting floor loads, and at least six
c. Except where supported on a one inch by four inch ribbon inches wide and eight inches deep when supporting roof
strip and nailed to the adjoining stud, the ends of floor joists and ceiling loads only.
shall have at least one and one-half inches of bearing on b. Beams and girders shall be at least six inches wide
wood or metal, nor less than four inches on masonry. and ten inches deep.
d. Joists framing from opposite sides of and supported c. Frames or arches that spring from grade or the floor
on a beam, girder, or partition shall be lapped at least line and support floor loads shall be at least eight inches
four inches and fastened, butted end-to-end and tied by in all dimensions.
metal straps or dogs, or otherwise tied together in a d. Timber trusses supporting floor loads shall have
manner providing adequate support. members at least eight inches in all dimensions.
e. Joists framing into the side of a wood girder shall be e. Frames or arches for roof construction that spring
supported by framing anchors, on ledger strips at least from grade or the floor line and do not support floor
two inches by two inches, or by equivalent methods. loads shall have members at least six inches wide and
f. Wood joists and rafters bearing on masonry walls eight inches deep for the lower half of the height, and at
shall be anchored to such walls in accordance with the least six inches deep for the upper half.
applicable provisions of reference standard RS 10-1. f. Frames or arches for roof construction that spring
(5) RAFTERS AND CEILING JOISTS. - from the top of walls or wall abutments, framed timber
a. Where rafters meet to form a ridge, they shall be trusses, and other roof framing, which do not support
placed directly opposite each other and nailed to a ridge floor loads, shall have members at least four inches
board at least one inch thick, and not less than the cut wide and six inches deep. Spaced members may be
end of the rafters in depth. composed of two or more pieces at least three inches
b. Provisions shall be made to resist the thrust from thick when blocked solidly through their intervening
inclined rafters by connection of collar beams at least spaces or when such spaces are tightly closed by a
one inch by six inches, by connection to joists, or by continuous wood cover plate at least two inches thick
equivalent means. secured to the underside of the members. Splice plates
c. Where ceiling joists are not parallel to rafters, shall be at least three inches thick. When protected by
subflooring or metal straps attached to the ends of the approved automatic sprinklers under the roof deck,
rafters shall be installed in a manner to provide a framing members shall be at least three inches wide.
continuous tie across the building.

241
Title 27 / Subchapter 10

TABLE 10-4 NAILING SCHEDULE

Building Element Nail Type Number and Distribution

Stud to sole plate Common-toe-nail 4—8d
Stud to cap plate Common-end-nail 2—16d
Double Studs Common-direct 10d 12 in. o.c. or 16d 30in. in o.c.
Corner Studs Common-direct 16d 30 in. o.c.
Sole plate to joist or blocking Common 16d 16 in. o.c
Double cap plate Common-direct 16d 24 in. o.c
Cap plate laps Common-direct 3—16d
Ribbon strip, 6 in. or less Common-direct 2—10d each bearing
Ribbon strip, over 6 in. Common-direct 3—10d each bearing
Roof rafter to plate Common-toe-nail 3—16d
Roof rafter to ridge Common-toe-nail 2—16d
Jack rafter to hip Common-toe-nail 3—10d
Floor joists to studs (no ceiling joists) Common-direct 5—10d or 3—16d
Floor joists to studs (with ceiling joists) Common-direct 2—10d
Floor joists to sill or girder Common-toe-nail 2—16d
Double-joist to joist Common-direct 10d—staggered at 16 in.
Ledger strip Common-direct 3—16d at each joist
Ceiling joists to plate Common-toe-nail 2—16d
Ceiling joists to every rafter Common-direct (see table following)
Ceiling joists (laps over partitions) Common-direct 3—16d
Collar beam Common-direct 4—10d
Bridging to joists and rafters Common-direct 2—8d each end
Bridging to studs Common-direct or toe 2—10d each end
Diagonal brace (to stud and plate) Common-direct 2—8d each bearing
Tail beams to headers (when nailing Common-end 1—20d each 4 sq. ft. floor area
permitted)
Header beams to trimmers (when nailing Common-end 1—20d each 8 sq. ft. floor
permitted) area
1 in. Subflooring (6 in. or less in width) Common-direct 2—8d each joist
1 in. Subflooring (over 6 in. in width) Common-direct 3—8d each joist
2 in. Subflooring Common-direct 2—20d each joist
1 in. Wall Sheathing (8 in. or less in width) Common-direct 2—8d each stud
1 in. Wall sheathing (over 8 in. in width) Common-direct 2—8d each stud
Plywood sheathing and subflooringa Common-direct
1 in. Roof sheathing (6 in. or less in width) 2—8d each rafter
1 in. Roof sheathing (over 6 in. in width) Corrosion -direct 3—8d each rafter
Shingles, wood Corrosion-resistive 2—No.15 B&S each bearing
Weather boarding Common-resistive 2—8d each bearing
1/2 in. Fiberboard sheathing 1 1/2 in. galvanized roofing nail
6d common nail 3 in c.c. on all edges and 6 in.
16 ga. galvanized staples, 1 1/8 c.c. at other bearings
in. long, 7/16 in. crown
25/32 in. Fiberboard sheathing 1 3/4 in. galvanized roofing nail
8d common nail 3 in c.c. on all edges and 6 in.
16 ga. galvanized staples, 1 1/2 c.c. at other bearings
in. long, 7/16 [in.]*crown
1/2 in. Gypsumboard sheathing 1 1/2 in. galvanized roofing nail
11 ga. 3/8 in. to 7/16 in. head 4 in c.c. on all edges and 8 in.
16 ga. galvanized staples, 1 1/2 c.c. at other bearings
in. long, 7/16 [in.]*crown
Notes for Table 10-4:
a
For nailing of plywood, see reference standard RS 10-9.
*Copy in brackets not enacted but probably intended.

242
Title 27 / Subchapter 10

CEILING JOIST NAILING TO EVERY RAFTER

(Number of 16d nails)
Slope of Roof 4/12 5/12 6/12 7/12 9/12 12/12
Rafter Spacing, o.c. (in.) 16 24 16 24 16 24 16 24 16 24 16 24
Width of building —
Up to 24 ft………... 5 8 4 7 3 5 3 4 3 3 3 3
24 to 30 ft………… 7 11 6 9 4 7 3 6 3 4 3 3

(2) FLOORS. - identified, and after completion of fabrication shall be

a. Planks shall be splined or tongue-and-groove, not less than marked to identify the alloy and temper. Such markings
three inches thick, covered with one inch tongue-and-groove shall be affixed to completed members and assemblies
flooring, laid crosswise or diagonally to the plank, or other or to boxed or bundled shipments of multiple units prior
surface having equivalent fire resistance; or shall be, to shipment from the fabricator’s plant.
b. At least four inches wide, set on edge close together
and well spiked, and covered the same as for three inch §[C26-1007.3] 27-627 Quality control. -
thick plank. The planks shall be laid so that there is no (a) Reference. -The provisions of tables 10-1 and 10-2
continuous line of end joints except at points of support. shall apply.
Floors shall not extend closer than one-half inch to (b) Welding operations. -
walls to provide an expansion joint, but the joint shall (1) Welding work shall be performed only by persons
be covered at top or bottom to avoid flue action. who have obtained a license from the commissioner.
(3) ROOF DECKS. -Roof decks shall be splined or (2) Where manual welding work is not performed in
tongue-and-groove planks at least two inches thick; or the city of New York, welds shall be made by welders
tongue-and-groove plywood panels (bonded with qualified under the applicable provisions of reference
exterior glue) at least one and one-eighth inch thick, standard RS 10-25.
with face grain perpendicular to supports that shall be (3) Tack welds that are not later incorporated into
spaced not more than forty-eight inches on center; or of finished welds carrying calculated stress shall not be
planks at least three inches wide set on edge close considered as structural welds.
together and laid as required for floors. (4) The inspection of welding operations stipulated in table
(b) Construction details. -Self releasing type wall plate 10-2 shall include a check to ascertain that the welders
boxes or approved hangers shall be provided where employed on the work have the required license or are qualified
beams and girders enter masonry. in accordance with paragraph two of this subdivision.

§[C26-1006.8] 27-624 Construction methods. - §[C26-1007.4] 27-628 Erection. -

(a) Fabrication. -All timber shall be accurately cut and (a) Bracing. -All framework shall be carried up true
framed to a close fit in such a manner that the joints will and plumb. Temporary bracing shall be provided to
have even bearing over the contact surfaces. Mortises support all loads imposed upon the framework during
shall be true to size for their full depth and tenons shall construction that are in excess of those for which the
fit snugly. No shimming in joints, or open joints, shall framework was designed.
be permitted. (b) Temporary connections. -As erection progresses,
(b) Erection. - the work shall be securely bolted, or welded, to resist
(1) ASSEMBLY. -Joints shall have a tight fit. Fasteners all dead loads, wind, and erection stresses.
shall be installed in a manner that will not damage the (c) Alignment. -The structure shall be properly aligned
wood. End compression joints shall be brought to full before riveting, permanent bolting, or welding is performed.
bearing. All framework shall be carried up true and plumb.
(2) TEMPORARY CONNECTIONS.- As erection progresses, ARTICLE 9 REINFORCED GYPSUM
the work shall be bolted, or nailed as necessary, to resist CONCRETE
all dead load, wind, and erection stresses.
(3) ALIGNMENT. -The structure shall be properly §[C26-1008.1] 27-629 General requirements. -
aligned before final tightening of the connections. Materials, design, and construction methods shall meet
the requirements of reference standard RS 10-12.
ARTICLE 8 ALUMINUM
§[C26-1008.2] 27-630 Identification of metal reinforcement.-
§[C26-1007.1] 27-625 General requirements. - Bundles or rolls of welded wire fabric shall be securely tagged
Materials, design, and construction methods shall meet the so as to identify the type and grade of steel, and the size.
requirements of reference standards RS 10-10 and RS 10-11.
§[C26-1008.3] 27-631 Limitations of use. -
§[C26-1007.2] 27-626 Identification. -Aluminum for Reinforced gypsum concrete shall not be used where
structural elements shall at all times in the fabricator's exposed directly to the weather or where subject to
plant, be marked, segregated, or otherwise handled so frequent or continuous wetting. Precast units shall be
that the separate alloys and tempers are positively protected by coverings or coatings from the weather and
243
Title 27 / Subchapter 10

from contact with moisture during shipment and during §[C26-1010.2] 27-636 Suspenders. -
storage at the work site. (a) Bridge Wire Cable. -Bridge wire cables used for
suspenders shall be either bridge strand or bridge rope
ARTICLE 10 THIN SHELL AND fabricated from galvanized bridge wire.
FOLDED-PLATE CONSTRUCTION (1) WIRE. -Wire shall be produced from rods rolled
from high carbon steel, the composition of which shall
§[C26-1009.1] 27-632 General requirements. -Thin be controlled to provide internal soundness, uniformity
shell and folded-plate construction may be used for of chemical composition and physical properties,
buildings or portions of buildings, as required in this freedom from injurious surface imperfections, and shall
section and subject to the provisions of this subchapter. The meet the following requirements.
applicable provisions of the several reference standards a. The minimum ultimate tensile strength of zinc-
relating to allowable stresses and the use of structural coated wire shall be as follows:
materials shall apply except as modified in this section. Class A coating .…..two hundred twenty thousand psi
Class B coating .....……two hundred ten thousand psi
§[C26-1009.2] 27-633 Analysis. - Class C coating …….……..two hundred thousand psi
(1) Unless otherwise permitted by the commissioner, b. Yield strength shall be one hundred fifty thousand
stresses, displacements, and stability of thin shell and psi minimum for zinc-coated wire with class A or Class
folded-plate structures shall be determined on the basis B coating, one hundred forty thousand psi minimum for
of the assumption of elastic behavior. The shell or plate zinc-coated wire with class C coating, based on the
may be assumed to be homogeneous and isotropic. cross-sectional area of the coated wire when loaded to
(2) The analysis for stability shall consider large 0.7% elongation in a ten inch gage length. In determining
deflections, creep effects and the deviation between the the yield strength, an initial stress equivalent to forty-
actual and theoretical shell surface. two thousand psi, based on cross-sectional area of the
coated wire, shall be applied to the wire sample. At this
§[C26-1009.3] 27-634 Thin concrete shells. - loading, the entensometer shall be attached and an
The provisions of section 403, 404 and 405 of initial dial reading set at the equivalent of 0.15%
reference standard RS 10-45 shall apply with the elongation.
following modifications. The remaining sections of c. Elongation shall be four percent minimum in a ten
reference standard RS 10-45 shall not apply. inch gage length, determined as the permanent increase
(1) The advisory provisions of this standard shall be in length after failure of a marked section of the wire
considered as mandatory. originally ten inches [sic] in length except that a value
(2) The minimum ultimate strength of concrete for thin of two percent will be permitted for wires 0.110 in. or
shells shall be three thousand psi. less in diameter having a class A zinc coating.
(3) Change all references to "the building code (ACI d. The zinc-coated wire must withstand wrapping at a
318-63)" to" “reference standard RS 10-4." rate not exceeding fifteen turns per minute twice around
a mandrel equal to three times the wire diameter without
ARTICLE 11 SUSPENDED STRUCTURES fracture of the steel.
e. The wire used in bridge strand or bridge rope shall
§[C26-1010.1] 27-635 General requirements. - be zinc-coated (galvanized) in accordance with the
The materials, design, and construction of suspended requirements of table 10-5. Weight of coating shall be
structures shall meet the applicable requirements of the determined in accordance with the provisions of
code and the requirements of this article. reference standard RS 10-24.

TABLE 10-5-MINIMUM WEIGHTS OF COATING-BRIDGE WIRE,

ZINC-COATED, FOR BRIDGE STRAND AND BRIDGE ROPE CONSTRUCTIONS

Minimum Weight of Coating (Ounces per Sq. Ft. of Uncoated Wire Surface)
Diameter of coated Wire (in.)
Class A Class B Class C
0.041 to 0.061 incl………….. 0.40 0.80 1.20
Over 0.061 to 0.079 incl……. 0.50 1.00 1.50
Over 0.079 to 0.092 incl……. 0.60 1.20 1.80
Over 0.092 to 0.103 incl……. 0.70 1.40 2.10
Over 0.103 to 0.119 incl……. 0.80 1.60 2.40
Over 0.119 to 0.142 incl……. 0.85 1.70 2.55
Over 0.142 to 0.187 incl……. 0.90 1.80 2.70
Over 0.187………………….. 1.00 2.00 3.00

244
Title 27 / Subchapter 10

(2) BRIDGE STRAND. -Bridge strands shall be made wire and strand may be used for suspenders without the
from wires complying with subparagraphs a through e application of prestressing force. All such suspenders
of paragraph one of this subdivision, and shall meet the shall be protected as described in section 27-642 of this
following requirements: article.
a. The wires shall be made in such lengths that the
strands can be manufactured with no splices in the §[C26-1010.3] 27-637 Tests of materials for bridge
outside wires. Splicing of inner wires during the wire suspenders. -The following minimum quantities
stranding operation is permissible. When joints are of bridge wire for suspenders shall be tested:
necessary in any wires, they shall be electrically butt (1) Tensile strength tests of the wires shall be made of
welded and shall be recoated in a workmanlike manner. a specimen cut from each coil of zinc coated wire.
Joints in the wires of strand shall be made and dispersed (2) Tests for elongation and for yield strength shall be
in a manner that will maintain the minimum specified made on samples from approximately ten percent of the
breaking strength of the strand. coils of any one size finished wire. If any of these tests
b. The minimum breaking strength shall be based on tests fail to meet the specified requirements, all the coils in
to destruction and shall be certified by the manufacturer. that lot of finished wire shall be tested and only coils
c. Bridge strand shall be prestretched to produce a that satisfactorily pass the test shall be used.
stable modulus of elasticity of at least the following (3) Tests of the zinc coating shall be made of
values for strand wires having class A coating: approximately five percent of the coils of any one size
one-half inch to two and of finished wire. If any of these tests fail to meet the
nine-sixteenths inches dia……..…twenty-four million psi specified requirements, all the coils in that lot of
two and five-eighths inches and larger..twenty-three million psi finished wire shall be tested and only coils that
For bridge strands that have classes B and C zinc- satisfactorily pass the test shall be used.
coating on the outside wires, the modulus of elasticity
shall not be more than one million psi less than the §[C26-1010.4] 27-638 Tests of materials for other types
corresponding values for bridge strand with a class A of suspenders.- The applicable provisions of reference
coating. The pre-stretching load shall not exceed fifty- standards RS 10-3 and RS 10-5 shall apply.
five percent of the breaking strength of the strand.
(3) BRIDGE ROPE. -Bridge rope shall be made from §[C26-1010.5] 27-639 Design.- The following design
wires complying with subparagraphs a through e of requirements shall supplement the applicable provisions
paragraph one of this subdivision, and shall meet the of this subchapter.
following requirements: (a) Flexibility.- Suspenders, unless encased, may be
a. Joints are permissible in inner and outer wires and considered as perfectly flexible.
shall be electrically butt welded and shall be recoated in (b) Elastic stretch.- The elastic stretch of the suspenders
a workmanlike manner. Joints in the wires of strand shall shall be considered.
be made and dispersed in a manner that will maintain the (c) Displacement.- Displacement resulting from changes
minimum specified breaking strength of the rope. in magnitude and position of load and its effects [sic]
b. The minimum breaking strength shall be based on
on stress shall be considered.
tests to destruction and shall be certified by the
(d) Other considerations.- Consideration shall be given
manufacturer.
to the effects of temperature variations, partial and
c. Bridge rope shall be prestretched to produce a stable
reversible wind loadings, and vibration.
modulus of elasticity of at least twenty million psi for
(e) Allowable working load. -The allowable working
rope wires having a class A coating. For bridge rope
load in suspenders formed from bridge wire cable shall
that has class B and C zinc-coatings on the outside
be computed on the basis of factors equal to one and
wires, the modulus of elasticity shall not be more than
one-half times dead load plus two and one-half times
one million psi less than the corresponding value for
live load or one and two-tenths times dead load plue
bridge rope with a class A coating. The prestretching
two times live load plus two times wind load, applied to
load shall not exceed fifty-five percent of the breaking
the specified, minimum, ultimate strength of the
strength of the rope.
suspender. The allowable working load in suspenders
(b) Other materials. -Any structural material permitted
conforming to the materials specifications or* several
for use under the provisions of other sections of this
reference standards of this code shall be the allowable
subchapter may be used for support of a suspended
structure including, but not limited to, types of steel working stresses for tension members as prescribed in
permitted for use under the provisions of reference the applicable reference standard or, for those materials
standard RS 10-5; reinforcing steel and wire, prestressing where allowable stresses for tension members are not
wire and strand, and high strength alloy steel bars prescribed, on factors of one and one-half times dead
conforming to the requirements of reference standard load plus two times live load or one and two-tenths
RS 10-3; and steel conforming to the requirements of times dead load plus one and one-half times live load,
reference standards RS 10-66 and RS 10-69. Prestressing plus one and one-half times wind load, also applied to

245
Title 27 / Subchapter 10

the specified minimum, ultimate strength of the suspender.

In no case, however, shall the factor, applied to the yield §[C26-1011.2] 27-644 Support for glass panels. -
strength of the material or to the prestretching or Glass shall be firmly held in place. The supports shall be
prestressing force, exceed one and one-tenth times dead of adequate strength to resist the applicable design wind
load plus one and one-quarter times live load. loads as prescribed in subchapter nine of this chapter.
*As enacted but “of” probably intended.
§[C26-1011.3] 27-645 Glass requirements.- Glass shall
§[C26-1010.6] 27-640 Fittings for wire cable suspenders.- meet the requirements of reference standard RS 10-68 for
Fittings for wire cable suspenders shall be capable of the applicable type, size, thickness and quality.
developing the specified minimum ultimate strength of
the attached cable or strand without developing stresses §[C26-1011.4] 27-646 Thickness of glass. –
in the fitting equal to, or in excess of, the yield strength Thicknesses of glass panels shall be chosen either on the
of the material in the fitting. One end fitting, of each basis of statistical probability of breakage (subdivision
type and size to be used, shall be tested to insure the (a) of this section) or on the basis of table 10-7, at the
adequacy of the fitting to develop the ultimate strength designer's option.
of the cable or strand to which it is to be attached. (a) Statistical probability. -Thickness of glass panels
shall be chosen so that the statistical probability of
§[C26-1010.7] 27-641 Construction. - breakage when the glass is initially subjected to the
(a) General. -The general provisions of reference standard design wind load specified in table RS 9-5-1 does not
RS 10-5 relating to erection of steel shall apply. exceed the values indicated in table 10-6. Probability or
(b) Fitting for wire cable suspenders. - load factors used for design shall be derived by test.
(1) Only fittings designed for use with the specific wire The sufficiency and validity of such test data shall be
cable shall be used. subject to approval by the commissioner.
(2) All fittings shall be galvanized in accordance with (b) Alternate requirements.- Alternative to the requirements
reference standard RS 10-23. of paragraph (a) above, the thickness of glass panels
(3) Zinc used for attaching all speltered fittings shall be may be chosen from table 10-7. For glass with assured
at least equal to the grade designated as" high grade" in minimum thickness greater than required by reference
reference standard RS 10-26. standard RS 10-68, the maximum areas in table 10-7
may be increased in proportion to the assured minimum
§[C26-1010.8] 27-642 Protection of suspenders. - thickness.
(a) Protected locations. -All wires in bridge strands,
bridge ropes, or other wire rope or strand suspenders [C26-1011.5] 27-647 Special glasses.- For types of
placed on the interior of structures or concealed from glass other than single annealed sheet and plate glass,
exposure by interior finish shall have at least a class A allowable maximum areas may be determined by
coating of zinc. Rods, bars, plates, or shapes used for multiplying values in table 10-7 by the appropriate
suspenders shall be given a protective coating as multiplying factor listed in table 10-8.
specified for the protection of like material in the
applicable reference standard. §[C26-1011.6] 27-648 Installation of glass panels. -
(b) Exposed locations. -The outside wires of bridge Glass panels shall be handled and installed so that their
strand or bridge rope suspenders placed in locations strength is not impaired by chipping or scratching, shall
exposed to the weather shall have at least a class B be fully and firmly embedded [sic] in their supports, and
coating of zinc and the inside wires shall have at least a shall be mounted in a manner that will accommodate
class A coating. Rods, bars, plates, or shapes used for differential movements due to thermal and loading
suspenders shall be given a protective coating as conditions.
specified for the protection of like material in the
applicable reference standard. §[C26-1011.7] 27-649 Protection of glass panels. -
Glass panels installed in areas where they will be subject
ARTICLE 12 GLASS PANELS to unusual conditions of construction damage, such as
spatter from welds or locations near materials hoists, shall
§[C26-1011.1] 27-643 Scope.- The provisions of sections be protected by a hardboard covering or its equivalent
27-644 through 27-648 of this article shall apply to the during the period that such work is in progress.
use of glass in the exterior wall of a building and shall
be limited to exterior application wherein the glass §[C26-1011.8] 27-650 Deflection of support.-
would not be subjected to any loads normal to the face The deflection of members supporting glass panels
of glass other than those due to wind. For applications under the design wind load (measured perpendicular to
involving human impact, the provisions of section 27- the plane of the panel) shall not exceed L/175, where L
651 of this article shall apply. For other cases, the is the span of the supporting member. In no case shall
strength and mode of installation of glass shall conform such deflection exceed three-quarters of an inch.
to accepted industry standards.
246
Title 27 / Subchapter 10

TABLE 10-6 PROBABILITY OF BREAKAGE FOR GLASS PANELS

(BASED ON COEFFICIENT OF VARIATION OF 25%)

Elevation Above Grad of

Midpoint of Glass Area of Panel — Sq. Ft.
—Ft………………………... 0-60 60-80 80-100 100-120 120+
0-50………………………... 1.0% 1.0% 1.0% 1.0% 1.0%
50 or more………………… 1.0% 0.8% 0.6% 0.4% 0.2%

TABLE 10-7 MAXIMUM AREA OF GLASS — SQ. FT.

Elevation Above Grade of Mid-point of Glass-Ft.

Nominal Thickness of Glass-Inches 0-50 50-300 300-600 600+

Sheet Glass
Single strength………………... 9 9 8 7
Double strength………………. 13 13 11 10
3/16"..………………………… 25 25 21 19
7/32"………………………….. 32 32 27 24
Plate and Float Glass
13/64"………………………… 25 25 21 19
1/4"….………………………… 37 37 32 28
5/16"………………………….. 54 54 46 40
3/8"…………………………… 78 74 63 58
1/2"…..………………………. 114 100 86 75
5/8"…………………………… 152 120 103 90
3/4"...…………………………. 210 137 118 103
7/8"…………………………... 241 158 135 118
1"…………………………….. 312 204 175 153

247
Title 27 / Subchapter 10

TABLE 10-8 MULTIPLYING FACTORS FOR §[C26-1011.9] 27-651 Panels subject to human impact
VARIOUS TYPES OF GLASS loads.- Glass in prime and storm doors, interior doors,
fixed glass panels that may be mistaken for means of
Glass Type Multiplying Factor egress or ingress, shower doors and tub enclosures, or
Full 4.0 in similar installations wherein one or more of the
tempered……………………... following criteria apply, shall meet the requirements set
Heat strengthened………………… 2.0 forth in table 10-9, or by comparative tests shall be
Factory-fabricated double glazing... 1.5* proven to produce equivalent performance:
Laminated………………..……….. 0.6 (a) openings are located in regularly occupied spaces.
Wired……………………………... 0.5 (b) lowest point of panel is less than eighteen inches
Sandblasted or etched….…………. 0.4 above finished floor.
(c) minimum dimension of panel is larger than
*For asymmetrical units base strength on thinner lite.
eighteen inches.

TABLE 10-9 REQUIREMENTS FOR GLASS PANELS SUBJECT TO IMPACT LOADSa,b

*3. Glass Type Individual Opening Area Requirements

Regular plate, sheet or rolled Over 6 sq. ft. Not less than 3/16 in. thick. Must be protected by a
(annealed) push-bar or protective grille firmly attached on each
exposed sidec, if not divided by a muntin.
Regular plate, sheet or rolled Over 6 sq. ft. Not less than 7/32 in. thick. Must be protected by a
(annealed), surface sandblasted, push-bar or protective grille firmly attached on each
etched, or otherwise depreciated exposed sidec.
Regular plate, sheet or rolled Over 6 sq. ft. Not less than 3/16 in. thick. Must be protected by a
(annealed), obscure push-bar or grille firmly attached on each exposed
sidec.
Laminated Over 6 sq. ft. Not less than 1/4 in. thick. Shall pass impact test
requirements of reference standard RS 10-67.
Fully-tempered Over 6 sq. ft. Shall pass impact test requirements of reference
standard RS 10-67.
Wired Over 6 sq. ft. Not less than 7/32 in. thick. Shall pass impact test
requirements of reference standard RS 10-67.
All unframed glass doors Shall be fully-tempered glass and pass impact test
(swinging) requirements of reference standard RS 10-67.
Notes for Table 10-9:
aGlass less than single strength (SS) in thickness shall not be used.
bIf short dimension is larger than 24 in., glass must be double strength (DS) or thicker.
c
Building owners and tenants shall maintain push-bars or protective grilles in safe condition at all times.
*“3.” Enacted but probably not intended.

248
Title 27 / Subchapter 11

SUBCHAPTER 11 [1105.3] 685 Foundation Piers

FOUNDATIONS [1105.4] 686 Foundation Walls
[1105.5] 687 Construction of Footings,
TABLE OF CONTENTS Foundation Piers, and
Foundation Walls
[Sub-Art. Art. [1106.0] Art. 7 Pile Foundations—General
or Sec.]* or Sec.** Requirements
[1106.1] 688 Administrative
[1100.0] Art. 1 General Requirements
[1100.1] 652 Scope [1106.2] 689 Minimum Pile Penetrations
[1100.2] 653 Standards [1106.3] 690 Use of Existing Piles at
[1100.3] 654 Definitions Demolished Structures
[1100.4] 655 Plans [1106.4] 691 Tolerance and Modification
[1100.5] 656 Permits of Design Due to Field
[1100.6] 657 General Requirements Conditions
[1100.7] 658 Depth of Foundations [1106.5] 692 Minimum Spacing of Piles
[1100.8] 659 Foundations at Different [1106.6] 693 Minimum Section
Levels [1106.7] 694 Capping and Bracing of Piles
[1100.9] 660 Slabs on Grade [1106.8] 695 Splicing of Piles
[1100.10] 661 Construction [1106.9] 696 General Requirements for
Installation of Piles
[1101.0] Art. 2 Soil Investigations
[1106.10] 697 Use of Uncased Concrete
[1101.1] 662 General
Pile Shafts
[1101.2] 663 Borings
[1106.11] 698 Where More Than One Pile
[1101.3] 664 Test Pits
Type, Pile Capacity, or Method
[1101.4] 665 Boring Methods
of Pile Installation is Used
[1101.5] 666 Probings and Geophysical
[1106.12] 699 Pile Materials
Explorations
[1107.0] Art. 8 Pile Foundations-Loads
[1101.6] 667 Existing Borings [1107.1] 700 Allowable Axial Load
[1102.0] Art. 3 Foundation Loads [1107.2] 701 Allowable Lateral Load
[1102.1] 668 Soil Bearing Pressures [1107.3] 702 Uplift Capacity
[1102.2] 669 Pile Reactions [1108.0] Art. 9 Pile Driving Operations
[1102.3] 670 Lateral Loads [1108.0] 703 Exceptions
[1102.4] 671 Eccentricities [1108.1] 704 Equipment
[1102.5] 672 Uplift Forces [1108.2] 705 Procedures
[1102.6] 673 Impact [1109.0] Art. 10 Pile Types-Specific
[1102.7] 674 Stability Requirements
[1103.0] Art. 4 Allowable Soil Bearing [1109.1] 706 Scope
Pressures [1109.2] 707 Timber Piles
[1103.1] 675 Classification of Soil [1109.3] 708 Precast Concrete Piles
Materials (Including Prestressed Sections)
[1103.2] 676 Satisfactory Bearing [1109.4] 709 Cast-In-Place Concrete Piles
Material [1109.5] 710 Compacted Concrete Piles
[1103.3] 677 Nominally Unsatisfactory [1109.6] 711 Steel H Sections
Bearing Material [1109.7] 712 Concrete-Filled Pipe Piles
[1103.4] 678 Allowable Soil Bearing [1109.8] 713 Caisson Piles
Pressures [1109.9] 714 Composite Piles
[1103.5] 679 Bearing Capacity of [1110.0] Art. 11 Underpinning
Nominally Unsatisfactory [1110.1] 715 General Requirements
Bearing Materials [1110.2] 716 Use of Rock Support in Lieu
[1103.6] 680 Utility Services of Underpinning
[1104.0] Art. 5 Soil Load Bearing Tests [1111.0] Art. 12 Stability
[1104.1] 681 Applicability [1111.1] 717 General
[1104.2] 682 Procedure [1111.2] 718 Factor of Safety
[1105.0] Art. 6 Footings, Foundation Piers, [1112.0] Art. 13 Inspection
and Foundation Walls [1112.1] 719 General
[1105.1] 683 Materials [1112.2] 720 Boring and Test Pit Operations
[1105.2] 684 Footings [1112.3] 721 Piling
249
Title 27 / Subchapter 11

[1112.4] 722 Footings, Foundation Piers, entire transmitted load will be distributed over the
Foundation Walls and Pile Caps supporting soils at any depth beneath the foundation at
[1112.5] 723 Subgrade for Footings, unit intensities within the allowable bearing values
Foundation Piers, and established in this subchapter. In addition, foundations
Foundation Walls shall be proportioned to limit settlements to a magnitude
[1112.6] 724 Construction Required for or that will not cause damage to the proposed construction
Affecting the Support of or to existing adjacent or nearby buildings during or
Adjacent Properties or after construction.
Buildings
*“C26” omitted from section numbers in this column. §[C26-1100.7] 27-658 Depth of foundations. -
**“27” omitted from section numbers in this column.
(a) Footings and Pile Caps.- The bottom surface of any
footing, pier, pile cap, or other foundation construction,
LIST OF TABLES
other than grade beams, shall be carried down at least
four feet below the lowest level of the adjoining ground
Table No.
or pavement surface that is exposed to frost, except as
follows:
11-1 Unified Soil Classification
(1) In refrigerator, cold storage, or similar areas, the
11-2 Allowable Soil Bearing Pressures
depth shall be increased as required to find [sic] the
11-3 Allowable Compressive Stress for Pile Materials
construction below the potential level of freezing in the
11-4 Minimum Driving Resistance and Minimum Hammer
soil, or loss of heat from the soil shall be prevented by
Energy for Steel H Piles, Pipe Piles, Precast and Cast-
insulation, warm air ducts, circulating systems, or
in-Place Concrete Piles, and Composite Piles (other
equivalent means.
than timber)
(2) For foundation elements resting on rock, the
11-5 Minimum Driving Resistance and Hammer footings may rest on the rock surface at shallower
Energy for Timber Piles depths than those indicated above, provided that visual
11-6 Basic Maximum Pile Loads inspection of the rock surface directly underlying the
bearing area shows it to be free of seams, cracks, or
ARTICLE 1 GENERAL disintegrated materials that could serve as reservoirs for
water and thus be subject to freezing.
§[C26-1100.1] 27-652 Scope.- The provisions of this (3) For foundation elements in the interior of closed and
subchapter shall establish minimum requirements for the heated buildings, or in cases where the soil underlying
design and construction of the foundations of buildings. the foundation is not subject to frost action, there shall
In addition, within special flood hazard areas, and below be no mandatory minimum requirement for embedment.
the regulatory flood datum, as described in article ten of (4) Mobile or portable buildings not more than one
subchapter four of this chapter, foundations shall conform story high may be supported on foundation elements
with the applicable provisions of reference standard RS 4-5. bearing at grade, subject to the following conditions:
a. The building shall be supported on jacks, wedges, or
§[C26-1100.2] 27-653 Standards.- The provisions of other devices that will permit readjustment of level in
reference standard RS-11 shall be part of this subchapter. the event of displacement.
b. The bearing capacity of the underlying soil shall be
§[C26-1100.3] 27-654 Definitions.- For definitions to adequate to support the building loads without rupture.
be used in the interpretation of this subchapter, see Where the building is to be supported on nominally
subchapter two of this chapter. unsatisfactory bearing materials, the provisions of
sections 27-677 and 27-679 of article four of this
§[C26-1100.4] 27-655 Plans. -For the requirements subchapter shall apply except that, where the bearing
governing the filing of plans and the work to be shown material is confined under pavement and the bearing
on the plans, see subchapter one of this chapter. pressure on the surface of the soil material does not
exceed five hundred psf, special investigation of the
§[C26-1100.5] 27-656 Permits. -For the requirements foundation will not be required.
governing equipment work permits and for equipment c. The bearing area shall be well drained and not
use permits, see subchapter one of this chapter. subject to inundation.
d. The levels of the foundations shall be checked and
§[C26-1100.6] 27-657 General requirements. - adjusted to compensate for displacements at least once
Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, the every year, and the owner shall maintain a record of
foundations of buildings including retaining walls and such work, available for inspection by the commissioner.
other structures shall bear on, or be carried down to, (5) Where piles project above grade and displacement
satisfactory bearing materials in such manner that the of the pile cap is prevented by interposing a space
250
Title 27 / Subchapter 11

between the underside of the cap and the ground, the §[C26-1101.2] 27-663 Borings. -(a) Number. -At
requirement for embedment of the cap below the level least one boring shall be made for every twenty-five
of frost penetration, shall not apply. hundred square feet of building area or fraction thereof
(b) Grade beams. -The bottom surface of any grade and, for buildings supported on piling of such type or
beam shall be carried down at least eighteen inches capacity that load tests are required, one boring shall be
below the lowest level of the adjoining ground or made for every sixteen hundred square feet of building
pavement surface that is exposed to frost. area or fraction thereof except as indicated in
paragraphs one through three of this subdivision.
§[C26-1100.8] 27-659 Foundations at different (1) For one- and two-family dwellings (appurtenant
levels. -Where footings are supported at different structures such as garages, sheds, and porches shall be
levels, or at different levels from the footings of considered as part of the dwelling):
adjacent structures, the influence of the pressures under a. Buildings supported on footings founded on soil of
the higher footings on the stability of the lower footings class 8-65 or better. -For contiguous groups of four or
shall be considered. Consideration shall be given to the more dwellings at least one boring shall be made for
requirements for lateral support of the material supporting every four buildings. For isolated dwellings and for
the higher footings, the additional load imposed on the contiguous groups of two or three dwellings, the overall
lower footings, and assessment of the effects of site shall be explored by at least one boring or auger
dragdown on adjacent pile-supported buildings. probing or, alternately, the site of each building shall be
explored by one test pit carried to a depth of at least
§[C26-1100.9] 27-660 Slabs on grade. -Slabs on eight feet below the level of the bottom of the proposed
footings.
grade within or adjacent to a building shall be so
b. Buildings supported on piles or on footings founded
designed to limit settlement of such slabs to a
in soil strata of class 9-65, or poorer. -The site shall be
magnitude that will not impair their usability or cause
explored by at least one boring for every four buildings
damage to the building or its foundations.
in contiguous groups or one boring for each building in
the case of isolated dwellings.
§[C26-1100.10] 27-661 Construction. –
(2) For buildings having a plan area in excess of ten
The provisions of subchapter nineteen of this chapter thousand square feet and where subsurface conditions
relating to safety and of subchapter ten of this chapter as determined from preliminary borings or from borings
relating to concrete, timber, masonry, and steel on neighboring sites consist of uniform deposits of
construction shall apply. For inspection requirements, materials of class 1-65, 2-65, 3-65, 6-65, 7-65, or 8-65,
see article thirteen of this subchapter. subject to the approval of the commissioner, the
(a) Cold weather. -No foundation shall be placed on required borings may be reduced to one for every five
frozen soil. No foundation shall be placed in freezing thousand square feet of building area or fraction thereof
weather unless provision is made to maintain the except where the foundation is to be supported on piles.
underlying soil free of frost. (3) Where foundations are to rest on rock of class 1-65,
(b) Seepage. -In an excavation where soil and ground 2-65, or 3-65 and such rock is exposed prior to
water conditions are such that an inward or upward construction over a part or all of the area of the
seepage might be produced in soil material intended to buildings, borings will not be required in those areas
provide vertical or lateral support for foundation where rock is exposed, and the area (within the limits of
elements or for adjacent foundations, excavating the building) of the exposed rock surface shall not be
methods that will control or prevent the inflow of ground included in the area used to compute the required
water shall be employed to prevent disturbance of the
number of borings, provided the following requirements
soil material in the excavation or beneath existing
are met:
buildings. No foundation shall be laid on soil that has
a. The presence of defects or the inclination of bedding
been disturbed by seepage unless remedial measures, as
planes in the rock are of such size and location as to not
directed by an architect or engineer, are taken.
affect the stability of the foundation.
b. The foundation is designed for bearing pressures not
ARTICLE 2 SOIL INVESTIGATIONS
exceeding those permitted in table 11-2 without increase
§[C26-1101.1] 27-662 General. -Borings in earth or for embedment.
rock, recovery of samples, tests of soil samples, load (b) Location. -At least two-thirds of the required
tests, or other investigations or exploratory procedures number of borings shall be located within the area under
shall be performed as necessary for the design and the building. Those outside the area shall not be more
construction of a safe foundation subject to inspection than twenty-five feet from the limits of the building.
in accordance with the requirements of article thirteen Borings shall be uniformly distributed or distributed in
of this subchapter. accordance with the loading pattern imposed by the
building.
251
Title 27 / Subchapter 11

(c) Depth. - fall and the energy of impact shall not be mitigated by
(1) Unless soil material of class 1-65 through 3-65 is friction of the hoisting line on the drum, friction of the
encountered at shallower depth, borings shall extend hammer against its guide, or other similar effects. All
below the deepest part of the excavation as necessary to samples, except those of rock, shall be preserved in air
satisfy the more restrictive of the following requirements: tight bottles having a capacity of at least eight ounces.
a. Borings shall extend deep enough into nominally (2) ROCK BORINGS. -Where borings are required to
satisfactory bearing material to establish its character penetrate rock they shall be advanced by core drilling,
and thickness, but not less than the following: and core samples shall be recovered using a double tube
1. Where the soil material is class 5-65-ten feet. core barrel and diamond bits that provide cores at least
2. For one- and two-family residences, two stories or less one and three-eighths inches in diameter.
in height-fifteen feet. (e) Data to be reported. -Records of all borings
3. For other cases-twenty-five feet. required by the provisions of subdivision (a) of this
b. Borings shall extend to the depth at which the vertical section shall accompany the application for approval of
stress caused by the proposed construction is reduced to the foundation plans. Such records shall show, as a
ten percent or less of the original vertical stress at this minimum, the size of casing and the number of blows
depth due to the weight of the overburden, except that per foot required to advance the casing (to the depth
where strata of soil materials of class 9-65 or poorer are that casing is used); the weight of hammer and the
encountered within this depth, the borings shall penetrate distance of fall; a description of the sampler; a description
such strata and be carried to a depth that shows penetration of the drill tools and equipment including, where used,
continuous of material of class 8-65 or better as required in the size of diamond bits and type of core barrels; the
paragraph a of this subdivision. number of blows required to drive the sampling spoon
c. In addition to the requirements of paragraphs a and b for each six inches increment of penetration; the
of this subdivision, at least one boring in every ten elevation of the ground surface referenced to an
thousand square feet of building area, but not less than established datum; the location and depth of the boring
one boring per building, shall be carried to a depth of and its relation to the proposed construction; the
one hundred feet below the curb for buildings having an elevations at which samples were taken; the elevations
average area load exceeding one thousand psf. The at which core drilling was started and stopped for each
average load shall be computed as the sum of all dead "run;" the elevations of the boundaries of soil strata;
loads and live loads of the building, divided by the area percent recovery for each "run" of core drilling;
of the building at ground level. description of the soil strata encountered and geological
(2) Where rock is encountered in borings within the classification of rock drilled (based on visual examination
depths noted in paragraph one the borings shall be of cores); any particular, unusual, or special conditions
cored a minimum of five feet into rock, or farther where such as loss of water in the earth and rock strata,
necessary or required, to obtain at least a recovery of boulders, cavities, and obstructions, use of special type
thirty-five percent core from five feet of penetration but not of samplers, traps, etc.; and the level of ground water
to exceed the depth in paragraph one of this subdivision. together with a description of how and when the ground
However, for foundations supported on piles or drilled-in water level was observed. All abandoned or unsuccessful
caissons bearing on the rock and having a capacity in attempts at borings or rock drilling shall be reported.
excess of eighty tons per unit, the capacity of the rock (f) Disposition of Samples and Cores. -Soil samples
to support the applied load shall be demonstrated by and rock cores shall be retained in an accessible
increasing the length of coring to ten feet. location by the owner, or by the party making
(d) Types. - application for approval of the foundation plans for a
(1) SOIL BORINGS. -Soil samples shall be recovered period of one year after the date of issuance of a
at intervals not to exceed five feet and at every change certificate of occupancy, and shall be available upon
of soil strata. Such samples shall be recovered using a reasonable notice for inspection by the commissioner.
two inch O.D. split spoon sampler having an inside
diameter of one and three-eighths inches and a constant §[C26-1101.3] 27-664 Test pits. -
internal cross section. The sampler shall be at least (a) Tests pits may be substituted for boring on a one-for-
twenty-four inches long and shall be tipped with a heat one basis. All applicable requirements as to depth,
treated, sharp cutting shoe. It shall be straight and numbers of samples, data to be reported, and disposition of
sound, with an undistorted cross section. The rods to samples shall be observed, except that the use of sample
which the sampler is attached shall be one inch extra spoon, recording of driving resistance, and recovery of
heavy pipe or one and five-eighths O.D. drill rods. The rock cores is not required in test pit investigations, and
sampling tools shall be driven with a one hundred forty except as provided in subdivision (b) of this section.
pound hammer having a fall of thirty inches. The blows (b) Test pits for buildings not more than one story in
per foot so recorded shall be designated hereinafter, by height or for one or two-family residences not more
the symbol, N. The fall of the hammer shall be a free than two stories in height need only extend four feet
252
Title 27 / Subchapter 11

below the deepest part of the excavation for the accuracy of such surface contour definition shall be
construction of footings, or a minimum of four feet confirmed by recovering rock cores at the locations of at
when foundation elements rest on grade pursuant to least one-fifth of the probings or auger borings or, in the
paragraph four of subdivision (a) of section 27-658 of case where geophysical methods are used, those borings
article one of this subchapter, provided that such structures which are made shall be so distributed as to permit
are supported by footings bearing on nominally satisfactory confirmation of the accuracy of the geophysical investigations.
bearing materials of class 9-65 (except soft clay) soil or better. The provisions of paragraph two of subdivision (a) of
section 27-663 of this article, shall not apply where the
§[C26-1101.4] 27-665 Boring methods. - provisions of this section are invoked.
Borings shall be made by continuous driving and cleaning (b) Pile support.- Where the foundation for the
out of a pipe casing (including telescoping of smaller proposed building consists of piling bearing on rock of
sizes inside of larger casing) except as permitted in class 1-65, 2-65 or 3-65, the provisions of subdivision
subdivisions (a), (b) and (c) of this section. Where casing (a) of this section shall apply, provided that the borings
is used, it shall be cleaned out to undisturbed soil prior consistently show that the soil overlying the rock
to sampling and the sample spoon driven into soil that consists solely of deposits of class 6-65 through 11-65
has not been affected by chopping, washing, or and is free of boulders or other obstructions.
hydrostatic imbalance. (c) Geophysical methods.- Geophysical investigations
(a) Uncased borings. -Uncased borings, including shall be conducted by experienced and qualified
borings where the casing is omitted for part of the personnel acceptable to the commissioner who may
depth, may be used if the mud slurry method is reject the results and require additional exploration by
followed. The requirements for soil sampling and rock borings if the results of the geophysical explorations
coring shall be the same for uncased borings as for cannot be satisfactorily correlated to the logs of the
borings made using casing, except that prior to each soil borings.
sampling operation the boring shall be substantially
cleaned of disturbed material and the sample spoon §[C26-1101.6] 27-667 Existing borings.- Existing boring
shall be advanced through any settled solids before data may be utilized subject to the following:
counting the blows required to drive the spoon. Longer (1) Borings, test pits, probings, etc., that have been
sample spoons, having a sludge chamber, shall be used made in accordance with all requirements of this
where settled solids exceed six inches. In determining section, but not necessarily for the investigation of the
ground water levels, methods shall be used to reduce specific project for which application is being made,
and replace the mud slurry so that the hydrostatic head may be utilized in fulfillment of these provisions.
may be measured. The procedures shall be described in (2) The logs of borings, test pits, probings, etc., that
detail in the records. have been made in accordance with all requirements of
(b) Augur borings. -Borings may be made with augers this section, but wherein the soil samples and/or rock
except that short flight augers shall not be used in granular cores are not available for examination, may be utilized
soils below the water level. Sampling procedures in auger in fulfillment of these provisions to an extent not to
borings for both soil and rock shall be the same as for exceed one-half of the required number of borings.
cased borings. Full hydrostatic head shall be maintained (3) Borings, test pits, probings, etc., or the logs thereof,
in granular soils below the ground water level during that do not meet the specific requirements of this
the boring operation. subchapter, but which are of suitable type and adequate
(c) Maximum diameter. -Where the bore hole, as drilled penetration to provide the data required for the safe
by any method, is in excess of four inches in diameter, design and construction of the proposed foundation,
sampling operations shall be performed through a may be utilized in fulfillment of the provisions of this
temporary casing having a four inch inside diameter or less. section, subject to the approval of the commissioner.

§[C26-1101.5] 27-666 Probings and geophysical explorations. - ARTICLE 3 FOUNDATION LOADS

(a) Footings, pier or wall designs.- Where the foundations
for a proposed building consist of footings or foundation §[C26-1102.1] 27-668 Soil bearing pressures. -The
piers or walls bearing on rock of class 1-65, 2-65 or 3-65, loads to be used in computing the bearing pressures on
the use of probings, auger borings or geophysical methods, materials directly underlying footings shall be the total
made without the recovery of soil samples or rock cores, column, pier, or wall reactions determined in accordance
may (except as hereafter specified) be substituted for up to with the provisions of subchapter nine of this chapter,
one-half of the number of borings required by the on the basis of reduced live load; plus the weight of the
provisions of subdivision (a) of section 27-663 of this foundations; plus the weight of any soil, fill, and slabs
article, provided that such probings, borings, etc. are on grade that is included within vertical planes projected
carried to adequate depth and are of a nature that will upward from the extreme limits of the footing to the
reasonably define the surface contours of the rock. The final ground surface. Live load on grade, or on slabs on
253
Title 27 / Subchapter 11

grade, within these limits shall also be included. Impact eccentricity shall be computed on the basis of straight
loads shall be considered in accordance with the provisions line distribution of foundation reaction. However, other
of section 27-673 of this article. modes of distribution of the foundation reaction may be
assumed, subject to the approval of the commissioner,
§[C26-1102.2] 27-669 Pile reactions. -The loads to if it can be demonstrated that the pile and/or soil is
be used in computing pile reactions shall be determined capable of sufficient plastic deformation to develop
as provided in section 27-668 of this article except that such mode of distribution without failure.
where piles penetrate fill, clay, silt, peat, or similar
compressible strata, the pile loads shall be increased by §[C26-1102.5] 27-672 Uplift forces.- Uplift and overturning
the amount of drag exerted by such material, and by any forces due to wind and hydrostatic pressure shall be considered.
overlaying strata, during consolidation. Computation of
the amount of drag shall consider the amount of added §[C26-1102.6] 27-673 Impact. -Impact forces may be
fill, the amount of shear strain between pile (or group) neglected in the design of foundations, except for foundations
and the soil, the ratio of vertical to horizontal pressure bearing on loose granular soils, or, regardless of the
in the soil, and the arrangement of the piles. The soil type of soil material, for foundations supporting cranes,
surrounding or underlying the pile cap shall not be heavy machinery, and* moving equipment, or where
considered as providing any vertical support for the cap. the ratio of the live load causing impact to the total of
the reactions from live load applied without impact plus
§[C26-1102.3] 27-670 Lateral loads. - dead load exceeds one-third.
**(a) Earth and ground water pressure. -Every foundation *As enacted but “or” probably intended.
wall or other wall serving as a retaining structure shall
be designed to resist, in addition to the vertical loads §[C26-1102.7] 27-674 Stability. -The provisions of
acting thereon, the incident lateral earth pressures and article twelve of this subchapter shall apply.
surcharges, plus hydrostatic pressures corresponding to
the maximum probable ground water level. Retaining ARTICLE 4 ALLOWABLE SOIL BEARING
walls shall be designed to resist at least the superimposed PRESSURES
effects of the total static lateral soil pressure, excluding
the pressure caused by any temporary surcharge, plus an §[C26-1103.1] 27-675 Classification of soil materials. -
earthquake force of 0.045 wsh2 (horizontal backfill surface), For purposes of this subchapter, soil materials shall be
where wS equals unit weight of soil and h equals wall classified and identified in accordance with table 11-1. In
height. Surcharges which are applied over extended addition, the following supplementary definitions shall apply.
periods of time shall be included in the total static (a) Rock. -
lateral soil pressure and their earthquake lateral force (1) HARD SOUND ROCK. -Includes crystalline rocks such
shall be computed and added to the force of 0.045 as Fordham geniss**, Ravenswood geniss**, Palisades diabase,
Manhattan schist. Characteristics [sic] are: the rock rings
wSh2. The earthquake force from backfill shall be
when struck with pick or bar; does not disintegrate after
distributed as an inverse triangle over the height of the
exposure to air or water; breaks with sharp fresh
wall. The point of application of the earthquake force
fracture; cracks are unweathered and less than one-
from an extended duration surcharge shall be determined
eighth inch wide, generally no closer than three feet
on an individual case basis. If the backfill consists of
apart; core recovery with a double tube, diamond core
loose saturated granular soil, consideration shall be
barrel is generally eighty-five percent or greater for
given to the potential liquefication of the backfill during each five foot run.
the seismic loading using reference standard RS 9-6. **As enacted but “gneiss” probably intended.
(b) Wind and other superstructure loads. -Provision
shall be made to resist lateral loads imposed on the
superstructure due to wind or other causes.
(c) Soil movements.- Buildings shall not be constructed
in areas where the soil is subject to lateral movements
unless positive provision is made to prevent such movements.
**Local Law 17-1995.

§[C26-1102.4] 27-671 Eccentricities. -Eccentricity of

loading in foundations, including eccentricity of loading
on the bases of retaining walls, shall be investigated and
the maximum soil pressure or pile load (considering
eccentricity) shall be kept within the safe capacity
thereof as established in articles four and eight of this
subchapter. Soil pressure and pile load due to
254
Title 27 / Subchapter 11

TABLE 11-1 UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION

(Including Identification and Description)
Group Field Identification Procedures (Excluding Information Required for
Major Divisions Symbols
Typical Names particles larger than 3 in. and basing fractions Laboratory Classification Criteria
on estimated weights) Describing Soils
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Wide range in grain size and For undisturbed soils add D60
(For visual classification. the ¼-in. size may be used as equivalent to the No. 4 sieve
Well-graded gravels,
More than half of coarse fraction is

Determine percentage of gravel and sand from grain-size curve. Depending

Cu= Greater than 4

percentage of fine (fraction smaller than No. 200 sieve size) coarse-grained
Clean Gravels GW gravel-sand mixture, substantial amounts of all information on stratification, D10

Borderline cases requiring use of dual symbols.

larger than No. 4 sieve size.

(Little or no little or no fines. intermediate particle sizes. degree of compactness,

(D30)2
More than half of material is larger than No. 200 sieve size.

cementation, moisture Ce= Between 1 and 3

Poorly graded gravels or Predominantly one size or a condition, and drainage D10 x D60
fines)

GP gravel-sand mixture, range of sizes with some characteristics.

Gravels

little or no fines. intermediate sizes missing. Not meeting all gradation requirements for GW
Nonplastic fines or fines with low Give typical name; indicate Atterberg limits Above “A” line
Gravels with Fines

Silty gravels, gravel-and-

Use grain-size curve in identifying the fractions as given under field identification.
GM plasticity (for identification below “A” line or P1
amount of fines)

silt mixtures. approximate percentages of with P1 between

procedures see ML below). less than 4
(Appreciable

sand and gravel, maximum

The No. 200 sieve size is about the smallest visible to the naked eye.

4 and 7 are
Coarse-grained Soils

size; angularity, surface Atterberg limits borderline cases

Clayey gravels, gravel- Plastic fines (for identification condition, and hardness of the
GC above “A” line with requiring use of

GM, GC, SM, SC.

procedures see CL below).

GW, GP, SW, SP,

and-clay mixtures. coarse grains; local or geologic P1 greater than 7
size.)

name and other pertinent dual symbols.

Well-graded sands, Wide range in grain size and descriptive information; and D60
More than half of coarse fraction

SW gravelly sands, little or substantial amounts of all Cu= Greater than 6

is smaller than No.4 sieve size.

symbol in parentheses.
Clean Sands
(Little or no

no fines. intermediate particle sizes. D10

soils are classified as follows:

Poorly graded sands or Predominantly one size or a Example: (D30)2
Ce= Between 1 and 3
fines)

SP gravelly sands, little or range of sizes with some Silty sand, gravelly; about 20% D10 x D60
no fines. intermediate sizes missing. hard, angular gravel particles
Sands

Not meeting all gradation requirements for SW

Nonplastic fines or fines with low ½-in. maximum size; rounded Atterberg limits above Limits plotting in

More than 12%

Silty sands, sand-silt
Sands with Fines

and subangular sand grains,

amount of fines)

Less than 5%
SM plasticity (for identification “A” line or P1 less
(Appreciable

mixtures. coarse to fine; about 15% hatched zone with

5% to 12%
procedures see ML below). than 4 P1 between 4 and
nonplastic fines with low dry
strength; well compacted and Atterberg limits above 7 are borderline
Clayey sands, sand-clay Plastic fines (for identification
SC mixtures. procedures see CL below). moist in place; alluvial sand; “A” line with Pl cases requiring use
greater than 7 of dual symbols.

on
(SM).
Identification Procedure on Fraction
Smaller than No. 40 Sieve Size.
More than half of material is smaller than No.

Dry Strength Dilatancy Toughness

(Crushing (Reaction to (Consistency
Characteristics) shaking) near PL)
limit is less than

Inorganic silts and very fine sands,

Clays Liquid

rock flour, silty or clayey fine None to Quick to For undisturbed soils add information
ML
Silts and

None on structure, stratification,

Fine-grained Soils

sands or clayey silts with slight slight slow

200 sieve size.

plasticity consistency in undisturbed and

Inorganic clays of low to medium remolded states, moisture and
Medium None to
CL plasticity, gravelly clays, sandy Medium

Plasticity Index
to high very slow drainage conditions
clays, silty clays, lean clays.
Organic silts and organic silty Slight to Give typical name; indicate degree and
OL clays of low plasticity. medium
Slow Slight
character of plasticity; amount and
Silts and Clays

greater than 50
Liquid limit is

Inorganic silts, micaceous or

Slight to Slow to Slight to maximum size of coarse grains; color
MH diatomaceous fine sandy or
medium none medium
in wet condition; odor, if any; local
silty soils, elastic silts. or geologic name and other pertinent
Inorganic clays of high plasticity, High to descriptive information; and symbol
CH fat clays. very high
None High in parentheses.
Organic clays of medium to high Medium to None to very Slight to Example:
OH plasticity, organic silts. high slow medium Clayey silt, brown; slightly plastic; small
percentage of fine sand; numerous vertical LIQUID LIMIT
Peat and other highly organic Readily identified by color, odor, spongy feel root holes; firm and dry in place; loess;
Highly Organic Soils Pt soils. and frequently by fibrous texture (ML)
PLACTICITY CHART
For Laboratory classification of fine-grained soils
(1) Boundary classifications: Soils possessing characteristics of two groups are designed by combinations of group symbols. For example GM-GC, well-graded gravel-sand mixture with clay binder.
(2) All sieve sizes on this chart are U.S. standard.
(3) Adopted by Corps of Engineers and Bureau of Reclamation, January 1952 032058C

255
Title 27 / Subchapter 11

FIELD IDENTIFICATION PROCEDURES FOR FINE-GRAINED

SOILS OR FRACTIONS (Notes for Table 11-1)

These procedures are to be performed on the minus No. 40 sieve size particles, approximately 1/64 in. For field classification purposes, screening
is not intended, simply remove by hand the coarse particles that interfere with the tests.
Dilatancy (reaction to shaking)
After removing particles larger than No. 40 sieve size, prepare a pat of moist soil with a volume of about one-half cubic inch. Add enough water
if necessary to make the soil soft but not sticky.
Place the pat in the open palm of one hand and shake horizontally, striking vigorously against the other hand several times. A positive reaction
consists of the appearance of water on the surface of the pat which changes to a livery consistency and becomes glossy. When the sample is
squeezed between the fingers, the water and gloss disappear from the surface, the pat stiffens, and finally it cracks or crumbles. The rapidity of
appearance of water during shaking and of its disappearance during squeezing assist in identifying the character of the fines in a soil.
Very fine clean sands give the quickest and most distinct reaction whereas a plastic clay has no reaction. Inorganic silts, such as a typical rock
flour, show a moderately quick reaction.
Dry Strength (crushing characteristics)
After removing particles larger than No. 40 sieve size, mold a pat of soil to the consistency of putty, adding water if necessary. Allow the pat to
dry completely by oven, sun or air-drying, and then test its strength by breaking and crumbling between the fingers. This strength is a measure of
the character and quantity of the colloidal fraction contained in the soil. The dry strength increases with increasing plasticity.
High dry strength is characteristic for clays of the CH group. A typical inorganic silt possesses only very slight dry strength. Silty fine sands and
silts have about the same slight dry strength, but can be distinguished by the feel when powdering the dried specimen. Fine sand feels gritty
whereas a typical silt has the smooth feel of flour.
Toughness (consistency near plastic limit)
After particles larger than the No. 40 sieve size are removed, a specimen of soil about one-half inch cube in size, is molded to the consistency of
putty. If too dry, water must be added and if sticky, the specimen should be spread out in a thin layer and allowed to lose some moisture by
evaporation. Then the specimen is rolled out by hand on a smooth surface or between the palms into a thread about one-eighth inch in diameter.
The thread is then folded and rerolled repeatedly. During this manipulation, the moisture content is gradually reduced and the specimen stiffens,
finally loses its plasticity, and crumbles when the plastic limit is reached.
After the thread crumbles, the pieces should be lumped together and a slight kneading action continued until the lump crumbles.
The tougher the thread near the plastic limit and the stiffer the lump when it finally crumbles, the more potent is the colloidal clay fraction in the soil.
Weakness of the thread at the plastic limit and quick loss of coherence of the lump below the plastic limit indicate either inorganic clay of low
plasticity, or materials such as kaolin-type clays and organic clays which occur below the A-line.
Highly organic clays have a very weak and spongy feel at the plastic limit.

(2) MEDIUM HARD ROCK. -Includes crystalline rocks (b) Special soil types. -
of paragraph one of this subdivision, plus Inwood marble (1) FINE SAND.- Soils of group SM, containing more
and serpentine. Characteristics are: all those listed in than fifty percent (by weight) of particles passing a
paragraph one of this subdivision, except that cracks may number sixty mesh sieve.
be one-quarter inch wide and slightly weathered, (2) HARDPAN.- Soils of groups GM, GC, and SW,
generally spaced no closer than two feet apart; core generally directly overlying rock, and which are
recovery with a double tube, diamond core barrel is sufficiently cemented to be difficult to remove by
generally fifty percent or greater for each five foot run. picking.
(3) INTERMEDIATE ROCK. -Includes rocks of (3) CLAY SOILS.- Soils of each group SC, CL and
paragraphs one and two of this subdivision, plus CH shall be classified according to consistency as hard,
cemented shales and sandstone of the Newark medium, or soft in accordance with the following:
formation. Characteristics are: the rock gives dull a. Hard clay.- A clay requiring picking for removal, a
sound when struck with pick or bar; does not fresh sample of which cannot be molded by pressure of
disintegrate after exposure to air or water; broken the fingers.
pieces may show weathered surfaces; may contain b. Medium clay.- A clay that can be removed by spading,
fracture and weathered zones up to one inch wide a fresh sample of which can be molded by a substantial
spaced as close as one foot; core recovery with a double pressure of the fingers.
tube, diamond core barrel is generally thirty-five c. Soft clay. -A clay, a fresh sample of which can be
percent or greater for each five foot run. molded with slight pressure of the fingers.
(4) SOFT ROCK.- Includes rocks of paragraphs one, (4) SILT SOILS.- Soils of each group ML and MH shall
two and three of this subdivision in partially weathered be classified as dense, medium, or loose depending on
condition, plus uncemented shales and sandstones.
relative difficulties of removal as described for hard,
Characteristics are: rock may soften on exposure to air
medium, and soft clays in paragraph three of this subdivision.
or water; may contain thoroughly weathered zones up
(5) VARVED SILT. -A natural soil deposit consisting
to three inches wide but filled with stiff soil; core
of alternating thin layers of silt, clay, and sand in which
recovery with a double tube, diamond core barrel is less
than thirty-five percent for each five foot run, but the silt or silt plus sand layers predominate.
standard penetration resistance in soil sampling is more
than fifty blows per foot. Where core recoveries are less §[C26-1103.2] 27-676 Satisfactory bearing material.-
than twenty percent and the material is to be used for The following materials, or any combination of them
bearing, a minimum three inches diameter core shall be shall be considered as generally satisfactory bearing
recovered and the material recovered shall be classified materials; hard sound, medium hard, intermediate, and
in accordance with table 11-1. soft rock; hardpan; granular soils of G and S groups;
256
Title 27 / Subchapter 11

dense or medium silt soils of groups ML and MH; and the magnitude of the stabilized overburden pressure may
hard or medium clay soils of groups CL and CH. be approximated as follows:

§[C26-1103.3] 27-677 Nominally unsatisfactory (a) The overlying soil material shall have been in place
bearing material. -Fill material, peat (group Pt), for an adequate length of time to produce a stable
organic silts and clays (grouping OL and OH), soft or condition of pore pressure in, or below, the foundation
loose soils of groups ML, CL, HM and CH, varved silt, level. Where the bearing stratum consists of soils of
or satisfactory bearing materials that contain lenses of, classes 5-65 through 8-65, the bearing stratum shall be
or are underlain by, these materials shall be considered considered to be fully consolidated except with regard
as nominally unsatisfactory bearing materials. to the weight of that portion of the overlying soil
material that consists of added fill material.
§[C26-1103.4] 27-678 Allowable soil bearing pressures.- (b) Where all or a portion of the overlying soil consists
The allowable bearing pressures on satisfactory bearing of fill material, the weight of the fill material shall not
materials shall be those established in table 11-2. The be included in the stabilized overburden pressure unless
allowable bearing pressures on nominally unsatisfactory the magnitude of stabilized pressure is verified by an
bearing materials shall be those established in accordance architect or engineer on the basis of laboratory or field
with section 27-679 of this article. Allowable bearing tests on undisturbed material.
pressure shall be considered to be the allowable pressure (c) Where the bearing stratum consists of soils of
at a point in the soil mass in excess of the stabilized classes 9-65 through 11-65, the stabilized overburden
overburden pressure existing at the same point prior to pressure shall be considered as zero unless the magnitude
construction operations. The stabilized overburden pressure of the stabilized pressure is established by an architect or
existing at a point shall be defined as that portion of the engineer on the basis of laboratory or field tests on
weight of the overlying soil material that is supported by undisturbed material.
granular interaction rather than pore pressure. In general,

TABLE 11-2 ALLOWABLE SOIL BEARING PRESSURES

Basic Allowable Bearing Values

Class of Description
(Tons per sq. ft.)
Material See Notes* (1)
See Notes (10), (11), and (12)
1-65 Hard Sound Rock……………………………………. 60 See Notes (2) and (8).
2-65 Medium Hard Rock………………………………….. 40 See Notes (2) and (8).
3-65 Intermediate Rock…………………………………… 20 See Notes (2) and (8).
4-65 Soft Rock……………………………………………. 8
5-65 Hardpan……………………………………………… — See Notes (3) and (8).
6-65 Gravel and Gravel Soils (Soil Groups GW, GP, GM,
& GC and soils of Soil Groups SW, SP, and SM
containing more than 10% of material retained on a
No. 4 sieve)………………………………………….. See Notes (4) and (8) and (9).
—
7-65 Sands (other than Fine Sands) (Soil Groups SW, SP,
& SM but containing not more than 10% of material
retained on a No. 4 sieve)…………………………… — See Notes (5) and (8) and (9).
8-65 Fine Sand……………………………………………. — See Notes (6) and (8) and (9).
9-65 Clays and Clay Soils (Soil Groups SC, CL, & CH)
Hard….…………………………………………... 5 See Note (7).
Medium.………………………………………….. 2 See Note (7).
Soft.………………………………………………. See Sec. 27-679.
10-65 Silts and Silt Soils (Soil Groups ML & MH)
Dense…………………………………………….. 3
Medium…………………………………………... 1.5
Loose……………………………………………... See Sec. 27-679.
11-65 Nominally Unsatisfactory Bearing Materials See Sec. 27-679.

*As enacted but “Note” probably intended.

257
Title 27 / Subchapter 11

Notes:
(1) Classification. The soil classifications indicated in this table laboratory tests and shall provide a factor of safety against failure
are those described in section 27-675 of this article. Where there is of the soul of not less than 2.0 computed on the basis of a
doubt as to the applicable classification of a soil stratum, the allowable recognized procedure of soils analysis, shall consider probable
bearing pressure applicable to the lower class of material to which the settlements of the building, and shall not exceed the tabulated
given stratum might conform shall apply unless the conformance to the maximum values.
higher class of material can be proven by laboratory or field test (8) Increases in allowable bearing pressure due to
procedures. embedment of the foundation. (a) The basic allowable bearing
(2) Allowable bearing pressure on rock. The tabulated values of values for rock of classes 1-65, 2-65, and 3-65 shall apply where
basic allowable bearing pressures apply only for massive rocks or, for the loaded area is on the surface of sound rock. Where the loaded
sedimentary or foliated rocks, where the strata are level or nearly so, area is below the adjacent rock surface and is fully confined by the
and, then only if the area has ample lateral support. Tilted strata and adjacent rock mass and provided that the rock mass has not been
their relation to nearby slopes or excavations shall receive special shattered by blasting or otherwise is or has been rendered unsound,
consideration. these values may be increased ten percent of the base value for
(3) Allowable bearing pressure on hardpan. For hardpan consisting each foot of embedment below the surface of the adjacent rock
of well cemented material composed of a predominantly granular surface in excess of one foot, but shall not exceed twice the basic
matrix and free of lenses of fine grained material and inclusions of soft values. (b) The basic allowable bearing values for soils of classes
rock, the basic allowable bearing pressure shall be twelve tons per 5-65 through 8-65 determined in accordance with notes three,
square foot. For hardpan consisting of poorly cemented material or four, and five above, shall apply where the loaded area is
containing lenses of fine grained material, inclusions of soft rock, or a embedded four feet or less in the bearing stratum. Where the
fine grained matrix, the basic allowable bearing pressure shall be eight loaded area is embedded more than four feet below the adjacent
tons per square foot. soil, these values may be increased five percent of the base value
(4) Allowable bearing pressure on gravel and gravel soils. Values of each foot of additional embedment, but shall not exceed twice
of basic allowable bearing pressure shall be as follows: the basic values. Increases in allowable bearing pressure due to
(a) For soils of Soils Groups GW,GP, GM, and GC: embedment shall not apply to soils of classes 4-65, 9-65, 10-65, or
Compact, well graded material—ten tons per square foot. 11-65.
Loose, poorly graded material—six tons per square foot. (9) Increase in allowable bearing pressure for limited depth
Intermediate conditions—Estimate by interpolation between of bearing stratum: The allowable bearing values for soils of
indicated extremes. classes 6-65, 7-65, and 8-65 determined in accordance with this
(b) For soils of Soil Groups SW, SP, and SM, containing table and the notes thereto (including note eight), may be increased
more than ten percent of material retained on a No. 4 sieve : up to one third where the density of the bearing stratum below the
Compact, well graded material—eight tons per square foot. bottom of the footings or the tips of the piles increases with depth
Loose, poorly graded material—four tons per square foot. provided that: (a) The bearing stratum is not underlain by materials
Intermediate conditions—Estimate by interpolation between of a lower class. (b) The allowable bearing value of the soil
indicated extremes. material underlying the bottom of the footings or the tips of the
(5) Allowable bearing pressure on sands. The basic allowable bearing piles increases at least fifty percent within a depth below the
pressure shall be determined from the resistance to penetration of the footing or the tips of the piles which is not greater than the width
standard sampling spoon. The basic allowable bearing pressure in tons per of the footing or the width of the polygon circumscribing the pile
square foot shall equal 0.10 times N but not greater than six tons per square group. (c) It shall be demonstrated by a recognized means of analysis
foot, nor less than three tons per square foot. The appropriate value for the that the probable settlement of the foundation due to compression,
penetration resistance at various areas of the site shall be made by and/or consolidation do not exceed acceptable limits for the proposed
averaging the measured resistance within a depth of soil below the building.
proposed footing level equal to the width of the footing. Where the (10) Combination of loads. The provisions of section 27-594
average values so obtained do not vary by more than twenty-five percent of article two of subchapter ten of this chapter shall apply.
of the minimum of the average values over the site of the proposed (11) Correction for foundations bearing on materials of
building, the lowest average value shall be used for the design of the varying bearing capacities. Where it is shown by borings or otherwise
entire building. Where the variation exceeds twenty-five percent, the that materials of varying bearing value will be used for support of a
allowable bearing pressure shall be predicated on the lowest average building: (1) Where the weakest material does not rank below
value unless appropriate measures are taken to avoid detrimental class 5-65, no modifications shall be required. (2) Where the
amounts of differential settlements of the footings. Where the design weakest materials rank as classes 6-65 through 8-65, if the
bearing pressure on soils of class 7-65 exceeds three tons per square difference in basic allowable bearing values for the several
foot, the embedment of the loaded area below the adjacent grade shall materials does not exceed thirty percent of the allowable value for
not be less than four feet and the width of the loaded area not less than the poorest material which is to support the foundation, the
three feet, unless analysis shall demonstrate the proposed construction to foundations may be proportioned in direct conformance with the
have a minimum factor of safety of 2.0 against shear failure of the soil. allowable bearing pressures. Where the difference in basic
(6) Allowable bearing pressure on fine sand. The basic allowable allowable bearing values exceed thirty percent, appropriate
bearing pressure shall be determined from the resistance to penetration measures shall be taken to limit the differential settlements of the
of the standard sampling spoon. The basic allowable bearing pressure in different portions of the structure to tolerable values. (3) For
tons per square foot shall equal 0.10 times N but not greater than four materials of classes 9-65 and 10-65, in all cases, appropriate
tons per square foot nor less than two tons per square foot, except that, measures shall be taken to equalize the settlements of the different
for loose materials (resistance to penetration of the standard sampling portions of the structure.
spoon ten blows per foot or less), where the foundation is subjected to (12) Inundated footings. The provisions of this section
vibratory loads from machinery or similar cause, the indicated basic relating to materials of classes 1-65 through 7-65, shall be deemed
values shall not apply. The allowable bearing pressure shall be equally applicable both to the dry and to the inundated condition of
established by analysis applying accepted principles of soil mechanics the soil provided: (a) That the subgrade is undisturbed by the
and a report of such analysis satisfactory to the commissioner shall be construction operations, (b) The bearing area is in a confined
submitted as a part of the application for the acceptance of the plans. condition. For such cases, no reduction in allowable bearing value
(7) Allowable bearing pressure on clays and clay soils. The bearing will be required where the soil supporting the foundation is subject
to a rising level of inundation. However, the effects on settlement
capacity of medium and hard clays and clay soils shall be established on
of a failing level of inundation occurring after construction of the
the basis of the strength of such soils as determined by field or
foundation shall be considered in the design.
258
Title 27 / Subchapter 11

(d) The stabilized overburden pressure shall not include (c) The grading of the fill shall be determined in
the weight of any soil removed by excavation and not accordance with the applicable procedures of reference
replaced. For footings, the total stabilized overburden standards RS 11-1 and RS 11-2.
pressure shall not exceed the weight of a one square foot (d) Fill shall be placed and compacted at its optimum
column of soil (considering submerged weight where the moisture content, in uniform layers not more than
soil column is partly submerged) measured from the twelve inches thick (after compaction) and each layer
bottom of the footing to the lowest level of the final grade shall be thoroughly compacted to a density not less than
above the footing. For a box foundation, where the ninety-five percent of the density prescribed in reference
strength of the slab is adequate to stabilize the underlying standard RS 11-3. The field density shall be verified by
soil, the stabilized overburden pressure shall not exceed the in-place density tests made on each lift of the
weight of a one square foot column of soil measured from embankment. Fill shall not be placed when frozen or
the bottom of the box to the lowest level of the adjacent placed on a frozen or wet sub-grade.
grade. (2) UNCONTROLLED FILLS. -Fill material, other
(e) Where the bearing stratum consists of soils of classes than controlled fill, may be used for the support of
9-65 through 11-65, the allowable bearing pressure shall be buildings, other than one-and two-family dwellings,
adjusted for the effects of rebound due to excavation as and may be considered as satisfactory bearing material of
determined from consolidation test data. applicable class, subject to the following:
(f) Where the bearing stratum consists of rock of classes 1-65 a. The soil within the building area shall be explored
through 3-65, the stabilized overburden pressure shall be using test pits. At least one test pit, penetrating at
neglected. least eight feet below the level of the bottom of the
proposed footings, shall be provided for every
§[C26-1103.5] 27-679 Bearing capacity of nominally twenty-five hundred square feet of building area.
unsatisfactory bearing materials.- Whenever soils Where such test pits consistently indicate that the fill
exploration shows that the proposed foundation would rest is composed of material that is free of voids and free
on, or be underlain by, nominally unsatisfactory bearing of extensive inclusions of mud, organic materials
materials, a report based on soil tests and foundation such as paper, garbage, cans, or metallic objects, and
analysis (including analysis of undisturbed samples) shall debris, the provisions of subparagraphs b and c of this
be submitted by an architect or engineer, demonstrating, paragraph shall apply. Where the test pits show such
subject to the approval of the commissioner, that the voids or inclusions, the additional provisions of
proposed construction, under a condition of one hundred subparagraph d of this paragraph shall apply. Borings
percent overload, is safe against failure of the soil materials. may be used in lieu of test pits, provided that
The report shall also show that the probable total continuous samples at least four inches in diameter
magnitude and distribution of settlement to be expected are recovered.
under design conditions will not result in instability of the b. The building area shall be additionally explored
building or stresses in the structure in excess of the using one standard boring under each column. These
allowable values established in subchapter ten of this borings shall be carried to a depth sufficient to
chapter. In addition, the following provisions shall apply: penetrate into natural ground, but not less than twenty
(a) Fill materials. - feet below grade, and a sufficient number shall
(1) CONTROLLED FILLS. -Fills shall be considered as penetrate deeper than twenty feet as required to meet
satisfactory bearing materials of class 6-65 or 7-65 when the provisions of section 27-663 of article two of this
placed in accordance with the following procedures, subchapter. Where such borings show voids or
under the provisions for controlled inspection. inclusions, the provisions of subparagraph d of this
(a) Before placement of fill, the existing ground surface paragraph shall apply.
shall be stripped of all organic growth, timber, rubbish, c. The allowable soil bearing pressure on the fill
and debris. After stripping, the ground surface shall be material shall not exceed two tons per square foot.
compacted to the density [described]* in subparagraph d d. Wherever the fill shows voids or inclusions as
of this paragraph. described in subparagraphs a and b of this paragraph,
*Copy in brackets not enacted but probably intended.
(b) Materials for fill shall consist of sand, gravel, crushed either the fill shall be treated as having no presumptive
stone, crushed gravel, or a mixture of these, and shall bearing capacity, or the building shall incorporate adequate
contain no organic matter. The fill materials shall contain no strength and stiffness to bridge such voids or inclusions
particles exceeding four inches in the largest dimension. No or shall be articulated to prevent damage due to differential
more than thirty per cent of the material shall be retained on or localized settlement of the fill.
a three-quarter inch sieve. The material passing the three- (b) Organic silts, organic clays, soft inorganic
quarter inch sieve shall contain, by weight, no more than clay, loose inorganic silt, and varved silt. -
forty percent passing the one hundred sieve, or twelve (1) The allowable bearing pressure shall be determined
percent passing the two hundred sieve. independently of table 11-2 subject to the following:

259
Title 27 / Subchapter 11

a. For varved silts, the soil bearing pressure produced by the materials or, for satisfactory bearing materials, shall
proposed building shall not exceed two tons per square foot, not exceed the limitations of table 11-2.
except that for desiccated or preconsolidated soils, higher (2) After the treatment procedure, a minimum of one
bearing pressures will be allowed. boring shall be made for every sixteen hundred
b. For organic silts or clays (groups OL and OH) or for square feet of that portion of the building area that is
soft or loose soils of groups ML, CL, MH, and CH, the supported on treated soil, and a sufficient number of
soil bearing pressure produced by the proposed building samples shall be recovered from the treated soil to
shall not exceed one ton per square foot except that a value demonstrate the efficacy of the treatment.
of two tons per square foot will be permitted on soils that are
adequately preconsolidated or artificially treated. §[C26-1103.6] 27-680 Utility services. -Where
(2) The report required in this section shall contain, as a utility service lines are to be laid in soil materials of
minimum, the following information: class 11-65, provision shall be made to prevent
a. Geological profiles through the area defining the damage to such services lines, as follows:
stratigraphy. (a) Where the lines enter a structure, including a
b. Sufficient laboratory test data on the compressible building, a manhole, or a junction chamber, that is
material to indicate the coefficient of consolidation, rigidly supported on piles or in firm bearing material,
coefficient of compressibility, permeability, secondary the services shall be supported on piles or bearing
compression characteristics, and Atterberg limits. materials of adequate firmness to prevent differential
c. Where the design contemplates improvement of the settlement of the service lines with respect to the
natural bearing capacity and/or reduction in settlements by structure; otherwise, provisions, such as oversized
virtue of preloading, cross sections showing the amount of sleeves, flexible connections, utility tunnels, or other
fill and surcharge to be placed on* design details showing approved device, shall be made to permit the
the required time for surcharging shall be indicated, and anticipated differential movement to occur without
computations showing the amount of settlement to be damage to the service lines.
expected during surcharging. Records of settlement plate (b) Where the lines enter a structure that is supported
elevations and pore pressure readings, before, during, and on soil materials of class 11-65 or on soft clay or
after surcharging, shall be filed with the commissioner. loose silt deposits, an engineering analysis shall be
*As enacted but “and” probably intended. made of the probable differential settlement of the
d. The estimated amount and rate of settlement expected to utility service line with respect to the structure, and
occur after the structure has been completed, including the provision shall be made to accommodate such
influence of dead and live loads of the structure. displacement, as described in subdivision (a) of this
e. A detailed analysis showing that the anticipated future section.
settlement will not adversely affect the performance of the
structure. ARTICLE 5 SOIL LOAD BEARING TESTS
f. Where sand drains are to be used, computations
showing the diameter, spacing, and method of installation of §[C26-1104.1] 27-681 Applicability. -Soil load
such drains, shall be provided. bearing tests made at the option and expense of the
(c) Artificially treated soils. - owner of the proposed structure and inspected in
Nominally unsatisfactory soil materials that are artificially accordance with the provisions of section 27-132 of
compacted, cemented, or preconsolidated (including soils article seven of subchapter one of this chapter, controlled
compacted by vibration, cemented by chemical injection, inspection, may be accepted by the commissioner as
or preconsolidated by use of electric current, but not evidence of allowable bearing capacity of a given soil
including cases where preconsolidation consists solely of stratum, subject to the following limitations:
the use of surcharge with or without sand drains) may be (a) The applicability of soil load bearing tests shall
used for the support of buildings, and nominally be limited to soil materials of classes 5-65 through
satisfactory soil materials that are similarly treated may be 10-65.
used to resist soil bearing pressures in excess of those (b) Soil load bearing tests shall not be used to justify
indicated in table 11-2 for the soil in its natural state, allowable bearing pressures in excess of the maximum
subject to the following: allowable bearing values established in table 11-2 for
(1) The vertical and lateral extent of the soil that is the applicable class of material.
compacted, cemented, or preconsolidated shall conform to (c) Soil load bearing tests shall not be applicable
the full extent of the distribution of loading that is where the proposed bearing stratum is underlain by a
assumed for purposes of computing the intensities of the stratum of lower class, unless analysis indicates that
soil bearing pressure. The actual soil bearing pressure the presence of such lower stratum will not create
shall not exceed the limitations of subdivisions (a) and (b) excessive settlements of the building.
of this section for nominally unsatisfactory bearing
260
Title 27 / Subchapter 11

§[C26-1104.2] 27-682 Procedure. - box shall be constructed to provide a concentric load

(a) Preparations. - on the plate. If direct weight is employed, the loading
(1) A sketch showing the layout, levels, number of tests, increments shall be applied without impact or jar.
details of test apparatus, and test procedures shall be filed The weight of the blocking placed on the plate and
with the commissioner before conducting such tests. The the loading platform or box shall be obtained prior to
sketch shall also include the locations and levels of the the test and this weight shall be considered as the first
proposed tests in relation to the contemplated foundation increment of load. If a hydraulic jack is employed,
levels as well as the logs of borings that have been made facilities for maintaining each increment of desired
for the building or buildings involved. load constant under increasing settlement shall be
(2) The tests shall be made at the levels contemplated for provided.
the proposed building footings, and in at least two locations The gauge [sic] for the jack and the jack shall be
within the limits of the building area. The surfaces at the calibrated as a unit not more than two weeks prior to
locations of the proposed tests shall be leveled at the the test.
elevations of the proposed test for a clear distance of at least (2) The unit intensity of the test load shall be one
five feet all around the test plate. and one-half times the unit intensity of the loading
(3) The loaded area shall be square and at least twenty- proposed to be imposed on the soil by the design
four inches by twenty-four inches. loads. The test load shall be applied in a minimum of
(4) When load tests are performed on materials affected six increments at twenty-five percent, fifty percent,
by drying, suitable methods shall be used to prevent seventy-five percent, one hundred percent, one
evaporation from the material. hundred twenty-five percent, and one hundred fifty
(5) In the event ground water is present immediately [sic] percent of the proposed working load. Each load
below, at, or above the level required to be tested, increment shall be maintained for a length of time as
dewatering facilities shall be installed to maintain ground follows:
water a minimum of four feet below the level of the test a. At the proposed loading and at one hundred fifty
plate during the preparation and duration of the test or percent of load until the settlement is less than 0.005
tests. in. over a period of twenty-four hours.
(6) Trenches and other provisions at the ground surface b. At other loadings until the settlement is 0.001 in.
shall be made to prevent inflow of surface water and to or less, over a period of five minutes.
remove water that may drain into the test area. The entire (3) Under each load increment, settlement
test area shall be protected against weather and rainfall for observations shall be made and recorded at intervals of
the entire duration of the test. one-half minute, one minute, four minutes, and each
(7) The load platform providing the support for the test four minutes thereafter after application of load
load shall be supported on adequate timber cribbing, increment except in the instance of the working load
which shall not be closer than five feet from the edge of and one hundred fifty percent of working load where,
the test plate. after the four minute reading, the time interval shall be
(8) The plate on which the loads are applied shall be of doubled successively until the final settlement
steel having a minimum thickness of two inches and shall limitation is reached and the load is increased or
be set and centered in a depression in the bottom of the pit removed.
or loading area about thirty inches square for a twenty- (4) After the test load and limiting rate of settlement
four inch by twenty-four inch plate and eight inches deep. under the test load is reached, loads shall be removed
The area on which the plate is placed shall be scraped to in not less than three equal increments and rebound
remove any disturbed soil. The area to be tested shall be observations made in the same manner as for the
covered with a thin layer of fine clean sand that shall be loading increments. The final rebound shall be
smoothed and leveled until a completely level surface for recorded twenty-four hours after the entire test load
placing the test plate is obtained. has been removed.
(9) Settlement observations shall be made at four corners (c) Determination of results. -
of test plate by means of dial extensometers. The (1) Subject to the limitations designated in section
extensometers shall provide readings to the nearest 0.001 27-681 of this article, the soil load test for soils of
in. In addition, settlement observations shall be taken classes 5-65 through 8-65 shall be considered as
using an engineer's level reading to 0.001 ft., properly tentatively substantiating the ability of the soil to
referenced to a well-established benchmark. support the proposed unit intensity of loading if the
(10) All tests shall be made under the surveillance of the gross settlement of the test plate under the proposed
commissioner, who shall be duly notified in order that he unit intensity of loading does not exceed one-half
or she may be represented. inch and the total gross settlement after the fifty
(b) Loading of the soil. - percent overload is applied does not exceed one inch.
(1) Loads shall be applied to the test plate by direct weight This tentative substantiation shall be supported by a
or by means of a hydraulic jack. The loading platform or report by the architect or engineer on the correlation of
261
Title 27 / Subchapter 11

the behavior of the load test to the probable behavior of the (c) Grillages. -Grillage beams shall be provided with
full size building. The proposed design load shall be proper spacers, stiffeners, [sic] and diaphragms, or
considered as acceptable only upon written acceptance by the space between the beams shall be filled with
the commissioner. concrete or grout. In addition, all steel grillages shall
(2) For soils of classes 9-65 and 10-65, the soil load test be fully protected against corrosion by encasement,
alone shall not be considered as evidence of allowable coating with metal protection of a type satisfactory to
bearing capacity of the soil, but the data so obtained may the commissioner or by other approved device.
be utilized to establish an allowable bearing capacity (d) Design. -
subject to the provisions of section 27-677 and 27-678 of (1) CONCRETE FOOTINGS. -Concrete footings
article four of this subchapter. shall be proportioned in accordance with the provisions
(3) In the event that it is desired to conduct load tests on of reference standard RS 10-3. Reinforcement shall
square areas larger than the minimum stipulated above, extend to within four inches of the edges of the footing.
permission may be granted provided notice of such (2) MASONRY FOOTINGS.- Masonry used for the
increase in area is properly filed with the test information construction of footings shall be of solid units.
required to be submitted to the commissioner. The limiting a. Reinforced masonry footings shall meet the
gross settlements stipulated in paragraph one of this requirements of reference standard RS 10-2 and shall
subdivision shall be increased in relation to the increase in be proportioned similarly to the proportioning of
width of test plate in accordance with the following reinforced concrete footings.
formula: b. Unreinforced masonry footings shall be of such
dimension that a sloping plane extending downward
S= ( 9S1 / 16)(2B/ B + 1) 2 from the top of the footing where it intersects the pier
of * wall, to the bottom of the footing, and measured
where: at the angle with the horizontal that is indicated
S = settlement of the larger loaded area (in.) below, will be contained entirely within the footing:
S1= permissible settlement of twenty-four inch by *As enacted but “or” probably intended.
twenty-four inch loaded area, as specified in paragraph Soil bearing capacity of three tons per square foot or
one of this subdivision (in.) less-sixty degrees.
B = side dimension of square plate used for test (ft.) Soil bearing capacity between three tons per square
foot and six tons per square foot-seventy degrees.
ARTICLE 6 FOOTINGS, FOUNDATION PIERS, AND Soil bearing capacity greater than six tons per square
FOUNDATION WALLS foot shall be investigated.
The compressive stress in the footing, based on the
§[C26-1105.1] 27-683 Materials.- All structural elements of assumption that the vertical load is uniformly
foundations as defined in section 27-585 of article one of distributed over horizontal sections bounded by said
subchapter ten shall meet the requirements as to type and planes, shall not exceed the values given in reference
minimum quality of materials prescribed in such standard RS 10-1.
subchapter. Inspection of materials and construction shall
comply with the provisions of section 27-586 of such §[C26-1105.3] 27-685 Foundation piers.-
subchapter. Foundation piers shall be designed as columns.
Reinforced concrete piers shall be designed in
§[C26-1105.2] 27-684 Footings. - Inspections of accordance with the provisions of reference standard
subgrade of footings, piers and walls shall comply with RS 10-3. Reinforced and unreinforced masonry piers
the requirements of section 27-723 of article thirteen of shall be designed in accordance with the provisions of
this subchapter. reference standards RS 10-2 and RS 10-1. Unreinforced
(a) Wood footings. -Wood footings may be used only for concrete piers shall be designed in accordance with
wood frame structures. Wood footings shall be given a subdivision (b) of this section.
preservative treatment in accordance with reference (a) Lateral support. -The equivalent unbraced length
standard RS 11-4. of a pier supported by lateral soil pressure may be
(b) Pole buildings. -Buildings not more than one story determined by a recognized method of elastic analysis.
high may be supported on poles embedded in the ground. Alternatively, such a pier may be assumed to be hinged,
Wood poles shall conform to the requirements of but laterally braced at intervals equal to the full height of
reference standard RS 11-5 and shall be given a the pier or eight times the least lateral dimension of the
preservative treatment in accordance with reference standard pier, whichever is the lesser value. The provisions of
RS 11-4. Steel poles embedded in the soil shall be protected subdivision (e) of this section shall apply.
as required by the provisions of paragraph one of subdivision (b) Unreinforced concrete piers. -Where
(c) of section 27-685 of this article. unreinforced concrete piers are used, the allowable
compressive stress shall not exceed 0.25f 'c and the
262
Title 27 / Subchapter 11

center of cross section of the pier at any level shall not (1) Where fill is placed against both faces of the
deviate from the line of action of the resultant of all forces walls: the full height of the wall or eight times the
(which line of action shall consider the eccentricities due thickness, whichever is the lesser value.
to all loads and moments acting on the pier) by an amount (2) Where both faces of the wall are not in contact
more than one-sixtieth of its height or one-tenth of its least with soil: the height of the unbraced section of the
lateral dimension and the ratio of the height to the least wall or eight times the thickness of the wall,
lateral dimension shall not exceed eight. For larger values whichever is greater, but not more than the full height
of the ratio of the height to the least lateral dimensions, or of the wall.
for greater eccentricities, piers shall be reinforced. (b) Masonry. -Masonry foundation walls shall
(c) Metal shells. -Where piers are encased by a metal shell, conform to the provisions of reference standards RS
the shell may be considered as contributing to the structural 10-1 and RS 10-2, and the following:
strength of the pier provided that the thickness is one-eighth (1) TYPES. -Masonry foundation walls may be of
inch or greater, and subject to the following requirements: plain or reinforced masonry and shall be of solid
(1) Where boring records or site conditions indicate units, except that load bearing hollow units will be
possible deleterious action on the shell, where any portion permitted for support of one- and two-story buildings.
of the shell is embedded in ash, cinder fill or garbage fill, (2) WALL THICKNESS. -Foundation walls of masonry
where the encased piers are used for support of chemical shall be designed and constructed in accordance with
plants, piles of coal, or under other conditions conducive the provisions of reference standards RS 10-1 and RS
to chemical seepage or corrosive action, or where the 10-2, supplemented by the provisions of subdivision (a)
encased piers are used for support of electrical generating of this section, relating to unbraced height. The
plants, the metal shells shall be protected against thickness shall be at least six inches.
deterioration by encasement, coating, or other device
acceptable to the commissioner. §[C26-1105.5] 27-687 Construction of footings, foundation
(2) The area of the metal section of the shell multiplied by piers, and foundation walls. -The provisions of sections
the efficiency of the horizontal joints shall be considered as 27-661 and 27-723 of this subchapter shall apply. In
equivalent vertical reinforcement of the pier. The area of the addition, methods of installation and construction shall
metal section of the shell, multiplied by the efficiency of the satisfy the following conditions:
vertical joints, shall be considered as equivalent spiral (a) Footings, piers, or walls shall be founded on
reinforcement of the pier. undisturbed soil or on satisfactorily compacted or
(d) Minimum dimensions.- The provisions of prepared materials.
subdivision (e) of this section shall apply. In addition, the (b) Accurate preparation and inspection of the
plan dimensions of the pier shall not be less than those of bearing materials directly underlying the foundation
the column above. If the column above is a steel section shall be possible; and the bearing area shall be
resting on a base plate, the base plate and pier shall be substantially level or suitably benched.
proportioned for allowable bearing pressures as prescribed in (c) Excavation shall be kept substantially free of
reference standards RS 10-1, RS 10-2, and RS 10-3. water during construction of the foundation except
(e) Filling. -The provisions of subdivisions (a) and (d) of that the use of tremie or similar underwater
this section shall apply only where the fill (or backfill) is construction will be permitted in the case of
placed around the pier as controlled fill, and wherein the foundations bearing directly on rock, provided that
level of the fill is raised uniformly around the entire the construction procedure will permit thorough
perimeter of the pier. Where the fill operation is not cleaning and preparation of the rock surface, and that
controlled the least lateral dimension of a foundation pier the surface of the rock is maintained in a clean
shall be twenty-four inches and the pier shall be condition, unfouled by the inflow of soil or settlement
proportioned for lateral pressure equal to the pressure of a of the fluid suspension, until the concrete is in place.
differential height of fill equal to five feet, applied
simultaneously with the other loads on the pier specified in ARTICLE 7 PILE FOUNDATIONS-GENERAL
article three of this subchapter. REQUIREMENTS

§[C26-1105.4] 27-686 Foundation walls. - §[C26-1106.1] 27-688 Administrative requirements. -

(a) Concrete.- Concrete foundation walls shall be designed in (a) Identification of piles. -A plan showing clearly
accordance with the provisions of reference standard RS the designation of all piles by an identifying system
10-3 relating to bearing or retaining walls. The equivalent shall be filed with the commissioner prior to
unbraced height of a wall supported by lateral soil pressure installation of such piles. All detailed records for
may be determined by a recognized method of elastic individual piles shall bear an identification corresponding
analysis. Alternatively, such a wall may be assumed to be to that shown on the plan. A copy of such plan shall be
laterally braced at intervals as follows: available at the site for inspection at all times.

263
Title 27 / Subchapter 11

(b) Record of pile driving. -A record of the penetration checking axial alignment, shall not be less than two
and behavior of each pile during installation shall be kept feet. In piles which can be checked for axial
by the architect or engineer designated in section 27-721 alignment below the ground surface, the sweep of the
of article thirteen of this subchapter. Such records shall be pile axis shall not exceed four percent of the
prepared on forms furnished by, or satisfactory to, the embedded length.
commissioner and, upon the completion of pile installation, (b) Tolerance in location of the head of the pile. -
shall be filed with the commissioner together with the A tolerance of three inches from the designed
records of any additional borings or subsurface information location shall be permitted in the installation of each
obtained during installation of the piles, and plans pile, without reduction in load capacity of the pile
showing any deviations of the pile or related constructions group. Where piles are installed out of position in
(including any corrective measures) from the details and excess of this amount, the true loading on such piles
locations shown on the approved plans. Inspection of shall be analytically determined from a survey which
piling and pile load tests shall conform to the requirements of defines the actual location of the piles as driven, and
section 27-721 of article thirteen of this subchapter. using the actual eccentricity in the pile group with
respect to the line of action of the applied load. If the
§[C26-1106.2] 27-689 Minimum pile penetrations. - total load on any pile, so determined, is in excess of
(a) Required by soil bearing capacity. -The provisions of one hundred ten percent of the allowable load bearing
paragraph one of subdivision (b) of section 27-700 of capacity, correction shall be made by installing
article eight of this subchapter shall apply. additional piles or by other methods of load
(b) Required for lateral restraint. -The provisions of distribution as required to reduce the maximum pile
load to one hundred ten percent of the capacity.
section 27-694 of this article shall apply.
(c) Bent piles. -Where piles have been bent during
(c) Piles located near a lot line. -Piles located near a lot
installation, and the amount of the bend exceeds the
line shall be designed on the assumption that the adjacent
allowable tolerance for alignment of the pile axis in
lot will be excavated to a depth of ten feet below the
subdivision (a) of this section, the condition shall be
nearest legally established curb level. Where such
investigated and, where required, correction made by
excavation would reduce the embedded length of the pile,
the installation of additional piles, by strengthening
the portion of the pile exposed shall be considered as
the bent piles, by reduction in capacity or other means
providing no lateral or vertical support, and the load-
acceptable to the commissioner.
carrying determination in accordance with the provisions
of article eight of this subchapter shall be made after the
§[C26-1106.5] 27-692 Minimum spacing of piles.-
resistance offered by the soil that is subject to potential
Piles shall be spaced to meet the following requirements:
excavation has been discounted.
(1) Spacing of piles shall provide for adequate
distribution of the load on the pile group to the
§[C26-1106.3] 27-690 Use of existing piles at
supporting soil, in accordance with the provisions of
demolished structures.- Piles left in place where a
subdivision (b) of section 27-700 of article eight of
structure has been demolished shall not be used for the
this subchapter.
support of new construction unless satisfactory evidence,
(2) In no case shall the minimum center-to-center
including load or hammer testing of representative piles,
spacing of piles be less than twenty-four inches, nor
can be produced indicating the capacity, length, and
less than the values for specific types of piling as
driving conditions of the piles. The load bearing value for
indicated in article ten of this subchapter. Unless
such existing piles shall be the least of the values
special measures are taken to assure that piles will
indicated by: (1) the load or hammer test, (2) the capacity
penetrate sufficiently to meet the requirements of
of the pile as a structural member, and (3) the allowable
section 27-689 of this article without interfering with
bearing pressure on the soil underlying the pile tips, all in
or intersecting each other, the minimum center-to-
accordance with the provisions of article eight of this
center spacing of piles shall be twice the average
subchapter.
diameter of the butt for round piles; one and three-
§[C26-1106.4] 27-691 Tolerance and modification of quarters times the diagonal for rectangular piles; or,
design due to field conditions. - for taper piles, twice the diameter at a level two-thirds
(a) Tolerance in alignment of the pile axis. -If the axis of the pile length measured up from the tip. In cases
of any pile is installed out of plumb or deviates from the of practical difficulty, the spacing of new piles from
specified batter by more than four percent of the pile existing piles under an adjacent building may be less
length, the design of the foundation shall be modified as than the above values provided that the requirements
may be necessary to resist the resulting vertical and lateral relating to minimum embedment and pile interference
forces. In types of piles for which subsurface inspection is are satisfied and that the soil under the proposed and
not possible, this determination shall be made on the existing buildings is not overloaded by the closer pile
exposed section of the pile, which section, at the time of grouping.
264
Title 27 / Subchapter 11

less than eight inches. All brace beams shall be

§[C26-1106.6] 27-693 Minimum section. -Except as proportioned to resist a minimum axial load equal to
provided in article ten of this subchapter for timber piles, three percent of the total axial load capacity of the
no tapered pile shall be less than six inches in diameter at piles that are to be braced by that beam, plus the
any section, nor have less than an eight inch diameter at moment due to any eccentricity between the centroid
cutoff. The taper of any tapered section may be uniform or of the pile group and the line of action of the applied
may occur in steps. No pile of uniform section shall have load. Where underlain by soil of class 9-65, 10-65 or
a diameter of less than eight inches, or, if not circular, a 11-65, brace beams shall be proportioned to support
dimension of less than seven and one-half inches. Tapered the weight of soil, slab-on-ground, and live load on the
shoes or points of lesser dimensions may be attached to slab-on-ground that is contained within vertical planes
the tips of piles. projected upward from the lateral limits of the brace
beam. The design of brace beams to resist these loads
§[C26-1106.7] 27-694 Capping and bracing of piles. shall conform to the provision of subchapter ten of this
(a) Capping of piles. - chapter.
(1) EMBEDMENT. -Tops of all piles shall be embedded (3) CONCRETE SLAB-ON-GRADE. -A continuous
at least three inches in concrete caps. Such concrete shall concrete slab or mat on grade, that is five inches or
conform to the provisions of article five of subchapter ten more in thickness and reinforced, and that extends at
of this chapter and shall extend at least four inches beyond least forty feet in each direction and is anchored to
the edge of all piles. Alternatively, and only where the the pile caps (or in which the piles are embedded at
piles project above the future grade and will be readily least three inches), may be used in lieu of brace
accessible for visual inspection at all times, the tops of the beams for bracing of pile caps, providing that the slab
piles may be capped with timber or steel caps, which shall is supported on material having an allowable bearing
be connected to the piles. Cap plates will not be required pressure of one and one-half tons per square foot or
for steel H piles embedded in a reinforced concrete cap. better and such material is not underlain by nominally
Inspection of pile caps shall be as required in section 27- unsatisfactory bearing materials.
722 of article thirteen of this subchapter. (4) OTHER MEANS.- Piles may be braced by
(2) UPLIFT. -Where piles are subject to uplift, they shall anchors, anchor wall, or other means acceptable to the
be anchored into the cap to resist at least one and one-half commissioner.
times the amount of such uplift without exceeding the (5) FLOOR SYSTEM.- Single-pile or two-pile groups
basic allowable stresses as established in subchapter ten. or a single line of piles may be considered to be
(3) REINFORCEMENT. -Reinforcement shall be placed adequately braced if connected to, and braced by, a
to provide at least three inches of clear cover, measured to self supporting floor system provided: (1) that the
the surface of the pile cap that is in contact with the details and dimensions of the floor and the wall or pier
ground. All reinforcement adjacent to timber or concrete are of adequate strength to resist lateral displacement of
piling shall have a minimum of one inch of concrete the pile cap under conditions of maximum eccentricity of
protection. Reinforcement shall extend to within four inches the applied load; and (2) that the wall or pier is
of the edges of the pile cap. braced until connection of the floor framing is made
(4) DESIGN. -Except as modified above, concrete pile and the flooring (or slab) is in place.
caps shall be designed in accordance with the provisions (6) SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR BRACING
of reference standard RS 10-3. BATTER PILES.- The provisions of paragraphs one
(b) Bracing of piles. -Except for short piles as described through five of this subdivision above shall apply. In
in subdivision (c) of this section, every pile shall be addition, provisions shall be made to oppose the
laterally braced to conform with one or more of the lateral thrust resulting from the pile inclination.
following provisions: (c) Bracing of short piles. -
(1) RIGID CAP. -Three or more piles connected by a (1) All pile caps supported by piles that penetrate
rigid cap shall be considered as being braced provided less than ten feet below cutoff level or less than ten
that the piles are located in radial directions from the feet below ground level shall be braced against lateral
centroid of the group not less than sixty degrees apart movement. Such bracing may consist of connection to
(within a tolerance of three inches in location of the pile). other pile caps that encompass piles embedded more
A two-pile group, in a rigid cap, shall be considered to be than ten feet below those levels; the use of suitable
braced along the axis connecting the two piles. anchors, connection to a slab-on-grade or the floor
(2) BRACE BEAMS. -Piles may be braced by the use of system as described in paragraphs three and five of
brace beams or ties rigidly connecting to at least two other subdivision (b) of this section, or by other equivalent
piles in radial directions not less than sixty degrees nor means. The heads of the piles shall be fixed in the
more than one hundred twenty degrees apart. Concrete cap. In no event shall more than fifty percent of the
brace beams shall have minimum dimensions of one- piles in the foundation of any building penetrate less
twentieth of the clear distance between pile caps, but not
265
Title 27 / Subchapter 11

than ten feet below cut-off-level or less than ten feet than the invert level of any sewer, drain, or subsurface
below ground level. structure in the adjacent streets, nor higher than the
(2) Where the embedded length of piles located near a lot water level at the site resulting from the lowest
line would be reduced to less than ten feet by excavation drawdown of wells or sumps, but in no case shall
of the adjacent site to a depth of ten feet below the nearest untreated timber piles be used where the cut-off level is
established curb level, the provisions of paragraph one of this less than ten feet below the adjacent legal grade. Where
subdivision shall apply. treated piles are required, preservative treatment
shall consist of impregnation with creosote or a
§[C26-1106.8] 27-695 Splicing of piles.- Splices shall creosote solution or, for piles entirely embedded below
be constructed so as to provide and maintain true grade, a pentachlorophenal solution may be used.
alignment and position of the component parts of the pile Treatment shall be in accordance with all requirements
during installation and subsequent thereto, and shall be of of reference standard RS 11-6.
adequate strength to transmit the vertical and lateral loads (2) Piles installed in ash or garbage fills, cinder fills,
(including tensions) and the moments occurring in the pile or which are free-standing in or near a seawater
section at the location of the splice without exceeding the environment, or which are used for the support of
allowable stresses for such materials as established in chemical plants, coal piles or under similar conditions
subdivision (a) of section 27-700 of article eight of this of chemical seepage or aggressive action, or which are
subchapter. Except for piles which can be visually used for support of electrical generating plants, shall be
inspected after driving, splices shall develop at least fifty investigated regarding the need for special protective
percent of the capacity of the pile in bending. In addition, treatment and, where protective treatment is indicated,
all pile splices in the upper ten feet of the pile section shall be protected against deterioration by encasement,
shall be capable of resisting (at allowable working coating, or other device acceptable to the commissioner.
stresses) the moment and shear that would result from an (d) Equipment. -Equipment and methods for
assumed eccentricity of the pile load of three inches, or installing piles shall be such that piles are installed in
the pile shall be braced in accordance with the provisions their proper position and alignment, without damage.
of section 27-694 of article seven of this subchapter to Equipment shall be maintained in good repair.
other piles that do not have splices in the upper ten feet of
embedment. For piles located near a lot line, the §[C26-1106.10] 27-697 Use of uncased concrete pile shafts.-
embedded length of such piles shall be determined on the The use of uncased shafts (i.e., where the concrete of
basis that the adjacent site will be excavated to a depth of the pile shaft is in direct contact with the surrounding
ten feet below the nearest established curb level. soil) will be permitted under the following conditions:
(a) For bored piles. -Where the bored hole is
§[C26-1106.9] 27-696 General requirements for maintained free of water before and during placement
installation of piles. - of the concrete and the sides and bottom can be
(a) Protection of adjacent property. -Piles shall be inspected prior to such placement, and provided that
installed with adequate provision for the protection of no displacement pile shall be installed within fifteen
adjacent buildings and property. feet of any bored pile.
(b) Protection of the pile during installation. -Piling (b) For driven piles (including all piles wherein
shall be handled and installed to the required penetration installation utilizes a temporary casing).- The
and resistance by methods that leave their strength maximum length of the uncased shaft shall be limited
unimpaired and that develop and retain the required load- to ten feet unless otherwise permitted by the commissioner.
bearing resistance. Any damaged pile shall be satisfactorily Uncased shafts will be permitted to be formed in soil
repaired or the pile shall be rejected. Subject to the below the water table but shall not be formed in any
approval of the commissioner, damaged piles may be soil of class 9-65 that is of medium or soft consistency;
used at a fraction of the design load as determined by the in any soil of class 10-65 that is of medium or loose
architect or engineer in lieu of repair or rejection. density; or in any soil of class 11-65.
(c) Protection of pile materials after installation. -
Where boring records or site conditions indicate possible §[C26-1106.11] 27-698 Where more than one pile
deleterious action on pile materials due to soil type, pile capacity, or method of pile installation is
constituents, changing water levels, or other causes, such used.- Wherever it is proposed to: (1) construct a
materials shall be adequately protected by preservatives foundation for a building utilizing piles of more
or encasements that will not be rendered ineffective by than one type or capacity; (2) modify an existing
driving and that will prevent such deleterious action. The foundation by the addition of piles of a type or
following specific provisions shall apply: capacity other than those of the existing piling; (3)
(1) Untreated timber piles shall not be used unless the top construct or modify a foundation utilizing different
level of the pile is below the permanent water table. The methods or more than one method of installation, or
permanent water table level shall not be assumed higher using different types or capacities of equipment
266
Title 27 / Subchapter 11

(such as different types of hammers having markedly exceed the values established in subchapter ten of this
different striking energies or speeds); or (4) support part chapter for like material.
of a building on piles and part on footings, the several (2) PORTION OF THE PILE THAT IS NOT EMBEDDED.-
parts of the building supported on the different types, That portion of any pile that is free standing in air or
capacities, or modes of piling shall be separated by suitable water shall be designed as a column in accordance
joints providing for differential movement, or a report shall with the provisions of subchapter ten of this chapter,
be submitted by the architect or engineer establishing to the fixed at a point five feet below the soil contact level in
class 8-65 material or better and ten feet below in any
satisfaction of the commissioner that the proposed construction
other material. The conditions of lateral and rotational
is adequate and safe, and showing that the probable restraint offered by the pile cap shall be considered in
settlements and differential settlements to be expected will not determining the equivalent unbraced length.
result in instability of the building or stresses in the structure (3) LOAD DISTRIBUTION ALONG EMBEDDED
in excess of the allowable values established in subchapter ten PORTION OF THE PILE. -The portion of the design
of this chapter. The provisions of subdivision (d) of section load acting on any cross-section of a pile may be
27-700 of article eight of this subchapter relating to required determined by analysis, considering time dependent
load tests shall apply separately and distinctly to each different changes in distribution of the load. As an alternative
type or capacity of piling, method of installation, or type or method for the purposes of this section, it may be
capacity of equipment used, except where analysis of the assumed that:
probable, comparative behavior of the different types or a. For piles embedded forty feet or more in materials
capacities of the piles or the methods of installation indicates of class 10-65 or better, or in controlled fills, and
that data on one type or capacity of pile permits a reliable bearing on or in materials of classes 1-65 to 5-65:
extrapolation of the probable behavior of the piles of other seventy-five percent of the load shall be assumed to be
carried by the tip. For shorter piles, with similar
types and capacities.
conditions of embedment and bearing, one hundred
percent of the load shall be assumed carried by the tip.
§[C26-1106.12] 27-699 Pile materials. - b. For piles embedded in materials of class 10-65 or
The provisions of sections 27-580 and 27-588 of article better, or in controlled fills, and bearing on or in
one of subchapter ten of this chapter relating to materials of classes 6-65 to 10-65 (or controlled
"classification of materials, assemblies and methods of fills): the full load shall be assumed to act at a cross
construction" and to the use of "used and unidentified section located at two-thirds of the embedded length
materials" shall apply. of the pile measured up from the tip. Where tapered
piles are used, the stress at all sections of the pile
ARTICLE 8 PILE FOUNDATIONS-LOADS shall be determined on the basis that the full load acts
at a location as described above and that one-third of
§[C26-1107.1] 27-700 Allowable axial load. -The the full load acts at the tip. The stresses so computed
allowable axial load on a pile shall be the least value shall not exceed the allowable values in table 11-3.
permitted by consideration of the following factors (for c. For conditions not covered in subparagraphs a and
battered piles, the axial load shall be computed from the b of this paragraph three the provisions relating to
resultant of all vertical loads and lateral forces occurring analysis shall apply.
simultaneously): (b) Allowable bearing pressure on soil strata
1. The capacity of the pile as a structural member. underlying the pile tips. -
2. The allowable bearing pressure on soil strata underlying (1) BEARING CAPACITY. -The allowable pile load
the pile tips. shall be limited by the provision that the pressures in
3. The resistance to penetration of the piles, including materials at and below the pile tips, produced by the
resistance to driving, resistance to jacking, the rate of loads on individual piles and by the aggregate of all
piles in a group or foundation, shall not exceed the
penetration, or other, equivalent criteria as established in
allowable bearing values established in article four of
this section.
this subchapter. The provisions of section[s]* 27-678
4. The capacity as indicated by load test, where load tests and 27-679 of article four of this subchapter shall
are required. apply. The transfer of load from piles to soil shall be
5. The maximum loads prescribed in subdivision (e) of determined by a recognized method of analysis. As an
this section. alternative, for purposes of this section, piles or pile
(a) The capacity of the pile as a structural member.- groups may be assumed to transfer their loads to the
(1) EMBEDDED PORTION OF THE PILE. - underlying materials by spreading the load uniformly
The compressive stress on any cross section of a pile at an angle of sixty degrees with the horizontal,
produced by that portion of the design load that is starting at a polygon circumscribing the piles, located
considered to be transmitted to that section shall not as follows:
exceed the allowable values for the construction materials *Copy in brackets not enacted but probably intended.
as established in table 11-3. The tensile stress shall not

267
Title 27 / Subchapter 11

TABLE 11-3 ALLOWABLE COMPRESSIVE STRESS FOR PILE MATERIALS

Pile Material Allowable Compressive Stress

Concrete Concrete—The provisions of Reference Standard RS 10-3 relating to short compression members
shall apply. For working stress design use 0.25f’c. For ultimate strength design use minimum
eccentricity of 5 per cent, phi = 0.70 (phi = 0.75 where a permanent metal shell having a minimum
wall thickness of 1/8 inch is used), and load factors as specified in Reference Standard RS 10-3. The
above provisions shall be deemed applicable to reinforced and unreinforced sections. For unreinforced
sections use Ds = D and d = t (symbols refer to those used in Reference Standard RS 10-3).
Reinforcing steel—0.40fy but not greater than 30,000 psi. (The provisions of article five of subchapter
ten of this chapter relating to ties, spirals, and percentages of reinforcing steel for reinforced concrete
compression members shall apply.)
Timber See timber piles (section 27-707 of article eight of this subchapter).
Steel H piles-0.35fy, with fy not to be taken as greater than 36,000 psi. Minimum thickness of metal shall be 0.40.
Pipe piles, shells for cast–in place concrete piles and shells of pipe sections used in caisson piles: 0.35
fy, (fy not to be taken as greater than 36,000 psi.) for thickness of 1/8 in. or more. Metal thinner less*
than 1/8 in. shall not be considered as contributing to the structural strength of the pile section.
Core sections for caisson piles: 0.50fy with fy not to be taken as greater than 36,000 psi.

Notes for Table 11-3:

f 'c = 28 day compressive strength of concrete.
fy = Minimum specified yield strength of steel.
* “less” not enacted but probably intended.

a. For piles embedded entirely in materials of classes 4- of this subparagraph and the lower limit conditions
65 to 8-65, or in controlled fill materials, the polygon described here, the location of the bearing area may be
shall be circumscribed at a level located two-thirds of the determined by linear interpolation between the indicated
embedded length of the pile, measured up from the tip. limits of N value and extent of bearing material below the
b. For piles penetrating through soils of classes 9-65, junction of shaft and base, giving equal weight to both
10-65, or 11-65 into bearing in soils of class 8-65 or variables.
better, the polygon shall be circumscribed at the bottom 3. Where the enlarged base is formed in or on soils of class
of the strata of class 9-65, 10-65 or 11-65 materials. 4-65 or 5-65, the bearing area shall be taken at a depth
c. In the case of piles having enlarged bases, the lateral below the junction of the shaft and base consonant with the
distribution of the load to the soil may be assumed to size and depth of the base formed, and as evaluated from
begin at the junction of the shaft and the enlarged base the required test piles.
and to extend as follows: d. For all piles bearing on soils of classes 1-65 to 3-65,
1. In the case where the enlarged base is formed in analysis of load distribution will not be required if the
loose or medium compact (N value less than thirty) requirements relating to capacity of the pile as a structural
soils of class 6-65 or 7-65 that extend twenty feet or member, to resistance to penetration, to load test where
more below the junction of the base and shaft, or that required, and to maximum tabulated loads are satisfied.
are of lesser extent but are directly underlain by soil of e. For piles bearing in soils of classes 9-65 and 10-65,
class 5-65 or better, the bearing area may be taken at a for cases not described above, or for any case where the
plane six feet below said junction but not lower than the method of installing the pile utilizes a temporary casing,
bottom of the soil strata of class 6-65 or 7-65. the provision relating to analysis shall apply.
2. Where the enlarged base is formed in compact (N value f. In no case shall the area considered as supporting the
thirty to sixty) soils of class 6-65 or 7-65, or in any soil of load extend beyond the intersection of the sixty degree
these classes that extends less than twenty feet below the planes of adjacent piles or pile groups.
junction of the base and the shaft and that is underlain by soil (2) BEARING STRATUM.- The plans for the proposed
of class 8-65 or poorer, the bearing area shall be taken at work shall establish, in accordance with the requirements
planes less than six feet below said junction, with a lower relating to allowable bearing pressure, the bearing strata
limit of three feet where the material is very compact (N to which the piles in the various sections of the building
value sixty, or greater) and the extent of the class 6-65 or 7-65 are to be penetrated and the approximate elevations of
material is ten feet below the junction of shaft and base. (The the top of such bearing strata. Where penetration of a
provisions of subdivision (e) of section 27-710 of article ten given distance into the bearing strata is required for
of this subchapter relating to minimum depth of bearing adequate distribution of the loads, such penetration
stratum below the junction of base and shaft shall apply.) For shall be shown on the plans. The indicated elevations of
conditions intermediate between that described in clause one the top of the bearing strata shall be modified by such
additional data as may be obtained during construction.
268
Title 27 / Subchapter 11

All piles shall penetrate to or into the designated be installed to the same or greater driving resistance as the
bearing strata. successful load-tested pile. The same or heavier equipment of
(c) Capacity as indicated by resistance to penetration.- the same type that was used to install the load-tested pile shall
Where subsurface investigation, as described in article be used to install all other building piles, and the equipment
two of this subchapter, or general experience in the shall be operated identically. Also, all other piles shall be of
area, indicates that the soil that must be penetrated by the same type, shape, external dimension, and equal or
the pile consists of glacial deposits containing boulders, greater cross-section as the load-tested pile. All building
or fills containing riprap, excavated detritus, masonry, piles within the area of influence represented by a given
concrete, or other obstructions in sufficient numbers to satisfactory load-tested pile shall bear in, or on the same
present a hazard to the installation of the piles, the bearing stratum as the load test pile.
selection of type of pile and penetration criteria shall be 5. A report by an architect or engineer shall be submitted
subject to the approval of the commissioner but in no establishing to the satisfaction of the commissioner, that the
case shall the minimum penetration resistance be less soil bearing pressures do not exceed the values permitted
than that stipulated in tables 11-4 and 11-5. by the provisions of article four of this subchapter and that
the probable differential settlements will not cause stress
(1) PILES INSTALLED BY USE OF STEAM-POWERED, conditions in the building in excess of those permitted by the
AIR-POWERED, DIESEL-POWERED OR HYDRAULIC provisions of subchapter ten of this chapter.
IMPACT HAMMERS. - 6. Where the structure of the building or the spacing
a. The minimum required driving resistance and the and length of the piling is such as to cause the building
requirements for hammer energies for various types and and its foundation to act as an essentially rigid body, the
capacities of piles are given in tables 11-4 and 11-5. To building piles may be driven to length and/or penetration
obtain the required total driving resistance, the into the bearing stratum without regard to penetration
indicated driving resistances shall be added to any resistance, subject to the requirement of clause five of
driving resistance experienced by the pile during this subparagraph, relating to submission of report.
installation, but which will be dissipated with time
(resistance exerted by non-bearing materials or by (2) PILES INSTALLED BY JACKING OR OTHER
materials which are to be excavated). For purposes of STATIC FORCES.- The carrying capacity of a pile
this section, the resistance exerted by non-bearing installed by jacking or other static forces shall be not
materials may be approximated as the resistance to more than fifty percent of the load or force used to
penetration of the pile recorded when the pile has install the pile to the required penetration, except for
penetrated to the bottom of the lowest stratum of piles jacked into position for underpinning. The
nominally unsatisfactory bearing material (class 11-65, working load of a temporary underpinning pile shall not
but not controlled fill) or to the bottom of the lowest exceed the total jacking force at final penetration. The
stratum of soft or loose deposits of class 9-65 or 10-65 working load of each permanent underpinning pile shall
but only where such strata are completely penetrated by not exceed the larger of the following values: two-thirds
the pile. The provisions of articles nine and ten of this of the total jacking force used to obtain the required
subchapter shall also apply. penetration if the load is held constant for seven hours
b. Alternate for similitude method. -The requirement without measurable settlement; or one-half of the total
for installation of piling to the penetration resistances jacking force at final penetration if the load is held for a
given in tables 11-4 and 11-5 will be waived where the period of one hour without measurable settlement. The
following five conditions prevail: jacking resistance used to determine the working load
1. The piles bear on, or in, soil of class 5-65 through class 10-65. shall not include the resistance offered by non-bearing
2. The stratigraphy, as defined by not less than one materials which will be dissipated with time.
boring for every sixteen hundred square feet of building
area, shall be reasonably uniform or divisible into areas (3) PILES INSTALLED BY USE OF VIBRATORY
of uniform conditions. HAMMER. -The capacity of piles installed by vibratory
3. Regardless of pile type or capacity, one load test, as hammer shall not exceed the value established on the
described in subdivision (d) of this section, shall be principle of similitude, as follows:
conducted in each area of uniform conditions, but not a. Comparison piles, as required by the provisions of
less than two typical piles for the entire foundation subdivision (d), of this section, shall be installed using
installation of the building or group of buildings on the an impact hammer and driving resistances corresponding
site, nor less than one pile for every fifteen thousand to the proposed pile capacities as determined in paragraph
square feet of pile foundation area shall be load tested. one of subdivision (c) of this section or to tip elevations
4. Except as permitted by the provisions of clause six of this and driving resistances as determined by the architect or
subparagraph, all building piles within the area of influence engineer.
of a given load-tested pile of satisfactory performance shall
269
Title 27 / Subchapter 11

TABLE 11-4 MINIMUM DRIVING RESISTANCE AND MINIMUM HAMMER ENERGY FOR STEEL H-
PILES, PIPE PILES, PRECAST AND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PILES AND COMPOSITE PILES
(other that timber)

Minimum Driving Resistance a,c,[d]*,e

Non- Displacement Displacement
Piles Bearing Piles Bearing on Piles Bearing on
Pile Hammerb Friction on Hardpan Decomposed Rock Decomposed Piles Bearing on
Capacity Energy Piles (Soil Class 5- (Soil Class 4-65) Rock (Soil Class Rock (Soil Classes
(tons) (ft. lbs.) (blows/ft.) 65) (blows/ft.) (blows/ft.) 4-65) (blows/ft.) 1-65, 2-65, & 3-65)
Up to 20 15,000 19 19 48 48
19,000 15 15 27 27
24,000 11 11 16 16
30 15,000 30 30 72 72
19,000 23 23 40 40
24,000 18 18 26 26
40 15,000 44 50 96 96
19,000 32 36 53 53
24,000 24 30 34 34
50 15,000 72 96 120 120 5 Blows per
19,000 49 54 80 80 ¼ inch
24,000 35 37 60 60 (Minimum
32,000 24 25 40 40 hammer
60 15,000 96 240 240 energy of
19,000 63 150 150 15,000
24,000 44 100 100 ft. lbs.)
32,000 30 50 50
70 & 80 19,000 5 Blows per ¼ 5 Blows per ¼
24,000 inch (Minimum inch (Minimum
32,000 hammer energy hammer energy of
of 15,000 ft. 19,000 ft. lbs.)
lbs.)
100 Over
100**
*Copy in brackets not enacted but probably intended.
**Appears with no corresponding hammer energy on original text.

Notes for Table 11-4:

a.
Final driving resistance shall be the sum of tabulated values plus resistance exerted by non-bearing materials. The driving resistance of non-
bearing materials shall be taken as the resistance experienced by the pile during driving, but which will be dissipated with time and may be
approximated as described in subparagraph a of paragraph one of subdivision (c) of this section.
b.
The hammer energy indicated is the rated energy.
c.
Sustained driving resistance—where piles are to bear in soil classes 4-65 and 5-65, the minimum driving resistance shall be maintained for the
last six inches, unless a higher sustained driving resistance requirement is established by load test. Where piles are to bear in soil classes 6-65
through 10-65, the minimum driving resistance shall be maintained for the last twelve inches unless load testing demonstrates a requirement for
higher sustained driving resistance. No pile need be driven to a resistance to penetration (in blows per inch) more than twice the resistance
indicated in this table, nor beyond the point at which there is not measurable net penetration under the hammer blow.
d.
The tabulated values assume that the ratio of total weight of pile to weight of striking part of the hammer does not exceed 3.5. If a larger ratio is
to be used, or for other conditions for which no values are tabulated, the driving resistance shall be as approved by the commissioner.
e.
For intermediate values of pile capacity, minimum requirements for driving resistance may be determined by straight line interpolation.

TABLE 11-5 MINIMUM DRIVING RESISTANCE AND HAMMER ENERGY FOR TIMBER PILES

Pile Capacity Minimum Driving Resistance (blows-in.) to be added Hammer Energy

(tons) to driving resistance exerted by non-bearing materials (ft.-lbs.) 2
1,3,4

Up to 20 Formula in Note4 shall apply 7,500-12,000

Over 20 to 25 9,000-12,000
14,000-16,000
Over 25 to 30 12,000-16,000
(single-acting hammers)
Greater than 30 15,000-20,000
(double-acting hammers)
270
Title 27 / Subchapter 11

Notes for Table 11-5:

1
The driving resistance exerted by non-bearing materials is the resistance experienced by the pile during driving, but which will be dissipated with
time and may be approximated as described in subparagraph a of paragraph one of subdivision (c) of this section.
2
The hammer energy indicated is the rated energy.
3
Sustained driving resistance. Where piles are to bear in soil classes 4-65 and 5-65, the minimum driving resistance shall be maintained for the last
six inches, unless a higher sustained driving resistance requirement is established by load test. Where piles are to bear in soil classes 6-65 thru 10-
65, the minimum driving resistance measured in blows per inch shall be maintained for the last twelve inches, unless load testing demonstrates a
requirement for higher sustained driving resistance. No pile need to be driven to a resistance to penetration (in blows per inch) more than twice the
resistance indicated in this table nor beyond the point at which there is no measurable net penetration under the hammer blow.
4
The minimum driving resistance shall be determined by the following formula:

2WhH 2E
P= or P=
s+0.1 s+0.1

Where: P = Allowable pile load in pounds.

Wp = Weight driven in pounds.
Wh = Weight of striking part of hammer in pounds
H = Actual height of fall of striking part of hammer in feet.
E = Rated energy delivered by the hammer per blow in foot lbs.
s = Penetration of pile per blow, in inches, after the pile has been driven to a depth where successive blows produce approximately
equal net penetration.

Wp
The value shall not exceed three.
Wh

b. For each comparison pile, install an identical index pile a. Caisson piles-no load test required.
by use of the vibratory hammer at a location at least four b. Piles installed open end to rock of class 1-65, 2-65 or 3-
feet, but not more than six feet, from each comparison pile. 65-one hundred tons, except as provided in subparagraph d
The index piles shall be installed to the same tip elevation of this paragraph, and except that no load tests will be
as the comparison pile, except that where the comparison required for piles up to two hundred tons capacity
piles bear on soils of classes 1-65 to 5-65, the index piles wherein the pile load does not exceed eighty percent of
shall bear in, or on, similar material. All driving data for the the load determined on the basis of limiting stresses in
index pile shall be recorded. the pile materials and provided that the pipe or shell be
c. The index piles shall be load tested in accordance with driven to the resistance indicated in table 11-4.
the provisions of subdivision (d) of this section. Should c. Piles bearing on rock or hardpan (soil classes 1-65 to
the specified load test criteria indicate inadequate 5-65) other than as described in subparagraph b of this
capacity of the index piles, steps a, b, and c shall be paragraph, and except as provided in subparagraph d of
repeated using longer, larger, or other types of piles. this paragraph-forty tons.
d. All building piles within the area of influence of a d. Piles bearing on materials of class eight or better,
given, satisfactorily tested index pile shall be installed to wherein, on the assumption that one hundred percent of
the same or lesser rate of penetration (in. per min.) as of the load reaches the pile tip, (or, in case of piles having
the successful index pile. The same equipment that was an enlarged base or other enlargement of the bearing
used to install the index pile, identically operated as to area, the top of the enlargement), the bearing pressure on
rpm, manifold pressure, etc., shall be used to install the the soil underlying the tips or bases can be demonstrated
building piles. Also, all building piles shall be of the same to be equal to or less than the values of basic allowable
type, size, and shape as the index pile. All building piles pressure indicated in table 11-2-provided that the class
within the area of influence as represented by a given and density of the bearing material supporting the piles
satisfactorily tested index pile shall bear in, or on, the be confirmed by not less than one boring at each column
same bearing stratum as the index pile. location, then the commissioner may reduce the required
(d) Capacity as indicated by load test. -Load test of number of load tests.
piling shall be required as follows: e. All other types of piles-thirty tons.
(1) PILES INSTALLED BY STATIC FORCES. -The (3) PILES INSTALLED BY USE OF VIBRATORY
load bearing capacity of all types and capacities of piles HAMMERS. -The load bearing capacity of all types
installed by static forces, other than caisson piles and and capacities of piles (other than caisson piles) shall be
underpinning piles, shall be demonstrated by load test. demonstrated by load test.
(2) PILES DRIVEN BY IMPACT HAMMERS. -The (4) LOAD TEST PROCEDURES. -Before any load test
load bearing capacity of piles installed by impact is made, the proposed apparatus and structure to be used
hammers shall be demonstrated by load test when the in making the load test shall be satisfactory to the
proposed pile capacity exceeds the following values: commissioner and when required by him or her, all load
271
Title 27 / Subchapter 11

tests shall be made under the commissioner’s surveillance percent, one hundred seventy-five percent, and two hundred
or that of his or her representative. A complete record of percent of the proposed working load. After the proposed
such tests shall be filed with the commissioner. working load has been applied and for each increment
a. Areas of the foundation site within which the subsurface thereafter, the test load shall remain in place until there is no
soil conditions are substantially similar in character shall measurable settlement in a two hour period. The total test
be established. In addition, for friction piles bearing on*, or load shall remain in place until settlement does not exceed
on, soil materials of class 6-65, or poorer, the uniformity of one one-thousandth of a foot in forty-eight hours. The total
each such area shall be verified by installing at least three load shall be removed in decrements not exceeding twenty-
penetration-test piles, distributed over the area. Continuous five percent of the total load at one hour intervals or longer.
records of penetration resistance shall be made for such The rebound shall be recorded after each decrement is
piles. If the records of penetration resistance are not similar removed, and the final rebound shall be recorded twenty-four
or are not in reasonable agreement with the information hours after the entire test load has been removed.
obtained from the borings, the assumed areas of similar 3. Under each load increment, settlement observations
subsurface conditions shall be modified in accordance with shall be made and recorded at one-half minute, one minute,
the information derived from the penetration-test piles and two minutes, four minutes, and each four minutes thereafter
additional penetration-test piles shall be installed as after application of load increment, except in the instance of
required to verify the uniformity of such areas. the total load where, after the four minute reading, the time
*As enacted but “in” probably intended. interval shall be successively doubled until the final
b. For piles installed by jacking or other static forces or settlement limitation is reached and the load is removed.
by impact hammer, one load test shall be conducted in 4. The allowable pile load shall be the lesser of the two
each area of uniform conditions, but not less than two values computed as follows:
typical piles for the entire foundation installation of the (a) Fifty (50) percent of the applied load causing a net
building or group of buildings on the site, and not less settlement of the pile of not more than one one-
than one pile for each fifteen thousand square feet of the hundredth of an inch per ton of applied load. Net
area of the building wherein said piles are to be used settlement in this paragraph means gross settlement due
shall be load tested. For piles installed by use of to the total test load minus the rebound after removing
vibratory hammers, one comparison pile shall be one hundred percent of the test load.
(b) Fifty (50) percent of the applied load causing a net
installed and one index pile shall be load tested in each
settlement of the pile of three-quarters of an inch. Net
area of uniform conditions, but not less than two index
settlement in this paragraph means the gross settlement
piles shall be tested for the entire foundation installation
as defined in subclause (a) of clause 4 of this subparagraph,
of the building or group of buildings on the site, nor less
less the amount of elastic shortening in the pile section
than one index pile be tested for every seventy-five
due to total test load.
hundred square feet of pile foundation area. For piles
(5) FOUNDATION PILES. -Except as provided in
whose capacity is determined on the basis of similitude,
clause six of subparagraph b of paragraph one of
the provisions of subparagraph b of paragraph one of subdivision (c) of this section, all building piles within
subdivision (c) of this section shall apply. the area of influence of a given load-tested pile of
c. The load test shall be conducted by a method that will satisfactory performance, shall be installed to the same
maintain constant load under increasing settlement. or greater penetration resistance (or static load) as the
Settlement observations shall be made by means of dial successful load-tested pile. The same equipment (or
extensometers. The extensometers shall provide readings heavier equipment of the same type) that was used to
to the nearest one one-thousandth of an inch. In addition, install the load-tested pile shall be used to install all
settlement observations shall be taken using an engineer's other building piles, and the equipment shall be
level reading to one one-thousandth of a foot, properly operated identically. Also all other piles shall be of the
referenced to a well-established benchmark. same type, shape, external dimension, and equal or
1. Test loads shall be applied by direct weight or by greater cross section as the load-tested pile. All building
means of a hydraulic jack. The loading platform or box piles within the area of influence represented by a given
shall be carefully constructed to provide a concentric satisfactory load-tested pile shall bear in, or on the same
load on the pile. If direct weight is employed, the bearing stratum as the load-tested pile. For friction piles
loading increments shall be applied without impact or where the actual pile lengths vary more than fifty percent
jar. The weight of the loading platform or box shall be from that of the test pile, the commissioner may require
obtained prior to the test and this weight shall be investigation to determine the adequacy of the piles.
considered as the first increment of load. If a hydraulic (6) PILE GROUPS.- When the commissioner has reasons
jack is employed, facilities for maintaining each increment to doubt the safe load sustaining capacity of pile groups,
of desired load constant under increasing settlement he or she may require at the expense of the owner, group
shall be provided. The gauge and the jack shall be load tests up to one hundred fifty percent of the proposed
calibrated as a unit for each project. group load.
2. The test load shall be twice the proposed working load of (7) "CASING-OFF".- Any temporary supporting capacity
the pile. The test load shall be applied in seven increments at that the soil might provide to the pile during a load test,
a load of fifty percent, seventy-five percent, one hundred but which would be dissipated with time, shall be
percent, one hundred twenty-five percent, one hundred fifty obviated by "casing-off" or by other suitable means. For
272
Title 27 / Subchapter 11

purposes of this section, temporary supporting capacity 6. The provisions of paragraph two of subdivision (d)
shall include the resistances offered by any strata of of this section shall apply.
nominally unsatisfactory bearing materials (class 11-65, b. Analysis and report.- A report shall be submitted by
other than controlled fill) or of soft or loose deposits of the architect or engineer establishing to the satisfaction
class 9-65 or 10-65 that are completely penetrated by the of the commissioner (on the basis of soil and load tests
pile, or any resistance offered by granular soils that will and foundation analysis, including analysis of the group
be dissipated by reason of vibration. action of the piles) that the proposed construction under
(e) Maximum loads. - a one hundred percent overload of the foundation is safe
(1) BASIC MAXIMUM LOADS. -Except as permitted against failure of the pile and soil materials, and showing
by the provisions of paragraph two of this subdivision, that the probable total magnitude and distribution of
the maximum allowable pile load, determined in settlement to be expected under design conditions will
accordance with the provisions of subdivisions (a) not result in instability of the building or stresses in the
through (d) of this section, shall not exceed the values structure in excess of the allowable values established in
specified in table 11-6. subchapter ten of this chapter.
(2) SUBSTANTIATION OF HIGHER ALLOWABLE c. Penetration resistance.- The penetration resistance shall
LOADS. -The pile capacities tabulated in table 11-6 may not be less than that required by the provisions of
be exceeded where a higher value can be substantiated on subdivision (c) of this section or, where applicable values
the basis of test and analysis, as follows: are not indicated therein, shall be determined from the
a. Load tests. -The provisions of subdivision (d) of this required load tests. The pile material shall be capable of
section shall be supplemented, as follows: withstanding the driving stresses without being damaged.
1. Not less than one single-pile load test shall be (f) Combination of loads.- The provisions of section
conducted for each ten thousand square feet of pile 27-594 of subchapter ten of this chapter shall apply.
foundation area.
2. Final load increment shall remain in place for a total §[C26-1107.2] 27-701 Allowable lateral load.- For
of not less than ninety-six hours. plumb piles fully embedded in the ground, the lateral
3. Single test piles shall be subjected to cyclical loading load applied at the top of the pile shall not exceed one
or suitably instrumented so that the movements of the ton per pile unless it has been demonstrated by tests that
pile tip and butt may be independently determined. the pile will resist a lateral load of two hundred percent
Other alternate methods or devices, acceptable to the of the proposed working lateral load without lateral
commissioner which will permit evaluation of the movement of more than one inch at the ground level
transfer of load from piles to soil may be used. and will resist the proposed working lateral load without
4. Where the commissioner deems necessary, the a movement of more than three-eighths of an inch at the
provisions of paragraph six of subdivision (d) of this ground level. For piles projecting above the ground
section relating to group load tests shall apply. If level the shear and bending stresses computed on the
required, group load tests shall be performed in groups basis of cantilever action to a level of five feet below
of numerically average size. Except where the proposed grade in soils of class 8-65 or better and to ten feet
foundation is limited to single and/or two pile groups, below grade in poorer soils shall not exceed the
each test group shall contain not less than three piles. allowable values for like materials established in subchapter
5. Individual pile loadings shall not exceed those ten of this chapter. The provisions of subdivision (f) of
determined from the single pile load tests. section 27-700 of this article relating to combination of
loads shall apply.

TABLE 11-6 BASIC MAXIMUM PILE LOADS

Type of pile Basic maximum pile load (tons)

Caisson piles………………………………………………………………………... No upper limit
Open-end pipe (or tube) piles bearing on rock of classes 1-65, 2-65, and 3-65……. 18 in. O.D. and greater — 250;
less than 18 in. O.D. — 200
Closed-end pipe (or tube) piles, H piles, cast-in-place concrete and compacted
concrete piles bearing on rock of classes 1-65, 2-65, and 3-65…………………….. 150
Piles (other than timber piles) bearing on soft rock (classes 4-65)
1) Displacement piles such as pipe, cast-in-place concrete, and compacted
concrete piles……………………………………………………………………... 60
2) Non-displacement piles such as open-end pipe and H piles…………………... 80
Piles (other than timber piles) bearing on hardpan (class 5-65) overlying rock……. 100
Piles (other than timber piles) that receive their principal support other than by
direct bearing on soils of classes 1-65 to 5-65……………………………………… 60
Timber piles
Bearing in soils of classes 1-65 to 5-65…………………………………………... 25
Bearing in soils of classes 6-65 to 10-65…………………………………………. 30

273
Title 27 / Subchapter 11

§[C26-1107.3] 27-702 Uplift capacity. -A minimum the architect or engineer. When permitted, such procedures
factor of safety against withdrawal of two shall be shall be carried out in a manner which will not impair the
provided, except that the factor of safety against carrying capacity of the piles already in place or the safety
withdrawal shall be greater than two when the piles are of existing adjacent structures. Jetting or augering shall be
subjected to dynamic uplift loads. The uplift capacity stopped at least three feet above the final expected pile-tip
shall be demonstrated by pull-out tests, except where a elevation and at least three feet above the tip elevation of
factor of safety of three or more based on analysis is any pile previously driven within six feet of the jet or auger,
used, pull-out tests need not be conducted. except that where piles are to be end bearing on rock or
hardpan, jetting or augering may be carried to the surface of
ARTICLE 9 PILE DRIVING OPERATIONS the rock or hardpan. Piles shall be carried down beyond the
depth of jetting, augering or other pre-excavation until the
§[C26-1108.0] 27-703 Exceptions.- The provisions of required resistance is obtained. If there is evidence that
sections 27-704 and 27-705 of this article shall not apply to jetting or other procedures have disturbed the load-bearing
piles driven with a vibratory hammer or other equipment capacities of previously installed piles, those piles that have
wherein the energy of impact cannot be evaluated. been disturbed shall be restored to conditions meeting the
requirements of this article by redriving or by other
§[C26-1108.1] 27-704 Equipment. - methods acceptable to the architect or engineer. Redriving
(a) General.- The hammer shall travel freely in the or other remedial measures shall be instituted after the
leads. The cushion or cap block shall be replaced, if jetting or other operations in the area have been completed.
crushed. The hammer shall deliver its rated energy, and (c) Sequence of installation. -Individual piles and pile
measurements shall be made of the fall of the ram or groups shall be installed in such sequence that: (1) the
other suitable data shall be observed at intervals as carrying capacity of previously installed piles is not
required to verify the actual energy delivered at the reduced; (2) the soil surrounding the piles is not compacted
termination of driving. to the extent that other piles in the group cannot be installed
(b) Cushion or cap block.- The cushion or cap block properly; and (3) ground movement that would damage
shall be a solid block of hardwood with its grains adjacent buildings or utilities is prevented. In general, in any
parallel to the axis of the pile and enclosed in a tight- group, driving shall start from one side and proceed
fitting steel housing, or shall be an equivalent assemblage. progressively toward the other side of the group or shall start
If laminated materials are used, the type and construction from the middle and proceed toward the edges of the group.
of these materials shall be such that their strength is (d) Heaved piles. -In soils in which the installation of
equal to, or greater than, hardwood. Wood chips, pieces piles causes previously installed piles to heave, accurate
of rope, hose, shavings, or automobile tires and similar level marks shall be put on all piles immediately after
materials shall not be used. Cap blocks shall be replaced installation, and all piles that have been heaved by an
if burned, crushed, or otherwise damaged. amount in excess of one-quarter of an inch shall be
(c) Followers.- Followers shall not be used unless redriven to the required resistance.
permitted in writing by the architect or engineer, and (e) Penetration measurements.- Penetration measurements
only when necessary to accomplish such installation. made for the purpose of determining resistance to
They shall be of steel or hardwood of such size, shape, driving shall not be made when pile heads are damaged
length, and weight as to permit driving the pile in the to an extent that may affect measured penetration, nor
desired location and to the required depth and resistance. shall they be made immediately after fresh cushion
The required driving resistance tabulated in tables 11-4 blocks have been inserted under the striking part of the
and 11-5 shall be increased to compensate for the loss of hammer.
energy in the hammer blow. The follower shall be a
single length section, shall be provided with a socket or ARTICLE 10 PILE TYPES-SPECIFIC
hood carefully fitted to the top of the pile to minimize REQUIREMENTS
loss of energy and to prevent damage to the pile, and shall
have sufficient rigidity to prevent "whip" during driving. §[C26-1109.1] 27-706 Scope. - Types of pile construction
and installation that are not described in this section
§[C26-1108.2] 27-705 Procedures. - will be permitted for use only where acceptable to the
(a) Continuous driving.- Driving of piles preliminary commissioner.
to final seating shall be continuous for an interval
adequate to break or prevent the development of freeze. §[C26-1109.2] 27-707 Timber piles. -
The hammer shall be operated at its rated speed during (a) Materials. -Timber piles shall conform in quality
this interval. to class A or B of reference standard RS 11-7.
(b) Jetting.- Jetting, augering and other methods of pre- (1) SIZE OF PILES. -Piles shall be of adequate size to
excavation shall not be used unless permitted in writing by resist the applied loads without creating stresses in the
274
Title 27 / Subchapter 11

pile materials in excess of twelve hundred psi for piles §[C26-1109.3] 27-708 Precast concrete piles (including
of southern pine, Douglas fir, oak, or other wood of prestressed sections). -
comparable strength; or eight hundred fifty psi for piles (a) Materials. -Materials for precast concrete piles
of cedar, Norway pine, spruce or other wood of comparable shall conform to the requirements of article five of
strength. Except as provided in paragraph two of this subchapter ten of this chapter.
subdivision, for piles forty feet or more in length and of (b) Construction. -
thirty tons capacity or less, the following sizes or (1) HANDLING. -Precast concrete piles shall be
classes of piles shall be deemed to be adequate for proportioned, cast, cured, handled, and driven so as to
considerations of stress in the pile material: resist the stresses induced by handling and driving as
a. Piles of twenty-five to thirty tons capacity-Class A or well as by loads. Handling stresses shall be computed
minimum eight inch tip with uniform taper. on the basis of fifty percent of the weight of the pile as
b. Piles of less than twenty-five tons capacity-Class A an allowance for impact. Handling equipment shall be
or B or minimum six inch tip with uniform taper. constructed so as to equalize the reactions on the
(2) PILES DRIVEN TO END BEARING. -All timber several lines of the pile pickups. Loading conditions
piles, regardless of capacity, driven to end bearing on induced by handling and driving shall be considered as
soils of classes 1-65 through 5-65 shall be class A or shall of infrequent occurrence.
have a minimum eight inch tip and a uniform taper. (2) DIMENSIONS. -The minimum lateral dimension of
(3) SPECIES OF WOOD. -Any species of wood may be the pile shall be ten inches, except for the taper at the tip.
used that conforms to the provisions of reference standard (3) STRUCTURAL DESIGN. -Piles shall be proportioned
RS 11-7 and that will stand the driving stresses. in accordance with the provisions of article eight of this
(4) PEELING. -Unless treated, piles need not be peeled. subchapter, subject to the following additional requirements:
(b) Limitations on use. -Where timber piles are to be a. For a length equal to at least three times the
driven to end bearing on soils of classes 1-65 through 5- minimum lateral dimension at each end of the pile,
65 by use of an impact hammer, the installation of each lateral tie reinforcement consisting of 0.225 in. diameter
such pile shall be under the personal supervision of an rods or larger shall be spaced not more than three inches
architect or engineer, and the operations of driving such center-to center, or an equivalent spiral shall be
piles, the observations of penetration resistance, and the provided. Elsewhere, the spacing of the ties or the pitch
operation of the equipment shall be so conducted as to of the spiral may be increased to twelve inches. The
terminate driving directly when the pile reaches bearing minimum amount of longitudinal reinforcement shall be
on the hard material. A report, prepared by the architect two percent of the concrete section placed in a
or engineer, describing the procedures, equipment, and symmetrical pattern of at least four bars. If prestressed
precautions followed to prevent injury to the piling shall piles are used, the minimum residual compression in
be submitted to the commissioner. the pile section shall be seven hundred psi. For piles
(c) Lagged and inverted piles. -The use of lagged or designed with voids, the three inch spacing of the ties
inverted piles will be permitted. Double lagging shall or spiral at each end of the pile shall be extended for a
be adequately connected to the basic pile material to distance of twelve feet or one-third the length of the
transfer the full pile load from the basic pile material to pile, whichever is smaller.
the lagging without exceeding values of allowable b. For piles designed with voids, the minimum wall
stress as established in subchapter ten of this chapter. thickness of the concrete in any section of the piles shall
The connection for single lagging shall be proportioned be four inches. Voids may extend through either or both
for half the pile load. The diameter of any inverted ends of the pile. If the void extends through the lower
timber pile at any section shall be adequate to resist the end of the pile, the pile head shall be vented to prevent
applied load without exceeding the stresses indicated in buildup of internal hydraulic pressure during driving.
paragraph one of subdivision (a) of this section, but in c. Reinforcing steel shall be covered with at least one
no case shall it be less than eight inches. and one-half inches of concrete on the surface against
(d) Installation. - the ground.
(1) All broomed, crushed, or otherwise damaged materials (c) Tolerances. -Voids, when used, shall be located
at the head of the pile shall be removed before capping. within three-eighths of an inch of the position shown in
(2) Any sudden decrease in driving resistance shall be the plans. The maximum departure of the pile axis from
investigated with regard to the possibility of breakage of a straight line, measured while the pile is not subject to
the pile, and if such sudden decrease in driving resistance bending forces, shall not exceed one-eighth of an inch
cannot be correlated to boring data or some incident in in ten feet or three-eighths of an inch in forty feet or, 0.1
the driving, and if the pile cannot be removed for percent of the pile length.
inspection, it shall be considered as adequate cause for (d) Installation. -Precast concrete piles shall not be
rejection of the pile. handled or driven until they have cured sufficiently to
develop the necessary strength.

275
Title 27 / Subchapter 11

§[C26-1109.4] 27-709 Cast-in-place concrete piles. - place concrete piles if a permanent casting is provided,
(a) Description. -Cast-in-place concrete piles shall be or in small batches that are compacted.
cast in shells previously installed in the ground or, with (b) Materials. -Concrete for compacted concrete piles
the limitations indicated in section 27-697 of article shall conform to the requirements of article five of
seven of this subchapter, may be cast in an uncased subchapter ten of this chapter. Concrete to be compacted
hole. Cast-in-place piles may be tapered or cylindrical, shall have a minimum compressive strength at the age of
or a combination of tapered and cylindrical shapes. twenty-eight days of four thousand psi and shall be mixed
(b) Materials. -Concrete for cast-in-place concrete with sufficient water to permit hydration of the cement, but
piles shall conform to the requirements of article five of the slump shall be zero. The concrete shall be placed and
subchapter ten of this chapter. Slump shall be five compacted before initial set can occur. Non-compacted
inches plus or minus one inch. Where the pile shell is concrete, if used for the pile shafts, shall conform to the
assumed to contribute to the capacity of the pile as a requirements for cast-in-place concrete piles.
structural member, the shell shall be of metal and shall (c) Spacing.- Minimum spacing between compacted concrete
conform to the provisions of article six of subchapter piles shall be four feet six inches, center to center, except
ten of this chapter or section 27-712 of this article. that where the shafts of such piles are cased for their full
Where the pile shell is not assumed to contribute to the length, this spacing may be reduced to three feet six inches.
capacity of the pile as a structural member, the shell Where a question exists as to possible damage to adjacent
may be of any material that will adequately resist the previously driven piles, these minimums shall be increased.
driving stresses and maintain an open well to receive (d) Installation. -
the concrete. End closures for shells shall not project (1) The base shall be formed by ramming concrete, in
more than one-half inch beyond the outer limits of the batches of approximately five cubic feet or less, from a
pile when bearing in soils of class 6-65 or lower. drive casing and into the soil. Unless specifically otherwise
(c) Installation. - permitted by the commissioner, a minimum of twenty
(1) After installation to final depth and immediately blows of at least one hundred forty thousand foot-pounds
before filling with concrete, the inside of the tube, shell, per blow shall be required for extrusion of the last five
or bore shall be thoroughly cleaned to the bottom and cubic feet of concrete. The total quantity of concrete
inspected by lowering a drop light or by means of a extruded from the drive casing to form the base shall be
light beam. To be accepted: (a) the pile shall be free of equal to or greater than the quantity so extruded in the
collapsed sections of shell and the pile shell shall not case of the nearest successful applicable test pile, except
show any tears; (b) the pile shall be free of water except that a compactive effort in excess of thirty blows, each of
that a minor amount of water may be allowed to occur one hundred forty thousand foot-pounds, will not be
in the pile if it be absorbed by placing a suitable amount required for extrusion of the last five cubic feet.
of dry cement-sand mixture in the tip end of the pile; (2) After the expanded base has been formed, the shaft
and (c) the alignment of the pile shall conform to the shall be constructed. Where a cased shaft is to be used,
provisions of section 27-691 of article seven of this a steel shell shall be inserted into the drive casing and
subchapter. If the bottom of the casing is out of sight, anchored to the expanded base by placing a fresh
the shape and alignment of the casing shall be surveyed charge of concrete in the shell and driving it into the
with a suitable instrument, or the pile rejected. base. The shell may then be filled with concrete to cut-
(2) Concrete shall be placed by such methods that the off elevation after the removal of the drive casing, in
entire volume of the tube, shell, or bore is filled and in a accordance with the provisions relating to cast-in-place
manner that will preclude separation of the ingredients. concrete piles. Any annular space remaining between
(3) No concrete shall be placed in a cast-in-place pile the shell and surrounding soil shall be suitably filled to
until all piles within a radius of fifteen feet, or within assure proper lateral support of the shaft, unless there is
the heave range, have been driven. sufficient recovery of the ground to provide the
(4) Rejected pile shells shall be filled with concrete or sand. necessary support. Where an uncased shaft is to be
(5) The concrete cap shall not be placed until at least used, the provisions of section 27-697 of article seven
one hour after all piles within the cap group are of this subchapter shall apply, and the concrete for the
completely filled. shaft shall be placed by ramming or by the use of
approved pressure devices as the drive casing is
§[C26-1109.5] 27-710 Compacted concrete piles. - withdrawn. Where ramming is used, the concrete
(a) Description.- A "compacted concrete pile" shall batches being rammed shall not exceed five cubic feet
denote a concrete pile formed with an enlarged base in in volume, not less than two blows of thirty thousand
which the concrete in the base is placed in small batches foot-pounds each shall be applied to compact each
that are compacted prior to attaining an initial set. The batch of concrete, and the bottom of the drive casing
concrete in the shaft of the pile shall be placed as shall be kept below the level of the concrete at all times.
specified in section 27-709 of this article for cast-in-

276
Title 27 / Subchapter 11

(3) The outside diameter of the permanent shaft shall (3) For piles which receive their principal support by
not be more than four inches less than the inside friction, closure or splice plates shall not project more
diameter of the drive casing. than three-eighths of an inch beyond the outer limit of
(4) Except where uncased shafts are used, as described the pipe section.
in section 27-697 of article seven of this subchapter, no (c) Installation. -
concrete shall be placed in the pile shafts until all piles (1) Pipe shells driven open-end shall be cleaned to the
within a radius of fifteen feet, or within the heave range, bottom of the shell after driving.
have been driven. (2) After driving and cleaning the pipe, open-end piles
(e) Bearing material. -The enlarged base of the pile shall driven to end bearing on rock or hardpan shall be reseated
be formed in, or on the same type of bearing material as is to full bearing by redriving, to the resistance indicated in
used to support the nearest applicable load test pile and at a Table 11-4. If the pipe shell shows two inches or more of
similar depth therein. In addition, the enlarged base shall be penetration on redriving, the pipe shall be recleaned and
underlain by a minimum depth of ten feet (measured from the redriven in successive cycles until the penetration on
junction of the shaft and base) of soil materials of classes 1- redriving is less than two inches.
65 to 7-65, except that, where installation of the base is (3) Pipe shells shall be inspected before filling with concrete,
permitted to be performed with blows of less energy than the shall be clean, and shall meet the requirements for alignment
one hundred forty thousand foot-pounds indicated in and condition of the shell as specified with regard to the
paragraph one of subdivision (d) of this section, the shells of cast-in-place piles. If leakage of water into the pipe
requirement for a ten foot depth of class 1-65 to 7-65 material occurs, the provisions of paragraph five of subdivision (e) of
may be reduced, subject to the approval of the architect or section 27-713 of this article shall apply.
engineer and the approval [sic] of the commissioner. (4) Placing of concrete fill in pipe shells shall conform
to the requirements for placing concrete fill in cast-in-
§[C26-1109.6] 27-711 Steel H sections. - place piles.
(a) Materials.- Steel H sections may be of any type of
steel permitted by the provisions of reference standard §[C26-1109.8] 27-713 Caisson piles. -
RS 10-5. The use of built-up sections or sections of other (a) Description.- Caisson piles shall denote concrete
than "H" form will be permitted if the several components filled pipe piles that are socketed into bedrocks of class
of the section are adequately connected to develop the 1-65, 2-65 or 3-65 and constructed with steel cores.
strength of the adjacent components and if the ratio of (b) Materials.- Pipe or shell and concrete shall conform
width to thickness of the component parts does not to the requirements for concrete filled pipe piles, except
exceed the values for conventional "H" sections. that the minimum compressive strength of the concrete at
(b) Limitations on use. -The tips of all steel H piles the age of twenty-eight days shall be thirty-five hundred
having a thickness of metal less than one-half inch, which psi. Steel cores shall conform to the requirements for steel
are driven to end bearing on rock of class 1-65 through 3- H piles. Reinforcing steel cages shall be covered with at
65 by an impact hammer, shall be reinforced. The least one and one-half inches of concrete.
installation of all steel H piles by impact hammer to end (c) Design of rock socket. -The design of the rock
bearing on rock of classes 1-65 through 3-65 shall be socket shall be predicated on the sum of the allowable
under the personal inspection of an architect or engineer, bearing pressure on the bottom of the socket plus bond
and the operations of driving such piles, the observations along the sides of the socket. The allowable bearing
of penetration resistance, and the operation of the pressure on the surface of the rock at the bottom of the
equipment shall be conducted so as to terminate driving socket shall be as established in section 27-678 of
directly when the pile reaches refusal on the rock surface. article four of this subchapter increased for embedment
in accordance with note eight of table 11-2, provided
§[C26-1109.7] 27-712 Concrete-filled pipe piles. - that the strength of the concrete fill in the socket,
(a) Materials.- The pipe shall conform to the provisions
computed as 0.45 f 'c is of comparable magnitude. The
of reference standard RS 11-8. Concrete shall conform
allowable bond stress between the concrete and the
to the requirements of article five of subchapter ten of
sides of the socket shall be taken as two hundred psi.
this chapter.
The provisions of subdivision (c) of section 27-700 of
(b) Minimum dimensions. -
article eight of this subchapter relative to penetration
(1) Pipe installed open-end and having a nominal outside
resistance shall not apply.
diameter of less than fourteen inches shall be at least one-
quarter inch thick. For diameters from fourteen inches to (d) Spacing and minimum dimensions. -
eighteen inches, the minimum thickness shall be 0.310 in. (1) Minimum diameter of a caisson shall be eighteen
For diameters over eighteen inches, the minimum thickness inches with a minimum shell thickness of three-eighths
shall be 0.375 in. of an inch. Minimum depth of the rock socket shall be
(2) Steel pipe piles installed with ends closed shall have a equal to the diameter of the pipe.
minimum nominal wall thickness of at least 0.125 in. (2) The center-to-center spacing of caissons shall be at least
two and one-half times the outside diameter of the shell.

277
Title 27 / Subchapter 11

(e) Installation. - between the two components shall be constructed so as

(1) The steel shell shall be installed through overburden, to prevent the separation of the upper and lower
the material within the shell shall be removed, and the components during construction and thereafter. The
shell seated in the rock sufficiently to stop the inflow of details and methods of making joints shall be designed.
soil. Where required to extend the shells, splices are to
be welded. A suitable steel driving shoe shall be welded ARTICLE 11 UNDERPINNING
to the bottom of each caisson.
(2) A socket shall then be drilled in the rock to the §[C26-1110.1] 27-715 General requirements. -
required depth and shall be approximately of the same Where support of adjacent structures or properties is
diameter as the inside diameter of the shell. Before required, such support may be provided by underpinning,
placement of concrete, the socket and shell shall be sheeting, and bracing, or by other means acceptable to the
thoroughly cleaned and the rock inspected to verify that commissioner. Except as specifically permitted otherwise,
the rock is of the class on which the design has been underpinning piers, walls, piles, and footings shall be
predicated, or of a better class. In case visual inspection designed and installed in accordance with the applicable
cannot be made because of inability to unwater the provisions of this subchapter relating to piers, walls,
caissons by standard pumping methods, drilling logs piles, and footings used in new construction and shall be
and screenings from the rock drilling operation may be inspected as provided in section 27-724 of article thirteen
utilized to determine the class of rock in the socket. of this subchapter.
(3) Where more than one section of steel core is
required, the mating ends of the sections shall be §[C26-1110.2] 27-716 Use of rock support in lieu of
spliced so as to safely withstand the handling stresses to underpinning.- Existing structures founded at a level
which they may be subjected. The ends shall be milled above the level of adjacent new construction may be
or field ground to insure contact. The steel core shall be supported on hard rock in lieu of underpinning, the use
centrally installed in the caisson before grouting and of sheeting and bracing, or the construction of retaining
concreting, shall not be more than one inch above the walls, provided that a report by the architect or engineer
rock at the bottom of the socket, and shall be full length is submitted substantiating the safety of the proposed
of the caisson or extend a sufficient distance up into the construction and verifying that an "in-place" inspection
shaft to transmit the load in the steel core into the has been made of the rock exposed and of the jointing
concrete of the caisson. A minimum-weight thirty-six therein in the excavation.
pounds stub core beam shall be installed in the socket
for caissons not requiring steel cores in order to lock the ARTICLE 12 STABILITY
caissons into the rock. In these cases, the length of the
steel cores shall be twice the socket depth. §[C26-1111.1] 27-717 General.- The possibility of
(4) Concrete and grout shall be placed so that it overturning and sliding of the building shall be considered.
completely fills the shell, the socket, and the space
between the steel core and shell, and in a manner that §[C26-1111.2] 27-718 Factor of safety. -
will preclude separation of the ingredients. (a) Overturning.- The minimum factor of safety against
(5) If the leakage of water into the caisson is minor, the overturning of the structure as a whole shall be one and
caisson shall be pumped out and one cubic yard of grout one-half. Stability against overturning shall be provided
shall be placed in the caissons and then the balance of by the dead load of the building, by the allowable uplift
the concrete installed. If the leakage of water makes it capacity of piling, by anchors, by the weight of soil
inadvisable to attempt to place concrete in the dry, the directly overlying footings provided that such soil cannot
shell shall be filled to its top with clean water, and the be excavated without recourse to major modification of
concrete placed by the tremie method to the top of the the building, or by any combination of these factors.
caisson in one continuous operation or by using a seal (b) Sliding. -The minimum factor of safety against
of grout of the same strength as the specified concrete. sliding of the structure under lateral load shall be one
The grout seal, if used, shall be deposited by means of a and one-half. Resistance to lateral loads shall be
grout pipe to an elevation of at least three feet above the provided by friction between the foundation and the
cutting edge, and after a sufficient time has elapsed to underlying soil, by passive earth pressure, by batter
allow the grout to set, the caisson shall be pumped dry piles, or by plum piles, subject to the following:
and the remaining space filled with concrete. (1) The resistance to lateral loads due to passive earth
pressure shall be discounted where the abutting soil
§[C26-1109.9] 27-714 Composite piles. -Composite could be removed, inadvertently, by excavation.
piles include those consisting of two types of pile joined (2) In the case of pile supported structures, frictional
together. The maximum allowable load shall be that resistance between the foundation and the underlying
allowed for the component of lesser strength used to soil shall be discounted.
make up the full pile length. The connection or joint
278
Title 27 / Subchapter 11

(3) The available resistance to friction between the §[C26-1112.4] 27-722 Footings, foundation piers, foundation
foundation and the underlying soil shall be predicated walls and pile caps. -The provisions of section 27-683 of
on an assumed friction factor of one-half for soils of article six of this subchapter shall apply.
classes 1-65 through 8-65. A greater value of coefficient
of friction may be used subject to verification by §[C26-1112.5] 27-723 Subgrade for footings, foundation
analysis and test. For soils of poorer classes, the piers, and foundation walls. -The soil material directly
stability shall be analyzed by accepted procedures of underlying footings, foundation piers, and foundation
soil mechanics. walls shall be inspected by an architect or engineer after
excavation and immediately prior to construction of the
ARTICLE 13 INSPECTION footings. If such inspection indicates that the soil conditions
do not conform to those assumed for purposes of design
§[C26-1112.1] 27-719 General. -The applicable provisions and described on the plans, or are unsatisfactory due to
of article seven of subchapter one of this chapter shall apply. disturbance, then additional excavation, reduction in
allowable bearing pressure, or other remedial measures
§[C26-1112.2] 27-720 Boring and test pit operations.- shall be adopted, as required. A copy of a report or
Boring and test pit operations shall be subject to reports on such inspection or inspections describing the
controlled inspection, except that fifty percent or less of conditions found and any necessary modification of the
the required number of borings and/or test pits may be design, and bearing the signature of the architect or
inspected by an architect or engineer other than the engineer making the inspections, shall be filed with the
architect or engineer designated for controlled inspection. commissioner. In addition, notification shall be received
The records of borings and/or test pits shall be attested to by the department at least two working days prior to
as follows: construction of the footing, pier, or foundation walls,
(a) The architect or engineer shall file a report stating that the subgrade is ready for inspection unless the
which borings and/or test pits were performed under his requirements of section 27-209 of article twenty-one of
or her inspection and whether such inspection was subchapter one of this chapter have been met.
performed personally or otherwise. If the inspection was
not made personally by the architect or engineer, the §[C26-1112.6] 27-724 Construction required for or
name and address of the inspector shall be noted. It shall affecting the support of adjacent properties or buildings.-
be stated: that the borings and/or test pits so inspected Except in cases where a proposed excavation will extend
were made and were carried to the depths indicated; that, less than ten feet below the legally established grade, all
to the best of the architect's or engineer's knowledge and underpinning operations and the construction and excavation
belief, the description and classification of the soils are a of temporary or permanent cofferdams, caissons, braced
true description of the samples recovered from the excavated surfaces, or other constructions or excavations
respective borings and/or test pits; that such samples were required for or affecting the support of adjacent properties
recovered at the levels indicated; and that the boring or buildings shall be subject to controlled inspection. The
and/or test pit work progressed in such manner that the details of underpinning, cofferdams, caissons, bracing, or
samples recovered are reasonably representative of the other constructions required for the support of adjacent
subsurface conditions. properties or buildings shall be shown on the plans or
(b) The accuracy of the other data indicated on the boring prepared in the form of shop or detail drawings and shall be
records shall be attested to by the drilling contractor or by approved by the architect or engineer who prepared the plans.
the driller making the borings.

§[C26-1112.3] 27-721 Piling.- The installation of all

piling shall be subject to controlled inspection. Such
inspection shall be performed only by an architect or
engineer resident at the site, except that where more
than one pile rig is working at a site, inspection of the
work may be performed by nonlicensed or nonregistered
personnel working under the resident architect or
engineer, who need act only in a supervisory capacity.
This exception shall not apply, however, in the cases of
timber or steel piles driven to end bearing as described in
article ten of this subchapter. Materials for piling shall be
subject to inspection requirements as prescribed in
subchapter ten of this chapter for those or like materials.
In all cases, an inspector shall be assigned to observe the
operations of each rig.

279
Title 27 / Subchapter 11

This page is intended to be left blank

280
Title 27 / Subchapter 12

SUBCHAPTER 12 [1206.3] 754 Minimum Quantity of

LIGHT, HEAT, VENTILATION, AND NOISE Outside Air for
CONTROL Mechanical Ventilation
[1206.4] 755 Use of Adsorption
TABLE OF CONTENTS Devices
[1206.5] 756 Installation and Operation
[Sub-Art. Art. of Ventilating and Air
or Sec.]* or Sec.** Conditioning Systems
[1207.0] Art. 8 Ventilation of Special Spaces
[1200.0] Art. 1 General [1207.1] 757 Rooms in Institutional H-1
[1200.1] 725 Scope Occupancy
[1200.2] 726 Standards [1207.2] 758 Kitchens
[1200.3] 727 Definitions [1207.3] 759 Bathrooms and Toilet Rooms
[1200.4] 728 Plans [1207.4] 760 Inside Locker Rooms
[1200.5] 729 Permits [1207.5] 761 Corridors
[1200.6] 730 Tests and Inspections [1207.6] 762 Crawl Spaces
[1201.0] Art. 2 Existing Buildings [1207.7] 763 Ventilation of
[1201.1] 731 Alterations Refrigeration Plants
[1202.0] Art. 3 Standards of Natural Light [1207.8] 764 Ventilation of Boiler
[1202.1] 732 Natural Light Rooms
Requirements [1207.9] 765 Ventilation for Schools
[1202.2] 733 Natural Light Sources and [1207.10] 766 Ventilation of Rooms or
Location Spaces with Excessive
[1202.3] 734 Area of Natural Light Temperatures, Strong
Sources Odors, Toxic Substances,
[1203.0] Art. 4 Standards of Artificial Light or Airborne Irritants
[1203.1] 735 Artificial Light [1207.11] 767 Ventilation for Special
Requirements Uses and Occupancies
[1203.2] 736 Means of Egress [1208.0] Art. 9 Noise Control in Multiple
[1203.3] 737 Places of Assembly Dwellings
[1203.4] 738 Bathrooms and Toilet [1208.1] 768 Requirements
Rooms [1208.2] 769 Acoustical Isolation of
[1203.5] 739 Yards and Courts Dwelling Units
[1204.0] Art. 5 Standards of Heating [1208.3] 770 Noise Control of
[1204.1] 740 Heating Requirements Mechanical Equipment
[1204.2] 741 Minimum Temperature *“C26” omitted from section numbers in this column.
Requirements ** “27” omitted from section numbers in this column.
[1204.3] 742 Devices Producing
Incidental Heat LIST OF TABLES
[1204.4] 743 Capacity of Central Heat
Sources Table No.
[1204.5] 744 System Design
[1205.0] Art. 6 Standards of Natural 12-1 Minimum Space Temperature Requirements
Ventilation 12-2 Required Minimum Outdoor Air Supply and
[1205.1] 745 Occupiable Rooms Exhaust
[1205.2] 746 Habitable Rooms 12-3 Maximum Sound Power Levels Permitted in
[1205.3] 747 Alcoves Mechanical Equipment Spaces of Shafts
[1205.4] 748 Balconies Adjoining Dwelling Spaces
[1205.5] 749 Natural Ventilation 12-4 Maximum Sound Power Levels Permitted for
Sources Exterior Mechanical Equipment Adjoining
[1205.6] 750 Area of Ventilating Buildings
Openings 12-5 Noise Output Limitations for Exterior Mechanical
[1205.7] 751 Minimum Dimensions of Equipment
Habitable Rooms 12-6 Maximum Permissible Air Velocities in Ducts
[1206.0] Art 7 Standards of Mechanical 12-7 Maximum Permissible Sound Power Levels for
Ventilation Terminal Units
[1206.1] 752 Areas Requiring
Mechanical Ventilation
[1206.2] 753 Index for Ventilation

281
Title 27 / Subchapter 12

ARTICLE 1 GENERAL §[C26-1202.2] 27-733 Natural light sources and

location[s]*. -
§[C26-1200.1] 27-725 Scope. -The provisions of this (a) Natural light, when required, shall be provided by
subchapter shall establish and control the minimum windows, skylights, monitors, glazed doors, transoms,
requirements for light, heat, ventilation, and noise fixed lights, jalousies or other natural light transmitting
control except as otherwise provided in subchapters six, media. Such sources shall not be located in recesses
seven, and eight. having a width of less than six feet and such sources
shall not be located so as to create a habitable room
§[C26-1200.2] 27-726 Standards. -The provisions of whose depth exceeds thirty feet except in dwelling units
reference standard RS-12 shall be a part of this subchapter. of group one construction containing more than three
habitable rooms. Such sources, except as provided in
§[C26-1200.3] 27-727 Definitions. -For definitions to
subdivision (b) of this section, shall face or open upon
be used in the interpretation of this subchapter, see
subchapter two of this chapter. the sky or upon a public street, space, alley, park,
highway, or right of way, or upon a yard, court, plaza,
§[C26-1200.4] 27-728 Plans. -For the requirements or space above a setback, when such yard, court, plaza,
governing the filing of plans and the work to be shown or space above a setback is located upon the same lot
on plans, see subchapter one of this chapter. and is of the dimensions required by the applicable
provisions of the zoning resolution. Where dwelling
§[C26-1200.5] 27-729 Permits. -For the requirements units in buildings or spaces classified in occupancy
governing equipment work permits and equipment use group J-1 or J-2 are located in a cellar or a basement
permits, see subchapter one of this chapter. such dwelling unit or units shall have at least one-half
of their height and all of their window surfaces above
§[C26-1200.6] 27-730 Tests and inspections. -Where every part of an "adequate adjacent space". Such
required in this subchapter, all equipment and systems "adequate adjacent space" shall be open to the sky and
shall be subject to tests and/or inspections that would shall be a continuous surface area outside the dwelling
disclose defects or operating conditions dangerous to unit or units not less than thirty feet in its least
life or health. Such equipment or systems shall not be dimension and abutting at same level or directly below
operated until these defects or conditions are corrected. every part of the exterior walls of such dwelling unit or
units. Such "adequate adjacent space" shall include
ARTICLE 2 EXISTING BUILDINGS only spaces which are located on the same lot or plot as
the building or on a public street, space, alley, park,
§[C26-1201.1] 27-731 Alterations. -No building, or highway or right of way and the level of such areas
part thereof, shall hereafter be altered or rearranged so
which abut or adjoin the habitable room at least shall be
as to reduce any of the following to less than the
six inches below the window sills of any windows.
required standards prescribed in this subchapter for
buildings hereafter erected: (b) Natural light sources may face or open upon an
(a) The amount of available natural or artificial light. enclosed or partially enclosed balcony or space above a
(b) The output of devices providing heat to a room. setback when such balcony or space faces upon a public
(c) The outdoor air supply. street, space, alley, park, highway or right of way or
No additional room shall be created unless made to upon a yard, court, plaza, or space above a setback,
conform to the requirements of this subchapter except when such yard, court, plaza, or space above a setback
that in basements of one-family dwellings existing on is located upon the same lot and is of the same
January first, nineteen hundred eighty-two, and in dimensions required by the applicable provisions of the
basements of all other dwellings existing on January first, zoning resolution, the maximum depth of any habitable
nineteen hundred forty-eight, the minimum clear ceiling room is at most thirty feet measured from the outer face
height may be seven feet for the minimum area. In multi- of the wall forming the partial or full enclosure of the
family dwellings, the installation of all new mechanical balcony or space, the enclosure of the balcony or space
equipment shall conform to the requirements of article is not more than one story in height, and the balcony or
nine of this subchapter except that existing mechanical space complies with either of the following:
equipment may be replaced with new equipment of the (1) The front of the balcony or space above a setback
same kind as previously installed. has an opening to the outer air whose area is equal to at
least seventy-five percent of the floor surface area of
such balcony or space.
ARTICLE 3 STANDARDS OF NATURAL LIGHT (2) The front of the balcony or space above a setback
may be completely enclosed when the building is of
§[C26-1202.1] 27-732 Natural light requirements. - group one construction provided the outer enclosing walls
Every habitable room shall be provided with natural are glazed with clear plate glass or with plastic equivalent
light complying with the provisions of this subchapter. complying with subdivision (e) of section 27-331 of
article four of subchapter five of this chapter and such
282
Title 27 / Subchapter 12

glazed wall area is equal to at least fifty percent of the producing an average intensity of not less than ten foot
interior walls enclosing such balcony or space and at least candles, when measured at thirty inches above the floor.
fifty percent of the required glazed area is openable and
no window from any bathroom, water closet [sic] §[C26-1203.5] 27-739 Yards and courts. -Where a
compartment, or kitchen whose area is fifty-nine square feet building is classified in occupancy group J-1 or J-2, or
or less opens on such balcony or space. where a building contains a space or spaces classified in
*Copy in brackets not enacted but probably intended. occupancy group J-1 or J-2, all yards and courts shall
be provided with adequate means of providing artificial
§[C26-1202.3] 27-734 Area of natural light sources. - light by electricity having a minimum intensity of not
Required sources of natural light shall have an aggregate less than one foot candle measured at the lower level or
transmitting area of at least ten percent of the floor area of levels of all yards or courts.
the room or space served and where an enclosed or
partially enclosed balcony or space above a setback ARTICLE 5 STANDARDS OF HEATING
complying with section 27-733 of this article intervenes,
the required sources of natural light shall have an §[C26-1204.1] 27-740 Heating requirements.-
aggregate transmitting area of at least ten percent of the All habitable or occupiable rooms or spaces, and all other
combined floor area of such room and the portion of the rooms or spaces listed in table 12-1, shall be provided with
balcony or space directly adjoining and in front of such means of heating in accordance with the requirements of this
room. Each required source shall have a minimum subchapter and reference standard RS 12-1. Heating systems
transmitting area of twelve square feet and only that area shall be capable of producing the required temperatures
of the light source above thirty inches from the finished listed in table 12-1 when the outdoor temperature is five
floor may be considered as providing the natural light degrees Fahrenheit and the wind velocity is fifteen mph. In
required in any space. highly exposed locations, provision shall be made for higher
wind velocities. Heating equipment shall not be required
ARTICLE 4 STANDARDS OF ARTIFICIAL LIGHT when either of the following conditions exist:
(a) Where the occupancy is seasonal and the rooms or
§[C26-1203.1] 27-735 Artificial light requirements.- buildings will not be occupied between November first
Adequate means for producing artificial light by and May first of the following year.
electricity shall be provided in every room or floor (b) Where the processes or activities normally
space in every building hereafter erected and in the conducted within the space will generate sufficient heat
portions of existing buildings where alterations are to produce the prescribed indoor temperature during the
performed except as follows: time of occupancy.
(a) Artificial light need not be provided in rooms or
spaces occupied exclusively during the daylight hours §[C26-1204.2] 27-741 Minimum temperature
between one hour after sunrise and one hour before requirements.- Heating systems shall be capable of
sunset, and which are provided with natural light producing the required minimum space temperatures as
meeting the requirements of sections 27-733 and 27-734 set forth in table 12-1. Where the occupancy of a space
of article three of this subchapter. does not conform exactly with any of the spaces listed,
(b) Artificial light need not be provided in rooms or spaces the temperature shall be determined by the requirements
with less than forty square feet of floor area if they are used of the listed space to which it most nearly conforms.
exclusively for storage purposes or for mechanical facilities
containing no rotating or moving parts, no combustion §[C26-1204.3] 27-742 Devices producing incidental heat.-
equipment, or no other hazardous equipment. Where a room or space contains equipment that produces
heat, such as motors, generators, resistors, lights, compressors,
§[C26-1203.2] 27-736 Means of egress. -All means steam heated vessels, etc., and where such equipment is in
of egress shall be provided with the levels of artificial constant use during the period of occupancy, the
illumination as required in article six of subchapter six equipment may be considered as a supplementary heating
of this chapter. device. Its heating capacity may be deducted from the
required capacity of the heating devices in the room.
§[C26-1203.3] 27-737 Places of assembly.- All places of
assembly shall be provided with the levels of artificial §[C26-1204.4] 27-743 Capacity of central heat sources.-
illumination as required in subchapter eight of this chapter. Where central heat sources are used, they shall have a
gross output capacity sufficient to provide for the
§[C26-1203.4] 27-738 Bathrooms and toilet rooms.- required heating load, including appropriate allowance
In all bathrooms and toilet rooms, the required means for distribution losses, pick-up, and the heating of
for producing artificial illumination shall be capable of domestic hot water if the central heat source is used for
that purpose.

283
Title 27 / Subchapter 12

TABLE 12-1 MINIMUM SPACE TEMPERATURE REQUIREMENTSa

Minimum
Rooms or Spaces Temperature
(degree F)
Habitable rooms in all buildings……………………………………………………………………………. 70
Building equipment and machinery rooms…………………………………………………………………. 50
Patients’ rooms, bathrooms and toilet rooms, stairs and corridors in hospitals and nursing homes……….. 75
Bathrooms and toilet rooms, except patients’ bathrooms and toilet rooms in hospitals and nursing homes. 70
Offices, waiting rooms, art galleries, museums, libraries, meeting rooms, churches, classrooms,
auditoriums, lecture halls, night clubs, restaurants, theatres, locker rooms, dressing rooms, and spaces
where persons are engaged in sedentary activities……………………………………………………….. 70
Laboratories, light machine work, product inspections, loft buildings, shops, stores, display rooms, show
rooms, sales rooms, and spaces where persons are engaged in moderate physical activities….………… 70
*Laboratories, light machine work, product inspections, loft buildings, shops, stores, display rooms, show
rooms, sales rooms, and spaces where persons are engaged in moderate physical activities….…... 65
Gymnasia, dance halls, skating rinks, bowling alleys, heavy assembly workrooms or shops, and spaces
where persons are engaged in vigorous physical activities………………………………………………. 60
Automotive repair shops……………………………………………………………………………………. 50
Storage areas, garages, space where work or process requires a low temperature………………………… None
Hospital operating rooms, and recovery, labor, delivery, and nursery rooms………………………….….. 80
Swimming pools, bath houses, and shower rooms…………………………………………………………. 75

Note for Table 12-1:

a
Where the listed temperatures differ from those that are required to be maintained under the provisions of section 131.03 of the New York City
health code, the higher temperature shall apply.
*Duplicate designation enacted on line above, this designation is probably intended.

§[C26-1204.5] 27-744 System design. -Where central heat group J-3, where the opening between the alcove and
sources are used, the heating system including all wiring, the room or space is at least eighty percent of the area
piping and/or ductwork, the heat sources and the various of the common wall and the floor area of the alcove
space heating devices shall be designed and installed so as to does not exceed twice the area of the opening, the
be capable of producing the minimum temperatures set forth alcove and the room opening into the alcove may be
in table 12-1. Also, the installation of the entire system shall considered as a single space.
be in accordance with the applicable requirements of this
subchapter and subchapters thirteen through sixteen of this §[C26-1205.4] 27-748 Balconies.- Where an interior
chapter, and the electrical code of the city of New York. balcony or mezzanine opens to form part of another
room or space, its area shall be added to the area of the
ARTICLE 6 STANDARDS OF NATURAL room or space in which it is located to compute the
VENTILATION ventilation required for both spaces.

§[C26-1205.1] 27-745 Occupiable rooms.- All occupiable §[C26-1205.5] 27-749 Natural ventilation sources.-
rooms shall be ventilated by natural or mechanical Natural ventilation, when required, shall be provided by
means, or by a combination of both. Natural ventilation windows, skylights, monitors, doors, louvers, jalousies,
may be provided except where mechanical ventilation or other similar ventilating openings. Such ventilating
is required by article seven or eight of this subchapter. openings shall open to the sky or a public street, space,
alley, park, highway, or right of way, or upon a yard,
§[C26-1205.2] 27-746 Habitable rooms.- All habitable court, plaza, or space above a setback, where such yard,
rooms shall be provided with natural ventilation court, plaza, or space above a setback is located on the
complying with the provisions of this subchapter except same lot and is of the dimensions required by the
as provided in section 27-750 of this article. applicable provisions of the zoning resolution.

§[C26-1205.3] 27-747 Alcoves.- An alcove or room §[C26-1205.6] 27-750 Area of ventilating openings.-
opening off another room or space shall be considered Ventilating openings in all habitable rooms or spaces
as a separate room in determining its requirements for shall have a free openable area of at least five percent of
ventilation. However, for dwellings classified in occupancy the floor area of the room or space ventilated and where

284
Title 27 / Subchapter 12

there is an enclosed or partially enclosed balcony or

space above a setback complying with section 27-733 ARTICLE 7 STANDARDS OF MECHANICAL
of article three of this subchapter the ventilating VENTILATION
openings shall have a free openable area of at least five
percent of the combined floor area of such room and §[C26-1206.1] 27-752 Areas requiring mechanical ventilation.-
portion of the balcony or space directly adjoining and in Mechanical ventilation shall be provided in all
front of such room. Each required ventilating opening occupiable rooms or spaces where the requirements for
shall have a minimum openable area of six square feet. natural ventilation are not met; in all rooms or spaces,
Where fresh air is furnished in any habitable room or which because of the nature of their use or occupancy,
space by mechanical means supplying a minimum of involve the presence of dust, fumes, gases, vapors, or
forty cfm the free openable area of the openings may be other noxious or injurious impurities, or substances
reduced to one-half of the above requirements but not which create a fire hazard; or where required by the
provisions of article eight of this subchapter or
less than five and one-half square feet in aggregate. In
subchapters six through eight of this chapter.
all occupiable rooms or spaces, the free openable area
shall be used to calculate the index for ventilation
§[C26-1206.2] 27-753 Index for ventilation.- The
(section 27-753 of article seven of this subchapter),
index for ventilation for any room or space shall be
which shall determine the minimum requirements for computed by adding the following:
supplementary mechanical ventilation. (a) The contents per occupant, in cubic feet.
(b) The floor area per occupant, times ten, in square feet.
**§[C26-1205.7] 27-751 Minimum dimensions of (c) The clear, unobstructed openable area of windows,
habitable rooms.- Habitable rooms shall have a minimum skylights, and other sources of natural ventilation per
clear width of eight feet in any part; a minimum clear occupant, times two hundred, in square feet. In all
area of eighty square feet and a minimum clear ceiling cases, the number of occupants used in computing the
height of eight feet for the minimum area, except: index for ventilation shall be the maximum number
(a) A room which complies with the requirements for who will occupy the room or space simultaneously
natural light and ventilation and in addition has an opening during any two-hour period.
of not less than sixty square feet into an immediately
adjoining room may have a minimum floor area of seventy §[C26-1206.3] 27-754 Minimum quantity of outside
square feet and a least horizontal dimension of seven feet; air for mechanical ventilation. - The minimum quantity
(b) A dining space which has legally required of outside air required for mechanical ventilation in any
ventilation, and in which the window has an area of at occupiable room, where not otherwise prescribed, shall
least one-eighth the floor area of such dining space; be determined according to table 12-2.
(c) One-half the number of bedrooms in a dwelling unit (a) Window requirements.- To be credited as ventilating
containing three or more bedrooms may have at* least openings under the provisions of this subchapter,
minimum dimension of seven feet; windows or other openings shall meet the requirements
(d) A room in a class B multiple dwelling as defined in of section 27-749 of article six of this subchapter, and
section four of the multiple dwelling law which may where mechanical supply ventilation is not provided,
have a minimum floor area of sixty square feet and a shall have a free openable area of at least one square
least horizontal dimension of six feet. foot per one hundred square foot of floor area.
**Chapter 559 Laws of 1995.
*As enacted but “a” probably intended.

TABLE 12-2 REQUIRED MINIMUM OUTDOOR AIR SUPPLY AND EXHAUST (cfm per sq. ft.)

Index for Ventilated Rooms with Natural Ventilated Rooms without Air Conditioned Rooms
Ventilation Ventilation Openings Natural Ventilation Openings
Supply Exhaust Supply Exhaust Supply Exhaust
0-300 2.5 2.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.5
301-520 2.0 1.5 2.0 1.5 1.2 1.2
521-850 1.5 1.25 1.5 1.25 0.9 0.9
851-1250 … 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.6 0.6
1251-1650 … 0.67 0.67 0.67 0.5 0.5
Over 1650 … … 0.33 0.33 0.4 0.4

285
Title 27 / Subchapter 12

(b) Air conditioning. - five percent efficiency upstream of the air conditioning
(1) In air conditioned rooms, the windows and other equipment and a filter bed of ninety percent efficiency
openings shall not be credited as such in computing the downstream of the supply fan, any recirculating spray water
index for ventilation. Air conditioned rooms shall be systems and water reservoir type humidifiers. All filter efficiencies
considered as interior rooms. shall be average atmospheric dust spot efficiencies
(2) Air that has been exhausted from an air conditioned tested in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 52-68.
space may be reconditioned by air conditioning apparatus (6) A manometer shall be installed across each filter bed.
and recirculated as equivalent outdoor air, provided that (7) Duct linings shall not be used in ventilation and air
the total of supply air is not less than required for air conditioning systems serving such rooms unless terminal
conditioned rooms by table 12-2 and that the amount of filters of at least ninety percent efficiency are installed
actual outdoor air is at least thirty-three and one-third downstream of linings.
percent of the required total. The actual outdoor air (8) Air supplied shall be delivered at or near the
supply shall not, under any circumstances, be reduced ceilings and all exhaust air shall be removed near floor
to less than five cfm per occupant, except that these level, with at least two exhaust outlets not less than
minimum requirements may be reduced by fifty percent three inches above the floor.
as provided in section 27-755 of this article. **(f) Outdoor air intakes.- For high-rise office buildings
(c) Required exhaust.- Required exhaust may be erected pursuant to new building applications filed on or
accomplished by raising the pressure within the space with after October 22, 2004, outdoor air intakes serving
consequent leakage through doors and windows, or by spaces above the second story and serving spaces greater than
drawing the vitiated air from air conditioned spaces into ten thousand square feet of floor area shall be located at
the return air duct of air conditioning apparatus or into an least twenty feet above ground level, at least twenty feet
exhaust duct discharging directly to the outdoor air. from exhaust outlets of ventilation systems and other exhaust
(d) Make-up air.- A sufficient quantity of air to make discharges, and at least twenty feet from areas that may
the exhaust system effective shall be provided to the collect vehicular exhaust such as off-street loading bays.
space being exhausted by one or by any combination of **Local Law 26-2004.
the following methods:
(1) By supplying air to the space by means of a blower system. §[C26-1206.4] 27-755 Use of adsorption devices.- In
(2) By infiltration through louvers, registers, or other all cases where the use of recirculated air is permitted,
permanent openings in walls, doors, or partitions, adjoining the required outdoor air supply may be reduced up to
spaces where air is supplied by one of these methods. fifty percent, provided that the recirculated air is passed
(3) By infiltration through cracks around window sash and doors. through adsorption devices. The adsorption devices shall
(4) By other methods acceptable to the commissioner. be approved and rated. Means shall be provided for
(e) Prohibited use of recirculated air.- Air drawn from maintaining the effectiveness of the adsorption devices.
any of the following spaces may not be recirculated;* (a) Improper maintenance.- Should the adsorption devices
mortuary rooms; bathrooms or toilet rooms; or any space be improperly maintained so that their effectiveness is
where an objectionable quantity of flammable vapors, impaired, the commissioner may order their removal. If
dust, odors, or noxious gases is present. Air drawn from the adsorption devices are removed, the air conditioning
rooms that must be isolated to prevent the spread of or ventilating system shall not be operated without
infection shall not be recirculated, except that air drawn supplying one hundred percent of the outdoor air
from hospital operating rooms may be recirculated, if in required by this article or article eight of this subchapter.
compliance with the following requirements: (b) Test records.- The building owner shall, at all times,
*Semicolon enacted but colon probably intended. maintain a maintenance record showing the manufacturer's
(1) There shall be a minimum of twenty-five total air recommendation of the frequency of tests, the method
changes per hour, of which five air changes per hour of making tests, and the results of all tests of the adsorption
shall be outdoor air. devices. Such tests shall be made and certified by the manufacturer
(2) All fans serving exhaust systems shall be located at or by a laboratory acceptable to the commissioner at
the discharge end of the system. least twice every six months. The records of such tests
**(3) Outdoor air intakes shall be located at least twenty-five shall be maintained for a period of at least two years,
feet from exhaust outlets of ventilation systems and other and shall be available for inspection by the commissioner.
exhaust discharges, combustion equipment stacks, medical (c) Ventilation of water closet compartments.- The use
surgical vacuum systems, and plumbing vent stacks, from of any device that returns exhaust air from water closet
areas which may collect vehicular exhaust such as off-street compartments or from toilet rooms after passing through
loading bays, and from areas which may collect other noxious adsorption devices is not permitted as a means of
fumes. The bottom of outdoor air intakes serving central providing ventilation for a water closet compartment for
systems if installed above a roof, shall be located at least three which a mechanical system of ventilation is required.
feet above roof level.
(4) Positive air pressure shall be maintained at all times §[C26-1206.5] 27-756 Installation and operation of
in relation to adjacent areas. ventilating and air conditioning systems.- Where
(5) All ventilation or air conditioning systems serving mechanical ventilation is accepted as an alternate for,
such rooms shall be equipped with a filter bed of twenty- or a supplement to, natural means of ventilation, or is

revision: October 1, 2004 286

Title 27 / Subchapter 12

required under the conditions herein prescribed, or where (2) Mechanical means exhausting at least three cfm of
ventilation is provided by means of air conditioning air per square foot of floor area, but in no case less than
system, the system, equipment, and distributing ducts one hundred fifty cfm. Such air shall be exhausted
shall be installed in accordance with the applicable through duct or chimney constructed in accordance with
provisions of subchapters thirteen through fifteen of this the provisions of subchapters thirteen and fifteen of this
chapter. Such required ventilating and/or air conditioning chapter.
systems shall be kept in operation at all times when the (c) Kitchens, snack bars, or pantries, where the operation
building or space is being used in a normal manner in consists of heating or warming previously prepared food
accordance with the purpose for which it was intended. that was cooked elsewhere, or preparation of food in
vending machines may be ventilated by either of the following:
ARTICLE 8 VENTILATION OF SPECIAL SPACES (1) Natural ventilation complying with article six of this
subchapter.
§[C26-1207.1] 27-757 Rooms in institutional H-1 occupancy.- (2) Mechanical ventilation complying with article seven
In occupancy group H-1, rooms or spaces in which persons of this subchapter.
are detained under restraint may be naturally ventilated by
means meeting the intent of this subchapter. §[C26-1207.3] 27-759 Bathrooms and toilet rooms.-
Bathrooms and toilet rooms shall be ventilated as follows:
§[C26-1207.2] 27-758 Kitchens. - (a) When ventilated by natural means, the natural
Kitchens shall be ventilated as follows: ventilation sources shall comply with section 27-749 of
(a) Kitchens located within dwelling units and having a article six of this subchapter and shall have an
floor area of greater than fifty-nine square feet shall have unobstructed free area of at least five percent of the
natural ventilation as prescribed in article six of this floor area. In no case shall the net free area of the
subchapter. When the floor area is fifty-nine square feet or ventilation sources be less than one and one-half square
less, the kitchen shall be ventilated by either of the feet except that in occupancy groups H-1 and H-2,
following: provided the ventilation opening conforming with
(1) Natural means complying with article six of this section 27-749 of article six of this subchapter may be
subchapter and further that the windows shall have a in a vent shaft provided that the net free area of the
minimum width of twelve inches, a minimum area of opening is not less than three square feet. The vent shaft
thee* square feet or ten percent of the floor area of the cross-sectional area shall be increased by one-fifth of a
space whichever is greater and so constructed that at square foot for every foot of height, but shall not be less
least one-half of their required area may be opened. than nine square feet in area and open to the outer air at
When the space is located at the top story the window the top; or, the vent shaft may be open at the sides
or windows may be replaced with a skylight whose above the roof with louvres providing an equivalent net
minimum width shall be twelve inches, whose minimum free area at the top, equal to the area of the shaft.
area shall be four square feet or one-eighth the floor (b) By individual vent shafts or ducts constructed of
area of the space whichever is greater and shall have noncombustible materials with a minimum cross-sectional
ventilating openings of at least one-half of the required area of one square foot and one-third additional square
area of the skylight. foot for each additional water closet or urinal above two
*As enacted but “three” probably intended. in number. The upper termination of such ducts shall be
(2) Mechanical means exhausting at least two cfm of equipped with a wind-blown ventilator cap.
air per square feet of floor area. Where doors are used (c) When a bathroom or toilet room is not ventilated by
to separate the space, the lower portion of each door natural ventilation as required by this section, it shall be
shall have a metal grille containing at least forty-eight mechanically ventilated as follows:
square inches of clean openings or in lieu of such grille (1) Rooms containing only one water closet or urinal
two clear open spaces may be provided, each of at least shall be mechanically ventilated by an exhaust system
twenty-four square inches, one between the bottom of capable of exhausting at least fifty cubic feet of air per
each door and the floor and the other between the top of minute. Means shall be provided for air ingress by
each door and the head jamb. louvres in the door, by undercutting the door, or by
(b) Kitchens, except those located within dwelling transfer ducts, grilles, or other openings.
units, and side spaces, where cooking of any kind is (2) Rooms containing more than one water closet or
done, shall be ventilated by either of the following; urinal, and any auxiliary spaces such as those used in
provided that in no instance may there be any violation hand basins, slop sinks, and locker rooms, shall be
of the nuisance provisions of the health code. mechanically ventilated by an independent exhaust
(1) Natural means complying with article six of this system capable of exhausting at least forty cubic feet of
subchapter and supplemented with auxiliary mechanical air per minute per water closet or urinal. The outdoor
supply and exhaust ventilation adequate to remove the fumes air supply shall conform to the requirements of article
and smoke from the cooking equipment when operating. seven of this subchapter.

287
Title 27 / Subchapter 12

(3) Toilet exhaust systems shall be arranged to expel air having a free openable area of at least five percent of
directly to the outdoors. the floor area of the basement.

§[C26-1207.4] 27-760 Inside locker rooms. -Inside §[C26-1207.7] 27-763 Ventilation of refrigeration plants.-
locker rooms and dressing rooms for more than one Rooms containing refrigeration plants shall be ventilated
person shall be provided with exhaust ventilation giving in accordance with the provisions of subchapter thirteen
at least four changes of air per hour. of this chapter.

§[C26-1207.5] 27-761 Corridors. -Unless natural §[C26-1207.8] 27-764 Ventilation of boiler rooms. -
sources complying with section 27-749 of article six of Boiler rooms shall be ventilated in a manner that will
this subchapter provide ventilating openings equivalent provide air for combustion in accordance with the
to at least two and one-half percent of the floor area, provisions of subchapter fourteen of this chapter and
corridors in buildings of occupancy groups H-1, J-1 and also prevent the accumulation of hot air over or near the
J-2 more than three stories in height, shall be equipment within the room.
mechanically ventilated by a system supplying at least
one-half cubic foot of outdoor air per minute per square §[C26-1207.9] 27-765 Ventilation for schools.-
foot of floor area. [, or a system exhausting 1/2 cu. ft. of School buildings shall be ventilated in accordance with
air per minute per sq. ft. of floor area.]* When air the following requirements:
conditioned, a part of the required supply may be (a) Rooms of instruction and administration.-
recirculated as equivalent outdoor air, but at least thirty- Classrooms, other rooms of instruction, and administrative
three and one-third percent of the required air supply rooms, where the index for ventilation is less than one
shall be actual outdoor air. thousand six hundred fifty, shall have a supply of
*Copy in brackets not enacted but probably intended. outdoor air of at least fifteen cfm per occupant and
mechanical exhaust. Where windows are used as the
§[C26-1207.6] 27-762 Crawl spaces. - source of supply air, mechanical air exhaust shall be
(a) Buildings and structures without basements. -In fifteen cfm per occupant. When outdoor air is supplied
buildings and structures constructed without basements, by mechanical means, the exhaust shall be at least
and in which the first floor construction does not bear eighty percent of the supply. In air-conditioned rooms,
directly on the ground, a space at least eighteen inches the conditioned air supply may be reduced to a
high shall be provided directly under the floor beams, minimum of ten cfm per occupant, of which at least five
girders or sill of the first floor construction. Where the cfm shall be outdoor air.
floor above such a space is constructed of wood or (b) Lockers and wardrobes. -Lockers, wardrobes, or
metal, the space shall be ventilated by one of the wardrobe rooms shall be ventilated in accordance with
following means: the provisions of section 27-760 of this article, and
(1) At least four widely-distributed ventilating where these spaces are located within or adjacent to
openings, providing a total net free area of at least one classroom[s]*, the exhaust air from the classroom may
eight-hundredth of the area of the crawl space, shall be be used for such ventilation.
provided in the foundation walls, and the ground within (c) Auditoria and assembly rooms. -Rooms where
the crawl space shall be covered with a vapor barrier in there are more than seventy-five occupants shall have a
durability equivalent to at least fifty-five pounds, supply of outdoor air of at least fifteen cfm per
roofing felt with unsealed laps and with a transmission occupant and mechanical exhaust. Where windows are
rate of one perm or less. At least two ventilating openings, used as the source of supply air, mechanical air exhaust
providing a total net free area of at least one fifteen- shall be at least fifteen cfm per occupant. When
hundredth the area of the crawl space shall be provided outdoor air is supplied by mechanical means, the
in foundation walls, provided that a vapor barrier with a mechanical exhaust shall be at least eighty percent of
transmission rate of one perm or less is installed over the supply. In air-conditioning spaces, the conditioned
the entire underside of the first floor construction and air supply may be reduced to a minimum of ten cfm per
overlaps the walls. occupant, of which at least five cfm shall be outdoor air.
(2) Other means acceptable to the commissioner. *Copy in brackets not enacted but probably intended.
(b) Buildings and structures with basements.- No
foundation wall vents shall be required where one side §[C26-1207.10] 27-766 Ventilation of rooms or
of a crawl space is completely open except for structural spaces with excessive temperatures, strong odors,
members, to a basement that has an area at least toxic substances, or airborne irritants.- In these
equivalent to that of the crawl space, provided that the rooms or spaces, prevention of all of the following
basement is naturally ventilated by openings complying conditions shall be considered in the design and
with section 27-749 of article six of this subchapter and installation of a ventilating system:

288
Title 27 / Subchapter 12

(a) Excessive temperatures that may be detrimental to STC required shall be fifty for airborne noise. For
the occupants. permits issued after April thirtieth, nineteen hundred
(b) The danger of large concentrations of toxic seventy-three, dwelling unit entrance doors shall have a
substances in the air. minimum STC of 35.
(c) The danger of large concentrations of airborne irritants (2) STC ratings shall be obtained by tests conducted in
an** impurities, such as steam, gases, vapor, and dust, accordance with the procedures of reference standard
that may be injurious to health. RS 12-2 except as provided in paragraph three of this
Where the exhausted air may contain toxic substances subdivision.
or strong objectional*** odors, the exhaust system shall (3) The STC ratings of construction assemblies as
be independent of exhaust systems serving other parts listed in reference standard RS 12-2 may be used to
of the building. determine conformance with the requirements of
**As enacted but "and" probably intended. paragraph one of this subdivision and with any other
***As enacted but "objectionable" probably intended.
section that requires a specific STC rating.
§[C26-1207.11] 27-767 Ventilation for special uses and (4) Penetrations or openings in walls, partitions, or
occupancies. -Special uses and occupancies, not provided floors for pipe sleeves, medicine cabinets, hampers,
for in this subchapter, shall be ventilated in accordance electric devices, or similar items shall be packed,
with the requirements of subchapter seven of this chapter. sealed, lined, back-plastered, or otherwise isolated by
Ventilation of stage areas shall be in accordance with the sufficient mass to maintain the required STC ratings.
requirements of subchapter eight of this chapter. (5) Where grilles, registers, or diffusers in one dwelling
unit are connected by ductwork with grilles, registers,
ARTICLE 9 NOISE CONTROL IN MULTIPLE or diffusers in another dwelling unit, and where such
DWELLINGS connecting duct is less than seven feet long, it shall be
lined with duct lining; otherwise, an approved sound
§[C26-1208.1] 27-768 Requirements. -Interior walls, attenuating device shall be installed therein. Duct lining
partitions, floor-ceiling constructions, and mechanical shall conform to the requirements of subchapter thirteen
equipment in spaces or buildings of occupancy group J-2 of this chapter.
shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the (b) Structure-borne noise. -
requirements of this subchapter, to provide minimum (1) Floor-ceiling constructions separating dwelling units
protection for each dwelling unit from extraneous noises from each other or from public halls or corridors shall
emanating from other dwelling units and from mechanical have a minimum impact noise rating (INR) of zero.
equipment. In addition, airborne sound from exterior (2) Such INR shall be obtained by tests conducted in
mechanical equipment of buildings in any occupancy group accordance with the procedure of reference standard RS
shall conform to the requirements of this subchapter. 12-3 except as provided in paragraph three of this
(a) Field testing. -Where conditions indicate that the subdivision.
installed construction or equipment does not meet the (3) The INR of a floor-ceiling construction listed in
noise control prescribed in this subchapter, reference standard RS 12-3 shall be used to determine
measurements shall be taken to determine conformance or conformance with the requirements of paragraph one of
non-conformance. For conformance with this subchapter, this subdivision above and with any other paragraph
the results of such measurements shall not fail by more that requires a specific INR. Constructions shall be
than two db to meet the requirements in any octave band, designed and installed to avoid short circuiting the
or by more than two points to meet any STC or INR
isolation devices that are incorporated into the constructions.
requirements.
(4) This subdivision shall apply only to construction
(b) Materials or assemblies of materials utilized to
pursuant to permits issued after the thirty-first day of
meet noise control requirements shall comply with load
December, nineteen hundred seventy-six.
bearing, fire protection or other applicable requirements
of this code for walls, partitions and floor-ceiling constructions.
§[C26-1208.3] 27-770 Noise control of mechanical
equipment. -
§[C26-1208.2] 27-769 Acoustical isolation of dwelling
units.- (a) Minimum airborne noise insulation requirements.
(a) Airborne noise. - (1) BOILER ROOMS.- Boiler rooms adjoining dwelling
(1) Walls, partitions, and floor-ceiling constructions spaces, either vertically or horizontally, shall be separated
separating dwelling units from each other or from therefrom by floor-ceiling or partition constructions
public halls, corridors, or stairs shall have a minimum having a minimum STC rating of fifty.
sound transmission class (STC) rating of forty-five for (2) MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SPACES. -Spaces
airborne noise. This requirement shall not apply to or shafts containing air conditioning, refrigeration, or
dwelling unit entrance doors. However, such doors ventilating equipment, elevator machinery, or other
shall fit closely and not be undercut. For permits issued mechanical equipment shall be separated both vertically
after January first, nineteen hundred seventy-two, the and horizontally from dwelling units by constructions
289
Title 27 / Subchapter 12

that will provide a minimum STC rating of fifty. a. Ventilating openings into mechanical equipment
[Spaces or shafts containing equipment shall be spaces. -Ventilating openings into boiler rooms and
separated both vertically and horizontally from dwelling other mechanical equipment spaces shall not be located
units by constructions that will provide a minimum STC in yards or courts where there are windows opening
rating of fifty.]* Spaces or shafts containing equipment from living quarters, unless such ventilating openings
totaling more than seventy-five rated h.p. shall not be are provided with sound attenuating devices if needed
located vertically or horizontally adjacent to dwelling to limit noise transmission to NC-40 (noise criterion)
units unless the total sound power level output of all the levels in the exposed dwelling units. For permits issued
equipment in the space or shaft is certified not to exceed after January first, nineteen hundred seventy-two, the
the maximum sound power levels of table 12-3 in any permissible noise levels shall not exceed NC-35.
octave band. Such sound power level ratings shall be b. Noise criteria requirements.- Noise criteria requirements
obtained by tests conducted in accordance with the prescribed in this subchapter shall be in accordance
procedures of reference standard RS 12-5. with reference standard RS 12-4.
*Copy in brackets not enacted but probably intended.

TABLE 12-3 MAXIMUM SOUND POWER LEVELS PERMITTED IN MECHANICAL SPACES OR

SHAFTS ADJOINING DWELLING SPACES [b]*

Octave Bands, c.p.s. Max. Sound Power Level dba

Mid-Frequency db re 10-13 Watts db re 10-12 Watts
63 101 91
125 101 91
250 103 93
500 105 95
1000 102 92
2000 101 91
4000 98 88
8000 96 86
*Copy in brackets not enacted but probably intended.

Notes for Table 12-3:

a
The maximum sound power levels shall be reduced five db in any octave band where the equipment data indicate pure tone generation. The
presence of pure tones may be determined by means of one-third octave band analysis. The criterion for a significant prue-tone component shall be
an audible pure-tone sound together with an increase of the sound pressure level in the corresponding one-third octave band above the mean of the
two adjacent one-third of at least:
Center frequency of one-third octave band…………………………………... 40/125 160/250 215/500 630/1,000 1,000/10,000
Increase in sound pressure level (db) 6 4 3 2 1½
b
For permits issued after January first, nineteen hundred seventy-two, the maximum sound power levels shall be changed as follows:

Octave Bands, c.p.s. Mid-Frequency db re 10-13 Watts db re 10-12 Watts

63 98 88
125 97 87
250 100 90
1000 97 87
2000 96 86
4000 93 83
8000 91 81

290
Title 27 / Subchapter 12

TABLE 12-4 MAXIMUM SOUND POWER LEVELS PERMITTED FOR

EXTERIOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ADJOINING BUILDINGSb

Maximum distance Maximum Sound Power Levels in Octave Bands—db re 10-13 Wattsa
from equipment to Octave Bands c.p.s Mid Frequency
exterior window (ft.)a 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
12 99 92 88 84 82 82 82 82
25 103 96 92 88 86 86 86 86
50 107 100 96 92 90 90 90 90
100 110 103 99 95 93 93 93 93
Octave Bands—db re 10 -12 Watts
12 89 82 78 74 72 72 72 72
25 93 86 82 78 76 76 76 76
50 97 90 86 82 80 80 80 80
100 100 93 89 85 83 83 83 83

Notes for Table 12-4:

a
The minimum distance shall be measured in a straight line regardless of obstructions. Interpolated levels may be used for distances between
those given in this table. See note a at end of table 12-3.
1. In the event sound power level data for the exterior mechanical equipment is not available, the sound pressure levels in octave bands, of the
exterior mechanical equipment shall be measured.
2. The measurements shall be obtained with the microphone of the measuring equipment located at the interior of the dwelling unit affected in a
line with the window nearest the exterior mechanical equipment. The window shall be fully open and the microphone shall be located three ft.
away from the open portion of the window.
3. Measurements shall be obtained during times when the ambient sound pressure levels, in octave bands, are at least six db lower at all octave
bands than the sound pressure levels measured with the exterior equipment operating. By ambient sound pressure levels is meant the measured
sound pressure levels, at the above described measuring location, with the exterior equipment not in operation.

For permits issued after January first, nineteen hundred seventy-two, the permitted maximum sound power levels for exterior mechanical
equipment adjoining buildings shall be changed as follows:

Feet Maximum Sound Power Levels in Octave Bands—db re 10-13 Wattsa

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
12 97 90 83 78 75 73 72 71
25 104 96 89 84 81 79 78 77
50 110 102 95 90 87 85 84 83
100 116 108 101 96 93 91 90 89
[in]* Octave Bands—db re 10 -12 Watts
12 87 80 73 68 65 63 62 61
25 94 86 79 74 71 69 68 67
50 100 92 85 80 77 75 74 73
100 106 98 91 86 83 81 80 79
*Copy in brackets not enacted, prbably intended.
a
TABLE 12-5 NOISE OUTPUT LIMITATIONS Measurements shall be obtained with a sound level meter and octave
FOR EXTERIOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT band analyzer, calibrated both electronically and acoustically before
MAXIMUM SOUND PRESSURE LEVELa,b and after the measurements are made. The equipment used shall meet
(NOT TO BE EXCEEDED IN ANY OCTAVE BANDS) the requirements of reference standards RS 12-6.
b
For permits issued after January first, nineteen hundred seventy-two,
Octave Bands Decibels the maximum sound pressure levels shall be changed as follows:
Center Frequency (cps) re .0002 Microbar Octave Bands Decibels
63 64 Center Frequencies (cps) re .0002 microbar
125 57 63 61
250 51
500 45 125 53
1000 41 250 46
2000 39 500 40
4000 38 1000 36
8000 37 2000 34
4000 33
Notes for Table 12-5:
8000 32
291
Title 27 / Subchapter 12

(3) DUCTWORK. -Ducts serving dwelling units shall pressure-reducing valves shall be resiliently isolated for
be lined with duct lining for at least twenty feet from a distance of fifty pipe diameters from pressure
the fan discharge or intake; otherwise, an approved reducing valves and isolators shall provide a minimum
sound attenuating device shall be installed therein. All static deflection of one-half inch.
toilet exhaust ducts shall be lined with duct lining for at b. Equipment such as heat exchangers, absorption
least twenty feet upstream of the exhaust fan intake, refrigeration machines, etc., that is located on any floor or
otherwise, an approved sound attenuating device shall be roof other than a floor on grade, and that is not power driven
installed therein. Duct lining shall conform to the requirements but is connected by metal piping to power driven equipment,
of subchapter thirteen of this chapter. shall be resiliently supported from or on the building
(4) EXTERIOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. - structure, for a distance of fifty pipe diameters from the
Mechanical equipment in a building in any occupancy power driven equipment. The resilient supports shall be
group, when located outside of the building in a yard or vibration isolators having a minimum static deflection of one
court or on a roof, or where the equipment opens to the inch and shall incorporate approved resilient pads having a
exterior of the building, shall be subject to the noise minimum thickness of one-quarter inch.
output limitations given in table 12-4 where one or more (4) FANS. -Except for fans installed in compliance
windows of a dwelling unit in any building in occupancy with section 27-353 of article five of subchapter five of
groups J-1, J-2, or J-3 is located within a sphere of one this chapter all fan equipment located on any roof or
hundred foot radius whose center is any part of the floor other than a floor on grade shall be mounted on or
equipment or its housing, unless it can be shown that the from vibration isolators. Fan equipment with motor
sound pressure levels, in octave bands, of the exterior drives separated from the fan equipment shall be
mechanical equipment as measured within the dwelling supported on an isolated integral rigid structural base
unit do not exceed the levels given in table 12-5. supporting both the fan and motor. Fan equipment with
(b) Minimum structure-borne noise and vibration motor drives supported from the fan equipment shall be
isolation requirements. -All isolators used in accordance mounted directly on vibration isolators. Each isolator
with the following requirements shall be approved. shall have provision for leveling. Isolators shall incorporate
(1) BOILER ROOMS. - resilient pads having a minimum thickness of one-
a. Boilers.- All boilers supported on floors above a story quarter inch. The vibration isolators shall provide a
having dwelling units shall be supported on resilient minimum isolator efficiency of ninety percent at fan
isolators having a minimum static deflection of one rotor rpm with a maximum deflection of two inches.
inch. The isolators shall be installed directly under the Fans and compressors of three h.p. or less assembled in
structural frame of the boiler. unitary containers may meet this requirement with
b. Boiler breeching and piping.- When boilers are equipped isolators internal to the container providing the isolators
with mechanical draft fans, the boiler breeching and meet the above minimum isolator efficiencies.
piping that is supported from or on slabs, floors or walls (5) PUMPS. -All pumps of three h.p. or more located
that are contiguous to the dwelling unit shall be on any floor other than a floor on grade shall be
supported for a distance of fifty pipe diameters on or supported on vibration isolators having a minimum
from resilient isolators. Each isolator shall have a isolation efficiency or eighty-five percent at the lowest
minimum static deflection of one inch. disturbing frequency. Each isolator shall incorporate a
(2) INCINERATOR CHARGING CHUTES. - leveling device and a resilient pad having a minimum
a. Metal chutes. -Metal chutes, metal chute supports, thickness of one-quarter inch.
and/or metal chute bracing, shall be free of direct contact (6) COMPRESSORS. -Compressors and drives located
with the shaft enclosure and the openings provided in the on a floor other than a floor on grade shall be mounted
floor construction. Metal chutes shall be resiliently supported on vibration isolators having a minimum isolation
at each structural support location. Isolators shall provide a efficiency of eighty-five percent at the lowest
minimum static deflection of 0.30 in. All chutes shall be plumb. disturbing frequency. Each isolator shall incorporate a
b. Masonry chutes. -The interior chute wall shall be leveling device and a resilient pad having a minimum
plumb and without obstructions for the full height of thickness of one-quarter inch.
the shaft and shall have a smooth interior finish. (7) COOLING TOWERS. -All moving parts of cooling
(3) PIPING. - towers located on a roof or floor other than a floor on
a. Metal piping connected to power driven equipment grade shall be installed on vibration isolators providing
shall be resiliently supported from or on the building a minimum isolation efficiency of eighty-five percent at
structure for a distance of fifty pipe diameters from the fan rotor rpm with a maximum static deflection of four
power driven equipment. The resilient isolators shall inches. Each isolator shall incorporate a leveling device
have a minimum static deflection of one inch for all and a resilient pad having a minimum thickness of one-
piping with a four inch or larger actual outside diameter quarter inch.
and one-half inch for piping with less than four inches (8) EVAPORATIVE CONDENSERS.- Evaporative and
in actual outside diameter. Piping connected to fluid air cooled condensers located on a roof or floor other
292
Title 27 / Subchapter 12

than a floor on grade shall be mounted on vibration located in an elevator machinery room or shaft on a
isolators providing a minimum isolation efficiency of roof, or on a floor other than a floor on grade, shall be
eighty-five percent at fan rotor rpm with a maximum supported on vibration isolator pads having a minimum
static deflection of four inches. Each isolator shall thickness of one-half inch.
incorporate a leveling device and a resilient pad having (c) Maximum permissible air velocities in ducts. -
a minimum thickness of one-quarter inch. (1) DUCTS LOCATED OVER CEILINGS OF DWELLING
(9) DUCT CONNECTIONS TO FAN EQUIPMENT. - PLACES. -The maximum permissible air velocity in
Flexible connections shall be installed between fan ductwork located over the ceilings of dwelling spaces or
equipment and connecting ductwork. in masonry shafts adjoining dwelling spaces shall not
(10) ELEVATOR MACHINERY.- Gear-driven machinery, exceed the velocities prescribed in table 12-6.
gearless machinery, motor generators, and controllers

TABLE 12-6 MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE AIR VELOCITIES IN DUCTS

Type of System Branch Ducts Sub-Main Ducts Main Ducts

Low Velocity 750 fpm 1000 fpm 1500 fpm
High Velocity 1000 2000 3000

In the application of table 12-6 the following shall apply: TABLE 12-7 MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE SOUND
a. Any duct that connects directly to any terminal POWER LEVELS FOR TERMINAL UNITS1
device (grille, diffuser, etc.) shall be classified as a
branch duct for a distance of at least four feet from the Sound Power Levels, db
Octave Bands, c.p.s. db re db re
terminal device.
Mid-Frequency 10-13 Watts 10-12 Watts
b. Any duct that connects a branch duct to a main duct
63 79 69
or to the fan shall be classified as a sub-main duct. No 125 73 63
duct may be classified as a sub-main duct if it connects 250 67 57
to a terminal device by means of a connection less than 500 62 52
four feet in length. 1000 59 49
c. When a duct is connected to the fan and to two or more 2000 57 47
sub-main ducts it shall be classified as a main duct. 4000 54 44
8000 53 43
d. The maximum velocities shown in table 12-6 for
low velocity ductwork shall apply in all cases except Notes for Table 12-7:
where a system of round ductwork is used and an 1
For permits issued after January first, nineteen hundred seventy-two,
acoustic air control device with self-contained attenuation the Maximum Permissible Sound Power Level for terminal units shall
be changed as follows:
components is located in the ductwork prior to each air
terminal device. Branch ducts, if any connecting the Sound Power Levels, [db]*
acoustic air control devices to the terminals shall not Octave Bands, c.p.s. db re db re
have air velocities exceeding seven hundred fifty fpm. Mid-Frequencies 10-13 Watts 10-12 Watts
Maximum power level ratings for the acoustic air 63 76 66
control devices shall be three db less than the values 125 69 59
shown in table 12-7. 250 62 52
(d) Maximum permissible sound power levels of fan 500 57 47
1000 54 44
coil units, grilles, registers, diffusers and induction
2000 52 42
units. -Sound power level data, in octave bands, shall 4000 49 39
be certified in accordance with the provisions of section 8000 48 38
27-131 of article seven of subchapter one of this *Copy in brackets not enacted but probably intended.
chapter, for grilles, registers, diffusers and induction
units at design operating conditions and for coil units
when operating at specified cfm. The sound power
levels shall not exceed the levels listed in table 12-7
when measured in accordance with the provisions of
reference standard RS 12-5

293
Title 27 / Subchapter 12

This page is intended to be left blank

294
Title 27 / Subchapter 13

SUBCHAPTER 13
MECHANICAL VENTILATION, AIR §[C26-1300.2] 27-772 Standards. -The provisions of
CONDITIONING, AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS reference standard RS-13 shall be a part of this subchapter.

TABLE OF CONTENTS §[C26-1300.3] 27-773 Definitions. -For definitions to

be used in the interpretation of this subchapter, see
[Sub-Art. Art. subchapter two of this chapter.
or Sec.]* or Sec.**
§[C26-1300.4] 27-774 Plans. -For the requirements
[1300.0] Art. 1 General governing the filing of plans and the work to be shown
[1300.1] 772 Standards on plans, see subchapter one of this chapter.
[1300.3] 773 Definitions
[1300.4] 774 Plans §[C26-1300.5] 27-775 Permits. -For the requirements
[1300.5] 775 Permits governing equipment work permits and equipment use
[1300.6] 776 General Requirements permits, see subchapter one of this chapter.
[1300.7] 777 Construction
[1300.8] 777.1 Smoke Control §[C26-1300.6] 27-776 General requirements. -
Requirements (a) Ventilation. -The minimum quantities of air and
[1300.9] 777.2 Ventilation in Existing J-1 other requirements for the ventilation of habitable and
Buildings occupiable rooms shall be as required by subchapter
[1301.0] Art. 2 Inspections and Tests for twelve of this chapter, and for the ventilation of special
Equipment Use Permits uses and occupancies by subchapters seven and eight of
[1301.1] 778 General Requirements this chapter.
[1301.2] 779 Required Ventilating (b) Noise control. -Noise control requirements for
Systems mechanical equipment shall be as required by subchapter
twelve of this chapter.
[1301.3] 780 Voluntary Ventilating
(c) Safety. -All systems, equipment, and materials
Systems or Other
including any devices, apparatus, piping work, sheet
Voluntary Air Duct
metal work, insulation work, and supports therefor, used
Systems
as part of or in connection with installations governed
[1301.4] 781 Refrigerating Systems
by this subchapter, shall be designed, installed, located,
[1302.0] Art. 3 Operation and
and operated so that they will not create an immediate
Maintenance
or potential danger to life or impair public health or
[1302.1] 782 General Requirements welfare. No piping of any kind, with the exception of
[1303.0] Art. 4 Posting piping required or, permitted under subchapter
[1303.1] 783 General Requirements seventeen of this chapter, shall be permitted within a
[1304.0] Art. 5 Code Requirements of stair enclosure. Ducts protected in accordance with the
Other City Departments requirements of this subchapter, which do not reduce
[1304.1] 784 Electrical the required clearances of a stair enclosure, are
[1304.2] 785 Air Pollution permissible.
[1304.3] 786 Refrigeration (d) Openings. -No openings for outdoor exhaust air
*”C26” omitted from section numbers in this column.
**”27” omitted from section number in this column. discharges, air intakes, or reliefs from equipment shall
be located and constructed so as to:
ARTICLE 1 GENERAL (1) Interfere with the proper functioning of other
openings in the same building or in adjoining buildings.
§[C26-1300.1] 27-771 Scope. -This subchapter shall establish (2) Interfere unreasonably with the occupants of the same
the minimum safety requirements for, and control the building or adjoining buildings or with the general public.
design, construction, installation, alteration, and use of, (3) Create a fire or health hazard.
systems for providing mechanical ventilation, air
conditioning, air cooling, air heating, and refrigeration. In §[C26-1300.7] 27-777 Construction.-
addition, within special flood hazard areas, and below the The construction, installation, and alteration of systems
regulatory flood datum, as described in article ten of for providing mechanical ventilation, air conditioning, air
subchapter four of this chapter, mechanical ventilation, air cooling, air heating, and refrigeration, shall be in
conditioning, and refrigeration systems, and related accordance with the following:
equipment shall meet the requirements of the applicable (a) Air conditioning and ventilating systems for all
provisions of reference standard RS 4-5. occupancies shall be constructed in accordance with the

295
Title 27 / Subchapter 13

provisions of reference standard RS 13-1. In addition, used exclusively as office space in buildings classified
equipment used for air conditioning systems shall be in occupancy group E which are fully sprinklered.
constructed, installed and altered in accordance with the (3) A ventilation system supplying any part of a means
provisions of reference standards RS 13-7 through 13- of egress shall not be interconnected with any other
15. Where any conflicts arise between the electrical ventilation system.
provisions of the foregoing reference standards and the (4) A ventilation system supplying public areas and
New York City electrical code, the provisions of the assembly spaces shall have smoke detecting devices
latter shall govern. that will shut down the system upon detecting smoke.
(b) Air conditioning systems for one- and two-family (5) In buildings classified in occupancy group J-2,
dwellings, for one story buildings four thousand square ventilation systems supplying individual apartments
feet or less in gross floor area provided ducts do not shall not be directly connected with any other
penetrate fire divisions, and for buildings classified in ventilation system.
mercantile occupancy group C, twenty-five hundred (6) Except in buildings classified in occupancy group
square feet or less in gross floor area shall be J-2, and as otherwise provided in section 27-343 of
constructed and installed in accordance with the article five of subchapter five of this chapter, either a
provisions of reference standard RS 13-4. Also see combined heat and smoke damper or independent heat
article eleven of subchapter fourteen of this chapter. and smoke dampers shall be installed at any penetration
(c) Exhaust systems for cooking spaces requiring of construction required to have a fire-resistance rating.
mechanical ventilation in accordance with the (b) In all buildings classified in occupancy group C,
provisions of subchapter twelve of this chapter, except D, E, F, G, H or J-1, there shall be provided a system of
kitchens located within dwelling units, shall be installed mechanical means of sufficient capacity to exhaust six
as provided in reference standard RS 13-2. air changes per hour or one cfm/sq. ft., whichever is
(d) Restaurant cooking equipment shall be provided greater, from the largest floor in the building, using
with a means of ventilating such equipment constructed either dedicated fan equipment or the building
in accordance with the provisions of reference standard ventilation system arranged to shut down automatically
RS 13-3, provided however that restaurant cooking with manual override capability to exhaust one floor at
equipment installed for periodic cooking use other than a time through a roof or an approved location on an
commercial [sic] only, in community rooms of multiple exterior wall other than a lot line wall.
dwellings, firehouses and other low hazard occupancies
as determined by the commissioner may be provided §[C26-1300.9] 27-777.2 Ventilation in existing J-1
with a means of ventilation constructed in accordance buildings. -In any existing building classified in occupancy
with the provisions of reference standard RS 13-1. group J-1, either seventy-five feet or more in height or
(e) Air blower and exhaust systems, where required for containing thirty or more sleeping rooms:
the removal or conveying of dust, vapor, or other (a) Where a corridor or space above a ceiling in a
impurities, shall be installed in accordance with the corridor is being used on or after February first, nineteen
provisions of reference standard RS 13-5. hundred eighty-four to furnish direct ventilation to a
(f) Refrigeration systems shall be constructed, installed, sleeping room or suite, such use shall, unless continued
and altered in accordance with the provisions of use is permitted by the commissioner, be discontinued by
reference standard RS 13-6. closing all openings between the corridor and sleeping
(g) The utilization of city water in air conditioning and room with construction having a fire-resistance rating
refrigeration systems shall be subject to the equal to the construction in which the opening occurs.
requirements of reference standard RS-16. When continued use of corridor spaces as a plenum is
permitted, smoke detecting devices shall be installed in
§[C26-1300.8] 27-777.1 Smoke control requirements. accordance with the requirements of section 27-981 of
(a) In all buildings classified in occupancy group C, D, article six of subchapter seventeen of this chapter and
E, F, G, H, J-1 or J-2: activation of any two detectors on a floor shall cause
(1) Ventilation systems supplying different occupancy closure of all openings to that floor and shut-off of
groups shall not be interconnected, provided however ventilation service to the floor.
that a ventilation system may serve two occupancy (b) All corridors and other public areas not provided
groups located on the same floor when the accessory with natural ventilation meeting the requirements of
use occupies less than twenty per cent of the floor area section 27-761 of article eight of subchapter twelve of
occupied by the principal use. this chapter shall be provided with manual smoke
(2) Ventilation systems supplying corridors shall not be purging by means of existing ventilation systems.
interconnected with systems serving other spaces, (c) The requirements of this section shall be complied
except that this requirement shall not apply to floors with on or before April first, nineteen eighty-seven.

296
Title 27 / Subchapter 13

ARTICLE 2 INSPECTIONS extinguishing system and its control devices, certifying

AND TESTS FOR EQUIPMENT USE PERMITS the fire commissioner’s acceptance of such a system.
(c) Owner’s statement.- A statement shall be filed
§[C26-1301.1] 27-778 General requirements.- with the commissioner by the owner or lessee of the
No required ventilating system, no voluntary air duct building that the required ventilating system will be
system containing smoke detection or fire protection kept in continuous operation at all times during the
devices that are required by this subchapter, and no occupancy of the building and, if any smoke or fire
refrigeration system shall be placed in operation, until it detection devices or fire extinguishing systems have
has been tested and inspected in accordance with the been installed, that he or she will have such devices and
requirements of this subchapter and until an equipment the fan shut-offs actuated by them tested and inspected
use permit has been issued by the commissioner, except by a competent person or agency at one year intervals
as hereinafter provided. or less. The owner or lessee shall also state that he or
she will promptly make any necessary adjustments and
§[C26-1301.2] 27-779 Required ventilating systems.- repairs to keep the ventilating system and its safety
The following tests and inspection requirements shall devices in proper operating condition. A record of each
be complied with in order to obtain an equipment use inspection and test shall be maintained on the premises
permit for a required ventilating system. by the owner or lessee, and records for at least the last
*(a) Procedure.- A required ventilating system shall be two years shall be made available for inspection by the
subject to the requirements for controlled inspection as
commissioner and the fire commissioner.
provided in article eight of subchapter one of this *Local Law 26-2004.
chapter except that it shall not be required that the
architect or engineer be in the employ of the owner. §[C26-1301.3] 27-780 Voluntary ventilating systems
Such requirements shall include (1) a controlled inspection or other voluntary air duct systems. -The following
to verify that the installation and operation of the completed test and inspection requirements shall be complied with
system comply with the requirements of this subchapter, in order to obtain an equipment use permit for a voluntary
comprising tests to ascertain that the amount of air ventilating system or other air duct system when smoke
being supplied to and exhausted from each space conforms detectors or fire protection devices are required.
with the requirements of this code, and tests that all (a) Procedure.- A voluntary ventilating system or other
required smoke detection and fire protection devices are
voluntary air duct system shall be subject to test and
functioning properly; and (2) a controlled inspection
inspection to ascertain that all smoke detection and fire
comprising tests to verify that required fire dampers are
protection devices are functioning properly, and that the
installed and functioning properly as provided for in
installation conforms with the requirements of this subchapter.
subdivision (d) of section 27-343 of this code. When a
(b) Fire extinguishing systems.- No equipment use
required ventilating system handles five thousand cfm
or less, it shall be subject to controlled inspection permit for a voluntary ventilating system containing a
except that the person making the inspection may be an required fire extinguishing system shall be issued until
architect, engineer or a person with at least five years of a signed statement has been obtained from a representative
experience installing ventilating systems. However, if of the fire commissioner who has witnessed the test of
such a system exhausts any of the following: the extinguishing system and its control devices, certifying
(1) fumes, dusts, vapors or other noxious or injurious the fire commissioner's acceptance of such a system.
substances, (c) Owner's statement.- A statement shall be filed with
(2) substances that create a fire hazard, the commissioner by the owner or lessee of the building
then the person making the inspection shall be an that he or she will have such devices and the fan shut-offs
architect or engineer. It shall not be required that the actuated by them tested and inspected by a competent
architect or engineer be in the employ of the owner. person or agency at one year intervals or less. The
The test reports required under the provisions of article owner or lessee shall also state that he or she will
eight of subchapter one of this chapter shall be filed in promptly make any necessary adjustments and repairs
the form prescribed by the commissioner. The form to keep these devices in operation. A record of each
shall include the quantity of air supplied or exhausted inspection and test shall be maintained on the premises
by each outlet. by the owner or lessee, and the records for at least the
(b) Fire extinguishing systems.- No equipment use permit last two years of operation shall be made available for
for a required ventilating system containing a required inspection by the commissioner and the fire commissioner.
fire extinguishing system shall be issued until a signed
statement has been obtained from a representative of the §[C26-1301.4] 27-781 Refrigerating systems. -The
fire commissioner who has witnessed the test of the following test and inspection requirements shall be complied

revision: October 1, 2004 297

Title 27 / Subchapter 13

with in order to obtain an equipment use permit for a of odors, smoke, or other emissions into the open air
refrigerating system, except as hereinafter provided. shall be subject to the requirements of the New York
(a) Procedure.- A refrigeration system shall be designated City air pollution control code.
for test and inspection under the requirements for
controlled inspection as provided in article eight of §[C26-1304.3] 27-786 Refrigeration.- For operating
subchapter one of this chapter, except that it shall not permits and qualification of operators for refrigeration
be required that the architect or engineer be in the systems, see the requirements of the fire department.
employ of the owner. Test information and all other
information required by reference standard RS 13-6
shall be posted, and the inspection shall be made of the
completed system to verify that the installation
complies with the requirements of this subchapter.
(b) Temporary permit.- A temporary equipment use
permit shall be required for a nonoperating system in
which a charge is maintained. See subchapter one of this
chapter for provisions governing temporary permits.
*(c) Exception.- No equipment use permit or temporary
equipment use permit shall be required for any
refrigerating system exempted under the provisions of
section 27-189 of article eighteen of subchapter one of
this chapter; for any system using a group A2, B1 or B2
refrigerant and having a prime mover of one horsepower or
less; or for any system using water or air as a refrigerant.
*Local Law 32-2004.

ARTICLE 3 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

§[C26-1302.1] 27-782 General requirements.- All

systems shall be maintained in a clean and orderly
condition, free from accumulations of dust, oily waste, or
debris. All machinery and all operating devices on piping
and ductwork shall be kept readily accessible for
inspections and repair. Plenum chambers, air ducts, and
cooling and heating coils shall be kept clean. Filters shall
be cleaned or renewed at proper intervals to insure safe
operation and adequate air flow and shall comply with
the applicable requirements of the fire prevention code.

ARTICLE 4 POSTING

§[C26-1303.1] 27-783 General requirements. –

Information to be posted shall be as required in
reference standard RS-13. Method of posting shall be as
required in subchapter one of this chapter.

ARTICLE 5 CODE REQUIREMENTS

OF OTHER CITY DEPARTMENTS

§[C26-1304.1] 27-784 Electrical. -All electrical work

shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of
the electrical code of the city of New York.

§[C26-1304.2] 27-785 Air pollution. -The discharge

revision: October 1, 2004

298
Title 27 / Subchapter 14

SUBCHAPTER 14 [1410.0] Art. 11 Residence-Type Warm Air

HEATING AND COMBUSTION EQUIPMENT Heating Systems
[1410.1] 812 General Requirements
TABLE OF CONTENTS [1411.0] Art. 12 Unit Heaters
[1411.1] 813 General Requirements
[Sub-Art Art. [1411.2] 814 Supports
or Sec.]* or Sec.** [1411.3] 815 Recessed Heaters
[1411.4] 816 Fireplace Heaters
[1400.0] Art. 1 General [1412.0] Art. 13 Floor Furnaces
[1400.1] 787 Scope [1412.1] 817 Location
[1400.2] 788 Standards [1412.2] 818 Enclosures
[1400.3] 789 Definitions [1412.3] 819 Furnace Supports
[1400.4] 790 Plans [1412.4] 820 Pit Access Openings
[1400.5] 791 Permits [1412.5] 821 Duct Temperature
[1400.6] 792 General Requirements [1412.6] 822 Pressure Regulator
[1401.0] Art. 2 Inspections and Tests for [1412.7] 823 One-and Two-Family
Equipment Use Permits Dwellings
[1401.1] 793 Boilers [1413.0] Art. 14 Boilers
[1401.2] 794 Fuel Burning and Fuel [1413.1] 824 General Requirements
Storage Installations [1414.0] Art. 15 Unfired Pressure Vessels
[1402.0] Art. 3 Licenses and Certificates [1414.1] 825 General Requirements
[1402.1] 795 High-Pressure Boiler [1415.0] Art. 16 Gas Fired Equipment
Operating Engineer [1415.1] 826 General Requirements
License 826.01 Barbecue Grilles
[1402.2] 796 Oil Burning Equipment [1416.0] Art. 17 Fuel Oil Equipment
Installer License [1416.1] 827 General Requirements
[1402.3] 797 Certificates [1416.2] 828 Fuel Oil Storage
[1402.4] 798 Operator's Inspection after Equipment
Repairs [1416.3] 829 Location of Tanks
[1403.0] Art. 4 Abatement of Air [1416.4] 830 Piping
Contaminants [1416.5] 831 Controls
[1403.1] 799 General Requirements [1416.6] 832 Chimneys
[1404.0] Art. 5 Equipment Standards [1417.0] Art. 18 Refuse Disposal Systems
[1404.1] 800 Standards for Gas and Oil [1417.1] 833 General
Burning Equipment [1417.2] 834 Compliance
[1405.0] Art. 6 Equipment Classification [1417.3] 835 Permitted Types of
[1405.1] 801 Low Temperature Incinerators
Equipment [1417.4] 836 Refuse Collection Rooms
[1405.2] 802 Medium Temperature [1417.5] 837 Incinerator Rooms
Equipment [1417.6] 838 Ventilation
[1405.3] 803 High Temperature [1417.7] 839 Draft Control
Equipment [1417.8] 840 Charging Chutes and
[1406.0] Art. 7 Equipment Foundation Exhaust Flues
Mountings [1417.9] 841 Charging Gates
[1406.1] 804 General Requirements [1417.10] 842 Auxiliary Heat
[1407.0] Art. 8 Equipment Clearances [1417.11] 843 Construction of Incinerators
[1407.1] 805 General Requirements [1417.12] 844 Construction of Chimneys
[1407.2] 806 Reduction of Clearances and Charging Chutes
[1408.0] Art. 9 Combustion Air [1417.14] 845 Cleanouts
[1408.1] 807 Air Supply [1417.15] 846 Accessibility
[1408.2] 808 Flue Dampers [1417.16] 847 Cabinets and Control Wiring
[1409.0] Art. 10 Piping Containing Steam, [1417.17] 848 Posting
Hot Water or Other Fluids Art. 19 Solid Fuel Fireplaces, Fireplace
[1409.1] 809 Insulation and Clearances Stoves and Room Heaters
[1409.2] 810 Firestopping 848.01 General
[1409.3] 811 Insulation Materials 848.02 Reference Standards
848.03 Definitions

299
Title 27 / Subchapter 14

848.04 Installations degrees Fahrenheit. Such equipment shall be located,

848.05 Structural Adequacy arranged, and protected so that the means of access to
848.06 Chimneys them for ordinary operation and maintenance will not be
848.07 Masonry Fireplaces hazardous. They shall not be located in exits, hoistways, nor
848.08 Wood Burning Appliances in the same space with other equipment or materials when the
848.09 Factory-Built Fireplaces proximity to the other equipment or materials would create a
848.10 Fireplace Heat Exchangers hazardous condition. All piping shall be installed so as to
and Fireplace Inserts provide for adequate expansion and contraction.
848.11 Imitation Fireplaces
848.12 Requirements ARTICLE 2 INSPECTIONS AND TESTS
*“C26” omitted from section numbers in this column.
**“27” omitted from section numbers in this column.
FOR EQUIPMENT USE PERMITS

LIST OF TABLES ***§[C26-1401.1] 27-793 Boilers. -

(a) Acceptance tests. -Boilers shall not be placed in
Table No. operation upon completion of construction until they
have been inspected and tested and an equipment use
14-1 Reduction of Appliance Clearance With permit has been issued by the commissioner. All final
Specified Forms of Protection inspections and tests for boilers shall be subject to the
provisions for controlled inspection as provided in
ARTICLE 1 GENERAL subchapter one of this chapter, except that such
inspections and tests shall be made by a qualified boiler
§[C26-1400.1] 27-787 Scope. -This subchapter shall inspector in the employ of the department or a duly
establish the minimum safety requirements for, and authorized insurance company as provided in section
control the design, construction, installation, alteration, two hundred four of the labor law. Equipment having a
and use of heating, combustion, fuel storage, and Btu input of not more than three hundred fifty thousand
related equipment. In addition, within special flood Btu per hour shall be exempt from this requirement.
hazard areas, and below the regulatory flood datum, as (b) Periodic boiler inspections.-
described in article ten of subchapter four of this (1) Except as provided in paragraph two of this
chapter, heating, combustion, fuel storage and related subdivision, all boilers, as defined in section two
equipment shall meet the requirements of the applicable hundred four of the labor law, excepting those boilers
provisions of reference standard RS 4-5. listed in subdivision five of such section of the labor
law, shall be inspected at least once a year by duly
§[C26-1400.2] 27-788 Standards. -The provisions of authorized insurance companies or other qualified
reference standard RS-14 shall be a part of this subchapter. inspectors in the manner set forth in rules and
regulations promulgated by the commissioner. Such
§[C26-1400.3] 27-789 Definitions. -For definitions to inspections shall also include the chimney connectors
be used in the interpretation of this subchapter, see described in article three of subchapter fifteen of this
subchapter two of this chapter. chapter. All boiler inspectors who perform periodic
inspections pursuant to this subdivision shall be
§[C26-1400.4] 27-790 Plans. -For the requirements qualified under section two hundred four of the labor
governing the filing of plans and the work to be shown law and rules and regulations promulgated by the
on plans, see subchapter one of this chapter. commissioner of labor.
(2) Each owner of a high-pressure boiler, as defined in
§[C26-1400.5] 27-791 Permits. -For the requirements sections 26-160 and 27-795 of this code, may choose to
governing equipment work permits and equipment use have the annual boiler inspection conducted by the
permits, see subchapter one of this chapter. department or by a duly authorized insurance company.
(c) Owner's annual statement. -
§[C26-1400.6] 27-792 General requirements.- (1) The owner of each boiler that is subject to periodic
All heating, combustion, and cooking equipment shall inspection shall file an annual written statement with
be installed with adequate clearances from combustible the commissioner, specifying:
construction [sic] in accordance with the provisions of a. The location of each boiler.
this subchapter. Either the equipment shall be provided b. Whether or not the owner, agent, or lessee has had
with insulation or the building construction shall be fire the boiler inspected by a duly authorized insurance
protected, so that during continued or intermittent operation company or other qualified inspector in accordance
the surface of combustible construction materials will not with the requirements of subdivision (b) of this section,
be raised to a temperature higher than one hundred seventy setting forth the name and address of the insurance

300
Title 27 / Subchapter 14

company or other qualified inspector, the date of contractor and the pressures at which the piping and the
inspection, and the policy number covering the boiler. tank were tested.
(2) If the periodic boiler inspection has been performed (2) Gas distribution piping shall be tested for tightness
by a duly authorized insurance company or other by the contractor who made the installation before the
qualified inspector pursuant to subdivision (b) of this work is closed in and before the system is operated, in
section, the annual statement shall be accompanied by a accordance with the requirements of section 27-922 of
signed copy of the report of each boiler inspection, on article seven of subchapter sixteen of this chapter. For
such forms and in such manner as required by the gas storage tanks see chapter four of this title.
commissioner. (b) Inspections. -Fuel burning equipment shall be
(3) The statement shall be filed within thirty days after inspected in accordance with the requirements for
installation of a boiler. Thereafter, it shall be filed on or controlled inspections in subchapter one, except that the
before the last day of December of the year of each inspections may be made by an architect or engineer
annual inspection. who need not be in the employ of the owner or by a
(d) Removal or discontinuance notice. -The owner of representative of the commissioner.
a boiler that is removed or discontinued from use shall (c) Temporary use permit. -A temporary equipment use
file a written notice of such removal or discontinuance permit, as provided in subchapter one, may be issued by
with the commissioner within thirty days of the date of the commissioner upon receipt of a statement signed by
removal or discontinuance. the contractor who made the installation, certifying that:
(e) Failure to file statements and notices. -If an owner (1) The portions of the work completed conform with
of a boiler shall fail to file any statement or notice all provisions of the code listing at the same any items
required under this section, such owner shall be liable for still to be completed.
a civil penalty pursuant to section 26-125 of this code. (2) All required pressure tests have been successfully
(f) Additional inspections.- In addition to the inspections completed on the portion of the work installed and
giving the pressure at which the tests were made.
required by subdivisions (a) and (b) of this section, the
(d) Instruction cards. -For oil burning systems, cards
commissioner may make such additional inspections as
giving complete instructions for the care and operation of
required to enforce the provisions of this code. No fee
the system shall be furnished and shall be permanently
shall be charged for such additional inspections.
located in an easily visible and accessible location near
(g) Fees. -Every owner of a boiler in use and inspected
the equipment.
by a duly authorized insurance company shall pay to the
(e) Exceptions. -An equipment use permit shall not be
department an annual fee for each boiler in the amount
required for any installation for which a work permit is
prescribed by section 26-213 of title twenty-six of the not required as provided in section 27-189 of article
administrative code to cover the city’s administrative eighteen of subchapter one of this chapter.
and supervisory costs involved. The fee shall be payable
at the time of the filing of the statement required by this ARTICLE 3 LICENSES AND CERTIFICATES
subdivision.
***Local Law 62-1991. §[C26-1402.1] 27-795 High pressure boiler operating
engineer license. -If a boiler produces steam or vapor
§[C26-1401.2] 27-794 Fuel burning and fuel storage or has a safety valve setting of more than fifteen psi and
installations. - rated in excess of ten hp or if such boiler produces hot
(a) Field tests. - water at a pressure of more than one hundred sixty psi
(1) All liquid fuel piping and fuel oil storage tanks shall or at a temperature over two hundred fifty degrees
be hydrostatically tested for tightness by the contractor Fahrenheit, such boiler shall be operated by a high-
who made the installation before the work is closed in pressure boiler operator licensed in accordance with the
and before the system is operated. The piping shall be requirements of subchapter two of title twenty-six of the
tested at one and one-half times the maximum working administrative code.
pressure applicable to that part of the piping system but
at a pressure less than the test pressure required for the §[C26-1402.2] 27-796 Oil burning equipment installer
storage tank. The minimum pressure for testing tanks license.- All oil burning installations, including storage
shall be one and one-half times the maximum working equipment, shall be made by, or under, the direct
pressure applicable to the tank but in no case less than supervision of a licensed oil burning equipment installer,
twenty-five psi. The hydrostatic pressure shall be in accordance with requirements of subchapter two of title
maintained until all joints and connections have been twenty-six of the administrative code.
visually inspected for leaks, but in no case for less than
one-half hour. The tank shall not show any permanent §[C26-1402.3] 27-797 Certificates. -No oil burning
deformation as a result of the test. A record shall be equipment hereafter installed shall be operated until an
kept of the pressure tests showing the name of the equipment use permit has been issued by the commissioner,
301
Title 27 / Subchapter 14

the requirements of the air pollution control code have been six hundred degrees and one thousand degrees
met as provided in section 27-799 of article four of this Fahrenheit under normal operating conditions shall be
chapter, and until approval for the storage of fuel oil has classified as medium temperature equipment.
been given by the fire commissioner, except that temporary
operation may be permitted as provided in section 27-188 §[C26-1405.3] 27-803 High temperature equipment.-
of article eighteen of subchapter one of this chapter. Equipment whose products of combustion at the point of
(a) Every oil burning installation that is not fully leaving the equipment have a temperature of one thousand
automatic or requires preheating shall be operated by, or degrees Fahrenheit or greater under normal operating
under, the direct supervision of a person holding a conditions shall be classified as high temperature equipment.
certificate of fitness issued by the fire commissioner.
Such person shall be in the building at all times while the ARTICLE 7 EQUIPMENT FOUNDATION
burners are in operation, and shall be present in the boiler MOUNTINGS
room during the starting of the operation of a boiler.
§[C26-1406.1] 27-804 General requirements. -All floor
§[C26-1402.4] 27-798 Operator's inspection after repairs.- mounted combustion or heating equipment shall be mounted
After any repairs are made to a boiler or fuel burning on noncombustible construction as provided in reference
equipment for which licensed or qualified operators are standard RS 14-17 or on combustible construction if such
required, such operators shall check the repairs, together construction is protected as required in reference standard
with the functioning of all control [sic] devices and the RS 14-17, provided the following conditions are met:
positioning of all valves. These licensed or qualified (a) All clearances shall comply with the requirements
operators also shall be present during the starting of the specified in section 27-792 of article one of this subchapter.
operation of the equipment and shall be responsible for (b) Heating and combustion equipment which has been
the proper and safe operation of such equipment. tested in accordance with applicable standards listed in
reference standard RS-14, shall be installed with the
ARTICLE 4 ABATEMENT OF AIR clearances determined by such tests.
CONTAMINANTS (c) Equipment which has been approved, as provided
in section 27-135 of article eight of subchapter one of
§[C26-1403.1] 27-799 General requirements.- this chapter, shall be installed in accordance with the
All heating and combustion equipment that is fired with conditions of such approval.
solid, liquid, or gas fuels and that is subject to the (d) When mounted above combustible construction, the
provisions of this code, including all rubbish burners equipment is arranged so that flame or gaseous products of
and incinerators, shall comply with the requirements of combustion do not impinge upon the base of the equipment.
the air pollution control code.
ARTICLE 8 EQUIPMENT CLEARANCES
ARTICLE 5 EQUIPMENT STANDARDS
§[C26-1407.1] 27-805 General requirements.-
§[C26-1404.1] 27-800 Standards for gas and oil Clearances from combustible construction in walls,
burning equipment. -Gas burning and fuel oil burning
partitions and ceilings adjacent to combustion or
equipment and accessory equipment or devices shall be
heating equipment shall not be less than that tabulated
accepted for use in accordance with the provisions of
in reference standard RS 14-15, provided the following
this subchapter when they comply with the test and
conditions are met:
installation standards of reference standard RS-14 as
(a) All clearances shall comply with the requirements
applicable, or have been approved by the board. Both
specified in section 27-792 of article one of this
methods shall be subject to the requirements of section
subchapter.
27-135 of article eight of subchapter one of this chapter.
(b) Heating and combustion equipment which has been
tested in accordance with the applicable standards listed
ARTICLE 6 EQUIPMENT CLASSIFICATION
in reference standard RS-14, shall be installed with the
clearances determined by such tests.
§[C26-1405.1] 27-801 Low temperature equipment.
-Equipment whose products of combustion at the point (c) Equipment which has been approved, as provided
of leaving the equipment have a temperature of six in section 27-135 of article eight of subchapter one of
hundred degrees Fahrenheit or less under normal operating this chapter, shall be installed in accordance with the
conditions shall be classified as low temperature equipment. conditions of such approval.

§[C26-1405.2] 27-802 Medium temperature equipment.- §[C26-1407.2] 27-806 Reduction of clearances. -The
Equipment whose products of combustion at the point clearances required in section 27-805 of this article may be
of leaving the equipment have a temperature of between reduced when the exposed combustible construction is

302
Title 27 / Subchapter 14

protected with noncombustible material in accordance with §[C26-1409.2] 27-810 Firestopping. -

the forms of protection listed in reference standard RS 14-16. For requirements governing firestopping around piping
passing through floors, roofs, or fire separations, see
ARTICLE 9 COMBUSTION AIR subchapter five of this chapter.

§[C26-1408.1] 27-807 Air supply. - §[C26-1409.3] 27-811 Insulation materials.-

(a) Oil fuels. -The air supply for equipment burning All insulations shall be of noncombustible materials. All
fuel oil shall comply with the requirements in coverings, vapor barriers and adhesives shall have a
applicable standards in reference standard RS-14. flame spread rating no higher than twenty-five and a
Ventilation shall be capable of providing at least thirty- smoke developed rating no higher than fifty. Adhesives
six cfm of air for each gallon of oil per hour required to and mastic finishes shall be tested in sufficient bulk to
fire the equipment to gross output. produce maximum burning, and shall be tested in
(b) Gas fuels. -The air supply for equipment burning accordance with reference standard RS 14-11.
gas shall comply with the requirements of article sixteen
of this subchapter. ARTICLE 11 RESIDENCE-TYPE WARM AIR
(c) Solid Fuels. -The air supply for equipment burning HEATING SYSTEMS
solid fuels shall comply with those required for burning
fuel oil based on Btu equivalent of the solid fuel. §[C26-1410.1] 27-812 General requirements. -
(d) Mechanical ventilation. -If the ventilation for the
Residence-type warm air heating systems shall be
purpose of combustion is supplied mechanically, the
designed and installed in accordance with the applicable
ventilating system shall be electrically interlocked with
requirements of reference standard RS-14.
the burner so that when the burner is in operation the
ventilating system shall maintain the room in which the
ARTICLE 12 UNIT HEATERS
equipment is located at a pressure not less than the
outdoor atmospheric pressure.
§[C26-1411.1] 27-813 General requirements.-
§[C26-1408.2] 27-808 Flue dampers. -Dampers in All gas or oil burning unit heaters shall conform to the
flues shall be constructed so that they cannot completely requirements of article five of this subchapter.
cut off the passage of flue gases at any time. Tight-
closing dampers may be installed with approved §[C26-1411.2] 27-814 Supports.- All suspended type
automatic draft and combustion controls. direct-fired unit heaters shall be adequately supported
by metal hangers, brackets, or other noncombustible
supports with the clearances required in reference
ARTICLE 10 PIPING CONTAINING STEAM, standard RS 14-15.
HOT WATER
OR OTHER FLUIDS §[C26-1411.3] 27-815 Recessed heaters.- Recessed
heaters shall be of an approved type, and shall be
§[C26-1409.1] 27-809 Insulation and clearances. - installed only in accordance with the conditions of approval.
All accessible piping in habitable and occupiable rooms
carrying steam, water, or other fluids at temperatures §[C26-1411.4] 27-816 Fireplace heaters.- Gas-fired
exceeding one hundred sixty-five degrees Fahrenheit heaters, approved for use in fireplace recesses only,
shall be insulated to prevent the temperature at the outer shall not be used elsewhere.
surface of the insulation from exceeding sixty degrees
Fahrenheit above the ambient temperature. The openings ARTICLE 13 FLOOR FURNACES
for insulated piping through combustible floors, walls,
partitions, ceilings and other combustible construction §[C26-1412.1] 27-817 Location. -Floor furnaces shall
shall include clearance and insulation adequate to be located so as to be accessible and shall not be
satisfy the requirements of section 27-792 of article one installed in the floor of any corridor or passageway, nor
of this subchapter. Where accessible piping carries a in any exit in a place of assembly.
fluid not exceeding two hundred fifty degrees Fahrenheit
and insulation would interfere with the functioning of §[C26-1412.2] 27-818 Enclosures. -Enclosures of floor
the system, such piping may be uninsulated provided furnaces shall be constructed entirely of noncombustible
sufficient clearance is maintained from the combustible materials with a fire resistance rating of at least one
construction so that the temperature limitation of section hour and the enclosure shall be provided with adequate
27-792 of article one of this subchapter is not exceeded, outdoor air in accordance with the requirements of
and all uninsulated piping shall be provided with at least article nine of this subchapter to ensure proper
one-half inch clearance from combustible materials.

303
Title 27 / Subchapter 14

combustion. The enclosure shall be provided with boilers designed for the same operating temperatures. The
adequate means of access for servicing the furnace. construction, maintenance, installation, and operation of
unfired pressure vessels shall comply with the applicable
§[C26-1412.3] 27-819 Furnace supports. – requirements of reference standard RS 14-4.
Floor furnaces shall be installed only in floors of
noncombustible construction having at least a two hour ARTICLE 16 GAS FIRED EQUIPMENT
fire resistance rating, except as provided for one- and
two-family dwellings in section 27-823 of this article. §[C26-1415.1] 27-826 General requirements. -The
Floor furnaces shall have the following clearances: construction and installation of gas burning equipment
(a) Pit clearances. -Floor furnaces, when other than shall comply with the applicable requirements of article
gas-fired, shall be mounted independently of the floor five of this subchapter and reference standard RS 14-2
grille with a six inch clearance at the bottom and a and RS 14-6. The installation of gas piping shall be in
twelve inch clearance at the sides except that the accordance with the provisions of subchapter sixteen of
clearance on the control side shall be at least eighteen this chapter, and for the installation of chimneys and gas
inches. vents, the provisions of subchapter fifteen of this chapter.
(b) Pit waterproofing. -When there is likelihood of
water rising above the bottom clearance of the unit, the *§27-826.01 Barbecue grilles.- Only accepted natural
pit shall be constructed with a watertight enclosure with gas-fired barbecues or grilles that employ an open
the sides extending at least four inches above the flame for roasting or broiling and that are located in the
ground level. interior of buildings, or on the exterior of buildings
when against any part of an exterior wall, shall be
§[C26-1412.4] 27-820 Pit access openings. -The access installed. All provisions for the construction and
foundation wall opening or floor trap door shall be at installation of fireplaces set forth in article 19 of this
least eighteen inches by twenty-four inches and the under subchapter shall be complied with in the construction
floor passage to the furnace shall be at least twenty-four and installation of barbecue grilles.
*Local Law 80-1989.
inches by twenty-four inches in cross-section.
ARTICLE 17 FUEL OIL EQUIPMENT
§[C26-1412.5] 27-821 Duct temperature. -The outlet
duct temperature of warm air heating furnaces shall not §[C26-1416.1] 27-827 General requirements. -For
be greater than two hundred fifty degrees Fahrenheit. the purpose of this subchapter, fuel oil shall mean
hydrocarbon oils as classified in reference standard RS
§[C26-1412.6] 27-822 Pressure regulator. - 14-3 and RS 14-12 and shall have a flashpoint not
In gas-fired furnaces, a gas pressure regulator shall be lower than one hundred degrees Fahrenheit when tested
provided so that the gas input does not exceed the in accordance with reference standards RS 14-13 and
manufacturer’s rating. Pressure regulators shall comply marketed under the following commercial grades: range
with the requirements of article five of this subchapter. oil or no.1 fuel oil; diesel oil or no. 2 fuel oil; no. 4 fuel
oil; no. 5 fuel oil; no. 6 fuel oil. Except as provided in
§[C26-1412.7] 27-823 One-and two-family dwellings.- section 27-4056 of this title the use of crankcase refuse
Floor furnace enclosures shall be constructed of oil as fuel oil is prohibited. These requirements shall not
noncombustible materials with a fire resistance rating apply to (1) the use and installation of portable burners
of at least one hour. Means shall be provided for not requiring a connection to a flue where such burners
supporting the furnace when the floor grille is removed. are of the type commonly used for household purposes
Clearances shall be as provided in reference standards such as oil stoves, oil heaters and oil lamps equipped
RS 14-15 and 14-16. with a woven wick; (2) portable apparatus such as blow
torches, soldering pots, tar heaters, snow melters, etc.;
ARTICLE 14 BOILERS (3) storage tanks for oils used in industrial process such as
cracking, distilling, manufacture of gas, or other similar
§[C26-1413.1] 27-824 General requirements. -The processes. For the requirements governing the storage of
construction, installation, maintenance, and operation of such oils see chapter four of this title.
boilers shall comply with the applicable requirements of
reference standard RS 14-5. §[C26-1416.2] 27-828 Fuel oil storage equipment. -
(a) General requirements for fuel oil tanks. -All
ARTICLE 15 UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS tanks shall be designed and installed in accordance with
the provisions for steel work in subchapter ten of this
§[C26-1414.1] 27-825 General requirements. -The chapter or in accordance with the provisions of this
minimum clearance and fire protection requirements for subchapter.
unfired pressure vessels shall be the same as required for
304
Title 27 / Subchapter 14

(1) All fuel oil storage tanks shall be built of steel a. Tanks thirty-six inches in diameter and less-at least
plates or sheets, made by the open hearth or basic 1/4 in. shell and 1/4 in. heads.
oxygen process. Such steel shall be free from physical b. Tanks thirty-seven to seventy-two inches in diameter-
imperfections, and shall be new, in good condition, and at least 1/4 in. shell and 5/16 in. heads.
free from rust. c. Tanks seventy-three to one hundred twenty inches in
(2) Tanks shall be welded, riveted and caulked, or diameter-at least 5/16 in. shell and 3/8 in. heads.
riveted and welded. Flanges or other pipe connections d. Tanks over one hundred twenty inches in diameter-
may be welded. All caulking shall be placed with round shall be of at least 3/8 in. steel and shall be stiffened by
nose tools and without damages to the plates. Filler of angle rings or equi3valent members so as to retain their
any kind between plates shall be prohibited. cylindrical form.
(3) Tanks to be buried shall be cleaned and then coated (2) Dished heads for such tanks shall have a curvature
on the outside with two coats of red lead, or equivalent. the radius of which is not greater than the diameter of
They shall be further protected by a coating of hot tar, the tank. Dished heads shall be formed with an
asphalt, or equivalent rust resistive material, applied at adequate cylindrical extension rim to provide a welding
the work site. Tanks installed inside buildings above or riveting surface. If flat heads are used, they shall be
ground shall be coated with one coat of red lead, or braced in the same manner as described for the bracing
equivalent. of flat sides of rectangular tanks.
(4) All buried storage tanks shall be constructed of at (3) Riveting in single lap seams shall not exceed a pitch
least one-quarter inch thick metal and shall be designed as follows:
to withstand any external loads to which the tank may a. Shell 1/4 in. thick-5/8 in. diameter rivets, 2 1/4 in. pitch.
be subjected. b. Shell 5/16 in. thick-5/8 in. diameter rivets, 2 3/8 in. pitch.
(5) At the time of installation all storage tanks shall bear c. Shell 3/8 in. thick-3/4 in. in diameter rivets, 2 1/2 in. pitch.
a permanently-fixed plate, spot welded or equivalent, (c) Rectangular tanks, of more than two hundred
bearing the name of the tank manufacturer, the gage seventy-five gallon capacity. -
[sic] of the material, and capacity of the tank. Shop (1) Plates for rectangular tanks of more than two
fabricated storage tanks shall be installed without hundred seventy-five gallon capacity shall be at least
structural alteration. 5/16 in. thick.
(6) All openings shall be through the top of the storage (2) Corners may be made up by bending the plates or
tank, except that storage tanks of two hundred seventy by using angles.
five gallon capacity or less, located above ground but (3) Minimum rivet diameter in seams shall be 5/8 in.,
below the lowest story, may be provided with a three- and rivets shall be spaced not more than 2 1/4 in.
quarter inch opening for gravity discharge and a one center-to-center.
inch opening in the bottom for cleaning and protection (4) All flat surfaces of rectangular tanks shall be braced
against corrosion. by structural members or rods.
(7) Tanks for no. 1, no. 2, no. 3 and no. 4 commercial (5) When structural members are used, the rivet pitch
[sic] grade oils need not have manholes. However, if shall not exceed six inches.
manholes are used for such oils, the manhole covers (6) All structural members shall be designed in accordance
shall be bolted and made gastight. Tanks for no. 5 and with the requirements of subchapter ten of this chapter.
no. 6 commercial grade oils shall have manhole covers (7) Connections between bracing members and the sides
bolted or otherwise secured to the tanks and kept of the tank shall be designed so that the connection will
hydrostatically tight at all times. not fail before the member will fail.
(8) Tanks outside of buildings shall be electrically grounded (d) All tanks except vertical tanks above ground,
in accordance with the requirements for equipment grounding two hundred seventy-five gallon or less capacity. -
of the electrical code of the city of New York. (1) All oil storage tanks of two hundred seventy-five
(9) Tanks shall be located at least seven feet measured in gallon capacity or less that are not buried shall have a
the most direct manner, from any source of exposed flame minimum thickness of shell and head plates of no. 10
unless protected as provided in paragraph two or three of manufacturer's standard gage [sic] steel plate. Storage
subdivision (a) of section 27-829 of this article and at least
tanks of sixty gallon capacity or less shall be similarly
two feet from any surface where the temperature exceeds
constructed but need not be thicker than No. 14
one hundred sixty-five degrees Fahrenheit.
manufacturer's standard gage [sic].
(b) Construction requirements, cylindrical tanks, except
(e) Vertical storage tanks over one thousand gallon
vertical tanks above ground outside of buildings, more
capacity located outside of building above ground.-
than two hundred seventy-five gallon capacity. -
(1) Vertical storage tanks located outside of buildings
(1) The thickness of cylindrical tanks, including oval,
above ground shall be built of steel plates of the quality
elongated oval, or round [sic] tanks of more than two
required for cylindrical tanks.
hundred seventy-five gallon capacity shall be subject to
(2) The minimum thickness of shell or bottom plates
the following requirements:
shall be one-quarter of an inch, and the minimum

305
Title 27 / Subchapter 14

thickness of roof plates one-eighth of an inch. The fire resistance rating. Weep holes one inch in diameter
thickness of shell plates shall be determined in shall be provided at least every three feet along the
accordance with the following formula: bottom of the enclosure unless at least fifteen inches of
clearance, together with access door, is provided
t = P x Rx F between the tank and the enclosure.
TxE (3) TANK CAPACITY ELEVEN HUNDRED GALLONS
OR MORE.- Storage tanks having a capacity of eleven
where: t = thickness of shell plate in inches. hundred gallons or more may be installed above ground
P = head pressure at bottom of ring under on the lowest floor of a building, provided that all
consideration in psi. portions of such tanks above the floor are completely
R = radius of shell, in inches. enclosed with noncombustible construction having at
F = factor of safety (taken as five). least a three hour resistance rating. At least fifteen
T = tensile strength of plate, in psi as verified inches clearance shall be provided over the tanks and on
by mill test certificate. all sides between the tanks and the enclosure. A
E = efficiency of vertical joint in ring under noncombustible access door, constructed so as to
consideration. E shall in no case be taken preserve the integrity of the fire resistive enclosure,
greater than one. shall be installed in the enclosure above the point where
the capacity of the enclosure below the door sill would
(3) Roof plates shall have single lap-riveted or welded be equal to the capacity of the largest tank installed.
watertight seams, and the roof shall be built to shed When the longest inside dimension of the enclosure
water. Bottom plates shall have single lap riveted or exceeds thirty-five feet, access doors shall be installed
welded seams. Shell plate seams shall be designed to at intervals not exceeding twelve feet. Columns, pipes,
develop the full strength of the plate. or similar obstructions may project into the required
(f) Storage containers of six gallons or less. - fifteen inches of space within the enclosure, provided
(1) Oil storage containers used with burners or oil that access door or doors are so arranged that all
burning heaters and having a capacity of six gallons or portions of the enclosure are accessible for servicing.
less used in connection with burners or oil-burning (4) MAXIMUM TANK SIZE.- The capacity of individual
heaters shall be designed so as to withstand a hydrostatic storage tanks in no case shall exceed twenty thousand gallons.
pressure test of at least five psi without permanent (b) Inside of building above the lowest floor. -
deformation, rupture, or leakage, and shall be approved. (1) Fuel oil storage tanks having a capacity of two
(2) All storage containers used with burners or oil burning hundred seventy-five gallons or less may be installed
heaters shall be installed with rigid metal fasteners for inside of buildings above the lowest story when
wall, floor, or stand type installations, and shall be protected provided with a four inch thick concrete or masonry
against mechanical damage. curb, or with a metal pan of gage [sic] equal to the gage
(3) Portable containers may be filled by a pump mounted [sic] of the tank, completely surrounding the tank and
on a storage tank, provided that the pump is approved. of sufficient height to contain two times the capacity of
the tank. The number of such oil storage tanks shall be
§[C26-1416.3] 27-829 Location of tanks. - limited to one per story.
(a) Inside of buildings, above ground on the lowest floor.- (2) Storage tanks having a capacity of two hundred
(1) TANK CAPACITY OF FIVE HUNDRED FIFTY seventy-five gallons or less, installed above the lowest
GALLONS OR LESS.- Storage tanks having a capacity floor inside a building shall be filled by means of a
of five hundred fifty gallons or less may be installed transfer pump supplied from a primary storage tank
above ground on the lowest floor of a building, located and installed as otherwise required by this
provided that such tanks are mounted on adequate subchapter. A separate transfer pump and piping circuit
noncombustible supports, with the tank anchored shall be provided for each storage tank installed above
thereto. No more than five hundred fifty gallons of total the lowest floor. No intermediate pumping stations shall
storage capacity may be connected to one burner or may be provided between the storage tank and the transfer
be installed without the protection provided in paragraph pump. Appropriate devices shall be provided for the
two or three of this subdivision. automatic and manual starting and stopping of the
(2) TANK CAPACITY MORE THAN FIVE HUNDRED transfer pumps so as to prevent the overflow of oil from
FIFTY GALLONS BUT LESS THAN ELEVEN HUNDRED these storage tanks.
GALLONS.- Storage tanks having a capacity of more (3) A float switch shall be provided with the curb or
than five hundred fifty gallons but less than eleven pan around the storage tank and shall be arranged so as
hundred gallons may be installed above ground on the to sound an alarm and stop the transfer pump in case of
lowest floor of a building, provided that all portions of failure of the tank or the control in the tank. The
such tanks above the floor are completely enclosed with operation of the float switch shall be tested at least once
noncombustible construction having at least a two hour each week. An alarm bell shall be located in the same

306
Title 27 / Subchapter 14

room with the tank and a visual and audible alarm shall be case shall the protection be higher than one-quarter the
located in a maintenance office. The enclosing and sealing height of the tank when the height of the tank exceeds
of switches and wiring shall conform to the requirements of sixteen feet. Embankments or dikes shall be made of
the electrical code of the city of New York for devices earthwork with clay core, of masonry, of reinforced
located in an atmosphere of flammable vapors. concrete or of steel. Earth work embankments shall be
(c) Inside of buildings, below ground. - firmly and compactly built of good earth free from stones,
(1) Storage tanks having a capacity greater than two vegetable matter, etc., and shall have a flat section of at
hundred seventy-five gallons may be buried inside a least three feet at the top and a slope of at least one and one-
building provided that the top of the tank is at least two half to two on all sides. Concrete, masonry or steel dikes shall
feet below floor level. In lieu of two feet of earth over be designed so as to conform safely all of the oil in the
the tank, the tank may be covered by concrete flooring tank so surrounded. Embankments or dikes shall be
having the same thickness as the basement floor, but not continuous and unpierced, and the outside toe shall be
less than four inch concrete meeting the requirement of located at least five feet inside of the property line, and
subchapter ten of this chapter and reinforced with two no less than five feet from a driveway or parking area.
inch by two inch mesh of at least no. 20 U.S. standard (f) Tanks located along line of subways.-
gage [sic] steel wire. Tanks shall be placed in firm soil (1) No buried tank shall be placed within twenty feet of
and shall be surrounded by clean sand or well-tamped the outside line of a subway wall. Where an above ground
earth, free from ashes and other corrosive substances, tank within a building is located within the outer lines of
and free from stones that will not pass through a one the subway, or within twenty feet of the outside line of the
inch mesh. When necessary to prevent floating, tanks subway wall, such tank shall be placed within a welded
shall be securely anchored. steel oiltight pan of not less than no. 18 manufacturer's
(2) No tank shall be buried within three feet of any standard gage [sic] metal suitably reinforced and of
foundation wall or footing. capacity to contain the contents of the tank.
(d) Outside of building, below ground. - (2) For the purpose of the foregoing requirement, a
(1) Storage tanks located outside of buildings and subway shall be deemed to include any subsurface
below ground shall be buried with the top of the tank at railroad or rapid transit roadbed.
least two feet below ground. Tanks shall be placed in
firm soil and shall be surrounded by clean sand or well- §[C26-1416.4] 27-830 Piping.-
tamped earth, free from ashes or other corrosive (a) Installation of piping and tubing.-
substance, and free from stones that will not pass a one (1) Exposed piping shall be protected against mechanical
inch mesh. When necessary to prevent floating, tanks damage and shall be adequately supported with rigid
shall be securely anchored. metal fasteners or hangers. All pipes connected to
(2) No tank shall be buried within three feet of any buried tanks, except test well piping, shall be provided
foundation wall or footing. with double swing joints at the tank.
(e) Outside of buildings, above ground. - (2) Only new wrought iron, steel or bass pipe, or type K or
(1) Storage tanks of a capacity greater than two hundred heavier copper tubing, or aluminum alloy tubing, properly
seventy-five gallons located outside of buildings above identified, may be used. Metal tubing when used for
ground shall be not less than one and one-quarter (1 conveying oil shall be adequately protected. Such tubing
1/4) tank diameters and in no case less than ten feet may be installed at the burner without protection. Drawn
from the line of adjoining property, the nearest building tubing when used in domestic installations shall be of at
or adjacent tank. The minimum clearance between least 3/8 in. inside diameter up to the shut-off valve at the
individual tanks located outside of buildings above burner. Soldered connections shall be prohibited.
ground and the line of adjoining property which may be (3) Overflow pipes, where installed, shall not be smaller
built upon shall be fixed by the following formula: in size than the supply pipe.
(b) Relief valves.-
M.C. = 10 + 4 G-275 (1) Where a shut-off valve is installed in the discharge line
( )
5000 from an oil pump, a relief valve shall be installed in the
where: discharge line between the pump and the first shut-off valve.
M.C. = minimum clearance from nearest surface (2) A relief or pressure regulating valve shall be provided in
of tank to adjoining property, in feet. the oil piping system on the heater side of the shut-off valves.
G = capacity of tank, in gallons. (3) Relief valves shall be set to discharge at not more
than one and one-half times the maximum working
The maximum allowable capacity of fuel oil storage pressure of the system. The discharge from relief valves
shall be returned to the storage tank or to the supply
tanks located outside of buildings above ground shall be
line. There shall be no shut-off valve in the line of relief.
one hundred thousand gallons.
(c) Fuel oil heaters.-Fuel oil heaters shall not be installed
(2) Tanks shall be located so as not to obstruct or
within the steam or water space of a boiler. Fuel oil
interfere with any means of egress.
heaters and the connecting piping shall be arranged to
(3) Each storage tank shall be protected by an embankment
prevent oil leakage from being transmitted to the boiler.
or dike. Such protection shall have a capacity at least
This may be accomplished by any of the following methods:
one and one-half times the capacity of the tank so
(1) By discarding the condensate from the heaters.
surrounded and shall be at least four feet high, but in no
307
revision: October 1, 2004
Title 27 / Subchapter 14

(2) By using approved double tube or other approved heaters. of the tank and provided with a shut-off valve and swing
(3) By means of a secondary hot water or steam check valve both of which shall be located at the fill
heating system where the water or steam from the pipe terminal. However, the shut-off and check valves
boiler has no direct contact with the oil heater. may be installed in an accessible location inside the
(4) By a sight tank arrangement for collecting and inspecting building at or below the level of the fill pipe terminal.
the condensate which is provided with a pump controlled (4) All fill pipe terminals shall be of an approved type,
by a hand switch for returning the condensate to the and shall be provided with lugs for embedding in
normal return system. concrete. In lieu of lugs, a set screw or threads to fasten
(5) By such other method as may be permitted by the the terminal to the fill pipe may be used. The outer
commissioner. flange of the fill pipe terminal or the seal cap shall be
(d) Vent pipe.- permanently marked "fuel oil." The fill pipe terminal
(1) A vent pipe of iron or steel, without trap, draining to shall be threaded or provided with other equivalent
the tank, shall be provided for each storage tank. The means to receive the seal cap. The seal cap shall be
lower end of the vent pipe shall not extend more than one suitably slotted for receiving an opening wrench, and an
inch through the top of the storage tank. Cross-connection oilproof gasket inserted in a groove in the fill pipe
between a vent pipe and fill pipe is prohibited. terminal shall be provided so as to make the seal cap
(2) Where a battery of storage tanks designed to hold leakproof. A strainer shall not be required but, if used,
the same grade of oil is installed, vent pipes may be run shall be of at least one-eighth inch mesh. Where a
into a main header. storage system for volatile flammable oil and a storage
(3) Vents shall be at least one and one-quarter inches in system for fuel oil are to be used in the same premises,
diameter for storage tanks not exceeding eleven hundred the terminal of the fuel oil pipe shall be provided with a
gallons capacity and at least two inches in diameter for left-handed thread and the fill pipe fitting shall be of a
storage tanks of eleven hundred gallons or more except different size than that required for the fill pipes to the
that vents for storage tanks of sixty gallon capacity or tanks containing the volatile flammable oil.
less shall be at least one-half inch in diameter. Vents for **(f) Piping from transfer pump to equipment or to
tanks inside of buildings above the lowest floor shall be storage tanks above the lowest floor.-
run into the primary storage tank vent. (1) The piping from a transfer pump to equipment at levels
(4) Vent pipes shall be provided with an approved above the lowest floor or to storage tanks at levels
weatherproof hood having a free area of at least the pipe above the lowest floor in buildings, the return piping,
size area. Vent pipes shall terminate outside the building and vent piping shall comply with the applicable
in a nonhazardous location, at least two feet from any provisions of subdivisions (a) and (d) of this section
building opening and less than two feet nor more than and shall be enclosed in a shaft constructed of four inch
twelve feet above the fill pipe terminal, unless otherwise concrete or masonry having a four inch clearance from
permitted by the commissioner. If the vent pipe terminal all pipe or pipe covering, except that no such enclosures
is not visible from the fill pipe terminal location, a one shall be required within the room containing the pump,
inch tell-tale line shall be connected to the tank and shall tank, or equipment where such room is itself enclosed
parallel the fill pipe and terminate at the fill pipe terminal with construction and materials having at least a two
with an unthreaded end. Such tell-tale lines shall be hour fire resistance rating. Provision shall be made for
provided with a check valve set to prevent flow of expansion in piping without the use of expansion joints.
surface water to the storage tank. (2) Where it is necessary to make horizontal offsets in
(e) Fill pipes.- the supply piping and pipe shafts such piping shall be
enclosed in a sleeve of other piping of at least no. 10
(1) Fill pipes shall terminate outside the buildings, with
U.S. standard gage steel, two sizes larger and arranged
the fill pipe terminal located at or above grade, at least
to drain into the shaft. Horizontal piping offsets shall be
two feet from any building opening and five feet from
further enclosed in construction having a two hour fire
any subway grating at or below the level of the fill pipe resistance rating, except that no such enclosure or pipe
terminal. No fill pipe shall be less than two inches in sleeve shall be required within the room containing the
diameter, and no fill pipe for no. 6 oil shall be less than pump, tank, or equipment where such room is itself
three inches [sic] in diameter. Where no. 6 oil is used, enclosed with construction and materials having at
the fill pipe terminal shall be located within three feet *lease a two hour fire resistance rating.
of the curb, unless otherwise required by the department of *as enacted but “least” probably intended.
transportation or the transit authority. Where there are (3) A drain pipe shall be installed at the base of shafts
facilities for the delivery tank truck to drive onto the enclosing the supply and overflow piping. The pipe
premises, the fill terminal may be located elsewhere shall lead to an open sight drain or to an open sump.
than at the curb, provided that the location complies (4) Oil lines for equipment or tanks shall be steel pipe
with the other requirements of this subchapter. ASTM A-53 or A-106, grade B seamless, schedule 40
(2) Each storage tank shall be provided with a separate with welded connections up to the oil tank or
fill pipe, except that where a battery of tanks is installed equipment, except that fittings at the tank or equipment,
containing the same grade of oil, a common fill and shut off valves and other fuel oil flow and control
header pipe may be installed. devices may be screwed or flanged.
(3) Where the top of the storage tank is above the fill (5) Pipe shafts shall not be penetrated by or contain
pipe terminal, the fill pipe shall be connected to the top other piping or ducts.
revision: October 1, 2004 308
Title 27 / Subchapter 14

(6) The piping shall be located and secured from (3) The pressure in oil lines to burners located above the
movement so as to prevent undue stress on the piping lowest floor of a building shall not be more than is
and to isolate the piping from vibrations from any equipment. required to circulate oil to and from the burners, and all
(7) Pipe connections to the main header (supply or parts of the oil system shall be capable of withstanding the
return) shall be made from the top of the header, except maximum working pressure in that part of the system.
for systems described in paragraph (11) of this subdivision. (4) A remote control shall be provided to stop the flow
(8) Required air vents and vacuum breakers shall be of oil to any burner. Such control shall be located outside
designed for their required use. the entrance to the room in which the burner is located
(9) All air vents and vacuum breakers shall be hard and as close to such entrance as practicable, except that
piped to a curb or pan as provided for in subdivision (b) when an outside location is impracticable, such control
of section 27-829. may be located immediately inside the room in which the
(10) In systems with equipment above the lowest floor burner is located, provided such location is accessible at
where such equipment is designed to operate utilizing fuel all times. All such controls shall be permanently labeled
stored above the lowest floor, piping diameters shall not "remote control for oil burner." On storage tanks of sixty
exceed four inches. However, where an applicant demonstrates gallon or less capacity used with manually operated
by the inclusion of calculations on the plans that a greater burners, such remote control may be installed in the
diameter is necessary to ensure the proper flow for the supply lines between tank and burner.
functioning of the system, such greater diameter may be (5) Pressure in a storage tank for the purpose of
permitted. All oil stored above the lowest floor shall be in discharging oil shall be prohibited.
tanks complying with subdivision (b) of section 27-829 of (6) In systems where either steam or air is used for
this code; piping shall not be used for fuel storage purposes. atomizing the oil, the oil and the atomizing supply shall
(11) In systems with equipment above the lowest floor be interlocked so that where the supply of either is interrupted,
where such equipment is designed to operate utilizing the supply of the other will be immediately cut off.
fuel pumped as needed from the lowest floor and (i) Oil level indicating devices and test wells. -
without utilizing fuel oil stored above the lowest floor, (1) All tanks located inside buildings shall be provided
piping diameters throughout such systems shall not with an oil level indicating device. Test wells shall be
exceed the design flow (three times the maximum firing prohibited in tanks located inside of buildings. Unused
rate as calculated by the engineer or architect). However, tank openings shall be permanently sealed to prevent
piping diameters within rooms containing such equipment the removal of plugs or cover.
may exceed the calculated design flow pipe size to (2) Oil level indicating devices shall be designed and
provide limited reservoir storage to prime equipment, constructed of substantial materials so that can be no
provided such reservoir storage is counted toward the leakage of oil or oil vapor.
maximum two hundred seventy-five gallons of oil (3) Test wells in storage tanks located outside of buildings
storage per story as provided for in subdivision b of shall be capped oil tight and kept closed when not in use.
section 27-829 of this code. **Local Law 26-2004.
(g) Heating coils in storage tanks. -The heating of oil
in storage tanks shall be by means of coils using low §[C26-1416.5] 27-831 Controls.- With each automatic
pressure hot water or steam, or by means of electric burner a set of safety controls of the electric, pneumatic,
heaters approved for use in oil storage tanks. hydraulic, or mechanical type shall be installed and
(h) Valves and devices to control the flow of oil. - maintained in good working order. The proper controls
(1) Where more than one storage tank is connected to a for each burner shall be those that have been tested and
common supply line, a shut-off valve shall be provided accepted in accordance with the requirements of article
in the supply line at each tank. Where more than one five of this subchapter. The controls shall provide the
burner is connected to a supply line a shut-off valve following functions:
shall be provided at each burner. Where a single tank (a) Oil temperature control (no. 5 and no. 6 oil).
and a single burner are installed, a shut-off valve shall (b) Ignition.
be required in the supply line at the tank and another at (c) Stack or combustion control.
the burner. Valves shall be brass or equivalent in (d) High temperature or pressure control.
corrosion and fire resistance, shall provide tight shut-
off, and shall be rated at one hundred twenty-five psi or §[C26-1416.6] 27-832 Chimneys.- No oil burner shall
greater as required by the pressure in the system. be installed in any boiler, heater, range, or stove unless
(2) Where a storage tank is located so that the top of the each boiler, heater, range, or stove is connected to a
tank is above the oil inlet to the burner or to the fuel chimney complying with subchapter ten of this chapter,
pump, and the storage tank capacity is greater than two except for portable burners as prescribed in section 27-
hundred seventy-five gallons, the supply line to the 827 of this article.
burner shall be provided with an approved anti-syphon
device. The device shall be located at the highest point in ARTICLE 18 REFUSE DISPOSAL SYSTEMS
the supply line. Where an approved foot valve is used in
the tank and the tank is constructed with a manhole, an §[C26-1417.1] 27-833 General. -All incinerators and
anti-syphon device shall not be required. No anti-syphon other refuse disposal systems in buildings shall be
device shall be required where no. 6 fuel oil is used. constructed, installed and altered in accordance with the

revision: October 1, 2004 309

Title 27 / Subchapter 14

requirements of this subchapter. §[C26-1417.5] 27-837 Incinerator rooms.-

Incinerators and refuse collecting bins and spaces shall be
§[C26-1417.2] 27-834 Compliance.- All new and existing located in rooms or compartments used for no other
refuse disposal systems shall be installed, altered and purpose. Such rooms or compartments shall be separated
maintained in buildings in conformity with the applicable from all other occupancies by noncombustible construction
provisions of the administrative code, the air pollution having a fire resistance of at least two hours with self-
control code and as follows: closing opening protectives. Refuse collection bins and
(a) Charging chutes for refuse disposal system shall comply spaces shall be sprinklered in accordance with the construction
with applicable provisions of subchapter fifteen of this chapter. provisions of subchapter seventeen of this chapter.

§[C26-1417.3] 27-835 Permitted types of incinerators.- §[C26-1417.6] 27-838 Ventilation.-Fixed ventilation

When permitted by sections 24-118 and 24-119 of title for combustion air to the incinerator room shall be
twenty-four of the administrative code, incinerators provided by a louvered opening in a wall to outdoor air.
shall conform to the following: When ducts are used, they shall be sized and installed so
(a) Semiautomatic incinerators.- Semiautomatic as to provide the amount of air required for combustion,
incinerators shall be limited to capacities not exceeding taking into consideration head loss. Fans may be
one million seven hundred thousand Btu/hr. in other installed to deliver air to the incinerator room, provided
buildings. Semiautomatic incinerators may have they are in operation whenever the incinerator is in use.
manually operated grates, but shall have automatically Louvers, ducts, and fans shall be sized to deliver at least
operated flue gates, gas or oil burners with temperature two and one-half cfm of air for each pound per hour of
controls, overfire air fans and nozzle system[s]*, refuse while burning is taking place. All duct work shall
be installed in accordance with the requirements of
emission control devices, and clock controlled cycles.
subchapter thirteen of this chapter.
(b) Automatic incinerators.- Automatic incinerators
shall be required for capacities exceeding one million
§[C26-1417.7] 27-839 Draft control.-If a manual
seven hundred thousand Btu/hr. They are optional for damper or automatic draft controller, is provided in the
smaller capacities. Automatic incinerators shall have incinerator flue, it shall be capable of closing off not
power operated grates, and automatically operated flue more than ninety-five percent of the flue area, and the
gates, gas or oil burners with temperature controls, damper or controller shall be made of such materials and
overfire and underfire air fans and nozzle system, in such a manner so as to prevent warping, binding,
emission control devices and clock controlled cycles. cracking, corrosion, and distortion when exposed to
*Copy in brackets not enacted but probably intended. operating temperatures. If an automatic draft controller is
used, means shall be provided for temporary manual operation.
§[C26-1417.4] 27-836 Refuse collection rooms.-
A refuse collection room shall be provided for refuse §[C26-1417.8] 27-840 Charging chutes and exhaust flues.-
reduction systems which utilize methods other than All incinerators shall be constructed with a flue within a
burning. Such rooms shall comply with the requirements chimney to exhaust the products of combustion and a
of section 27-837 of this article. refuse charging chute which shall be separate from the
a. Existing refuse rooms and incinerators rooms which flue. Refuse charging chutes shall not discharge directly
have been approved for such use, may be retained as approved. into incinerators, except in buildings classified in residential
b. Existing incinerator combustion chambers may be used occupancy group J and in accordance with the requirements
in whole or in part as refuse collection rooms provided the of this subchapter and subchapter fifteen of this chapter.
grates are removed and provided they comply with the (a) Flues for existing incinerators and existing refuse
provisions of section 27-837 of this article. chutes may be used as refuse charging chutes provided
c. Floors of refuse collection rooms shall be constructed of they are in good condition and comply with the requirements
concrete and shall be sloped to a floor drain within the of subchapter fifteen of this chapter.
room, connected to the house drain. A hose connection
shall be provided within the room. §[C26-1417.9] 27-841 Charging gates.-Charging gates,
d. A hopper and cut-off door shall be provided at the when provided, shall be power operated. Gates and guide
bottom of the refuse chute. Where compacting rails shall be of such materials and construction so as to
equipment is used, it shall be located entirely within the withstand a temperature of two thousand degrees Fahrenheit,
enclosure of the refuse collection room except that motors, without distortion, warping, binding, cracking, or corrosion,
pumps, and controls may be installed in adjacent rooms. and also to withstand impact by heavy falling objects.
e. Compacting equipment shall meet the criteria of the
department of environmental protection and be approved. §[C26-1417.10] 27-842 Auxiliary heat. -Burners or
Where such equipment is installed so that the refuse other sources of heat shall be provided for all incinerators.
flows directly into it, the compacting equipment may be Such heat sources shall be capable of maintaining a
used in place of the hopper and cut-off door. temperature of at least fifteen hundred degrees Fahrenheit
Compacting equipment shall be arranged to operate [sic] at the discharge from the combustion chamber, and
automatically when the level of refuse is not more than shall be equipped with safety devices to shut off the fuel in
three feet below the lowest hopper door. cases of ignition failure, flame failure, or insufficient draft.

revision: October 1, 2004 310

Title 27 / Subchapter 14

§[C26-1417.11] 27-843 Construction of incinerators.- (c) Other constructions. -Other forms of incinerator
Incinerators shall be constructed so as to be gas tight construction, equivalent in terms of structural strength,
and shall be lined or protected with heat resistive insulating value, and temperature and erosion resistance,
materials suitable for the services required, as follows: may be used, subject to approval by the commissioner.
(a) Masonry incinerators.- When the combined hearth and
grate area is twenty square feet or less, or the number of §[C26-1417.12] 27-844 Construction of chimneys and
habitable rooms served is one hundred or less, combustion charging chutes.- For requirements governing the
chambers, separation chambers, and connecting gas construction of chimneys and charging chutes, see
passages shall be constructed of eight inch common brick article four of subchapter fifteen of this chapter.
thick and lined with four and one-half inch of refractory
material with an intervening air space of one inch. When §[C26-1417.14] 27-845 Cleanouts.- Openings shall be
the combined hearth and grate area is more than twenty provided so that all parts of the incinerator can be
square feet, or the number of habitable rooms served is cleaned, including the ash pit, the combustion chamber,
more than one hundred, combustion chambers, separation the passes of separation chambers, and the incinerator
chambers, and connecting gas passages shall be constructed flue. Cleanouts shall be closed by tight fitting doors or
of common brick eight inches thick and lined with nine covers, securely latched or otherwise held in a closed
inches of refractory material with an intervening air space position. Ash pit and combustion chamber closures and
of one inch. frames shall be of cast iron or equivalent, with the
(1) TIES. -Noncorroding metal ties shall be used at frames securely attached to the incinerator.
least every fifth course of common-brick. Structural
steel angles, straps, and tiebacks shall be installed on all §[C26-1417.15] 27-846 Accessibility. -Sufficient space
masonry incinerators having more than one hundred shall be provided around the incinerator and its appurtenances
twenty-five cubic feet of combustion chamber volume. to facilitate cleaning, repair, and servicing. Clearance
(2) INTERIOR CONSTRUCTION. -Interior walls, shall be provided to allow the cleanout doors to be
curtain walls, bridge walls, or baffles shall, in every completely opened so that all parts of the combustion
case, be of refractory brick, at least nine inches thick. chamber, ash pit, separation chambers, etc., may be reached
(3) ARCHES. -Sprung arches may be used if the span and so implements used for this purpose can be freely
is less than four feet. [sic] Flat suspended type arches manipulated. All dampers, gates, burners, valves, levers,
shall have a minimum of five inches of refractory etc., shall be accessible for repair and adjustment or
material between the furnace heat and the hangers. Flat replacement. No construction shall be located closer than
suspended arches shall have an insulated block roof of sixteen inches to any part of an incinerator, except that
at least two and one-half inches thick. noncombustible structural members two feet wide or less
(4) ISOLATION. -No structural supports for the vertical parallel to the incinerator, may be located as close as six
building flues or other parts of the building shall rest inches to the incinerator, provided such members do not
upon the incinerator; nor shall any metal guides, hangers, reduce accessibility to any moving parts of the incinerator.
or structural steel parts of the incinerator be exposed to
direct heat of combustion. §[C26-1417.16] 27-847 Cabinets and control wiring.-
(5) THERMAL BLOCK INSULATION.- High temperature All control equipment shall be installed in dustproof,
block insulation shall be at least equal to type 3 specified noncombustible cabinets. Such cabinets shall not be
in reference standard RS 14-10. mounted on the incinerator. Conduits carrying control
(6) REFRACTORY.- Refractory material shall be wiring for the incinerator shall not be fastened to the
firebrick or hydraulic setting castable refractory. incinerator. All electrical work shall comply with the
a. Firebrick.- Firebrick shall be high duty, spall resistant electrical code of the city of New York.
and conform to type A reference standard RS 14-7.
b. Castable refractories.- Castable refractories shall conform §[C26-1417.17] 27-848 Posting. -
to reference standard RS 14-8 (Class F). (a) Operating and maintenance instructions shall be
c. Mortar.- Mortar for firebrick shall be air setting high permanently and conspicuously mounted under
temperature cement conforming to reference standard transparent protective covers in the incinerator room,
RS 14-14. together with the equipment use permit. The instructions
(b) Steel-cased incinerators. -In lieu of the eight inch shall include complete procedures for operating and
common brick outer wall and one inch air space maintaining fuel burners, dampers, and other devices,
required in subdivision (a) of this section, the outside and shall state quantities and kinds of materials that may
enclosure of incinerators may be of no. 12 manufacturer's be burned.
standard gage [sic] steel casing that is welded, riveted, (b) On every door that opens into a space in which a service
or bolted to be gastight, with at least two thicknesses of opening into a refuse chute is located, or on the wall directly
two and one-half inches high high-temperature block over the service opening into the chute, the following sign
insulation applied with staggered joints. shall be permanently and conspicuously posted:

311
Title 27 / Subchapter 14

"THROWING LIGHTED MATCHES, CIGARS OR Fireplace, masonry. A hearth and fire chamber made of
CIGARETTES CARPET SWEEPINGS, NAPHTHALENE, solid masonry units such as bricks, stones, or reinforced
CAMPHOR BALLS OR FLAKES, FLOOR SCRAPINGS, concrete and provided with a chimney complying with
OIL SOAKED RAGS, EMPTY PAINT CANS, AEROSOL
CONTAINERS, OR ANY OTHER FLAMMABLE OR
HIGHLY COMBUSTIBLE OR EXPLOSIVE SUBSTANCE
INTO THIS CHUTE IS UNLAWFUL AND SUBJECTS
THE OFFENDER TO A PENALTY."
Such signs shall be designed as follows:
(1) Signs on doors leading to the service openings and
on walls over service openings shall be at least eight
inches wide and three inches high, with lettering at least
one-quarter inch high. The signs shall be located on the
hall side approximately five feet above the floor.
(2) The lettering of the signs shall be of bold type, and shall
be properly spaced to provide good legibility. The lettering
and the background shall be of contrasting colors.
(3) Signs shall be durable and shall be securely attached
to the door or wall.
(4) Sufficient lighting shall be provided so that the signs
are easily readable at all times.

*ARTICLE 19 SOLID FUEL FIREPLACES,

FIREPLACE STOVES AND ROOM HEATERS
*Local Law 80-1989.
subchapter fifteen of this chapter.
§27-848.01 General.- The construction, installation, Fireplace heat exchangers. Metal heat circulators
alteration and operation of all fireplaces, fireplace stoves and designed for installation wholly within a masonry fireplace
room heaters used for space heating shall be subject to the built in accordance with this code. Fireplace heat
exchangers extract heat from the firebox of masonry
provisions of this article. This article shall not be construed to
fireplaces and return it to the area to be heated (see figure
apply to a central heater with hot air distribution, a central
14-2).
boiler with either hot water or steam heat distribution or a
water tank, water heaters, furnaces or cooking stoves.
§27-848.02 Reference standards.- The applicable reference
standards shall be as follows:
(a) Fireplaces and wood burning appliances. Reference
standard RS 14-18.
(b) Factory-built fireplaces. Reference standard RS 14-19.
(c) Fireplace stoves. Reference standard RS 14-20.
(d) Room heaters. Reference standard RS 14-21.

§27-848.03 Definitions. -As used in this article, the

following terms shall have the following meaning:
Accessories, factory-built. Such devices as fireplace
heater inserts, heat exchangers circulating air or water
or other devices which may alter the combustion or
heating characteristics of the fireplace.
Appliance. A device which utilizes fuel or other forms
of energy to produce light, heat, power, refrigeration or air
conditioning. This definition shall also include wood
burning appliances and vented decorative appliances.
Fireplace, factory-built. A fireplace composed of factory-
built components assembled in accordance with the terms
of the listing and acceptance to form the completed Fireplace inserts. Solid-fuel burning appliances
fireplace and provided with a chimney complying with located partially within a complying masonry fireplace.
subchapter fifteen of this chapter (see figure 14-1). Stove and room heaters may be used as inserts for
installation in masonry fireplaces (see figure 14-3).
Fireplace stoves. Freestanding assemblies having
firechambers intended to be operated open to the room or
312
Title 27 / Subchapter 14

§27-848.04 Installations.-
(a) Application.
(1) An application for the installation of a fireplace or
stove equipment shall be filed by a registered architect
or licensed professional engineer at the borough office
of the department. The application shall describe the
equipment in question and its installation.
(2) The applicant, prior to the filing of the application,
shall make an inspection to determine the adequacy of
the air supply for combustion and ventilation and the
ability of the equipment to be installed to comply with
code requirements.
(b) Qualifications of installer.-
(1) Installation shall be made only by persons authorized
by the manufacturer to install the specific equipment in
question.
(2) The installer shall certify to the registered architect
or licensed professional engineer who has filed the
application that the installation is in full compliance
if equipped with doors to be operated with doors either with the terms of the listing, acceptance and the
open or closed and provided with a chimney complying manufacturer's instructions.
with subchapter fifteen of this chapter (see figure 14-4). (3) For retrofit installations in occupied residential
dwellings, the installer shall have a home improvement
contractor's license from the department of consumer
affairs.
(c) Controlled inspection. -Installation shall be subject
to controlled inspection to ensure that the installation is
in accordance with:
(1) the structural elements shown on the approved plans,
(2) the fire protection requirements, and
(3) the listing, acceptance and the manufacturer's installation
recommendations.
(d) Environmental requirements.- All solid fuel burning
appliances shall comply with the requirements of the air
pollution control law, chapter one of title twenty-four of
this code.
(a) State energy conservation code. - The requirements
of the New York State energy conservation construction code
concerning the combustion air supply shall be complied with.
Room heater. A solid fuel burning freestanding firechamber
assembly designed to be operated with the firechamber closed
except for fueling and provided with a chimney complying
with subchapter fifteen of this chapter (see figure 14-5).
Hearth extension. The noncombustible surfacing
applied to the floor area beneath, and extending beyond
the front, back and sides of a heating appliance.
Listed and listings. Terms referring to equipment
which is shown in a list published by an accepted
nationally recognized testing laboratory qualified and
equipped for experimental testing and maintaining an
adequate periodic inspection of current production and
whose listing shows that the equipment complies with
nationally recognized safety standards.
Manufacturer's installation instructions. Printed
instructions included with equipment as part of the
conditions of the listing.
Solid fuel. A material such as natural wood which
will ignite and burn when subjected to fire.

313
Title 27 / Subchapter 14

§27-848.05 Structural adequacy.- The registered architect (1) All wood beams, joists, studs and other combustible
or licensed professional engineer filing the application for material shall have a clearance of not less than two
the installation shall certify on the application as to the inches from the front faces and sides of masonry
adequacy of the structural supports and chimney bracing to fireplaces, and not less than four inches from the back
sustain the loadings when in operation. faces of masonry fireplaces. Headers of combustible
material supporting masonry trimmer arches or concrete
§27-848.06 Chimneys.- Fireplace, fireplace stove and room hearth extensions shall be located not less than twenty
heater chimneys shall meet the requirements of subchapter inches from the face of the chimney breast.
fifteen of this chapter. Separate flues shall be provided for (2) Spaces between headers or trimmers of combustible
every fireplace, fireplace stove and room heater. material and masonry fireplaces shall be firestopped
[sic] with noncombustible material. The material used
§27-848.07 Masonry fireplaces. – for firestopping shall be galvanized sheet metal of at
(a) Construction. least no. 14 U.S. standard gage [sic] thickness, mineral
(1) Masonry fireplaces shall be constructed of solid board at least one quarter inch thick or equivalent rigid
masonry units of reinforced portland or refractory cement noncombustible sheet material not less than one half
concrete. Masonry fireplaces shall be supported on inch thick or other accepted noncombustible material.
foundations of masonry or reinforced portland or refractory (3) Woodwork, such as wood trim and mantels, or other
cement concrete, or on other noncombustible construction combustible material shall not be placed within six
having a fire resistance rating of not less than three hours. inches of a fireplace opening. Combustible material
Such supports shall be designed to support the loadings. above and projecting more than one and one-half inches
(2) Where a lining of low-duty fire clay refractory brick at from a fireplace opening shall not be placed less than
least two inches thick laid in medium-duty fireclay twelve inches from the top of the fireplace opening.
refractory mortar, or the equivalent two inches thick
(4) Clearances specified in reference standard RS 14-
soapstone, three-sixteenths inch thick steel or cast iron, or
18 shall apply if greater than those specified in this
equivalent material capable of withstanding a temperature of
subdivision.
2000 degrees Fahrenheit without cracking or spalling or other
accepted lining is provided, the total thickness of back and (d) Hearth extensions.
sides, including the lining, shall be not less than eight inches. (1) Masonry fireplaces shall have hearth extensions of
(3) Where such lining is not provided, the thickness of brick, concrete, stone, tile or other accepted noncombustible
the back and sides shall be not less than twelve inches. materials. Such hearths shall be supported on trimmer
(4) Where the masonry supporting a fireplace is arches of brick, stone, tile or concrete at least four
designed to support vertical loads from the building and inches thick, or of other equivalent materials and with
corbels are used to support beams or girders, corbeling noncombustible material against the underside thereof.
shall be as described in reference standard RS 14-18 as Wooden forms or centers used during the construction
recommended for masonry chimneys. The lintel spanning of the hearth and hearth extension shall be removed
the fireplace shall be designed and constructed to when the construction is completed.
support the additional load transferred by the member. (2) Where the fireplace opening is less than six square
(5) Masonry fireplaces shall be provided with chimneys feet, the hearth extension shall extend at least sixteen
designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements inches in front of the facing material and at least eight
of subchapter fifteen of this chapter for construction of masonry
inches beyond each side of the fireplace opening.
chimneys or, where permitted by the individual listing, shall be
(3) Where the fireplace opening is six square feet or
provided with accepted factory-built chimneys having accepted
larger, the hearth extension shall extend at least twenty
adapters in accordance with the requirements for factory-built
chimneys of subchapter fifteen of this chapter. inches in front of the facing material, and at least twelve
(b) Steel fireplace units. inches beyond each side of the fireplace opening.
(1) Steel fireplace units incorporating a firebox liner of (4) Where a fireplace is elevated above or overhangs a
not less than one quarter inch thick steel and an air floor, the hearth extension shall also extend over the
chamber shall be installed with masonry to provide a area under the fireplace.
total thickness at the back and sides of not less than (e) Fireplace dampers. Every fireplace shall be equipped
eight inches, of which not less than four inches shall be with a damper able to withstand distortion, binding,
solid masonry. Listed firebox liners shall be installed in cracking or corrosion when exposed to the fireplace
accordance with the terms of the listing. operating temperature.
(2) Warm air ducts employed with steel fireplace units of the (f) Accessories. Factory-built accessories shall be listed
circulating air type shall be constructed of metal in and accepted and shall be installed in accordance with
accordance with reference standard RS 14-22, or of masonry. the terms of their listing and acceptance.
(c) Clearance.
314
Title 27 / Subchapter 14

§27-848.08 Wood burning appliances: Installation. - rating of not less than two hours, with floors constructed
(a) Scope. Wood burning appliances include factory- of noncombustible materials.
built fireplaces, fireplace stoves, room heaters, and (2) Any floor assembly, slab or arch shall extend not less
fireplace inserts. than eighteen inches beyond the appliance on all sides.
(b) Listing. Wood burning appliances shall be listed (3) In lieu of the requirements for floor protection
and accepted and shall be installed in accordance with specified herein, a floor protector listed by a recognized
the terms of their listing and acceptance. testing laboratory and installed in accordance with the
(c) Location of appliances. installation instructions may be used.
(1) Every appliance shall be located with respect to (4) Appliances shall be supported by concrete bases,
building construction and other equipment so as to concrete slabs, masonry arches and floor ceiling
permit access to the appliance. Sufficient clearance assemblies and their supports which are designed and
shall be maintained to permit cleaning of surfaces, the constructed to support the appliance.
replacement of air filters, blowers, motors, controls and (f) Mounting for fireplace stoves and room heaters.
chimney connectors, and the lubrication and servicing (1) Fireplace stoves and room heaters which are set on
of moving parts. legs or pedestals that provide not less than six inches of
(2) Wood burning appliances shall not be installed in ventilated open space beneath the fire chamber or base
confined spaces or alcoves. The minimum size of the of the appliance may be placed on floors of combustible
space or room in which the appliance is located shall be construction, provided the floor under the appliance is
three hundred cubic feet. There shall be at least one protected with closely spaced solid masonry units not
openable window serving such space or room. less than two inches in thickness. The top surface of the
(3) Wood burning appliances shall not be installed in any masonry shall be covered with sheet metal not less than
location where gasoline or any other flammable liquids, 24 gage [sic] (0.024 inches). The floor protection shall
vapors or gases are present or likely to be present. extend not less than eighteen inches beyond the appliance
(4) Wood burning appliances shall not be installed in any garage. on all sides.
(d) Air for combustion and ventilation. Wood burning (2) Fireplace stoves and room heaters [sic] which are
appliances shall be installed in a location in which the set on legs or pedestals providing two to six inches of
facilities for ventilation permit proper chimney draft and ventilated open space beneath the fire chamber or base
maintenance of safe temperature under conditions of use of the appliance may be placed on floors of combustible
and provide sufficient air to prevent carbon monoxide construction, provided the floor under the appliance is
from entering the dwelling space. Appliances shall be protected with one course of hollow masonry units not
located so as not to interfere with proper circulation of air less than four inches in thickness. The masonry units
within the heated space. Where buildings are so tightly shall be laid with ends unsealed and joints matched in
sealed that normal infiltration does not provide the such a way as to provide a free circulation of air
necessary air, outside air shall be introduced. through the core spaces of the masonry. The top surface
(e) Mounting for residential type appliances. of the masonry shall be covered with sheet metal not less
(1) Residential type wood burning appliances that are than 24 gage [sic] (0.024 inches). The floor protection
tested and listed by an accepted national testing laboratory shall extend not less than eighteen inches beyond the
for installation on floors constructed of combustible appliance on all sides.
materials shall be placed on such floors in accordance with (3) Fireplace stoves and room heaters with legs or
the requirements of the listing and the conditions of pedestals that provide less than two inches of ventilated
acceptance. Such appliances which are not listed for open space beneath the fire chamber or base of the
appliance shall not be placed on floors of combustible
installation on combustible floors by an accepted national construction.
testing laboratory shall be provided with floor protection in (g) Clearances. Woodburning appliances shall be
accordance with the provisions of subdivision (g) of this installed with the following minimum clearances to
section. Residential type wood burning appliances are combustible construction: Above the top of appliance-
permitted to be placed without floor protection in any of thirty-six inches; from front-thirty-six inches; from
the following manners: back-thirty-six inches; from sides-thirty-six inches. The
a. on concrete bases adequately supported on compacted minimum clearance to noncombustible construction
soil, crushed rock or gravel; shall be six inches when table 14-1 herein is used except
b. on concrete slabs or masonry arches that do not have that forty-eight inches shall be maintained where the
combustible materials attached to the underside; or fuel is inserted. Accepted stoves shall be exempt from
c. on accepted assemblies constructed entirely of non- the above-mentioned clearances and shall be installed in
combustible materials, and having a fire resistance accordance with the appropriate reference standard and
clearances determined therefrom through tests specified
in the reference standard.

315
Title 27 / Subchapter 14

TABLE 14-1 REDUCTION OF APPLIANCE CLEARANCE WITH SPECIFIED FORMS OF

PROTECTION 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10

Clearance reduction system applied to Maximum allowable reduction When the required clearance with
and covering all combustible surfaces in clearance (percent) no protection is 36 in., the
within the distance specified as required clearances below are the minimum
clearance with no protection allowable clearance. For other
required clearances with no
protection, calculate minimum
allowable clearance from maximum
allowable reduction. 9,10
As Wall As Ceiling As Wall As Ceiling
Protector Protector Protector (in.) Protector (in.)
(a) 3 ½ in. thick masonry wall without 33% — 24 —
ventilated air space
(b) ½ in. thick noncombustible insulation 50% 33% 18 24
board over 1 in. glass fiber or mineral
wool batts without ventilated air space.
(c) 0.024 in. (24 gage) sheet metal over 1 66% 50% 12 18
in. glass fiber or mineral wool batts
reinforced with wire, or equivalent, on
rear face with ventilated air space.
(d) 3 ½ in. thick masonry wall with 66% — 12 —
ventilated air space.
(e) 0.024 in (24 gage) sheet metal with 66% 50% 12 18
ventilated air space.
(f) ½ in. noncombustible insulation 66% 50% 12 18
board with ventilated air space.
(g) 0.024 in (24 gage) sheet metal with 66% 50% 12 18
ventilated air space over 0.024 in (24
gage) sheet metal with ventilated air space.
(h) 1 in. glass fiber or mineral wool batts 66% 50% 12 18
sandwiched between two sheets 0.024 in.
(24 gage) sheet metal with ventilated air
space.

Notes for Table 14-1:

1
Spacers and ties shall be of noncombustible material. No spacers or ties shall be used directly behind appliance or conductor.
2
With all clearance reduction systems using a ventilated air space, adequate air circulation shall be provided. There shall be at least 2 in. between
the clearance reduction system and combustible walls and ceilings for clearance reduction systems using a ventilated air space.
3
Mineral wool batts (blanket or board) shall have a minimum density of 8 lb. per ft3 and have a minimum melting point of 1500oF.
4
Insulation material used as part of clearance reduction system shall have a thermal conductivity of 1.0(BTU-In.)/(Sq ft-Hr -°F) or less.
Insulation board shall be formed of noncombustible material.
5
If a single wall connector passes through a masonry wall used as a wall shield, there shall be at least 1/2 in. of open, ventilated air space
between the connector and the masonry.
6
There shall be at least 2 in. between the appliance and the protector. In no case shall the clearance between the appliance and the wall surface be
reduced below that allowed in the table.
7
Clearances in front of the loading door and/or ash removal door of the appliance shall not be reduced from those in Section 8-6.
8
All clearances and thicknesses are minimums: larger clearances and thicknesses are acceptable. Clearances are not to be less than 12 in. from appliances.
9
To calculate the minimum allowable clearance, the following formula may be used: Cxpr = Cun x (1-R/100). Cpr is the minimum allowable
clearance. Cun is the required clearance with no protection, and R is the maximum allowable reduction in clearance.
10
Refer to Figures 14-11 and 14-12 for other reduced clearances using materials (a) through (h).
(h) Reduction of clearances from wood burning appliances. such clearances. Materials and products listed for such
(1) Clearances from listed and unlisted wood burning purpose shall be installed in accordance with the conditions of
appliances to combustible material may be reduced if the the listing and the manufacturer's instructions.
combustible material is protected as described in table (3) For clearance reduction systems using an air space
14-1 herein and as shown in figures 14-6 to 14-10 herein. between a combustible wall and wall protector, adequate air
(2) Clearances from wood burning appliances to circulation shall be provided by one of the following
combustible material may be reduced by the use of methods as shown in figure 14-10 herein:
materials or products listed for the purpose of reducing
316
Title 27 / Subchapter 14

a. Adequate air circulation may be provided by leaving

all edges of the wall open with an air gap of at least two
inches.

only the side and top edges open with an air gap of at
least two inches.
c. Wall protectors that cover two walls in a corner shall
be open at the bottom and top edges with an air gap of at
least two inches.
(4) All clearances shall be measured from the outer
surface of the combustible materials to the nearest point
on the surface of the wood burning appliance, disregarding any
intervening protection applied to the combustible materials.
(5) All clearances provided between wood burning
appliances and combustible materials shall be large
enough so as to maintain sufficient clearance between
chimney connectors and combustible materials as
required in subchapter fifteen of this chapter.

b. If the wall protector is mounted on a single flat wall

away from corners, adequate air circulation may be
provided by leaving only the bottom and top edges or (i) Accessories. Factory-built accessories for wood
burning appliances such as heat exchangers, stove mats,

317
Title 27 / Subchapter 14

floor pads and protection shields shall be listed and promulgated by the department.
accepted, and shall be installed in accordance with the (c) Chimney requirements.
terms of their listing and acceptance. (1) The chimney systems of factory-built fireplaces,
fireplace stoves and room heaters shall be constructed in
§27-848.09 Factory-built fireplaces, fireplace stoves accordance with section 27-869.01.
and room heaters. - (2) No chimney shall serve more than one factory-built
(a) Acceptance. Factory-built fireplaces, fireplace stoves fireplace, fireplace stove or room heater or be pierced to
and room heaters shall be listed and accepted for use as serve any other appliance.
wood burning appliances. (d) Additional limitations. Factory-built fireplaces,
fireplace stoves or room heaters shall be:
(1) located only in exterior rooms, and
(2) limited to space heating of the room within which
they are located.
(e) Chimney connectors.
(1) Stovepipe.
a. The stovepipe (or chimney connector) connecting a
factory-built fireplace, fireplace stove or room heater to a
chimney may contain no more than two elbows. The total
length of the connecting pipe should be kept as short as
possible while maintaining the required minimum spacing
between the factory-built fireplace, fireplace stove or room
heater and combustible materials. See subdivision (h) of
section 27-848.08 of this code.
b. The connector pipe shall be as large as the flue collars
(where the connector pipe joins the factory-built fireplace,
fireplace stove or room heater), and shall be
fabricated from steel coated with a high temperature
rust inhibitor.
c. The pipe's horizontal section shall rise one-quarter
inch for each foot of pipe, with the highest point being
at the chimney inlet, and shall not be longer than three
quarters of the chimney height.
d. When joining sections of pipe, the joints shall overlap at
least two inches, with the crimped (male) end pointing
down to prevent creosote drip or leak. Each joint shall be
secured with three sheet metal screws. All fits shall be snug.
e. The thimble shall be cemented with high temperature
(b) Occupancy group limitations. Factory-built fireplaces, cement at the flue inlet. The pipe shall not project into
fireplace stoves and room heaters shall not be permitted the flue itself.
in buildings other than those in residential occupancy f. Connector pipe clearance to combustible materials
group classifications J-2 and J-3, except that installations shall be at least three times the pipe diameter (e.g.
within other occupancy groups may be authorized by eighteen inches for six inch pipe), but not less than
the commissioner pursuant to rules and regulations eighteen inches.
g. Stovepipes shall not pass through floors, ceilings or
closets. Stovepipes shall not pass through exterior walls
unless directly connected with a thimble to the chimney
as noted in subparagraph h of this paragraph.
h. Alternately, a listed and accepted noncombustible
thimble larger in diameter than the connector pipe, or a
burned fireclay or metal thimble surrounded by not less
than twelve inches of brickwork may be used for protection.
i. Connectors and chimneys for factory-built fireplaces,
fireplace stoves and room heaters shall be designed,
located and installed to permit ready access for internal
inspection and cleaning, in compliance with the requirements
of subchapter fifteen of this chapter.

318
Title 27 / Subchapter 14

(2) Connection to masonry fireplace flue. A factory-built

fireplace stove or room heater or insert may use a masonry
fireplace flue when the following conditions are met:
a. There is a connector which extends from the fireplace
stove or room heater to the flue liner.
b. The cross-sectional area of the flue is no more than
three times the cross-sectional area of the flue collar of the
factory-built fireplace, fireplace stove or room heater.
c. There is a noncombustible seal below the entry point
of the connector if the appliance vents directly through
the chimney wall above the smoke chamber.
d. The chimney system can be inspected and cleaned.
e. Air from the habitable space is not used to dilute
combustion products in the chimney flue.
f. Hearth extensions are provided in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions or are of masonry of
noncombustible construction in accordance with
subdivision (d) of section 27-848.07.

§27-848.10 Fireplace heat exchangers and fireplace

inserts.- Fireplace heat exchangers and fireplace inserts
shall not be inserted into or connected to factory-built
fireplaces unless listed by a nationally recognized testing
laboratory and accepted for use in the specific fireplace.

§27-848.11 Imitation fireplaces.- Only natural gas-fired

fireplace heaters accepted in accordance with the provisions
of article twelve of subchapter thirteen of this chapter shall be
used with imitation fireplaces and shall be installed in
accordance with the conditions of the acceptance.

§27-848.12 Precautionary requirements. -

(a) Smoke detecting devices. Smoke detecting devices,
complying with article six of subchapter seventeen of
this chapter, are required where fireplaces, fireplace
stoves or room heaters are installed. At least one device
shall be in the same room as the installation or in an
adjacent room.
(b) Fire extinguisher. A fire extinguisher rated for
class "A" fires shall be available in the vicinity of a
fireplace, fireplace stove or room heater.
(c) Latching. The fireplace stove fuel door shall be
latched to prevent burning wood from falling out or an
overfired fire from occurring due to an oversupply of air.
(d) Fireplace screens. Fireplace stoves shall be equipped
with fireplace screens to minimize spark emission.
(e) Warnings. Warnings on fireplace stoves shall be as
required by the United States Consumer Product Safety
Commission [sic] and reference standard RS 14-20.
(f) Floor protection. Floor protection for fireplace stoves
required by section 27-848.08(f) shall extend a minimum
of twenty-six inches beyond the stove at the front or
side where the ashes are removed and at least eight
inches on the other sides.

319
Title 27 / Subchapter 14

This page is intended to be left blank

320
Title 27 / Subchapter 15

SUBCHAPTER 15 [1503.2] 876 Chimneys for Building

CHIMNEYS AND GAS VENTS Service Incinerators
[1503.3] 877 Chimneys for Industrial or
TABLE OF CONTENTS Municipal Incinerator
[Sub-Art. Art. Plants
or Sec.]* or Sec.** [1503.4] 878 Incinerator Chimney
Connectors
[1500.0] Art. 1 General [1504.0] Art. 5 Gas Vent Systems
[1500.1] 849 Scope [1504.1] 879 General
[1500.2] 850 Standards [1504.2] 880 Equipment Not Required to
[1500.3] 851 Definitions be Vented
[1500.4] 852 Plans [1504.3] 881 Draft Hoods
[1500.5] 853 Permits [1504.4] 882 Chimneys for Venting Gas-
[1500.6] 854 General Requirements Fired Equipment
[1500.7] 855 Factory-Built Chimneys [1504.5] 883 Gas Equipment Connected
and Gas Vents to Chimneys
[1501.0] Art. 2 Chimneys [1504.6] 884 Types of Gas Vents
[1501.1] 856 General Requirements [1504.7] 885 Labeling Gas Vents
[1501.2] 857 Classification of Chimneys [1504.8] 886 Special Venting Arrangements
[1501.3] 858 Cleanouts and Maintenance [1504.9] 887 Installation Requirements
[1501.4] 859 Chimney Heights and [1504.10] 888 Gas Vent Height and
Locations Locations
[1501.5] 860 Adjoining Chimneys [1504.11] 889 Adjoining Gas Vents
[1501.6] 861 Metal Chimneys [1504.12] 890 Support of Gas Vents
[1501.7] 862 Materials Other Than Metal [1504.13] 891 Prohibited Termination
for Construction of [1505.0] Art. 6 Gas Vent Connectors
Chimneys [1505.1] 892 Construction
[1501.8] 863 Chimney Construction for [1505.2] 893 Clearances
Low, Medium, and High [1505.3] 894 Thimbles
Temperature Equipment [1505.4] 895 Size of Connectors
863.01 Chimney Limitations and *“C26” omitted from section numbers in this column.
Tests **“27” omitted from section numbers in this column.
[1501.9] 864 Chimney Supports
[1501.10] 865 Chimney Caps LIST OF TABLES
[1501.11] 866 Corbelling of Chimneys Table No.
[1501.12] 867 Clearances From Masonry 15-1 "F" Factor for Determining Chimney
and Concrete Chimneys Distances
[1501.13] 868 Smoke Test 15-2 Minimum Clearances Required From Any
[1501.14] 869 Exhaust Gases from Combustible Materials
Internal Combustion 15-3 Required Fire Resistance Ratings of
Engines Enclosures for Metal Chimneys
869.01 Factory-Built Chimneys 15-4 Low Temperature Chimney Constructions
869.02 Changes in Appliance Fuels 15-5 Medium Temperature Chimney Construction
869.03 Reduction in Flue Size 15-6 High Temperature Chimney Construction
[1502.0] Art. 3 Chimney Connectors 15-6.1 Chimney Limitations and Tests
[1502.1] 870 Chimney Connector 15-7 Required Thickness of Galvanized Steel for
Construction Connectors
[1502.2] 871 Chimney Connection 15-8 Reduced Clearances for Chimney Connectors
[1502.3] 872 Chimney Connector with Specified Forms of Protection
Clearances 15-9 Minimum Size of Charging Chutes
[1502.4] 873 Underground Chimney 15-10 Vent Connector Clearance for Gas-Fired
Connectors Equipment
[1502.5] 874 Annual Inspection of 15-11 Reduced Clearances for Vent Connectors with
Chimney Connectors Specified Forms of Protection
[1503.0] Art. 4 Incinerator Chimneys and
Refuse Charging Chutes
[1503.1] 875 Charging Chutes for Refuse
Reduction

321
Title 27 / Subchapter 15

ARTICLE 1 GENERAL of adequate structural strength, with resistance suitable for

the temperatures to which they may be subjected and
§[1500.1] 27-849 Scope. -This subchapter shall resistive to the corrosive action of gases. For structural
establish the minimum safety requirements for, and requirements, see subchapters ten and eleven of this chapter.
control the design, construction, installation, alteration, (c) Separation of flues. -Whenever more than one flue
and use of chimneys and gas vents. is installed within a chimney, the lining of each flue
shall be separated, one from the other, as follows:
§[1500.2] 27-850 Standards.- The provisions of (1) In low temperature chimneys with fire clay flue
reference standard RS-15 shall be a part of this subchapter. linings: by a wythe of cement grout at least one inch
thick or other equivalent method.
§[1500.3] 27-851 Definitions. -For definitions to be (2) In medium temperature and high temperature chimneys:
used in the interpretation of this subchapter, see by a division wall of brick or concrete at least three and
subchapter two of this chapter. three-quarters inches thick or other equivalent method.
The separation between flue linings thus established shall
§[1500.4] 27-852 Plans. -For the requirements in all cases be adequate to give stability for the chimney
governing the filing of plans and the work to be shown construction as required by subchapter ten of this article.
on plans, see subchapter one of this chapter. (d) Test run. -All new chimneys shall be test run by the
applicant under operating conditions to demonstrate fire
§[1500.5] 27-853 Permits. -For the requirements safety and the complete exhausting of smoke and the
governing equipment work permits and equipment use products of combustion to the outer air. The results of such
permits, see subchapter one of this chapter. test run shall be certified as correct by the applicant and
shall be submitted in writing to the department.
§[1500.6] 27-854 General requirements.—Chimneys (e) Requirement of a smoke test. -Whenever required
or gas vents shall be designed and constructed so as to by the commissioner after an inspection has been made
provide the necessary draft and capacity to completely of the chimney, a smoke test shall be made as outlined
exhaust the products of combustion to the outside air, in section 27-868 of this article. Any faults or leaks
and to satisfy the following conditions: found shall be corrected. Such smoke test shall be
(a) Temperature. -The temperature on adjacent witnessed by a representative of the commissioner. In
combustible surfaces shall not be raised above one lieu thereof, the commissioner may accept the test
hundred sixty degrees Fahrenheit. report of an architect or engineer in which case the test
(b) Condensation. -The condensation shall not be shall be subject to the provisions for controlled [sic]
developed to an extent that can cause rapid deterioration inspection except that the architect or engineer may be
of chimney or vent. retained by the contractor.
*Local Law 80-1989.
*§[1500.7] 27-855 Factory-built chimneys and gas vents.-
(a) Factory-built chimneys. -Factory-built chimneys §[1501.2] 27-857 Classification of chimneys.-
and chimney units shall be listed and accepted in Chimneys shall be classified as follows:
accordance with the applicable reference standard and (a) Low temperature chimneys. -Chimneys designed
shall be installed in accordance with the temperature and constructed to exhaust the products of combustion
conditions and height limitations of the listing and from low temperature equipment as defined in
acceptance, the manufacturer's instructions or this article, subchapter fourteen of this chapter.
whichever is the most restrictive. Flue gas temperatures (b) Medium temperature chimneys.- Chimneys
in the chimney shall not exceed the limits and durations designed and constructed to exhaust the products of
employed during listing tests and as required by this code. combustion from medium temperature equipment as
(b) Gas vents. -Type B and Type BW gas vents shall be defined in subchapter fourteen of this chapter.
listed and accepted in accordance with the conditions of (c) High temperature chimneys. -Chimneys designed
the acceptance and applicable provisions of this code. and constructed to exhaust the products of combustion
*Local Law 80-1989. from high temperature equipment as defined in subchapter
fourteen of this chapter.
ARTICLE 2 CHIMNEYS
§[1501.3] 27-858 Cleanouts and maintenance.-
§[1501.1] 27-856 General requirements. - Whenever a new chimney is completed or an existing
(a) Equipment requiring chimneys.- All gas-burning chimney is altered, it shall be cleaned and left smooth
equipment that produces flue gas temperatures in excess of on the inside. Cleanouts with a gas tight door shall be
five hundred fifty degrees Fahrenheit or four hundred eighty provided at the base of all chimneys.
degrees Fahrenheit above room temperature, and all solid
and liquid fuel-burning equipment, shall be connected to §[1501.4] 27-859 Chimney heights and locations. -
chimneys that conform to the requirements of this subchapter. (a) Low temperature chimneys. -Low temperature
*(b) Chimney construction. -Unlisted chimneys shall be chimneys shall extend at least three feet above the highest
constructed of steel, brick, masonry units, concrete, construction, such as a roof ridge, parapet wall, or penthouse,
concrete units, or equivalent materials. Chimneys shall be within ten feet of the chimney outlet, whether the construction

322
Title 27 / Subchapter 15

is on the same building as the chimney or on another article. A chimney that is no longer connected with a
building. However, such constructions do not include other fireplace or combustion or other equipment for which a
chimneys, vents, or open structural framing. Any chimney chimney was required, shall be exempt from this
located beyond ten feet from such construction, but not more requirement. Such alterations shall be accomplished by
than the distance determined in subdivision (d) of this section,
shall be at least as high as the construction. one of the following means or a combination thereof:
(b) Medium temperature chimneys. -Medium temperature (1) Carry up the previously constructed chimneys to
chimneys shall extend at least ten feet above the highest the height required in section 27-859 of this article.
construction, such as a roof ridge, or parapet wall or (2) Offset such chimneys to a distance beyond that
penthouse within twenty feet of the chimney outlet, whether required in section 27-859 of this article from the new
the construction is on the same building as the chimney or on or altered building, provided that the new location of
another building. However, such constructions do not include the outlet of the offset chimney shall otherwise comply
other chimneys, and vents. Any chimney located beyond with the requirements of this subchapter.
twenty feet from such constructions but not more than the (b) Protection of draft. -After the alteration of a chimney
distance determined in subdivision (d) of this section, shall be as required by subdivision (a) of this section, it shall be the
at least as high as the construction. responsibility of the owner of the new or altered building to
(c) High temperature chimneys. -High temperature provide any mechanical equipment or devices necessary to
chimneys shall extend at least twenty feet above the highest maintain the proper draft in the equipment.
construction, such as roof ridge, parapet wall, penthouse,
(c) Written notification. -The owner of the new or altered
or other obstruction within fifty feet of the chimney outlet,
whether the construction is on the same building as the building shall notify the owner of the building affected in
chimney or in another building. However, such constructions writing at least forty-five days before starting the work
do not include other chimneys, vents, or open structural required and request written consent to do such work. Such
framing. Any chimney located beyond fifty feet from such notice shall be accompanied by plans indicating the manner
construction but not more than the distance determined in in which the proposed alterations are to be made.
subdivision (d) of this section, shall be at least as high as (d) Approval. -The plans and method of alteration
the construction. shall be subject to the approval of the commissioner.
(d) Formula. -The following formula shall be used for (e) Refusal of consent. -If consent is not granted by
determining the distances referred to in subdivisions (a), the owner of the previously constructed building to do
(b) and (c) of this section: the alteration work required by subdivisions (a) and (b)
of this section, such owner shall signify his or her
D = F√A refusal in writing to the owner of the new or altered
where:
building and to the commissioner; and the owner of the
D = Distance, in ft., measured from the center of the chimney
outlet to the nearest edge of the construction.
new or altered building has submitted plans that
F = Value determined from table 15-1. conform to the requirements of this section, he or she
A = Free area, in sq. in., of chimney flue space. shall thereupon be released from any responsibility for
the proper operation of the equipment due to loss of
TABLE 15-1 "F" FACTOR FOR DETERMINING draft and for any health hazard or nuisance that may
CHIMNEY DISTANCES occur as a result of the new or altered building. Such
“F” Factor responsibilities shall then be assumed by the owner of
Type of Fuel Low Medium High the previously constructed building. Likewise, should
Temp. Temp. Temp. such owner neglect to grant consent within forty-five
Chimney Chimney Chimney
days from the date of written request or fail to signify
Gas…………….……. 2 2 3
his or her refusal, he or she shall then assume all
No. 2 Fuel Oils……… 2.5 2.5 3
No. 3, No. 6 Fuel Oils, responsibilities as prescribed above.
Solid Fuels and (f) Procedure. -It shall be the obligation of the owner
Incinerators……… 3 3 3 of the new or altered building to:
(1) Schedule this work so as to create a minimum of
§[1501.5] 27-860 Adjoining Chimneys. - disturbance to the occupants of the affected building.
(a) Responsibility of owner of taller building. - (2) Provide such essential services as are normally
Whenever a building is erected, enlarged, or increased in supplied by the equipment while it is out of service.
height so that any portion of such building, except (3) Where necessary, support such extended chimneys
chimneys or vents, extends higher than the top of any and equipment from this building or to carry up such
previously constructed chimneys within one hundred feet, chimneys within his or her building.
the owner of such new or altered building shall have the (4) Provide for the maintenance, repair, and/or
responsibility of altering such chimneys to make them replacement of such extensions and added equipment.
conform with the requirements of section 27-859 of this

323
Title 27 / Subchapter 15

(5) Make such alterations of the same material as the that extends at least nine inches below and above the roof
original chimney so as to maintain the same quality and construction. The thimbles shall be of a size to provide
appearance, except where the owner of the chimney clearances on all sides of the metal chimney of at least six
affected shall give his or her consent to do otherwise. inches for low temperature equipment and at least eighteen
All work shall be done in such fashion as to maintain inches for medium and high temperature equipment as
the architectural esthetics of the existing building. defined in subchapter fourteen of this chapter. However, if
(g) Existing violations. -Any existing violations on the the metal chimney is insulated and protected to prevent a
previously constructed equipment shall be corrected by temperature of more than two hundred fifty degrees
the owner of the equipment before any equipment is Fahrenheit on its exterior surface the thimble clearance
added or alterations made at the expense of the owner may be reduced by fifty percent.
of the new or altered building. (2) The enclosure around a metal chimney shall
(h) The commissioner may grant a variance in provide a space on all sides of the chimney to permit
accordance with the provisions of section 27-107 of inspection and repair for the entire chimney height.
article one of subchapter one of this chapter. When metal chimneys have a minimum dimension of
twenty-four inches in diameter and are completely
§[1501.6] 27-861 Metal chimneys. - jacketed with noncombustible insulating material within
(a) Exterior metal chimneys.- Exterior metal chimneys the required enclosure, access to permit inspection and
constructed of steel shall be of adequate thickness to repair shall not be required.
resist all applied loads specified in subchapter nine of (3) The enclosing construction shall be of non-
this chapter, but shall not be less than the thickness combustible materials and shall have a fire resistance
required in table 15-4. rating as required in table 15-3 and shall be without
(b) Clearances for exterior metal chimneys. -Metal openings, except access openings equipped with opening
chimneys erected on the exterior of a building shall have protectives constructed in accordance with the
sufficient clearance from a wall or frame of combustible requirements of subchapter five of this chapter, at floor
construction to satisfy the requirements of table 15-2 and to levels where necessary for complete inspection purposes.
permit inspection and maintenance operations on the chimney, (4) The required fire resistance ratings of table 15-3 for
and shall comply with the following minimum requirements: the enclosure of a medium or high temperature metal
(1) Exterior metal chimneys over eighteen inches in chimney may be reduced by one hour if the chimney
diameter, for equipment of any operating temperature, is insulated with an insulation adequate for the
shall have a clearance of at least four inches, and those temperature of the chimney and having at least a one
eighteen inches or less in diameter shall have a hour fire resistance rating at all sections of the insulation.
clearance of at least two inches from a building wall of
any combustible construction. ** TABLE 15-3 REQUIRED FIRE RESISTANCE
(2) No portion of an exterior metal chimney shall be nearer RATINGS OF ENCLOSURES FOR METAL
than twenty-four inches to any door or window or to any CHIMNEYS
exit, or located where it would be readily accessible to the
public, unless it is insulated or shielded to avoid injury to Chimney Required Fire Resistance
any person in contact with the chimney. Classification Rating of Enclosure
Low Temperature 1 Hr. for buildings under
TABLE 15-2 MINIMUM CLEARANCES 5 stories
REQUIRED FROM ANY 2 Hr. for buildings 5
COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS stories or more
Classification of Equipment Medium Temperature 2 Hr.
* High Temperature 3 Hr.
Low Temperature Medium High Temperature Note for Table 15-3:
Temperature Table 3-4 of section 27-271 shall also be complied with in the
6” 24” 24” construction of enclosures for metal chimneys.
**
*Bracket not enacted but probably intended. Local Law 80-1989.
(d) Prohibited location. -No interior metal chimney
(c) Enclosure of interior metal chimneys. - shall be carried up inside a ventilating duct unless such
(1) Every interior metal chimney or part thereof erected duct is constructed as required by this subchapter for
within buildings shall be enclosed with non-combustible metal chimneys, and only when such duct is used solely
construction having a fire resistance rating of not less than for exhaust venting the room or space in which the
that prescribed in table 15-3 in all stories above the one in equipment served by the metal chimney is located.
which the equipment served thereby is located. Where the Metal chimneys shall not be installed in air supply ducts.
metal chimney passes through a combustible roof, it shall **(e) Unlisted metal chimneys serving residential type or
be guarded by a non-combustible ventilating thimble of low heat appliances and producing flue gas having a
galvanized metal or equivalent non-combustible material temperature below 350ºF at the entrance to the chimney at

324
Title 27 / Subchapter 15

full load or partial load shall be lined with acid and §[1501.7] 27-862 Materials other than metal for
condensate resistant refractory material, or constructed of construction of chimneys. -Materials other than metal for
suitable stainless steel, or otherwise protected so as to the construction of chimneys shall include the following:
minimize or prevent condensation or corrosion damage as (a) Clay, concrete, or shale bricks, laid in a full bed of mortar.
required in reference standard RS 15-14. (b) One hundred percent solid masonry units, or hollow
**Steel chimneys for exterior use shall be insulated and masonry units having the cores filled with mortar or
weather sheathed to maintain flue surface temperatures grout, laid in spread mortar covering the entire cross-
above the acid dew point in all parts of the system in sectional area of the unit.
accordance with subdivision (b) of section 27-854. (c)Concrete cast in place and adequately reinforced where
**(g) Steel chimneys for interior use shall be insulated to required. (d) Natural stones that have been sawed, dressed,
ensure enclosure temperatures not in excess of 160ºF on or have a tooled finish, laid in spread mortar.e) Perforated
combustible materials in accordance with subdivision (a) of radial brick. Such brick shall be laid in spread mortar equal
section 27-854. to type M, of reference standard RS 15-3, and shall be
**Local Law 80-1989. shaped to the circular and radial lines of the various
sections so as to form even joints.
(f) Other equivalent materials or combination of materials.

TABLE 15-4 LOW TEMPERATURE CHIMNEY CONSTRUCTIONS

Material Thickness Lining Required Type of Lining Thickness Air Space

a
Steel (for 1/8 in. for areas up to 7 Not required …. …. ….
exterior sq. ft., 3/16 in. for
chimneys)b areas up to 12.5 sq. ft.,
1/4 in. for larger.
Steela (for No. 16 U.S. gage for Not required …. …. ….
interior areas up to 155 sq. in.,
chimneys) No. 14 U.S. gage up to
200 sq. in., No. 12
U.S. gage up to 255
sq. in., No. 10 U.S.
gage for greater areas.
Brick, 8 inchesc Full height from Clay flue lining meeting Not less Not less than 1/4
masonry chimney base to requirements of Reference than 5/8 in. nor more
units, or stone 4 in. above Standard RS 15-4, with fire clay in. than 3/4 in.
chimney walls. mortar or cement mortar equal to between
that of Type M of Ref. Std. RS chimney walls
15-3, or a heat-proof and acid- and flue lining.
proof flue lining joint cement.
Concrete 6 inchesc ditto ditto ditto ditto
Radial brick 7 ½ inches Full height from Firebrick Type G, RS 15-6, laid 4 1/2 ….
chimney base to in medium refractory mortar, inches
4 in. above RS 15-7, or acid resistant brick
chimney wall. Type H or L, Ref. Std. RS 15-8.
Brick type H 8 inches Not required …. …. ….
or L, RS 15-7
Notes for Table 15-4:
a
Metal chimneys shall be of riveted, bolted or welded construction and made gas tight.
b
Exterior metal chimneys shall be galvanized, or painted on the exterior surface with a heat resisting paint or be constructed of equal corrosion
resistive alloys.
c
In buildings in residential occupancy group J3, of four stories or less, and in other buildings not over two stories high and not in high hazard
occupancy group A, providing the flue areas are not more than 200 sq. in. the walls of masonry or concrete chimneys may be reduced to 4 in.
with fire clay flue lining. Flue linings shall be set ahead of chimney walls, and carefully bedded in fire clay mortar or in cement mortar.
Chimney walls shall be provided with mortar spacer ties every 10 ft, of height. Mortar ties shall not be continuous around the flue linings.

325
Title 27 / Subchapter 15

*TABLE 15-5 MEDIUM TEMPERATURE CHIMNEY CONSTRUCTIONS

Material Thickness Lining Required Type of Lining Thickness Air Space

Steel Same as for Lining is required Incinerators only- 2 in. None required
low temp. for full height of Castable refractory
chimney chimney. Cl. A, RS 15-5
Medium-duty fireclay The lining shall be at least
refractory brick 2 ½ in. thick for chimneys
(ASTM C64) or the having a diameter or greatest
equivalent laid in cross-section dimension of
medium-duty 18 in. or less. The lining
refractory mortar shall have a thickness of not
(ASTM C105) or the less than 4 ½ in. laid on a
equivalent, RS 15-6. full bed for chimneys having
a diameter or greatest cross-
section dimension greater
than 18 in.
Brick or 8 inches Full height from Firebrick Type G, RS 4 ½ inches None required
masonry chimney base to 4 15-6 laid in medium
units in. above chimney refractory mortar, RS
wall. 15-7, or acid resistant
brick Type H or L,
Ref. Std. RS 15-8.
Concrete 6 inches ditto ditto ditto ditto
Stone 12 inches ditto ditto ditto ditto
Radial 7 ½ inches Full height from ditto ditto ditto
brick chimney base to 4 in.
above chimney wall.
Brick Double wall From 2 feet below Fire clay flue lining, 5/8 inch 2 in. air space
masonry construction, to a height of 25 as required for low between each 8 in
units, each wall 8 feet above the point temperature masonry wall, fire-stopped
stone, or inches thick of entry if chimneys. at each floor with
concrete connector, the inner non-combustible
wall shall be lined. material.
*Local Law 80-1989.

*§[1501.8] 27-863 Chimney construction for low, §[1501.9] 27-864 Chimney supports.-
medium, and high temperature equipment.- (a) Chimneys shall not be supported by the equipment
(a) Unlisted chimneys for low temperature equipment they serve unless such equipment has been specifically
shall be constructed in accordance with table 15-4. designed for such loads.
(b) Unlisted chimneys for medium temperature equipment (b) An exterior metal chimney shall be supported on
shall be constructed in accordance with table 15-5. an independent substantial masonry or concrete
(c) Unlisted chimneys for high temperature equipment foundation designed in accordance with the provisions of
shall be constructed in accordance with table 15-6. subchapters ten and eleven of this chapter. Interior
*Local Law 80-1989. metal chimneys may be supported on noncombustible
construction at intermediate levels.
*§27-863.01 Chimney limitations and tests.- (c) Masonry and concrete chimneys may be designed
No solid fuel fireplace, fireplace stove or room heater and constructed as free standing , or as constituting an
shall be installed or altered unless connected to a chimney integral part of a wall, or may be enclosed within a
which complies with the limitations and testing structure without constituting a component part thereof.
requirements set forth in table 15-6.1.
*Local Law 80-1989.

326
Title 27 / Subchapter 15

*TABLE 15-6 HIGH TEMPERATURE CHIMNEY CONSTRUCTIONS

Material Thickness Lining Required Type of Lining Thickness Air Space

Steel Same as for low For full height of High-duty fireclay 4 ½ inches None required
temp. chimney chimney refractory brick
(ASTM C64) or the
equivalent not less
than 4 ½ in. thick
laid on a full width
bed in high- duty
refractory mortar
(ASTM C105) or the
equivalent, RS 15-6.
Brick masonry Double wall Inner course of Firebrick same as 4 ½ inches 2 in. air space required
or concrete construction inner wall shall above for steel between the two 8 in.
with each wall 8 be a firebrick, chimneys, except no walls, fire-stopped as for
inches thick and form 2 feet below castable refractory medium temperature
an intervening connector to full permitted. chimneys.
air space height of
chimney
Steel and Steel as above, For full height of Firebrick and castable 4 ½ inches 2 in. air space required
masonry, or with a single 8 chimney refractory, same as between the steel and the
concrete in. masonry or 6 above for steel masonry or concrete wall,
single wall. in. concrete wall chimneys. fire-stopped as per
(Steel on and an medium temperature
inside of intervening air 2 inches chimneys.
chimney) space.
Radial Brick 7 ½ inches For full height Firebrick as above for 4 ½ inches None required
from chimney steel chimneys
base to 4 in. except no castable
above chimney refractory permitted
wall.

*TABLE 15-6.1 CHIMNEY LIMITATIONS AND THESTS FOR SOLID FUEL FIREPLACES,
FIREPLACE STOVES AND ROOM HEATERS

Occupancy Reference Test Standard Temperature Number of Tests

Standard
J-2 & J-3 limited RS 15-15 UL 127, as 1700oF 1 test
to 40 feet and three Modified
stories
J-2 & J-3 limited RS 15-9 UL 103HT 2100 oF —10 min. 3 tests
to 75 feet o
RS 15-12 ULC 629M 2100 F —30 min. 3 tests
All other RS 15-10 UL 959 o
2100 F to Equilibrium 1 test
occupancies and and 2300—30 min.
all buildings 3 tests
greater than 75 feet Table 15-6 of No Standard Unlisted High Temp. No test
in height subdivision (c) of Chimney with Required
section 27-863 and Thickness listed in
Section 27-861 Table 15-6

Notes for Table 15-6.1:

Chimneys accepted pursuant to reference standard RS 14-10 or Table 15-6 may be used in lieu of chimneys accepted pursuant to reference
standards RS 15-9, RS 15-12, and RS 15-15.
Chimneys accepted pursuant to reference standards RS 15-9 or RS 15-12 may be used in lieu of chimneys accepted pursuant to reference
standard RS 15-15.
*Local Law 80-1989

327
Title 27 / Subchapter 15

(d) Masonry and concrete chimneys shall be wholly (1) The equipment, materials, power and labor necessary
supported on noncombustible construction that shall for such test shall be furnished by, and at the expense
conform to the requirements of subchapters ten and of, the owner or holder of the work permit.
eleven of this chapter, and shall not be required to (2) If the test shows any evidence of leakage or other
support any direct load other than the weight of the defects, such defects shall be corrected in accordance
chimney. No supports shall project into the chimney
flue or flue lining. with the requirement of this subchapter and the test shall
*(e) Supports for listed chimneys shall be listed and be repeated until the results are satisfactory.
installed in accordance with the listing and acceptance.
*Local Law 80-1989. (b) Method of test. -The chimney shall be filled with a
thick penetrating smoke produced by one or more
§[1501.10] 27-865 Chimney caps.- All masonry chimneys smoke machines, or smoke bombs, or other equivalent
shall be capped with concrete, cement wash, terra cotta method. As the smoke appears at the stack opening on
tile, or other equivalent material. the roof, such opening shall be tightly closed and a
pressure equivalent to a one-half inch column of water
§[1501.11] 27-866 Corbelling of chimneys. -Walls measured at the base of the stack, shall be applied. The
less than twelve inches thick shall not be corbelled. The test shall be applied for a length of time sufficient to
maximum horizontal projection in any corbel shall be permit the inspection of the chimney.
one inch for each two inches of vertical projection and
in all cases the total projection shall not be greater than §[1501.14] 27-869 Exhaust gases from internal
one-third of the minimum thickness of the wall to be combustion engines. -
corbelled. In no case shall the total projection be more (a) Exhaust pipe construction. -The exhaust pipe
than six inches. No masonry chimney shall be corbelled from internal combustion engines shall be constructed
from hollow or cavity wall masonry units. in accordance with the requirements for metal chimneys
based on the temperature of the gases entering the
*§[1501.12] 27-867 Clearances from masonry and exhaust pipe, and in accordance with the following:
concrete chimneys. - (1) The requirements for at least a medium temperature
(a) All wood beams, joists, and studs shall be framed chimney shall apply.
away from chimneys. Headers, beams, joists, and studs (2) The exhaust pipe shall be constructed of at least
shall be at least two inches from the outside face of a three-sixteenths inch steel, or of other equivalent metal
chimney or from masonry enclosing a flue. Trimmers shall of similar strength and resistance to the temperature and
be not less than five inches from the inside face of the corrosive action of the exhaust gases.
concrete or masonry chimney wall. Finished flooring shall (3) No lining shall be required.
have at least one-half inch clearance from chimney walls. (4) Where the exhaust pipe runs inside a building, it
(b) A clearance of at least four inches shall be provided shall be insulated with an insulation adequate for the
between the exterior surfaces of masonry or concrete temperature of the pipe, so that the surface temperature
chimneys for commercial and industrial type incinerators shall be not more than two hundred degrees Fahrenheit.
and combustible material. (5) All joints shall be constructed so as to be gastight
(c) A clearance of at least two inches shall be provided under all operating conditions. No threaded joints shall
between the exterior surfaces of interior masonry or be permitted in pipe sizes over four inches or in pipe of
concrete chimneys for all wood burning appliances. a thickness less than that of schedule 40 steel pipe.
(d) No combustible lathing, furring, or plaster grounds (b) Location of discharge opening. -The location of
shall be placed against a chimney at any point more the discharge opening of the exhaust pipe shall comply
than one and one-half inches from the corner of the with the requirements of subdivision (d) of section 27-
chimney; but this shall not prevent plastering directly on 776 of article one of subchapter thirteen of this chapter,
masonry or on metal lath and metal furring nor shall it and, in addition, the opening shall be located or
prevent placing chimneys for low temperature equipment arranged so that it cannot cause condensate leaving the
entirely on the exterior of a building against the sheathing. outlet to come in contact with people. The exhaust pipe
(e) All spaces between chimneys and wood joists, may be connected to a chimney used for other
beams, or headers shall be firestopped in accordance equipment, provided that the operation of the engine
with the provisions of subchapter five of this chapter. does not adversely affect the operation of the other
(f) No change in the size or shape of a chimney shall equipment so as to cause a fire or health hazard, or to
be made within six inches of the roof framing through cause the emissions from the chimney to be in violation
which it passes. of the air pollution control code.
*Local Law 80-1989. *
§27-869.01 Factory-built chimneys. -
(a) Residential occupancy. In residential occupancy
§[1501.13] 27-868 Smoke test. - groups J-2 and J-3:
(a) General. -When required by the commissioner to (1) Factory-built chimneys servicing liquid or gas
determine the tightness of chimney constructions, a fueled appliances shall be listed and accepted in
smoke test shall be made in accordance with the accordance with reference standard RS 15-8[A].**
following conditions and requirements: **Copy in brackets not enacted but probably intended.

328
Title 27 / Subchapter 15

(2) Factory-built chimneys servicing wood burning wall and the space between the liner and masonry shall
fireplaces or stoves and inserts shall be listed and not be filled; only enough mortar shall be used to make
accepted in accordance with reference standards RS 15-9, a good joint and hold the liners in position.
RS 15-10, RS 15-12 or RS 15-15. (b) Cast in place chimney linings. -
(3) Factory-built chimneys servicing factory-built (1) Cast in place linings shall be installed in accordance
fireplaces shall be listed and accepted in accordance with reference standard RS 15-16 and with their listing
with reference standard RS 15-15. and acceptance.
(b) Other occupancies. In all other occupancy groups: (2) The applicant prior to the installation of the lining
(1) Factory-built chimneys servicing liquid or gas shall verify that the chimney meets the requirements of
fueled appliances shall be listed and accepted in reference standard RS 15-4 and is in a sound and
accordance with reference standard RS 15-10 or RS 15-11. uncracked condition, that spalling has been removed
(2) Factory-built chimneys servicing wood burning and that there are no carbon or creosote deposits.
appliances of any type shall be listed and accepted in *Local Law 80-1989.
accordance with reference standard RS 15-10.
(c) Enclosures. All factory-built chimneys shall be ARTICLE 3 CHIMNEY CONNECTORS
enclosed in accordance with the requirements of table 15-3.
(d) Height limitation: Every chimney servicing a factory- §[1502.1] 27-870 Chimney connector construction.-
built fireplace or wood burning stove in a building of more Chimney connectors except those serving incinerators
than seventy-five feet in height shall be listed and accepted shall be constructed of galvanized steel of thickness
in accordance with reference standard RS 15-10, unless conforming to the requirements listed in subdivision (a)
such chimney is an unlisted high temperature chimney of this section or of equivalent materials. Cleanout doors
constructed in accordance with the requirements of section of the same material as the connector or other equivalent
27-861 and of table 15-6 of subdivision (c) of section 27- means shall be provided for the cleaning of connectors.
863, and is installed to serve the appliance. Tile pipe shall not be used as a chimney connector.
*Local Law 80-1989. (a) Thickness of metal. -The thickness of galvanized
*§27-869.02 Changes in appliance fuels. - steel for chimney connectors shall be not less than that
(a) Conversion from gas to fuel oil or wood for given in table 15-7.
heating appliances shall be made only if: (b) General. -All chimney connectors shall be as short
(1) the chimney design meets the requirements of this and as straight as possible consistent with their use and
subchapter for the conversion fuel; and the required draft conditions. No chimney connector
(2) the chimney size is adequate to vent the combustion shall pass through a floor or ceiling construction.
products from the new fuel.
(b) Conversion from solid or liquid fuels to natural TABLE 15-7 REQUIRED THICKNESS OF
gas fuels for heating appliances shall be made only if: GALVANIZED STEEL FOR CONNECTORS
(1) the chimney design meets the requirements of this
subchapter for the conversion fuel; Galvanized Sheet Gage [sic] No. Area of Connector Sq. In.
(2) the chimney is thoroughly cleaned prior to the 24 less than 79
conversion to remove collected flue deposits, which can 22 80 to 154
spall off when gas is used as a fuel; 20 155 to 200
(3) the chimney size is recalculated for the new fuel; 16 Over 200
(4) drains are installed to remove condensed water; and
(5) gas vents are installed within the chimney for venting §[1502.2] 27-871 Chimney connection. -In entering a
purposes if required by the appliance listing. flue in a masonry or metal chimney, the chimney
*Local Law 80-1989. connector shall be installed above the extreme bottom
to avoid stoppage and in such manner or by such means
*
§27-869.03 Reduction in flue size. -Conversion from as to prevent the chimney connector from entering so
one fuel to another or the use of an existing chimney to far as to restrict the space between its end and the
service a fireplace or wood burning appliance may opposite wall of the chimney. The chimney connector
require a flue size change for proper operation. This shall be firmly attached or inserted into a thimble or slip
may be done if the redesigned flue meets the criteria for joint to prevent it from falling out of place. All
the fuel and chimney type to be used as set forth in this connectors shall fit tightly. Chimney connections to any
subchapter. flue shall be limited to one floor. Two or more chimney
(a) Individual fireclay flue linings, in conformance connectors may be joined to a single connection
with reference standard RS 15-14 or the equivalent not provided that the chimney connectors are on one floor
less than five-eighths inch thick, may be used but shall level and the flue is of sufficient size to serve all of the
be carefully bedded one on the other in medium-duty equipment thus connected. Chimney connectors shall
fireclay refractory mortar in conformance with reference be inspected at the time of the initial installation by the
standard RS 15-6 or the equivalent as determined by the commissioner or by a duly authorized insurance
commissioner, with close fitting joints left smooth on company as provided in section two hundred four of the
the inside. Linings shall be separate from the chimney labor law.

329
Title 27 / Subchapter 15

(2) thirty-six inches for chimney connectors from

§[1502.3] 27-872 Chimney connector clearances. - medium temperature and high temperature equipment.
(a) From combustible construction. -The minimum (b) Reduced clearances. -The above clearances may
distance between the chimney connector and any be reduced as outlined in table 15-8 in accordance with
combustible material or construction shall be: the type of protection applied to the combustible
(1) eighteen inches for chimney connectors from low material or construction.
temperature equipment.
*
TABLE 15-8 REDUCED CLEARANCES FOR CHIMNEY CONNECTORS
WITH SPECIFIED FORM OF PROTECTION1, 2, 3, 4

Type of protection Where the required clearance with no protection is:

Applied to the combustible material and covering all
surfaces within the distance specified as the required
clearance with no protection. Thicknesses are minimum 36 in. 18 in. 9 in. 6 in.
(a) 0.027 in. (23 gage) [sic] sheet metal spaced out 1in. 36 in. 18 in. 9 in. 6 in.
(b) 3 ½ in. thick masonry wall spaced out 1 in. and 18 in. 9 in. 4 in. 2 in.
adequately tied to the wall being protected. (see Note 4.)
(c) 0.027 in. (23 gage) [sic] sheet metal on 1 in. mineral wool 12 in. 3 in. 2 in. 2 in.
batts reinforced with wire or equivalent spaced out in 1 in.
Notes for Table 15-8:
1
Spacers and ties shall be of noncombustible material.
2
All methods of protection require adequate ventilation between protective material and adjacent combustible walls and ceilings.
3
Mineral wool batts (blanket or board) shall have a minimum density of 8 lb. per cu. ft. and a minimum melting point of 1500ºF.
4
If a single wall connector passes through the masonry wall there shall be at least 1/2 in. open ventilated airspace between the connector and the
masonry.
*Local Law 80-1989.

§[1502.4] 27-873 Underground chimney connectors.- (1) They shall be constructed in accordance with the
Underground chimney connectors shall be covered with requirements for medium temperature chimneys.
at least twelve inches of solid masonry or an equivalent (2) They shall extend through the building roof and be
insulation. Each cleanout opening shall be provided open to the outer air. The opening shall be equal to the
with double iron doors or covers, and the doors or required chute size at the top floor.
covers shall be twelve inches apart with the intervening (3) If a roof damper is used it shall be constructed to
space filled with insulating material. The doors or open automatically under conditions of excessive
covers shall be not less than 10 manufacturer’s standard pressure or temperature. The roof damper shall be
gage [sic]. No combustible flooring shall be permitted electrically interlocked with the auxiliary burners.
over such connectors. (4) Each charging chute shall be provided with a spark
arrester of corrosion resistive, noncombustible construction
§[1502.5] 27-874 Annual inspection of chimney connectors.- in which the maximum size of mesh opening shall not
Chimney connectors for boilers subject to section two exceed three-quarters of an inch. The cross-sectional free
hundred four of the labor law shall be inspected at least area of such arrester shall be not less than that of the
once a year by the commissioner or by a duly authorized inside of the chute to which it is attached. The height of
insurance company, as provided in subdivision (b) of the spark arrester shall be such that there will be a
section 27-793 of article two of subchapter fourteen of mimimum of twenty-four square feet of total free area
this chapter and shall be subject to procedures listed provided for a chute height to sixty feet; thirty-six square
therein. feet for a chute height from sixty-one feet to one hundred
twenty feet; and forty-four square feet for chute heights
ARTICLE 4 INCINERATOR CHIMNEYS AND over one hundred twenty feet. In no case, however, shall
REFUSE CHARGING CHUTES the height of the spark arrester be less than one foot.
(5) Provisions shall be made for sterilizing the charging
§[1503.1] 27-875 Charging chutes for refuse reduction.- chute by heating or purging at a temperature of at least
Charging chutes shall be constructed in accordance four hundred degrees Fahrenheit but not higher than one
with the following requirements: thousand degrees Fahrenheit.
(a) Directly connected. -When directly connected to (b) Not directly connected. -When not directly connected
the combustion chamber of an incinerator, the chutes to a building service incinerator, the chutes shall be gas tight
shall be gas tight with smooth linings and shall conform with smooth linings and shall conform to the following:
to the following:

330
Title 27 / Subchapter 15

(1) They shall be constructed in accordance with the shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements of
applicable requirements for shafts in table 3-5** and this subchapter for high or medium temperature chimneys,
subchapter five of this chapter. based upon the temperature of the flue gases leaving the
**As enacted but “3-4” probably intended. equipment, except that no reduction of flue gas
(2) They shall extend through the building roof and be temperature shall be recognized if such reduction is the
open to the air. The opening shall be equal to at least result of using water scrubbers or barometric dampers. In
one square foot. addition, such chimneys shall comply with the following:
(3) If a roof damper is used it shall be constructed to (a) Chimneys shall extend through the roof and be open
open automatically under conditions of excessive to the air.
pressure or temperature. (b) Chimneys shall be provided with a spark arrester as
(4) Provisions shall be made for sterilizing the chute by required in paragraph four of subdivision (a) of section
spraying, washing, or other equivalent means. 27-875 of this article.
(5) Bins, containers, or rooms for receiving rubbish shall (c) Incinerators may discharge into chimneys serving
be constructed as required by section 27-837 of article other equipment provided such combined chimney is of
eighteen of subchapter fourteen of this chapter and adequate size for both uses, conforms to construction
sprinklers shall be provided as required by the construction required for the highest temperature, and adequate draft
provisions of subchapter seventeen of this chapter. control equipment is provided for each device connected to
(c) Sizes. - the combined chimney.
(1) The sizes of chutes directly connected to the
incinerators in buildings shall conform to table 15-9. §[1503.3] 27-877 Chimneys for industrial or
(2) Charging chutes not directly connected to the municipal incinerator plants.- Chimneys for central
incinerator shall have a cross-sectional free area incinerator plants shall be constructed in accordance
adequate for the service intended. with the requirements for:
(d) Charging doors. -Charging doors, service openings, (a) Medium temperature chimneys if the incinerator is
or hopper doors for chutes may be located in separate provided with a heat recovery unit or other means to
rooms or compartments enclosed in non-combustible walls assure a flue gas temperature not in excess of one
or partitions, floors, and ceilings having a fire resistance thousand degrees Fahrenheit at the base of the stack.
rating of at least one hour and a self-closing fire door with a (b) High temperature chimneys if the incinerator has
three-quarter-hour fire-protection rating. Service openings no heat recovery unit or other means to assure a flue gas
shall, in no case, have a free area of more than one-third of temperature less than one thousand degrees Fahrenheit.
the cross-sectional free area of the chute to which they give
§[1503.4] 27-878 Incinerator chimney connectors. -
access. All such openings shall be substantially constructed (a) The chimney connector from the combustion
of steel or the equivalent metal of sufficient thickness to chamber of an auxiliary fuel-fired incinerator shall be
prevent distortion or other damage in normal usage. The constructed of metal at least as heavy as no. 16
door shall be provided with counterweights, door checks, manufacturers standard gage [sic] when twelve inches
or other equivalent means for automatically closing after or less in diameter or greater dimension, and of metal at
use and where the chute is connected directly to the least as heavy as no. 12 manufacturers standard gage
combustion chamber of an incinerator, the door shall be so [sic] when they exceed twelve inches in diameter or
constructed that the chute is closed off while the hopper is greater dimension.
being loaded. No part of the door shall project into the (b) Chimney connectors from auxiliary fuel-fired
chute at any time. The minimum height of charging door incinerators shall be lined with firebrick, laid in fire clay
openings shall be eleven inches, and the minimum width mortar, at least two and one-half inches thick when they
shall be thirteen inches. are between twelve inches and eighteen inches in
(e) When charging chutes are located in multiple diameter or greater dimension and at least four and one-
dwellings, in addition to the requirements of this subchapter, half inches thick when they are larger; where no flue gas
the chutes shall be constructed in accordance with the temperature reduction is effected the chimney connectors
requirements for noise control of chutes in subchapter shall be equipped with a guillotine or horizontal sliding
twelve of this chapter. damper or butterfly damper interlocked with the fuel
firing controls so that operation of the incinerator occurs
TABLE 15-9 MINIMUM SIZE OF CHARGING CHUTES when the damper is open. If chimney connectors from
auxiliary fuel-fired incinerators lead into and combine
Building Height Location If Square If Round with chimney connectors from other equipment, the
7 stories or less All 7 stories 22 ½" x 22 ½" 24" dia. connectors from the other equipment shall also be lined
8 to 30 stories Top 7 stories 22 ½" x 22 ½" 24" dia. as required for direct flue connections unless the cross-
8th to 30th from 27" x 27" 30" dia. sectional area of the connector into which they lead is at
the top least four times their required cross-sectional area.
31 stories and Top 7 stories 22 ½" x 22 ½" 24" dia. (c) Chimney connectors for an auxiliary fuel-fired
over 8th to 30th from 27" x 27" 30" dia. incinerator to a boiler stack or chimney for [sic] high
the top temperature heating equipment shall be permitted when
Remaining 32” x 32" 36" dia. the cross-sectional area of such stack or chimney is at least four
lower times that of the incinerator chimney connector.
(d) The clearance of incinerator chimney connectors from
§[1503.2] 27-876 Chimneys for building service combustible material or construction shall be at least thirty-
incinerators.- Chimneys for building service incinerators six inches. This clearance may be reduced as outlined in

331
Title 27 / Subchapter 15

table 15-8 in accordance with the type of protection applied chambers, and units designed for power burners or
to the combustible material or construction. forced venting, shall be installed with a draft hood or
with a barometric damper.
ARTICLE 5 GAS VENT SYSTEMS (b) The draft hood supplied with, or forming a part of,
vented equipment shall be installed in accordance with the
†§[1504.1] 27-879 General. - requirements of the applicable standard in reference
(a) Vent systems of gas-fired equipment shall be so standard RS 15-2. The draft hood shall be located in the
designed and constructed as to completely exhaust the same room as the combustion air opening of the equipment.
products of combustion to the outdoor air. †Local Law 80-1989.
(b) When required by the commissioner, gas vents
shall be tested to determine fire safety and the adequate §[1504.4] 27-882 Chimneys for venting gas-fired equipment.-
exhausting of the products of combustion. When venting of gas-fired equipment is provided for by the
(c) Vents shall be installed if required, in accordance with use of chimneys, such chimneys shall be constructed in
the applicable standards for gas-fired equipment. See reference accordance with the requirements of this subchapter.
standard RS 15-2 for a tabulation of these standards.
†Local Law 80-1989. §[1504.5] 27-883 Gas equipment connected to chimneys.-
Automatically controlled gas-fired equipment connected to
†§[1504.2] 27-880 Equipment not required to be vented.- a chimney that also serves equipment for the combustion
(a) Ranges for which a vent is not required by of solid or liquid fuel shall be equipped with an automatic
reference standard RS 15-2. pilot. A gas-fired equipment vent connector and a
(b) Built-in domestic cooking units for which a vent is chimney connector from equipment burning another fuel,
not required by reference standard RS 15-2. located on the same floor, may be connected into the
(c) Hot plates and laundry stoves. same chimney through separate openings, or may be
(d) Type 1 clothes dryers. connected through a single opening if joined by a suitable
(*e) Water heaters with inputs not over five thousand fitting located as close as practicable to the chimney. If
Btu/hr. (See note below.) two or more openings are provided into one chimney,
(*f) Automatically controlled instantaneous water they shall be at different levels.
heaters that supply water to a single faucet which is
attached to and made a part of the equipment. §[1504.6] 27-884 Types of gas vents. -
(*g) A single booster type (automatic instantaneous) †(a) Type B gas vents. -Type B gas vents conforming to
water heater when designed and used solely for the the requirements of section 27-855 of article one of this
sanitizing rinse requirements of a national sanitation subchapter may be used to vent gas-fired equipment. Type
foundation class one, two or three dishwashing machine, B gas vents may be used for single-story or multi-story
provided that the input is limited to fifty thousand Btu/hr. installations when they conform to the requirements of
The storage capacity is limited to twelve and one-half section 27-855 of article one of this subchapter and the gas
gallons and the heater is installed in a commercial kitchen equipment used in multi-story installations shall be
having a mechanical exhaust system. accepted for such use. Type B gas vents shall be used to
(*h) Refrigerators. vent only listed gas appliances with draft hoods and other
(*i) Counter equipment. gas appliances listed for use with Type B gas vents.
(*j) Room heaters for which a vent is not required by However, Type B gas vents shall not be used for venting:
reference standard RS 15-0. (1) vented wall furnaces listed for use with Type BW
(*k) Other equipment for which a vent is not required gas vents only;
and which are not provided with flue collars. (2) incinerators;
(*l) Specialized equipment of limited input such as (3) appliances which may be converted readily to the
laboratory burners or gas lights. use of solid or liquid fuels;
*See notes at end of Section 27-880. (4) combination gas-oil burning appliances;
†Local Law 80-1989. (5) appliances listed for use with chimneys only.
†Local Law 80-1989.
Notes: †(b) Type B-W gas vents. -Type B-W gas vents
When any, or all, of the equipment marked with an asterisk (*) is conforming to the requirements of section 27-855 of
installed so that the aggregate input rating exceeds thirty Btu/hr. per article one of this subchapter shall be used to vent gas-
cubic foot of room or space in which it is installed, one or more fired vented recessed heaters. Type B-W gas vents may
pieces of the equipment shall be provided with a venting system or be used with single-story or multi-story installations
other equivalent means for removing the vent gases to the outdoor air when they conform to the requirements of section 27-
so that the aggregate input rating of the remaining unvented
equipment does not exceed the thirty Btu/hr. per cubic foot figure.
855 of article one of this subchapter and the gas
When the room or space in which such equipment is installed is equipment used in multi-story installations shall be
directly connected to another room or space by a doorway, archway, accepted for such use. Type BW vents shall be used
or other opening of comparable size, which cannot be closed, the with listed vented gas wall furnaces having a capacity
volume of such adjacent room or space may be included in the not greater than that of the listed Type BW gas vent.
calculations. †Local Law 80-1989.
(c) Single-wall metal vents. -Single-wall metal vents
†§[1504.3] 27-881 Draft hoods. - may be used to vent gas-fired equipment and shall be
(a) All vented equipment, except dual oven type constructed of not less than 16 oz. sheet copper, or No.
combination ranges, equipment with sealed combustion 20 galvanized sheet gage [sic] steel, or of other

332
Title 27 / Subchapter 15

equivalent noncombustible corrosion-resistive material. additional vent connectors or in accordance with the
Single-wall metal gas vents may pass through the roof provisions of reference standard RS 15-1.
or exterior wall to the outdoor air, but shall not pass (c) Where two or more vent connectors enter a
through any attic or other concealed space nor through common vertical gas vent or chimney, the smaller
any intermediate floor construction. conne ctor shall enter at the highest level consistent
(d) Connection to a common vent. -Connection of with available headroom or clearance to combustible
gas-fired equipment on more than one floor level to a material. Two or more items of gas equipment may be
common vent, except as provided for in subdivisions (a) vented through a common vent connector or manifold
and (b) of this section, shall be prohibited. located at the highest level consistent with available
(e) Ventilating hoods. -Ventilating hoods and exhaust headroom or clearance to combustible material. The
systems may be used to vent kitchen, laboratory, and manifold, all junction fittings, and the common vent
commercial [sic] equipment. connector shall be of a size adequate for the combined
volume of the vent gases.
§[1504.7] 27-885 Labeling gas vents. -Gas vents for (d) Gas vents shall be enclosed as provided in subdivision
use with gas-fired equipment, and which are not (c) of section 27-861 of article two of this chapter.
designed for use with solid or liquid fuel-fired
equipment, shall be plainly and permanently identified §[1504.10] 27-888 Gas vent height and locations. -
by a metal label etched or embossed to read: "This gas Gas vents shall extend at least two feet above the
vent is for equipment which burns gas only. Do not highest construction, such as a roof ridge, parapet wall,
connect to incinerator or solid or liquid fuel-burning or penthouse, within ten feet of the vent outlet whether
equipment." This label shall be attached to the vent at a the construction is on the same building as the chimney
point near where the gas vent system enters the wall, or on another building. However, such constructions do
ceiling, or chimney. not include chimneys or other vents, or open structural
framing. The vent shall be as high as such construction
§[1504.8] 27-886 Special venting arrangements. - which is located beyond ten feet from the vent and up to
(a) Equipment with sealed combustion chambers. - and including the distance determined by the following
The vent requirements contained in this subchapter do formula:
not apply to equipment having sealed combustion chambers ___
and which are so constructed and installed that all air D = 2√ A
for combustion is derived from outside the space being where:
heated and all flue gases are discharged by integral vent D = Distance in ft., measured from the center
to the outdoors. Such equipment, having integral venting, of the vent outlet to the nearest edge of
shall be installed in accordance with the conditions of the construction.
the applicable standard governing their use. A = Free area, in sq. in., of vent flue space.
(b) Gas-vent exhausters and chimney exhausters. -
Gas-vent exhausters and chimney exhausters may be Vents shall be subject to the following additional
used with gas appliances in lieu of natural draft vents. requirements:
Where an exhauster is used with gas-burning equipment (a) No gas vent shall terminate less than five feet in
requiring venting, provisions shall be made to prevent vertical height above the highest connected equipment
the flow of gas to the main burner in the event of failure draft hood outlet or flue collar.
of the exhaust system. A vent connector serving gas (b) No type B-W gas vent serving a vented recessed
equipment vented by natural draft shall not be heater shall terminate less than twelve feet in vertical
connected into the discharge side of a power exhauster. height above the bottom of the heater.
(c) Ventilating hoods and exhaust systems. - (c) All gas vents shall terminate in an approved vent or
Ventilating hoods and exhaust systems may be used to cowl, which shall prevent down drafts and prevent rain
vent gas equipment installed in commercial applications. and debris from entering the vent.
When automatically operated equipment, such as water
heaters, are vented through natural-draft ventilating §[1504.11] 27-889 Adjoining gas vents. -
hoods, dampers shall not be installed in the ventilating (a) Responsibility of owner of taller building. -
system. When the ventilating hood or exhaust system is Whenever a building is erected, enlarged, or increased
equipped with a power-driven exhaust fan, the equipment in height so that any portion of such building, except
control system shall be so interlocked as to permit chimneys or vents, extends above the top of a
equipment operation only when the power exhaust is in previously constructed gas vent within fifty feet, the
operation. When used, ventilating hoods shall be built owner of the new or altered building shall have the
and installed in accordance with the provisions of responsibility of altering such gas vents that have their
subchapter thirteen of this chapter. outlets within fifty feet measured horizontally, of any
part of the newly erected building. Such alterations
§[1504.9] 27-887 Installation requirements. - shall be at the expense of the owner of the new or
(a) The gas vent connected to equipment with a single altered building and shall be accomplished by one of
vent shall not be less than the size of the draft hood the following means or a combination thereof:
outlet, and in no case less than two inches in diameter. (1) Carry up such previously constructed vents from
(b) When more than one piece of equipment is connected gas-fired equipment to the eight required in section 27-
to a gas vent, the area shall be not less than the area of the 888 of this article.
largest vent connector plus fifty percent of the areas of (2) Offset such gas vents to a distance of more than
fifty feet from the new or altered building, provided that

333
Title 27 / Subchapter 15

the new location of the outlet of the offset gas vent shall
comply with the requirements of this subchapter. §[1504.13] 27-891 Prohibited termination. -Gas vents
(b) Protection of draft. -After the alteration of a gas extending through outside walls shall not terminate
vent as described in subdivision (a) of this section, it below eaves or parapets.
shall be the responsibility of the owner of the new or
altered building to provide any mechanical devices or ARTICLE 6 GAS VENT CONNECTORS
equipment necessary to maintain the proper draft in the
equipment. §[1505.1] 27-892 Construction. -Vent connectors for
(c) Written notification. -The owner of the new or conversion burners without draft hoods, or other gas-
altered building shall notify the owner of the building fired equipment without draft hoods, shall be constructed of
affected in writing at least forty-five days before materials having resistance to corrosion and temperature not
starting the work and request written consent to do such less than that of no. 24 galvanized sheet gage [sic] steel.
work. Such notice shall be accompanied by a written (a) Vent connectors used for gas-fired equipment having
description or a plan showing how the proposed draft hoods and for conversion burners having draft hoods,
alterations are to be made. shall be constructed of Type B gas vent material or materials
(d) Approval. -The method of correction shall be having resistance to corrosion and temperature not less
subject to the approval of the commissioner. than that of no. 26 galvanized sheet gage [sic] steel.
(e) Refusal of consent. -If consent is not granted by (b) The vent connector between the equipment and the
the owner of the previously constructed or altered vertical gas vent or chimney shall have the greatest possible
building to do the alteration work required by paragraph initial rise consistent with the headroom available in the
one of subdivision (a) of this section, such owner shall equipment area and with the required clearance to combustible
signify his or her refusal in writing to the owner of the material. The horizontal run of the vent connector shall be as
new or altered building and to the commissioner, and short as possible and the equipment shall be located as near the
the owner of the new or altered building has submitted gas vent or chimney as practicable. The maximum length of an
plans that conform to the requirements of this section, he uninsulated horizontal run of vent connector shall not exceed
or she shall thereupon be released from any responsibility seventy-five percent of the height of the gas vent or chimney.
for the operation of his or her equipment and for any (c) No vent connector shall pass through floor or ceiling construction.
health hazard or nuisance that may occur as a result of
the newly erected or modified building. Such responsibilities §[1505.2] 27-893 Clearances. -
shall then be assumed by the owner of the previously (a) Minimum clearances. -Minimum clearances at
constructed building. Likewise, should such owner neglect vent connectors to combustible materials shall not be
to grant consent within forty-five days from the date of less than those listed in table 15-10.
written request or fail to signify his or her refusal, he or (b) Reduced clearances. -These clearances may be
she shall then assume all responsibilities as prescribed reduced when the combustible construction is protected
above. as provided in table 15-11.
(f) Procedures. -It shall be the obligation of the owner
of the new or altered building to: §[1505.3] 27-894 Thimbles. -
(1) Schedule this work so as to create a minimum of (a) When passing through combustible constructions,
disturbance to the occupants of the affected building. vent connectors constructed of type B gas vent material
(2) Provide such essential services as are normally shall be installed so that the clearances required by the
supplied by the equipment while it is out of service. standard are maintained.
(3) Where necessary, support such extended gas vents (b) Vent connections made of single-wall metal pipe shall
from his or her building or carry up such vents within not pass through any combustible walls or partitions unless
his or her building. they are guarded at the point of passage by ventilated
(4) Provide for the maintenance, repair, and/or replacement metal thimbles not smaller than the following:
of such alterations. (1) For equipment conforming to standards-four inches
(5) Make such alterations of the same material as the larger in diameter than the vent connector.
original gas vent except where the owner of the vent (2) For equipment having draft hoods-six inches larger
affected shall give his or her consent to do otherwise. in diameter than the vent connector.
All work shall be done in such fashion as to maintain (3) For equipment without draft hoods-twelve inches
the architectural esthetics of the existing building. larger in diameter than the vent connector.
(g) Existing violations. -Any existing violations on the
previously constructed equipment shall be corrected by §[1505.4] 27-895 Size of connectors. -The vent
the owner of the equipment before any equipment is connector shall not be smaller than the size of the flue
added or alterations made at the expense of the owner collar or the draft hood outlet of the gas-fired
of the new or altered building. equipment. Where a single item of equipment has more
(h) The commissioner may grant a variance in accordance than one draft hood outlet, the vent connector shall
with the provisions of section 27-107 of article one of equal the combined area of the draft hood outlets for which
subchapter one of this chapter. it acts as a common connector to the gas vent or chimney.
§[1504.12] 27-890 Support of gas vents. -All portions
of gas vents shall be adequately supported for the weight
of the material used and for the applied loads on the vent.

334
Title 27 / Subchapter 15

TABLE 15-10 VENT CONNECTOR CLEARANCE[S]* FOR GAS-FIRED EQUIPMENT

Minimum Distances from Combustible Materials (in.)

Type B Gas Vent Material Other Than Type B Materials

Boiler As required by Std. 6
Warm air furnace As required by Std. 6
Water heater As required by Std. 6
Room Heater As required by Std. 6
Floor furnace As required by Std. 6
Conversion burner (with draft hood) 6 9
Equipment with draft hoods 6 9
Equipment without draft hoods Not Permitted 18
*Copy in brackets not enacted but probably intended.

TABLE 15-11 REDUCED CLEARANCES FOR VENT CONNECTORS WITH SPECIFIED FORMS OF PROTECTIONa
Reduced Clearances Where
the Required Clearance
Specified Form of Protectionb with No Protection is:

18 in. 9 in. 6 in.

(a) 1/4 in. asbestos millboard spaced out 1 in.c 12 6 3
(b) 28 gage [sic] sheet metal on 1/4 in. asbestos mill board 12 4 2
(c) 28 gage [sic] sheet metal spaced out 1 in.c 9 4 2
(d) 28 gage [sic] sheet metal on 1/8 in. asbestos millboard
spaced out 1 in. c 9 4 2
(e) 1 1/2 in. asbestos cement covering on heating appliance 18 9 6
(f) 1/4 in. asbestos millboard on 1 in. mineral fiber bats
reinforced with wire mesh or equivalent 6 4 2
(g) 22 gage [sic] sheet metal on 1 in. mineral fiber bats
reinforced with wire or equivalent 3 2 2
(h) 1/4 in. asbestos cement board or 1/4 in. asbestos millboard 18 9 4
(i) 1/4 in. cellular asbestos 18 9 3

Notes for Table 15-11:

aExcept for the protection described in (e) above, all clearances should be measured from the outer surface of the appliance to the
combustible material disregarding any intervening protection applied to the combustible material.
bApplied to the combustible material unless otherwise specified and covering all surfaces within the distance specified as the required
clearance with no protection. Thicknesses are minimum.
cSpacers shall be on** noncombustible material.
**As enacted but “of” probably intended.

335
Title 27 / Subchapter 15

This page is intended to be left blank

336
Title 27 / Subchapter 16

SUBCHAPTER 16 subchapter shall establish and control the minimum

PLUMBING AND GAS PIPING requirements for the design, installation, alteration,
repair, and maintenance of plumbing systems, including
TABLE OF CONTENTS gas piping, sanitary and storm drainage, industrial and
special wastes, sanitary facilities, water supplies and
storm water and sewage disposal, except where specific
[Sub-Art. Art. exemptions are made in the code. All installation,
* ** alteration, repair, and maintenance work shall be
or Sec.] or Sec.
performed by or under the direct supervision of a
[1600.0] Art. 1 General licensed master plumber, except as follows:
[1600.1] 896 Scope (a) Minor alterations and ordinary repairs as defined
[1600.2] 897 Standards and delimited in article five of subchapter one of this
[1600.3] 898 Definitions chapter.
[1600.4] 899 Plans (b) Installation of gas service piping and gas meter piping
[1600.5] 900 Permits may be performed by a utility corporation that is subject to
[1600.6] 901 General Requirements the jurisdiction of the public service commission, provided
[1600.7] 902 Use of Nonconforming that the corporation maintains and services such piping.
Material or Equipment (c) Emergency repairs to alleviate hazardous conditions
[1600.8] 903 Fire Protection in gas distribution piping may be performed by a utility
[1600.9] 904 Establishing Gas Supply corporation which is subject to the jurisdiction of the
[1600.10] 905 Alterations to Gas Piping Public Service Commission, subject to the requirements
Systems of section 27-176 of article fifteen of subchapter one of
[1601.0] Art. 2 Water Supply Systems this chapter.
[1601.1] 906 Public Water Supply
[1601.2] 907 Private Water Supply §[1600.2] 27-897 Standard.-The provisions of reference
[1601.3] 908 Cross-Connection of standard RS-16 shall be a part of this subchapter.
Supplies and Identification
[1602.0] Art. 3 Drainage Systems §[1600.3] 27-898 Definitions.- For definitions to be used
[1602.1] 909 Permits in the interpretation of this subchapter, see subchapter two
[1602.2] 910 Individual Sewage Systems of this chapter.
[1602.3] 911 Construction
[1603.0] Art. 4 Hospital and Institutional §[1600.4] 27-899 Plans.- For the requirements governing
Plumbing the filing of plans and the work to be shown on plans, see
subchapter one of this chapter.
[1603.1] 912 Requirements
[1604.0] Art. 5 Swimming Pools
§[1600.5] 27-900 Permits.-For the requirements governing
[1604.1] 913 Requirements
application for building permits and plumbing permits, see
[1604.2] 914 Construction
subchapter one of this chapter.
[1604.3] 915 Operation
[1605.0] Art. 6 Existing Buildings and
§[1600.6] 27-901 General requirements.-Plumbing
Installations
and gas piping shall be designed and installed so as to
[1605.1] 916 General
satisfy the following conditions and the requirements of
[1605.2] 917 Existing Soil and Vent
reference standard RS-16:
Stacks
(a) All occupied premises shall have potable water.-
[1605.3] 918 Existing Gas Meter Rooms
Every building intended for human habitation,
[1606.0] Art. 7 Inspections and Tests
occupancy, or use shall be provided with a supply of
[1606.1] 919 Inspection
potable water.
[1606.2] 920 Notification
(b) Sufficient water required.-Plumbing fixtures, devices,
[1606.3] 921 Testing of Plumbing and Gas
and appurtenances shall be supplied with water in sufficient
Piping Systems
volume and at pressures adequate to enable them to
[1606.4] 922 Requirements
*"C26" omitted from section numbers in this column. function properly. The pipes conveying the water shall be
**"27" omitted from section numbers in this column. of sufficient size to provide the water required without
undue pressure reduction and without undue noise under all
ARTICLE 1 GENERAL normal conditions of use.
(c) Water conservation.-Plumbing shall be designed
§[1600.1] 27-896 Scope.-The provisions of this and adjusted to use the minimum quantity of water

337
Title 27 / Subchapter 16

consistent with proper performance and cleansing of the be made in accordance with the regulations of the
fixture or plumbing appurtenance. department of environmental protection.
(d) Safeguarding against explosion.-Devices for (2) SYSTEMS AVAILABLE.-
heating and storing water shall be designed, installed, a. A public water main, and a sanitary or combined
and maintained to guard against rupture of the sewer for the purpose of conveying sewage, shall be
containing vessel through overheating. deemed available to a building in which plumbing
* fixtures are installed, except to a one- or two-family
(e) Connection to public water supply systems and
to sanitary or combined sewer systems. dwelling, if a property line of such building is within
*
Local Law 65-1996; For Excerpts from Local Law 7 of 1974, see
five hundred feet (measured along a street, alley, or
end of Subchapter 1. right-of-way) of the public water supply system or the
(1) GENERAL.- sewer. The connection shall be made in accordance
a. The water distribution system and system for with the applicable standards of the department of
conveying sewage from any building in which environmental protection.
plumbing fixtures are installed shall be connected, b. A public water supply system, and a sanitary or
respectively, to a public water main and a sanitary or combined sewer for the purpose of conveying sewage,
combined sewer if either or both are available and, shall be deemed available to a one- and two-family
regarding the sewer, if the department determines that dwelling if a property line of such dwelling is within
connection thereto is feasible. The department shall one hundred feet (measured along a street, alley, or
determine that connection is feasible if : right-of-way) of the public water supply system or the
1. the sewer is of adequate capacity to receive all sewer. The connection shall be made in accordance
sewage flowing from the building; with the applicable standards of the department of
2. the sewer is in adequate physical condition to environmental protection.
receive such sewage; c. Where two or more one- or two-family dwellings
3. no physical obstacles exist between the are to be constructed on a tract of land, or where a
boundaries of the lot or tract of land on which the substantial improvement of any other type of building
building is located and the sewer, which would make or buildings is contemplated on a tract of land, the
connection to the sewer impracticable; public water supply system and/or the sanitary or
4. the elevation of the sewer in relation to the lot combined sewer may be declared available thereto by
or tract of land on which the building is located is such the agencies having jurisdiction thereon even though
that conveyance of the sewage from the building to the the distances specified in subparagraphs (a) and (b) of
sewer is not impracticable; this paragraph are exceeded.
5. the sewer is located in the same drainage area as (f) Well water systems.-No well or individual water
all or most of the lot or tract of land on which the supply may be installed for any purpose without the
building is located; and approval of the commissioner and of the department of
6. no other factor reasonably related to the health and the department of environmental protection.
conveyance of sewage from the building to the sewer (g) Design and maintenance of system for
would make such connection impracticable or conveying sewage from building.-The system for
undesirable as a proper means of sewage disposal. conveying sewage from the building shall be designed,
b. Where a public water main is not available, an constructed and maintained to guard against fouling,
individual potable water supply shall be provided, and deposit of solids, and clogging, and shall be provided with
where neither a sanitary nor a combined sewer is adequate cleanouts so arranged that the pipes may be
available to which the department determines that readily cleaned.
connection is feasible, a private sewer or private (h) Exclusion of certain substances from the
sewage disposal system shall be provided. All such plumbing system.-
private systems shall be provided subject to the (1) DETRIMENTAL OR DANGEROUS MATERIAL.-
approval of the commissioner and of any other agency No person shall deposit, by any means, any of the
or agencies having jurisdiction, and constructed in following into the building drainage system or sewer:
accordance with the requirements of reference standard ashes, cinders, rags, flammable, poisonous, or explosive
RS-16 and, with respect to the construction of liquids, gases, oils, grease, or any other material that
individual on site private sewage disposal systems, in could obstruct, damage, or overload such system, or
accordance with the specifications and standards that could interfere with the normal operation of the
prescribed by the commissioner, in consultation with sewage treatment processes.
the commissioner of environmental protection, pursuant (2) INDUSTRIAL WASTES.-Wastes from hospitals,
to section six hundred forty three of the charter. chemical plants, laundries, abattoirs, or any other
c. Extensions of public sewers and water mains shall industrial wastes that could be detrimental to the public
sewer or public health, shall be treated before such

338
Title 27 / Subchapter 16

wastes are discharged into the public sewer. At the time shall be made of smooth, nonabsorbent material and
of the filing of plumbing plans for any hospital, shall be free from fouling surfaces.
chemical plant, laundry, abattoir, or any other industrial (n) Location of fixtures.-
structure, a statement shall be filed with the commissioner (1) LIGHT AND VENTILATION.-For light and
indicating the substances, ingredients, or matter, that ventilation requirements of rooms or spaces containing
will be discharged into the sewer, together with written plumbing fixtures, see subchapter twelve of this
approval of the department of environmental protection chapter.
for the method of treatment of said substance, ingredient (2) LOCATION.-Piping, fixtures, or equipment
or matter, before it is discharged into the public sewer. shall be located so as not to interfere with the normal
operation of windows, or doors and other exit openings.
(i) Prevention of Contamination.-Plumbing fixtures, (3) ACCESSIBILITY.-Plumbing fixtures shall be
devices, and appliances shall be provided with adequate located so that they are readily accessible to the users.
protection to prevent contamination of food, water, (o) Liquid-seal traps required.-Each fixture
sterile goods, and similar materials by backflow of directly connected to the drainage system shall be
sewage. The fixture, device, or appliance shall be equipped with a liquid-seal trap, except as otherwise
connected indirectly with the building drainage system provided in this subchapter. The drainage system shall
when necessary. be designed to provide adequate air circulation in all
(j) Drainage below street level.-The drainage of pipes with no danger of siphonage, aspiration, or
all sanitary and storm water below the crown level of forcing of trap seals under conditions of ordinary use.
the street sewer, or below a level where backflow from (p) Exhausting of foul air to outside.-Each vent
the street sewer is possible, shall be conveyed to a terminal shall extend to the outdoor air and be located
sewage ejector and/or sump through a system of sub- and installed so as to minimize the possibility of
house drains, and lifted into the street sewer or disposal clogging and the return of foul air to the building.
system. (q) Materials and workmanship.-All materials
**(k) Disposal of storm water.-Storm water and equipment used in the plumbing and gas systems
falling or coming to rest on property on which new shall be free from defects, and shall be designed,
buildings or substantial horizontal enlargements are to constructed, and installed so as to give satisfactory
be constructed, and on all streets and other paved areas service for their expected life.
constructed or altered in connection with the construction (r) Condemned equipment.-Any plumbing materials
of such new buildings or substantial horizontal or equipment condemned by the commissioner because
enlargements, shall be disposed of in accordance with of wear, damage, defects, or sanitary hazards shall not
the requirements of reference standard RS-16 and the be used or re-used for plumbing purposes.
rules and regulations of the department of environmental (s) Prevention of sewer flooding.-Where a plumbing
protection. No person providing a system for disposing drainage system is subject to backflow of sewage from
of storm water, as required by this subdivision, shall in the public sewer, suitable provision shall be made to
any way alter, relocate or affect any existing drainage prevent its overflow in the building.
system on the property, except in accordance with the (t) Test of plumbing system.-The plumbing system
provisions of section 19-146 of title nineteen of the shall be subjected to such tests as will readily disclose
administrative code. Except as otherwise permitted by all leaks and defects in the work or in the material used.
this code, no person shall perform land contour work, (u) Proper maintenance.-Plumbing systems shall
as defined in section 19-146 of this code, which work be maintained in a safe and serviceable condition from
causes storm water to flow across sidewalks or onto an the standpoint of both operation and health.
adjacent property. For purposes of this subdivision, the (v) Protection of ground and surface water.-
term "substantial horizontal enlargement" shall have the Sewage or other waste shall not be discharged into
meaning given such term in subdivision (a) of section surface or subsurface water unless it has been
P110.2 of reference standard RS-16. discharged by a method subject to the approval of the
** commissioner and of the department of health and the
Local Law 103-1989.
(l) Required plumbing fixtures.-Every dwelling department of environmental protection.
unit in buildings classified in occupancy groups J-2 and (w) Weather protection.-Water service piping
J-3 shall have at least one water closet, one lavatory, shall be installed at least four feet below exterior grade,
one kitchen-type sink, and one bathtub or shower. All and building house sewers shall be installed at least
other buildings shall be equipped with the number and three feet below exterior grade. Plumbing piping in
types of plumbing fixtures required by reference exterior building walls shall be adequately protected
standard RS-16. against freezing by insulation or heat, or by both.
(m) Smooth surfaces required.-Plumbing fixtures (x) Structural safety.-The structural safety of a

339
Title 27 / Subchapter 16

building shall not be affected or impaired in any way as valve or by installing a locking device on the outside
a result of the installation, alteration, renovation, or gas service line valve. The lock shall not be removed
replacement of a plumbing system or any part thereof. until the gas meter piping (other than utility owned) and
See subchapters nine, ten, eleven and nineteen of this gas distribution piping has been inspected and certified
chapter. as required by the department of buildings as being
(y) Strains and stresses in pipes.-Piping shall be ready for service.
installed so as to prevent strains and stresses that would
exceed the structural limitations of the pipe and so as to §[1600.10] 27-905 Alterations to gas piping systems.-
prevent deflection or deformation that would cause the When alterations, extensions or repairs to existing gas
system to malfunction. Provision shall be made for meter piping or gas distribution piping requires the
expansion and contraction and for structural settlement shut-off of gas flow to a building, the utility shall be
that might affect the piping. notified by the owner or his or her authorized
(z) Installation limitations.- representative.
(1) ELEVATOR SHAFTS.-No piping shall be
installed in any elevator or counterweight hoistway. ARTICLE 2 WATER SUPPLY SYSTEMS
(2) FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION.-No plumbing
or gas piping shall be installed in any construction §[1601.1] 27-906 Public water supply.-
required to have a fire resistance rating except in (a) Required capacity.-Where the required capacity
accordance with the provisions of subchapter five of of potable water supply is available from street water
this chapter. mains at the site, every building shall be supplied from
(3) STAIR ENCLOSURES.-No piping of any such mains.
kind, with the exception of piping required or permitted (b) Power pumps.-When power pumps are
under subchapter seventeen of this chapter, shall be required in the water supply system of a building, they
permitted within a stair enclosure. shall take their supply from the street water mains in the
(aa) Special flood hazard restrictions.-Within manner prescribed in reference standard RS-16.
special flood areas and below the regulatory flood
datum as described in article ten of subchapter four of §[1601.2] 27-907 Private water supply.-Every private
this chapter, plumbing installations shall comply with source of potable water supply, other than a water supply
the applicable provisions of reference standard RS 4-5. company franchised by the city of New York, shall be
subject to the approval of the commissioner; and every
*§[1600.7] 27-902 Use of nonconforming material private source of non potable water supply shall be
or equipment.- submitted to the commissioner for approval and recording.
(a) No person shall use or install any new or used
plumbing material or equipment, unless it complies §[1601.3] 27-908 Cross-connection of supplies and
with the requirements set forth in this subchapter and identification.-
reference standard RS-16. (a) Cross-connection.-No person shall connect
(b) No person shall use any portable equipment water piping supplied directly from street water mains
that utilizes mercury to test the pressure of gas piping, to other sources; and no cross-connection shall be made
drainage or vent systems. between the potable water distribution system and any
*Local Law 17-2001. portion of waste or soil systems, or between the potable
water distribution system and fixtures or devices that
§[1600.8] 27-903 Fire protection.-Where pipes pass may contaminate, pollute, or otherwise render the water
through construction required to have a fire-resistance nonpotable.
rating, they shall comply with the requirement of (b) Identification.-Water supply systems not
section 27-343 of article five of subchapter five of this approved as potable shall be identified at each outlet
chapter. with a warning sign stating that the water is unfit, and
its use prohibited, for drinking purposes. Piping carrying
§[1600.9] 27-904 Establishing gas supply.-It shall be potable water shall be identified and distinguished from
unlawful for any utility company to supply gas to a water piping carrying nonpotable water by distinctive
building, place or premises in which new meters other painting or markings as prescribed in reference standard
than replacement are required until a certificate of RS-16.
approval of gas installation from the department of (c) Construction.-The construction of water
buildings is filed with such utility company. When new supply systems shall be in accordance with the
gas service piping has been installed it shall be locked- requirements of reference standard RS-16.
off by the utility either by locking the gas service line

340
Title 27 / Subchapter 16

ARTICLE 3 DRAINAGE SYSTEMS covering the general construction of swimming pools,

the provisions of article sixteen* of subchapter seven of
*§[1602.1] 27-909 Permits.-In addition to the permits this chapter shall apply.
required under provisions of subchapter one of this *
As enacted; "fifteen" probably intended.
chapter, the following permits shall also be required.
(a) Permits for the installation of the building §[1604.3] 27-915 Operation.-
house sewer from the street line to, and including, the No swimming pool regulated by the provisions of this
spur connection at the street sewer shall be obtained code shall be operated without a permit from the
from the department of environmental protection, department of health.
except that, in conjunction with the issuance of a permit
for the construction or alteration of a structure within ARTICLE 6 EXISTING BUILDINGS AND
the curbline, the commissioner may issue a permit for INSTALLATIONS
connection with a sewer or drain.
(b) Permits for sidewalk and street openings shall §[1605.1] 27-916 General.-When alterations are made
be obtained from the department of transportation. requiring the addition of two or more plumbing fixtures
*Local Law 65-1996. in an existing building, or when a building is remodeled
for an extension in size or change in use in which
*§[1602.2] 27-910 Individual sewage systems. -[sic] plumbing, drainage, or gas piping work is involved, all
(a) Where public sewers are deemed not available the new work shall be made to conform to all the
according to subdivision (e) of section 27-901 of article applicable sanitary requirements of this code and the
one of this subchapter, an individual on site private affected portions of the system made adequate for the
sewage disposal system shall be installed in accordance added load.
with the requirements of this subchapter. When public
sewers are made available, the individual on site private §[1605.2] 27-917 Existing soil and vent stacks.-
sewage disposal system shall be abandoned in a manner (a) When a new building is erected higher than an
prescribed by the commissioner, and the building house existing building, no operable windows or other wall
sewer shall be connected to the available public sewer openings shall be located closer than ten feet to an
within six months of the date of notification that the existing stack vent or vent stack on the lower building.
sewer has been accepted to receive flow by the agency Wherever necessary, the owner of the new building
or agencies having jurisdiction. shall at his or her own expense and with the approval of
*Local Law 65-1996. the adjoining owner, offset the stack vent or vent stack
to a distance ten feet or more from such windows or
§[1602.3] 27-911 Construction.-The construction of wall opening, or shall extend such stack vents or vent
drainage systems shall be in accordance with the stacks to a height of at least three feet above the
requirements of reference standard RS-16. topmost opening.
(b) When the existing adjoining building is higher
ARTICLE 4 HOSPITAL AND INSTITUTIONAL than the new building, all new soil, waste, or vent
PLUMBING stacks of the new building shall be located at least ten
feet from the common lot line, or shall be carried to a
§[1603.1] 27-912 Requirements.- Hospital and institutional level above the higher existing roof, adequately
plumbing shall be installed in accordance with all of the supported and with the consent of the owners of both
applicable requirements for plumbing and gas piping of the new and existing structures.
this subchapter and in accordance with the specific
modifications of reference standard RS-16. §[1605.3] 27-918 Existing gas meter rooms.-Existing
gas meter rooms shall comply with the provisions of
ARTICLE 5 SWIMMING POOLS section P 115.5(c) of the reference standard RS-16 no
later than December first, nineteen hundred seventy-two.
§[1604.1] 27-913 Requirements.-All plumbing for
swimming pools, including display pools and fountains, ARTICLE 7 INSPECTION AND TESTS
shall be installed in accordance with the requirements
of this subchapter, the requirements of reference *§[1606.1] 27-919 Inspection.-Every new plumbing
standard RS-16, and the requirements of the New York and gas piping system and every part of an existing
City health code. system that has been altered, except for ordinary
repairs, shall be inspected and tested to determine
§[1604.2] 27-914 Construction.-For requirements compliance with code requirements except that the

341
Title 27 / Subchapter 16

commissioner may promulgate rules authorizing a

certification from a master plumber for minor work that §[1606.4] 27-922 Requirements.-
was performed in accordance with applicable codes in (a) Drainage and vent systems.-
lieu of the two day inspection notification requirement (1) ROUGH PLUMBING.-Except for outside
of section 27-920 of this article and the inspection leaders and perforated or open jointed drain tile (subsoil
reporting requirements of subdivision a of section 27- drains), the piping of plumbing drainage and venting
922 of this article. In no event shall such certification systems shall be verified as to materials and shall be
be allowed for any new installation, or any alteration to tested upon completion of the rough piping installation
an existing gas piping system. and proven to be watertight. The commissioner may
* require the removal of any cleanout plugs to ascertain
Local Law 51-2001.
that the prescribed pressure has been reached in all
§[1606.2] 27-920 Notification.-The holder of the parts of the system.
plumbing permit shall give at least two days prior written a. Water Test.-A water test shall be applied to the
notice to the commissioner that the plumbing work drainage system either in its entirety or in sections after
covered by the permit is ready for inspections and test. rough piping has been installed. If applied to the entire
system, all openings in the piping, except the highest
§[1606.3] 27-921 Testing of plumbing and gas opening, shall be tightly closed and the system filled
piping systems.- with water to the point of overflow. If the system is
(a) New, altered, extended, or repaired systems.- tested in sections, each opening, except the highest
Every new plumbing and gas piping system and every opening of the section under test, shall be tightly
part of an existing system that has been altered or plugged and each section filled with water. No section
repaired except for minor alterations and ordinary shall be tested with less than a ten foot head of water. In
repairs, shall be tested as hereinafter prescribed to testing successive sections, at least the upper ten feet of
disclose leaks and defects. However, testing may be the following section shall be tested, so that no joint or
waived in the following cases: pipe in the building (except the uppermost ten feet of
(1) In any case that does not involve replacement, the system) shall have been submitted to a test of less
alteration, or relocation of any water supply, drainage, than ten foot head of water. The water shall be kept in
or vent piping. the system or in the portion under test for a least fifteen
(2) In any case where plumbing equipment may be minutes before inspection starts; the system shall then
set up temporarily for exhibition purposes. be tight at all points.
(b) Representation at test.- b. Air test.-An air test may be used only when
(1) Tests required by section 27-922 of this article permission for this type of test is obtained from the
shall be conducted in the presence of the commissioner commissioner. The air test shall be made by attaching
or an authorized plumbing inspector of the department. an air compressor testing apparatus to any suitable
(2) The commissioner may also authorize such test opening and, after closing all other inlets and outlets of
to be witnessed by architects, engineers, master the system, forcing air into the system until there is a
plumbers or representatives of utility companies, each uniform gauge pressure of * five psi. This pressure shall
of whom must be acceptable to the commissioner. be held, without introducing additional air, for a period
Persons performing this function shall have had at least of at least fifteen minutes.
*
five (5) years experience in inspection and testing of Corrected by Local Law 17-2001.
gas piping systems, or hold a current master plumber's (2) FINISHED PLUMBING.-After the plumbing
license. Such tests may be conducted without any fixtures have been set and their traps filled with water,
verifying inspection or tests by members of the the entire drainage system shall be verified as to
department, provided that verified statements and materials and shall be tested and proven gastight by
supporting inspectional and test reports are filed with either a smoke test or a peppermint test.
the department within one working day of such tests. a. Smoke test.-The smoke test shall be made by
(c) Exposure of work.-If any plumbing system or filling all traps with water and then introducing into the
part thereof is enclosed before it has been inspected, entire system a pungent, thick smoke produced by one or
tested, and accepted as prescribed in this subchapter, more smoke machines. When the smoke appears at stack
such system or part thereof shall be uncovered upon the openings on the roof, these openings shall be closed and a
direction of the commissioner. pressure equivalent to a one inch water column shall be
(d) Retesting.-If, upon inspection and tests, any of maintained for the period of the inspection.
the work fails to meet the test requirements, the b. Peppermint test.-The peppermint test shall be
necessary corrections shall be made before any made by introducing two ounces of oil of peppermint
reinspections or retests are conducted. into the roof vent terminal of every line or stack to be

342
Title 27 / Subchapter 16

tested. The oil of peppermint shall be followed at once inert gas, and the source of pressure shall be isolated
by ten quarts of hot water (one hundred sixty degrees before the pressure readings are made. All test duration
Fahrenheit or higher), whereupon all roof vent time periods are to be measured after stabilization of
terminals shall be sealed. The detection of the odor of testing medium. Fresh water may be used as the test
peppermint at any trap or other point in the system shall medium only where the required test pressure exceeds
determine the location of any leaks. Persons who have one hundred psig.
come in contact with oil of peppermint shall be **(4) The commissioner shall publish a list of non-
excluded from the test area. mercury gauges certified by a nationally recognized
(b) Building house sewer.-The building house testing lab or promulgate rules with standards for non-
sewer shall be tested by inserting a test plug at the point mercury gauges within one hundred and twenty days of
of connection with the street sewer before such the effective date of this paragraph.
connection is made. The building house sewer shall *Local Law 18-1992.
**Local Law 17-2001 .
then be filled with water under a head of at least ten
feet. The water level at the top of the test head of water (e) Other piping systems.-All other piping systems
shall not drop for at least fifteen minutes. shall be tested in accordance with the requirements
(c) Water systems.-Upon completion of a section prescribed in reference standard RS-16.
of a water system or of the entire water system, the
completed section or system shall be verified as to
materials, and shall be tested and proven tight under a
water pressure of at least twenty-five percent greater
than the working pressure under which it is to be used.
The water used for tests shall be obtained from a
potable source of supply.
*
(d) Gas piping systems.-Upon completion of the
installation of a section of a gas system or of the entire
gas system, and before appliances are connected
thereto, the completed section or system shall be
verified as to materials, and tested and proven tight as
follows:
(1) Gas distribution piping:-
**a. Distribution pressures up to one-half psig. The
completed piping is to be tested with a non-mercury
gauge at a pressure of three pounds per square inch
gauge (psig) for a minimum of thirty minutes.
b. Distribution pressures over one-half psig
through three psig. The completed piping is to be tested
at fifty psig for a minimum of thirty minutes.
c. Distribution pressures over three psig through
fifteen psig. The completed piping is to be tested at one
hundred psig for a minimum of one hour.
d. Distribution pressures above fifteen psig. The
completed piping is to be tested to twice the maximum
allowable operating pressure, but not less than one
hundred psig, for a minimum of one hour.
(2) Meter piping shall be pressure tested in
accordance with the requirements of the serving utility.
These requirements shall be either the same as those for
testing distribution piping in paragraph one of this
subdivision, or if different, the piping shall be certified
by the local utility as being tested in compliance with
their requirements.
(3) Notwithstanding the above, all coated or
wrapped pipe shall be pressure tested at a minimum of
ninety psig.
For testing, the piping shall be filled with air or an

343
Title 27 / Subchapter 16

This page is intended to be left blank

344
Title 27 / Subchapter 17

SUBCHAPTER 17 [1703.0] Art. 4 Automatic Sprinkler

FIRE ALARM, DETECTION AND Requirements
EXTINGUISHING EQUIPMENT [1703.1] 954 Required Sprinkler
[1703.2] 955 Smoke Detector Alternate
TABLE OF CONTENTS [1703.3] 956 Standard for Installation of
Sprinklers
[Sub-Art. Art. [1703.4] 957 Sprinkler Alarm System
or Sec.]* or Sec.** [1703.5] 958 Approved Devices
[1703.6] 959 Siamese Connections Required
[1700.0] Art. 1 General [1703.7] 960 Piping from Siamese Connection
[1700.1] 923 Scope [1703.8] 961 Classification of Water Supplies
[1700.2] 924 Standards [1703.9] 962 Sources of Water Supply for
[1700.3] 925 Definitions Sprinkler Systems
[1700.4] 926 Plans [1703.10] 963 Direct Connection of
[1700.5] 927 Permits Sprinklers to the Public
[1700.6] 928 General Requirements Water System
[1700.7] 929 Retroactive Requirements [1703.11] 964 Sprinkler Booster Pumps
929.1 Retroactive Requirements for [1703.12] 965 Gravity and Pressure Tanks
Office Buildings One Hundred [1703.13] 966 Protection of Sprinkler System
Feet or More in Height [1703.14] 967 Inspections and Tests
[1701.0] Art. 2 Existing Buildings-Fire [1704.0] Art. 5 Interior Fire Alarm and
Extinguishing Equipment Signal System
[1701.1] 930 Existing Standpipes [1704.1] 968 Where Required
[1701.2] 931 Existing Sprinklers [1704.2] 969 Approvals
[1702.0] Art. 3 Standpipe Requirements [1704.3] 970 Existing Installations
[1702.1] 932 When Required [1704.4] 971 Classification and General
[1702.2] 933 Yard Hydrant Systems Requirements of Fire Alarm
Required Systems
[1702.3] 934 Standpipe Systems in [1704.5] 972 Systems Required for Specific
Structures being Erected or Occupancies
Demolished [1704.6] 973 Location and Identification of
[1702.4] 935 Number of Standpipe Risers Sending Stations and Sounding
Required Devices
[1702.5] 936 Location of Standpipe Risers [1704.7] 974 Standpipe Fireline Telephone
[1702.6] 937 Omission of Standpipe Service and Signaling Systems
[1702.7] 938 Size of Standpipe Risers [1704.8] 975 Communication System and
[1702.8] 939 Devices Used in System Fire Command Station
[1702.9] 940 Siamese Connections [1704.9] 976 Installation
Required [1704.10] 977 Fire Systems Electrical Tests
[1702.10] 941 Cross Connections [1705.0] Art. 6 Smoke Detecting Devices
[1702.11] 942 Hose Stations [1705.1] 978 Definitions
[1702.12] 943 Maximum Pressures [1705.2] 979 Smoke Detecting Devices;
[1702.13] 944 Pressure Reducing Valves Where Required
[1702.14] 945 Water Supply for Standpipe [1705.3] 980 Power Sources of Smoke
Systems Detecting Devices
[1702.15] 946 Fire Pumps [1705.4] 981 General Requirements for
[1702.16] 947 Direct Connections of Smoke Detecting Devices
Standpipes to the Public Art. 7 Carbon Monoxide Detecting Devices
Water System 981.1 Definitions
[1702.17] 948 Installation of Private Fire 981.2 Carbon Monoxide Detecting
Hydrants Devices; Where Required
981.3 General Requirements for
[1702.18] 949 Protection of Standpipe System
Carbon Monoxide Detecting
[1702.19] 950 Standards for Installation
Devices
[1702.20] 951 Inspections and Tests
*"C26" omitted from section numbers in this column.
[1702.21] 952 Standpipe Signal Systems
**"27" omitted from section numbers in this column.
[1702.22] 953 Elevators for Fire
Department Use

revision: October 1, 2004 345

Title 27 / Subchapter 17

LIST OF TABLES *(b) Notwithstanding the provisions in subdivision

a of this section, an application for a permit and
Table No. approval of plans for the installation of fire alarm and
17-1 Size of Standpipe Risers signal systems as required under the provisions of
17-2 Summary of Sprinkler Requirements article five of this subchapter in buildings classified in
occupancy group J-1 shall be filed with the department
ARTICLE 1 GENERAL on or before June thirtieth, nineteen hundred eighty-
seven and such installation shall be completed on or
§[1700.1] 27-923 Scope.-The provisions of this subchapter before December thirty-first, nineteen hundred eighty-seven.
shall establish and control the minimum requirements for *(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this
the design and installation of standpipe, sprinkler, fire alarm, subchapter, the requirement to install a system of
and fire detection systems except for fire alarm systems in automatic sprinklers shall apply retroactively to any
factory and mercantile buildings and where specific space in a basement, cellar or other location below
exemption is made in this code. Alterations or additions to grade subject to the provisions of subdivision aa of
existing systems shall comply with the requirements of this section 27-954 of this code. Installation of such system
subchapter regardless of magnitude or cost. of automatic spriklers shall be completed on or before
April thirtienth, two thousand four.
§[1700.2] 27-924 Standards.-The provisions of reference *Local Law 16-1987.
standard RS-17 shall be part of this subchapter.
**§27-929.1 Retroactive requirements for office buildings
§[1700.3] 27-925 Definitions.-For definitions to be used one hundred feet or more in height.- (a) General
in the interpretation of this subchapter, see subchapter requirements.- (1) Notwithstanding any other provision
two of this chapter. of this subchapter, all office buildings one hundred
feet or more in height and buildings classified in occupancy
§[1700.4] 27-926 Plans.-For the requirements governing group E one hundred feet or more in height in existence
the filing of plans and the work to be shown on plans, on the effective date of this subdivision shall have a full
see subchapter one of this chapter. system of automatic sprinklers installed in accordance
with this subchapter. Reports relating to the installation of
§[1700.5] 27-927 Permits.- For the requirements governing such sprinkler systems shall be filed in accordance with
equipment work permits, equipment use permits, see subdivision (b) of section 27-228.5 of this code and installation
subchapter one of this chapter. of such sprinkler systems shall be completed on or before
July 1, 2019 or, if applicable, on or before a date
§[1700.6] 27-928 General requirements.-All systems specified by the commissioner pursuant to paragraph
of standpipes, sprinklers, fire alarms, and fire detectors (2) of subdivision (b) of section 27-228.5 of this code.
and all component devices thereof, as required by this (2) Exception.- Where an owner of a building or
subchapter specifically and by subchapters four, five, portion thereof subject to such retroactive requirement
seven and eight of this chapter shall be installed in demonstrates to the satisfaction of the commissioner
accordance with the provisions of this subchapter. that the installation of sprinklers in a particular, limited
portion of such building is not practicable, either due to
§[1700.7] *27-929 Retroactive requirements.-The provisions structural conditions or because of designation as an
of this subchapter shall apply retroactively for the specific interior landmark by the New York city landmarks
occupancies indicated in subdivisions (j) and (s) of preservation commission, the commissioner may waive
section 27-954 and paragraph ten of subdivision (a) of such limited portions from the requirements of this
section 27-968 of this subchapter. An application noting section but may require additional fire safety measures
compliance shall be required to be filed on or before to protect the health, safety and welfare of the public.
April thirteenth, nineteen hundred seventy-nine; and (3) Application to buildings with a full system of
installation shall be required on or before January automatic sprinklers.- The provisions of this subdivision
thirteenth, nineteen hundred eighty, except as otherwise shall not apply to buildings in existence on the October
provided in this code. 22, 2004 in which a full system of automatic sprinklers
*Local Law 16-1987. was installed or required to be installed pursuant to any
(a) The provisions of this article shall apply retroactively other provision of law. Nothing in this subdivision shall
for the specific occupancies and spaces indicated in be construed to limit the applicability of any other
subdivisions (v), (w), and (y) of section 27-954 and provision of this code requiring sprinklers in the
subdivision (j) of section 27-972. Installation of all buildings referred to herein.
systems required by these sections shall be completed on (b) Converted buildings.- Notwithstanding the foregoing
or before April first, nineteen hundred eighty-seven. provisions, on and after October 22, 2004, no building

revision: October 1, 2004 346

Title 27 / Subchapter 17

one hundred feet or more in height shall be converted to

an office building or to a building classified in occupancy
group E, whether or not application for such conversion
is required to be filed with the department, unless a full
system of automatic sprinklers is installed in such
building in accordance with this subchapter prior to
such conversion.
**Local Law 26-2004.

ARTICLE 2 EXISTING BUILDINGS-FIRE

EXTINGUISHING EQUIPMENT

§[1701.1] 27-930 Existing standpipes.-Standpipe systems

existing on December sixth, nineteen hundred sixty-
eight, shall not be required to be altered to conform to the
provisions of this subchapter, except as follows:
(a) The existing installation shall meet the
following minimum requirements:
(1) WATER SUPPLIES.-There shall be a reserve
of at least two thousand five hundred gallons of water
in a gravity or pressure tank for exclusive use of the
standpipe; or there shall be a direct connection to a city
main meeting the requirements of section 27-945 of
article three of this subchapter.
(2) GRAVITY TANKS.-The gravity tank or tanks
shall be filled by direct city water connection or by an
automatic fill pump at a rate of at least forty-five gpm;
and the bottom of the tank shall be located at least
eleven feet six inches above the highest hose outlet
under the main roof.
(3) HOSE AND HOSE VALVES.-Hose and hose
valves shall be in good serviceable condition. Hose
valve wheel handles shall be within six feet six inches of
the floors or stair landings or the wheel handle may be
within two feet horizontally from a stair tread and no more
than six feet six inches vertically above the tread. Such
hose may be omitted from hose racks in existing buildings
in occupancy group J-2 provided that the provisions of
paragraph five of subdivision (c) of section 27-942 of
article three of this subchapter are complied with.
(4) FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTIONS.-
There shall be a three inch by three inch siamese hose
connection with approved caps, painted red. The word
"Standpipe" shall be cast in the body of the siamese
connection or on metal plates that are secured to the riser
or to the face of the building behind the siamese connection.
(5) NOZZLES.-A five-eighths inch smooth bore nozzle
with two and one-half inch hose shall be provided where
the hydrostatic pressure at the hose valve is less than ten psig.
(6) PROTECTION FROM FREEZING.-All parts

revision: October 1, 2004 347

346a
Title 27 / Subchapter 17

This page is intended to be left blank

revision: October 1, 2004 346b

348
Title 27 / Subchapter 17

of the standpipe system that are exposed to freezing exceed three parking levels and contain not more than
shall be protected in accordance with the requirements ten parking levels.
of subdivision (a) of section 27-949 of article three of (c) A standpipe system shall be installed in all
this subchapter. buildings exceeding three stories in height that have an
(7) PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES.-Pressure area exceeding seven thousand five hundred square feet
reducing valves shall be provided as required by section on any floor and where a standpipe system is not
27-944 of article three of this subchapter. otherwise required by the provisions of this subchapter.
(8) DRIP VALVES.-Drip valves shall be provided A non-automatic or automatic dry system may be used
between the siamese connection and the check valve. in lieu of the wet standpipe.
(b) When the building requires additional standpipe (d) The following buildings shall be exempt from the
protection because of extension in height or in area, or provisions of subdivisions (a), (b) and (c) of this section:
the occupancy is changed to a use requiring additional (1) Buildings classified in occupancy groups F, G,
protection, the new or altered part of the system shall H, and J that do not exceed two stories or thirty feet in
comply with this subchapter. height and an area of twenty thousand square feet on
any floor and are provided with hand or portable fire
§[1701.2] 27-931 Existing Sprinklers.- extinguishers as required by the fire department.
(a) Required sprinklers.-Sprinkler systems and (2) Buildings classified in occupancy groups E, F,
devices existing on December sixth, nineteen hundred G, H, and J that require a wet standpipe as provided in
sixty-eight shall not be required to be altered to paragraph two of subdivision (a) and subdivision (c) of
conform to the provisions of this subchapter, except this section but not exceeding six stories or seventy-five
that when additional protection is required for a change feet in height and that are equipped throughout with an
in occupancy or for a building addition, the new or automatic wet or dry sprinkler system connected to a
altered part of the system shall comply with this central supervisory station, and such system complies
subchapter. Sprinklers in any extension or alteration with the provision of this subchapter.
shall be connected to, or extended from, the existing
system or a separate water supply as provided in section §[1702.2] 27-933 Yard hydrant systems required.-
27-962 of article four of this subchapter. Additional Outdoor amusement and exhibition places, oil storage
heads shall not be connected to existing undersized piping. plants, lumber yards, trailer camps, industrial parks, and
(b) Voluntary sprinklers.-Sprinkler systems and similar occupancies shall have yard hydrants installed so
devices existing on December sixth, nineteen hundred that the entire area may be reached by two hundred fifty
sixty-eight, but which are not required by this code, feet of hose from a yard hydrant or a street hydrant.
need not conform to the provisions of this subchapter, Single hydrant connection shall be at least in six inch
except that when a siamese hose connection is installed in I.P.S. Such hydrants shall be directly connected with city
the system, the siamese connection shall be installed and the water main or private water main, or supplied from
entire system pressure tested as required by this subchapter. gravity tanks or pressure tanks, as provided in this subchapter.
(a) Where the area of such enclosure is more than
ARTICLE 3 STANDPIPE REQUIREMENTS forty thousand square feet and where the available city
water service is less than that specified in paragraph
§[1702.1] 27-932 When required.- one of subdivision (b) of section 27-945 of this article,
(a) Wet standpipe systems shall be installed: the yard hydrant system shall be supplied as follows:
(1) In all buildings or portions thereof exceeding (1) A gravity tank of at least fifty thousand gallon
six stories or seventy-five feet in height, except that capacity shall be provided and elevated so that the
open parking structures shall not require installation of bottom of the tank is at least seventy-five feet above the
a wet standpipe system unless they exceed ten parking highest grade elevation and at least twenty-five feet
levels or seventy-five feet in height. above the highest building in the area supplied by this tank.
(2) In all portions of buildings two or more stories (2) In lieu of paragraph one of this subdivision,
in height that have a floor area of ten thousand square there shall be provided a manual fire pump with a
feet or more on any floor. capacity of at least one thousand gpm, and a suction
(b) Where standpipes are required by the height tank of at least fifty thousand gallon capacity. The
and area limitations of (a) of this section, a non- suction tank shall be supplied through a six inch
automatic or automatic dry standpipe system may be connection to the city water main controlled by an
installed in lieu of the wet standpipe in all buildings automatic ball float valve in the suction tank. A bypass
shall be provided so that the pump may be fed directly
classified in occupancy group G not over six stories or
from the city water main.
seventy-five feet in height. A dry standpipe system
(3) The pump shall be located in a pump house at
shall be installed in all open parking structures which
the street main side of the area or enclosure.

347
Title 27 / Subchapter 17

(4) Suction from a river or well may be permitted

by the commissioner if the required quantity of §[1702.4] 27-935 Number of standpipe risers required.-
reasonably clean fresh water may be obtained thereby, The number of standpipe risers shall be such that every
subject to the approvals of such other authorities as may point of every floor can be reached by a twenty foot
have jurisdiction over the primary source of supply. stream from a nozzle attached to not more than one
(b) The maximum distance between hydrants shall hundred twenty-five feet of hose connected to a riser
be two hundred fifty feet. At each yard hydrant, two outlet valve.
hundred fifty feet of rubber lined hose, with a smooth
bore of one and one-eighth inch approved play-pipe, §[1702.5] 27-936 Location of standpipe risers.-
shall be placed in a hose house painted red, and the (a) Standpipe risers and two and one-half inch
words "Fire Hose" in six inch white letters shall be angle hose valves shall be located within stairway
painted on the door. enclosures. For additional requirements see section 27-
(c) The approval of the fire department shall be 343 of article five of subchapter five and subdivision (j)
obtained for location of any monitor nozzles that may of section 27-375 of article five of subchapter six of this
be required in addition to yard hydrants. Not more than chapter. When stairway enclosures are not available
one monitor nozzle with remote control will be required within the distance limitations of section 27-935 of this
for each forty thousand square feet of area or fraction article, the standpipe risers and two and one-half inch
thereof unless, in the fire department's opinion, an angle hose valves shall be located as near to the
unusual hazard exists. enclosure as practicable, subject to the approval of the
(d) Standpipes and sprinkler systems may be commissioner. A metal sign with one inch lettering
connected to a yard hydrant system in accordance with indicating the location of the outlet shall be provided in
the requirements of this subchapter. the stair enclosure on each floor where the riser is not
(e) Yard hydrant systems connected to city water located in the enclosure.
mains shall be provided with post indicator valves (b) No standpipe riser shall be placed in any shaft
located in an accessible position. Post indicator valves containing a gas or fuel pipeline.
shall be locked open and be painted red.
(f) Fire extinguishing equipment, in addition to that §[1702.6] 27-937 Omission of standpipe service.-
prescribed by this section, shall be provided in accordance (a) Standpipe outlets may be omitted in portions of
with requirements of chapter four of this title for oil first floors or basements that are completely separated
storage plants, oil refineries, and other plants deemed by from the entrance hall or enclosed stairways leading to
the fire commissioner to present unusual fire hazards, and the upper floors, provided portable fire extinguishers are
also in rooms or spaces housing electrical equipment when installed, subject to the approval of the commissioner.
such fire extinguishing equipment is deemed necessary.
(b) Standpipe protection shall be omitted from
transformer vaults, high-tension switchboard rooms,
§[1702.3] 27-934 Standpipe systems in structures
being erected or demolished.- and other locations where the use of hose streams
(a) During construction or demolition of any would be hazardous. Any space or room that houses
structure for which a standpipe system is required, equipment of such nature that the use of water would be
provision shall be made for the use of such standpipe by ineffective in fighting the fire, or would be hazardous,
the fire department in accordance with the provisions of shall have a conspicuous metal sign on each door
section 27-1014 of article one of subchapter nineteen opening on such space or room stating the nature of the
and this subchapter. use and the warning: "Use Npo Water."
(b) Temporary risers shall be at least four inches in
diameter for structures less than four hundred fifty feet §[1702.7] 27-938 Size of standpipe risers.-The size of
high and at least six inches in diameter for structures standpipe risers shall be in accordance with Table 17-1.
four hundred fifty feet high or more. There shall be as
many risers as will be, or were, required for the TABLE 17-1 SIZE OF STANDPIPE RISERS
permanent system. Each such riser shall be connected Minimum Riser Size
to a cross connection that is supplied through siamese 1
Height Required (I.P.S.)
hose connections at the street level, and shall be
equipped on each floor with a two and one-half inch 150 ft. or less…………... 4 in.
hose outlet valve. The installations shall be made so Greater than 150 ft…….. 6 in.
that each riser, cross-connection, and branch line can be
plugged or capped when work is not being done on the Note for Table 17-1:
1
system. The location of the siamese hose connection The height shall be that of the individual riser to the highest hose
shall be placarded, kept free from obstruction, and outlet (not including manifold outlets) from the level of the entrance
identified by a red light. floor at street level at which the riser begins.

348
Title 27 / Subchapter 17

(b) Standpipe systems in buildings required by the

§[1702.8] 27-939 Devices used in system.-No device, provisions of section 27-943 of this article to have one
valve, pipe, or fitting may be used in a standpipe system or more zones shall be so designed and installed that the
unless such device, valve, pipe, or fitting has been risers supplied from each zone will be cross-connected
accepted or approved in accordance with the provisions below, or in, the story of the lowest hose outlets from
of section 27-135 of article eight of subchapter one of the water source in each zone. Horizontal intermediate
this chapter. check valves shall be installed in the run of each riser
continuing into a higher zone in such manner as to
§[1702.9] 27-940 Siamese connections required.- permit all upper zones of the system to be fed through
Siamese connections shall be provided as follows: one riser from the zone below and to prevent any lower
(a) One siamese connection shall be provided for zone of the system from being supplied from a zone
each three hundred feet of exterior building wall or above.
fraction thereof facing upon each street or public space. (c) Risers supplied by an upper level cross
(b) Where buildings face upon two parallel streets connection shall be provided with manual control
or public spaces without an intersecting street or public valves or remote control valves, so arranged that risers
space, one siamese shall be provided for each three supplied by the upper level cross connections may
hundred feet of exterior building wall or fraction thereof independently be shut off from the tank supplies.
facing upon each such parallel street or public space. (d) Cross connections shall be at least as large as
(c) Where a building faces upon two intersecting the largest riser supplied by the cross connection.
streets or public spaces and the total length of the However, when supplying two, but not more than four
exterior building walls facing upon such streets or four inch risers, the cross connection shall not be less
public spaces does not exceed three hundred feet only than five inches. The cross connection shall not be less
one siamese connection need be installed provided the than six inches for all other riser combinations.
siamese connection is located within fifteen feet of the (e) Where there is no cellar, cross connections
corner and on the longer street. may be hung from the ceiling of the lowest story.
(d) Where a building faces on three streets or (f) Each siamese connection shall be connected to
public spaces, one siamese connection shall be provided a riser or to a cross connection connecting other
for each three hundred feet of building wall or fraction siamese hose connections or risers. The pipe from the
thereof facing upon such streets or public spaces siamese connection to the riser or cross connection shall
provided that at least one siamese connection is be five inch I.P.S., except that a four inch pipe shall be
installed on each of the parallel streets or public spaces, sufficient when such pipe supplies a single four inch
and further provided that the siamese connections shall riser system. The pipe from the siamese connection
be located so that the distance between them does not shall be run as directly as practicable to the riser or
exceed three hundred feet. cross connection.
(e) Where a building faces upon four streets or
public spaces, at least one siamese connection shall be §[1702.11] 27-942 Hose stations.-
provided on each street front or public space; however, (a) Hose outlet valves.-
only one siamese connection need be provided at the (1) At the riser on each floor served by the riser
corner of two intersecting streets or public spaces if the and on the entrance floor above the riser control valve,
siamese connection is located within fifteen feet of the a two and one-half inch hose outlet valve shall be
corner and on the longer street or public space, and if provided for fire department use. Such hose outlet valve
the distances between siamese connections, in all cases, shall be readily accessible from a stairway landing or
does not exceed three hundred feet. from a floor, and shall be located between five feet and
(f) In any case where the exterior building walls of six feet above the landing or floor.
a building facing a street or public space is obstructed (2) At the top of the highest riser, there shall be
in part by another building, one siamese connection provided above the main roof level, a three-way
shall be provided for each clear three hundred feet of manifold equipped with three two and one-half inch
exterior building wall or fraction thereof facing upon hose valves with hose valve caps. Where the manifold
such street or public space. is located other than within a heated stair enclosure or
bulkhead, the control valve shall be located in a
§[1702.10] 27-941 Cross connections.- horizontal run of piping below the roof.
(a) Standpipe systems that include more than one (b) Location.-Hose stations shall be located at the
riser shall have all risers cross-connected at, or below, standpipe risers located either within a stair enclosure
the street entrance floor level, except as otherwise or adjacent to the entrance to such enclosure as
provided in this section. provided in section 27-936 of this article. When the

349
Title 27 / Subchapter 17

hose station is located outside the stair enclosure and automatic dry standpipe systems provided that the hose
the riser is within the stair enclosure, it shall be known outlet valves are capped with hose valve caps which are
as and referred to as "Auxiliary Hose Station." chained to the valves.
(1) Hose stations shall be located so that every (d) Auxiliary hose stations.-
point in the floor area served by the hose station is (1) Auxiliary hose stations may be installed in
within twenty feet of the end of the hose nozzle with those occupancies where one and one-half inch hose is
the hose in its extended position. The maximum length permitted as specified in subdivision (c) of this section.
of hose that shall be permitted at any hose station is one (2) When auxiliary hose stations are installed, the
hundred twenty-five feet. required two and one-half inch hose valve at the riser
(c) Size, type and quality of hose.-Hose shall be shall be installed and the valve shall be equipped with a
provided on hose racks at each hose station as follows: cap fastened to the valve with a chain.
(1) Hose shall be one and one-half inch "flax-line"
unlined linen hose or equivalent, factory coupled, in §[1702.12] 27-943 Maximum pressures.-The standpipe
occupancy groups C, E, F, G, H, and J. system shall be zoned by the use of gravity tanks,
(2) Hose shall be two and one-half inch cotton automatic fire pumps, pressure tanks, and street
rubber-line, or rubber hose or equivalent, factory pressure so that the maximum pressure at the inlet of
coupled, in occupancy group A. any hose valve in the zone does not exceed one hundred
(3) Hose shall be two and one-half inch "flax-line" sixty psig.
unlined linen hose or equivalent, factory coupled, for
occupancy groups other than those in paragraphs one §[1702.13] 27-944 Pressure reducing valves.-
and two of this subdivision. (a) When the normal hydrostatic pressure at a two
(4) Hose for auxiliary hose stations shall be one and one-half inch hose outlet valve exceeds fifty-five
and one-half inch "flax-line" unlined hose or equivalent. psig, each valve shall be equipped with an adjustable
(5) Hose lines shall be made up of fifty foot type pressure reducer so that the pressure on the down-
factory coupled hose except that required hose lengths stream side will not exceed fifty psig when the
of less than fifty feet shall be in one section of the discharge is at the rate of two hundred gpm from a one
required length. Only one length less than fifty feet will inch orifice nozzle attached to one hundred feet of two
be permitted where hose length is not of equal fifty foot and one-half inch unlined hose.
increments, and no length shall be less than twenty-five (b) At one and one-half inch hose stations, an
feet. adjustable type of pressure reducer shall be provided on
(6) Hose may be omitted from hose racks in each hose outlet valve where the hydrostatic pressure
occupancy groups J-1 and J-2 whenever at least three exceeds eighty-five psig and shall be so adjusted that
open nozzles, two one and one-half inch, and two two the pressure on the downstream side will not exceed
and one-half inch spanner wrenches, two two and one- eighty psig when seventy gpm is discharged from a
half by one and one-half inch non-swivel reducing one-half inch orifice nozzle attached to the length of
couplings and three hundred seventy-five feet of one hose to be provided at the hose station.
and one-half inch hose are stored and maintained in a (c) The pressure reducing valve shall be
locked cabinet located on the main entrance floor in a permanently marked with the address of the premises in
location near the standpipe riser enclosure subject to the which it is installed and with the floor location and the
approval of the commissioner, and hose valves are setting for the location at which it is to be used.
capped with a hose valve cap fastened to the valve with
a chain. The person responsible for the maintenance of §[1702.14] 27-945 Water supply for standpipe systems.-
the standpipe system shall maintain on the premises a (a) Primary water supply for standpipe
key for unlocking the storage cabinet. The key shall be systems.-Every standpipe system except nonautomatic
kept in a location where it is readily available to dry standpipe systems shall have a primary water
authorized persons, but not available to the general supply available at all times at every hose outlet, or
public. A sign shall be placed on the storage cabinet made available automatically when the hose valve at
indicating the location of the key. An additional any outlet is opened. Such primary water supply may be
labelled key shall be kept in a locked receptacle near from one or more gravity tanks, from a pressure tank or
the storage cabinet openable by a fire department tanks, from a direct connection to a city water main,
standard key. Such receptacle shall be marked "For Fire from a connection to a private water main, or from an
Department Use Only." A metal sign shall be placed in automatic fire pump.
each stair enclosure on the main entrance floor stating (b) Method of providing water supply for
clearly where the storage cabinet is located. standpipe systems.-Combinations of two or more of
(7) Hose may be omitted from hose racks for non- the following methods shall be used; in using such

350
Title 27
Title 27/ /Subchapter
Subchapter17 17

combinations, the siamese connections shall be underground cross connection may not cross any public
considered as a source of supply. street without the approval of the city departments
(1) Direct connections of standpipes to the city having jurisdiction.
water system provided one of the following conditions e. Usable [sic] storage or office space on
is met: penthouse floors shall be provided with a riser outlet
a. A statement furnished by the bureau of water valve within the distances stated in section 27-935 of
supply of the department of environmental protection this article. In lieu of elevating the bottom of the gravity
indicates a pressure in the street main that is capable of tank twenty-five feet above these outlets, an automatic
maintaining a static pressure of at least fifteen psig. at fire pump with local supervisory alarms may be
the highest hose outlet between the hours of eight a.m. installed. The pump shall be capable of delivering two
and five p.m. on a normal working day when a street hundred fifty gpm. at a pressure of twenty-five psig.
level fire hydrant within two hundred fifty feet of the above the normal static pressure at the highest outlet
building is supplied from the same street main and is supplied by the pump. The pump shall take suction
discharging at least five hundred gpm through a two from the gravity tank and be so arranged as to permit
and one-half inch hydrant butt. the siamese connection and any required manual fire
b. For buildings forty feet or less in height with an pump to supply these outlets. No more than three
area of not more than twenty thousand square feet per stories of any penthouse or of penthouse and building
floor, there is a four inch direct connection to the street stories combined, may be supplied by this method.
main that is fed two ways or there is a four inch direct (4) Pressure tanks shall be acceptable as the
connection to each of two street mains on two street primary supply to the system provided all of the
fronts so installed that shutting off one service will not following conditions are met:
interfere with the supply of the other, and there is a. A pressure tank, or tanks, so proportioned and
sufficient pressure in the street main to maintain a located that a pressure of at least fifteen psig will be
minimum static pressure of twenty-five psig. at the available at the nozzle of the highest required hose
highest required hose outlet and the department of station, exclusive of roof outlets, when all the water has
environmental protection states that the required street been discharged from the pressure tank.
pressure is available. b. The storage quantities stated for gravity tanks in
(2) A private yard main when meeting the subparagraphs a, c, and d of paragraph three of this
conditions of a direct water connection to the city water subdivision are met and an additional volume
system. equivalent to one-half of the required water storage
(3) Gravity tanks provided: space is provided for the required air.
a. The minimum quantity of water reserved for c. An air compressor is provided with suitable
standpipe service is thirty-five hundred gallons in each automatic control and of sufficient capacity to build up
standpipe zone. air pressure of at least seventy-five psig. in the tank
b. The bottom of the tank shall be at least twenty- within three hours and to maintain thereafter an air
five feet above the highest hose outlet that such tank pressure between seventy and eighty psig. The
supplies, (except the roof manifold) and those hose automatic control shall also maintain the proper air-to-
outlets in a penthouse enclosing mechanical equipment, water ratio in the pressure tank.
except as otherwise provided in subparagraph e of this d. Pressure tanks shall be supplied with water
paragraph. through a fixed pipe, independent of the standpipe riser
c. Each zone of the standpipe system having three and at least two inches in size. The water supply and
risers or more shall have a total fire reserve capacity of connection shall be capable of supplying the tank at a
five thousand gallons or more from one or more gravity rate of at least sixty-five gpm without reducing the
tanks for each zone. pressure in the tank. The tank shall have a fixed water
d. Where a group of two or more buildings, level plate on the end opposite the gauge glass, or other
connected or separated, is operated under a single equivalent indicating device.
control, a single gravity tank having a fire reserve (5) An automatic fire pump shall be acceptable as
capacity of at least five thousand gallons may be the primary supply to the system provided:
accepted as the primary water supply for the several a. The building is three hundred feet high or less,
standpipe systems of such group, provided a dead riser or if the building is higher than three hundred feet, the
is carried from the bottom of the tank to an automatic fire pump is used only for the lower three
underground header or cross connection system and hundred feet. The zones above three hundred feet shall
provided each building unit has a post indicator type be supplied by either a gravity tank conforming to
control valve outside or an o.s. and y. control valve paragraph three of subdivision (b) of this section or a
inside the building at a readily accessible location. The pressure tank conforming to paragraph four of

revision: October 1, 2004 351

Title 27
Title 27/ /Subchapter
Subchapter17 17

subdivision (b) of this section and in addition shall be (b) Standpipe pump rooms and location.-
supplied by the manual fire pump required by section (1) Fire pumps shall be installed at the entrance
27-946 of this article. floor level or below, in rooms enclosed by noncombustible
b. The automatic fire pump supplying the system construction having a two hour fire-resistance rating
or section has a capacity of at least five hundred gpm and that are adequately heated, ventilated, lighted, and
with a discharge pressure of at least twenty-five but not drained. The pump room shall have access to the street
exceeding seventy psig (above the normal) static level by a direct opening to a street or a court, or by a
pressure at the highest hose outlet within the zone passageway or stairway having a fire-resistance rating
supplied by the pump plus the frictional resistance from of at least two hours.
the pump to the outlet at a flow of five hundred gpm. (2) No person shall install other machinery or
c. The electrical power to the pump is connected to mechanical equipment in a fire pump room, unless the
the street side of the building service switch. building is of construction class IA, IB, or IC.
(c) High and low risers and cross connections in **(3) No person shall place or install any equipment
standpipe systems.-When tanks are used for the containing a refrigerant classified in groups A1, A2,
primary water supply, the standpipe systems may use A3, B1, B2 or B3 in subchapter thirteen of this chapter,
separate riser systems serving, respectively, low and or place or install gas piping or gas consuming devices
high parts of the building. Separate gravity tanks or or any other equipment within any space housing a fire
pressure tanks may supply each zone, but in every case pump that would create a hazardous condition.
the standpipe system shall be so designed that every (c) Power supply for standpipe fire pumps.-The
hose outlet of the entire system can be supplied through type of fire pump and prime mover used in a standpipe
the required cross connections from every siamese system shall be suitable for the required service in a
connection and from every manually operated fire standpipe system provided for fire department use. If
pump located at or below the street level. the prime mover employs any form of power other than
(d) Use of standpipe riser for sprinkler system an electric current supplied by a public utility, the use
water supply.-Standpipe risers may be used to supply thereof shall be subject to the approval of the
water to sprinklers in buildings classified in occupancy commissioner. Electrical power to the motor shall be
group E, one hundred feet or more in height, and in taken from the street side of the house service switch.
existing office buildings, one hundred feet or more in (d) Combined use of fire pumps for standpipe and
height, in accordance with applicable provisions of this automatic sprinkler systems.-A fire pump that furnishes
subchapter and reference standards RS 17-1 and RS 17-2. the required auxiliary water supply either to a standpipe
system or to an automatic sprinkler system shall be
§[1702.15] 27-946 Fire pumps.- accepted as furnishing the corresponding water supply
(a) Additional water supply.-Additional water to the other system if such pump is in the same
supply shall be provided for standpipes in buildings premises, provided that in every such case of combined
over three hundred feet high. The primary water supply use, suitable relief and shutoff valves shall be installed
to the standpipe system shall be supplemented by one so as to prevent the water pressure on the automatic
or more manually operated fire pumps as follows: sprinkler system resulting from any required operation
(1) Standpipe systems in buildings more than three of the pump for the standpipe system from becoming
hundred feet high shall have at least one seven hundred greater than one hundred seventy-five psig.
fifty gpm pump or two five hundred gpm pumps. Pumps **Local Law 32-2004.
shall be capable of delivering their rated capacity at a
pressure of fifty psig above the normal static pressure §[1702.16] *27-947 Direct connections of standpipes
determined from the highest hose outlet (except the roof to the public water system.-
manifold) in the building plus the frictional resistance (a) Control valve.-Each service directly supplying
through the pipe from the pump to the outlet. a standpipe system or a fire pump shall be equipped with a
(2) Where a group of two or more buildings, control valve located under the sidewalk in a flush sidewalk
whether connected or separated, are operated under a box located within two feet of the street line, or in such other
single ownership and one or more buildings exceed locations as may be approved by the department of environmental
three hundred feet in height, one fire pump shall be protection. The purpose of each such control valve shall
accepted as the supplemental supply for the group. The be clearly indicated by the words "Standpipe Supply
pump shall be installed in the building where the Control," cast in the cover of such flush sidewalk box
maintenance personnel are located, and a metal sign or, in lieu thereof, a metal sign with one inch lettering
with one inch lettering shall be installed in each shall be located on the exterior building wall indicating
building at all of the hose outlets on the entrance floor the use and location of the valve.
indicating the location of the fire pump.

revision: October 1, 2004 352

Title 27 / Subchapter 17

(b) Water supply to standpipe fire pumps.- supply within six feet of the hydrant shutoff valve.
(1) Any required manual or automatic fire pump
shall draw from two independent street water mains in §[1702.18] 27-949 Protection of standpipe system.-
different streets, except that: (i) any manual or (a) All parts of the standpipe systems that may be
automatic fire pump serving a building classified in exposed to frost shall be protected from freezing by any
occupancy group J-2 that is fully protected by a system one of the following methods:
of automatic sprinklers may draw from a single water (1) The piping shall be frostproofed with insulation
main; and (ii) an automatic fire pump may draw from a having a thermal conductance of 0.1 Btu/hr. per square
single water main if augmented by a suction tank or foot of surface per degree F at a mean temperature of
tanks, and if the valves at the meter and pump are seventy to seventy-five degrees F. Insulation shall be
provided with tamper switches that are wired to an protected to prevent water infiltration, and when exposed
approved central station of an operating fire alarm to the weather the insulation shall be covered with a forty-
company. Where two services are installed, one service five pound roofing felt jacket or equivalent.
from the street water main shall be run directly to the (2) Steam or electric tracers may be used in
pump, and the other service may be used for domestic conjunction with the insulation.
water supply. The connection from water to the mains (b) Tanks subject to freezing temperatures shall be protected.
to the pumps shall be at least six inch pipe size and
shall be flushed before connection is made to the §[1702.19] 27-950 Standards for installation.-
system. Connections shall be in accordance with Details for installation, components, sizing valves,
subchapter sixteen of this chapter. fittings, protection against freezing, etc., for standpipe
(2) In the event that two separate and distinct systems and related equipment shall be in accordance
water mains are not available as a supply or the street with reference standard RS 17-1.
mains cannot produce the required supply, there shall
be provided a suction tank, or tanks, suitably located §[1702.20] 27-951 Inspections and tests.-
and of sufficient capacity to furnish the fire pump with (a) Inspections.-Every new system and every part of
at least a one-half hour supply at the rated capacity of an existing system that is altered, extended, renovated, or
such pump. Suction tanks shall be filled by a six inch repaired, except for ordinary repairs, shall comply with the
connection to the water main, controlled by an applicable requirements of this subchapter.
automatic ball float valve in the suction tank. A six inch (b) Notification.-Advance notification of tests and
bypass shall be provided so that pumps may be fed inspections required by this section shall be given to the
directly from the street water main. commissioner.
(3) When a water service supplies both the (c) Representation at test.-Tests required by this
domestic service and the manual fire pump, a remote section shall be conducted in the presence of the
control valve shall be placed on the domestic service commissioner or his or her authorized representative, or
connection at the point where such connection is taken in lieu thereof, the commissioner may accept a signed
from the city supply or service main. Such remote statement of an architect or engineer, whose name is
control valve shall be controlled from a point near the submitted with the notification in subdivision (b) of this
pump control panel. In lieu of a remote control valve, a section, declaring that he or she has witnessed the tests
manually operated valve may be installed to shut off the and that the standpipe system meets the requirements of
entire domestic water supply to the building, provided this code. If a representative of the commissioner does
such valve is located in the fire pump room and is not appear within two days after receipt of such report
properly tagged for identification. by the commissioner, the report shall be deemed to be
*Local Law 10-1999. accepted by the commissioner.
(d) Testing equipment required.-All equipment,
§[1702.17] 27-948 Installation of private fire hydrants.- material, and labor required for testing a system or part
(a) When buildings are not required to be provided thereof shall be furnished by, and at the expense of, the
with a standpipe system, at least one entrance to the person responsible for installing the work.
building shall be located within two hundred fifty feet (e) Testing of system.-Systems may be tested in
of a street hydrant; or, a private hydrant of the same sections, or parts, in accordance with the requirements
type as the city hydrant connected to the street water of this subchapter.
main shall be provided within two hundred fifty feet of (f) Acceptance.-Before the acceptance of such
entrance. The private hydrant shall be supplied by at system, each system shall be subjected to the tests
least an eight inch pipe, and the domestic water supply required by this section.
may be connected to this private supply provided a (g) Standpipe system tests.-
shut-off valve is installed in a curb box in the domestic (1) PRESSURE TESTS.-

353
Title 27 / Subchapter 17

a. The test shall demonstrate that the system e. Automatic fire pumps shall be tested to
will sustain a hydrostatic pressure of at least one ascertain that all of the automatic controls are in good
hundred psig, and at least three hundred psig at the working order.
siamese connection, for a period of at least one hour at f. All of the above readings shall be noted on
the topmost hose outlet and at the lowest fire pump the required standpipe diagram or a framed chart, which
supply connection to the system. In buildings not shall be mounted in a visible location near the pump
exceeding three stories or forty feet in height, the test control panel.
pressures need not be more than fifty psig. in excess of g. When pumps are supplied by two independent
the normal hydrostatic pressures at the topmost hose services, the test shall be conducted from each service
outlet, and this pressure must be maintained for a period independent of the other and, in addition, with both
of at least one hour. services supplying the pump.
b. Pressure tanks shall be tested to demonstrate (i) Test equipment for fire pumps.-
that they will sustain a hydrostatic pressure of at least (1) For every fire pump installation, there shall be
one hundred fifty percent of the normal maximum provided for test purposes at least three fifty foot
required operating pressure for a period of at least one lengths of approved two and one-half inch rubber lined
hour. fire hose. Hose shall be hung in the pump room or other
(2) FLOW TEST.-The system shall be flow convenient location.
tested to determine that water is available at the top (2) Three two and one-half inch by one and one-
outlet of each riser, the lowest outlet in each riser, and eighth inch nozzles, three spanner wrenches, and twelve
through each siamese connection. The system shall be washers shall be stored with the required hose.
flushed to remove all foreign matter from the system.
Flow shall be through at least a two and one-half inch §[1702.21] 27-952 Standpipe signal systems.-
hose without nozzle at each one of the above mentioned Standpipe signal systems shall be provided in accordance
locations at separate times. with section 27-974 of article five of this subchapter.
(3) ALTERATION TESTS.-When alterations,
additions, or repairs are made to a standpipe system, the §[1702.22] 27-953 Elevators for fire department use.-
entire system shall be subjected to a hydrostatic test Elevators for fire department use shall be provided as required
pressure of at least fifty psig at the highest hose outlet, by section 27-989 of article one of subchapter eighteen.
and in addition, a flow test shall be made as stated in
paragraph two of this subdivision through the new or ARTICLE 4 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER
altered portion of the system. REQUIREMENTS
(h) Pump tests.-
(1) Fire pumps shall be tested at the factory, and *
§[1703.1] 27-954 Required sprinklers.-A system of
a certified test curve shall be furnished with each pump. automatic sprinklers shall be provided in the areas listed
(2) Pumps shall be tested after installation to in this section and as required in subchapters four
ascertain that the pump is supplying its rated capacity at through eight of this chapter. A summary of sprinkler
the highest required hose outlet or through the roof requirements is given in Table 17-2.
manifold. The test shall be performed as follows: (a) Buildings classified in high hazard occupancy
a. At least fifty feet of approved two and one- group A.
half inch rubber lined hose equipped with a one and (b) Spaces classified in high hazard occupancy
one-eighth inch nozzle shall be connected to the highest group A.
two and one-half inch hose outlet valve. One of these (c) Buildings classified in storage occupancy
assemblies shall be connected in parallel for each two group B-1 exceeding one thousand square feet in floor
hundred fifty gpm of rated pump capacity. area or seventy-five feet or more in height, except as
b. The nozzle or nozzles of the hose assembly modified under subdivisions a, b, and c of section 27-
shall discharge at, or above, the highest required hose 455 of article ten of subchapter seven of this code.
outlet or through a manifold. (d) Spaces classified in storage occupancy group
c. Pilot tube gauge readings shall be taken at B-1 exceeding five hundred square feet in floor area,
each nozzle to determine that the required pump except as modified under subdivisions a, b, and c of
capacity is being discharged. section 27-455 of article ten of subchapter seven of this
d. For manually operated fire pumps, the code.
suction and discharge pressures shall be recorded for (1) Such storage spaces less than five hundred
each step or pump speed. The pump rpm electrical square feet in area shall install a system of automatic
current, and voltage readings shall be recorded with the sprinklers, when required by the commissioner or the
specific discharge pressure for each supply condition. fire commissioner.

354
Title 27 / Subchapter 17

(e) Buildings and spaces classified in storage first story below grade when it cannot be ventilated by
occupancy group B-2 exceeding five thousand square at least thirty-five square feet of openable area per ten
feet in floor area, or seventy-five feet or more in height, thousand cubic feet of volume. Such ventilation shall be
except as modified under subdivisions a, b, and c of provided by operable* windows or other natural ventilation
section 27-455 of article ten of subchapter seven of this sources complying with section 27-749 of article six of
code. subchapter twelve of this chapter. All other stories
(f) Spaces in high rise buildings classified in below grade shall be sprinklered. Sprinklers may be
mercantile occupancy group C, spaces classified in omitted in toilets, shower rooms, stairs, and mechanical
mercantile occupancy group C exceeding seventy-five and electrical equipment rooms.
hundred square feet in floor area or with an unenclosed *As enacted but "openable" probably intended.
stair or escalator between any two or more floors. For purposes of this subdivision fixed windows
(g) Buildings classified in industrial occupancy may be considered as "openable" (may be broken
group D when required by section two hundred eighty of inward) if they are not more than one hundred feet
the labor law or when seventy-five feet or more in height. above grade, or fifteen feet below grade; or if they are
(h) Spaces classified in industrial occupancy group located within six feet of an accessible roof or setback;
D-1 exceeding seventy-five hundred square feet, in or if they are located within six feet of an operable
floor area excluding heliports. window having at least three foot by three foot openings.
(i) Buildings classified in occupancy group E, one (1) Buildings classified in occupancy group J-2
hundred feet or more in height having air-conditioning with not more than three dwelling units and buildings
and/or mechanical ventilation systems that serve more classified in occupancy group J-3 shall be exempt from
than the floor in which the equipment is located, and on this provision provided all spaces classified in storage
or before January eighteenth, nineteen hundred seventy- occupancy group B-2 exceeding one thousand square
six, in existing office buildings one hundred feet or feet have been sprinklered in accordance with the
more in height having such systems, showroom spaces requirements of this subchapter.
exceeding seventy-five hundred square feet in area *(m) Rubbish chutes, laundry chutes, and chutes
located more than forty feet above curb level. The for similar uses. Sprinklers, protected from damage,
sprinkler system may be connected to the domestic water shall be provided in accordance with reference standard
supply and/or the standpipe risers. Where connected to a RS 17-2, RS 17-2A, or RS 17-2B, as applicable.
*Local Law 10-1999.
standpipe riser, provision shall be made to prevent
excessive pressure on the sprinkler heads. If such work is (n) Soiled linen collection and sorting areas.
not completed within on or before July eighteenth, (o) Workshops exceeding one hundred square feet
nineteen hundred seventy-four, the owner shall submit a except in one-and two-family dwellings.
statement to the commissioner, with a copy to the fire (p) Refuse collection and disposal areas.
commissioner, setting forth a plan and time schedule for (q) Drying area of laundries or similar spaces in
the performance of the work and completion within the which two or more clothes drying machines are
prescribed time. Such plan and schedule shall be subject installed. Sprinklers to be spaced to cover area five feet
to the approval of the commissioner. Failure to comply in front, rear, and sides of machines.
with the provisions of this subdivision, or to perform the (r) Sprinklers for cooling towers, where required
work in accordance with the time schedule, as approved by subchapter five of this chapter, shall be either a dry
by the commissioner, shall constitute a violation. pipe or deluge system designed in accordance with the
(j) Dressing rooms and property rooms used in provisions of reference standard RS 17-4.
conjunction with all places of assembly, except for F- (s) (1) F-4 places of assembly used as cabarets.
1B places of assembly not providing live entertainment. (2) Stages within F-1a, F-1b, F-3 or F-4 occupancies
(k) Corridors and exit passageways of buildings providing live entertainment at anytime as set forth in
classified in institutional occupancy group H where the subchapter eight of this chapter.
building or building section is not otherwise required to *(t) Buildings classified in occupancy group J-1,
be fully sprinklered as provided in subchapter four. buildings classified in occupancy group J-2 with four or
Patient rooms in H-2 occupancies shall be protected more dwelling units, spaces classified in occupancy
with smoke detectors complying with provisions of group J-1, and spaces classified in occupancy group J-2
section 27-955 of this article when not required to be with four or more dwelling units.
sprinklered by the provisions of subchapters four (u) Places of assembly located within a building
through seven. classified in occupancy group J-1.
(l) Regardless of occupancy group classification,
any story above grade that cannot be ventilated by at
least twenty square feet of free openable area and the

355
Title 27 / Subchapter 17

*
TABLE 17-2 SUMMARY OF SPRINKLER REQUIREMENTS
a
Partial Central Station b
Automatic Dry Dry Non-
Automatic System Connection Alternate Siamese Required Water Flow Sprinkler automatic
Sources Permit- to Domestic Permitted Required (§27-955) Alarm Required Permitted Sprinklerc
Required ted Permitted (§27-955) (§27-959) (§27-967)
a
(§27-957) (§5212 of RS-17) Permitted
High Hazard Bldg. — Group A 2 No No No Yes None Yes Yes No
(§27-954(a)) §27-961(c) a
High Hazard Spaces —b Group A 1 Yes No No §27-959 (a)(3) If None Yes Yes No
(§27-954(b)) §27-961(c) over 36 heads in If over 36 heads
a fire section a
in a fire section
Storage Occupancy Bldg. — 1 No No No Yes None Yes Yes No
Group B1 (§27-954(c)) §27-961(c) a
**Storage Occupancy Spaces — 1 Yes Yes No §27-959 (a)(3) If None Yesb Yes No
Group B1 (§27-954(d)) [§27-961(c)] over 36 heads in If over 36
And Permitted Below Grade §27-962(c) a fire section heads in a fire
Flammable/Combustible section
Storage Spaces in Mercantile
Establishments (§27-954(aa) a
Storage Occupancy Spaces — 1 Yes No No §27-959 (a)(3) None Yesb, If over Yes No
Group B2 (§27-954(e)) If over 36 heads 36 heads in a
in a fire section a
fire section
Mercantile Occupancy 2 sources if No No No Yes None Yes Yes No
Spaces — Groups C exceeding
Exceeding 7,500 sq. ft. 20,000 sq. ft.
(§27-954(f)) 1 source if
not more
than 20,000
sq. ft. a
Industrial Occupancy Bldg.— 1 source if No No No Yes None Yes Yes No
Group D-1, When required by not
Labor Law hazardous
(§27-954(g)) occupancy a
Industrial Occupancy 1 No No No Yes None Yes Yes No
Spaces—Group D-1,
exceeding 7,500 sq. ft.
(§27-954(h)) a
Business Occupancy Spaces— 1 Yes Yes and/ No Yes None Yes Yes No
Group E Showrooms when or Stand-
Required by (§27-954(i)) pipe Riser a b
Assembly Occupancy
a
Spaces— 1 Yes Yes No §27-959 (a)(3) If None Yes No No
Group F-1 (§27-954(j)) over 36 heads in
a fire section
356

356
Title 27 / Subchapter 17

Table 17-2 SUMMARY OF SPRINKLER REQUIREMENTS (continued)

a
Institutional Occupancy Group H 1 Yes Yes No §27-959 (a)(3) If None Yes No No
— Corridors and Exit over 36 heads in
Passageway (§27-954(k)) a fire section
a
Unventilated Areas Above or 1 Yes Yes No §27-959 (a)(3) If None §27-962(e)(8) Yes No
d
Below Grade (§27-954(l)) over 36 heads in
a fire section
a
Rubbish—Laundry and 1 Yes Yes No No Yes None Yes No
Similar Chutes
d,e
(§27-954(m))
a
Soiled Linen—Collection and 1 Yes Yes No §27-959 (a)(3) If None Yes Yes No
Sorting Area over 36 heads in §27-962(e)(8)
(§27-954(n)) a fire section
Workshops 1 Yes Yes Yes §27-959 (a)(3) If Yes If smoke Yes Yes No
d
(§27-954(o)) over 36 heads in detector [sic] §27-962(e)(8)
a fire section is used in lieu
of sprinkler
a
Refuse Collection and 1 Yes Yes in No §27-959 (a)(3) If None Yes Yes No
Disposal Areas Occupancy over 36 heads in §27-962(e)(8)
(§27-954(p)) Groups a fire section
E, G, J
Drying Areas—Laundries or 1 Yes Yes in Yes §27-959 (a)(3) If Yes If smoke Yes No No
d
Similar Spaces (§27-954(q)) Occupancy over 36 heads in detector [sic] is §27-962(e)(8)
Groups a fire section used in lieu of
E,G, J sprinkler
a
Cooling Towers (§27-954(r)) 1 No Yes No No None Yes Yes No
f
Building and Spaces in 1 No No No Yes, exept as No Yes No No
Residential Occupancy Group provided in
J-1 (§27-954(t)) §27-959(a)(3)
g
Buildings and Spaces in 1 No Yes No Yes, exept as No Yes No No
Residential Occupancy Group provided in
J-2 with 4 or more Dwelling §27-959(a)(1)
Units and not exceeding Six and
Stories or 75 Feet in Height §27-959(a)(5)
(§27-954(t))
h
Buildings and Spaces in 1 No No No Yes, exept as No Yes if over 36 No No
Residential Occupancy Group provided in heads
J-2 with 4 or more Dwelling §27-959(a)(3)
Units and Exceeding Six
Stories or 75 Feet in Height
(§27-954(t))
357

357
Title 27 / Subchapter 17

Notes for Table 17-2:

a. Central Station Supervision required only when booster pump is provided under §27-964 or when non automatic sprinkler [sic] is permitted by
the commissioner.
b. Water flow alarms required when more than 36 heads are installed in a fire section or fire area.
c. Only when permitted by the commissioner (§27-967(c)).
d. See §27-954(w) for requirements pertaining to these spaces located in a building classified in occupancy group J-1.
e. See section 4-4.8 of reference standard RS 17-2.
f. Except as provided in reference standard RS 17-2A.
g. Notwithstanding section 27-962(i) of this chapter.
h. Except as provided in section 27-962(i) of this chapter.
*Amended by Local Law 10-1999.
**Amended by Local Law 26-2002

(v) Catering establishments and banquet halls with to the requirements for automatic sprinklers for spaces
an occupant load of three hundred or more persons. classified in storage occupancy group B-1 pursuant to
*(w) In all existing buildings classified in occupancy subdivision d of this section.
group J-1 (except for "residential hotels," as such term *Local Law 10-1999.
is defined by the commissioner pursuant to rules,) all **Local Law 16-1987
spaces listed in subdivisions (c), (d), (l), (m), (n), (o),
(p) and (q) of this section, except that an approved §[1703.2] *27-955 Smoke detector alternate.-An approved
smoke detection alarm system may be installed in those smoke detection alarm system may be used in lieu of sprinklers in
locations described under subdivisions (o) and (q) in those locations described under in subdivisions (o) and (q) of
lieu of sprinklers other than in those locations where section 27-954 of this article, except in buildings or spaces
sprinklers are required pursuant to section 27-123.2 of classified in occupancy group J-1 or J-2. Such smoke
this chapter. Such smoke detection system shall be of detection system shall be of the supervisory type connected to an
the supervisory type connected to an approved central approved central station.
station. *Local Law 10-1999.
(x) High rise buildings classified in occupancy
group F-1, F-3, F-4, or G, or any spaces classified in §[1703.3] *27-956 Standard for installation of
such occupancy groups located within a high rise sprinklers. (a) Except as herein provided in subdivision
building or building section more than seventy-five feet (b) of this section, the installation, components, sizing,
above curb level. spacing, location, clearances, position, and type of
(y) Spaces in existing high rise buildings classified in systems shall be in accordance with reference standard
occupancy group C and any space in an existing building RS 17-2, except that sprinkler systems in one and two
classified in occupancy group C with an unenclosed stair family dwellings may in the alternative be in accordance
or escalator between any two or more floors. with reference standard RS 17-2B, and sprinkler systems
(z) Notwithstanding the provisions of subdivision i in other residential buildings not exceeding six stories or
of this section, high rise buildings classified in seventy-five feet in height and in other residential spaces
occupancy group E and low rise buildings classified in in buildings not exceeding six stories or seventy-five feet
occupancy group E with a total gross floor area of one in height may in the alternative be in accordance with
hundred thousand square feet or more. reference standard RS 17-2A.
**(aa) Regardless of occupancy group classification, (b) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary
in each basement, cellar or other location below grade, contained in reference standards RS 17-2, RS 17-2A or
regardless of the floor area of such space, in a ny RS 17-2B sprinklers may be omitted from clothes
mercantile establishment in which the fire commissioner closets, linen closets, pantries, water closets, water
permits the storage of flammable or combustible closet compartments, bathrooms, general toilet rooms
mixtures pursuant to sections 27-4066, 27-4070 or 27- and shower rooms in buildings and spaces classified in
4094 of this code, except that, where such flammable or occupancy group J-2 and J-3.
combustible mixtures are stored in such basement, *Local Law 10-1999.
cellar or other location below grade, in a room or other
area that is segregated, vertically and horizontally, from §[1703. 4] 27-957 Sprinkler alarm system.-
surrounding spaces by a fire separation of not less than *(a) A sprinkler alarm system shall be provided in
a two-hour fire-resistance rating, such system of accordance with the applicable provisions of reference
automatic sprinklers shall be required only within such standards RS 17-2, RS 17-2A, RS 17-2B and RS 17-3.
room or other area. Such system of automatic Where the building is provided with a class E or modified
sprinklers shall conform only within such room or other class E fire alarm signal system, compliance with the
area. Such system of automatic sprinklers shall conform applicable provisions of reference standard RS 17-3A or

358
Title 27 / Subchapter 17

RS 17-3B shall be acceptable in lieu of compliance with with aluminum paint, and except that caps of each
the provisions of reference standard RS 17-3. siamese connection used for combination standpipe and
(b) A sprinkler alarm system shall be required sprinkler systems shall be painted yellow and signs
when more than thirty-six heads are installed in any fire provided as required in subdivision (b) of section two
area or section. See table 17-2 for general requirements. of reference standard RS 17-1.
*Local Law 10-1999. *(c) A siamese connection need not be provided
for a sprinkler system in one and two family dwellings.
§[1703.5] 27-958 Approved devices.- *Local Law 10-1999.
No device, valve, pipe, or fitting may be used in a
sprinkler system unless such device, valve, pipe, or §[1703.7] 27-960 Piping from siamese connection.-
fitting is of a type approved for such use. Piping from the siamese connection shall be the same size
as the riser or trunk main to which it is connected, except
§[1703.6] 27-959 Siamese connections required.- that it need not be more than five inches in diameter when
(a) Where required.- supplying larger riser or feed mains. When more than one
(1) Siamese connections shall be provided in siamese connection is required, the piping from each
accordance with section 27-940 of article three of this siamese connection need not exceed four inches in diameter.
subchapter, except as modified hereinafter.
(2) In below grade sprinkler systems for garage §[1703.8] 27-961 Classification of water supplies.-
occupancies involving the storage or repair of motor (a) Automatic sources of water supply for
vehicles, a siamese connection shall be provided within sprinkler systems.-Automatic sources of water supply
fifty feet of every exit or entrance used by motor vehicles. for sprinkler systems shall include a gravity tank, pressure
(3) Where partial sprinkler protection is required for tank, automatic fire pump, or direct connection to the
storage spaces, one siamese connection shall be provided public water systems. Automatic fire pumps where used
when more than thirty-six heads are installed in one fire for sprinkler supply shall comply with the applicable
section. Areas subdivided, when the subdivisions are totally provisions of sections 27-946 and 27-947 except that no
enclosed by noncombustible construction having at least a enclosures shall be required, and provided that when an
two hour fire-resistance rating, shall be considered separate emergency power system is provided, the electric power to
fire sections and the number of heads in the largest section the motor shall be connected to the emergency power source.
shall determine the necessity for siamese connections. (b) Auxiliary sources of water supply for
When partial sprinkler systems are installed to sprinkler systems.-Auxiliary sources of water supply
protect entire floor areas, siamese connections shall be for sprinkler systems shall include a manually actuated
provided in accordance with section 27-940 of article fire pump or siamese connection.
three of this subchapter. (c) Combination sprinkler and standpipe tank
In all cases where partial sprinkler protection is sources of water supply.-Tanks used to provide the
provided and siamese connections installed, metal signs required primary water supply to a standpipe system may
shall be securely fastened to, or above, the siamese also be used as a supply for an automatic sprinkler system.
connection indicating the area protected. Where the (d) Nonautomatic sources of water supply for
building has two or more frontages, additional metal sprinkler systems.-Nonautomatic sources of supply for
signs shall be installed indicating the location of the sprinkler systems shall include siamese connections.
siamese connection.
(4) When a sprinkler system supplies a group of §[1703.9] 27-962 Sources of water supply for
buildings, siamese connections shall be provided for sprinkler systems.-Sprinkler systems shall be provided
each building as required by paragraphs one, two and with water from the following sources:
three of this subdivision. (a) Two automatic sources of water supply shall be
(5) A single three-inch (seventy-six millimeter) provided for sprinklers in:
inlet fire department connection acceptable to the fire (1) Buildings classified in occupancy group A.
commissioner may be provided for the sprinkler system (2) Buildings classified in occupancy group C when
in lieu of each required siamese connection in buildings the area on one floor exceeds twenty thousand square feet.
classified in occupancy group J-2 not exceeding six (3) Buildings classified in occupancy group F-1a
stories or seventy-five feet in height and in spaces when open heads are required for stages of unlimited size.
classified in occupancy group J-2 in buildings not (b) At least one automatic source of water supply
exceeding six stories or seventy-five feet in height. shall be provided for sprinklers installed in all occupancy
(b) Installation and construction.-The installation groups, except those listed in subdivision (a) and except
and construction of siamese connections shall be the as provided in subdivision (c) of this section.
same as required for fire standpipe systems, except that **(c) The domestic water supply may be used to
the caps of each automatic sprinkler siamese connection supply any sprinklers required under section 27-954 of
shall be painted green and the entire siamese connection this article when installed in buildings classified in
of a nonautomatic sprinkler system shall be painted occupancy groups E, G, H and J, or to supply any

359
Title 27 / Subchapter 17

sprinklers required under subdivision (aa) of said connected to a plumbing riser supplying anything other
section, regardless of occupancy group classification, than sprinkler heads, and no more than twenty sprinkler
provided that all the requirements stated in subdivision heads connected to a riser supplying only sprinkler heads
e of section 27-962 of this article are met. in any fire section separated by two hour enclosures from
(d) The domestic water supply may be used to adjoining fire sections.The number of sprinkler heads
supply water to sprinklers in cooling towers if provision connected to a riser supplying only sprinkler heads may
is made to automatically stop the use of water through exceed twenty in buildings classified in occupancy group
the domestic supply lines and provided that all of the J-2 or J-3 that do not exceed six stories or seventy-five feet
requirements stated in subdivision (e) of this section are met. in height and in residential spaces classified in occupancy
(e) When the domestic water is used to supply group J-2 or J-3 in buildings not exceeding six stories or
sprinklers as permitted in subdivisions (c) and (d) of seventy-five feet in height.
this section, all of the following conditions shall be met: (h) Standpipe risers may be used to supply water
(1) The domestic water supply line from the tank to sprinklers in high rise buildings classified in
or street supply is at least the size of the sprinkler line occupancy groups E, G, H and J and in existing office
and that the capacity available is at least equal to the buildings one hundred feet or more in height, in
capacity required for the sprinklers. accordance with applicable provisions of this subchapter
(2) The domestic water supply line from the tank and reference standards RS 17-1 and RS 17-2.
or street has the required pressure as provided in section (i) The domestic water supply in buildings
27-963 of this article. classified in occupancy group J-1 or J-2 may be used
(3) The domestic water supply line is of nonferrous for sprinklers in corridors, in refuse chutes and in other
material except when the domestic water supply is four similar areas, as approved by the commissioner. The
inches or over. domestic water may be supplied by direct public water
*(4) An o.s. and y. valve or an approved valve connection or equipment and pumps approved for water
having visual indication, sealed open, is installed in the supply in accordance with reference standard RS-16.
sprinkler supply branch, or such other valve arrangement *Local Law 10-1999.
as may be provided for in reference standard RS 17-2A **Local Law 26-2002
or RS 17-2B, as applicable.
(5) The pipe connecting the domestic water supply §[1703.10] * 27-963 Direct connection of sprinklers
and the sprinkler control valve is of nonferrous material to the public water system.-Direct connection of
and not less than twelve inches long. sprinklers to a city water main shall be acceptable as an
*(6) The number of heads in each fire section does automatic water supply, provided the main is capable of
not exceed twenty, except that the number of heads in maintaining a pressure of at least fifteen psig at the top
each fire section may exceed twenty in buildings of the highest sprinkler riser, with five hundred gpm of
classified in occupancy group J-2 or J-3 not exceeding water flowing from a two and one-half inch hydrant
six stories or seventy-five feet in height and in spaces outlet located at the street level within two hundred
classified in occupancy group J-2 or J-3 in buildings not fifty feet of the building. The hydrant test shall be made
exceeding six stories or seventy-five feet in height, and between the hours of eight a.m. and five p.m. on a
no more than ten heads are supplied from any one working day. If the pressure found in this test is
domestic water riser. insufficient to comply with the above requirement, a
(7) The connection is made at the supply or riser minimum of twelve psig at the top of the highest
side of any domestic branch control valves. sprinkler riser shall be acceptable, provided that all
*(8) In connection with the above conditions, the piping in the affected area and supply piping thereto
number of fire sections having twenty or less heads that is four inches and under is increased one pipe size
may be unlimited; and the installation of alarms in above those sizes required by reference standard RS 17-
branches supplying fire sections shall be at the option 2, RS 17-2A or RS 17-2B, as applicable. In addition to
of the owner, except that such alarms shall be provided the fifteen psig or twelve psig requirements, the
where required by reference standard RS 17-2A or RS following requirements shall be met:
17-2B. (a) The size of each connection shall be as large as
*(9) A check valve is installed on the sprinkler supply branch. that of the main riser and, except in sprinkler systems in
(f) Nonautomatic sprinkler systems shall be provided with: multiple dwellings, shall be at least three inches and
(1) Siamese connections in accordance with section shall be controlled by an accessible shutoff valve.
27-940 of article three of this subchapter. (b) The service pipe shall be flushed out
(2) Malleable iron fittings approved for sprinkler installations. thoroughly before connecting to the sprinkler system. A
(3) An approved automatic fire alarm with direct flow sufficient to produce a water velocity of at least
connection to a central station of an approved operating five fps shall be used.
fire alarm company shall be installed in the area protected (c) Each service shall be equipped, under the
by the sprinkler system. sidewalk, with a control valve in a flush sidewalk box
*(g) There shall be no more than ten sprinkler heads located within two feet of the front wall of the building

360
Title 27 / Subchapter 17

or street line as required by the department of §[1703.12] *27-965 Gravity and pressure tanks.-
environmental protection. The location of the control When the requirements of sections 27-963 and 27-964
valve shall be indicated by a sign placed on the of this article are not met, a pressure or gravity tank or
structure directly opposite the sidewalk flush box, and other device shall be used, complying with the
such sign shall have a white background with one inch provisions of subchapter sixteen of this chapter and
red letters reading: "Automatic Sprinkler Shutoff Valve reference standard RS 17-2, RS 17-2A or RS 17-2B.
*Local Law 10-1999.
...Feet Opposite this Sign." Alternatively, brass, bronze,
or other metal sign with one inch letters, raised or
§[1703.13] 27-966 Protection of sprinkler system.-
countersunk one-eighth of an inch may be used.
(a) All parts of an automatic sprinkler system exposed
(d) The plans submitted in connection with the
to freezing temperatures shall be protected from freezing in
permit application shall be accompanied by a statement
accordance with the provisions of section 27-949 of article
from the bureau of water supply of the department of
three of this subchapter, or in lieu thereof, an automatic
environmental protection, stating the size of street main
drypipe system or a system filled with a nonfreezing,
or mains, distance to and size of mains from which it or
noncombustible solution shall be used, and when a system
they are fed, the location of control valves, the static
filled with nonfreezing solution is used and the system is
pressure on the hydrant nearest the premises, and the
connected to a potable water supply, it shall be subject to the
residual pressure in the street main taken on a hydrant
requirements of the health department and the bureau of
near the premises when the flow from the nearest hydrant
water supply of the department of environmental protection.
is equal to the flow required to meet the requirements of
*(b) Sprinkler heads subject to damage shall be
this section. A letter from the bureau of water supply of
protected in accordance with the applicable provisions
the department of environmental protection estimating
of reference standard RS 17-2, RS 17-2A or RS 17-2B.
available flow and residual pressure shall be acceptable to the
*Local Law 10-1999.
borough superintendent when a hydrant test cannot be conducted.
*Local Law 10-1999.
§[1703.14] 27-967 Inspection and tests.-
All inspections and tests of sprinkler systems shall be
§[1703.11] 27-964 Sprinkler booster pumps.-Where
conducted in accordance with the provisions of
the pressure from the city water main is insufficient to
subdivisions a through f of section 27-951 of article three
comply with the requirements of section 27-963 of this
of this subchapter and the requirements of this article.
article but is sufficient to give at least five psig at the
(a) Automatic wet and dry systems.-Automatic
highest line of sprinklers as determined by test, an
wet and dry sprinkler systems shall be subjected to a
automatic, electrically driven pump installed for the
hydrostatic pressure test for a period of one hour at a
purpose of boosting or increasing the city water
pressure of at least one hundred psig at the topmost
pressure in the sprinkler system may be accepted
sprinkler head and at least two hundred psig at the
subject to the following requirements:
lowest cross connection to the siamese connections.
(a) Pumps shall be of approved centrifugal type,
(b) Automatic dry pipe systems.-In addition to
capable of delivering at least two hundred gpm, and
the hydrostatic test in subdivision (a) of this section, the
shall be capable of supplying twenty-five percent of the
automatic dry pipe systems shall also be tested to forty
heads, in the largest area supplied, at twenty gpm, at a
psig air pressure for a twenty-four hour period with the
pressure of at least twenty-five psig at the top of the
pressure loss not to exceed one and one-half psig.
highest sprinkler riser.
(c) Nonautomatic sprinkler systems.-Nonautomatic
(b) Pumps shall be maintained under approved
sprinkler systems shall be subjected to a hydrostatic
automatic control with closed circuit supervisory attachment.
pressure test of fifty psig at the topmost sprinkler head,
The supervisory attachments shall be directly connected
with the test pressure maintained for a period of at least
to an office where maintenance personnel are in
one hour.
attendance twenty-four hours a day; or, in lieu thereof,
(d) Pressure tanks.-Pressure tanks shall be
the supervisory attachment may be directly connected
hydrostatically tested to a pressure of at least one and one-
to the central station of an approved operating fire
half times the working pressure for a period of one hour.
alarm company. The supervisory alarm services shall be
(e) Sprinkler branches and heads supplied from
arranged so as to provide positive indication at an
domestic water.-Sprinkler branches and heads shall be
approved central office or sprinkler alarm panel board
tested at the pressure required by this section or at the
that the pump has operated or that the source of
pressure of the domestic water supply as required by
electrical supply has failed.
subchapter sixteen of this chapter, whichever is greater.
(c) Such pumps shall also comply with the
(f) System performance.-A performance or operation
applicable provisions of sections 27-946 and 27-947 of
test shall be made on each completed system to determine
article three of this subchapter, except that only one
that all alarms, valves, indicators, pumps, deluge valves,
supply shall be required and no enclosure shall be
dry pipe valves, and other appurtenances are in good
required.
working order.

361
Title 27 / Subchapter 17

(g) Supervisory service.-All components connected (7) Single and multi-tenant factory buildings more
to a central station of an approved operating fire alarm than two stories in height in which more than twenty-
company shall be tested to determine that they are in five persons are employed above the ground floor, as
good working order. The test report shall be accompanied provided by section two hundred seventy-nine of the
by a statement from the central supervisory agency labor law. In buildings where more than ten percent of
stating that the agency has been retained to provide the the building occupancy is engaged in manufacturing,
required supervision; and when the services of the the building shall have an approved fire alarm system
agency have been terminated it shall notify the throughout.
commissioner in writing. (8) Buildings housing a motion picture studio.
(h) Altered systems.-When additions, alterations, (9) Buildings classified in occupancy group E,
or repairs are made to a sprinkler system, the entire seventy-five feet or more in height and buildings
system shall be tested as stated in subdivisions (a), (b), classified in such occupancy group occupied or arranged
(c), (e), and (g) of this section, except that the pressure to be occupied by an occupant load of more than one
at the top of the system need not exceed one hundred hundred persons above or below the street level or more
psig. In addition, a flow test of at least twenty gpm shall than a total of five hundred persons in the building.
be made from a test connection at the end of the (10) a. Stages, dressing rooms and property rooms
sprinkler header or the section altered or repaired. used in conjunction with all places of assembly used as
(i) Pump test.-Pumps shall be tested in accordance cabarets.
with the applicable provisions of subdivisions (h) and (i) b. Places of assembly used as a cabaret.
of section 27-951 of article three of this subchapter. (b) Areas containing gas distribution piping operating
at levels above fifteen psig shall have a combustible gas
ARTICLE 5 INTERIOR FIRE ALARM AND detection-alarm system, and a suitable fire protection
SIGNAL SYSTEM system as approved by the commissioner with the
concurrence of the fire commissioner.
§[1704.1] 27-968 Where required.-
(a) A closed circuit electrically supervised fire §[1704.2] 27-969 Approvals.-
alarm signal system shall be installed in the following (a) Equipment and systems shall be made of
types of buildings: approved materials, and shall be free from defective
(1) Hotels, motels, lodging houses, dormitories, workmanship. The requirements of reference standard
and single room occupancies having more than fifteen RS 17-5 shall apply except as specifically qualified herein.
sleeping rooms or accommodating more than fifteen (b) Before any fire alarm system is installed or
lodgers above the first or ground story. extended, approval shall be obtained from the commissioner.
(2) Buildings classified in occupancy group H-1 or (c) All devices and equipment that have been
H-2. Systems installed in buildings where persons are approved shall have securely fastened thereon a
restrained under the jurisdiction of an agency of the city manufacturer's label indicating compliance with the
or the state of New York may be modified to comply requirements of section 27-135 of article eight of
with the regulations of such agency, when such subchapter one of this chapter.
modification is approved by the commissioner.
(3) Day care agencies having a board of health §[1704.3] 27-970 Existing installations.-Except as provided
permit for the accommodation of more than thirty in subdivisions (g) and (j) of section 27-972 of this
children. If such day care agency is located at the grade article, fire alarm systems heretofore installed in
level of the building, the fire alarm system is required buildings in accordance with rules then in force shall be
only in the premises of the day care agency. If the day accepted for use as long as they are maintained in good
care agency is located at other than grade level of the working order.
building, an approved fire alarm system shall be
provided throughout the building. §[1704.4] 27-971 Classification and general requirements
(4) Health clubs and turkish or other special treatment of fire alarm systems.-Fire alarms shall be classified as
bath houses where there are sleeping accommodations for follows and shall meet the following general requirements:
more than fifteen persons on the premises. (a) Uncoded closed circuit fire alarm system.-
(5) Department stores or retail sales establishments Consisting of manually operated [pull-lever type]* sending
having one or more floors above the street floor to stations and audible signaling devices, so arranged that
which the public is admitted or with a total floor area of the operation of any station will automatically sound
twenty thousand or more gross square feet. continuously the signaling devices throughout all
(6) All public schools; also all private schools and portions of the building.
university teaching buildings more than one story in *Copy in brackets not enacted but probably intended.
height. If a school premise is located at other than a (b) Master coded closed circuit fire alarm
grade level of a building, an approved fire alarm system systems.-Consisting of manually operated pull-lever
shall be provided throughout the building. type sending stations and audible signaling devices, so

revision: October 1, 2004

362
Title 27 / Subchapter 17

arranged that the operation of any station will for the operation of other fire alarm or detection devices
automatically sound the signaling devices giving a in the systems, or electric control systems for stopping
common code of signals throughout all portions of the machinery, closing doors or ventilators, or shutting
building. The code shall consist of four rounds of a down fans as may be required by the commissioner or
series of single strokes of the signaling devices, each the code, or to call the central station of a private
round consisting of "3-3-3-3”. operating company of the fire department. Automatic
(c) Individually coded closed circuit general fire fire detecting systems may be connected to operate an
alarm systems.-Consisting of manually operated pull- interior fire alarm system when connected thereto by an
level type sending stations and audible signaling approved coded transmitter. In no case shall the
devices, so arranged that the operation of any station transmitter be considered to replace the standard
will automatically sound the signaling devices, approved interior fire alarm station, except where a
throughout all portions of the building, for a minimum transmitter has been approved for both purposes. The
of four rounds of a distinctive code of signals particular special control circuits and devices shall be separate
to the station at which the signal has been initiated. The and distinct from the fire alarm system but shall be
code numbers that are used shall be subject to the brought into action whenever the fire alarm system is
approval of the fire commissioner. set in operation.
(d) Individually coded closed circuit presignal *(g) Class E system.-Consisting of a class E fire
fire alarm systems.-Consisting of manually operated alarm signal system as described in subdivision (f) of
pull-lever type sending stations and signal devices so section 27-972 of article five of this subchapter and
arranged that the operation of any station will cause the reference standard RS 17-3A. Such systems shall be
sound of only the signal devices located in the engine exempt from the provisions of section 27-973 of article
room and basement and other places in the building five of this subchapter, except that compliance with
where the members of a fire brigade work or assemble. paragraph two of subdivision (a) and subdivision (e) of
The signaling device shall give four rounds of the such section shall be required.
particular code signal of the station at which the signal *(h) Modified class E system.-Consisting of a
has been initiated. Approved equipment shall be modified class E fire alarm signal system as described
provided at each station so that the operation of any in subdivision (g) of section 27-972 of article five of
station performed with the aid of a key or plug will this subchapter and reference standard RS 17-3B. Such
sound all of the signal devices located in the building systems shall be exempt from the provisions of section
with four rounds of the particular coded signal of the 27-973 of article five of this subchapter, except that
station initiated. The code numbers used shall be compliance with paragraph two of subdivision (a) and
subject to the approval of the fire commissioner. The subdivision (e) of such section shall be required.
presignal key or plug shall be so designed that it can be *(i) Class C system.-Consisting of a class C fire
readily identified. Presignal type systems will not alarm signal system as described in subdivision (k) of
generally be approved; however, approval may be section 27-972 and reference standard RS 17-3A. Such
obtained from the fire commissioner where special type systems shall be exempt from the provisions of section
occupancies may warrant such a system. 27-973 of article five of this subchapter, except that
(e) Combination unit or zone, and general compliance with paragraph two of subdivision (a) and
alarm coded closed circuit fire alarm systems.- subdivision (e) of such section shall be required.
Consisting of manually operated pull-lever type sending *(j) Class J system.-Consisting of a class J fire
stations and signal devices so arranged that the alarm signal system as described in subdivision (l) of
operation of any station will cause all of the signaling section 27-972 of article five of this subchapter and
devices in that unit or zone to sound four rounds of the reference standard RS 17-3A. Such systems shall be
particular coded signal of the station initiated, and exempt from the provisions of section 27-973 of article
simultaneously will cause all of the signaling devices five of this subchapter, except that compliance with
on the general alarm circuit to sound four rounds of the paragraph two of subdivision (a) and subdivision (e) of
coded signal designating the unit or zone in which the such section shall be required.
station is located. An approved register and time stamp *(k) Modified class J system.-Consisting of a
may be used in connection with this system when modified class J fire alarm signal system as described in
approved by the fire commissioner. The register, if of subdivision (m) of section 27-972 of article five of this
the closed circuit type, shall be operated from a separate subchapter and reference standard RS 17-3B. Such
closed circuit control board or panel isolated by a systems shall be exempt from the provisions of section
barrier from the main control panel in the main fire 27-973 of article five of this subchapter, except that
alarm control cabinet. An approved closed circuit unit compliance with paragraph two of subdivision (a) and
annunciator with trouble alarm circuit shall be installed as subdivision (e) of such section shall be required.
part of this system when required by the fire commissioner. *(l) Modified class J-1 system.- Consisting of a
(f) Special systems.-Consisting of the above modified class J-1 fire alarm signal system as described
systems as required, supplemented by special circuits in paragraph two of subdivision (j) of section 27-972 of

363
Title 27 / Subchapter 17

article five of this subchapter. zoned alarm signaling devices shall sound throughout all
*Local Law 16-1987. areas in only the building wherein the station signal was
initiated. In the building where the station signal has been
§[1704.5] 27-972 Systems required for specific occupancies.- initiated, an approved annunciator shall indicate the station
(a) In any type of one-story building where a fire at which the signal is initiated.
alarm system is required and where the floor area is not (f) Buildings classified in occupancy group E- One
more than twenty-five hundred square feet, an uncoded hundred feet or more in height, and existing office
closed circuit fire alarm system may be used. buildings one hundred feet or more in height except as
(b) Private and public schools.-Master coded provided in subdivision (g) of this section shall be
systems shall be used in all schools, except that schools provided with a class E fire alarm signal system as
having more than fifteen hundred students shall have an follows:
individually coded system. (1) It shall be special electrically supervised approved
(c) Single and multi-tenant factory buildings.- direct wire, radio or combination thereof fire alarm
(1) In factory buildings, an individually coded signal system consisting of an interior fire alarm and
closed circuit fire alarm system shall be installed except voice communicating system so arranged that the
as hereinafter provided. An uncoded circuit fire alarm operation of any station will identify its location at the
system may be used in buildings not exceeding two fire command station as required by section 27-975 of
stories in height, having not more than twenty-five this article, at the mechanical control center and at the
hundred square feet in area in any one story, and having regularly assigned location of the fire safety director.
not more than one hundred persons in a single factory This identification signal shall be accomplished by
nor more than fifty persons in a multiple tenant factory means of an information display system which shall be
above the first or ground floor. manually resettable from the fire command station only.
(2) Special fire alarm signal systems may be (2) The nomenclature used for the location identification
designed for use in buildings subject to the approval of system shall be subject to the approval of the fire
the commissioner. commissioner.
(d) A common coded closed circuit system may (3) In addition to the visual devices required above,
be used in a motion picture studio, and in addition, an audible signal devices indicating operation of the fire
approved rate-of-rise or other approved thermostatic alarm signal system shall be provided at the fire command
fire alarm system, with direct connections to a central station, mechanical control center and the regularly
office of an approved operating fire alarm company or assigned location of the fire safety director. Provisions
the fire alarm telegraph central station, shall be shall be made for silencing the audible signal and
provided for protecting the open studio door. Also there transferring this signal to lamp indication.
shall be one or more manual fire alarm boxes, which (4) Operation of a manual station shall automatically
shall be located so as to be readily accessible from the transmit a fire alarm signal to the fire department via a
open studio door. central office of an operating company franchised by
(e) Hospitals, asylums, and nursing homes.- the board of estimate, and cause the fire alarm signal
Buildings classified in occupancy group H-2 shall meet system to sound continuously throughout the floor
the following requirements: where activated and the floor above.
(1) An individually coded closed circuit fire alarm (5) The fire alarm signal may be sounded over
system shall be provided in accordance with loudspeakers [sic]as provided in reference standard RS
subdivision (c) of section 27-971 except where the fire 17-3A so located that their operation will be heard
commissioner shall have approved an individually clearly above any ambient noise, and shall be controlled
coded closed circuit presignal fire alarm system as from the fire command station in such a manner that the
described in subdivision (d) of section 27-971. All fire fire alarm signal can be sounded on the individual
alarm systems shall be activated by sprinkler waterflow floors or throughout the building.
and by all other fire detection devices installed in the (6) Provision shall be made whereby the fire
building. command station may permit the floor station to make
(2) Alarm systems shall be installed in zones of a announcements over the loudspeaker [sic] system.
maximum size of twenty thousand square feet. (7) The loudspeaker [sic] amplifier system shall be
(3) Manual fire alarm sending stations shall be at so designed and installed that approximately fifty (50)
staff locations only. percent of the system shall remain operable for the
(4) Where two or more buildings are served by one transmission and audibility of signals and intelligibility
fire brigade, a combination unit or zone and a general of voice communication over the loudspeaker [sic]
alarm coded closed circuit fire alarm system shall be system throughout the building, in the event the other
provided and an approved indicating annunciator installed fifty (50) percent become inoperable. The electrical
in each building. Upon initiation of a station signal, supply for this fire alarm system, including the
general alarm signaling devices shall sound in engine amplifiers, shall be in accordance with applicable laws,
rooms and subgrade areas of each building, and unit or rules and regulations.

364
Title 27 / Subchapter 17

(8) An approved product of combustion ionization or more in height where compliance would cause
detecting device or a combination of an approved practical difficulty or undue hardship, the commissioner
smoke detecting device and an approved fixed may waive or modify the requirements of paragraphs
temperature thermostatic device shall be installed at one through nine of this subdivision (f) and accept
each elevator landing. The device shall be located in the alternatives fulfilling the intent of these requirements.
ceiling immediately above a call button. The activation (12) Existing office buildings one hundred feet or
of this device shall have the same effect as specified in more in height shall comply with the requirements of this
subparagraphs a through e of paragraph nine of this subdivision on or before September thirteenth, nineteen
subdivision and in addition cause the overriding of the hundred eighty-one. Complete plans of the installation
programming for car stops of all automatic elevators shall be filed with the commissioner on or before June
serving the floor where activated and bring them non- thirteenth, nineteen hundred eighty. A permit shall be
stop to the floor levels designated by section 210.13C secured from the commissioner on or before September
of reference standard RS 18-1. thirteenth, nineteen hundred eighty. Where compliance
(9) In buildings which are approved with air- with the time requirements of this paragraph would cause
conditioning and/or mechanical ventilation systems that undue hardship, the commissioner, with the approval of the
serve more than the floor on which the equipment is fire commissioner, may extend the time for compliance, in
located, the activation of any of the detectors installed accordance with rules and regulations to be promulgated.
in such air-conditioning and/or mechanical ventilation Before such application for a time extension shall be
systems in accordance with the provisions of RS 13-1 considered all required applications and plans must be filed
of the reference standards shall: and approved permits obtained and a good faith effort
a. cause the fire alarm signal system to sound towards completion of the work shall have been made.
continuously throughout the floor where activated and (g) Fire alarm or communication systems
the floor above. installed prior to December thirteenth, nineteen hundred
b. cause a fire alarm signal to be transmitted to the eighty in existing office buildings one hundred feet or
fire department via a central station of a franchised more in height, may be incorporated or installed in a
operating company. modified class E fire alarm signal system provided they
c. cause the fire alarm signal system to sound at comply with the following:
the fire command station required by section 27-975 of (1) It shall be a special electrically supervised approved
this article and to sound an alarm in the mechanical direct wire, radio or combination thereof fire alarm
control center and at the regularly assigned location of signal system consisting of an interior fire alarm and
the fire safety director, and to operate an information voice communicating system so arranged that the
display system as provided in paragraph one of this operation of any station will identify its location at the
subdivision. fire command station as required by section 27-975 of
d. stop the air supply into and the air return from the this article, at the mechanical control center and at the
floor where activated by actuation of approved remote regularly assigned location of the fire safety director.
control reversible fire shutters or by automatically shutting This identification signal shall be accomplished by
down the air supply fans and the air return fans of the floor means of an information display system which shall be
where activated, notwithstanding the provisions of manually resettable from the fire command station only.
sections 1001 through 1005 of RS 13-1 of the reference (2) The nomenclature used for the location identification
standards relating to air supply and air return controls in system shall be subject to the approval of the fire
case of fire. commissioner.
e. cause the activation of the air exhaust fans and (3) In addition to the visual devices required above,
dampers in smoke shafts and/or the pressurizing fans in audible signal devices indicating operation of the fire
stair enclosures. alarm signal system shall be provided in the fire
(10) A building equipped throughout with an command station, mechanical control center and the
automatic sprinkler system including a water flow regularly assigned location of the fire safety director.
alarm shall be exempt from the installation of any Provisions shall be made for silencing the audible
detectors pursuant to paragraph eight of this subdivision signal and transferring this signal to lamp indication.
and section 1006 of reference standard RS 13-1 (4) Operation of a manual station shall automatically
provided the activation of the sprinkler water flow transmit a fire alarm signal to the fire department via a
alarm shall have the same effect as specified in central office of an operating company franchised by
subparagraphs a through e of paragraph nine of this the board of estimate, and cause the fire alarm signal
subdivision and in addition cause the overriding of the system to sound continuously throughout the floor
programming for car stops of all automatic elevators where activated and the floor above.
serving the floor where activated and bring them non- (5) The fire alarm signal may be sounded over
stop to the floor levels designated by section 210.13C loudspeakers [sic]as provided in reference standard RS
of reference standard RS 18-1. 17-3B so located that their operation will be heard
(11) In existing office buildings one hundred feet clearly above any ambient noise, and shall be controlled

365
Title 27 / Subchapter 17

from the fire command station in such a manner that the subdivision and in addition cause the overriding of the
fire alarm signal can be sounded on the individual programming for car stops of all automatic elevators
floors or throughout the building. serving the floor where activated and bring them non-
(6) The electrical supply for this modified fire stop to the floor levels designated by section 210.13C
alarm system, including the amplifiers, shall be in of reference standard RS 18-1.
accordance with applicable laws, rules and regulations. (10) Existing office buildings one hundred feet or
(7) An approved product of combustion ionization more in height shall comply with the requirements of
detecting device or a combination of an approved this subdivision on or before September thirteenth,
smoke detecting device and an approved fixed nineteen hundred eighty-one. Complete plans of the
temperature thermostatic device shall be installed at installation shall be filed with the commissioner on or
each elevator landing. The device shall be located in the before June thirteenth, nineteen hundred eighty. A
ceiling immediately above a call button. The activation permit shall be secured from the commissioner on or
of this device shall have the same effect as specified in before September thirteenth, nineteen hundred eighty.
subparagraphs a through e of paragraph eight of this Where compliance with the time requirements of this
subdivision and in addition cause the overriding of the paragraph would cause undue hardship, the commissioner,
programming for car stops of all automatic elevators with the approval of the fire commissioner may extend
serving the floor where activated and bring them non- the time for compliance, in accordance with rules and
stop to the floor levels designated by section 210.13C regulations to be promulgated. Before such application
of reference standard RS 18-1. for a time extension shall be considered all required
(8) In buildings which are provided with air- applications and plans must be filed and approved,
conditioning and/or mechanical ventilation systems that permits obtained and a good faith effort towards
serve more than the floor on which the equipment is completion of the work shall have been made.
located, the activation of any of the detectors installed (11) In existing office buildings one hundred feet
in such air-conditioning and/or mechanical ventilation or more in height where compliance would cause
systems in accordance with the provisions of RS 13-1 practical difficulty or undue hardship, the commissioner
of the reference standards shall: may waive or modify the requirements of paragraphs
a. cause the fire alarm signal system to sound one through nine of this subdivision (g) and accept
continuously throughout the floor where activated and alternatives fulfilling the intent of these requirements.
the floor above. (h) Buildings classified in occupancy group E,
b. cause a fire alarm signal to be transmitted to the fire less than one hundred feet in height occupied or
department via a central station of a franchised operating arranged to be occupied for an occupant load of more
company. than one hundred persons above or below the street
c. cause the fire alarm signal system to sound at level or more than a total of five hundred persons in the
the fire command station required by section 27-975 of entire building, and on or before January eighteenth,
this article and to sound an alarm in the mechanical nineteen hundred seventy-five, existing office buildings
control center and at the regularly assigned location of less than one hundred feet in height, occupied or
the fire safety director, and to operate an information arranged to be occupied, as hereinabove specified, shall
display system as provided in paragraph one of this be provided with a system acceptable to the
subdivision. commissioner, which shall:
d. stop the air supply into and the air return from the (1) consist of equipment which shall have the
floor where activated by actuation of approved remote capability of two-way voice communication from a fire
control reversible fire shutters or by automatically command station to the warden on each floor of the
shutting down the air supply fans and the air return fans building and the mechanical control center, to be used
of the floor where activated, notwithstanding the for fire emergencies and fire drills.
provisions of sections 1001 through 1005 of RS 13-1 of (2) have the capability of transmitting a fire alarm
the reference standards relating to air supply and air signal from the fire command station to the fire
return controls in case of fire. department via a central station of a franchised
e. cause the activation of the air exhaust fans and operating company.
dampers in smoke shafts and/or the pressurizing fans in *(i) (1) High rise buildings classified in
stair enclosures. occupancy group C shall be provided with a fire alarm
(9) A building equipped throughout with an and communication system meeting the requirements of
automatic sprinkler system including a water flow subdivision (k) of this section and reference standard
alarm shall be exempt from the installation of any RS 17-3A.
detectors pursuant to paragraph seven of this 2. Buildings classifed in occupancy group J-1,
subdivision and section 1006 of reference standard RS either seventy-five feet or more in height or containing
13-1 provided the activation of the sprinkler water flow thirty or more sleeping rooms (except "residential
alarm shall have the same effect as specified in hotels" as such term is defined by the commissioner
subparagraphs a through e of paragraph eight of this pursuant to rules and regulations) shall be provided

366
Title 27 / Subchapter 17

with a fire alarm and communication system meeting connections shall be provided unless permanent
the requirements of subdivision (l) of this section and telephones are installed at every required location. The
reference standard RS 17-3A. In lieu of fire warden portable telephones shall be kept in a cabinet located near
stations, either of the following are acceptable as a two- the fire command station and shall be provided with a
way voice communications system: lock capable of being opened with a fire department
*Local Law 16-1987. standard key. Such cabinet shall be locked at all times
1. A closed circuit supervised fire department and marked portable telephones for fire department use.
telephone system meeting the following conditions in c. A pilot light shall be provided at the fire
complying with requirements of RS 17-3 as applicable command station to indicate that the telephone is in use
to standpipe fireline telephone and signaling system: or that its receiver is off the hook; or
a. Means on every floor to communicate by 2. A fire communication slotted coaxial cable radio
telephone with the fire command station. A permanent system installed to provide adequate communication
telephone shall be located at the fire command station. capability throughout the building. Adequate communication
All other floors near the main riser shall be provided is defined as the capability for clear two-way communication
with telephones or telephone jacks. Telephones or jacks between a fire department portable radio at the lobby
shall be installed in locked cabinets capable of being command post and another fire department portable radio at
opened with a fire department standard key. any other point in the building.
b. At least six portable telephones with jack Such system shall be acceptable to the fire department.
connections shall be provided unless permanent (2) Existing buildings less than seventy-five feet in
telephones are installed at every required location. The height and containing thirty or more sleeping rooms,
portable telephones shall be kept in a cabinet located
classified in occupancy group J-1, shall be provided with a
near the fire command station and shall be provided
modified Class J-1 fire alarm and communications system
with a lock capable of being opened with a fire
as follows:
department standard key. Such cabinet shall be locked
at all times and marked portable telephones for fire (a) A fire command station shall be provided at the
department use. entry floor level in accordance with the requirements of
c. A pilot light shall be provided at the fire the fire commissioner.
command station to indicate that the telephone is in use (b) A public address system shall be provided
or that its receiver is off the hook; or acceptable to the fire commissioner capable of being
2. A fire communication slotted coaxial cable radio easily heard (80 dbs at sixty feet) in all existing
system installed to provide adequate communication capability corridors, hallways, passageways and stairs.
throughout the building. Adequate communication is (c) The approved existing interior fire alarm system
defined as the capability for clear two-way communication shall be acceptable provided that it shall automatically
between a fire department portable radio at the lobby transmit a fire alarm signal (when activated) to the fire
command post and another fire department portable radio department via a central station connection of an operating
at any other point in the building. company which is franchised where applicable and which
Such system shall be acceptable to the fire department. is acceptable to the fire department.
*(j) (1) Existing buildings seventy-five feet or more *(k) Buildings classified in occupancy group C,
in height, classified in occupancy group J-1 (except seventy-five feet or more in height, shall be provided
"residential hotels" as such term is defined by the with a class C fire alarm and communications system
commissioner pursuant to rules and regulations) shall be which shall meet the criteria contained in paragraphs
provided with a fire alarm and communication system one through ten of subdivision (f) of this section and the
meeting all the applicable requirements of subdivision (m) criteria contained in subdivisions (a) and (b) of section
of this section and reference standard RS 17-3B. In lieu of 27-975 of this article.
fire warden stations, either of the following is acceptable *(l) Buildings classified in occupancy group J-1,
as a two-way voice communication system: seventy-five feet or more in height or containing thirty
1. A closed circuit supervised fire department or more sleeping rooms, shall be provided with a class J
telephone system meeting the following conditions in fire alarm and communication system which shall meet
complying with requirements of RS 17-3 as applicable the criteria contained in paragraphs one through ten of
to standpipe fireline telephone and signaling system: subdivision (f) of this section and the criteria contained
a. Means on every floor to communicate by in subdivisions (a) and (b) of section 27-975 of this
telephone with the fire command station. A permanent article.
telephone shall be located at the fire command station. *(m) Existing buildings classified in occupancy
All other floors near the main riser shall be provided group J-1, seventy-five feet or more in height, shall be
with telephones or telephone jacks. Telephones or jacks provided with a modified class J fire alarm and
shall be installed in locked cabinets capable of being communication system which shall meet the criteria
opened with a fire department standard key. contained in paragraphs one through nine of subdivision
b. At least six portable telephones with jack (g) of this section and the criteria contained in subdivisions

367
Title 27 / Subchapter 17

(a) and (b) of section 27-975 of this article. fire alarm signal system installations. One control board
*(n) All other occupancies shall be provided with may be used, if so arranged as to operate the signaling
an individually coded closed circuit general fire alarm devices in each building section independently.
system when a fire alarm system is required. (g) Subdivided occupancy.-In buildings requiring
*Local Law 16-1987. fire alarm signal systems, and in which parts are
occupied by other than factory tenants and in which the
§[1704.6] 27-973 Location and identification of fire department has approved the use of a local fire
sending stations and sounding devices.- brigade, the commissioner may accept dual operation
(a) Location of sending stations.- systems.
(1) There shall be at least one fire alarm sending
station in each story of any building at all natural paths §[1704.7] 27-974 Standpipe fireline telephone and
of egress to the street. The station shall be installed at a signaling systems.-
readily accessible location meeting the approval of the (a) In every building more than three hundred feet
fire commissioner. The sending station shall be kept high, a telephone and signaling system shall be
unobstructed at all times. Additional sending stations provided for fire department use in operating the
shall be installed so that no point on any floor is more standpipe system.
than one hundred fifty feet from the nearest sending (b) Such system shall permit communication by
station in buildings of Group I construction and one permanent telephones in the pump rooms, on the entrance
hundred feet in buildings of Group II construction. floor, and in gravity tank rooms communicating with
(2) All fire alarm stations installed or relocated floors, and by means of permanent or portable telephones
after April first, nineteen hundred eighty-four, shall be on each floor near the main standpipe riser. The system
installed so that the handle is approximately four feet shall be a selective ringing, common talking system
from the floor. supplied by a twenty-four volt direct current power source.
(b) Location of sounding devices.- (c) Permanent wall telephones shall be provided
(1) Sounding devices shall be of sufficient number with six inch gongs at each instrument. The telephones
so that the alarm shall be clearly audible to all the in the pump room shall be equipped with a
occupants of the building. loudspeaking receiver so that a voice can be distinctly
(2) The centerline of all gongs and signaling heard at a distance of at least fifteen feet from the
devices shall be located at least eight feet above the receiver. All other floors shall be provided with jacks
floor except that in locations where ceilings prevent the protected by break-glass boxes, or with permanent
installation at this height, the centerline of the device telephones.
shall be located six inches below the ceiling. (d) At least three portable telephones with jack
(3) Approved gongs shall be provided as the connections shall be provided for each standpipe
sounding devices. Where gongs are not audible, installation, unless permanent telephones are installed
approved horns, chimes, or whistles may be installed at every required location. The portable telephones shall
subject to the approval of the fire commissioner. be kept in a cabinet located in the main hall of the
(c) Location of instructions.-An approved instruction entrance floor and shall be provided with a lock capable
card, properly marked and framed under glass, shall be of being opened with a fire department standard key.
installed at each fire alarm station. Instruction cards for Such cabinet shall be locked at all times. The panel of
individually coded systems shall indicate the code the cabinet door shall be conspicuously marked
designation and location of each sending station in the “portable telephone for fire department use.”
building. (e) A pilot light shall be provided over the standpipe
(d) Fastening for devices.-All materials and devices telephone cabinet in the entrance floor to indicate if the
used in fire alarm signal systems shall be securely fastened telephone is in use or a receiver is off the hook.
in position. The locations shall be selected by an (f) Standpipe signaling devices.-
architect or engineer, subject to the approval of the (1) Manual type individually coded sending stations
commissioner. shall be located in the main corridor of the building or
(e) Identification of equipment.-Fire alarm sending other location meeting the approval of the commissioner.
stations for all systems shall be painted red. A diagonal This system shall be so arranged that a coded signal
white stripe one inch wide from the upper left hand corner will be transmitted to the alarm sounding devices. An
to lower right hand corner shall be painted or applied to eight inch gong shall be provided in the pump rooms, in
sending stations which transmit a fire alarm signal to the elevator shafts at intervals not exceeding ten floors, and
fire department via a central station of a franchised at such other locations selected by the architect or
operating company. The stripe shall not render any engineer, subject to the approval of the commissioner.
lettering illegible or obliterate the station number. All apparatus used in connection with the signaling
(f) Mixed occupancy buildings.-Where a building system shall be of an approved type and installed as
is subdivided by fire divisions, each building section required by the provisions of reference standard RS 17-
may be treated as a separate building for the purpose of 3 governing the installation of interior fire alarm

368
Title 27 / Subchapter 17

systems. (4) means to control the sounding devices on any

(2) Adjacent to each telephone station and near the floor or throughout the building.
main standpipe riser, there shall be provided an (5) means to manually transmit a fire alarm signal
approved closed circuit strap key enclosed in a sheet to the fire department via a central station of a
metal box equipped with a paracentric fire department franchised operating company.
lock and approved hinges. The strap key shall be (6) means for silencing the audible alarm signals
connected in series with the box circuit of the signal when the loud speakers are in use and for activating the
sending station. audible alarm systems automatically when use of the
(3) A card of instructions shall be placed in the pump loud speakers are terminated. Switches used for this
room giving code numbers of signaling stations, the purpose shall be of the self-restoring type.
pressure obtainable at various speeds of the fire (7) display lamps to include on/off condition of
pumping motor, and such other information as the air-handling systems unless such lamps are provided in
commissioner may direct. the mechanical control center.
(g) Where the building is subject to the provisions (8) means for testing the display lamps, local
of subdivision (f) or (g) of section 27-972 of this article alarms and the connection to the central station of
with respect to the requirement for a modified class E franchised operating company.
fire alarm signal system, the standpipe fireline (c) Existing office buildings one hundred feet or more
telephone and signaling system may be combined with in height shall comply with the requirements of this section
such fire alarm system provided: on or before September thirteenth, nineteen hundred eighty-
(1) the alarms and two-way voice communication one. Complete plans of the installation shall be filed with the
commissioner on or before June thirteenth, nineteen
with the fire command station include the pump room
hundred eighty. A permit shall be secured from the
and gravity tank or pressure tank room, and
commissioner on or before September thirteenth, nineteen
(2) a designated floor station of the modified class
hundred eighty. Where compliance with the time
E fire alarm signal system is located at or near the main requirements of this subdivision would cause undue
standpipe riser on every floor. hardship, the commissioner, with the approval of the fire
commissioner, may extend the time for compliance, in
§[1704.8] 27-975 Communication system and fire accordance with rules and regulations to be promulgated.
command station.-Buildings classified in occupancy Before such application for a time extension shall be
group E, seventy-five feet or more in height, or, if less considered all required applications and plans must be filed
than seventy-five feet in height, with a total gross area and approved, permits obtained and a good faith effort
of two hundred thousand square feet or more and towards completion of the work shall have been made.
existing office buildings one hundred feet or more in
height, shall be provided with the following: §[1704.9] 27-976 Installation.-Installation, source of
(a) a communication system acceptable to the energy, wiring, and other requirements shall comply
commissioner consisting of: with reference standard RS 17-3, RS 17-3A or RS 17-
(1) loud speakers on each floor of the building, in 3B as applicable.
each elevator and each stair enclosure, which shall be
capable of being operated from the fire command §[1704.10] 27-977 Fire systems electrical tests.-Upon
station. completion of a fire alarm system, and other electrical
(2) a two-way voice communication capability systems, the installation shall be subject to a test to
between the fire command station and the following demonstrate the efficiency of operation of all the
locations: components in the system and to an acceptance test by
a. a designated floor warden station on each floor the fire department.
b. mechanical control center
c. elevators ARTICLE 6
d. air-handling control rooms SMOKE DETECTING DEVICES
e. elevator machine rooms
(b) The fire command station shall be located in *§[1705.1] 27-978 Definitions.-For the purposes of
the lobby of the building on the entrance floor as part of this article:
the elevator control panel or immediately adjacent a. an existing building is one which is within
thereto. Such command station shall be adequately occupancy group J-1, occupancy group J-2 or occupancy
illuminated and shall contain the following: group J-3 and for which plans have been approved by the
(1) the loud speaker and communication capability department on or prior to December thirty-first, nineteen
described in subdivision (a) of this section. hundred eighty-one.
(2) the audible alarm signal required in subdivision b. an improvement or alteration is a physical change
(f) and (g) of section 27-972 of this article. in an existing structure other than painting, repairs and
(3) manually reset information display system to normal replacement of maintenance items.
indicate the floor where the alarm was activated. c. a building shall be deemed to have been
substantially improved or altered if:

revision: October 1, 2004 369

Title 27 / Subchapter 17

hoistway doors.-Notwithstanding the retroactive provisions (a) Elevators-five times every two years, or as
of section 27-994 of this article, in high rise buildings and otherwise provided by the commissioner and except:
existing high rise buildings, no switch, lock or device of (1) Car safeties and counterweight safeties, where
any kind shall be installed on any floor on or above the street provided, shall be inspected at intervals not exceeding
floor on any elevator car or elevator hoistway door, except one year and shall be tested at intervals not exceeding
elevators used exclusively for freight, that shall prevent two years.
opening of such doors by anyone not having a key, unless (2) Oil buffers and governors shall be periodically
fire department access to cars and hoistways is provided inspected and shall be tested at intervals not exceeding
for by a city-wide standard key as described in reference one year.
standard RS 18-1. (3) Hydraulic elevator pressure tanks and the piston
Existing high rise buildings shall comply with the rods of roped hydraulic elevators every three years.
requirements of this section on or before April first, nineteen (b) Escalators-five times every two years.
hundred eighty-seven. (c) Amusement devices-every six months except that
the commissioner may extend the periodic inspection and
§[C26-1801.5] 27-996.2 Firemen service operation in test for an additional two months for amusement devices
existing elevators.- located in premises which are seasonally operated.
(a) Notwithstanding the retroactive provisions of section (d) Workers' hoists-every three months and immediately
27-994 of this article, where required by reference standard following each increase in travel.
RS 18-1, firemen service operation shall be installed in all (e) All other devices-at such intervals as the commissioner
existing elevators serving any of the following: may require.
(1) High rise buildings or building sections classified in (f) Additional inspections- in addition to the inspections
occupancy group C. required by subdivisions (a) through (e) of this section, the
(2) All buildings or building sections classified in occupancy commissioner may make such additional inspections as
group F, G, H or J-1 (except for "residential hotels," as such required to enforce the provisions of this code. No fee shall
term is defined by the commissioner pursuant to rules be charged for such additional inspections.
and regulations). (g) Fees-every owner of elevators and other devices
(b) All work necessary to meet the requirements of this shall pay to the department an inspection fee for each
section shall be completed on or before April first, nineteen elevator or device in the amount prescribed by
hundred eighty-seven. subdivision c of section 26-213 of title twenty-six of the
administrative code.
ARTICLE 3 TESTS AND TEST INTERVAL *Local Law 48-1991; Local Law 96-1985, language juxtaposed per
Ch. 907-1985.
§[C26-1802.1] 27-997 Acceptance tests.-No new, relocated
or altered equipment shall be placed in operation until it has §[C26-1802.3] 27-999 Inspection and test requirements.-
been tested and an equipment use permit has been issued Every new and existing device listed in article one of
by the commissioner. Such tests shall be made as this subchapter shall be subjected to inspections and test
required in section 27-999 of this article and shall be requirements as follows:
conducted by the person or firm installing, relocating or (a) Elevators, dumbwaiters and escalators to the
altering the equipment and shall be witnessed by a requirements specified in the reference standard RS 18-1
representative of the commissioner. except that:
(1) Governor operated elevator car safeties shall be tested
*§[C26-1802.2] 27-998 Periodic inspection and test with no load in the car at the lowest operating speed.
intervals.-Every new and existing device listed in (2) Instantaneous type car safeties, without governors,
article one of this subchapter except elevators located, operated only as a result of the breaking or slackening of the
(i) in owner occupied one-family or two-family dwellings hoist ropes shall be tested with no load in the car.
provided that the elevator services only the owner occupied (b) Moving walks to the requirements specified in the
dwelling unit and that such dwelling unit is not occupied reference standard RS 18-1.
by boarders, roomers or lodgers, or (ii)within convents (c) Lifts, conveyors, and amusement devices shall be
or rectories which are not accessible to non-occupants inspected and subjected to the test requirements of the
on a regular basis, or (iii) within an owner occupied applicable reference standards and shall be tested to confirm
dwelling unit which is not occupied by boarders, the load capacity and safety of operation of the equipment,
roomers or lodgers shall be inspected and tested at least including tests of all operating protective safety devices,

374
Title 27 / Subchapter 18

adequacy of the structural supports, and anchorage to floors, punishable pursuant to section 26-125 of title twenty-six
walls, ceilings and foundations. of the administrative code.
(d) All other devices shall be subject to such inspections (c) In multiple dwellings (either J1 or J2 occupancy groups),
and tests as the commission[er]* may require. the owner shall be required to have a contract with an elevator
*Copy in brackets not enacted but probably intended. repair person or company authorizing the performance of
emergency elevator repair work. Such repair person or
§[C26-1802.4] 27-1000 Inspection agencies and elevator company shall be one of the elevator inspection agencies or
repair service.- inspectors employed thereby currently acceptable to the
**(a) The required periodic inspections shall be made by commissioner. The name, address and telephone number of
the department except that two of the five inspections required such elevator repair person or company shall be maintained
every two years for elevators and escalators shall be made on on each premises, in a location readily accessible to
behalf of the owner by an insurance company, elevator employees of this department, and maintenance or custodial
maintenance company, elevator manufacturer, elevator staff at the premises.
inspection company, or other person, each of which must be **Local Law 48-1991.
acceptable to the commissioner. The department shall
promulgate rules and regulations establishing criteria as to ARTICLE 4 EQUIPMENT PERMITS
the qualifications of such companies or persons. Such owner
shall cause such inspections to be performed between §[C26-1803.1] 27-1001 Permit required.-No construction,
January first and September fifteenth of each year. Reports alteration or removal shall be commenced until a written
by private inspection agencies shall be on such forms and in work permit therefor shall have been issued by the
such manner as required by the commissioner. Such reports commissioner in accordance with the provisions of article
shall be delivered to the owner of each elevator or escalator seventeen of subchapter one of this chapter. No equipment
inspected listing all violations of any of the provisions of shall be placed in operation until an equipment use permit
this subchapter within five days of the inspection, and a has been obtained in accordance with provisions of article
signed copy of the report of each inspection shall be filed eighteen of subchapter one of this chapter and section
with the commissioner. The failure to have such inspection 27-997 of article three of this subchapter.
performed within the prescribed period and to file a copy of
the report with the department on or before September §[C26-1803.2] 27-1002 Temporary use permits.-Temporary
thirtieth of each year shall be a violation of this section, use permits may be issued by the commissioner upon
which shall be punishable pursuant to the provisions of request in accordance with the provisions of section 27-188
section 26-125 of title twenty-six of the administrative code. of article eighteen of subchapter one of this chapter for any
After such violation is placed the owner may file such report equipment or device regulated herein, except power
and the department shall enter a notation in its records of the operated scaffolds. Temporary use permits for elevators shall
date on which such report was received by the department. be conditioned further upon compliance with the following:
After the date of receipt by the department, the per diem (a) The class of service to be permitted is designated
penalty provided by subdivision c of section 26-125 of title on the temporary permit.
twenty-six of the administrative code shall be stayed. The (b) The hoistway has been enclosed throughout in an
department shall maintain the violation on its records, with a enclosure complying with subdivision (b) of section 27-987
notation of the date on which such report was received by the of article one of this subchapter or with a temporary
department. On or before October fifteenth of each year all enclosure in accordance with the requirements for workers'
defects as found upon such inspection shall be corrected. elevators (temporary elevators) of the industrial code of the
(b) In addition to the requirements of subdivision (a) of state of New York, rule no. 23.
this section, all reports filed on or after April first, nineteen
hundred eighty-seven for existing buildings required to §[C26-1803.3] 27-1003 Posting of temporary use
install stair and elevator signs pursuant to section 27-390, certificate-The temporary operating certificate shall be
elevator in readiness systems pursuant to paragraph two of posted in a conspicuous location on, or adjacent to, the device
subdivision (c) of section 27-989 of article one of this covered by the certificate and shall state that the device has
subchapter or firemen service operation pursuant to section not been finally approved by the commissioner.
27-996.02 of article two of this subchapter, shall contain a
certification that the required installation has been made. ***§[C26-1803.4] 27-1004 Posting of inspection certificate.-
The reports shall be on such forms and in such manner as a. At the time the equipment use permit is issued, an inspection
the commissioner may require. Failure to file such report by certificate issued by the commissioner shall be posted. No
such a date shall be a violation of this section, and shall be such certificate shall be issued for elevators which are not

375
Title 27 / Subchapter 18

subject to periodic inspections pursuant to section 27-998. in connection with such equipment, and shall afford the
The certificate shall be in such form as determined by the commissioner every facility for investigating such accident
commissioner and shall be posted in the car of every passenger or damage. The commissioner shall make an investigation
and freight elevator and on or near every escalator and power immediately thereafter, and shall prepare a full and complete
operated scaffold and in a frame with a transparent cover. report of such investigation. Such report shall give in detail
b. In place of posting inspection certificates in those locations all material facts and information available and the cause or
specified in subdivision a of this section, certificates may be causes as far as they can be determined. Such report shall be
kept in the on site building manager’s office. In a building open to public inspection at all reasonable hours. When an
where this option is elected, there must be a building accident involves the failure or destruction of any part of
manager’s office open during normal business hours, and the construction or operating mechanism of such equipment,
there must be posted in each location specified in subdivision no such equipment shall be used until it has been made safe,
a of this section a notice in a frame with a transparent cover, and re-inspected by the commissioner; and the
or a plaque with an indelible inscription, stating that the commissioner may order the discontinuance of such
inspection certificate is located in the building manager’s equipment until a new use permit has been issued by him or
office and identifying the location of such office. her for its use. No part shall be removed from the premises
***Local Law 39-1993; Local Law 96-1985, language juxtaposed of the damaged construction or operating mechanism until
per Ch. 907-1985. permission to do so has been granted by the commissioner.

ARTICLE 5 EQUIPMENT OPERATION

§[C26-1804.1] 27-1005 Operators.-Every power driven

passenger elevator and freight elevator with a rise of
more than one story, except automatic operation and
continuous pressure elevators and sidewalk elevators,
shall be in charge of a designated competent operator, who
shall be at least eighteen years old, free from serious
physical or mental defects, and selected with consideration
of his or her abilities to perform his or her duties in a careful
and competent manner, and who has been instructed in
accordance with the requirements of the commissioner,
except as otherwise specifically provided by law. Operators of
amusement devices that require the services of a regular
operator shall be at least eighteen years of age and shall have
secured a certificate of competence from the commissioner.
If the commissioner finds that any person engaged in running
an elevator or amusement device is not competent to operate
the elevator or device, the owner, agent or lessee of such
elevator or amusement device shall, upon notice from the
commissioner, discontinue the operation of such elevator or
amusement device by such operator. Other devices listed in
article one of this subchapter shall, when deemed necessary
by the commissioner, be in charge of a designated
competent operator conforming to such qualifications as
the commissioner may prescribe except that operators
for workers' hoists shall be assigned as required by the
applicable provisions of reference standard RS 18-7.

§[C26-1804.2] 27-1006 Accidents.-The owner or person in

charge of the equipment or devices listed in article one of this
subchapter shall promptly notify the commissioner of
every accident involving injury to any person requiring
the services of a physician or damage to property or to
apparatus exceeding one hundred dollars on, about, or

376
Title 27 / Subchapter 19

SUBCHAPTER 19 [1905.0] Art. 6 Demolition Operations

SAFETY OF PUBLIC AND PROPERTY DURING [1905.1] 1036 Preparations
CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS [1905.2] 1037 Protection of Adjacent
Structures
TABLE OF CONTENTS [1905.3] 1038 Protection of Sidewalks
[1905.4] 1039 Demolition Operations
[Sub-Art. Art. [1905.5] 1040 Completed Demolitions
* ** [1906.0] Art. 7 Repair and Alteration
or Sec.] or Sec.
Operations
[1906.1] 1041 General Requirements
[1900.0] Art. 1 General [1907.0] Art. 8 Scaffolds
[1900.1] 1007 Scope [1907.1] 1042 General Provisions for all
[1900.2] 1008 Definitions Scaffolds
[1900.3] 1009 General Requirements [1907.2] 1043 Pole Scaffolds
[1900.4] 1010 Inspection [1907.3] 1044 Outrigger Scaffolds
[1900.5] 1011 Sizes and Stresses of [1907.4] 1045 General Provisions for
Materials Suspended Scaffolds
[1900.6] 1012 Inspections [1907.5] 1046 Two-Point Suspension
[1900.7] 1013 Utilities Scaffolds
[1900.8] 1014 Fire Protection [1907.6] 1047 Multiple-Point Suspension
[1900.9] 1015 Design Scaffolds
[1900.10] 1016 Alternate Details and [1907.7] 1048 Manually-Propelled Free
Procedures Standing Scaffolds
[1901.0] Art. 2 Maintenance of Site and [1907.8] 1049 Power Operated Free
Adjacent Areas Standing Scaffolds
[1901.1] 1017 Construction Equipment [1907.9] 1050 Standard Guard Rail and
[1901.2] 1018 Housekeeping Toeboard
[1901.3] 1019 Removal and Storage of [1908.0] Art. 9 Structural Ramps,
Material Runways, and Platforms
[1908.1] 1051 Ramps and Runways
[1901.4] 1020 Obstruction of Sidewalks
[1908.2] 1052 Platforms
and Streets
[1908.3] 1053 Special Requirements
[1901.5] 1021 Protection of Sidewalks Where Power Buggies Are
[1901.6] 1022 Safety Netting and Used
Scaffolding [1909.0] Art. 10 Material Handling and
[1901.7] 1023 Warning Signs and Lights Hoisting Equipment
[1901.8] 1024 Watchmen and Flagmen [1909.1] 1054 General Requirements
[1901.9] 1025 Escape Hatches Required [1909.2] 1055 Rigging, Rope, Chains,
[1902.0] Art. 3 Protection of Adjoining and Their Appurtenances
Property and Fittings
[1902.1] 1026 General [1909.3] 1056 Material Platform Hoists
[1902.2] 1027 Abandoned and and Bucket Hoists
Discontinued Operations [1909.4] 1057 Testing Inspection,
[1902.3] 1028 Excavation or Filling Approval and Use of
Operations Affecting Power Operated Cranes,
Adjoining Property Derricks and Cableways
[1902.4] 1029 Foundation Operations [1909.5] 1058 Conveyors and Cableways
Affecting Adjacent [1909.6] 1059 Trucks
Properties [1909.7] 1060 Power Buggies
[1902.5] 1030 Protection of Trees [1909.8] 1061 Lift and Fork Trucks
[1903.0] Art. 4 Excavation Operations [1909.9] 1062 Hand Propelled Vehicles
[1903.1] 1031 General Requirements [1909.10] 1063 Mixing Machines
[1909.11] 1064 Jacks
[1903.2] 1032 Protection of Sides of
[1910.0] Art. 11 Explosive Powered and
Excavations
Projectile Tools
[1904.0] Art. 5 Erection Operations [1910.1] 1065 General
[1904.1] 1033 Protection of Sidewalks [1910.2] 1066 Explosive Powered Tools
[1904.2] 1034 Structural Steel Assembly
[1910.3] 1067 Projectile Tools
[1904.3] 1035 Concrete Formwork

377
Title 27 / Subchapter 19

[1911.0] Art. 12 Explosives and Blasting §[C26-1900.3] 27-1009 General requirements.-

[1911.1] 1068 General (a) A contractor engaged in building work shall
[1912.0] Art. 13 Flammable and institute and maintain safety measures and provide all
Combustible Mixtures, equipment or temporary construction necessary to
Compressed Gases,and safeguard all persons and property affected by such
Other Hazardous contractor's operations.
Materials (b) No structure, device, or construction equipment,
[1912.1] 1069 General whether permanent or temporary, including all partly or
fully completed elements or sections of the building,
*"C26" omitted from section numbers in this column. shall be loaded in excess of its design capacity.
**"27" omitted from section numbers in this column.
(c) At a height of no more than twelve feet above
ground and on each perimeter of a construction site
LIST OF TABLES fronting on a public thoroughfare, a sign shall be
erected no more than twenty-five square feet in size
Table No. which shall bear in letters no less than six inches high,
the name, address and telephone number of the owner
19-1 Minimum Sizes of Timber Bracing and Timber Sheet of the property, and the name, address and telephone
Piling for Trenches Four Feet Wide or Less number of the general contractor.
19-2 Minimum Sizes of Timber Bracing and Timber Sheet (d) A construction site safety coordinator must be
Piling for Trenches Four to Eight Feet Wide designated and present on a construction site in
19-3 Minimum Lateral Pressures to be Assumed for Fresh accordance with department rules and regulations.
Concrete Weighing 150 Pounds per Cubic Foot
19-4 Size and Number of Nails Required for Scaffold Construction §[C26-1900.4] 27-1010 Inspection.- Except for the
19-5 Maximum Permissible Spans for Two-Inch Plank Used installation of underpinning and the construction of
on Scaffolds temporary retaining structures (see section 27-724 of
19-6 Minimum Size and Maximum Spacing of Members of article thirteen of subchapter eleven of this chapter) and
Single Pole Light Duty Scaffolds for other operations specifically required by the
19-7 Minimum Size and Maximum Spacing of Members of provisions of this subchapter to be inspected by an
Single Pole Medium Duty Scaffolds engineer or an architect, inspection of operations for
19-8 Minimum Size and Maximum Spacing of Members of compliance with the provisions of this subchapter may
Single Pole Heavy Duty Scaffolds be performed by, or under, the authority of the person
19-9 Minimum Size and Maximum Spacing of Members of superintending the work. Unless required by the
Independent Pole Light Duty Scaffolds provisions of this subchapter, inspection and test reports
19-10Minimum Size and Maximum Spacing of [sic] relating to operations within the scope of this subchapter
Members of Independent Pole Medium Duty Scaffolds need not be filed.
19-11Minimum Size and Maximum Spacing of Members of
Independent Pole Heavy Duty Scaffolds §[C26-1900.5] 27-1011 Sizes and stresses of materials.-
(a) Sizes.-All sizes and dimensions prescribed in this
ARTICLE 1 GENERAL subchapter are minimum requirements. Lumber sizes are
nominal or commercial except where stated otherwise.
§[C26-1900.1] 27-1007 Scope.-The provisions of this (b) Stresses.-Except where sizes are specifically prescribed
subchapter shall govern the conduct of all construction in this subchapter, temporary equipment and constructions
operations with regard to the safety of the public and shall be designed so that the allowable stress values
property. For the purposes of this subchapter, construction prescribed in subchapter ten of this subchapter are not
operations shall include excavation, erection, alteration, exceeded.
repair, removal and demolition as related to buildings.
For regulations relating to the safety of persons §[C26-1900.6] 27-1012 Inspection.- Any construction
employed in such construction operations, the provisions equipment or device, except hand tools, that would
of subchapter ten of the labor law as implemented by affect the public safety when operated shall be inspected
the industrial code of the state of New York, rule no. by the person superintending the work or by his or her
23, shall apply. designated representative before using the equipment or
device on a specific job. Such inspection shall be
§[C26-1900.2] 27-1008 Definitions.-For definitions to carefully made, and every defect or unsafe condition
be used in the interpretation of this subchapter, see shall be corrected before use is permitted. Any unsafe
subchapter two of this chapter. equipment or device shall be made safe immediately or
removed from the site. Periodic inspection procedures

378
Title 27 / Subchapter 19

shall be instituted during construction operations, and a all lower floors for fire department use. Standpipe hose,
record of inspections shall be kept at the site for the nozzles and spanners are not required to be maintained
duration of the work. and may be removed at any time. Siamese hose
connections shall be kept free from obstruction and
§[C26-1900.7] 27-1013 Utilities.- shall be marked by a metal sign reading, "Standpipe
(a) Existing services.-The location of all existing utilities Siamese Connection" and by a red light at night.
and service lines shall be determined and adequate (3) The standpipe system may be used for water supply
measures taken, or devices provided, to safeguard the necessary to demolition operations. In freezing weather
public and property before such utilities are disturbed. such standpipe system shall be completely drained after
If any utility is to be removed, relocated, or have its use to prevent freezing. Existing standpipe systems
service interrupted, the utility company or city agency shall not be utilized to convey compressed air unless
affected shall be notified at least seventy-two hours in the standpipe consists of two or more risers in which
advance. event one of the risers may be used to convey
(b) Maintaining essential services.-Fire preventive, sanitary, compressed air to any floor or portion of the premises
or other facilities that have been provided for the protection upon application to and permission from the fire
of life, health, and property shall be continuously maintained department.
and protected unless authorization is obtained from the (4) In structures undergoing demolition which have existing
agency having jurisdiction to temporarily or permanently sprinkler systems with siamese hose connections, such
disconnect such facility. system shall be maintained as a non-automatic sprinkler
(c) Electrical work.-All temporary electrical equipment system. When demolition starts, the sprinkler risers
and wiring shall meet the requirements of the electrical shall be capped immediately below the floor being
code of the city of New York, and shall be maintained demolished so as to maintain the sprinkler system on all
to meet such requirements. Portions of permanent lower floors for fire department use. Siamese hose
electrical installations may be used for temporary connections shall be kept free from obstruction and
operations provided the requirements of the electrical shall be marked by a metal sign reading "Sprinkler
code are met. At least seventy-two hours before work is Siamese Connection" and by a red light at night.
begun that may affect a power line, above or below
ground, the person superintending the work shall notify §[C26-1900.9] 27-1015 Design.-Whenever design is
the utility company affected. required by the provisions of this subchapter, such
design shall be executed by, or under, the supervision
§[C26-1900.8] 27-1014 Fire protection.- Fire fighting of an engineer or an architect who shall cause his or her
equipment at the construction site and the conduct of all seal and signature to be affixed to any drawings or
construction operations affecting fire prevention and specifications that may be required for the work. All
fire fighting shall meet the requirements of the fire such documents shall be kept at the site for inspection
department. by the commissioner for the duration of the job.
(a) Temporary elevator.-Whenever in the course of
building construction the work is at a height greater §[C26-1900.10] 27-1016 Alternate details and procedures.-
than seventy-five feet, at least one elevator meeting the Whenever "alternate" or "equivalent" details, materials
requirements of subchapter eighteen of this chapter shall or procedures are specified in this subchapter, they shall
be kept in readiness at all times for fire department use. be permitted as provided in section 27-133 of article
(b) Standpipe systems.-Standpipe systems during seven of subchapter one of this chapter. In the absence
construction operations shall comply with the following: of specific criteria, the degree of structural safety shall
(1) If in the course of erection or alteration for which a be deemed to require a factor of safety against
standpipe system will be required the work reaches a structural failure consistent with the requirements of
height greater than seventy-five feet a permanent or subchapter ten of this chapter.
temporary standpipe meeting the requirements of
subchapter seventeen of this chapter shall be kept in ARTICLE 2 MAINTENANCE OF SITE AND
readiness at all times for fire department use. The ADJACENT AREAS
system shall be a dry system when freezing conditions
may be encountered. §[C26-1901.1] 27-1017 Construction equipment.-
(2) In structures undergoing demolition which have (a) Machinery.-All exposed, electrically charged, moving
existing standpipe systems, such systems shall be or otherwise dangerous parts of machines and construction
maintained as dry standpipes. When demolition is equipment shall be located, guarded, shielded, or
started, the standpipe risers shall be capped above the barricaded so as to prevent contact by the public.
outlet on the floor immediately below the floor being (b) Services* lines and conduits.-Hose lines, wires,
demolished so as to maintain the standpipe system on ropes, pipes, chains, etc., shall be located so that they

379
Title 27 / Subchapter 19

will not constitute a tripping hazard. Where it is Provisions of the air pollution control code concerning
necessary to carry such lines across sidewalks, or any precautions to prevent particulate matter from
public way, either they shall be suspended at least eight becoming airborne shall apply.
feet above the walks or suitable chamfered planks or a (b) Chutes.-When chutes are used for removal of
pedestrian bridge shall be provided. material, they shall meet the following requirements:
(c) Contractors sheds.-Contractors sheds and offices (1) ENCLOSURE.-
located within thirty-feet of new construction or a. Material chutes that are at an angle of more than
existing buildings shall be made of metal or other forty-five degrees with the horizontal shall be entirely
noncombustible material. Fire retardant treated wood enclosed on all sides, except for openings at the floor
may be used when protected from the weather. levels for the receiving of materials. Such openings
*
As enacted but "Service" probably intended. shall not exceed forty-eight inches in height, measured
along the wall of the chute, and all openings, except the
** §[C26-1901.2] 27-1018 Housekeeping.- top opening, shall be closed and secured when not in
(a) All areas used by the public shall be maintained free use.
from ice, snow, grease, debris, equipment, materials, b. Chutes at an angle of less than forty-five degrees
projections, tools, or other item, substance, or condition with the horizontal may be open on the upper side.
that may constitute a slipping, tripping, or other hazard. (2) CONSTRUCTION.-
**Local Law 61-1987. a. Every chute used to convey waste material from a
(b) When not being used, materials, equipment, and building shall be rigidly supported and braced throughout
tools that might fall from levels above areas used by the
its height. Chutes less than twenty-four inches in
public shall be kept away from edges or openings.
maximum dimension shall be constructed of not less
When exterior walls are not in place, material piles
than one inch (nominal) wood or one-eighth inch thick
shall be kept at least ten feet back from the perimeter of
steel. Chutes more than twenty-four inches in maximum
the building.
dimensions shall be constructed of not less than two
(c) Material may be stored within two feet of the edge
inch (nominal) wood or three-sixteenths inch thick
of a building provided however that such material is
stored not more than two stories below the stripping steel.
operation on concrete structures or the uppermost b. Chutes shall be provided with a metal impact plate
concrete floor on steel frame structures. Such material where material is forced to change direction while
shall be secured against accidental movement. Storage falling.
of material on all other floors shall conform to c. A gate shall be provided at the lower end of every
paragraph (b) of this section and shall be secured when chute to control the loading of material into trucks and
not being used. to close the chute at all other times. Splashboards or
(d) Waste dumpsters, debris boxes and skip boxes shall baffles shall be erected to prevent materials from
be secured and those containing material or debris shall rebounding into the street or under the sidewalk shed.
be covered at the end of each work day. Such waste d. A bumper or curb at least four inches by four inches
dumpsters, debris,*** boxes and skip boxes shall not be in section shall be provided at each chute opening
placed at the edge of the building at any time except where such opening is level with, or below, the floor or
when being moved from the floor or building. platform. Every space between the chute and the edge
(e) Sufficient containers of metal or other material of the opening in the floor or platform shall be solidly
acceptable to the commissioner shall be available for planked.
the storage of all garbage and debris. The containers (3) FIRE RETARDANT CONSTRUCTION.-All chutes,
shall be of three-quarter cubic yard minimum capacity. constructed of combustible material shall be covered on
*** the exterior with corrugated steel sheeting having a
As enacted but comma probably intended to be omitted.
minimum thickness of 24 gage [sic] through their entire
§[C26-1901.3] 27-1019 Removal and storage of material.- height or shall be constructed of non-combustible
(a) Removal of waste material.-Combustible waste material when used in the following applications:
material or combustible debris shall not be permitted to a. Chutes exceeding seventy-five feet in height.
accumulate, and shall be removed from the site at b. Alteration, repair or partial demolition of buildings
reasonable intervals, in accordance with the requirements classified in occupancy groups H1 and H2.
of the fire department. No material shall be dropped or (4) SUPPORTS.-All structural supports of material
thrown outside the exterior walls of a building. chutes shall be of noncombustible material.
Precautions shall be taken to prevent concrete or mortar (c) Storage of combustible material and equipment.-
washings, sand, grit, or any other material that would Storage of combustible material and other material and
cause clogging from entering a sewer or drain. equipment that present a fire hazard shall meet the
requirements of the fire department.

380
Title 27 / Subchapter 19

(3) A fence, in lieu of a sidewalk shed, may be

§[C26-1901.4] 27-1020 Obstruction of sidewalks constructed along the inside edge of the walkway or
and streets.-The requirements of the department of temporary walkway when a structure higher than forty
transportation shall apply with regard to the closing of feet is to be constructed or a structure higher than
streets or to the obstruction of any part thereof, except twenty-five feet is to be demolished and the horizontal
as hereinafter provided. Building department personnel distance from the structure being built or demolished to
are authorized to consider failure to display a current the inside edge of the permanent or temporary walkway
department of transportation permit for any street or is between one-half and three-quarters of the height of
sidewalk closing or obstruction not authorized by this the structure. If permission to close the sidewalk has
code as a violation of this section; and to direct removal been obtained from the department of transportation,
thereof. such fence may be erected along the curb or outside of
the curb to such extent as may be approved by the
§[C26-1901.5] 27-1021 Protection of sidewalks.- department of transportation. The fence shall be
Unless the street is officially closed to the public during returned at its ends to the extent necessary to effectively
construction operations, the following minimum safeguards close off the site.
shall be provided for the protection of the public: (4) For cases that do not fall within the circumstances
(a) Types of safeguards and when required.- described in paragraphs one through three of this
* (1) a. A sidewalk shed shall be erected when a subdivision, a standard guard rail (section 27-1050 of
structure higher than forty feet is to be constructed or a article eight of subchapter nineteen of this chapter), in
structure higher than twenty-five feet is to be demolished lieu of a sidewalk shed or fence, may be constructed
and the horizontal distance from the structure being along the inside edge of such walkway or temporary
built or demolished to the inside edge of the permanent walkway. If permission to close the sidewalk has been
or temporary walkway is equal to one-half or less of the obtained from the department of transportation, the
height of the structure. No sidewalk shed shall be railing may be constructed along the curb or outside of
erected unless and until a special permit therefor has the curb to such extent as may be approved by the
been issued by the department. Each applicant for a department [sic] of transportation. The railing shall be
sidewalk shed permit shall state the reason the sidewalk returned at its ends to the extent necessary to effectively
shed is needed. The term of the sidewalk shed permit close off the site.
shall be one year, or upon the expiration of the *(5) A sidewalk shed shall be erected when a portion
contractor's insurance, if such time period is less than of a facade over forty feet above curb level is being
one year. No renewals of shed permits, except for new altered or repaired and the horizontal distance from the
buildings under construction, will be given unless an portion of the structure being altered or repaired to the
architect or engineer conducts a thorough examination inside edge of the temporary or permanent walkway is
of that part of the premises on which work is being less than one-half the height of the structure being
conducted and submits a report acceptable to the altered or repaired. Applications for sidewalk shed
commissioner, which clearly documents the condition permits shall meet the requirements listed in paragraph
of the applicable part of the premises and the scope of one of this subdivision. Where a sidewalk shed is
work that has been performed thereon, and estimates erected in conjunction with the repair of an unsafe
the time needed to complete the work. To renew a shed condition of a facade, or for the repair of any other
permit for a new building under construction, each violation issued by the department, and such repairs
applicant shall file an application with the commissioner. have not been made, and the sidewalk shed has not
All renewal applications shall include the name and been removed within two years from the date of
address of the owner of the premises. issuance of the original sidewalk shed permit, in
* addition to any of the penalties provided for in section
Local Law 93-1996;Local Law 33-1991.
b. Following the receipt of a permit to erect a sidewalk 27-129 of this code, the owner of the building shall be
shed, the permit holder shall post a sign on the sidewalk liable for a civil penalty in the amount of two hundred
shed. Such sign shall include the name, address, telephone fifty dollars per month for every month or part thereof
number, and permit number of the permit holder. The during which such sidewalk shed is not removed, unless
sign shall also include the date that the permit expires. such owner has submitted a report in compliance with
The sign shall measure twenty-five square feet. section 26-252 of this code and the commissioner
(2) A sidewalk shed shall be erected regardless of the determines that the unsafe condition could not be
height of the structure or the horizontal distance repaired within such two-year period. Provided,
between the structure and the sidewalk when material however, that nothing in this paragraph shall be
or debris is to be moved by a hoist, crane, derrick, or construed to prevent the commissioner, prior to the end
chute over a sidewalk or temporary sidewalk that is not of such two-year period, from taking action against the
closed to the public. owner of a building for failure to repair an unsafe

381
Title 27 / Subchapter 19

condition pursuant to section 27-129 of this code or any plywood. Temporary removal of portions of the
rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. enclosure shall be permitted for handling material.
* (7) a. For all buildings one hundred feet or more in
Local Law 33-1991.
**(6) Horizontal safety netting shall be provided on the height, the deck and protective guards of the sidewalk
sides of a structure more than six stories or seventy-five shed shall be extended parallel with the curb at least
feet in height above the adjoining ground or adjoining twenty feet beyond the ends of all faces of the structure
roof level, whichever is applicable, when, while under [regardless of whether such extensions are in front of
construction, the facade of such structure is not enclosed the property being developed or in front of adjacent]***
and there is exposure to the public or adjacent property property. Extensions of sidewalk sheds complying with
as determined in rules and regulations promulgated by the foregoing shall be constructed so as not to
the Commissioner. Vertical safety netting or screening unreasonably obstruct, either visually or physically,
shall be provided at the sides of a structure more than entrances, egress, driveways and show windows of
six stories or seventy-five feet in height above the adjacent properties.
***
adjoining ground or adjoining roof level, whichever is Copy in brackets not enacted but probably intended.
applicable, when, while under construction, the facade b. All sidewalk sheds shall provide a protection for the
of such structure is not enclosed and is exposed to the full width of the shed extending upward at an angle of
public or adjacent property as determined by rules and forty-five degrees from the ends of the deck and outward a
regulations promulgated by the commissioner. In horizontal distance of at least five feet beyond the ends
addition, safety netting shall be provided as required by of the shed. Such sloping end protection shall be
section 27-1022. constructed to meet the requirements of paragraph one
** of this subdivision with substantial outriggers bearing
Local Law 61-1987.
(b) Sidewalk sheds.- on and securely attached to, the deck.
(1) Every sidewalk shed deck shall be designed and (8) The passageway shall be wide enough to accommodate
constructed to carry a live load of at least three hundred pedestrian traffic normal for that location without
psf. However, a live load of one hundred fifty psf may causing congestion; but in no case shall the width be
be permitted for buildings less than one hundred feet in less than four feet. The passageway shall have a
height provided there is no storage thereon. The minimum clear ceiling height of eight feet.
members of the sidewalk shed shall be adequately (9) Unless the top deck of the sidewalk shed is built
braced and connected to prevent displacement or solidly against the face of the structure in such a
distortion of the framework. Where posts supporting the manner that no material can fall onto the sidewalk, the
shed deck are placed beyond the curb, such posts shall side of the shed toward the structure shall be solidly
be protected against displacement by vehicles. sealed with wood or other suitable material for the full
(2) The deck of the sidewalk shed shall consist of height of the shed. Solid sliding or in swinging [sic]
planking closely laid, and made tight. gates may be provided as necessary for the proper
(3) Steel, or other materials having equivalent strength prosecution of the work.
and suitability may be used in lieu of wood to construct *(10) The underside of the sidewalk sheds shall be
sidewalk sheds. lighted at all times either by natural or artificial light.
(4) Where deemed necessary by the commissioner, the The level of illumination shall be the equivalent of that
deck shall cover the entire width of the sidewalk, except produced by two hundred watt, thirty-four hundred
for reasonably small clearances at the building line and lumen minimum, standard incandescent lamps enclosed
the curb. in vandal-proof fixtures and spaced fifteen feet apart
(5) Except as authorized by paragraph seven, sidewalk and eight feet above the floor level. Artificial lighting
sheds shall extend at least the entire length of the units shall be inspected nightly; and burned out or
property line of the structure unless constructed solely inoperative units shall be replaced or repaired immediately.
*
to comply with paragraph two of subdivision (a) of this Local Law 33-1991.
section, and may extend beyond the curb to such extent (11) When a sidewalk shed is required for the erection
as may be approved by the department of transportation. of a structure, construction of the structure shall stop at
(6) The outer side and ends of the deck of the shed a height of forty feet unless, and until, the sidewalk
shall be provided with a substantial enclosure at least shed has been completed. Such shed shall remain in
three feet six inches high. Such enclosure may be place until the structure is enclosed, all exterior work
vertical or inclined outward at approximately forty-five completed and the sash is glazed above the second
degrees, and shall consist of boards laid close together story, exterior of the facade is cleaned down, and all
and secured to braced uprights, of galvanized wire outside handling of material, equipment and machinery,
screen not less than no. 16 steel wire gage with a one- and all dismantling of a material hoist, or climber or
half inch mesh, of corrugated metal, or of solid tower crane or the use of a derrick in their removal,

382
Title 27 / Subchapter 19

above the second story is completed. materials. Such netting shall be secured and kept closed
(12) When a sidewalk shed is required for the at all times except during actual loading operations or
demolition of a structure, the sidewalk shed shall be perimeter construction operations.
completed before any demolition work is performed. (3) In addition to the requirements set forth in
Such shed shall remain in place until the structure has paragraphs one and two of this subdivision, required
been razed to the height of the shed and as long as safety netting and its supports shall comply with
necessary to meet the requirements of paragraph two of reference standard RS 19-4 and all applicable rules and
subdivision (a) of this section .
regulations promulgated by the commissioner. Scaffolding,
(c) Fences.-Fences shall be at least eight feet high, and
screening or its equivalent shall comply with rules and
constructed of wood or other suitable material. They
shall be built solid for their entire length, except for regulations promulgated by the commissioner.
**
Local Law 61-1987.
openings with solid sliding or in swinging sic] gates as
are required for the proper prosecution of the work, and
for viewing panels, which shall be blocked with ** §[C26-1901.6] 27-1022 Safety netting and
plexiglass or equivalent nonfrangible material. scaffolding.-
(d) Openings in sidewalk sheds, fences, and (a) When required.-
railings.-Openings in sidewalk sheds, fences, and (1) When demolishing the exterior walls or the roof of
railings for loading purposes shall be kept closed at all a structure more than six stories or seventy-five feet
times except during actual loading operations. above the adjoining ground or adjoining roof level,
(e) Temporary walkways.-Where permission has whichever is applicable, horizontal safety netting shall
been granted by the department of transportation to be provided on the sides of a structure where there is
locate a temporary walkway beyond the curb line, such exposure to the public or adjacent property as
temporary walkway shall be provided with a standard determined by rules and regulations promulgated by the
guard rail (section 27-1050 of article eight of Commissioner unless an exterior built-up scaffold
subchapter nineteen of this chapter) on the traffic side. providing equivalent protection has been erected. The
All temporary walkways shall be illuminated at all horizontal safety netting or scaffolding shall be required
times as required in paragraph ten of subdivision (b) of
in addition to the sidewalk sheds, fences, or railing
this section.
required under section 27-1021 of this article, and shall
(f) Foot bridges.-
(1) When a temporary foot bridge is used as a sidewalk be constructed and maintained not more than two
in front of a structure during construction work, the stories or thirty feet below the story from which the
bridge shall be wide enough to accommodate normal exterior walls and roof are being removed until such
traffic without congestion; but in no case shall it be less demolition has progressed to within six stories or
than four feet. The bridge, and steps or ramps, shall be seventy-five feet of the ground level.
designed and constructed to carry a live load of one (2) When exterior walls are being constructed more
hundred fifty psf. The walkway on such bridge shall be than six stories or seventy-five feet above the adjoining
provided with standard guard rails for its entire length ground or adjoining roof level, whichever is applicable
and shall be provided with steps at both ends or with horizontal safety netting shall be provided on the sides
inclined ramps at a maximum slope of one in four. of the structure where the facade of such structure is not
Ramps shall have cleats to prevent slipping. enclosed and is exposed to the public or adjacent
(2) Where planks are used to pave the walkway, they property as determined by rules and regulations
shall be laid close and securely fastened to prevent promulgated by the commissioner. Such safety netting
displacement. Planks shall be of uniform thickness, and shall be maintained at a level not more than two stories
all exposed ends on ramps shall be provided with or thirty feet below the stripping operation on concrete
beveled fillers to eliminate tripping hazards. structures or the uppermost concrete floor on steel
(3) Foot bridges shall be illuminated at all times as
frame structures and in addition, on such lower stories
required in paragraph ten of subdivision (b) of this
as required pursuant to rules and regulations
section.
**(g) Safety netting.- promulgated by the commissioner.
(1) When required to be installed horizontally, safety (b) Debris shall be removed at least daily from safety
netting shall include a structural mesh lined with a fine netting provided in accordance with the requirements of
mesh of a size and strength sufficient to catch falling this section.
tools and materials. (c) Storage of material.- Safety netting shall not be
(2) When required to be installed vertically, safety used for storing materials.
**
netting or its equivalent shall include a fine mesh of a Local Law 61-1987.
size and strength sufficient to contain falling tools and

383
Title 27 / Subchapter 19

§[C26-1901.7] 27-1023 Warning signs and lights.- such floor. The escape hatch shall be located as near to
(a) Obstructions and openings.-Where a material pile the center of the building as shall be practical.
or other obstruction, or an excavation, opening, or other (b) The escape hatch shall be constructed with at least
hazard is located in, or adjacent to, a way open for use two ladders enclosed in a metal shield. The ladders
by persons other than workmen, such hazard shall be shall extend from a distance of three feet above the
indicated by red flags or signs during daylight hours, floor under construction to at least two stories below
and by red lanterns, red lights, oil flares, flashing unless such floor is less than two stories above the
beacons, lighted signs, or equivalent devices from lowest floor. The metal shield shall enclose the ladders
sunset to sunrise. Such warning devices shall be located on all sides from the top of the floor where the concrete
no more than thirty feet apart. is being placed to at least the top of the floor next
(b) Dangerous areas.-In areas where special danger to below.
the public exists, such as at vehicle entrances and exits, (c) The inside dimensions between faces of the shield
hoisting areas, points of storage of explosives or highly shall be not less than three feet eight inches.
flammable material, or discharge ends of chutes, descriptive (d) The space between the shield and the perimeter of
warning signs shall be provided. Such warning signs the opening in the floor under construction and also
shall contain the word "danger" in prominent letters between the shield and the perimeter of the opening in
and, where in, or adjacent to, a public way, shall be the floor next below, shall be decked over with two
illuminated from sunset to sunrise. Barricades and/or inch or heavier planking covered with plywood or sheet
designated personnel shall be provided to the extent metal so as to make the decking smoke tight. At the
necessary to keep the public away from such areas or to termination of the ladders the opening in the floor shall
guide them around the areas. be covered completely with two inch planking or other
(c) Vehicular traffic.-Whenever any work is being material of equivalent strength.
performed over, on, or in close proximity to a highway,
street, or similar public way, control and protection of ARTICLE 3 PROTECTION OF ADJOINING
traffic shall be provided by barricades, signals, signs, PROPERTY
flagmen, or other devices, equipment, and personnel in
accordance with the requirements and standards of the §[C26-1902.1] 27-1026 General.-
department of transportation. (a) License to enter adjoining premises.-The
provisions of chapter one of title twenty-six of the
*
§[C26-1901.8] 27-1024 Watchmen and flagmen.- administrative code, as amended, shall apply.
(a) Watchmen.-Where a building being constructed or (b) Physical examination.-
demolished occupies a ground area of more than five (1) When permission to enter upon adjoining property
has been obtained, a physical examination of such
thousand square feet, and up to forty thousand square
property shall be conducted by the person initiating the
feet, a competent watchman shall be on duty at the site
construction or demolition operations prior to the
during all hours when operations are not in progress. commencement of the operations and at reasonable
Where the construction or demolition area occupies a periods during the progress of the work.
ground area of more than forty thousand square feet at (2) During demolition operations, the provisions of
least one additional watchman shall be on duty for each section 27-1037 of article six of this subchapter shall
additional forty thousand square feet of construction or also apply.
demolition area, or fraction thereof. Watchmen shall be (c) Adjoining walls.-When any construction operation
familiar with the location of street fire alarm boxes and exposes or breaches an adjoining wall, the contractor
the location and use of fire fighting equipment required shall maintain the structural integrity of such wall and
to be on the job site. maintain all required fire exits and passageways or
(b) Flagmen.-A flagman shall be provided whenever provide substitutions meeting the requirements of this
intermittent operations are conducted on, or across, code. Portions of the wall exposed by construction
areas open to use by persons other than workmen, or operations shall be protected against the elements, and
when dangerous operations, such as blasting, may shall be restored or left permanently protected after
affect such areas. completion of operations.
* (d) Weatherproof integrity of adjoining buildings.-
As enacted but nonsexist terms probably intended.
Where the weatherproof integrity of an adjoining
building is impaired by construction operations, the
§[C26-1901.9] 27-1025 Escape hatches required.-
flashing shall be restored, copings replaced, or other
(a) Where salamanders or other heating equipment are
necessary measures taken to restore the weatherproof
used to provide temporary heating during the placing of integrity of such adjoining buildings. See paragraph
concrete for a floor, an escape hatch shall be provided three of subdivision (a) of section 27-1037 of article six
from the floor where the concrete is being placed, which of this subchapter.
shall extend through at least one story immediately below

384
Title 27 / Subchapter 19

provided around the trunks of all such trees, and written

§[C26-1902.2] 27-1027 Abandoned and discontinued notification shall also be made to the department of
operations.- parks and recreation at least forty-eight hours prior to
(a) Fencing.-If any construction operation is abandoned, commencement of such work. No deleterious, caustic,
discontinued or interrupted, a solid fence at least eight or acid materials shall be dumped or mixed within ten
feet high shall be provided to protect the public from feet of any such tree, nor shall salt for the removal of
potential hazards on the site. ice or snow be applied when runoff will drain to a tree.
(b) Filing** and grading.-If an excavation has been
completed or partly completed and discontinued or ARTICLE 4 EXCAVATION OPERATIONS
interrupted, and the required permit has expired under
the provisions of section 27-196 of article nineteen of §[C26-1903.1] 27-1031 General requirements.-The
subchapter one of this chapter and a permit for a provisions of this section shall apply to all excavations,
proposed building has not been issued within six including those made for the purposes of taking earth,
months after the completion of such operations, the lot sand, gravel, or other material as well as for purposes of
shall be filled and graded to eliminate all steep slopes, construction. The provisions of article three of this
holes, obstructions, or similar sources of hazard. Fill subchapter as applicable shall apply. The provisions of
shall consist of clean, noncombustible material. The subchapter seven of chapter one of title twenty-six of
final surface shall be graded in such a manner as to the administrative code, as amended, shall also apply.
drain the lot, eliminate pockets in the fill, and prevent (a) Support of adjoining ground.-
the accumulation of water, without damaging any (1) RETAINING STRUCTURE REQUIRED.-When
foundations on the premises or on adjoining property. the regulation of a lot requires the ground on such lot to
** be raised or lowered and kept higher than the ground of
As enacted but "filling" probably intended.
an adjoining lot, provided the ground of such adjoining
§[C26-1902.3] 27-1028 Excavation or filling operations lot is not maintained at a grade lower than in
conformity with the street or streets on which it is
affecting adjoining property.-Whenever an excavation
situated, or where an excavation has been made or a fill
or fill is to be made that will affect safety, stability, or
placed on any lot meeting the curb level requirements,
usability of adjoining properties or buildings, the and the adjoining land is maintained at a grade in
adjoining properties or buildings shall be protected as conformity with or lower than the street or streets on
required by the provisions of article four of this which it is situated, and is without permanent structures
subchapter. other than frame sheds or similar structures, a retaining
structure shall be constructed as required for the safe
§[C26-1902.4] 27-1029 Foundation operations affecting support of the adjoining ground and unless the bank
adjacent properties.-Whenever subsurface operations between the adjoining properties is maintained at a safe
are conducted that may impose loads or movements on angle of repose. Any necessary retaining wall shall be
adjoining property, such as driving of piles, compaction built and maintained jointly by the owners on each side,
of soils, or soil solidification, the effects of such unless otherwise agreed to by both owners.
operations on adjoining property and structures shall be (2) SURPLUS RETAINING STRUCTURE.-Where
considered. The owner of the property that may be any owner shall insist on maintaining his or her ground
affected shall be given forty-eight hours written notice either higher or lower than the legal regulation
of the intention to perform such operations. Where prescribed in the administrative code, the surplus
construction operations will cause changes in the retaining structure that may be necessary to support
ground water level under adjacent buildings, the effects such height or provide for such excavation shall be
of such changes on the stability and settlement of the made and maintained at the sole expense of such owner,
adjacent foundations shall be investigated and provision and any additional thickness that may be required shall
made to prevent damage to such buildings. When in the be built on the land of such owner.
opinion of the commissioner a potential hazard exists, (3) REMOVAL OF RETAINING STRUCTURES-
elevations of the adjacent buildings shall be recorded by Any retaining structure erected as provided under
paragraphs one and two of this subdivision, standing
an architect or engineer at intervals of twenty-four
partly on the land of each owner, may be removed by
hours or less as determined by the commissioner to
either owner when the original reason for the erection
ascertain if movement has occurred. of such retaining structure ceases to exist.
(b) Support of adjoining structures.-
§[C26-1902.5] 27-1030 Protection of trees.-No trees (1) EXCAVATION DEPTH MORE THAN TEN
outside the street line shall be disturbed or removed FEET.-When an excavation is carried to a depth more
without the permission of the commissioner of parks than ten feet below the legally established curb level the
and recreation. Protection meeting the requirements of person who causes such excavation to be made shall, at
the department of parks and recreation shall be all times and at his or her own expense, preserve and

385
Title 27 / Subchapter 19

protect from injury any adjoining structures, the safety including subsurface structures. All sides or slopes of
of which may be affected by such part of the excavation excavations or embankments shall be inspected after
as exceeds ten feet below the legally established curb rainstorms, or any other hazard-increasing event, and
level provided such person in afforded a license to enter safe conditions shall be restored. Sheet piling and
and inspect the adjoining buildings and property. bracing used in trench excavations shall be at least
a. Such person shall support the vertical load of the equivalent in strength to that specified in tables 19-1
adjoining structure by proper foundations, underpinning, and 19-2.
or other equivalent means where the level of the (b) Guard rail.-In addition to the requirements of
foundations of the adjoining structure is at or above the section 27-1021 of article two of this subchapter, a
level of the bottom of the new excavation. standard guard rail or a solid enclosure at least three
b. Where the existing adjoining structure is below the feet six inches high shall be provided along the open
level of the new construction, provision shall be made sides of excavations, except that such guard rail or solid
to support any increased vertical or lateral load on the enclosure may be omitted from a side or sides when
existing adjoining structure caused by the new construction. access to the adjoining area is precluded, or where side
c. Where the new construction will result in a decrease slopes are one vertical to three horizontal or flatter.
in the frost protection for an existing foundation below (c) Placing of construction material.-Excavated
the minimums established in subchapter eleven of this material and superimposed loads such as equipment,
chapter, the existing foundation shall be modified as trucks, etc., shall not be placed closer to the edge of the
necessary to restore the required frost protection. excavation than a distance equal to one and one-half
(2) EXCAVATION DEPTH TEN FEET OR LESS.- times the depth of such excavation, unless the
Where an excavation is carried to a depth of ten feet or excavation is in rock or unless the sides of the
less below the legally established curb level, the owner excavation have been sloped or sheet piled (or sheeted)
of the adjoining structure shall preserve and protect the and shored to withstand the lateral force imposed by
safety of his or her structure provided such owner is such superimposed loads. When sheet piling is used, it
afforded a license to enter and inspect the property shall extend at least six inches above the natural level of
where the excavation is to be made. the ground. In the case of open excavations with side
(c) Support of party walls.-Where a party wall will slopes, the edge of excavation shall be taken as the toe
be affected by excavation, regardless of the depth, the of the slope.
person who causes the excavation to be made shall (d) Mechanical diggers.-Where trenching more than
preserve such party wall at his or her own expense so five feet in depth is done by a mechanical digger, the
that it shall be, and shall remain, in a safe condition. required protection shall follow the boom as closely as
(d) Drainage.-All excavations shall be drained and the practical.
drainage maintained as long as the excavation continues
or remains. Where necessary, pumping shall be used. ARTICLE 5 ERECTION OPERATIONS
No condition shall be created as a result of construction
operations that will interfere with natural surface §[C26-1904.1] 27-1033 Protection of sidewalks.-The
drainage. Water courses, drainage ditches, etc., shall not provisions of section 27-1021 of article two of this
be obstructed by refuse, waste building materials, earth, subchapter as applicable shall apply.
stones, tree stumps, branches, or other debris that may
interfere with surface drainage or cause the impoundment
§[C26-1904.2] 27-1034 Structural steel assembly.-
of surface waters.
(e) Access.-Every excavation shall be provided with (a) Placing of structural members.-
safe means of ingress and egress kept available at all (1) During the placing of a structural member, the load
times. shall not be released from the hoisting rope until the
member is securely supported.
§[C26-1903.2] 27-1032 Protection of sides of excavations.- (2) Open web steel joists that are hoisted singly shall be
(a) Shoring and bracing and sheeting.-With the transferred from their place of storage directly to their
permanent location and safely secured. No load shall be
exception of rock cuts, the sides of all excavations,
placed on open web steel joists until they are permanently
including related or resulting embankments, five feet or fastened in place.
greater in depth or height measured from the level of (b) Tag lines.-While structural members or assemblies
the adjacent ground surface to the deepest point of the
are being hoisted, tag lines shall be used to prevent
excavation, shall be protected and maintained by
uncontrolled movement.
shoring, bracing and sheeting, sheet piling, or by other
retaining structures. Alternatively, excavated slopes (c) Erection of trusses.-All trusses shall be laterally
may be inclined not steeper than forty-five degrees or braced or guyed as necessary for the safety of the
stepped so that the average slope is not steeper than structure.
forty-five degrees with no step more than five feet high, (d) Erection of frames.-All structural frames shall be
provided such slope does not endanger any structure, properly braced with shores or guyed cables and
turnbuckles as necessary for the safety of the structure.

386
Title 27 / Subchapter 19

TABLE 19-1 MINIMUM SIZES OF TIMBER BRACING AND TIMBER SHEET PILING FOR
a
TRENCHES FOUR FEET WIDE OR LESS

Sheet Piling Stringers Cross Bracing

Depth of Size Horizontal Size Vertical Size Horizontal
Trench, (ft.) (in.) Spacing (ft.) (in.) Spacing (ft.) (in.) Spacing (ft.)
Hard and solid soil
5-10……….… 2x6 6 2x6 6 2x6 6
10-15………... 2x6 4 2x6 6 2x6 4
More than 15... 2x6 tight 4x8 4 4x8 6
Soil likely to crack or crumble
5-10……….… 2x6 3 2x6 5 2x6 5
10-15………... 2x6 2 2x6 4 2x6 4
More than 15... 2x6 tight 4 x 10 4 4 x 10 6
Soft, sandy filled-in loose soil
5-10……….… 2x6 tight 4x6 6 4x6 6
10-15………... 2x6 tight 4x6 5 4x6 6
More than 15... 2x6 tight 4 x 12 4 4 x 12 6
Where hydrostatic pressure exists
To 10………... 2x6 tight 6x8 4 6x8 6
More than 10... 3x6 tight 6 x 10 4 6 x 10 6

Note for Table 19-1:

a
Steel sheet piling and bracing of equivalent strength may be substituted for wood sheet piling and timber bracing.

TABLE 19-2 MINIMUM SIZES OF TIMBER BRACING AND TIMBER SHEET PILING FOR
a
TRENCHES FOUR TO EIGHT FEET WIDE

Sheet Piling Stringers Cross Bracing

Depth of Size Horizontal Size Vertical Size Horizontal
trench, (ft.) (in.) Spacing (ft.) (in.) Spacing (ft.) (in.) Spacing (ft.)
Hard and solid soil
5-10……….… 2X6 6 4X6 4 4X6 6
10-20………... 2X6 tight 6X6 4 6X6 6
More than 20... 2X6 tight 6X8 4 6X8 6
Soil likely to crack or crumble
5-10……….… 2X6 3 4X6 4 4X6 6
10-20………... 2X6 tight 6X6 4 6X6 6
More than 20... 2X6 tight 6X8 4 6X8 6
Soft, sandy filled-in loose soil
5-10……….… 2X6 tight 4X6 4 4X6 6
10-20………... 2X6 tight 6X6 4 6X6 6
More than 20... 2X6 tight 6X8 4 6X8 6
Where hydrostatic pressure exists
To 10………... 2X6 tight 6X8 4 6X8 6
More than 10... 3X6 tight 6 X 10 4 6 X 10 6
Note for Table 19-2:
a
Steel sheet piling and bracing of equivalent strength may be substituted for wood sheet piling and timber bracing.

§[C26-1904.3] 27-1035 Concrete formwork.- applied until such loads can be supported by the
(a) General requirements.- permanent construction.
(1) Formwork, including all related braces, shoring, (2) Vertical and lateral loads shall be carried to the
framing, and auxiliary construction shall be proportioned, ground by the formwork system, by the new
erected, supported, braced, and maintained so that it will construction after it has attained adequate strength for
safely support all vertical and lateral loads that might be that purpose, or by existing structures.

387
Title 27 / Subchapter 19

(3) Forms shall be properly braced or tied together so persons doing the inspecting and the name of the
as to maintain position and shape, and shall conform to foreman in charge of formwork shall be posted in the
the sizes and shapes of members as shown on the field office.
design drawings. (c) Design of concrete formwork.-Wherever the shore
(4) Ramps and runways shall meet the requirements of height exceeds fourteen feet or the total load on the
article nine of this subchapter. forms exceeds one hundred fifty psf, or wherever power
(b) Inspection.- buggies or two-stage shores are used, the forms,
(1) Formwork, including shores, reshores, braces, and including shoring foundation, shall be designed as
other supports, shall be inspected by an engineer or provided in section 27-1015 of article one of this
architect to verify the sizes of the concrete members subchapter, and shall be constructed in conformance
being formed, as provided in article five of subchapter with such design. Formwork drawings shall be
ten of this chapter. In addition, such forms shall be prepared. The allowable stresses for design shall meet
inspected for conformance with the form design the requirements of subchapter ten of this chapter. A
drawings, when such drawings are required by the copy of the design drawings and any construction
provisions of subdivision (c) of this section; and/or drawings and specifications shall be kept on the job
conformance with the provisions of this section. Such available to the commissioner.
inspections may be made by the person superintending (1) VERTICAL LOADS.-Vertical loads shall include
the work. Both such inspections shall be made prior to the total dead and live loads. Dead load shall include
placement of reinforcing steel. Subsequently, inspections the weight of formwork plus the weight of the
shall be made by the person superintending the work reinforcement and fresh concrete. Live load shall allow
periodically during the placement of concrete to detect for the weight of workers and equipment, with
incipient problems. allowance for impact, but in no case shall less than
(2) During and after concreting, the elevations, camber, twenty psf be allowed.
and vertical alignment of formwork systems shall be (2) LATERAL CONCRETE PRESSURE.-Design of
checked using tell-tale devices. forms, ties, and bracing shall assume that minimum lateral
(3) A record of all such inspections shall be kept at the pressures of fresh concrete are as shown in table 19-3.
site available to the commissioner, and the names of the

TABLE 19-3 MINIMUM LATERAL PRESSURES TO BE ASSUMED FOR FRESH CONCRETE

WEIGHING 150 POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT

Type of Work Minimum Lateral Pressure Limitations

Assumed (psf)
Columns: Ordinary work with 9000R Maximum 3,000 psf or
normal internal vibration p = 150 + 150h, whichever is less
T
Walls: Rate of placement at 9000R Maximum 2,000 psf or
7 ft. per hr. or less p = 150 + 150h, whichever is less
T
Walls: Rate of placement at 43400 2800R Maximum 2,000 psf or
greater than 7 feet per hr. p = 150 + + 150h, whichever is less
T T
Slabs p = 150h None

Where:
R = rate of placement, ft. per hr.
T = temperature of concrete in the forms, deg. F.
h = height of fresh concrete above point considered, ft.
Notes for Table 19-3:
a
Allowances for change in lateral pressure shall be made for concrete weighing [sic] other than one hundred fifty pcf; for concrete containing
pozzolanic additions or cements other than type I, for concrete having slumps greater than six in., or for concrete consolidated by revibration or
external vibration of forms.
b
Where retarding admixtures are employed under hot weather conditions an effective value of temperature less than that of the concrete in the
forms shall be used in the above formulae.
c
If retarding admixtures are used in cold weather, the lateral pressure may be assumed as that exerted by a fluid weighing [sic] one hundred fifty pcf.

388
Title 27 / Subchapter 19

(3) EXTERNAL LATERAL LOADS.- beams, and shall develop the full strength of the
a. Braces and shores shall be designed to resist all members. Such spliced shores shall be uniformly
external lateral loads such as wind, cable tensions, distributed throughout the work. Splices shall not be
inclined supports, dumping of concrete, and starting located near the midheight of the shores unless lateral
and stopping of equipment. support is provided, nor midway between points of
b. In no case shall the assumed value of lateral load lateral support.
due to wind, dumping of concrete, and equipment (2) Vertical shores for multifloor forms shall be set
acting in any direction at each floorline be less than one plumb and in alignment with lower tiers so that loads
hundred plf edge or two percent of total dead load of from upper tiers are transferred directly to the lower
the floor, whichever is greater. tiers, or adequate transfer members shall be provided.
c. Except for foundation walls that are poured against a Provision shall be made to transfer the lateral loads to
rigid backing, wall forms shall be designed for a the ground or to completed construction of adequate
minimum lateral load of ten psf, and bracing for wall strength.
forms shall be designed for a lateral load of at least one (3) Vertical shores shall be so erected that they cannot
hundred plf of wall, applied at the top. The lateral load tilt, and shall have firm bearing. Inclined shores and the
acting on walls greater than fourteen feet high shall be bearing ends of all shores shall be braced against
determined by analysis of conditions applicable to the slipping or sliding. The bearing surfaces shall be cut
site and building. square and have a tight fit at splices.
(4) SPECIAL LOADS.-The formwork shall be (4) Runways for moving equipment shall be provided
designed for any special conditions of construction with struts or legs as required, and shall be supported
likely to occur, such as unsymmetrical placement of directly on the formwork or structural member and not
concrete, impact of machine-delivered concrete, uplift, on the reinforcement.
and concentrated loads. (5) Any unsafe condition or necessary adjustment
(5) SHORING AND BRACING.- revealed by inspection shall be remedied immediately.
a. When patented or commercial devices that are not If, during construction, any weakness develops and the
susceptible to design are used for shoring, bracing, or falsework shows any undue settlement or distortion, the
splicing, they shall be approved. work shall be stopped, the affected construction removed
b. Splices shall develop the full strength of the spliced if permanently damaged, and the falsework strengthened.
members. (e) Removal of forms and shoring.-
c. Where shore height exceeds ten feet, or when (1) Forms shall be removed in such a manner as to
necessary to provide structural stability, diagonal assure the complete safety of the structure.
bracing shall be provided. Struts, anchored into (2) Where the structure as a whole is supported on
masonry or to panel joints of adjacent braced bays, may shores, then beam and girder sides, columns, and
be used to prevent buckling of individual members not similar vertical forms may be removed after twenty-
supported by the diagonal bracing; but, bracing an four hours provided the concrete is sufficiently hard to
entire tier of shores with struts without diagonal bracing withstand damage thereby. In no case shall the
will not be permitted unless the system can be supporting forms or shoring be removed until the
demonstrated to be braced by other rigid construction. members have acquired sufficient strength to support
d. The unbraced length of shores shall not exceed the safely their weight and the load thereon.
maximum length determined in accordance with the (3) The results of control tests, including concrete cylinder
applicable reference standard in subchapter ten of this specimens prepared in accordance with reference
chapter for the structural material used. standard RS 10-52, cast-in-place cores, or other device
(6) FOUNDATIONS.-Foundations for shores more which will produce test specimens representative of the
than ten feet high and supported on the ground shall be condition of the concrete in place, of suitable size and
designed. proportions, and approved by the architect or engineer
(7) SETTLEMENT.-Falsework shall be so constructed shall be deemed evidence that the concrete has attained
that vertical adjustments can be made to compensate for sufficient strength or such strength as may be specified
take-up and settlements. Wedges, jacks, or other on the drawings. The contractor may submit alternate
positive means shall be provided for this purpose. methods of stripping, reshoring, and strength control for
(8) POWER BUGGIES.-For special requirements for approval by the architect or engineer and subject to
runways, ramps, and platforms used by power buggies, review by the commissioner.
see section 27-1053 of article nine of this subchapter. (f) Reshoring.-Reshoring shall be provided to support
(d) Construction.- the construction where forms and shores are stripped
(1) Field constructed lap splices, other than approved before the concrete has gained adequate strength to
devices, shall not be used more often than for every support the superimposed loads due to construction
other shore under slabs or for every third shore under above.

389
Title 27 / Subchapter 19

*(1) INSTALLATION LIMITATIONS.-Reshores of dimensions, and torsional movement shall be prevented.

wood or metal shall be screw adjusted or jacked and Horizontal and vertical alignment of structure shall be
locked or wedged. Wedges shall not be used within ten checked at least once during every twenty-four hours
feet of the facade or at such other locations as that the slide is in operation.
determined by rules and regulations promulgated by the (h) Lift method construction.-
commissioner. Reshores shall not be jacked or screwed (1) The casting bed and supporting construction shall
so tight that they preload the floor below or remove the be designed to carry the dead load of the stacked slabs
normal deflection of the slab above. In no case shall and any live load that may be imposed.
shores be so located as to significantly alter the pattern (2) Slabs shall not be lifted until the concrete has
of stresses determined in the original structural analysis attained adequate strength to support its own weight and
or to induce tensile stresses where reinforcing bars are any superimposed loads without exceeding the stress
not provided. Reshores within ten feet of the facade values established in subchapter ten of this chapter.
shall be secured. (3) Lifting of all parts of the slab shall be approximately
*Local Law 61-1987. simultaneous and at a uniform rate. The lifting equipment
(2) BRACING. - Lateral bracing shall be provided shall be constantly engaged to prevent slippage or
during reshoring operations, and reshores shall be retrogression of the slab during lifting operations.
located as close as practical to the same position on (4) Care shall be taken to insure that collar keyholes or
each floor to provide continuous support from floor to other lifting attachment openings are in direct vertical
floor. alignment for all slabs. Wedges shall be inserted
(3) RESHORING BEAM AND GIRDER CONSTRUCTION.- between the collar opening and column to maintain
Where reshoring of beam and girder construction is clearance on all sides of the column. Blockouts shall be
required, the forms shall not be removed from more provided to prevent concrete from entering space
than one girder at a time, and the girder shall be between collar and column as well as the lifting
reshored before any other supports are removed. After attachment openings.
the supporting girders are reshored, the form shall be (5) Temporary bracing for lateral support of columns
removed from one beam with its adjacent slabs and the shall be provided during lifting operations and shall
beam shall be reshored before any other supports are remain in place until its function can be assumed by
removed. Slabs spanning ten feet or more shall be permanent connections of slabs to columns, permanent
reshored along the center line of the span. bracing walls, or other means of lateral support, unless
(4) RESHORING FLAT SLABS.-Where reshoring of it can be shown that all columns, their base connections
flat slab construction is required, the shores for the area to footings, the footings, and soil are adequate as a
within the intersection of the middle strips of each cantilever system to resist all prescribed lateral forces.
panel shall be left in place at all times until the concrete (6) The assumed value of lateral forces in lift slab
has attained sufficient strength to support the loading to construction due to unsymmetrical loads, lifting reactions,
which it will be subjected. After the other shores in or wind shall be at least fifty plf of floor edge or one
each panel have been removed, reshores shall be placed percent of the total load lifted, whichever is greater.
on the column lines at [sic] the mid-points between (7) No person shall be allowed to enter the area
columns, before the next panel is stripped. immediately under slabs during the actual movement of
(g) Slip form construction.- lifting nor shall any construction operations be commenced
(1) The applicable provisions of subdivision (c) of in this area, other than fixing the connections of slabs to
section 27-1035 of this article shall apply. columns or providing other positive supports, until such
(2) All slip forms shall be designed, and the construction connections or supports are completed and the load of
and sliding operations shall be carried out under the all lifted slabs has been transferred from lifting
personal supervision of the person superintending the equipment thereto.
work or his or her designated representative. (i) Prestressed construction.-Solid safety shields shall
(3) Lateral and diagonal bracing for forms shall be be provided at end anchorages of prestressing beds, or
provided to insure that the shape of the structure will where necessary, for protection against breakage of
not be unduly distorted during the sliding operation. prestressing strands, cables, or other assemblies during
(4) Jacks shall be spaced, anchored, and operated in prestressing or casting operations.
such a manner that the vertical load on all jacks is
approximately equal and does not exceed the capacity ARTICLE 6 DEMOLITION OPERATIONS
of any jack. Jacks shall be provided with automatic
holding devices. §[C26-1905.1] 27-1036 Preparations.-
(5) Forms shall be leveled before and after they are (a) Utilities and service lines.-The provisions of section
filled, and shall be maintained level throughout the 27-1013 of article one of this subchapter and article
slide. Drifting of the forms from alignment or designed fourteen of subchapter one of this chapter shall apply.

390
Title 27 / Subchapter 19

(b) Condition of structure.-Where a structure to be open beam holes with sound brick and cement mortar.
demolished has been partially wrecked or weakened by (2) The stability and condition of the remaining walls
fire, flood, explosion, age, or other causes, it shall be shall be investigated and all necessary steps taken to
shored or braced to the extent necessary to permit protect same. Where the floor beams of the adjacent
orderly demolition without collapse. The necessary building bear on the party wall, the person causing the
measures shall be determined by the contractor subject demolition to be made shall ascertain that such beams
to approval by the commissioner. are anchored into the wall and, where such anchorage is
(c) Hazards to be removed.- lacking, shall provide anchorage or otherwise brace the
(1) Before commencement of actual demolition, all standing wall.
glass in windows, doors, skylights, and fixtures shall be (3) Roofing material of adjoining buildings shall be
removed. bent over and flashed. All door or other openings in
(2) In any structure more than twenty-five feet high, party walls shall be sealed and weatherproofed.
any window or other exterior wall opening that is Cornices, where cut, shall be properly sealed. Parapets
within twenty-feet of a floor opening used for the and any walls that have been disturbed shall be pointed
passage of debris from floors above shall be solidly up and made weathertight. All exposed furring, lath,
boarded up or otherwise substantially covered, unless and plaster on party walls shall be removed, and any
such window or opening is so located as to preclude the loose wall material shall be firmly anchored or removed
possibility of any person being injured by material that and replaced.
may fall from such window or opening. See section 27- (4) All unnecessary chimney breasts, projections and
1022 of article two of this subchapter. any other debris exposed on party walls shall be
(3) Before demolition is started, the cellar and all removed by the person causing the demolition of the
floors shall be thoroughly cleaned of combustible structure and all openings shall be bricked up flush on
materials and debris. All fixtures and equipment that the exterior side of the party wall. All masonry which is
would cause voids in the fill shall be removed. If the in poor condition shall be pointed and patched.
cellar is to be filled to grade, the first floor construction (b) Party wall exits.-No party wall balcony or horizontal
shall be removed and the existing cellar floor shall be fire exit shall be demolished, removed, or obstructed in
broken up to the extent necessary to provide ground any manner that would destroy the full effectiveness of
drainage and prevent accumulation of water. If the such fire exit as means of egress, unless a substitute
cellar is not to be filled, positive cellar drainage shall be means of egress meeting the requirements of this code
provided. has been provided.
(d) Examination and procedure.-Before any material is
stored on any floor, the existing flooring adjacent to the §[C26-1905.3] 27-1038 Protection of sidewalks.-The
bearing walls shall be removed and ends of floor beams provisions of section 27-1021 of article two of this
in the bearing walls shall be carefully examined to subchapter as applicable shall apply.
ascertain their condition and the amount of bearing on
the bearing wall. If they are found to be in poor §[C26-1905.4] 27-1039 Demolition operations.-
condition or to have insufficient bearing, no material (a) Walls.-
shall be deposited on the floor until these beams are (1) Demolition of walls and partitions shall proceed in
shored from the cellar floor through each successive a systematic manner, and all work above each tier of
floor. No bearing partition shall be removed from any floor beams shall be completed before any of the
floor until the floor beams on the floor above have been supporting structural members are disturbed.
removed and lowered. All header beams and headers at (2) Sections of masonry walls shall not be loosened or
stair openings and chimneys shall be carefully permitted to fall in such masses as to affect the carrying
examined, and where required shall be shored from the capacity of floors or the stability of structural supports.
cellar floor through successive floors. All operations (3) No wall, chimney, or other structural part shall be
shall be continually inspected as the work progresses to left in such condition that it may collapse or be toppled
detect any hazards that may develop. by wind, vibration or any other cause.
(4) No section of wall with a height more than twenty-
§[C26-1905.2] 27-1037 Protection of adjacent structures.- two times its thickness shall be permitted to stand
The applicable provisions of article three of this subchapter without bracing.
shall apply. (5) Where brick or masonry chimneys cannot be safely
(a) Adjoining walls.- toppled or dropped, all materials shall be dropped down
(1) All beams in party walls shall be cut off close to the on the inside of such chimneys.
walls, stub ends removed without weakening existing (6) All enclosed vertical shafts and stairs shall be maintained
masonry, and beam pockets cleaned of loose mortar. enclosed at all floors except the uppermost floor being
The owner of the demolished structure shall, at his or demolished, and all work on the uppermost floor shall
her own expense, bend over all wall anchors at the be completed before stair and shaft enclosures on the
beam ends in the standing wall and shall brick-up all floor below are disturbed. All hand rails and banisters

391
Title 27 / Subchapter 19

shall be left in place until actual demolition of such unless it can be shown to the satisfaction of the
floor is in progress. commissioner that larger openings will not impair the
(b) Structural steel and heavy timbers.- stability of the structure.
(1) Steel and heavy timber construction shall be a. Every opening used for the removal of debris in
demolished column length-by-column length and tier- every floor except the top or working floor, shall be
by-tier. Any structural member that is being dismembered provided with a tight enclosure from floor to floor,
shall not be supporting any load other than its own equivalent to that afforded by planking not less than
weight, and such member shall be chained or lashed in two inches in thickness. As an alternative in buildings
place to prevent any uncontrolled swing or drop. when not more than six stories in height, such openings
(2) Structural members shall not be thrown or dropped may be protected by a tight temporary covering
from the building, but shall be slowly and carefully equivalent to that afforded by planks not less than two
lowered by hoists equipped with adequate brakes and inches in thickness and laid close. Wherever such
non-reversing safety devices. covering has been temporarily removed to permit debris
(c) Use of derricks.-Where a derrick is used for removal floor openings shall be protected by standard
demolition, an investigation of the floor on which the guard rails or railings. Such covering shall be promptly
derrick rests shall be made by an engineer or architect replaced in position upon the ceasing of such work at
to determine its adequacy for the loading to be the end of each work day.
imposed; strengthening shall be designed and added as b. Every opening not used for the removal of debris in
required to limit the imposed stresses to the values any floor shall be solidly planked over.
permitted by the provisions of subchapter ten of this (2) STORAGE OF MATERIAL.-
chapter. A report summarizing such investigation and a. Material shall not be stored on catch platforms,
design shall be prepared and kept at the site available to working platforms, floors, or stairways of any structure
the commissioner. except that any one floor of a building to be demolished
(d) Mechanical methods of demolition.-The mechanical may be used for the temporary storage of material when
method of demolition, whereby the wrecking of a such floor can be shown to be of adequate strength to
building or part thereof is accomplished by smashing support one and one-half times the load to be superimposed.
the walls or floors with a heavy weight suspended by a b. Storage spaces shall not interfere with access to any
cable, or whereby the walls are collapsed by the use of stairway or passageway, and suitable barricades shall be
a power shovel, tractor, or other mechanical contrivance, provided so as to prevent material from sliding or
shall be permitted only upon issuance of a special rebounding into any space accessible to the public. All
permit by the department and in accordance with the material shall be safely piled in such storage locations
following requirements: in a manner that will not overload any part of the
(1) The building or structure, or remaining portion structure or create any hazard.
thereof, shall not be more than eighty feet in height. c. In buildings of noncombustible construction, floor
(2) A safety zone, as determined by the commissioner, slabs to an elevation of not more than twenty-five feet
shall be provided around the demolition area. Fences above the legally established curb level may be
constructed as required in section 27-1021 of article two removed to provide temporary storage for debris,
of this subchapter shall be erected to prevent persons provided that: (1) the stored debris is piled with
other than workers from entering such safety zone. sufficient uniformity to prevent lateral displacement of
(3) Unless permitted by the commissioner, the mechanical interior walls or columns; (2) the height of the piled
method of demolition shall not be used where any material will not burst the exterior walls due to
building, or portion thereof, occupied by one or more accumulated pressure; and (3) the operation does not
persons is located within the safety zone. otherwise endanger the stability of the structure.
(4) Where a swinging weight is used, two or more d. Debris stored in the cellar shall not be piled above
separate cable slings shall be used to attach the ball to a the level of the adjacent exterior grade unless the
safety or moused hook and the supporting cable shall be contractor provides sheet-piling, shoring, bracing, or
of such length or so restrained that it is not possible for such other means necessary to insure the stability of the
the weight to swing against any structure other than the walls and to prevent any wall from collapsing due to the
structure being demolished. pressure of accumulated material.
(5) Where mechanical demolition operations may (f) Dust.-Dust producing operations shall be wetted
involve a street, the requirements of the department of down to the extent necessary to lay the dust.
transportation shall be met. (g) Use of explosives.-The use of explosives in
(e) Removal and storage of material.- demolition operations shall conform to the requirements
(1) PHYSICAL REMOVAL.-Debris, bricks, and and limitations imposed by the fire department. The
similar material shall be removed by means of chutes, toppling of buildings by the use of explosives is
buckets, or hoists or through openings in the floors of prohibited except where such procedure is permitted by
the structure. Openings in any floor shall not aggregate the commissioner.
more than twenty-five percent of the area of that floor (h) Temporary elevators.-Whenever, in the course of

392
Title 27 / Subchapter 19

building demolition, the work is at a height greater than connections, and details, shall be designed. Design
seventy-five feet, at least one elevator meeting the drawings shall be prepared and kept at the site available
requirements of subchapter eighteen of this chapter to the commissioner. The construction shall be executed
shall be kept in readiness at all times for fire department in accordance with such design. All other scaffolding
use. shall be constructed of sizes and numbers of members
as hereinafter required or, in the absence of such
§[C26-1905.5] 27-1040 Completed demolitions.-At requirements shall be demonstrated to be capable of
the completion of demolition operations, unless new supporting, without collapse, not less than four times
construction is to follow within a period of thirty the maximum weight required to be suspended
calendar days, the site shall be graded, drained, or therefrom or placed thereon when in use.
otherwise protected as provided in section 27-1027 of
(2) LOADING.-No standard scaffold as defined herein,
article three of this subchapter.
shall be loaded in excess of the maximum load for
ARTICLE 7 REPAIR AND ALTERATION which it is designated in paragraph three of this
OPERATIONS subdivision. Loads shall not be concentrated so as to
cause stresses in excess of the allowable values
§[C26-1906.1] 27-1041 General requirements.- designated in subchapter ten of this chapter.
Building repair or alteration operations shall be (3) STANDARD SCAFFOLD DESIGNATIONS.-
considered as construction operations and shall be a. Light duty scaffold.-The light duty scaffold is to be
governed by the regulations established in this subchapter. used for loads up to twenty-five psf, and is intended for
Where alterations are conducted in occupied buildings, use by carpenters, painters, or others of similar trades. It
barricades, signs, drop cloths, etc., shall be erected as shall not be used to support loads more severe than
required to provide reasonable protection for the those imposed by such workers and a minimum amount
occupants against hazard and nuisance. of lightweight materials.
b. Medium duty scaffold.-The medium [duty]* scaffold
ARTICLE 8 SCAFFOLDS is to be used for loads up to fifty psf, and is intended for
use by bricklayers or plasterers. It shall not be used to
§[C26-1907.1] 27-1042 General provisions for all support loads more severe than those imposed by such
scaffolds.-All scaffolds shall be erected and maintained workers and a moderate amount of their materials.
so that the safety of public and property will not be *Copy in brackets not enacted but probably intended.
impaired by falling material, tools or debris or by c. Heavy duty scaffold.-The heavy duty scaffold is to
collapse of the scaffold. be used for loads up to seventy-five psf, and is intended
(a) Materials and construction.- for use by stone masons. It shall not be used to support
(1) All lumber used in scaffolds or their supports shall
loads more severe than those imposed by such workers
be at least equal in strength and quality to construction
and a reasonable supply of their materials.
grade Douglas fir.
(4) FOOTINGS AND ANCHORAGE.-The footings
TABLE 19-4 SIZE AND NUMBER OF NAILS and anchorage for every scaffold shall be sound and
REQUIRED FOR SCAFFOLD CONSTRUCTION rigid, capable of carrying the maximum load without
settlement or deformation, and secure against
Thickness of Smaller Trade Size Length of movement in any direction. Supports such as barrels,
Member (in.) of Nail Nail (in.) boxes, loose brick, loose stone, or other unstable
1 8d 2½ constructions shall not be used.
2 20d 4 (c) Planking.-
3 60d 6 (1) The minimum width of every planked platform
4 — 8 shall be eighteen inches, except as otherwise noted
Width of Smaller Member Minimum Number of hereinafter. Unless otherwise indicated, the sizes in this
(in.) Nails Required subchapter for load-bearing planks shall denote
4 2 undressed lumber, full thickness.
6 3 (2) Except as otherwise indicated in this section, planks
8 4 shall overhang their end supports at least six inches, or
10 5 they shall be securely fastened to prevent dislodgment.
12 5 In no case shall the overhang exceed eighteen inches.
Planks shall be laid tight, and inclined planking shall be
(b) Loading and design.- fastened in place.
(1) DESIGN REQUIRED.-All exterior pole scaffolds (3) The maximum permissible spans for two inch plank
over seventy-five feet high and all multiple-point shall be as shown in table 19-5.
suspension scaffolds, including all supports, fastenings, (4) The maximum permissible span for one and one-

393
Title 27 / Subchapter 19

quarter inch plank of full thickness shall be six feet. The employed. They shall work under the supervision of a
maximum permissible working load shall be fifty psf. designated superintendent or foreman who shall enforce
(d) Erection and removal.-Only workers with such measures as necessary for the protection of public
experience in erecting or removing scaffolds shall be and property.

TABLE 19-5 MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE SPANS FOR TWO-INCH PLANK USED ON SCAFFOLDS

Full Thickness Lumber of

Material Undressed Nominal
Lumber Thickness
Working Load (psf)…... 25 50 75 25 50 75
Permissible Span (ft.)… 10 8 6 8 6 5

(e) Maintenance and repair.-All scaffolds shall be shall be staggered. Splices shall be close to ledgers, but
maintained in safe condition. No scaffold shall be so located as not to interfere with the fastenings.
altered, removed, or partially dismantled while it is in (b) Bracing.-Pole scaffolds shall be braced and stayed
active use. Every damaged or weakened scaffold shall to prevent movement away from the building. Diagonal
be immediately repaired and shall not be used until or equivalent bracing shall be provided to prevent the
such repairs have been completed, and, in the case of poles from moving in a direction parallel to the building
suspended scaffolds, tested as required under face, and shall be so installed that every spliced section
subdivision (b) of section 27-1045 of this article. of every pole is braced to adjacent poles.
(f) Fire retardant construction.-With the exception of (c) Planking.-
the planking, all scaffolds shall be noncombustible (1) Where planks are butted end to end, parallel
material when used in the following applications: putlogs or bearers shall be provided not more than eight
(1) Exterior scaffolds exceeding seventy-five feet in height. inches apart so that butted ends rest on separate putlogs
(2) Interior scaffolds exceeding twenty-one feet in height. or bearers. Ends shall be nailed or cleated.
(2) Where platform planks are used with overlapping
(3) All scaffolds used in the alteration, repair, or partial
ends, the ends of both the upper and lower planks shall
demolition of buildings in occupancy groups H-1 and H-2.
overlap the putlog or bearer by a[t]* least six inches.
(g) Guard rails and toeboards.- *Copy in brackets not enacted but probably intended.
(1) Except for scaffold platforms ten feet or less above (3) Planks shall be laid close together and shall be of
the ground or for scaffolds used on the interior of a sufficient length to extend over three bearers.
building at a height ten feet or less above a floor, the (d) Connections.-
open sides and ends of every scaffold platform shall be (1) Ledgers shall not be spliced between poles but shall
provided with a standard guard rail and toeboard as overlap the poles at each end by at least four inches.
described in section 27-1050 of this article, unless Where ledgers lap each other, bearing-blocks attached
otherwise specified for the particular type of scaffold. to the pole shall be provided to support the ledger.
(2) Where it is possible for the public to pass under, or (2) The ends of all wooden braces shall overlap the
next to a scaffold, the space between the top rail and nailed fastenings an amount sufficient to prevent the
toeboard shall be enclosed with a wire screen composed ends of the braces from splitting.
of not less than no. 18 steel wire gage with a maximum (e) Putlogs for single pole scaffolds.-All putlogs shall
one-half inch mesh. be set with the greater dimension vertical and shall be
(3) Toeboards shall be installed so that no open space long enough to project beyond the outer edge of the
exists between the platform and the toeboard. poles by at least twelve inches. Putlogs shall be
supported on the ledger and located against the side of
the poles and fastened to either the pole or the ledger.
§[C26-1907.2] 27-1043 Pole scaffolds.-
The other end of the putlog shall rest in the wall of the
(a) Poles.-Scaffold poles shall be plumb and the foot
building, with at least four inch bearing, and shall not
ends shall be secured against lateral movement. Where be notched or cut down, except for light duty scaffolds,
wood poles are spliced, the squared end of the upper which may be notched or cut down to fit into a space
section shall bear uniformly on the squared end of the made by the removal of a brick. In such cases, the notch
lower section, and the two ends shall be rigidly fastened shall be made on the top of the putlog just deep enough
together with two or more wood splice plates, each at to permit it to be inserted in the hole in the wall.
least four feet in length. The plates shall be placed at (f) Bearers for independent pole scaffolds-.Bearers
right angles to each other, shall overlap the abutting shall be set with their greater dimensions vertical, and
ends of the pole equally, and shall have a combined shall be long enough to project over the ledgers beyond
sectional area not less than fifty percent of the cross the outer row of poles by at least twelve inches and
sectional area of the pole. Splicing of adjacent poles beyond the inner row of poles by at least two inches.

394
Title 27 / Subchapter 19

Bearers shall be supported on the ledgers, and located members other than the planking, railing, and toeboards
against the sides of the poles and fastened to them. shall be left intact. When removing a scaffold, the
(g) Free standing scaffolds.-Unless guyed, free sequence of removing the members shall be the reverse
standing scaffolds shall have a minimum base of that used in erection.
dimension of at least twenty-five percent of the height (i) Standard designs.-All wood pole scaffolds seventy-
of the scaffold. five feet high or less shall be constructed in accordance
(h) Erection and removal.-When a new working level with the minimum nominal sizes and maximum
is desired, the existing planks shall be left undisturbed spacings shown in tables 19-6 through 19-11. For pole
until the new working level is framed. As the platform scaffolds more than seventy-five feet high, see paragraph
level is abandoned with the progress of the work, all one of subdivision (b) of section 27-1042 of this article.

TABLE 19-6 MINIMUM SIZE AND MAXIMUM SPACING OF MEMBERS OF SINGLE POLE LIGHT
DUTY SCAFFOLDS

Uniformly Distributed Load Not to Exceed 25 psf

Max. height of scaffold………… 20' 40' 60' 75'
Top 60' Lower Sect.
Poles or uprights (min.)………... 2'' x 4'' 3'' x 4'' 4'' x 4'' 4'' x 4'' 4'' x 6''
Pole foundation (min.)…………. 2'' x 9''
Max. pole spacing (longitudinal). 10' – 0''
Max. width of scaffold………… 5' – 0''
Bearers or putlogs (min.)………. 3'' x 4'' or 2'' x 6'' (on edge)
Ledgers (minimum):
With 6'-0'' pole space……… 1'' x 6'' (on edge)
With 10'-0'' pole space……… 1 1/4'' x 9'' (on edge)
Vertical spacing of ledgers (max.) 7'-0''
Non-supporting stringers………. 1'' x 4''
Tie-ins………………………….. 1'' x 4''
Bracing………………………… 1'' x 4''
Planking:
Not more than 6' span……….. 1 1/4'' x 9''
Up to 10' span………………... 2'' x 9''
Toeboards……………………… 1'' x 6''
Guard rails……………………... 2'' x 4''

§[C26-1907.3] 27-1044 Outrigger scaffolds.- the face of the building.

Outrigger scaffolds shall not be used for loading in (d) Guard rail and toeboard.-The railing posts for the
excess of fifty psf (medium duty). required standard guard rail and toeboard shall be
(a) Outrigger beams.-Outrigger beams shall not securely braced to the outriggers.
extend more than six feet beyond the face of the *Copy in brackets not enacted but probably intended.
building. The inboard end of outrigger beams, (e) Superstructures.-Supports for superstructures
measured from the fulcrum point to the extreme point placed on outrigger scaffolds shall be set directly over
of support, shall be at least one and one-half times the the outrigger beams and shall be secured in place. Such
outboard end in length. The fulcrum point of the beam structures shall not exceed six feet in height. Horses
shall rest on a secure bearing at least six inches in each shall not be used as supports for such superstructures.
horizontal dimension. The beam shall be secured
against movement and shall be securely braced against §[C26-1907.4] 27-1045 General provisions for
tipping at both fulcrum point and inboard end. suspended scaffolds.-
Outriggers shall not be less than three inches by ten (a) Installation and use.-Suspended scaffolds shall be
inches set on edge, plumb, and spaced not to exceed six erected and operated in such a manner that suspension
feet on centers for light and medium duty scaffolds. elements are vertical and in a plane parallel to the wall
(b) Inboard supports.-The inboard ends of outrigger at all times. The installation or change of position of
beams shall be securely fixed to resist all vertical, any suspended scaffold shall be performed under the
horizontal, and torsional forces. supervision of a designated superintendent or foreman
(c) Platform.-The platform shall be constructed of at who shall enforce such measures as may be required for
least two inch by nine inch planks, securely fastened to the safe execution of such operation.
the outriggers, and laid tight to within three inch[es]* of

395
Title 27 / Subchapter 19

TABLE 19-7 MINIMUM SIZE AND MAXIMUM SPACING OF MEMBERS OF SINGLE POLE MEDIUM
DUTY SCAFFOLDS

Uniformly Distributed Load Not to exceed 50 psf

Max. height of scaffold…………... 20' 40' 60' 75'
Top 60' Lower Sect.
3'' x 4''
Poles or uprights (min.)…………... or 4'' x 4'' 4'' x 6'' 4'' x 6'' 4'' x 6''
2'' x 6''
Pole foundation (min.)…………… 2'' x 9''
Max. pole spacing (longitudinal)… 8' – 0''
Max. width of scaffold…………… 5' – 0'' 8' – 0'
Bearers or putlogs (min.)…………. 3'' x 4'' or 2'' x 8'' (on edge) 3'' x 5'' or 2'' x 9'' (on edge)
Max. spacing of bearers or putlogs. 8' – 0''
Ledgers (minimum)………………. 2'' x 9'' (on edge)
Vertical spacing of ledgers (max.).. 7'— 0''
Non-supporting stringers………… 1'' x 6'' or 1 1/4'' x 4''
Tie-ins……………………………. 1'' x 6''
Bracing…………………………… 1'' x 6''
Planking:
Not more than 6' span…………. 1 1/4'' x 9''
Up to 8' span…………………. 2'' x 9''
Toeboards………………………… 2'' x 9''
Guard rails………………………... 2'' x 4''
**As enacted but 6'' x 6'' probably intended .

TABLE 19-8 MINIMUM SIZE AND MAXIMUM SPACING OF MEMBERS OF SINGLE POLE HEAVY
DUTY SCAFFOLDS

Uniformly Distributed Load Not to exceed 75 psf

Max. height of scaffold…………... 20' 40' 60' 75'
Top 60' Lower Sect.
3'' x 4''
Poles or uprights (min.)…………... or 4'' x 4'' 4'' x 6'' 4'' x 6''' 6'' x 6''
2'' x 6''
Pole foundation (min.)…………… 2'' x 9''
Max. pole spacing (longitudinal)… 6' – 0''
Max. width of scaffold…………… 5' – 0'' 8' – 0''
Bearers or putlogs (min.)…………. 3'' x 5'' 3'' x 6'' or 2" x 9''
Max. spacing of bearers or putlogs. 6' – 0”
Ledgers (minimum)………………. 2" x 9" (on edge)
Vertical spacing of ledgers (max.).. 7' —0"
Non-supporting stringers………… 2 " x 4"
Tie-ins……………………………. 1 " x 6"
Bracing…………………………… 1" x 6"
Planking…………………………... 2 " x 9"
Toeboards………………………… 2 " x 9"
Guard rails………………………... 2" x 4 "

(b) Tests and inspections required.-All suspended engineer stating that physical tests of a prototype of the
scaffolds shall be inspected daily by the user before use. equipment were conducted and that such equipment is
A record of such inspections shall be kept and capable of withstanding at least four times the
maintained at the field office of the user. Upon delivery maximum allowable live loads. Such certificates shall
of the scaffold equipment to the site, the supplier of be kept at the field office of the user and shall be
such equipment shall furnish a certificate from an available for inspection by a representative of the
independent testing laboratory or a licensed professional department of buildings. This section, however, shall

396
Title 27 / Subchapter 19

not be construed to reduce the factors of safety specified (d) Wire rope.-Wire rope used for support of
elsewhere in this code for various appurtenances to this suspended scaffolds shall be capable of supporting six
equipment. In addition, tests prescribed in section 27- times the actual applied load without failure, but shall
998 of article three of subchapter eighteen shall be not be less than five-sixteenths of an inch in diameter
performed with the full rated live load on the scaffold at for use with light duty platforms or one-half inch in
the test intervals specified therein and at such other diameter for use with medium or heavy duty platforms.
intervals as the commissioner may require. Wire rope shall be rigged to blocks of proper size or to
(c) Tie-ins.-Scaffolds shall be tied into the building or other approved devices. For other provisions
structure, and means therefor shall be provided. concerning wire rope, see section 27-1055 of article ten
Window cleaners anchors, window frames, millions*, of this subchapter.
or similar elements shall not be used as tie-in anchors or *As enacted but “mullions” probably intended.
brace-back points.

TABLE 19-9 MINIMUM SIZE AND MAXIMUM SPACING OF MEMBERS OF INDEPENDENT POLE
LIGHT DUTY SCAFFOLDS

Uniformly Distributed Load Not to exceed 25 psf

Max. height of scaffold…………. 20' 40' 60' 75'
Top 60' Lower Sect.
3 " x 4"
Poles or uprights (min.)…………. 2" x 4 " or 4 " x 4" 4 " x 4" 4 " x 6"
2 " x 6"
Pole foundation (min.)…………... 2 " x 9"
Max. pole spacing (longitudinal):
With 1 1/4" x 9" ledgers………. 6' – 0"
With 2" x 9" ledgers…………... 10' – 0"
Max. pole spacing (transverse)….. a
10' – 0"
Ledgers (minimum)……………... 1 1/4" x 9" (on edge) or 2" x 9"
Vertical spacing of ledgers (max.) 7'— 0"
Bearers (minimum)……………… 1 1/4" x 9" (on edge)
Non-supporting stringers……….. 1 " x 4"
Bracing………………………….. 1 " x 4"
Planking:
Not more than 6' span………… 1 1/4" x 9"
Up to 10' span………………… 2 " x 9"
Toeboards……………………….. 1" x 6"
Guard rails………………………. 2 " x 4"
Note for Table 19-9:
a
Total base dimension in both directions to be at least 25 per cent of height.

§[C26-1907.5] 27-1046 Two-point suspension scaffolds.- (c) Roof irons.-Roof irons or hooks shall be of steel or
(a) Width and support.-Two-point suspension wrought iron not less than seven-eighths of an inch in
platforms shall be at least twenty inches but not more diameter or other size of equivalent strength and shall
than thirty inches in width. Each end of the platform be securely anchored. Where the upper block hook does
shall be supported by an approved stirrup or hanger, not directly engage the roof iron, the connection shall
and the platform shall be securely fastened thereto. Not be made with wire rope of required strength but in no
more than two hangers or stirrups shall be used to case shall the wire rope be less than one-half inch in
support one scaffold. diameter.
(b) Hangers-Hangers or stirrups shall be of steel or (d) Fibre rope.-
wrought iron. Each such hanger shall be formed to (1) The use of fibre rope shall be limited to light duty
properly fit the platform, and shall be provided with a two-point suspension scaffolds. Fibre rope shall be at
loop or eye at the top for securing the supporting hook least equivalent in strength and suitability to three-
on the block, and with loops or equivalent means to quarter inch first quality unspliced manila rope.
support the top rail and midrail. The hanger or stirrup (2) Fibre rope shall not be permitted for or near any
shall be placed at least six inches but not more than work involving the use of corrosive substances or
eighteen inches from the end of the platform. where the upper block is more than one hundred feet

397
Title 27 / Subchapter 19

above the platform. hangers, and shall be fastened to the hangers by U-bolts
(3) All blocks shall fit the size of rope they carry, and passing around the hangers and bolted up tight on the
shall be so constructed as not to chafe the rope. inside face of the stringers. The platform shall be
(e) Use.- supported on two inch by six inch cross beams, on
(1) Needle beam scaffolds shall not be used over areas edge, set between the side stringers, securely nailed
used by the public. thereto, and spaced not more than four feet on centers.
(2) Two or more two-point suspension scaffolds shall The platform boards shall consist of material not less
not be combined into one by bridging the distance than one inch by six inches, nailed tight together, and
between them or by any form of connection. extended to the outside face of the stringers. The ends
(3) Not more than two workers shall be permitted to of all platform boards shall rest on the cross beams and
work on one scaffold at one time. shall be nailed securely thereto.
(4) Every two-point suspension scaffold shall be (g) Guard rail and toeboard.-The outside edge of the
equipped with an approved device to raise, lower, and platform, and the open ends (when stirrups do not
hold the scaffold in position. afford adequate protection) shall be provided with a
(f) Platforms.-The platforms of every two-point two-rail guard rail and a toeboard securely fastened at
suspension scaffold shall be one of the following types, intervals not exceeding ten feet. Where there is a space
or an approved equivalent. between the scaffold and the structure greater than six
(1) LADDER TYPE PLATFORM.-consisting of boards inches, a similar guard rail shall be provided at the
upon a horizontal ladder, the sides of which are parallel. inside of the platform.
The ladder shall be capable of sustaining, without §[C26-1907.6] 27-1047 Multiple-point suspension
failure in any part, at least four times the maximum scaffolds.-
load allowed to be placed thereon, and rungs shall be at (a) General.-
least one and one-eighth inches in diameter with seven- (1) All multiple-point suspension scaffolds shall be
eighths inch tenons mortised into the side stringers at supported by wire ropes. The use of fibre ropes is not
least seven-eighths of an inch and spaced at not more permitted.
than eighteen inches. Stringers shall be tied together (2) Provision shall be made to prevent supports from
with metal rods at least one-quarter inch in diameter slipping off the ends of outrigger beams.
located not more than five feet apart and which pass (3) Outrigger beams and platform bearers shall be of
through the stringers and are riveted up tight against metal.
washers at both ends. The platform shall consist of at (b) Outrigger beams.-
least one-half inch by three inch planks, shall fill the (1) The overhang of outrigger beams shall not exceed
space between the sides of the hangers, and shall be that specified by the design, and the inboard length of
securely fastened to the hangers by U-bolts passing beam shall be at least one and one-half times the
around the hangers and bolted up tight on the inside outboard length.
face of the stringers. (2) Outrigger beams shall be anchored and braced at
(2) PLANK TYPE PLATFORM.-consisting of planks both fulcrum point and inboard end to resist all vertical,
supported on stirrups or hangers. The planks shall have horizontal, and torsional forces.
a uniform thickness of at least two inches and a width (3) Supporting points for outrigger beams shall be
of at least nine inches. The planks shall extend at least level, smooth, and of sufficient area (at least six inches
six inches but not more than eighteen inches beyond the by six inches) to provide a firm seat.
supporting hangers, and a bar shall be nailed across the (4) The wire rope suspenders shall be securely fastened
platform on the underside at each end to prevent the to the outrigger beams by steel shackles or equivalent
platform from slipping off the hanger. Where two or means. The shackles and outrigger beams shall be so
more planks are used, they shall be fastened together by located that the ropes will hang vertically.
cleats not less than one inch by six inches nailed on the (5) Outrigger beams shall be of the sizes required for
underside at intervals of four feet or less. Planks shall the design, but shall be at least equivalent in strength to
not be spliced. a standard 7 I 15.3 [sic] steel I-beam, and shall be
(3) BEAM TYPE PLATFORM.-consisting of spaced not more than ten feet center-to-center.
longitudinal side stringers with cross beams on which (c) Hoisting machines.-
longitudinal platform planks are laid. Beam platforms (1) Suspended scaffolds shall be provided with an
shall have side stringers not less than two inches by approved hoisting machine of either the platform or
eight inches. The stringers shall be supported on the overhead type.
hangers, located to fill the full width of the hangers, and (2) At least four turns of rope shall at all times remain
the clear span between hangers shall not exceed twenty- on the hoisting drum, and the end of the rope shall be
four feet. The ends of the stringers shall extend at least properly secured to the drum.
six inches but not more than eighteen inches beyond the (3) The hoisting rope shall be inspected regularly,

398
Title 27 / Subchapter 19

maintained, and lubricated. not more than eighteen inches, and shall not be
(d) Platform.- supported across more than two bearers.
(1) Platform widths shall be limited to eight feet. (3) Platform bearers shall be at least the equivalent of a
(2) Platform planking shall be laid tight and securely pair of two and one-half inch by two and one-half inch
fastened to the bearers, shall overlap the supporting by one-quarter inch standard angles.
bearers at each end of the scaffold at least six inches but

TABLE 19-10 MINIMUM SIZE AND MAXIMUM SPACING OF MEMBERS OF INDEPENDENT POLE
MEDIUM DUTY SCAFFOLDS

Uniformly Distributed Load Not to exceed 50 psf

Max. height of scaffold…………. 20' 40' 60' 75'
Top 60' Lower Sect.
3 " x 4"
Poles or uprights (min.)…………. or 4 " x 4" 4" x 6" 4 " x 6" 6 " x 6"
2 " x 6"
Pole foundation (min.)…………... 2 " x 9"
Max. pole spacing (longitudinal)... 8' – 0"
Max. pole spacing (transverse)….. a
10' –0"
Ledgers (minimum)……………... 2" x 9" (on edge)
Vertical spacing of ledgers (max.) 6'— 0"
Bearers (minimum)……………… 2" x 9" (on edge)
Non-supporting stringers……….. 1 1/4" x 4" or 1" x 6"
Bracing………………………….. 1 " x 6"
Planking:
Not more than 6' span………… 1 1/4" x 9"
More than 6' span…………….. 2" x 9 "
Toeboards……………………….. 2" x 9"
Guard rails………………………. 2 " x 4"
Note for Table 19-10:
a
Total base dimension in both directions to be at least 25 per cent of height.

TABLE 19-11 MINIMUM SIZE AND MAXIMUM SPACING OF MEMBERS OF INDEPENDENT POLE
HEAVY DUTY SCAFFOLDS

Uniformly Distributed Load Not to exceed 75 psf

Max. height of scaffold……….. 20' 40' 60' 75'
Top 60' Lower Sect.
Poles or uprights (min.)…………. 4" x 4 " 4 " x 4" 4 " x 6" 4 " x 6" 6 " x 6"
Pole foundation (min.)……….….. 2 " x 9"
Max. pole spacing (longitudinal)... a
6' – 0"
Max. pole spacing (transverse)….. a
10' –0"
Ledgers (minimum)……………... 2" x 9" (on edge)
Vertical spacing of ledgers (max.) 5'-0"
Bearers (minimum)……………… 2" x 9" (on edge)
Non-supporting stringers……….. 1 1/4" x 9"
Bracing………………………….. 1 " x 6"
Planking…………………………. 2 " x 9"
Toeboards……………………….. 2" x 9"
Guard rails………………………. 2 " x 4"
Note for Table 19-11:
a
Total base dimension in both directions to be at least 25 per cent of height.

(e) Guard rail and toeboard.-The outside edge of the platform and open ends shall be provided with a

399
Title 27 / Subchapter 19

standard guard rail and toeboard (section 27-1050 of toeboard.-

this article) except that spacing of the vertical supports (a) Standard guard rail.-
may be increased to not more than ten feet. Where there (1) GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.-A standard guard
is a space between the scaffold and the structure in rail shall consist of a two inch by four inch wood top
excess of six inches, a similar guard rail shall be rail (S4S) not less than three feet nor more than three
provided at the inside edge of the platform. feet six inches above the platform and a one inch by
(f) Erection and removal.- four inch wood intermediate rail (S4S) midway
(1) Multiple-point suspension scaffolds shall be between the top rail and the floor or toeboard, both
installed, relocated, and raised or lowered under the supported by two inch by four inch wood posts (S4S)
supervision of a designated superintendent or foreman spaced not more than eight feet apart.
who shall enforce such measures as may be required for (2) ALTERNATE METAL RAILING.-In lieu of wood
the safe execution of such operations. construction, posts and rails may be constructed of at
(2) During raising or lowering, the levels of the various least one and one-quarter inch diameter standard pipe or
sections of the scaffolds shall be kept uniform and the of at least two inch by two inch by one-quarter inch
differential height between sections minimized. angles. Spacing of rails and posts shall be as required in
paragraph one of this subdivision.
§[C26-1907.7] 27-1048 Manually-propelled free (3) REMOVABLE SECTIONS OF RAILING.-To
standing scaffolds. - All manually propelled free standing provide necessary openings for intermittent operations,
scaffolds shall meet the following requirements and one or more sections of a required railing may be
shall be approved: hinged or supported in sockets. When supported in
(1) Work platforms shall be tightly planked for the full sockets, rails shall be so constructed that they cannot be
width of the scaffold except for necessary entrance jolted out. A button or hook may be used to hold the
openings. Planks shall be secured in place. rail in fixed position. Substantial chains or ropes may
(2) Platforms shall have a guard railing. be used to guard such openings in standard railings.
(3) Where a ladder is used to approach a platform, the Where so used, the chains or ropes shall be taut at the
same height as the rails of the standard railing.
ladder shall be secured to the scaffold.
(b) Standard toeboard.-A standard toeboard shall be
(4) Handholds shall be provided for safe passage from
at least five and one-half inches high and constructed of
the ladder to the platform.
metal, wood, or other substantial material. It shall be
(5) Unless temporarily braced to adjacent structure, the installed, where required, along the edge of any floor,
ratio of the platform height to the least base dimension opening, platform, ramp, or runway. Such toeboard
shall be such as to assure stability, but in no case shall shall be securely fastened to the posts and so installed
such height be more than four times the least base that no open space exists between the floor and the
dimension. toeboard.
(6) Provision shall be made to prevent the scaffold
from falling during movement from one location to ARTICLE 9 STRUCTURAL RAMPS, RUNWAYS, AND
another. PLATFORMS
(7) While the scaffold is in use by any person, it shall
rest upon a stable footing and shall stand plumb. The §[C26-1908.1] 27-1051 Ramps and runways (including
casters or wheels shall be locked in position. elevated walkways).-
(8) While the scaffold is being moved, no person shall (a) Construction.-All runways and ramps shall be
be suffered or permitted to ride, and all tools, constructed, braced and supported to resist lateral
equipment, and material shall be removed. displacement and all vertical loads, including impact.
(b) For motor vehicle use.-Runways and ramps for
the use of motor vehicles may consist of an earthfill or
§[C26-1907.8] 27-1049 Power operated free standing
may be structurally supported. They shall have a clear
scaffolds.-Records of the inspection, servicing, and
width of not less than twelve feet with timber curbs at
maintenance of all power operated free standing
least eight inches by eight inches placed parallel to, and
scaffolds shall be kept by the user. These records are to secured to, the sides of the runway or ramp. The
be submitted on forms furnished by the commissioner flooring of structurally supported ramps shall consist of
and are to be made available whenever called for by the no smaller than three inch planking full size, undressed,
commissioner. All power operated scaffolds whether or equivalent material, with spans designed for the
free standing or suspended shall meet the applicable loads to be imposed.
requirements of subchapter eighteen of this chapter. (c) For use of workers only.-Runways and ramps for
the use of workers shall be at least one foot six inches
§[C26-1907.9] 27-1050 Standard guard rail and in clear width. Where used for wheelbarrows, hand-

400
Title 27 / Subchapter 19

carts, or hand-trucks, runways and ramps shall be at (1) They shall be designed.
least three feet in clear width. Flooring shall consist of (2) They shall be able to sustain, without failure, at
at least two inch planking spanning as permitted by least four times the maximum live load for which they
table 19-5, laid close, butt-joined, and securely fastened. are intended.
(d) Slope limitations.-Ramps shall have a slope not (3) The minimum width, inside of curbs, for any ramp,
steeper than one in four. If the slope is steeper than one runway, or platform shall be two feet wider than the
in eight, the ramp shall be provided with cleats spaced outside width of any power buggy operated thereon
not more than fourteen inches apart and securely without passing, and three feet wider than twice such
fastened to the planking to afford a foothold. Spaces in buggy width in the places where passing occurs.
the cleats may be provided for the passage of the (4) All runways shall be essentially level transversely.
wheels of vehicles. The total rise of a continuous ramp (5) Curbs shall be furnished along all buggy traffic
used by workers carrying material or using paths that are nearer than ten feet horizontally to any
wheelbarrows, hand-carts, or hand-trucks shall not unenclosed area, shaft, or other open space into which
exceed twelve feet unless broken by horizontal landings or through which, a fall of more than twelve inches
at least four feet in length. from such surface is possible, except as set forth in
(e) Guard rail required.- subdivision seven of this section.
(1) All runways and ramps located more than five feet (6) Where curbs are not required because the buggy is
above the ground or floor shall be provided with a operated on a surface not over twelve inches above
standard guard rail and toeboard (section 27-1050 of another surface, the lower surface shall be strong
article eight of this subchapter) on open sides. enough to sustain the loaded vehicle in the event of a
(2) Where it is possible for the public to pass under, or fall thereon.
next to, runways or ramps, the space between the top (7) Curbs may be omitted at actual dumping points
rail and the toeboard shall be enclosed with a wire more than twelve inches above other surfaces if the
screen composed of not less than no. 18 steel wire gage edge over which dumping occurs is provided with
with a maximum one-half inch mesh. bumpers or other means that will effectively stop the
buggy from running over the edge while dumping.
§[C26-1908.2] 27-1052 Platforms.- (8) Curbs must be at least seven inches high, securely
(a) Planking. -Platforms used as working areas, or for fastened, and capable of resisting side impact, and shall
the unloading of wheelbarrows, hand-trucks, or carts be equivalent to at least two inch by eight inch plank set
shall have a floor consisting of at least two inch on edge against uprights securely fastened and braced at
planking spanning as permitted by table 19-5. Platforms not more than four foot intervals.
for the use of motor trucks shall have a floor of at least
three inch planking, full size, undressed or equivalent ARTICLE 10 MATERIAL HANDLING AND
materials with spans designed for the loads to be HOISTING EQUIPMENT
imposed. Planking shall be laid close and shall be butt-
joined and securely fastened. §[C26-1909.1] 27-1054 General requirements.-
(b) Guard rail required.- Material handling and hoisting equipment shall be
(1) Every platform more than five feet above the installed, operated, and maintained to eliminate hazard
ground or above a floor shall be provided with a to the public or to property. It shall be unlawful to
standard guard rail and toeboard (section 27-1050 of operate any such equipment which is not provided with
article eight of this subchapter), except that the side of a positive means for preventing the unauthorized
the platform used for the loading or unloading of operation of such machine. The means whereby such
vehicles may be protected by a timber curb at least machines may be made inoperative shall be determined
eight inches by eight inches for motor trucks or four by the commissioner.
inches by four inches for wheelbarrows and hand-trucks (a) Operation.-Only operators designated by the
in lieu of the standard guard rail and toeboard. person causing such machinery to be used shall operate
(2) Where it is possible for the public to pass under, or hoisting or material handling machinery. Operators and
next to, platforms, the space between the top rail and signalmen shall be experienced at the operation they
the toeboard shall be enclosed with a wire screen perform. Riggers and hoisting machine operators shall
composed of not less than no. 18 steel wire gage with a be licensed as required under chapter one of title
maximum one-half inch mesh. twenty-six of the administrative code. The operator
shall be responsible for making the machine inoperative
§[C26-1908.3] 27-1053 Special requirements where before he or she leaves the machine.
power buggies are used.-Runways, ramps, platforms, (b) Loading.-Material handling and hoisting equipment
and other surfaces upon which power buggies are shall not be loaded in excess of the rated load specified
operated shall meet the following minimum requirements:

401
Title 27 / Subchapter 19

by the manufacturer, except for power operated cranes Diameter of wire rope No. of clips
and derricks where the provisions of section 27-1057 of Up to and incl. 3/4 in….……………... 3
this article are controlling. Except for power operated From 3/4 in. up to and incl. 1 in……... 4
cranes and derricks if such data are not available, the From 1 in. up to and incl. 1 1/4 in…… 5
safe loads and, where applicable, charts of reach vs. From 1 1/4 in. up to and incl. 2 1/2 in.. 6
capacity, shall be established by an engineer or
architect. All loads shall be properly trimmed to prevent (6) Clip spacing shall be at least six times the diameter
the dislodgement of any part during raising, lowering, of the cable, and the "U" part of the clip shall be placed
swinging or transit. Suspended loads shall be securely over the short end of the cable. After the rope is in
slung and properly balanced before they are set in service and while it is under tension, the nuts on the
motion. Rated load capacities and required charts shall clips shall be retightened.
be conspicuously posted on all material handling and (7) Cables and blocks used to change the direction of
hoisting machinery or on the job site and shall be cables shall not be located in any area used by the
available to the commissioner at all times. public.
(c) Refueling.-Open lights, flames, or spark-producing (c) Fibre rope.-
devices shall be kept at a safe distance while refueling (1) Fibre rope shall be equal in strength, durability and
an internal combustion engine, and no person shall quality to long fibered manila hemp rope, and shall be used
smoke or carry lighted smoking material in the immediate and maintained in accordance with the recommendations
vicinity of the refueling area. The engine shall be stopped of the manufacturer.
during refueling. Fuel shall be kept in containers that meet (2) Before rope is used it shall be carefully inspected
the requirements of the fire department. "No smoking" for abrasions and severe wear. Rope that has been
signs shall be conspicuously posted in all fueling or fuel exposed to acid shall be destroyed and not used.
storage areas. (3) Frozen rope shall be thawed out and inspected
before being used.
§[C26-1909.2] 27-1055 Rigging, rope, chains, and (4) Rope shall not be made fast to sharp objects or
their appurtenances and fittings.- surfaces, and sharp bends shall be avoided.
(a) Hoisting line.-Only wire rope shall be used with (5) Rope shall be stored in a dry place and protected.
power driven hoisting machinery, except that either (d) Sheaves.-
wire or fibre rope may be used on winchheads or (1) Load-bearing sheaves shall be of diameter and
capstan hoists. grooving as recommended by the manufacturer to
(b) Wire rope or cable.- accommodate the particular rope under the proposed
(1) All hoisting cable shall be at least one-half inch
conditions of use.
diameter plow steel grade.
(2) Sheaves and blocks that are worn, chipped, or
(2) Wire cable shall not be used under the following
conditions: otherwise damaged shall not be used.
a. When it is knotted or kinked. (3) Sheaves and blocks intended for use with fibre rope
b. When more than ten percent of the total wires are shall not be used for wire rope.
broken in any lay, a lay being that distance measured (e) Fittings.-
along the cable in which one strand makes a complete (1) All wire rope fittings, including sockets, thimbles,
revolution around the cable axis. clips, blocks, shackles, etc. shall be of the standard size,
c. When the wires on the crown of the strands are worn diameter, and grooving to fit the size of and to develop
down or rusted to less than sixty percent of their the breaking load capacity of the rope on which they are
original cross-sectional area. to be installed.
d. When any combination of broken wires, rust, or (2) Hooks, shackles, or other fittings deformed due to
abrasion has reduced the strength of the cable to eighty wear, over-stress, or other cause shall not be used.
percent or less of its original strength. (3) Safety hooks or open type hooks with wire mousings
(3) At least four turns of the cable shall remain on the shall be used where loads may be accidentally unhooked.
hoist drum at all times. (f) Chains.-
(4) Wire cable fastenings shall conform to the provisions (1) Chains having deformed links or links that are
of article eleven of subchapter ten of this chapter, and stretched from their original length shall not be used.
shall consist of zinc-filled sockets, wedge sockets with Defective links or portions of the chain shall be
at least one cable clip above the socket, thimble and replaced only by links or sections furnished by the
splice connections, or thimble and cable slips*. manufacturer for the particular chain involved, unless a
(5) Where cable clips are used, the minimum number substitute link can be shown to be equivalent in strength
shall conform to the following: and suitability. All repairs to chains shall be made by an
*As enacted but "clips" probably intended.
experienced blacksmith or chainwright, except that
alloy steel chains shall be repaired only by the

402
Title 27 / Subchapter 19

manufacturer of such chains. (3) The provisions of subdivision (f) of section 27-
(2) When in constant use, steel chains should be 1042 of article eight of this subchapter relating to fire
normalized and wrought iron chains should be annealed retardant construction of scaffolds shall apply to the
at intervals not to exceed six months. The annealing or construction of hoist towers.
normalizing shall be done by the manufacturer or in (4) An enclosure shall be installed around the hoistway
strict accordance with such manufacturers specifications. below the lowest landing to prevent unauthorized
(3) Chains shall not be used as slings in hoisting access to the space under any hoist.
operations. Chains shall not be knotted, nor shall they (5) Exterior hoist towers may be used with or without
be shortened or spliced, by the use of nails or bolts. an enclosure on all sides. When a hoist tower is
(g) Slings.- enclosed, except for entrance and exit openings, it shall
(1) Blocks or heavy padding shall be used at corners of be enclosed on all sides for the entire height, with a
the load to protect the sling from sharp bending. screen enclosure with one-half inch mesh, No. 18 U.S.
(2) When lifting a load with multiple slings, the slings gage [sic] wires. When a hoist tower is not enclosed,
shall be so arranged as to equalize the load between the the hoist platform or car shall be totally enclosed on all
slings. four sides for the full height between the floor and the
(3) The ends of slings made of wire or fibre shall be overhead protective covering with one-half inch mesh
properly spliced to form the eyes. Eyes for wire rope of No. 14 U.S. gage [sic] wire or the equivalent. The
shall be formed using thimbles. hoist platform enclosure shall include the required gates
(4) Wire rope slings shall be frequently inspected and for loading and unloading.
lubricated. (b) Hoist cars.-Platforms for material hoist cars shall
*(h) Accidents. - The owner or person directly in charge have sufficient strength to support five times the rated
of any rigging equipment shall immediately notify the capacity, and the wire rope supporting material hoist
commissioner following any accident involving such cars or bucket hoists shall be capable of supporting
equipment. When an accident involves the failure or eight times the rated capacity. The rated capacity shall
destruction of any part of the rigging equipment, no person be conspicuously posted and maintained on the cross
shall use or operate such equipment or any part thereof or head or side members. On the top of every material
remove such equipment or any part thereof from the hoist cage there shall be an overhead protective cover
immediate area of the job site without the permission of of two inch planking, three-quarters inch plywood or
the commisioner. other material of equivalent strength.
*Local Law 15-1993. (c) Hoist machinery.-
(1) The car and counterweight, if provided, shall be
§[C26-1909.3] 27-1056 Material platform hoists equipped with safety devices capable of stopping and
and bucket hoists.-As used in this section, a material sustaining the counterweight and/or sustaining the car
platform or bucket hoist means a power or manually with its capacity load in the event of breakage of the
operated suspended platform or bucket contained by hoisting or counterweight ropes.
guide rails and used for raising or lowering material (2) A sign or plate giving the maximum load capacity
exclusively, and controlled from a point outside the
shall be posted in a conspicuous place near every hoist
conveyance.
engine.
(a) Construction of material hoist towers.-
(1) Where the design of material hoist towers utilizes
standard manufactured elements the loading shall not §[C26-1909.4] 27-1057 Testing inspection, approval
exceed the rated values established by the manufacturer. If and use of power operated cranes, derricks and
specifically designed for the given installation, the cableways.-No owner or other person shall authorize or
design shall be prepared by an engineer or architect, permit the operation of any power operated crane or
and the construction shall conform to that design. For derrick without a certificate of approval, a certificate of
all material hoist towers more than six stories high, operation and a certificate of on-site inspection. No
whether of manufactured units or specifically designed owner or other person shall authorize or permit the
for the site, plans showing the design, including the operation of any cableway without a certificate of on-
guying, bracing, and foundations shall be submitted to site inspection.
the commissioner for approval prior to construction. (a) Exceptions.-
Approval of such plans is subject to the provisions (1) The requirements of this section shall not apply to
established in article nine of subchapter one of this excavating or earth-moving equipment, except cranes
chapter for approval of plans for new construction. used with clamshells.
(2) Standard guard rails and toeboards shall be placed (2) The requirements of this section shall not apply to
on the open sides of runways connecting the tower to cranes or derricks performing an emergency use pursuant
the structure. to the lawful order of the head of any department.

403
Title 27 / Subchapter 19

(3) The requirements of this section shall not apply to derrick if he or she is satisfied after inspections and
truck cranes with telescopic, hydraulic or folding booms, tests that said crane or derrick is in a safe operating
including jibs and any other extensions to the boom, not condition.
exceeding one hundred thirty-five feet in length with a (3) If the owner applies for renewal of a certificate of
manufacturer's rated capacity of three tons or less, operation within not more than sixty or less than thirty
except that a certificate of operation, as provided for in days prior to the date of expiration of his or her
this section and in reference standard RS 19-2 shall be certificate, such owner may continue to use his or her
required for such cranes with jibs and any other crane or derrick until the department grants or denies
extensions to the boom exceeding fifty feet in length. him or her a new certificate.
The above requirement for a certificate of operation shall (4) No change in such crane or derrick not provided for
not apply to a crane used exclusively as a man basket. in the certificate of operation may be made until the
(4) The requirements of this section shall not apply to a owner obtains a new certificate of operation.
mobile crane with a boom, including jibs and any other (d) Certificate of on-site inspection.-
extensions to the boom, not exceeding fifty feet in (1) The owner of the premises, building or structure, or
length with a rated capacity of three tons or less. The his or her designated representative, shall obtain a
commissioner may, by rule and regulation, exempt certificate of on-site inspection for the use of any power
other mobile cranes of limited size and capacity from operated crane, derrick or cableway used for construction
any or all of the requirements of this section. purposes at each job site. Such owner or his or her
(5) The requirements of this section shall not apply to designated representative shall file an application for a
hoisting machines permanently mounted on the bed of certificate of on-site inspection on a form prescribed by
material delivery trucks which are used exclusively for the department, and the fee for such application shall be
loading and unloading such trucks, provided that the as provided in section 26-215 of title twenty-six of the
length of boom does not exceed the length of the truck administrative code. The applicant shall specify the date
bed by more than five feet and that any material when the equipment will be at the job site for use,
transported thereon shall not be raised more than two which date shall be not less than three regular working
feet in the unloading process. Operators of such days from the date of filing said application. Such
equipment shall be exempt from licensing requirements application shall include the information as set forth in
prescribed in section 26-166 of title twenty-six of the the applicable provisions of reference standards RS 19-
administrative code. 2 and RS 19-3.
(b) Certificate of approval.- (2) Upon approval of the application, a copy of said
(1) The owner of such crane or derrick shall file an approval shall be given to the applicant. It shall have
application for a certificate of approval on a form noted thereon that the equipment shall not be operated
prescribed by the department, together with such prior to the date indicated, which date shall be not less
information as set forth in reference standard RS 19-2 than three regular working days from the filing of the
and shall contain the various boom lengths and application unless otherwise provided in the applicable
applicable load ratings for which approval is requested. provisions of reference standard RS 19-2. It shall be
(2) Upon the approval by the department of unlawful to operate the aforesaid equipment before the
information submitted pursuant to reference standard specified date, unless it has been inspected and found to
RS 19-2 and an inspection of the equipment, the be satisfactory by the department. If the equipment has
department shall issue a certificate of approval for the not been inspected by the department on or before the
equipment. Said equipment may be used with pile said date, then the equipment may be operated, pending
driving leads, mounted compressors, boilers, magnets, inspection, provided that the conditions and statements
hammers, pile hammers, extractors, jetting equipment, contained in the approved application are complied
augers, drills, vibrating hammers, mandrels, hoe rams with. Upon inspection by the department and a finding
and other similar attachments. A new certificate of of satisfactory compliance, the approval shall be
approval shall be required when a crane is modified or deemed to be a certificate of on-site inspection.
altered to increase the boom length, jibs or any (3) The certificate of on-site inspection is only valid if
extensions to the boom beyond the maximum approval the conditions and statements contained in the approved
length or when the load ratings are increased. application are complied with and the hoisting machine
(c) Certificate of operation.- is operated in conformance with the provisions of this
(1) Upon issuance of a certificate of approval, the section and the rules and regulations applicable thereto.
department shall also issue the initial certificate of (4) No certificate of on-site inspection shall be required
operation which shall expire one year from the date of where any article is hoisted or lowered on the outside of
issuance. The owner of such crane or derrick shall any completed building, or for the installation of boilers
renew the certificate of operation each year. and tanks, or for the erection, maintenance or removal
(2) The commissioner shall approve the crane or of signs or sign structures, under the supervision of a

404
Title 27 / Subchapter 19

master or special rigger or a master or special sign manufacturer's rated capacity, nor beyond the legal load
hanger in conformance with the provisions of chapter limit, where applicable. The loads shall be trimmed
one of title twenty-six of the administrative code. before the truck is set in motion to prevent spillage.
(e) The commissioner shall inquire into the cause of Loads that project beyond the sides of the truck, or that
any accident involving hoisting machinery.-The may be dislodged in transit, shall be removed or
owner or person directly in charge of any hoisting securely lashed in place.
machinery shall immediately notify the administrator
and the commissioner following any accident involving §[C26-1909.7] 27-1060 Power buggies.-As used in
hoisting machinery. When an accident involves the this section, the term "power buggy" shall mean an
failure or destruction of any part of a hoisting machine, automotive vehicle designed or used for the transportation
no person shall do either of the following, without the of materials on or about construction sites. It shall not
permission of the commissioner: include automobiles, motor trucks, general purpose
(1) use such hoisting machine, or tractors, or excavating or material handling machinery.
(2) remove the hoisting machine or any part thereof (a) Responsibility of employers and workers.-
from the area of the job site. (1) Every person causing a power buggy to be used shall
(f) Any person who wilfully violates any provision provide trained and competent operators and shall carry
of this section shall be guilty of an offense and shall be out or enforce all provisions of this section pertaining to
subject to a fine not exceeding one thousand dollars. the use, operation, and maintenance thereof.
(g) The commissioner may issue temporary certificates (2) No person other than the operator assigned by the
of approval, operation and on-site inspection for any employer shall operate a power buggy. A power buggy
power operated crane during the pendency of an application shall be in charge and custody of the operator assigned,
for certificates of approval and operation upon inspection and no other person shall in any way interfere with or
and upon such analysis and testing as the commissioner handle it, nor shall the operator cause or permit any
may deem necessary. The commissioner may revoke such other person to do so.
temporary certificates if the application is denied. (3) No power buggy shall be operated unless it is in
(h) Special requirements for cranes and derricks.- good operating condition and is so constructed that it is
The construction, installation, inspection, maintenance stable under conditions of normal use.
and use of power operated cranes and derricks shall be (b) Operation and Construction.-
in conformance with reference standard RS 19-2. (1) BRAKES.-Every power buggy shall be provided
(i) Special requirements for cableways.-The construction, with brakes and tire surfaces capable of bringing it to a
installation, inspection, maintenance and use of cableways full stop within twenty-five feet on a level surface that
shall be in conformance with reference standards RS is similar to the one on which it will be used and at full
18-5 and RS 19-3. rated load and maximum design speed. Brakes shall be
capable of being fixed in engagement to hold the full
§[C26-1909.5] 27-1058 Conveyors and cableways.- load stationary on a twenty-five percent grade.
(a) Walkways.-Walkways along belt conveyors or (2) ACCIDENTAL STARTING.-All movement controls
bucket conveyors shall be kept free of materials and, of every power buggy shall be so arranged or shielded
where five feet or more above the ground, shall be that they cannot be inadvertently engaged or the buggy
provided with a standard guard rail and toeboard along accidentally set in motion.
the outside of the walkway. The guard rail and toeboard (3) PARKING ON GRADES.-No power buggy shall
may be omitted on the side toward the belt if the be left unattended on any grade sufficiently steep to
walkway is located adjacent to the conveyor. cause it to coast if free of engine and brake resistance.
(b) Trippers.-Where trippers are used to control (4) USE ON RAMPS, RUNWAYS AND PLATFORMS.-
discharge, a device for throwing the belt or bucket drive Power buggies shall not be used on ramps, runways, or
into neutral shall be installed at each end of the runway. platforms that do not meet the requirements of section
(c) Spillage.-Where conveyor belts cross any traveled 27-1053 of article nine of this subchapter.
way, trays shall be installed to catch spillage and
overhead protection shall be provided for persons or §[C26-1909.8] 27-1061 Lift and fork trucks.-
traffic passing beneath. (a) Load capacity.-A metal plate with readily legible
etched or stamped figures giving the capacity rating in
§[C26-1909.6] 27-1059 Trucks.- pounds shall be attached to every lift or fork truck.
(a) Maintenance.-All parts and accessories of trucks (b) Maintenance.-All parts and accessories of lift or
shall be kept in repair. Brakes shall be so maintained fork trucks shall be kept in repair and with brakes
that the vehicle with full load may be held on any grade adequate to maintain the fully loaded vehicle on any
that may be encountered on the job. Provision shall be grade that may be encountered on the job.
made for the immediate application of wheel blocks to (c) Loading.-No lift or fork truck shall be loaded
trucks traversing ramps steeper than one in ten. beyond its capacity rating. No hand-operated pallet
(b) Loading.-Trucks shall not be loaded beyond the truck loaded so that any point on the load is at a greater

405
Title 27 / Subchapter 19

height than four feet six inches above the floor shall be dependent on a separate and distinct act by the operator,
moved by pushing unless handled by two persons. and all safety features shall be durable.
(d) Prohibited use.-No lift or fork truck shall be in (2) A tool shall have such other characteristics as the
motion when the loaded forks are elevated higher than board may find necessary or proper to provide safety,
necessary to clear obstructions, except as may be required alternative or in addition to the foregoing. Such other
for positioning, picking up, or depositing the load. characteristics may include devices and materials
external to the tool itself but associated with its
§[C26-1909.9] 27-1062 Hand propelled vehicles.-Hand function, and may also include in respect to high
propelled vehicles shall be constructed and braked to velocity projectile tools the basic requirements set forth
withstand the loads to be carried and shall be maintained above for explosive powered tools which discharge
in repair. Vehicles with loose parts shall not be used. projectiles with comparable velocities.
(b) Maintenance.-Every projectile tool shall be
§[C26-1909.10] 27-1063 Mixing machines.-Where properly maintained. No such tool shall be used if any
the public may have access to the working area near part thereof necessary to retain internal pressures or to
charging skips, guard rails shall be erected to enclose prevent accidental discharge of a projectile is not in
the area under the raised skip and the mixing machine. sound and operable condition.
Each time before raising or lowering the charging skip, the (c) Operation.-
operator shall ascertain that no one is in the danger zone. (1) A projectile [tool]* shall be operated only by an
authorized operator who shall be the owner, lessee, or
§[C26-1909.11] 27-1064 Jacks.- other person having proprietary custody of the tool or
(a) Marking.-The rated capacity of every jack shall be any other person whom he or she may authorize to
legibly marked in a prominent location on the jack by operate it.
casting or stamping. The manufacturer shall designate (2) While a projectile tool is in the care and custody of
the intended supporting point of the load and the an authorized operator, no other person shall handle or
maximum permissible length of lever and force applied. in any way molest it.
(b) Overtravel to be limited.-Every jack shall, where (3) No authorized operator of a projectile tool shall
practicable, be provided with a positive stop to prevent leave it unattended while it is in a condition to
overtravel; otherwise an indicator to clearly show discharge a projectile.
overtravel shall be provided on the jack. (4) No person shall use a projectile tool for any
(c) Maintenance.-Lubrication and operation of jacks purpose other than that for which it was manufactured,
shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the nor shall such person point it at another person or hold
manufacturer. it at an angle permitting the projectile to fly free.
(d) Foundations.-Jacks shall rest on a firm, level (5) No person shall use a projectile tool in such a way
foundation adequate to support the load. as to endanger persons who may be in the vicinity.
(e) Blocking required.-When the object has been *Copy in brackets not enacted but probably intended.
lifted to the desired height, blocking or cribbing shall be
immediately placed under it. ARTICLE 12 EXPLOSIVES AND BLASTING

ARTICLE 11 EXPLOSIVE POWERED AND §[C26-1911.1] 27-1068 General.-

PROJECTILE TOOLS All handling, transporting, and use of explosives shall
meet the requirements of the fire department.
§[C26-1910.1] 27-1065 General.-All explosive
powered and projectile tools shall be approved. ARTICLE 13 FLAMMABLE AND
COMBUSTIBLE MIXTURES, COMPRESSED
§[C26-1910.2] 27-1066 Explosive powered tools.- GASES, AND OTHER HAZARDOUS
(a) The provisions of reference standard RS 19-1 shall apply. MATERIALS
(b) The care and storage of explosives shall meet the
requirements of the fire department. §[C26-1912.1] 27-1069 General.-The transportation,
handling, storage, and use of all volatile flammable oils,
§[C26-1910.3] 27-1067 Projectile tools.- flammable and combustible mixtures, compressed gases,
(a) Basic requirements.- and other hazardous materials shall meet the requirements
(1) Unless in a particular case the board shall otherwise of the fire department. Also, see subdivision (b) of
determine, design and construction must be such as to section 27-1023 of article two of this subchapter,
retain safely all internal pressures which may occur warning signs and lights.
during operation, the discharge mechanism shall be
such that the projectile cannot [sic] be discharged by
dropping the tool, the discharge mechanism shall be
such that the discharge of each projectile shall be

406
Plus Reference Standards and Selected Rules and
Regulations of the Department of Buildings

Local Law No. 76 Effective December 6, 1968

Includes Amendments to October 1, 2004

Michael R. Bloomberg
Mayor

Patricia J. Lancaster Martha K. Hirst

Commissioner Commissioner
Department of Buildings Department of Citywide Administrative Services

originally published October 1, 2003

revised through October 1, 2004
Volume 2 of 2

revision: October 1, 2004 Title Page

New York City Department of Buildings
Fatma M. Amer, PE
Acting Deputy Commissioner

Special Acknowledgement:
Former Deputy Commissioner, Ronny Livian, PE
Chief of Staff, Stephen Kramer
Former Executive Engineer, Nicholas Grecco, PE
Assistant Commissioner, Marilyn King Festa

THE BUILDING CODE OF THE CITY OF NEW YORK

VOLUME 2

Published by the Department of Citywide Administrative Services

The Building Code and other related municipal publications are available at CityStore

revision: October 1, 2004 Title Page

Preface

BUILDING CODE
OF THE CITY OF NEW YORK

Plus Selected Rules of the Department of Buildings

LOCAL LAW NO. 76 Effective Dec. 6, 1968
INCLUDES AMENDMENTS To October 1, 2004

MICHAEL R. BLOOMBERG
MAYOR
PATRICIA J. LANCASTER, A.I.A.
Commissioner
PREFACE

The current Building Code was enacted by the City Council including Hotels); Local Law 10/99 (sprinkler protection
on October 22, 1968, and approved by the Mayor on of residential building).
November 6, 1968. It became effective on December 6, Recent significant amendments to the Building Code
1968, superseding the Building Code enacted in 1938. The include:
"New Code" is based largely upon nationally accepted
performance standards and specifications for materials and • Padlock Law (Local Law 6/93)
construction assemblies.
The present edition updates the Building Code to • Sidewalk Sheds
October 1, 2004.
The State Legislature, pursuant to Chapter 907 of the Laws • Elevators and Escalators
of 1985, repealed and reenacted the Administrative Code of
the City of New York to reflect changes in form, particularly • Fees
a complete renumbering of the sections of the Code.
Accordingly, General Provisions, Licenses and Building • Registration of Expediters
Construction are contained in Chapter 1 of Title 26 and
the Building Code is contained in Chapter 1 of Title 27. • Boiler Inspections
The old section numbers of the Building Code are shown
in brackets, followed by the new section numbers. This • Consolidation of the Board of Standards and Appeals
serves as a convenience to architectural and engineering Equipment Section into the Materials & Equipment
professionals and construction industry members familiar
Acceptance Section of the Department of Buildings
with the Code prior to this revision.
To facilitate the adoption of proven results of research and
• Cranes and Derricks
development in the dynamic field of construction, the Code
provides that the Buildings Commissioner may adopt new
• Sprinklering of Residential Buildings (Local Law 10/99)
standards or revise existing standards. In the past, this could
only be accomplished by legislative action. Moreover, the
• Regulation of Outdoor Advertising (Local Law 14/01)
Code further provides that equipment and materials may be
accepted by the Department of Buildings based upon national
reference standards and tests conducted by recognized • Use of Mercury Gauges to Test Plumbing,
national laboratories. Such acceptance previously required Prohibited (Local Law 17/01)
approval by the Board of Standards and Appeals.
Since 1968, there developed a need to respond to new • Awnings (Local Law 44/03)
situations or exigencies through the passage of local laws
whose provisions were incorporated in the Building • Carbon Monoxide Detectors (Local Law 07/04)
Code. Some of these included Local Law 5/73 (Fire
Safety in Office Buildings); Local Law 41/78 (Fire • Sprinklers, Exit Signs, and Photo-Luminescent Marking in
Safety in Places of Public Assembly); Local Law 10/80 High Rise Office Buildings and Other Prospective Changes
and Local Law 11/98 (Owners' Inspection of Building to the Code relating to Fire Safety (Local Law 26/04)
Facades); Local Law 10/81 (Owners' Inspection of
Elevators); Local Law 16/84 (Fire Safety in Buildings, • Mechanical Refrigeration (LL 32/04)

revision: October 1, 2004 I

Preface

Patricia J. Lancaster, AIA

Commissioner

EDITOR'S NOTE: Editorial notes pointing out discrepancies

revision: October 1, 2004 II

Reference Standard 1

BUILDING CODE
REFERENCE STANDARDS
APPENDIX TO TITLE 27,
CHAPTER 1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RS 1
RS 2 Definitions
RS 3 Occupancy and Construction Classifications
RS 4 Building Limitations
Index Map RS 4-1 Richmond
Index Map RS 4-2 Queens
RS 5 Fire Protection Construction Requirements
RS 6
RS 7 Special Uses and Occupancies
RS 8 Places of Assembly
RS 9 Loads
RS 10 Structural Work
RS 11 Foundations
RS 12 Light, Heat, Ventilation and Noise Control
RS 13 Mechanical Ventilation, Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Systems
RS 14 Heating and Combustion Equipment
RS 15 Chimneys and Gas Vents
RS 16 Plumbing, Drainage and Gas Piping
RS 17 Fire Alarms, Detection and Extinguishing Equipment
RS 18 Elevators and Conveyors
RS 19 Safety of Public and Property During Construction Operations
*
RULE OF CONSTRUCTION OF THE BUILDING CODE REFERENCE STANDARDS

Section 1. It shall be a rule of construction for the building code reference standards of the appendix to chapter one
of title twenty-seven of the administrative code of the city of New York that references to the sections of the
Administrative Code repealed by Chapter 907 of the Laws of 1985, heretofore promulgated and currently in effect,
should be deemed to refer to the corresponding new sections of such Code as specified in the distribution table
contained in Chapter 907 or as assigned by the State Legislation Bill Drafting Commission.
§2. All Building Code Reference Standards enacted or adopted prior to the effective date of this revision are
hereby made subject to the rule of construction established in Section "1" hereof.
*
373-88 BCR

1
Reference Standard 1

This page is intended to be left blank

2
Reference Standard 2

REFERENCE STANDARD RS-2 DEFINITIONS

**
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 2-1
Reference Standards Agencies and National Organizations

The following agencies and national organizations promulgate standards referenced in this code and its referenced
standards. The abbreviations in front of the agency or national organization is used to identify it. A (bracket) indicates
its former abbreviation.

AA
Aluminum Association
Suite 300
900 19th St., N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20006
AAMA (AWMA)
American Architectural Manufacturers Association
2700 River Road
Des Plaines, Illinois 60018
AASHTO, (AASHO)
American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
444 North Capital Street
Washington, D.C. 20001
A-CE, (A-OCE)
Army Chief of Engineers
Attn: ENGMC-ES
1000 Independence Avenue, S.W.
Washington, D.C. 20314
ACI
American Concrete Institute
P.O. Box 19150
Redford Station
Detroit, Michigan 48219
*
AF & PA, (NLMA), (NFPA), (NFoPA)
American Forest and Paper Association
Suite 800
1111 19th Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20036
*DOB 4-17-96
AGA
American Gas Association
1515 Wilson Boulevard
Arlington, Virginia 22209
AGMA
American Gear Manufacturers Association
1901 North Fort Meyer Drive
Arlington, Virginia 22209
AHA (IBI)
American Hardwood Association
205 West Touky Avenue
Park Ridge, Illinois 60068
AISC
American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc.
Wrigley Building
400 North Michigan Avenue
Chicago, Illinois 60611
AISG, (A Ins A), (AIA), (NBFU)
American Insurance Services Group, Inc.

3
Reference Standard 2

Engineering & Safety Service

85 John Street
New York, N.Y. 10038
**
AISI
American Iron and Steel Institute
Suite 1300
1101 17th Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20036-4700
**DOB 6-1-96
***
AITC
American Institute of Timber Construction
7012 S. Revere Pkwy., Suite 140
Englewood, CO 80112
***DOB 3-14-96
ANSI (USASI)
American National Standards Institute, Inc.
1430 Broadway
New York, New York 10018
APA
American Plywood Association
P.O. Box 11700
Tacoma, Washington 98411
API
American Petroleum Institute
1220 Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20005
AREA
American Railway Engineering Association
50 F Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20001
*
ARI
Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute
1501 Wilson Boulevard
Arlington, Virginia 22209
ARI, (AFI), (REMA), (ACRMA), (NWAHACA)
Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute
1501 Wilson Road**
Arlington, Virginia 22209
*As enacted, but this listing, duplicate of listing below, probably intended to be omitted.
** As enacted, but “Boulevard” probably intended.
ASCE
American Society of Civil Engineers
United Engineering Center
345 East 47th Street
New York, New York 10017
ASHRAE, (ASHAE)
American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers
1791 Tullie Circle, N.E.
Atlanta, Georgia 30329 ASME
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
United Engineering Center
345 East 47th Street
New York, New York 10017
ASSE
American Society of Sanitary Engineering
P.O. Box 40362
Bay Village, Ohio 44140

4
Reference Standard 2

ASTM
American Society for Testing and Materials
1916 Race Street
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103
AWPA
American Wood Preservers Association
P.O. Box 849
Stevensville, Maryland 21666
AWPI
American Wood Preservers Institute
1945 Gallows Road
Vienna, Virginia 22180
AWS
American Welding Society
550 N.W. LeJeune Road
Miami, Florida 33125
AWWA
American Water Works Association
6666 West Quincy Avenue
Denver, Colorado 80235
BIA, (SCPI)
Brick Institute of America
11490 Commerce Park Drive
Reston, VA. 22091-1506
BHMA
Building Hardware Manufacturers Association, Inc.
60 East 42nd Street
New York, New York 10165
CISPI
Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute
Suite 419
5959 Shallowford Road
Chattanooga, TN 37421
CFR
Code of Federal Regulations
Superintendent of Documents
Government Printing Office
Washington, D.C. 20402
CPSC
Consumer Product Safety Commission
Office of the Secretary
Washington, D.C. 20207
CRSI
Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
933 North Plum Grove Road
Schaumburg, Illinois 60173-4758
(CS)
(For Commercial or Commodity Standards, see address under DOC)
DEC
Department of Environmental Conservation
50 Wolf Road
Albany, N.Y. 12205
DOC
United States Department of Commerce National Institute
of Standards and Technology
Washington, D.C.*

5
Reference Standard 2

Gaithersburg, MD 20899
(Available from Superintendent of Documents
Government Printing Office
Washington, D.C. 20402-9325)
*
As enacted, but "Washington, D.C." probably intended to be omitted.
FCC
Federal Communications Commission
1919 M Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20554
FEMA
Federal Emergency Management Agency
P.O. Box 8181
Washington, D.C. 20024
FMS
Factory Mutual System
Standards-Laboratories Department
1151 Boston-Providence Turnpike
Norwood, Massachusetts 02062
FS
Federal Specifications
General Services Administration
Specification and Consumer Information
Distribution Section (WFSIS)
Washington Navy Yard Bldg. 197
Washington, D. C. 20407
GA
Gypsum Association
810 First Street, N.E.
Suite 510
Washington, D.C. 20002
HPMA, (HPI), (HPMA)
Hardwood Plywood Manufacturers Association
P.O. Box 2789
Reston, Virginia 22090-2789
HUD
U.S. Dept. of Housing and Urban Development
451 Seventh Street, S.W.
Washington, D.C. 20410
IAPMO
International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials
5032 Alhambra Avenue
Los Angeles, California 90032
(IBI)
See AHA
IC
Industrial Code Rules
New York State Department of Labor
N.Y.C. Office
One Main Street
Gair Tower
Brooklyn, New York 11201
ICBO, (UBC)
International Conference of Building Officials
5360 South Workman Mill Road
Whittier, California 90601
IEEE

6
Reference Standard 2

Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.

345 East 47th Street
New York, N.Y. 10017
IES
Illuminating Engineers Society
United Engineering Center
345 East 47th Street
New York, New York 10017
I-SANTA
Industrial Stapling and Nailing Technical Association
435 North Michigan Avenue
Suite 1717
Chicago, Illinois 60611
ISO
International Organization for Standardization (Available from ANSI)
MHI, (MHMA)
Manufactured Housing Institute
1745 Jefferson Davis Highway
Arlington, Virginia 22202
MIL
Military Specifications
Naval Supply Depot
5801 Tabor Avenue
Philadelphia, PA 19111
NAPHCC
National Association of Plumbing, Heating, Cooling Contractors
1016 20th Street
Washington, D.C. 20036
(NBS)
(For National Bureau of Standards, See NIST)
NCMA
National Concrete Masonry Association
P.O. Box 781
Herndon, Virginia 22070
NCRP
National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements
NCRP Publications
P.O. Box 30175
Washington, D.C. 20014
NFiPA, (NFPA)
National Fire Protection Association
Batterymarch Park
Quincy, MA 02269
NIST (NBS)
National Institute of Standards and Technology
U.S. Department of Commerce
Gaithersburg, MD 20899
NSF
National Sanitation Foundation
P.O. Box 1468
Ann Arbor, Michigan 48106
NYCRR
New York Code Rules and Regulations
Publications Bureau
Department of State
162 Washington Avenue

7
Reference Standard 2

Albany, N. Y. 12231
PDI
Plumbing Drainage Institute
1106 W. 77th Street, South Drive
Indianapolis, Indiana 46260-3318
PCA
Portland Cement Association
5420 Old Orchard Road
Skokie, Illinois 60077
PS
Office of Product Standards
National Bureau of Standards
U.S. Department of Commerce
Washington, D. C. 20234
(Available from Superintendent of Documents)
PSC
New York State Public Service Commission
NYC Office
400 Broome Street
New York, New York 10013
RCRBS
Research Council on Riveted and Bolted Structural Joints of
the Engineering Foundation
345 East 47th Street
New York, New York 10017
RCSHSB
Red Cedar Shingle and Handsplit Shake Bureau
515 116th Avenue, N.E., Suite 275
Bellevue, WA 98004
*
SJI
Steel Joist Institute
3127 10th Avenue North Extension
Myrtle Beach, South Carolina 29577-6760
*DOB 5-1-99
SMACNA
Sheet Metal and Air-Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc.
8224 Old Courthouse Road
Tyson's Corner
Vienna, VA 22180
SMPTE
Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers
595 West Hartsdale Avenue
White Plains, N.Y. 10607-1824
SPIB
Southern Pine Inspection Bureau
4709 Scenic Highway
Pensacola, Florida 32504
SSSI
Steel Scaffolding & Shoring Institute
2130 Keith Building
Cleveland, Ohio 44115
TCA
Tile Council of America
4801 Montgomery Lane
Washington, D.C. 20014
TECO

8
Reference Standard 2

Timber Engineering Company

5530 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W.
Chevy Chase, Maryland 20815
TPI
Truss Plate Institute, Inc.
583 D'Onofrio Drive
Suite 200
Madison, WI 53719
UBC
Uniform Building Code. (See the International
Conference of Building Officials.)
UL
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
333 Pfingsten Road
Northbrook, Illinois 60062
or
1285 Melville Road
Melville, New York 11746
ULC
Underwriters' Laboratories of Canada
7 Crouse Road
Scarborough, Ontario, Canada MIR 3A9
(USASI) see ANSI
**
Local Law 13-1987; 213-90 BCR; 135-88 BCR;
237-87 BCR; 428-83 BCR; 705-80 BCR.

9
Reference Standard 2

This page is intended to be left blank

10
Reference Standard 3

REFERENCE STANDARD RS-3

OCCUPANCY AND CONSTRUCTION
CLASSIFICATIONS
*LIST OF REFERENCED NATIONAL STANDARDS

ASTM E119 Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials................................ 1983
ASTM E84 Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.............. 1987
*1341-88 BCR
*
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 3-1

ASTM E119-1983-Standard Method of Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.

*1341-88 BCR
*
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 3-2
ASTM E 84-1987-Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
*1341-88 BCR
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 3-3
Occupancy Group Classifications of Zoning Uses
(Appendix A of Zoning Resolution)

Zoning
Resolution Building Code
Use or Occupancy Use Group Occupancy Group

Adhesives manufacture, excluding

manufacture of basic components…… 17 A, D-1 or D-2 depending on nature of materials involved
Advertising displays manufacture………… 17 D-1 or D-2 depending on nature of materials involved
Agricultural machinery manufacture,
including repairs…………………….. 18 D-2
Agriculture
Without nuisance or sales
Limitations…………………………... 4 B-2 (no sales) or C (sales)
Without nuisance or sales
Limitations………………………….. 17 B-2 (no sales) or C (sales)
Aircraft manufacture (including
parts)………………………………... 17 D-1
Airports…………………………………… Not applicable
Amusement parks, children's (See
children's amusement parks)
Amusement park activities………………. 15 F-2 (outdoor) or F-3 (indoor)
Animal hospitals…………………………. 16 E
Animal pounds or crematoriums………… 16 E (pounds) or D-2 (crematoriums)
Antique stores…………………………… 6 C
Apartment hotels………………………... 2 J-2
Apparel (See clothing)
Appliances
Electrical appliance
Manufacturing……………………. 17 D-2
Television, radio, phonograph
or household appliance stores
Limited as to floor areas…………... 6 C
Unlimited………………………….. 10 C
Household appliance repair shops……… 8 C
Arenas, auditoriums, or stadiums
Limited as to capacity…………….. 12 F-1b (indoor) or F-2 (outdoor)
Unlimited…………………………. — F-1b (indoor) or F-2 (outdoor)
Art Galleries
Commercial………………………. 6 F-3
Non-Commercial…………………. 3 F-3
Art goods manufacture, religious or
church, excluding foundry
operations………………………… 17 D-2
Art metal craft shops…………………... 6 C (sales) or D-2 (no sales)

11
Reference Standard 3

REFERENCE STANDARD RS 3-3 (continued)

Zoning
Resolution Building Code
Use or Occupancy Use Group Occupancy Group

Art needle work………………………... 11 D-2

Artist's supply stores…………………... 6 C
Asphalt or asphalt products
Manufacture………………………. 18 A
Athletic equipment manufacture………. 17 D-2
Athletic goods stores…………………... 6 C
Auctions rooms, public………………… 9 C
Auditoriums
Limited as to capacity……………. 12 F-1a (with scenery) or F-1b (without scenery)
Unlimited ………………………… — F-1a (with scenery) or F-1b (without scenery)
Automobiles
Dead Storage……………………… 16 B-2
Driving Schools………………….. 8 E
Glass or mirror shops…………….. 7 C
Laundries……………………….… 16 D-2
Manufacture, including parts, or
engine rebuilding……………..…... 17 D-1
Rental establishments…………….. 8 E
Repairs, body……………………... 17 D-1
Repairs, except body repairs……… 16 D-1
Sales, open or enclosed…………… 16 C
Seat cover or convertible top
establishments, selling or in-
stallation.......................................... 7 C
Showrooms, no repair services........ 9 C
Supply stores, no repair services .... 7 C
Tire sales establishments................. 7 C
Wrecking establishments ................ 18 D-2
Automotive service stations
Limited as to total area.................... 13 E
Unlimited ........................................ 13 E
Awnings
Custom shops, limited as to
floor area ........................................ 7 C
Manufacture, with no limitation
on production or on floor area ........ 17 D-1
Bakeries
Limited as to floor area used for
production ...................................... 6 D-1
Unlimited (See food products
processing) ................................ — D-1
Banks, including drive-in banks.............. 6 E
Banquet halls........................................... 9 F-4
Barber shops ........................................... 6 E
Baths, steam ............................................ 9 F-3
Beaches, commercial ............................. 13 Not applicable
Beauty parlors ......................................... 6 E
Beverages
Bottling works ................................ 17 D-2
Manufacture
Alcoholic .................................. 18 D-1
Non-alcoholic ........................... 17 D-2
Bicycle
Manufacture ................................... 17 D-2
Rental or repair shops .................... 7 E
Sales................................................ 6 C
Billiard parlors ........................................ 8 F-3
Blacksmith shops .................................... 16 D-1
Blueprinting establishments ................... 9 D-2
Boarding houses...................................... 2 J-1

12
Reference Standard 3

REFERENCE STANDARD RS 3-3 (continued)

Zoning
Resolution Building Code
Use or Occupancy Use Group Occupancy Group

Boatels ................................................... 7 J-1

Boats or ships
Building or repair, for boats less
than 200 ft. in length ................. 17 D-1
Building or repair, for boats
200 ft. or more in length ............ 18 D-1
Docks, for small pleasure boats ...... 14 Not applicable
Fuel sales, open or enclosed Un-
restricted as to location................ 13 E
Restricted as to location .................. 14 E
Rentals, opened or enclosed ............ 14 E
Sales, opened or enclosed ............... 16 C
Showrooms, with no repair services... 9 C
Storage, repair, or painting, in-
cluding the incidental sales of
boats, boat parts, or acces-
sories, with restrictions on
boat size and setbacks ............... 14 D-1
Bone distillation...................................... 18 D-1
Books
Binding (see printing) Hand
binding or tooling ....................... 11 D-2
Stores ............................................. 6 C
Bottling works, for all beverages ............ 17 D-2
Bowling alleys ........................................
Limited as to number of lanes ........ 8 F-3
Unlimited ........................................ 12 F-3
Breweries ............................................... 18 D-1
Brick manufacture .................................. 18 D-2
Brush or broom manufacture ................. 17 D-1
Building materials
Sales, open or enclosed, limited
as to lot area ............................... 16 C
Yards, for sales, storage, or handling,
open or enclosed, unlimited as to lot
area except in the case of lumber
yards .......................................... 17 C (sales) or B-2 (no sales)
Bus stations
With less than 10 berths ................. — D-1 (bus area) and F-3 (passenger area)
With 10 or more berths .................. — D-1 (bus area) and F-3 (passenger area)
Business machines
Manufacture ................................... 17 D-2
Small, repair shops ......................... 9 E
Stores, sales, or rentals ................... 10 C
Business schools or colleges .................. 9 G
Camera manufacture ............................... 17 D-2
Camps, overnight or outdoor day ........... 13 F-2 (outdoor) or F-3 (indoor)
Candy stores ........................................... 6 C
Canvas or canvas products manufacture... 17 D-1
Carnivals, temporary............................... 13 F-2 (outdoor) or F-3 (indoor)
Carpentry shops ..................................... 16 D-1
Carpet
Cleaning establishments ................. 16 A or D-1 depending on nature of materials involved
Manufacture .................................... 17 D-1
Carpet, rug, linoleum or other floor
covering stores
Unlimited ....................................... 10 C
Catering establishments ......................... 9 C (outside consumption) or F-4 (banquets)
Cement manufacture .............................. 18 D-2
Cemeteries .............................................. 4 B-2 (mausoleums, crypts)
Ceramic products ...................................

13
Reference Standard 3

REFERENCE STANDARD RS 3-3 (continued)

Zoning
Resolution Building Code
Use or Occupancy Use Group Occupancy Group

Manufacture, custom....................... 11 D-2

Manufacture ................................... 17 D-2
Charcoal manufacture ............................ 18 D-1
Chemicals
Compounding or packaging ........... 17 A, D-1 or D-2 depending on nature of materials involved
Manufacture ................................... 18 A, D-1 or D-2 depending on nature of materials involved
Children's amusement parks
Small .............................................. 13 F-2
Medium size ................................... 15 F-2
Large size ....................................... 15 F-2
Unlimited as to size ........................ 15 F-2
Churches ................................................. 4 F-1b
Cigar stores ............................................. 6 C
Circuses, temporary ................................ 13 F-1a
Clay manufacture ................................... 18 D-2
Clay pits .................................................. — Not applicable
Cleaning or cleaning and dyeing
establishments (see dry cleaning).... —
Clocks
Manufacture ................................... 17 D-2
Stores or repair shops ..................... 6 C (sales) or E (repair)
Clothing
Accessory stores (see Clothing stores)
Custom manufacture or altering
for retail..................................... 11 A or D-1 depending on nature of materials involved
Manufacture ................................... 17 A or D-1 depending on nature of materials involved
Rental establishments ..................... 9 E
Stores
Limited as to floor area ............ 6 C
Unlimited ................................ 10 C
Clubs
Night (See eating or drinking places)
Non-commercial
All types except those with
outdoor swimming pools......... 4 J-1 (with residence) or E (without residence)
Clubs with outdoor swimming
pools more than 500 ft. from
all lot lines............................... 4 J-1 (with residence) or E (without residence)
All types, including outdoor
swimming pool clubs or clubs
with outdoor swimming pools
less than 500 ft. from any lot
line ....................................... 6, 14 J-1 (with residence) or E (without residence)
Coal
Products manufacture...................... 18 A
Sales, open or enclosed
Limited as to lot area............... 16 A
Unlimited (see coal storage)
Storage, open or enclosed .............. 18 A
Coin stores ............................................. 6 C
Coke products
Manufacture .................................... 18 A
Colleges or universities, including
professional schools, or college
or school dormitories or fraternity
or sorority houses, but excluding
business colleges or trade schools ... 3 G (classroom buildings), J-2 (dormitories)
Commercial parking garages or lots
(See parking garages, public or
parking lots, public)
Community centers ................................. 4 F-3

14
Reference Standard 3

REFERENCE STANDARD RS 3-3 (continued)

Zoning
Resolution Building Code
Use or Occupancy Use Group Occupancy Group

Concrete batching (See building

materials yards)
Concrete products manufacture (See
stone processing or stone products)
Construction machinery manufacture,
including repairs.............................. 18 D-2
Contractors' establishments-electrical,
glazing, heating, painting, paper
hanging, plumbing, roofing, or
ventilating
Limited as to floor area ....... 7 E
Limited as to open storage ... 16 E
Unlimited (See contractors' yards)
Contractors' yards .................................. 17 Not applicable
Convalescent homes (See nursing homes)
Convents ................................................. 3 J-3
Cork products
Manufacture .................................... 17 D-1
Cosmetics or toiletries
Manufacture ................................... 17 A or D-1 depending upon nature of materials involved
Costume rental establishments................ 9 C
Cotton ginning or cotton wadding
or liner manufacture ........................ 17 A
Court houses .......................................... 6 F-1b
Crating establishments ............................ 16 A
Crematoriums
Animals .......................................... 16 B-2 (urn storage) and F-1b (chapel)
Human............................................. 16 B-2 (urn storage) and F-1b (chapel)
Dance halls, public.................................. 12 F-4
Dance studios (See studios)
Day camps, outdoor ................................ 13 F-2
Delicatessen stores (See food stores)
Dental
Instruments manufacture ................ 11 D-2
Laboratories (See laboratories, medical or dental)
Offices (See medical offices)
Department stores .................................. 10 C
Diaper supply establishments ................. 16 E
Disinfectants manufacture ...................... 18 D-1
Dormitories, college or school (See colleges or universities)
Drafting instruments
Manufacture .................................... 11 D-2
Dressmaking shops, custom ................... 6 D-1
Drinking places (See eating or
drinking places)
Drive-in theaters ..................................... F-2
Drug stores ............................................. 6 C
Dry cleaning or clothes pressing
establishments, limited as to floor
area, solvents and machine
capacity .......................................... 6 D-1 or D-2 (See Section 705.0)
Dry cleaning or cleaning and dyeing establishments,
without restrictions ......................... 16 D-1 or D-2 (See Section 705.0)
Dry goods stores
Limited as to floor area .................. 6 C
Unlimited ....................................... 10 C
Dumps .................................................... 18 Not applicable
Eating or drinking places
With restrictions on entertainment .. 6 F-4
Without restrictions on entertainment
or dancing but limited to location

15
Reference Standard 3

REFERENCE STANDARD RS 3-3 (continued)

Zoning
Resolution Building Code
Use or Occupancy Use Group Occupancy Group

in hotels .......................................... 10 F-4

Without restrictions ........................ 12 F-4
Electric
Power or steam generating plants ... 18 D-1
Substations
Public transit or railroad
Small or medium size................ 17 D-2
Large ........................................ 17 D-2
Utility
Small ............................................... 6 D-2
Medium size.................................... 17 D-2
Large .............................................. 17 D-2
Electrical
Appliance
Manufacture ........................... 17 D-2
Stores (See appliances,
television, radio, phonograph
or household appliance stores) C
Contractors (See contractors'
establishments)
Equipment assembly, not including
electrical machinery ................ 17 D-2
Supplies, manufacturing ................. 17 D-2
Electrolysis studios ................................ 6 E
Electrotyping or stereotyping (See
printing)
Engraving or photo-engraving
(see printing)
Excelsior manufacture............................. 18 A
Exterminators ......................................... 7 E
Fabric stores (See dry goods stores)
Fairs, temporary ..................................... 13 F-2 (outdoors) or F-3 (indoors)
Feathers
Bulk processing, washing, curing,
or dyeing ................................ 18 A
Products manufacture, except
washing , curing or dyeing ..... 17 A
Felt
Bulk processing, washing, curing,
or dyeing ................................ 18 D-1
Products manufacture, except
washing, curing or dyeing ....... 17 D-1
Fertilizer manufacture ............................ 18 D-1
Filling stations (See automotive service stations)
Film, photographic, manufacture ........... 18 D-1
Fire Stations ........................................... 6, 14 D-2 (garage) and J-2 (dormitory)
Fish products, packing or processing ...... 18 D-1
Fishing tackle or equipment rental
or sales ........................................... 6, 14 C
Florist shops ........................................... 6 C
Food
Products processing, except meat
slaughtering or preparation of
fish for packing ......................... 17 D-1
Stores, including supermarkets,
grocery stores, meat markets,
or delicatessen stores ................ 6 C
Foundries, ferrous or non-ferrous ........... 18 D-1
Fraternity houses (See colleges or universities)
Frozen food lockers ................................ 6 B-2
Fuel briquettes manufacture ................... 18 D-1

16
Reference Standard 3

REFERENCE STANDARD RS 3-3 (continued)

Zoning
Resolution Building Code
Use or Occupancy Use Group Occupancy Group

Fuel sales, open or enclosed

Limited as to lot area ...................... 16 E
Unlimited (See coal storage, petroleum storage, or lumber yards)
Funeral establishments ........................... 7 F-1b
Fungicides manufacture ......................... 18 D-1
Fur
Goods manufacture, not including
tanning or dyeing ...................... 17 D-2
Tanning, curing, finishing, or
dyeing ........................................ 18 A
Furniture
Custom shops ................................. 16 D-1
Manufacture ................................... 17 A or D-1 depending upon nature of materials involved
Stores ............................................. 6, 10 C
Limited as to floor area .................. 6 C
Unlimited ..................................... 10 C
Furriers shops, custom ........................... 6 C
Garages (See parking garages, public)
Garbage incineration or reduction .......... 18 D-1
Garden supply stores .............................. 6 C
Gardens, truck (See agriculture)
Gas
Manufacture ................................... 18 A
Public utility stations for .................
metering or regulating ............... 6 D-1
Storage ............................................ 18 A
Substations ..................................... 6 D-1
Gasoline service stations (See automotive service stations)
Gelatin manufacture ............................... 18 D-1
Generating plants, electric or steam ....... 18 D-1
Gift shops ............................................... 6 C
Glass
Cutting shops ................................. 16 D-2
Manufacture ................................... 18 D-2
Products manufacture from
previously manufactured glass ....... 17 D-2
Glazing contractors (See contractors' establishments)
Glue manufacture ................................... 18 D-1
Golf
Courses ........................................... 4 Not applicable
Courses, miniature .......................... 13 F-3 (indoor)
Driving ranges ................................ 13 F-3 (indoor)
Grain
Milling or processing ..................... 18 A
Storage ........................................... 18 A
Graphite or graphite products
Manufacture ................................... 18 D-1
Gravel pits .............................................. Not applicable
Greenhouses (See agriculture)
Grocery stores (See food stores)
*Group homes ........................................ 1, 2 J-3
*Local Law 39-1972
Gymnasiums .......................................... 9 F-3
Gypsum manufacture ............................. 18 D-2
Hair
Bulk processing, washing, curing,
or dyeing ................................... 18 D-2
Products manufacture (except
washing, curing, or dyeing) ........ 17 D-2
Products manufacture, custom ....... 11 D-2
Hardware

17
Reference Standard 3

REFERENCE STANDARD RS 3-3 (continued)

Zoning
Resolution Building Code
Use or Occupancy Use Group Occupancy Group

Manufacture ................................... 17 D-2

Stores ............................................. 6 C
Hat
Bodies manufacture ........................ 17 D-1
Repair shops ................................... 6 C
Health centers ........................................ 4 H-2
*
Government operated health
centers or independent out-of-
hospital health facilities
incorporated pursuant to section
35 of the New York State Social
Services law .................................... 4 E
*Local Law 39-1972
Health services (See physical culture
establishments)
Heating contractors (See contractors'
establishments)
Heating equipment showrooms, without
repair facilities ............................... 9 E
Heliports ................................................ D-1
Hemp products manufacture .................. D-1
Home occupations................................... E
Hosiery manufacture .............................. 17 D-1
Hospitals, except animal hospitals
Non-profit or voluntary, and
related facilities ....................... 4 H-2
Proprietary, and related facilities .... 4 H-2
Hotels
Transient ........................................ 5 J-1
Apartment ...................................... 2 J-2
Household
Appliance repair shops ................... 8 E
Appliance stores (See appliances
television, radio, phonograph, or
household appliance stores)
Equipment or machinery repair
shops .......................................... 16 D-2
Ice cream stores ..................................... 6 C
Ice
Manufacture, dry or natural............. 17 D-2
Sales, open or enclosed
Limited as to lot area.................. 16 C
Unlimited (See refrigerating
plants)......................................... C
Ice skating rinks, outdoor........................ 4 F-2
Incineration or reduction of garbage,
offal, or dead animals...................... 18 D-1
Ink or inked ribbon manufacture............. 17 A or D-1 depending on nature
of materials involved
Insecticides manufacture......................... 18 D-1
Institutions, philanthropic or non-profit
With sleeping accommodations ...... 3 J-1 or J-2 depending on whether
short or long term basis
Without sleeping accommodations.. 4 E
Interior decorating establishments
Limited as to floor area for
processing, servicing, or repairs .. 6 C
Unlimited (See furniture, textiles , or
upholstering) ............................... C
Jewelry
Manufacture

18
Reference Standard 3

REFERENCE STANDARD RS 3-3 (continued)

Zoning
Resolution Building Code
Use or Occupancy Use Group Occupancy Group

Costume .......................................... 17 D-2

From precious metals ...................... 11 D-2
Shops.......................................... 6 C
Junk Yards .............................................. 18 Not applicable
Jute products manufacture ...................... 17 D-1
Kennels ................................................... 16 E
Laboratories
Medical or dental, for research or
testing, with limitations on
objectionable effects.................. 9 D-2
Research, experimental, or
testing........................................ 17 D-2
Lampblack manufacture.......................... 18 D-1
Laundries, with no limitations on
type of operation ............................. 16 D-2
Laundry establishments, hand or
automatic self-service ..................... 6 E
Leather
Tanning, curing, finishing
or dyeing ...................................... 18 A
Goods stores ................................... 6 C
Products manufacture...................... 17 D-1
Libraries ................................................. 3 G
Linen supply establishments ................... 16 E
Linoleum
Manufacture .................................... 18 A
Stores (See carpet stores) ................ C
Liquor stores, package ........................... 6 C
Loan offices ............................................ 6 E
Locksmith shops ..................................... 6 E
Lots (See parking lots, public)
Luggage
Manufacture .................................... 17 D-1
Stores .............................................. 6 C
Lumber
Processing or woodwork, bulk ........ 18 D-1
Sales
Limited as to lot area (See
building materials sales) .............. D-1
Unlimited ..................................... 18 D-1
Yards
Limited as to lot area.................... 17 D-1
Unlimited .................................... 18 D-1

Machine
Shops including tool, die or
pattern making ............................. 16 D-2
Tools manufacture........................... 17 D-2
Machinery
Manufacture or repair
Heavy ......................................... 18 D-2
Miscellaneous or electrical
equipment................................... 17 D-2
Rental or sales establishments......... 16 C
Repair shops.................................... 16 E
Machines, business (See business machines)
Manure storage ....................................... 18 B-2
Markets
Retail, including meat (See food stores)
Wholesale, produce or meat ............ 17 C
Masseurs ................................................. 9 E

19
Reference Standard 3

REFERENCE STANDARD RS 3-3 (continued)

Zoning
Resolution Building Code
Use or Occupancy Use Group Occupancy Group

Matches manufacture .............................. 18 A

Mattress manufacture, rebuilding
or renovating ............................. 17 A
Meat
Markets
Retail (See food stores) .............. C
Wholesale................................... 17 C
Slaughtering or preparation for
packing....................................... 18 D-1
Medical
Appliances
Custom manufacture ................. 11 D-2
Manufacture .............................. 17 D-2
Stores ........................................ 6 C
Instruments, manufacture................ 11 D-2
Laboratories (See laboratories, medical)
Offices or group medical centers
Limited as to location within
building .......................................... 4 E
Unlimited ....................................... 6 E
Meeting halls........................................... 6 F-1b
Metals manufacture
Alloys or foil, miscellaneous........... 18 D-2
Casting or foundry products,
heavy........................................... 18 D-2
Finishing, plating, grinding,
sharpening, polishing, cleaning,
rustproofing, heat treatment, or
similar processes ......................... 17 D-1
Ores reduction or refining ....................... 18 D-2
Products treatment or processing ............ 18 D-2
Reduction, refining, smelting, or
alloying ....................................... 18 D-2
Stamping or extrusion ..................... 17 D-2
Treatment or processing.................. 18 D-2
Millinery shops ....................................... 6 C
Mining machinery manufacture,
including repairs.............................. 18 D-2
Mirror silvering shops............................. 16 D-2
Monasteries............................................. 3 J-3
Monument
Sales establishments, with
incidental processing to order ......... 7 C
Works, with no limitations on
processing ................................... 18 D-2
Motels ..................................................... 7 J-1
Motion picture production ...................... 17 D-1
Motorcycles
Manufacture .................................... 17 D-1
Repairs, body .................................. 17 D-1
Repairs, except body repairs ........... 16 D-2
Sales, open or enclosed ................... 16 E
Showrooms, with no repair
services........................................ 9 E
Motor freight stations
(See trucking terminals)
Motor vehicles, dead storage................... 16 B-2
Moving or storage offices
Limited as to storage ....................... 7 E
Unlimited ........................................ 16 E
Museums................................................. 3 F-3

20
Reference Standard 3

REFERENCE STANDARD RS 3-3 (continued)

Zoning
Resolution Building Code
Use or Occupancy Use Group Occupancy Group

Music stores ............................................ 6 C

Music studios (See studios)
Musical instruments
Manufacture
Excluding pianos and organs....... 11 D-2
Including pianos and organs........ 17 D-1
Repair shops.................................... 9 D-2
Newspaper publishing............................. 17 E
Newsstands, open or closed .................... 6 C
Novelty products manufacture ................ 17 D-1
Novitiates................................................ 3 J-3
Nurseries (See agriculture)
Nursing homes
Philanthropic or non-profit.............. 3 H-2
Proprietary ...................................... 3 H-2
Oakum products manufacture ................. 17 D-1
Office equipment or machinery
repair shops ..................................... 16 E
Office or business machine stores,
sales or rental .................................. 10 E
Offices
Business, professional or
Governmental.................................. 6 E
Dental, medical, or osteopathic
(See medical offices)
Wholesale, with storage restricted
to samples ...................................... 10 E
Oil cloth manufacture ............................. 18 A
Oil, public utility stations for
metering or regulating ..................... 6 D-1
Oil sales, open and enclosed
Limited as to lot area....................... 16 C
Unlimited (See petroleum or
petroleum products storage) ............ C
Optical
Equipment manufacture .................. 17 D-2
Goods manufacture ......................... 11 D-1
Optician or optometrist
establishments ................................. 6 E
Orthopedic
Appliances
Custom manufacture .................... 11 D-2
Manufacture ................................. 17 D-1
Stores ........................................... 6 C
Instruments, manufacture ............... 11 D-2
Osteopathic offices (See medical offices)

Packing or crating establishments ........... 16 D-1

Packing materials manufacture ............... 18 D-1
Paint
Manufacture .................................... 18 A
Stores .............................................. 6 C
Painting contractors (See contractors' establishments)
Paper
Mills (See wood pulp or fiber) ........ D-1
Products manufacture...................... 18 D-1
Stock companies ............................. 18 B-1
Paper-hanging contractors (See
contractors' establishments
Parish houses........................................... 4 J-3
Parks, public or private ........................... 4 Not applicable

21
Reference Standard 3

REFERENCE STANDARD RS 3-3 (continued)

Zoning
Resolution Building Code
Use or Occupancy Use Group Occupancy Group

Parking garages, public

Capacity of 100 spaces or less......... 8 B-1 or B-2 (See Section 709.2)
Capacity of 101 to 150 spaces......... 8 B-1 or B-2 (See Section 709.2)
Capacity of more than 150 spaces... B-1 or B-2 (See Section 709.2)
Parking lots, public
Capacity of 100 spaces or less......... 8 (See Section 712.0)
Capacity of 101 to 150 spaces......... 8 (See Section 712.0)
Capacity of more than 150 spaces... (See Section 712.0)
Pawn shops ............................................. 8 C
Peat storage ............................................. 18 B-2
Penny arcades ......................................... 15 F-3
Perfumed or perfumed soaps,
compounding only, not including
soap manufacture ............................ 17 A
Pet shops ................................................. 6 C
Petroleum or petroleum products
Refining .......................................... 18 A
Storage and handling....................... 18 A
Pharmaceutical products
manufacture .................................... 17 A or D-1 depending on nature of materials used
Phonograph
Repair shops.................................... 8 E
Stores (See appliances) ................... C
Photographic
Developing or printing establishments
Retail .............................................. 6 C
Wholesale
Limited as to floor area ............... 9 D-2
Unlimited .................................... 16 D-2
Equipment
Manufacture (except film)........... 17 D-2
Stores .......................................... 6 C
Studios ............................................ 6 E
Supply stores................................... 6 C
Photostatting establishments ................... 9 C
Physical culture establishments............... 9 F-3
Picture framing stores ............................. 6 C
Plastics
Products, manufacture..................... 17 A
Raw, manufacture ........................... 18 A
Platemaking (See printing)
Playgrounds ............................................ F-2
Plumbing
Contractors (See contractors' establishments)
Equipment manufacture (See tools or hardware mfg.)
Showrooms, without repair
facilities........................................ 9 E
Police Stations......................................... 6 E (offices) and H-1 (cells)
Pool halls ................................................ 8 F-3
Porcelain products manufacture .............. 18 D-2
Post offices.............................................. 6 E
Poultry
Killing establishments, for retail
sales on the same zoning lot
only .............................................. 16 D-1
Packing or slaughtering................... 18 D-1
Precision instruments manufacture
Optical equipment, clocks, or
similar products............................ 17 D-2
Medical, dental, or drafting
instruments, optical goods,

22
Reference Standard 3

REFERENCE STANDARD RS 3-3 (continued)

Zoning
Resolution Building Code
Use or Occupancy Use Group Occupancy Group

or similar products ...................... 11 D-2

Printing
Custom ........................................... 11 D-1
Limited as to floor area ................... 9 D-1
Unlimited ........................................ 17 D-1
Prisons..................................................... 12 H-1
Produce or meat markets,
wholesale ........................................ 17 C
Public auction rooms .............................. 9 C
Public transit yards.................................. 16 Not applicable
Publishing ............................................... 17 D-1
Pumping stations, water or sewage ......... 6 D-2
Rabbit
Killing establishments, for retail
sales on the same zoning lot
only .............................................. 16 D-1
Packing or slaughtering................... 18 D-1
Racetracks............................................... F-2
Radio
Appliance repair shops.................... 8 C
Stores (See appliances) ................... C
Studios ............................................ 10 E
Towers, non-accessory.................... K
Radioactive waste disposal services........ 18 D-1
Railroad
Equipment manufacture, including
railroad cars or locomotives ....... 18 D-2
Passenger stations ........................... F-3
Right-of-way ................................... 4 Not applicable
Substations
Small or medium size................. 17 D-2
Large .......................................... 17 D-2
Railroads, including rights-of-way,
freight terminals, yards or
appurtenances, or facilities or
services used or required in
railroad operations, but not
including passenger stations............ 17 Not applicable
Record stores........................................... 6 C
Recreation centers, non-commercial ....... 4 F-2 (outdoor) F-3 (indoor)
Rectories ................................................. 4 J-3
Reducing salons ...................................... 9 F-3
Refreshments stands, drive-in ................. 7 F-2
Refrigerating plants................................. 18 D-2
Religious or church art goods
manufacture .................................... 17 D-2
Residences
Single-family detached.................... 1 J-3
One-family semi-detached or
two-family detached or
semi-detached .............................. 2 J-3
Boarding or rooming houses ........... 2 J-1
All other .......................................... 2 J-1 or J-2
Rest homes (See nursing homes)
Riding academies, open or enclosed ....... 16 E (offices) and B-1 (stables)
Roofing contractors (See contractors'
establishments)
Rooming houses...................................... 2 J-1
Rubber
Processing or manufacture,
natural or synthetic....................... 18 D-1

23
Reference Standard 3

REFERENCE STANDARD RS 3-3 (continued)

Zoning
Resolution Building Code
Use or Occupancy Use Group Occupancy Group

Products manufacture (excluding

all natural or synthetic rubber
processing) ................................... 17 D-1
Rug stores (See carpet stores)
Sailmaking establishments ...................... 7, 14 D-1
Salvage storage ....................................... 18 B-1 or B-2, depending on materials
Sand pits.................................................. Not applicable
Sanitariums
Philanthropic or non-profit.............. 3 H-2
Proprietary ...................................... 3 H-2
Sawmills ................................................. 18 D-1
Scenery construction............................... 17 D-1
Schools
Dormitories (See colleges or universities)
Nursery, kindergarten, elementary
or secondary schools ................... 3 G
With no living or sleeping
accommodations.......................... 3 G
Trade or other schools for adults,
limited as to objectionable effects ... 9 G
Trade schools for adults,
unlimited....................................... 16 G
Scrap metal, paper, and rag storage......... 18 B-1
Seed stores .............................................. 6 C
Seminaries............................................... 4 G
Settlement houses.................................... 4 J-1
Sewage
Disposal plants ................................ 18 D-1
Pumping stations ............................. 6 D-2
Sewing machine stores, selling
household machines only ................ 6 C
Ship chandlers......................................... 11 C
Ship or boat building or repair yards,
for ships 200 ft. in length or over .... 18 D-1
Shipping, waterfront ............................... 17 Not applicable
Shoddy manufacture ............................... 17 A
Shoes
Manufacture .................................... 17 E
Repair shops.................................... 6 D-1
Stores .............................................. 6 C
Sign painting shops
Limited as to floor area ................... 7 D-2
Unlimited ........................................ 16 D-1
Silver plating shops, custom ................... 16 D-2
Silverware manufacture, plate or
sterling ............................................ 17 D-2
Sisal products manufacture ..................... 17 A
Size manufacture..................................... 18 D-1
Skating rinks
Indoor.............................................. 12 F-3
Outdoor, ice .................................... 4 Not applicable
Outdoor, roller................................. 13 F-2
Slag piles................................................. 18 F-2
Slaughtering of animals or poultry.......... 18 D-1
Soap or detergents
Manufacture, including fat
rendering ..................................... 18 A
Packaging only................................ 17 D-1
Soldering shops....................................... 16 D-2
Solvent extracting ................................... 18 A
Sorority houses (See colleges or universities)

24
Reference Standard 3

REFERENCE STANDARD RS 3-3 (continued)

Zoning
Resolution Building Code
Use or Occupancy Use Group Occupancy Group

Sporting equipment manufacture ............ 17 D-1

Sporting goods stores.............................. 6 C
Stable for horses...................................... 16 B-1
Stadiums
Limited as to capacity ..................... 12 F-2
Unlimited ........................................ F-2
Stamp stores............................................ 6 C
Stationary stores...................................... 6 C
Statuary, mannequins, figurines,
religious or church art goods
manufacture, excluding foundry
operations........................................ 17 D-2
Steel products
Miscellaneous fabrication or
assembly..................................... 17 D-2
Structural products manufacture ..... 18 D-2
Stock yards or slaughtering of animals
or poultry..................................... 18 D-1
Stone processing or stone products ......... 18 D-2
Storage
Wholesale........................................ 16 B-2
Offices (See moving or storage
offices) ..................................... E
Studios
Music, dancing, or theatrical ........... 9 F-3
Radio or television .......................... 10 F-1a (with scenery) or F-1b (without scenery)
Sugar Refining ........................................ 18 D-1
Swimming pools
Commercial..................................... 13 F-2 (outdoor) or F-3 (indoor)
Non-Commercial (See clubs) .......... F-2 (outdoor) or F-3 (indoor)

Table tennis halls .................................... 12 F-3

Tailor shops, custom ............................... 6 E
Tanning (See leather or fur) .................... A
Tapestries manufacture ........................... 11 D-1
Tar products manufacture ....................... 18 D-1
Taxidermist shops ................................... 7 C
Telegraph offices .................................... 6 E
Telephone exchanges or other
communications equipment
structures......................................... 6 E
Television
Repair shops.................................... 8 C
Stores (See appliances) ................... C
Studios ............................................ 10 F-1a (scenery) or F-1b (no scenery) or D-2 (no audience)
Towers, non-accessory............................ K
Tennis courts, indoor .............................. 4 F-2
Terminal facilities at river crossings
for access to electric, gas, or
steam lines....................................... 6 D-2
Textiles
Bleaching ........................................ 18 D-1
Products manufacture...................... 17 D-1
Spinning, weaving, manufacturing,
dyeing, printing, knit goods, yarn,
thread, or cordage........................ 17 D-1
Theaters
Limited capacity.............................. 8 F-1a (with scenery) or F-1b (without scenery)
Unlimited capacity .......................... 8 F-1a (with scenery) or F-1b (without scenery)
Theaters, drive-in .................................... — F-2
Theatrical studios (See studios)

25
Reference Standard 3

REFERENCE STANDARD RS 3-3 (continued)

Zoning
Resolution Building Code
Use or Occupancy Use Group Occupancy Group

Tile Manufacture..................................... 18 D-2

Tire sales establishments including
installation services ......................... 7 C
Tobacco
Curing or manufacture, or
tobacco products manufacture.... 17 D-1
Stores .............................................. 6 C
Toiletries manufacture, not including .....
soap manufacture ............................ 17 A or D-1 depending upon materials involved
Tool or hardware manufacture ................ 17 D-2
Topsoil storage........................................ 18 B-2
Tourist cabins.......................................... 7 J-1
Towel supply establishments .................. 16 E
Toys
Manufacture .................................... 17 D-1
Stores .............................................. 6 C
Trade or other schools for adults
Limited as to objectionable effects. 9 G
Unlimited ........................................ 16 G
Trade expositions
Limited as to rated capacity ............ 12 F-2 (outdoor) F-3 (indoor)
Unlimited ........................................ F-2 (outdoor) F-3 (indoor)
Trailer camps .......................................... 7 (See section 714.0)
Trailer
Manufacture, including parts........... 17 D-1
Repairs, body .................................. 17 D-1
Sales, open or enclosed ................... 16 C
Showrooms, with no repair services .. 9 E
Transit substations
Small or medium size...................... 17 D-2
Large ............................................... 17 D-2
Travel bureaus......................................... 6 E
Truck gardens (See Agriculture)
Truck
Manufacture (including parts) or
engine rebuilding.......................... 17 D-1
Repairs, body .................................. 17 D-2
Repairs, except body repairs ........... 16 D-2
Sales, open or enclosed ................... 16 C
Showrooms, with no repair
services.......................................... 9 E
Trucking terminals or motor freight stations
Limited as to lot area....................... 16 B-1
Unlimited ........................................ 17 B-1
Turpentine manufacture .......................... 18 A
Typewriter stores .................................... 6 C
Typewriter or other small business
machine repair shops....................... 9 C
Typography (See printing)
Umbrellas
Manufacture .................................... 17 D-1
Repair shops.................................... 9 D-2
Undertakers (See funeral establishments)
Upholstering
Bulk, including shops not dealing
directly with consumers .................. 17 D-1
Shops dealing directly with
consumers .................................... 8 D-2
Variety stores
Limited as to floor area ................... 6 C
Unlimited ........................................ 10 C

26
Reference Standard 3

REFERENCE STANDARD RS 3-3 (continued)

Zoning
Resolution Building Code
Use or Occupancy Use Group Occupancy Group

Varnish manufacture ............................... 18 A

Vehicles
Dead storage of motor..................... 16 B-2
Manufacture, children's................... 17 D-1
Storage, commercial or public
utility, open or enclosed .............. 16 B-1 (enclosed) (See section 710.0 for open)
Venetian blind, window shade, or awning
Custom shops, limited as to
floor area ................................... 7 C
Manufacture, with no limitation
on production or on floor area......... 17 A or D-1 depending upon nature of materials involved
Ventilating contractors (See contractors' establishments)
Ventilating equipment showrooms,
without repair facilities ................... 9 E
Wallpaper stores ..................................... 6 C
Warehouses............................................. 16 B-1 or B-2, depending on nature of materials involved
Watch or clock stores or repair shops ..... 6 C
Watch making ......................................... 11 D-2
Waterfront shipping ................................ 17 Not applicable
Water pumping stations .......................... 6 D-2
Wax products manufacture ..................... 17 A
Weaving, hand ........................................ 11 D-1
Wedding chapels..................................... 9 F-1b
Welding shops......................................... 16 D-1
Welfare centers ...................................... 4 E
Wholesale establishments
Accessory storage limited to
1,500 sq. ft. ..................................... 7 B-1 or B-2 depending on nature of materials stored
Accessory storage limited to
2,500 sq. ft. ...................................... 11 B-1 or B-2 depending on nature of materials stored
Unlimited accessory storage ................... 16 B-1 or B-2 depending on nature of materials stored
Wholesale offices or showrooms, with
storage restricted to samples ........... 10 E
Window shades
Custom shops, limited as to
floor area .................................... 7 C
Manufacture, without limitation
on production or on floor area..... 17 D-1
Wood
Bulk processing or woodworking ... 18 D-1
Distillation ...................................... 18 D-1
Products manufacture...................... 17 D-1
Pulp or fiber, reduction or processing,
including paper mill operations .. 18 D-1
Sales, open or enclosed
Limited as to lot area................... 16 C
Unlimited (See lumber yards) ..... — C
Woodworking shops, custom .................. 16 A or D-1 depending upon nature of materials involved
Wool scouring or pulling ........................ D-1

27
Reference Standard 3

This page is intended to be left blank

28
Reference Standard 4

REFERENCE STANDARD RS 4-3

ESTABLISHED MARKET AREAS

Borough of Bronx-
Hunt's Point District:
Edgewater Road and Halleck Street between Lafayette Avenue and East Bay Avenue.
Lafayette Avenue between Edgewater Road and the Bronx River.
East Bay Avenue between Halleck Street and the Bronx River.
Hunt's Point Avenue between East Bay Avenue and the Bronx River.
Exterior Street between East 149th Street and East 157th Street.
Cromwell Avenue between East 150th Street and East 153d Street.
East 150th Street between Exterior Street and River Avenue.
Westchester Avenue between St. Ann's Avenue and Bergen Avenue.
Brook Avenue between East 150th Street and East 156th Street.
Bergen Avenue between East 149th Street and East 156th Street.
East 152d Street between Bergen Avenue and Brook Avenue.
East 153d Street between Bergen Avenue and Brook Avenue.

Borough of Brooklyn-
North 6th Street between Berry Street and Wythe Avenue.

Borough of Manhattan-
Fulton Market District:
John Street to Fulton Street between South Street and Front Street.
Fulton Street to Dover Street between South Street and Water Street.
South Street and Front Street between John Street and Dover Street.
Water Street between Fulton Street and Dover Street.
Gansevoort Market District:
Horatio Street to West 14th Street between West Street and 9th Avenue.
West Street, Washington Street, Greenwich Street, 9th Avenue and 10th Avenue between Horatio Street and West 14th Street.
West 16th Street, north side, and West 17th Street, south side, between 10th Avenue and 11th Avenue.
West 24th Street to West 26th Street, south side, between 11th Avenue and 12th Avenue.
West 27th Street, north side, to West 28th Street between 11th Avenue and 12th Avenue.
12th Avenue and St. Claire Place between 125th Street and 132d Street.
12th Avenue, west side, between 132d Street and 133d Street.

Borough of Queens-
95th Avenue, north side, between Sutphin Boulevard and 148th Street.

Borough of Richmond-
None.
*
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 4-4
FLOOD INSURANCE RATE MAP
The areas of special flood hazard are identified and (4) Letter of Map Revision effective July 3, 2002,
defined on the following documents prepared by the FEMA case # 01-02-045P, revising FIRM panel 0149.
Federal Emergency Management Agency:
The Flood Insurance Study and/or maps are on file at:
(1) Flood Insurance Rate Map (multiple panels) Index The Department of City Planning, Waterfront Division,
No. 360497 0001-0131, whose effective date is May 22 Reade Street, New York, New York.
21, 2001. The maps for Staten Island are on file at: The Office of
(2) A scientific and engineering report entitled “Flood the Borough President, Topographical Bureau, Staten
Insurance Study, City of New York, New York, Bronx, Island Borough Hall, and the Borough Office of the
Queens, New York, Kings, and Richmond Counties” Department of Buildings, Staten Island Borough Hall.
dated May 21, 2001.
(3) Flood Boundary and Floodway Map (multiple *DOB 8-11-02; 5-21-01; 9-24-00; 8-21-99; 8-4-94; Local Law 33-
panels) Index No. 360497 0001-0131, whose effective 1988; 58-1983; 13-1975; 587-76 BCR.
date is May 21, 2001.

71
Reference Standard 4

***
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 4-5
FLOOD PROOFING NON-RESIDENTIAL STRUCTURES AND COASTAL CONSTRUCTION MANUAL
FEMA 55/February 1986-Design and Construction Manual for Residential Buildings in Coastal High Hazard
Areas (Coastal construction manual).
FEMA 85/September 1985-Manufactured home installation in flood hazard areas.
FEMA 102/May 1986-Floodproofing non-residential structures.
***Local Law 33-1988; 58-1983; 13-1975; 587-76 BCR

**
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 4-6
FACILITIES FOR PEOPLE HAVING PHYSICAL DISABILITIES
**Amended, Dated 11/19/91; Local Law 58-1987; 886-89 BCR
ANSI A117.1-1986, as modified.-American national standard for buildings and facilities providing accessibility
and usability for physically handicapped people.
Modifications.-The provisions of ANSI A117.1-1986 Figure 7(e) of such standard shown below is added.
shall be subject to the following modifications:
Figure 29(b) Sidewall
Delete 42 min/1065 minimum dimension of sidewall grab
bar.
Add 15 min/380.
Figure 47(a) clear floor space for adaptable bathrooms.
Delete 36 min/915 and 18 min/455 at the water closets.
Add 33 min/838 and 16 1/2 min/419.
Figure 48 Location of grab bars and controls of adaptable
bathtubs.
Delete 15 max/380 at the control area.
4.6.2 is amended as follows:
4.5.2 is amended to read as follows:
4.6.2 *PARKING FACILITIES. Parking spaces for
4.5.2 CHANGES IN LEVEL
physically handicapped people shall be at least 96 in.
Changes in level up to 1/4 inch (6 mm) may be vertical
(2440 mm) wide and shall have an adjacent access aisle
and without edge treatment. Changes in level up to 1
at least 60 in. (1525 mm) wide (See Fig. 9). Parking
inch (25 mm) shall be beveled with a slope no greater
access aisles shall be part of the accessible route to the
than 1:2 (see figure 7 (c) and (d)). A 1-inch rise may be
building or facility entrance and shall comply with 4.3.
vertical for the first 1/4 inch. Changes in level greater
Two accessible parking spaces may share a common
than 1 inch (25 mm) shall be accomplished by means of
access aisle. No obstructions shall reduce the clear
a ramp that complies with 4.7 or 4.8.
width of an accessible circulation route.
Within a dwelling unit, when the saddle provided is
In parking facilities containing less than 30 spaces, at
made of a stone or ceramic material that by its nature
least one of the parking spaces required to be accessible
cannot be brought into compliance with the code
to physically handicapped people shall have a minimum
requirements for slope, then at the request of a disabled
vertical clearance of 108 in. (2745 mm), a minimum
occupant, the owner must bring such a nonconforming
width of 96 in. (2440 mm) and a minimum access aisle
saddle into conformance with the code by addition of an
of 96 in. (2440 mm) (“high clearance accessible
adaptable strip as show in diagram 7(e).
parking space"). Such a space shall be located on a
Figure 7(d) of such standard is deleted.
vehicular access route which maintains the 108 in.
Figure 7(d) of such standard shown below is added.
(2745 mm) vertical clearance throughout its distance to
the high clearance accessible parking space, including
at all changes of level.
In parking facilities containing 30 or more spaces, at
least two of the parking spaces required to be accessible
to people with disabilities shall satisfy the requirements
for high-clearance accessible parking spaces. The
access aisle for high-clearance accessible parking spaces
may be shared by two accessible parking spaces.
Except as otherwise provided in §4.6.2.2 and 4.6.2.3,
accessible parking spaces shall be designated as reserved

72
Reference Standard 4

for physically handicapped people by a permanently posted for use by physically handicapped persons. The attendant
sign showing the symbol of accessibility (See 4.28.5). shall accompany such drivers to and from such space
Such signs shall not be obstructed by a vehicle parked in along an accessible route when they enter and exit the
the space. facility. If necessary, the accessible route and space shall
be created by the repositioning of vehicles parked
4.6.2.1 MULTIPLE DWELLINGS previously by the attendant.
In the parking facility of a multiple dwelling, where E. Each high-clearance accessible parking space shall
such a facility is used exclusively on an accessory basis have two permanently and prominently posted signs.
for parking by residents of the multiple dwelling, or One shall designate the space as reserved for people
employees of the management of the multiple dwelling with physical disabilities, as required by §4.6.2. The
or of the parking facility, or as provided by §25-412 of other shall note that vehicles parked in such spaces are
the Zoning Resolution, the accessible parking spaces subject to being moved by an attendant of the parking
may be leased, rented or assigned to a person without a facility in order to accommodate a vehicle which cannot
physical disability on a no longer than month-to-month be accommodated in another accessible parking space.
basis. All leases, rentals, or assignments of such accessible
spaces which are not made for the benefit of a person 4.6.2.3 SMALL RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENTS
with a disability shall be on written condition that the Where a parking facility serving one or more particular
space shall be relinquished immediately at the end of the residential buildings has less than six parking spaces,
term of lease, rental, or assignment to a person who the accessible parking space need not have a sign reserving
requests of the parking facility's management that such that space for such use provided that a pole suitable for
accessible space shall be made available for the benefit mounting such a sign is present; and provided further
of a person with a physical disability whose vehicle that a Parking Facility Operator shall post such a sign at
bears a special identification permit or license plate. such a space upon the request of a physically handicapped
Such a beneficiary shall be a resident or employee of the person who resides in a building served by such parking
multiple dwelling. It shall be the responsibility of the facility and whose vehicle bears a special identification
Parking Facility Operator to inform the non-disabled permit or license plate. It shall be the responsibility of
user of the parking space that a request for the parking the Parking Facility Operator to inform the non-disabled
space has been tendered. Signs stating these requirements user of the parking space that a request for the parking
shall be permanently and prominently posted at each space has been tendered and is required by law to be
entrance and office of the Parking Facility. tendered. Where there is only one parking space serving
those residential buildings and where the owner of one
4.6.2.2 ATTENDED PARKING FACILITIES or more of those residential buildings or a member of
For the purposes of this Section, the term "attended such owner's immediate family lives in one of those
parking facility" shall mean parking facilities in which buildings and uses that parking space for a vehicle
vehicles customarily are parked and later returned to driven by that owner or a member of that owner's
their drivers by an attendant employed by the parking immediate family, a physically handicapped person
facility. Attended parking facilities shall be provided shall not have the right to displace that owner or
with high-clearance accessible parking facilities as member of that owner's immediate family from that space.
provided in §4.6.2. The remaining accessible parking
spaces allocated for the physically handicapped need not 4.6.2.4 "FULL" SIGNS
be designated by a sign or lines if all of the following Parking facilities which post signs indicating they are
conditions are met: "full" shall include on all such signs, in letters of the same
A. The location at which the attendant takes control of the size as the primary message, a statement that spaces
vehicles complies with §4.6.3 (Passenger Loading Zones) of remain available for physically handicapped persons,
this Reference Standard, except that the minimum vertical when one or more such spaces are available. The latter
clearance shall be 108 in. (2745 mm). indication may be by use of the word "except" and the
B. At least one parking space allocated for use by a symbol of accessibility (See 4.28.5).
physically handicapped person shall remain available
until all the spaces allocated for physically handicapped 4.6.2.5 SIGNS
persons are so used. In addition to Signs required by §4.6.2 to be posted at
C. The attendant shall park and retrieve all vehicles individual parking spaces, signs with the following
not equipped with special controls entering the facility texts shall be permanently and prominently posted as
in which a physically handicapped person is either the indicated. The appropriate number of spaces must be
driver or a passenger, provided space is available. inserted where indicated in "A" below.
D. The attendant shall direct the drivers of vehicles
equipped with special controls to parking paces allocated A. At Entrances and Offices to Attended Parking

73
Reference Standard 4

Facilities: benefit of a person with a disability must be on written

PARKING FOR PEOPLE WITH PHYSICAL DISABILITIES condition that the space is to be relinquished immediately
This Parking Facility contains spaces allocated for people at the end of the term of the lease, rental or assignment
with physical disabilities. Of those spaces are high clearance to a person who requests of the parking facility's management
spaces reserved for use by people with disabilities who to lease, rent or be assigned the space for a physically
could not otherwise be accommodated in this garage; if handicapped person (who may be either the person
a vehicle carrying a person with a disability is parked in making the request or another person) residing in the
a high clearance space, but could be accommodated building and whose vehicle bears a special vehicle
elsewhere in this garage, a garage attendant may move identification permit or license plate. The accessible
such vehicle to such other space. At least one parking parking space so transferred for the benefit of a physically
space allocated for physically handicapped persons shall handicapped person shall be the one available within
be kept vacant for the use of our customers with disabilities the next thirty calendar days following the date of the
unless the total number of spaces allocated for use by request under the terms of its lease, rental or assignment
physically handicapped persons are already filled by which is not being used for a person with a physical
vehicles of physically handicapped persons. High clearance disability.
parking spaces are indicated on the accompanying drawing. New York City Administrative Code
People with disabilities are, of course, encouraged to use §27-292.19; Reference Standard RS 4-6, §4.6.2
the full services of our attendants. A person with a
physical disability may either have a garage attendant: 4.6.3 is amended to read as follows:
•park the car which the person with a disability is 4.6.3 PASSENGER LOADING ZONES
driving (or in which he or she is riding) or Passenger loading zones shall provide an access aisle at
•assist the driver in finding and using a space. At the least 48 in. (1220 mm) wide and 20 ft. (6m) long adjacent
request of a person with a disability, garage attendants are and parallel to the vehicle pull-up space (See Fig. 10).
required to clear an access aisle for a space at the time of If there are curbs between the access aisle and the
parking and removal of the vehicle in order to provide the vehicle pull-up space, then a curb ramp complying with
number of accessible spaces required by law. 4.7 shall be provided.
New York City Administrative Code A minimum vertical clearance of 114 in. (2895 mm) shall
§27-292.19; Reference Standard RS 4-6, §4.6.2 be provided at accessible passenger loading zones and
along vehicle access routes to such areas from site entrances.
B. At Spaces for High-Clearance Vehicles: Figure 25C (Pull side) of §4.13.6 of such standard, is
RESERVED PARKING FOR HIGH-CLEARANCE VANS amended to read as follows:
This space is designed to accommodate high-clearance
vans which cannot be parked elsewhere in this garage.
With the exception of high-clearance vans and vehicles
which are specially equipped for people with physical
disabilities and which cannot be moved by garage
attendants, vehicles with special permits which use this
space may be moved to an accessible space elsewhere in
this garage should a high-clearance van or specially
equipped vehicle need this space. No vehicle may use
this space in any event unless the vehicle bears a special
vehicle identification permit or license plate from New
York State, New York City or another jurisdiction.
New York City Administrative Code
§27-292.19; Reference Standard RS 4-6, §4.6.2

C. At the Entrance and Office to Parking Facilities

Accessory to Residences: *As enacted but probably intended to read “y=42 in. (1050mm)”
PARKING FOR PEOPLE WITH PHYSICAL DISABILITIES
This Parking Facility contains spaces designed and 4.13.8 of such standard is deleted.
located to improve access for people with disabilities 4.26.5 STANDARD FOR INSTALLATION.- For
who need special accommodations. These accessible standards for the installation of visual and auxiliary
parking spaces may be leased, rented or assigned to a alarms see reference standard RS 17-3C.
person without a physical disability on no longer than a Add a new sentence at the end of subsection 4.32.4.1
month-to-month basis. All leases, rentals and assignments Doors to read as follows:
of such accessible spaces which are not made for the Doors may swing into the bathroom of an adaptable dwelling

74
Reference Standard 4

unit if the door, door buck and adjacent space is designed figure 50).
and constructed so that remounting the hinges is the only Add a new subsection 4.32.5.11 to section 4.32.5
change required to swing the door out as shown in Fig. 53. Kitchens to read as follows:
Add a new subsection 4.32.4.8 to section 4.32.4 4.32.5.11 Minimum sized adaptable kitchens or
Bathrooms to read as follows: kitchenettes may be as shown in figure 55, figure 56,
4.32.4.8 Minimum sized adaptable bathrooms may be figure 57 and figure 58.
shown in figure 53 and figure 54. In dwelling units where a dishwasher is provided, but
Fig. 53(A) shows desirable minimum conditions. where no other space otherwise is available in the
Where such a plan is not possible to attain, then the kitchen for the installation of a dishwasher, one may be
arrangement in Fig. 53(B) may be acceptable. installed under a work surface described in subsection
Amend paragraph (1) of subsection 4.32.5.10 Kitchen 4.32.5.4; provided that, at the option of a person with a
Storage to read as follows: disability residing in the dwelling unit, the dishwasher
(1) The adjustable maximum height shall be 48 in. shall be removed, and the work surface made to conform
(1220mm) for at least one shelf of all cabinets and with said subsection, by and at the sole expense of the
storage shelves mounted above work counters (see owner of the dwelling unit.

75
Reference Standard 4

Symbol Key Shower Location

Bath, Shower Controls
Drain

FIGURE 54
MINIMUM SIZED ADAPTABLE BATHROOMS

76
Reference Standard 4

FIGURE 55
MINIMUM SIZED ADAPTABLE KITCHEN OR KITCHENETTE

77
Reference Standard 4

Accessible; before removal of cabinets and base Cabinets and base removed, counter height lowered

FIGURE 56
EXAMPLE OF ADAPTABLE KITCHEN – U – SHAPED PLAN

78
Reference Standard 4

Accessible: before removal of cabinets and base Cabinets and base removed, counter height lowered

FIGURE 57
EXAMPLE OF ADAPTABLE KITCHEN – L – SHAPED PLAN

79
Reference Standard 4

FIGURE 58
EXPLODED AXONOMETRIC FOR ADAPTABLE KITCHEN

80
Reference Standard 5

REFERENCE STANDARD RS-5

FIRE PROTECTION
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
*
LIST OF REFERENCED NATIONAL STANDARDS

AISG Fire Resistance Ratings, as Modified …………………………………………………………………1985

AISI FT-900-0480 Designing Fire Protection for Steel Columns, Third Edition ………………………………………... 1980
AISI FT-901-0481 Fire Resistant Rating of Load Bearing Steel Stud Walls ……………………………………………..1981
AISI FT-902-0285 Designing Fire Protection for Steel Beams .........……………….…………………………………… 1984
AISI FT-227-1281 Designing Fire Protection for Steel Trusses, Second Edition ………………………………………...1981
GA-600 Fire Resistance Design Manual, Twelfth Edition, as Modified……………………………………….1988
NFoPA Report No. WHI-694-020, Report of Testing on a Load Bearing Stud Partition …………………….1981
NFoPA Report No. WHI-690-003, Report of Testing on a Load-Bearing Stud Partition ...…………………..1981
ASTM/E 119 Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials .....……. ………………….1988
AWPA C 20 Structural Lumber-Fire Retardant Treatment by Pressure Processes ............. ………………………. 1988
AWPA C 27 Plywood Fire Retardant Treatment by Pressure Processes……………………………………………1988
ASTM E 84 Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials ….…………… 1987
ANSI/ASTM E 69 Standard Test Method for Combustible Properties of Treated Wood by Fire-Tube Apparatus ……...1980
ANSI/ASTM E 160 Standard Test Method for Combustible Properties of Treated Wood by Crib Test ……………….… 1980
ANSI/ASTM E 152 Standard Methods of Fire Test of Door Assemblies ..........................………………………..……… 1981a
ANSI/ASTM E 163 Standard Methods of Fire Test of Window Assemblies ..........………………………………………. 1984
NFiPA 80 Standard for Fire Doors and Windows ………….............................………………………………… 1986
ANSI/ASTM E 108 Standard Methods of Fire Test of Roof Coverings .........………………………………………….….1983
NFiPA 204M Guide for Smoke and Heat Venting ..............................………...…………………………………….1985
ANSI/ASTM D635 Standard Test for Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of Burning of Self-Supporting Plastics in a
Horizontal Position ..........................……….………………………………………………………… 1981
ANSI/ASTM D568 Standard Test Method for Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of Burning of Flexible Plastics in a
Vertical Position …..........…………………………………………………………………………… 1977
ANSI/ASTM D374 Standard Test Methods for Thickness of Solid Electrical Insulation ………………………………... 1979
ASTM E 814 Standard Method of Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire Stops ............................................……. 1983
DOC FF1 Methanine Pill Test …………………………………………………………………….......................1970
ASTM E 648 Standard Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems using a Radiant Heat Energy
Source ......………............……………….……………………………………………………………1988
ASTM E 662 Standard Test Method for Specific Optical Density of Smoke Generated by Solid Materials .......…. 1983
***UBC Std. 26-9 Method of Test for the Evaluation of Flammability Characteristics of Exterior, Nonload-Bearing Wall
Containing Combustible Components Using the Intermediate Scale,Multistory Test Apparatus…….1997
*Local Law 13-1987; Local Law 16-1984; 242-90 BCR; 1343-88 BCR; 236-87 BCR; 1076-86 BCR; 262-86 BCR; 435-85 BCR; 252-82 BCR
***DOB 3-4-01

**REFERENCE STANDARD RS 5-1A 2. Delete the specified items on the following pages:
AISG 1985-Fire Resistance Ratings, as modified. PAGE DESCRIPTION-SPECIFIED ITEMS
MODIFICATIONS-The provisions of the AISG Fire 25 Protection Type-Unprotected
Resistance Ratings shall be subject to the following Rating(s) of 45 and 30 min. comb.
modifications: 28 Protection Type-None
1. Delete the following pages in their entirety: 22, 24, Rating(s) of 45 min. comb.
45, 46***, 48, 52, 54, 76, 84, 97, 98, 99, 102, 110, 115, 117. 29 2 1/2 slab thickness-Rating 30 min.

81
Reference Standard 5

41 Ceiling Type-None Rating 5 min. 3. In the section on GENERAL EXPLANATORY

47 Ceiling Type-Gypsum Wallboard NOTES under the heading USE OF MANUAL, add the
Rating of 30 min. comb. following paragraph:
48 Ceiling Type-Gypsum Wallboard Rating of 25 15. All concrete slabs shall be structurally adequate.
min. comb. Such slabs shall have a minimum compressive strength
50 Ceiling Type-Plaster on Gypsum Lath of 3000 psi., with the reinforcement and thickness at
Rating(s) of 45 min. and 30 min. comb. least that as shown in the test.
62 Type-Calcareous Gravel 4. In the assemblies listed under the heading WALLS
Rating(s) 30 min. and 20 min. comb. AND INTERIOR PARTITIONS, NONCOMBUSTIBLE,
63 Type-Cinder Rating 45 min. the following requirements are added to the Detailed
65 Type-Expanded clay, shale or slate (Rotary Description for (LOAD BEARING) assemblies:
kiln) Rating 45 min. WP 1204, WP 1206, WP 1635, WP 1714 and WP 1716
68 Type-Siliceous Gravel under the GA and Company Codes:
Rating(s) 20 min. and 15 min. Steel Studs.-Steel studs shall be a minimum of 3 1/2
77 Plaster Type-Gypsum Neat Rating 45 min. inches wide and a minimum galvanized steel or 18 GA
83 Plaster Type-Gypsum and Sand Rating 45 min. (.0478) or heavier, primed steel, cold-formed, and shall
91 Plaster Type-Portland Cement and Sand comply with Reference Standard RS 10-6 (Specification
Rating(s) 45 min. and 30 min. for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural
95 Type-Clay or Shale Rating 45 min. members by AISI, as modified). Lateral supporting
103 Finish Type-Laminated Wood Rating(s) 45 min., members and all details enhancing the structural
30 min., 25 min., 15 min. and 10 min. comb. integrity of the wall assembly shall be as specified by
104 Finish Type-Asbestos Cement Board the steel stud designer, and shall meet the applicable
Rating(s) 40 min. and 30 min. comb. requirements of the Code.
107 Plaster Type (4)-Gypsum and Sand 5. In the assemblies listed under METAL CLAD
Rating(s) 45 min. and 30 min. comb. EXTERIOR WALLS, assemblies WP 9010, WP 9060,
109 Plaster Type (5)-Gypsum and Sand WP 9225, WP 9325, under the GA File No. heading,
Rating(s) 45 min., 30 min. and 20 min. comb. are deleted in its entirety.
111 Plaster Type-Gypsum and Sand Rating 30 6. Insert the following heading after the paragraph on
min. comb. Lime and Sand Rating(s) 45 min., USE OF PLENUM SPACE in the section on FLOOR-
30 min. and 25 min. comb. CEILINGS:
112 Finish Type-Asbestos Cement Board SUSPENSION SYSTEMS
Rating(s) 30 min. and 10 min. comb. Suspended ceilings contained herein shall comply with
114 Finish Type-Gypsum Wallboard the requirements of Reference Standard RS 5-16.
Rating(s) 45 min., 30 min., and 25 min. comb. 7. In the assemblies listed under FLOOR-CEILING
117 Finish Type-Wood Rating 45 min. comb. ASSEMBLIES, NON-COMBUSTIBLE, assembly FC
3. An equivalent blend of mineral fibers and 4120, under the GA File No. heading, is deleted in its
cementitious binders may be substituted for asbestos- entirety.
cement material on the following pages: 46, 51, 52, 92, 8. In the assemblies listed under FLOOR-CEILING
104, 112, 114. ASSEMBLIES, WOOD-FRAMED, assembly FC 5105,
**
1076-86 BCR under the GA File No. heading, is deleted in their
***
As enacted, but “46” probably intended to be omitted. entirety.
9. In the assemblies listed under BEAMS, GIRDERS,
*
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 5-1B AND TRUSSES, assemblies BM 3310, BM 4410 and
GA-600 1988-Fire Resistance Design Manual, Twelfth BM 4420, under the GA File No. heading, are deleted
Edition, as Modified. in their entirety.
MODIFICATIONS.-The provisions of GA-600-1988 10. The following assemblies which were listed in the
shall be subject to the following modifications: Gypsum Association Fire Resistance Manual, Eleventh
1. Revise the heading on the top of page five in the Edition, but do not appear in the Twelfth Edition, may
section on USE OF MANUAL to read as follows: continue to be used:
LIMITING HEIGHTS
(a) NONLOAD-BEARING PARTITIONS WP 1016 WP 1725
2. Insert the following after the paragraphs on (a) WP 1260 WP 7083
NONLOAD-BEARING PARTITIONS and before the WP 1300 WP 7086
heading PERFORMANCE OF PLASTER: FC 5010 FC 5430
(b) LOAD BEARING PARTITIONS FC 5108
Lateral bracing and height limitations shall be designed *242-90 BCR; 262-86 BCR
in accordance with the applicable reference standard
independent of the sheathing.

82
Reference Standard 5

**
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 5-1C UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY
MISCELLANEOUS TEST REPORTS Design U 425
FOR LOAD-BEARING WALL ASSEMBLIES
Interior Walls-Wallboard Protection Both Sides of Wall
NON-COMBUSTIBLE: ONE, ONE AND ONE-
Number of Layers and
HALF, AND TWO-HOUR FIRE RATINGS. Thickness of Boards in Percent of
Rating Each Layer Design Load
AISI FT-901-1981- Fire Resistance of Load- 1 hr. 1 layer, 5/8 in. thick 100
Bearing Steel Stud Walls with Gypsum Wallboard 1 1/2 hr. 2 layers, 1/2 in. thick 100
Protection with or without Cavity Insulation. 2 hr. 2 layers, 5/8 in. thick or 80
*3 layers, 1/2 in. thick 100
*Ratings applicable to assemblies serving as exterior walls where Classified fire
MODIFICATIONS: The provisions of AISI FT-901-
resistive gypsum sheathing type wallboard is substituted on the exterior face.
1981, are modified as follows: *Bearing the UL Classification Marking.
1. Delete all Fire Resistive Assemblies with 45 minute
ratings. Exterior Walls-Wallboard Protection on Interior
2. Substitute the following for paragraph 2: Side of Wall
Steel Studs-Corrosion-Protected steel studs, min. 3 1/2 Number of Layers and
inches wide, min. No. 18 GSG (0.047 inch thick) galvanized Thickness of Boards in Percent of
steel or No. 18 MSG (0.043 inch thick) primed steel, Rating Each Layer Design Load
cold-formed, shall be designed in accordance with 1 hr. 2 layer, 1/2 in. thick 100
1 1/2 hr. 2 layers, 5/8 in. thick 100
Reference Standard RS 10-6 (Specification for the 2 hr 3 layers, 1/2 in. thick 100
Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural members by AISI,
as modified). All design details enhancing the structural 6. Steel Floor and Ceiling Tracks-Top and bottom
integrity of the wall assembly including the axial design tracks of wall assemblies shall consist of steel members,
load of the studs, shall be as specified by the steel stud min. No. 20 GSG (0.036 in. thick) galv. steel or No. 20
designer and/or the producer, and shall meet all MSG (0.033 in.) thick primed steel, that provide a
applicable requirements of the code. The maximum sound structural connection between steel studs and to
adjacent assemblies such as a floor, ceiling and or other
stud spacing of wall assemblies shall not exceed 24
walls. Attached to floor and ceiling, assemblies with
inches. Studs shall be attached to floor and ceiling steel fasteners spaced not greater than 24 in.
tracks with 1/2 inch long Type S-12 pan head, self- 7. Fasteners-Screws used to attach wallboard to
drilling, self-tapping steel screws on both sides of the studs: self-tapping bugle head sheet steel type, spaced
studs, or welded in accordance with RS 10-6. 12 in. o.c. First layer Type S-12 by 1 in. long; second
3. Substitute the following for paragraph 3: layer Type S-12 by 1 3/8 in. long: third layer Type S-12
Lateral Supporting Members (not shown)-Lateral by 1 7/8 in. long.
8. Joint Tape and Compound-Vinyl or casein, dry or
support or bracing shall be provided in accordance with
premixed joint compound applied in two coats to joints
Reference Standard RS 10-6 independent sheathing. and screwheads of outer layer. Perforated paper tape, 2
4. Substitute the following for paragraph 4:
Wallboard, Gypsum-Gypsum wallboard shall conform
to ASTM C 36 Type X and be identified as such. The
wallboard shall be applied vertically with joints between
layers staggered. Outer layer of three-layer construction
may be applied horizontally. The thickness and number
of layers and percent of design load for the 1 hour, 1
1/2 hour and 2 hour ratings shall be as specified in the
table above.
5. Substitute the following for paragraph 7:
Batts and Blankets-All insulation and noise control
materials included in wall assemblies shall be Approved in. wide, embedded in first layer of compound over all
by the Board of Standards and Appeals or Accepted by joints of outer layer.
the Materials and Equipment Acceptance Division of Report of Testing on a Load-Bearing Wood Stud
the Department of Buildings for the intended use. Partition -Dated - October 19, 1981
Wall is constructed using 2 in. x 4 in. (nominal) wood
**252-82 BCR
studs spaced 16 in. on center. Fire exposed (interior)
side is covered with 5/8 in. Type X Gypsum Wallboard
applied vertically and fastened with 6d box nails on 7

83
Reference Standard 5

in. centers. Unexposed side (exterior) is faced with a studs spaced 16 in. on centers. Fire exposed side
layer of 1/2 in. thick Fiberboard Sheathing (0.835 psf) (interior) is covered with 5/8 in. Type X Gypsum
applied vertically and fastened with 1 1/2 in. roofing Wallboard applied vertically and fastened with 6d box
nails on 3 in. centers at edges and 6 in. centers at nails on 7 in. centers. Unexposed side (exterior) is faced
intermediate supports. Hardboard Shiplap Edge Panel with 3/8 in. thick (5/8 in. between grooves) exterior
Siding, 3/8 in. thick (1.84 psf) is applied vertically over grade plywood panels applied vertically and fastened
the Fiberboard Sheathing and fastened with 8d nails on with 8d nails on 6 in. centers around edges and 12 in.
4 in. centers at edges and 8 in. centers at intermediate centers at intermediate supports. The Cavity (stud)
supports. The Cavity Spaces (stud spaces) are filled Spaces are filled with Mineral Wool Batts having a
with Mineral Wool Batts having a density of 2.14 density of 2 lbs./cu. ft. (Mineral wool may be rock wool
lbs./cu ft. (Mineral wool may be rock wool or slag wool or slag wool of equivalent density.) All insulation and
of equivalent density.) All insulation and noise control noise control materials included in wall assemblies
materials included in wall assemblies shall be Approved shall be Approved by the Board of Standards and
by the Board of Standards and Appeals or Accepted by Appeals or Accepted by the Material and Equipment
the Material and Equipment Acceptance Division of the Acceptance Division of the Department of Buildings
Department of Buildings for the intended use. The maximum for the intended use.
load permissible on the studs in this assembly shall be The maximum load permissible on the studs in this
2000 lbs. each. assembly shall be 2000 lbs. each.
*
REFERENCE STANDARD 5-1D
MISCELLANEOUS TEST REPORTS FOR LOAD
BEARING STEEL COLUMN ASSEMBLIES
NONCOMBUSTIBLE: DESIGN OF ONE, ONE
AND ONE-HALF, TWO, THREE AND FOUR
HOUR FIRE RATINGS OF PROTECTED COLUMNS
AISI FT-900-0480-1980 Designing Fire
Protection for Steel Columns, third edition.
MODIFICATIONS: The provisions of AISI
FT-900-0480-1980 are modified as follows:
1. In Part I-Fire Resistance Ratings for Columns
Protected with Gypsum Wallboard values determined
by formula shall govern when interpolating graphical or
tabular results.
2. In Part I-Fire Resistance Ratings for Columns
Protected with Gypsum Wallboard, all reference to
approved gypsum wallboard shall infer material
conforming to ASTM C36 Type X and be identified as
such. All gypsum wallboard used in fire resistive steel
column assemblies designed in accordance with this
Reference Standard shall be installed in accordance
with one of the methods recommended in this reference
standard.
3. Constants C1 and C2 shall be applicable only to the
materials identified in Section C of Part II-Calculating
Fire Resistance Ratings for Columns Protected with
Spray-Applied Materials. Constants for other spray-
applied fire proofing materials shall be determined by
ASTM E 119 fire tests. The tests and their evaluation
shall be submitted to the Material and Acceptance
Division (MEA) for acceptance.
4. The formulas for determining thickness of fire
protection materials shall not be used with columns or
built-up sections that have W/D ratios larger than those
of the W14x233 shape. Fire protection thickness may
be applied to columns larger than the W14x233
provided the thickness of fire protection materials to be
applied to columns are the same as those required for
the W14x233 column.
Report of Testing on a Load-Bearing 5. In absence of substantiating fire endurance test
Wood Stud Partition - Dated - October 9, 1981 results, ducts, conduit, piping and similar mechanical,
Wall is constructed using 2 in. x 4 in. (nominal) wood electrical and plumbing installations shall not be

84
Reference Standard 5

embedded in any required fire protection materials. modifications specified in Reference Standard RS 5-1D.
6. The formulas in Part II for calculating the fire- *236-87 BCR
resistance ratings of columns protected with spray-
applied material may not be used for tubular or round REFERENCE STANDARD RS 5-2
columns of eight (8) inches or less in width or diameter. ASTM E-119 – a) Standard methods Fire Test of
*435-85 BCR Building Construction Materials 1988 or
**
b) a combination of small scale and/or half scale tests
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 5-1E and engineering evaluation acceptable to the
MISCELLANEOUS TEST REPORTS FOR LOAD commissioner in conjunction with evaluation of full
BEARING STEEL BEAM/GIRDER ASSEMBLIES scale test conforming with ASTM E-119 for a variety
NONCOMBUSTIBLE ASSEMBLIES: of assemblies or combination of materials, or
RESTRAINED AND UNRESTRAINED c) a combination of small-scale, half-scale or full size
AISI FT-902-0285-1984-Designing Fire tests representative of the actual fire exposure of the
Protection for Steel Beams. occupancy and engineering evaluations all acceptable to
MODIFICATIONS: The provisions of AISI the commissioner. In either (a), (b), or
FT-902-0285-1984 are modified as follows: d) the materials or combinations of materials constructed
1. In Part V Beam Substitutions, Section 2, Beam shall be in accordance with the specifications of the
Substitution Equation, Subscript 2 and its meaning is materials used.
revised to read as follows: **1343-88 BCR; 217-72 BCR
Subscript 2 = refers to the beam and protection
thickness specified in a fire resistive assembly approved REFERENCE STANDARD RS 5-3
***
by the Board of the Standards and Appeals or accepted AWPA C20-1988-Structural Lumber-Fire Retardant
by the Materials and Equipment Acceptance Division. Treatment by Pressure Processes.
Subsection 3) is revised to read as follows: ***1343-88 BCR; 308-81 BCR; 398-71 BCR
3) the Unrestrained Beam Rating in the approved
or accepted assembly is not less than one-hour. REFERENCE STANDARD RS 5-4
†
2. The procedures illustrated in Parts V and VI for UL AWPA C27-1988-Plywood Fire Retardant Treatment
listed assemblies may be applied to similar approved by Pressure Processes.
and accepted assemblies. †1343-88 BCR; 308-81 BCR; 71-79 BCR
3. Beam/Girder substitutions shall only be made for
similar approved or accepted fire resistive materials for ††
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 5-5
similar assemblies. a) ASTM E84-1987-Standard Method for
4. Fire tested composite designed beams/girders shall Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, or
not be substituted into assemblies that specify noncomposite b) a combination of small scale tests and
beams. However, fire tested noncomposite designed engineering evaluations acceptable to the commissioner
beams/girders may be substituted into assemblies utilizing in conjunction with evaluation of full scale tests
composite beams/girders. conforming with ASTM E84 for a variety of assemblies
5. Ducts, conduit, piping and similar mechanical, electrical or combinations of materials. In the case of fire-
and plumbing installations shall not be embedded in retardant treated wood, the small scale tests utilized in
required fire protection materials without substantiating conjunction with the full scale tests shall conform to
fire endurance test results. either ANSI/ASTM E69-1980-Standard Test Method
**236-87 BCR for Combustible Properties of Treated Wood by Fire-
Tube Apparatus or ANSI/ASTM E160-1980-Standard
*
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 5-1F Test Method for Combustible Properties of Treated
METHODS OF ANALYTICAL DETERMINATION Wood by the Crib Test.
OF FIRE RESISTANCE OF LOAD BEARING ††1343-88 BCR; 308-81 BCR; 218-72 BCR
STEEL TRUSS ASSEMBLIES
NONCOMBUSTIBLE ASSEMBLIES: REFERENCE STANDARD RS 5-6
†
RESTRAINED AND UNRESTRAINED ANSI/ASTM E152-1981a-Standard Methods of Fire
AISI FT-227-1281-1981-Designing Fire Protection Tests of Door Assemblies.
for Steel Trusses. †1343-88 BCR; 308-81 BCR; 71-79 BCR
MODIFICATIONS: The provisions of AISI FT-
227-1281-1981 are modified as follows: REFERENCE STANDARD RS 5-7
1. Analytically determined fire protection systems for †ANSI/ASTM E163-1984-Standard Method of Fire
trusses shall be based on fire resistive assemblies Tests of Window Assemblies.
approved by the Board of Standards and Appeals or †1343-88 BCR; 308-81 BCR; 71-79 BCR
accepted by the Materials and Equipment Acceptance
Division. REFERENCE STANDARD RS 5-8
2. Methods of determining fire resistance of trusses †ANFiPA 80-1986 Standard for Fire Doors and Windows.
utilizing the column formulas contained in AISI FT- †1343-88 BCR; 308-81 BCR; 71-79 BCR
900-0480 shall comply with the requirements and

85
Reference Standard 5

REFERENCE STANDARD RS 5-9

ROOF COVERING CLASSIFICATIONS
Maximum
Incline
Description (In. to Ft.) Class A Class B Class C
Brick (1) Brick, 2 1/2 in. thick.
Concrete (2) Reinforced portland cement, 1
in. thick.
Tile (3) Concrete or clay floor or deck
tile, 1 in. thick.
(4) Flat or French-type clay or
concrete tile, 3/8 in. thick with 1
1/2 in. or more end lap and head
lock, spacing body of tile 1/2 in.
or more above roof sheathing,
with underlay of one layer of
Type 15 asphalt-saturated
asbestos felt or one layer of Type
30 or two layers of Type 15
asphalt-saturated rag felt.
(5) Clay or concrete roof tile,
Spanish or Mission pattern, 7/16
in. thick, 3 in. end lap, same
underlay as above.
(6) Slate, 3/16 in. thick, laid
American method.

Metal 12 Sheet roofing of 16 oz. copper or of Sheet roofing of Sheet roofing of 16

Roofing 30-*gauge steel or iron protected 16 oz. copper or of oz. copper or of 30-
against corrosion. Limited to non- 30-*gauge steel or *gauge steel or iron
combustible roof decks or non- iron tile, protected tile, protected against
combustible roof supports when no against corrosion; corrosion; or shingle-
separate roof deck is provided. or shingle-pattern pattern roofings, either
roofings with without underlay or
underlay of one with underlay or
layer of Type 15 rosin-sized paper.
saturated asbestos- Zinc sheets or shingle
felt, or one layer roofings with an
of Type 30 or two underlay of one layer of
layers of Type 15 Type 30 or two layers
asphalt-saturated of Type 15 asphalt-
rag felt. saturated rag-felt or one
layer of 14 lbs.
unsaturated or one layer
of Type 15 asphalt-
saturated asbestos felt.
Cement- Exceeding 4 Laid to provide two or more Laid to provide one or
Asbestos thicknesses over one layer of Type 15 more thicknesses over
Shingles asphalt-saturated asbestos felt. one layer of Type 15
asphalt-saturated
asbestos felt.
*As enacted but "gage" probably intended

86
Reference Standard 5

REFERENCE STANDARD RS 5-10 ***ANSI/ASTM D 635-1981-Standard Test for Rate of

*
(a) ANSI/ASTM E108-1987-Standard Methods of Fire Burning and/or Extent and Time of Burning of Self-
Tests of Roof Coverings, or Supporting Plastics in a Horizontal Position.
b) a combination of small scale and/or half scale tests ***1343-88 BCR
and engineering evaluations acceptable to the commissioner
in conjunction with evaluation of full scale tests conforming REFERENCE STANDARD RS 5-13
with ASTM E 108 for a variety of assemblies or combinations †ANSI/ASTM D 568-1977-Standard Test Method for Rate
of materials. of Burning and/or Extent and Time of Burning of Flexible
*1343-88 BCR; 308-81 BCR; 219-72 BCR Plastics in a Vertical Position.
†308-81 BCR
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 5-11
**
NFiPA 204M-1985-Guide for Smoke and Heat Venting. REFERENCE STANDARD RS 5-14
**1343-88 BCR; 308-81 BCR †ANSI/ASTM D 374-1979-Standard Test Methods for
Thickness of Solid Electrical Insulation.
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 5-12 †308-81 BCR

REFERENCE STANDARD RS 5-15

MINIMUM COVERING OF PRESTRESSING STEEL FOR VARIOUS FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS
Cross-Sectional Rating
Type of Unit
Area3 Sq. In. 1 Hour 2 Hour 3 Hour 4 Hour
40 to 150 2 in.
Prestressed Girders,
150 to 300 1 1/2 in. 2 1/2 in.
Beams, and Joists1,2
over 300 1 1/2 in. 2 in. 3 in4 4 in4
Prestressed Slabs,
Solid or Cored 1, 2 — 1 in. 1 1/2 in. 2 in. 2 1/2 in.
Notes:
1Members with less covering shall be acceptable where tests show that adequate protection is provided for the required fire resistance rating.
2Slab thickness to resist transmission of heat shall be as for non-prestressed concrete. Unbonded tendon anchorage devices shall have 50 per cent
greater covering that in the above table.
3In computing the cross-sectional area for joists, the area of the flange shall be added to the area of the stem, and the total width of the flange as
used shall not exceed three times the average width of the stem.
4Adequate provisions against spalling shall be provided by means of a light reinforcement. Reinforcement spacing shall not exceed the depth of
the element and shall have a 1-inch concrete covering.

*
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 5-16 support the entire structural grid network (Fig. 1 A, B,
ACOUSTICAL TILE AND LAY-IN PANEL C). The carrying channels are suspended by hangers
CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS from the existing structure and main runners are then
attached to the channels.
Section 1—General Ceiling suspension system.-The term "ceiling
1.1 Scope.-This standard covers ceiling suspension suspension system" shall mean the entire network or
systems used primarily to support acoustical tile or grid of structural components which provides support
acoustical lay-in panels weighing less than four pounds for acoustical ceiling tile, acoustical ceiling panels,
per square foot, not contributing to the fire-resistance lighting fixtures, and air diffusers.
rating of a floor or roof assembly and not used for Cross runner.-The term "cross runner" shall mean the
meeting the noise control requirements of the building secondary or cross beams of a mechanical ceiling
code. suspension (Fig. 1 A). The cross runners normally
support only the acoustical tile. In some forms of
Section 2—Definitions suspension systems, however, the cross runners also
2.1 Where the following terms appear in this standard, provide support for other cross runners.
they shall have the meaning herein indicated: Hanger.-The term "hanger" shall mean the member
Backing board.-The term "backing board" shall mean employed to suspend the acoustical ceiling from the
a flat sheet of gypsum board to which acoustical tile is existing structure (wood joists, steel bar joists, steel
attached using adhesive, screws, staples or other beams, concrete slabs, etc.) (Figs. 1 A, B, C).
suitable means (Fig. 1c). Main runner.-The term "main runner" shall mean the
Carrying channel.-The term "carrying channel" shall primary or main beams of the type of ceiling
mean the three sided or "[" shaped metal sections which suspension system in (Figs. 1 A, B). The main runners

87
Reference Standard 5

provide direct support for cross runners, and they may

support lighting fixtures and air diffusers. In addition,
the acoustical tile may also be directly supported by the
main runners.
Nailing bar.-The term "nailing bar" or "furring bar"
shall mean the continuous sheet metal strips to which a
backing board is attached using either nails or screws
(Fig. 1 C). The nailing bars are installed perpendicular
to and supported by the carrying channels.
Spline.-The term "spline" shall mean a strip of sheet
metal or fiber inserted in the kerfs of adjacent
acoustical tile to form a concealed mechanical joint seal
(Fig 1 B).
Wall molding.-The term "wall molding" shall mean
the edge angles or channels of a mechanical ceiling
suspension system which are attached to a wall (Figs. 1
A, B). The wall molding provides support for acoustical
tile, and cross runners which are located at the periphery
of the ceiling.

Section 3—Design
3.1 The provisions of the building code for stresses
shall apply.
3.2 The hangers shall be spaced at 4'-6" or less on
centers. Each hanger shall be capable of carrying all
loads suspended therefrom plus an additional 200
pounds located at midspan. The midspan deflection as
attested in accordance with the test method described in
Section 6 of this standard or as calculated shall not
exceed 1/360 of the span. The connections of the
carrying channel to the hangers shall be adequate for
the load supported by the carrying channel plus 200
pounds.
3.4 The main runner or nailing bar shall be capable section 27-131 of the building code.
of carrying all loads suspended therefrom. The midspan
deflection as tested in accordance with the test method Section 4—Coatings
described in Section 6 of this standard or as calculated 4.1 Protective coatings.-Component materials
shall not exceed 1/360 of the span. Each connection of which oxidize or corrode when exposed to normal use
the main runner or nailing bar to the carrying channels environments shall be provided with protective coatings.
shall be adequate for the load supported by the main 4.1.1 Sheet steel.-Components fabricated from sheet
runner plus two hundred (200) pounds. steel shall be given an electro-galvanized, hot dipped
*
353-72BCR galvanized cadmium coating, or zinc coating.
4.1.2 Aluminum alloy.-Components fabricated
3.5 Cross runners shall be capable of carrying all from aluminum alloys shall be anodized when exposed
loads suspended therefrom. The midspan deflection as to a corrosive atmosphere.
tested in accordance with the test method described in
Section 6 of this standard or as calculated shall not Section 5—Installation
exceed 1/360 of the span. 5.1 Installation of components.-The components
3.6 Splines shall not be considered as providing of acoustical ceiling suspension systems shall be
nor shall be used for providing structural support for the installed in accordance with the following requirements
ceiling material. and Figures 2A and 2B.
3.7 All connection devices other than bolts shall 5.1.1 Hangers
be approved by the Board of Standards and Appeals. 5.1.1.1 Buildings of construction group I.-For
However, they may be accepted under the code test requirements see Figs. 2A and 2B.
method when test results indicating a factor of safety of 5.1.1.2 Buildings of construction group II.-Every
four are filed in accordance with the provisions of other hanger supported from wood members shall be

88
Reference Standard 5

attached by two 1/4" diameter through bolts or clinched 12 ft. leveling shall be performed with the supporting
nails. The remaining hangers shall be attached as hangers taut. Local kinks or bends shall not be made in
described above or by two 1/4" diameter barbed anchor hangers as a means of leveling the carrying channels.
nails 2 1/4" long with oval heads. All bolts and nails 5.1.2.2 Attachment to hangers.-Carrying channels
shall be at least 2 in. above the bottom of the wood shall be attached to the hangers in a manner that will
members. prevent any vertical movement or rotation.
5.1.1.3 Spacing.-Hangers for carrying channels shall be (See Figure 2-A and 2-B)
spaced at most 4'-6" on centers.
5.1.1.4 Minimum sizes and quality.-Hangers for 5.1.3 Main runners
suspending carrying channels shall be a minimum of 5.1.3.1 Leveling requirements.- Main runners shall
1/4" diameter galvanized steel rods or flat bars at least be installed so that they are all level within 1/8 in. in 12
1" x 1/8". ft. Leveling shall be performed with the main runner in
5.1.1.5 Use of existing hangers.-Existing hangers may firm contact with the carrying channel.
not be used unless they comply, or are made to comply, 5.1.3.2 Attachment to carrying channels.- Main runners
with all the above provisions relating to hangers. shall be attached to the carrying channels in a manner
that will prevent any vertical movement or rotation.
5.1.2 Carrying channels *353-72 BCR
5.1.2.1 Leveling requirements.-Carrying channels
shall be installed so that they are level within 1/8 in. in

*
353-72 BCR

89
Reference Standard 5

5.2 New suspended ceilings below existing suspended testing of structural members of different sizes, having
ceilings various section configurations, and on different appropriate
5.2.1 Buildings of construction group 1.-In span lengths.
buildings of construction group 1 not more than one Some suspension systems incorporate a locking
existing suspended ceiling may be retained above the assembly system which enhances performance by
new suspended ceiling. All other existing ceilings must providing some continuity or load transfer capability
be removed. Where an existing ceiling is retained, the between adjacent sections of the ceiling grid. This test
new main runners shall be supported directly from the method does not provide the means for making a
carrying channels adjacent to the hangers. complete evaluation of continuous beam systems, nor
5.2.2 Buildings of construction group II.-In buildings of for assessing the continuity contribution to overall
construction group II, all existing suspended ceilings shall system performance. However, the method can be used
be removed prior to installation of new suspended ceiling. for evaluating primary structural members in conjunction
5.2.3 Existing hangers.-Existing hangers shall not with secondary members which interlock, as well as
be used for new suspended ceilings unless found to be with those of noninterlocking type.
in sound structural condition and comply with all the
requirements of this standard relating to hangers. 6.3 Loading facility.-The loading of structural
members shall be performed in a manner which closely
5.3 Ceiling fixtures simulates their use in suspension systems. Span
5.3.1 General.-Fixtures installed in acoustical tile or distances, spacing between secondary supports, etc.,
lay-in panel ceilings shall be mounted in a manner that shall be typical of ceiling grid designs in which the
will not compromise ceiling performance. Figures 3A, structural member is used.
3B and 3C are to be used as a guide. 6.3.1 Support frame.-A rectangular support frame
5.3.2 Maximum fixture weights.-Fixtures exceeding having the essential features of the unit described below
80 lbs. in weight shall be supported independent of shall be provided.
ceiling suspension system. Fixtures weighing 80 lbs. or 6.3.1.1 The frame (Fig. 4) shall have the capability
less may be supported from the carrying channels. for length adjustment to permit testing of structural
Fixtures weighing 50 lbs. or less may be supported members on clear spans for a maximum of 8 ft. to a
from the main runners. minimum of 3 ft. It shall have the capability for overall
5.3.3 Eccentric loading.-Fixtures shall be installed width adjustment with a maximum length of 4 ft. and a
so that the main runners or carrying channels will be minimum length of 1 ft.
eccentrically loaded unless suitable accessory devices 6.3.1.2 The support frame shall have sufficient
(Figs. 3 A, B, C) are employed and the main runner stiffness so that no significant deflection occurs within
and/or carrying channel design provides for the torsional the frame during load tests of suspension system
stresses. structural members.
5.3.4 Plans.-The plans shall show the necessary 6.3.1.3 The support frame may either be ceiling
details of the acoustical ceiling to satisfactorily identify mounted or floor supported.
the number, size, spacing, location, weights, and types 6.3.2 Test loading.-The main runner weight shall
of fixtures and means employed to comply with this not be used for evaluating load-deflection performance.
section. One-half the weight of the cross runners shall be
included as part of the test load.
Section 6—Test Method for Determining Deflection 6.3.2.1 Individual test weights appropriate for
6.1 Introduction.-The test method outlined evaluating the structural member shall be provided.
provides the means by which data can be secured for Loads weighing up to 1 lb. shall be provided so that
characterizing the structural performance of individual their actual weight is within 0.01 lb. of their marked
suspension systems. The method consists of placing weight. Weights over 1 lb. shall be within 1 percent of
structural members as beams on simple supports, and their marked weight. Loading weights of the sizes
subjecting them to simulated uniformly distributed required can be conveniently provided by weighing
loads over their length. The loading is incrementally lead shot into cloth bags and tying them closed.
imposed and the performance of the structural member 6.3.2.2 A sufficient number of weights of suitable
is obtained from observing the resulting beam deflections. mass shall be provided to permit evaluation of the
structural member through its elastic range by loading
6.2 Scope.-The test method shall be used for in approximately ten equal load increments. When
evaluating the load deflection performance of structural elastic performance of the member under test is
members of all acoustical tile and lay-in panel exceeded, loading shall continue using a suitably
suspension systems. A simple experimental facility is reduced load increment until significant sectioning
described which can be adjusted as required to permit yielding has been produced.

90
Reference Standard 5

6.3.2.3 A complete load increment shall be applied frame and at the other from the flange of the primary
simulating a uniformly distributed load imposed over structural member (Fig. 4.). Clearances between ends of
the entire section length before measuring the deflection of the secondary structural member in the test setup shall
the structural member. be typical of that which exists in the actual ceiling grid.
6.3.2.4 Provision shall be made for imposing test Where interlocking secondary structural members
loads on the structural member in a symmetrical manner. are used, they shall be assembled into the central
6.3.3 Deflection measurements.-The deflection of primary structural member being tested in customary
structural members shall be observed after application fashion and using conventional center distance spacing.
of each full load increment during the entre test. The other end of the secondary member shall be simply
6.3.3.1 The deflection of structural members being supported from the perimeter support frame. No
tested shall be measured with dial indicators capable of interlocking of the secondary member and the perimeter
direct reading to 0.001 in. support frame shall be permitted.
6.3.3.2 Dial indicators shall be mounted from a 6.5.2 Section loading.-With the structural member
separate gauge frame (Fig. 4) having three points of to be evaluated installed in the support frame, the gauge
support. The gauge frame shall be supported from the frame shall be positioned to mount the vertical displacement
test loading frame and be properly positioned to locate deflection dials directly over the test section at the
the dial stems vertically over the structural member midspan and quarterspan locations at which time dials
being tested. are positioned to read zero (Fig. 4). The test loads shall
6.3.3.3 The dial indicators used shall have sufficient be applied to the structural member in a manner
travel capability to permit the deflection performance of representative of that which exists in service. For test
the structural members to be observed during the entire purposes simple wire hangers shall be provided to
test without requiring resetting. suitably introduce the load to the section. Extending
from such hangers, attachment wires, cords or lightweight
6.4 Structural members.-The manufacturer, chains shall be provided to permit the preweighed
installer, or architect or engineer, shall determine the incremental test weights to be added as required. The
load-deflection performance. weight of hangers, wires, pans, etc. shall be incorporated
6.4.1 The structural members tested shall be as part of the test load.
identical to the sections used in the final system design. The test weights, simulating the weight of ceiling
All cutouts, slots, etc., as exist in the system component tile or panel, shall be applied to the structural member
shall be included in the sections evaluated. starting 6 in. from the end supports, and at 1 ft. intervals
6.4.2 Allowable mill variations of sheet stock thereafter, always proceeding from the ends toward the
thickness have a significant effect on section stiffness center of the span in applying load. After the first uniformly
and load carrying ability. Consequently, load-deflection distributed load increment has been applied, the midspan
studies of structural members shall utilize sections fabricated and quarterspan deflection of the structural member shall
in accordance with system manufacturers published be measured and recorded. Loading of the structural
metal thicknesses and dimensions. member shall be continued in the same manner, applying
successive increments of uniformly distributed load and
6.5 Procedure.-The procedures used for evaluating observing deflections after each increment. Loading shall be
performance of suspension system structural members continued until it is apparent that the test section has yielded.
shall utilize the general principle of following actual The load deflection performance of secondary
field installation practice wherever possible. As an structural members of acoustical tile and lay-in panel
example of the general procedure to be followed, the ceiling systems shall be similarly determined. The
setup and testing of a primary structural member is units shall be set up and tested in a manner appropriate
described below. to their use in actual grid systems.
6.5.1 Experimental setup.-In preparation for testing,
the length and width of the support frame shall be adjusted 6.6 Experimental data.-A test log shall be prepared
to the typical grid dimensions that are established as to record all pertinent data regarding the structural member
appropriate to the evaluation of the structural member. being evaluated and the principal accessory items used.
The primary structural member shall be installed along Such information as the following shall be provided:
the longitudinal centerline of the frame and supported at Manufacturer's name.
its end as an essentially simply supported beam (Fig. 4). Suspension system identification.
Where secondary members are used, they shall be Test section identification.
installed normal to the direction of the primary structural Description of section: Measured overall height and
member and at the midpoint and quarterpoint locations thickness of basic stock, type of material, section
along the test span length. One end of such secondary weight, etc.
members shall be supported from the side of the test Test span length.

91
Reference Standard 5

Spacing of lateral supports. load which the structural member can successfully
Identification of accessory items and how used. sustain prior to reaching the deflection limit of 3/360th
Sketch of experimental setup, giving dimensions of of the span length in inches (Fig. 5.).
grid, dial gauge locations, load spacing, etc. 6.7.4 The load-deflection curve shall be used to
Record of the incrementally applied uniformly establish the maximum loading intensity beyond which
distributed loads and the resultant midspan and the structural member begins to yield.
quarterspan deflection and the resultant midspan and
quarterspan deflection measurements for each loading. 6.8 Suspension system performance.-Published
performance data for individual suspension systems
6.7 Section performance.-The performance of shall be developed by the manufacturer upon the basis
structural members of suspension systems shall be of results obtained from load-deflection tests of its
represented by individual load-deflection plots obtained principal structural members. Where a ceiling design
from tests performed at each different span length used incorporates a number of components, each of which
in service. experiences some deflection as used in the system, the
6.7.2 The results of replicate tests of three additive nature of these displacements shall be recognized
individual sections each tested on the same span length, in setting an allowable system deflection criteria.
shall be plotted and averaged to obtain a characteristic *
353-72 BCR
load-deflection curve for the structural member.
6.7.3 The average load-deflection curve shall be
used to establish the maximum uniformly distributed

92
Reference Standard 5

93
Reference Standard 5

***
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 5-17 the stair shall not exceed 3,000 fpm at its point of discharge
Standards for the Installation of Smoke Shafts within the stair enclosure.
1. Smoke shafts shall be constructed as required for shafts in e. Intake closures shall open and the supply fan or fans shall
section 27-344. start upon the activation of any detector in the building except
2. Shafts may serve more than a single compartment on a that called for in paragraph c above. However, only the fan
given floor but in all cases shall have at least one wall system associated with the activation of the detector shall shut down.
common to or abutting the compartments served, or each
added compartment shall be connected to the shaft by an
individual duct with the same fire resistive rating as required
for the smoke shaft.
3. The size of the shaft shall be uniform throughout and of
such dimensions as to provide 60 air changes per hour in the
largest compartment served and at a velocity of not less than
1,600 fpm nor more than 4,000 fpm.
4. Openings into the shaft shall be provided at each floor and
shall be of a size to permit the number of air changes
prescribed in 3 above at a maximum air velocity of 3,000
fpm. Such openings shall be located as high as possible and
designed to vent the entire compartment. They shall be
equipped with an opening protective or closure having a fire
protective rating complying with table 5-3 (§27-342). Such
closures shall be automatically openable individually upon the
activation of a detector located at the return shaft of the
compartment and upon the activation of any other detectors
installed within the compartment. *
Figure 4 Schematic Diagram of Experimental Loading Facility
5. An approved, automatically controlled, exhaust fan of such *353-72 BCR
capacity as to exhaust 60 air changes per hour from the largest
compartment served by the shaft and capable of maintaining
not less than a 2-inch negative static pressure at its inlet under
flow conditions shall be installed in the shaft.
a. The fan shall be located so that the bottom of the fan inlet
is located not less than 3 feet above the top of the automatic
protective closure in the highest fire floor served by the shaft.
b. The shaft shall terminate at least 3 feet above the roof level
where it penetrates the roof and shall be provided with a
protective weather closure which can be opened manually
from the outside.
c. When the closure in the required opening on a floor opens,
this shall automatically open the weather closure and start the fan.
d. The shaft exhaust fan shall also be controlled from a local
start-stop station at the fan, and at either the mechanical
control center or the fire command station.
e. The fan shall be operated from circuits that are separate
from the general lighting and power circuits, either taken off
ahead of the main switch or connected to an emergency power
source when such source is provided.
***Local Law 5-1973
**
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 5-18
Standards for the Pressurization of Stairs
1. Each stair shall be provided with air in such amount as to
satisfy the following requirements:
a. The air shall be mechanically supplied at one or more levels.
b. Each fan shall supply 100 percent outdoor air.
c. Any opening shall be provided with an intake closure *
complying with the requirements for opening protectives of Figure 5. Applied Load vs. Mid-span Deflection for a
Title 27, Chapter 1 of the administrative code with an Hypothetical Structural Member Having a Simply
approved smoke detector located between the outside air Supported Span Length of 4 Ft.
intake and the supply fan. Upon the activation of this detector, * 353-72 BCR
only the system serviced by such detector shall shut down.
d. The maximum velocity of air supplied at the openings into

94
Reference Standard 5

2. An approved, automatically controlled louver and start-stop station at the fans and from the fire command
weather closure open to the exterior at the highest floor station. In addition, fan controls may also be located at the
served by the stair shall be installed in the case of a fan or mechanical control center. These controls shall over-ride
fans producing an upward flow of air, or at the furthest the automatic detection shut-down.
point or points from the fan or fans when more than one e. The fans shall be operated from circuits that are
fan is used, or at the lower end of the stair venting to separate from the general lighting and power circuits
outside if a single fan is located at the upper end of the taken off ahead of the main switch and connected to an
shaft. The size shall be not less than 2 sq. in. per 100 cu. emergency power source when such source is provided.
ft. of total shaft volume. Any existing fixed ventilating *** 5. Full system testing shall be required for each
opening may be included in meeting this requirement. installation and shall be subject to controlled inspection.
The louver shall be normally closed and shall open Pressure or velocity measurements shall be taken for the
automatically by fusible link or other approved device purpose of determining whether the desired control of
when subjected to a temperature of 135oF. or to a rapid smoke will be established and reports of such measurements
rise in temperature at a rate of 15 to 20oF. per minute, shall be made and copies thereof filed with the
and the louver shall also be remotely operable from the department as provided in Section 27-132 for controlled
fire command center. Such louver shall also satisfy the inspection. A full system test shall be performed after
requirements of subdivision d of section 27-344. any construction and/or modifications to the stair
3. The total supply of air introduced into each stair enclosures altering the volume of such enclosures.
shall be equal to and not less than the algebraic sum of *** 6. Operational tests of the stair pressurization systems
24,000 cfm plus 200 cfm per story of stair. shall be conducted every twelve months by building
4. Other operating requirements. maintenance personnel and witnessed by the Fire Safety
a. All weather closures may normally be in closed position. Director or by a Registered Architect or Professional
b. The air supply fans shall provide positive pressure Engineer to ensure that each system functions. The
differential between the stair shaft and each floor at a owner or his authorized representative shall retain at the
maximum of 0.4 inches of water column whether doors premises a record of each test performed for Building
are open or closed. Minimum positive pressure and Fire Departments' use.
differentials between the stair shafts and each floor of *** 7. Operational tests shall determine that initiating
0.10 inches of water column when all doors are closed, devices such as fire alarms, sprinkler alarms, elevator
and no less than 0.050 inches of water column when recall, manual switches, and smoke detectors other than
any three doors are open, shall be maintained. As an those designed to cause the shutdown of outside air intake
alternative to the maintenance of 0.050 inches of water systems, will cause the stair pressurization systems'
column, a minimum average velocity of 400 feet per intake dampers to open and fans to start.
minute, measured in the plane of any open door, with ** Local Law 84-1979
any three doors open, shall be maintained. ***DOB 8-26-98
c. Excess positive pressure within the stair closure
*
may be relieved at one or more levels through protected REFERENCE STANDARD RS 5-19
openings in the stair enclosure in the following manner: ASTM E814-1983 Standard Method of Fire Tests of
(1) Each opening shall be provided with an approved Through-Penetration Fire Stops.
*
adjustable barometric backdraft damper so arranged as Local Law 16-1984; 1343-88 BCR
to permit air flow out of the stair enclosure only and
*
shall be adjusted to close if the pressure differential is REFERENCE STANDARD RS 5-20
less than 0.05 inches of water column, and to remain Standards for the flammability of Carpets
open if the pressure differential is greater than 0.4 DOC FF1-1970 Methane Pill Test.
inches of water column. ASTM E648-1988 Standard Test Method for Critical
(2) Each opening shall be protected with two 1 1/2- Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant
hour fire dampers arranged in series, each with fusible Heat Source.
links rated to melt at 125oF. ASTM E662-1988 Standard Test Method for Specific
(3) Acceptable alternative systems for the relief of Optical Density of Smoke Generated by Solid Materials.
excessive positive pressure other than through the *Local Law 16-1984; 1343-88 BCR
protective openings in the stair enclosure may be
installed, subject to the approval of the Commissioner. *** REFERENCE STANDARD RS 5-21
(4) Spill ducts located entirely within the stair enclosure UBC Std. 26-9-1997 Method of Test for the Evaluation
and utilizing barometric dampers may be installed as an of Flammability Characteristics of Exterior, NonloadBearing
acceptable alternative system referred to in sub-paragraph Wall Assemblies Containing Combustible Components
3 above. Using the Intermediate-Scale,Multistory Test Apparatus.
d. Air supply fans shall also be controlled from a local ***DOB 3-4-01; Local Law 13-1987; 1343-88 BCR

95
Reference Standard 5

This page is intended to be left blank

96
Reference Standard 7

REFERENCE STANDARD RS-7

SPECIAL USES AND OCCUPANCIES
*
LIST OF REFERENCED NATIONAL STANDARDS

NFiPA No. 701 Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Flame-Resistant Textiles and Films .......1977
*888-80 BCR

*
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 7-1
Deleted.
*888-80 BCR

**
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 7-2
RESTRICTED LOCATIONS FOR PROJECTING SIGNS

Borough of Manhattan -
No permanent projecting sign shall be erected on any building on:
5th Avenue between Washington Square north and 110th Street,
34th Street between Park Avenue and 7th Avenue,
Madison Avenue between 23d Street and 96th Street,
57th Street between Lexington Avenue and Broadway,
Vanderbilt Avenue between 42d Street and 47th Street,
Park Avenue between 32d Street and 40th Street,
Park Avenue between 45th Street and 96th Street,
33rd Street between Lexington Avenue and 5th Avenue,
35th through 41st Streets between Lexington Avenue and 5th Avenue,
43rd through 56th Streets between Lexington Avenue and 5th Avenue,
58th Street between Lexington Avenue and 5th Avenue,
60th Street between Lexington Avenue and 5th Avenue,
Nassau Street between Wall Street and Frankfort Street, or
John Street between Broadway and William Street.
No permanent illuminated projecting sign shall be erected on any building on:
72rd Street between Central Park West and Riverside Drive.
Borough of Brooklyn-
No permanent projecting sign shall be erected on any building on:
Fulton Street between Flatbush Avenue and Joralemon Street and Willoughby
Street.
No permanent illuminated projecting sign shall be erected on any building on:
Fulton Street between Flatbush Avenue and Prospect Street and Henry Street,
Washington Street between Myrtle Avenue and Prospect Street,
Court Street between Fulton Street and Livingston Street,
Pierrepont Street between Fulton Street and Clinton Street,
Montague Street between Court Street and Clinton Street,
Remsen Street between Court Street and Clinton Street,
Joralemon Street between Court Street and Clinton Street.
**82-88 BCR

*
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 7-3
NFiPA No. 701-1977 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Flame-Resistant Textiles and Films.
*888-80 BCR

*
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 7-4
Deleted.
*888-80 BCR

97
Reference Standard 7

This page is intended to be left blank

98
Reference Standard 8

REFERENCE STANDARD RS-8

PLACES OF ASSEMBLY
*
LIST OF REFERENCED NATIONAL STANDARDS

ANSI/SMPTE 223M Specifications for Motion-Picture Film-Safety Film .........…..………………. 1985

ANSI PH 1.25 Specifications for Photography (Film-) Safety
Photographic Film...................................................………………….……….. 1984
ANSI/NFiPA 40 Cellulose Nitrate Motion-Picture Film ..............................…………..……….. 1982
*739-86 BCR; 260-86 BCR; 745-80 BCR

**
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 8-1

ANSI/SMPTE 223M-1985-Specifications for Motion-Picture Film-Safety Film.

ANSI PH 1.25-1984-Specifications for Photography (Film-) Safety Photographic Film.
ANSI/NFiPA 40-1982-Cellulose Nitrate Motion-Picture Film.
**739-86 BCR; 260-86 BCR

99
Reference Standard 8

This page is intended to be left blank

100
Reference Standard 9

*
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 9 LOADS
LIST OF REFERENCED NATIONAL STANDARDS
**AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges, Thirteenth Edition and 1984, 1985 and
HB-13 1986 Interim Specifications………………………………………………………… 1983
AREA Specifications for Steel Railway Bridges, Chapter 15, Steel Structures, Manual for
Railway Engineering………………………………………………………………...1987
*UBC SECTION 2312 Earthquake Regulations With Accumulative Supplement…………………………..1990
*135-88BCR
** Local Law 17-1995.

REFERENCE STANDARD RS 9-1

MINIMUM UNIT DESIGN DEAD LOADS FOR STRUCTURAL DESIGN PURPOSES
Weight (psf)
WALLS AND PARTITIONS (unplastered).—
Clay brick—
High absorption (per 4 in. wythe)…………………………………………………………………………………….. 33
Low absorption (per 4 in. wythe)……………………………………………………………………………….…….. 45
Concrete brick—
4 in…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 46
4 in. lightweight aggregate……………………………………………………………………………………………. 33
8 in…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 89
8 in. lightweight aggregate……….……………………………………………………………………………..……. 68
12 in……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..……. 130
12 in. lightweight aggregate…………………………………………………………………………………….……. 98
Sand-lime brick—
per 4 in. wythe…………………………………………………………………………………………………..……. 38
Solid concrete block—
4 in……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 40
4 in. lightweight aggregate……….……………………………………………………………………………..……. 27
8 in……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 67
8 in. lightweight aggregate……….……………………………………………………………………………..……. 48
12 in……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..……. 108
12 in. lightweight aggregate…………………………………………………………………………………….……. 72
Hollow concrete block—
4 in……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 30
4 in. lightweight aggregate……….……………………………………………………………………………..……. 20
8 in……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 53
8 in. lightweight aggregate……….……………………………………………………………………………..……. 38
12 in……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..……. 85
12 in. lightweight aggregate…………………………………………………………………………………….……. 55
Solid gypsum block—
(per in. thickness)………………………………………………………………………………………………. …… 6
Hollow gypsum block—
2 in……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 9.5
4 in……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 12.5
6 in……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 18.5
Clay, tile, load bearing—
4 in……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 24
8 in……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 42
12 in……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..……. 58
Clay tile, non-load bearing—
2 in……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 11
4 in……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 18
8 in……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 34
12 in……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..……. 46
Facing tile—
2 in……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 16
6 in……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 29
8 in……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 41
Split terra cotta furring tile—
1 1/2 in…..……………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 8
2 in……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 10
3 in……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 12
Glass block—
4 in……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 20
PLASTER PARTITIONS—
2 in. thick, solid cement plaster on metal lath…………………………………………………………………..……. 25
2 in. thick, solid gypsum plaster on metal lath………………………………………………………………….……. 18
Metal studs, any lath, and 3/4 in. gypsum plaster, both sides……………………………………………………..……. 18
Wood studs, any lath, and 3/4 in. gypsum plaster, both sides…………………………………………………………. 19

101
Reference Standard 9

EQUIVALENT UNIFORM PARTITION LOADS

Equivalent Uniform Load (psf)
Partition Weight (plf) (To be added to floor dead and live loads)
50 or less………………… 0
51 to 100………………… 6
101 to 200……………….. 12
201 to 350……………….. 20
Greater than 350………… 20 plus a concentrated live load of the weight in excess of 350 plf..
Weight (psf)
PLASTER ON MASONRY SURFACES.—
Gypsum, with sand aggregate, per in………………………………………………………. 8.5
Gypsum, with lightweight aggregate, per in……………………………………………….. 4
Gypsum, with wood fibers, per in………………………………………………………….. 6.5
Cement, with sand aggregate, per in……………………………………………………….. 10
Cement, with lightweight aggregate, per in………………………………………………... 5
FLOOR FINISHES (Excluding fill or base).—
Resilient flooring (asphalt tile, linoleum, etc.)…………………………………………….. 2
Asphalt block, 2 in…………………………………………………………………………. 24
Wood block, 3 in…………………………………………………………………………… 10
Hardwood flooring, 7/8 in…………………………………………………………………. 4
Softwood sub-flooring, per in……………………………………………………………… 3
Plywood sub-flooring, 1/2 in…………………………..…………………………………… 1.5
Ceramic or quarry tile, 1 in………………………………………………………………… 12
Terrazzo, 1 in………………………………………………………………………………. 12
Slate, 1 in…………………………………………………………………………………… 15
Cement, 1 in………………………………………………………………………………... 12
FLOOR FILL—
Cinders, no cement, per in……………………………………………………………….. 5
Cinders, with cement, per in……………………………………………………………... 9
Sand, per in. ……………………………………………………………………………... 8
FLOORS — WOOD JOIST CONSTRUCTION
(With double layer wood flooring - no ceiling)
Total Weight (psf)
**Joint Sizes (in.) 12 in. Joist Spacing 16 in. Joist Spacing
2x6 6 5
2x8 6 6
2 x 10 7 6
2 x 12 8 7
3x6 7 6
3x8 8 7
3 x 10 9 8
3 x 12 11 9
3 x 14 12 10
** As enacted but "joist" probably intended.
Weight (psf)
CEILINGS: (including suspension system).—
Plaster on tile or concrete—see “Plaster on Masonry Surfaces”
Suspended metal lath and gypsum plaster, 3/4 in. .………………………………….. 9
Suspended metal lath and cement plaster, 3/4 in..…………………………………… 11
Suspended acoustical tile……………………………………………………………. 2
ROOF AND WALL COVERINGS—
Clay roofing tiles…………………………………………………………………….. 14
Built-up roofing:
3-ply………………………………………………………………………………….. 1.5
5-ply………………………………………………………………………………….. 2.5
Gravel, 1/4 to 5/8 in………………………………………………………………….. 4
Slag, 1/4 to 5/8 in…………………………………………………………………….. 3
Crushed rock, 1/4 to 5/8 in…………………………………………………………... 4.5
Aluminum sheet:
0.050 in. thick, flat…………………………………………………………………… 0.72
0.032 in. thick, corrugated…………………………………………………………… 0.55
0.032 in. thick, V-Beam……………………………………………………………… 0.58
Steel, 20 gauge, protected V-Beam………………………………………………….. 2.3
Tin sheet, 28 gauge………………………………………………………………….. 1

102
Reference Standard 9

Asbestos-cement, corrugated roofing, 3/8 in………………………………………… 4

Fiberboard, 1/2 in……………….…………………………………………………… 0.8
Gypsum sheathing, ½ in……………………………………………………………... 2
Wood sheathing, per in………………………………………………………………. 3
Wood shingles, in place……………………………………………………………… 3
Asphalt shingles, in place……………………………………………………………. 6
Asbestos-cement shingles, in place………………………………………………….. 4
Cement tile, 3/8 in. in place………………………………………………………….. 16
Stucco (cement), per in………………………………………………………………. 10
Slate, 3/16 in. in place……………………………………………………………….. 7
Slate, 1/4 in. in place………..……………………………………………………….. 10
Skylight, metal frame, 3/8 in. wire glass…………………………………………….. 10
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS—
Glass—
singlestrength…………………………………………………………………….... 1.2
double strength…………………………………………………………………….. 1.6
plate, wired or structured, 1/8 in…………………………………………………... 1.6
insulating, double 1/8 in. plates w/air space………………………………………. 3.5
insulating, double 1/4 in. plates w/air space…………………..…………………... 7.1
Insulation—
fiber glass, per in……………………………………………………………………. 1.5
foam glass, per in…………………………………………………………………… 0.8
Urethane, 1 in……………………………………………………………………….. 1.0
2 in……………………………………………………………………….. 1.2
cork, per in…………………………………………………………………………. 1.0
vegetable fiber boards, per in………………………………………………………. 1.5
bats and blankets, per in……………………………………………………………. 0.5
vermiculite, loose fill—0.6 pcf……………………………………………………..
expanded polystyrene—1.0 pcf……………………………………………………..
Marble, interior, per in…………………………………………………………………. 14
Plastic, acrylic, 1/4 in…………………...………………………………………………. 1.5
Slate, per in……………………………….…………………………………………….. 15
Asphaltic concrete………………………………………………………………………. 144
Cast-stone masonry (cement, stone, sand)……………………………………………… 144
Cinder fill……………………………………………………………………………….. 57
Concrete, plain (other than expanded aggregates)—
cinder….……………………………………………………………………………. 108
slag…….…………………………………………………………………………… 132
stone (including gravel)……………………………………………………………. 144
Reinforced concrete—
Add 6 pcf to unit weights shown for plain concrete
Cork, compressed……………………………………………………………………….. 14
Earth…………………………………………………………………………………….. 100
Masonry, ashlar—
granite………………………………………………………………………………. 165
limestone (crystalline)………………………………………………………………. 165
limestone (oolitic)…………………………………………………………………... 135
marble………………………………………………………………………………. 173
sandstone (bluestone)………………………………………………………………. 144
Masonry, rubble w/ mortar—
granite………………………………………………………………………………. 153
limestone (crystalline)……………………………………………………………… 147
limestone (oolitic)…………………………………………………………………... 138
marble………………………………………………………………………………. 156
sandstone (bluestone)………………………………………………………………. 137
Masonry, dry rubble—
Granite……………………………………………………………………………… 130
limestone (oolitic)………………………………………………………………….. 125
marble………………………………………………………………………………. 130
Sandstone (bluestone)………………………………………………………………. 110
Terra cotta, architectural—
voids filled………………………………………………………………………….. 120
voids empty…………………………………………………………………………. 72
Timber, seasoned—
pine, Douglas fir, and similar species………………………………………………. 35
oak, elm, and similar species………………………………………………………. 45
*As enacted but “gage” probably intended.

103
Reference Standard 9

REFERENCE STANDARD RS 9-2

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED AND CONCENTRATED LIVE
LOADS UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LIVE LOADS

Occupancy or Use of Spaces Live load

(psf)
Assembly spaces
Drill rooms……………………………………………………………………………………………….. 150
Assembly spaces having fixed seats, including auditorium areas in churches, schools, theaters,
courthouses, lodges, lecture halls, and similar buildings………………………………………………… 60a
Dance floors, restaurant serving and dining areas, mess halls, museums, gymnasiums, skating rinks,
promenades, and roof gardens……………………………………………………………………………. 100
Private assembly spaces, including conference rooms and card rooms………………………………….. 50
Stadium, grandstand, and reviewing stand seating areas………………………………………………… 100
Other assembly spaces…………………………………………………………………………………… See note d
Balconies
Exterior…………………………………………………………………………………………………… See note b
Interior (as required for occupancy or use)
Mezzanines (as required for occupancy or use)
Catwalks 30
Corridors
(1) Corridors in schools………….………………………………………………………………………. 100
(2) Corridors, elevators, and stairs in office buildings (other than first floor lobbies)…………………... 75
(3) Corridors serving first floor elevator lobbies, auditoriums, and similar areas of public assembly…... 100
(4) Other (same as that required for the occupancy of the area being served)…………………………… 100
Elevator machine rooms (see Reference Standard RS 18)
Equipment rooms, including pump rooms, generator rooms, transformer vaults, and areas for switch gear,
ventilating, air conditioning, and similar electrical and mechanical equipment……………………………… 75
Fire escapes
Multiple dwellings……………………………………………………………………………………….. 40
Others…………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 100
Hospitals
Operating rooms, laboratories, and service areas………………………………………………………… 60
Rooms and wards………………………………………………………………………………………… 40
Personnel areas…………………………………………………………………………………………… 40
Other (as required for occupancy or use of the area)
Libraries
Reading and study room areas….………………………………………………………………………... 60
Stack areas (see Storage)
Other (as required for occupancy or use of the area)
Lobbies and similar areas……………………………………………………………………………………. 100
Manufacturing and repair areas……………………………………………………………………………… 100
Marquees…………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 60
Office areas (not including record storage areas)……………………………………………………………. 50
Parking areas
For passenger cars, provided that the clear headroom at the entrance does not exceed 8 ft……………... 50
Penal institutions
Cell blocks……………………………………………………………………………………………….. 40
Other (as required for occupancy or use of the area)
Plaza areas (open) accessible to the public (including landscaped portions) 100
Recreational areas
Bowling alleys (alleys only)……………………………………………………………………………… 40
Poolrooms………………………………………………………………………………………………... 75
Other (see assembly areas)
Residential areas
Dormitories
Non-partitioned……………………………………………………………………………………….. 60
Partitioned…………………………………………………………………………………………….. 40
Dwellings
Multi-family units
Apartments ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 40
Public rooms (as required for occupancy or use)
One- and two-family units
First floor………………………………………………………………………………………….. 40

104
Reference Standard 9

Upper floors and habitable attics………………………………………………………………….. 30

Uninhabitable attics……………………………………………………………………………….. 20c
Hotels
Guest rooms……………………………………………………………………………………….. 40
Public rooms (as required for occupancy or use)
Schools
Classrooms……………………………………………………………………………………………….. 40
Shops (automotive and press shops)………………………………………………………………………. 100
Shops (others)……………………………………………………………………………………………. 60
Other (as required for occupancy or use of the area)
Stairs and exit passages (same as Fire escapes)
Storage
Light……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 100
Warehouse……………………………………………………………………………………………….. 150
Stores
Wholesale sales………………………………………………………………………………………….. 100
Retail sales
Basement and first floor……………………………………………………………………………… 100
Upper floors………………………………………………………………………………………….. 75
Telephone equipment rooms………………………………………………………………………………… 80
Theaters
Dressing rooms…………………………………………………………………………………………… 40
Projection room…………………………………………………………………………………………... 100
Stage floor………………………………………………………………………………………………... 150
Toilet areas…………………………………………………………………………………………………... 40
* Notes:
a Uniform load shall be applied to the gross floor area.
b 150 per cent of live load on adjoining occupied area, but not more than 100 psf.
c Live load need be applied to joists or to bottom chords of trusses or trussed rafters only in those portions of attic space having a clear height of
42 in. or more between joist and rafter in conventional rafter construction; and between bottom chord and any other member in trussed or trussed
rafter construction. However, joists or the bottom chords of trusses or trussed rafters shall be designed to sustain the imposed dead load or 10 psf,
whichever is greater, uniformly distributed over the entire span.
d Live loads for assembly spaces other than those described in this reference standard shall be determined from the occupant load requirements as
established by section C26-601.2 using the formula 100/net floor area per occupant but shall not be less than 50 psf nor more than 100 psf.
*Local Law 39-1972

105
Reference Standard 9

CONCENTRATED LIVE LOADS

Use or Location Load (lbs.)a Remarks

Elevator machine room See Reference Standard RS 18
floor
Gratings, checkered plates 200 (on area of 1.0 sq. in.) Nonconcurrent with uniform live load.
and similar metal decks
Floor registers and similar 250 (on area of 2 ft. x 2 ft.) Nonconcurrent with uniform live load.
floor insets
Parking areas—passenger 2,500 (on area of 20 sq. in.) The concentrated load may be assumed to
vehicles accommodating For slab or deck design represent the reaction of a jack placed under one
nine passengers, or less end of the vehicle. Omit uniform live load in
area (6 ft. x 9 ft.) representing one half the
vehicle, adjacent to the point of load
concentration.
1,500 (each wheel) To be used in lieu of uniform live load in stalls of
mechanized garages where there is no slab or
deck.
Parking areas—trucks, 150 per cent of maximum Same as for Parking areas—passenger vehicles
buses and passenger wheel load with vehicle accommodating nine passengers, or less.
vehicles accommodating loaded (on area of 20 sq. in.)
more than nine passengers
Floor of office areas 2,000 Nonconcurrent with uniform live load.

Resident and multiple 200 (on area of 4.0 sq. in.) Nonconcurrent with uniform live load.
dwellings
Scuttles and skylights ribs 200 Nonconcurrent with uniform live load.
Steel joists—for each 800 (for trussed joists apply Nonconcurrent with uniform live load.
individual joist at a panel point)
Roofs 250 (on area of 2 ft. x 2 ft.) Nonconcurrent with uniform live load. Not
applicable for awnings, canopies, and similar
constructions where access by persons is difficult
and not intended.
Stair and fire escape treads 300 (on area 1 ft. wide by Nonconcurrent with uniform live load.
depth of the tread and spaced
at 3 ft. center-to-center)
Boiler rooms 3,000 The concentrated load of 3,000 lbs. may be
assumed to represent the weight of minor items of
equipment (pumps, etc.) in temporary locations
during installation. In addition provision shall be
made for supporting the weight of the empty
boiler at pertinent locations on the floor to
provide for replacement of the boiler.

Note:-
a Except when otherwise indicated loads are assumed to be applied over an area 2 1/2 ft. x 2 1/2 ft.

106
Reference Standard 9

UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED AND CONCENTRATED LIVE LOADS FOR CONSTRUCTION

ELEVATOR AND MATERIAL HOIST TOWER BACK STRUCTURES

DEFINITION:
Back Structure: A system of landing platforms and/or supports designed to transmit construction elevator or
material hoist tower loads into the building structure.
WALKWAY PLATFORMS
{L} Live load
1. Uniformly Distributed: 100 psf defined by the area enclosed by handrail, or by the gross area of the walkway
if handrails are not provided.
2. Concentrated: 40% of the highest rated capacity of the hoist cars, non-concurrently with the uniform
load,acting on a 4 square inch area anywhere within the boundary of handrail, or within the gross area of the
walkway if handrails are not provided.
FRAME STRUCTURE
{L} Live load values determined by detailed analysis performed by the design professional acting on any
combination of differing floor levels equal to the number of hoist cars plus one but not less than 50 psf or the
carrying capacity of the elevator cars and hoist cars, whichever is greater.
SNOW LOAD
{S} 20 psf acting on the top two floors of gross plan area of the back structure.
ICE LOAD
{I} 40% of the dead load or a detailed analysis performed by the design professional based on the equivalent of
one-quarter inch ice.
DYNAMIC LOADING
{d} Lateral force and moment resulting from the starting and stopping of the hoist cars. When more than one
car is in operation, the dynamic loading shall reflect the most critical combination. The Dynamic loading is to be
considered basic loading. Impact loading need not be considered.
DEAD LOADS {D}– REFER TO RS 9-1
WIND LOADS {W} & {w}– REFER TO RS 9-5
DESIGN LOAD COMBINATIONS
For Allowable Stress Design, factors used in loading combinations conform to section 27-594 of the Building Code.
The back structures shall be designed for the critical combination of:
1. {D} + {L} + {d}
2. 0.67 ({D} + {W})
3. 0.75 ({D} + {L} + {d} + {w})
4. 0.67 ({D} + {I} + {w} + {S})
Load factors for LRFD designs shall adhere to the LRFD recommendations and guidelines contained in the
reference standard for the material used.
**DOB 9-2-01
*
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 9-3
AASHTO HB-13-1983-Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges, Thirteenth Edition, and 1984, 1985 and 1986
Interim Specifications.
*135-88 BCR

*
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 9-4
AREA-1987-Specifications for Steel Railway Bridges, Chapter 15, Steel Structures, Manual for Railway
Engineering.
*135-88 BCR

107
Reference Standard 9

REFERENCE STANDARD RS 9-5 wind presentment shall be 1 1/2 times the values given
MINIMUM DESIGN WIND PRESSURES in table RS 9-5.2.
4. OTHER BUILDING ELEMENTS.-Minimum wind
1. DESIGN WIND PRESSURES ON STRUCTURAL FRAMES.- pressures to be used in the design of other building
Minimum design pressures due to wind acting on elements shall be the values in table RS 9-5.1 multiplied
vertical surfaces shall be in accordance with table RS 9- by the following shape factors given in table RS 9-5.3.
5.1, and minimum design pressures acting normal to
horizontal or inclined surfaces shall be in accordance TABLE RS 9-5.3 SHAPE FACTORS
with table RS 9-5.2. The occurrence of the pressures on Construction Shape Factor
vertical, horizontal, and inclined surfaces of the building Signs (and their supports), or
shall be considered as simultaneous. portions thereof, having 70 per cent
or more of solid surface…………… 1.5
TABLE RS 9-5.1 DESIGN WIND PRESSURES ON Signs (and their supports), or
VERTICAL SURFACES portions thereof, having less than 70
Height zone Design Wind Pressure on per cent of solid surface…………… 2.0
(ft. above curb level) Vertical Surfaces (psf of Tanks, cooling towers, and similar
projected solid surface) constructions………………………. 1.5
Structural Panels Upright, circular cylindrical
Frame Glass surfaces……………………………. 0.7
0-50 (signs and similar Square and rectangular chimneys…. 1.5
constructions of shallow
depth only)……………. 15 — For special structures such as curved and saw-toothed
0-100………………… 20 30 roofs, guys and cables, open trussed structures, parallel
101-300……………… 25 30 solid girders, and spheres, the design wind pressure
301-600……………… 30 35 shall be determined on the basis of recognized engineering
601-1000……………. 35 40 analysis or by test.
Over 1000…………… 40 40 5. EAVES AND CORNICES.-Eaves, cornices, and
overhanging elements of the building shall be designed
for upward pressures of twice the values given in table
TABLE RS 9-5.2 DESIGN WIND PRESSURES RS 9-5.1.
ON HORIZONTAL AND INCLINED 6. WIND LOAD BY MODEL TEST.-In lieu of the
SURFACES design wind pressures established in sections 1 and 2 of
Roof Slope Design Wind Pressure Normal to Surface this reference standard, and subject to review and approval
30 degrees Either pressure or suction equal to 40 per of the commissioner, design wind pressures may be
or less cent of the values in Table RS 9-5.1 over approximated from suitably conducted model tests.
the entire roof area The tests shall be predicated on a basic wind velocity of
More than Windward slope—pressure equal to 60 80 mph at the 30 ft. level, and shall simulate and include
30 degrees per cent of values in Table RS 9-5.1. all factors involved in considerations of wind pressure,
Leeward slope—suction equal to 40 per including pressure and suction effects, shape factors,
cent of values in Table RS 9-5.1. functional effects, gusts, and internal pressures and suctions.
**7. CONSTRUCTION ELEVATOR AND MATERIAL
2. WALL ELEMENTS.-For design of mullions, muntins, HOIST TOWER BACK STRUCTURES DEFINITIONS:
girts, panels, and other wall elements (including their Back Structure: A system of landing platforms and/or
fastenings), other than glass panels, the wind pressure supports designed to transmit construction elevator or
acting normal to wall surfaces shall be 30 psf or a 20 material hoist tower loads into the building structure.
psf suction, for all height zones up to 500 ft. These Inland: As defined by ASCE 7-98, exposure Category A
values shall be deemed to include allowance for gust Coastal: As defined by ASCE 7-98, exposure Category D
pressures. For height zones over 500 ft., the applicable
design pressures shall be specifically investigated, but WIND LOADS
shall not be less than the values indicated in table RS 9-5.1. {W} Storm Wind Load: equivalent to 25 yr. Mean
3. ROOF ELEMENTS.-The wind pressures acting on recurrence wind per ASCE 7-98 standard, taking into
purlins, roofing, and other roof elements (including account the exposure terrain, height zone, shielding
their fastenings) supporting small contributory areas of

108
Reference Standard 9

coefficients, etc. In lieu of detailed analysis by the Pursuant to section 27-191 of the code the Commissioner
design professional, the following values may be used: shall have the authority to reject an application for a
building permit which fails to comply with the
Design storm wind (25 yr. Mean Recurrence) requirements of this section.
Wind pressure loading (in psf) on gross cross Subdivision (b) Definitions.
sectional area of the back structure Delete the definitions of the following terms and
Zone/ 0-50 50-150 150-400 400-700 >700 substitute the following new definitions:
Elevation feet feet feet feet feet "ECCENTRIC BRACED FRAME (EBF) is a steel-
Inland 14.4 20.7 25.6 33.8 40 braced frame designed in conformance with reference
Coastal 14.4 25.6 43.2 65.5 69.6 standard RS 10-5C.
ESSENTIAL FACILITIES are those structures which
Unless the structure is fully enclosed in curtain walls, are necessary for emergency operations subsequent to a
the following wind loading shall be analyzed: natural disaster.
1. Parallel to the building façade per the above table. STORY DRIFT is the displacement of one level relative
2. Normal to the building façade at one-half the value to the level above or below, including translational and
of the above table. torsional deflections."
Wind directions shall be considered to be non-concurrent. Add the following definition before "SHEAR WALL":
{w} In-Service wind: a 35 mph (wind pressure of 3.13 "REINFORCED MASONRY SHEAR WALL is that form
psf) from any direction acting on the back structure. of masonry wall construction in which reinforcement
** DOB 9-2-01 acting in conjunction with masonry is used to resist
lateral forces parallel to the wall and which is designed
* using reinforcement in conformance with Chapter 7 of
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 9-6
EARTHQUAKE LOADS reference standard RS 10-2."
Delete the definitions of the five frames under the
UBC SECTION 2312-1990 SPACE FRAME paragraph and substitute the following
Earthquake Regulations with Accumulative Supplement stand-alone definitions:
MODIFICATIONS- The provisions of UBC Section "INTERMEDIATE MOMENT-RESISTING FRAME
2312 shall be subject to the following modifications. (IMRF) is a concrete frame designed in accordance with
The subdivisions, paragraphs, subparagraphs and items the requirements of Chapters 1 through 20 and Sections
are from this section. 21.1, 21.2 and 21.9 of reference standard RS 10-3.
Subdivision (a) General. MOMENT-RESISTING FRAME is a frame in which
Paragraph 1. Minimum seismic design. members and joints are capable of resisting forces
Delete this paragraph and substitute the following: primarily by flexure.
"The following types of construction shall, at a minimum, ORDINARY MOMENT-RESISTING FRAME (OMRF)
be designed and constructed to resist the effects of is a moment-resisting frame conforming to the requirements
seismic ground motions as provided in this section: of Chapters 1 through 20 of reference standard RS 10-3
new structures on new foundations; or reference standards RS 10-5A and RS 10-5C but not
new structures on existing foundations; and meeting special detailing requirements for ductile behavior.
enlargements in and of themselves on new foundations. SPECIAL MOMENT-RESISTING FRAME (SMRF) is
Buildings classified in New York City occupancy group a moment-resisting frame conforming to reference standards
J-3 and not more than three stories in height need not RS 10-3 or RS 10-5A and RS 10-5C and specially
conform to the provisions of this section. detailed to provide ductile behavior by complying with
The Commissioner may require that the following types the requirements of Chapters 1 through 20 and Sections
of construction be designed and constructed to 21.1 through 21.8 of reference standards RS 10-3 or
incorporate safety measures as necessary to provide reference standards RS 10-5A and RS 10-5C.
safety against the effects of seismic ground motions at VERTICAL LOAD-CARRYING FRAME is a frame
least equivalent to that provided in a structure to which designed to carry all vertical gravity loads."
the provisions of the section are applicable: Subdivision (d) Criteria Selection.
new buildings classified in occupancy group J-3 and Paragraph 1. Basis for design.
which are three stories or less in height; and Delete the word "zoning" in the first sentence and
enlargements in and of themselves where the costs of delete the last sentence.
such enlargement exceeds sixty percent of the value of Paragraph 2. Seismic Zones.
the building. Delete the title and paragraph and substitute the following:

109
Reference Standard 9

"2. Seismic Zone. The seismic zone factor, Z, for the end of each tie.
buildings, structures and portions thereof in New York Exception: Other approved effective methods of
City shall be 0.15. The seismic zone factor is the foundation interconnection may be used where it can be
effective zero period acceleration for S1 type rock." demonstrated by an analysis that equivalent restraint
Paragraph 3. Site geology and soil characteristics. and relative displacement can be provided."
Delete the title and the paragraph and substitute the Paragraph 5, subparagraph C, Irregular structures.
following: Delete the entire last sentence in item (i).
"3. Site geology, soil characteristics and foundations. Paragraph 6, subparagraph E, Dual system.
A. General. Delete items (ii) and (iii) and substitute the following:
Soil profile type and site coefficient, S, shall be "(ii) Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear
established in accordance with Table No. 23-J. walls or braced frames and a moment-resisting frame
B. Liquefaction. (SMRF, IMRF or OMRF). The moment-resisting frames
(i) Soils of classes 7-65, 8-65, 10-65 and non-cohesive shall be designed to independently resist at least 25 percent
class 11-65 below the ground water table and less than of the design base shear. The shear walls or braced frames
fifty feet below the ground surface shall be considered shall be designed to resist at least 75 percent of the cumulative
to have potential for liquefaction. story shear at every level. Overturning effects may be
(ii) The potential for liquefaction of level ground shall distributed in accordance with item (iii) below.
be determined on the basis of Standard Penetration (iii) The two systems shall be designed to resist the total
Resistance (N) in accordance with Figure No. 4; design base shear in proportion to their relative rigidities
Category A: Soil shall be considered liquefiable. considering the interaction of the dual system at all levels."
Category B: Liquefaction is possible. Paragraph 7. Height limits.
Soil shall be considered liquefiable for structures of Delete this paragraph.
Occupancy Categories I, II and III of Table No.23-K. Paragraph 8. Selection of lateral force procedure.
Category C: Liquefaction is unlikely need not to be Delete paragraph 8 and substitute the following:
considered in design. "8. Selection of lateral force procedure. All structures
At any site the highest category of liquefaction potential shall be designed using either the static lateral force
shall apply to the most critical strata or substrata. procedure of Section 2312 (e) or using the dynamic
(iii) Liquefiable soils shall be considered to have no lateral force procedure of Section 2312(f). In addition,
passive (lateral) resistance or bearing capacity value the dynamic lateral force procedure shall be considered,
during an earthquake. An analysis shall be submitted by but is not required, for the design of the following:
an engineer which demonstrates, subject to the approval A. Structures over 400 feet in height.
of the Commissioner, that the proposed construction is B. Irregular structures.
safe against liquefaction effects on the soil. C. Structures located on Soil Profile Type S4 which
(iv) Where liquefiable soils are present in sloped ground have a period greater than 1 second. The analysis
or over sloped non liquefiable substrata and where lateral should include the effects of soils at the site and should
displacement is possible, a stability analysis shall be conform to Section 2312(f)2."
submitted by an engineer which demonstrates, subject Paragraph 9, subparagraph C, Irregular features.
to the approval of the Commissioner, that the proposed Delete this subparagraph and substitute the following:
construction is safe against failure of the soil. "C. Irregular features. Only structures having either
C. Foundation Plates and Sills. vertical irregularities Type D or E as defined in Table
Foundation plates or sills shall be bolted to the foundation No. 23-M or horizontal irregularities Type D or E as
or foundation wall with not less than one-half inch defined in Table No. 23-N shall be designed to meet the
nominal diameter steel bolts embedded at seven inches additional requirements of those sections referenced in
into the concrete or masonry and spaced not more than the tables."
six feet apart. There shall be a minimum of two bolts Paragraph 10. Alternate procedures.
per piece with one bolt located within twelve inches of Add at the end of the paragraph the words "when such
each end of each piece. A properly sized nut and procedures are consistent with this standard and subject
washer shall be tightened on each bolt to the plate. to the approval of the Commissioner".
D. Foundation Interconnection of Pile Caps and Caissons. Subdivision (e) Minimum Design Lateral Forces and
Individual pile caps and caissons of every structure Related Effects.
subjected to seismic forces shall be interconnected by Paragraph 1. General, subparagraph A.
ties. Such ties shall be capable of resisting, in tension or Add the words "parking structures" before the word
compression, a minimum horizontal force equal to the "storage" in the first sentence.
product of ZI/4 and the larger column vertical load at Paragraph 1. General, subparagraph C.

110
Reference Standard 9

Delete this subparagraph. "The design of all structures located on a soil of type S4
Paragraph 2, subparagraph A, Design base shear. profile shall be based on properly substantiated site-
Change the value for the minimum ratio of C/Rw specific spectra."
shown at the end of this subparagraph to "0.050". Paragraph 5, subparagraph C, Scaling of results.
Paragraph 2, subparagraph B, Structure period. Add after the word "procedures" in the first sentence, the
Delete the values in item (i) for Ct and substitute the words "including the appropriate Importance Factor, I,".
following: Delete item (i) and substitute the following:
"Ct = 0.035 for concrete and steel moment-resisting "(i) The base shear shall be increased to the following
frames. percentage of the value determined from the procedures
Ct = 0.030 for eccentric braced frames. of Section 2312 (e), including consideration of the minimum
Ct = 0.030 for dual systems where the building value of C/Rw, except that the coefficient C, for a period T
height exceeds 400 feet or 0.020 for heights greater than 3 seconds, may be calculated as 1.80 S/T:
less than 160 feet and varies linearly from 0.020 to (a) 100 percent for irregular buildings; or
0.030 for building heights from 160 to 400 feet. (b) 90 percent for regular buildings, except that base
Ct = 0.020 for all other structures." shear shall not be less than 80 percent of that
Delete the sentence immediately after "Ct = 0.020 for determined from Section 2312 (e) using the period, T,
all other structures" and substitute the following: calculated from Method A."
“Alternately, the value of T for structures with concrete or Paragraph 5, subparagraph D, Directional effects.
masonry shear walls may be taken as 0.1(h n) ¾ √Ac.” Delete the words "and prestressed elements" in the
Paragraph 3, subparagraph C, Combinations along second sentence and delete the word "Alternately" at
different axes. the start of the third sentence.
Delete this subparagraph. Paragraph 5, subparagraph F, Dual systems.
Paragraph 6. Horizontal torsional moments. Delete this subparagraph and substitute the following:
Delete the fourth paragraph starting with words "Where "F. Dual systems. Where the lateral forces are resisted
torsional irregularity exists" and ending with the words by a dual system, as defined in Section 2312(d)6E
"considered for design." above, the combined system shall be capable of
Paragraph 7, Overturning, subparagraph B. resisting the base shear determined in accordance with
Delete the words "Seismic Zones 3 and 4" at the beginning this section. The moment-resisting frame, shear walls
of this subparagraph. and braced frames shall conform to Section 2312(d)6E.
Delete item (iii) and substitute the following: The moment-resisting frame may be analyzed using
"(iii) Such columns shall meet the detailing or member either the procedures of Section 2312(e)4 or those of
limitations of reference standard RS 10-3 for concrete Section 2312(f)5."
and reference standard RS 10-5C for steel structures." Paragraph 6. Time history analysis.
Paragraph 7, subparagraph C. Add the following words at the end of the sentence:
Delete this subparagraph and substitute the following: "and the results shall be scaled in accordance with
"C. For regular buildings, the force Ft may be omitted Section 2312(f)5C".
when determining the overturning moment to be Subdivision (h) Detailed Systems Design Requirements.
resisted at the foundation-soil interface." Paragraph 1. General.
Paragraph 8. Story drift limitation. Delete the words "Chapters 24 through 28" in the fourth
Change the value for the minimum ratio of C/Rw shown sentence of the first paragraph and insert the words
at the end of this paragraph to "0.050". "reference standard RS 10".
Paragraph 9. P-delta effects. Delete the words "in Seismic Zones 2, 3 and 4" in the
Delete the last sentence of this paragraph. second and fourth paragraphs.
Paragraph 10. Vertical component of seismic forces. Paragraph 2, subparagraph A, General.
Delete this paragraph in its entirety and substitute the Delete the words "Chapters 24 through 27" at the end of
following: this subparagraph and insert the words "reference
"10. Vertical component of seismic forces. Horizontal standard RS 10".
cantilever components shall be designed for a net Paragraph 2, subparagraph C, Connections.
upward force of 0.05 Wp." Delete this subparagraph.
Subdivision (f) Dynamic lateral force procedure. Paragraph 2, subparagraph D, Deformation compatibility.
Paragraph 2. Ground motion. Delete the words "to the reinforcing steel" from the last
Add the following at the end of subparagraph A.: sentence.
"For soil type S4 profile, see B. below." Paragraph 2, subparagraph G, Concrete frames.
Add the following at the end of subparagraph B.: Delete this subparagraph and substitute the following:

111
Reference Standard 9

"G. Concrete frames. Concrete frames required by shall allow for 1 inch displacement for each 50 feet of total
design to be part of the lateral force resisting system building height. Smaller separation may be permitted when
shall, at a minimum, be intermediate moment-resisting the effects of pounding can be accommodated without collapse
frames, except as noted in Table 23-0." of the building."
Paragraph 2, subparagraph H, Anchorage of concrete or Subdivision (i) Nonbuilding Structures.
masonry walls. Paragraph 4. Other nonbuilding structures.
Delete the words "Section 2310" in the fifth line and Delete in the first sentence of item (iii) the word "national"
insert the words "reference standards RS 9-6, 10-1B and insert the word "reference", and delete the words "seismic
and 10-2". zones and" in the paragraph following item (iii).
Paragraph 2, subparagraph I, Diaphragms. Subdivision (j) Earthquake-recording Instrumentations.
Delete items (iv), (v) and (vi). Delete this subdivision.
Paragraph 2, subparagraph J, Framing below the base. Table No. 23-I, Seismic Zone Factor Z.
Delete the words "Chapters 26 and 27" in the third line Delete this table and substitute the following new table:
and insert the words "reference standards RS 10-3 and
RS 10-5C". TABLE NO. 23-I
Paragraph 2, subparagraph K, Building separations. SEISMIC ZONE FACTOR Z
Delete this subparagraph and substitute the following: ZONE NEW YORK CITY
"K. Building Separations. All structures shall be separated Z 0.15
from adjoining structures. Separation due to seismic forces

Table No. 23-J, Site Coefficients.

Delete this table and notes and substitute the following new table and notes:

TABLE NO. 23-J

SITE COEFFICIENTS
TYPE DESCRIPTIONS FACTOR
So A profile of Rock materials of class 1-65 TO 0.67
3-65
S1 A soil profile with either: (a) Soft Rock (4-65)
or Hardpan (5-65) or similar material
characterized by shear-wave velocity greater
than 2500 feet per second, or (b) Medium
Compact to Compact Sands (7-65) and 1.0
Gravels (6-65) or Hard Clays (9-65), where
the soil depth is less than 100 feet.
S2 A soil profile with Medium Compact to
Compact Sands (7-65) and Gravels (6-65) or
Hard Clays (9-65), where the soil depth 1.2
exceeds 100 feet.
S3 A total depth of overburden of 75 feet or more
and containing more than 20 feet of Soft to
Medium Clays (9-65) or Loose Sands (7-65,
8-65) and Silts (10-65), but not more than 40 1.5
feet of Soft Clay or Loose Sands and Silts.
S4 A soil profile containing more than 40 feet of
Soft Clays (9-65) or Loose Sands (7-65, 8-65),
Silts (10-65) or Uncontrolled Fills (11-65),
where the shear-wave velocity is less than 500 2.5
feet per second.

112
Reference Standard 9

Notes:
1. The site S Type and correspondings S Factor shall be established from properly substantiated geotechnical data with the classes of
materials being defined in accordance with Section 27-675 (C26-1103.1) of the administrative code of the City of New York.
2. The soil profile considered in determining the S Type shall be the soil on which the structure foundations bear or in which pile caps
are embedded and all underlying soil materials.
3. Soil density/consistency referred to in the table should be based on standard penetration test blow counts (N-values) and taken as:
(a) for sands, loose - where N is less than 10 blows per foot, medium compact - where N is between 10 and 30, and compact - where N is
greater than 30 blows per foot; and (b) for clays, soft - where N is less than 4 blows per foot, medium - where N is between 4 and 8, stiff to
very stiff - where N is between 8 and 30, and hard - where N is greater than 30 blows per foot.
4. When determining the type of soil profile for profile descriptions that fall somewhere in between those provided in the above table,
the S Type with the larger S factor shall be used.
5. For Loose Sands, Silts or Uncontrolled Fills below the ground water table, the potential for liquefaction shall be evaluated by the
provisions of Section 2312(d)3.
Table No. 23-K, Occupancy Categories.
Add the words "Buildings for schools through secondary or day-care centers - capacity more than 250 students" below the words "Fire
and police stations" in the Essential Facilities category, and delete those words from within the Special Occupancy Structure Category.
Add in item III Special Occupancy Structure to the words, "All structures with occupancy > 5000 persons", the words "excluding
Occupancy Group E buildings".

113
Reference Standard 9

Table No. 23-0, Structural Systems.

Delete this table and notes and substitute the following new Table No. 23-0 and notes.

TABLE NO. 23-O

STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS
BASIC STRUCTURAL LATERAL LOAD-RESISTING
SYSTEM SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Rw
A. Bearing Wall System 1. Light-framed walls with shear panels
a. Plywood walls for structures three stories or less 8
b. All other light-framed walls 6
2. Shear Walls
a. Concrete 6
b. Reinforced masonry 5
3. Light steel-framed bearing walls with tension-only bracing 4
4. Braced frames where bracing carries gravity load
a. Steel 6
b. Concrete 4
c. Heavy timber 4
B. Building Frame 1. Steel eccentric braced frame (EBF) 10
System 2. Light-framed walls with shear panels
a. Plywood walls for structures three-stories or less 9
b. All other light-framed walls 7
3. Shear Walls
a. Concrete 8
b. Reinforced masonry 6
4. Concentric braced frames
a. Steel 8
b. Concrete 8
c. Heavy timber 8
C. Moment-Resisting 1. Special moment-resisting frames (SMRF)
Frame System a. Steel 12
b. Concrete 12
2. Concrete intermediate moment-resisting frames (IMRF) 8
3. Ordinary moment-resisting frames (OMRF)
a. Steel 6
4
b. Concrete 4
D. Dual System 1. Shear Walls
a. Concrete with SMRF 12
b. Concrete with Steel OMRF 6
c. Concrete with concrete IMRF 9
d. Concrete with concrete OMRF 5
e. Reinforced masonry with SMRF 8
f. Reinforced masonry with steel OMRF 6
g. Reinforced masonry with concrete IMRF 7
2. Steel eccentric braced frame
a. With steel SMRF 12
b. With steel OMRF 6
3. Concentric braced frames
a. Steel with steel SMRF 10
b. Steel with steel OMRF 6
c. Concrete with concrete SMRF 9
d. Concrete with concrete IMRF 6

Notes:
1. Basic structural systems are defined in Section 2312(d)6.
2. See Section 2312(e)3 for combinations of structural systems.
3. See Sections 2312(d)8C and 2312(d)9B for undefined systems.
4. Prohibited with S3 or S4 soil profiles or where the height exceeds 160 feet.

114
Reference Standard 9

Table No. 23-P, Horizontal Force Factor Cp.

Delete this table and notes and substitute the following new Table No. 23-P and notes:

TABLE NO. 23-P

HORIZONTAL FORCE FACTOR CP1

ELEMENTS OF STRUCTURES, NONSTRUCTURAL COMPONENTS AND EQUIPMENT VALUE OF Cp

I. Part of Portion of Structure
1. Walls, including the following:
a. Unbraced (cantilevered) parapets. 2.00
b. Other exterior walls above street grade2. 0.75
c. All interior bearing walls. 0.75
d. All interior nonbearing walls and partitions around vertical exits, including offsets 0.75
and exit passageways.
e. Nonbearing partitions and masonry walls in areas of public assembly > 300 0.75
people.
f. All interior nonbearing walls and partitions made of masonry in Occupancy I, II 0.50
and III.
g. Masonry or concrete fences at grade over 10 feet high. 0.75
2. Penthouses (defined in article 2 of subchapter 2 of chapter 1 of title 27 of the building
code) except where framed by an extension of the building frame. 0.75
3. Connections for prefabricated structural floor and roof elements other than walls (see
above) with force applied at center of gravity.
3
4. Diaphragms .
II. Nonstructural Components
1. a. Exterior ornamentation and appendages including cornices, ornamental statuaries or 2.00
similar pieces of ornamentation.
b. Interior ornamentation and appendages in areas of public assembly including 2.00
cornices, ornamental statuaries or similar pieces of ornamentation.
2. Chimneys, stacks, trussed towers and tanks on legs.
a. Supported on or projecting as an unbraced cantilever above the roof more than one- 2.00
half its total height.
b. All others, including those supported below the roof with unbraced projection above
the roof less than one-half its height, or braced or guyed to the structural frame at or
above its center of mass. 0.75
3. Exterior signs and billboards. 2.00
4
III. Equipment and Machinery .
1. Tanks and vessels (including contents), including support systems and anchorage. 0.75

Notes:
1 See Section 2312(g)2 for additional requirements for determining Cp for nonrigid equipment or for items supported at or below grade.
2 See Section 2312(h)2D(iii) and Section 2313(g)2.
3 See Section 2312(h)2I.
4 Equipment and machinery include such items as pumps for fire sprinklers, motors and switch gears for sprinkler pumps, transformers and other
equipment related to life-safety including control panels, major conduit ducting and piping serving such equipment and machinery.

115
Reference Standard 9

Figure No. 3, Normalized Response Spectra Shapes.

Delete the Figure No. 3 and insert the new Figure 3 and Table No. 23-R.

TABLE NO. 23-R

SPECTRAL ACCELERATION IN FRACTION OF G 5% DAMPING

T-SEC S0 S1 S2 S3
.01 0.150 0.150 0.150 0.150
.02 0.150 0.150 0.150 0.150
.05 0.375 0.283 0.262 0.244
.075 0.375 0.375 0.336 0.303
.090 0.375 0.375 0.375 0.334
.112 0.375 0.375 0.375 0.375
.267 0.375 0.375 0.375 0.375
.40 0.250 0.375 0.375 0.375
.48 0.208 0.313 0.375 0.375
.60 0.167 0.250 0.300 0.375
1.00 0.100 0.150 0.180 0.225
2.00 0.050 0.075 0.090 0.113
3.00 0.033 0.050 0.060 0.075

Note: This table presents acceleration (g) versus natural period (seconds) to facilitate the presentation of spectra in log-log form.
*Local Law 17-1995.

116
Reference Standard 9

117
Reference Standard 9

This page is intended to be left blank

118
Reference Standard 10

REFERENCE STANDARD RS-10

STRUCTURAL WORK
*
LIST OF REFERENCED NATIONAL STANDARDS

ANSI-A41.2 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Masonry as Modified..…….........…................. 1960

ANSI/ACI-318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete (with Modifications)..................…….1983
ACI-525 Minimum Requirements for Thin Section Precast Concrete Construction as Modified..….… 1963
***
AISC Steel Specification for Structural Steel Buildings, Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design,
Specification ASD June 1, 1993……………………………...…………………………………………………… 1993
***
AISC Steel Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Structural Steel Buildings, Effective
Specification LRFD December 1, 1993................…………....…............…………................…………………….. 1993
RCSCEF/AISC Specifications for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts. Approved November 13,
1985..…………………………………………………………………………………………. 1985
AISI Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members, August 19, 1986, as
Modified..........……………………………………………………………………………….. 1986
AISI Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Stainless Steel Structural Members..……........ 1974
SJI Standard Specifications for Open Web Steel Joists, H-Series, February 15, 1978, Revised
November 7, 1983, as Modified.......................………………………………………………. 1978
SJI Standard Specifications for Open Web Steel Joists, K-Series, November 4, 1985, Revised May 19,
1987........................................................…………...........…………………………………… 1985
SJI Standard Specification for Long Span Steel Joists, and LH-Series and Deep Long Span Steel Joists,
and DLH-Series, February 5, 1978 Revised May 19, 1987, as Modified..................................1978
SJI Standard Specification for Joist Girders, May 15, 1978, Revised May 19, 1987, as Modified.... 1978
SJI Standard Specifications, Load Tables and Weight Tables for Steel Joists and Joist Girders....1988
ACI 506.2 Specification for Materials, Proportioning and Application of Shotcrete-1983 Revision...…..1977
NFoPA National Design Specifications for Wood Construction and its January 1986 Supplement with 1987
Revisions...................…...…………………........….…………....…..………………………...1986
****
AA Aluminum Design Manual Part 1-A Specification for Aluminum Structures Allowable Stress
Design (Seventh Edition, January 2000)........................................................………………... 2000
****
AA Aluminum Design Manual Part 1-B Specification for Aluminum Structures Load and Resistance
Factor Design of Buildings and Similar Type Structures (Second Edition, January 2000)...... 2000
ASTM C317 76 Standard Specification for Gypsum Concrete (Reapproved 1981)………………………… 1976
NFoPA Span Tables for Joists and Rafters......……................................................…………............... 1977
ACI-214 Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Strength Test Results of Concrete (Reapproved 1983)...... 1977
ANSI/ASTM-C42 Standard Method of Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete….. 1984a
ANSI/ASTM-C39 Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens.......…..1984
ASTM B209 Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Sheet and Plate....................….. 1988
ASTM B308 Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy 6061-T6 Standard Structural Shapes, Rolled or
Extruded ………...................................................………….….......………………………….1988
ASTM B429 Standard Specification for Aluminum Alloy Extruded Structural Pipe and Tube...............…..1988
ANSI/AITC-A190.1 Structural Glued Laminated Timber and AITC 200-83 Inspection Manual...……............…..1983
ANSI/ASTM-C79 Standard Specification for Gypsum Sheathing Board...……………………………………… 1987
AWPA-C2 Standard for the Preservative Treatment of Lumber, Timbers, Bridge Ties and Mine Ties by
Pressure Processes...........................................……………..........…………………………… 1988
ANSI/ASTM-C192 Standard Method of Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Laboratory.............1981
AWPA-C9 Standard for the Preservative Treatment of Plywood by Pressure Processes.....…...................1985
ANSI/ASTM-A153 Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware..................... 1982
ASTM-A90 Tests for Weight of Coating on Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Iron or Steel Articles.......………. 1981
ANSI/ASTM-A586 Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Parallel and Helical Steel Wire Structural Strand…. 1986
ASTM-A603 Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Structural Wire Rope…………..…………….. 1988
ASTM A434 Specification for Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Bars, Hot-Wrought or Cold Finished…… 1981

119
Reference Standard 10

ASTM-B6 Standard Specification for Zinc (Slab Zinc)……………………………….……………..…... 1987

ASTM-D2277 Specification for Fiberboard Nail-Base Sheathing……………………………….…….....….. 1987
AWPA-C4 Standard for Preservative Treatment of Poles by Pressure Processes...……………………… 1988
AWPA-M4 Standard for the Care of Pressure-Treated Wood Products..………….……………………… 1984
ANSI-A82.1/ASTM-C67 Standard Methods of Sampling and Testing Brick and Structural Clay Tile..…….…………. 1987
ANSI-A98.1/ASTM-C62 Standard Specification for Building Brick (Solid Masonry Units Made from Clay or Shale).. 1988
ANSI-A99.1/ASTM-C216 Standard Specification for Facing Brick (Solid Masonry Units made from Clay or Shale)…..1987a
ANSI-ASTM-C652 Standard Specification for Hollow Brick (Hollow Masonry Units made from Clay or Shale)…….1988
ANSI-A78.1/ASTM-C73 Standard Specification for Calcium Silicate Face Brick (Sand-Lime Brick)......................….. 1985
ANSI-A75.1/ASTM-C55 Standard Specification for Concrete Building Brick ..……………………………………….. 1985
ANSI-A74.1/ASTM-C34 Standard Specification for Structural Clay Load Bearing Wall Tile…………………………. 1984
ANSI-ASTM-C56 Standard Specification for Structural Clay Non-Load Bearing Tile (Reapproved 1986)..........1971
ANSI-A81.1/ASTM-C145 Standard Specification for Solid Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units…………………… 1985
ANSI-A79.1/ASTM-C90 Standard Specification for Hollow, Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units............................ 1985
ANSI-A80.1/ASTM-C129 Standard Specification for Hollow, Non-Load Bearing Concrete Masonry Units....……........ 1985
ANSI/ASTM-/C52 Standard Specification for Gypsum Partition Tile or Block (Reapproved 1977)...........…….. 1954
ANSI/A101.1/ASTM-C126 Standard Specification for Ceramic Glazed Structural Clay Facing Tile, Facing Brick and Solid
Masonry Units……………….…………………………….…………………………………..1986
ANSI/ASTM-A116 Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Woven Fence Fabric................... 1988
ANSI/ASTM-B227 Standard Specifications for Hard-Drawn Copper-Clad Steel Wire (Reapproved 1980)……... 1970
FS SS-S-721C Stone, Architectural, Cast..........……..……................….... ……………………..…………... 1964
ANSI/ASTM-C494 Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete..………………………....….. 1986
ACI-ASCE-334 Concrete Shell Structures Practice and Commentary. Report of Committee 334 of American Concrete
Journal of the American Concrete Institute, Proc. V61, M.9, Sept. 1964 (Revised 1982)........1964
ANSI/ASTM-C270 Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry…….…………………………………... 1988
ANSI/ASTM-C476 Standard Specification for Grout for Reinforced and Non-Reinforced Masonry......…………1983
ANSI/ASTM-C22 Standard Specification for Gypsum…………………………………………………………... 1983
ASTM-C143 Standard Test Method for Slump of Portland Cement Concrete……………...……………… 1978
ANSI/ASTM-C172 Standard Method of Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete…………………………...………… 1982
ANSI/ASTM-C31 Standard Method of Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field...................... 1987
APA Plywood Design Specifications...………….….................…………………………………… 1986
APA PRP-108 Performance Standards and Policies for Structural-Use Panels……………………………… 1986
APA Design and Fabrication Specification of all Plywood Lumber Components.............................1985
TECO Standard and Policies for Structural-Use Panels……………………………………………... 1981
DOC PS 1-83 U.S. Product Standard for Construction & Industrial Plywood (Revised June 1987)..........….1983
ACI-211.2 Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Structural Lightweight Concrete..........……..1981
ANSI-Z97.1 Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test for Safety Glazing Materials Used in
Buildings........………………………………………………………………………………… 1984
ASTM C1036 Standard Specification for Flat Glass....…………...…….…………………………………… 1985
ASTM C1048 Standard Specification for Heat-Treated Flat Glass Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass...1987
AISC- LRFD Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Structural Steel Buildings, effective
September 1, 1986, as Modified ……………………………………………………………... 1986
ANSI/ASTM-C173 Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method….. 1978
ANSI/ASTM-C231 Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method…1982
ANSI/ASTM-C138 Standard Test Method for Unit Weight, Yield, and Air Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete… 1981
ANSI/ASTM-C567 Standard Test Method for Unit Weight of Structural Lightweight Concrete………………… 1985
**
ACI 530/ASCE 5 Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures, as modified……………………...…... 1992
**
ACI 530.1/ASCE 6 Specifications for Masonry Structures, as modified ………………..………….……..….…... 1992
**
ANSI/ACI-318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete, as modified………………….……... 1989

120
Reference Standard 10

**
MNL-120 Prestressed Concrete Institute Design Handbook, Third Edition…………………………..… 1985
**
UBC Section 2723 Steel Structures Resisting Forces Induced by Earthquake Motions in Seismic Zones Nos. 1 and 2
with Accumulative Supplement, as modified………….……………………………………... 1990
**
AITC 117 Specification for Structural Glued Laminated Timber of Softwood Species - Design Standard….. 1987
and Manufacturing Standard …………………….……………………………………………1988
**
APA Form No. L350C Diaphragms - Design/Construction Guide…………………………………………………….1989
**
APA Form No. E30K Residential & Commercial Design/Construction Guide..……………………………….…….1989

*Local Law 65-1990; 455-89 BCR; 617-87 BCR; 9-87 BCR; 1077-86 BCR; 738-86 BCR; 208-85 BCR; 288-84 BCR; 425-81 BCR;
714-80 BCR;493-80 BCR; 390-80 BCR; 142-80 BCR; 51-80 BCR; 799-79 BCR; 510-79 BCR; 302-73 BCR; 302-71 BCR
**Local Law 17-1995.
***DOB 6-17-96
****DOB 9-2-01

**
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-1A plain or ornamental.
MASONRY CHASE.-A continuous recess in a wall to receive
pipes, ducts, conduits, etc.
Section 1 General COLLAR JOINT.-The vertical longitudinal joint
**1.1 SCOPE -This standard provides minimum between wythes of masonry.
requirements for the design and construction of non COLUMN.-A vertical compression member whose
enlargement alterations to unit masonry in buildings width does not exceed three times its thickness.
constructed on or before the effective date of this local COPING.-The materials or masonry units used to form
law as an alternate to RS 10-1B, not including plain or a cap or finish on top of a wall, column, chimney, or
reinforced unit concrete, reinforced gypsum, or pilaster to protect the masonry below from penetration
reinforced unit masonry. All new construction and of water.
enlargement alterations in and of themselves of unit CORBELLING.-The projecting of successive courses
masonry on new or existing foundations, not including of masonry out from the face of the wall to increase the
plain reinforced concrete, reinforced gypsum, or wall thickness or to form a shell or ledge.
reinforced unit masonry shall comply with reference COURSE.-One of the continuous horizontal layers of
standard RS 10-1B. masonry units bonded together with mortar.
**Local Law 17-995. CROSS-SECTIONAL AREA.-Net cross-sectional
1.2 DIMENSIONS.-Unless the word "actual" is used, area of a masonry unit shall be taken as the gross cross-
the dimensional requirements for masonry and for sectional area minus the area of the cores or cellular
masonry units given in this standards are nominal. The spaces. Gross cross-sectional area of scored units shall
measured dimensions of masonry shall be not more be determined to the outside of the scoring but the
than 1/2 in. less than the required nominal dimensions. cross-sectional area of the grooves shall not be
deducted from the gross cross-sectional area to obtain
Section 2 Definitions the net cross- sectional area.
ARCHITECTURAL TERRA COTTA.-(See ceramic veneer). EFFECTIVE HEIGHT.-The height of a wall or
ASHLAR MASONRY.-Masonry composed of rectangular column which is assumed for purposes of calculating
units having sawed, dressed, or squared beds, properly the slenderness ratio (see section 4.4.2.)
bonded, and laid in mortar. EFFECTIVE THICKNESS.-The thickness of a wall
BACKUP.-That part of a masonry wall behind the facing. or column that is assumed for purposes of calculating
BONDER.-A masonry unit that overlaps two or more the slenderness ratio (see section 4.4.3.)
adjacent wythes of masonry to bind or tie them together. FILLED CELL MASONRY.-Masonry construction
BRICK.-A masonry unit, not less than 75 percent solid, made with vertical cell hollow units in which all cells
having a shape approximating a rectangular prism, and voids are filled by pouring grout therein.
made from burned clay or shale, or mixture thereof. GROUTED MASONRY.-Masonry construction made
Brick may be composed of other materials when so with solid masonry units in which the collar joints are
designated, as for example, "concrete brick" and "sand- filled by pouring grout therein.
lime brick". HEADER.-A brick or other masonry unit laid with the
BUTTRESS.-A bonded column of masonry built as an end surface exposed.
integral part of the wall and projecting from either or HOLLOW MASONRY UNIT.-A masonry unit
both surfaces decreasing in cross-sectional area from whose net cross- sectional area in any plane parallel to
base to top. the bearing surface is less than 75 percent of its gross
CERAMIC VENEER.-Hard-burned, glazed or unglazed, cross sectional area measured in the same plane (see
non-loadbearing clay masonry units, solid or hollow, cross-sectional area).

121
Reference Standard 10

MASONRY.-A built-up construction or combination of vertical load other that its own weight.
masonry units set in mortar. (9) Panel wall.-An exterior non-load bearing wall in skeleton
PARGING.-The process of applying a coat of mortar frame construction, wholly supported at each story.
to masonry construction. (10) Solid masonry wall.-A wall built of solid masonry
PARTITION.-An interior non-loadbearing wall units laid contiguously, with joints between units filled
supporting no vertical load other than its own weight. with mortar or grout.
PILASTER.-A bonded or keyed column of masonry (11) Veneered wall.-A composite wall having a facing
having uniform cross section throughout its height; of masonry units or other weather-resisting noncombustible
built as part of a wall and projecting from either or both materials securely attached to the backing, but not so
surfaces. A pilaster may serve as either a vertical beam, bonded as to intentionally exert common action under
or a column, or both. load (see section 11).
RUBBLE.- WYTHE.-Each continuous vertical longitudinal section
(1) Coursed rubble-Masonry composed of roughly of a wall. For walls of unit masonry, each wythe is one
shaped stones fitting approximately on level beds, well masonry unit in thickness.
bonded, and brought at vertical intervals to continuous
level beds or courses. Section 3 Materials
(2) Random rubble-Masonry composed of roughly 3.1 QUALITY.-Masonry materials shall conform to
shaped stones, well bonded and brought at irregular the standards and requirements set forth herein. Where
vertical intervals to discontinuous but approximately no standards are established, the quality of materials
level beds or courses. shall be based on generally accepted good practice.
(3) Rough or ordinary rubble-Masonry composed of 3.2 MASONRY UNITS.-Except as noted in sections
nonshaped or field stones laid without regularity of 3.2.1 to 3.2.3, the quality of all masonry units used in
coursing, but well bonded. buildings shall conform to the standard and grade
SOLID MASONRY UNIT.-A masonry unit whose net shown in table RS 10-1.1. Manufacturer's certification
cross-sectional area in every plane parallel to the as to the suitability of the material for the proposed use
bearing surface is 75 percent or more of its gross cross- shall be submitted for all masonry units used in
sectional area measured in the same plane (see cross- structural applications.
sectional area). 3.2.1 Ceramic veneer - All ceramic veneer shall have a
VENEER.-A single facing wythe of masonry units or strong homogeneous body conforming to the following
similar materials securely attached to a wall for the physical requirements:
purpose of providing ornamentation, protection, (a) The average compressive strength of at least five 1
insulation, etc., but not so bonded or attached as to be in. square specimens shall be not less than 5,000 psi
considered as exerting common reaction under load. with no individual specimen testing less than 4,500 psi.
WALL.-A vertical compression member having a Compression tests shall be made on five specimens, 1 in.
horizontal dimension measured at right angles to the by 1 in. face size and the full thickness of the ceramic
thickness, of more than three times the thickness. veneer. Loads shall be applied to the test specimens in a
(1) Cavity wall.-A wall built of masonry units so direction parallel to the exposed face. Specimens shall
arranged as to provide a continuous air space within the be capped and tested in accordance with Reference Standard
wall between the inner and outer wythes (with or RS 10-30.
without insulating material), and in which the wythes (b) The average absorption of not less than five
are tied together with metal ties. specimens by 5 hr. boiling shall not exceed 16 per cent
(2) Composite wall.-A multiple-wythe wall in which at with no individual specimen exceeding 18 per cent.
least one of the wythes is dissimilar to the other wythe Absorption tests shall be made on five specimens, 6 in. by
or wythes with respect to type of masonry unit, mortar, 6 in. in face size and the full thickness of the ceramic
or construction. veneer. Absorption tests shall be made in accordance
(3) Curtain wall.-An exterior non-loadbearing wall. with Reference Standard RS 10-30.
(4) Faced walls.-A composite wall in which the masonry 3.2.2 Glass Block-Block may be solid or hollow;
facing and the backing are so bonded as to exert a mortar bearing surfaces of the blocks shall be provided
common reaction under load. with surface or a coating material to afford adhesion
(5) Hollow-masonry wall.-A wall built of hollow masonry between mortar and block.
units. 3.2.3 Natural stone-Stone used in masonry shall be
(6) Loadbearing wall.-A wall that supports any vertical sound, free from friable inclusions and have characteristics
load in addition to its own weight. of strength, durability and resistance to impact and
(7) Masonry bonded hollow wall.-A wall built of masonry abrasion commensurate with the proposed use.
so arranged as to provide an air space within the wall 3.3 METAL ANCHORS AND TIES.-Where corrosion-
between the inner and outer wythes and in which the resistant anchors or ties are called for, they shall be
wythes are bonded together with solid masonry units. copper coated or zinc coated, or of metal having corrosion-
(8) Non-loadbearing wall.-A wall that supports no resistant qualities equivalent to zinc-coated mild steel.

122
Reference Standard 10

(a) Zinc coatings on iron or steel shall conform to Standard RS 10-41, class 1.
Reference Standard RS 10-23, class B-1, B-2, or B-3. (c) Copper coated wire shall conform to Reference
(b) Zinc coatings on wire shall conform to Reference Standard RS 10-42, grade 30 HS.

TABLES RS 10-1.1 MATERIAL STANDARDS

Minimum Grade
Units Reference Standard Severe Exposure No Exposure
Moderate Exposure
Brick—
Clay or shale………...…… RS 10-31 SW MW NW
Sandlime…………….…… RS 10-32 SW MW NW
c
Concrete…………….…… RS 10-33 U P G

Structural Clay Tile—

Loadbearing……………… RS 10-34 LBX LBX LB
Non-Loadbearing…...…… RS 10-35 not permitted not permitted NB

Concrete Masonry Units-

c
Solid loadbearing………… RS 10-36 U p G
c
Hollow loadbearing……… RS 10-37 U p G
Hollow non-loadbearing…. RS 10-38 not permitted permitted permitted
a
Gypsum —
a
Partition tile or block..…… RS 10-39 not permitted not permitted permitted

Cast Stone RS 10-43 permitted permitted permitted

Ceramic Glazed Clay

b
Masonry Units —
Solid Units………….…… RS 10-40 permitted permitted permitted
Hollow Units……….…… RS 10-40 permitted permitted permitted

Prefaced Concrete
Masonry Units— RS 10-33 permitted permitted permitted
RS 10-36 permitted permitted permitted
RS 10-37 permitted permitted permitted
Notes:
a
Gypsum partition tile or block shall not be used in bearing walls, or where subject to continuous dampness. Gypsum partition tile or block
shall not be used for partitions to receive Portland cement plaster, ceramic tile, marble or structural glass wainscots unless self-furring metal lath
is placed over the gypsum tile.
b
Requirements for finish do not apply.
c
Grade P may be used for "severe exposure" if protective coatings to prevent water penetration are applied on exterior face.

3.3.1 Prefabricated joint reinforcement- Prefabricated 3.3.2 Unit ties, anchors, or steel bar reinforcement-
wire reinforcement for embedment in horizontal mortar Unit metal ties, anchors, or steel bar reinforcements for
joints shall consist of two or more longitudinal wires welded embedment in horizontal mortar joints shall conform to
to cross wires. The distance between welded contacts of the applicable requirements of Sections 7, 9, 10 and 11
cross wires with each longitudinal wire shall not exceed or shall be equivalent in strength and stiffness to the
6 in. and 16 in. for smooth and deformed longitudinal size specified. Any such materials shall have a minimum
wires, respectively. Longitudinal wires and cross wires 30,000 psi yield strength.
*
shall be not less than no. 9 steel wire gage where used 3.4 MASONRY MORTAR AND GROUT.-Mortar,
in 3/8 in. or thicker mortar joints and not less than no. except gypsum, and type H, shall conform to Reference
12 steel wire gage where used in thinner mortar joints. Standard RS 10-46. Grout shall conform to the applicable
Cross wires of joint reinforcement that are used to bond requirements of Reference Standard RS 10-47. Gypsum
the facing sand backing of masonry, including cavity mortar shall be composed of one part gypsum, meeting
walls, shall be corrosion resistant and not less than no. 9 the requirements of Reference Standard 10-48, to not
gage. The out-to-out spacing of longitudinal wires shall be more than three parts sand by weight. Water shall be
such that the wires will be thoroughly embedded in the clean and potable. Type H mortar shall be subject to
mortar joints as required in section 10.12. controlled inspection and shall have a compressive

123
Reference Standard 10

strength of at least 6,000 psi when tested after 28 days provisions relating to infrequent stress conditions the
at a cure of 75oF. and 50% Relative Humidity, in structural design provisions of the building code on
accordance to ASTM C-109 and shall consist of: combination of loads shall apply.
1 bag (94 lbs.) Type I or III Portland cement 4.2 ALLOWABLE COMPRESSIVE STRESSES-.
50 lbs. ground limestone *4.2.1 General-The allowable compressive stress in
3 1/4 cu. ft. mortar sand conforming to ASTM C-144 any type of masonry construction due to axial loads
4 gallons polyvinylidene chloride latex having a shall not exceed 0.25 f 'm for walls or 0.2 f 'm for columns.
solids content of at least 46% The allowable compressive stress in type H mortar
Prior to commencement of construction the supplier of the construction due to flexural loads shall be 0.33 f 'm. The
mortar shall submit an affidavit certifying that all the value of f 'm shall be based on the cross-sectional area (Ag)
required ingredients specified have been supplied and as defined in Sections 4.4.4 (a) and (b). Where Method
included in the mix. No.1 (Section 4.2.2(a) is used, the value of f 'm shall be
3.4.1 Types of mortar permitted-Unit masonry shall the specified minimum 28-day compressive strength of the
be laid in mortar of the type specified in Table RS 10-1.2. masonry or the specified minimum compressive strength
*264-73 BCR at any earlier age at which the masonry may be expected
to receive its full load. Plans shall show the compressive
Section 4 Design strength of masonry (f'm) at a specified age for which the
4.1 GENERAL.-The design of masonry may be several parts of the structure were designed. Where
predicated upon analysis of stress or upon the empirical Method No.2 (Section 4.2.2 (b)) is used, the tabulated
provisions indicated in this Reference Standard. The values of f 'm shall be multiplied by the ratio of the
provisions of this section shall apply only where the strength of the mortar at a given age to the specified
design is predicted on analysis of stress. Except as strength of the mortar at the age of 28 days, except that
specifically indicated, stresses shall be calculated on the said ratio shall not be taken as greater than 1.0.
basis of actual rather than nominal dimensions. For *264-73 BCR

* TABLES RS 10-1.2 TYPES OF MORTAR PERMITTED

Type of Masonry: Type of Mortar Permitteda
b
Masonry in contact with earth………………………………….…… H, M, or S
Grouted and filled cell masonry……………………………….……. H, M, or S
Masonry above grade or interior masonry:
Columns of solid units………………………………………….… H, M, S, N, or O
Columns of hollow units………………………………………..… H, M, or S
Walls of solid units……………………………………………..… H, M, S, N, or O
Walls of hollow units………………………………….…………. H, M, S, or N
**Cavity walls and masonry bonded hollow walls…………………. H, M, S, or N
Glass Block Masonry………………………………………………...S or N
Non-loadbearing partitions and fireproofing………………………... H, M, S, O, or Gypsum
Gypsum partition tile or block……………………………………… Gypsum
Linings of existing masonry, either above or below grade…………. H, M, or S
Notes:
a
M,S, N and O as defined by reference standard RS 10-46.
b
Type N mortar may be used where masonry in contact with the earth will not be exposed to frost.
*264-73 BCR; 747-72 BCR

4..2.2 Determination of compressive strength of masonry. ration (h/t) of at least 2 but not of the prisms tested is
The determination of the compressive strength of masonry less than 5, the compressive strength values indicated
(f'm) shall be made by one of the following methods: by the tests shall be corrected by multiplying by the
Interpolate to obtain intermediate values. factor indicated in the table RS 10-1.3.
(a) Method no. 1- Prism tests- When the compressive Prisms shall be tested after aging for 28 days in
strength of the masonry is to be established by preliminary accordance with the applicable provisions of Reference
tests, the tests shall be made in advance of the operations, Standard RS 10-17. Seven-day tests may be used,
using prisms built of similar materials under the same provided the relation between the 7-and 28-day strengths
conditions and, insofar as possible, with the same bonding of the masonry is established by tests of the materials
arrangements as for the structure. In building the prisms, the used. Not less than five specimens shall be tested.
moisture content of the units at the time of laying, the (b) Method no.2-Unit tests-In lieu of prism tests, an
consistency of the mortar, the thickness of the mortar assumed value of f ’m may be interpolated from the values
joints, and the workmanship shall be the same as will be in table 10-1.4. Compressive strength of the masonry
used in the structure. Assembled specimens shall be at units shall be determined from tests conducted in
least 16 in, high and shall have a height to thickness accordance with applicable ASTM specifications.

124
Reference Standard 10

TABLE RS 10-1.3 CORRECTION FACTORS FOR H/T RATIO

Ratio of height to
thickness (h/t)………… 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 5.0
a
Correction Factor …… 0.73 0.80 0.86 0.91 0.95 1.00
Note:
a
Interpolate to obtain intermediate values.

ab
TABLE RS 10-1.4 ASSUMED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF MASONRY
Assumed Compressive Strength of Masonry f’m (psi)

Compressive Strength of Units (psi) Type H Mortar Type M Mortar Type S Mortar Type N Mortar Type O Mortar
Solid Clay or Shale Units
14,000 or more………………….. 5,000 4,600 3,900 3,200 —
10,000…………………………... 5,000 3,400 2,900 2,400 —
6,000……………………………. 5,000 2,200 1,900 1,600 —
2,000……………………………. 1,000 1,000 900 800 —
Solid Concrete or Sand-Lime Units
6,000……………………………. 2,000 2,000 1,700 1,400 —
4,000……………………………. 1,500 1,500 1,300 1,100 —
2,500……………………………. 1,100 1,100 1,000 900 —
1,800……………………………. 950 950 860 770 —
1,200…………………………… 800 800 740 680 —
c
Hollow Units (Clay, Shale, or Concrete)
6,000……………………………. 5,000 2,000 1,700 1,400 —
4,000……………………………. 1,500 1,500 1,300 1,100 —
2,000……………………………. 1,000 1,000 900 800 —
1,000……………………………. 750 750 700 650 —
Stone Ashlar Masonry
Granite………………………….. 4,300 4,300 3,850 3,400 2,700
Limestone or marble……………. 2,700 2,700 2,400 2,150 1,750
Sandstone or caststone…………. 2,150 2,150 1,900 1,700 1,350
Rubble stone, coursed, rough, or
random………………………….. 750 750 650 550 450
Notes:
aWhere masonry cement mortar is used, if the amounts of Portland cement and lime are established and conform to the requirements for the
mortar type indicated in the table, the values in this table apply. Masonry cement mortar in which the proportions are not identified shall not be
used for masonry construction proportioned on the basis of the analysis of stress.
bFor grounted masonry and filled cell masonry, f ’ shall be based on the values given for solid units and hollow units respectively. See Section 8.
m
cThe ratio of the bedded area to gross area shall not be less than 0.25. For units having a lesser ratio of mortar bedded area than 0.25, the f ’
m

values shall be determined by Method No.1 (prism tests).

4.3 ALLOWABLE FLEXURAL, TENSION, AND (a) The brick is ASTM C26-69 grade SW or MW.
SHEAR STRESSES.-The allowable stresses in flexural (b) The brick has no silicone treatment.
tension and in shear shall not exceed the values set forth (c) The initial rate of absorption of the brick does not
in Table RS 10-1.5, except as permitted in other exceed 35 grams/minute 730 square inches when tested
sections of this Reference Standard. The resistance in in accordance with ASTM C67-62.
flexural tension and shear where the wall section is (d) The brick are extruded side cut units.
penetrated by flashing shall be investigated on the basis (e) The average compressive strength of the brick units
that the resistance is limited to the fractional resistance. is 6,000 psi when tested in accordance with ASTM
*4.3.1 The allowable flexural tension stress for C67-69.
masonry constructed with Type H mortar shall be the (f) F't is determined by building 5 stack bond single
same as with Type M or S mortar (Table RS 10-1.5) wythe prisms one brick wide and seven brick tall. The
except that when clay or shale masonry units are used prisms shall be cured for 28 days at about 75oF and
the allowable flexural tension shall be 0.30 f ’t but not 50% relative humidity. Specimens shall then be tested
greater than 112 psi and the allowable shear shall be as a simple beam with third point loading as described
100 psi provided: in ASTM C78-64.

125
Reference Standard 10

(g) Test reports indicating the determination of f 't shall than 360 psi when tested as outlined above must be tested
be submitted by either the applicant or the Architect or by building additional single wythe panels constructed
Engineer designated for controlled inspection prior to and tested for uniform transverse load strengths immediately
commencement of construction of masonry. after being subjected to the National Bureau of Standard
*4.3.2 The allowable flexural tension stress for masonry Water Permeability Test for a period of five days following
constructed with Type H mortar and clay or shale the normal 28 day cure.
*
masonry units which do not meet the requirements of 4.3.3 Wetting of brick in construction of masonry using
section 4.3.1(c) through (d) shall be 0.30 f ’t provided f’t is Type H mortar shall not be permitted.
*
determined by ASTM E 72-61, uniform transverse load 4.3.4 Allowable flexural tension stresses for masonry
strength method B after 28 day cure at 75oF and 50% constructed by Type H mortar may be increased 33
R.H. The test panels shall be single wythe, 8 feet tall and 1/3% when considering wind load.
4 feet wide. In addition, units producing wall strength less *264-73 BCR

*
TABLE RS 10-1.5 ALLOWABLE STRESSES IN FLEXURAL TENSION AND IN SHEAR
ALLOWABLE STRESSES (PSI) ON CROSS-SECTIONAL AREA (EXCEPT AS NOTED)
c
Mortar Type
Flexural Tension
Shear
a b
Normal to bed joints Parallel to bed joints
d
Construction Type H M or S N H M or S N H M or S N
Clay or Shale Masonry Units:
f f
Solid……………………… 112 36 28 112 72 56 100 50 40
e f f
Hollow …………………... 112 15 10 112 30 20 100 30 20
Concrete Masonry Units:
Solid……………………… 25 25 18 50 50 36 30 30 20
e
Hollow …………………... 15 15 10 50 30 20 30 30 20
Sand-Lime Masonry Units:
Solid……………………… 30 30 20 60 60 40 40 40 35
e
Hollow …………………... 15 15 10 30 30 20 30 30 20
Stone Masonry Units:
Natural Stone...…………... 25 25 18 50 50 36 30 30 20
Cast Stone…….………….. 25 25 18 50 50 36 30 30 20
Notes:
a
Direction of stress is normal to bed joints construction.
b
Direction of stress is parallel to bed joints. If masonry is laid in stack bond, tensile stress values for tension parallel to bed joints shall not be used.
c
Where masonry cement mortars are used, if the amount of Portland cement and lime is established and conforms to the requirements for Type
M, S, or N mortar, the provisions of this table shall apply. Masonry cement mortar in which the proportions are not identified shall not be used for
masonry construction proportioned on the basis of the analysis of stress.
d
For computing flexural resistance, the moment of inertia of a cavity wall shall be based on the assumption that the two wythes act independently.
The moment of inertia of a masonry bonded hollow wall may be based on the assumption that there is adequate shear resistance between the
wythes to assure that they act together.
e
Net area in contact with mortar.
f
The allowable flexural tensile stress may be increased by 33 1/3% (or to 150 psi) when considering wind load.
*264-73 BCR

4.4 DESIGN OF MASONRY WALLS AND COLUMNS.- columns of masonry constructed with type H mortar.
4.4.1 Slenderness ratio- 4.4.2 Effective height-the effective height, h', of
(a) The slenderness ratio (ratio of effective height, h', or columns and walls shall be determined by the architect
length of the wall panel to the effective thickness, t) or engineer who prepares the plans, who shall consider
shall not exceed 30 for walls of solid units, 20 for walls the conditions of end restraint provided in the particular
of hollow units, and 25 for walls of filled cell or case.
grouted masonry. 4.4.3 Effective thickness-
(b) The slenderness ratio (ratio of the effective height, (a) For solid masonry, grouted masonry, filled cell
h', to the least effective thickness, t) shall not exceed 25 masonry, hollow masonry, and masonry bonded hollow
for columns of solid units, 15 for columns of hollow walls, the effective thickness, 6, shall be taken as the
units and 20 for columns of filled cell or grouted actual thickness.
masonry. (b) For cavity walls loaded on both wythes, the
* (c)The slenderness ratio shall exceed 40 for walls and effective thickness, t, shall be taken as 2/3 the sum of

126
Reference Standard 10

the actual thickness of both wythes. TABLE RS 10-1.6 STRESS REDUCTION

(c) For cavity walls loaded on one wythe only, the FACTORS (C)a
effective thickness, t, shall be taken as the actual Eccentricity as a Proportion of
thickness of the loaded wythe or 2/3 the sum of the the Thickness of the Member
actual thicknesses of both wythes, whichever is the Slenderness Ratio 0 to 1/20 1/6 1/3
lesser value. 5 1.00 0.66 0.32
(d) For columns, the effective thickness shall be 10 0.92 0.63 0.27
taken as the least actual thickness. 15 0.79 0.56 0.22
4.4.4 Allowable vertical loads- 20 0.64 0.42 0.16
(a) AXIAL LOADS ON WALLS.-Allowable axial 25 0.49 0.36 0.12
loads on masonry walls P, shall be computed by the 30 0.38 0.27 0.08
following formula: 35 0.27
P = c (0.25f'm) Ag 40 0.21
Where: Note:
c = stress reduction factor given in Table RS 10- a Linear interpolation between values for stress factors is permissible.
1.6, corresponding to the slenderness ratio.
Ag = cross-sectional area of the wall. (2) Where the eccentricity exceeds 1/3 the
For solid masonry, grouted masonry, stone thickness, the maximum tensile stress in the masonry,
masonry and filled cell masonry, Ag shall be computed assuming linear stress distribution (P/A + M/S), shall
on the basis of actual thickness without deduction for not exceed the values given in Table RS 10-1.5 or the
cells or cores. member shall be reinforced in accordance with the
For hollow masonry walls, Ag shall be taken as requirements of Reference Standard RS 10-2.
the net cross-sectional area of the units. Where the (3) In computing the eccentricity of loads on walls
ratio of mortar bedded area to gross area is less than and columns, consideration shall be given to the effects
0.25, Ag shall then be multiplied by a factor equal to of lateral load, eccentricity of vertical load, and the
mortar bedded area divided by 0.25 times the gross area. deflection, thermal and other movements of members.
Where both wythes of a cavity wall support For solid masonry, grouted masonry, filled cell masonry,
vertical load, Ag shall be taken as cross-sectional area hollow masonry, masonry bonded hollow walls and
of wall computed as above minus the actual area of the cavity walls loaded on both wythes, the eccentricity
cavity between wythes. Where only one wythe shall be considered with respect to the centroidal axis of
supports vertical load, Ag shall be taken as the cross- the member. For composite members, the eccentricity
sectional area of the loaded wythe computed as above. shall be considered with respect to the centroidal axis of
(b) AXIAL LOADS ON COLUMNS.-Allowable the transformed area of the member. For cavity walls
axial loads on masonry columns shall be computed by loaded on one wythe, the eccentricity shall be considered
the following formula: with respect to the centroidal axis of the loaded wythe.
P=c(0.20 f ‘m )Ag 4.5 COMPOSITE WALLS OR FACED WALLS.-In
Where: composite walls, faced walls, or other structural members
c = stress reduction factor given in Table 10-1.6 composed of different kinds or grades of units or mortars,
corresponding to the slenderness ratio. the maximum stresses shall not exceed the allowable
Ag = cross-sectional area of the column. stresses for the weakest of the combinations of units
For solid masonry, grouted masonry, stone masonry and mortars of which the member is composed. In
and filled cell masonry, Ag shall be computed on the basis cavity walls, where only one wythe supports vertical
of actual thickness without deduction for cells or cores. load, the stresses shall not exceed the allowable stresses
For hollow masonry columns, Ag shall be taken as for the units and mortars comprising that wythe.
the net cross-sectional area of the units. Where the ratio of 4.6 DISTRIBUTION OF CONCENTRATED LOADS.-
mortar bedded area to gross area is less than 0.25, Ag The length of the wall to be considered as effective in
shall then be multiplied by a factor equal to mortar resisting a concentrated load shall not exceed the
bedded area divided by 0.25 times the gross area. center-to-center distance between loads, nor shall it
(c) ECCENTRIC LOAD.- exceed the width of bearing plus four times the wall
(1) Where the eccentricity of the loads on the thickness. Concentrated loads shall not be considered
member does not exceed 1/3 the thickness, the allowable as distributed by metal ties, or distributed across continuous
vertical load on walls and columns, shall be computed vertical joints.
in accordance with section 4.4.4(a) and section 4.4.4(b), 4.7 BEARING STRESSES.-Allowable bearing stresses
may be taken as 1.5 times the corresponding allowable
respectively, using the stress reduction factors given in
compressive stress, provided that the area of the bearing
Table RS 10-1.6.
plate does not exceed 1/3 of the area of the member
supporting the bearing plate and the least distance
between the edges of the loaded and unloaded areas is a

127
Reference Standard 10

minimum of 1/4 of the parallel side dimension of the 5.2.5 Partitions-The distance between lateral supports
loaded area. For bearing on the full area, the allowable of partitions 3 in. or greater in thickness shall not
bearing stress shall be taken as equal to the allowable exceed 48 times the nominal thickness of the partition,
compressive stress. For reasonably concentric bearing excluding plaster, and for partitions less than 3 in. thick,
areas greater than 1/3, but less than the full area, the 48 times the actual thickness, including plaster.
allowable bearing stress shall be interpolated between 5.2.6 Faced or composite walls-The slenderness ratio
1.0 and 1.5 times the allowable compressive stress. for faced or composite walls shall not exceed the value
allowed for the weakest of the combination of masonry
Section 5 Lateral Support units or mortars of which the wall is composed.
5.1 METHOD OF SUPPORT.-Lateral support for masonry 5.2.7 Rubble stone masonry-In lieu of structural
walls may be obtained by cross walls, columns, pilasters, or analysis, rubble stone masonry walls may be proportioned
butresses, where the limiting distance is measured so that the slenderness ratio does not exceed 14 for
horizontally; or by floors, roofs, spandrel beams, or girts, exterior walls and 16 for interior walls.
where the limiting distance is measured vertically, sufficient *5.3 MINIMUM THICKNESS.-Whether proportioned
bonding or anchorage shall be provided between the on the basis of analysis of stresses or empirical rules, in
walls and the supports to resist the assumed wind or other no case shall the thickness of masonry construction be
horizontal forces, acting either inward or outward, and less than the dimensions shown in Table RS 10-1.7
shall meet the requirements of section 9.5. All members except when type H mortar is used and the construction
relied upon for lateral support shall be designed on the is proportioned on the basis of analysis of stresses.
basis of allowable stress and shall have sufficient strength When type H mortar is used the minimum nominal
to transfer the horizontal force, acting in either direction, thickness of masonry shall be 4 inches. The minimum
to adjacent structural members or to the ground. Where thickness of a wythe shall be 2 inches.
walls are dependent upon floors or roofs for their lateral *264-73 BCR
support, provision shall be made in the building to
5.4 DECREASE IN THICKNESS.-Whether proportioned
transfer the lateral forces to the ground.
on the basis of empirical provisions or the analysis of
5.2 HEIGHT AND THICKNESS LIMITATIONS.-
5.2.1 General-Masonry walls, whether loadbearing or stresses, where walls of hollow units or masonry
non- loadbearing shall be provided with lateral support bonded hollow walls are decreased in thickness, a
by means of horizontal or vertical members or constructions course or courses of solid masonry shall be interposed
at intervals not to exceed those specified in section between the wall below and the thinner wall above, or
4.4.1 or, for non- loadbearing walls or for loadbearing special units of construction shall be used that will
walls where it is desired to obviate the need for structural adequately transmit the loads from the shells of the
analysis, at intervals not to exceed those specified in units above to the shells of those below.
this section.
Where masonry wall containing no openings is supported *TABLE RS 10-1.7 MINIMUM THICKNESS OF
in both horizontal and vertical spans, the allowable MASONRY
distance between lateral supports as indicated in this Nominal
section may be increased; but if both horizontal and Thickness
vertical distances exceed the allowable distance, the Type of Masonry (in.)
sum of the horizontal and vertical spans between Loadbearing walls (exterior or interior).-
supports may be no more than three times the allowable Solid masonry………………………… 5
distance permitted for support in only one direction. Grouted or filled cell masonry………… 6
5.2.2 Load bearing exterior masonry walls-Except as Hollow masonry………………………. 6
provided in section 6.4 load bearing exterior masonry Cavity or masonry bonded hollow walls 8a
walls shall be proportioned on the basis of structural analysis. Stone ashlar masonry………………….. 12
5.2.3 Non-loadbearing exterior masonry walls-In lieu Stone rubble masonry………………… 16c
of structural analysis, non-loadbearing exterior masonry Non-loadbearing walls.-
walls may be proportioned so that the maximum Exterior walls…………………………. 4
slenderness ratio does not exceed 20. In the case of a Partitions………………………………. 2
gable, the height of the wall shall be based on the Columns.-
average height. Where the wall panel contains openings Solid unit masonry……………………. 6
having a dimension in excess of 50 percent of the Hollow unit masonry………………….. 8
corresponding dimension of the panel, the wall shall be Facing of faced walls……………………... 2b
proportioned by structural analysis. Notes:-
5.2.4 Interior loadbearing walls-In lieu of analysis of a Overall wall thickness including cavity.
stresses, interior loadbearing masonry walls may be b In no case less than 1/8 the height of the facing unit.
proportioned so that the maximum slenderness ratio c 12 in. for one story buildings.
does not exceed 20. *264-73 BCR

128
Reference Standard 10

may be 8 in. where:(1) the total height of the wall above

Section 6 Thickness and Height of Masonry its support does not exceed 35 ft. except for cavity
Empirical Provisions walls for which (c) above shall apply, and (2) the
6.1 GENERAL.-Compliance with the provisions of distance from floor-to-floor or floor-to-roof does not
this section shall not be required where the design is exceed 12 ft. and (3) the floor live load does not exceed
proportioned on the basis of analysis of stresses. 60 psf; and (4) the roof is designed so that the dead load
6.2 MINIMUM THICKNESS.-The provisions of imparts no lateral thrust to the wall.
section 5.3 shall apply. 6.4.2 One-story buildings-The bearing walls of one-
6.3 CHANGE IN THICKNESS.- story buildings shall be at least 6 in. thick provided the
6.3.1 Variation in thickness- Except for window- vertical loads on the roof impart no lateral thrust to the
paneled backs, and permissible chases and recesses wall
(section 10.1) walls shall not vary in thickness between 6.4.3 Walls of residence buildings-In residence buildings
their lateral supports. When a change in thickness, due not more than three stories high, bearing walls other
to minimum thickness requirements, occurs between than coursed or rough or random rubble stone, may be 8
floor levels, the greater thickness shall be carried up to in. thick when not over 35 ft. high and the roof is
the higher floor level. designed so that the dead load imparts no lateral thrust
6.3.2 Decrease in thickness-The provisions of section to the wall. Such walls in one- story residence buildings,
5.4 shall apply. and in one-story private garages, may be 5 1/2 in. thick.
6.4 LOADBEARING WALLS.-Where the height of 6.4.4 Walls above roof level-Masonry walls above roof
exterior or interior loadbearing masonry walls does not level, 12 ft. or less in height, enclosing stairways, machinery
exceed the following requirements, such walls, if they rooms, shafts, or penthouses, may be 8 in. thick and
meet the provisions of section 5.3 with regard to may be considered as neither increasing the height nor
compressive stress and of section 5.3 with regard to requiring any increase in the thickness of the wall below.
minimum thickness, may be considered to be adequate Parapet walls shall conform to the provisions of section 10.4.
to resist the applied wind loads and other shearing forces. 6.4.5 Faced or composite walls-Neither the thickness
6.4.1 Multi-story buildings-For limitations on 8 in. or height of faced or composite walls, not the distance
walls see (f) below. between lateral supports, shall exceed that prescribed
(a) Exterior solid walls-The thickness of solid exterior for masonry of either of the types forming the facing or
masonry bearing walls shall be at least 8 in. for the top the backing.
floor and 12 in. for a maximum of 55 ft. measured 6.4.6 Cavity or masonry bonded hollow walls-Where
downward from the top floor level. Any additional both the facing and backing wythes are constructed of
height shall be provided by 16 in. lower walls up to a solid masonry units, the wythes may be 3 in. thick.
maximum building height of 104 ft. Buildings taller Otherwise, the wythes of cavity walls shall each have a
than 104 ft. shall be structurally analyzed and designed. thickness of at least 4 in. and the cavity shall be at least
The slenderness ratio shall not exceed 20. 2 in. but not more than 4 in. wide. Wythes less than 4
(b) Interior solid walls-Interior solid walls shall be at in. thick shall not have raked joints and the backing
least 8 in. thick for the uppermost 55 ft. of wall height and wythe of cavity or masonry bonded hollow walls shall
12 in. for the lower walls for a maximum building height of be at least as thick as the facing wythe. A cavity or
104 ft. Taller walls shall be designed by structural analysis. masonry bonded hollow wall may be constructed to its
(c) Cavity walls-Cavity walls or masonry bonded maximum permissible height on top of a solid masonry
hollow walls shall be at least 8 in. thick for the top floor wall whose maximum height is 35 ft. above the first tier
and 12 in. thick for the lower walls up to a maximum of beams. Roof construction shall be designed so that
total height of 40 ft except that 10 in. cavity walls may the dead load imparts no lateral thrust to the wall.
be used for a maximum total height of 25 ft. Taller 6.4.7 Rubble stone walls-Rough, random or coursed
walls shall be designed by structural analysis. rubble stone walls shall be 4 in. thicker than is required
(d) Walls of hollow units-Loadbearing walls of hollow for other types of masonry, but in no case less than 12
units shall be at least 12 in. thick for the top floor and at in. thick.
least 12 in. for the lower walls for a maximum building 6.4.8 Wall thickness increase due to span length-
height of 40 ft. Hollow unit walls 40 ft. high may be When the clear span between bearing walls or between
supported by solid masonry walls whose height is no a bearing wall and an intermediate support is more than
more than 35 ft. above the first tier of beams. 26 ft., the effects of temperature, of rotation of end
(e) Stiffened walls-Where solid masonry bearing walls supports, and of eccentricity shall be investigated. In
are stiffened by, and tied to, reinforced concrete floors lieu of such investigation, the thickness of such walls
or masonry cross walls at distances not greater than 20 shall be increased 4 in. for each 12 1/2 ft., or fraction
ft. apart, they may be 12 in. thick for the uppermost 70 thereof, that such span is in excess of 26 ft.
ft., measured downward from the top of the wall. 6.5 NON-LOADBEARING WALLS.-Provided that
(f) Eight inch walls-Notwithstanding other provisions in they conform to the provisions of Section 5, non-
this section, the thickness of masonry bearing walls loadbearing masonry walls, including curtain walls and

129
Reference Standard 10

panel walls, may be 4 in. less in thickness than required allowable stress, lateral support, thickness, height, and
in Section 6.4 for loadbearing walls, except as provided mortar requirements for cavity walls unless the collar
below. joints in such walls are filled with mortar.
6.5.1 Partitions-The minimum thickness for partitions *Caption supplied by editor.
shall be as follows: 7.4 BONDING WITH PREFABRICATED JOINT
TABLE RS 10-1.8 REINFORCEMENT.-
Height of Walls Thickness The facing and backing (adjacent wythes) of masonry
8 ft. and under ….………. 2 in. walls may be bonded with prefabricated joint reinforcement.
Over 8 ft. to 12 ft……….. 3 in. There shall be at least one cross wire serving as a tie for
Over 12 ft. to 16 ft……… 4 in. each 2 sq. ft. of wall area. The vertical spacing of the
Over 16 ft. to 20 ft……… 6 in. reinforcement shall not exceed 16 in.
Over 20 ft. to 24 ft……… 8 in. 7.5 BONDING FACED OR COMPOSITE
WALLS.-Faced or composite walls may be bonded as
6.6 OPENINGS IN BEARING WALLS.-The area of provided for in sections 7.2, 7.3, and 7.4. Where the
openings in any transverse horizontal plane of a bearing facing and backing are bonded by means of masonry
wall shall not exceed 50 percent of the gross sectional headers, such headers shall extend at least 3 in. into a
area unless the wall panel can be demonstrated by hollow masonry back-up unit specifically designed to
analysis to be structurally adequate with the increased receive and provide mortar bedding for the header.
area of openings. 7.6 BONDING CAVITY AND MASONRY
BONDED HOLLOW WALLS.-
Section 7 Bonding 7.6.1 Cavity walls-Wythes of cavity walls shall be bonded
7.1 GENERAL.-All multiple wythe masonry loadbearing as required in section 7.3 or 7.4.
and non- loadbearing walls shall be bonded in accordance 7.6.2 Masonry bonded hollow walls-Wythes of masonry
with one of the methods indicated in sections 7.2 bonded hollow walls shall be bonded as required in
through 7.4. For grouted masonry see section 8. section 7.2.
7.2 BONDING WITH MASONRY HEADERS.-Where 7.7 MASONRY LAID IN STACK BOND.-Where unit
the facing and backing of solid masonry construction masonry is laid in stack bond, continuous prefabricated
are bonded by means of masonry headers, at least 14 joint reinforcement or other steel bar or wire reinforcement
percent of the wall surface of each face shall be shall be embedded in the horizontal mortar beds at
composed of headers extending at least 3 in. into the vertical intervals not to exceed 16 in. The longitudinal
backing. The distance between adjacent full length headers reinforcement shall be not less than no. 9 steel wire
shall not exceed 24 in. either vertically or horizontally. gage. At least one longitudinal bar or wire shall be
In walls in which a single header does not extend provided in the prefabricated unit for each 6 in. of wall
through the wall, headers from the opposite sides shall thickness or fraction thereof.
overlap at least 3 in., or headers from opposite sides 7.8 ASHLAR, NATURAL OR CAST STONE.-In
shall be covered with another header course overlapping ashlar masonry, bond stones uniformly distributed shall
the header below at least 3 in. be provided to the extent of at least 10 percent of the
7.3 BONDING WITH METAL TIES.-The facing and wall area. Such bond stones shall extend at least 4 in.
backing (adjacent wythes) of masonry walls shall be into the backing wall. Rubble stone masonry, 24 in.
bonded with corrosion-resistant 3/16 in. diameter (1/8 thick or less, shall have bond stones with a maximum
in. diameter for veneer), steel ties or metal wire of spacing of 3 ft. vertically or horizontally and, if the
equivalent stiffness embedded in the horizontal mortar masonry is thicker than 24 in. shall have one bond stone
joints. There shall be at least one metal tie for each 2 for each 6 sq. ft. of wall surface on both sides.
sq.ft. of wall area. Ties in alternate courses shall be 7.9 LONGITUDINAL BOND.-In each wythe of masonry
staggered, the maximum vertical distance between ties loadbearing and non-loadbearing walls, at least 60
shall not exceed 24 in., and the maximum horizontal percent of the stretchers in any transverse vertical plane
distance shall not exceed 36 in., except that for cavity shall lap the units above and below at least 2 in. or 1/3
walls having less than a 4 in. wythe , the maximum the height of the unit, whichever is greater, or the
vertical distance between ties shall not exceed 16 in. masonry walls or partitions shall be reinforced longitudinally
Rods or ties bent to rectangular shape shall be used with as required in section 7.7.
hollow masonry units laid with the cells vertical. In 7.10 BONDING OF INTERSECTING WALLS
other walls the ends of ties shall be bent to 90 degree AND PARTITIONS.-Bonding of intersecting walls
angles to provide hooks at least 2 in. long. Additional shall be as required in section 9.2.
bonding ties shall be provided at all openings and shall
be spaced not more than 3 ft. apart around the perimeter Section 8 Grounted and Filled Cell Masonry
and within 12 in. of the opening. 8.1 MATERIALS.- Only solid masonry units shall be
*7.3.1 BONDING OF WALLS.-Walls bonded in accordance used in grouted masonry construction and only vertical
with this section or section 7.4 shall conform to the cell hollow masonry units shall be used in filled cell

130
Reference Standard 10

construction. In grouted masonry, fine grout (Reference for 1 hr. or longer, the grout pour shall be stopped 1 1/2
Standard RS 10-47) shall be used in grout spaces with a in. below the top of a masonry unit.
least clear dimension less than 2 in. and coarse grout
(Reference Standard RS 10-47) shall be used in grout Section 9 Anchorage
spaces with a least clear dimension of 2 in. or more. In 9.1 GENERAL.-All elements depending upon one
filled cell masonry, either fine or coarse grout may be another for continuity or support shall be securely
used where the least clear dimension of the core is less anchored in such a manner as to resist all forces that
than 4 in., and coarse grout shall be used where the tend to separate them.
least clear dimension of the core is 4 in or more. 9.2 INTERSECTING WALLS AND PARTITIONS.-
8.2 CONSTRUCTION.- Masonry walls and partitions shall be securely anchored
8.2.1 Grouted masonry-The masonry units in either or bonded at points where they meet or intersect by one
the inner or outer wythes, but not necessarily both, shall of the following methods:
have a 24-hr. cold water absorption of not less than 5 9.2.1 Bonding-Walls may be bonded by laying at least
percent. All masonry units in the inner and outer 50 percent of the units at the intersection in a true
wythes shall be laid plumb in full head and bed joints masonry bond with alternate units having a bearing of
and mortar "fins" shall not protrude into spaces at least 3 in. upon the unit below, by metal ties, joint
designed to be filled with grout. Only type M or S reinforcement, anchors as specified in section 9.2.3., or
mortar shall be used. All interior joints shall be solidly by other equivalent method.
filled with grout, except that masonry units in the core 9.2.2 Interior non-loadbearing walls – Interior non-
may be placed or floated in grout poured between the loading walls shall be anchored at their intersection, at
two outer wythes. The grouted longitudinal joints shall vertical intervals of not more than 2 ft. on centers, with
be not less than 3/4 in. wide. Where the least clear at least 22 gage corrosion-resistant, corrugated metal
dimension of the longitudinal vertical joint or core is ties at least 7/8 in. wide extending at least 4 in. into the
less than 2 in., the maximum height of pour shall be 12 masonry or with other ties which provide equivalent
in. Where the least clear dimension of the longitudinal anchorage.
vertical joint or core is 2 in. or more, the maximum 9.2.3 Walls carried up separately-Where the courses of
height of grout pour shall not exceed 48 times the least meeting or intersecting walls are carried up separately,
dimension of the longitudinal vertical joint for coarse corner intersections shall be made by regularly toothing
grout nor 64 times for fine grout, but in no case shall or blocking with 8 in. maximum offsets and providing
the maximum height of grout pour shall not exceed 12 metal anchors having a minimum section of 1/4 in. by 1
ft. When grouting is stopped for 1 hr. or longer, the 1/2 in. with ends bent up at least 2 in., or cross pins at
grout poured shall be stopped 1 1/2 in. below the top of the joints. Such anchors shall be at least 2 ft. long with
a masonry unit and properly rodded or puddled. a maximum vertical spacing of 4 ft. Other types of metal
Masonry bonders shall not be used, but metal wall ties ties, joint reinforcement, or anchors shall be spaced to
may be used to prevent spreading of the wythes and to provide equivalent anchorage at the intersection.
maintain vertical alignment of the wall. Where such 9.3 WALLS ADJOINING OR INTERSECTING
metal ties are used, they shall be protected as required STRUCTURAL FRAMING.-Where walls are dependent
in section 10.12. upon the structural frame for lateral support, they shall
8.2.2 Filled cell masonry-All units shall be laid plumb be anchored with flexible metal anchors or keyed to the
with full face shell mortar beds. All head (or end) structural members.
joints shall be filled solidly with mortar for a distance in 9.4 ANCHORAGE OF FURRING.-Masonry furring
from the face of the unit or wall not less than the shall be anchored to the backing with hardware cloth
thickness of the longitudinal face shells. Cross webs ties consisting of 1/2 in. mesh no. 20 steel wire gage
adjacent to vertical cores shall be fully bedded in galvanized iron fabric at least 4 in. long and extending
mortar to prevent leakage of grout and mortar "fins" at least 1¼ in. into the facing and backing or by an
shall not protrude into spaces designed to be filled with equivalent means of anchorage. Ties shall be spaced no
grout. Only type M or S mortar shall be used. Bond of more than 24 in. apart vertically and 36 in. apart
masonry units in a single wythe shall be provided by horizontally. Such masonry furring shall be excluded
lapping units in alternate vertical courses. Where in calculating the required wall thickness and shall not
masonry units are laid in stack bond, continuous joint be considered as having any structural value.
reinforcement shall be used in the bed joints as required 9.5 ANCHORAGE OF FLOOR JOISTS.-Wood floor
by section 7.7. All filled cell masonry shall be built to joists 5 ft. or more above grade bearing in masonry
preserve the unobstructed vertical continuity of the walls shall be anchored to the wall at intervals not to
cores. The minimum continuous clear dimensions of exceed 6 ft. by metal anchors having a minimum cross
vertical cores shall be 2 in. x 3 in. In filling vertical section of 0.25 sq. in. and at least 16 in. long. The
cores, the grout shall not exceed 4 ft. in height. Grout anchors shall be securely fastened to the joists and built
shall be rodded or puddled during placement to insure at least 3 1/2 in. into the masonry. Joists 5 ft. or more
complete filling of the core. When grouting is stopped above grade and parallel to the wall shall be tied to the

131
Reference Standard 10

wall with metal straps that are spaced not more than 8 openings shall be supported by well buttressed arches or
ft. on centers and that engage at least three joists. by lintels that bear on the wall at each end for at least 4 in.
Anchors shall be in line with the bridging or blocking. 10.4 PARAPET WALLS.-All cells in the hollow
Steel floor joists bearing on masonry shall be anchored masonry units and all joints in solid, cavity, or masonry
to the masonry in a manner at least equivalent to that bonded hollow wall construction shall be filled solid
required for wood joists. Concrete slabs bearing on with mortar. All corners of masonry parapet walls shall
masonry walls require no additional anchorage. The be reinforced with joint reinforcement or its equivalent
ends of joists, rafters, beams, or girders required to be at vertical intervals not greater than 12 in. Such reinforcement
anchored into walls or bearing partitions shall be shall extend around the corner for at least 4 ft. in both
continuous and the opposite end shall be similarly directions and splices shall be lapped at least 6 in.
anchored into a wall or bearing partition. However, if Parapet walls shall be properly coped and flashed with
discontinuous, the discontinuous ends shall lap each noncombustible, weather-proof material of a width not
other at least 6 in. and shall be well bolted or spiked less than the width of the parapet wall plus sufficient
together, shall be butted and fastened by metal straps or overage for overlaps. Nonreinforced masonry parapet
ties, or other means shall be provided for the transfer of walls shall be not less than 8 in. in thickness and their
thrust between the discontinuous ends. height shall not exceed three times their thickness.
9.6 ROOF ANCHORAGE.-Roof construction, other Reinforced parapet walls shall be designed in accordance
than cast-in- place concrete slabs, shall be securely with the provisions of Reference Standard RS 10-2
anchored to loadbearing masonry walls with minimum 10.5 GLASS BLOCK.-Masonry of glass block may be
1/2 in. bolts spaced 8 ft. on center, or their equivalent. used in nonloadbearing exterior or interior walls and in
The bolts shall extend and be embedded a minimum of openings that might otherwise be filled with windows,
15 in. vertically into the masonry, or where a continuous either isolated or in continuous bands, provided the
bond beam is provided, shall be hooked tightly around glass block panels have a thickness of at least 3 1/2 in.,
or welded to at least 0.2 sq.in. of continuous longitudinal at the mortar joint and the mortared surfaces of the
bond beam reinforcement placed at least 6 in. from the blocks are satisfactorily treated for mortar bonding.
top of the wall. Glass block shall be laid in type S or N mortar. Both
vertical and horizontal mortar joints shall be at least 1/4
Section 10 Miscellaneous Requirements in. and not more than 3/8 in. thick and shall be
10.1 CHASES AND RECESSES.- completely filled.
10.1.1 Limitations-Chases in masonry walls shall not be Glass block panels for exterior walls shall not exceed
deeper than 1/8 the wall thickness. Vertical chases adjacent 144 sq. ft. of unsupported wall surface nor 25 ft. in
to bearings of beams or lintels, vertical chases wider length or 20 ft. in height between supports. For interior
than 12 in., and all horizontal chases shall be proportioned walls, glass block panels shall not exceed 250 sq.ft. of
on the basis of the analysis of stress. No chase shall unsupported area nor 25 ft. in one direction between
allowed within the required area of a column or pilaster. supports.
The clear spacing between chases shall not be less than Exterior glass block panels shall be held in place in the
three times the width of the larger adjacent chase. wall openings to resist both external and internal
10.1.2 Exceptions for 8 in. walls-In buildings of residential pressures due to wind. Panels shall be set in recesses at
occupancy not over 2 stories in height, vertical chases the jambs, and panels exceeding 10 ft. in horizontal
not more than 4 in. deep and not more than 4 sq. ft. of dimension between supports shall be set in recesses at
wall area may be built in 8 in. walls, except that recesses the head so as to provide a bearing surface at least 1in.
below windows may extend from floor to sill and be the wide along the panel edges. However, for panels exceeding
width of the opening above. Masonry directly above neither 100 sq.ft. in area nor 10 ft. in either horizontal
chases or recesses wider than 12 in. shall be supported or vertical dimension, and situated four stories or less
on lintels. and less than 50 ft. above grade level, anchorage may be
10.2 CORBELLING.-The maximum horizontal projection provided by means of noncorrodible perforated metal
of corbelling from the face of the wall shall not exceed strips or equivalent.
1/2 the wall thickness. The maximum projection of one Glass block panels shall have reinforcement in the
unit shall not exceed ½ the height of the unit or 1/3 its horizontal mortar joints, extending from end to end of
bed depth. The top corbel course shall be a full course mortar joints but not across expansion joints with any
of headers at least 6 in. long. Corbelling of hollow unavoidable joints spliced by lapping the reinforcement
walls or walls of hollow units shall be supported on at not less than 6 in. The reinforcement shall be spaced at
least one full course of solid masonry. Unless structural not more than 2 ft. vertically. In addition, reinforcement
support and anchorage is provided to resist the overturning shall be placed in the joint immediately above and
moment, the center of gravity of all projecting masonry below all openings within a panel. The reinforcement
or molded cornices shall lie within the middle third of shall conform to the requirements of section 3.3.1, or
the supporting wall. shall be equivalent in strength.
10.3 ARCHES AND LINTELS.-The masonry above Every exterior glass block panel shall be provided with

132
Reference Standard 10

expansion joints at the sides and top. Expansion joints full mortar coverage on vertical and horizontal face shells.
shall be entirely free of mortar, and shall be filled with 10.11 MINIMUM JOINT THICKNESS FOR
resilient material. REINFORCEMENT.-The thickness of grout or mortar
10.6 BEARING DETAILS.-Concentrated loads shall between masonry units and reinforcement shall be at
be supported upon a solid construction of solid masonry, least 1/4 in. except that 1/4 in. bars may be laid in 1/2
concrete, or masonry of hollow units with cells filled in. horizontal mortar joints, and no. 6 steel wire gage or
with mortar, grout, or concrete and of sufficient height smaller wires may be laid in 3/8 in. horizontal joints.
to distribute safely the loads to the wall, plaster, or 10.12 PROTECTION FOR REINFORCEMENT.-
column, or other adequate provisions shall be made to Reinforcement consisting of bars or wire ¼ in. or less in
distribute the loads. diameter embedded in the horizontal mortar joints shall
10.6.1 Joists-Solid construction for support under joists have at least 5/8 in. horizontal cover.
shall be at least 2 1/4 in. in height, and joists supported 10.13 WETTING OF MASONRY UNITS.-
*
on such construction shall extend into the masonry at 10.13.1 Clay or shale bricks-All brick having an
least 3 in. absorption rate in excess or 0.025 oz. per sq. in. per
10.6.2 Beams-Solid construction for support under minute shall be wetted before laying except no wetting
beams, girders, or other concentrated loads shall be at shall be permitted for brick used with type H mortar.
least 4 in. in height and the bearing of beams shall The method of wetting shall be such as to insure that
extend into the masonry at least 3 in. each unit is nearly saturated, surface dry when laid.
10.7 USE OF EXISTING WALLS.-An existing masonry During freezing weather, units that require wetting shall
wall may be used in the alteration or extension of a be sprinkled with warm water immediately before
building provided that under the new conditions it laying and shall be protected against formation of films
meets the requirements of this standard and is structurally of ice. No units with ice on the surface shall be laid.
sound or is made so. *264-73 BCR
10.7.1 Walls of insufficient thickness-Existing walls 10.13.2 STRUCTURAL CLAY TILE.-Structural clay
of masonry units that are structurally sound, but that are tile having a 1 hr. boiling water absorption of 12
of insufficient thickness when increased in height, may percent or more shall be wetted before laying.
by strengthened by an addition of similar masonry units 10.13.3 Concrete masonry units-Concrete masonry units
laid in type M or S mortar. The foundations and lateral shall not be wetted before laying.
support shall be equivalent to those required for newly 10.14 PROTECTION AGAINST FREEZING.-
constructed walls under similar conditions. All such linings Adequate equipment shall be used for heating the
shall be thoroughly bonded into existing masonry by masonry materials and protecting the masonry during
toothings to assure combined action of wall and lining. freezing or near-freezing weather. No frozen material
Toothings shall be distributed uniformly throughout the or materials containing ice shall be used.
wall, and shall aggregate in vertical cross- sectional Sand shall be heated in such a manner as to remove frost
area at least 15 percent of the total surface area of the or ice. Water or sand shall not be heated to temperature
lining. Stresses in the masonry under the new conditions shall above 160 degrees F. When necessary to remove frost,
not exceed the allowable stresses of Sections 4.2 and 4.3. the masonry units shall be heated.
10.8 PRECAUTIONS DURING ERECTION.- When the outside temperature is below 32oF, an air
Temporary bracing shall be used whenever necessary to temperature of at least 32oF shall be maintained on both
take care of any loads to which the walls may be sides of the masonry for a period of at least 48 hours if
subjected during erection. Such bracing shall remain in type M or S mortar is used, and 72 hours if type N or O
place as long as may be required for safety. mortar is used. These periods may be reduced to 24
10.9 MIXING MORTAR AND GROUT.-All cementitious and 48 hours, respectively, if high early-strength
materials, aggregates, and water shall be mixed for a cement is used. When type H mortar is used and the
minimum of 5 minutes in a mechanical batch mixer. If outside temperature is below 40oF, an air temperature
the mortar begins to stiffen, the mortar may be retempered of at least 50oF shall be maintained on both sides of the
by adding water and remixing. The consistency of grout masonry for a period of 72 hours. This time may be
shall be such that, at the time of placement, it has a reduced to 24 hours if high early strength cement is
slump of 10 1/2 to 11 in. as determined by Reference used. All methods and materials for the protection of
Standard RS 10-49. All mortar and grout shall be used the fresh masonry work against freezing shall be subject
within 2 1/2 hr. of initial mixing and no mortar or grout to the approval of the commissioner. In general,
shall be used after if has begun to set. methods and materials commonly accepted as suitable
10.10 FILLING JOINTS.-In unit masonry construction, for the protection of reinforced concrete construction in
all vertical and horizontal joints designed to receive freezing weather shall be used. Salt or other chemicals
mortar or grout shall be completely filled. The thickness of for lowering the freezing temperature of the mortar
mortar joints in loadbearing masonry shall not exceed shall not be used.
1/2 in. Solid masonry units shall be laid with full head 10.15 STORAGE AT THE SITE.-All materials for
and bed joints. Hollow masonry units shall be laid with masonry construction shall be stored in such a manner

133
Reference Standard 10

that they are kept free of excessive dirt and wetness. with the requirements of Section 11.2.1 and 11.3.1.
**
10.16 HORIZONTAL COMPRESSION JOINTS.- 11.1.3 Support of Veneer-The weight of all anchored
All concrete framed high-rise buildings to be constructed type veneer shall be supported upon footings, foundation
over 150 ft.-0 in. in height (as measured from adjoining walls, or other supports. Veneer above openings shall
grade to the main roof level), whose exterior walls are be supported upon lintels.
**
of cavity wall construction with steel lintels, shall have 11.2 VENEER ON WOOD.-Anchored masonry veneer
horizontal compression joints in the exterior walls to attached to wood frame structures shall be supported on
prevent masonry distress induced by vertical shortening footings or foundation walls. The height of the veneer
of the structural frame. shall not exceed 35 feet measured from the top of the
(a) Horizontal compression joints shall be 1/4 in. thick supporting footings or foundation walls. Where anchored
in thickness (minimum), with 1/4 inch neoprene polyethylene, veneer exceeding 20 feet in height is applied, it shall be
or urethane gasket or equivalent joint filler filling the supported in a manner that will provide for movement
entire joint, except for a recess from the toe of the lintel between the veneer and its backing.
angle to the exterior of the facing brick, to provide space **Local Law 54-1970
for caulking. These joints shall be spaced at 40 foot intervals 11.2.1 Attachment-Veneer of unit masonry shall be
(maximum), and the details shown on the plans. attached directly to wood studs, by one of the following
(b) The applicant of record shall submit a statement (or means:
engineering analysis) that the minimum code requirements (a) With at least 22 gage corrosion-resistance corrugated
as stated in (a) are sufficient to provide for the effects steel ties at least 7/8 in. wide at vertical intervals of not
of vertical shortening of the structural frame or specify more than 24 in. and horizontal intervals of not more
additional horizontal compression joints of at least 1/4 than 32 in., but in no case less than one tie for each 3
inch thickness. 1/2 sq. ft. of wall area.
**181-72 BCR (b) Directly to a 1 in. reinforced cement mortar base.
11.3 VENEER ON MASONRY.-Veneer attached to
Section 11 Veneer masonry or concrete backing shall not be limited in
11.1 GENERAL.-Veneer as used in this section refers height other than by compressive stresses.
to an exposed facing wythe of brick, tile, ceramic 11.3.1 Attachment -Veneer shall be securely attached to
veneer, terra cotta, concrete masonry units, cast stone, the masonry or concrete backing by one of the following
natural stone, or similar weather-resistant noncombustible means or by a means that is equivalent in strength:
masonry units laid in mortar and securely attached to a (a) Metal ties conforming to section 7.3 except that
surface for the purpose of providing ornamentation, ties shall be spaced not more than 24 in. apart either
protection or insulation, but not intentionally so bonded horizontally or vertically.
as to exert common action under load. (b) Corrosion-resistant dovetail slot anchors where
11.1.1 Limitations-Veneer shall not be assumed to add the backing and the veneer has been designed for this
to the strength of any wall, nor shall it be assumed to type of attachment. Such anchors shall be formed from
support any load other than its own weight. No veneer at least 16 gage steel at least 1 in. wide.
shall be less than the thickness specified in Table RS (c) Adhesion type masonry veneer shall be installed
10-1.9. The height and length of veneer areas shall be in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations
unlimited, except as required to control expansion and and setting plans.
contraction and except as provided in subdivision 11.2. (d) Where anchored veneer is not grouted to the
backing, it shall be supported in a manner that will
TABLE RS 10-1.9 MINIMUM THICKNESS OF provide for movement between the veneer and its backing.
MASONRY VENEER
Type of Veneer Minimum Thickness Section 12 Miscellaneous Structures and Systems
Actual (in). 12.1 FLAT OR SEGMENTAL MASONRY FLOOR
Anchored Type: OR ROOF ARCHES.-The provisions of this section
Solid masonry units…... 1 5/8 do not apply when masonry floor or roof arches are
Hollow masonry units... 1 5/8 proportioned on the basis of structural analysis.
Ceramic veneer……….. 1 12.1.1 Span.-The maximum clear span between
Adhesion Type: supporting beams shall be 8 ft.
Solid masonry units…... 3/8 12.1.2 Tie Rods.-All masonry flat arches or segmental
Ceramic veneer……….. 3/8 arches shall be provided with tie rods in both the
exterior and interior spans. The minimum size and
11.1.2 Design-All anchor attachments shall be designed spacing of tie rods shall be:
to resist a positive or negative horizontal force of 30 For exterior spans-1 1/4 in. round rods spaced 4 ft.-6 in. apart.
psf, and adhesion type veneer shall be designed to have For interior spans-7/8 in. round rods spaced 4 ft.-6 in. apart.
a bond sufficient to withstand a shearing stress of 50 Washers shall be used with all tie rods. All tie rods
psi. In lieu of design, veneer may be installed in accordance shall have a minimum specified yield point of 33,000 psi.

134
Reference Standard 10

12.1.3 Flat Arches.-The depth of flat arches of burnt Chapter 5 - General Analysis and Design Requirements
clay or shale hollow blocks shall be at least 1 1/2 in. for Section 5.2.2. - Delete this section substitute the following:
each foot of span, inclusive of the portion of the block "5.2.2. - Service loads shall be in accordance with the
extending below the under side of the beam, and such building code of the city of New York of which this
arches shall be at least 6 in. thick. Brick shall not be standard forms a part, with such live load reductions as
used for flat arches. are permitted in the building code of the city of New
12.1.4 Segmental Arches.-Segmental arches shall have York. The load provisions of the reference standard RS
a rise of at least 1 in. per ft. of span, and the minimum 9 shall be used."
thickness shall be 6 in. for hollow tile arches and 4 in. Chapter 6 - Design Allowing Tensile Stresses in Masonry
for brick arches with a span of 5 ft. or less and 8 in. for Section 6.1.1 - Delete this section and substitute the following:
brick arches with a span exceeding 5 ft. "6.1.1 - The provisions of this chapter are to be applied
12.1.5 Structural Clay Tile Arches.-The blocks shall in conjunction with the provisions of Chapter 5-General
be at least two cells deep, shall be laid in type M or S Analysis and Design Requirements and Appendix A."
mortar, and shall be properly keyed. Section 6.4 - Axial tension
12.1.6 Brick Arches.-Brick arches shall be laid in a full Add the following sentence at the end of section 6.4:
bed of type M or S mortar and shall be solidly bonded. "Axial tension stress shall be resisted entirely by steel
12.1.7 Openings In Floors And Roofs.-Suitable metal reinforcement in accordance with Chapter 7."
framing or reinforcement shall be provided in masonry Chapter 7 - Design Neglecting Tensile Strength of
arch and roof construction around any opening more Masonry Section 7.1.2 - Delete this section and
than 1 ft.-6 in. on a side. substitute the following:
12.2 CHIMNEYS.-The design of chimneys shall be "7.1.2. - The provisions of this chapter are to be applied
predicted on the following requirements: in conjunction with the provisions of Chapter 5-General
12.2.1 Chimney Walls.-Chimney walls constructed of Analysis and Design Requirements and Appendix A."
perforated radial brick with perforations not exceeding Chapter 9 - Empirical Design of Masonry
33 per cent of the gross area may be designed using the Section 9.1.1.1 - Seismic - Delete this section and
values shown in Tables RS 10-1-4 and 10-1-5 applicable substitute the following:
to solid units. "9.1.1.1 - Seismic - Empirical requirements may apply to
12.2.2 Chimney Linings.-The lining in chimneys shall the design or construction of masonry for buildings, parts of
not be considered as taking either compression or tension buildings, or other structures located in New York City."
stresses. Section 9.1.1.2 - Wind
12.2.3 Chimney Expansion and Contraction.-Expansion Delete this section and substitute the following:
and contraction in chimney walls due to temperature "9.1.1.2 - Wind - Empirical requirements shall not
variations shall be accommodated solely by the use of apply to the design or construction of masonry for
steel reinforcing rings. buildings, parts of buildings, or other structures to be
12.2.4 Reinforcing Rings.-Reinforcing rings shall be located in areas where the basic wind speed will result
provided at all changes in wall thickness, at the top of in wind pressure that exceeds 20 psf."
the chimney, and above and below all flue openings, Section 9.2 - Height
but may be omitted at changes in wall thickness for Add the following sentence at the end of section 9.2:
chimneys constructed of perforated radial brick with "However, members which are not part of the lateral
type M mortar. forces resisting system of the building are permitted to
be designed in accordance with the provisions of
**
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-1B MASONRY Chapter 9 of reference standard RS 10-1B in buildings
ACI 530-92/ASCE 5-92 Building Code Requirements greater than 35 feet in height."
for Masonry Structures, as modified. Section 9.9 - Miscellaneous requirements
ACI 530.1-92/ASCE 6-92 Specifications for Masonry Delete this section and add the following new Chapter 10:
Structures, as modified. "Chapter 10 - Miscellaneous Requirements
MODIFICATIONS - The provisions of ACI 530- 10.1 - Chases and Recesses - Masonry directly above
92/ASCE 5-92 shall be subject to the following chases or recesses wider than 12 inches shall be
modifications. The chapter and section numbers are supported on lintels.
from that standard. 10.1.1 - Where permitted - Chases and recesses shall be
Chapter 1 - General Requirements prohibited in any wall less than 12 inches thick and in
Section 1.3 - Approval of special systems of design or the required area of piers and buttresses; except that
construction where permitted in 8-inch walls, in residential buildings
Delete this section. and in the apron under window openings, the maximum
Section 1.4 - Standards cited in this code depth of chases shall be 4 inches.
Section 1.4.1 - Delete the words "ANSI A 58.1-82 - 10.1.2 - Maximum size - The maximum permitted
Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and other depth of a chase in any wall shall not be more than one-
structures". third of the wall thickness, and the maximum length of a

135
Reference Standard 10

horizontal chase or the maximum horizontal projection of units and all joints in solid, cavity, or masonry bonded
a diagonal chase shall not exceed 4 feet except as hollow wall construction shall be filled solid with
provided for in Section 10.1.6; and except further that mortar. All corners of masonry parapet walls shall be
the maximum length of the apron below window sills in reinforced with joint reinforcement or its equivalent at
all walls shall not exceed the width of the window vertical intervals not greater than 12 inches. Such
opening. Waterproofed chases in such aprons in 8-inch reinforcement shall extend around the corner for at least
walls shall not exceed 4 inches in depth. The aggregate 4 feet in both directions and splices shall be lapped at
area of recesses and chases shall be not more than one- least 6 inches. Parapet walls shall be properly coped
fourth of the area of the face of the wall in any one and flashed with noncombustible, weatherproof
story. material of a width not less than the width of the
10.1.3 - Waterproofing chases - The backs and sides of parapet wall plus sufficient overage for overlaps.
all chases in exterior walls with less than 8 inches of Masonry parapet walls shall be not less than 8 inches in
masonry to the exterior surface shall be insulated and thickness and their height shall not exceed three times
waterproofed. their thickness. Parapet walls shall be designed in
10.1.4 - Fire resistive limitations - Chases or recesses accordance with the provisions of Appendix A.
shall not reduce the thickness of masonry material 10.7 - Isolated piers - Isolated masonry piers shall be
below the minimum equivalent thickness required for bonded as required for solid walls of the same thickness
firewalls, fire separation assemblies or required fire and shall be provided with adequate means for
resistive coverings of structural members. distributing the load at the top of the pier.
10.1.5 - Hollow walls - Where chases and recesses are 10.8 - Bearing details - Concentrated loads shall be
permitted in hollow walls and walls constructed of supported upon construction of solid masonry, concrete,
hollow blocks or tile, the chases and recesses shall be or masonry of hollow units with cells filled with mortar,
built in with the wall. Chases shall not be cut in hollow grout, or concrete and of sufficient height to distribute
walls after erection. safely the loads to the wall or column, or other adequate
10.1.6 - Continuous chases - Where horizontal chases provisions shall be made to distribute the loads.
for the bearing of reinforced concrete floors and roof 10.8.1 - Joists - Solid construction for support under
slabs are continuous, anchors shall be installed above joists shall be at least 2 1/4 inches in height, and joists
and below the floor construction to resist bending and supported on such construction shall extend into the
uplift in the wall due to flexure of the slab. masonry at least 3 inches.
10.2 - Lintels - The design for lintels shall be in 10.8.2 - Beams - Solid construction for support under
accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.6 and beams, girders, or other concentrated loads shall be at
7.3.3. Minimum end bearing shall be 4 inches. least 4 inches in height and the bearing of beams shall
10.3 - Support on wood - No masonry shall be extend into the masonry at least 4 inches.
supported on wood girders or other forms of wood 10.9 - Use of existing walls - An existing masonry wall
construction. may be used in the alteration or extension of a building
10.4 - Corbelling provided that it meets the requirements of this standard.
10.4.1 - Solid masonry units shall be used for corbelling. 10.9.1 - Walls of insufficient thickness - Existing walls
The maximum corbelled projection beyond the face of of masonry units that are structurally sound, but that are
the wall shall be not more than one half of the wall of insufficient thickness when increased in height, may
thickness or one half the wythe thickness for hollow be strengthened by an addition of similar masonry units
walls; the maximum projection of one unit shall neither laid in type M or S mortar. The foundations and lateral
exceed one half the height of the unit nor one third its support shall be equivalent to those required for newly
thickness at right angles to the face which is offset. constructed walls under similar conditions. All such
Corbelling of hollow walls or walls built of hollow linings shall be thoroughly bonded into existing masonry
units shall be supported on at least one full course of by toothings to assure combined action of wall and
solid masonry. lining. Toothings shall be distributed uniformly throughout
10.4.2 - Molded cornices - Unless structural support the wall, and shall aggregate in vertical cross-sectional
and anchorage are provided to resist the overturning area at least 15 percent of the total surface area of the
moment, the center of gravity of all projecting masonry lining. Stresses in the masonry under the new conditions
or molded cornices shall lie within the middle one-third shall not exceed the allowable stresses.
of the supporting wall. Terra cotta and metal cornices 10.10 - Precautions during erection - Temporary
shall be provided with a structural frame of non- bracing shall be used wherever necessary to take care of
combustible anchored material. any loads to which the walls may be subjected during
10.5 - Arches and lintels - The masonry above openings erection. Such bracing shall remain in place as long as
shall be supported by properly buttressed may be required for safety.
arches or by lintels that bear on the wall at each end for 10.11 - Horizontal compression joints - All concrete
at least 4 inches. framed buildings to be constructed over 35 feet in
10.6 - Parapet walls - All cells in the hollow masonry height (as measured from adjoining grade to the main

136
Reference Standard 10

roof level), whose exterior wythe are of cavity wall load of the wall and all other superimposed loads.
construction with steel lintels, shall have horizontal Where individual panels are more than 144 square feet
compression joints in the exterior wythe to prevent in area, a supplementary stiffener shall be provided to
masonry distress induced by vertical shortening of the anchor the panels to the structural supports
structural frame. 10.13.2 - Joint materials - Glass blocks shall be laid up
(a) Unless substantiated as indicated by (b) below, in Type S or N mortar with approved galvanized metal
horizontal compression joints shall be 1/4 inch minimum panel anchors in the horizontal mortar joints of exterior
thickness, with neoprene, polyethylene, or urethane panels The sills of glass-block panels shall be coated with
gasket or equivalent joint filler filling the entire joint, approved water-based asphaltic emulsion, or other elastic
except for a recess from the toe of the lintel angle to the waterproofing material, prior to laying the first mortar
exterior of the facing brick, to provide space for course, and the perimeter of the panels shall caulked to a
caulking. These joints shall be spaced at each floor. depth of not less than ½ inch with nonhardening
(b) The applicant of record shall submit an engineering caulking compound on both faces, or expansion joints
analysis establishing that proposed building compression shall be provided. Where placed in joint materialsother
joints spaced further apart than in (a) above are sufficient than mortars herein defined, a single panel shall not be
to provide for the effects of vertical shortening of the more than 100 square feet in area, nor more than 10 feet
structural frame. in either length or height.
10.12 - Dry-Stacked, surface-bonded masonry walls 10.13.3 - Wind and seismic loads - Exterior wall panels
10.12.1 - General - Dry-Stacked, surface-bonded masonry held in place in the wall openings shall be designed to
walls may be used for only one and two family dwellings resist both the internal and external loads due to wind
and shall comply with requirements of this code for and seismic loads.
masonry wall construction. 10.13.4 - Interior wall panels - Solid or hollow glass
10.12.2 - Materials - Surface-bonding mortar shall blocks shall not be used in fire walls, party walls, fire
comply with ASTM C476. Concrete masonry units separation assemblies or fire partitions, or for loadbearing
shall comply with ASTM C55, C90 or C145. construction. Such blocks shall be erected with mortar and
10.12.3 - Design - Dry-stacked, surface-bonded masonry reinforcement in metal frames, structural channels or
walls shall be of adequate strength and proportions to embedded panel anchors as provided for exterior walls
support all superimposed loads without exceeding the or other joint materials. All mortar-bearing surfaces of the
allowable stresses listed in Table 10.12.3. Allowable glass block shall be precoated or prepared to insure
stresses not specified in Table 10.12.3. shall comply adhesion between mortar and glass. Wood strip framing
with the requirements in this standard. shall not be used in fire separation assemblies that are
required to be fire resistance rated.
Table 10.12.3 Exceptions: Glass-block assemblies with a material
ALLOWABLE STRESS GROSS CROSS- and equipment acceptance number or Board of Standards
SECTIONAL AREA and Appeals number having a fire-resistance rating of
not less than 3/4 hour shall be permitted in fire separations
Description Maximum allowable which have a required fire resistance rating of one hour
stress (psi) or less and do not enclose exit stairways or exit passageways.
Compression 10.14 - Veneer
Standard block………. 45 10.14.1 - General - Veneer, as used in this section, refers
Shear………………… 10 to an exposed facing wythe of brick, tile, ceramic veneer,
Flexural tension terra cotta, concrete masonry units, cast stone, natural
Vertical span………… 18 stone, or similar weather-resistant noncombustible masonry
Horizontal span……… 30 units laid in mortar and securely attached to a surface
for the purpose of providing ornamentation, protection
10.12.4 - Construction - Construction of dry-stacked, or insulation, but not intentionally so bonded as to exert
surface-bonded masonry walls, including stacking and common action under load. In lieu of the provisions of
leveling of units, mixing and application of mortar, Section 10.14, veneers may be designed according to
curing and protection, shall comply with ASTM C946. Chapters 5, 6 and 9 of reference standard RS 10-1B.
10.13 - Glass-block walls 10.14.1.1 - Limitations - Veneer shall not be assumed to
10.13.1 - Exterior wall panels - The maximum dimensions add to the strength of any wall, nor shall it be assumed
of glass-block wall panels in exterior walls, where used to support any load other than its own weight. No veneer
singly or in multiples to form continuous bands of glass shall be less than the thickness specified in Table
blocks between structural supports, shall be 25 feet in 10.14.1.1. The height and length of veneer areas shall
length and 20 feet in height between structural supports be unlimited, except as required to control expansion
and expansion joints; and the area of each individual and contraction, and except as provided in Section
panel shall not be more than 250 square feet. Intermediate 10.14.2.
structural supports shall be provided to support the dead

137
Reference Standard 10

TABLE 10.14.1.1 Minimum Thickness of Masonry accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations
Veneer and setting plans;
Type of Veneer Minimum Thickness Actual (in.) (d) Where anchored veneer is not grouted to the back, it
Anchored Type: shall be supported in a manner that will provide for
Solid masonry units………………1 5/8 movement between the veneer and its backing.
Hollow masonry units……………1 5/8 10.15 Miscellaneous structures and systems
Ceramic veneer…………….…….1 10.15.1 - Flat or Segmental Masonry Floor or Roof
Adhesion Type: Arches - The provisions of this section do not apply
Solid masonry units………………... 3/8 when masonry floor or roof arches are proportioned on
Ceramic veneer……………………...3/8 the basis of structural analysis.
10.15.1.1 - Span - The maximum clear span between
10.14.1.2 - Design - All anchor attachments shall be supporting beams shall be 8 feet.
designed to resist a minimum positive or negative 10.15.1.2 - Tie Rods - All masonry flat arches or
horizontal force as required for wind or seismic effects, segmental arches shall be provided with tie rods in both
and adhesion type veneer shall be designed to have a exterior and interior spans. The minimum size and
bond sufficient to withstand a shearing stress of 50 psi. spacing of tie rods shall be:
At a minimum, the veneer shall also meet the attachment For exterior spans- 1 1/4 inches round rods spaced 4 feet
requirements of Sections 10.14.2.1 and 10.14.3.1. 6 inches apart.
10.14.1.3 - Support of veneer - The weight of all For interior spans- 7/8 inches round rods spaced 4 feet 6
anchored type veneer shall be supported upon footings, inches apart.
noncombustible foundation walls, or other approved Washers shall be used with all tie rods. All tie rods shall
supports. Veneer above openings shall be supported have a minimum specified yield point of 36,000 psi.
upon noncombustible, non-corrosive lintels. 10.15.1.3 - Flat arches - The depth of flat arches of
10.14.2 - Veneer on wood - Anchored masonry veneer burnt clay or shale hollow blocks shall be at least 1 1/2
attached to wood frame structures shall be supported on inches for each foot of span, inclusive of the portion of
noncombustible footings or foundation walls. The height the block extending below the under side of the beam,
of the veneer shall not exceed 35 feet measured from the and such arches shall be at least 6 inches thick. Brick
top of the supporting footings or foundation walls. Where shall not be used for flat arches.
anchored veneer exceeding 20 feet in height is applied, 10.15.1.4 - Segmental arches - Segmental arches shall
it shall be supported in a manner that will provide for have a rise of at least 1 inch per foot of span, and the
movement between the veneer and its backing. minimum thickness shall be 6 inches for hollow tile
10.14.2.1 - Attachment - At a minimum, veneer of unit arches, 4 inches for brick arches with a span of 5 feet or
masonry shall be attached directly to wood studs, by less, and 8 inches for brick arches with a span
one of the following means: exceeding 5 feet.
(a) With at least 22 gage corrosion-resistance corrugated 10.15.1.5 - Structural clay tile arches - The blocks shall
steel ties at least one inch wide, at vertical intervals of be at least two cells deep, shall be laid in type M or S
not more than 24 inches and horizontal intervals of not mortar, and shall be properly keyed.
more than 32 inches, but in no case less than one tie for 10.15.1.6 - Brick arches - Brick arches shall be laid in a
3 1/2 square feet of wall area; full bed of type M or S mortar and shall be solidly bonded.
(b) Directly to a 1 inch reinforced cement mortar base. 10.15.1.7 - Openings in floors and roofs - Suitable
10.14.3 - Veneer on masonry - Veneer attached to metal framing or reinforcement shall be provided in
masonry or concrete backing shall not be limited in masonry arch and roof construction around any opening
height other than by compressive stresses. more than 1 foot 6 inches on a side."
10.14.3.1 - Attachment - At a minimum, veneer shall be Appendix A - Special Provisions for Seismic Design.
securely attached to the masonry or concrete backing by Section A.1.1.1 - Delete this section and substitute
one of the following means or by a means that is the following:
equivalent in strength: "A.1.1.1 - Appendix A sets special requirements
(a) Metal ties conforming to Section 5.8 except that ties for masonry and construction of masonry building
shall be spaced not more than 24 inches apart either elements for seismic design as defined in reference
horizontally or vertically; standard RS 9-6."
(b) Corrosion-resistant dovetail slot anchors where the Section A.2 - Delete this section.
backing and the veneer has been designed for this type Section A.3 - Delete the words "for Seismic Zone 2."
of attachment. Such anchors shall be formed from at Section A.3.3 - Delete this section and substitute the
least 16 gage steel at least 1 inch wide; following:
(c) Adhesion type masonry veneer shall be installed in "A.3.3 - Distribution of seismic loads or forces shall be

138
Reference Standard 10

in accordance with the provisions of reference standard Anchorage shall be designed to transfer lateral (out-of-
RS 9-6." plane) forces to the adjacent structural support."
Section A.3.6 - Delete the first two sentences and Section A.4 - Delete this section.
substitute the following: MODIFICATIONS - The provisions of ACI 530.1-
"Masonry walls which require lateral forces shown in 92/ASCE 6-92 shall be subject to the following
Table 23-P of reference standard RS 9-6 shall be modifications. The chapter and section numbers are
anchored to all floors and roofs which provide lateral from that standard.
support for the walls. The anchorage of such walls or 2.3.1. - Inspection and testing.
partitions shall provide direct connection capable of Delete the opening sentence and substitute the following:
resisting the forces derived from Table No. 23-P or a "Inspection shall conform to the requirements of
minimum of 200 pounds per lineal foot of wall, Articles 1.5 and 1.6, the inspection and testing
whichever is greater." provisions of the building code of the city of New
Section A.3.8 - Delete this section and substitute the York, and the following:"
following: **Local Law 17-1995
"A.3.8 - Vertical reinforcement of at least 0.20 square
*
inches in cross sectional area shall be provided REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-2
continuously from support to support at each corner, at REINFORCED MASONRY
each side of each opening, at the ends of walls and at a ACI 530-92/ASCE 5-92 Building Code
maximum spacing of 10 feet apart throughout the wall. Requirements for Masonry Structures, as modified.
Horizontal reinforcement not less than 0.20 square ACI 530.1-92/ASCE 6-92 Specifications of Masonry
inches in cross sectional area shall be provided: (1) at Structures, as modified.
the bottom and top of wall openings and shall extend MODIFICATIONS - The provisions of ACI 530-92
not less than 24 inches nor less than 40 bar diameters and ACI 530.1-92 shall be subject to the same
past the opening; (2) continuously at structurally modifications as set forth in reference standard RS 10-
connected roof and floor levels and at the top of walls; 1B and shall apply to reinforced masonry.
(3) at the bottom of the wall or in the top of the EXCEPTION - For buildings designed utilizing
foundations when dowelled to the wall; (4) at maximum reinforced masonry construction in existence on the
spacing of 10 feet unless uniformly distributed joint effective date of this local law, repairs or alterations to
reinforcement is provided. Reinforcement at the top and the facade or interior of the structure shall be done in
bottom of openings when used in determining the accord with ACI 530-92/ASCE 5-92 Building Code
maximum spacing specified in item (4) above shall be Requirements for Masonry Structures, as modified and
continuous in the wall." ACI 530.1-92/ASCE 6-92 Specifications for Masonry
Add the following sections: Structures, as modified except for those provisions
"A.3.10 - Non-bearing back-up or infill walls and non- found in Appendix A Special Provisions for Seismic
bearing partitions need not comply with the vertical and Design.
horizontal (2 way) reinforcing requirements of section * Local Law 17-1995; 264-73 BCR
A.3.8 if the requirements set forth in A.3.10.1 through
**
A.3.10.4 are met. REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-3
A.3.10.1 - The cross sectional area of uniformly spaced ACI 318-1989 BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS
steel reinforcement in either the horizontal or the FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE
vertical direction shall equal or exceed 0.0005 times the Comments - The commentary on Building Code
gross cross sectional area of the masonry. Requirements for Reinforced Concrete (ACI 318-89)
A.3.10.2 - Reinforcement shall be continuous between may be used as a guide for interpreting this standard.
supports. MODIFICATIONS - The provisions of ACI 318-
A.3.10.3 - Spacing of prescribed horizontal reinforcement 89 shall be subject to the following modifications. The
shall not exceed 16 inches for joint reinforcement and 4 section and subdivision numbers are from that standard.
feet for reinforcement bars in grouted bond beams. -Delete this section and substitute the following:
When vertical reinforcement is used, bars shall not "1.2.1 - The applicable provisions of the building code
exceed placement at 10 feet on center and at the ends of of the city of New York shall apply."
walls. 1.2.2 -Delete this section.
A.3.10.4 - Lateral support anchorage shall be provided 1.2.3 -Delete this section.
between the non-loadbearing back-up, infill or partition 1.3.1 -Delete this section and substitute the
wall and its structural support. Spacing of anchors shall following:
conform to the provisions of Sections 4.2 and 5.11 and "1.3.1 - The applicable provisions of the building code
shall not exceed the spacing of prescribed reinforcement. shall apply."

139
Reference Standard 10

1.3.2 -Delete this section. "5.6.1.1 - Whenever strength tests of concrete

1.3.4 -Delete this section. specimens are required by the provisions of the building
1.4 -Delete this section and substitute the code of the city of New York, compression test samples
following: shall be taken directly from the mixer in accordance
"1.4 - The provisions of the building code for with reference standard RS 10-51, cured in accordance
equivalent systems of design shall apply." with reference standard RS 10-52, and tested at the age
3.1.3 -Delete this section. of 28 days or as otherwise specified in accordance with
3.6.6 -Delete this section and substitute the reference standard RS 10-17."
following: 5.6.1.2 -Delete this section and substitute the
"3.6.6 - Fly Ash may be used in lieu of Chemical following:
Admixtures (ASTM C494) RS 10-44." "5.6.1.2 - Three test specimens shall be molded for each
-Delete "5.3.2" on the second line and insert the words 50 cubic yards or fraction thereof for each class of
"Section 5.6.1.6 as listed", and delete the last sentence. concrete placed in any one day's concreting. In
5.1.2 -Delete "5.6.2" on the second line and addition, concrete test specimens shall be made from
insert the words " the New York City concrete taken out of the bucket, hopper or forms as
Building code". directed by the engineer designated for controlled
5.2.1(c) -Delete "5.6" on the second line and inspection. These test specimens shall be separate and
insert the words " the New York City distinct from those made from the mixer and shall be
Building code". made from the same batch and cured and tested in the
5.2.3 -Delete this section. same manner as described above for the samples taken
5.3 -Delete the words "and/or trial from the mixer."
mixtures". 5.6.1.3 -Delete this section and substitute the
-Delete the words "Standard deviation" and insert the following:
words "Method II Proportioning on the basis of field "5.6.1.3 - The number of test specimens made from the
experience". concrete taken out of the bucket, hopper or forms may
5.3.1.1(c) -Delete the words "except as provided be reduced to a minimum of one set of three (3)
in 5.3.1.2". specimens for every 150 cubic yards, or fraction
5.3.1.2 -Delete in its entirety, including Table thereof, for each class of concrete placed in any one
5.3.1.2. day's concreting. When the concrete is being placed
5.3.2.1 -Delete "or 5.3.1.2" at the end of the directly from the mixer into the forms without any
sentence. intermediate conveyance, the above additional specimens
5.3.2.2 -Delete in its entirety, including Table will not be required."
5.3.2.2. 5.6.1.4 -Delete this section and substitute the following:
5.3.3 -Delete the words "several strength "5.6.1.4 - Additional specimens may be molded and
test records, or trial mixtures" at the tested where there is a question as to the required
end of the sentence. interval between placing of concrete and stripping
-Delete the third sentence starting with words "For the forms or placing the structure into use."
purpose of" and ending with the words "less than 45 Add the following section:
days". "5.6.1.5 - The test specimens shall be tested by licensed
-Add a period on the third line after the word concrete testing laboratory. The testing of each batch of
"mixtures", delete the remainder of the section, and add three specimens shall be considered one strength test.
the following sentence: The strength of such test shall be the average of the
"The Trial mixtures shall conform to the provisions of breaking strengths of the three specimens comprising
Section 27-605(a)(3) of the New York City Building the test, except that if one of the specimens shall manifest
Code." evidence of improper sampling, molding, handling or
5.4.1 -Delete this section and substitute the testing, it shall be discarded and the remaining two
following: averaged. If more than one specimen must be discarded,
"Proportioning shall conform to New York City the entire strength test shall be voided."
Building Code Section 27-605(a) Method I." Add the following section:
Table 5.4 -Delete in its entirety. "5.6.1.6 - The average of all sets of three consecutive
5.4.2 -Delete this section. strength tests representing each class of concrete shall
5.4.3 -Delete this section. be equal or greater than the specified strength (f ’c) and
5.5 (b) -Delete this section. not more than 10% of the strength tests shall have
5.6.1.1 -Delete this section and substitute the values less than the specified strength, but no test shall
following: show an average strength less than 85% of the specified

140
Reference Standard 10

strength." "sandwich" immediately above the columns shall be

5.6.2.1 -Delete this section. stone concrete, placed in accordance with the
5.6.2.2 -Delete this section. requirements of Section 10.13.
-After the word "satisfactory" in the second line, delete 5.14.7 - The engineer will insure that there are no cold
the remainder of the section and add the words "if the joints at the interface between the lightweight concrete
provisions of Section 5.6.1.6 are met". and stone portions of the slabs or beams.
5.6.2.4 -Delete this section. 5.14.8 - All data shall be submitted periodically to the
5.6.3.1 -Delete the words "Building Official" Department of Buildings for review."
on the first line and insert the word Add the following section:
"Commissioner". "6.1.7 - For additional form work requirements, see
-Delete the first three lines through the words "[Section applicable provisions of Building Code Section 27-
5.6.2.3(b)]", and substitute the following: "If tests of 1035."
laboratory cured specimens fail to conform to the Add the following sections:
requirements of Section 5.6.1.6 refer to Section "6.3.13 - Concrete cover over electrical cables and
5.6.3.4." snow melting pipes in sidewalks shall meet the
-Delete the words "strength test more than 500 psi requirements of the Bureau of Highways of the
below specified value of f ’c and insert the words "set of Department of Transportation.
three specimen tests which fail to conform to the 6.3.14 - No conduits, pipes or other similar embedded
requirements of Section 5.6.1.6." items will be permitted in prestressed or post-tension
Add the following section: concrete members other than as shown on the plans as
"5.9.3 - Conveying by pumping methods shall be in filed with the Department of Buildings or on shop
accordance with the applicable provisions of the drawings reviewed by the engineer of record.
Building Code." Computations demonstrating the effects of such
-Add a period on the second line after the word "used", embedded items on the structural adequacy of prestressed
delete the words "unless approved by the Engineer" and or post-tensioned concrete shall be submitted."
add the following sentence: "For additional Add the following section:
requirements see applicable provisions of the Building "10.13.4 - When the specified compressive strength of
Code Section 27-607(a)(2)." concrete in a column is greater than 1.4 times that
Add the following sections: specified for a floor system, the following additional
"5.14 - SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR HIGH requirements shall be adhered to:
STRENGTH CONCRETE (a) All of the design provisions of Section 10.13
5.14.1 - All high strength concrete (6000 PSI and (unmodified) are adhered to.
higher) shall be proportioned and manufactured only in (b) Application is made to the Borough Superintendent in
accordance with the provisions of Building Code each individual case.
Section 27-605(b) Method II Proportioning on the basis (c) The concrete construction is supervised and
of field experience. inspected continuously by a full-time Professional
5.14.2 - All high strength concrete specimens shall be Engineer responsible for controlled inspection of
made utilizing metal or plastic molds that comply with concrete and not in the regular employ of the owner or
reference standard RS 10-52. Each test shall consist of contractor. Such engineer shall perform no other work
eight specimens taken directly from the mixer. Two during the construction of the particular building nor
specimens shall be tested at seven days, three at 28 days shall he delegate his responsibility to any subordinates.
and three at 56 days. These requirements are in addition (d) The Professional Engineer referred to in subdivision
to the hopper specimens as required by the Building (c) above, without incurring any personal liability, shall
Code. be authorized to stop construction, reject any concrete,
5.14.3 - At the time of placement of high strength direct that the concrete testing laboratory being used be
concrete, two concrete production facilities shall be dismissed and a new laboratory be retained.
available. Said facilities shall have been previously (e) Affidavits by the parties involved shall be filed with
approved by the architect or engineer designated for and be acceptable to the Borough Superintendent prior
controlled inspection. to approval of any plans."
5.14.4 - All high strength concrete for columns shall be Add the following section:
of normal weight concrete. "12.1.3. - Development (Section 12.2) and splice
5.14.5 - The requirements of Section 10.13.4 shall be lengths (Section 12.5) computed based on the minimum
adhered in all respects. requirements of the ACI 318-83 code are deemed
5.14.6 - Where lightweight concrete is to be used for equally applicable for usage.
the floor system, the columns and the beam or slab - Delete this section and substitute the following:

141
Reference Standard 10

"16.4.2 - Lifting devices shall have a capacity sufficient AISC-1993 Specification for Structural Steel
to support four times the appropriate portion of the Buildings - Allowable Stress Design and Plastic
members dead weight. The inclination of the lifting Design, effective June 1, 1993, as modified.
force shall be considered." MODIFICATIONS - The provisions of AISC-ASD
16.4.2.1 - Delete this section. 1989, Specification for Structural Steel Buildings -
16.4.2.2 - Delete this section. Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design, shall be
16.4.2.3 - Delete this section. subject to the following modifications. The section and
- Add the following sentence to the beginning paragraph numbers are from that standard.
of this section: "New York City is to be considered in a
region of moderate risk." CHAPTER A GENERAL PROVISIONS
**Local Law 17-1995; 1077-86 BCR A3 MATERIAL - Add the following after
the next to last paragraph of section A3.1a.
*
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-4 "Special Steels other than those listed above
PRECAST CONCRETE AND PRESTRESSED may be used in accordance with the provisions of this
CONCRETE reference standard when approved by the NYCDOB for
ACI 318-1989 Building Code Requirement for Reinforced such use."
Concrete A4 LOADS AND FORCES - Delete this
MNL-120-1985 Prestressed Concrete Institute Design text and substitute the following:
Handbook, Third Edition. "The provisions of the building code for loads
MODIFICATIONS - The applicable section of ACI shall apply".
318-89 as modified by the applicable provisions of A5 DESIGN BASIS - Delete the text of
reference standard RS 10-3 shall apply for precast Subsection 2. Wind and Seismic Stresses and substitute
concrete and prestressed concrete. the following:
*Local Law 17-1995; 455-89 BCR; 1077-86 BCR "The applicable provisions of the Building
Code for combinations of loads shall apply."
***
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-5A

A6 REFERENCED CODES AND STANDARDS - Revise the list of publications of the following
listed standards to read as follows:

American National Standards institute

ANSI/ASCE 7-93 (Formerly ANSI A58.1-82)

American Society for Testing and Materials

ASTM A6-94a ASTM A27-93 ASTM A36-94
ASTM A53-93a ASTM A148-93b ASTM A193-94b
ASTM A194-94a ASTM A242-93a ASTM A307-94
ASTM A325-94 ASTM A354-94 ASTM A449-93
ASTM A490-93 ASTM A500-93 ASTM A501-93
ASTM A502-93 ASTM A514-94a ASTM A529-94
ASTM A563-94 ASTM A570-92 ASTM A572-94b
ASTM A588-94 ASTM A606-91a ASTM A607-92a
ASTM A618-93 ASTM A668-93 ASTM A687-93
ASTM A709-94A ASTM A852-93a ASTM C33-93
ASTM C330-89 ASTM F436-93

American Welding Society

AWS D1.1-94 AWS A5.1-91 AWS A5.5-89
AWS A5.17-89 AWS A5.18-93 AWS A5.20-89
AWS A5.23-90 AWS A5.28-90 AWS A5.29.89

Research Council on Structural Connections

Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325

or A490 Bolts, 1988

142
Reference Standard 10

CHAPTER B DESIGN REQUIREMENTS B 11 the eccentricity perpendicular to the plane of the

PROPORTIONING OF CRANE GIRDERS connection shall be considered in proportioning both
Add the following at the end of the section. the member and the connection."
"The applicable provisions of the Building J2.WELDS - Add the following paragraph
Code for moving loads shall apply." before the first paragraph in Sec. J2.
"The provisions of the Building Code for
CHAPTER H COMBINED STRESSES welding operations, the Board of Standards and
H1 AXIAL COMPRESSION AND BENDING Appeals Rules for ARC and GAS Welding and Oxygen
- In the last sentence of the definition of F'c, delete the cutting of steel covering the Specifications for Design,
reference to Section A5.2 and substitute the following: Fabrication and Inspection of ARC and GAS Welding
"The provisions of the Building Code for wind Steel Structures and the Qualification of Welders and
load shall apply." Supervisors, and Board of Standards and Appeals Rules
for Electroslag Welding Approvals shall apply."
CHAPTER I COMPOSITE Add the following paragraph after the first paragraph in
CONSTRUCTION Sec. J2.:
I1 DEFINITION - Add the following "Welding equipment used to perform
paragraph as the first paragraph: submerged - arc, gas metal - arc and flux cored arc
"Composite construction used for members welding of high strength steel; and electro-slag or
subjected to heavy vehicle loads, as defined in the electro-gas welding of all steel shall be approved."
Building Code for moving loads (except where applied J3.BOLTS, THREADED PARTS AND
vehicle is limited to passenger cars), shall be RIVETS
proportioned in accordance with the requirement of 2. Size and Use of Holes - Add the following after the
reference standard RS 9-3. title of paragraphs c., d., and e;
Add the following as item 4 of the new third paragraph: "subject to the approval of the engineer of
"4. The minimum specified compressive record,"
strength of concrete (f'c) for all encased composite 6.Combined Tension and Shear in Slip-critical Joints -
beams shall be 3,000 lbs. per sq. in. and shall meet the Delete the last sentence in Section 6. and substitute the
applicable requirements of the Building Code." following:
I2 DESIGN ASSUMPTIONS - Add the "Allowable stresses for A combination of loads for
following after the term, "0.76Fy" in the last sentence A325 and A490 bolts shall be used in slip-critical
of section I2, paragraph 1: connections. The applicable provisions of the Building
"provided the encased beam is A36 steel, not Code for wind load shall apply."
more than 40 inches in depth and the concrete is made
with ASTM C33 aggregate." CHAPTER K SPECIAL DESIGN
I4 SHEAR CONNECTORS - Add the CONSIDERATION
following at the end of the third paragraph: K2.PONDING - Add the following paragraph:
"For aggregate not complying with the above, In roof systems where secondary members are made up
the Department of Buildings Rules for Design of of materials other than steel, the depth of beams and
Composite Construction with Metal Decks or girders supporting flat roofs shall not be less than
Lightweight Concrete dated Sept. 8, 1975 shall be used. fb/600 times their span length whether designed as
Working values for use with construction for which simple or continuous spans."
design values have not been established in accordance K4.FATIGUE - The provisions of this section
with the foregoing and for connector types other than shall not apply to the design of overhead beams for
those shown in Table I4.1 shall be established by a elevators and hoisting apparatus nor to their immediate
prequalified load test as set forth in Section 27-599. The supporting framing.
minimum specified compressive strength of concrete
(f'c) shall be 3,000 psi. CHAPTER L SERVICEABILITY
DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
CHAPTER J CONNECTIONS, JOINTS L2.EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION -
AND FASTENERS Delete this text and substitute the following:
J1.GENERAL PROVISIONS "The provisions of the building code for loads
9. PLACEMENT OF WELDS, BOLTS due to thermal forces shall apply."
AND RIVETS - At the end of the last sentence add the L6. MINIMUM THICKNESS OF METAL -
following: Add this additional section following Section L5
"The foregoing provisions notwithstanding, CORROSION:

143
Reference Standard 10

"L6. MINIMUM THICKNESS OF METAL steel is used under the conditions listed in paragraph (1)
All exterior members of structural steel, except roofing through (7) below. However, these surfaces shall be
and siding, that are exposed to the weather shall have a cleaned of oil and grease by solvent cleaners and be
protective coating as required by the provisions of cleaned of dirt and other foreign material by thorough
Section M3,1. and shall have a minimum thickness of brushing with a fiber brush.
metal of 0.23 in. (1) Structural steel that is encased in concrete
Exception: The minimum thickness of metal (other than cinder concrete) or surfaces that abut
may conform to the requirements for stress under the concrete (other than cinder concrete) at interior
following conditions: locations.
1. Exterior members exposed to the weather - An (2) Structural steel encased in non-corrosive fire
approved type of atmospheric corrosion resistant steel resistive materials that are bonded or secured to the
is used or exposed surfaces are zinc coated with a steel surfaces by approved means.
minimum weight of coating of approximately 0.6 (3) Surfaces of structural steel that are to be
ounces per square foot of exposed surface and covered riveted, bolted or welded together.
with a protective coating as required by section M3 or (4) Surfaces of structural steel within 2 in. of field
exposed surfaces are protected by other means. welds shall be free of protective coatings that would
2. Members not exposed to the weather - All prevent proper welding or produce objectionable fumes
members, except that members located where they while welding is being done.
would be subject to accidental impact, shall be stiffened (5) Surfaces of structural steel that have been
to resist such impact. machine finished.
3. Roofing and siding - All members, provided that (6) Surfaces of types of structural steel that have
surfaces which are exposed to the weather shall have a been specifically approved for use without metal
protective coating. protection.
4. Temporary construction that will be in place for a (7) Structural steel members that are completely
period of one year or less, provided that all surfaces concealed by interior finish such as lath and plaster,
which are exposed to the weather shall have a masonry, etc., need not be painted except that where
protective coating. such members are subject to condensation from piping,
5. Joists or purlins that are exposed to the weather but are in shower or steam rooms, are exposed to chemical
which do not support more than 200 sq. ft. of floor or fumes or are exposed to other conditions of potentially
roof area, and which have a protective coating as aggressive corrosion.
required by section M3,1. (c) Parts of structural members left unpainted
because of welding, bolting or riveting operations are
CHAPTER M FABRICATION, ERECTION not exempted from painting by the provisions of
AND QUALITY CONTROL subsection (b) above shall receive a field application of
M1. SHOP DRAWINGS - Add the metal protection as prescribed in subsection (a) above.
following paragraph to Section M1. (d) Structural steel that will remain exposed to the
"The shop drawings shall include the location weather or to a corrosive atmosphere shall receive an
of oversized, short-slotted or long-slotted holes." additional coat of metal protection of another color after
erection, except for types of structural steels that have
M3. SHOP PAINTING been specifically intended for use under exposure to the
1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - Delete this weather without protection.
section and substitute the following: (e) All abrasions to, or deteriorations of, the
"1. PAINTING OF STRUCTURAL STEEL protective coating shall be spot painted."
(a) All structural steel, except as provided in M4. ERECTION
subsection (b) of this section, shall receive one coat of 6. Delete in its entirety.
paint, zinc, or bituminous coating, or equivalent metal 7. FIELD CONNECTIONS - Add the following
protection before erection. The protection shall be paragraph to Section 7:
applied thoroughly and evenly to dry surfaces which "Field connections shall meet the requirements
have been cleaned of loose mill scale, loose rust, weld for corresponding types of shop connections described
slag flux deposit, dirt, and other foreign matter. Oil and in section M2. No holes, copes or cuts of any type shall
grease deposits shall be removed. Surfaces inaccessible be made to facilitate erection unless specifically shown
after assembly shall be treated as required above prior on the shop drawings or authorized in writing by the
to assembly. engineers or architect of record.
(b) Surfaces of structural steel shall not be Add the following new Section 8:
required to receive metal protection when the structural "8. HANDLING AND STORING

144
Reference Standard 10

MATERIALS
"All steel members shall be shipped and A6 REFERENCED CODES AND
handled in a manner that will not cause injury to STANDARDS - Revise the list of publications of the
protective coatings or permanent deformations of the following listed standards to read as follows:
members. Steel members shall not be dropped, thrown, or American Society of Civil Engineers
dragged. Any bends, crimps or other evidence of ASCE 7 93
permanent deformations shall be straightened by
methods approved by the engineer or architect of record American Society for Testing and Materials
or the piece shall be rejected. Materials shall be stored ASTM A6-94a ASTM A27-93
out of contact with the ground, kept clean, and in ASTM A36-94 ASTM A53-93a
general protected against damage and corrosion. ASTM A148-93b ASTM A193-94b
ASTM A194-94a ASTM A242-93a
M5. QUALITY CONTROL - Add the ASTM A307-94 ASTM A325-94
following paragraph before paragraph one: ASTM A354-94 ASTM A449-93
"The requirements of the building code for ASTM A490-93 ASTM A500-93
quality control shall apply." ASTM A501-93 ASTM A502-93
Add this section following Section M5.5 ASTM A514-94a ASTM A529-94
IDENTIFICATION OF STEEL ASTM A563-94 ASTM A570-92
ASTM A572-94b ASTM A588-94
"6. INSPECTION OF CONNECTIONS ASTM A606-91a ASTM A607-92a
All connections, both field and shop, shall be subject to ASTM A618-93 ASTM A668-93
Controlled Inspection pursuant to the requirements of ASTM A687-93 ASTM A709-94A
Section 27-132, Section 27-585 and Table 10-2 of ASTM A852-93a ASTM C33-93
Section 27-586 of the Administrative Building Code." ASTM C330-89 ASTM F436-93

***DOB 6-17-96; 617-87 BCR; 738-86 BCR; 799-79 BCR American Welding Society
AWS D1.1-94 AWS A5.1-91
**
REFERENCE STANDARD 10-5B AWS A5.5-89 AWS A5.17-89
AISC-LRFD Load and Resistance Factor AWS A5.18-93 AWS A5.20-89
Design Specification for Structural Steel Buildings, AWS A5.23-90 AWS A5.28-90
effective December 1, 1993. AWS A5.29-89

MODIFICATIONS - The provisions of CHAPTER B DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

AISC-LRFD Load and Resistance Factor Design Add the following at the end of the section.
Specifications for Structural Steel Buildings, December "The applicable provisions of the Building
1, 1993 shall be subject to the following modifications. Code for moving loads shall apply."
The section and paragraph numbers are from that
standard. CHAPTER I COMPOSITE MEMBERS
A3 MATERIAL - Revise the first line of I1. DESIGN ASSUMPTIONS - Add the
Subsection 1. and add a new Subsection 7. to read as following paragraph at the beginning of the section.
follows: "Concrete-Plain and Reinforced-All concrete
"Material conforming to the following materials and reinforcing shall meet the applicable
standard specifications shall be used." requirements of the building code. Composite
"7. Special Steels. construction used for member subject to heavy vehicle
Steels other than those listed above may be used in loads, as defined in the building code for moving loads
accordance with the provisions of this reference (except where the applied vehicle is limited to
standard when approved by the NYCDOB for such passenger cars), shall be proportioned in accordance
use." with the requirements of Reference Standard RS 9-3."
A4 LOADS AND LOAD COMBINATIONS I3. FLEXURAL MEMBERS - Add the
- Add the following as paragraph one. following to the end of the second paragraph in
"The provisions of the building code for loads shall subsection 3. Strength of Concrete-encased Beams.
apply. The load factors and load combinations "provided the encased beam is A36 structural
contained in Subsections 1. , 2. and 3. of this section steel not more than 40 in. in depth and the concrete has a
shall be used in conjunction with designs based on the minimum compressive strength of 3,000 lbs. per square
use of this AISC-LRFD specification." inch and is made with ASTM C33 aggregate."

145
Reference Standard 10

I5. SHEAR CONNECTORS - Add the K2. PONDING - Add the following paragraph
following paragraphs after the first paragraph of at the end of the section.
subsection 1. Materials. "In roof systems where secondary members
"For aggregate not complying with ASTM are made up of materials other than steel, the depth of
C33, the Department of Buildings' Rules for Design of the beams and girders supporting flat roofs shall not be
Composite Construction with Metal Decks or less than fb/600 times their span length whether
Lightweight Concrete, dated September 8, 1975 or as designed as simple or continuous spans."
subsequently revised, shall be adhered to. Working K3. FATIGUE - Add the following paragraph
values for use with construction for which design "The design of overhead beams for elevators
values have not been established in accordance with the and hoisting apparatus and their immediate supporting
foregoing and for connector types other than those framing and their connections shall be designed for
covered by Subsections 3. and 4. of Section I5 shall be fatigue loading."
established by a prequalified load test as set forth in L2. EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION -
Section 27-599. The minimum specified compressive Precede the present text with the following:
strength of concrete (f'c) shall be 3,000 psi. "The provisions of the building code for loads
I6. SPECIAL CASES - Add the following to due to thermal forces shall apply."
the end of the paragraph. All exterior members of structural steel, except roofing
"satisfactory to the commissioner." and siding, that are exposed to the weather shall have a
protective coating as required by the provisions of
CHAPTER J CONNECTIONS, JOINTS AND Section M3.9 and shall have a minimum thickness of
FASTENERS metal of 0.23 in. Exception: The minimum thickness
JI GENERAL PROVISIONS of metal may conform to the requirements for stress
8. Placement of Welds and Bolts-At the end of the last under the following conditions:
sentence add the following: 1. Exterior members exposed to the weather - A type
"The foregoing provisions notwithstanding, the of atmospheric corrosion resistant steel is used or
eccentricity perpendicular to the plane of the exposed surfaces are zinc coated with a minimum
connection shall be considered in proportioning both weight of coating of approximately 0.6 ounces per
the number and the connection." square foot of exposed surface and covered with a
12. WELDS - Add the following paragraph at the protective coating as required by section M3. or
beginning of the section before the initial paragraph. exposed surfaces are protected by other means.
"The provisions of the building code for 2. Members not exposed to the weather - All
welding operations, the Board of Standards and members, except that members located where they
Appeals' Rules for Arc and Gas Welding and Oxygen would be subject to accidental impact, shall be stiffened
Cutting and Steel Covering the Specifications for to resist such impact.
Design, Fabrication and Inspection of Arc and Gas 3. Roofing and siding - All members, provided that
Welded Steel Structures and Qualification of Welders surfaces which are exposed to the weather, shall have a
and Supervisors, and the Board of Standards and protective coating.
Appeals' rules for Electro-slag Welding Approvals shall 4. Temporary construction that will be in place for a
apply." period of one year or less, provided that all surfaces
Add the following paragraph after the first which are exposed to the weather shall have a
paragraph in Section J2. protective coating.
"Welding equipment used to perform 5. Joists or purlins that are exposed to the weather but
submerged - arc, gas metal-arc and flux cored arc which do not support more than 200 sq. ft. of floor or
welding of high strength steel and electro-slag or roof area, and which have a protective coating as
electro-gas welding of all steel shall be approved." required by section M3."
J3. BOLTS AND THREADED PARTS
2. Size and Use of Holes - Add the following CHAPTER M FABRICATION, ERECTION
after the title of paragraph c., d., and e. AND QUALITY CONTROL
"subject to the approval of the engineer of record," M1. SHOP DRAWINGS - Add the following
6. Combined Tension and Shear in Slip-critical after the first paragraph.
Joints - Add the following: "The plans shall include the location of
"Allowable stresses for a combination of loads oversized, short-slotted or long-slotted holes."
for A325 and A490 bolts shall be used in slip-critical M3. SHOP PAINTING - Delete this section
connections. The applicable provisions of the Building and substitute the following:
Code for wind load shall apply." "M3.PAINTING OF STRUCTURAL STEEL

146
Reference Standard 10

(a) All structural steel, except as provided in subsection "Field connections shall meet the requirements
(b) of this section, shall receive one coat of paint, zinc, for corresponding types of shop connections described
or bituminous coating, or equivalent metal protection in section M2., subsection 5, Bolted Construction. No
before erection. The protection shall be applied holes, copes or cuts of any type shall be made to
thoroughly and evenly to dry surfaces which have been facilitate erection unless specifically shown on the shop
cleaned of loose mill scale, loose rust, weld slag flux drawings or authorized in writing by the engineer or
deposit, dirt and other foreign matter. Oil and grease architect of record.
deposits shall be removed. Surfaces inaccessible after M4. ERECTION - Add the following new
assembly shall be treated as required above prior to subsection 8.
assembly. "8. Handling and Storing Materials.
(b) Surfaces of structural steel shall not be required to All steel members shall be shipped and handled in a
receive metal protection when the structural steel is manner that will not cause injury to protective coatings
used under the conditions listed in paragraph (1) or permanent deformations of the members. Steel
through (7) below. However, these surfaces shall be members shall not be dropped, thrown, or dragged. Any
cleaned of oil and grease by solvent cleaners and be bends, crimps or other evidence of permanent
cleaned of dirt and other foreign material by thorough deformations shall be straightened by methods
brushing with a fiber brush. approved by the engineer or architect of record or the
(1) Structural steel that is encased in concrete (other piece shall be rejected. Materials shall be stored out of
than cinder concrete) or surfaces that abut concrete contact with the ground, kept clean, and, in general,
(other than cinder concrete) at interior locations. protected against damage and corrosion."
(2) Structural steel encased in non-corrosive fire M5. QUALITY CONTROL - Add the
resistive materials that are bonded or secured to the following paragraph before the initial paragraph:
steel surfaces by approved means. "The requirements of the building code for
(3) Surfaces of structural steel that are to be riveted, quality control shall also apply."
bolted or welded together. Add this section following Section M5.5 Identification of
(4) Surfaces of structural steel within 2 in. of field Steel:
welds shall be free of protective coatings that would All connections, both field and shop, shall be subject to
prevent proper welding or produce objectionable fumes Controlled Inspection pursuant to the requirements of
while welding is being done. Section 27-132, Section 27-585 and Table 10-2 of
(5) Surfaces of structural steel that have been machine Section 27-586 of the Administrative Building Code."
finished. **DOB 6-17-96; 617-87 BCR
(6) Surfaces of types of structural steel that have been
***
specifically approved for use without metal protection. REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-5C
(7) Structural steel members that are completely STEEL STRUCTURES RESISTING
concealed by interior finish such as lath and plaster, EARTHQUAKE FORCES
masonry, etc., need not be painted except that where UBC SECTION 2723-1990 Steel Structures
such members are subject to condensation from piping, Resisting Forces Induced by Earthquake Motions in
are in shower or steam rooms, are exposed to chemical Seismic Zones Nos. 1 and 2 with Accumulative
fumes or are exposed to other conditions of potentially Supplement.
aggressive corrosion. MODIFICATIONS - The provisions of UBC
(c) Parts of structural members left unpainted because Section 2723 shall be subject to the following
of welding, bolting or riveting operations, not exempted modifications. The subdivisions, paragraphs, subparagraphs
from painting by the provisions of subsection (b) above, and items are from that standard.
shall receive a field application of metal protection as Subdivision (a) General, Paragraph 1.
prescribed in subsection a. above. Delete this paragraph and substitute the following:
(d) Structural steel that will remain exposed to the "1. Design and construction of steel framing in
weather or to a corrosive atmosphere shall receive an lateral force resisting systems shall conform to the
additional coat of metal protection of another color after requirements of this reference standard. The use of
erection, except for types of structural steels that have reference standard RS 10-5B is prohibited for the
been specifically approved for use under exposure to design of seismic resisting elements."
the weather without protection. Subdivision (b) Definitions.
(e) All abrasions to, or deteriorations of, the protective Delete this subdivision and substitute the
coating shall be spot painted." following:
M4. ERECTION - Add the following to "(b) Definitions. ALLOWABLE STRESSES
subsection 7. Field Connections. are prescribed in reference standard RS 10-5A.
CHEVRON BRACING is that form of

147
Reference Standard 10

bracing where a pair of braces located either above or Subdivision (d) Ordinary Moment Frame
below a beam terminates at a single point within the Requirements.
clear beam span. Delete the words "Section 2723(e)1" and insert
CONNECTION is the group of elements that the words "paragraph 1 of Special Moment-resisting
connect the member to the joint. Frame (SMRF) Requirements".
DIAGONAL BRACING is that form of bracing Subdivision (e) Special Moment-resisting
that diagonally connects joints at different levels. Frame Requirements (SMRF).
ECCENTRIC BRACED FRAME (EBF) is Paragraph 1, Subparagraph A. Required
that form of braced frame where at least one end of
Strength.
each brace intersects a beam at a point away from the
Delete the words "Formula 22-1" in item (ii)
column girder joint.
GIRDER is the horizontal member in a and insert the words "the panel zone strength, defined
seismic frame. The words beam and girder may be used as:
interchangeably. V=0.55Fydct (1+3bctcf2/dbdct)
JOINT is the entire assemblage at the where:
intersections of members. t = the total thickness of the joint panel zone including
K BRACING is that form of bracing where a doubler plates
pair of braces located on one side of a column terminates db = the depth of the beam
at a single point within the clear column height. dc = the column depth
LINK BEAM is that part of a beam in an bc = the width of the column flange
eccentric braced frame which is designed to yield in tcf = the thickness of the column flange".
shear and/or bending so that buckling of the bracing
members is prevented. Paragraph 3, Subparagraph A. Restrained joint.
STRENGTH is the strength as prescribed in Delete item (i) and substitute the following:
reference standard RS 10-5A. “Σ/Zc(Fyc – fa)/ΣZbFyb>1.0
V BRACING is that form of chevron bracing where (fa ≥0).”
that intersects a beam above and inverted V bracing is Paragraph 3, Subparagraph B. Unrestrained joint.
that form of chevron bracing that intersects a beam
Delete the words "Section 2703, Formula (3-
from below.
2)" in the first sentence and insert the words: "Section
X BRACING is that form of bracing where a
pair of diagonal braces cross near midlength of the 1.6.2 of reference standard RS 10-5A".
bracing members." Delete the words "Section 2723(e)3A and P-
Subdivision (c) Materials. delta" in the sentence following item (ii) and insert the
Delete this subdivision and exception and words "Section 2723(f)3A, as well as P-delta effects".
substitute the following: Add new a Paragraph 5 entitled Drift
"(c) 1. Materials. Materials shall be as Calculations to read as follows:
prescribed in reference standard RS 10-5A. Structural "5. Drift Calculations. Drift calculations shall
steel designed to be part of the lateral force resisting include bending and shear contributions from the clear
system of multistory buildings shall not have a girder and column spans, column axial deformation,
specified yield strength greater than 50,000 psi. and the rotation and distortion of the panel zone.
2. Member Strength. When these provisions Exceptions:
require that the strength of the member be developed, 1. Drift calculations may be based on column and
the following shall be used: girder centerlines where either of the following
conditions is met:
Members: Strength a. It can be demonstrated that the drift so computed for
Flexure Ms=ZFy frames of similar configuration is typically within 15
Shear Vs=.55Fydt percent of that determined above.
Axial compression Psc=1.7FaA b. The column panel zone strength can develop 0.8
Axial tension Pst=FyA Σ/Ms of the girders framing to the column flanges at the
Connectors: joint.
Full penetration welds FyA 2. Column axial deformations may be neglected if
Partial penetration and they contribute less than 10 percent to the total drift."
fillet welds 1.7*Allowable Subdivision (f) Requirements for Braced Frames.
Bolts 1.7*Allowable Paragraph 2, Subparagraph A. Stress reduction.
Delete the words "2702(b) 3 and Section 2303(d)" of
Members need not be compact unless the definition of "Fa" and substitute the words "1.5.1.3
otherwise required by this chapter." and Section 1.5.6 of reference standard RS 10-5A".

148
Reference Standard 10

Paragraph 2, Subparagraph C. Compression elements in braces. G-FABRICATION, ERECTION, MINIMUM

Delete the number "2706" and insert the words "1.9 of THICKNESS OF METAL AND PAINTING
reference standard RS 10-5A". The applicable provisions of Reference Standard RS
Paragraph 3, Subparagraph B. Net area. 10-5 shall apply supplemented as follows:
Delete the words “2722(g)3A” in F* and 2722(g)2A in G1.1 Fabrication
α and insert the words “2723(f)3A” and “2723 (f)2A” (a) Straightening and flattening-All materials shall be
for F* and α, respectively. clean and straight. If straightening or flattening is necessary,
Subdivision (h) Nondestructive Testing. it shall be done by a suitable process or method and in a
Delete the words "Section 2722(i) and insert the words manner that will not injure the material.
"reference standard RS 10-5A". (b) Profiles used structurally shall conform to the
***Local Law 17-1995. specified dimension. Care shall be taken not to stretch,
bend, or otherwise distort parts of the sections unless
* REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-6 such forming is an integral part of the design.
(c) Cutting and punching-Components may be cut by
AISC-1986 Specification For The Design of Cold- slitting, shearing sawing, or flame cutting. All punched
Formed Steel Structural Members, dated August holes and sheared or flame cut edges of material in
19,1986. members subject to calculated stress shall be clean and
MODIFICATIONS-The provisions of AISI 1980 free from notches and burred edges.
specification for the design of cold-formed steel G1.2 Erection-Care shall be taken to avoid damage
structural members dated August 19,1986, shall be when loading, unloading, and handling members.
subject to the following modifications. The section and *455-89 BCR; 425-81 BCR; 302-73 BCR; 248-70 BCR
paragraph numbers are from that standard. **Closed quotations not enacted here; probably intended.
A3 Material—Add the following to the last sentence of
section A3.2 Other Steels: *** REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-6A
"and provided it is approved for structural
applications in accordance with RS 10-6 by the Board Reference Standard 10-6A, AISI 1974 Specification for
of Standards and Appeals." the Design of Cold-Formed Stainless Steel Structural
A4.4 Wind or Earthquake Loads-Delete Section A4.4 Members.
and substitute the following: MODIFICATIONS-The provisions of AISI-1974
"The provisions of the Building Code for infrequent Specification for the Design of Cold-formed Stainless
stress conditions shall apply." Steel Structural Members shall be subject to the
A5 Structural Analysis and Design-Add the following modifications. The section and paragraph
following as the opening paragraph of section A5.1 numbers are from that standard.
Design Basis: 1.2 Material.
"The stresses indicated herein are applicable only in Add the following to the last sentence of the last
conjunction with the other requirements contained in paragraph of section 1.2: "and provided it is approved
the following subsections:** for structural applications in accordance with RS 10-6A
E2 Welded Connections-Add the following by the Board of Standards and Appeals."
paragraph directly under E2: 3.1 Basic design stresses.
"The provisions of the Building Code for welding Add the following as the opening paragraph of section
operations, the Board of Standards and Appeals, rules 3.1: "The allowable stresses indicated herein are
for Arc and Gas Welding and Oxygen Cutting of Steel applicable only in conjunction with the other
Covering the Specifications for the Design, and the requirements contained in the following subsections."
3.1.2 Wind, earthquake and combined forces.
Qualifications of Welders and Supervisors shall apply.
Delete sections 3.1.2.1 and 3.1.2.2 and substitute the
The requirements of Section E2 shall supplement the
following: "The provisions of the building code for
above requirement not supersede them."
infrequent stress conditions shall apply."
F Test for Special Cases-Delete the text of subsection
4.2 Welds.
(a) and substitute the following:
4.2.1 Fusion welds.
"(a) Tests shall be made in accordance with the
In the fourth paragraph following the words "Structural
provision of the Building Code."
Welding Code, D1.1" add "1975 and D1.1 Rev. 1-76
F1 Tests for Determining Structural Performance-Delete and D1.1 Rev. 2-77."
the text for subsection (b) and substitute the following: 4.5 Bolted connections.
"(b). The provision of the Building Code for load test 4.5.4 Shear stress on bolts.
shall apply.** In paragraph two change the date of issuance of ASTM
Designation A370 to read as follows: A370-76

revision: October 1, 2004 149

Reference Standard 10

6.1 Determination of stress-strain relationships. SJI Standard Specifications for Joist Girders, May
Change the date of issuance of the following standards 15,1978. Revised to May 19,1987.
referred to in section 6.1 as indicated. SJI-1988 Standard Specifications, Load Tables and
E8-69 Weight Tables for Steel Joists and Joist Girder.
E9-77 **MODIFICATIONS:
E141-69 (1) Open web steel joists are prohibited in high rise
6.2 Test for special cases. buildings in all occupancy groups except J-2 or J-3.
6.2.1 General (2) The provisions of the standard specifications for
6.2.1(c) Delete and substitute the following: open web steel joists, longspan steel joists, deep
"Tests shall be made in conformance with the longspan steel joists and joist girders, as listed above,
provisions of the Building Code." shall be subject to the following modifications. The section
6.2.2 Tests for determining structural performance. and paragraph numbers are from those standards.
Delete paragraph 6.2.2(b) and substitute the following: **Local Law 26-2004.
"The provisions of the building code for load tests shall apply."
6.2.3 Tests for determining mechanical properties of SPECIFIC MODIFICATIONS-OPEN WEB STEEL
full sections. Add the date of issuance of the following JOISTS, H-SERIES
standard referred to in section 6.2.3(a) as indicated. 3.1 STEEL
ASTM Designation A370-76 Add the date of publication of the following ASTM specifications:
Add the following section: ASTM A36-88c
Section 7. FABRICATION AND ERECTION ASTM A570-88
The applicable provisions of Reference Standard RS ASTM A606-85
10-5 shall apply supplemented as follows: ASTM A242-87
7.1 Fabrication ASTM A572-88b
(a) Straightening and flattening-All material shall be ASTM A607-85
clean and straight. If straightening or flattening is ASTM A441-85
necessary, it shall be done by a suitable process or ASTM A588-88
method and in a manner that will not injure the material. ASTM A611-85
(b) Profiles and distortion-Profiles used structurally shall 3.2 MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
conform to the specified dimension. Care shall be taken Add the date of publication of the following ASTM
not to stretch, bend, or otherwise distort parts of the sections specifications:
unless such forming is an integral part of the design. ASTM A370-88
(c) Cutting and punching-Components may be cut by ASTM A6-86b
slitting, shearing, sawing or flame cutting. All punched ASTM A611-85
holes and sheared or flame cut edges of material in 3.3 PAINT
members subject to calculated stress shall be clean and The requirements of Reference Standard RS 10-5 shall
free from notches and burred edges. also apply.
(d) Bolted and riveted connections-Holes for bolts or 5.12 INSPECTION
rivets shall be 1/16 inch larger than the nominal Delete this section.
diameter of the bolt and rivet when the diameter of bolt Minimum Thickness of Material-The provisions of
or rivet is 1/2 inch and larger, and 1/32 inch larger than reference standard RS 10-5 shall apply.
the nominal diameter of the bolt or rivet when the
diameter is less than 1/2 inch. SPECIFIC MODIFICATIONS-OPEN WEB STEEL
7.2 Erection - Care shall be taken to avoid damage JOISTS K-SERIES
when loading, unloading, and handling members. 3.1 STEEL
***249-70 BCR Add the date of publication to the following ASTM
specifications:
* REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-7 ASTM A36-88c
SJI Standard Specifications for Open Web Steel Joists, ASTM A588-88
H-series, as modified, February 15,1978, Revised ASTM A242-87
November 7,1983. ASTM A606-85
SJI Standard Specifications for Open Web Steel Joists, ASTM A441-85
K- Series, November 4,1985, Revised May 19,1987. ASTM A607-85
SJI Standard Specifications for Longspan Steel Joists, ASTM A570-88
LH-Series, and Deep Longspan Steel Joists, ASTM A611-85
DLH-Series. February 15,1978. Revised to May 19,1987. ASTM A572-88b

revision: October 1, 2004 150

Reference Standard 10

3.2 MECHANICAL PROPERTIES before, "American Iron and Steel Institute."

Add the date of publication to the following ASTM 103.7 SHOP PAINTING
specifications: Add the following as the first paragraph of this section:
ASTM A370-88 Painting of Joist Girders.- Painting of Joist Girders
ASTM A6-86b shall meet the requirements of reference standard RS
ASTM A611-85 10-7 for Joist Girders. The shop coat shall be applied at
In paragraph three insert "Reference Standard RS10-6" the place of manufacture. All abrasions shall be
before the words, "of the AISI Specification...." touched up at the job site with the same material. Steel
4.1 METHOD joists that remain exposed to the weather or a corrosive
In paragraph one delete the words, "of latest adoption" atmosphere shall receive an additional coat of metal
In paragraph (a) insert "Reference Standard RS 10-5" protection of another color after erection, except for
before "American Institute of Steel Construction." types of structural steels that have been specifically
In paragraph (b) insert "Reference Standard RS 10-6" approved for use under exposure to the weather without
before "American Iron and Steel Institute." metal protection.
4.8 SHOP PAINT 104.13 INSPECTION
Add the following as the first paragraph of this section: Delete this section.
Painting of Open Web Steel Joists.-Painting of Open SPECIFIC MODIFICATIONS—JOIST GIRDERS
Web Steel Joists shall meet the requirements of reference 1002.1 STEEL
standard RS 10-7 for Open Web Steel Joists. The shop Add the date of publication to the following ASTM
coat shall be applied at the place of manufacture. All specifications:
abrasions shall be touched up at the job site with the ASTM A36-88c
same material. Steel joists that remain exposed to the ASTM A588-88
weather or a corrosive atmosphere shall receive an ASTM A242-87
additional coat of metal protection of another color after ASTM A606-85
erection, except for types of structural steels that have ASTM A441-85
been specifically approved for use under exposure to ASTM A607-85
the weather without metal protection. ASTM A570-88b
5.12 INSPECTION ASTM A611-85
Delete this section. ASTM A572-88b
SPECIFIC MODIFICATIONS-LONGSPAN 1002.2 MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
STEEL JOISTS, LH-SERIES AND DEEP Add the date of publication to the following ASTM
LONGSPAN STEEL JOISTS, DLH-SERIES specifications:
102.2 STEEL ASTM A370-88
Add the date of publication to the following ASTM ASTM A6-86b
specifications: ASTM A611-85
ASTM A36-88c 1003.1 METHOD
ASTM A588-88 In paragraph one delete the words, “of latest adoption”.
ASTM A242-87 In paragraph (a) insert “Reference Standard RS 10-5”
ASTM A606-85 before, “American Institute of Steel Construction”.
ASTM A441-85 In paragraph (b) insert “Reference Standard RS 10-6”
ASTM A607-85 before, “American Iron and Steel Institute”.
ASTM A570-88 1003.1 SHOP PAINTING
ASTM A611-85 Add the following as the first paragraph of this section:
ASTM A572-88b Painting of Joist Girders.—Painting of Joist Girders
102.2 MECHANICAL PROPERTIES shall meet the requirements of reference standard RS
Add the date of publication to the following ASTM 10-7 for Joist Girders. The shop coat shall be applied at
specifications: the place of manufacture. All abrasions shall be
ASTM A370-88 touched up at the job site with the same material. Steel
ASTM A6-86b joists that remain exposed to the weather or a corrosive
ASTM A611-85 atmosphere shall receive an additional coat of metal
103.1 METHOD protection of another color after erection, except for
In paragraph one delete the words, "of latest adoption." types of structural steels that have been specifically
In paragraph (a) insert "Reference Standard RS 10-5" approved for use under exposure to the weather without
before, "American Institute of Steel Construction." metal protection.
In paragraph (b) insert "Reference Standard RS 10-6"

151
revision: October 1, 2004
Reference Standard 10

*** REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-8 open web combustible trusses. These requirements are
in addition to Sections 27-327 and 27-345 of the
LUMBER AND TIMBER CONSTRUCTION Building Code.
AF&PA 1991 National Design Specification for Wood 16.2-General.
Construction- and its 1991 Supplement with 1993 16.2.1-General Requirement for Firestopping.
Revisions The space between the ceiling and the floor or roof
MODIFICATIONS-The provisions of AF&PA- above shall be divided by providing firestopping where
National Design Specifications for Wood Construction ceilings are suspended below solid joists or suspended
shall be subject to the following modifications. The from or attached directly to the bottom of open wood
section and paragraph numbers are from that standard. floor trusses in buildings of combustible construction.
Part 1- General Requirements for Structural Design 16.2.1.1-The space shall be divided into approximately
1.4.2 Governed by Codes. equal areas not greater than 500 square feet in buildings
The provisions of the New York City Building Code of combustible construction. The firestopping shall
shall constitute the minimum design loads. generally be provided parallel to the main framing
Part IV-Sawn Lumber members. The roof trusses of private dwellings with
4.1.2.1- When the design values specified herein are roofs having a slope greater than 15 degrees from the
used, the lumber, including end-jointed or edge-jointed horizontal may be excluded from this requirement.
lumber shall be identified in accordance with the 16.2.1.2-Exception-Where the space above the ceiling is of
provisions of the Building Code for Identification. See combustible construction and the building is sprinklered in
Sections 26-251 and 27-618 of the code. accordance with reference standard RS 17-2, above and below
Part XIII-Metal Connector Plates the ceiling, the firestopping may be omitted.
13.2- Design Values for Metal Connector Plates. ***DOB 4-17-96; 455-89 BCR; 288-84 BCR; 510-79 BCR; 394-71 BCR
13.2.1- Tests for Design Values.
Tests to determine lateral design values for metal **
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-9
connector plates shall be conducted in accordance with PLYWOOD CONSTRUCTION
ASTM Standard D1761-88 (Reference 13) or other 1. DEFINITIONS.-
approved test methods. The strength value of the metal (a) Plywood-Plywood is a laminated board or panel,
connector plate in tension and shear shall be determined consisting of a number of veneer sheets bonded together
in accordance with ASTM E489-81. Tensile Strength with either a water-resistant or waterproof adhesive that
Properties of Steel Truss Plates and ASTM E 767-80, forms a bond stronger than the wood itself.
Shear Resistance of Steel Truss Plates. The design (b) Plywood component-A plywood component, for
value for normal load duration shall be determined by purposes of this standard, shall be defined as an element
dividing the test load at wood-to-wood slip of 0.03" by of a structural member formed by the assembly of
1.6 or by dividing the ultimate test load by 3.0 using the plywood parts or of plywood parts with parts of wood
smaller of the two values as the design value (see or other materials so as to form an integral assemblage.
Reference 43 for additional information). Design values 2. CONFORMANCE WITH STANDARD.-Materials,
determined in accordance with these test procedures design and fabrication shall conform to Reference
shall be multiplied by all applicable adjustment factors Standard RS 10-53, RS 10-54, RS 10-56 or RS 10-57,
(see Table 7.3.1) to obtain allowable design values. except that the word "should" in the standards shall be
13.2.3- Testing. mandatory.
Full scale tests on representative trusses shall be 3. EXTERIOR USE.-All plywood when permanently
conducted with ASTM E 73-84 Standard Methods of exposed in outdoor applications shall be of exterior
Testing Truss Assemblies. type. Plywood used for covering the exterior of outside
13.2.4- Handling, Installation and Bracing. walls and applied directly to supports shall be at least
Handling, installation and bracing metal plate connected 3/8 in. nominal thickness, or comply with specifications
wood trusses shall be in accordance with the recommendations for 303 Specialty Siding published by the American
of Truss Plate Institute, TPI-HIB-91, Commentary and Plywood Association. Panel joints shall be backed
Recommendations for Handling, Installing and Bracing solidly by studs or by nailing pieces at least 2 in. wide
Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. (nominal), except over sheathing or where applied as
Part XVI-Fire Protection lapped siding, or when otherwise made waterproof.
16.1-Scope. Plywood siding applied over sheathing shall be not less
This part is added to provide current State-of-the-Art than ¼ in. thick.
Requirements for firestopping of concealed spaces
above dropped ceilings and above ceilings attached to

revision: October 1, 2004 152

Reference Standard 10

4. ROOF SHEATHING.-Where plywood is used as given in Table RS 10-9.1.

roof sheathing the spans shall not exceed the values

TABLE RS 10-9.1a
ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR PLYWOOD FLOOR AND ROOF SHEATHING CONTINUOUS OVER TWO
OR MORE SPANS AND FACE GRAIN PERPENDICULAR TO SUPPORTS a
b
Panel Span Rating, Thickness (inches) Roof Maximum Span (inches)
c
Roof/ Floor Span Edges Blocked Edges Unblocked
10/0 5/16 12 12
16/0 5/16, 3/8 16 16
20/0 5/16, 3/8 19.2 19.2
24/0 3/8 20 20
24/0 15/32, ½ 20 24
32/16 15/32, ½, 5/8 30 28
40/20 19/32, 5/8, ¾ 40 32
48/24 23/32, 3/4 48 36
b
Panel Span Rating, Load (psf) Floor Maximum spane (inches)
Roof/ Floor Span Total Live
12/0 135 130 0
16/0 80 65 0
20/0 70 55 0
24/0 60 45 0
24/0 60 45 0
f
32/16 50 35 16
d d f,g
40/20 40 35 20
d d
48/24 40 35 24
Notes:
a
These values apply for C-D Sheathing Structural I and II and C-C grades only. Spans shall be limited to values shown because of possible
effect of concentrated loads.
b
Span rating appears on all panels in the construction grades listed in footnoteb.
c
Edges shall be blocked with lumber or other approved type of edge support.
d
For roof live load of 40 psf or total load of 55 psf, decrease spans by 13 percent or use panel with next greater span rating.
e
Edges of plywood floor sheathing shall have approved tongue-and-groove joints or shall be supported with blocking, unless 1/4-inch minimum
thickness underlayment of 1 1/2 inches of approved cellular or lightweight concrete is installed, or finish floor is 25/32-inch wood strip.
Allowable uniform load based on deflection of 1/360 of the span is 165 psf.
f
Maximum shall be 24 inches if 25/32 - inch wood strip flooring is installed at right angels to joist.
g
For joists spaced at 24 inches on center, plywood sheathing with span rating numbers 40/20 or greater shall not be used for subfloors except
when supporting 1 1/2 inches of lightweight concrete.

5. PLYWOOD SUBFLOORS.-Where plywood is may be used over girders spaced not more than 48 in.
used as structural subflooring the maximum spans shall on centers, with edges on 2 in. x 4 in. blocking securely
not exceed the values given in Table RS 10-9.1. If attached to main girders, provided the total floor load
resilient flooring or carpeting is to be applied directly to does not exceed 65 psf. A tongue and groove joint may
a plywood subfloor without separate underlayment, the be used in lieu of blocking.
panels shall be underlayment grade, C-C plugged, or 7. PLYWOOD WALL SHEATHING.-Plywood may
any sanded grade of exterior type plywood. The be applied either horizontally or vertically and as
thickness shall not be less than the values prescribed for indicated in building code provisions for the bracing of
the given spans and loads shown in Table RS 10-9.2. exterior walls.
6. SPECIAL 1 1/8 IN. PLYWOOD SUBFLOORING 8. FASTENING.-Plywood sheathing and subflooring .
FOR 48 IN. SPAN.- Plywood sheathing and subflooring shall have the
Such material, if conforming to design specifications of maximum fastener spacing on framing as prescribed in
the American Plywood Association special 2-4-1 panel, Table RS 10-9.3.

153
Reference Standard 10

TABLE RS 10.9.1b
ALLOWABLE LOADS FOR PLYWOOD ROOF SHEATHING CONTINUOUS OVER a TWO OR MORE
SPANS AND FACE GRAIN PARALLEL TO SUPPORTS
Thickness (inches) No. of Plies Span (inches) Total Load (psf) Live Load (psf)
15/32 4 24 30 20
15/32 5 24 45 35
Structural 1 ½ 4 24 35 25
½ 5 24 55 40
15/32 5 24 25 20
½ 5 24 30 25
Other grades 19/32 4 24 35 25
covered in DOC 19/32 5 24 50 40
PS-1 5/8 4 24 40 30
5/8 5 24 55 45
Note:
a Uniform load deflection limitations: 1/180 of span under live load plus dead load, 1/240 under live load only. Edges shall be blocked with
lumber or other approved type of edge supports.

TABLE RS 10-9.2 MINIMUM THICKNESS FOR PLYWOOD COMBINATION SUBFLOOR-UNDERLAYMENTa

(Plywood continuous over two or more spans and face grain perpendicular to supports)

Maximum Spacing of Supports (in.)

Species Group 16 20 24
1 ½ in. 5/8 in. ¾ in.
2, 3 5/8 in. ¾ in. 7/8 in.
4 ¾ in. 1/8 in. 1 in.
Notes:
a Applicable to underlayment grade, C-C (Plugged) and all grades of sanded exterior type plywood. Spans limited to values shown because of
possible effect of concentrated loads. Allowable uniform load based on deflection of 1/360th of span is 100 psf. Plywood edges shall have
approved tongue and groove joints or shall be supported with blocking, unless 1/4 - inch minimum thickness underlayment is installed, or finish
floor is 25/32-inch wood strip. If wood strips are perpendicular to supports, thickness as shown for 16-and 20-inch spans may be used on 24 -
inch span.
Except for 1/2 inch, Underlayment grade and C-C(plugged) panels may be of nominal thicknesses 1/32 inch thinner than the norminal
thicknesses shown when marked with the reduced thickness.

TABLE RS 10-9.3 FASTENING SCHEDULE

a
Fastener Spacing (in.)

Thickness (in.) Common Nail and Staple Intermediate

Size/ Type Panel Edges Support
Roof and Wall Sheathing
1/2 or less 6d Smooth or deformed……………………………………………….. 6 12
5/8 or greater 8d Smooth or deformed .………………………………………….. 6 12
5/16, 3/8,1/2 16 gage galvanized wire staples, 1/8 in. minimum crown. Length of
one in. plus plywood thickness except 1 1/4 in. for 5/16 in. plywood... 4 8
Subflooring
1/2 6d Smooth or deformed……………………………………………….. 6 12
5/8, 3/4, 7/8 8d Smooth or 6d deformed………………………………………….. 6 12
1, 1 1/8 10d Smooth or 8d deformed…………………………………………... 6 6
1/2 16 gage galvanized wire staples, 3/8 in. minimum crown. …………… 4 7
5/8 1 5/8 in. long…………………………………………………………... 2 1/2 4
Note:
a
Where spans are 48 in., or more, nails shall be spaced at 6 in. at all supports.

9. PLYWOOD SIDING.-Plywood siding shall be applied and nailed as prescribed in Table RS 10-9.4.

154
Reference Standard 10

TABLE RS 10-9.4 PLYWOOD SIDING

Nail Spacing (in.)

Plywood b,c, Intermediate

Type of Siding Thickness (in.) Nail Size Nail Type Panel Edgesa Supports
Panel Siding 3/8d 6d Corrosive resistant 6 12
1/2, 5/8 and 8d box or casing nails 12
thicker
Lap Siding 3/8 6d Corrosive resistant 6 One nail per stud for
box or casing nails width 12 in. or less.
1/2 and thicker 8d
4 8 in. for width greater
than 12 in.
Notes:
a
Minimum edge distance of 3/8 in.
b
In direct-to-stud applications 5-ply panels of 1/2 in. nominal thickness or more may be used over studs 24 in. o.c. if texturing does not penetrate
through the face veneer. All other panels must be used over studs spaced not more than 16 in. on center.
c
Special requirement: Nails on ship-lap edges of 5/8 in. and thicker panel siding 3/8 in. from exposed edge and slant driven towards edge; do not
set.
d
When separate sheathing is applied, 3/8 in. panel and 303 siding may be used over supports spaced 24 in. on center 1/4 in. over supports 16 in.
on center.

10. PLYWOOD DIAPHRAGMS.-Plywood Local Law 17-1995.

diaphragms may be used to resist horizontal forces in
horizontal and vertical distributing or resisting elements, Design-
provided the deflection in the plane of the diaphragm, Horizontal and vertical plywood diaphragms shall be
as determined by calculations, tests, or analogies drawn used at shear values not exceeding those set forth in
therefrom, does not exceed the permissible deflection of Tables RS 10-9.6 and RS 10-9.7 and respectively or
attached distributing or resisting elements. Diaphragms shall be designed by principles of stress analysis.
to resist earthquake loads may be designed and constructed Plywood thickness for horizontal diaphragms shall not
in accordance with reference standard RS 10-58. be less than as set forth in Tables RS 10-9.1 and RS 10-
Permissible deflection shall be that deflection up to 9.2 for corresponding joist spacing and loading, except
which the diaphragm and any attached distributing or that 1/4 in. may be used where design analysis justifies.
resisting element will maintain its structural integrity All framing members shall be proportioned and spliced
under assumed load conditions; i.e, continue to support where necessary to transmit direct stresses. The width
assumed loads without danger to occupants of the structure. of framing members shall be at least 2 in. nominal. In
Connections and anchorages capable of resisting the general, panel edges shall bear on the framing members
design forces shall be provided between the diaphragms and butt along their center lines. Nails shall be placed
and the resisting elements. Openings in diaphragms at least 3/8 in. from the panel edges, and spaced not
that materially affect the strength of the diaphragms more than 12 in. apart along intermediate supports and
shall be fully detailed on the plans, and shall have their 6 in. apart along the panel edge-bearings. All nails
edges reinforced to adequately transfer all shearing shall be firmly driven into the framing members. No
stresses. Structural diaphragm shapes shall be limited unblocked panel less than 12 in. wide shall be used.
to the proportions given in Table RS 10-9.5. (See Tables RS 10-9.6 and RS 10-9.7).
11. PLYWOOD COMPONENTS.-Plywood components
TABLES RS 10-9.5 DIAPHRAGM shall be acceptable when designed and fabricated
PROPORTIONS according to procedures in reference standard RS 10-55.
12. STRUCTURAL USE PANELS.-Panels shall
Type Horizontal Vertical comply with Reference Standards RS 10-54 and RS 10-
Diaphragms- Diaphragms- 56 and shall include those manufactured using only
Maximum Span- Maximum Height- veneer as in regular plywood, with veneer faces and a
Width Ratios Width Ratios reconstituted wood core as in composite plywood, or
Nailed all edges.... 4:1 31/2 : 1 using only reconstituted wood as in structural flakeboard.
Blocking omitted at waferboard, oriented strandboard and particleboard.
intermediate joints 4:1 2:1 13. MARKING OF PANELS.-Structural-use sheathing
panels shall be marked with a Span Rating symbol as

155
Reference Standard 10

required in RS 10-54 and RS 10-56. The left-hand with a rated wall span of 16 inches or roof span of 16 or
number shall denote the maximum roof span in inches, 20 inches, and 24 inches o.c. for panels with rated wall
and the right-hand number the floor span. span of 24 inches or roof span of 24 inches or more.
Structural-use panels designated for use as single-layer 15. HORIZONTAL SHEAR.-Structural-use panels
floor panels shall be marked with a floor Span Rating. may be used to resist horizontal forces and shall be
Structural-use panels intended for use solely as wall assigned shear values equal to those for C-D plywood
sheathing shall be marked with a stud spacing of 16 o.c. and other grades in Tables RS 10-9.6 and RS 10-9.7.
or 24 o.c. 16. FASTENINGS.-Structural-use panels shall be
14. PANEL SPANS.-Spans for structural-use panels fastened to the framing system in accordance with
used for floor or roof sheathing shall not exceed the Table RS 10-9.3.
Span Rating. Live loads on floors or roofs shall not exceed 17. FIRE RESISTANCE.-Structural-use panels
those specified in Tables RS 10-9.1a and RS 10-9.1b. SHALL NOT BE USED as an element of a fire
Spans for structural-use panels for wall sheathing may resistive assembly unless it has been specifically tested
be applied either horizontally or vertically. Maximum and approved for such use.
stud spacing shall not exceed 16 inches o.c. for panels
**455-89 BCR; 208-85 BCR; 288-84 BCR

TABLE RS 10-9.6 ALLOW SHEAR FOR WIND FOR HORIZONTAL PLYWOOD DIAPHRAGMS
(lbs. Per st. of horizontal run)
Unblocked Diaphragms
Blocked Diaphragms
Nails Spaced 6 in. Maximum at
Nail Spacing at Diaphram Boundaries (all cases) Supported End
Minimum
Minimum Minimum Nominal and Continuous Panel Edges Parallel to Load Load All Other
Nail Nominal Width of (Cases 3 & 4) Perpendicular to Config-
Penetration Plywood Framing 6 in. 4 in. 2 ½ in. 2 in. Unblocked Edges urations
Plywood Common in Framing Thickness Member Nail Spacing at Other Plywood Panel Edges and Continous Panel (Cases 2,
Grade Nail Size (in.) (in.) (in.) 6 in. 6 in. 4 in. 3 in. Joints (Case 1) 3, and 4 )
6d 1 1/4 5/16 2 185 250 375 420 165 125
Structural I or 1/4 3 210 280 420 475 185 140
8d 1 1/2 3/8 2 270 360 530 600 240 180
3 300 400 600 675 265 200
10d 1 5/8 1/2 2 320 425 640b 730b 285 215
3 360 480 720 820 320 240

6d 1 1/4 5/16 2 170 225 335 380 150 110

Structural II or 1/4 3 190 250 380 430 170 125
C-C 3/8 2 185 250 375 420 165 125
Exterior, 3 210 280 420 475 185 140
Standard 8d 1 1/2 3/8 2 240 320 480 545 215 160
Sheathing 3 270 360 540 610 240 180
and other 1/2 2 270 360 530 600 240 180
Grades 3 300 400 600 675 265 200
covered in 10d 1 3/8 1/2 2 290 385 575b 655b 255 190
Product 3 325 430 650 735 290 215
Standard 3/8 2 320 425 640b 730b 285 215
PS 1 3 360 480 720 820 320 240
Notes:
a These values are for short time loads due to wind and shall be reduced 25 percent for normal loading. Space nails 12 in. on center along intermediate framing
members.
b Reduce tabulated values 10 per cent when boundary members provide less than 3 in. nominal nailing surface.

156
Reference Standard 10

TABLE RS 10-9.7 ALLOWABLE SHEAR FOR WIND FOR VERTICAL PLYWOOD DIAPHRAMS a,b
(lbs. per ft. of vertical run)
Nail Size Minimum Minimum Plywood Applied Plywood Applied over ½
(Common Nail Nominal Direct to Framing Nail Size inch Gypsum Sheathing
or Penetration Plywood Nail Spacing at (Common or Nail Spacing at Plywood
Galvanized in Framing Thickness Plywood Panel Edges Galvanized Panel Edges (in.)
Plywood Grade Box) (in.) (in.) 6 4 2 1/2 2 Box) 6 4 2 1/2 2
6d 1 1/4 5/16 200 300 450 510 8d 200 300 450 510
Stuctural I 8d 1 1/2 3/8 280 430 640 730 10d 280 430 640 730
10d 1 5/8 1/2 340 510 770 870 — — — — —
Stuctural II, C-C Exterior, Standard
Sheathing, Plywood Panel Siding, 6d 1 1/4 5/16 180 270 400 450 8d 180 270 400 450
and other grades covered in Product 8d 1 1/2 3/8 260 380 570 640 10d 260 380 570 640
Standard PS 1 10d 1 5/8 1/2 310 460 690 770 — — — — —
Nail Size Nail Size
(Galvanized (Galvanized
Casing) Casing)
Plywood Panel Siding in grades 6d 1 1/4 5/16 140 210 320 360 8d 140 210 320 360
covered in Product Standard PS 1 8d 1 1/2 3/8 160 240 360 410 10d 160 240 360 410
Notes:
a These values are for short time loads due to wind and shall be reduced 25 per cent for normal loading. All panel edges backed with 2-inch
nominal or wider framing. Plywood installed either horizontally or vertically. Space nails at 12 in. on center along intermediate framing members.
b For unblocked vertical plywood diaphragms use the values in the last column of Table RS 10-9.6.

11. PLYWOOD COMPONENTS. – Plywood components shall be acceptable when designed and fabricated according
to procedures in reference standards RS 10-57 through RS 10-64, inclusive.
*
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-10A structure and any of its exposed components (e.g. increased
SPECIFICATION FOR ALUMINUM area exposed to wind due to icing) shall be considered.
STRUCTURES ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN ***
AA Aluminum Design Manual Part 1-A Specification for *DOB 9-2-01;455-89 BCR
*
Aluminum Structures Allowable Stress Design (Seventh REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-10B
Edition, January 2000).
Modification: SPECIFICATION FOR ALUMINUM STRUCTURES
*** LOAD AND RESISTANCE FACTOR DESIGN OF
Section 2.3 Loads– is hereby amended to read as follows: BUILDINGS AND SIMILAR TYPE STRUCTURES
The dead load to be used in the design of the AA Aluminum Design Manual Part 1-B Specification
structure is the weight of the structure and all material for Aluminum Structures Load and Resistance Factor
permanently attached to and supported by the structure. Design of Buildings and Similar Type Structures
Static and dynamic live loads, as well as snow, ice, (Second Edition, January 2000).
ponding and wind loads shall be based on [appropriate Modification:
building codes] the New York City Building Code and its ***
appropriate Reference Standards. [Where building codes Section 2.3 Loads– is hereby amended to read as follows:
do not apply, requirements shall be established from The nominal loads shall be the minimum design
performance specifications for the structure. loads stipulated by the [applicable building code or
Allowable stresses provided in Specification for performance specification] New York City Building
Aluminum Structures shall be permitted to be increased Code and its applicable Reference Standards. Nominal
by one-third when stresses are produced by wind or loads shall be factored and combined in accordance
seismic loading , acting alone or in combination with with the [applicable building code or performance
the dead load or in combination with dead and live specification. In the absence of a code or performance
loads. Allowable stresses shall not be increased by one- specification, ASCE 7-98, Minimum Design Loads for
third if prohibited by the applicable code or specification Buildings and Other Structures, shall be used] New
used to determine the load. Also, the section shall be York City Building Code and its applicable Reference
not less than that required for the dead and other live Standards.
loads acting alone.] ***
Combination of loads shall be in accordance with *DOB 9-2-01;455-89 BCR
section 27-594 of the Building Code, or, with Reference
Standard RS 9-2 if applicable. *REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-11
In the case of wind and ice loads, the form of the SPECIFICATIONS FOR ALUMINUM

157
Reference Standard 10

MATERIALS *1077-86 BCR; 288-84 BCR; 887-80 BCR

ASTM B209-1988 - Standard Specification for Aluminum
and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. †REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-18
ASTM B308-1988 - Standard Specification for Aluminum- GLUED-LAMINATED TIMBER DESIGN,
Alloy 6061-T6 Standard Structural Shapes, Rolled or MANUFACTURING AND CONSTRUCTION
Extruded. ANSI/AITC A190.1-1992 Structural Glued Laminated
ASTM B429-1988 - Standard Specification for Timber and AITC 200-92 Inspection Manual.
Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Structural Pipe and Tube. MODIFICATIONS - The provisions of ANSI/AITC
*455-89 BCR A190.1-1992 shall be subject to the following modifications.
The section and paragraph numbers are from that standard.
*REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-12 Section 3: List of Referenced Publications.
ASTM C317-1976 Standard Specification for Gypsum (a) American Institute of Timber Construction
Concrete (Reapproved 1981). 7012 S. Revere Pkwy., Suite 140
*455-89 BCR Englewood, CO 80112
AITC 117-93 Design Values/Specifications.
**REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-13 AITC 117-93 Manufacturing Standard
SPAN TABLES FOR JOISTS AND RAFTERS Specifications for Structural Glued Laminated Timber
AF&PA - SPAN TABLES for JOISTS AND RAFTERS of Softwood Species.
1993 and its Supplement. Design Values for Joists and †DOB 3-8-96; Local Law 17-1995; 288-84 BCR; 512-79 BCR
Rafters. February 1992.
MODIFICATIONS - The provisions of AF&PA - ††REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-19
Span Tables for Joists and Rafters 1993, shall be ANSI/ASTM-C79 1987-Standard Specification for
subject to the following modifications. The section and Gypsum Sheathing Board.
paragraph numbers are from the standard. ††455-89 BCR; 288-84 BCR; 390-80 BCR
Under the section EXPLANATION OF TABLES
2. LUMBER DESIGN VALUES - Add the following †††REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-20
paragraph AWPA-C2 1988-Standard for the Preservative Treatment
AF&PA publication Design Values for Joists and of Lumber, Timbers, Bridge Ties and Mine Ties by
Rafters, February 1992 Supplement, shall be acceptable Pressure Processes.
for determining design values for joists and rafters. †††455-89 BCR; 288-84 BCR; 512-79 BCR
7. LUMBER IDENTIFICATION - Delete the
##
paragraph and substitute the following: REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-21
LUMBER IDENTIFICATION - The lumber, including ANSI/ASTM-C192 1981 - Standard Method of Making
end-jointed or edge-jointed lumber shall be identified in and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Laboratory.
accordance with the provisions of the Building Code for ##288-84 BCR; 887-80 BCR
Identification. See Sections 26-251 and 27-618 of the code.
10. DESIGN LOADS - The provisions of the New †††REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-22
York City Building Code shall constitute the minimum AWPA-C9 1985 - Standard for the Preservative
design loads. Treatment of Plywood by Pressure Process.
**DOB 4-17-96; 511-79 BCR; 264-73 BCR; 394-71 BCR †††455-89 BCR; 288-84-BCR; 512-79 BCR

***REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-14 *REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-23

ACI-214 1977 - Recommended Practice for Evaluation ANSI/ASTM-A153 1982 - Standard Specification for
of Strength Test Results of Concrete (Reaffirmed 1983). Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware.
***1077-86 BCR; 208-85 BCR; 288-84 BCR *288-84 BCR; 493-80 BCR; 302-73 BCR

REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-15 REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-24

ACI-506 1966 - Recommended Practice for Shotcreting ASTM-A90 1969 - Tests for Weight of Coating on
(Revised 1983). Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Iron or Steel Articles.

*REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-16 **REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-24A

ANSI/ASTM-C42 1984a - Standard Method of Obtaining ANSI/ASTM-A586 1986 - Specification for Zinc-coated
and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. Parallel and Helical Steel Wire Structural Strand.
*1077-86 BCR; 288-84 BCR; 887-80 BCR **455-89 BCR; 288-84 BCR; 493-80 BCR

*REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-17 **REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-24B

ANSI/ASTM-C39 1984 - Standard Test Method for ASTM-A603 1988 - Standard Specification for Zinc-
Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. Coated Steel Structural Wire Rope

158
Reference Standard 10

**455-89 BCR; 288-84 BCR; 493-80 BCR #REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-34

ANSI-A74.1/ASTM-C34 1984 Standard Specification for
***REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-25 Structural Clay Load-bearing Wall tile.
Delete #455-89 BCR; 288-84 BCR; 390-80 BCR
***455-89 BCR; 208-85 BCR; 288-84 BCR
#REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-35
†REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-26 ANSI/ASTM-C56 1971 - Standard Specification for
ANSI/ASTM-B6 1987 - Standard Specification for Zinc Structural Clay Non-loadbearing Tile 1986.
(Slab Zinc). #455-89 BCR; 288-84 BCR; 390-80 BCR
†455-89 BCR; 288-84 BCR; 493-80 BCR; 302-73 BCR
#REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-36
***REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-27 ANSI-A81.1/ASTM-C145 1985 - Standard Specification for
ASTM-D2277 1987 - Specification for Fiberboard Solid Loadbearing Concrete Masonry Units.
Nail-base Sheathing (Reapproved 1980). #455-89 BCR; 288-84 BCR; 390-80 BCR
***455-89 BCR; 208-85 BCR; 288-84 BCR
#REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-37
†††REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-28 ANSI-A79.1/ASTM-C90 1985 - Standard Specification for
AWPA-C4 1988 - Standard for Preservative Treatment Hollow, Loadbearing Concrete Masonry Units.
of Poles by Pressure Processes. #455-89 BCR; 288-84 BCR; 390-80 BCR
†††455-89 BCR; 288-84 BCR; 512-79 BCR
#REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-38
***REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-29 ANSI-A80.1/ASTM-C129 1985 - Standard Specification for
AWPA-M4 1984 - Standard for the Care of Pressure- Hollow, Non-load-bearing Concrete Masonry Units.
Treated Wood Products. #455-89 BCR; 288-84 BCR; 390-80 BCR
***455-89 BCR; 208-85 BCR; 288-84 BCR
**REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-39
#REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-30 ANSI/ASTM-C52 1954 - Standard Specification for
ANSI-A82.1/ASTM-C67 1987 - Standard Methods of Gypsum Partition Tile or Block (Reapproved 1977).
Sampling and Testing Brick and Structural Clay Tile. **288-84 BCR; 390-80 BCR
#455-89 BCR; 288-84 BCR; 390-80 BCR
#REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-40
# REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-31 ANSI-A101.1/ASTM-C125 1986 - Standard Specification
ANSI-A98.1/ASTM-C62 1988 - Standard Specification for for Ceramic Glazed Structural Clay Facing Tile, Facing
Building Brick (Solid Masonry Units Made from Clay Brick and Solid Masonry Units.
or Shale). #455-89 BCR; 288-84 BCR; 390-80 BCR
#455-89 BCR; 288-84 BCR; 390-80 BCR
***REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-41
# REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-31A ANSI/ASTM-A116 1988 - Standard Specification for Zinc-
ANSI-A99.1/ASTM-C216 1987a Standard Specification for Coated (Galvanized) Steel Woven Wire Fence Fabric.
Facing Brick (Solid Masonry Units Made from Clay or ***455-89 BCR; 288-84 BCR; 493-80 BCR; 302-73 BCR
Shale).
#455-89 BCR; 288-84 BCR; 390-80 BCR †REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-42
ANSI/ASTM-B227 1970 - Standard Specifications for
#REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-31B Hard-Drawn Copper-Clad Steel Wire. (Reapproved 1980)
ANSI/ASTM-C652 1988 Standard Specification for Hollow †208-85 BCR; 288-84 BCR
Brick (Hollow Masonry Units Made from Clay or Shale).
#455-89 BCR; 288-84 BCR; 390-80 BCR REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-43
FS SS-S-721C 1964 Stone, Architectural, Cast.
#REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-32
ANSI-A78.1/ASTM-C73 1985 - Standard Specifications ††REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-44
for Calcium Silicate Face Brick (Sand-Lime Brick).
#455-89 BCR; 288-84 BCR; 390-80 BCR ANSI/ASTM-C494 1986 - Standard Specification for
Chemical Admixtures for Concrete.
#REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-33 ††455-89 BCR; 288-84 BCR; 887-80 BCR
ANSI-A75.1/ASTM-C55 1985 - Standard Specification for
Concrete Building Brick. REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-45
#455-89 BCR; 288-84 BCR; 390-80 BCR ACI-ASCE-334 Concrete Shell Structures Practice and
Commentary. Report of Committee 334 of the American

159
Reference Standard 10

Concrete Journal of the American Concrete Institute,

proc. V61, M.9, Sept. 1964 (Revised 1982). *REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-58
APA Form No. L350C-1989 - Diaphragms - Design/
#REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-46 Construction Guide.
ANSI/ASTM-C270 1988 Specifications for Mortar for APA Form No. E30K-1989 - Residential & Commercial,
Unit Masonry. Design/Construction Guide.
#455-89 BCR; 288-84 BCR; 390-80 BCR *Local Law 17-1995.

#REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-47 ††REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-59

ANSI/ASTM-C476 1983 Standard Specification for Deleted.
Grout for Reinforced and Non-Reinforced Masonry. ††208-85 BCR; 288-84 BCR
#455-89 BCR; 288-84 BCR; 390-80 BCR
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-60
#REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-48 Deleted.
ANSI/ASTM-C22 1983 - Standard Specification for Gypsum.
#455-89 BCR; 288-84 BCR; 390-80 BCR ###REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-61
ANSI/ASTM-C173 1978 - Standard Test Method for
†††REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-49 Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric
ASTM-C143 1978 - Standard Test Method for Slump Method.
of Portland Cement Concrete ###Local Law 65-1990.
†††1077-86 BCR
###REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-62
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-50 ANSI/ASTM-C231 1982 - Standard Test Method for Air
Deleted. Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method.
###Local Law 65-1990
*REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-51
ANSI/ASTM-C172 1982 - Standard Method of Sampling ###REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-63
Freshly Mixed Concrete. ANSI/ASTM-C138 1981 - Standard Test Method for
*1077-86 BCR; 288-84 BCR; 887-80 BCR Unit Weight Yield and Air Content (Gravimetric) of
Concrete.
**REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-52 ###Local Law 65-1990
ANSI/ASTM-C31 1987 - Standard Method of Making
and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. ###REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-64
**455-89 BCR; 1077-86 BCR; 288-84 BCR; 887-80 BCR ANSI/ASTM-C567 1985 - Standard Test Method for
Unit Weight of Structural Lightweight Concrete.
***REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-53 ###Local Law 65-1990
APA 1986-Plywood Design Specifications.
***455-89 BCR; 208-85 BCR; 288-84 BCR †††REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-65
ACI-211.2 1981 - Standard Practice for Selecting
***REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-54 Proportions for Structural Lightweight Concrete.
APA-PRP-108-1988 - Performance Standards and Policies †††1077-86 BCR
for Structural-Use Panels.
***455-89 BCR; 208-85 BCR; 288-84 BCR #REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-66
Deleted.
***REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-55 #302-73 BCR
APA-1985 Design and Fabrication Specification of all
Plywood-Lumber Components. ##REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-67
***455-89 BCR; 208-85 BCR; 288-84 BCR ANSI-Z97.1 1984 - Safety Performance Specifications
and Methods of Test for Safety Glazing Material Used
†REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-56 in Buildings.
##455-89 BCR; 714-80 BCR
TECO-1981 - Standards and Policies for Structural-Use
Panels.
##REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-68
†208-85 BCR
SPECIFICATIONS FOR FLAT GLASS
ASTM C1036-1985 - Standard Specification for Flat Glass.
***REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-57
ASTM C1048-1987 - Standard Specification for Heat-
DOC PS 1-83-U.S. - Product Standard for Construction Treated Flat Glass-Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and
& Industrial Plywood. (Revised June 1987). Uncoated Glass.
***455-89 BCR; 208-85 BCR; 288-84 BCR ##455-89 BCR; 714-80 BCR

160
Reference Standard 11

REFERENCE STANDARD RS 11
FOUNDATIONS

* LIST OF REFERENCED NATIONAL STANDARDS

ANSI/ASTM-C136 Method for or Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates……………………...1984a

ANSI/ASTM-C117 Test Method for Material Finer than 75-um (No. 200) Sieve in Material Aggregates by
Washing……………………………………………………………...………...…… 1987
ANSI/ASTM-D1557 Test Methods for Moisture - Density Relations of Soils and Soil Aggregate Mixtures
using 10-lb. (4.54-kg) Rammer and an 18 in. Drop…………….………...……….... 1987
ANSI/ASTM-D3017 Standard Test Method for Moisture Content of Soil and Soil Aggregate in Place by
Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)…………………………………......................... 1978
ANSI 05.1 Specifications and Dimensions for Wood Poles……………………………………. 1987
AWPA-C1 Standard for the Preservative Treatment of all Timber Products by Pressure Processes.. 1987
AWPA-C3 Standard for the Preservative Treatment of Piles by Pressure Processes……………1987
AWPA-C4 Standard for the Preservative Treatment of Poles by Pressure Processes…………...1988
AWPA-M2 Standard Instructions for the Inspection of Preservative Treatment of Wood…………….1983
AWPA-M4 Standard for the Care of Pressure-Treated Wood Products………………………… 1984
ASTM-D25 Standard Specification for Round Timber Piles…………………………................. 1988
ASTM-D2899 Establishing Design Stresses for Round Timber Piles………………………………1986
ANSI-ASTM-A252 Standard Specification for Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe Piles………………….1982
* 1342-88 BCR; 289-84 BCR

**
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 11-1
ANSI/ASTM-C136 Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates……………………. .. 1984a
** 1342-88 BCR;289-84 BCR;610-80 BCR

**
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 11-2
ANSI/ASTM-C117 Test Method for Material Finer than 75-um (No. 200) Sieve in Material Aggregates
by Washing…………………………………………………………………………….... 1987
** 1342-88 BCR;289-84 BCR;610-80 BCR

***
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 11-3
ANSI/ASTM-D-1557 Test Methods-Method of Test for the Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil
Aggregate Mixtures using 10 lb. (4.54-kg.) Rammer and an 18 in. Drop………….. 1978
*** 1342-88 BCR;610-80 BCR

†
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 11-3A
ANSI/ASTM-D3017 1978 - Standard Test Method for Moisture Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by
Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)…………………………………………………. 1978
†610-80 BCR

††
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 11-4
AWPA C4 1988 - Standard for the Preservative Treatment of Poles by Pressure Processes. 512-79 BCR
††1342-88 BCR; 289-84 BCR; 610-80 BCR;

††
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 11-5
ANSI 05.1 1987 - Specification and Dimensions for Wood Poles.
†† 1342-88 BCR; 289-84 BCR; 610-80 BCR;512-79 BCR
††
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 11-6
AWPA-C1-1987 - Standard for the Preservative Treatment of All Timber Products by Pressure Processes.
AWPA-C3-1987 - Standard for the Preservative Treatment of Piles by Pressure Processes.
AWPA-M2-1983 - Standard Instructions for the Inspection of Preservative Treatment of Wood.
AWPA-M4-1984 - Standard for the Case of Pressure Treated Wood Products.
††1342-88 BCR; 289-84 BCR; 610-80 BCR; 512-79 BCR

161
Reference Standard 11

††
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 11-7
ANSI/ASTM-D25 Standard Specifications for Round Timber Piles…………………………………… 1988
ASTM-D2899 Establishing Design Stresses for Round Timber Piles……………………………... 1986

MODIFICATIONS The provisions of ASTM-D25- 1988 are modified so as to add the following note:
NOTE: The prior Use Classification distinction of Class A and Class B piles has been eliminated. The Use
Classification now reflects the manner in which the load-carrying capacity of timber piles are developed, namely as
Friction Piles or End-Bearing Piles. Class A and Class B piles, as referred to in section 27-707(a)(1), shall be
distinguished from each other only by minimum tip size.
††1342-88 BCR; 289-84 BCR; 610-80 BCR; 512-79 BCR
**
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 11-8
ANSI/ASTM-A252 1982 - Standard Specification for Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe Piles.
**289-84 BCR; 610-80 BCR

162
Refernce Standard 12

REFERENCE STANDARD RS 12
LIGHT, HEAT, VENTILATION AND NOISE CONTROL

* LIST OF REFERENCED NATIONAL STANDARDS

ASHRAE Handbook HVAC Systems and Application.......................…………………………................. 1987

ANSI/ASTM E90 Standard Method for Laboratory Measurement of Air- borne Sound Transmission Loss of
Building Partitions....... …………………………………………………………….. 1987
ASTM E413 Standard Classification for Determination of Sound Transmission Class.................. 1987
ANSI/ASTM E336 Standard Test Method for Measurement of Airborne Sound Insulation in Buildings... 1984
NCMA-TEK 69.A New Data on Sound Reduction with Concrete Masonry Walls…………………………….. 1978
GA-600 Fire Resistance Design Manual Twelfth Edition, as Modified……………………... 1988
ANSI/ASTM E492 Standard Method of Laboratory Measurement of Impact Sound Transmission through Floor-Ceiling
Assemblies using the Tapping Machine……………………………………………..…1986
ANSI/ISO 1680 Test Code for the Measurement of Airborne Noise Emitted by Rotating Electrical
Machinery, Part 1 and Part 2...........…………………………..…………………….. 1986
ASHRAE Handbook Fundamentals……………………………………………………………………...... 1985
ANSI S 1.4 Specification for Sound Level Meters and Supplement ANSI A1.4a-1985.......…… 1983
ANSI S 12.34 Engineering Methods for the Determination of Sound Power Levels of Noise Sources for
Free-Field Conditions over a Reflecting Plane……………………………………... 1988
ANSI S 12.30 Guidelines for the Use of Sound Power Standards and for the Preparation of Noise Test
Codes..................................................…….…………………………………………1990
ANSI S 12.31 Precision Method for the Determination of Sound Power Levels of Broadband Noise
Sources in Reverberation Rooms…………………………………………………… 1990
ANSI S 12.32 Precision Method for the Determination of Sound Power Levels of Discrete Frequency
and Narrow Band Noise Sources in Reverberation Rooms………………………… 1990
ANSI S 1.13 Methods for the Measurement of Sound Pressure Levels (R 1986)……………… 1971
ANSI S 1.6 Preferred Frequencies and Band Numbers for Acoustical Measurements (R 1990).. 1984
ANSI S 1.11 Specification for Octave-Band and Fractional-Octave- Band Analog and Digital Filters ..1986
Opinion 76-16 Proceeding on Motion of the Commissioner as to Insulation Standards, PSC Case No.
26913 August 13, 1976……….…………………………………………………….. 1976
*243-90 BCR; 261-86 BCR; 290-84 BCR

** REFERENCE STANDARD RS 12-1 HEATING ANSI/ASTM E 90 - 1987 Standard Method for Laboratory
1. HEATING CAPACITY - The heating capacity Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of
required in each room or space shall be calculated in Building Partitions.
accordance with the principles set forth in ASHRAE ASTM E 413 - 1987 - Standard Classification for Determination
Handbook-1987 HVAC Systems and Applications. of Sound Transmission Class.
The calculations of heating capacity shall consider the (b) Field Test:
areas and transmission coefficients of all surfaces ANSI/ASTM E 90 - 1987 Standard Test Method for
exposed to outdoor temperatures or to unheated areas, Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission
and shall include allowance for air infiltration and Loss of Building Partitions.
wind velocity. In spaces with high ceilings, an ANSI/ASTM E 336 - 1984 Standard Test Method for
allowance shall be made for the effect of stratification Measurement of Airborne Sound Insulation in Buildings,
so that the prescribed temperature will be maintained applicable portions of this.
at a level 5 feet above the floor. STC TEST DATA - Certified laboratory test data
**243-90 BCR; 253-82 BCR obtained by acceptable laboratories in accordance with
ANSI/ASTM E 90 AND ASTM E 413 may be used in
obtaining STC ratings.
***
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 12-2 SOUND The following national standards may be accepted for
TRANSMISSION CLASS RATINGS sound transmission class-ratings only:
TEST PROCEDURES FOR STC RATINGS-The STC NCMA-TEK 69.A - 1978 New Data on Sound Reduction
rating of a construction assembly shall be obtained with Concrete Masonry Walls.
GA-600 1988 Fire Resistance Design Manual, Twelfth
from one of the following methods:
Edition, as Modified.
(a) Laboratory test: ***243-90 BCR; 261-86 BCR; 290-84 BCR; 253-82 BCR
***
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 12-3

163
Refernce Standard 12

IMPACT NOISE RATINGS ANSI S 1.61-984 Preferred Frequencies and Band

TEST METHOD FOR INR - The INR of a floor- Numbers for Acoustical Measurements (R 1990).
ceiling construction assembly shall be obtained from ***243-90 BCR; 261-86 BCR; 253-82 BCR
the following:
*
ANSI/ASTM E 492 - 1986 Standard Method of REFERENCE STANDARD 12-9
Laboratory Measurement of Impact Sound Transmission ANSI S1.11-1986-Specification for Octave-Band and
through Floor-Ceiling Assemblies using the Tapping Fractional-Octave Band Analog and Digital Filters.
Machine. *243-90 BCR; 253-82 BCR
TEST DATA FOR INR RATINGS - Certified
laboratory test data obtained by acceptable laboratories REFERENCE STANDARD 12-10
in accordance with ANSI/ASTM E 492 may be used OPINION 76-16 PSC 1976 Case No. 26913-Proceeding
for INR RATING. on Motion of the Commission as to Insulation Standards,
***243-90 BCR; 261-86 BCR; 253-82 BCR August 13, 1976.
*
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 12-4
NOISE CRITERION (NC) LEVELS
NC levels shall be as shown in ASHRAE 1989
Handbook-Fundamentals.
*243-90 BCR; 253-82 BCR

*
REFERENCE STANDARD 12-5
TEST PROCEDURES FOR SOUND POWER LEVEL
The sound power levels of exterior mechanical equipment
and of fan coil units, grills, registers, diffusers and
induction units shall be measured in accordance with
the following:
ASHRAE Handbook1987- HVAC Systems and
Applications.
ANSI/ISO 1680-1986 Test Code for the Measurement
of Airborne Noise Emitted by Rotating Electrical
Machinery, Part 1 and Part 2.
*243-90 BCR; 253-82 BCR

**
REFERENCE STANDARD 12-6
ANSI S 1.4-1983 - Specification for Sound Level
Meters and Supplement ANSI S 1.4a-1985.
**243-90 BCR; 261-86 BCR; 290-84 BCR

*
REFERENCE STANDARD 12-7
ANSI S 12.34 - 1988 Engineering Methods for the
Determination of Sound Power Levels of Noise
Sources for Free-Field Conditions over a Reflecting
Plane.
ANSI S 12.30 - 1990 Guidelines for the Use of
Sound Power Standards and for the Preparation of
Noise Test Codes.
ANSI S 12:30† - 1990 Precision Method for the
Determination of Sound Power Levels of Broadband
Noise Sources in Reverberation Rooms.
ANSI S 12.32-1990 Precision Method for the
Determination of Sound Power Levels of Discrete
Frequency and Narrow Bank Noise Sources in
Reverberation Rooms.
ANSI S 1.13-1971 Methods for the Measure of
Sound Pressure Levels. (R 1986).
*243-90 BCR; 253-82 BCR
†As enacted; but “12.31” probably intended.

***
REFERENCE STANDARD 12-8

164
Reference Standard 13

REFERENCE STANDARD RS 13
MECHANICAL VENTILATION, AIR CONDITIONING, AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS
*
LIST OF REFERENCED NATIONAL STANDARDS

**NFiPA 90A Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems, As Modified....1996
ANSI/ NFiPA 96 Standard for the Installation of Equipment for the Removal of Smoke and Grease-Laden
Vapors from Commercial Cooking Equipment..................………………................ 1984
***NFiPA 90B Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning and Ventilating
Systems, As Modified ……………………………………………………………... 1996
ANSI/ NFiPA 91 Standard for the Installation of Blower and Exhaust Systems for Dust, Stock and Vapor
Removal Conveying.............…….........……………………………………………..1973
ANSI B60.1/ ASHRAE 15 Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration....……....................……………………. 1978
ANSI Z263.1/ UL 207 Standard for Refrigerant-Containing Components and Accessories Non-Electrical..1982
ANSI Z262.1/ UL 303 Standard for Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning Condensing and Compressor Units,
Revision March 1982........……..............…………………………………………… 1980
ANSI B136.1/ UL 353 Limit Controls, Revision November 1976..............……...........……………………. 1974
ANSI Z226.1/ UL 372 Standard for Primary Safety Controls for Gas and Oil-Fired Appliances. Revisions
September 10, 1976 and September 3, 19……………......................................…… 1975
ANSI B144.1/ UL 465 Standard for Central Cooling Air Conditioners. Revision May 1981..........………...1978
ANSI C33.14/ UL 484 Room Air Conditioners..........…….........................................……………………… 1982
ANSI B191.1/ UL 559 Standard for Heat Pumps. Revision October 1981……............……. ……………... 1975
ANSI Z251.1/ UL 883 Standard for Fan-Coil Units and Room Fan-Heaters. Revision February 1982…… 1980
ANSI B124.1/ UL 900 Standard for Test Performance of Air Filter Units. Revision December 1980……...1977
ANSI/ NFiPA 17 Standard for Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems.....…….......…………………... 1980

Note 1: Wherever in these standards reference is made to NFiPA 70, National Electrical Code, the work so covered
shall meet the requirements of the Electrical Code of the City of New York.
Note 2: Wherever in these standards reference is made to the authority having jurisdiction, substitute " to the
Commissioner."
* 913-82 BCR
**DOB 5-4-02; Local Law 16-1984
***DOB 5-4-02

***
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 13-1
CONTENTS
NFiPA No. 90 A-96, as modified, Standard for the Chapter 1 – General
Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilation Systems. 1-1 Introduction
Those provisions of ANSI/NFiPA No. 90 A-96 as 1-2 Scope
herein set forth with the modifications thereto shall 1-3 Purpose
constitute Reference Standard RS 13-1. 1-4 Maintenance
The appendices to ANSI/NFiPA No. 90 A-96 are not 1-5 Definitions
part of this Reference Standard. These are for informational
purposes only, and are not reproduced here. Chapter 2 - HVAC Systems
Wherever reference is made to the "National Electrical 2-1 General Requirements – Equipment
Code" it shall be changed to read "Electrical Code of 2-1.5 Equipment Location
the City of New York." 2-2 System Components
The New York State Energy Conservation Construction 2-2.1 Outside Air Intakes and Exhaust
Code also regulates the design and construction of 2-2.2 Air Cleaners and Air Filters
heating, ventilating, and air conditioning systems in 2-2.3 Fans
New York City. 2-2.3.1 Installation
2-2.3.2 Access
STANDARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF AIR 2-2.3.3 Exposed Inlets
CONDITIONING AND VENTILATION SYSTEMS 2-2.4 Air Cooling and Heating Equipment
ANSI/NFiPA No. 90 A-1996, AS MODIFIED 2-2.4.1 Installation
2-2.4.2 Appliances
Indicates where text deviates from ANSI/NFiPA No. 90A – 1996. 2-2.4.3 Mechanical Cooling
Section numbers are from ANSI/NFiPA No. 90A – 1996.
165
Reference Standard 13

2-2.4.4 Furnaces 3-4 Fire Dampers, Smoke Dampers, and

2-2.4.5 Duct Heaters Ceiling Dampers
2-3 Air Distribution 3-4.5 Damper Closure
2-3.1 Air Ducts 3-4.6 Installation
2-3.2 Air Connectors 3-4.6.4 Patching, Filling and Repairing
2-3.3 Supplementary Materials for Air
Distribution Systems
Chapter 4 – Controls
2-3.4 Air Duct Access and Inspection
4-1 Wiring
2-3.5 Air Duct Integrity
4-2 Manual Control
2-3.5.3 Air Duct at Heat Sources
4-3 Smoke Dampers
2-3.6 Air Outlets
4-4 Smoke Detection for Automatic Control
2-3.6.1 General
4-4.1 Location
2-3.6.2 Construction of Air Outlets
4-4.2 Function
2-3.6.3 Location of Air Outlets
4-4.3 Installation
2-3.7 Air Inlets (Return or Exhaust or
Return and Exhaust)
CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL
2-3.7.1 General
2-3.7.2 Construction of Air Inlets 1-1 Introduction. - An air duct system has the potential
2-3.7.3 Location of Air Inlets to convey smoke, hot gases, and flame from area to area
2-3.8 Fire Dampers and to supply air to aid combustion in the fire area. For
2-3.9 Smoke Dampers these reasons, fire protection of an air duct system is
2-3.10 Plenums essential to safety, to life and the protection of property.
2-3.10.1 Ceiling Cavity Plenum However, an air duct system's fire integrity also enables
2-3.10.2 Duct Distribution Plenum it to be used as part of a building's fire protection
2-3.10.3 Apparatus Casing Plenum system. (See Section 1-4)
2-3.10.4 Air-Handling Unit Room Plenum 1-2 Scope. - This standard shall apply to all systems
2-3.10.5 Raised Floor Plenum for the movement of environmental air in structures that
2-3.11 Corridor Air Systems are not otherwise exempted by Section 27-777(b) of the
2-3.11.1 Egress Corridors Administrative Code.
2-3.11.2 Exits 1-3 Purpose.
2-3.12 Smoke Control 1-3.1 This standard is intended to prescribe minimum
requirements for safety to life and property from fire.
These requirements are intended to:
Chapter 3 - Integration of a Ventilation and Air
(a) Restrict the spread of smoke through air duct
Conditioning System(s) with Building Construction
systems within a building or into a building from the
3-1 Air-Handling Equipment Rooms
outside.
3-1.1 General
(b) Restrict the spread of fire through air duct systems
3-1.2 Air-Handling Equipment Rooms Used
from the area of fire origin whether located within the
as Plenum Space
building or outside.
3-1.3 Air-Handling Equipment Rooms that
(c) Maintain the fire-resistive integrity of building
Have Air Ducts that Open Directly
components and elements such as floors, partitions,
into a Shaft
roofs, walls, and floor/roof-ceiling assemblies affected
3-1.4 Other Spaces Housing Air-Handling Units
by the installation of air duct systems.
3-2 Building Construction
(d) Minimize ignition sources and combustibility of
3-2.1 Air Duct Clearance
the elements of the air duct systems.
3-2.2 Structural Members
(e) Permit the air duct systems in a building to be
3-3 Penetrations - Protection of Openings
used for the additional purpose of emergency smoke
3-3.1 Fire-Rated Walls and Partitions
control.
3-3.2 Floors Required to Have a Fire Resistance
1-3.2 Nothing in this standard is intended to prevent
Rating
the use of new methods or devices, provided that
3-3.3 Floor/Roof -Ceiling Assemblies Having
sufficient technical data is submitted to the Department
a Fire Resistance Rating
of Buildings to demonstrate that the proposed method
3-3.4 Shafts
or device is equivalent in quality, strength, durability,
3-3.4.1 Enclosure of Ducts
and safety to that prescribed by this standard.
3-3.5 Location of Smoke Dampers
1-3.3 The provisions of this standard are not intended
to be applied retroactively. Where the system is being

166
Reference Standard 13

altered, extended, or renovated, the requirements of Approved - See subchapter 2 of the Building Code for
Article 4 of Subchapter 1 of Chapter 1 of Title 27 of the definition.
Administrative Code shall govern the applicability of Authority Having Jurisdiction - Means "The Commissioner
this standard. of the Department of Buildings" or his designee.
1-4 Maintenance. –The appropriate provisions of the Blower - A fan used to force air under pressure through
Building Code shall apply. an air duct system.
1-5 Definitions. Ceiling Damper - A device installed to limit radiant
Accepted - Means "Accepted" by the Materials and heat transfer through an air outlet or air inlet opening in
Equipment Acceptance Division of the Department of the ceiling of a floor/roof-ceiling assembly having not
Buildings. less than a 1-hour fire resistance rating. Such a device
NOTE: The MEA Division is the "authority having is described in the construction details for some tested
jurisdiction" in use of materials, assemblies, forms, floor/roof-ceiling assemblies.
methods of construction, and service equipment subject Environmental Air - Air that is supplied, returned,
to the acceptance requirements of Building Code recirculated, or exhausted from spaces for the purpose
Sections 27-131 and 27-135. of modifying the existing atmosphere within the building.
Air Cleaner - A device used to reduce or remove airborne Exhaust Air - Air removed from a space and not reused.
solids from heating, ventilating and air conditioning Exhaust System - An assembly of connected ducts,
systems by electrostatic means. plenums, fittings, registers, grilles and hoods through
Air Distribution System - A continuous passageway which air is conducted from the space or spaces and
for the transmission of air that, in addition to air ducts, exhausted to the outside atmosphere.
shall be permitted to include air connectors, air duct Fan - An assembly comprising blades or runners and a
fittings, dampers, plenums, fans, and accessory air handling housing or casing that is either a blower or an exhaust
equipment, but that does not include conditioned spaces. fan.
Air Duct - A conduit for conveying air. Fire Damper - A device installed in an air distribution
Air Duct Connector - A conduit for transferring air system, that is designed to close automatically upon
between an air duct or plenum and an air terminal unit detection of heat, to interrupt migratory airflow, and to
or an air inlet or an air outlet. (For limitations on use of restrict the passage of flame. A combination fire and
air connectors, see Section 2-3.2.1.) smoke damper meets the requirements of both.
Air Duct Covering - A material such as adhesive, Fire-Resistance Rating - See subchapter 2 of the Building
insulation, banding, a coating(s), film, or a jacket used Code for definition.
to cover the outside surface of an air duct, fan casing, or Flame Spread Rating - The measurement of the
duct plenum. comparative rate of propagation of flame over the
Air Duct Lining - A material such as an adhesive, surface of a material as determined by a fire test made
insulation, a coating(s), or film used to line the inside in accordance with a specified standard in subchapter
surface of an air duct, fan casing, or duct plenum. five of [this chapter] the Building Code.
Air Filters - A device used to reduce or remove Limited Combustible Material - A building construction
airborne solids from heating, ventilating, and air material not complying with the definition of non-
conditioning systems by mechanical means. combustible material, which, in the form in which it is
(a) A Class 1 air filter is one which, when clean, used, has a potential heat value not exceeding 3500 Btu/lb
does not contribute fuel when attacked by flame, and (8141kj/kg) and complies with one of the following
emits only negligible amounts of smoke when tested in paragraphs (a) or (b). Materials subject to increase in
accordance with RS 13-15. combustibility or flame spread index/rating beyond the
(b) A Class 2 air filter is one which, when clean, limits herein established through the effects of age,
burns moderately when attacked by flame or emits moisture, or other atmospheric condition shall be considered
moderate amounts of smoke or both when tested in combustible.
accordance with RS 13-15. (a) Materials having a structural base or noncombustible
Air Inlet - Any opening through which air is removed material, with a surfacing not exceeding a thickness of
from a space and returned to an air distribution system. one-eighth in. (3.2 mm), that has a flame spread
Air Outlet - Any opening through which air is delivered index/rating not greater than 50.
to a space from an air distribution system. (b) Materials, in the form and thickness used, other
Air Terminal Unit - An appliance receiving, conditioning, than as described in (a), having neither a flame spread
and delivering air supplied through an air distribution system. index/rating greater than 25 nor evidence of continued
Air Transfer Opening - An opening designed to allow combustion, and of such composition that surfaces that
the movement of environmental air between two would be exposed by cutting through the material on
contiguous spaces. any plane would have neither a flame spread index/rating

167
Reference Standard 13

greater than 25 nor evidence of continued progressive 2-1.2 Equipment shall be selected and installed based on
combustion. its proper application with respect to the manufacturer's
Listed - Equipment, materials or services included in a installation instructions and listing, as applicable.
list published by an organization acceptable to the 2-1.3 Equipment shall be guarded for personnel protection
"authority having jurisdiction" and concerned with and against intake or foreign matter into the system.
evaluation of products or services that maintains periodic 2-1.4 Electrical wiring and equipment shall be installed
inspection of production of listed equipment, materials in accordance with NYC Electrical Code.
or periodic evaluation of services, and whose listing 2-1.5 Equipment Location. - See Section 3-1
states either that the equipment, material or service 2-2 System Components.
meets identified standards or has been tested and found 2-2.1 Outside Air Intakes and Exhaust.
suitable for use in a specified purpose. 2-2.1.1 Outside air intakes shall be located to avoid
NOTE: The means for identifying listed equipment drawing in combustible material or flammable vapor
may vary for each organization concerned with product and to minimize hazard from fires in other structures.
evaluation, some of which do not recognize equipment 2.2.1.2 Outside air intakes shall be protected by screens
as listed unless it is also labeled. The "authority having of corrosion-resistant material not larger than one-half
jurisdiction" should utilize the system employed by the in. (12.7 mm) mesh.
listing organization to identify a listed product. 2-2.1.3 An outdoor air intake opening with gross area
Noncombustible - See subchapter 2 of the Building of more than 144 square inches (.0929 m2) shall be
Code for definition. provided with fire dampers and smoke dampers, or
Plenum - An air compartment or chamber located in combined fire and smoke dampers when such opening
one story only to which one or more ducts are connected is located as follows:
and which forms part of the air supply or return system (a) Less than 30 feet (9.145 m) above grade.
and may be part of the building construction such as the (b) Less than 30 feet (9.145 m) in any direction from
concealed space above a ceiling. Any such air any opening in another building.
compartment or chamber in more than one contiguous (c) Less than 15 feet (4.570 m) from a lot line.
story shall meet the requirements of Section 2-3.10. (d) Less than 50 feet (15.240 m) above and less than
Shall - Indicates a mandatory requirement. 50 feet (15.240 m) in any direction from a roof of
Smoke - The airborne solid and liquid particulars and combustible material or a building in which the exterior
gases evolved when a material undergoes pyrolysis or walls are constructed wholly or partly of wood.
combustion. Exception No. 1: Smoke dampers shall not be required
Smoke Barrier - See subchapter 2 of the Building Code for outdoor air intake openings installed in any
for definition. construction required to have a fire resistance rating of
Smoke Control - A system that utilizes fans to produce less than two hours.
pressure differences to manage smoke movement. Exception No. 2: Smoke dampers shall not be required
Smoke Damper - A device to resist the passage of for outdoor air intake openings of systems greater than
smoke which: 15,000 cfm (7080L/s) which are provided with smoke
(a) Is arranged to operate automatically, and dampers in accordance with 2-3.9.2 and arranged as to
(b) Is controlled by a smoke detector, and not introduce smoke into the building or space in which
(c) When required shall be capable of being positioned the equipment is located.
manually from a remote command station. 2-2.1.4 To minimize the hazard from fires and from
A smoke damper may be a fire damper or a damper noxious, toxic or obnoxious discharges to structures,
serving other functions, if its location lends itself to the any exhaust air discharge to the outside atmosphere
multiple functions. A combination fire and smoke shall terminate at or above the roof or setback roof of
damper shall meet the requirements of both. the building or in an exterior wall adjoining a street,
Smoke Detector - A device which senses visible or yard or court. Exhaust air discharges shall be at least
invisible particles of combustion. 10 feet (3.050 m) above the sidewalk or ground and
Smoke Developed Rating - A smoke developed rating shall terminate at least 10 feet (3.050 m) from any
of a material refers to a number or classification of a window in another building or from any window in a
material obtained according to RS 5-5. residential portion of the same building, or from any
fire escape, exterior stair, or balcony. Exhaust system
CHAPTER 2 - HVAC SYSTEMS openings shall be provided with vanes or louvers
2-1 General Requirements - Equipment. constructed so as to direct the air away from windows,
2-1.1 Equipment shall be arranged to afford access for other openings, and pedestrians. Protection of openings
inspection maintenance, and repair. in exterior walls shall be in accordance with Table 3-4
of the Building Code.
2-2.2. Air Cleaners and Air Filters.

168
Reference Standard 13

2-2.2.1 Electrostatic air cleaners shall be accepted in 2-2.4.5 Duct Heaters. - Where electrical resistance or
accordance with RS 14-6, and shall be installed in fuel burning heaters are installed in air ducts, the air
conformance with the conditions of acceptance. duct coverings and their installation shall comply with
2-2.2.2 Approved air filters shall have either a Class 1 the provisions of 2-3.5.3. The installation of electrical
or Class 2 rating in accordance with RS 13-15. duct heaters shall comply with the Electrical Code of
2-2.2.3 Liquid adhesive coatings used on air filters the City of New York.
shall have flash point not lower than 325 F 2-3 Air Distribution.
(163 C) as determined by RS 14-13. 2-3.1 Air Ducts.
2-2.2.4 Where air filters are flushed with liquid adhesives, 2-3.1.1 Air ducts shall be permitted to be rigid or flexible
the system shall be arranged so that the air cleaner and shall be constructed of materials that are reinforced
cannot be flushed while the fan is in operation. and sealed to satisfy the requirements for the use of the
2-2.2.5 Liquid adhesive tanks into which removable air duct system, such as the supply air system, the
filters are dipped should preferably be located outside return or exhaust air system, and the variable volume/
the building or in a separate fire resistive room and pressure air system.
stored in accordance with NFiPA 30/96, Flammable 2-3.1.2 Air ducts shall be constructed of the following
and Combustible Liquids Code. Such tanks shall be of materials:
metal, equipped with tight-fitting covers and shall be (a) Iron, steel, aluminum, copper, concrete, masonry,
kept tightly covered when not in actual use. or clay tile.
2-2.2.6 All air filters shall be kept free of excess dust (b) Class 0 or Class 1 rigid or flexible air ducts tested in
and combustible material. Unit filters shall be renewed accordance with UL 181/96, Standard for Safety
or cleaned when the resistance to airflow has increased Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors, and
to two times the original resistance or when the resistance installed in conformance with the conditions of listing.
has reached a value of recommended replacement by Exception No. 1: Class 0 or Class 1 rigid or flexible
the manufacturer. A permanently installed draft gauge air duct shall not be used as a vertical air duct that is
shall be provided for this purpose. Where the filters are more than two stories in height.
of the automatic liquid adhesive type, sludge shall be Exception No. 2: Class 0 or Class 1 rigid or flexible
removed from the liquid adhesive reservoir regularly. air ducts shall not be used for air ducts containing air
2-2.3 Fans. at temperatures in excess of 250 F (121 C).
2-2.3.1 Installation. - Fans shall be installed in accordance (c) Where the temperature of the conveyed air does
with applicable NFPA standards and manufacturer's not exceed 125 F (52 C) in normal service, negative
instructions. Fans shall be suitable for the specific installation. pressure exhaust or return air ducts shall be permitted to
2-2.3.2 Access. - Fans shall be located, arranged and be constructed of gypsum board having a maximum
installed to afford access for inspection and maintenance. flame spread index/rating of 25 without evidence of
2-2.3.3 Exposed Inlets. - Exposed fan inlets shall be continued progressive combustion and a maximum
protected with metal screens to prevent the entry of smoke developed index/rating of 50.
paper, trash, and similar foreign materials. Exception: The maximum conveyed air temperature of
2-2.4 Air Cooling and Heating Equipment. 125 F (52 C) shall not apply to gypsum board
2-2.4.1 Installation. - Heating and cooling equipment material used for emergency smoke exhaust air ducts.
shall be installed in accordance with applicable NFPA (d) All air duct materials shall be suitable for continuous
standards and the manufacturer's instructions. The exposure to the temperature and humidity conditions of
equipment shall be approved/accepted for the specific the environmental air in the air duct.
installation. (See 2-3.3.1.) 2-3.1.3 The materials, thickness, construction, and installation
2-2.4.2 Appliances. - Materials used in the manufacturing of ducts shall provide structural strength and durability
of fan coil units, self-contained air-conditioning units, in conformance with recognized good practice. Air ducts
furnaces, heat pumps, humidifiers, and all similar shall be considered to be in compliance with this requirement
appliances shall meet the requirements of 2-3.3.1 and where constructed and installed in accordance with RS
2-3.3.2. Acceptance by the MEA Division of the 14-22. Where no standard exists for the construction of
Department of Buildings shall be sufficient evidence of air ducts, they shall be constructed to withstand both the
compliance with this requirement. positive and negative pressures of the system.
2-2.4.3 Mechanical Cooling. - Mechanical refrigeration 2-3.2 Air Connectors.
used with air duct systems shall be installed in accordance 2-3.2.1 Air connectors are limited-use, flexible air
with recognized safety practices and RS 13-6. ducts that shall be required to conform to the provisions
2-2.4.4 Furnaces. - Heating furnaces, combined with for air ducts where they meet the following requirements:
cooling units in the same air duct system shall be (a) Air connectors shall conform to the requirements
installed in accordance with RS 14-2, if gas fired, and for Class 0 or Class 1 connectors when tested and
RS 14-3 if oil fired.

169
Reference Standard 13

approved in accordance with UL 181/96, Standard for Exception:Where such coverings meet the requirements
Safety Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors. of 3-4.6.4.
(b) Class 0 or Class 1 air connectors shall not be used 2-3.3.4 Air duct linings shall be interrupted at fire
for ducts containing air at temperatures in excess of dampers to prevent interference with the operation of
250 F (121 C). devices.
(c) Air connector runs shall not exceed 14 ft. (4.265 m) 2-3.3.5 Air duct coverings shall not be installed so as
in length. to conceal or prevent the use of any service opening.
(d) Air connectors shall not pass through any wall, 2-3.3.6 Pipe insulation and coverings shall meet the
partition, or enclosure of a vertical shaft that is required requirements of 2-3.3.1 and 2-3.3.2 where installed in
to have a fire resistance rating of 1 hour or more. ducts, plenums, or concealed spaces used as part of the
(e) Air connectors shall not pass through floors. air distribution system.
2-3.2.2 Vibration isolation connectors in duct systems 2-3.4 Air Duct Access and Inspection.
shall be made of an approved flame-retardant fabric or 2-3.4.1 A service opening shall be provided in air ducts
shall consist of sleeve joints with packing of approved adjacent to each fire damper, smoke damper, and smoke
material, each having a maximum flame spread index/ detector. The opening shall be large enough to permit
rating of 25 and a maximum smoke developed index/rating maintenance and resetting of the device.
of 50. The fabric shall have a maximum length of 10 Access doors for fire dampers shall be located so that
in. (254 mm) in the direction of airflow. the spring catch and fusible links are accessible for
2-3.3 Supplementary Materials for Air Distribution purposes of inspection, resetting or repair. Where the
Systems. size of the duct permits, the minimum size access door
2-3.3.1 Supplementary materials such as duct coverings, shall be 18 in. x 16 in. (457 mm x 406 mm). For
duct linings, vapor retarder facings, adhesives, fasteners, dampers that are too large for an ordinary person’s arms
tapes, and core materials added to air ducts, plenums, to reach from outside the duct to reset the damper and
panels, and duct silencers used in duct systems shall replace the fusible link, the minimum size for the access
have, in the form in which they are used, a maximum door shall be increased to 24 in. x 16 in. (610 mm x 406
flame spread mm) to allow the entrance of an individual.
index/rating of 25 without evidence of continued Access doors shall be located as close as practicable to fire
progressive combustion and a maximum smoke dampers and smoke dampers. If feasible, the underside of
developed index/rating of 50. Where air duct coverings the duct shall be used rather than a side door.
and linings are to be applied with adhesives, they shall Whenever spring-loaded dampers require the use of two
have a maximum flame spread index of 25 and a arms (two persons, if necessary) for re-setting, the
maximum smoke developed index of 50 when in the access doors (one on each side of the partition, if
final dry state, (See 2-2.4.2.) necessary) shall be of sufficient size to allow two arms
Closure systems for use with rigid air ducts tested in to enter the duct. Also refer to Section 27-343 of the
accordance with UL 181/96, Standard for Safety Building Code.
Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors, shall 2-3.4.2 Service openings shall be identified with letters
have been tested and listed in accordance with UL having a minimum height of one-half in. (12.7 mm) to
181A/94, Standard for Safety Closure Systems for Use indicate the location of the fire protection device(s) within.
with Rigid Air Ducts and Air Connectors, and used in 2-3.4.3 Horizontal air ducts and plenums shall be
accordance with the conditions of their listings. provided with service openings (see 2-3.4.1) to facilitate the
Exception No. 1: This requirement shall not apply to removal of accumulations of dust and combustible
air duct weatherproof coverings where they are located materials. Service openings shall be located at approximately
entirely outside of a building, do not penetrate a wall or 20 ft. (6.095 m) intervals along the air duct and at the
roof, and do not create an exposure hazard. base of each vertical riser.
Exception No. 2: Smoke detectors required by 4-4.2. Exception No. 1: Removable air outlet or air inlet devices of
2-3.3.2 Air duct, panel, and plenum coverings and linings adequate size shall be permitted in lieu of service openings.
shall not flame, glow, smolder, or smoke when tested in Exception No. 2: Service openings shall not be required in
accordance with similar test for pipe coverings, ASTM supply ducts where the supply air has previously passed
C411/97, Standard Test Method for Hot-Surface Performance through an air filter, an air cleaner, or a water spray.
of High-Temperature Thermal Insulation, at the temperature Exception No. 3: Service openings shall not be required
to which they are exposed in service. In no case shall where all the following conditions exist:
the test temperature be below 250 F (121 C). (a) The occupancy has no process producing combustible
2-3.3.3 Air duct coverings shall not extend through material such as dust, lint, or greasy vapors. Such
walls or floors that are required to be firestopped or occupancies include banks, office buildings, churches,
required to have a fire resistance rating. hotels, and health care facilities (but not kitchens, laundries,
and manufacturing portions of such facilities).

170
Reference Standard 13

(b) The air inlets are at least 7 ft. (2.135 m) above the (b) Where located less than 7 ft. (2.135 m) above
floor or are protected by corrosion-resistant metal screens the floor, outlet openings shall be protected by a grille
of at least 14 mesh (0.07 in.) (1.8 mm) that are installed or screen having openings through which a one-half in.
at the inlets so that they cannot draw papers, refuse, or (12.7 mm) sphere cannot pass.
other combustible solids into the return air duct. (c) Grilles may be located in floors provided they
(c) The minimum design velocity in the return duct for are installed so that they may be removed for cleaning
the particular occupancy is 1000 ft./min. (5.080 m/s). purposes and provided they are constructed as follows:
2-3.4.4 Inspection windows shall be permitted in air (1) Grilles up to 3 square feet (0.2787 m2) in
ducts provided they are glazed with wired glass. However, gross area shall be designed to support a concentrated
service openings shall be provided as required in 2-3.4.1. live load of 250 lb. (1112N) on any 4 square inches
2-3.4.5 Openings in walls or ceilings shall be provided (2580 mm2) of surface.
so that service openings in air ducts are accessible for (2) Grilles over 3 square feet (0.2787 m2) in gross
maintenance and inspection needs. area shall be designed to support the same loads as the
2-3.4.6 Where a service opening is necessary in an air floor in the area where used.
duct located above the ceiling of a floor/roof-ceiling (3) If located where they may be walked upon, the
assembly that has been tested and assigned a fire opening in grilles shall reject a one-half inch (12.7 mm)
resistance rating in accordance with RS 5-2, access shall sphere.
be provided in the ceiling and shall be designed and 2-3.7 Air Inlets (Return or Exhaust or Return and
installed so that it does not reduce the fire resistance Exhaust).
rating of the assembly. 2-3.7.1 General. - Air shall not be recirculated from
2-3.5 Air Duct Integrity. any space in which flammable vapors, flyings, or dust
2-3.5.1 Air ducts shall be located where they are not is present in quantities and concentrations that would
subject to damage or rupture, or they shall be protected introduce a hazardous condition into the return air
to maintain their integrity. system.
2-3.5.2 Where an air duct is located outdoors, the air 2-3.7.2 Construction of Air Inlets. - Air inlets shall
duct, together with its covering or lining, shall be be constructed of noncombustible material or a material
protected from harmful elements. that has a maximum flame spread index/rating of 25
2-3.5.3 Air Duct at Heat Sources. - Where electrical, and a maximum smoke developed index/rating of 50.
fossil fuel, or solar energy collection heat sources are 2-3.7.3 Location of Air Inlets.
installed in air ducts, the installation shall avoid the (a) Air inlets shall be located at least 3 in. (76 mm)
creation of a fire hazard. Air ducts rated as Class 1 in above the floor.
accordance with UL 181/96, Standard for Safety Exception: Where provisions have been made to prevent
Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors, air duct dirt and dust accumulations from entering the system.
coverings, and linings shall be interrupted at the (b) Where located less than 7 ft (2.135 m) above the
immediate area of operation of such heat sources in floor, inlet openings shall be protected by a grill or
order to meet the clearances specified as a condition of screens having openings through which a one-half in.
the equipment listing. (12.7 mm) sphere cannot pass.
Exception No. 1: Appliances listed for zero clearance (c) Grilles may be located in floors provided they
from combustibles where installed in accordance with are installed so that they may be removed for cleaning
the conditions of their listings. purposes and provided they are constructed as follows:
Exception No. 2: Insulation specifically suitable for the (1) Grilles up to 3 square feet (0.2787 m2) in gross
maximum temperature that reasonably can be anticipated area shall be designed to support a concentrated live
on the duct surface shall be permitted to be installed at load of 250 lb. (1112 N) on any 4 square inches (2580
the immediate area of operation of such appliances. mm2) of surface.
2-3.6 Air Outlets. (2) Grilles over 3 square feet (0.2787 m2) in gross
2-3.6.1 General. - Air supplied to any space shall not area shall be designed to support the same loads as the
contain flammable vapors, flyings, or dust in quantities floor in the area where used.
and concentrations that would introduce a hazardous (3) If located where they may be walked upon,
condition. the opening in grilles shall reject a one-half inch (12.7
2-3.6.2 Construction of Air Outlets. - Air outlets shall mm) sphere.
be constructed of noncombustible material or a material 2-3.8 Fire Dampers. - Approved fire dampers shall be
that has a maximum smoke developed index/rating of provided as required in Chapter 3 and installed in
50 and a maximum flame spread index/rating of 25. conformance with the conditions of their listings.
2-3.6.3 Location of Air Outlets. 2-3.9 Smoke Dampers.
(a) Air outlets shall be located at least 3 in. (76 mm) 2-3.9.1 Approved smoke dampers shall be provided as
above the floor. required in Chapter 3 and installed in conformance with
Exception: Where provisions have been made to prevent the conditions of their listings.
dirt and dust accumulations from entering the system.

171
Reference Standard 13

2-3.9.2 Smoke dampers shall be installed in systems optical density of 0.5 or less, an average optical density
with a capacity greater than 15,000 cfm (7079 L/s) to of 0.15 or less, and a peak heat release rate of 100 kW
isolate the air-handling equipment, including filters, or less when tested in accordance with UL 2043/92,
from the remainder of the system in order to restrict the Standard for Safety Fire Test for Heat and Visible
circulation of smoke. Smoke Release for Discrete Products and Their
Exception No. 1: Where the air-handling unit is located Accessories Installed in Air-Handling Spaces.
on the floor that it serves and serves only that floor. (b) The integrity of the firestopping for penetrations
Exception No. 2: Where the air-handling unit is located shall be maintained.
on the roof and serves only the floor immediately below (c) Light diffusers, other than those made of metal or
the roof. glass, used in air-handling light fixtures shall be listed
Exception No. 3: Existing buildings using only Class 1 and marked "Fixture Light Diffusers for Air-Handling
filters shall be exempt from this subdivision provided Fixtures."
the control system is arranged to shut down the fresh air (d) The temperature of air delivered to these plenums
intake, return air, and exhaust air dampers, and fan shutdown shall not exceed 250 F (121 C).
and smoke detection are provided in accordance with (e) Materials used in the construction of a ceiling
Section 4-4. plenum shall be suitable for continuous exposure to the
2-3.10 Plenums. temperature and humidity conditions of the environmental
2-3.10.1 Ceiling Cavity Plenum. - The space between air in the plenum.
the top of the finished ceiling and the underside of the (f) Where the plenum is a part of a floor-ceiling or
floor or roof above shall be permitted to be used to roof- ceiling assembly that has been tested or investigated
supply air to, or return or exhaust air from, or return and assigned a fire resistance rating of 1 hour or more,
and exhaust air from the occupied area provided that the assembly shall meet the requirements of 3-3.3.
the following conditions are met: (g) All portions of the ceiling cavity plenum shall be
(a) All materials exposed to the airflow shall be designed to withstand the maximum air pressure
noncombustible or limited combustible and have a differential that may be developed.
maximum smoke developed index/rating of 50. 2-3.10.2 Duct Distribution Plenum. - A duct enclosure
Exception No. 1: The following materials shall be used for the multiple distribution or gathering of ducts
permitted in the ceiling cavity plenum where listed as or connectors shall be constructed of materials and
having a maximum peak optical density of 0.5 or less, methods specified in 2-3.1.
an average optical density of 0.15 or less, and a 2-3.10.3 Apparatus Casing Plenum. - A fabricated
maximum flame spread distance of 5 ft. (1.525 m) or plenum and apparatus casing shall be permitted to be
less when tested in accordance with the specified test used for supply, return, or exhaust air service and shall
method: be constructed of materials and methods specified in 2-
(a) Electrical wires and cables - Electrical wires 3.1, and in accordance with the following:
and cables shall be installed in accordance with the (a) The casing and plenum construction standards,
NYC Electrical Code. as per RS 14-22.
(b) Pneumatic tubing for control systems - UL (b) Paragraph 2-3.3 for all air duct coverings, duct
1820/94, Standard for Safety Fire Test of Pneumatic lining acoustical liner/cells, and
Tubing for Flame and Smoke Characteristics Only. miscellaneous materials.
(c) Optical-fiber cables - Optical-fiber cables shall 2-3.10.4 Air-Handling Unit Room Plenum.
be installed in accordance with the NYC Electrical (a) Individual rooms containing an air-handling
Code. unit(s) gather return air from various sources and
(d) Optical-fiber cable raceway Optical-fiber cable combine the return air within the room for returning to
raceway shall be installed in accordance with the NYC the air-handling unit. Duct covering, duct lining, acoustical
Electrical Code. liner/cells, and miscellaneous materials shall comply
(e) Fire alarm cables - Fire alarm cables shall be with 2-3.3.
red, type FPLP, and be installed in accordance with (b) Air-handling unit room plenums shall not be
Reference Standards RS 17-3, RS 17-3A, RS 17-3B, and used for storage or occupied other than during equipment
RS 17-3C, and be tested and listed in accordance with servicing.
the requirements of UL 1424/90, UL 910/95 and the 2-3.10.5 Raised Floor Plenum. - The space between
City of New York, and shall be marked with the the top of the finished floor and the underside of a
company name, type FPLP, size (AWG), minimum raised floor shall be permitted to be used to supply air
temperature rating 150 C (UL), Also Classified NYC to, or return exhaust air from, or return and exhaust air
CERT Fire Alarm Cable. from the occupied area, provided that the following
Exception No. 2: Smoke detectors. conditions are met:
Exception No. 3: Loudspeakers, loudspeaker assemblies, (a) All materials exposed to the airflow shall be
and their accessories shall be permitted in the ceiling noncombustible or limited combustible and shall have a
cavity plenum where listed as having a maximum peak maximum smoke developed index/rating of 50.

172
Reference Standard 13

Exception No. 1: The following materials shall be permitted Exception No. 4: In detention and correctional occupancies
in the raised floor plenum where listed as having a with corridor separations of open
maximum peak optical density of 0.5 or less, an construction (e.g., grating doors or grating partitions).
average optical density of 0.15 or less, and a maximum Exception No. 5: In existing buildings classified in
flame spread distance of 5 ft. (1.525 m) or less when Occupancy Group J-1 ventilation may be provided in
tested in accordance with the specified test method: accordance with Section 27-777.2(a) of the Administrative
(a) Electrical wires and cables - Electrical wires Code.
and cables shall be installed in accordance with the Exception No. 6: In institutions as classified in article
NYC Electrical Code. 10 of subchapter 3 of the Administrative Code provided
(b) Pneumatic tubing for control systems - UL the system(s) serving the corridor have smoke detectors
1820/94, Standard for Safety Fire Test of Pneumatic located as required in Section 4-4.1 of this Reference
Tubing for Flame and Smoke Characteristics Only. Standard that will shut down fans upon activation.
(c) Optical-fiber cables - Optical-fiber cables shall 2-3.11.2 Exits. - Exit passageways, stairs, ramps, and
be installed in accordance with the NYC Electrical Code. other exits shall not be used as a part of a supply, return, or
(d)Optical-fiber cable raceway - Optical-fiber exhaust air system serving other areas of the building.
cable raceway shall be installed in accordance with the 2-3.12 Smoke Control. - Where a smoke-control or
NYC Electrical Code. exhaust system is required, it shall conform to the
(e) Fire alarm cables - Fire alarm cables shall be red, requirements of the building code.
type FPLP, and be installed in accordance with Reference
Standards RS 17-3, RS 17-3A, RS 17-3B, and RS 17-3C, CHAPTER 3 - INTEGRATION OF A VENTILATION
and tested and listed in accordance with the requirements of AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM(S) WITH
UL 1424/90, UL 910/95 and the City of New York, and BUILDING CONSTRUCTION
shall be marked with the company name, type FPLP, 3-1 Air-Handling Equipment Rooms.
size (AWG), minimum temperature rating 150 C (UL), 3-1.1 General. - Air-handling equipment rooms generally
Also Classified NYC CERT Fire Alarm Cable. fall into three categories:
Exception No. 2: Raised floors, intermachine cables, (a) Those used as air plenums (usually return air);
electrical wires, listed plenum optical-fiber cable raceways, (b) Those with air ducts that open directly into a
and optical-fiber cables in computer/data processing shaft; and
rooms where these rooms are designed and installed in (c) Other air-handling unit rooms.
accordance with NFPA 75/95, Standard for the Protection 3-1.2 Air-Handling Equipment Rooms Used as Plenum
of Electronic Computer/Data Processing Equipment. Space. - Air-handling unit rooms used as plenums for
Exception No. 3: Smoke detectors. supply or return air shall comply with 2-3.10.4.
(b) The integrity of the firestopping for penetrations 3-1.3 Air-Handling Equipment Rooms that Have Air
shall be maintained. Ducts that Open Directly into a Shaft. Air-handling
(c) The temperature of air delivered to these equipment rooms, including the protection of openings,
plenums shall not exceed 250 F (121 C). shall be separated from shafts by construction having a
(d) Materials used in the construction of a raised fire resistance rating not less than that required for the
floor plenum shall be suitable for continuous exposure shaft by 3-3.4.
to the temperature and humidity conditions of the Exception: Fire-resistant separation shall not be required
environmental air in the plenum. for air-handling equipment rooms that are enclosed by
2-3.11 Corridor Air Systems. construction having a fire resistance rating not less
2-3.11.1 Egress Corridors. - Except in fully sprinklered than that required for the shaft.
office buildings, public corridors shall not be used as a 3-1.4 Other Spaces Housing Air-Handling Units. -
portion of direct supply, return, or exhaust air system Other spaces housing air-handling units shall meet the
serving adjoining areas. Air transfer because of pressure requirements of the building code. [of the authority
differential in health care occupancies from corridors is having jurisdiction]
permitted. An air transfer opening(s) shall not be permitted 3-2 Building Construction.
in walls or in doors separating egress corridors from 3-2.1 Air Duct Clearance. - The clearance from metal
adjoining areas. air ducts to assemblies constructed of combustible materials,
Exception No. 1: Toilet rooms, bathrooms, shower rooms, including plaster on wood lath, shall be not less than
sink closets, and similar auxiliary spaces opening one-half in. (12.7 mm), or the combustible material shall
directly onto the egress corridor. be protected with minimum one-quarter in. (6.4 mm)
Exception No. 2: Where door clearances do not exceed firestopping material as per the Building Code. The
those specified for fire doors in RS 5-8, air transfer integrity of the firestopping and smokestopping shall be
caused by pressure differentials shall be permitted. maintained.
Exception No. 3: Use of egress corridors as part of an Exception: This clearance shall not apply to systems
engineered smoke-control system. used solely for ventilation, air cooling, or air conditioning
without heating.

173
Reference Standard 13

3-2.2 Structural Members. - The installation of air (b) Ducts passing through two or more floors, or through
ducts, including the hangers, shall not reduce the fire a floor and a roof, and having a cross-sectional area of
resistance rating of structural members. more than 2 square feet (0.1858 m2) shall be encased in
3-2.3 Where the installation of the hangers for the shafts of noncombustible construction having a minimum
components of an air duct system penetrates an existing 2-hour fire resistance rating. Where the cross-sectional
ceiling of a fire-resistive floor/roof-ceiling assembly area is 2 square feet (0.1858 m2) or less, such ducts
and necessitates removal of a portion of that ceiling, the may be fire protected with construction having a
replacement material shall be identical to or approved minimum fire resistance rating of 1 hour placed as close
as equivalent to that which was removed. as possible to the duct in lieu of a shaft, with the space
Exception: As an alternative to repairing the existing between the duct and the floor construction filled solidly
ceiling, a new ceiling shall be permitted to be installed with inert noncombustible material for the full depth of
below the air duct system, provided the fire resistance the floor construction. Exceptions and qualifications are
rating of the floor/roof-ceiling design is not reduced. as follows:
3-3 Penetrations - Protection of Openings. - For examples (1) The encasing of ducts shall not be required for
of the application of the penetration protection requirements, ducts which are cut off from the main portion of the
see Figure 3-3. duct by approved fire dampers.
3-3.1 Fire-Rated Walls and Partitions. (2) Ducts which are located in one story and have
3-3.1.1[*]Approved fire dampers shall be provided all duct openings extending through a floor to the story
where air ducts penetrate or terminate at openings in next above or below may in lieu of such fire resistive
walls or partitions required to have a fire resistance enclosure be provided with approved fire dampers at
rating pursuant to Section 27-343 of the Administrative each such point where the floor is pierced.
Code. In addition, approved fire dampers shall be provided (3) Two or more ducts serving separate floors shall
in outdoor intake openings in accordance with Section not be encased in the same fire resistive enclosure unless
2-2.1.3. (See Figure 3-3). approved fire dampers are installed where each branch
Exception: Fire dampers shall not be required where is taken from such encased ducts.
other openings through the wall are not required to be (4) A branch duct having a cross-sectional area of
protected. less than 20 square inches (12900 mm2) which passes
3-3.1.2 Approved fire dampers shall be provided in all through one floor only and pierces the floor at one point
air transfer openings in partitions required to have a fire only to supply air conditioning units in one story only is
resistance rating and in which other openings are not required to be encased. Where a branch serves
required to be protected. connectors which pierce the floor at more than one
3-3.2 Floors Required to Have a Fire Resistance point, the portion of the duct below the floor shall be
Rating. - Where air ducts extend through only one floor encased with not less than one-half inch (12.7 mm) of
and serve only two adjacent stories, the air ducts shall noncombustible insulating material such as metal lath
be enclosed (see 3-3.4.1) or fire dampers shall be and plaster or shall be enclosed with noncombustible
installed at each point where the floor is penetrated material such as by locating above a noncombustible
Exception: Air ducts serving air conditioning terminal ceiling.
devices on the floor above, provided a fire test 3-3.4.2 A fire-resistive enclosure used as an air duct
conducted in accordance with RS 5-2, determines that shall conform with 3-3.4.1 and 2-3.1. Gypsum board
the fire resistance rating of the floor is maintained. systems shall be constructed in accordance with RS 5-
3-3.3 Floor/Roof -Ceiling Assemblies Having a Fire 1A or RS 5-1B, and the corners of such systems shall
Resistance Rating. - Where air ducts and openings for be constructed in accordance with details approved by
air ducts are used in a floor/roof-ceiling assembly the Board of Standards and Appeals under Calendar
required to have a fire resistance rating, all the materials Number 354-76-SM or equivalent.
and the construction of the assembly, including the air 3-3.4.3 Shafts that constitute air ducts or that enclose
duct materials and the size and protection of the air ducts used for the movement of environmental air
openings, shall conform with the design of the fire- shall not enclose:
resistive assembly, as tested in accordance with RS 5-2. (a) Exhaust ducts used for the removal of smoke and
(Where dampers are required, see 3-4.4.) grease-laden vapors from cooking equipment;
3-3.4 Shafts. (b) Ducts used for the removal of flammable vapors;
3-3.4.1 Enclosure of Ducts. - (a) Air ducts that pass (c) Ducts used for moving, conveying, or transporting
through the floors of buildings requiring the protection stock, vapor or dust;
of vertical openings shall be enclosed with partitions or (d) Ducts used for the removal of nonflammable
walls constructed of materials as permitted by the Building corrosive fumes and vapors;
Code, section 27-344. (e) Refuse and linen chutes; or
Exception: Where an air duct penetrates only one floor (f) Piping.
and the air duct contains a fire damper located where Exception: Noncombustible piping conveying water or
the duct penetrates the floor, an air duct enclosure shall other nonhazardous or nontoxic materials.
not be required.

174
Reference Standard 13

175
Reference Standard 13

3-3.4.4 Fire dampers shall be installed at each direct or 3-3.5.3 The above requirements are applicable to new
ducted opening into or out of enclosures required by 3-3.4.1. buildings and existing buildings where new fire rated
Exception No. 1: Where an air duct system serving partitions are erected or where existing ducts are being
only one story is used only for exhaust of air to the modified or reconfigured in such a way as to require the
outside and is contained within its own dedicated shaft. installation of smoke and/or fire dampers.
Exception No. 2: Where branch ducts connect to 3-4 Fire Dampers, Smoke Dampers, and Ceiling Dampers.
enclosed exhaust risers meeting the requirements of 3- 3-4.1 Fire dampers used for the protection of openings
3.4.1 or 3-3.4.2 in which the airflow moves upward and in walls, partitions, or floors with fire resistance ratings
steel subducts at least 22 in. (559 mm) in length are of less than 3 hours shall have a one and one-half-hour
carried up inside the riser for each inlet and the riser is fire protection rating in accordance with UL 555/99,
appropriately sized to accommodate the flow restriction Standard for Safety Fire Dampers.
created by the subduct. (See Figure 3-3) 3-4.2 Fire dampers used for the protection of openings
Exception No. 3: Where such openings are provided in walls, partitions, or floors having a fire resistance rating
for ducts serving air terminal units and the ducts or of 3 hours or more shall have a 3-hour fire protection
duct connectors meet all of the following conditions rating in accordance with UL 555/99, Standard for
(See Figure 3-3): Safety Fire Dampers.
(a)They have a cross-sectional area of less than 20 3-4.3 Smoke dampers used for the protection of openings
sq. in. (12900 mm2); in smoke barriers or in engineered smoke-control systems
(b)They meet the requirements specified in 2-3.1; shall be classified in accordance with UL 555S/99,
(c)They serve air terminal units which directly abut Standard for Safety Leakage Rated Dampers for Use in
the shaft enclosure or have continuous architectural enclosures Smoke Control Systems.
constructed the same as the air terminal unit; and 3-4.4 Ceiling dampers or other methods of protecting
(d)They meet the requirements of 3-4.6.4. openings in rated floor/roof-ceiling assemblies shall comply
3-3.5 Location of Smoke Dampers. with the construction details of the tested floor/roof-ceiling
3-3.5.1 Smoke dampers shall be installed at or adjacent assembly or with listed ceiling air diffusers, or with listed
to the point where air ducts pass through required ceiling dampers. Ceiling dampers shall be tested in accordance
smoke barriers, partitions adjacent to spaces leading with UL 555C/96, Standard for Safety Ceiling Dampers.
from elevators to a street or to the exterior of a building, 3-4.5 Damper Closure.
and any construction required to have a rating of 2 hrs. 3-4.5.1 All fire dampers and ceiling dampers shall
or more, but in no case shall a smoke damper be close automatically, and they shall remain closed upon
installed more than 2 ft. (610 mm) from the barrier or the operation of a listed fusible link or other approved
after the first air duct inlet or outlet, whichever is closer heat-actuated device located where readily affected by
to the smoke barrier. an abnormal rise of temperature in the air duct.
Exception No. 1: Smoke dampers shall not be required 3-4.5.2 Fusible links shall have a temperature rating
on air systems other than where necessary for the approximately 50 F (28 C) above the maximum temperature
proper function of that system where the system is that normally is encountered when the system is in operation
designed specifically to: or shut down, but not less than 160 F (71 C).
(a)Function as an engineered smoke-control system, Exception: Where combination fire/smoke dampers are
including the provision of continuous air movement located within air ducts that are part of an engineered
with the air-handling system; or smoke-control system, fusible links or other approved
(b)Provide air to other areas of the building heat-responsive devices shall have a temperature rating
during a fire emergency; or approximately 50ΕF (28 C) above the maximum
(c)Provide pressure differentials during a fire emergency. smoke-control system designed operating temperature,
Exception No. 2: Smoke dampers shall not be required but shall not exceed the UL 555S/99, Standard for
to be located within a prescribed distance of a fire Safety Leakage Rated Dampers for Use in Smoke
rated enclosure where isolation smoke dampers are Control Systems degradation test temperature rating of
used in air-handling equipment. (See 2-3.9.2) the combination fire/smoke damper or a maximum of
Exception No. 3: Buildings classified in Occupancy 350 F (177 C).
Group J-2. 3-4.5.3 A provision for remote opening of combination
Exception No. 4: Smoke dampers shall not be required fire and smoke dampers, where necessary for smoke
in ducts where the air continues to move and the air- removal, shall be permitted. Such dampers shall have
handling system installed is arranged to prevent provisions that allow them to reclose automatically
recirculation of exhaust or return air under fire upon reaching the damper's maximum degradation test
emergency conditions. temperature in accordance with UL 555S/99, Standard
3-3.5.2 Where penetration of a smoke barrier is for Safety Leakage Rated Dampers for Use in Smoke
required to be provided with a fire damper, a combination Control Systems.
fire and smoke damper equipped and arranged to be 3-4.5.4 Dampers shall close against the maximum
both smoke responsive and heat responsive shall be calculated airflow of that portion of the air duct system
permitted. in which they are installed. Fire dampers shall be tested
in accordance with UL 555/99, Standard for Safety Fire

176
Reference Standard 13

Dampers. Smoke dampers shall be tested in accordance than the floor on which the equipment is located, in
with UL 555S/99, Standard for Safety Leakage Rated addition to the controls required by this chapter, shall
Dampers for Use in Smoke Control Systems. be provided with:
Exception: Where provisions for fan or airflow shutdown (a) Manual controls for operating individually each
are provided. air supply and each exhaust or return
3-4.6 Installation. (See 2-3.4 for access) fan in the system located as follows:
3-4.6.1 The locations and mounting arrangement of all (1) At the Fire Command Station, (or in a mechanical
fire dampers, smoke dampers, ceiling dampers, and fire control center in existing buildings only), and
protection means of a similar nature required by this (2) In the room containing the affected air handling fans.
standard shall be shown on the mechanical plans pursuant (b) Manual controls for operating individually or
to section 27-157(c) or 27-162 of the Building Code. in groups each remote control reversible fire shutter,
3-4.6.2 Fire dampers (including their sleeves), smoke when such shutters are provided in accordance with the
dampers, and ceiling dampers shall be installed in provisions of Section 27-972 of the Administrative Code,
accordance with the conditions of their listings and the or each smoke damper provided in accordance with the
manufacturer's installation instructions. provisions of Section 27-777.1(b) of the Administrative
3-4.6.3 The thickness of sleeves for fire dampers shall Code, shall be located at the Fire Command Station, (or
not be less than that associated with the conditions of in a mechanical control center in existing buildings only).
rating required by Section 3-4. 4-2.2 Manual Restart of Fans After Reset of an Automatic
Exception: Where UL 555/99, Standard for Safety Fire Fire Detecting Device or Fire Alarm System. Fans or
Dampers, permits sleeve thickness to be the same as fan systems which have been automatically shut down on
that of the duct gage, such thickness shall not be less activation of an automatic fire detecting device or fire
than that specified in Table 3-4.6.3. alarm system shall be arranged and equipped not to
automatically restart when either the automatic fire
Table 3-4.6.3 Minimum Sleeve Thickness Permitted detecting device or fire alarm system is reset. The
in Accordance with UL 555/99 manual means of restarting the fans or fan system shall
(See 3-4.6.3 Exception.) function independently from the manual resetting of
Air Duct Diameter Or Minimum Sleeve either the automatic fire detecting device or fire alarm
Moximum Width Thickness system.
(in.) (mm.) (in.) (mm.) 4-3 Smoke Dampers.
12 or lees 305 0.018 26 4-3.1 Smoke dampers shall be activated by an automatic
13-30 330-762 0.024 24 smoke and/or alarm initiating device. Smoke dampers
31-54 181-1370 0.030 22 that are part of an engineered smoke control system
55-84 1395-2135 0.036 20 shall be capable of being positioned manually from a
85 or more 2160 0.047 18 command station. Such positioning devices shall be provided,
for supply and return/exhaust dampers, grouped by floor
3-4.6.4 Patching, Filling, and Repairing. Where air and by type (i.e. supply or return/ exhaust). Damper
ducts pass through walls, floors or partitions required to switch positions shall indicate whether the related dampers
have a fire resistance rating and where fire dampers are are commanded to be either open or closed.
not required, the opening in the construction around the Smoke damper positioning switches shall be located at
air duct shall not exceed a 1-in. (25.4 mm) average the Fire Command Station, or in a mechanical control
clearance on all sides and shall be firestopped in accordance center in buildings without a Fire Command Station.
with the Building Code. Refer to Section 27-777.1(b) of the Building Code for
Exception: Where fire dampers are installed, proper additional requirements.
clearance for expansion shall be maintained. (See 3-4.6.) 4-3.2 Smoke dampers installed to isolate the air-
handling system in accordance with 2-3.9.2 shall be
CHAPTER 4 - CONTROLS arranged to close automatically when the system is not
4-1 Wiring. The installation of electrical wiring and in operation.
equipment associated with the operation and control of 4-3.3 Smoke dampers installed in smoke barriers shall
air conditioning and ventilating systems shall be in be permitted to remain open during fan shutdown,
accordance with the Electrical Code of the City of New provided their associated controlling damper actuators
York. and smoke detectors remain operational.
4-2 Manual Control. Each air distribution system shall 4-4 Smoke Detection for Automatic Control.
be provided with not less than one manually operable 4-4.1 Location. Smoke detectors listed for use in air
means to stop the operation of the supply, return, and distribution systems shall be located:
exhaust fans(s) in an emergency. The means of manual (a) Downstream of the air filters and ahead of any
operation shall be located at an approved location. branch connections in air supply systems having a
4-2.1 Any building classified in Occupancy Group E, capacity greater than 2000 cfm (944 L/s).
75 feet (22.840 m) or more in height, and any (b) At each story in buildings classified in Occupancy
existing office building 100 feet (30.450 m) or more in Group E, 75 ft. (22.838 m) or more in height, and in
height where a system serves floors other existing office buildings 100 ft. (30.450 m) or more in

177
Reference Standard 13

height prior to the connection to a return air shaft in air it shall be required to have only one of these systems
return systems having a capacity greater than 15,000 arranged to stop the fans.
cfm (7080 L/s) and serving more than one story except Exception No. 1: Activation of a manual pull station
that in an existing office building 100 feet (30.450 m) shall not be required to automatically stop the fans.
or more in height where compliance would cause Exception No. 2: Systems having a capacity of 2,000
practical difficulty or undue hardship, the Commissioner cfm or less or serving not more than one floor.
may approve other locations for such devices fulfilling ***DOB 5-4-02; 17-87 BCR; Local Law 16-1984
the intent of the requirement.
(c) In the return air stream, prior to exhausting *REFERENCE STANDARD RS 13-2
from the building and prior to any recirculation or fresh
air inlet connection in air return systems having a Exhaust Systems for Cooking Spaces
capacity equal to or greater than 15,000 cfm (7080 L/s) 1. Construction-Exhaust systems for cooking spaces
arranged to either automatically exhaust the smoke shall be separate systems that may exhaust a number or
laden return air or to stop the fan. such spaces. The ductwork shall be constructed as
Exception No. 1: Return system smoke detectors shall required by Reference Standard RS 13-1, with the
not be required where the entire space served by the air following modifications:
distribution system is protected by a system of area (a) Ducts shall be of galvanized steel and the minimum
smoke detectors. gage shall be as follows:
Exception No. 2: Fan units whose sole function is to (1) In all buildings other than those classified as
remove air from the inside of the building to the outside residential occupancy, a minimum of no. 16 galvanized
of the building. sheet gage shall be used.
Exception No. 3: Systems meeting the criteria for (2) In residential occupancies other than one-
Exceptions Nos. 1 or 2 in Section 2-3.9.2. and two-family dwellings a minimum of no. 18
Exception No. 4: Smoke detectors provided in accordance galvanized sheet gage shall be used.
with (b) above shall fulfill the requirement of (c) above. (3) In one- and two-family dwellings the gages
4-4.2 Function. Smoke detectors provided as required shall be as required in Reference Standard RS 13-4 for
by 4-4.1 shall automatically stop their respective fan(s) supply ductwork.
upon detecting the presence of smoke. (b) Where branch ductwork is to be used to
Exception: Where the return air fan is functioning as exhaust vapors from dishwashers, pot sinks, or other
part of an engineered smoke-control system and a similar equipment of a commercial type from which moisture
different mode is required. is emitted, copper or aluminum of the minimum gages
4-4.3 Installation. and weights required in Reference Standard RS 13-1, or
4-4.3.1 In addition to the requirements of 4-4.2, where other equivalent moisture and corrosion resistant metals,
an approved protective signaling system is installed in a shall be used. Such ductwork shall be installed so that
building, the smoke detectors required by the provisions condensate cannot leak from it.
of Sections 4-3 and 4-4 shall be connected to the protective (c) Sub-ducts, as described in Reference Standard
signaling system in accordance with the requirements RS 13-1, shall not be permitted in lieu of fire dampers.
of the Building Code, so that the activation of any air *506-77 BCR
distribution system smoke detector causes a supervisory
signal to be indicated at a constantly attended location **REFERENCE STANDARD RS 13-3
or causes an alarm signal.
4-4.3.2 Where smoke detectors required by Section 4-4 ANSI/NFiPA 96-1984 Standard for the
are installed in a building not equipped with an approved Installation of Equipment for the Removal of Smoke
protective signaling system as specified by 4-4.3.1: and Grease-Laden Vapors from Commercial Cooking
(a) The smoke detector activation required by Equipment, as Modified.
Section 4-4 shall cause a visual and an audible signal in Modifications. - The provisions of ANSI/NFiPA
a normally occupied area; and 96-1984 shall be subject to the following modifications.
(b) Smoke detector trouble conditions shall be The chapter, section and paragraph numbers are from
indicated visually or audibly in a normally occupied that standard.
area and shall be identified as air duct detector trouble.
4-4.3.3 Smoke detectors powered separately from the Amend Section 1-3.1 as follows:
signaling system for the sole function of stopping fans 1-3.1 Commercial cooking equipment used in
shall not require standby power. processes producing smoke or grease-laden vapors and
4-4.3.4 When any building or floor is provided with an air fumes such as from ranges, deep fat fryers, grills,
system utilizing recirculated air and is protected by an broilers, candy kettles, cruller furnaces and ovens shall
automatic sprinkler system or an automatic fire alarm be equipped with an independent exhaust system
system, provision shall be made to automatically stop complying with the following:
the fans serving the affected area when the sprinkler (a) A hood complying with the requirements of
system or fire alarm system operates. Where both sprinkler Chapter 2, and
systems and fire alarm systems are installed in the area, (b) A duct system complying with the requirements

178
Reference Standard 13

of Chapter 3, and (c) The branch connection shall be made in either the
(c) Grease removal devices complying with the top or sides of the main duct in a manner to prevent
requirements of Chapter 4, and grease from flowing into the branch duct.
(d) Fire extinguishing equipment complying with (d) The branch ducts shall be constructed of steel,
the requirements of Chapter 7. aluminum, or copper of the gages and weights required
in reference standard RS 13-1; and they shall be
Add Section 1-3.1.1: insulated with one inch of magnesia or other material
1-3.1.1 Where restaurant type equipment is installed having equivalent insulative and fire resistance qualities.
and is used only for warming, where no frying or grilling (e) All registers in these branches shall have fusible
is done, and where no grease-laden vapors or fumes can link actuated dampers.
be generated, compliance with reference standard RS (f) When branch ductwork is to be used to exhaust
13-6 shall not be required, and the ductwork may be vapors from dishwashers, pot sinks, or from other
constructed as required in reference standard RS 13-2. equipment of a commercial type from which moisture is
Where restaurant type equipment is installed for periodic emitted, copper, aluminum, or other corrosion resistant
cooking use, for other than commercial only, in community metals of the minimum gages and weights required in
rooms of multiple dwellings, firehouses and other low hazard reference standard RS 13-1 shall be used. Such
occupancies, determined by the commissioner, automatic fire ductwork shall be installed so that condensate cannot
extinguishing systems shall not be required and the leak from it.
ductwork may be constructed as required in reference 3-2.9.5 All hoods in a single room or kitchen and/or all
standard RS 13-1. hoods in separate rooms may be connected to the same
system, provided all of the hoods are part of the same
Replace Section 1-3.3 with the following: facilities and are located on the same floor and under
1-3.3 Permits in accordance with Section C26-109.1 of the control of one owner or tenant.
the Administrative (Building) Code shall be required 3-2.10 Insulation
for the alteration, replacement, or relocation of any 3-2.10.1 A minimum insulation covering of two-inches
exhaust or extinguishing system or part thereof, or of magnesium or calcium silicate block, attached with
cooking equipment. galvanized steel wire or construction equivalent in
1-3.3.1 Upon the issuance of such permit, the Contractor insulating and fire resistance qualities, shall be applied
shall install the system as described on the applications to all ducts inside of the building. The insulation shall
and plans, examined and approved by the Department be applied up to the outer face of the discharge from the
of Buildings. building and shall also be applied to the housing of the
1-3.3.2 Upon completion, the work shall be subject to a exhaust fan when it is located inside of the building.
performance test conducted by the installer and Care shall be taken to insure that the insulation extends
witnessed by a representative from the Fire Department through the walls and roofs to separate the ducts from
for the purpose of determining the performance of the the building construction. Masonry or concrete ducts
installed system in accordance with Section C19-165.3 shall not require insulation.
of the Administrative Code.
1-3.3.3 Any discrepancies between the system as installed Replace section 3-3.1 with the following:
and the approved plans which prevents certification, shall 3-3.1 Materials - Ducts shall be constructed in accordance
be brought to the attention of the Department of Buildings with Table 15-4 of Section C26-1501.8 for low
and the Applicant of Record. temperature chimneys.

Add the following sections: Amend the following section:

3-2.9.1.1 If the building is less than 4 stories in height 3-5.1 In all buildings more than one (1) story in height
and of construction classification II-C, II-D and II-E, and in one-story buildings where the roof or roof-
the enclosure wall shall have a fire resistance rating of ceiling assembly is required to have a fire resistance
not less than one-hour. rating, the ducts shall be enclosed in a continuous
3-2.9.4 Branch ducts from other equipment in the same enclosure extending from the ceiling above the hood,
kitchen area, for which hoods and filters are not through any vertical spaces passing through other
required, or from registers exhausting the kitchen space floors, or through the roof so as to maintain the integrity of
in general, may be connected to the main hood exhaust the fire separations required by the applicable building
duct if the following requirements are complied with: code provisions. Horizontal ducts passing through fire
(a) A fusible link fire damper of the same gage as the walls or partitions shall be protected by an enclosure or
hood exhaust duct shall be added at the point of thimble extending at least equal to the width of the
connection of the branch duct to the hood exhaust duct. duct. Where passing over exit corridors, the protection
(b) If the branch connection is made to the portion of shall be for the entire length of the duct within the
the ductwork that will contain the fire extinguishing corridor. The enclosure shall conform to the following:
medium, then the fire dampers required in above shall
be arranged to close automatically upon the operation Amend the following section:
of the fire extinguishing system. 4-1.2.1.2 Grease filters shall be accepted for use with

179
Reference Standard 13

commercial cooking equipment. to the manufacturer’s specifications and limitations as

approved by a national recognized testing laboratory,
Add the following section: and approved by the Board of Standards and Appeals.
4-1.2.1.3 Grease filters shall comply with UL 1046- Confining dampers shall be installed in the duct work,
1979. Standard for Grease Filters for Exhaust Ducts. as per section 3-2.9.4, only for branch ducts connected
5-1.3 Flexible connectors at fans shall be made of non- to the main grease exhaust duct and shall be automatically
combustible material that has a mineral base and that operated either by means of mechanical fusible links or
cannot be penetrated by grease. electric thermostats connected and/or wired to the
7-1.3 Approved fixed pipe extinguishing equipment, in extinguishing system to effect simultaneous operation.
addition to approved filters or other approved means of Exhaust fans shall not be inter-wired with the extinguishing
grease extraction, shall be provided where any of the system. They shall continue operation during and after
following conditions occur: the extinguishing system’s discharge.
(a) Where the discharge of the exhaust system is located
in a wall below the top floor of a building, such discharges Amend the following section:
shall be permitted only where the wall containing the 7-3.1.2 Fixed pipe extinguishing systems in a single
discharge is constructed with an outer surface of non- hazard fire section (see Section 1-2) shall be arranged
combustible material, having a fire resistance rating of for simultaneous automatic operation upon actuation of
one-hour or more and where this non-combustible any one of the systems.
material extends 8 ft. horizontally on either side of the Exception: When the fixed pipe extinguishing system is
opening and projects to a height of 40 ft. above the an automatic sprinkler system.
opening. 7.3.2 Except as otherwise provided, the following
(b) Where the length of duct from the most remote additional requirements shall apply for all extinguishing
hood in the system to the discharge from the building is systems:
more than 20 feet. 7-3.2.1 Manual controls or manual releases shall be
(c) Where the total exhaust air from all hoods served accessibly located whenever practical on a path of
by the system is more than 3,000 cfm. egress from the protected area and at least 10 feet but
7-2.2 The following minimum requirements shall apply not more than 35 feet from the hood and shall be sealed
for the particular type of extinguishing system: closed with a light wire seal or easy break-glass control.
7-2.2.1 Where steam is used: A continuous source of Manual controls shall be of quick-opening lever type
steam supply of at least 15 psi shall be provided. The and shall be operated by a chain or insulated handle.
pipe sizes of the main branch shall be at least 1 1/2 inch 7-3.2.2 Signs shall be affixed to all hand valves, manual
in diameter and to the last stream jet or nozzle shall be control, or manual releases indicating the purpose of
at least 3/4 inch in diameter. Such nozzles shall be these devices and designating their proper operating
standard 1/2 inch open sprinkler heads or equivalent in position for manual operation.
spray pattern and delivery. Nozzles shall be located 7-3.2.3 The duct system and any deep frying units shall
throughout the entire run of duct up to the flue or riser be provided with an adequate number of nozzles to
duct and the confining damper shall be located at this effectively extinguish a fire. As minimum requirements,
point. The piping within the hood and ductwork shall be one nozzle shall be installed at each inlet to the duct
a minimum of ANSI Schedule 40 steel with 125 psi and one at each side of any required confining damper.
standard cast iron screwed fittings. The piping shall be The nozzle on the downstream side of any required
arranged and/or dipped to remove all condensate on confining damper shall have a capacity of at least 10
both sides of the automatic and manual control valves. percent of the total capacity of the system. The distance
A shut-off valve that is sealed open shall be located in between other nozzles throughout the duct shall not
the branch line before the control valve. exceed 10 feet on centers, except as provided in 7-2.2.4,
7-2.2.2 Where a fine water spray is used: All pipe and and thermal detecting units shall be located at all duct
valve sizes shall conform to provisions for the installation inlets.
of sprinklers in reference standard RS 17-5. The minimum 7-3.2.4 The automatic releasing equipment and heat
static pressure at the highest nozzle shall be at least 30 detecting units shall be approved.
psig. Also, 1/2 inch open wide pattern nozzles shall be 7-3.3 Clear, concise and complete operating and cleaning
installed throughout. instructions covering all components of the exhaust
7-2.2.3 Where carbon dioxide is used: At least one 50 system shall be permanently posted outside the main
lb. cylinder of carbon dioxide shall be provided for each entrance or other suitable entrance to the kitchen; and, a
installation up to 400 cu. ft. of hood and duct volume. schematic drawing or sketch at least 8 1/2 inches by 11
For every additional 400 cu. ft. or portion thereof, an inches in size, showing the origin, run and terminus of
additional 50 lb. cylinder shall be installed. A confining the grease duct shall be similarly posted.
damper shall be installed in the duct not less than 25
feet down stream from the last uptake or inlet from the Replace Sections 7-4.1 and 7-4.2 with the following:
hood or equipment into the duct. 7-4.1 Complete drawings of the system installation to
7-2.2.4 Where listed pre-engineered dry chemical and include the hood(s), exhaust duct(s), and appliances
liquid agent is used: All pipe and fittings shall conform along with the interface of the fire extinguishing system

180
Reference Standard 13

detectors, piping, nozzles, fuel shut-off devices, agent Section numbers are from ANSI/NFiPA No. 90 B-1996.
storage container(s), and manual actuation device(s)
shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements CONTENTS
of sub-article 116.0 of this Code.
7-4.2 Installation of systems shall be made only by Chapter 1 – General
persons properly trained and qualified to install the 1-1 Scope
specific system being provided. The installer shall 1-2 Purpose
certify to the Fire Commissioner that the installation is 1-3 Definitions
in complete agreement with the terms of the listing and
the manufacturer's instruction and approved design, and Chapter 2 – System Components
that the manufacturer has qualified the installer. 2-1 Supply Systems
2-2 Return Systems
Replace Section 8-2.1 with the following: 2-3 Common Requirements
8-2.1 An inspection, test and servicing of the automatic
valve operation and the fire extinguishing system by Chapter 3 – Fire Integrity of Building Construction
properly trained and qualified persons, on behalf of the 3-1 Clearances to Combustible Material
owner, shall be made at least every six months. A 3-2 Firestopping
record of such tests shall be kept on the premises and
shall be available for inspection by the Commissioner Chapter 4 – Equipment, Wiring, and Controls
and the Fire Commissioner. 4-1 Equipment
4-2 Electric Wiring and Equipment
Add the following Section: 8-4 Filters 4-3 Controls
8-4.1 Filters shall be serviced and replaced regularly by
qualified employees of the owner or by a cleaning Index – Refer to NFPA 90B/96
agency. A record indicating the name of the person or
firm doing the servicing and the dates when filters were Chapter 1 General
cleaned or replaced shall be available for inspection by 1-1 Scope. This standard shall apply to all systems for
the Commissioner. They shall be cleaned or replaced as the movement of environmental air in structures that[:]
frequently as necessary, but at least every three months are otherwise exempted by Section 27-777(b) of the
and no exhaust system shall be operated while cooking Administrative Code, or whose heating systems are
is being carried on without the filters installed in place. subject to Section 27-812 of the Administrative Code.
**814-85 BCR; 695-84 BCR [(a) Serve one- or two-family dwellings; or
(b) Serve spaces not exceeding 25,000 ft3 (708 m3) in
*REFERENCE STANDARD RS 13-4 volume in any occupancy.
Exception: Buildings of combustible construction over
ANSI/NFiPA- 90 B 1996, as modified—Standard for three stories in height shall be in accordance with
the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air
Systems. Conditioning and Ventilating Systems.]
The provisions of ANSI/NFiPA No. 90 B-96 together 1-1.1 The provisions of this standard are not intended
with the modifications thereto shall constitute Reference to be applied retroactively. Where the system is being
Standards RS 13-4 and RS 14-1. altered, extended, or renovated, the requirements of
The appendices to ANSI/NFiPA No. 90 B-96 are not Article 4 of Subchapter 1 of Chapter 1 of Title 27 of the
part of this Reference Standard. These are for informational Administrative Code shall govern the applicability of
purposes only. this standard.
Wherever reference is made to the "National Electrical ***
Code" it shall be changed to read "Electrical Code of 1-3 Definitions.
the City of New York." Accepted - Means "Accepted" by the Materials and
The New York State Energy Conservation Construction Equipment Acceptance Division of the Department of
Code also regulates the design and construction of heating, Buildings.
ventilating, and air conditioning systems in New York NOTE: The MEA Division is the "authority having
City. jurisdiction" in use of materials, assemblies, forms,
methods of construction, and service equipment subject
STANDARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF WARM to the acceptance requirements of Building Code
AIR HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS Sections 27-131 and 27-135.
ANSI/NFiPA No. 90 B-1996, AS MODIFIED Air Filter. [A device used to reduce or remove air-
Delete the NOTICE. borne solids from heating, ventilating, and air conditioning
Delete asterisks from all section numbers having them. systems.]
Material in [brackets] is to be deleted. (a) A Class 1 air filter is one which, when clean, does
Underlined material is new. not contribute fuel when attacked by flame, and emits
* * * denotes unchanged text.

181
Reference Standard 13

only negligible amounts of smoke when tested in any furnace or its supply plenum, boiler, or other heat-
accordance with RS 13-15. producing appliances and that they comply with 2-
(b) A Class 2 air filter is one which, when clean, burns 2.1.1, 2-2.1.3, 2-2.2, 2-2.3, and 2-2.4 as specified for
moderately when attacked by flame or emits moderate return ducts.
amounts of smoke or both when tested in accordance Exception No. 3: Vibration isolation connectors in duct
with RS 13-15. systems shall be made of approved flame-retardant
Approved. [Acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction.] fabric or shall consist of sleeve joints with packing of
See subchapter 2 of the Building Code for definition. approved noncombustible material. The fabric shall not
Authority Having Jurisdiction. [The organization, exceed 10 in. (254 mm) in length in the direction of
office, or individual responsible for approving equipment, airflow.
an installation, or a procedure.] The Commissioner of Exception No. 4: A Class 0 or Class 1 rigid or flexible
the Department of Buildings or his designee. air duct shall not be used as a vertical air duct that is
*** more than two stories in height.
Listed - Equipment, materials or services included in a Exception No. 5: A Class 0 or Class 1 rigid or flexible
list published by an organization acceptable to the air duct shall not be used in an air duct containing air
"authority having jurisdiction" and concerned with at a temperature in excess of 250°F (121°C).
evaluation of products or services that maintains 2-1.1.2 Supply ducts shall be installed in conformance
periodic inspection of production of listed equipment or with:
materials or periodic evaluation of services, and whose (a) The conditions of their listing;
listing states either that the equipment, material or (b) RS 14-22 [SMACNA Fibrous Glass Duct
service meets identified standards or has been tested Construction Standards;
and found suitable for use in a specified purpose. (c) SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards
NOTE: The means for identifying listed equipment — Metal and Flexible;
may vary for each organization concerned with product (d) SMACNA Installation Standards for Residential
evaluation, some of which do not recognize equipment Heating and Air Conditioning Systems.]
as listed unless it is also labeled. The "authority having 2-1.2 Air Connectors. Air connectors are limited-
jurisdiction" should utilize the system employed by the use, flexible air ducts that shall not be required to
listing organization to identify a listed product. conform to the requirements for air ducts, provided they
Noncombustible Material. [A material that, in the form conform to the following provisions:
in which it is used and under the conditions anticipated, (a) Air connectors shall conform to the requirements for
cannot ignite, burn, support combustion, or release Class 0 or Class 1 connectors when tested in
flammable vapors when subjected to fire or heat. When accordance with UL 181/96, Standard for Safety
tested in accordance with ASTM E 136, Standard Test Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors.
Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube (b) Class 0 or Class 1 air connectors shall not be used
Furnace at 750 Degrees C, materials that successfully in ducts containing air at temperatures in excess of
pass the test shall be considered noncombustible.] See 250°F (121°C).
subchapter 2 of the Building Code for definition. (c) An air connector run shall not exceed 14 ft (4.3 m)
*** in length.
[Should. Indicates a recommendation or that which is (d) Air connectors shall not pass through any wall,
advised but not required.] partition, or enclosure of a vertical shaft that is required to
*** have a fire resistance rating of 1 hour or more.
Chapter 2 System Components (e) Air connectors shall not pass through floors.
*** (f) Air connectors shall be installed in conformance
2-1.1.1 Supply ducts shall be: with the conditions of their approval.
(a) Class 0 or Class 1 rigid or flexible air ducts tested in ***
accordance with UL 181/96, Standard for Safety 2-3.1.2 Duct coverings and linings shall not flame,
Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors; or glow, smolder, or smoke when tested in accordance
(b) Of sheet metal having a nominal thickness as shown with ASTM C 411/97, Standard Test Method for Hot-
in Table 2-1.1.1. Surface Performance of High-Temperature Thermal
Exception No. 1: Supply ducts that are completely Insulation, at the temperature to which it is exposed in
encased in not less than 2 in. (51 mm) of concrete in a service. In no case shall the test temperature be below
floor slab shall not be required to meet the requirements 250°F (121°C).
of 2-1.1.1, except within 2 ft (0.61 m) of the furnace ***
supply plenum and within 2 ft (0.61 m) of a vertical 2-3.2 Joints. Joints and seams shall be fastened
connection to a riser or register. securely and made substantially airtight. Slip joints
Exception No. 2: Supply ducts for a separate air shall have a lap of at least 1 in. (25.4 mm) and shall be
cooling system, not interconnected to any warm air fastened individually (see Figure 2-3.2). Tape shall be
heating system, serving a single-family dwelling shall permitted to be used for sealing joints but, where
not be required to meet the requirements of 2-1.1.1, exposed to the air in the system, it shall not be more
provided that they are not closer than 2 ft (0.61 m) to combustible than fabric complying with [NFPA 701,

182
Reference Standard 13

Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Flame-Resistant 4-1.3.4 All air filters shall be kept free of excess dust
Textiles and Films] RS 7-3. and combustible material. Unit filters shall be renewed
Closure systems for use with rigid air ducts tested or cleaned when the resistance to airflow has increased
in accordance with UL 181/96, Standard for Safety to two times the original resistance or when the resistance
Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors, shall has reached a value of recommended replacement by
have been tested and listed in accordance with UL the manufacturer. A permanently installed draft gauge
181A/94, Standard for Safety Closure Systems for Use shall be provided for this purpose. Where the filters are
with Rigid Air Ducts and Air Connectors, and used in of the automatic liquid adhesive type, sludge shall be
conformance with the conditions of the listing. removed from the liquid adhesive reservoir regularly.
*** 4-1.4 Air-Cooling Equipment.
2-3.5.1 Registers shall be constructed of metal or Mechanical refrigeration used with air duct systems
shall conform with the following: shall be installed in accordance with [ANSI/ASHRAE
(a) Registers shall be made of a material classified as 15, Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration] RS 13-6.
94 HB when tested as described in UL 94/96, Standard ***
for Safety Test for Flammability of Plastic Materials for 4-2 Electric Wiring and Equipment.
Parts in Devices and Appliances. Electric wiring and equipment shall be adequate for
(b) Floor registers shall resist, without structural safe operation and shall be installed in accordance with
failure, a 200-lb (90.7-kg) concentrated load on a 2-in. [NFPA 70, National Electrical Code®] the New York
(51-mm) diameter disc applied to the most critical area City Electrical Code. In addition, a disconnecting
of the exposed face of the register. For this test, the means shall be installed within sight and easy reach in
register shall be at a temperature not less than 165°F the ungrounded leads of each power circuit to electrically
(74°C) and shall be supported in accordance with the operated components that are in unprotected locations
manufacturer's instructions. and in other locations not readily accessible for service.
*** ***
2-3.5.3 Fittings connecting the registers to the duct 4-3.2 Fan Control for Stoker-Fired Furnaces.
system shall be constructed of metal or material that Where a warm air furnace equipped with a fan to
complies with the requirements of Class 0, Class 1, or circulate the air is stoker-fired, it also shall be equipped
Class 2 ducts in UL 181/96, Standard for Safety with an automatic overrun control to start the fan when
Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors. the air in the furnace bonnet or at the beginning of the
*** main supply duct at a point not affected by radiated heat
4-1.1.3 Construction. reaches a temperature not higher than 200°F (93°C)
(a) Where the warm air supply is from a warm air after the stoker and fan (in its normal operation) have
furnace, heating panels shall be enclosed on all sides been shut down as a result of a satisfied thermostat. If a
with material that is wholly noncombustible or that manual disconnect is installed in the air circulating fan
possesses a flame spread classification of not over 25 as electrical circuit, it shall be installed to deenergize both
determined in accordance with [NFPA 255, Standard the fan and the stoker simultaneously. Solid fuel may
Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of be used only as permitted by Local Law 93/85.
Building Materials] RS 5-5. This enclosing material ***
shall be attached securely to the building structure; 4-3.4 Thermostatically Controlled, Hand-Fired,
joints and seams shall be substantially airtight. Braces Solid-Fuel Burning Furnaces.
and hangers inside the chamber shall be noncombustible. Hand-fired, solid-fuel burning furnaces on which the
(b) Where the warm air supply is from a steam or furnace draft is controlled by a thermostat shall be
hot water heat exchanger, heating panels shall either equipped with the following:
comply with 4-1.1.3(a) or shall be enclosed on all sides (a) A fail-safe 250°F (121°C) limit control installed not
with material not more flammable than 1-in. (25.4-mm) more than 10 in. (254 mm) above the top surface of the
(nominal) wood boards. This enclosing material shall heat exchanger in a supply plenum that extends at least
be attached securely to the building structure; joints and 12 in. (305 mm) above the top surface of the heat
seams shall be substantially airtight. No single vertical exchanger; and
heating panel shall serve more than one story. (b) A barometric draft control operated by draft intensity
*** and permanently set to limit the draft to a maximum
4-1.3.1 Air filters shall have either a Class 1 or Class 2 intensity of 0.13 in. (32.4 Pa) of water gauge. A fail-safe
rating in accordance with [UL 900, Standard for Safety limit control is a limit control that automatically checks
Air Filter Units, 1994] RS 13-15. the furnace in the event of power failure or shutoff or
*** that automatically checks the furnace when a temperature
4-1.3.3 Liquid adhesive coatings used on filters shall of 250°F (121°C) is reached, whether or not power is
have a flash point not less than 325°F (163°C) in available.
accordance with [ASTM D 93, Standard Test Methods (c) Solid fuel may be used only as permitted by Local
for Flash Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Cup Tester] Law 93/85.
RS 14-13.
4-3.5 Air-Circulating Fan Controls.

183
Reference Standard 13

Where a hand-fired, solid-fuel burning furnace is equipped Section 7 Requirements for Industrial Occupancies
with a fan to circulate the air, it shall be equipped with 7.3 Delete the entire paragraph and substitute the following:
fan controls as required for stoker-fired furnaces by 4- "Flammable refrigerants listed in table 4 shall not be
3.2. Solid fuel may be used only as permitted by Local used in a refrigerating system unless permission permitted
Law 93/85. by the Commissioner. Use of such refrigerants shall in
*** no case be permitted unless the applicant submits acceptable
Chapter 5 Referenced Publications – Delete evidence that their use will not create a public hazard.
Appendix B - Delete No refrigerating system containing a group 3 refrigerant
*DOB 5-4-02; 723-72 BCR shall be installed unless it conforms with the provisions
of the code and is accepted by the fire commissioner."
**REFERENCE STANDARD RS 13-5 Section 8 Design and Construction of Equipment
ANSI/NFiPA 91-1973-Standard for the installation 8.5.2 After the words "shall have" insert the words
of blower and exhaust systems for dust, stock, and "manual and."
vapor removal or conveying. 8.8 Add the following to the end of this paragraph:
**913-82 BCR 'Also include the horsepower of the prime mover or
compressor, or the equivalent of such horsepower in
***REFERENCE STANDARD RS 13-6
kilowatts."
ANSI-B60.1/ASHRAE 15-1978 Safety Code
Section 10 Pressure-Relief Protection
for Mechanical Refrigeration.
10.4.8 Delete the entire paragraph and substitute the
Modifications - The provisions of ANSI/ASHRAE 15-
following: "Discharge or pressure relief devices and
1978 shall be subject to the following modifications.
fusible plugs on all systems containing more than 7 lbs.
The section and paragraph numbers are from that
of group 2 or group 3 refrigerants shall be to the outside
standard.
of the building. On systems containing more than 100
Section 1 Scope and Purpose
lbs. of group 1 refrigerants, discharge of pressure relief
1.3 Application - Delete the second paragraph beginning
devices and fusible plugs shall be to the outside of the
with "Equipment" and concluding with "Code."
building. Discharge of group 1 refrigerants to the
Section 2 Definition
outside of the building shall be at least 12 ft. above the
Add the following paragraph:
grade level and the discharge outlets shall be turned
2.21a "Equivalent kilowatts = the horsepower multiplied
downward. Discharge of systems employing group 2
by the factor 0.746."
refrigerants shall be acceptable to the Commissioner.
Section 3 Building Occupancy Classification
Discharge of group 3 refrigerants shall be acceptable to
The occupancy group classifications of building occupancies
the Commissioner and the fire commissioner. "
shall be those defined in the code as follows:
Section 11 Installation Requirements
3.1.1 Institutional occupancy - Shall include Occupancy
11.9 Delete this paragraph and substitute the following:
Groups H-1 and H-2.
"When compressors or self-contained unit systems are
3.1.2 Public assembly occupancy - Shall include
housed in a machinery space, other than in a machinery
Occupancy Groups F-1, F-2, F-3, F-4, and G, and all
room or a plenum, the space shall be ventilated in
retail stores having an occupant load more than 100
accordance with the requirements of table 7."
persons on any floor other than the street floor.
11.13.4 After the last sentence add the following:
3.1.3 Residential occupancy - Shall include Occupancy
"Exhaust registers or outlets capable of exhausting the
Groups J-1, J-2, and J-3.
amount required by table 7 shall be located near the
3.1.4 Commercial occupancy - Shall include Occupancy
floor unless a lighter than air refrigerant is used; when a
Groups C and E, except retail stores having an occupant
lighter than air refrigerant is used, the exhaust registers
load of more than 100 persons on any floor other than
or outlets shall be located near the ceiling. Emergency
the street floor.
remote controls, properly labeled and in an accessible
3.1.5 Industrial occupancy - Shall include Occupancy
location outside the machinery room shall be provided
Groups A, B-1, B-2, D-1 and D-2.
to start and stop the fans."
3.1.6 Multiple occupancy-In buildings classified in
Add the following paragraph: "11.13.51 Emergency
more than one occupancy group, the requirements of
remote controls, properly labeled and in an accessible
the "safety code" shall apply separately to each occupancy.
location outside the machinery room shall be provided
Section 6 Requirements for Institutional, Public
to stop the compressors."
Assembly, Residential, and Commercial Occupancies
Add the following paragraph:
6.2.4 Delete the words, "more than 1 pound" and
"11.14 All insulation including finishes, coverings, vapor
substitute: "more than 6 lbs." Add the following to the
barriers, and adhesives used with refrigeration system
end of this paragraph: "Electric hot plates and bunsen
shall have a maximum flame spread rating of 25 without
burners used intermittently shall not be considered a
evidence of continued progressive combustion and with
violation of this paragraph provided that the number of
a maximum smoke developed rating of 50. If applied
bunsen burners installed shall not exceed one burner for
with adhesives the insulation may be tested as applied
each 3 lbs. of refrigerant in the system."

184
Reference Standard 13

with adhesives; or the adhesives used shall have a MECHANICAL LIQUID CHILLING UNITS
maximum flame spread rating of 25 and a maximum 1.0 PURPOSE
smoke developed rating of 50. Tests shall be performed 1.1 The purpose of this procedure is to establish the
in accordance with ASTM-E84-61." basis for investigation and testing a mechanical liquid
11.12.2 After the words, "main exit hallways" insert chilling unit, primarily for use with environmental
the words "or stairways." Delete the last part of the last applications, to determine its adequacy for public safety.
sentence in the paragraph starting with the words "if 2.0 SCOPE
there are no joints, etc.," and substitute if the section in 2.1 This procedure applies to mechanical liquid chilling
the hallway is contained in a rigid metal pipe and is packages consisting of a factory designed and
labeled in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 13.2." fabricated assembly (not necessarily shipped as one
package) of one or more compressors, condensers and
Section 13 Instructions
liquid coolers with interconnections and appurtenances.
13.1 Delete the entire paragraph and substitute: "Signs. 2.2 This procedure applies to any reciprocating, centrifugal
Each refrigerating system erected on the premises shall or screw type hermetic liquid chilling package or open-
be provided with a legible permanent sign in a prominent drive liquid chilling package driven by an electric
location, securely attached and readily accessible, indicating motor, steam turbine or other prime mover which
the name and address of the installer, the horsepower of cannot be tested in an approved independent testing
the prime mover or compressor or the equivalent laboratory. Certification of the inadequacy of existing
thereof in kilowatts, the kind and number of pounds of test facilities shall be obtained in writing from the
refrigerant required in the system for normal operation, President, Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute
and the refrigerant leakage field-test pressure applied. " and accepted by the Director, MEA Division, prior to
13.7 Add to the last sentence in this paragraph: "and in commencement of testing.
no case more than 75 per cent of the container’s capacity." 2.3 All electrical work shall conform with the New
13.11 Add paragraph (d) as follows: "Where such systems York City Electrical Code. Electrical equipment shall
are installed in machinery rooms, the instructions shall be submitted to the Advisory Board of the Bureau of
state that, in case of emergency or refrigerant leakage, Gas and Electricity for approval.
the machinery room shall be vacated promptly, the system 3.0 REFERENCE STANDARDS
shut down by means of the required remote controls located 3.1 The equipment shall comply with all applicable
outside the machinery room, and the room ventilated." requirements of the following standards and codes:
***913-82 BCR; Local Law 76-1972 3.1.1 Hermetic and open-drive chilling units.
A. ANSI B9.1 Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration.
*REFERENCE STANDARD RS 13-7 B. ANSI B144.1 (UL 465) Standard for Safety, Central
ANSI Z263.1/UL 207-1982 Standard for Cooling Air Conditioners.
Refrigerant Containing Components and Accessories, 3.1.2 Open-drive chilling units.
Non Electrical. A. Electric motor drive: ANSI C51.1 (NEMA
*913-82 BCR; Local Law 80-1973 Publication MG 2) Safety Standard for Construction
and Guide for Selection, Installation and Use of Electric
*REFERENCE STANDARD RS 13-8 Motors and Generators.
ANSI Z262.1/UL 303 - 1980 Standard for B. Steam turbine drive: NEMA Publication SM 21
Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning Condensing and Multistage Steam Turbines For Mechanical Drive
Compressor Units. Revision March 1982. Service of NEMA Publication SM 22 Single Stage
*913-82 BCR; Local Law 80-1973 Turbines for Mechanical Drive Service.
C. Gas turbine drive: ANSI B176.1 (NFiPA No. 37)
*REFERENCE STANDARD RS 13-9 Installation and Use of Stationary Combustion Engines
ANSI B136.1/UL 353 - 1974 Limit Controls. and Gas Turbines.
Revision November 1976. D. Gas or Diesel Engine drive: ANSI B176.1 (NFiPA
*913-82 BCR; Local Law 80-1973 No. 37) Installation and Use of Stationary Combustion
Engines and Gas Turbines.
*REFERENCE STANDARD RS 13-10 3.2 Where conflicting requirements might occur
ANSI Z226.1/UL 372 - 1975 Standard for between ANSI B9.1 and ANSI B144.1, the requirements
of ANSI B9.1 shall govern.
Primary Safety Controls for Gas and Oil-Fired Appliances. 3.3 Where conflicting requirements might occur
Revisions September 10, 1976 and September 3, 1980. between ANSI C51.1 and ANSI B144.1, the requirements
*913-82 BCR; Local Law 80-1973
of ANSI C51.1 shall govern.
3.4 For interpretive and supplemental information
*REFERENCE STANDARD RS 13-11A necessary to adapt ANSI B144.1 (UL 465) requirements to
ANSI B144.1/UL 465 - 1978 Standard for mechanical liquid chilling packages, refer to Section 6.
Central Cooling Air Conditioners. Revision May 1981. 4.0 PROCEDURE FOR CERTIFICATION OF
*913-82 BCR; Local Law 80-1973
COMPLIANCE
4.1An approved independent testing laboratory,
**REFERENCE STANDARD RS 13-11B
hereinafter the Laboratory, shall be retained to determine
FIELD TEST PROCEDURES FOR LARGE

185
Reference Standard 13

and certify compliance to referenced standards, and to this all applicable portions of the referenced standards and
procedure: or that a reduced requirement has been met. of this procedure without design review or further
4.1.1 Laboratory, as referred to herein, shall be an testing provided no modifications to the vessel have
independent testing laboratory which has been been made after shipment from the manufacturer’s facility.
approved by the City of New York for such work and 5.6 Any pressure vessel that bears the ASME Code
has received an MEA laboratory acceptance number. UM stamp shall be considered to be in compliance with
4.2 The Laboratory shall review the manufacturer’s the requirements of the referenced standards and this
equipment design to determine what tests are required procedure without design review or further testing
to meet the reference standards and this procedure. provided that the Laboratory has determined that the
4.2.1 The Laboratory shall review the manufacturer’s vessel was tested in accordance with applicable standards,
test data produced during the manufacturing process and that no modifications to the vessel have been made
and shall direct the performance of final tests in the following shipment from the manufacturer’s facility.
manufacturer’s facility or in the field. 5.7 This procedure shall apply only to liquid chiller
4.2.2 Where tests are performed at a location remote packages and components of such packages, and does
from the manufacturer’s factory, it shall be the not apply to auxiliary or associated system components
responsibility of the Laboratory to determine that the furnished by parties other than the chiller manufacturer.
equipment involved is adequate for subjection to the The responsibility for determination that such components
specified tests. The Laboratory shall avail itself of or devices satisfy the requirements of applicable standards
applicable design, inspection, and test records from the and codes is not within the scope of this procedure.
manufacturer in making this determination. 5.8 It is the responsibility of the Laboratory to insure
4.2.3 The Laboratory shall submit a written final test adequate safeguards for the protection of personnel
report certifying that the requirements of the referenced from hazards associated with testing requirements.
standards and this procedure have been met; of which, 5.9 It shall be the responsibility of the Laboratory to
if any, requirements were not met, and why. insure that equipment, devices, and facilities be properly
5.0 INSPECTION AND TESTING REQUIREMENTS protected during performance of specified tests.
AND PROCEDURES 6.0 INTERPRETATIONS AND SUPPLEMENTAL
5.1 Where testing for compliance to applicable standards INFORMATION
or this procedure has been performed by the Laboratory 6.1 Substitutions and Additions to UL 465, Standard
in the manufacturer’s facility, it shall not be necessary for Safety, Central Cooling Air Conditioners.
to repeat the test in the field, provided that the design 6.1.1 To Section 1.1 add: Liquid chillers as described in
and testing criteria were met and a report submitted. this procedure are normally installed in systems classified
5.2 It is not intended that equipment or components as "Indirect Systems" as described in Section 4.4 of
intended for subsequent installation and service be in ANSI B9.1, Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration,
any way damaged, deformed or destroyed as a result of where there is no direct interface between the refrigerant
tests specified in the reference standards or in this and the air serving the conditioned space.
procedure. When this conflicts with a requirement of a 6.1.2 In Section 1.3 change maximum voltage to 15,000 volts.
referenced standard, a sample of an equivalent component 6.1.3 To Section 3.2 add: Where the compressor motor
shall be subjected to the required test and the chiller or controller and overload protective device are not
component in question be evaluated by engineering furnished by the manufacturer of the chiller, the
analysis. The sample may be tested in the manufacturers manufacturer shall provide a specification for these
facility or elsewhere by the Laboratory. components for the customer. The specification shall
5.2.1 Results of tests that have been performed on include information as to the required controller rating,
equipment or components of the same model and sequencing of start, overload protection trip current and
design, when of equal size or larger, are considered connections to the chiller control system. If a current
acceptable for use by the Laboratory in evaluation of transformer to provide a signal input circuit to the
equipment design by engineering analysis. chiller control system is to be included, the specification is
5.3 Any component, device, or unit that bears a U. L. to include the requirements for the current transformer
label shall be considered to be in compliance with the and its shunting device, if any.
requirements of the reference standards and of this 6.1.4 To Section 8.19 thru 8.26 add: If the field-wiring
procedure without further testing, provided that it is enclosure of the motor or that portion of the wiring
applied within its rating and that no modifications have enclosure to which a field-wiring system (conduit) is to
been made following shipment from the manufacturer’s be connected can be readily removed and replaced in
facility. the field, an opening or knockout for connection of a
5.4 Any components, device, or unit that bears a C.S.A. wiring system to the motor is not required to be provided.
label shall be considered to be in compliance with the The surface of the enclosure to which the field-wiring
requirements of the referenced standards and of this system is to be connected shall be of adequate size to
procedure without further testing provided that it is accommodate the number and size of conduits which
applied within its rating and that no modifications have may be required for the installation.
been made following shipment from the manufacturer’s facility. 6.1.5 To Section 10.24 add: Soldering lugs or pressure
5.5 Any pressure vessel that bears the ASME Code U terminal connectors are not required to be provided by
or N stamp shall be considered to be in compliance with the manufacturer for connection of the field wiring to

186
Reference Standard 13

hermetic motor power supply terminals. Threaded studs including the enclosure shall not be less than the value
of adequate size and length are to be used. Nuts for the indicated in Table 6-2.
studs shall be provided to adequately secure at least one
terminal connector to each threaded stud. TABLE 6-2 MINIMUM SPACING BETWEEN
6.1.6 To Section 11 add: Wiring to hermetic motors UNINSULATED LIVE PARTS AND DEAD-
shall be with copper conductors only unless it can be METAL PARTS
determined that galvanic corrosion due to condensation Rating Volts Through Space Oversurface
at the terminals will not occur. Inches Inches
6.1.7 To Section 12 add: 601- 1,000 3/8 1/2
A signal input circuit derived from a current transformer 1,001- 2,000 3/4 1 3/8
sensing the motor current and located in the (remote) 2,001- 3,000 1 2
motor controller is considered to be a National Electric 3,001- 5,000 2 1/2 3
Code Class 1 circuit. It shall be segregated or separate 5,001- 7,500 3 3 1/2
from other circuits. 7,501- 12,500 4 3/8 5
B. Unless provided with insulation rated for the highest 12,501- 15,000 5 5¾
voltage involved, terminals for temperature sensors,
when furnished on motors, shall be located in a separate E. Linings or barriers of suitable insulating materials
enclosure or shall be separated by substantial barriers may be employed where the spacings are less than the
from the space provided for field wiring to the power values specified in Tables 6-1 and 6-2 provided that the
supply connections on the motor. linings or barriers are securely fastened in place.
C. Factory wiring to such sensing devices shall be protected F. Spacings inside hermetic type oil pump assemblies
from damage during installation of field wiring to the motor. shall comply with the spacing requirements for inside
6.1.8 To Table 13.1 add the conductor sizes for larger current hermetic motors. See paragraph (A). Spacings in non-
ratings from Table 250-95 of National Electric Code hermetic motors shall comply with the Safety Standard
NFiPA No. 70. for Electric Motors, NEMA Publication MG-2.
6.1.9 To Section 16 add: G. A signal input circuit at a low level of voltage or
A. Insulating materials used inside hermetic motors current to the chiller control system which is derived
shall be compatible with the refrigerants and oil used. from a current transformer sensing the motor current
They shall also be compatible with each other and with and located in the (remote) motor controller is not
other materials used within the motor. considered to be a low-voltage circuit. The spacings on
B. Compliance with paragraph (A) is to be judged in the basis of the maximum available voltage or current
the same manner as for materials used in hermetic at the component from the signal circuit with the motor
motor-compressors as judged under the Standard for operating at rated load current assuming this is a high-
Sealed (Hermetic Type) Motor Compressors, UL 984. voltage circuit, and as described in paragraph (I).
6.1.10 To Section 23 add: Consideration shall also be given to the voltage and
A. For hermetic motors rated 600 volts or less, the spacings current available during starting and stalled rotor conditions.
inside the motor shall conform with the requirements in H. The terms "low-voltage circuit" and "high-voltage
the Standard for Sealed (Hermetic Type) Motor-Compressors, circuit" are defined in UL 465, paragraph 2.2.
UL 984. I. Provision shall be made for limiting the potential
B. For hermetic motors rated more than 600 volts, the (voltage) in the chiller control assembly resulting from
spacings shall conform with paragraphs (C) thru (E) an open secondary circuit of a remote current transformer,
inside and outside the enclosure. such as described in paragraph (G) to a potential (voltage)
C. Except as indicated in paragraph (E), the spacing for which the chiller control components in this circuit
between uninsulated live parts of different polarity shall are acceptable.
not be less than the value indicated in Table 6-1. J. The open secondary circuit may result from an open
remote shunt resistor or from a disconnected or broken
TABLE 6-1 MINIMUM SPACING BETWEEN conductor at the connection to the chiller control circuit.
UNINSULATED LIVE PARTS OF DIFFERENT 6.1.11 For Section 27.5 substitute 8.3.1 of ANSI B9.1
POLARITY Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration.
Rating Volts Through Space Oversurface 6.1.12 For Section 27.10 substitute the following: The
Inches Inches dial of a pressure gauge permanently connected to the
601- 1,000 3/8 1/2 high side of a refrigeration system shall be graduated up
1,001- 2,000 3/4 1 3/8 to not less than 1.2 times the design pressure of the high
2,001- 3,000 1 2 side of the system.
3,001- 5,000 3 1/4 4 6.1.13 In Section 28.5 change maximum setting of
5,001- 7,500 4 5 pressure limiting device to 90% of the design pressure
7,501- 12,500 5 1/4 7 of the high side of the refrigeration system for positive
12,501- 15,000 6 8 displacement compressors and 100% of the design
pressure of the high side of the refrigeration system for
D. Except as indicated in paragraph (E), the spacing non-positive displacement compressors.
between uninsulated live parts and dead-metal parts 6.1.14 For Section 29 substitute Section 10, Pressure

187
Reference Standard 13

Relief Protection, of ANSI B9.1 Safety Code for containing component having a marked design pressure
Mechanical Refrigeration. shall withstand, without failure, a pressure equal to
6.1.15 For Section 34.1 substitute: three times the working pressure.
A. During the Input Test the chiller shall be run at design 6.1.22 For Section 51.6 substitute: High side parts of a
operating conditions as stipulated on the equipment liquid chiller provided with a pressure limiting device
submittal drawings. required for compliance with Section 28.1 shall withstand,
B. During the Temperature and Pressure Test, the without failure, a pressure equal to three times the
chiller shall be run at the design chilled water leaving maximum setting to which the pressure limiting device
temperature and flow rate conditions as stipulated on may be readily adjusted by the adjusting means
the equipment submittal drawings and the chiller loaded provided for centrifugal and screw equipment and five
to the rated current of the motor by adjusting the and one-half times for reciprocating equipment.
condenser water or air flow rate and/or temperature. If a 6.1.23 For Section 51.13 substitute: Parts exposed to
variable speed drive is furnished, the compressor is to low side refrigerant pressure shall withstand, without
run at its design operating speed. failure, a pressure equal to three times the design
6.1.16 To Section 35 add: An input test is not required pressure of the low side of the refrigeration system.
if the chiller is provided with a current-limiting control 6.1.24 To Section 51.15 add: If results of tests of
for the motor or if the compressor is driven by a prime samples of a refrigerant containing part are not readily
mover other than an electric motor. available from the manufacturer, the Laboratory shall
6.1.17 To Section 36.1 and Table 36.1 add: The be responsible for obtaining samples and for testing.
temperature on the winding of an hermetic motor shall Samples subjected to such strength tests may not be
not exceed a value appropriate for the insulation system used on the equipment being investigated.
or for the refrigerant and oil employed. 6.1.25 For Section 55 substitute the following: Every
6.1.18 To Section 39 add: The dielectric withstand test liquid chilling unit, whether assembled in the manufacturer’s
on the main motor may be conducted by the Laboratory plant or erected on the premises, shall be subjected to
at the motor manufacturer’s plant if an open drive the Field Test stipulated in Section 12 of ANSI B9.1
motor, or the chiller manufacturer’s plant if an hermetic Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration.
motor after final assembly of the motor in its enclosure. 6.2 Deletions.
During the test low voltage circuits, motor sensor 6.2.1 The following sections of UL 465 Standard for
elements, and signal input circuits are to be connected Safety, Central Air Conditioners are not applicable to
to the enclosure. liquid chilling units described in this procedure since
6.1.19 To Section 39.1 add: such chillers do not include components located in the
C. Test potential may be 20% higher for a period of one air stream serving the conditioned space: 9, 21.2, 21.3,
second when the test is performed in the manufacturer’s 24.3, 27.8, 32.1, 33, 36.10, 42 and 55.3.
plant. 6.2.2 The provisions of Section 5 of NEMA Standards
D. Test potential shall be 85% of that in A, B, or C Publication Nos. 21 and 22 covering turbine sound
when the test is performed in the field. pressure levels are not included as a requirement in this
6.1.20 For Section 51.3 substitute: Parts exposed to procedure.
high side refrigerant pressure shall withstand, without 6.2.3 The provisions of Section 91 of ANSI B176.1
failure, a pressure equal to five times the factory test (NFiPA No. 37) covering fire extinguishers are not
pressure for the high side of the refrigeration system. included as a requirement in this procedure.
6.1.21 For Section 51.5 substitute: A refrigerant- **1101-79 BCR

*REFERENCE STANDARD RS 13-12

ANSI C33.14/UL 484 - 1982 Room Air Conditioners.
*913-82 BCR; Local Law 80-1973

*REFERENCE STANDARD RS 13-13

ANSI B191.1/UL 559 - 1975 Standard for Heat Pumps. Revision October 1981.
*913-82 BCR; Local Law 80-1973

*REFERENCE STANDARD RS 13-14

ANSI Z251.1/UL 883 - 1980 Standard for Fan Coil Units and Room Fan-Heater Units. Revision February 1982.
*913-82 BCR; Local Law 80-1973

*REFERENCE STANDARD RS 13-15

ANSI B124.1/UL 900 - 1977 Standard for Test Performance of Air Filter Units. Revision December 1980.
*913-82 BCR; Local Law 80-1973

*REFERENCE STANDARD RS 13-16

ANSI/NFiPA 17-1980 Standard for Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems.
* 913-82 BCR; Local Law 80-1973

188
Reference Standard 14

REFERENCE STANDARD RS 14
HEATING AND COMBUSTION EQUIPMENT

*LIST OF REFERENCED NATIONAL STANDARDS

**NFiPA No. 90B Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning nd Ventilating
Systems, As Modified ……………………………………………………………….1996
AGA/ANSI-Z223.1
/NFiPA 54 National Fuel Gas Code, and Addenda ANSI Z223.1a-1987……..…………………1984
ANSI/NFiPA Standard for the Installation of Oil Burning No. 31 Equipment.…………………….1983
ANSI/NFiPA 211 Standard for Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents, and Solid Fuel Burning Appliances…... 1988
ANSI/ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Sections I, IV and VIII……..…………………… 1986
ANSI-Z21.1 Household Cooking Gas Appliances and Addenda Z21.1a-1982, Z21.1b-1984……1982
ANSI-Z21.2 Gas Hose Connectors for Portable Indoor Gas-Fired Equipment, and Addenda Z21.2a-
1985, Z21.2b-1987..........………..............….……………….…….………………. 1983
ANSI-Z21.3 Hotel and Restaurant Gas Ranges and Unit Broilers...………...…..………………. 1982
ANSI-Z21.5.1 Gas Clothes Dryers, Volume I, Type 1 Clothes Dryers………...….………………. 1982
ANSI-Z21.5.2 Gas Clothes Dryers, Volume II, Type 2 Clothes Dryers, and Addenda Z21.5.2a-1981,
Z21.5.2b-1982...............................…....……………………………………………. 1979
ANSI-Z21.8 Installation of Domestic Gas Conversion Burners......……...…......……………….. 1984
ANSI-Z21.10.1 Gas Water Heaters, Volume I. Storage Water Heaters with Input Ratings of 75,000BTU
per Hour or less……………………………….……………………….……………. 1987
ANSI-Z21.10.3 Gas Water Heaters, Volume III — Storage with Input Ratings above 75,000 BTU per
Hour, Circulating and Instantaneous Water Heaters........................…………….…..1987
ANSI-Z21.11.1 Gas-Fired Room Heaters, Volume I, Vented Room Heaters, and Addenda Z21.11.1a-1985..1983
ANSI-Z21.11.2 Gas-Fired Room Heaters, Volume II, Unvented Room Heaters, and Addenda Z21.11.2a-
1984.........………….......................................…………………………….…………1983
ANSI-Z21.12 Draft Hoods and Addenda Z21.12a-1983.....…..…….....................……………….. 1981
ANSI-Z21.13 Gas-Fired Low Pressure Steam and Hot Water Boilers, and Addenda Z21.13a…… 1982
ANSI-Z21.15 Manually Operated Gas Valves, and Addenda Z21.15a-.1981 Z21.15b-1984.……. 1979
ANSI-Z21.17 Domestic Gas Conversion Burner…………………..…………….………….…….. 1984
ANSI-Z21.19 Refrigerators Using Gas Fuel, and Addenda Z21.19a-1984……..…………….…… 1983
ANSI-Z21.20 Automatic Gas Ignition Systems and Components, and Addenda Z21.20a-1987..…1985
ANSI-Z21-21 Automatic Valves for Gas Appliances, and Addenda Z21.21a-1977, Z21.21b-1981…...1974
ANSI-Z21.22 Relief Valves and Automatic Gas Shut Off Devices for Hot Water Supply Systems…. 1986
ANSI-Z21.23 Gas Appliance Thermostats, and Addenda Z21.23a-1985…………………………. 1980
ANSI-Z21.24 Metal Connectors for Gas Appliances........………..............……………………….. 1987
ANSI-Z21.27 Hotel and Restaurant Gas Deep Fat Fryers, and Addenda Z21.27a-1975, Z21.27b-1978... 1974
ANSI-Z21.28 Commercial Gas Baking and Roasting Ovens, and Addenda Z21.28a-1975, Z21.28b-1978..1974
ANSI-Z21.31 Gas Counter Appliances, and Addenda Z21.31a-1978……….….………………… 1975
ANSI-Z21.34 Gas-Fired Duct Furnaces, and Addenda Z21-34a-1974, Z21.34b-1974…………… 1971
ANSI-Z21.40.1 Gas-Fired Absorbtion Summer Air Conditioning Appliances, and Addenda Z21.40.1a-1982...1981
ANSI-Z21.41 Quick-Disconnect Devices for Use with Gas Fuel, and Addenda Z21.41a-1981, Z21.41b-
1983………………….…..……………….…………………………………………1971
ANSI-Z21.42 Gas-Fired Illuminating Appliances, and Addenda Z21.42a-1973, Z21.42b-1981…. 1971
ANSI-Z21.44 Gas-Fired Gravity and Fan Type Direct Vent Wall Furnaces, and Addenda Z21.44a-1985... 1985
ANSI-Z21.45 Flexible Connectors of Other than All Metal Construction for Gas Appliances, and
Addenda Z21.45a-1987...…….........…................…………………………………. 1985
ANSI-Z21.46 Gas-Fired Kettles, Steam Cookers and Steam Generators, and Addenda Z21.46a-1975,
Z21.46b-1978........………......................……………….. ……………….………… 1974
ANSI-Z21.47 Gas-Fired Central Furnaces (Except Direct Vent Central Furnaces) ……………….1987
ANSI-Z21.48 Gas-Fired Gravity and Fan Type Floor Furnaces......………..........………………... 1986
ANSI-Z21.49 Gas-Fired Gravity and Fan Type Vented Wall Furnaces..…….....………………….1986
ANSI-Z21.50 Vented Decorative Gas Appliances..............………....................………………….. 1986
ANSI-Z21.52 Gas-Fired Single Firebox Boiler, and Addenda Z21.52a-1973…………………….. 1971
ANSI-Z21.54 Gas Hose Connectors for Portable Outdoor Gas-Fired Appliances, and Addenda Z21.54a
1983, Z21.54b-1985.......…….....................……………………….………………. 1979
ANSI-Z21.55 Gas-Fired Sauna Heaters, and Addenda Z21.55a-1980, Z21.55b-1981……………. 1979
ANSI-Z21.56 Gas-Fired Pool Heaters, and Addenda Z21.56a-1987……….……………………... 1986
189
Reference Standard 14

ANSI-Z21.57 Recreational Vehicle Cooking Gas Appliances, and Addenda Z21.57a-1982, Z21.57b-1984.1982
ANSI-Z21.58 Outdoor Cooking Gas Appliances……………………..……………..…………….. 1987
ANSI-Z21.59 Gas-Fired High Pressure Steam and Hot Water Boilers….…….…………………... 1974
ANSI-Z21.60 Decorative Gas Appliances for Installation in Vented Fireplaces, and Addenda Z21.60a-
1982, Z21.60b-1984……………….….……………………………………………. 1981
ANSI-Z21.64 Direct Vent Central Furnaces, and Addenda Z21.64a-1986, Z21.64b-1987………. 1985
ANSI-Z21.65 Separated Combustion System Central Furnaces…………….…… 1978
ANSI-Z21.69 Connectors for Movable Gas Appliances, and Addenda Z21.69a-1983, Z21.69b-1985..1979
ANSI-Z83.2 Gas Atmosphere Generators…………………………..……………………………. 1977
ANSI-Z83.3 Gas Utilization Equipment in Large Boilers, and Addenda Z83.3a-1972, Z83.3b-1976.…1971
ANSI-Z83.4 Direct Gas-Fired Make-Up Air Heaters, and Addenda Z83.4a-1986………………. 1985
ANSI-Z83.6 Gas-Fired Infrared Heaters, and Addenda Z83.6a-1984, Z83.6b-1985…………….. 1982
ANSI-Z83.7 Gas-Fired Construction Heaters……………………………..……..………………. 1974
ANSI-Z83.8 Gas Unit Heaters, and Addenda Z83.8a-1986…………………...…………………. 1985
ANSI-Z83.9 Gas-Fired Duct Furnaces………………..…………………..……...………………. 1986
ANSI-Z83.11 Gas Food Service Equipment- Ranges and Unit Broilers…………………...…..…..1986
ANSI-Z83.12 Gas Food Service Equipment- Baking and Roasting Ovens……………………….. 1986
ANSI-Z83.13 Gas Food Service Equipment- Deep Fat Fryers……………………………………..1986
ANSI-Z83.14 Gas Food Service Equipment- Counter Appliances………………………………... 1986
ANSI-Z83.15 Gas Food Service Equipment- Kettles, Steam Cookers, and Steam Generators…… 1986
ANSI-UL-815 Electric Sauna Heating Equipment, January 1986 Revision….…….……………….1983
ANSI-C33.87/UL 174 Household Electric Cooking Appliances, January 1986 Revision…………………. 1983
ANSI/UL-197 Commercial Electric Cooking Appliances, September 1986 Revision…………….. 1982
UL 127 Standard for Factory-Built Fireplaces……………………………...………………. 1988
UL 252 Compressed Gas Regulators, May 1986 Revision…………………………………. 1984
ANSI-Z96.2/UL 296 Oil Burners, August 1985 Revision……………………….………..………………. 1980
ANSI-B130.1/UL 343 Pumps for Oil-Burning Appliances……………………….………..………………. 1986
UL 412 Refrigeration Unit Coolers, December 1984 Revision………….….………………. 1980
ANSI/UL 471 Commercial Refrigerators and Freezers, November 1985 Revision……………….. 1985
ANSI/C33.1/UL 499 Electric Heating Appliances, March 1985 Revision…………..……………………. 1978
UL 560 Electric Home-Laundry Equipment…………….………………………………….. 1986
ANSI/UL 574 Electric Oil Heaters, May 1985 Revision………………….……….………………. 1980
ANSI/UL 737 Standard for Fireplace Stoves………………….…………...………………………. 1988
UL 586 Test Performance of High Efficiency, Particulates, Air-Filter Units………………. 1986
ANSI-Z96.3/UL 726 Oil-Fired Boiler Assemblies, June 1986 Revision………………….……………….1975
ANSI-Z96.1/UL 727 Oil-Fired Central Furnaces, November 1986 Revision……………..……………… 1986
ANSI-Z96.4/UL 729 Oil-Fired Floor Furnaces, December 1980 Revision………………..……………… 1976
ANSI-Z96.5/UL 730 Oil-Fired Wall Furnaces, December 1980 Revision………………..………………. 1974
ANSI-Z96.2/UL 731 Oil-Fired Unit Heaters, January 1985 Revision……………...……..……………….1975
ANSI-Z95.3/UL 732 Oil-Fired Water Heaters, December 1980, Revision, January 1985 Revision………1974
UL 733 Oil-Fired Air Heaters and Direct-Fired Heaters, August 1985 Revision……………1975
UL 795 Commercial-Industrial Gas-Heating Equipment, February 1986 Revision…………1973
UL 834 Electric Heating Water Supply, and Power Boilers, October 1983 Revision……….1980
UL 867 Electroectrostatic Air Cleaners……………………………………..………………. 1981
ANSI-C33.75/UL 875 Electric Dry Bath Heaters, October 1984 Revision………………...………………. 1983
UL 1025 Electric Air Heaters, October 1986 Revision………………………………………. 1980
UL 1042 Electric Baseboard Heating Equipment, May 1985 Revision……...………………. 1979
ANSI-C33.104/UL10096 Electric Central Air-Heating Equipment, July 1986 Revision……...……………….1986
UL 1206 Electric Commercial Clothes-Washing Equipment………………………………… 1979
UL 1240 Electric Commercial Clothes-Drying Equipment,July 1984 Revision…………….. 1979
UL 1261 Electric Water-Heaters for Pools and Tubs, April 1986 Revision…………………..1985
UL 1453 Electric Booster and Commercial Storage Tank Water Heaters,May 1983 Revision…1982
UL 1482 Standard for Room Heaters, Solid Fuel Type (September 1988 Revision…………. 1988
ANSI/UL 1555 Electric Coin-operated Clothes-Washing Machine…………….…..………………. 1982
UL 1556 Electric Coin-operated Clothes-Drying Equipment, July 1984 Revision…………... 1982
ANSI/ASTM-C64 Specifications for Refractories for Incinerators and Boilers (Reapproved 1977)….. 1972
ANSI/ASTM-C401 Classification of Castable Refractories…………………………….………………. 1984
ANSI/ASTM-C612 Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation…… 1983
ASTM-E84 Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials……… 1961

190
Reference Standard 14

ANSI/ASTM-D396 Specification for Fuel Oils…………………………………………………………. 1984

ANSI/ASTM-D93 Method of Test for Flash Points by Pensky-Martens Closed Tester………………. 1985
ANSI/ASTM-C105 Specifications for Ground Fire Clay as a Mortar for Laying-up FireClay Brick,
(Reapproved 1981)………………………………………………….……………….1947
*SMACNA Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standard, as Modified........….….………………. 1992
**SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards – Metal and Flexible, as Modified………….. 1995
**SMACNA HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual, as Modified.............……...………………. 1985

Note: Wherever in these standards reference is made to the "National Electrical Code" the work so covered shall meet the requirements of the
Electrical Code of the City of New York.
*946-87 BCR; Local Law 80-1989
**DOB 5-4-02

*
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 14-1
ANSI/NFiPA- 90 B 1996, as modified—Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems.
The provisions of ANSI/NFiPA No. 90 B-96 together with the modifications thereto shall constitute Reference
Standards RS 13-4 and RS 14-1.
The appendices to ANSI/NFiPA No. 90 B-96 are not part of this Reference Standard. These are for informational
purposes only.
Wherever reference is made to the "National Electrical Code" it shall be changed to read "Electrical Code of the City
of New York."
The New York State Energy Conservation Construction Code also regulates the design and construction of heating,
ventilating, and air conditioning systems in New York City.

STANDARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF WARM

AIR HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS Index – Refer to NFPA 90B/96
Chapter 1 General
ANSI/NFiPA No. 90 B-1996, AS MODIFIED
1-1 Scope. This standard shall apply to all systems for
Delete the NOTICE. the movement of environmental air in structures that[:]
Delete asterisks from all section numbers having them. are otherwise exempted by Section 27-777(b) of the
Material in [brackets] is to be deleted. Administrative Code, or whose heating systems are
Underlined material is new. subject to Section 27-812 of the Administrative Code.
* * * denotes unchanged text. [(a) Serve one- or two-family dwellings; or
Section numbers are from ANSI/NFiPA No. 90 B-1996. (b) Serve spaces not exceeding 25,000 ft3 (708 m3) in
volume in any occupancy.
CONTENTS Exception: Buildings of combustible construction over
three stories in height shall be in accordance with
Chapter 1 – General
NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air
1-1 Scope Conditioning and Ventilating Systems.]
1-2 Purpose
1-3 Definitions 1-1.1 The provisions of this standard are not intended
to be applied retroactively. Where the system is being
Chapter 2 – System Components altered, extended, or renovated, the requirements of
Article 4 of Subchapter 1 of Chapter 1 of Title 27 of the
2-1 Supply Systems Administrative Code shall govern the applicability of
2-2 Return Systems this standard.
2-3 Common Requirements ***
1-3 Definitions.
Chapter 3 – Fire Integrity of Building Construction Accepted - Means "Accepted" by the Materials and
Equipment Acceptance Division of the Department of
3-1 Clearances to Combustible Material Buildings.
3-2 Firestopping NOTE: The MEA Division is the "authority having jurisdiction" in
use of materials, assemblies, forms, methods of construction, and
Chapter 4 – Equipment, Wiring, and Controls service equipment subject to the acceptance requirements of Building
Code Sections 27-131 and 27-135.

4-1 Equipment
4-2 Electric Wiring and Equipment Air Filter. [A device used to reduce or remove air-
4-3 Controls borne solids from heating, ventilating, and air
conditioning systems.]
191
Reference Standard 14

(a) A Class 1 air filter is one which, when clean, does Exception No. 1: Supply ducts that are completely
not contribute fuel when attacked by flame, and emits encased in not less than 2 in. (51 mm) of concrete in a
only negligible amounts of smoke when tested in floor slab shall not be required to meet the
accordance with RS 13-15. requirements of 2-1.1.1, except within 2 ft (0.61 m) of
(b) A Class 2 air filter is one which, when clean, the furnace supply plenum and within 2 ft (0.61 m) of a
burns moderately when attacked by flame or emits vertical connection to a riser or register.
moderate amounts of smoke or both when tested in
accordance with RS 13-15. Exception No. 2: Supply ducts for a separate air
cooling system, not interconnected to any warm air
Approved. [Acceptable to the authority having heating system, serving a single-family dwelling shall
jurisdiction.] See subchapter 2 of the Building Code for not be required to meet the requirements of 2-1.1.1,
definition. provided that they are not closer than 2 ft (0.61 m) to
any furnace or its supply plenum, boiler, or other heat-
Authority Having Jurisdiction. [The organization, producing appliances and that they comply with 2-
office, or individual responsible for approving equipment, 2.1.1, 2-2.1.3, 2-2.2, 2-2.3, and 2-2.4 as specified for
an installation, or a procedure.] The Commissioner of return ducts.
the Department of Buildings or his designee.
*** Exception No. 3: Vibration isolation connectors in duct
Listed - Equipment, materials or services included in a systems shall be made of approved flame-retardant
list published by an organization acceptable to the fabric or shall consist of sleeve joints with packing of
"authority having jurisdiction" and concerned with approved noncombustible material. The fabric shall not
evaluation of products or services that maintains exceed 10 in. (254 mm) in length in the direction of
periodic inspection of production of listed equipment or airflow.
materials or periodic evaluation of services, and whose
listing states either that the equipment, material or Exception No. 4: A Class 0 or Class 1 rigid or flexible
service meets identified standards or has been tested air duct shall not be used as a vertical air duct that is
and found suitable for use in a specified purpose. more than two stories in height.
NOTE: The means for identifying listed equipment
may vary for each organization concerned with product Exception No. 5: A Class 0 or Class 1 rigid or flexible
evaluation, some of which do not recognize equipment air duct shall not be used in an air duct containing air
as listed unless it is also labeled. The "authority having at a temperature in excess of 250°F (121°C).
jurisdiction" should utilize the system employed by the
listing organization to identify a listed product. 2-1.1.2 Supply ducts shall be installed in conformance with:
(a) Class 0 or Class1 rigid or flexible air ducts
Noncombustible Material. [A material that, in the form tested in accordance with UL 181/96, Standard for
in which it is used and under the conditions anticipated, Safety Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors; or
cannot ignite, burn, support combustion, or release (b) Of sheet metal having a nominal thickness
flammable vapors when subjected to fire or heat. When as shown in table 2-1.1.1
tested in accordance with ASTM E 136, Standard Test (b) RS 14-22 [SMACNA Fibrous Glass Duct
Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Construction Standards;
Furnace at 750 Degrees C, materials that successfully (c) SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards
pass the test shall be considered noncombustible.] See — Metal and Flexible;
subchapter 2 of the Building Code for definition. (d) SMACNA Installation Standards for
*** Residential Heating and Air Conditioning Systems.]
[Should. Indicates a recommendation or that which is
advised but not required.] 2-1.2 Air Connectors. Air connectors are limited-use,
*** flexible air ducts that shall not be required to conform
to the requirements for air ducts, provided they conform
Chapter 2 System Components to the following provisions:
*** (a) Air connectors shall conform to the
2-1.1.1 Supply ducts shall be: requirements for Class 0 or Class 1 connectors when
(a) Class 0 or Class 1 rigid or flexible air tested in accordance with UL 181/96, Standard for
ducts tested in accordance with UL 181/96, Standard for Safety Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors.
Safety Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors; or (b) Class 0 or Class 1 air connectors shall not be
(b)Of sheet metal having a nominal thickness used in ducts containing air at temperatures in excess of
as shown in Table 2-1.1.1. 250°F (121°C).
(c) An air connector run shall not exceed 14 ft
(4.3 m) in length.
192
Reference Standard 14

(d) Air connectors shall not pass through any wall, possesses a flame spread classification of not over 25 as
partition, or enclosure of a vertical shaft that is required to determined in accordance with [NFPA 255, Standard
have a fire resistance rating of 1 hour or more. Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of
(e) Air connectors shall not pass through floors. Building Materials] RS 5-5. This enclosing material
(f) Air connectors shall be installed in conformance shall be attached securely to the building structure;
with the conditions of their approval. joints and seams shall be substantially airtight. Braces and
*** hangers inside the chamber shall be noncombustible.
2-3.1.2 Duct coverings and linings shall not flame, (b) Where the warm air supply is from a steam or
glow, smolder, or smoke when tested in accordance hot water heat exchanger, heating panels shall either
with ASTM C 411/97, Standard Test Method for Hot- comply with 4-1.1.3(a) or shall be enclosed on all sides
Surface Performance of High-Temperature Thermal with material not more flammable than 1-in. (25.4-mm)
Insulation, at the temperature to which it is exposed in (nominal) wood boards. This enclosing material shall
service. In no case shall the test temperature be below be attached securely to the building structure; joints and
250°F (121°C). seams shall be substantially airtight. No single vertical
*** heating panel shall serve more than one story.
2-3.2 Joints. Joints and seams shall be fastened ***
securely and made substantially airtight. Slip joints 4-1.12 Air filters shall have either a Class 1 or Class 2
shall have a lap of at least 1 in. (25.4 mm) and shall be rating in accordance with [UL 900, Standard for Safety
fastened individually (see Figure 2-3.2). Tape shall be Air Filter Units, 1994] RS 13-15.
permitted to be used for sealing joints but, where ***
exposed to the air in the system, it shall not be more 4-1.3.3 Liquid adhesive coatings used on filters shall
combustible than fabric complying with [NFPA 701, have a flash point not less than 325°F (163°C) in
Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Flame-Resistant accordance with [ASTM D 93, Standard Test Methods
Textiles and Films] RS 7-3. for Flash Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Cup Tester]
Closure systems for use with rigid air ducts tested in RS 14-13.
accordance with UL 181/96, Standard for Safety
Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors, shall 4-1.3.4 All air filters shall be kept free of excess dust
have been tested and listed in accordance with UL and combustible material. Unit filters shall be renewed
181A/94, Standard for Safety Closure Systems for Use or cleaned when the resistance to airflow has increased to
with Rigid Air Ducts and Air Connectors, and used in two times the original resistance or when the resistance
conformance with the conditions of the listing. has reached a value of recommended replacement by
*** the manufacturer. A permanently installed draft gauge
2-3.5.1 Registers shall be constructed of metal or shall shall be provided for this purpose. Where the filters are
conform with the following: of the automatic liquid adhesive type, sludge shall be
removed from the liquid adhesive reservoir regularly.
(a) Registers shall be made of a material classified as
94 HB when tested as described in UL 94/96, Standard 4-1.4 Air-Cooling Equipment.
for Safety Test for Flammability of Plastic Materials for Mechanical refrigeration used with air duct systems
Parts in Devices and Appliances. shall be installed in accordance with [ANSI/ASHRAE
(b) Floor registers shall resist, without structural 15, Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration] RS 13-6.
failure, a 200-lb (90.7-kg) concentrated load on a 2-in. ***
(51-mm) diameter disc applied to the most critical area 4-2 Electric Wiring and Equipment.
of the exposed face of the register. For this test, the Electric wiring and equipment shall be adequate for
register shall be at a temperature not less than 165°F safe operation and shall be installed in accordance with
(74°C) and shall be supported in accordance with the [NFPA 70, National Electrical Code®] the New York
manufacturer's instructions. City Electrical Code. In addition, a disconnecting
*** means shall be installed within sight and easy reach in
2-3.5.3 Fittings connecting the registers to the duct the ungrounded leads of each power circuit to
system shall be constructed of metal or material that electrically operated components that are in unprotected
complies with the requirements of Class 0, Class 1, or locations and in other locations not readily accessible
Class 2 ducts in UL 181/96, Standard for Safety for service.
Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors. ***
*** 4-3.2 Fan Control for Stoker-Fired Furnaces.
4-1.1.3 Construction. Where a warm air furnace equipped with a fan to
circulate the air is stoker-fired, it also shall be equipped
(a) Where the warm air supply is from a warm air with an automatic overrun control to start the fan when
furnace, heating panels shall be enclosed on all sides the air in the furnace bonnet or at the beginning of the
with material that is wholly noncombustible or that main supply duct at a point not affected by radiated heat
193
Reference Standard 14

reaches a temperature not higher than 200°F (93°C) intensity of 0.13 in. (32.4 Pa) of water gauge. A fail-
after the stoker and fan (in its normal operation) have safe limit control is a limit control that automatically
been shut down as a result of a satisfied thermostat. If a checks the furnace in the event of power failure or
manual disconnect is installed in the air circulating fan shutoff or that automatically checks the furnace when a
electrical circuit, it shall be installed to deenergize both temperature of 250°F (121°C) is reached, whether or
the fan and the stoker simultaneously. Solid fuel may not power is available.
be used only as permitted by Local Law 93/85. (c) Solid fuel may be used only as permitted by Local
*** Law 93/85.
4-3.4 Thermostatically Controlled, Hand-Fired, Solid- 4-3.5 Air-Circulating Fan Controls.
Fuel Burning Furnaces. Where a hand-fired, solid-fuel burning furnace is equipped
Hand-fired, solid-fuel burning furnaces on which the with a fan to circulate the air, it shall be equipped with
furnace draft is controlled by a thermostat shall be fan controls as required for stoker-fired furnaces by 4-
equipped with the following: 3.2. Solid fuel may be used only as permitted by Local
(a) A fail-safe 250°F (121°C) limit control installed not Law 93/85.
more than 10 in. (254 mm) above the top surface of the ***
heat exchanger in a supply plenum that extends at least Chapter 5 Referenced Publications – Delete
12 in. (305 mm) above the top surface of the heat
exchanger; and Appendix A – Delete
(b) A barometric draft control operated by draft intensity Appendix B - Delete
and permanently set to limit the draft to a maximum *DOB 5-4-02;946-87 BCR; 938-80 BCR

**REFERENCE STANDARD RS 14-2

AGA/ANSI-Z223.1/NFiPA 54-1984 -National Fuel Gas Code and Addenda ANSI Z223.1a-1987.
**946-87 BCR; 916-82 BCR; 938-80 BCR

***REFERENCE STANDARD RS 14-3

ANSI/NFiPA No. 31 1983 -Standard for the Installation of Oil Burning Equipment.
Section 1-5 Air for combustion and ventilation.
***938-80 BCR

**REFERENCE STANDARD RS 14-4

ANSI/ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code 1986.
**946-87 BCR; 916-82 BCR; 938-80 BCR
Section VIII Pressure Vessels.
**
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 14-5A
ANSI/ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code 1986.
Section I Power Boilers
*
Section IV Heating Boilers.

*Rule HG-614 LOW - WATER FUEL CUTOFF

(a) Each automatically fired hot water boiler shall have an automatic low-water fuel cutoff which has been
designed for hot water service, and it shall be so located as to automatically cut off the fuel supply when the
surface of the water falls to the level established in (b) below. (see Fig. HG-703.2).
(b) As there is no normal waterline to be maintained in a hot water heating boiler, any location of the low- water
fuel cutoff above the lowest safe permissible water level established by the boiler manufacturer is satisfactory.
(c) A coil-type boiler or a watertube boiler requiring forced circulation to prevent overheating of the coils or tubes
shall have a flow-sensing device installed in the outlet piping in lieu of the low-water fuel cutoff required in
(a) above to automatically cut off the fuel supply when the circulating flow is interrupted.
**946-87 BCR; 916-82 BCR; 938-80 BCR
*DOB 3-8-96

†
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 14-5B
UL 834 - 1980 - Electric Heating, Water Supply, and Power Boilers, and November 1982 Revision.
†1045-83 BCR

194
Reference Standard 14

††
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 14-6
ANSI-Z21.1-1982 - Household Cooking Gas Appliance, and Addenda Z21.1a-1982, Z21.1b-1984.
ANSI-Z21.1-1983 - Gas Hose Connectors for Portable Indoor Gas-Fired Equipment, and Addenda Z21.2a-1985.
ANSI-Z21.3-1982 - Hotel and Restaurant Gas Ranges and Unit Boilers.
ANSI-Z21.5.1-1982 - Gas Clothes Dryers, Volume I, Type 1 Clothes Dryers.
ANSI-Z21.5.2-1979 - Gas Clothes Dryers, Volume II, Type 2 Clothes Dryers, and Addenda Z21.5.2a-1981, Z21.5.2b-1982.
ANSI-Z21.8-1984 - Installation of Domestic Gas Conversion Burners.
ANSI-Z21.10.1-1984 - Gas Water Heaters, Volume I, Storage Water Heaters with Input Ratings of 75,000 BTU per
Hour or Less, and Addenda Z21.10.1a-1982, Z21.10.1b-1986.
ANSI-Z21.10.3-1984 - Gas Water Heaters, Volume III Storage with Input Ratings above 75,000 BTU per Hour,
Circulating and Instantaneous Water Heaters, and Addenda Z21.10.3a-1985, Z21.10.3b-1985.
ANSI-Z21.11.1-1983 - Gas Fired Room Heaters, Volume I, Vented Room Heaters, and Addenda Z21.11.1a-1985.
ANSI-Z21.11.2-1983 - Gas Fired Room Heaters, Volume II, Unvented Room Heaters, and Addenda Z21.11.2a-1984.
ANSI-Z21.12-1981 - Draft Hoods and Addenda Z21.12a-1983.
ANSI-Z21.13-1982 - Gas-Fired Low Pressure Steam and Hot Water Boilers, and Addenda Z21.13a.
ANSI-Z21.15-1979 - Manually Operated Gas Valves, and Addenda Z21.15a-1981, Z21.15b-1984.
ANSI-Z21.17-1984 - Domestic Gas Conversion Burners.
ANSI-Z21.19-1983 - Refrigerators Using Gas Fuel, and Addenda Z21.19a-1984.
ANSI-Z21.20-1985 - Automatic Gas Ignition Systems and Components.
ANSI-Z21.21-1974 - Automatic Valves for Gas Appliances, and Addenda Z21.21a-1977, Z21.21b-1981.
ANSI-Z21.22-1986 - Relief Valves and Automatic Gas Shut-Off Devices for Hot Water Supply Systems.
ANSI-Z21.23-1980 - Gas Appliances Thermostats, and Addenda Z21.23a-1985.
ANSI-Z21.24-1981 - Metal Connectors for Gas Appliances, and Addenda Z21.24a-1983, Z21.24b-1985.
ANSI-Z21.27-1974 - Hotel and Restaurant Gas Deep Fat Fryers, and Addenda Z21.27a-1975, Z21.27b-1978.
ANSI-Z21.28-1974 - Commercial Gas Baking and Roasting Ovens, and Addenda Z21.28a-1975, Z21.28b-1978.
ANSI-Z21.31-1975 - Gas Counter Appliances, and Addenda Z21.31a-1978.
ANSI-Z21.34-1971 - Gas-Fired Duct Furnaces, and Addenda Z21.34a-1974, Z21.34b-1974.
ANSI-Z21.40.1-1981 - Gas-Fired Absorption Summer Air Conditioning Appliances, and Addenda Z21.40.1a-1982.
ANSI-Z21.41-1978 - Quick-Disconnect Devices for Use with Gas Fuel, and Addenda Z21.41a-1981, Z21.41b-1983.
ANSI-Z21.42-1971 - Gas-Fired Illuminating Appliances, and Addenda Z21.42a-1973, Z21.42b-1981.
ANSI-Z21.44-1985 - Gas-Fired Gravity and Fan Type Direct Vent Wall Furnaces, and Addenda Z21.44a-1985.
ANSI-Z21.45-1985 - Flexible Connectors of Other than All Metal Construction for Gas Appliances, and Addenda
Z21.45a-1987.
ANSI-Z21.46-1974 - Gas-Fired Kettles, Steam Cookers and Steam Generators, and Addenda Z21.46a-1975, Z21.46b-1978.
ANSI-Z21.47-1983 - Gas-Fired Central Furnaces (Except Direct Vent Central Furnaces), and Addenda Z21.47a-1985,
Z21.47b-1986.
ANSI-Z21.48-1986 - Gas-Fired Gravity and Fan Type Floor Furnaces.
ANSI-Z21.49-1986 - Gas-Fired Gravity and Fan Type Vented Wall Furnaces.
ANSI-Z21.50-1986 - Vented Decorative Gas Appliances.
ANSI-Z21.52-1971 - Gas-Fired Single Firebox Boiler, and Addenda Z21.52a-1973.
ANSI-Z21.54-1979 - Gas Hose Connectors for Portable Outdoor Gas-Fired Appliances, and Addenda Z21.54a 1983,
Z21.54b-1985.
ANSI-Z21.55-1979 - Gas-Fired Sauna Heaters, and Addenda Z21.55a-1980, Z21.55b-1981.
ANSI-Z21.56-1986 - Gas-Fired Pool Heaters.
ANSI-Z21.57-1982 - Recreational Vehicle Cooking Gas Appliances, and Addenda Z21.57a-1982, Z21.57b-1984.
ANSI-Z21.58-1982 - Outdoor Cooking Gas Appliances, and Addenda Z21.58a-1983, Z21.58b-1985.
ANSI-Z21.59-1974 - Gas-Fired High Pressure Steam and Hot Water Boilers.
ANSI-Z21.60-1982 - Decorative Gas Appliances for Installation in Vented Fireplaces, and Addenda Z21.60a-1982,
Z21.60b-1984.
ANSI-Z21.64-1985 - Direct Vent Central Furnaces, and Addenda Z21.64a-1986.
ANSI-Z21.65-1978 - Separated Combustion System Central Furnaces.
ANSI-Z21.69-1979 - Connectors for Movable Gas Appliances, and Addenda Z21.69a-1983, Z21.69b-1985.
ANSI-Z83.2-1977 - Gas Atmosphere Generators.
ANSI-Z83.3-1971 - Gas Utilization Equipment in Large Boilers, and Addenda Z83.3a-1972, Z83.3b-1976.
ANSI-Z83.4-1985 - Direct Gas-Fired Make-Up Air Heaters, and Addenda Z83.4a-1986.
ANSI-Z83.6-1982 - Gas-Fired Infrared Heaters, and Addenda Z83.6a-1984, Z83.6b-1985.

195
Reference Standard 14

ANSI-Z83.7-1974 - Gas-Fired Construction Heaters.

ANSI-Z83.8-1985 - Gas Unit Heaters, and Addenda Z83.8a-1986.
ANSI-Z83.9-1986 - Gas-Fired Duct Furnaces.
ANSI-Z83.11-1986 - Gas Food Service Equipment - Ranges and Unit Broilers.
ANSI-Z83.12-1986 - Gas Food Service Equipment - Baking and Roasting Ovens.
ANSI-Z83.13-1986 - Gas Food Service Equipment - Deep Fat Fryers.
ANSI-Z83.14-1986 - Gas Food Service Equipment - Counter Appliances.
ANSI-Z83.15-1986 - Gas Food Service Equipment - Kettles, Steam Cookers and Steam Generators.
ANSI/UL 815-1983 - Electric Sauna Heating Equipment, January 1986 Revision.
ANSI C33.87/UL 174-1983 - Household Electric Cooking Appliances, January 1986 Revision.
ANSI/UL 197-1982 - Commercial Electric Cooking Appliances, September 1986 Revision.
UL 252-1984 - Compressed Gas Regulators, May 1986 Revision.
ANSI Z96.2/UL 296-1980 - Oil Burners, August 1985 Revision.
ANSI B130.1/UL 343-1986 - Pumps for Oil-Burning Appliances.
UL 412-1980 - Refrigeration Unit Coolers, December 1984 Revision.
ANSI/UL 471-1985 - Commercial Refrigerators and Freezers, November 1985 Revision.
ANSI-C33.1/UL 499-1978 - Electric Heating Appliances, March 1985 Revision.
ANSI/UL 574-1980 - Electric Oil Heaters, May 1985 Revision.
UL 560-1986 - Electric Home-Laundry Equipment.
UL 586-1985 - Test Performance of High Efficiency, Particulates Air-Filters Units.
ANSI Z96.3/UL 726-1975 - Oil-Fired Boiler Assemblies, June 1986 Revision.
ANSI Z96.1/UL 727-1986 - Oil-Fired Central Furnaces, November 1986 Revision.
ANSI Z96.4/UL 729-1976 - Oil-Fired Floor Furnaces, December 1980 Revision.
ANSI Z96.5/UL 730-1974 - Oil-Fired Wall Furnaces, December 1980 Revision.
ANSI Z95.2/UL 731-1975 - Oil-Fired Unit Heaters, January 1985 Revision.
ANSI Z99.2/UL 732-1974 - Oil-Fired Water Heaters, January 1985 Revision.
UL 733-1975 - Oil-Fired Air Heaters and Direct-Fired Heaters, August 1985 Revision.
UL 795-1973 - Commercial-Industrial Gas-Heating Equipment, February 1986 Revision.
UL 834-1980 - Electric Heating, Water Supply and Power Boilers, October 1983 Revision.
UL 867-1981 - Electrostatic Air Cleaners.
ANSI-C33.75/UL 875-1983 - Electric Sauna Heating Equipment, October 1984 Revision.
UL 1025-1980 - Electric Air Heaters, October 1986 Revision.
UL 1042-1979 - Electric Baseboard Heating Equipment, May 1985 Revision.
ANSI C33.104/UL1096-1986 - Electric Central Air-Heating Equipment, July 1986 Revision.
UL 1206-1979 - Electric Commercial Clothes-Washing Equipment.
UL 1240-1979 - Electric Commercial Clothes-Drying Equipment, July 1984 Revision.
UL 1261-1981 - Electric Water Heaters for Pools and Tubs, April 1986 Revision.
UL 1453-1982 - Electric Booster and Commercial Storage Tank Water Heaters, May 1983 Revision.
UL 1555-1982 - Electric Coin-Operated Clothes Washing Machine.
UL 1556-1982 - Electric Coin-Operated Clothes-Drying Equipment, July 1984 Revision.
††946-87 BCR
*
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 14-7
ANSI/ASTM-C64 1972 - Specifications for Refractories for Incinerators and Boilers (Reapproved 1977).
*1045-83 BCR

**
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 14-8
ANSI/ASTM-C401 1984 - Classification of Castable Refractories.
**946-87 BCR; 938-80 BCR

*REFERENCE STANDARD RS 14-9

ANSI/ASTM-C64 1972 - Specifications for Refractories for Incinerators and Boilers (Reapproved 1977).
*1045-83 BCR

**
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 14-10
ANSI/ASTM-C612 1983 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation.
**946-87 BCR; 938-80 BCR

196
Reference Standard 14

REFERENCE STANDARD RS 14-11

ASTM-E84 1961 - Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
***
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 14-12
ANSI/ASTM-D396 1984 - Specification for Fuel Oils.
***946-87 BCR; 1045-83 BCR

*
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 14-13
ANSI/ASTM-D93 1980 - Method of Test for Flash Point, by Pensky-Martens Closed Tester.
*1045-83 BCR

*
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 14-14
ANSI/ASTM-C105 1947 - Specifications for Ground Fire Clay Mortar for Laying-up Fireclay brick (Reapproved 1981)
ANSI/ASTM-C64 1972 - Specifications for Refractories for Incinerators and Boilers (Reapproved 1977)
*1045-83 BCR

197
Reference Standard 14

REFERENCE STANDARD RS 14-15

MINIMUM INSTALLATION FOR HEAT PRODUCTION EQUIPMENTa
EQUIPMENT CLEARANCES (in.)
From Top
Above and Sides
Top of of Warm-
Residential Type Equipment for Installation in Large Casing or Air Bonnet From From From
Roomb Equipment or Plenum Frontc Back Sides
Boilers & Water Heaters -
Steam boilers – 15 psi
Water boilers – 250OF Automatic oil or comb. gas-oil 6 — 24 6 6
Water heaters – 200OF Automatic gas…………... 6 — 18 6 6
(all water walled or jacketed) Solid……………………. 6 — 48 6 6
Furnaces, Central –
Gravity, upflow, downflow, Automatic oil or comb, 6 6 24 6 6
horizontal and duct. Warm- gas-oil…………………...
air 250OF max.
Automatic gas…………. 6 6 18 6 6
Solid…………………… 18 18 48 18 18
Electric………………… 6 6 18 6 6
Furnaces, Floor
For mounting in Automatic oil or comb.
combustible floor gas-oil………………….. 36 — 12 12 12
Automatic gas…………... 36 — 12 12 12
Heat Exchanger —
Steam – 15 psi max. ………………………… 1 1 1 1 1
Hot water – 250OF max . ………………………… 1 1 1 1 1
Room Heaters — Oil and solid.……...……. 36 — 24 12 12
Circulating type Gas…………………..…. 36 — 24 12 12
(vented or unvented) Oil and solid……………. 36 — 36 36 36
Radiant type Gas……………..………. 36 — 36 18 18
(vented or unvented) Gas with double metal or 36 — 36 12 18
ceramic back……………
Radiators —
Steam or hot water Gas…………………. 36 — 6 6 6
Ranges — Firing Opp.
Cooking Stoves Oil………….………... 30f — — 9 24 18
(vented or unvented) Gas…………………... 30f — — 6 6 6
Solid-clay-lined firepot… 30f — — 24 24 18
Solid-unlined firepot….. 30f — — 36 36 18
Electric………………… 30f — — 6 6
Clothes Dryers that Gas………………….. 6 — 24 6 6
conform to applicable Electric……..………... 6 — 24 0 0
standards
EQUIPMENT CLEARANCES (in.)
From Top
and Sides
Commercial-Industrial Type Low Temperature Above Top of Warm-
Equipment of Casing or Air Bonnet From From From
(Any and all physical sizes except as noted) Equipment e or Plenum Front Backe Sidese
Boilers and Water Heaters-
100 cu. ft. or less
(any psi steam) All fuels……………. 18 — 48 18 18
Any size (50 psi or less) All fuels……………. 18 — 48 18 18

198
Reference Standard 14

Unit heaters —
Floor mounted or Steam or Hot Water- Oil 1 — — 1 1
suspended (any size) or comb. gas-oil……… 6 — 24 18 18

Suspended (100 cu. ft. or Gas………………… 6 — 18 18 18

less)
Suspended (100 cu. ft. or All fuels…………… 18 — 48 18
less)
Suspended (over 100 cu. All fuels…………… 18 — 48
ft.)
Floor mounted (any …………………….
size)
Ranges —
Floor mounted All fuels…………… 48 — 48 18 18
Other Low Temperature
Industrial Equipment
— floor mounted or All fuels……………. 18 18 48 18 18
suspended
(see footnotes, at end of table.)
EQUIPMENT CLEARANCES (in.)
From Top
Above Top and Sides
of Casing of Warm-
or Air Bonnet From From From
Commercial-Industrial Medium Temperature Equipment Equipmente or Plenum Front Backe Sidese
Boilers and water heaters-
Over 50 psi or
Over 100 cu. Ft. All fuels……………….. 48 — 96 36 36
Other med. Temp. industrial 48 36 96 36 36
equipment-All sizes All fuels………………..
Incinerators — All sizes All fuels……………….. 48 — 96 36 36
Industrial type High-Temperature Equipment
High temperature equipment
All sizes All fuels………………. 180 — 360 120 120

Notes for Reference Standard RS 14-15:

a See reference standard RS 14-16 for reduction of clearance.
b Large rooms are those that are large in comparison to the size of the equipment and have a volume equal to at least 12 times the total volume of a
furnace and at least 16 times the total volume of a boiler. If the actual ceiling height of a room is greater than 8 ft., the volume of a room shall be
figured on the basis of a ceiling height of 8 ft.
c The minimum dimension shall be that necessary for servicing the equipment, including access for cleaning and normal care, tube removal, etc.
d If the equipment is encased in brick, the 18 in. clearance above and at sides and back may be reduced to not less than 12 in.
e If the equipment is encased in brick the clearance above may be reduced to not less than 36 in., and at sides and back may be reduced to not less than
18 in.
f To combustible material or metal cabinet. If the underside of such combustible material or metal cabinet is protected with asbestos millboard at least
1/4 in. thick covered with sheet metal of not less than no. 28 U.S. Standard guage*, the distance may be reduced to not less than 24 in.
* As enacted but "gage" probably intended.

199
Reference Standard 14

REFERENCE STANDARD RS 14-16

REDUCED MINIMUM CLEARANCES FOR EQUIPMENT, USING SPECIFIED FORMS OF PROTECTION a

Specified Form of Protection Reduced Clearances (in.)

Where the Required Clearance with no Protection is:
36 in. 18 in. 12 in. 6 in.
Side Side Side Side
and and and and
Above Rear Above Rear Above Rear Above Rear
(a)1/4 in. asbestos millboard
spaced out 1 in.b 30 18 15 9 9 6 3 2
(b) 28 gauge *sheet metal on
¼ in. asbestos millboard 24 18 12 9 9 6 3 2
(c) 28 gauge* sheet metal
spaced out 1 in.b 18 12 9 6 6 4 2 2
(d) 28 gauge* sheet metal on
1/8 in. asbestos millboard
spaced out 1 in.b 18 12 9 6 6 4 2 2
(e)1 ½ in. asbestos cement
covering on heating equipment 18 12 9 6 6 4 2 1
(f)1/4 in. asbestos millboard
on 1 in. mineral fiber bats
reinforced with wire mesh or
equivalent 18 12 6 6 4 4 2 2
(g) 22 gauge* sheet metal on
1 in. mineral fiber bats
reinforced with wire or
equivalent 18 12 4 3 2 2 2 2
(h)1/4 in. asbestos cement
board or ¼ in. asbestos
millboard 36 36 18 18 12 12 4 4
(i)1/4in. cellular asbestos 36 36 18 18 12 12 3 3

Notes:
a Except for the protection described in (e), all clearances shall be measured from the outer surface of the equipment to the combustible material
disregarding any intervening protection applied to the combustible material.
b Spacers shall be of non combustible material. Applicable to the combustible material, unless otherwise specified, and covering all surfaces within the
distance specified as the required clearance with no protection.
*As enacted but probably "gage" intended.

200
Reference Standard 14

REFERENCE STANDARD RS 14-17

MINIMUM EQUIPMENT FOUNDATION MOUNTINGS REQUIREMENTS
COMBUSTIBLE CONSTRUCTION

Extention of
Protection
Beyond
Equipment
Solid Fuel-
Open Firing Side
Clearance All at Ash
Under Type of Protection Mounted on Sides Removal
Exceptions Base (in.) Applying To: Combustible Surface (in.) Side (in.)
Low temperature equipment 18 1/4 in. asbestos 0 18
8 3/8 in. asbestos millboard covered with no 6 18
less than 0.24 Mfg’s Standard *Gauge Sheet
4 4 in. of hollow clay or concrete tile 0 18
0 2 courses of 4 in. hollow clay or concrete 0 18
tile covered with 3/16 in. steel plate

Medium temperature equipment 24 4 in. of hollow clay or concrete tile 0 18

Boilers, furnaces, and warm air 4 1/4 in. asbestos millboard covered with not
furnaces for heating one-family less than 0.24 Mfg’s Standard *Gauge Sheet
dwellings; and to floor mounted 0 4 in. of hollow clay or concrete tile 0 18
unit heaters

Commercial or restaurant type 18 A metal baffle between burner and floor 0 18

cooking equipment 8 3/8 in. asbestos millboard 6 18
4 4 in. of hollow clay or concrete tile 0 18
0 2 courses of 4 in. hollow clay or concrete 0 18
tile covered with 3/16 in. steel plate 0 18

Domestic type floor mounted 18 A metal baffle between burner and floor 0 —
cooking and rm. heating eqpt.,. 4 1/2 in. asbestos millboard covered with not 0 18
such as, stoves, heaters, fuel less than No. 24 Mfg’s Standard *Gauge
fired steam or hot water Sheet
radiators and hot water
Notes for Combustible Construction:
Hollow tile shall be set with ends unsealed and joints matched so as to provide for the circulation of air through the tile. Where two courses of hollow
tile are required, the tiles courses shall be laid at right angles to each other with the ends unsealed and joints matched so as to provide for the circulation
of air through each course.
Low temperature equipment with a water cooled base and a grate area of less than 3 sq. ft., or low temperature equipment in which the combustion
chamber is located at least 12 in. above the floor, may rest directly on a sheet metal base of not less than no. 14 manufacturer’s standard *gauge sheet
steel without heat insulation on combustible construction.
Where the floor protection used does not provide a monolithic surface of steel, concrete, or cement, the side or surface where ashes are removed or
where traffic or other usage would wear the protection away shall be covered with no. 24 manufacturer’s standard *gauge sheet steel or equivalent
material.
*As enacted but "gage"probably intended.

MINIMUM EQUIPMENT FOUNDATION MOUNTINGS REQUIREMENTS

NONCOMBUSTIBLE CONSTRUCTION
Equipment Classification Fuels Fire Resistance Extension Beyond Equipment
Rating
Low Temperature All fuels 2 hr. 18 in. on all sides

Medium Temperature Gas and liquid 3 hr. 3 ft. on all sides

fuels
Solid fuels 3 hr 3 ft. on all sides and 8 ft. on firing side
and ash removal side
High Temperature All fuels 4 hr. 10 ft. on all sides and 30 ft. at front or
side where hot products are removed

201
Reference Standard 14

*REFERENCE STANDARD RS 14-18

ANSI/NFiPA 211-1988 - Standard for chimneys, fireplaces, vents and solid fuel burning appliances.
*Local Law 80-1989

*REFERENCE STANDARD RS 14-19

UL 127-1988 - Standard for factory-built fireplaces, as modified by reference standard RS 15-15.
*Local Law 80-1989

*REFERENCE STANDARD RS 14-20

ANSI/UL 737-1988 - Standard for fireplace stoves.
*Local Law 80-1989

*REFERENCE STANDARD RS 14-21

UL 1482-1988 - Standard for room heaters, solid fuel type (September 1988 Revision).
*Local Law 80-1989

*REFERENCE STANDARD RS 14-22

SMACNA 1992 Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standard; SMACNA 1995 HVAC Duct Construction Standards —
Metal and Flexible; and SMACNA 1985 HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual; as modified.

Modifications:
1) Ducts shall be constructed in accordance with Section 2-3.1 of Reference Standard RS 13-1; Chapter 2 of Reference
Standard RS 13-4; or Chapter 2 of Reference Standard RS 14-1; as applicable.

2) The New York State Energy Conservation Construction Code sets forth requirements for leakage testing of ducts
which supercede those contained in this Reference Standard. The leakage testing requirements of this Reference Standard
apply to buildings exempted from compliance with the New York State Energy Conservation Construction Code.
*DOB 5-4-02; Local Law 80-1989

202
Reference Standard 15

REFERENCE STANDARD RS-15

CHIMNEYS AND GAS VENTS
*
LIST OF REFERENCED NATIONAL STANDARDS
AGA/ANSI
Z223.1 NFiPA National Fuel Gas Code, and Addenda Z223.1a-1987……………………………... 1984
ANSI- Z21.1 Household Cooking Gas Appliances, and Addenda Z21.1a-1982, Z21.1b-1984…...1982
ANSI- Z21.2 Gas Hose Connectors for Portable Indoor Gas-Fired Equipment, and Addenda
Z21.2a-1985, Z21.b-1987......................................................……………………… 1983
ANSI- Z21.3 Hotel and Restaurant Gas Ranges and Unit Broilers.............................……………. 1982
ANSI- Z21.5.1 Gas Clothes Dryers, Volume I, Type 1 Clothes Dryers.....………………………….1982
ANSI- Z21.5.2 Gas Clothes Dryers, Volume II, Type 2 Clothes Dryers, and Addenda Z21.5.2a-1981,
Z21.5.2b-1982……………………………………………………………………….1979
ANSI- Z21.8 Installation of Domestic Gas Conversion Burners…………………………………. 1984
ANSI- Z21.10.1 Gas Water Heaters, Volume I - Storage Water Heaters with Input Ratings of 75,000 BTU
per Hour or Less.......................…………………...…………………………………1987
ANSI- Z21.10.3 Gas Water Heaters, Volume III - Storage with Input Ratings above 75,000 BTU per
Hour, Circulating and Instantaneous Water Heaters.............................................…..1987
ANSI- Z21.11.1 Gas-Fired Room Heaters, Volume I, Vented Room Heaters, and Addenda Z21.11.1a-1985…1983
ANSI- Z21.11.2 Gas-Fired Room Heaters, Volume II, Unvented Room Heaters, and Addenda Z21.11.2a-1984...1983
ANSI- Z21.12 Draft Hoods, and Addenda Z21.12a-1983…………………….……………………. 1981
ANSI- Z21.13 Gas-Fired Low Pressure Steam and Hot Water Boilers, and Addenda Z21-13a-1983….1982
ANSI- Z21.15 Manually Operated Gas Valves, and Addenda Z21.15a-1983, Z21.15b-1984...……1979
ANSI- Z21.17 Domestic Gas Conversion Burners.......................……..………….………………... 1984
ANSI- Z21.19 Refrigerators Using Gas Fuel, and Addenda Z21.19a-1984..................................…. 1983
ANSI- Z21.20 Automatic Gas Ignition Systems and Components, and Addenda Z21.20a-1987......1985
ANSI- Z21.21 Automatic Valves for Gas Appliances, and Addenda Z21.21a-1977, Z21.21b-1981….. 1974
ANSI- Z21.22 Relief Valves and Automatic Gas Shut Off Devices for Hot Water Supply Systems….. 1986
ANSI- Z21.23 Gas Appliance Thermostats, and Addenda Z21.23a-1985..........................................1980
ANSI- Z21.24 Metal Connectors for Gas Appliances.........................……………………………... 1987
ANSI- Z21.27 Hotel and Restaurant Gas Deep Fat Fryers, and Addenda Z21.27a-1975, Z21.27b-1978.. 1974
ANSI- Z21.28 Commercial Gas Baking and Roasting Ovens, and Addenda Z21.28a-1975, Z21.28b-1978…1974
ANSI- Z21.40.1 Gas-Fired Absorption Summer Air Conditioning Appliances, and Addenda Z21.40.1a-1982..1981
ANSI- Z21.41 Quick-Disconnect Devices for Use with Gas Fuel, and Addenda Z21.41a-1981, Z21.41b-1983.. 1978
ANSI- Z21.42 Gas-Fired Illuminating Appliances, and Addenda Z21.42a-1973, Z21.42b-1981…. 1971
ANSI- Z21.44 Gas-Fired Gravity and Fan Type Direct Vent Wall Furnaces, and Addenda Z21.44a-1985.. 1985
ANSI- Z21.45 Flexible Connectors of Other than All Metal Construction for Gas Appliances, and
Addenda Z21.45a 1987.............................………………………………………….. 1985
ANSI- Z21.46 Gas-Fired Kettles, Steam Cookers and Steam Generators and Addenda Z21.46a-1975,
Z21.46b-1978.....................................………………………………………………. 1974
ANSI- Z21.47 Gas-Fired Central Furnaces (Except Direct Vent Central Furnaces)………………..1987
10 CRF Part 430 Test Procedures for Furnaces……………………………………………………….. 1980
ANSI- Z21.48 Gas-Fired Gravity and Fan Type Floor Furnaces..…………………………………. 1986
ANSI- Z21.49 Gas-Fired Gravity and Fan Type Vented Wall Furnaces..................………………..1986
ANSI- Z21.50 Vented Decorative Gas Appliances...............................……………………………. 1986

203
Reference Standard 15

ANSI- Z21.52 Gas-Fired Single Firebox Boiler, and Addenda Z21.52a-1973.................................. 1971
ANSI- Z21.54 Gas Hose Connectors for Portable Outdoor Gas-Fired Appliances, and Addenda Z21.53a-
1983, Z21.54b-1985............................................................………………………… 1979
ANSI- Z21.55 Gas-Fired Sauna Heaters, and Addenda Z21.55a-1980, Z21.55b-1981..…………... 1979
ANSI- Z21.56 Gas-Fired Pool Heaters and Addenda Z21.56a-1987.......................……………….. 1986
ANSI- Z21.57 Recreational Vehicle Cooking Gas Appliances, and Addenda Z21.57a-1982, Z21.57b-1984.. 1982
ANSI- Z21.58 Outdoor Cooking Gas Appliances............................……………………………….. 1987
ANSI- Z21.59 Gas-Fired High Pressure Steam and Hot Water Boilers..................………………... 1974
ANSI- Z21.60 Decorative Gas Appliances for Installation in Vented Fireplaces, and Addenda Z21.60a-
1982, Z21.60b-1984.......……………………………………………………………. 1981
ANSI- Z21.64 Direct Vent Central Furnaces, and Addenda Z21.64a-1986, Z21.64b-1987.............. 1985
ANSI- Z21.65 Separated Combustion System Central Furnaces………………….……………….. 1978
ANSI- Z83.2 Gas Atmosphere Generators.......………………..............................……………….. 1977
ANSI- Z83.3 Gas Utilization Equipment in Large Boilers, and Addenda Z83.3a-1972, Z83.3b-1976.....1971
ANSI- Z83.4 Direct Gas-Fired Make-Up Air Heaters, and Addenda Z83.4a-1986.................…… 1985
ANSI- Z83.6 Gas-Fired Infrared Heaters, and Addenda Z83.6a-1984, Z83.6b-1985..................… 1982
ANSI- Z83.7 Gas-Fired Construction Heaters........................……………………………………. 1974
ANSI- Z83.8 Gas Unit Heaters, and Addenda Z83.8a-1986.......…………………………………. 1985
ANSI-Z83.9 Gas-Fired Duct Furnaces..................................…………………………………….. 1986
ANSI-Z83.11 Gas Food Service Equipment -Ranges and Unit Broilers..................................…….1986
ANSI-Z83.12 Gas Food Service Equipment -Baking and Roasting Ovens................................…...1986
ANSI-Z83.13 Gas Food Service Equipment -Deep Fat Fryers.......................................………….. 1986
ANSI-Z83.14 Gas Food Service Equipment -Counter Appliances..............................……………. 1986
ANSI-Z83.15 Gas Food Service Equipment -Kettles, Steam Cookers, and Steam Generators........ 1986
ANSI/UL 103 Standard for Chimneys, Factory-Built Residential Type and Building Heating Appliances
(February 1989 Revision)…………………………………………………………... 1988
ANSI/UL 441 Standard for Gas Vents.......................................…………………………………… 1986
ANSI/UL 710 Grease Extractors for Exhaust Ducts..................…………………………………… 1981
ANSI/UL 959 Standard for Medium Heat Appliance Factory-Built Chimneys (August 1988 Revision)…. 1986
UL 103 TYPE HT Standard for Low Heat Appliance Chimneys with High Temperature Tests Added……1983
UL 127 Standard for Factory-Built Fireplaces, as Modified......……………………………. 1988
UL 795 Commercial Industrial Gas-Heating Equipment, February 1982 Revision………… 1973
UL 1777 Chimney Liners...................................................……………………………………1988
ULC S-629M Standard for 650oC Factory-Built Chimneys..............……………………………… 1981
ANSI/NFiPA 211 Chimneys, Fireplaces and Vents.....……............…………………………………… 1984
ANSI/NFiPA 211 Standard for Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents and Solid Fuel Burning Appliances........ 1988
ANSI/ASTM C105 Specification for Ground Fireclay as a Refractory Mortar for Laying Up Fireclay Brick
(Reapproved 1981)………..…………………………………………………………1947
ANSI/ASTM-C270 Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry………………………………..1988
ANSI/ASTM-C315 Specifications for Clay Flue Linings (Reapproved 1983) ………………………….1978c
ANSI/ASTM-C401 Classification of Castable Refractories…………………………………………………….1984
ANSI/ASTM-C64 Specifications for Refractories for Incinerators and Boilers (Reapproved 1977)…..1972
ANSI/ASTM-C279 Specifications for Chemical Resistant Masonry..……...…………………………… 1979

204
Reference Standard 15

Note: Wherever in these standards reference is made to the “National Electrical Code”
the work so covered shall meet the requirements of the Electrical Code of the City of New York.
*947-87 BCR; Local Law 80-1989

**
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 15-1
AGA/ANSI-Z223.1/ NFiPA No. 54-1984 - National Fuel Gas Code, and Addenda Z223.1a-1987.
**947-87 BCR
**
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 15-2
ANSI-Z21.1-1982—Household Cooking Gas Appliance, and Addenda Z21.1a-1982, Z21.1b-1984.
ANSI-A21.2-1983—Gas Hose Connectors for Portable Indoor Gas-Fired Equipment, and Addenda Z21.2a-1985,
Z21.2b-1987.
ANSI-Z21.3-1982—Hotel and Restaurant Gas Ranges and Unit Broilers.
ANSI-Z21.5.1-1982—Gas Clothes Dryers, Volume I, Type 1 Clothes Dryers.
ANSI-Z21.5.2-1979—Gas Clothes Dryers Volume II, Type 2 Clothes Dryers, and Addenda Z21.5.2a-1981,
Z21.5.2b-1982.
ANSI-Z21.8-1984—Installation of Domestic Gas Conversion Burners.
ANSI-Z21.10.1-1987—Gas Water Heaters, Volume I, Storage Water Heaters with Input Ratings of 75,000 BTU per
Hour or Less.
ANSI-Z21.10.3-1987—Gas Water Heaters, Volume III, Storage with Input Ratings above 75,000 BTU per Hour,
Circulating and Instantaneous Water Heaters.
ANSI-Z21.11.1-1983—Gas-Fired Room Heaters, Volume I, Vented Room Heaters, and Addenda Z21.11.1a-1985.
ANSI-Z21.11.2-1983—Gas-Fired Room Heaters, Volume II, Unvented Room Heaters, and Addenda 1.11.2a-1984.
ANSI-Z21.12-1981—Draft Hoods, and Addenda Z21.12a-1983.
ANSI-Z21.13-1982—Gas-Fired Low Pressure Steam and Hot Water Boilers, and Addenda Z21.13a-1983.
ANSI-Z21.15-1979—Manually Operated Gas Valves, and Addenda Z21.15a-1981, Z21.15b-1984.
ANSI-Z21.17-1984—Domestic Gas Conversion Burners.
ANSI-Z21.19-1983—Refrigerators Using Gas Fuel, and Addenda Z21.19a-1984.
ANSI-Z21.20-1985—Automatic Gas Ignition Systems and Components, and Addenda Z21.20a-1987.
ANSI-Z21.21-1974—Automatic Valves for Gas Appliances, and Addenda Z21.21a-1977, Z21.21b-1981.
ANSI-Z21.22-1986—Relief Valves and Automatic Gas Shut off Devices for Hot Water Supply Systems.
ANSI-Z21.23-1980—Gas Appliance Thermostats, and Addenda Z21.23a-1985.
ANSI-Z21.24-1987—Metal Connectors for Gas Appliances.
ANSI-Z21.27-1974—Hotel and Restaurant Gas Deep Fat Fryers, and Addenda Z21.27a-1975, Z21.27b-1978.
ANSI-Z21.28-1974—Commercial Gas Baking and Roasting Ovens, and Addenda Z21.28a-1975, Z21.28b-1978.
ANSI-Z21.40.1-1981—Gas-Fired Absorption Summer Air Conditioning Appliances, and Addenda Z21.40.1a-1982.
ANSI-Z21.41-1978—Quick-Disconnect Devices for Use with Gas Fuel, and Addenda Z21.41a-1981, Z21.41b-1983.
ANSI-Z21.42-1971—Gas-Fired Illuminating Appliances, and Addenda Z21.42a-1973, Z21.42b-1981.
ANSI-Z21.44-1985—Gas-Fired Gravity and Fan Type Direct Vent Wall Furnaces, and Addenda Z21.44a-1985.
ANSI-Z21.45-1985—Flexible Connectors of Other than All Metal Construction for Gas Appliances, and Addenda
Z21.45a-1987.
ANSI-Z21.46-1974—Gas-Fired Kettles, Steam Cookers and Steam Generators, and Addenda Z21.46a-1975,
Z21.46b-1978.
10 CFR Part 430-1980- Test Procedures for Furnaces.
ANSI-Z21.47-1987—Gas-Fired Central Furnaces (Except Direct Vent Central Furnaces).
ANSI-Z21.48-1986—Gas-Fired Gravity and Fan Type Floor Furnaces.
ANSI-Z21.49-1986—Gas-Fired Gravity and Fan Type Vented Wall Furnaces.
ANSI-Z21.50-1986—Vented Decorative Gas Appliances.
ANSI-Z21.52-1971—Gas-Fired Single Firebox Boiler, and Addenda Z21.52a-1973.
ANSI-Z21.54-1979—Gas Hose Connectors for Portable Outdoor Gas-Fired Appliances, and Addenda Z21.54a-
1983, Z21.54b-1985.
ANSI-Z21.55-1979—Gas-Fired Sauna Heaters, and Addenda Z21.55a-1980, Z21.55b-1981.
ANSI-Z21.56-1986—Gas-Fired Pool Heaters.
ANSI-Z21.57-1982—Recreational Vehicle Cooking Gas Appliances, and Addenda Z21.57a-1982, Z21.57b-1984
ANSI-Z21.58-1987—Outdoor Cooking Gas Appliances.
ANSI-Z21.59-1974—Gas-Fired High Pressure Steam and Hot Water Boilers.
ANSI-Z21.60-1981—Decorative Gas Appliances for Installation in Vented Fireplaces, and Addenda Z21.60a-1982,
Z21.60b-1984.
ANSI-Z21.64-1985—Direct Vent Central Furnaces, and Addenda Z21.64a-1986, Z21.64b-1987.

205
Reference Standard 15

ANSI-Z21.65-1978—Separated Combustion System Central Furnaces.

ANSI-Z83.2-1977—Gas Atmosphere Generators.
ANSI-Z83.3-1971—Gas Utilization Equipment in Large Boilers, and Addenda Z83.3a-1972, Z83.3b-1976.
ANSI-Z83.6-1982—Gas-Fired Infrared Heaters, and Addenda Z83.6a-1984, Z83.6b-1985.
ANSI-Z83.7-1974—Gas-Fired Construction Heaters.
ANSI-Z83.8-1985—Gas Unit Heaters, and Addenda Z83.8a-1986.
ANSI-Z83.9-1986—Gas-Fired Duct Furnaces.
ANSI-Z83.11-1986—Gas Food Service Equipment - Ranges and Unit Broilers.
ANSI-Z83.12-1986—Gas Food Service Equipment - Baking and Roasting Ovens.
ANSI-Z83.13-1986—Gas Food Service Equipment - Deep Fat Fryers.
ANSI-Z83.14-1986—Gas Food Service Equipment - Counter Appliances.
ANSI-Z83.15-1986—Gas Food Service Equipment - Kettles, Steam Cookers and Steam Generators.
ANSI/UL 710-1981—Grease Extractors for Exhaust Ducts.
UL 795-1973—Commercial-Industrial Gas-Heating Equipment, February 1982 Revision.
ANSI/NFiPA 211-1984—Chimneys, Fireplaces and Vents
** 947-87 BCR

*
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 15-3
ANSI/ASTM-C270 1988—Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry.
* 947-87 BCR; 1050-83 BCR; Local Law 80-1989
†
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 15-4
ANSI/ASTM-C315 1978c—Specifications for Clay Flue Linings (Reapproved 1983).
† 947-87 BCR; 1050-83 BCR
**
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 15-5
ANSI/ASTM-C401 1984—Classification for Castable Refractories.
** 947-87 BCR; 939-80 BCR
***
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 15-6
ANSI/ASTM-C64 1972—Specifications for Refractories for Incinerators and Boilers (Reapproved 1977).
ANSI/ASTM C105-1947—Specifications for Ground Fireclay as a Refractory Mortar for Laying Up Fireclay Brick
(Reapproved 1981).
***1050-83 BCR; Local Law 80-1989
*
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 15-7
ANSI/ASTM-C64 1972—Specifications for Refractories for Incinerators and Boilers (Reapproved 1977).
*1050 – 83 BCR
*
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 15-8
ANSI/ASTM-C279 1979—Specifications for Chemical-Resistant Masonry Units.
*1050 – 83 BCR
**
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 15-8[A]†
ANSI/UL 103-1988—Standard for Chimneys, Factory-Built, Residential Type and Building Heating Appliances
(February 1989 Revision).
** 1050-83 BCR: Local Law 80-1989
†Copy in brackets not enacted but probably intended.
***
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 15-9
UL 103 Type HT-1988—Standard for Low Heat Appliance Chimneys With High Temperature Tests Added
(February 1989 Revision).
*** Local Law 80-1989
***
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 15-10
ANSI/UL 959-1986—Standard for Medium Heat Appliance Factory-Built Chimneys (August 1988 Revision).
*** Local Law 80-1989
***
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 15-11
Factory-built Chimneys, 1400 Degrees Fahrenheit.
1. Application. Factory-built 1400 degree Fahrenheit chimneys are intended for venting fuel gases, at a temperature
not exceeding 1400 degrees Fahrenheit under continuous operating conditions, from building heating appliances and
other low heat appliances as specified in the Chimney Selection Chart of the National Fire Protection Association

206
Reference Standard 15

Standard No. 211.

2. Installation. These chimneys are to be installed in accordance with the installation instructions provided with each
chimney assembly. They are not to be enclosed within combustible construction, but an interior chimney is to be
enclosed in a noncombustible fire resistant shaft of appropriate size and rating where the chimney extends through
any story of a building above that in which the connected appliance is located. An unenclosed chimney may be
placed adjacent to walls of combustible construction at the clearances specified for each chimney section in the
individual listing and acceptance and in article 15 of this code.
3. Chimney system. Each 1400 degree Fahrenheit factory-built chimney consists of one or more chimney sections, a
chimney cap, lateral supports, thimble and flashing assembly as needed and other parts as specified in the
installation instructions provided with each chimney system.
4. Standards. The equipment shall comply with the following standards:
ANSI/UL 103-1988—Standard for chimneys, factory-built, residential type and building heating appliances
(February 1989 revision).
ANSI/UL 959-1986—Standard for medium heat appliance factory-built chimneys.
5. Identification. Equipment listed and accepted by this standard shall be identified with the following: "1400
Degree Fahrenheit Chimney Part."
*** Local Law 80-1989
***
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 15-12
ULC S629M-1981—Standard for 6500C Factory-Built Chimneys.
*** Local Law 80-1989
***
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 15-13
ANSI/UL 441-1986 - Standard for Gas Vents.
*** Local Law 80-1989
***
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 15-14
ANSI/NFiPA 211-1988 - Standard for Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents and Solid Fuel Burning Appliances.
*** Local Law 80-1989
***
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 15-15
UL 127-1988 - Standard for Factory-Built Fireplaces, as Modified.
Modifications. The provisions of UL 127-1988 shall be subject to the following modifications:
1.6 These requirements also cover fixed blowers and other electrical accessories for factory-built fireplaces, rated at
600 volts or less, and intended to be employed in ordinary locations in accordance with the New York City
Electrical Code.
1.7 The factory-built chimneys servicing factory-built fireplaces covered by these requirements shall be installed
only in buildings in residential occupancy groups J-2 and J-3 not more than forty feet or three stories in height when
used with a 1700 degree Fahrenheit chimney.
*** Local Law 80-1989
***
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 15-16
UL 1777-1988 - Standard for Chimney Liners.
***Local Law 80-1989

207
Reference Standard 15

This page is intended to be left blank

208
Reference Standard 16

REFERENCE STANDARDS RS-16

PLUMBING AND GAS PIPING
*LIST OF REFERENCED NATIONAL STANDARDS
ANSI-A21.4 Cement Mortar Lining for Cast Iron Pipe and Fittings .............................................. 1964
ANSI-A21.6 Cast-Iron Pipe Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds for Water or Other Liquids......... 1962
ANSI-A21.8 Cast-Iron Pipe Centrifugally Cast in Sand-Lined Molds for Water or Other Liquids 1962
ANSI-A40.4 Air Gaps in Plumbing Systems ......................................…........................................ 1942
ANSI-A40.5 Threaded Cast Iron Pipe for Drainage, Vent, and Waste Services............................. 1943
ANSI-A40.6 Backflow Preventers in Plumbing Systems ............................................................... 1943
ANSI-106.1 Standard and Extra Strength Perforated Clay Pipe, Specifications for ......................1962
ANSI-A106.3 Standard Strength Clay Sewer Pipe, Specifications for ............................................. 1965
**
ANSI/AHAM FWD-1 .....................................................................................................................................1992
ANSI/ASME A112.18.1M Finished and Rough Brass Plumbing Fixture Fittings ............................................... 1979
ANSI/ASME A112.19.1M Enameled Cast Iron Plumbing Fixtures ..................................................................... 1987
ANSI A112.19.2M Vitreous China Plumbing Fixtures .............................................................................1982
ANSI/ASME A112.19.3M Stainless Steel Plumbing Fixtures (Designed for Residential Use) .......................... 1987
ANSI/ASME A112.19.4M Porcelain Enameled Formed Steel Plumbing Fixtures .............................................. 1984
ANSI-B2.1 Pipe Threads (Except Dryseal) (Partial Revision of B2.1-1945) ...............................1968
ANSI-B16.3 Malleable-Iron Screwed Fittings, 150 and 300 lb. (Revision and Consolidation of B16.3-
1951 and B16.19-1951) .............................................................................................1977
ANSI-B16.4 Cast-Iron Screwed Fittings, 125 and 250 lbs. ............................................................ 1977
ANSI-B16.12 Cast-Iron Screwed Drainage Fittings ......................................................................... 1976
ANSI-B16.15 Cast-Bronze Screwed Fittings, 125 and 250 lb. (Revision and Consolidation of B16.15-
1958 and B16.17-1949) ...........................…………………………………………...1978
ANSI-B16.18 Cast-Bronze Solder-Joint Pressure Fittings ..................... ......................................... 1978
ANSI-B16.22 Wrought Copper and Bronze Solder-Joint Drainage Fittings..................................... 1973
ANSI-B16.23 Cast-Bronze Solder-Joint Drainage Fittings .............................................................. 1976
ANSI-B16.24 Bronze Flanges and Flanges Fittings 150 and 300 lb. ............................................... 1979
ANSI B31.2 Fuel Gas Piping ................................................................ ......................................... 1968
ANSI B31.8 Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping Systems ....... ......................................... 1975
ANSI-B36.1 Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe, Specifications for ................................................. 1966
ANSI-B36.2 Welded Wrought-Iron Pipe, Specifications for ..........................................................1966
ANSI-B36.19 Stainless Steel Pipe .................................................................................................... 1976
ANSI-B36.20 Black and Hot Dipped Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe for
Ordinary Uses, Specifications for .............................................................................. 1966
ANSI-C72.1 Household Automatic Electric Storage-Type Water Heaters, Standard for............... 1972
ANSI-G8 Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Iron or Steel Sheets, Coils, etc. ....................................... 1964
ANSI-H23.1 Seamless Copper Water Tubes, Specification for ............ .........................................1967
ANSI-H23.3 Seamless Copper Tube, Specification for ........................ ......................................... 1965
ANSI-H26.1 Seamless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes, Specification for.......................................... 1963

209
Reference Standard 16

ANSI-H26.2 Threadless Copper Pipe, Specification for ...................... ......................................... 1963

ANSI-H27.1 Seamless Red Brass Pipe, Standard Sizes, Specification for ..................................... 1963
ANSI-H36.1 Seamless Brass Tube, Specification for ..................................................................... 1967
ANSI/NFiPA 50 Standard for Bulk Oxygen Systems at Consumer Sites ............................................ 1985
ANSI/NFiPA 99 Standard for Health Care Facilities, as modified ....................................................... 1987
**
ANSI/UL 430 Standard for Waste Disposers ..................... (5th Edition)........................................ 1994
ANSI-Z4.2 Drinking Fountains, Specifications for ...................................................................... 1942
ANSI-Z21.10.1 Gas Water Heaters, Volume I, Automatic Storage Type, Water Heaters with inputs of
75,000 BTU per hour or less ..................................................................................... 1981
ANSI Z21.10.3 Gas Water Heaters, Volume III, Circulating Tank, Instantaneous and Large Automatic
Storage Type Water Heaters ...................................................................................... 1981
ANSI-Z21.22 Relief Valves and Automatic Gas Shut-Off Devices for Hot Water Supply Systems,
Listing Requirements for ........................................................................................... 1979
ANSI Z223.1/NfiPA No. 54 National Fuel Gas Code including Addenda Z223.1a-1978....................................... 1974
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code ............................................................................... 1980
API 1104 Standard for Welding Pipelines and Related Facilities ..............................................1977
ASTM-B32 Specification for Solder Metal ................................................................................... 1976
ASTM-B36 Specification for Brass Plate, Sheet, Strip, and Rolled Bar ....................................... 1977
ASTM-B121 Specification for Leaded Brass Plate, Sheet, Strip, and Rolled Bar .......................... 1976
ASTM-B135 Seamless Brass Tube, Specification for .................................................................... 1971a
ASTM-B146 Leaded Yellow Brass Sand Casting for General Purposes, Specification for.............1952
ASTM-B152 Copper Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Rolled Bar, Specification for ................................... 1979
ASTM-B260 Brazing Filler Metal (Tentative), Specification for ....................................................1962T
ASTM-C4 Specification for Clay Drain Tile ...............................................................................1962
ASTM-C13 Specification for Standard Strength Clay Sewer Pipe (Tentative)..............................1964T
ASTM-C14 Specification for Concrete Sewer, Storm Drain, and Culvert Pipe.............................1979
ASTM-C76 Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe.......... 1979
ASTM-C200 Specification for Extra Strength Clay Pipe (Tentative) ............................................. 1965T
ASTM-C425 Specification for Vitrified Clay Pipe Joints Using Materials Having Resilient Properties...1977
ASTM-C428 Specification for Asbestos-Cement Non-pressure Sewer Pipe................................... 1978
ASTM-C443 Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Gaskets............................. 1978
ASTM-C508 Specification for Asbestos-Cement Perforated Underdrain Pipe............................... 1978a
ASTM-D2513 Thermoplastic Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing and Fittings ............................................. 1976
ASTM-E84 Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials...............1981
AWWA C204 Protective Coating Coal-Tar Enamel ......................................................................... 1951
CISPI Designation 301 Standard Specification for Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and
Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications ................................................. 1985
CISPI Designation 310 Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute’s Approved Coupling for Use in
Connection with Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain,
Waste and Vent Piping Applications ......................................................................... 1985

210
Reference Standard 16

CS-111 Earthenware (Vitreous-Glazed) Plumbing Fixtures ...................................................1943

CS-177 Bituminous-Coated Septic Tanks .............................................................................. 1962
CS-188 Cast-Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings ................................................................................. 1966
CS-270 Non-Metallic Pipe and Fittings Acrylonitrile- Butadiene-Styrene (ABS)..................1965
CS-272 Non-Metallic Pipe and Fittings Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)........................................ 1965
FS-HH-C536a Compound, Plumbing-Fixture Setting ....................................................................... 1954
FS-HH-G116 Gaskets, Plumbing-Fixture-Setting ............................................................................ 1936
FS-QQ-L156(1) Lead Caulking ............................................................................................................ 1946
FS-QQ-C40 Caulking: Lead Wool and Lead Pig .......................................................................... 1965
FS-QQ-L201d Lead Sheet ..................................................................................................................1961
FS-RR-S726(1) Stills, Water, Portable (Without Heating Device), for U.S.P. "Distilled Water"........1950
FS-SS-P361b Pipe, Clay, Sewer ....................................................................................................... 1962
FS-SS-S169 Sealer, Joint, Sewer, Mineral-Filled, Hot-Pour ..........................................................1954
FS-WW-F406a(1) Flange-Dimensions, Standard: (Classes 125 and 250 Cast-Iron Flanges; Classes 150,
250, and 300 Bronze Flanges) (For Land Use) .......................................................... 1943
FS-WW-H171C Hangers and Supports, Pipe ....................................................................................... 1964
FS-WW-H191a Heater, Water, Steam-Hot Water Heated (Instantaneous, Steam, Water Converter Type).. 1964
FS-WW-N351a(1) Nipples, Pipe, Threaded ............................................................................................ 1960
FS-WW-U531C Unions, Pipe Steel or Malleable Iron; Thread Connection......................................... 1965
FS-WW-P356 Pipe, Cast-Iron; Drainage, Vent, and Waste (Threaded)............................................ 1936
FS-WW-P360a Pipe, Cast-Iron; Pressure Gas and Water ......................... ......................................... 1959
FS-WW-P401C Pipe and Pipe Fittings, Cast-Iron, Soil ............................. ......................................... 1963
FS-WW-P406b(1) Pipe Steel (Seamless and Welded) (for Ordinary Use) ..............................................1964
FS-WW-P471a(2) Pipe-Fittings; Bushings, Locknuts, and Plugs; Brass or Bronze, Iron or Steel, and
Aluminum (Screwed); 125-150 Pounds......................................................................1964
FS-WW-P541b(2) Plumbing Fixtures-Land Use ..................................................................................... 1962
FS-WW-U516 Unions; Brass or Bronze, 250-Pound ........................................................................ 1933
FS-WW-U536(1) Unions; Malleable Iron or Steel, 300-Pound ............................................................. 1933
FS-WW-V51a(2) Valves, Bronze; Angle, Check and Globe, 125- and 150- Pound Screwed and Flanged
(for Land Use) ............................................................................................................ 1954
FS-WW-V54b Valves, Gate, Bronze, 125- and 150-Pound, Screwed and Flanged (for Land Use)...1962
FS-WW-V58(1) Valves, Cast Iron, Gate; 125- and 250-Pound Screwed and Flanged (for Land Use)... 1946
16 NYCRR 255 Transmission and Distribution of Gas ............................. ......................................... 1978
ANSI/IEEE 515 Recommended Practice for the Testing, Design, Installation and Maintenance of
Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing for Industrial Applications .......................... 1983
*Local Law 100-1989; Local Law 29-1989; Local Law 29-1987; Local Law 82-1986; Local Law 30-1982; 1025-88 BCR
**Local Law 71-1997

211
Reference Standard 16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section Definitions Neutralizing Pits

P105.7 Accessibility of Interceptors, Separators and
P101.0 General Provisions Neutralizing Pits
P101.1 Protection of Pipes P105.8 Maintenance of Interceptors, Separators and
P101.2 Trenching, Excavation, and Backfill Neutralizing Pits
P101.3 Sleeves P105.9 Backwater Valves
P101.4 Ratproofing P105.10 Industrial Wastes Sampling Manholes
P101.5 Toilet Facilities for Workmen
P106.0 Hangers and Supports
P102.0 Materials P106.1 Material
P102.1 General Requirements P106.2 Attachment to Building
P102.2 Standards for Plumbing Materials P106.3 Intervals of Supports
P102.3 Identification Materials *P106.4 Installation of No-Hub Type Cast Iron Soil
P102.4 Piping System Materials Pipe, Fittings, and Couplings
*Local Law 100-1989
P103.0 Joints and Connections
P103.1 Types of Joints for Piping Materials P107.0 Water Supply and Distribution
P103.2 Joints Between Different Piping Materials P107.1 Permits
P103.3 Connections Between Drainage Piping and P107.2 Water Service
Certain Fixtures P107.3 Meters
P103.4 Tightness P107.4 Check Valves
P103.5 Waterproofing of Openings P107.5 Water Supply Distribution System
P103.6 Other Joints P107.6 Water Supply Control Valves
P107.7 Auxiliary Water Systems
P104.0 Plumbing Fixtures P107.8 Water Supply Tanks
P104.1 Requirements P107.9 House and Booster Pumps
P104.2 Installation of Fixtures P107.10 Protection of Potable Supply
P104.3 Overflows P107.11 Toxic Materials and Substances
P104.4 Water Closets P107.12 Used Piping
P104.5 Urinals P107.13 Prohibited Connections to Fixtures and
P104.6 Flushing Devices for Water Closets and Urinals Equipment
P104.7 Lavatories P107.14 Connections to Mechanical Equipment and
P104.8 Bathtubs Systems
P104.9 Showers P107.15 Refrigeration Unit Condensers and Cooling
P104.10 Sinks Jackets
P104.11 Dishwashing Machines P107.16 Air Conditioning and Refrigeration
P104.12 Automatic Clothes Washers P107.17 Used Water Return Prohibited
P104.13 Laundry Trays P107.18 Protection Against Backflow and Back-
P104.14 Garbage Can Washers Siphonage
P104.15 Fixture Strainers P107.19 Approval of Devices
P104.16 Drinking Fountains P107.20 Protection of Potable Water Supply Outlets
P104.17 Floor Drains P107.21 Preheating Apparatus
P104.18 Drains for Drip Pipes P107.22 (Blank)
P104.19 Funnel Drains P107.23 Chemical Solution Tanks or Apparatus
P104.20 Special Plumbing Fixtures P107.24 Bedpan Washers
P107.25 Laboratory Outlets
P105.0 Traps and Cleanouts P107.26 Hot Water Supply System
P105.1 Fixture Traps P107.27 Disinfection of Potable Water Systems
P105.2 Building (House) Traps
P105.3 Drainage Pipe Cleanouts P108.0 Sanitary Drainage Piping
P105.4 Interceptors, Separators, and Neutralizing Pits P108.1 Permits
P105.5 Interceptors, Separators, and Neutralizing Pits P108.2 Street Sewer Connections
for Specific Services P108.3 Abandonment of Existing Building Sewer
P105.6 Venting of Interceptors, Separators, and Connections

212
Reference Standard 16

P108.4 Building (House Traps) P113.3 Individual Sewage Disposal System (One and
P108.5 Fresh Air Inlets Two-Family Dwellings)
P108.6 Drainage Below Sewer Level P113.4 Housing Development Sewage Disposal Systems
P108.7 Sub-Soil Drainage P113.5 General Requirements
P108.8 Drainage Piping Installation P113.6 Location
P108.9 Sanitary Drainage Fixture Units P113.7 Septic Tanks
P108.10 Sizing the Sanitary Drainage Piping P113.8 Distribution Box
P108.11 Drip Pipes P113.9 Soil Percolation Tests
P113.10 Seepage Units
P109.0 Vent Piping P113.11 Subsurface Disposal Field
P109.1 Size of Vents P113.12 Maintenance
P109.2 Protection of Trap Seals
P109.3 Vent Stack and Stack Vents P114.0 Hospital and Institutional Plumbing
P109.4 Vent Terminals P114.1 General
P109.5 Vent Grading and Connections P114.2 Definitions for Special Hospital Fixtures and
P109.6 Stack Venting Equipment
P109.7 Common Vents P114.3 Requirement for Special Hospital Fixtures and
P109.8 Fixture Vents Equipment
P109.9 Relief Vents P114.4 Plumbing in Mental Hospitals
P109.10 Suds Pressure Zones Vents P114.5 Number of Plumbing Fixtures
P109.11 Permitted Combination Waste and Vent Systems P114.6 Drainage and Venting
P114.7 Sterilizer Wastes
P110.0 Storm Drainage Piping P114.8 Vapor Vents
P110.1 Permits P114.9 Sizing of Sterilizer Vent Stacks
*P110.2 Disposal of Storm Water P114.10 Water Supply
P110.3 Storm Water Drainage to Sanitary Sewer P114.11 Vacuum Systems
Prohibited P114.12 Oxygen and Nitrous Oxide Systems
P110.4 Size of Storm Drains and Leaders
P110.5 Values for Continuous Flow P115.0 Gas Piping
P110.6 Controlled Flow Storm Water System P115.1 General Requirements for Gas Piping
P110.7 Traps on Storm Drains and Leaders P115.2 Gas Service Piping Connections
P110.8 Leaders or Storm Water Piping P115.3 Gas Regulator and Gas Regulator Vent Outlets
P110.9 Roof Drain Strainers P115.4 Outside Gas Cut-Off
P110.10 Roof Drain Flashings Required P115.5 Gas Meter Location
P110.11 Expansion Joints Required P115.6 Gas Piping Materials and Fittings
P110.12 Sanitary and Storm Sewers P115.7 Installation of Gas Piping
*P110.13 On-Site Disposal P115.8 Gas Piping Sizes
*Local Law 103-1989; Local Law 7-1984
P116.0 Swimming Pools and Display Pools or Fountains
P111.0 Indirect Waste Piping P116.1 Swimming Pools
P111.1 Indirect Waste Required P116.2 Display Pools and Fountains
P111.2 Common Indirect Wastes
P111.3 Venting LIST OF TABLES
P111.4 Sizing Index Table No.
P111.5 Receptors or Sumps RS 16-1 Standards for Plumbing Materials
P111.6 Condensers and Sumps RS 16-2 Deleted
RS 16-3 Caulking Ferrules
P112.0 Special and Miscellaneous Waste Piping RS 16-4 Soldering Bushings
P112.1 Industrial Wastes RS 16-5 Minimum Number of Plumbing Fixtures
P112.2 Chemical Wastes Required
P112.3 Flammable Solvents or Oil Wastes RS 16-6 Minimum Size of Fixture Traps for Various
P112.4 Radioactive Wastes Types of Plumbing Fixtures
RS 16-7 Minimum Rate of Flow and Minimum Required
P113.0 Individual Sewage Systems Pressure During Flow for Sizing Individual
P113.1 Information Required Branch Supplies for Plumbing Fixtures
P113.2 Individual Sewage Disposal Systems RS 16-8 Size of Overflows for Gravity and Suction

213
Reference Standard 16

Tanks RS 16-11 Acid Drainage for Buildings Over Four

RS 16-9 Size of Weirs for Gravity and Suction Tanks Stories
RS 16-10 Suction Tank Sizes *RS 16-12A Typical Concrete Septic Tank
RS 16-11 Cross-Connection Where Protective Devices *RS 16-12B Typical Metal Septic Tank
are Required and Critical Level (C-L) Setting *RS 16-13A Absorption Type System
for Vacuum Breakers *RS 16-13B Absorption Type
RS 16-12 Sanitary Drainage Fixture Unit Valves *Local Law 85-1973
RS 16-13 Maximum Permissible Loads for Sanitary **Local Law 103-1989
Drainage Piping (in terms of fixture units)
RS 16-14 Size of Vent Stacks and Branch Vents Section P100.0 Definitions
RS 16-15 Deleted The following definitions shall be used in the application
RS 16-16 Deleted of this reference standard.
RS 16-17 Size of Horizontal Storm Drains AIR-BREAK (DRAINAGE SYSTEM).—A
RS 16-18 Size of Vertical Leaders piping arrangement in which a drain from a fixture,
RS 16-19 Size of Roof Gutters* appliance, or device discharges through an air break
*Local Law 85-1973 into a fixture, receptacle, or interceptor at a point above
RS 16-20 Fixture Unit-Drainage Square Footage the flood level rim of the receptacle.
Equivalent AIR GAP (WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM).—
RS 16-21 Minimum Distances Between Sewage The unobstructed vertical distance through the free
System Components and Between atmosphere between the lowest opening from any pipe
Components and Encumbrances or faucet supplying water to a tank, plumbing fixture, or
RS 16-22 Minimum Capacity of Septic Tanks other device and the flood level rim of the receptacle.
RS 16-23A Design Data for Absorptive Capacity of BACKFLOW.—The flow of water or other
Disposal Field and Seepage Pits liquids, mixtures, or substances into the distributing
RS 16-23BDesign Data for Absorptive Capacity of pipes of a potable supply of water from any source or
Disposal Field and Seepage Pits sources other than its intended source. (See back-siphonage.)
RS 16-24 Limiting Dimensions of Disposal Field BACK-SIPHONAGE.—The flowing back of
Components used, contaminated, or polluted water from a plumbing
RS 16-25 Minimum Number of Fixtures for Hospitals fixture or vessel into a water-supply system due to a
and Institutions negative pressure in such pipe. (See backflow.)
RS 16-26 Stack Sizes for Bedpan Steamers and BATTERY OF FIXTURES.—Any group of
Boiling Type Sterilizers, and of Connections two or more similar adjacent fixtures that discharge into
Permitted a common horizontal waste or soil branch.
RS 16-27 Stack Sizes for Pressure Sterilizers and BRANCH.—That part of a piping system
Number of Connections Permitted other than a main, riser, or stack that extends to fixtures
RS 16-28 Fixture Water Supply Protection on two or less consecutive floors.
BRANCH INTERVAL.—A distance along a
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS soil or waste stack corresponding in general to a story
height, but in no case less than 8 ft. within which the
Figure No. horizontal branches from one floor or story of a
RS 16-1 Methods of Connecting Overflow from Gravity building are connected to the stack.
House and Suction Water Supply Tanks BRANCH VENT.—A vent connecting one or
RS 16-2 Sizing of Branch Vent Piping and Drop Vents more individual vents with a vent stack or stack vent.
to First Floor, Basement and Cellar Fixtures BUILDING HOUSE DRAIN.—That part of
RS 16-3 Deleted the lowest piping of a drainage system that receives the
RS 16-4 Vent Arrangements discharge from the soil, waste, and other drainage pipes
RS 16-5 Deleted of the building and conveys it to the building house
RS 16-6 Offsets in Buildings Five Stories or More sewer by gravity; the building house drain shall be
RS 16-7 Relief Vents for Stack of More than Ten Branch considered to extend 5 ft. outside the building wall.
Intervals BUILDING HOUSE DRAIN (COMBINED).—
RS 16-8 Suds Pressure Zones A building house drain that conveys both storm water
RS 16-9 Combination Waste and Vent Oil Waste and sewage or other drainage.
Drainage BUILDING HOUSE DRAIN (SANITARY).—
**RS 16-9A Yard Drain With Sump A building house drain carrying sewage only.
**RS 16-9B Detail of Dry Well With Sand Column BUILDING GRAVITY DRAINAGE SYSTEM.—
RS 16-10 Acid Drainage for Buildings Four Stories or Less A drainage system that drains by gravity into the

214
Reference Standard 16

building house sewer. or arrangement between two otherwise separate piping

BUILDING HOUSE SEWER.—That part of systems, one of which contains potable water and the
the horizontal piping of a drainage system that extends other with either water of unknown or questionable
from the end of the building house drain and that safety or steam, gases, or chemicals whereby there can
receives the discharge of the building house drain and be a flow from one system to another.
conveys it to a public sewer, private sewer, individual DEAD END.—A branch leading from a soil,
sewage-disposal system or other point of disposal. waste, or vent pipe, building house drain, or building
BUILDING HOUSE SEWER (COMBINED).— house sewer, which is terminated to a developed
A building house sewer that conveys both sewage and distance of 2 ft. or more by means of a plug or other
storm water and other clear water wastes. closed fitting.
BUILDING HOUSE SEWER (SANITARY).— DEVELOPED LENGTH.—The length along the
A building house sewer carrying sewage only. center line of pipe and fittings, both horizontal and vertical.
BUILDING HOUSE STORM DRAIN.—That DIAMETER.—Unless otherwise specifically
part of the lowest piping of a storm drainage system stated, the term "diameter" is the nominal diameter as
that receives clear water drainage from leaders, surface designated commercially.
run-off, ground water, subsurface water, condensate, DOMESTIC SEWAGE.—The water-borne
cooling water or other similar storm or clear water wastes derived from ordinary living processes.
drainage pipes inside of the walls of the building and DRAIN.—Any pipe that carries waste water
conveys to it to the building house storm sewer by or water-borne wastes in a building drainage system.
gravity; the building house storm drain shall be DRAINAGE SYSTEM.—Includes all the
considered to extend 5 ft. outside of the building wall. piping within public or private premises, which conveys
BUILDING HOUSE STORM SEWER.— sewage, rain water, or other liquid wastes to a legal
That part of the horizontal piping of the storm drainage point of disposal, but does not include the mains of a
system that extends from the building house storm drain public sewer system or private or public sewage-
to the public storm sewer, combined sewer, or other treatment or disposal plant.
point of disposal. DRY WELL.—See leaching well or pit.
BUILDING SUB-HOUSE DRAIN.—The DUAL VENT.—See common vent.
portion of a house drainage system that conveys the EFFECTIVE OPENING.—The minimum
drainage from the lower portion of the building to an cross-sectional area at the point of water-discharge,
ejector pit or sump pit from which it is pumped into the measured or expressed in terms: (1) diameter of a
building house sewer. circle; (2) if the opening is not circular, the diameter or
BUILDING HOUSE TRAP.—A trap, or a circle of equivalent cross-sectional area.
assembly of fittings, installed in the building house EXISTING WORK.—A plumbing system or
drain to prevent circulation of air between the house any part thereof installed prior to the effective date of
drainage system and the building house sewer. this code.
CESSPOOL.—A covered excavation in the FIRE LINE.—A system of pipes and equipment
ground that receives the discharge of domestic sewage used exclusively to supply water for extinguishing fires.
or other organic wastes from a drainage system, so FIXTURE.—See plumbing fixture.
designed as to retain the organic matter and solids, but FIXTURE BRANCH.—A water supply pipe
permitting the liquid to seep through the bottom and sides. connecting one or more fixtures to a main water supply
COMBINATION FIXTURE.—A fixture header or riser.
combining one sink and tray or two- or three- FIXTURE DRAIN.—The drain from the trap
compartment sink or tray in one unit. of a fixture to the junction of that drain with any other
COMBINATION WASTE AND VENT drain pipe.
SYSTEM.—A specially designed system of waste FIXTURE SUPPLY.—A water-supply pipe
piping embodying the horizontal wet venting of one or connecting the fixture with the fixture branch.
more sinks or floor drains by means of a common waste FLOOD LEVEL RIM.—The top edge or rim
and vent pipe. of a receptacle from which water can overflow regardless
COMMON VENT.—A vent connecting at of the location of any overflow piping from the receptacle.
the junction of two fixture drains and serving as a vent FLOODED.—A fixture is flooded when the
for both fixtures and drains. liquid therein rises to the flood level rim.
CONTINUOUS VENT.—A vertical vent that FLUSH VALVE.—A device located at the
is a continuation of the drain to which it connects. bottom of the tank for the purpose of flushing water
CONTINUOUS WASTE.—A drain from two closets and similar fixtures.
or three fixtures connected to a single trap. FLUSHOMETER VALVE.—A device that
CROSS-CONNECTION.—A physical connection discharges a predetermined quantity of water to fixtures

215
Reference Standard 16

for flushing purposes and is actuated by direct water pressure. PIPING.—As used in this reference standard,
FROSTPROOF WATER CLOSET.—A piping shall include fittings, valves, and other accessories
hopper that has no water in the bowl and has the trap or appurtenances required to make a complete installation.
and the control valve for its water supply installed PLUMBING.—The practice, materials, and
below the frost line. fixtures used in the installation, maintenance, extension,
GAS DISTRIBUTION PIPING.—All piping repair, replacement, relocation and alteration of all piping,
from the house wide of the gas meter piping that distributes fixtures, appliances, and appurtenances in connection with
the gas supplied by a public utility to all fixtures and any of the following, sanitary drainage or storm drainage
apparatus used for illumination or fuel in any building facilities, the venting system, and public or private water
GAS METER PIPING.—The piping from the supply systems, within or adjacent to any building; also, the
shut-off valve inside the building to the outlet of the meter. practice and materials used in the installation, maintenance,
GAS SERVICE PIPING.—The supply pipe extension, repair, replacement, relocation or alteration of
from the street main through the building wall and storm water, liquid-waste, or sewerage, and water-supply
including the stopcock or shut-off valve inside the building. systems of any premises in their connection with any
INDIRECT WASTE PIPE.—A drain pipe point of public disposal or other acceptable terminal.
used to convey liquid wastes that does not connect PLUMBING FIXTURES.—Installed receptacles,
directly with the drainage system, but which discharges devices, or appliances that are supplied with water or
into the house drainage system through an air break into that receive or discharge liquids or liquid-borne wastes.
a trap, fixture, receptacle, or interceptor. PLUMBING SYSTEM.—Includes the water-
INDUSTRIAL WASTE.—A liquid, gaseous supply and distribution pipes; plumbing fixtures and
or solid substance, or a combination thereof resulting traps; soil, waste, and vent pipe; building house drains
from any process of industry, manufacturing, trade or and building house sewers including their respective
business or from the development or recovery of any connections, devices, and appurtenances within the
natural resource. property lines of the premises, and water-treating or
INTERCEPTOR.—A device designed and water-using equipment.
installed so as to separate and retain deleterious, hazardous, POOL.—A water receptacle used for
or undesirable matter from normal wastes and permit swimming or as a plunge or other bath, designed to
normal sewage or liquid wastes to discharge into the accommodate more than one bather at a time. Also a
disposal terminal by gravity. receptacle used for decorative purposes.
LEACHING WELL OR PIT.—A covered POTABLE WATER.—Water free from
pit constructed so as to permit the liquid contents to impurities present in amounts sufficient to cause disease or
seep into the ground. harmful physiological effects. Its bacteriological and
LEADER.—A vertical drainage pipe for chemical quality shall conform to the requirements of
conveying storm water from roof or gutter drains to the the department of health of the City of New York.
building storm drain, building house drain (combined). PRIVATE OR PRIVATE USE.—In the
or other means of disposal. The leader shall include the classification of plumbing fixtures, "private" applies to
horizontal pipe to a single roof drain or gutter drain. fixtures in residences and apartments and to fixtures in
LIQUID WASTE.—The discharge from any bathrooms of hotels and similar installations where the
fixture, appliance, or appurtenance, in connection with fixtures are intended for the use of a family or an individual.
a plumbing system that does not receive fecal matter. PRIVATE SEWER.—A sewer privately
LOAD FACTOR.—The percentage of the owned and controlled by public authority only to the
total connected fixture unit flow rate that is likely to extent provided by law.
occur at any point in the drainage system. PUBLIC OR PUBLIC USE.—In the
LOCAL VENTILATING PIPE.—A pipe on classification of plumbing fixtures, "public" applies to
the fixture side of the trap through which vapor or foul fixtures in general toilet rooms of schools, gymnasiums,
air is removed from a room or fixture. hotels, railroad stations, public buildings, bars, comfort
NORMAL SEWAGE.—Normal sewage stations, and other installations (whether pay or free)
means "normal sewage" as defined in the rules and where fixtures are installed so that their use is similarly
regulations of the Department of Public Works. unrestricted.
PITCH.—See grade. PUBLIC SEWER.—A common sewer directly
pH VALUE.—An arbitrary symbol adopted to controlled by public authority.
express the degree of acidity or alkalinity of a solution. RELIEF VENT.—A vent installed so as to
It is the logarithm of the reciprocal of the hydrogenion permit additional circulation of air between the
concentration, in gram mols per liter at 71.6oF. A pH of drainage and vent systems where the drainage system
7.0 represents a neutral solution, lower values represent might otherwise be air bound.
acidity, higher values alkalinity. RIM.—An unobstructed open edge of a fixture.

216
Reference Standard 16

RISER.—A water-supply pipe that extends WASTE VENT OR SOIL VENT).—The extension of a
vertically one full story or more to convey water to soil or waste stack above the highest horizontal drain
branches or fixtures. connected to the stack.
ROOF DRAIN.—A drain installed to receive STACK VENTING.—A method of venting a
water collecting on the surface of a roof and to fixture or fixtures through the soil waste stack.
discharge it into the leader (downspout). STORM DRAIN.—See building storm drain.
ROUGHING-IN.—The installation of all parts STORM SEWER.—A sewer used for conveying
of the plumbing system that can be completed prior to the rain water, surface water, condensate, cooling water, or
installation of fixtures. This includes drainage, water- similar clear liquid wastes.
supply, and vent piping, and the necessary fixture supports. SUB-HOUSE DRAIN.—See building sub-
SANITARY SEWAGE.—See domestic sewage. house drain.
SANITARY SEWER.—A pipe that carries SUB-SURFACE DISPOSAL FIELD.—A
sewage and excludes storm, surface and ground water. system of open jointed tile or perforated pipes or drains
SEEPAGE PITS OR WELLS.—A covered through which storm water or the sewage effluent from
pit with open jointed or perforated lining into which the a septic tank is distributed beneath the surface of the
septic tank effluent is discharged. The liquid portion of ground for absorption into the soil, as well as evaporation
the sewage seeps into the surrounding porous soil. The into the air during favorable weather conditions.
remaining solids or sludge is retained in the pit. SUB-SOIL DRAIN.—A drain that receives
SEPARATOR.—See interceptor. only sub-surface or seepage water and conveys it to a
SEPTIC TANK.—A watertight receptacle place of disposal.
that receives the discharge of a drainage system or part SUMP PIT.—A tank or pit that receives clear
thereof, and is designed and constructed so as to liquid wastes, that do not contain organic materials or
separate solids from the liquid, digest organic matter compounds subject to decomposition, located below the
during a period of detention, and allow the liquids to normal grade of the gravity system and which must be
discharge into the soil outside of the tank through a emptied by mechanical means.
system of open-joint or perforated piping, or seepage pit. SUMP PUMP.—A mechanical device used to
SEWAGE.—Any liquid waste containing eject or pump the liquid waste from a sump pit into the
animal or vegetable matter in suspension or solution, gravity drainage system.
and may include liquids containing chemicals in solution. SUPPORTS.—Devices for supporting and
SEWAGE DISPOSAL SYSTEM.—A securing pipe, fixtures, and equipment.
system for the disposal of domestic sewage by means of SWIMMING POOL.—Any structure, basin,
a septic tank, cesspool, or mechanical treatment, all chamber or tank containing water for swimming,
designed for use apart from a public sewer to serve a diving, or recreational bathing and having a depth of 2
single establishment, building, or development. ft. or more at any one point.
SEWAGE EJECTOR.—A mechanical TRAP.-A fitting or device with a smooth
device used to pump or eject sewage. interior passage, the inside diameter of which is equal
SEWAGE EJECTOR PIT.—A tank or pit to the inlet pipe diameter, and which provides a liquid
that receives sewage located below the normal grade of seal of at least 2 in.
the gravity system and that must be emptied by TRAP SEAL.-The maximum vertical depth of
mechanical means. liquid that a trap will retain, measured between the
SIDE VENT.—A vent connecting to the drain crown weir and the top of the dip of the trap. Seal 2 in.
pipe through a fitting at an angle not greater than 45 in normal traps and 3 in. or more for deep seal traps.
degrees to the vertical. VACUUM BREAKER.—A device used to
SLOPE.—See grade. prevent backflow by siphonic action.
SOIL PIPE.—A pipe that conveys sewage VENT PIPE.—See vent system.
containing fecal matter. VENT STACK.—A vertical vent pipe installed
SPECIAL WASTE.—Waste which requires primarily for the purpose of providing circulation of air
special treatment before entry into the normal plumbing to and from any part of the drainage system.
system. VENT SYSTEM.—A pipe or pipes installed
STACK.—A general term for any vertical line to provide a flow or air to or from a drainage system or
of soil, waste, vent, or inside leader piping. This does to provide a circulation of air within such system to
not include vertical fixture and vent branches that do protect trap seals from siphonage and back pressure.
not extend through the roof or that pass through not VERTICAL PIPE.—Any pipe or fitting that
more than two stories before being reconnected to the is installed in a vertical position or that makes an angle
vent stack or stack vent. of not more than 45 degrees with the vertical.
STACK VENT (SOMETIMES CALLED A WASTE PIPE.—A pipe that conveys only

217
Reference Standard 16

liquid waste, free of fecal matter. pipe is joined together to insure uniform bearing along
WATER-DISTRIBUTION PIPING.—In a the length of the pipe. In rock excavation the material
building or premises, piping that conveys water from shall be removed 3 in. to 6 in. below the grade line of
the water service pipe to the plumbing fixtures and the trench and then backfilled and tamped to grade with
other water outlets. sand to provide a uniform firm foundation for the pipe.
WATER (STREET) MAIN.—A water-supply If soil materials of class 11-65 or poorer are encountered
pipe for public or community use controlled by public authority. the pipe shall be supported in accordance with the applicable
WATER OUTLET.—As used in connection provisions of the building code for structural work.
with the water-distributing system, is the discharge (2) Where open trenches are impractical, pipe may be
opening for the water to a fixture; to atmospheric installed by driving or tunneling methods acceptable to
the commissioner. Where driving or tunneling methods
pressure (except into an open tank which is part of the
are employed, special care shall be exercised to protect
water-supply system); to a boiler or heating system; to
the pipe from breakage and against earth settling or
any water-operated device or equipment requiring water caving. Pipe may be installed in a previously driven
to operate, but not a part of the plumbing system. conduit slightly larger than the pipe. Earth tunnels with
WATER SERVICE PIPING.—That portion a length not exceeding the depth of the trench may be
of the water supply system extending from the public employed, providing adequate supporting structures are
street water main to the house control valve inside the provided to prevent future settling or caving.
building to a point where the supply is fully metered. (3) Permits for sidewalk and street openings shall be
WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM.—Consists of obtained from the department of highways.
the water-service pipe, the water-distribution pipes, and
the necessary connecting pipes, fittings, control valves, P101.3 Sleeves.-
and all appurtenances used for conveying water. (a) The annular space between sleeves and pipe
YOKE VENT.—A pipe connecting upward through foundation or exterior building walls shall be
from a soil or waste stack to a vent stack for the filled or partly caulked with polysulphide compound,
purpose of preventing pressure changes in the stack. lead, or other equivalent waterproofing material.
(b) Where pipes and sleeves pass through construction
Section P101.0 General Provisions required to have a fire-resistance rating, they shall comply
P101.1 Protection of Pipes.- with the applicable requirements of the building code.
(a) Breakage.—Pipe passing under or through walls
shall be protected from breakage. Any plumbing pipe P101.4 Ratproofing.—In an apartment or in
passing under a footing or through a foundation wall dwelling units, and in buildings or building areas used
shall be protected from carrying any weight of the for the storage or preparation of food, the openings in
walls, floors, or ceilings for the passage of pipes shall
structure by an arch or lintel constructed above the pipe
be closed and protected by metal collars securely
by an iron-pipe sleeve built into the masonry wall and
fastened to the structure.
greater in size than the pipe passing through the wall, or
by an equivalent method of protection. P101.5 Toilet Facilities for Workmen.—The
(b) Corrosion.—Pipe subject to external corrosion by site upon which any building, except a one- or two-
passing through or under corrosive material shall be family dwelling, is being constructed shall be provided
protected against external corrosion by protective with toilet facilities for use of workmen as specified in
coating, wrapping, or other equivalent means that will Table RS 16-5.
resist such corrosion.
Section P102.0 Materials
P101.2 Trenching, Excavation, and Backfill.- P102.1 General Requirements.-
(a) Material for backfill.—Trenches shall be (a) Materials required.—All materials used in the
backfilled by hand and tamped, in 6 in. layers, for 1 ft. construction of any plumbing system, fixtures, or
above the crown of the pipe. Loose earth, free from equipment shall be as required by this reference standard.
frozen earth chunks or other material that may break the (b) Installation.—All materials installed in plumbing
pipe, shall be used to provide firm bedding around the systems shall be handled and installed so as to avoid
pipe. damage to the material.
(b) Trenching methods.-
(1) Trenches shall be excavated to a width sufficient to P102.2 Standards for Plumbing Materials.-
permit workmen to properly install the pipe. The bottom (a) Materials.—Materials shall conform to one of the
of the pipe trench shall be constructed so that the pipe standards cited in Table RS 16-1. Equivalent materials
between joints will have solid bearing along its entire not listed in Table RS 16-1 may be used provided they
length. Bell holes shall be provided at points where the are approved.

218
Reference Standard 16

*TABLE RS 16-1 STANDARDS FOR PLUMBING MATERIALSa

Materials ANSI Other
Ferrous Pipe and Fittings-
Cast iron soil pipe and fittings coupling... None CISPI 310-1985
Hubless cast iron soil pipe .................. None CISPI 301-1985
Cast iron soil pipe and fittings,
extra heavy and service weights ...… None CS188-66
Cast iron water pipe .........................… A21.6-1962
A21.8-1962
Cast iron pipe, drainage, vent and waste… None FS-WW-P356-1936
Cast iron pipe, pressure (50 lb.)
gas and water ……………………… None FS-WW-P360a-1959
Cast iron (threaded) pipe .................... A40.5-1943
Cast iron (threaded) fittings ................ B16.4-1963
Cast iron drainage fittings ................... B16.12-1965
Galvanized pipe and fitting ................ None FS-WW-P406(1) 1945
Malleable iron fittings (threaded)
150 lbs. ............................................ B16.3-1963
300 lbs. ............................................ B16.3-1963
Steel pipe, seamless and welded,
black and zinc coated
(not intended for close coiling) ….... B36.20-1966
Steel pipe, seamless and welded,
black and zinc coated
(suitable for close coiling) ……....... B36.1-1966
Stainless steel pipe ............................. B36.19-1965
Union, malleable iron or steel ............. None FS-WW-O531a-1957
FS-WW-U536(1)-1953
Wrought-iron pipe .............................. B36.2-1966
Valves, cast iron, gate 125 and
250 lb. threaded and flanged ............ None FS-WW-V58(1)-1946
Pipe fittings, bronze and ferrous
(bushings, plugs and locknuts),
threaded ..………………………...... None FS-WW-P471(1)-1946
Nipples, pipe threaded ....................... None FS-WW-N351a-1956

Non-Ferrous Pipe and Fittings-

Finished and rough brass
plumbing fixture fittings .................... None ASME A112.18.1M-79
Brass tube ........................................... H36.1-1967
Brass pipe .......................................... H27.1-1963
Brass or bronze flanges and
flanged fittings, 150 and 300 lb. ...... B16.24-1962
Brass or bronze screwed fittings,
125 lb and 250 lb. .……………....... B16.15-1964
Cast-bronze solder joint pressure
fittings …………………………..... B16.18-1963
Cast-brass solder joint drainage
fittings .………………………........ B16.23-1960
Copper pipe ........................................ H26.1-1963
Copper pipe, threadless ...................... H26.2-1963
Seamless copper tube ......................... H23.3-1965
Copper water tube, type K, L ............ H23.1-1967
Wrought copper and wrought
bronze solder joint fittings .....…...... H16.22-1963

219
Reference Standard 16

Wrought copper and wrought copper

alloy solder joint drainage fittings….. H16.29-1966
Lead pipe and traps ............................ None WW-P325-1944
Unions, brass or bronze, 250 lb. ......... None FS-WW-U516-1933
Valves, bronze; angle, check and
globe, 125 and 150 lb., threaded
and flanged ……………………....... None FS-WW-V51a(2)-1954
Valves; bronze, gate, 125 and
150 lb., threaded and flanged ............. None FS-WW-V54b-1962
Pipe fittings, bronze and ferrous
(bushings, plugs and locknuts),
threaded ………………………........ None FS-WW-P471(1)-1946

Non-Metallic Pipe and Fittings-

Asbestos cement (sewer) pipeb .......... None ASTM-C428-65T
Asbestos cement underdrain ............... None ASTM-C508-67T
Clay drain tile ...................................... None ASTM-C4-62
Concrete sewer pipe, reinforced .......... None ASTM-C76-65T
Concrete sewer pipe, nonreinforced…. None ASTM-C14-67
Clay sewer pipe, standard strength ...... A106.3-1965 ASTM-C13-64T
Vitrified clay sewer pipe, salt-glazed
and unglazed extra strength………... None ASTM-C200-65T
Vitrified clay sewer pipe, ceramic
glazed, extra strength …………....... None FS-SSP361b-1962
Vitrified clay sewer pipe, perforated,
standard strength ………................ A106.1-1962

Plumbing Fixtures-
Drinking fountains .............................. Z4.2-1942
Enameled cast iron plumbing fixtures.. None ASME 112.19.1M-87
Earthenware (vitreous glazed)
plumbing fixtures ..………….......... None CS111-43
Formed steel enameled sanitary ware.. None FS-WW-P541b(2)-1962
Formed metal porcelain enameled
sanitary ware ...…………................. None FS-WW-P541b(2)-1962
Heaters, water, instantaneous
(steam-water converter type) ............ None FS-WW-H191-1954

Plumbing fixtures (for) land use ........................ None FS-WW-P541b(2)-1962

Stainless steel plumbing fixtures ......... None ASME A112.19.3M-87
Vitreous china plumbing fixtures ....... A112.19.2M-82
Stills, water; portable (without heating
device) for U.S.P." distilled water"…. None FS-RR-S726(1)-1950

Porcelain enameled formed steel plumbing fixtures. None ASME A112.19.4M-84

Miscellaneous Materials and

Standards-
Automatic relief valves ........................ Z21.22-1964
Air gap standards ................................. A40.4-1942
Backflow preventers ............................ A40.6-1943
Brass cleanout plugs ............................ None FS-WW-P401(3)-1951
Brazing filler metal .............................. None ASTM-B260-62T
Caulking lead, Type I .......................... None FS-QQ-L156(1)-1946
Caulking: lead wool and lead pig ......... None FS-QQ-C40-1963
Cement lining ...................................... A21.4-1964
Coal-tar, enamel, protective coating.... None AWWA-C203-62

220
Reference Standard 16

Fixture setting compound ................... None FS-HH-C536a-1954

Flange dimensions, standard
classes 125 and 250 cast iron
flanges, classes 150, 250 and
300 bronze flanges (land use) .......... None FS-WW-F406a(1)-1943
Galvanized iron and steel sheets ......... G8.2-1964
Gaskets, plumbing-fixture-setting ....... None FS-HH-G116-1936
Hangers and supports, pipe ................ None FS-WW-H171b-1959
Resilient joints .................................... None ASTM-C425-64
Rubber gaskets (concrete sewer pipes). None ASTM-C443-65
Seal joints, sewer ................................. None FS-SS-S169-1954
Sheet brass, leaded and non-leaded ...... None ASTM-B36-66
ASTM-B121-66

Sheet copper ...................................................... None ASTM-B152-60

Sheet lead, grade A ............................................ None FS-QQ-L201d-1961

Solder metal ....................................................... None ASTM-B32-66T

Steel septic tanks ............................................... None CS177-62

Domestic hot water heaters ............................... Z21.10.1-1966 C72.1-1949

Notes-
** a
Abbreviations used in the table refer to the following organizations:
*** USASI-United States of America Standards Institute
ASTM—American Society for Testing and Materials
AWWA—American Water Works Association
CS—Commercial Standards
FS—Federal Specifications
*Local Law 100-1989; Local Law 29-1989; Local Law 63-1976
**List as enacted, but probably intended to add "ASME-American Society of Mechanical Engineers."
***As enacted, but probably intended to read "ANSI-American National Standards Institute, Inc."

b Asbestos cement building sewer pipe shall meet the requirements of ASTM Standard C428-63T expanded as follows:
(1) Additional sizes 4 in. and 5 in.
(2) No hydrostatic test for building sewer service
(3) Flexural strength:

Size (in.) Length (in.) Class 1500 Class 2400 Class 3300
4 10 550 775 1100
4 13 750 1000 1350
5 10 950 1375 1900
5 13 1250 1775 2350
6 10 1500 1700 2100
6 13 2000 2200 2600
(4) Crushing strength: Include 4 in. and 5 in. for Classes 1500, 2400, 3300
Crushing test: One specimen from each 300 lengths of 4 in., 5 in., and 6 in. size pipes.

221
Reference Standard 16

†(b) Plastic piping and fittings.-Plastic piping and hard temper type "K" copper tube, hard temper type "L"
fittings may be used only in residential buildings of copper tube, extra heavy cast iron soil pipe, service
three stories or less in height, except that corrugated weight cast iron soil pipe, no-hub cast iron soil pipe,
polyethylene piping with a diameter of twelve inches or AWWA class 22 or stronger iron, stainless steel pipe,
more and plastic fittings may be used in connection threaded cast iron pipe, galvanized wrought iron pipe,
with any type of building for underground yard drainage galvanized steel pipe, or lead pipe, singly or in
and storm water piping when used outside of the combination. Cast iron piping and fittings may be
foundation walls of the building and not connecting to coated or uncoated. The maximum developed length to
any piping system from the interior of the building and which lead may be used in connection with any one
shall be approved. Plastic drain, waste and vent pipe fixture shall be 5 feet. Plastic pipe will be permitted if it
and fittings used inside of residential buildings of three conforms to the requirements set forth in section P102.2(b).
stories or less in height shall be required to conform (2) UNDERGROUND PIPING WITHIN BUILDINGS.-
with ASTM Standard D2661-97 Specification for All underground building drains shall be extra heavy
Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Schedule 40 cast iron soil pipe, service weight cast iron soil pipe,
Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and Fittings or no-hub cast iron soil pipe, AWWA Class 22 or stronger
ASTM Standard D2665-98 Specification for Poly Vinyl cast iron water piping, ductile cast iron, brass pipe, type
Chloride (PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe "K" hard temper copper tube, or plastic pipe conforming
and Fittings, as well as the International Association of to the requirements set forth in section P102.2(b). Cast
Plumbing and Mechanical Officials Installation Standards iron pipe and fittings may be coated or uncoated.
for ABS Building Drain, Waste and Vent Pipe and (3) BUILDING HOUSE SEWERS.-
**
Fittings (IAPMO IS 5-92) and PVC Building Drain, a. Building house sewers shall be extra heavy iron
Waste and Vent Pipe and Fittings (IAPMO IS 9-95) and soil pipe and fittings, service weight cast iron soil pipe
Non-Metallic Building Sewers (IAPMO IS 1-91). and fittings, no-hub cast iron soil pipe and fittings,
†Local Law 2-2001; Local Law 58-1973; Local Law 75-1971 AWWA class 22 or stronger cast iron water piping,
ductile cast iron and fittings, or plastic pipe conforming
P102.3 Identification of Materials.-Materials shall be to the requirements set forth in section P102.2(b), a
identified as provided herein. minimum of 8 in. size in the borough of Manhattan and
6 in. in the other boroughs, except that a house sewer
P102.4 Piping System Materials.- from one- and two-family dwellings may be the size
(a) Water supply systems.- specified in Table RS 16-13 and may run up to the
*(1) WATER SERVICE PIPE.-Water service piping street line. Cast iron pipe and fittings may be coated or
within the property line shall be of red brass or copper uncoated.
pipe; type K copper tube; type "TP" threadless copper; **Local Law 58-1973; Local Law 39-1972
cast iron or ductile iron water pipe; or plastic pipe in b. Building house sewers for one- and two-family dwellings
accordance with section P102.2(b). Water service when installed in a separate trench from the water service
piping outside of the property line shall comply with may be of vitreous pipe or asbestos cement pipe.
requirements of the department of environmental c. Existing building sewers may be used in connection
protection. When used underground in corrosive soil or with a new building sewer and drainage system only
fill, all ferrous pipe and fittings shall be coal tar, enamel when found by examination and test to conform to the
coated. Threaded joints shall be coated and wrapped new system in quality of material.
after installation regardless of the nature of the soil. †(4) UNDERGROUND YARD DRAINAGE AND
(2) WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM PIPE.-Water STORM WATER PIPING.-Underground yard drainage
distribution system piping shall be of red brass pipe, and storm water piping within the property line but
type "TP" threadless copper pipe, hard temper type "K" outside of the foundation walls of the building shall be
copper tube, hard temper type "L" copper tube, extra heavy cast iron soil pipe, AWWA Class 22 or
galvanized wrought iron pipe, galvanized steel pipe, or stronger cast iron water pipe, ductile cast iron, service
ductile cast iron properly anchored. Cast iron and weight cast iron, no-hub cast iron soil pipe, asbestos
ductile-iron pipe may be cement lined in accordance cement pipe, vitreous tile pipe, concrete pipe, or plastic
with ANSI A21.4-1971. Type "L" copper tube shall not pipe conforming to the requirements set forth in section
be installed in soil or concrete floor fill. P102.2(b). Cast iron pipe and fittings may be coated or
***
(b) Drainage systems.- uncoated.
*Local Law 29-1987; Local Law 63-1976; Local Law 58-1973 †Local Law 63-1976; Local Law 58-1973
***Local Law 63-1976 (5) CHEMICAL WASTES (ACID WASTES)-
(1) ABOVE GROUND PIPING WITHIN BUILDINGS.- Separate drainage systems for chemical waste shall be
Soil, waste, and storm water or leader piping above of acid resistant material when the waste water at any
ground in buildings shall be brass pipe, copper pipe, point in the system will have a pH value of less than 4.5

222
Reference Standard 16

or more than 9.5. Chemical waste drainage piping shall reduce galvanic corrosion may be installed within a
be low expansion, borosilicate glass pipe; high silicon system only at the point of isolation.
cast iron pipe; chemical stoneware pipe; chemical lead (e) Other piping systems and miscellaneous materials.-
pipe; or approved plastic pipe regardless of building (1) ROOF DRAINS.-Roof drains shall be cast iron, bronze,
height, or other equivalent materials. Materials may be copper, brass, stainless steel, lead, or other equivalent
used singly or in combination. corrosion resistant material.
***
(c) Venting Systems.- (2) EXTERIOR LEADERS (DOWNSPOUTS).-
(1) ABOVE GROUND VENTING.-Vent piping installed Exterior leaders and gutters installed above ground level
above ground shall be brass pipe, type "TP" threadless shall be sheet metal or copper, aluminum, galvanized steel,
copper pipe, hard temper type "K" copper tube, hard stainless steel, or other equivalent corrosion resistant
temper type "L" copper tube; extra heavy cast iron soil material. Pipe (galvanized steel, galvanized wrought
pipe, service weight cast iron soil pipe, no-hub cast iron iron, cast iron or brass) may be used for the first 15 ft.
soil pipe, AWWA Class 22 or stronger cast iron water of leader extending up from grade, providing that the
pipe, ductile cast iron, threaded cast iron pipe, galvanized pipe is securely anchored with offset clamps to the face
wrought iron pipe, galvanized steel pipe, singly or in of building at two points in the vertical section of pipe.
combination. Cast iron pipe and fittings may be coated or Pipe will not be acceptable above 15 ft.
uncoated. Plastic pipe will be permitted if it conforms *(3) SUBSOIL DRAINS.-Subsoil drains shall be clay
to the requirements set forth in section P102.2(b). tile that is open jointed, horizontally split, or perforated;
***Local Law 63-1976 open jointed cast iron soil pipe; porous concrete pipe;
(2) UNDERGROUND VENTING. Underground vent asbestos cement pipe that is open jointed, horizontally
piping shall be extra heavy cast iron soil pipe, service split, or perforated or plastic pipe in accordance with
weight cast iron soil pipe, no-hub cast iron soil pipe, section P102.2(b) that is open jointed, horizontally split,
AWWA Class 22 or stronger cast iron water pipe, or perforated.
ductile cast iron, brass pipe, copper pipe, or type "K" *Local Law 39-1972; Local Law 58-1973
hard temper copper tube. Cast iron pipe and fittings (4) LEAD BENDS AND TRAPS.-The walls of lead
may be coated or uncoated. bends and traps shall be at least 1/8 in. thick.
(3) CHEMICAL WASTE SYSTEMS.-Vent piping for (5) SHEET COPPER.-Sheet copper shall weigh at least
chemical waste systems shall conform to the requirements 12 ounces per sq. ft.
for the chemical waste pipe. (6) SHEET LEAD.-Sheet lead shall weight at least 4 psf.
(d) Fittings.-The materials of which water supply, (7) CAULKING FERRULES.-Caulking ferrules shall
drainage, and venting system pipe fittings are made be brass or copper, and shall be made in accordance
shall conform to the type of piping material used in the with Table RS 16-3.
water supply, drainage, or venting system (i.e., brass or Ferrules may be tapped "T" or tapped "Y" types with
bronze fittings with copper pipe or tubing), except that bossings provided on the tapped connection.
black cast iron may be used with brass or galvanized (8) SOLDERING BUSHINGS.-Soldering bushings shall
pipe. Threaded drainage pipe fittings shall be of the be brass or copper in accordance with Table RS 16-4.
recessed drainage type. Fittings used to prevent or

TABLE RS 16-3 CAULKING FERRULES

Pipe Sizes (In.) Inside Diameter of Ferrule (In.) Minimum Length of Ferrule (In.) Minimum Weight of Each Ferrule
2 2 1/4 4 1/2 1 lb. - 0 oz.
3 3 1/4 4 1/2 1 lb. - 12 oz.
4 4 1/4 4 1/2 2 lbs. - 8 oz.

TABLE RS 16-4 SOLDERING BUSHINGS

Pipe Sizes (In.) Minimum Weight of Each Ferrule
1 1/4 6 oz.
1 1/2 8 oz.
2 14 oz.
2 1/2 1 lb. - 6oz.
2 lbs-. 0 oz.
4 3 lbs-. 8 oz.

223
Reference Standard 16

(9) FLOOR FLANGES.-Floor flanges for water closets or or of another type as approved.
similar fixtures shall be of cast brass at least 1/8 in. thick, ***Local Law 63-1976
***
of cast iron at least 1/4 in. thick and having a caulking (d) Cast iron soil pipe.-
depth not less than 2 in., or of hard lead weighing at (1) Caulked joints for cast iron bell and spigot soil pipe
least 1 lb.-9 oz. and composed of lead alloy having at shall be firmly packed with oakum or hemp, filled with
least 7.75 per cent antimony by weight. The use of floor molten lead at least 1 inch deep and the surface shall
flanges of other equivalent materials may be used. not be depressed more than 1/8 inch below the rim of
(10) CLEANOUT PLUGS.-Cleanout plugs shall be of the hub. No paint, varnish, or other coatings will be
brass at least 1/8 in. thick and shall have raised square permitted on the jointing material until after the joint
or hexagonal heads except that where raised heads will has been tested and accepted. Lead shall be run in one
cause a tripping hazard, countersunk heads shall be pouring and shall be caulked tight.
used. Cleanout plugs of nylon may be used in exposed (2) Mechanical joints for cast iron soil pipe shall be
or accessible locations. made with an approved preformed molded ring secured
(11) FLUSH PIPES AND FITTINGS.-Flush pipes and by pulling the pipe together in such a way as to compress
fittings shall be of nonferrous material. When brass or the molded ring or shall be made with a corrosion resistant
copper tubing is used, the material shall be at least joint and clamp assembly surrounding a sealing sleeve of
0.0313 in. thick (no. 22 U.S. gage). an approved elastomeric material so that the sealing
(12) TUBULAR BRASS TRAPS.-The "J" bend and sleeve is firmly compressed by the tightening device in
wall tube shall be formed of brass tubing having a wall the clamp assembly to provide a gas and water tight joint.
thickness of at least 0.045 in. (no.17 P & S gage) Obstructions to the flow of water through a mechanical
conforming to ASTM-B135-63, alloy No. 3. Bends joint shall not be greater than those of a caulked joint.
***Local Law 63-1976
shall be properly annealed after forming to prevent
(e) Cast iron water pipe (caulked joint).-Caulked
season-cracking. Nuts shall be cast brass conforming to
joints for cast iron bell and spigot water pipe shall be
ASTM-B146-52, alloy 6A, and the collars shall be cut
firmly packed with clean and sound asbestos rope,
from brass tubing conforming to ASTM B135-63, alloy
treated paper rope, or with molded or tubular approved
No. 4. Collars shall be fully soldered on "J" bends.
rings. The remaining space in the hub shall be filled
***(13) INSULATION.-Coverings and insulations, including
with molten lead according to the following schedule:
vapor barriers, shall have a maximum flame spread rating
of 25 without evidence of continued progressive combustion,
and shall have a maximum smoke developed rating of Pipe Size Depth of Lead
50. If the coverings and insulations, including vapor Up to 20 in. 2 ¼ in.
barriers are to be applied with adhesives, they shall be 24, 30, or 36 in. 2 ½ in.
tested as applied with such adhesives, or the adhesives Larger than 36 in. 3 in.
used shall have a maximum flame spread rating of 25
and a maximum smoke developed rating of 50. Tests Lead shall be run in one pouring and shall be caulked tight.
shall be performed in accordance with ASTM-E84-61. ***(f) Cast iron water pipe.-Compression and mechanical
***Local Law 63-1976 joint.-
(14) MISCELLANEOUS.-Internal and external parts Mechanical joints in cast iron water pipe shall conform
of faucets, valves, ballcocks, etc. may be made with to ANSI A21.11-1972 and shall be made with a flanged
plastics meeting the criteria of this reference standard. collar, a ring gasket and appropriate number of securing
bolts, or with a preformed molded ring secured by
Section P103.0 Joints and Connections pulling the pipe together in such a way as to compress
*P103.1 Types of Joints for Piping Materials.- the molded ring. Mechanical joints may be used
*Local Law 13-1993 wherever AWWA cast iron or ductile iron is permitted
(a) Asbestos cement pipe joints._Joints in asbestos in section P102.0.
cement pipe shall be made with sleeve couplings of the same ***Local Law 63-1976
composition as the pipe, and sealed with approved rings. (g) Clay sewer pipe.-Joints in clay sewer pipe shall
(b) Brazed joints._Brazed joints for type "TP" threadless either be of hot poured compounds, or of preformed
copper, copper, brass pipe, or copper water tube type materials consisting of approved resilient materials that
"K" or "L" shall be made by first cleaning down to the are installed on both the spigot and bell ends.
base metal the surfaces to be welded or brazed, then (h) Concrete sewer pipe.-Joints in concrete sewer pipe shall
applying a flux for such joints, and finally, making the be of hot poured compound, of preformed material, or of
joint with a brazing alloy having a melting point higher approved gasketing rings.
than 1000oF. (i) Concrete pipe (slip joint).-Flexible joints between
***
(c) Cast iron pipe._Joints in cast iron pipe shall be lengths of concrete pipe may be made by using approved
compressed elastomeric, mechanical, caulked, or threaded,

224
Reference Standard 16

rubber materials on the spigot end and in the bell end of considered as slip joints. Slip joints will be permitted
the pipe. between the stop valve and faucet connection but the stop
**(j) Copper tube (type "K" or "L")._Joints in and pipe size shall not be less than required pipe size
type "K" or "L" hard temper copper tube for water supply indicated for the fixture by Table RS 16-7, but not less
piping or drainage and vent piping shall be made by than 3/8 inch size nor longer than 18 inches from stop
soldering or brazing. Solder shall be lead-free. Permissible to faucet. Slip joints will be permitted between a tubular
lead-free solders are 95-5 tin-antimony, 96-4 tin-silver, fixture trap and the sanitary waste.
94-6 tin-silver, 95-5 tin-silver, or any other solder approved ***Local Law 63-1976
by the commissioner. Joints in copper tube for vent or **(q) Soldered joints._Soldered joints for type "K" or
drainage piping shall be made using cast brass or wrought type "L" tube shall be made with fittings. Soldered
copper solder joint drainage fittings. Tubing for water joints shall be lead-free, as defined in subdivision (j).
**Local Law 13-1993; Local Law 29-1987; Local Law 63-1976
piping may be bent by mechanical means with no crushing
(r) Threaded joints._Threaded joints shall conform to
or crimping of the tubing. For purposes of this section,
American national taper thread, USASI-B2.1-1960 or
lead-free solder shall mean solder containing less than
FS-GGG-P351a. All burrs shall be removed. Pipe joint
0.2 percent lead.
**Local Law 13-1993; Local Law 29-1987; Local Law 63-1976
cement and paint shall be used only on male threads.
(k) Couplings._All built-in threaded piping carrying (s) Threadless copper pipe._Joints in threadless copper
gas or water shall be installed with couplings. pipe for water supply piping shall be made by brazing.
(l) Expansion joints._Expansion joints must be accessible (t) Unions._Unions shall have metal-to-metal ground
and shall be used only where necessary to provide for seats, and their material shall conform to the type of
expansion and contraction of the pipes. All expansion piping in which they are installed.
joints shall be of type and material suitable for use with (u) Wiped joints._Joints in lead pipe or fittings, or
the type of piping in which they are installed. between lead pipe or fittings and brass or copper pipe,
(m) Hot poured joints._All surfaces of the joint shall ferrules, solder nipples, or traps, shall be full wiped
be cleaned and dried before pouring. Hot poured joints. A wiped joint shall have an exposed surface of at
compound for clay or concrete sewer pipe shall not be least 3/4 in. on each side of the joint and a minimum
water absorbent, and when poured against a dry surface, thickness of 3/8 in. at its thickest part.
shall have a bond to withstand a pressure of at least 100
psi. If wet surfaces are unavoidable, a suitable primer P103.2 Joints Between Different Piping Material.-
shall be applied. The compound shall not soften sufficiently (a) Cast iron and copper tube.-Joints between cast
to destroy the effectiveness of the joint when subjected to iron and copper tube shall be made either by directly
o
a temperature of 160 F., nor shall it be soluble in any of caulking the copper tube in to the bell of the cast iron
the waste carried by the drainage system. Approximately pipe or by using a brass caulking ferrule and properly
25 percent of the joint space at the base of the socket sweating the copper tube to the ferrule.
shall be filled with jute or hemp. A pouring collar, rope, (b) Cast iron and vitrified clay.-Joints between cast
or other device shall be used to hold the hot compound iron pipe and vitrified clay pipe shall be made either of
during pouring. Each joint shall be poured in one hot poured bitumastic compound or by a preformed
operation until the joint is filled. Joints shall not be bituminous ring. This ring shall after ramming, completely
tested until at least 1 hr. after pouring. fill the annular space between the cast iron spigot and
_
(n) Glass pipe joints. Joints in chemical waste glass the vitrified clay hub.
piping shall be made with approved compression coupling, ***(c) Copper tube and threaded pipe.-Joints between
adapter coupling or adjustable joints. copper tube and threaded pipe shall be made with brass
(o) Preformed joints._Preformed collars shall be formed adapter fittings. The connection between the copper
in both the spigot and bell of the pipe in advance of tube and the fitting shall be properly brazed or soldered,
closing the joint. Collar surfaces shall be conical with and the connection between the threaded pipe and the
side slopes of 3 degrees with respect to the axis of the fitting shall be made with a standard pipe size screw joint.
***Local Law 63-1976
pipe, and the length shall be equal to the depth of the
(d) Threaded pipe and cast iron pipe.-Joints between
bell socket. Prior to making joint contact, surfaces of
threaded pipe and cast iron pipe shall be either caulked
collars shall be cleaned and coated with solvents and
or threaded, or shall be made with adapted fittings.
adhesives. When the spigot end is inserted in the collar
Threaded piping shall include wrought iron, steel, brass,
of the bell end, it shall bind before reaching the base of
or copper pipe.
the socket. Collar material shall be inert and resistant to
(e) Lead and cast iron, wrought iron, steel, copper
both acids and alkalies.
or brass pipe.-Joints between lead and cast iron,
***(p) Slip joints._Slip joints in expansion joints will be
wrought iron, steel, and copper or brass pipe shall be
permitted. Slip joints shall be made with packing or gasket
made by means of wiped joints to a caulking ferrule,
material or with ground joint brass compression rings.
soldering nipple, or bushing, or by means of a soil pipe
Ground joint brass connections that allow adjustment of
adapter soldered to the copper tube.
tubing but provide a rigid joint when made up shall not be
(f) Asbestos-cement pipe to metal.-Joints between

225
Reference Standard 16

asbestos-cement pipe and metal shall be made by means (d) Accessibility.-The fixtures specified in Table RS
of an adapter coupling which shall be installed as 16-5 for public buildings shall be located not more than
required for cast iron soil pipe. one floor above nor more than one floor below the floor
P103.3 Connections Between Drainage occupied by the people for whose use the fixtures are
Piping and Certain Fixtures.-Connections between intended, unless elevator service is available except that
drainage pipe and water closets, floor outlet service in buildings classified in occupancy group E which are
sinks, pedestal urinals, earthenware trap standards, or accessible to the physically handicapped, there shall be
any other fixture with floor outlets, shall be made by at least one such toilet stall for male and one for female
means of brass, cast iron or other flanges that are caulked, for every 300 occupants of each sex in the building.
soldered, or screwed to the drainage pipe. The connection **Local Law 58-1987
shall be bolted, with a gasket or washer set between the ***As enacted, but "seat" probably intended.
earthenware and the connection. The gasket or washer
shall not absorb moisture, break down, or lose its shape †P104.2 Installation of Fixtures.-
when immersed in 160oF water for 5 minutes. The floor (a) No person shall install any plumbing fixture unless:
flange shall be set on a waterproof, firm base with no (1) such fixture meets the water saving performance
rough edges at the hole for drain connection. standards and product labeling requirements provided
in paragraphs b and c of this subdivision; and
P103.4 Tightness.-Joints and connections in the (2) such fixture meets the standards as provided for in
plumbing system shall be made gastight and watertight table 16-1; and
for the pressure prescribed in the applicable test requirements, (3) i. the manufacturer has furnished to the
with the exceptions of those portions of perforated or commissioner, in such form as the commissioner shall
open joint piping that are installed underground for the determine, the identification and performance specifications
purpose of collecting and conveying ground or seepage of such fixture, and a certification that such fixture
water to the storm drains. meets the standards as provided for in this section, and
the commissioner has included such fixture on the list
P103.5 Waterproofing.-Joints between piping published pursuant to paragraph d of this subdivision or
and roof shall be made watertight by the use of lead, copper, ii. such fixture is included on the "list of certified
aluminum, or other equivalent flashings or flashings water saving plumbing fixtures" published pursuant to
material. Exterior wall openings shall be made watertight. section 15-0314 of the environmental conservation law;
however this option shall not apply to water closets and
P103.6 Other joints.-Equivalent methods and associated flush valves on and after January first,
materials for making pipe joints may be used if approved. nineteen hundred ninety-two which shall be certified to the
commissioner pursuant to item i. of this subparagraph three.
Section P104.0 Plumbing Fixtures (b) The water-saving performance standards for sink
P104.1 Requirements.- and lavatory faucets, shower heads, drinking water
(a) Minimum number of fixtures.-The number of fountains, urinals and water closets shall be as follows:
plumbing fixtures required for an occupancy shall be as (1) for sink and lavatory faucets, a constant water pressure
listed in Table RS 16-5. The requirements for an occupancy of sixty pounds per square inch, and a maximum flow
not listed in the table shall be subject to approval by the not to exceed three gallons of water per minute; faucet
Commissioner. models installed in public buildings or facilities must be
(b) Facilities for each sex.-Where public toilet or of a self-closing variety and shall comply with reference
bathing facilities are designed for use by more than one standard RS 4-6;
person at a time, separate facilities shall be installed for (2) for shower heads, a constant water pressure of sixty
each sex. pounds per square inch, and a maximum flow not to
**(c) In every building where public toilet facilities are exceed three gallons of water per minute;
provided, there shall be at least one water closet stall (3) for urinals and associated flush-valves, if any, each
for each sex which is accessible to the physically flush shall not exceed one gallon of water per flush;
handicapped, at least 3 ft. wide by 5 ft.-6 in. in depth, (4) for water closets and associated flush-valves, if
having a door (if used) that is 32 in. wide and swings any, each flush shall not exceed three and one half
out to accommodate a wheelchair. The water closet gallons of water per flush except that on and after
set*** shall be set 17 to 19 in. above the floor. The stall January first, nineteen hundred ninety-two, each flush
shall be provided with grab bars on each side, the grab shall not exceed one and three-fifths gallons of water
bars shall have an outside diameter of 1 1/2 in., and per flush; and
shall be 33 to 36 in. above and parallel to the floor, with (5) drinking water fountains shall be of a self-closing
1 1/2 in. clearance from the wall. One drinking fountain variety and shall comply with reference standard RS 4-6.
facility, not of the recessed type, shall be provided. The (c) Permanent product markings shall be required on
provisions of reference standard RS 4-6 shall supplement all water closets and urinals, or each fixture component
the foregoing requirements. if the fixture is comprised of more than one component,
located in an easily recognizable location. Such markings

226
Reference Standard 16

shall be legible, applied so as to be permanent and provide side spud water closets shall be prohibited. Water
the following information: closets that have an invisible seal, an unventilated
i. the manufacturer's name or registered trademark and space, or walls that are not thoroughly washed at each
the model number of the fixture or fixtures; and discharge, shall be prohibited. Any water closet that
ii. the gallon/liter water consumption rate per flush of might permit a siphonage of the contents of the bowl
the water closet or urinal; and back into the water supply system shall be prohibited.
iii. with respect to tank type water closets, a clear (2) Frostproof water closets will be permitted by the
marking of and designation for the "water line" shall be commissioner for temporary installations only.
located within the tank which shall be set at the level of (b) Water closets for public use.-Water closet bowls
gallons/liters per flush required for the water closet. for public use shall be of the elongated type.
(d) The commissioner shall annually publish a list of (c) Water closets for children's use.-In nurseries,
fixtures which meets the standards specified in paragraph schools, and similar places where plumbing fixtures are
b of this subdivision which are certified by manufacturers provided for the use of children under six years of age,
pursuant to i. of subparagraph three of paragraph a and water closets shall be of a size and height suitable for
which are not included on the "list of certified water the children's use.
saving fixtures" published pursuant to section 15-0314 (d) Water closet seats.-Water closets shall be equipped
of the environmental conservation law. A notice of the with seats of smooth nonabsorbent material. All seats of
availability of such list shall be published in the city water closets provided for public use shall be the open-
record. The commissioner shall delete from such list front type. Integral water closet seats shall be of the
fixtures which are determined to be inaccurately certified. same material as the fixture.
(e) The provisions of this subdivision shall not apply to (e) Water closet soil pipe connections.-
fixtures such as safety showers and aspirator faucets, (1) LEAD CONNECTIONS.-Lead bends and stubs
which in order to perform a specialized function, cannot may be used on water closets or similar connections,
meet the standards specified in paragraph b of this subdivision. provided the lead is soldered to the floor flange.
(f) Access for cleaning.-Plumbing fixtures shall be so (2) IRON CONNECTIONS.-3 in. iron bends may be
installed as to afford easy access for cleaning both the used on water closets or similar connections, provided a
fixture and the area about it. All pipes from fixtures shall be 4 in. x 3 in. flange is used to receive the fixture horn.
run to the nearest wall, except where it is impractical to do so. (3) COPPER CONNECTIONS.-3 in. copper bends may
(g) Sealing.-Where fixtures come in contact with wall be used on water closets or similar connections, provided a
or floors, the space between the fixture and the wall 4 in. x 3 in. flange is used to receive the fixture horn.
shall be sealed against water seepage. (4) OTHER TYPE CONNECTIONS.-Connections of
(h) Securing floor outlet fixtures.-Floor outlet fixtures other equivalent materials will be permitted.
shall be rigidly secured to the floor or floor flanges by (5) REDUCING BENDS.-4 in. x 3 in. reducing bends
stainless steel, acetyl plastic, or non-ferrous screws or bolts. may be used.
(i) Securing wall-hung bowls.-Wall-hung water closet †Local Law 29-1989
bowls shall be rigidly supported by a concealed metal
supporting member so that no strain is placed on the P104.5 Urinals.-
closet connection. (a) Prohibited urinals.-
(j) Water supply protection.-The supply lines or (1) Floor-type trough urinals are prohibited.
fittings for every plumbing fixture shall be so installed (2) Washdown or washout type urinals that have integral
as to prevent backflow. See Section P107.0. strainers are prohibited.
†Local Law 29-1989 (b) Wall-hung trough urinals.-Wall-hung trough urinals
shall be permitted only in temporary locations. They
P104.3 Overflows.- shall be at least 6 in. deep and shall be furnished with
(a) Design of overflows.-In any fixture that is provided one-piece backs and have strainers with outlets at least
with an overflow, the waste outlet shall be designed and 1 1/2 in. in diameter. The washdown pipe shall be perforated
installed so that the standing water in the fixture cannot rise so as to flush with an even curtain of water against the
in the overflow when the stopper is closed, nor shall any back of the urinal. This pipe shall be securely clamped
water remain in the overflow when the fixture is empty. as high as practicable to the back of the urinal. Trough
(b) Connection of overflows.-The overflow from any urinals shall have tanks with a flushing capacity of at
fixture shall discharge into the drainage system on the least 1 1/2 gal. of water for each 2 ft. of urinal length.
inlet or fixture side of the trap. The overflow from a Troughs shall be figured on the basis of one urinal for
flush tank serving a water closet or urinal shall discharge each 18 in. of length; e.g.,
into the fixture served.
24 in. trough equals 1 urinal
†P104.4 Water Closets.- 36 in. trough equals 2 urinals
(a) Prohibited water closets.- 48 in. trough equals 2 urinals
(1) Washout, pan, valve, plunger, offset, latrine, and 60 in. trough equals 3 urinals
72 in. trough equals 4 urinals

227
Reference Standard 16

prevent flooding the tank at the maximum rate at which

(c) Surrounding material.-Wall and floor space to a the tanks are supplied with water.
point 1 ft. in front of a urinal lip and 4 ft. above the
floor, and at least 1 ft. to each side of the urinal shall be P104.7 Lavatories.-
finished with smooth, readily cleanable, nonabsorbent (a) Waste outlets.-Lavatories shall have waste outlets
material. at least 1 1/4 in. in diameter.
(b) Multiple-type fixture.-Each 18 in. unit of usable
P104.6 Flushing Devices for Water Closets length of a straight-line type multiple-use lavatory and
and Urinals.- each 18 in. of usable length of a circular type multiple use
(a) Where required.-Each water closet, urinal, clinical lavatory shall be considered equivalent to one lavatory
sink, or other plumbing fixture that depends on trap for the purpose of determining the drainage and water
siphonage to discharge its waste contents to the supply piping sizes and fixture usage requirements
drainage system to which it is connected, shall be provided hot and cold or tempered water suitable for
provided with a flushometer valve, flush tank, or handwashing is available for each 18 in. interval.
similar device designed and installed so as to supply
water in sufficient quantity and rate of flow to flush to P104.8 Bathtubs.-
the sewer the contents of the fixture to which it is (a) Waste outlets and overflows.-Bathtubs shall have
connected, to cleanse the fixture, and to refill the fixture waste outlets and overflows at least 1 1/2 in. in diameter,
trap in a single flushing operation. and the waste outlet shall be equipped with a suitable stopper.
(b) Number of fixtures served.-A flushing device
shall serve only one fixture except that a single flushing P104.9 Showers.-
device may be used to flush more than one urinal when (a) Waste outlet.-Waste outlets serving single showers,
it is designed so that the flushing cycle is controlled other than those in bathtubs, shall be at least 2 in. in
automatically and so that each urinal or section thereof diameter, and when serving a gang shower shall be at least
is thoroughly flushed. 3 in. in diameter. Drains shall have removable strainers
(c) Flushometer valves.-Flushometers shall be installed with a free area no smaller than the cross-sectional area
so that they will be readily accessible for repair. of the drain pipe connected thereto and openings no
Flushometer valves shall not be used where the water smaller than 1/4 in. in minimum dimension. Unless each
pressure is insufficient to properly operate them. When shower head is provided with an individual waste
the valve is operated, it shall complete the cycle of operation outlet, the waste outlet must be so located and the floor
automatically, opening fully and closing positively under so pitched that waste water from one shower head does
the water line pressure. Each flushometer shall be provided not flow over the floor area serving another shower head.
with a means for regulating the flow through it. Each (b) Shower compartments.-Shower compartments
flushometer valve supplying a submerged inlet without a shall have at least 900 sq. in. of floor area and shall be
required air gap shall be provided with an approved at least 30 in. in minimum dimension measured as the
vacuum breaker set at least 4 in. above the overflow rim side of a rectangle, altitude of a triangle or other
of the fixture to the critical level marked on the vacuum angular shape, or as diameter of a circle, except when a
breaker as determined by test. bathtub is used as the shower compartment. The wall
(d) Flush tanks.- area above built-in tubs having installed shower heads
(1) WATER SUPPLY.-An adequate supply of water and in shower compartments shall be constructed of
shall be provided to flush and clean the fixture served. smooth, noncorrodible, nonabsorbent, waterproof materials
The water supply to flush tanks equipped for automatic to a height of a least 6 ft. above the floor level. Such
flushing shall be controlled by a suitable timing device. walls shall form a watertight joint with each other and with
The water supply to flush tanks equipped for manual either the tub, receptor, or shower floor.
flushing shall be controlled by a float valve or other (c) Shower floors or receptors.-Floors or receptors
automatic device designed to refill the tank after each under shower compartments shall be laid on a smooth
discharge and to completely shut off the water flow to and structurally sound base. Floors under shower
the tank when the tank is filled to operational capacity. compartments, other than those laid directly on the
Provision shall be made to provide an adequate supply ground surface or where prefabricated receptors have
of water to the fixture so as to refill the trap seal after been provided, shall be lined and made watertight by
each flushing. the provisions of suitable shower pans of durable
(2) BALL COCKS.-Ball cocks in flush tanks for water material. Such pans shall turn up on all sides at least 2
closets shall be located at least 1 in. above the flood in. above the finished shower floor level. Pans shall be
level rim of the bowl connected thereto, and shall be securely fastened to the waste outlet at the seepage
provided with a vacuum breaker. entrance, making a watertight joint between the pan and
(3) OVERFLOWS.-Flush tanks shall be provided with the outlet. Floor surfaces shall be constructed of smooth,
overflows discharging to the water closet or urinal noncorrodible, nonabsorbent, and waterproof materials.
connected thereto, and shall be of sufficient size to

228
Reference Standard 16

P104.10 Sinks.- P104.15 Fixture strainers.-Plumbing fixtures

(a) Waste outlets.-Sinks shall be provided with waste except water closets, urinals, or similar fixtures shall be
outlets at least 1 1/2 in. in diameter. provided with durable crossbars, strainers, or other
*
(b) Food waste disposals.—Sinks equipped with food similar devices installed in the fixture waste outlet.
waste disposals shall have waste outlets at least Such strainers shall have waterway areas adequate for
equal to the opening in the disposals. rapid fixture drainage.
*Local Law 74-1995
P104.16 Drinking Fountains.-
P104.11 Dishwashing Machines.- (a) Construction.-Drinking fountains shall conform to
(a) General.-A separate trap shall be provided for a ASA-Z4.2-1942.
dishwashing machine that drains by gravity. (b) Equivalent fixtures.-A lavatory located in a room
(b) Domestic machines.-Machines having drainage with not more than one water closet or urinal will be an
pumps may discharge into the waste outlet piping of an acceptable equivalent for a drinking fountain for the
adjacent kitchen sink by means of a wye branch fitting purpose of fixture requirements.
on the inlet side of the sink trap, provided the pump (c) Prohibited drinking fountains.-No electric coolers
discharge line rises to an elevation above the flood level that have precooling coils inside of the waste outlets
rim of the sink and is at least 3/4 in. in diameter. will be permitted except as hereinafter provided. The
(c) Water connections.-Water connections to a precoolers must be of double wall construction and
dishwasher shall be provided with an air gap or an mounted in a vertical position directly below a removable
approved vacuum breaker and check valve. strainer in the cooler top and the precooler shall be fully
(d) Commercial dishwashers.-Commercial dishwashing accessible for cleaning with an ordinary bottle brush.
machines shall be provided with an adequate supply of Except for a water spreader at the entrance of the
140oF to 160oF wash water, and with rinse water or precooler drain tube, no internal dimension of the drain
steam at temperature of at least 180oF for sterilization. passage shall be less than 3/4 in.
Chemical disinfection may be used in lieu of the 180oF
water or steam when the method of disinfection meets P104.17 Floor Drains.-
the requirements of the department of health. (a) Location.-The floor drain shall be located so as to
be readily accessible at all times.
P104.12 Automatic Clothes Washers.- (b) Strainers.-Floor drains shall be provided with
(a) The water supplies to an automatic clothes washer removable strainers, the open area of which shall be at
shall be protected against the hazards of contamination least equal to the cross-sectional area of the drain pipe
by means of an adequate air gap or a vacuum breaker. to which the drain connects. Combination funnel and
(b) The discharge waste pipe of domestic clothes floor drain strainers will be permitted.
washers shall be provided with an air break by spilling (c) Size.-Floor drains shall be of a size to efficiently
the discharge into an open standpipe that is provided serve the purpose for which they are intended, but the
with a 2 in. trap. The trap shall be properly vented or outlet pipe shall not be less than 3 in. in nominal diameter.
connected to an indirect waste pipe that may be (d) Provision for evaporation.-Traps for floor drains
common to other automatic clothes washers located in a shall be of the deep seal type, and shall have a water
common laundry room. supply available from a plumbing fixture located in the
(c) The discharge waste pipe of commercial clothes same room or from a faucet or valved outlet located not
washers shall discharge into a trench provided with more than 3 ft. above the floor drained. Automatic
trapped and vented drains. priming devices will be permitted only when an air gap
is provided between the potable water supply and the
P104.13 Laundry Trays.-Each compartment water supply for the drain.
of a laundry tray shall be provided with a waste outlet (e) Traps.-Machinery or equipment room floor drains
at least 1 1/2 in. in diameter. that receive clear water only may be connected to a
single trap where such trap is located not more than 15
P104.14 Garbage Can Washers.- ft. from the farthest drain.
(a) The drain outlet receiving the wash from garbage
cans shall be at least 3 in. and shall be provided with a P104.18 Drains for Drip Pipes. -See section P108.11.
removable basket or strainer to prevent discharge of P104.19 Funnel Drains.-When the trap is
large particles into the building drainage system. located above the floor, the funnel drain shall be
(b) Water supply connections shall be provided with an individually vented. Funnel drains shall only be used
air gap or an approved backflow prevention device and for clear water wastes.
check valve.
P104.20 Special Plumbing Fixtures.-

229
Reference Standard 16

(a) Water connections.-Baptisteries, ornamental and the fixtures shall have a uniform interior and smooth
lily pools, aquaria, ornamental fountain basins, swimming waterway. Traps shall have no interior partitions except
pools, and similar constructions, when provided with where such traps are integral with the fixture or are
water supplies, shall be protected from back-siphonage designed as interceptors. Slip joints or couplings may
in conformity with the code requirements. be used on the inlet side of the trap and a ground joint
(b) Approval.-Specialties requiring water and waste union connection may be installed in the trap seal.
connections shall be subject to approval by the Commissioner. (e) Seals.-Each fixture trap shall have a liquid seal of at
least 2 in. but not more than 4 in.
Section P105.0 Traps and Cleanouts (f) Setting and protection.-Traps shall be set level
P105.1 Fixture Traps.- with respect to their water seals and, where necessary,
(a) Separate traps for each fixture.-Each plumbing shall be protected from freezing and evaporation.
fixture shall be separately trapped by a water seal trap
placed as close as possible to the fixture outlet, but not more ***P105.2 Building (House) Traps.-Shall be installed
than 2 ft. horizontal developed length from the outlet of the on all building drains near the foundation wall of the
fixture. The vertical distance from the fixture outlet to the structure, inside of the street line, and on the sewer side of
trap weir shall not exceed 48 in. No fixture shall be double all connections, except the connection used to receive
trapped. Exceptions to the separate trapping requirements the discharge from a sewage ejector, oil separator or
are as follows: leader on combined systems. If such trap is placed
(1) Fixtures having integral traps. outside of the foundation wall or below a cellar floor, it
(2) A combination plumbing fixture may be installed on shall be made accessible in a manhole with a cover, or by
one trap provided one compartment is not more than 6 extension of the two handholes that shall be provided
in. deeper than the other and the waste outlets are not with cleanouts at the cellar floor or grade. Handhole
extensions shall be not more than 18 in. above the
more than 30 in. apart, and provided the trap is centrally
centerline of the drain. Building (house) traps shall be
located between the waste outlets.
the same size as the building house drain connected thereto.
(3) One trap may be installed for a three compartment Where manufactured cast iron traps are not available
sink, three single laundry trays, or a combination of one AWWA cast iron water pipe or ductile iron may be
sink and two trays immediately adjacent to each other used for house traps if the trap is made with long turn
in the same room, provided the trap is centrally located fittings and TY's.
between the three sections. ***Local Law 63-1976
(4) A domestic dishwasher located with a developed
length of drain not more than 3 ft.-6 in. from the trap
serving a kitchen sink or combination sink and tray may
be connected to the fixture side of the sink trap. A
dishwasher may also be connected as stated in section
P104.11(b).
(5) No trap need be provided at fixtures and equipment
that discharge their wastes indirectly into a trapped
receptacle through a drainage pipe not exceeding 8 ft. in
developed length, measured from the drainage outlet.
No traps shall be provided for safety relief apparatus,
condenser blow-offs, and similar drain lines.
(b) Fixture trap sizes.-Fixture trap sizes (nominal diameter)
shall be sufficient to drain the fixture rapidly and in no
case less than the sizes given in Table RS 16-6. No trap
shall be larger than the drainage pipe into which it
discharges.
(c) Prohibited traps.-The following types of traps are
prohibited:
(1) Traps that depend upon moving parts to maintain
their seal.
(2) Bell, pot, bottle traps, and traps with interior partitions.
(3) Crown vented traps.
(4) Traps constructed of masonry.
(5) Catch basins located within the building.
(d) Design.-All fixture traps, except grease and sediment
interceptors, shall be self-scouring. Traps integral with

230
Reference Standard 16

*TABLE 16-5 MINIMUM NUMBER OF PLUMBING FIXTURES REQUIREDa

Type of TYPE OF FIXTURE

Building Bathtubs or Drinking Other
Occupancy Water Closets Urinals Lavatories Showers Fountains Fixtures
Assembly – places 1 for each sex for Urinals may be provided in
of worshipb each 150 persons toilet rooms in lieu of water
closets but for not more than 1
1/2 of the required number
of water closets
Assembly – other No. of No. of Urinals may be provided in No. of No. of 1 for each Where motion
than places of Persons Fixtures toilet rooms in lieu of water Persons Fixtures 1,000 persons picture projection
worship for each Sex closets but for not more than 1-200 1 except that booths contain more
(including but not 1-100 1 1/2 of the required number 201-400 2 there shall be than 2 projectors, at
limited to 101-200 2 of water closets 401-750 3 at least 1 least 1 water closet
auditoriums, 201-300 3 Over 750, add 1 fixture at each and 1 lavatory shall
theaters, 301-400 4 fixture for each assembly be provided on the
convention halls) Over 400, add 1 500 persons floor, level or same level and
and all spaces fixture for each sex tier within 20 ft. of the
classified as F-4 for each additional booth
200 persons
Dormitories – 1 for each sex for Urinals may be provided in 1 for each 12 1 for each 8 persons: for Laundry trays –
schools or labor, each 8 persons toilet rooms in lieu of water persons women’s dormitories, 1 1 for each 50
also institutional closets but for not more than bathtub shall be substituted persons
1/2 of the required number for 1 shower at the ratio of
of water closets 1 for each 30 women
Single room 1 for each 6 persons 1 for each 6 1 for each 6 persons
occupancies for persons
sleeping
accommodations only
Dwellings- one- 1 for each dwelling 1 for each 1 for each dwelling Kitchen sink
and two-family unit dwelling unit unit 1 for each dwelling
unit
Public buildings, No. of Persons No. of Urinals may be provided in No. of No. of 1 for each
offices, business for each sex Fixtures toilet rooms in lieu of water Persons Fixtures 75 persons
mercantile, 1-15 1 closets but for not more than 1-20 1
storage; 16-35 2 1/2 of the required number 21-40 2
warehouses, 36-55 3 of water closets when more 41-60 3
factories and 56-80 4 than 35 persons 61-90 4
institutional 81-110 5 91-125 5
employeesc 111-150 6 1 fixture for each
1 fixture for each additional 45
additional 40 persons persons
Public bathing 1 fixture for each sex Urinals may be provided in
for each 30 persons toilet rooms in lieu of water 1/60 1/40
closets but for not more than
1/2 of the required number
of water closets

231
Reference Standard 16

a
*TABLE 16-5 MINIMUM NUMBER OF PLUMBING FIXTURES REQUIRED (Continued)
Type of TYPE OF FIXTURE
Building Bathtubs or Drinking Other
Occupancy Water Closets Urinals Lavatories Showers Fountains Fixtures
Schools: 1 fixture for each sex Urinals may be provided in toilet 1/50 pupils In gym or pool 1/50
Elementary for each 35 students rooms in lieu of water closets 1/50 pupils shower rooms, ¼ pupils persons but
Secondary but for not more than 1/2 of Over 300 pupils of the largest class using at least 1
the required number of water 1/100 pupils pool at any one time per floor
closets
Workers portable 1/30 workers 1/30 workers At least 1 per
facilities floor equivalent
for each 100
workmen
Industrial - No. of No. of Where more than 10 men No. of No. of 1 shower for each 15 1 for each
foundries only Persons Fixtures are employed:c
Persons Fixtures persons exposed to 75 persons
1-10 1 No. of Men No. of Urinals 1-8 1 excessive heat or
11-25 2 11-29 1 9-16 2 occupational hazard
26-50 3 30-79 2 17-30 3 from poisonous,
51-80 4 1 additional fixture for each 31-45 4 infectious, or irritating
81-125 5 additional 80 males. 46-65 5 material
1 additional fixture Urinals may be provided in 1 additional
for each additional 45 toilet rooms in lieu of water fixture for each
persons closets but for not more than ½ additional 25
of the required number of persons
water closets
Hospital and Institutions, See Section P114.0
Swimming pools, See Section P116.0 Other Fixtures
Kitchens for 1 lavatory for the One machine or a 3-compartment sink
public or personal use of kitchen for the effective washing and sanitizing
employees dining employees of all cutlery, dishes and glasses before
re-use.
Dwellings 1 for each dwelling 1 for each dwelling unit 1 for each Kitchen sink- 1 for each dwelling unit
multiple or unit or apartment or apartment dwelling unit or apartment. Within each dwelling
apartment or apartment unit, not designed for use by transients,
one laundry tray or automatic laundry
washing machine; or in a readily
accessible location within a general
laundry room, 1 two-compartment
tray for each 10 dwelling units or 1
automatic laundry washing machine
for each 20 dwelling units.
Notes for Table 16-5:
aThe population used in determining the number of fixtures required shall be based on the number of people to occupy the space but in no case shall the population be less than that determined by
allowing 125 sq. ft. of net floor area per person.
b Such facilities may be in adjacent buildings under the same ownership or control, and shall be accessible during periods when the assembly space is occupied.
c Facilities for employees in a storage building or warehouse may be located in an adjacent building, under the same ownership, where the maximum distance of travel from the working space to the
toilet facilities does not exceed 500 ft. horizontally.
*Local Law 45-1984; Local Law 61-1969

232
Reference Standard 16

TABLE 16-6 MINIMUM SIZE OF FIXTURE TRAPS FOR

VARIOUS TYPES OF PLUMBING FIXTURES

Fixture Trap Sizea,b (In.)

Bathtub (with or without overhead shower) ................................ 1 1/2
Bidets (see section P107.13)........................................................ 1 1/2
Combination sink and wash (laundry) tray.................................. 2
Dental unit or cuspidor ................................................................ 1 1/2
Drinking fountain ........................................................................ 1 1/2
Dishwasher, commercial.............................................................. 2
Dishwasher, domestic .................................................................. 1 1/2
Floor drain ................................................................................... 3
Funnel drain................................................................................. 1 1/2
Kitchen sink, domestic ................................................................ 2
Laboratory, cup sink .................................................................... 1 1/2
Laboratory, sink........................................................................... 2
Lavatory, common....................................................................... 1 1/2
Lavatory, barber shop, beauty parlor or surgeon's....................... 1 1/2
Lavatory, multiple type (wash fountain or wash sink)................. 1 1/2
Laundry tray (1 or 2 compartments) ............................................ 1 1/2
Shower, stall ................................................................................ 2
Shower, gang ............................................................................... 3
Sink (surgeon's) ........................................................................... 1 1/2
Sink (flushing rim type, flush valve supplies) ............................. 3
Sink (service type with trap standard) ......................................... 3
Sink, commercial (pot, scullery, or similar type)......................... 2
Sterilizers..................................................................................... 1 1/2
Urinal (pedestal) .......................................................................... 3
Urinal (stall type)......................................................................... 2
Urinal (wall lip type) ................................................................... 2
Urinal (women's) ......................................................................... 3
Water closet (waste outlet) .......................................................... 3
Notes-
a Size of outlet, the inlet size of trap same as outlet from fixture.
b Size of three lavatory equivalents-2 in. for more than three.

P105.3 Drainage Pipe Cleanouts.- so as to provide clearance of at least 18 in. for the
(a) Location.-Cleanouts shall be not more than 50 ft. purpose of rodding.
apart in horizontal drainage lines. (2) Cleanouts smaller than 3 in. shall be installed so as
(b) Underground drainage.-Cleanouts, when installed to provide a 12 in. clearance for rodding.
on an underground drain, shall be extended vertically (h) Kept uncovered.-Cleanout plugs shall not be covered
and made accessible at the floor, grade, or wall. with cement, plaster, or any other permanent finishing
(c) Change of direction.-Accessible cleanouts shall be material. Where it is necessary to conceal a cleanout
installed at each change of direction greater than 45o on plug, a covering plate or access door shall be provided
all horizontal pipes of the drainage system. that will permit ready access to the plug.
(d) Base of stacks.-A cleanout shall be provided at, or (i) Equivalent cleanouts.-Fixtures with integral traps,
near, the foot of each vertical inside leader and waste or such as water closet and pedestal urinals, or a fixture
soil stack. trap that is readily removable without disturbing
(e) Direction of flow.-Every cleanout shall be installed concealed roughing work, may be used as a cleanout
so that the cleanout opens in the direction of flow of the providing there is no more than one 90 degree bend or
drainage line or at right angles thereto. sanitary tee on the line to be rodded.
(f) Size.-Cleanouts shall be of the same nominal size as
the pipes for pipes up to 4 in., and not less than 4 in. for P105.4 Interceptors, Separators, and
larger piping. Neutralizing Pits.-
(g) Clearances.- (a) Interceptors required.-Interceptors or neutralizing
(1) Cleanouts on 3 in. pipes or larger shall be installed facilities of required size and type shall be provided, as

233
Reference Standard 16

specified herein, for extracting oil, grease, sand, and (2) DESIGN OF SEPARATOR.-
other substances, harmful or hazardous to the building a. Overall requirements.-Oil separators shall have a
drainage system, the public sewers, or sewer system as depth of at least 2 ft. below the invert of the discharge
defined in the regulation and the industrial waste permit drain connected thereto. The outlet opening of the
issued by the department of public works. separator shall have at least an 18 in. water seal.
(b) Interceptors not required.-A grease interceptor is b. Motor vehicle occupancies.-In automotive service
not required for individual dwelling units or any private stations, automotive repair shops, and public garages
living quarters. (group I) where not more than four motor vehicles are
(c) Separators required.-At repair garages, gasoline both serviced and stored, separators shall have a minimum
stations with grease racks, grease pits, work racks, and capacity of 6 cu. ft. and 1 cu. ft. capacity shall be added
at factories where oily and/or flammable liquid waste for each vehicle up to ten vehicles. Above ten vehicles,
are produced, separators of required size and type the size of the separator shall be determined by an
shall be installed into which all oil-bearing, grease- architect or engineer, subject to the approval of the
bearing, and/or flammable wastes shall be discharged Commissioner. Where vehicles are serviced only and
before emptying into the building drainage system or not stored, separator capacity shall be based on net
other point of disposal. A sand interceptor shall be capacity of 1 cu. ft. for each 100 sq. ft. of surface to be
provided for auto laundries, and no oil separator shall drained into the separator, with a minimum of 6 cu. ft.
be required. c. Other occupancies.-In other buildings where oil or
(d) Grease interceptors.- other flammable liquids are stored or used, no physical
(1) COMMERCIAL BUILDING.-A grease interceptor, connection or internal arrangement that could permit the
meeting the provisions of this reference standard, shall accidental or deliberate introduction of such materials
be installed in the waste line leading from pot sinks, directly or indirectly into the sewer system will be
scullery sinks, food scrap sinks, floor drains receiving permitted. Where such substances might overflow by
waste or spillage from soup or stock kettles, and the scraper spillage or other circumstance not attributable to a direct
section of commercial dishwashers in all restaurants, kitchens, connection of the plumbing system, every precaution
cafeterias, clubs, or other establishments where grease shall be taken through the presence of protective dikes
can be introduced into the drainage system. No rinse and similar devices to prevent such substances from
water at a temperature of 1800 F or higher shall discharge reaching the public sewers.
through the interceptor. (3) VENTING.-Oil separators shall be vented in accordance
(2) NUMBER OF GREASE INTERCEPTORS.-One with Section P105.6.
interceptor shall be permitted for all fixtures requiring the (4) CONNECTION TO SEWER.-The discharge of an
interceptor, provided it is individually trapped and vented, oil separator shall be independently connected to the
and an additional vent is installed at the interceptor, and street sewer or to the sewer side of the house trap.
provided the size of the interceptor is sufficient to Where the oil separator is located below the street sewer,
accommodate all of the fixtures connected thereto. the sump receiving the effluent from the separator shall
(3) USE AS A TRAP.-The interceptor may be used in be gastight and vented in the same manner as the separator.
lieu of an individual fixture trap if the developed length (5) OIL STORAGE TANK.-Each separator shall have
from the fixture outlet to the inlet of the interceptor is an oil storage tank available for storing the residue from
not more than 48 in. the separator. Tanks shall be installed in accordance
(4) CAPACITY.-Grease interceptors shall have a grease with Article 14.
retention capacity, in lbs. equal to at least twice the
numerical flow-through rating in gpm (i.e., 2 gpm=4 P105.5 Interceptors, Separators, and Neutralizing
lbs.). The minimum flow-through rating of grease Pits for Specific Services.-
interceptors shall be equal to the maximum value of all (a) Sand interceptors-commercial establishments.-
sinks and receptacles that may flow simultaneously Sand and similar interceptors for heavy solids shall be
through the interceptor divided by the average time for so designed and located as to be readily accessible for
the sinks and receptacles to empty. Interceptors shall remove cleaning, and shall have a water seal of at least 6 in.
an average at least of 90 percent of the grease of other (b) Laundries.-Commercial laundries shall be equipped
extractable matter in the waste water and shall conform with an interceptor having a wire basket or similar
with the requirements of the department of public works. device that is removable for cleaning, and that will
(5) MATERIAL.-All prefabricated grease interceptors prevent passage into the drainage system of any solids
shall be approved. 1/2 in. or larger in size, or strings, rags, buttons, or
(e) Oil and flammable liquids separator.- other materials detrimental to the public sewerage
(1) SEPARATION OF LIQUIDS.-A mixture of light system. Interception within a trough will be permitted.
and heavy liquids having various specific gravities, (c) Bottling establishments.-Bottling plants shall
such as petroleum hydrocarbons in water, may be discharge their process wastes into an interceptor that
treated and then separated in a receptacle complying will intercept broken glass and other solids before
with the provisions of this reference standard. discharging liquid wastes into the drainage system.

234
Reference Standard 16

(d) Slaughter houses.-Slaughtering room and dressing may constitute sufficient cause for revocation of the
room drains shall be equipped with separators or interceptors industrial waste permit for the premises issued by the
that shall prevent the discharge into the drainage system department of public works or may constitute a violation
of feathers, entrails, and other materials likely to close the of the fire prevention code.
drainage system.
(e) Laboratories, dyeworks, and chemical plants.-In P105.9 Backwater Valves.-
establishments discharging sewage, industrial wastes, (a) Fixtures and area drains subject to backflow.-
or other wastes that will reduce the pH value of the Where fixtures, floor drains, or area drains are subject
waste water discharged to the public sewer system below to overflow as the result of backwater from the public
4.5 or raise it to above 11.5 at the point or points of such sewer system, accessible backwater valves shall be
discharge, provisions shall be made for neutralizing installed in the fixture drain pipe from such fixture, in
such waste water to conform with the regulations of the the branch drain to such area drain or group of fixtures,
department of public works. Where applicable, a suitable or in the building drain at its point of exit from the
neutralizing pit shall be installed that is of sufficient building and downstream from the building trap.
capacity to hold an adequate quantity of marble chips or Masonry access manholes shall be provided when the
similar neutralization substance to satisfactorily bring the centerline of any drain line is 18 in. or more below a
pH value of the waste water to acceptable values. Baffles slab on grade.
and other flow guiding devices may be introduced to insure (b) Design.-Backwater valves shall provide a positive
that the acid or alkaline wastes are thoroughly contacted mechanical seal against backwater, and when fully
by the neutralizing substance. The venting arrangement opened shall have the same discharge flow capacity as
for this pit shall be in conformance with the applicable the pipe in which it is installed. All bearing parts shall
provisions of this code. be made of corrosion resistant metal or other equivalent
material. The flap shall be so designed as to hang
P105.6 Venting of Interceptors, Separators, partially open when not subject to backwater pressure.
and Neutralizing Pits.-
(a) Oil interceptors and separators.- P105.10 Industrial Wastes Sampling Manholes.-
(1) Interceptors and separators shall be so designed that All premises intended for the discharge of sewage,
they will not become air bound if closed covers are industrial wastes, or other wastes with characteristics that do
used. Each interceptor or separator shall have an individual not conform to those prescribed for normal sewage as
3 in. vent extending from the top of the separator to the defined in regulations promulgated by the department of
outside air at a point at least 12 ft. above street level. public works, shall contain a suitable common control
(2) A fresh air inlet shall be provided from the drain manhole into which all flow of sewage, industrial wastes,
line at the inlet side of the separator to the outside air at or other wastes are combined. When the installation of
a point at least 6 in. above grade. such a common manhole is impossible, impractical, or
(3) A separator shall be accepted in lieu of a house trap. will interfere with treatment facilities required for the
(4) The horizontal drain line and at least one stack shall issuance of an industrial waste permit by the department
be at least 3 in. in diameter. Stack shall be carried full of public works, the owner of such premises shall
size through the roof. construct, in lieu of the common manhole, two or more
(b) Neutralizing pits and interceptors (other than manholes as required by the department of public
oil).-Interceptors, separators, and neutralizing pits shall works, for accurate measurement of all flows of sewage,
be so designed that they will not become air bound if industrial wastes, or other wastes before discharging
closed covers are used. Each interceptor that is provided from such premises into the sewer system.
with a cover shall be vented, and the vent may connect
into the sanitary vent system. Section P106.0 Hangers and Supports
P106.1 Material.-Hangers, anchors, and
P105.7 Accessibility of Interceptors, Separators supports shall be of metal or equivalent material of
and Neutralizing Pits.-Each interceptor, separator, and sufficient strength to support the piping and its contents.
neutralizing pit shall be so installed that it is readily Piers may be of concrete, brick, or equivalent material.
accessible for removing the cover, for servicing, and for
maintenance. P106.2 Attachment to Building.-Hangers and
anchors shall be securely attached to the building
P105.8 Maintenance of Interceptors, Separators, construction at sufficiently close intervals to uniformly
and Neutralizing Pits.-Interceptors, separators, and support the piping and its contents.
neutralizing pits shall be maintained in efficient operating
condition by periodic removal of accumulated grease, P106.3 Intervals of Supports.-
scum, oil, or other floating substances, and solids deposited (a) Vertical piping.-Vertical piping of the following
in the interceptor, separator, or neutralizing pit. Improper materials shall be supported, using either guide or friction
maintenance of interceptor, separator, or neutralizing pit hangers or a combination of both, at the following intervals:

235
Reference Standard 16

(1) Cast iron soil pipe at base and at each story height, (2) CONNECTIONS TO CITY (STREET) MAINS.-
but in no case at intervals greater than 20 ft. Corporation stops, wet connections, or other connections
(2) Threaded pipe (SPS).-At every other story height, to a street main shall be made only by the department of
but in no case at intervals greater than 25 ft. water supply, gas and electricity employees. The cost of
(3) Copper tubing (hard temper).-At each story height. the installation shall be borne by the owner of the
(4) Other materials.-As required for structural stability property for which the connection is made.
and service. (3) DESTRUCTION OF ABANDONED CORPORATIONS
(b) Horizontal piping.-Horizontal piping of the STOPS AND WET CONNECTIONS.- All driven corporation
following materials shall be supported at intervals no stops, when abandoned, shall be removed and replaced
greater than the following: by plugs. All wet connections or screw corporation
(1) Cast iron soil pipe.-At 5 ft. intervals and behind stops, when abandoned, shall be destroyed in place, and
every hub. all exposed portions of the service pipe shall be cut and
(2) Threaded pipe (1 in. or less).-At 8 ft. intervals. removed. Where a corporation stop or wet connection is
(3) Threaded pipe (1 1/4 in. or over).-At 12 ft. intervals. destroyed and the connecting service pipe is one that is
(4) Copper tubing (1 1/4 in. or less).-At 6 ft. intervals. equipped with a curb valve and box, the curb box shall
(5) Copper tubing (1 1/2 in. or over).-At 10 ft. intervals. be removed. The expense in connection with the
(6) Other materials.-As required for structural stability abandonment or destruction of a corporation stop or wet
and service. connection shall be chargeable to the owner of the
(c) Base of stacks.-Bases of cast iron stacks shall be property into which the service pipe entered.
supported on concrete, on brick laid in cement mortar, by (b) Service.-
metal brackets attached to the building construction, or by (1) SERVICE PIPES, DEFINITION.-See Section P100.0.
equivalent methods. Stacks of other material shall be anchored (2) SIZE OF TAPS AND WATER SERVICE.-The
so as to relieve the load from the base of the stack. size of service pipe to supply a premise shall be based
upon the water demand load of the premises as
*P106.4 Installation of no-hub type cast iron soil determined by "fixture units". "Fixture units" shall
pipe, fittings, and couplings.- conform to the requirements of the department of water
All installations of no-hub type cast iron soil pipe, supply, gas, and electricity. In premises used for
fittings and couplings shall comply with the following: commercial and industrial purposes where it is not
CISPI Designation 310-1985 Specification for Cast Iron feasible to determine the size of the service pipe on the
Soil Pipe Institute's Approved Coupling for Use in basis of "fixture units," the size of the service pipe shall
Connection with Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings be based upon the water demand load of the premises.
for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping The minimum size service shall be 1 in. in diameter, and
Applications. the gooseneck shall be the same size as the service pipe.
*Local Law 100-1989 (3) SIZE OF FIRE LINE SERVICE.-Sizes of connections
for fire service shall be subject to the requirements of
Section P107.0 Water Supply and Distribution the department of water supply, gas, and electricity.
P107.1 Permits.- (4) SEPARATION OF WATER SERVICE AND
(a) Permits for all water supplies for all buildings or for BUILDING SEWER.-Except as permitted below, the
demolitions shall be obtained from the department of underground water service and the building sewer shall
water supply, gas, and electricity. The installation of the be at least 10 ft. apart horizontally, and shall be separated
water service system from the street main up to and by compacted earth. The water service may be placed in
including the meter setting when meters are required, or the same trench with the building sewer and building
up to the house control valve when no meters are drain under the following conditions:
required, shall be subject to inspection and approval by a. The sewer is of cast iron with leaded or mechanical joints.
the department of water supply, gas and electricity. b. The bottom of the water service, at any point, shall
(b) Permits for sidewalk and street openings shall be be at least 12 in. above the top of the sanitary or
obtained from the department of highways. combined sewer line.
c. The water service shall be placed on a continuous
P107.2 Water Service.- shelf of compacted earth, excavated at one side of the
(a) Taps to city water mains.- common trench.
(1) SEPARATE SUPPLY.-A separate tap and service d. The water service pipe shall have a minimum number
shall be installed for each building fronting on a street of joints.
in which there is a city (street) water main, and no (5) WATER SERVICE NEAR SOURCES OF POLLUTION.-
consumer will be allowed to supply water to other Potable water service pipes shall not be located in,
persons or premises, except in a project where more under, or above any cesspools, septic tanks, septic tank
than one building under a single ownership is supplied drainage fields, or seepage pits. A separation of 10 ft.
from a common house tank or booster system located in horizontally shall be maintained.
or on one of the buildings. (6) PROTECTIVE COVER FOR SERVICE PIPE.-All

236
Reference Standard 16

water services shall be installed and maintained at a the sidewalk control valve shall be governed by the
depth of at least 4 ft. below the finished outside ground provisions of the building code.
surface. Where a service pipe has less than 4 ft. of (10) CLEARANCE.-Clearance shall be provided around
cover due to subsurface conditions, it shall be insulated a water service pipe passing through a wall to protect it
and protected as required by the department of water against the following:
supply, gas, and electricity. a. Chemical action from direct contact with concrete.
(7) INSTALLATION OF SERVICE PIPE.-Each new b. Distortion or rupture of water service pipe from shearing
service pipe shall be laid in a straight line at right action due to settlement.
angles to the street main and extending from the tap to c. Distortion or rupture of the water service pipe caused
the main house-control valve. Where the surface or by expansion or contraction.
subsurface conditions make it impracticable to install a Clearance shall not be less than 1/2 in. between the
service pipe in accordance with the above conditions, it outside of the pipe and the wall. Sleeves or arches may
may be laid differently provided a sketch or plan showing be used to provide the wall opening. The space between
the proposed alternate location of the service pipe is the pipe and the wall structure or the sleeve shall be
submitted to and approved by the department of water carefully packed or caulked with lead or waterproof
supply, gas and electricity. The driving of a service pipe material resistant to vermin and rodents.
through the ground is prohibited. (11) TEST OF SERVICE OF SERVICE PIPE.-In the
**(8) GOOSENECKS ON SERVICE PIPE.- presence of the tapper or inspector of the department of
Connections to the city main by cast iron or ductile iron water supply, gas, and electricity, each new service pipe
pipe may be made directly; no offset swing joint will be or repaired service pipe shall be subjected to a water
required. Each copper tubing service pipe shall have test made under the street main pressure. All pipes and
an excess of at least 3 ft. of pipe formed in a gooseneck appurtenances shall remain uncovered for the duration
at the connection to the tap and laid to the right side, of the test and shall show no sign of leakage. When any
facing the tap. Each brass or copper service pipe shall question arises as to the installation conforming with
have, at the tap or wet connection, a copper tubing these regulations, an internal hydrostatic test as specified
gooseneck of at least 3 ft. of pipe, or an offset swing for materials may be applied, subject to the approval of
joint consisting of four elbows and three pieces of pipe the department of water supply, gas, and electricity.
***
each at least 2 ft. in length, laid to the right side, facing (12) HOUSE CONTROL VALVES.-The house
the connection. control valve shall be of the gate or full port ball type,
Where buildings are constructed on pile foundations or and shall be placed in the service pipe inside the
other unyielding supports, the service pipes of material building within 2 ft. of the building foundation wall and
other than cast iron or ductile iron shall have two located so as to be accessible at all times. All valves
goosenecks, one at the tap and one immediately outside shall be designed for a minimum of 150 psi and gate
the building. A sleeve shall be installed to carry the valves may be of the outside screw and yoke type.
service through the foundation wall. ***Local Law 10-1999.
**Local Law 29-1987
(9) CURB VALVES.-Curb valves shall be installed on P107.3 Meters.-
all fire service pipes. They shall be installed on all (a) Where required.-
domestic service pipes over 2 in. in diameter and at the (1) BUILDINGS UNDER CONSTRUCTION.-All
option of the owner, on service pipes 2 in. or less in water used in the construction of buildings 75 ft. or six
diameter. The curb valves and boxes shall be set in the stories or more in height shall be metered. Prior to the
service pipe in the sidewalk area at the curb or within 2 commencement of actual building construction, a meter of
ft. of the curb. Curb valves shall be of the gate type proper size shall be installed on each tap or service supplying
nonrising stem valve, designed for a minimum of 150 the premises. It shall be placed in an accessible location
psi wwp. close to the point of entry of the service pipe, as designed
Access to all curb valves installed shall be provided by by the department of water supply, gas and electricity.
a tar coated iron extension box with cover, and the cover Each meter shall be enclosed in a vault or box capable
shall be flush with the sidewalk level. Curb valves 2 in. of providing adequate protection against damage or injury
and less in diameter may be equipped with a wheel for from frost or any other cause. Each meter shall remain in
operation, provided a permanent 1/2 in. diameter iron service throughout the entire period of building construction,
rod is attached thereto and extended to the top of the and thereafter until such time as the annual water charges
curb box. No curb valve shall be installed in a driveway. for the structure becomes effective or the permanent meter
Curb valves larger than 2 in. in diameter shall be has been installed. No permit will be issued for the
equipped with an operating nut at least 1 1/4 in. square installation of a meter to register the supply of water used
and no extension rod need be attached thereto. Such for the construction of a building six stories in height or
operating nut may be installed on curb valves 2 in. and less. Such water will be charged for as required by the
less in diameter at the option of the owner. department of water supply, gas, and electricity.
*
In sprinkler and fire line installations, the location of (2) FIRE LINES. Combined fire/domestic service for

237
Reference Standard 16

new sprinkler systems in residential buildings up to six (5) A full sized test tee shall be placed on all 1 1/4 in., 1
stories or seventy-five feet in height may use one fire- 1/2 in., and 2 in. meters, on the outlet between the
rated compound meter on the combined service or a meter and the outlet valve, with a short, capped nipple
standard displacement meter on the domestic branch in the tee.
and a detector check valve assembly on the fire branch. (6) A test tee with a 2 in. opening shall be placed on all
If a fire-rated compound meter is used, it shall be meters 3 in. and larger on the outlet between the meter
certified or listed by the Underwriters Laboratories or and outlet valve with a short nipple in the tee, and a 2
The Factory Mutual System or an equivalent national in. valve shall be placed on the nipple.
listing organization. (7) All meters not equipped with a test tee and outlet
*Reference to Local Law 5-1973 removed by Local Law 10-1999. valve shall have a tee with a faucet in it inserted in the
(3) REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING.- line on the outlet side within 2 ft. of the meter, except
Where the rate of water required for operation of that this requirement may be waived where other
refrigeration and air conditioning apparatus exceeds 1/2 readily accessible means are provided for testing the
gpm, the building supply shall be metered, as required meter to determine whether the meter is registering correctly.
by the department of water supply, gas, and electricity. (8) No connection shall be made to a test tee.
(4) MISCELLANEOUS FIXTURES.-The following fixtures (9) Before setting meters 3 in. and larger, a plan or
or devices shall not be installed or used except where sketch showing the proposed installation, and indicating
the supply of water to the fixture or devices is metered the location of service control valve inside of the
or connected to a metered distribution system: display building, the distance of the meter from the point of
fountains containing over 1,000 gal. of water; aquariums entry of service, the height from floor, the size and the
containing over 300 gal. of water; irrigation systems; type of meter, and the approximate date of setting shall
swimming tanks, wading pools, or plunge baths containing be filed in duplicate with the department of water
more than 5,000 gal. of recirculated water; or hydrotherapy supply, gas and electricity for approval.
devices requiring the use of city water for their operation. (d) Size and type of meter.-
(b) Location of meters.-In all premises where the supply (1) APPROVED METERS.-Meters shall conform to
of water is to be fully metered, the meter shall be set standards approved by the department of water supply,
within 3 ft. of the building foundation or vault wall at gas, and electricity.
the point of entry service pipe. The service pipe between (2) SIZE.-A meter shall be restricted to a size that will
the house control valve and the meter shall be kept exposed. give accurate registration on the basis of consumption
When a building is situated in back of the street line or and occupancy of the premises or portion of the
when conditions exist in a building that prevent the premises metered. The meter in no case may be more
setting of the meter at a point of entry, the meter may than one standard size larger than the tap or connection
be set outside of the building within the property line, to the city main. The piping of the meter setting from
provided the meter is installed in an accessible, watertight, the inlet valve to the outlet valve shall be of the same
and frost-proof pit or meter box. All meter locations size as the meter. Where inaccuracy of registration is
shall be subject to approval by the department of water found to be due to the improper size of the meter, such
supply, gas, and electricity. meter shall be replaced with another meter of a size
(c) Setting of meters.-In setting or resetting a meter, designated by the department of water supply, gas, and
the requirements are as follows: electricity.
(1) The meter shall be set so that the dial faces upward
and is horizontal. The dial shall not be more than 3 ft. P107.4 Check Valves.-
above the floor. (a) A check valve shall be placed in all services where
(2) Connections shall be made by a coupling, union, or one of the following conditions exist:
flange union on both the inlet and outlet end of the (1) Where a building is supplied by services connected
meter and bored for sealing with holes at least 3/32 in. to different mains.
in diameter. Union or couplings that would permit (2) Where there is any possibility of backflow from
removing the meter setting without breaking the seal tanks, siamese connections, or other apparatus or fixtures
wiring are prohibited. within the building.
(3) A house valve shall be installed in the service pipe (b) Such check valves shall be placed within 2 ft. of the
on the inlet side of the meter within 1 ft. of meter outlet side of the main house-control valve or on the
except that when a current meter is set, a straight metered connections between the meter test tee and the
section of pipe with a length of eight times of diameter outlet valve.
of the meter inlet size, shall be installed immediately
before the inlet between the control valve and the meter P107.5 Water Supply Distribution System.-
with no fittings of any kind installed in the straight (a) Design, adjustment, and maintenance.-The water
section of pipe. supply distribution system shall be designed and adjusted
(4) A valve shall be installed on the outlet of all meters to supply fixtures and equipment with the amount of
of 1 in. size or larger. potable water required for proper use, cleansing and

238
Reference Standard 16

performance. Pipe sizing shall be predicated on accordance with Section P107.7.

hydraulic design by an architect or engineer, subject to (d) Maximum pressures.-Where the static or street
the approval of the Commissioner. main pressure exceeds 85 psi on fixtures, a pressure
(b) Minimum pressure.- reducing valve shall be installed to reduce the pressure
(1) The minimum pressure available near the faucet or to 85 psi or less at the fixture with no flow and the
water outlet with the water outlet wide open shall be 8 psi. fixture closed. Sillcocks and outside hydrants may be
(2) At all other equipment and flush valves requiring left at full pressure.
more than 8 psi, the minimum flow pressure shall be (e) Minimum size of water supply branches and risers.-
the pressure required for satisfactory performance. (1) The minimum size of an individual branch supply to a
(3) Where street main pressure fluctuates, the building fixture shall be predicated on supplying the flow of water
water distribution system shall be designed for the listed in Table RS 16-7 at velocities not in excess of 8 fps.
minimum pressure available. (2) The branches, risers, and headers shall be sized to
(c) Inadequate water pressure in street mains.- produce velocities not in excess of 8 fps for the flow
Whenever water pressure from the street main or other predicated on the probable demand of flow in the
source of supply is insufficient to provide pressures at branch, riser, or header pipe.
fixture outlets, an auxiliary supply shall be provided in

TABLE RS 16-7 MINIMUM RATE OF FLOW AND MINIMUM REQUIRED PRESSURE DURING FLOW FOR
SIZING INDIVIDUAL BRANCH SUPPLIES FOR PLUMBING FIXTURES
Flow Pressurea Flow Rateb
Location (psi) (gpm)
Ordinary basin faucet .............................. 8 2.0
Self-closing basin faucet.......................... 8 2.5
Sink faucet, 3/8 in. ................................... 8 4.5
Sink faucet, 1/2 in. ................................... 8 4.5
Bathtub .................................................... 8 5.0
Laundry tub cock, 1/2 in. ......................... 8 5.0
Shower ..................................................... 8 5.0
Ball-cock for closet .................................. 8 3.0
c
Flushometer valve for closet .................... 10-20 15-40
Flushometer valve for urinal .................... 10 15.0
Drinking fountains ................................... — 0.75
Notes-
a The flow pressure is the pressure in the supply pipe, near the faucet or water outlet while the faucet or water outlet is wide open and flowing.
b
At fixtures supplied with both hot and cold water, the flow rate indicated is for each of the two connections.
cThe wide range is due to the variation in designs and types of water closet flush valves and water closets.

(f) Water hammer.-All building water supply systems P107.6 Water Supply Control Valves.-
shall be provided with devices to absorb shocks resulting (a) Stop-and-waste valves prohibited.-Combination
from high pressure caused by the quick closing of valves. stop-and-waste valves or cocks shall not be installed in
These pressure absorbing devices shall be either air underground or buried water supply piping.
chambers or mechanical devices. Water pressure shock (b) Riser valves.-Except in a one-family dwelling, a
absorbers may be installed at the end of long pipe runs valve shall be installed at the foot of each water supply
or near batteries of fixtures. riser. In multistory buildings, a valve shall be installed
(1) Air chambers installed on the main service shall be at the top of each water supply down-feed pipe.
in an accessible place, and each air chamber shall be (c) Valves in dwelling units.-In two-family dwellings
provided with a means for restoring the air should the and in dwelling units of buildings classified in occupancy
chamber become waterlogged. group J-2, control valves on the supply branch or stop
(2) Air chambers installed at individual fixtures need not valves on each individual fixture shall be provided so
be accessible. Air chambers for fixtures shall be at least that the water to any dwelling unit may be shut off
12 in. long and of the same diameter as the branch pipe without stopping the flow of water to other units.
connection; for quick closing valves the chamber shall be (d) Individual fixture valves.-In buildings of occupancy
at least 18 in. long. One air chamber may service a battery other than those in (c) above, the supply branch to the
of fixtures provided the single air chamber is at least 24 group of fixtures or the supply branch to each fixture or
in. long and is at least the size of the supply branch. piece of equipment shall be provided with a valve or a
(3) Mechanical devices shall be used in accordance
fixture stop valve to shut off the water to the fixture or
with the manufacturers' specifications as to location and
to the room in which it is located.
method of installation.
(e) Tank controls.-Supply lines to and from pressure

239
Reference Standard 16

or gravity tanks shall be supplied with valves at the (a) When required.-When the pressure in the street water
tanks within the tank room. main or individual water supply system is insufficient
(f) Water heating equipment valve.-The cold water to supply the probable peak demand flow to all plumbing
branch to each hot water storage tank or water heater shall fixtures and other water needs freely and continuously,
be provided with a valve located near the equipment. and with the minimum pressures and quantities as
Each tank or heater shall be equipped with an approved prescribed in Section P107.5, or elsewhere herein, the rate
automatic relief valve as prescribed in Section P107.26. of supply shall be supplemented by one of the following:
(g) Accessibility.-All water supply control valves shall (1) An elevated gravity water supply tank.
be placed so as to be readily accessible for service and (2) A hydropneumatic pressure booster system.
maintenance. (3) A water pressure booster pump system.
(h) Control valve design.-Except the valves serving (4) A combination of these systems.
single fixtures, control valves on all water lines shall, (5) Other systems designed by an architect or engineer,
when fully opened, have a cross-sectional area of at subject to the approval of the commissioner.
least 85 percent of the cross-sectional area of the line in
which they are installed. P107.8 Water Supply Tanks.-
*
(i) Bath and shower valves.-Valves for individual showers (a) Overflows.-Each gravity or suction water supply
or bathtubs, or multiple gang showers shall be balanced tank shall be provided with an overflow not smaller
pressure-mixing valves, or thermostatic mixing valves, or than shown in Table RS 16-8 and/or RS 16-9. The
combination pressure balancing/thermostatic valves, conforming gallons per minute listed in the tables shall be the total
to the requirements of ASSE 1016 (December 1988). automatic pump capacity connected to the tank, or the
Water temperature control valves shall be equipped calculated carrying capacity of the fill pipe. The
with high-limit stops adjusted to a maximum hot water overflow outlet shall discharge within 6 in. of a roof or
setting of 120 degrees Fahrenheit (49 degrees Celsius). roof drain, or over an open water supplied fixture. The
*Local Law 86-1996 overflow discharge shall be provided with durable
screening with openings of not more than 1/8 in.
P107.7 Auxiliary Water Systems.-

TABLE RS 16-8 SIZE OF OVERFLOWS FOR GRAVITY AND SUCTION TANKS

(See Figures RS 16-1 A and B)
Maximum Allowable Maximum Allowable
Overflow Pipe Size gpm for each Orifice gpm for Vertical Overflow
(in.) Opening into Tank (Piping Connecting Orifices)
2 19 25
3 43 75
4 90 163
5 159 296
6 257 472
8 505 1,020
10 890 1,870
12 1,400 2,967

TABLE RS 16-9 SIZE OF WEIRS FOR GRAVITY AND SUCTION TANKS

(See Figure RS 16-1C)
Slotted Weir Opening into Tank
between Overflow Chamber Maximum gpm Allowable
a
and Water Compartment for Weir
3 in. x 24 in. 381
3 1/2 in. x 24 in. 475
4 1/2 in. x 24 in. 685
4 1/2 in. x 36 in. 1,037
6 in. x 36 in. 1,569
6 in. x 48 in. 2,100
Note-
a Bottom of the overflow chamber must be at least 6 in. below weir.
Bottom outlet shall be provided in the chamber of sizes based on capacities as indicated in table RS 16-8.

240
Reference Standard 16

above the tank bottom to prevent solids from entering

the piping system. All down-feed supplies from a tank
cross-connected in any manner with distribution supply
piping in a building supplied by direct street or pump
pressure, shall be equipped with a check valve on the
main cold water down supply to prevent backflow of
water into the roof tank.
(c) Drain pipes for emptying tanks.-Each tank or
tank compartment shall be provided, at its lowest point,
with a valved pipe to permit emptying the tank. The
drain pipe shall discharge as required for the overflow
pipe, and shall be at least 4 in. in diameter.
(d) Prohibited location.-Potable water gravity tanks or
manholes of potable water pressure tanks shall not be
located directly under any soil or waste piping.
(e) Design.-The gravity house supply tank shall be
built of wood, steel, or equivalent materials. Subject to the
approval of the Commissioner, additional linings may
be installed in the tank, provided the lining material
does not have a toxic or otherwise objectionable effect
on the potable water. Steel tanks shall be painted both
inside and outside. If a tank with a dividing partition is
installed, the total capacity of the combined compartments
shall be considered as the capacity of a single tank for
the purpose of determining storage capacities of the tank.
(f) Hydropneumatic pressure booster tanks.-Pressure
tanks shall by cylindrical and shall be built in accordance
with the ASME Boiler Code, 1967, Section VIII. The
tank shall be galvanized or painted both inside and
outside unless it is constructed of a nonferrous material.
The tank shall be provided with a pressure relief valve.
Also, it shall be provided with a vacuum relief if the
tank is located and installed so that it can be drained by a
fixture located below the tank. The air supplied to the tank
shall be filtered and taken from an area that does not
impart any toxicity to potable water stored in the tank.
(g) Cleaning or painting.-
(1) No water tank of any kind that is part of a building
water supply system used for potable purposes shall be
cleaned with any material or painted on the inside with any
material that will have a toxic or otherwise objectionable
effect on the potability of the water supply when the
tank is put into service. No lead paint shall be used. The
water supply connections to and from a tank shall be
disconnected or plugged while the tank is being cleaned
(b) Water piping control and location.-Water inlets or painted to prevent any foreign fluid or substance
to gravity house tanks shall be controlled by a ball cock from entering the distribution piping. Where the air in a
or other automatic supply valve or emergency electrical tank may be insufficient to sustain human life, or may
cut-off so installed as to prevent the overflow of the contain an injurious gas, adequate measures shall be
tank in the event that the pumps filling the tanks do not taken for the protection of the workmen.
shut off at the predetermined level or the street pressure (2) After the tank has been cleaned or painted, it shall
rises to a point where it can fill the tank. The water inlet to be disinfected according to the following procedure
a suction tank shall be controlled by a ball cock or other before it is put back in service:
automatic supply valve. The inlet shall be terminated so a. The underside of the top, the bottom, and the walls
as to provide an accepted air gap but in no case shall it shall be washed with a hypochlorite solution containing
be less than 4 in. above the top of the overflow. The 100 or more parts per million of available chlorine.
outlet from a gravity tank to the distribution system b. The tank shall be filled with water to which hypochlorite
shall be equipped with a strainer located at least 2 in. solution is added during the filling in sufficient quantity

241
Reference Standard 16

so that the treated water in the tank will contain at least designed, installed, and maintained in such manner as to
10 parts per million of available chlorine. prevent contamination from non-potable liquids, solids, or
c. The chlorinated water shall be allowed to remain in gases from being introduced into the potable water supply
the tank for two hours. through cross-connections or any other piping connections
d. Finally, the tank shall be drained completely before to the system.
refilling. (b) Identification of potable and non-potable water.-In
(3) House and suction tanks shall be drained and cleaned all buildings having dual water distribution systems, one
at least once a year. potable water and the other non-potable water, each system
(h) Supports.-All water supply tanks shall be supported shall be identified either by color marking or metal tags.
in accordance with the requirements for structural work (c) Color marking.-When color marking is used, potable
of the building code. water lines shall be painted green and non-potable water
(i) Covers.-All water supply tanks shall be covered to lines shall be painted yellow. This requirement may be met
keep out dirt, vermin, and unauthorized persons. by painting 3 in. wide bands, green or yellow, at intervals
of not more than 25 ft. and at points where piping passes
P107.9 House and Booster Pumps.- through walls, floors, or roofs, in which case the bands
(a) Directly off street main.-Power pumps may draw shall be applied to the piping on both sides of the walls
their water supply directly from the street main if the and both above and below the floor or roof. Points of
total connected automatic pump capacity is not more outlets for nonpotable water shall be marked with a tag
than 400 gpm. If the total connected automatic capacity or color code.
exceeds 400 gpm, the pumps may be connected directly (d) Metal tags.-When tags are used, potable water
lines shall be identified by 3 in. diameter metal tags
to the street main only if permitted by the department of
bearing the legend "SAFE WATER" in letters at least
water supply, gas, and electricity.
1/2 in. high. Non-potable water lines shall be identified
(b) Suction tank.-
by firmly attached metal tags having the shape of a 4 in.
(1) When the pumps cannot be connected directly to equilateral triangle bearing the legend "WATER
the water service main a suction (surge) tank shall be UNSAFE" in letters at least 1/2 in. high. As in the use
installed. Suction tanks shall be constructed in of color bands, tags shall be attached to pipes at
accordance with the requirements of Section P107.8. intervals of not more than 25 ft. and at both sides at
(2) No suction tank will be required for a fire pump points where pipes pass through walls, and both above
except where the size of the fire service is equal to or and below points where pipes pass through floors or roofs.
greater than the size of the street main.
(c) Suction tank size.-Suction tanks when required, P107.11 Toxic Materials and Substances.-No
shall have a capacity not less than prescribed in Table materials or substances that could produce either toxic
RS 16-10. conditions or add taste or odor to a potable water system
shall be introduced into or used in such systems.
TABLE RS 16-10 SUCTION TANK SIZES
Total Connected Pump Tank Capacity P107.12 Used Piping.-Piping that has been
Capacity (gpm) (gal.) used for any purpose other than conveying water shall
400-500 (7,500) not be used for conveying potable water.
501 and over (10,000)
*P107.13 Prohibited Connections To Fixtures
(d) Fill line to tank.-A fill connection to a suction tank And Equipment.-The following equipment shall receive
shall be provided with a flow control that will limit the water supply only through air gaps and direct water
water make-up rate to the suction tank under the connections to the potable water supply system shall be
pressure conditions and at the maximum quantities prohibited unless a reduced pressure principle back pressure
permitted by the department of water supply, gas, and backflow preventer is installed between the water supply
electricity. and the equipment.
(e) Low pressure cut-off required on booster pumps.- (1) Bidets with submerged water connection that cannot
When a pump is directly connected to the street main, a drain out after shut off.
low pressure cut-off shall be installed on the house side (2) Aspirators, injectors, ejectors or water siphons and
of each building control valve and on the street side of similar apparatus.
each meter assembly to prevent the pressure from dropping (3) Mortuary, dissection, operating and embalming
more than 7 psi below the normal static pressure at the tables or similar equipment.
point of entry of the water service, or as required by the (4) Sterilizers.
department of water supply, gas, and electricity. (5) Flushing rim floor drains.
(f) Check valves required.-Each pump discharge shall *Local Law 69-1977
be provided with a check valve and gate valve.
P107.14 Connections to Mechanical Equipment
P107.10 Protection of Potable Supply.- and Systems.-Potable water connections to boiler feed
(a) General.-A potable water supply system shall be water systems and heating or cooling systems shall be

242
Reference Standard 16

made through a fixed air gap. Where the equipment or Water used for cooling of equipment or other processes
system is fed through an injector the potable water shall shall not be returned to the potable water system. Such
be supplied through a fixed air gap to the suction tank water shall be discharged into the drainage system
of a booster pump. through an air break to a receptacle or fixture.

P107.15 Refrigeration Unit Condensers and *P107.18 Protection Against Backflow and
Cooling Jackets.-Where potable water is provided for a Back-Siphonage.-Unless otherwise provided in this code,
refrigerator condenser or cooling jacket the connection protection of the potable water system against backflow
must be entirely outside of the piping or tank containing the and back-siphonage shall be by providing, installing,
toxic refrigerant shall be used. The inlet connection shall be and maintaining at each outlet one of the following:
provided with check valve and, if the refrigeration units (1) Air Gap: In accordance with ANSI A112.1.2-1942 (R1973).
contain more than 20 lbs. of refrigerant, with an approved (2) Vacuum Breaker: In accordance with ANSI A112.1.1-
pressure relief valve set to relieve at 5 psi above the 1971 (ASSE No. 1001-1970).
maximum water pressure at the point of installation, (3) Reduced Pressure Principle Back Pressure Backflow
adjacent to and at the outlet side of the check valve. Preventer: In accordance with ASSE No. 1013-1974.
(4) Double Check Valve-Type Back Pressure Backflow
P107.16 Air Conditioning and Refrigeration.- Preventer: In accordance with ASSE No. 1015-1972.
(1) Each direct water connection to a refrigeration or (5) Backflow Preventer With Intermediate Atmospheric
air conditioning unit using city water for cooling Vent: In accordance with ASSE No. 1012-1972.
purposes shall be equipped with a check valve located Vacuum breaking and backflow preventing devices shall
not more than 2 ft. from the unit. be accessibly located, preferably in the same room with
(2) Where the refrigeration or air conditioning system the fixture they serve. Installation of vacuum breaking
in a building is in excess of 1/3 ton, the city water devices in utility or service spaces is also permitted,
supply to such building shall be metered. provided the devices are readily accessible.
(3) Where the refrigeration or air conditioning unit *Local Law 67-1977
using city water is 1/3 ton or less, and the unit is located
in a metered premise, the unit shall be connected to the P107.19 Approval of Devices.-Before any
metered supply. device for the prevention of backflow or back-siphonage is
(4) All systems of refrigeration in excess of 6 tons installed, it shall have first been tested and a test report
and/or air conditioning in excess of 3 tons shall be showing compliance with the applicable standard shall
equipped with a water conserving device. Ice cubers have been filed by an architect or engineer, in accordance
and ice flakers shall be exempted from this requirement. with the administrative provisions of the building code.
The tonnage shall be the combined or total tonnages for
all water cooled refrigeration systems for air conditioning P107.20 Protection of Potable Water Supply Outlets.-
or any other purpose installed in any one building. (a) Backflow preventers or vacuum breakers shall be
(5) In buildings where the tonnage is less than the tonnage installed with any plumbing fixture or equipment in
specified in (4) above, an approved automatic regulating each potable water supply outlet that may be submerged
device shall be installed at each refrigeration unit. and that cannot be protected by a minimum air gap, or as
(6) Where city water is supplied to a water conserving otherwise provided in this code. All submerged inlets,
device, other than a combination air and water cooled except for connections to water closet and urinal flushometer
condenser, the piping supplying such water shall valves and ball floats for tank water closets and urinals,
discharge at least 2 in. above the overflow rim of the pan. shall have a check valve installed between the vacuum
(7) The waste water from all systems having direct breaker and the submerged inlet.
connection to the city water supply shall be discharged (b) Type required.-
(outlet of the discharge piping) shall be located at least (1) CONNECTIONS NOT SUBJECT TO BACK PRESSURE.-
1 in. above the overflow rim of said receptacle. Where a water connection is not subject to back pressure,
(8) "Automatic water regulating valve or device" shall a non-pressure type vacuum breaker shall be installed
mean a self-regulating valve or other device that shall on the discharge side of the last valve on the line serving
limit the use of city water to 1.5 gpm or less per ton of the fixture or equipment. A partial list of conditions
refrigeration or air conditioning. requiring protective devices of this kind is given in
(9) "Water conserving device" shall mean an evaporative Table RS 16-11. The critical level shall be indicated on the
condenser, water cooling tower, spray pond, economizer, or vacuum breaker, or in the event the critical level is not
similar apparatus that shall not consume city water for indicated, the lower end of the vacuum breaker body
make-up purpose in excess of 2 percent of the amount that shall constitute the critical level.
would normally be used without such device. In addition, (2) CONNECTIONS SUBJECT TO BACK PRESSURE.-
3 percent of the amount of water that would normally Where a potable water connection is made to a line,
be used without such device shall be allowed for purpose fixture, tank, vat, pump, or other equipment with a
of bleeding and wash down. hazard of backflow or back-siphonage where the water
connection is subject to back pressure, a pressure type
P107.17 Used Water Return Prohibited.- vacuum breaker and check valve shall be installed.

243
Reference Standard 16

TABLE RS 16-11 CROSS-CONNECTIONS WHERE PROTECTIVE DEVICES ARE REQUIRED AND

CRITICAL LEVEL (C-L) SETTING FOR VACUUM BREAKERS
Fixture or Equipment Methods of Installation
Dental Units On models without built-in vacuum breakers - C-L at least 4 in. above flood rim of bowl.
Dishwashing machines An air gap or with the C-L at least 4 in. above flood level of machine. Install on both hot
and cold water supply line and on water supply to detergent or water softening appliances.
Flushometers (closet and urinal) C-L at least 4 in. above top of fixture supplied.
Garbage can cleaning machine C-L at least 4 in. above flood level of machine.
Install on both hot and cold water supply lines.
Hose outlets, (except outside C-L at least 4 in. above highest point on hose line or as permitted by the commissioner.
sillcocks, draincocks at base
of water risers or at equipment,
and fire hose outlets)
Laundry machines C-L at least 4 in. above flood level of machine.
Install on both hot and cold water supply lines.
Lawn sprinklers C-L at least 12 in. above highest sprinkler or discharge outlet. Installed on
header at building wall.
Steam tables C-L at least 4 in. above floor level.
Tanks and vats C-L at least 6 in. above flood level rim or line.
Trough urinals C-L at least 30 in. above perforated flush pipe.
Flush tanks All flush tanks operated by ballcocks shall have a vacuum breaker located not
less than 1 in. above the overflow outlet of the flush tank.

P107.21 Preheating Apparatus.-Water supply (1) Hot water supply systems, in buildings four stories
lines to water preheating apparatus utilizing waste water or more in height, or buildings in which the developed
from the plumbing system shall be equipped with a vacuum length of hot water piping from the source of hot water
breaker located at least 4 in. above the highest elevation supply to the farthest fixture supplied exceeds 50 ft. shall
of the preheating apparatus or coil, with a check valve be of the return circulation type, except as otherwise
between the vacuum breaker and the preheating apparatus. provided in subparagraph (2) of this paragraph. No branch
Any hot water boiler supplied through such preheating from a noncirculated riser or header shall exceed 50 ft.
device and having an independent cold water supply (2) A temperature maintenance system with electric
line shall have the cold water supply line equipped with heaters and components applied to the domestic hot
a vacuum breaker and check valve located at least 4 in. water piping may be used in lieu of a return circulation
above the highest elevation of the boiler. system provided:
a. The system conforms to the requirements of national
P107.23 Chemical Solution Tanks or Apparatus.- standard ANSI/IEEE 515-1983.
Direct water supply connections to any tank or apparatus b. The minimum predetermined temperature in the
containing any chemical shall be prohibited unless domestic hot water piping is not less than 100oF.
specifically approved by the department of health. c. The minimum outlet temperature of the hot water
supply source is not less than 110oF.
P107.24 Bedpan Washers.-Bedpan washers d. All heating cable cores are permanently marked with the
or similar apparatus not provided with an approved manufacturer's batch or serial number for traceability and
flushometer shall be equipped with a vacuum breaker cable jackets are continuously and permanently marked
and check valve. The check valve shall be located between with manufacturer's name, catalog number, nominal
the fixture and the vacuum breaker. Water supply to supply voltage and nominal power output in watts per ft.
bedpan washers equipped with an approved flushometer The use of temporary printing or tags shall not be permitted.
valve shall be provided with a vacuum breaker. Bedpan e. Test certificates accompany each reel of heating
washers may be equipped with steam connections only cable and are signed by the manufacturer's quality
when such equipment has been approved. control officer. The certificates shall indicate the cable
type, cable rating in watts per ft., voltage rating, test
P107.25 Laboratory Outlets.-Each laboratory date, batch number, reel number, length of cable, test
outlet provided with a serrated tip or hose end shall be voltage and test amperage reading.
provided with a vacuum breaker. f. The system is listed for domestic hot water piping by
an accepted nationally recognized independent laboratory
*P107.26 Hot Water Supply System.- that maintains periodic inspections of production of
(a) Return circulation-where required. listed equipment and whose listing states that the

244
Reference Standard 16

equipment meets nationally recognized standards for (2) Above the hot water inlet to a tank equipped with a
domestic hot water piping. sidearm type water heater or supplied with hot water
g. The system is accepted and approved by the department from another source;
of buildings. (3) Above the topmost heating element of an electric
(b) Pressure relief valves, temperature relief valves water heater;
and energy cutoff devices required.-Equipment used (4) Where, due to the construction of the water heater,
for heating water or storing hot water shall be provided there is no tapping to receive the temperature relief
with one of the following safety devices: valve, the valve shall be installed in a tee following a
A separate pressure relief valve and separate temperature nipple installed in the heater. The tee shall be located as
relief valve. close as possible to the heater jacket.
A combination pressure and temperature relief valve. (e) Emergency energy cut-off devices.-The performance
(1) No check valve or shut-off valve shall be installed rating of emergency energy cut-off devices shall be equal
between the safety device and the hot water equipment used. to or greater than the performance rating for the equipment
(2) Relief outlets or relief valves shall not be directly served. Immersion type energy cut-off devices shall be
connected to drainage or vent piping. installed so that the temperature sensing element is
(3) Relief valve discharge pipes shall be the same size immersed in the hottest water zone of the equipment
as valve discharge connections and shall pitch downward served. Contact types shall be installed only when
from the valve to the point of disposal. Pipe shall terminate permitted by the Commissioner, and shall be rigidly
with an unthreaded end. mounted in contact with the shell of the water heater,
(4) Where a relief outlet discharges into a plumbing shall be calibrated accurately for use on the heater to
fixture, a minimum air break shall be provided.
(5) All relief valves and safety devices shall comply which it is applied, and shall be insulated or protected
with the requirements of the applicable standards of the from flue gas, heat, or other ambient conditions that are
U.S.A. Standards Institute, American Society of not indicative of stored water temperature. Safety pilots
Mechanical Engineers, or the Underwriters' Laboratories. or other approved devices shall be installed to cut off
Valves or devices shall be accepted for use in accordance the main fuel supply to the main burner or heat producing
with the administrative provisions of the building code. equipment.
(6) All new installations of equipment used for heating (f) Vacuum relief valves.-All copper lined tanks located and
water or storing water shall comply with the provisions installed so that they can be drained by a fixture located
of subdivision P107.26 of Section P107.0 of Reference below the tank shall be equipped with a vacuum relief
Standard RS-16. valve that shall comply with USASI Z21.22-1964.
(7) All replacements of equipment used for heating (g) Pressure marking of hot water storage tank.-Hot
water or storing water shall comply with the provisions water storage tanks shall be permanently marked in a
of subdivision P107.26 of Section P107.0 of Reference readily accessible place to indicate the maximum allowable
Standard RS-16. working pressure, which shall be not more than 2/3 of
(8) All existing equipment used for heating water or the bursting pressure of the tank.
storing water shall comply with the provisions of (h) Temperature limit controls.-All hot water heaters
paragraph (b) of subdivision P107.26 of Section P107.0 and storage tanks shall be equipped with an operating
of Reference Standard RS-16. temperature limit control.
(c) Pressure relief valves.-Pressure relief valves and ***(i)Prohibited locations and usage of hot water generators.-
the pressure relief element of combined pressure and No solid or liquid fuel or gas fuel-fired water heater shall
temperature relief valves shall be in accordance with
be installed in bathrooms, bedrooms, or in any enclosed
the requirements of the ASME boiler and pressure
vessel code, 1962, Section IV and the construction space with a volume of less than 300 cu. ft.; nor shall
requirements of USASI Z21.22-1964. vents designed only for use with gas equipment be used
(1) Valve capacity, as rated from actual test data, shall with solid or liquid fuel-fired equipment. Notwithstanding
be at least equal to the rated capacity of the connected the foregoing, a gas fuel-fired water heater may be
heater or heaters. installed in any dwelling unit in accordance with the
(2) The opening pressure of the pressure relief valve shall following conditions:
be at least 25 lbs. above the normal working pressure in (1) The enclosed space shall have a minimum volume
the system or the pressure delivered by the water pressure of at least 100 cu. ft.;
reducing valve. In no case shall the relief valve be set to (2) The maximum BTU rating shall be 75,000 BTU/hr.;
open at a pressure above the rated working pressure of (3) There shall be a fresh air intake which shall equal at
the vessel that the valve is installed to protect. least one sq. inch free area per 2000 BTU/hr. input
(d) Temperature relief valves.-Temperature relief valves rating which in no event shall be less in cross-section
shall have a relief rating, expressed in Btu per hour, than the flue projecting from the hot water heater and
equal to that of the equipment served. They shall be which shall be fire damper protected if used for air
installed so that the temperature sensing element is supply duct work of two or more stories;
immersed in the hottest water, such as: (4) The exhaust from the water heater shall be
(1) Within the top 6 in. of the tank of an unfired hot connected to an approved type flue;
water storage heater; (5) The installation shall be made within a solid

245
Reference Standard 16

enclosure with a flush door without louvres, and with P108.3 Abandonment of Existing Building
clearances about the water heater conforming to A.G.A. Sewer Connections.-
requirements, and (a) All abandoned building sewers shall be securely
(6) The heater shall be (i) currently listed by an independent sealed at a point inside the curb line and as close thereto
laboratory acceptable to the commissioner pursuant to as practicable.
section C26-106.2, (ii) approved by the department and
(iii) approved by the department of health. P108.4 Building (House) Traps.-
*Local Law 82-1986; Local Law 67-1977 (a) Building (house) traps shall be installed as
***Local Law 45-1984 prescribed in Section P105.0.
(b) A building (house) trap shall not be required on a
P107.27 Disinfection of Potable Water Systems.- sub-house drainage system that discharges into a sewer
(a) New or repaired potable water systems shall be ejector pit or sump pit.
disinfected prior to use whenever samples from the
system show any contamination after making a P108.5 Fresh Air Inlets.-Every sanitary or
bacteriological examination. Samples shall be taken as combined building (house) drain equipped with a
required by the department of health. The method to be building (house) trap, sewage pump, ejector, receiving
followed shall be that as prescribed by the department tank, oil separator, or similar equipment, shall be
of health, or where no method is prescribed by the provided with a fresh air inlet pipe connected to the
department of health, by the following: building house drain immediately upstream from, and
(1) The pipe system shall be flushed with clean, potable within 4 ft. of, such trap or equipment. Such connection
water until no dirty water appears at the outlets. shall be made in the same manner as prescribed herein
(2) The system or part thereof shall be filled with a for vent connections to horizontal drains, and the fresh
water-chlorine solution containing at least 50 parts per air inlet pipe shall be extended to the outer air and shall
million of chlorine and the system or part thereof shall be terminated in an open end at least 6 in. above grade.
be valved off and allowed to stand for 24 hr. or, the The open end shall be protected by a perforated metal
system or part thereof shall be filled with a water- plate permanently fixed in the mouth of the inlet and
chlorine solution containing at least 200 parts per having an open ventilating area at least equal to the area
million of chlorine and allowed to stand for 3 hr. of the pipe, or by a return bend with its unprotected
(3) Following the prescribed standing time, the system open end at least 6 in. above grade located inside the
shall be flushed with clean potable water until no excess street line. The size of the fresh air inlet pipe shall be at
chlorine remains in the water coming from the system. least 1/2 the diameter of the building drain at the point
(4) The procedure shall be repeated if it is shown that of connection, but not less than 3 in.
contamination still persists in the system.
P108.6 Drainage Below Sewer Level.-
Section P108.0 Sanitary Drainage Piping (a) Drainage from parts of the drainage system that cannot
P108.1 Permits.- drain into the gravity system or, where the plumbing
(a) Permits for the installation of a building house design does not indicate drainage into the gravity
storm sewer from the street line to and including the system, shall be disposed of through sub-building (sub-
spur connection at the street sewer shall be obtained in house) drainage systems. The discharge from the ejector
accordance with the requirements of the building code. or sump pit shall be through a connection located on the
street side of the building house trap. The discharge
P108.2 Street Sewer Connections.- from non-vented, clear water sumps may be connected
(a) Any connection to a sewer, other than a pipe sewer, to any point in the gravity drainage system.
shall in no case have its inner top lower than 6 in. (b) Drainage and vent piping of sanitary building sub-
below the inner top of the sewer. house drainage systems shall be installed in the same
(b) All building sewer connections to a street arch or manner as for gravity systems. The vents of the building
circular sewer shall be at a point 45 degrees to the sub-house drainage system may be connected to the
horizontal plane in the upper quadrant of the street arch vents of the gravity drainage system provided such connection
or circular sewer except as otherwise directed by the is made above the overflow rim of the lowest fixture on
department of public works. the gravity system.
**(c) All building house sewer connections shall be (c) Sump pits or receiving tanks receiving the discharge
made in the presence of an employee of the department. from the sanitary drainage or from the building sub-
(d) All building sewer connections shall be flush with house sanitary drainage system shall be airtight and
the inside face of the wall of the street sewer. provided with a vent. Sump pits or receiving tanks that
(e) No building sewer connections shall be made to do not receive the discharge of domestic sewage, but
catch basins or drain inlets. receive only clear water from floor drains or machinery
**Local Law 65-1996 drips, need not be air-tight and vented.
(d) Each sewage receiving tank or pit shall be provided

246
Reference Standard 16

with a vent that is sized on the basis of one fixture unit bends; or by a combination of these or equivalent fittings.
for each gpm flow of the discharge pumps and the (2) Sanitary tees and quarter bends may be used in
developed length of the vent from the receiver to the drainage lines only where the direction of flow is from
vent stack or the outside air, in accordance with Table the horizontal to the vertical.
RS 16-14. The vent from a receiving tank may be (3) Short sweeps will be permitted in drainage piping 3
connected to the gravity drainage vent system provided in. in diameter or larger for any offsets either horizontal
such system is 3 in. or larger. or vertical.
(e) The relief devices of a pneumatic sewage ejector (c) Prohibited fittings and connections.-
system shall be connected to an independent relief line (1) No running threads, bands, or saddles shall be used
vent at least 3 in. in diameter. Such vent shall be carried in drainage or vent piping. No drainage or vent pipes
independently through a roof and shall terminate as shall be drilled or tapped.
required for sanitary vent stacks or stack vents. The (2) No fitting, connection, device, or method of installation
mechanism for the relief of the air pressure in the that retards the flow of water, wastes, sewage, or air in
closed sewage receptacle shall have valves, piping, and the drainage or vent systems to an extent greater than
connection that form a part of the sewage ejector the normal frictional resistance to flow shall be installed.
device. The devices shall be sufficient in size to relieve Double hubs are prohibited for use in drainage piping.
the ejector pit to atmospheric pressure in not more than No fitting having a hub faced downstream shall be used as a
10 sec., and the minimum size of such valves and drainage fitting. No tee branch of a drainage fitting shall
piping shall be 1 1/4 in. be used as an inlet branch for wastes. Double sanitary
(f) Sump pits or receiving tanks may be constructed of tees may not be used for a fixture connection when a
concrete provided the compartment is fully waterproofed blowout type fixture is connected to one of the inlets.
and the walls of the pit troweled to a smooth finish. (3) A heel-or side-inlet quarter bend shall not be used
(g) Each sewage ejector or sump discharge shall be as a vent connection fitting in drainage piping when the
provided with a check valve and a gate valve. heel- or side-inlet is placed in a horizontal position.
(4) The expanding or swedging of 3 in. lead bends or
P108.7 Sub-Soil Drainage.-Where sub-soil stubs to 4 in. size, thereby causing a reduction in pipe
drainage is to be discharged to a public sewer, the sub- wall thickness, is prohibited. Approved 3 in. x 4 in. lead
soil drains shall discharge into a readily accessible silt bends and stubs with uniformly proper wall thickness
and sand interceptor designed by an architect or engineer, may be used for connections to 4 in. floor flanges, and
the drainage from which shall be disposed of into the 4 in. x 3 in. floor flanges may be used for connection to
gravity drainage system or a sump system. Where the 3 in. lead bends and stubs.
piping from the interceptor is directly connected to the (d) Dead ends.-In the installation of removal or any
gravity drainage system, such piping shall be provided part of a drainage or vent system, dead ends shall be
with an approved and readily accessible backwater valve avoided except where necessary to extend a cleanout so
and shall be connected upstream of a leader or area drain as to be accessible.
trap. Area drains may be connected to the sub-soil drainage (e) Provision for future fixtures.-Drainage and vent
system subject to the provisions of Section P110.2. piping provisions for future fixture installations shall
consist of plugged fittings at the stack, or of piping
P108.8 Drainage Piping Installation.- installed without dead ends.
(a) Pitch of horizontal drainage piping.-Horizontal P108.9 Sanitary Drainage Fixture Units.-
drainage piping shall be installed in uniform alignment at (a) Value for fixtures.-Fixture unit values given in
uniform slopes as follows: Table RS 16-12 shall be employed in computing the
total load carried by a soil or waste pipe and shall be
Size of Piping Minimum Slope used with the tables for sizing soil, waste, drainage, and
2 in. or less 1/4 in. per ft. vent pipes.
Over 2 in. 1/8 in. per ft. (b) Values for continuous or semicontinuous flow.-
Fixture unit values for continuous or semicontinuous flow
(b) Change of direction.- into a drainage system, such as from a pump, ejector, air-
(1) Changes in direction in drainage piping shall be conditioning equipment, or similar devices shall be
made by the appropriate use of 45 degrees wyes; long computed on the basis of one fixture unit for each gpm of flow.
sweeps; short sweeps, quarter, sixth, eighth, or sixteenth

247
Reference Standard 16

TABLE RS 16-12 SANITARY DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNIT VALUES a

Fixture Unit
Fixture or Group Value
Automatic clothes washer (2 in. standpipe) ..............................................................................................................3
Bathroom group consisting of a lavatory, bathtub or shower stall, and a water closet (direct flushometer valve)……… 8
Bathroom group consisting of a lavatory, bathtub or shower stall, and a water closet (flush tank) ........................ 6
Bathtub with or without overhead shower ................................................................................................................ 2
Combination sink and wash tray ...............................................................................................................................3
Dental unit or cuspidor ..............................................................................................................................................1
Dental lavatory ..........................................................................................................................................................1
Drinking fountain ......................................................................................................................................................1/2
Dishwasher, domestic type ....................................................................................................................................... 2
Floor drain ................................................................................................................................................................ 2b*
Kitchen sink, domestic type ..................................................................................................................................... 2
Lavatory .................................................................................................................................................................... 1
Lavatory (barber shop, beauty parlor or surgeon's) .................................................................................................. 2
Lavatory, multiple type (wash fountain or wash sink), per each equivalent lavatory unit or set of faucets .............2
Laboratory cup sink .................................................................................................................................................. 1
Laboratory sink ......................................................................................................................................................... 2
Laundry tray (1 or 2 compartment) ...........................................................................................................................2
Shower stall ...............................................................................................................................................................2
Shower (group) per head ...........................................................................................................................................2
Sink (surgeon's) .........................................................................................................................................................3
Sink (flushing rim type, direct flush valve) .............................................................................................................. 6
Sink (service type with trap standard) ...................................................................................................................... 3
Sink (service type with P trap) ..................................................................................................................................2
Sink (pot, scullery, or similar type) ................................…...................................................................................... 4
Urinal (1 in. flush valve) pedestal .............................................................................................................................6
Urinal (3/4 in. flush valve) stall or wall hung ...........................................................................................................4
Urinal (flush tank) .....................................................................................................................................................4
Water closet (direct flush valve) ............................................................................................................................... 6
Water closet (flush tank) ...........................................................................................................................................4
Unlisted fixture, 1 1/4 in. fixture drain and 1 1/2 in. trap size ..................................................................................1
Unlisted fixture, 1 1/2 in. fixture drain or trap size................................................................................................... 2
Unlisted fixture, 2 in. fixture drain or trap size .........................................................................................................3
Unlisted fixture, 2 1/2 in. fixture drain or trap size .................................................................................................. 4
Unlisted fixture, 3 in. fixture drain or trap size .........................................................................................................5
Unlisted fixture, 4 in. fixture drain or trap size .........................................................................................................6
Note-
a See section P108.9(b) for method of computing unit values for devices with continuous or semicontinuous flows.
b
Any floor drains provided in an elevator vestibule or in an elevator shaft shall be excluded from being counted as fixture units.
*Local Law 26-2004.

P108.10 Sizing the Sanitary Drainage Piping.- less than 2 in. in diameter, except that drip pipes may
(a) Drainage piping.-Sizes shall not be less than those be 1 in. if of copper or brass.
permitted in Table RS 16-13, using the fixture unit (f) Sizing of offsets in drainage piping.-
values of Table RS 16-12. (1) OFFSETS OF 45 DEGREES OR LESS.-An offset
(b) Sewer piping.-When more than one building house in a vertical stack, with a change of direction of 45
drain discharges into a private sewer within the property degrees or less from the vertical, may be sized as a
line, the sewer may be sized on a design basis and the straight vertical stack.
slope of the sewer shall be predicated on the size selected, (2) OFFSETS OF MORE THAN 45 DEGREES.-A
but in no case shall the slope be less than that required stack with an offset of more than 45 degrees from the
to produce a velocity in the sewer of less than 3 fps. vertical shall be sized as follows:
(c) Minimum size of soil and waste stacks.-No soil or a. The portion of the stack above the highest offset
waste stack shall be smaller than the largest horizontal shall be sized as required for a regular stack based on
branch connected thereto, except that a 4 in. x 3 in. the total number of fixture units above the offset.
water closet connection shall not be considered as a b. The offset shall be sized as required for a building
reduction in pipe size. house drain (Table RS 16-13).
(d) Provision for future fixtures.-When provision is c. The portion of the stack below the offset shall be
made for the future installation of fixtures, those sized the same as the offset or based on the total
provided for shall be considered in determining the number of fixture units on the entire stack, whichever is
required sizes of drain and vent pipes. the larger.
(e) Minimum size of underground drainage piping.- d. A relief vent for the offset shall be installed as
No portion of the drainage system installed underground provided in section P109.12 and in no case shall a
or below a basement or cellar floor on ground shall be horizontal branch drain connect to the stack within 2 ft.

revision: October 1, 2004 248

Reference Standard 16

above or below the offset. diameter of the offset and the stack below it shall be
(3) OFFSETS ABOVE HIGHEST BRANCH.-An offset determined as required for a building house drain.
in the stack vent above the highest horizontal branch shall (5) OFFSETS PROHIBITED.-No offset in a soil or waste
be considered only as it affects the developed length of line shall be made directly above any equipment used to
the vent. The horizontal offset and piping above the prepare or store any food products, except where provided
stack vent offset shall be of a non-scaling material. with protection from drips with a water tight copper pan
(4) OFFSETS BELOW LOWEST BRANCH.-In the case extending 4 in. in each direction from the pipe wall and
of an offset in a soil or waste stack below the lowest turned up at least 1/2 the diameter of the pipe but not
horizontal branch, there shall be no change in diameter less than 2 in. The pan shall extend at least 1 ft. beyond
required if the offset is made at an angle of 45 degrees the fixtures or tables. Other methods may be used when
or less from the vertical. If such an offset is made at an permitted by the commissioner.
angle greater than 45 degrees from the vertical, the required
TABLE RS 16-13 MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE LOADS FOR SANITARY DRAINAGE PIPING (IN
TERMS OF FIXTURE UNITS)
Pipe Any horizontal Total House building Drain, and Building Branches from stacks
Diameter branch or fixture at for 6444444444Slope (in. per ft.) 44444444448
(in.) one story of stack Stack 1/16 1/8 1/4 1/2
1 1/2a .... 3 4 np np np np
2 a …..…. 6 8 np np 21 26
2 1/2 a... . 12 30 np np 24 31
3………. 20b 97b np 20b 27 b 36 b
4………. 160 507 np 180 216 250
5………. 360 1445 np 390 480 575
6………. … 2918 np 700 840 1000
8………. … 6992 1440 1600 1920 2300
10……... … …. 2500 2900 3500 4200
12……... … …. 3900 4600 5600 6700

249
Reference Standard 16

Notes-
a No water closets permitted.
b
Not over two water closets permitted.
np = not permitted.

P108.11 Drip Pipes.-Drips from pump bases, accordance with Table RS 16-14. The branch vent size
air conditioning drips, and similar clear water drips may shall be based upon the number of fixture units
be collected into a 1 in. pipe, and the pipe may be connected connected thereto, and the developed length of the
to the inlet side of a floor drain trap. Piping underground branch vent measured from its vent stack (or stack-
shall be of brass or copper. vent) connection to the farthest fixture drain connection
served by the branch vent. See Figure RS 16-2.
Section P109.0 Vent Piping (d) Vent stacks.-The developed length of a vent stack
P109.1 Size of Vents.-The nominal size of shall be measured from the base or point of connection
vent piping including vent headers shall be determined with the attending soil or waste stack to the connection
from its length and the total number of fixture units with a vent header or its termination above the roof.
connected thereto, as provided in Table RS 16-14. In no Stacks shall be sized in accordance with Table RS 16-14.
case however, shall the nominal size be less than the following: P109.2 Protection of Trap Seals.-The protection
(a) Individual vent.-1 1/2 in. or 1/2 the diameter of the of trap seals from siphonage or back pressure shall be
drainage pipe to which it is connected, whichever is greater. accomplished by the use of soil or waste stacks, vents,
(b) Relief vent.-1 1/2 in. or 1/2 the diameter of the soil or revents, back vents, continuous vents, or combinations
waste branch to which it is connected, whichever is greater. thereof, installed in accordance with the requirements of
(c) Branch vents.-Branch vents connecting more than this code, so that at no time shall the trap-seal be subjected
one individual vent to a stack or stack-vent shall be in to a pressure differential of more than 1 in. of water.

TABLE RS 16-14 SIZE OF VENT STACKS AND BRANCH VENTS

Size of soil Fixture Diameter of vent required (in.)
(in.) or units 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 4 5 6 8 10
waste stack Connected Maximum developed length of vent (ft.)**
1 1/2…….… 4 100 † .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
2…………... 8 30 170 † .. .. .. .. .. ..
2 1/2………. 30 15 70 175 † .. .. .. .. ..
3…………... 97 6 24 89 250 † .. .. .. ..
4…………... 507 * * 11 78 310 † .. .. ..
5…………... 1445 * * * 16 110 380 † .. ..
6…………... 2918 * * * * 34 143 380 † ..
8…………... 6992 * * * * * 14 73 340 †
10….……... … * * * * * * * * †
Notes-
*not permitted.
**A 1 1/2 in. vent may be used for 6 or less fixture units for a developed length of 15 ft. from the fixture to header regardless of developed length limiting the header size.
† unlimited

P109.3 Vent Stack and Stack Vents.- in size above the roof, or shall be reconnected to a vent
(a) Minimum size.-Any building in which a building header, or to the stack vent portion of the soil or waste
drain is installed shall have at least one 4 in. vent stack stack, at least 6 in. above the flood level of the highest
(or stack-vent) carried full size through the roof. fixture connection discharging into the soil or waste stack.
(b) Vent stack required.-Every building in which (d) Angle of offsets and connections.-Offsets in the
plumbing is installed shall have at least one 4 in. main stack vent portion of soil and waste stacks (above the
stack or stack-vent, which shall run undiminished in highest fixture drainage connection), offsets in vent
size and as directly as possible, from the building drain stacks, and connections of vent stacks at the bottom to a
through to the outdoor air above the roof. A vent stack soil or waste pipe or to the building house drain, shall be
shall be installed in conjunction with each soil or waste made at an angle of at least 45 degrees to the horizontal.
stack in a building containing three or more branch However, where provision is made to wash out the scale
intervals; however, one vent stack may serve not more above the offset or where the entire piping above such
than two soil or waste stacks. offsets is of nonscaling type, the offset angle may be
(c) Connections at base and top.-All main vents or reduced, provided there is sufficient slope for condensation
vent stacks shall connect full size at their base to the to drain back to soil or waste pipe connections.
building drain or to the soil or waste stack at or below (e) Vent headers.-Where stack vents and vent stacks
the level of the lowest drainage connection to the soil or are connected into a vent header, such connections shall
waste stack. All vent stacks shall extend undiminished be made at the tops of the stacks. The vent header shall

250
Reference Standard 16

connect to a vent extension through the roof. The vent

header material shall be of non-scaling type. P109.5 Vent Grading and Connections.-
(f) Sub-stack connections.-Where it is desired to (a) Vent grading.-All vent and branch vent pipes shall
terminate stacks at a point below the roof terminus of be so graded and connected as to drain back to the soil
the main vent stack, the sub-stack may connect to the or waste pipe by gravity.
main vent stack provided the portion of the main vent (b) Height above fixtures.-
stack above the connection is sized for the total fixture (1) A connection between a vent pipe and a vent stack
unit load connected thereto, and for the maximum or stack vent shall be made at least 6 in. above the
developed length of the stack or sub-stack. flood-level rim of the highest fixture served by the vent.
Horizontal vent pipes forming branch vents or relief
P109.4 Vent Terminals.- vents shall be at least 6 in. above the floor-level rim of
(a) Extension above roofs.-Extension of vent pipes the highest fixture served.
through a roof shall be terminated at least 24 in. above (2) See Figure RS 16-4 for typical methods of compliance.
the roof surface. Where a roof is to be used for any
purpose other than weather protection, the vent P109.6 Stack Venting.-
extensions shall be run at least 7 ft. above the roof surface. (a) Highest fixture connection to soil or waste
(b) Size of vent extension.-Each vent extension shall stack.-Where a fixture discharges directly into a soil or
be at least as large as the soil stack, waste stack, vent waste stack at a level above all other drain connections
stack, or vent header served thereby, but in no case less thereto, the stack vent may serve as the vent for the
than 4 in size. Where it is necessary to increase the size fixture trap provided that:
of a vent pipe at its vent extension, the change in size (1) Such vent connection is above the level of the dip
shall be made by use of a long increaser immediately of the trap (except for fixture drains of floor-outlet type
below the roof. water closets and urinals, and of floor-outlet type trap
(c) Waterproof flashings.-Each vent terminal shall be
standards for service sink):
made watertight by proper flashing.
(d) Attachments prohibited.-Vent terminals shall not (2) Such vent connection is within the distance permitted
be used for the purpose of attaching flag poles, in this standard.
television aerials, or for similar purposes.
(e) Location of vent terminal.- P109.7 Common Vents.-A common vent
(1) No vent terminal shall be located directly beneath may serve as an individual vent for not more than two
any door, operable window, or other ventilating opening fixture traps. Such common vent shall connect at the
of the building or of an adjacent building, nor shall any junction of the two fixture drains and shall rise vertically
such vent terminal be within 10 ft. horizontally of such from the connection before offsetting horizontally.
an opening unless it is at least 3 ft. above the top of
such opening. P109.8 Fixture Vents.-
(2) Vent extensions shall not be run through an exterior wall. (a) Distance of trap from vent.-Each fixture
(f) Extensions outside building.-No soil, waste, or trap shall have a protecting vent so located that the
vent pipe extension shall be run or placed on the outside developed length of the fixture drain from the trap weir
of a wall of any building, unless such exterior installation to the vent fitting is not more than 2 ft. 0 in.
on penthouses is permitted by the commissioner. (b) Vent location.-The vent pipe opening from a soil

251
Reference Standard 16

252
Reference Standard 16

or waste pipe, except for water closets and similar level, the drainage and vent piping for such lower fixtures
fixtures, shall not be below the weir of the trap. shall be arranged so as to avoid connection to suds pressure
(c) Crown venting prohibited.-No vent shall be zones in the sanitary drainage and vent systems. If
installed within two pipe diameters of the trap weir. connected to the sanitary system, a suds relief vent
(d) Floor drain vents.-No vents will be required for relieving to a nonpressure zone shall be provided at each
piping serving floor drains when the floor drain is
suds pressure zone where such connections are installed.
located not more than 15 ft. 0 in. from a vented line.
P109.9 Relief Vents.- The size of such relief vent shall be at least 3/4 the
(a) Vertical offsets in building drains.-Where an diameter of the piping in which the pressure zone
offset between horizontal portions of the building house occurs, but not less than 2 in.
drain rises vertically more than 10 ft. a relief vent shall (b) Suds pressure zones shall be considered to exist at
be provided at the top of the vertical offset. The size of the following locations in sanitary drainage and vent
such relief vent shall be at least 1/2 the diameter of the systems when the piping serves fixtures on two or more
building house drain at the offset and at a sufficient
height so that the relief vents cannot serve as soil or
waste pipes in the event of a stoppage in the vertical
offset. See Figure RS 16-6 for typical installation.
(b) Soil and waste stacks more than ten stories high.-
Soil and waste stacks more than ten stories high shall
be provided with a yoke relief vent at each tenth story,
counting from the top story. The lower end of the
yoke vent shall connect to the soil or waste stack
through a wye located below the horizontal branch
drain serving fixtures in that story, and the upper end
shall connect to the vent stack through a tee or inverted
wye at least 3 ft. above the floor level. See Figure RS 16-
7 for typical installation.
P109.10 Suds Pressure Zones Vents.-
(a) Where sinks, laundry trays, laundry washing
machines, bathtubs, and similar fixtures in which
sudsy detergents are normally used and discharged at
an upper floor level into a soil or waste stack that also
serves fixtures in other occupancy units at a lower floor

253
Reference Standard 16

floors that receive wastes that contain sudsy detergents. P109.11 Permitted Combination Waste and
See Figure RS 16-8 for location of suds pressure zones. Vent Systems.-A combination waste and vent piping
(1) In a soil or waste stack a zone shall be considered system, limited for use as a means of venting the traps of
to exist in the vertical portion within 40 stack diameters floor drains and laboratory sinks, shall be permitted in
of the base fitting.(2) In the horizontal drain at the base conjunction with horizontal branch waste piping of an
of a soil or waste stack a zone shall be considered to independent flammable oil waste system or acid waste
exist in the horizontal portion within ten stack systems, and as described under indirect wastes and
diameters of the base fitting. Where a 60 degree or 90 special wastes. See Figure RS 16-9 for typical installation.
degree fitting is installed in the horizontal drain, a zone Section P110.0 Storm Drainage Piping
shall be considered to exist in the horizontal portion P110.1 Permits.-
within 40 drain diameters upstream of and 10 drain (a) Permits for the installation of a building house
diameters downstream of the fitting. storm sewer from the street line to, and including the
(3) In a soil or waste stack offset of 60 degrees or 90 spur connection at the street sewer shall be obtained in
degrees, a zone shall be considered to exist in the accordance with the requirements of the building code.
vertical portion of the stack within 40 stack diameters Street sewer connections shall be made as provided in
of the base fitting for the upper section of the stack. The Section P108.2(a), (b), (c) and (d).
zone shall be considered to exist in the horizontal offset
within 10 stack diameters of such base fitting and *P110.2 Disposal of Storm Water.-
within 40 stack diameters of the top fitting for the lower (a) Definitions.-As used in this section:
section of the stack. (1) "Block" means a tract of land bounded by streets,
(4) In a vent stack that has its base connected to a suds public parks, railroad rights-of-way when located at or
pressure zone in the sanitary drainage system, a zone above ground level but not including sidings or spurs
shall be considered to exist in the portion of the vent within a lot in the same ownership as the lot, airport
stack extending from its base connection up to the boundaries, pierhead lines or shore lines, where no
lowest branch vent fitting located above the level of the pierced lines have been established, or corporate
suds pressure zone in the sanitary drainage system. boundary lines of New York city;

254
Reference Standard 16

(2) "Building combined sewer" means a building sewer (14) "Private" means not public;
intended to convey all types of wastewater, subject to (15) "Public" means owned by the city and intended
certain restrictions; for use by the public, subject to restrictions which the
(3) "Building sewer" means a sewer consisting of the city or agencies thereof may impose;
part of the horizontal piping of a drainage system that (16) "Storm water" means rain water or surface water;
extends from the end of a building house drain, as (17) "Street combined sewer" means a street sewer
defined in section P100.00 of reference standard RS-16 which is intended to receive the discharge of all types
of this code, to a street sewer or to another point of of wastewater, subject to certain restrictions, from one
disposal. Building combined sewers and building storm or more building sewers and catch basins and to convey
sewers are types of building sewers; such wastewater to an intercepting sewer, a private
(4) "Building storm sewer" means that part of the sewage disposal system or some other point of disposal;
horizontal piping of a storm water drainage system that (18) "Street sewer" means a sewer located in the bed
extends from a building house storm drain, as defined of a street or elsewhere which is intended to receive the
in section P100.00 of reference standard RS-16 of this discharge of all or certain types of wastewater from one
code, to a street storm sewer, a street combined sewer or more building sewers and, in some cases, from catch
or another point of disposal; basins, and to convey such wastewater to points of
(5) "Catch basin" means a storm water inlet connected disposal. Street combined sewers and street storm
to a storm sewer or a combined sewer; sewers are types of street sewers;
(6) "Commissioner" means the commissioner of the (19) "Street storm sewer" means a street sewer which
department of buildings or his or her designee; is intended to receive the discharge of storm water from
(7) "Development" means a tract of land which has one or more building storm sewers and catch basins and
been subdivided into two or more lots, whether or not to convey such storm water to a point of disposal;
such tract has been developed as by the installation of (20) "Substantial horizontal enlargement" means (a) an
any utilities or the construction of any streets or increase in the area of a lot covered by impervious
buildings or other structures; surfaces which exceeds twenty percent of the existing
(8) "Impermeable soil" means soil of classes 1-65, 2- area so covered, provided that the existing and enlarged
65, 3-65, 4-65, 5-65, 9-65, 10-65 or 11-65, as set forth areas so covered exceed one thousand square feet in
in section 27-675 and table 11-2 of this code. total, or (b) an increase in the area of a lot covered by
Uncontrolled fill, as described in section 27-679 of this impervious surfaces which exceeds two hundred square
code, shall be considered impermeable soil; feet, provided that the commissioner has previously
(9) "Impervious surfaces" means those areas of a lot or approved the discharge of storm water from a building
development covered by roofs, terraces, outside balconies, located on such lot by means of splash blocks; and
canopies, or paved surfaces such as driveways, sidewalks, (21) "Tidal creek" means any creek where the level of
courts, streets, or parking areas. A surface paved with an water rises and falls with tidal action, or would do so if
accepted asphalt or other acceptable material which, not impeded by artificial structures including but not
after compaction, is not thicker than one and one-half limited to tide gates.
**
inches shall not be considered impervious, provided such (b) Disposal of storm water when public sewers
surface will pass an amount of water equivalent to one- are located in front of the property.-Where any new
half inch of rainfall per hour and is underlaid by permeable building or other substantial horizontal enlargement is
soil; to be constructed on a lot and the department
(10) "Lot" means a portion or parcel of land considered determines that a public street storm sewer or public
as a unit; a zoning lot; street combined sewer is located directly in front of any
(11) "Owner" means a person in whom legal or equitable point of any boundary of such lot and that it would be
title to property or premises is vested, a mortgagee or feasible, pursuant to subdivision (j) of this section, to
vendee in possession of premises, an assignee of rents, discharge storm water from such lot into such street
a receiver of premises or a person listed as owner or storm sewer or street combined sewer, the owner of
agent for an owner on the records as to real property such lot shall ensure that all storm water falling or
ownership maintained by the bureau of city collections coming to rest on all impervious surfaces within such
of the department of finance unless such person establishes lot will be discharged to such street storm sewer or
that such records are erroneous or, if claiming that he is street combined sewer. Such discharge shall be by
an agent of the owner, furnishes the identity of the owner; means of building storm sewers or building combined
(12) "Permeable soil" means soil at least five feet in sewers, provided that no sewage shall be discharged
depth of classes 6-65, 7-65, or 8-65, as set forth in into a public street storm sewer. If the department determines
section 27-675 and table 11-2 of this code, or porous that such street storm sewer or street combined sewer
material as determined by percolation tests. Controlled has partial capacity to receive the storm water discharged
fill, as described in section 27-679 of this code, shall be from such lot, the remainder of such storm water shall
considered permeable soil; be discharged pursuant to subdivision (c) of this section.
**
(13) "Person" means a natural person, company, partnership, (c) Disposal of storm water when public sewers
corporation, association, governmental body or other are not located in front of the property.-Where any
legal entity, including any individual or entity acting in new building or other substantial horizontal enlargement is
a representative capacity; to be constructed on a property and the department

255
Reference Standard 16

determines that no public street storm sewer or public paved areas outside of such lot which are constructed or
street combined sewer is located directly in front of any altered for the primary purpose of improving vehicular or
point of any boundary of such property, the owner of pedestrian access thereto, shall be conveyed by sewers,
such property shall ensure that all water falling or coming constructed in accordance with the requirements of subdivision
to rest on all impervious surfaces within such property (h) of this section and other requirements of the department
will be discharged as follows: and the department of environmental protection, to a
(1) Where one or more buildings is to be constructed public street sewer. In no event shall sewage be discharged
on the subject property in any occupancy group other into a public street storm sewer. When necessary to comply
than occupancy group J, drainage of storm water shall with the requirements of this subparagraph, the owner of
be by means of one building storm sewer or building such lot shall be responsible for installation of a controlled
combined sewer for each such building, which sewer flow storm water system in accordance with the requirements
shall be connected to a public street storm sewer or of section P110.6 of this reference standard; or
public street combined sewer. Such connection shall be (D) In the case of any lot or development,
by means of a house connection constructed in accordance drainage of storm water from the impervious surfaces
with section P108.2 of this reference standard, the rules of such lot or development by means of drainage pipes,
and regulations of the department and the applicable culverts, paved swales, ditches or watercourses. Such
rules and regulations of the department of environmental storm water may be conveyed by such means across lot
protection, department of transportation and bureau of lines within a development and through under-sidewalk
franchises. Provided, however, that no sewage shall be drains within a lot or development to a boundary of
discharged into a public street storm sewer. Provided such lot or development. From such boundary, such
further, that the provisions of this paragraph shall apply storm water, together with all storm water falling or
only when coming to rest on all streets and other paved areas
(A) the total area of impervious surfaces to be outside of such lot or development constructed or
constructed on the subject property equals or exceeds altered in connection with the construction of one or
twenty thousand square feet; and more buildings on such lot or in such development for
(B) the commissioner of environmental the primary purpose of improving vehicular or
protection has determined that a public street storm pedestrian access thereto, shall be conveyed to one of
sewer or public street combined sewer is located within the points of disposal set forth in subdivision (d) of this
two hundred feet of any point of any boundary of such section. The means of storm water disposal described
property, measured along a street, alley, right-of-way or in this subparagraph may be utilized only if:
easement; and (i) The owner or owners of the lot or development
(C) the commissioner of environmental protection shall submit to the commissioner a comprehensive
determines that it would be feasible, pursuant to grading and drainage plan for such development which, in
subdivision (j) of this section, to discharge storm water the commissioner's judgment, will satisfy the drainage
in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph. requirements set forth in this section. The commissioner
(2) Where paragraph one of this subdivision does not of environmental protection and, if such plan provides
apply, drainage of storm water shall be by means of: for drainage of storm water into a catch basin located in
(A) On-site disposal of storm water in a public or private street, the commissioner of transportation
accordance with the provisions of section P110.13 of shall concur in such judgement; and
this reference standard; or (ii) When the plan described in clause (i) of this
(B) Where a lot abuts a paved street which subparagraph provides for the drainage of storm water
contains curbs and has been improved in accordance from one lot in a development across other property in
with the requirements of the department of transportation, such development, the owner or owners of such
drainage of storm water to the boundary of such lot development shall obtain an agreement between each
abutting such street. From such boundary, such storm owner of property within such development from which
water may be discharged through an under-sidewalk or across which such storm water will be drained and
drain or drains onto such street, provided that catch the commissioner.* Such agreement shall bind each
basins adequate to receive such storm water are located such owner and his or her heirs, successors and assigns
or installed in accordance with the requirements of this to properly maintain the storm water drainage system.
code and of the department of environmental protection. Such agreement shall be filed in the office of the county
The means of drainage set forth in this subparagraph clerk in the county in which the development is located; or
shall be used to discharge storm water from a lot only (E) Any means of drainage acceptable to the
when the commissioner, with the concurrence of the commissioner, including any combination of the means
commissioners of transportation and environmental specified in subparagraphs (A), (B), (C), an (D) above.
protection, determines that such use is feasible; or Provided, however, that over-sidewalk drains shall not
(C) Where a lot abuts any street, drainage of be permitted. Provided, further, that the commissioner
storm water by means of enclosed drainage pipes and shall consult with the commissioner of environmental
building storm sewers or building combined sewers to protection or the commissioner of transportation, as
the boundary of such lot abutting such street. From such appropriate, prior to approving any such combination of
boundary, all such storm water, together with all storm means or any means of drainage not specified in this paragraph.
water falling or coming to rest on all streets and other *Language missing. So in original.

256
Reference Standard 16

(d) Points of discharge for storm water from a lot or on such property for the primary purpose of improving
development.-Storm water drained from a lot or vehicular or pedestrian access thereto. The department
development pursuant to subparagraph (D) of paragraph of environmental protection reserves the right to
two of subdivision (c) of this section may be discharged into: construct catch basins connected to such sewers at the
(1) the New York harbor, or a point on a tidal creek cost and expense of the city, to alleviate flooding or
acceptable to the commissioner of environmental protection ponding conditions, provided that the commissioner of
as an adequate storm water outlet; provided that only environmental protection determines that the capacity
building storm sewers and, if necessary, street storm of such sewers shall not be exceeded.
sewers are constructed and that no sewage is discharged (i) Repair of defects in catch basins and sewers
at such a point of disposal, and provided further that required.-Any owner of property who causes any catch
such outlets shall only be used in compliance with basin or any sewer which shall lie outside of such
applicable provisions of law; or property to be constructed pursuant to subdivision (c) of
(2) a public street storm sewer or public street combined this section shall cause all defects in such catch basin or
sewer, regardless of its distance from the property, to sewer and all faults in its installation to be repaired for a
which the commissioner of environmental protection period of two years after it has been installed, immediately
determines that discharge of storm water is feasible, after the commissioner of environmental protection
pursuant to subdivision (j) of this section, provided that orders such person to do so.
no sewage shall be discharged into a street storm sewer; or (j) Feasibility of discharging storm water into a
(3) an existing private street storm sewer or private street street storm sewer or a street combined sewer.-The
combined sewer to which the commissioner of environmental commissioner of environmental protection shall determine
protection determines that discharge of storm water is that the discharge of storm water into a street storm sewer
feasible, pursuant to subdivision (j) of this section, or a street combined sewer pursuant to this section is
provided that such street sewer connects with a public feasible if he finds that:
street sewer or, if it is a private storm sewer, discharges (1) the sewer is of adequate capacity to receive all such
directly into the New York harbor, or into a point on a storm water or would be adequate to receive it if the
tidal creek acceptable to the commissioner of environmental owner of property installed controlled flow storm water
protection as an adequate storm water outlet, in accordance systems, in accordance with the requirements of section
with applicable provisions of law, and provided further P110.6 of reference standard RS-16 of this code, to
that no sewage shall be discharged into a street storm sewer. restrict the maximum anticipated storm water flow to a
(e) Areaway drains.-Areaway drains may be connected level set by the commissioner of environmental protection;
to the footing or subsoil drainage system when permitted (2) the sewer is in adequate physical condition to
by the commissioner. Garages installed in a manner that receive such storm water;
would permit the flow of storm water from surrounding (3) no physical obstacle which would make conveyance
surfaces to enter the garages shall be provided with a of storm water to the sewer impracticable exists between
gravity drain, or a sump and pump connected to a storm the sewer and the boundaries of the development or lot
sewer, or other means of disposal as provided in this from which such storm water shall be discharged;
reference standard. (4) conveyance of such storm water to the sewer is not
(f) Drains carrying clear water.-All drains carrying impracticable because of the elevation of the sewer in
clear water, i.e., air conditioning drips, pump drips, relation to the development or lot from which such
cooling water, etc., may discharge into the storm water storm water shall be discharged;
drainage system through an indirect waste connection (5) the sewer is located in the same drainage area as all
discharging into a trapped funnel or drain. or most of the development or lot from which such
(g) Drainage system design.-The storm water drainage storm water shall be discharged; and
system shall be designed, constructed and maintained to (6) no other factor reasonably related to the conveyance
guard against fouling, deposit of solids and clogging of such storm water from such development or lot to the
and shall be provided with adequate cleanouts so sewer would make the discharge of such storm water
arranged that the pipes may be readily cleaned. into the sewer impracticable or undesirable as a proper
(h) Maximum required capacity for street storm means of storm water disposal.
sewers or street combined sewers required by this section.- (k) Time by which construction of the storm water
The commissioner of environmental protection may require drainage system required by this section shall be completed.-
an owner of a lot or a development who is required by The storm water drainage system for property required
this section to construct street storm sewers or street by this section shall be completed prior to the issuance
combined sewers to construct such sewers with a capacity of a certificate of occupancy by the department of buildings
not to exceed twenty-five percent above and beyond the for, and actual occupancy of, the building or other
capacity which the commissioner of environmental protection substantial horizontal enlargement in connection with
determines is needed for the disposal of storm water which such storm water drainage system is being constructed.
falling or coming to rest on such property together with (l) Contractual obligations of the city not abrogated.-
storm water falling or coming to rest on all streets and The provisions of this section shall not be construed to
other paved areas outside of such property which are abrogate or contravene any contractual obligation of the
constructed or altered in connection with the construction city to construct storm water drainage systems or parts
of a building or other substantial horizontal enlargement thereof. The requirements of subdivisions (b), (c), (d)

257
Reference Standard 16

and (i) of this section shall be inapplicable to an owner projected roof or paved area to be handled according to
of property insofar as they relate to any construction Table RS 16-17.
work required to be performed by the city pursuant to (b) Storm sewers.-Where more than one building
such a contractual obligation. storm drain discharges into a private sewer within the
(m) Remedies for non-functioning systems.-If the property line, the sewer may be sized on a rational
commissioner determines that a system of storm water sewer design basis and the slope of the sewer shall be
disposal which has been previously approved under the predicated on the size selected; but in no case shall the
provisions of this code or of previous codes is no longer slope be less than that required to produce a velocity in
providing adequate drainage of storm water from a lot the sewer of at least 3 fps.
or development, he or she shall order repair of such (c) Vertical leaders.-Vertical leaders, including the
system as required by section 27-127 of this code; or if, branch to a single roof drain, shall be sized on the
in the judgment of the commissioner, repair of such maximum projected roof area in accordance with Table
system is not sufficient to ensure adequate drainage of RS 16-18. The equivalent diameter of square leader
storm water from such lot or development, he or she may be taken as the diameter of that circle which may
shall order that one of the methods of storm water be inscribed within the cross-sectional area of the
disposal set forth in subdivisions (b) and (c) of this leader. The equivalent diameter of a rectangular leader
section shall be used to provide such drainage. The shall be taken as the number of standard size circular
commissioner may apply to the board of standards and leaders, having a diameter equal to the short dimension
appeals for modification of the certificate of occupancy of the rectangular leader that can be fitted within the
of any building constructed on such lot or development rectangular leader. For example, the equivalent diameter
to require the use of such method. of a 4 in. by 3 in. rectangular leader is 1-1/3 3 in. circular
*Local Law 103-1989; Local Law 7-1974 leaders.
** Local Law 65-1996 (d) Roof gutters.-The size of a semicircular gutter shall be
based on the maximum projected roof area according to Table
P110.3 Storm Water Drainage to Sanitary RS 16-19.
Sewer Prohibited.-Storm water shall not be drained (e) Combined drains and sewers.-To compute the
into sanitary sewers intended for sewage only. size of a combined drain or sewer, the fixture units and
the square feet of drained area shall be converted to
P110.4 Size of Storm Drains and Leaders.- their equivalent square footage or drainage area from
(a) Building storm drain.-The size of the building Table RS 16-20 and either Table RS 16-13 or RS 16-17
storm drain or any of its horizontal branches, except the shall be used to determine the pipe size required. For
branch serving a single roof drain, having a slope of 1/2 intermediate values, interpolation shall be used.
in. per ft. or less shall be based upon the maximum

TABLE RS 16-17 SIZE OF HORIZONTAL STORM DRAINS

Maximum Projected Roof Area for Various Slopes of Drains
Diameter of Drain 1/8 in. Slope 1/4 in. Slope 1/2 in. Slope
(in.) Square Feet Square Feet Square Feet
2 250 350 500
2 1/2 357 505 714
3 690 930 1,320
4 1,500 2,120 3,000
5 2,700 3,800 5,320
6 4,300 6,100 8,700
8 9,300 13,000 18,400
10 16,600 23,500 33,000
12 26,700 37,500 53,000
15 47,600 67,000 95,000

TABLE RS 16-18 SIZE OF VERTICAL LEADERS

Diameter of Leader or Conductor (in.) gpm. Maximum Projected Roof Area (sq. ft.)
2 22.6 433
2 1/2 39.6 779
3 66.6 1,278
4 143 2,745
5 261 4,992
6 423 8,121
8 911 17,491
10 1,652 31,718

258
Reference Standard 16

TABLE RS 16-19 SIZE OF ROOF GUTTERS a

Maximum Projected Roof Area for Gutters of Various Slopes
Diameter of 1/16 in. Slope 1/8 in. Slope 1/4 in. Slope 1/2 in. Slope
a
Gutter (in.) (sq. ft.) (sq. ft.) (sq. ft.) (sq. ft.)
3 ............... 144 192 272 385
4 ............... 288 409 575 815
5 ............... 500 705 1,000 1,420
6 ............... 770 1,090 1,540 2,220
7 ............... 1,150 1,560 2,220 3,120
8 ............... 1,590 2,250 3,180 4,490
10 ............... 3,600 4,080 5,780 8,000
Note-
a
Gutters other than semicircular may be used provided they have the same cross-sectional area.

P110.5 Values for Continuous Flow.-Where (e) No less than two drains are installed in roof areas
there is a continuous or semi-continuous discharge into 10,000 sq. ft. or less; and at least four drains in roof
the building storm drain or building storm sewer, as areas over 10,000 sq. ft.
from a pump, ejector, air conditioning unit, or similar (f) Separate storm and sanitary drainage systems are
device, each gallon per minute of such discharge shall installed within the building.
be computed as being equivalent to 19 sq. ft. of roof (g) Control is by proportional weirs and not by
area. mechanical devices or valves.
P110.6 Controlled Flow Storm Water System.- (h) Calculations for this type of system are submitted
In lieu of sizing the storm drainage system in accordance with the required plans and piping is sized in accordance
with section P110.4, the roof drainage may be sized on with gallon per minute ratings in Table RS 16-18.
controlled flow and the storage of the storm water on (i) Drains on set backs may be connected to the
the roof, provided the following conditions are met: controlled storm drainage if:
(a) The water of a 10-year frequency storm is not (1) The set back is designed for storing the water, or
stored on the roof for more than 24 hr. (2) The square footage of drainage area of the set back
(b) The water depth on the roof does not exceed 3 in. is converted to gallons per minute flow on the basis of 1
during the above storm. gpm for each 19 sq. ft. of roof area, and the storm water
(c) The roof is level and 45 degree cants are installed at pipe sizes in the controlled system are predicated on
all walls or parapets. carrying the sum of the loads.
(d) Flashing extends at least 6 in. above the roof level (3) The branch from each of the roof drains that are not
and scuppers are placed in the parapet wall 4 in. above arranged and equipped for controlled flow conform to
the roof level. tables RS 16-17 and RS 16-18.

TABLE RS 16-20 "FIXTURE UNIT-DRAINAGE SQUARE FOOTAGE" EQUIVALENT

Drainage Area Fixture Unit
(sq. ft.) Equivalent
180 ........................... 6
260 ........................... 10
400 ........................... 20
490 ........................... 30
1,000 ........................... 105
2,000 ........................... 271
3,000 ........................... 437
4,000 ........................... 604
5,000 ........................... 771
7,500 ........................... 1,188
10,000 ........................... 1,500
15,000 ........................... 2,500
20,000 ........................... 3,500
28,000 ........................... 5,500
each additional 3 sq. ft. 1 fixture unit

259
Reference Standard 16

P110.7 Traps on Storm Drains and Leaders.- leader to which the drain is connected.
(a) Where required.-Leaders and storm drains when
connected to a combined sewer shall be trapped. No P110.10 Roof Drain Flashings Required.-
fresh air inlet will be required for building storm drains. The connection between roofs and roof drains that pass
Intake and exhaust plenum drains connected to a storm through the roof and into the interior of the building
drain shall be trapped. One trap may serve more than shall be made watertight by the use of proper flashing
one drain if any drain served by the trap is not more material.
than 15 ft. from the trap.
(b) Where not required.-No traps shall be required P110.11 Expansion Joints Required.-
for storm water drains that are connected to a building Expansion joints or sleeves shall be provided where
house drain or building house sewer carrying storm temperature variation or physical conditions may cause
water exclusively. excessive stress or movement in the drain or piping.
(c) Trap equivalent.-A hooded catch basin located within
the street line shall be the equivalent of a building or P110.12 Sanitary and Storm Sewers.-Where
house trap for the connection to a street combined sewer. separate systems of sanitary drainage and storm water
(d) Method of installation.-Individual storm water traps drainage are installed in the same property, the storm
shall be installed on the storm water drain branch serving and sanitary building sewers and drains may be laid
each conductor, or a single trap shall be installed in the side by side in the same trench.
main storm drain just before its connection with the
combined building sewer, main drain, or public sewer. * P110.13 On-Site Disposal.-
(a) Storm water, as defined in subdivision (a) of
P110.8 Leaders or Storm Water Piping.- section P110.2 of this reference standard, falling on
(a) Improper use of storm water piping.-Leader or storm areaways 25 sq. ft. or less in area may be leached into
water pipes shall not be used as soil, waste, or vent pipes. the ground within the areaway if the ground water is at
(b) Protection of rain water conductors.-Rain water least 2 ft. below the elevation of the areaway.
conductors installed along alleyways, driveways, or (b) An owner of a lot, as defined in subdivision (a) of
other locations where they may be exposed to damage section P110.2 of this reference standard, may dispose
shall be protected by metal guards, be recessed into the of all storm water falling or coming to rest within such
wall, or be constructed of pipe. lot on-sight only as permitted by the provisions of
(c) Method of combining storm with sanitary drainage.- subdivision (c) of section P110.2 of this reference standard.
The sanitary and storm-drainage system of a building (c) Drywells shall be the only method of on-site
shall be entirely separate except that where a combined disposal of storm water permitted, except as provided in
street sewer is deemed available, the building storm drain subdivision (a) of this section or unless an alternate
may be connected, in the same horizontal plane through a method of on-site disposal is approved by the commissioner
trap and a single fitting to the combined drain or sewer at with the concurrence of the commissioner of environmental
least 40 pipe diameters downstream from any soil stack. protection or the commissioner of transportation, as
appropriate, pursuant to subparagraph (E) of paragraph
P110.9 Roof Drain Strainers.- two of subdivision (c) of section P110.2 of this
(a) General use.-All roof areas, except those draining reference standard. Drywells shall be constructed in
to hanging gutters, shall be equipped with roof drains accordance with the following provisions:
having strainers extending at least 4 in. above the (1) Except as provided in paragraph two of this
surface of the roof immediately adjacent to the roof subdivision, the size of a drywell shall be predicated on
drain. Strainers shall have an available inlet area above a soil percolation test performed in accordance with the
roof level at least 1 1/2 times the area of the conductor provisions of section P113.9 of this reference standard,
or leader to which the drain is connected. and shall be based upon rainfall of two inches in a
(b) Flat decks.-Roof drain strainers for use on such twenty-four-hour period on all impervious surfaces
decks, parking decks, and similar areas, normally where a site is underlaid by permeable soil. Where a
serviced and maintained, may be of the flat surface type site is underlaid by impermeable soil, the size of a
and set flush with the deck, and shall have an available drywell shall be based upon rainfall of two inches in a
inlet area at least twice the area of the conductor or twenty-four hour period over the entire site.

260
Reference Standard 16

(2) If a drywell is used in combination with one or (3) The construction of drywells shall be subject to
more other methods of storm water disposal pursuant to controlled inspection.
subparagraph (e) of paragraph two of subdivision (c) of (4) Drywells shall be located at least five feet from all
section P110.2 of this reference standard, the size of lot lines and ten feet from all foundations or walls
such drywell shall be determined by the percentage of existing on the date of application for a building permit
the storm water such drywell shall dispose. or proposed under the application to construct the drywell.

261
Reference Standard 16

(5) Notwithstanding the provisions of sections 27-663 for the preparation or serving of foods.
and 27-664 of this code, at least one boring and one test (2) The contamination of surgical and medical equipment.
pit shall be made at the approximate site of each (b) Wastes from the following fixtures, devices,
contemplated drywell. appliances, or apparatus shall discharge to the building
(6) The storage volume of the drywell shall be drainage system through indirect wastes that conform to
measured two feet above the level of the water table, as
determined by the test pit at the site of the drywell. the material, trap, and drainage pipe sizing requirements of
(7) A grit chamber shall be included as part of all this reference standard.
drywell systems. It shall be constructed in accordance (1) FOOD HANDLING DEVICES.-Establishments
with figure RS 16-9A. engaged in the storage, preparation, selling, servicing,
(8) If the boring and test pit disclose that the drywell is processing, or otherwise handling of food shall have the
located within or underlaid by impermeable soil, it shall waste piping from all refrigerators, ice boxes, walk-in
be constructed in accordance with figure RS 16-9B. freezers, cooling or refrigeration coils, steam tables, egg
(9) If the drywell is underlaid by permeable soil, it boilers, coffee urns, or similar enclosed equipment
shall be constructed in accordance with figure RS 16- discharge indirectly into a water supplied sink or
9B, except that the sand column to permeable soil may receptor. Culinary and open sinks shall be directly
be omitted. connected to the drainage system.
*Local Law 103-1989; Local Law 7-1974 (2) LAUNDRY WASHERS AND EXTRACTORS.-
Laundry washers, extractors, and similar equipment
Section P111.0 Indirect Waste Piping shall have the waste water discharge indirectly into a
P111.1 Indirect Waste Required.- water supplied sink or receptor.
(a) Indirect waste connections to the building drainage (3) DRAINS AND OVERFLOWS.-Indirect waste
system shall be provided where specifically required in connections shall be provided for drains, overflows, or
this reference standard and for all plumbing fixtures, relief pipes from the water distribution system.
appliances, and devices where the backing up of waste (4) STERILIZERS.-Stills, sterilizers, and similar
water or sewage from the drainage system would permit appliances, devices, or apparatus that require water and
either of the following: waste connections and are used for sterile materials
(1) The contamination of food, drinks, or utensils used shall be indirectly connected.

262
Reference Standard 16

(5) DRIPS OR DRAINAGE OUTLETS.-Appliances, indirect waste pipes shall be of such shape and capacity
devices, or apparatus not regularly classed as plumbing as to prevent splashing or flooding.
fixtures, but which have drips or drainage outlets, may (3) Standpipe receptors for automatic clothes washers
be drained by indirect waste pipes. shall be installed in one of the following ways:
(6) WASTE DISCHARGING CLEAR WATER.- a. The standpipe receptor shall be individually trapped
Expansion tanks, cooling jackets, sprinkler systems, or and vented, the trap shall not be installed below the
similar devices that waste clear water only shall floor, and the standpipe shall extend not more than 30
discharge into the building storm or sanitary drainage in. nor less than 18 in. above the trap weir.
system through an indirect waste. b. The standpipe receptor shall be installed in the
(7) SWIMMING POOLS.-Pipes carrying waste water grating of a floor drain that shall be tapped to receive the
from swimming or wading pools, including pool standpipe, and the floor drain size shall be predicated on
drainage, backwash from filters, or water from scum either the discharge rate of the automatic clothes washer
gutter drains, shall be installed as indirect wastes. or the floor area to be drained, whichever is greater.
Circulation pumps may be utilized to lift waste water (b) Strainers and baskets. Every indirect waste receptor
when the waste line is below the sewer grade. shall be equipped with a removable basket or a beehive
(8) PRESSURE TANKS, BOILERS AND RELIEF strainer not less than 4 in. in height. Floor drains receiving
VALVES.-The drains from pressure tanks, boilers, an indirect waste discharge need not have dome strainers.
relief valves, and similar equipment shall be connected (c) Domestic or culinary fixtures prohibited as receptors.
to the drainage system through indirect wastes. No plumbing fixture that is used for domestic or culinary
(9) REFRIGERATORS.-Each indirect waste pipe from
purposes shall be used to receive the discharge of an
a refrigerator or equipment used for storage of food
indirect waste pipe, except that in a dwelling a kitchen
shall discharge into a receptacle through an air break
and, in no instance, shall the indirect waste be trapped sink may be used as the receptor for a dishwasher, and a
ahead of the air break. The maximum developed length laundry tray may be used as the receptor for a clothes
of piping between the outlet and the air break shall be 2 ft. washing machine.
(c) The air break for the indirect waste shall be
provided by terminating the open end of the pipe at P111.6 Condensers and Sumps.-No steam
least 1 in. above the flood level rim of the receiving pipe shall connect to any part of a drainage or plumbing
fixture or receptacle. system, nor shall any water above 150 degrees F be
discharged into any part of the drainage system, except
P111.2 Common Indirect Wastes.-The wastes that 180 degrees water may be discharged as permitted
from drinking fountains, bar sinks, soda fountains, and herein from a commercial dishwasher or laundry. Such
similar fixtures may be connected to a common indirect pipes, except from the dishwasher, shall be connected
waste stack or header, provided each fixture connected by discharging into an indirect waste receptor connected to
thereto is properly trapped. the drainage system.

P111.3 Venting.-No vents need be provided Section P112.0 Special and Miscellaneous
for the traps of fixtures that are connected to indirect Waste Piping
waste piping. Indirect wastes exceeding 100 ft. in developed P112.1 Industrial Wastes.-Industrial wastes
length, except for indirect wastes from show case from abattoirs, chemical plants, metal platers, dye
refrigerators, which shall not exceed 25 ft. in developed works, and similar wastes may not be discharged to a
length, shall be extended through the roof or outside sewer system without an industrial waste permit of the
wall independent of vents for the regular sanitary system, department of public works, except as hereinafter provided.
and they shall terminate as required for sanitary vents.
P112.2 Chemical Wastes.-
P111.4 Sizing.-Indirect wastes shall be sized (a) No corrosive liquids, acids, strong alkalis, or other
in accordance with the requirements of the direct waste chemicals that might destroy or damage the drain, soil,
system on the basis of fixture units only. Developed waste, or vent pipes, or that might create noxious or
length shall not apply in determining pipe size. dangerous fumes, shall be discharged into the regular
drainage systems until brought within permitted
P111.5 Receptors or Sumps.- concentrations by treatment.
(a) Installation.- (b) Such chemicals shall discharge through an
(1) Waste receptors or sumps serving indirect waste independent sanitary drainage system to a dilution or
pipes shall not be installed in any toilet room, unless neutralizing device as described in section P105.0 or
installed in a separate compartment, nor in any inaccessible through some other means of disposal designed by an
or unventilated space. architect or engineer, subject to the approval of the
(2) All plumbing receptors receiving the discharge of commissioner and of any other agency or agencies

263
Reference Standard 16

having jurisdiction. the lowest story above the house drain. A separate acid
(c) Chemical waste and vent piping shall be of materials dilution sump may be used for fixtures on the first floor
resistant to the corrosive action of chemical fumes in and below, and the neutralized effluent shall be lifted from
accordance with section P102.4. the acid dilution sump to the gravity drainage system by
(d) The size of the vent and drainage piping shall meet pumping. The drain line at the inlet to dilution sump
the requirements for sanitary vent and drainage systems shall be provided with a relief vent at least 2 in. in
in sections P108.0 and P109.0. diameter or 1/2 the diameter of inlet pipe, whichever is
(e) All traps in an acid waste system shall have a deep seal. greater. The vent shall terminate in the outside air above
(f) The acid drainage system shall consist of a waste the roof or connect to an acid system vent stack or stack vent.
and a vent stack. In a building where acid drainage (i) Each drainage pipe that extends more than 30 ft.
systems are provided to serve fixtures, drains, and/or from the stack or has more than ten fixture units
equipment on four floors or less and have no horizontal discharging into it shall be provided with a vent
connection from the vent stack or stack vent to a
branch from the waste stack exceeding 30 ft. developed connection in the drain line installed between the last
length to the farthest fixture, the waste stack can serve two fixtures on the drain line and each 30 ft. increment.
as a wet vent and no branch venting shall be required. Also, a relief vent shall be installed in the horizontal
See Figure RS 16-10 for typical installation. branch waste within 4 ft. of the stack. See Figure RS
(g) Acid dilution or neutralization sumps may be 16-11 for typical installation.
located directly adjacent to, or beneath, each acid sink or (j) Fixtures such as floor drains, receptors receiving the
fixture. The discharge from each individual acid sump indirect waste from sterilizers, stills, and drains from
other laboratory equipment within the laboratory area
shall connect to the sanitary drainage system and the may be connected to the acid drainage system, if the
vent shall be treated in the same manner as a sanitary vent. fixtures, excluding floor drains, are provided with
(h) Where a common acid neutralization sump for individual vents, and all of the piping connecting these
several fixtures or stacks is used, it shall be located at fixtures of acid resistant material, or when permitted by

264
Reference Standard 16

the commissioner, of cast iron. public sewer. In addition, such construction shall be
(k) Materials shall be in accord with section P102.4(b)(5) subject to a site and subsoil evaluation to be performed
and P102.4(c)(3). under the supervision of an employee of the department.
***Local Law 65-1996
P112.3 Flammable Solvents or Oil Wastes.-
Flammable solvents or oil wastes shall be disposed of P113.2 Individual Sewage Disposal Systems.-
in accordance with the requirements of section P105.0 Where public sewers are deemed not available, the
or such other method as may be permitted by the method of sewage disposal shall be designed by an architect
department of public works, so that no appreciable or engineer, subject to the approval of the commissioner.
amount of flammable or combustible material is
discharged to the public sewer in such quantities as to P113.3 Individual Sewage Disposal System
cause an explosive condition. See Figure RS 16-9 for (One-and Two-Family Dwellings).-Where public sewers
typical installation. are deemed not available and a temporary private
pumping station or community disposal system is not
P112.4 Radioactive Wastes.-Radioactive installed, an individual private sewage disposal system
wastes shall be treated and disposed of by a method shall be designed by a licensed professional engineer or
designed by an architect or engineer, subject to the registered architect and installed in accordance with the
approval of the commissioner and of any other agency requirements of this reference standard and shall be
or agencies having jurisdiction. subject to controlled inspection.
*Section P113.0 Individual Sewage Systems P113.4 Housing Development Sewage Disposal
*Local Law 85-1973 Systems.-When housing developments consisting of more
***P113.1 Information Required.-An applicant than 15 one-family dwellings or a multiple dwelling of
desiring to construct an individual on site private 15 or more dwelling units, are to be built and public sewers
sewage disposal system shall file a statement certified by are deemed not available, a communal sewage disposal
a registered architect or licensed professional engineer system with street sewers shall be installed in accordance
that there is no available sewer to which the property in with the drainage plan of the department of water resources.
question may connect and the distance to the nearest
**TABLE RS 16-21 MINIMUM DISTANCES BETWEEN SEWAGE SYSTEM
COMPONENTS AND BETWEEN COMPONENTS AND INCUMBRANCES
Building Water
System Foundation Property Disposal Seepage Service
components wall line Field Pits Drywell Line
Septic tank 5 ft. — 5 ft. 5 ft. — —
Disposal field 10 ft. 5 ft. 20 ft. 20 ft. 20 ft. 10 ft.
Seepage pits 15 ft. 10 ft. 20 ft. 20 ft. 20 ft. 10 ft.
Drywells 10 ft. 5 ft. 20 ft. 20 ft. — —
Note-
The seepage pits and drywells may be located contiguous with street line.
**Local Law 103-1989; Local Law 85-1973

P113.5 General Requirements.- (i) The entire system shall be located in front of the
(a) The sewage disposal system shall consist of all building unless it is not feasible to do so. If placed in a
necessary piping and a septic tank or tanks that location other than the front, dry piping with trap
discharge into a disposal field or seepage unit, as may be properly plugged, shall be carried from the house
required. Septic tanks shall not discharge into open streams. plumbing stack through the front foundation wall to
(b) Storm water or ground water shall not be preclude the need for rearranging plumbing when
discharged into a septic tank or into the disposal system sewers become available; clear access not less than nine feet
used to disperse the effluent from the septic tank. wide, shall be provided to the disposal system for servicing.
(c) The use of cesspools is prohibited. (j) Sand used in all absorption systems or in fill
(d) Slope from seepage unit or distribution pipe invert operations as a medium for subsurface disposal of
to lower grades shall not exceed 7.5 percent. sewage effluent shall be clean, coarse sand, all passing
(e) Backfill surrounding the seepage unit stone shall be a 1/4 in. mesh screen, conforming to ASTM specifications
clean, coarse sand as specified. C33-1967.
(f) Sheathing for seepage unit shall be removed after backfilling. (k) Stone used in all systems shall be washed and
(g) All manholes in paved areas shall have a cast iron graded, hard durable fragments of granite, trap or other
watertight frame and cover flush with the finished approved rock free from thin or long pieces, screenings,
paved surface. dust, fine stone and foreign substances. The stone shall
(h) Slope of lines to septic tank, seepage unit and be well graded between the limits specified.
distributing box shall be not less than 1/4 in. per ft. and
shall be shown on the drawings. All piping to these P113.6 Location.-The minimum permissible
components shall be extra heavy cast iron pipe, not less distance between the various components of the sewage
than 4 in. inside diameter. system and between the components and various

265
Reference Standard 16

encumbrances are given in Table RS 16-21. All tanks and cesspools, as a part of one’s regular business
components shall be located within the property line of or employment.
the premises for which the system is installed. *Local Law 21-1981
(c) Capacity.-
P113.7 Septic Tanks.-(a) Construction.- (1) Minimum rated capacity of septic tanks shall be in
Septic tanks shall be constructed of material not subject accordance with Table RS 16-22, and shall be predicated
to excessive corrosion or decay and shall be made upon the 24-hr. sewage flow under normal conditions,
watertight. Manhole covers and roof shall be designed plus an allowance of approximately 20 percent for
for a live load of at least 150 psf. Concrete covers sludge accumulation.
when used, shall be reinforced and at least 4 in. thick. (2) In a tank of more than one compartment, the inlet
Metal septic tanks shall conform to United States compartment shall have a capacity of at least two-thirds
Commercial Standard 177-62. of the minimum required tank capacity prescribed in
*(b) Manholes.- Table RS 16-22.
(1) The septic tank shall have one manhole situated (d) Design.-The concrete tank shall have a water
over the inlet and one over the outlet of the tank. surface at the flow line that is rectangular in plan with
Manholes shall be at least 20 in. square or 24 in. in the length at least twice the width but no more than
diameter. The top of the manhole cover shall extend to three times the width (Figure 16-12A). For steel tanks
within 12 in. of final grade to provide easy access for use 5 ft. diameter (Figure 16-12B).
inspection and cleaning. If the septic tank is placed
deep in the ground, a chimney or riser shall be provided
to raise the manhole cover to the required distance
below grade. No person other than a licensed master
plumber or a person engaged in sewer services shall
remove or open the manhole cover of any septic tank
unless otherwise authorized during an emergency by an
officer or employee of a city agency.
(2) For purposes of this subdivision, "person engaged
in sewer services" shall be defined as one who renders
sewer services, including but not limited to installing, ** Figure RS 16-12A Typical Concrete Septic Tank
altering, repairing, cleaning and pumping sewers, septic **Local Law 85-1973

266
Reference Standard 16

**TABLE RS 16-22 MINIMUM CAPACITY OF outlet lines. A baffle at the inlet shall be provided to
SEPTIC TANKS prevent "short circuiting" of flow. The walls of the box
Minimum Capacity of shall be high enough so that the cover will be within
Tank to Flow Line, 12-inches of the finished grade. All outlet inverts shall
Type of Number of Including Sludge Ac- be set one inch below the inlet invert. Lines from
Dwelling Bedrooms cumulation (Gallons) distribution box to disposal field shall be not less than 4
1 Family …………. 2 750 inches inside diameter and shall be laid with tight joints
1 Family …………. 3 900 on a uniform slope not less than 1/8 inch per foot.
1 Family …………. 4 1,000
1 Family …………. 5 1,250 ***P113.9 Soil Percolation Tests. -Soil percolation
1 Family …………. 6 1,500 tests shall be performed at the site of a proposed individual on
2 Family …………. 4 1,500 site private sewage disposal system installation to determine
2 Family …………. 5 1,750 the suitability of the soil and site. Such test shall be performed
2 Family …………. 6 2,000 under the supervision of an employee of the department
2 Family …………. 7 2,250 as well as subject to controlled inspection. The result
2 Family …………. 8 2,500 of the percolation tests shall be filed on forms provided
Note-
by the department, stating the suitability of the site and
If there is an expansion attic: (a) without bathroom add one
the capacity of the subsoil for the proposed use.
***Local Law 65-1996
additional bedroom, (b) add two additional bedrooms, if bathroom is
included. Rate: 250 gallons for each additional bedroom.
**Local Law 85-1973
P113.10 Seepage Units.-(a) Capacity.-The liquid
capacity (volume below inlet line) of seepage units
P113.8 Distribution Box.-A distribution box shall be at least twice that of the septic tank, as
shall precede all subsurface disposal fields. The prescribed in Table RS 16-22. In addition, sufficient
distribution box is the chamber into which the septic wall area shall be provided to permit the liquid wastes
effluent discharges and from which the sewage enters to leach into the soil without overflowing. Effective
the subsurface disposal field lines. The box shall be of absorption area, i.e., the wall area at the outer
concrete or steel. If steel, it shall be 12-gage minimum, circumference of the annular stone for any type of
bituminous-coated in accordance with Commercial dwelling shall be computed in accordance with the
Standard 177 of 1962. Floor area of box should be as Table RS 16-23A or Table RS 16-23B.
small as practical in order to provide a maximum head
of sewage for equal distribution to all outlet lines. Top ** Figure RS 16-12B Typical Metal Septic Tank
**Local Law 85-1973
of box shall be at least 9 inches above the invert of the

267
Reference Standard 16

**TABLE RS 16-23A DESIGN DATA FOR ABSORPTIVE CAPACITY

OF DISPOSAL FIELD AND SEEPAGE PITSa
Effluent Allowance Rate of Seepage Unit in gallons per square foot of effective absorptive area per day
Percolation Rate
Percolation Test rate in Disposal Field
minutes for water to Trenches Seepage Pits
fall 1 inch (bottom of trenches) (wall area)
2 or less 3.2 4.3
5 2.4 3.2
10 1.7 2.3
30 0.8 1.1
60 (not recommended) 0.4 0.6
Over 60 (not suitable) Obtain special approval of the commissioner.
(Use special design by an architect or engineer, subject to
the approval of the commissioner.)
a For one- or two-family dwellings table RS 16-23B shall be used.
Notes-
Volume of sewage to be disposed of should be equal to the 24 hr. sewage flow.
No portion of the field shall be installed under any pavement or any area where there will be vehicular traffic or parking.
**Local Law 85-1973

**TABLE RS 16-23B DESIGN DATA FOR ABSORPTIVE CAPACITY

OF DISPOSAL FIELD AND SEEPAGE PITS
Minimum Capacity of
Type of Number of Field and/or of
Dwelling Bedrooms Pit to Flow Line
1 Family....................... 2 750
1 Family....................... 3 900
1 Family....................... 4 1,000
1 Family....................... 5 1,250
1 Family....................... 6 1,500
2 Family....................... 4 1,500
2 Family....................... 5 1,750
2 Family....................... 6 2,000
2 Family....................... 7 2,250
2 Family....................... 8 2,500
Notes-
Add 250 gallons for each additional bedroom. To compute peripheral wall area in sq. ft. for gravel envelope of pits, divide above minimum
capacity by 4.3.
To compute area required for disposal field in sq. ft. divide above minimum required capacity by 1.15.
**Local Law 85-1973

268
Reference Standard 16

(b) Construction.-The seepage unit shall be structurally ** Figure RS 16-13A Absorption Type System
sound. The piping from the septic tank to the unit shall **Local Law 85-1973
have tight joints. The general construction arrangement
shall be in accordance with Figure RS 16-13A or RS 16-13B. ** Figure RS 16-13B Absorption Type
**Local Law 85-1973

269
Reference Standard 16

(c) No disposal system shall extend into the water table of the disposal field shall be extra heavy cast iron pipe
thereby causing a direct discharge of effluent into the not less than 4 in. inside diameter, having tight joints.
said ground water table. However, in tidal areas, the All distribution lines in the disposal field shall be
base of the seepage units or distribution pipes in a field approved perforated pipe at least 4 in. inside diameter.
shall be at least 3 feet above the highest water level These lines shall have a uniform slope, 2 in. to 4 in. per
encountered in the excavated test pit. 100 ft. with a minimum spacing of 6 ft. on centers. All
distribution lines shall be of equal length not over 60 ft.
P113.11 Subsurface Disposal Field.- long to provide uniform distribution of the effluent and
(a) General.-Each disposal field shall have at least two shall have a minimum cover of 14 in. on the pipe.
outlet distribution lines from the distribution box. The Wherever it may be necessary to construct a large
field shall be in an open area, at least 20 ft. from the percentage of the field lines with cover in excess of 30
outer surface of any tree trunk. No portion of the field in., other designs using seepage units if possible should
shall be installed under any pavement or any area where be considered.
there will be vehicular traffic or parking. (c) Filter material.-The lines shall be surrounded by
(b) Construction.-An absorption-type disposal field, crushed stone or gravel ranging in size from 3/4 in. to 1
Figure RS 16-13B, may be used in locations wherever 1/2 in. from a level at least 8 in. below the bottom of
an impervious soil stratum overlays a pervious stratum the pipe to a level at least 4 in. above the top of the
and a seepage unit is not feasible or desired. Septic tank pipe. The upper surface of the stone shall be covered
effluent is conducted to a distribution box and thence with a layer of impervious tar paper, minimum weight
through the system of perforated pipes for dispersal 15 pounds, before placing the earth backfill, in order to
over the bed of crushed stone or gravel and sand of the prevent soil from penetrating into the filter material and
required area. This bed of pervious material, overlaying subsequently into the pipes.
the natural unsatisfactory impervious soil, together with (d) Distance requirements.-Disposal fields shall be
the column of sand (test hole) located within the area of installed in accordance with the requirements of Table
the field, previously prepared and tested, serves as the RS 16-24.
media through which the septic tank effluent finds its
way to the underlying natural pervious soil for eventual P113.12 Maintenance.-A chart, showing the
subsurface disposal. The allowable 24-hour rate of location of the septic tank and the field system for a
septic tank effluent application per square foot of field building, shall be kept at a suitable location within the
surface shall be at the maximum rate of 1.15 gallons. building. This chart shall also contain brief inspection and
Lines leading from the distribution box to the head end maintenance instructions for the septic tank.

**TABLE RS 16-24 LIMITING DIMENSIONS OF DISPOSAL

FIELD COMPONENTS
Component Limit
Individual lines, maximum length …………………… 60 ft.
Individual lines, lengths...……………………………… All of equal length
Field distribution pipe, minimum diameter..…...……… 4 in.
Field distribution pipe, maximum slope ………...……. 4 in. per 100 ft. length
Field distribution pipe joints ………………………….. Tight (no spaces) as required by type of pipe
Trench or bed bottom, minimum depth ………………. 18 in.
Trench or bed bottom, average depth …………………. Not more than 30 in.
Trench or bed bottom, minimum above ground water ... 2 ft.
Trench bottom, minimum width (percolation rate of
2 minutes or less) ………………………………… 18 in.
Trench bottom, minimum width (percolation rate of
5 to 10 minutes) ………………………..…………. 24 in.
Trench bottom, maximum width for other more
impervious soils …………………………………... 30 in.
Trench or bed, minimum separation between …………. 3 times trench width but not less than 6 ft.
**Local Law 85-1973

Section P114.0 Hospital and Institutional Plumbing in this section.

P114.1 General.-Hospital and institutional
plumbing systems shall comply with all applicable P114.2 Definitions for Special Hospital
plumbing requirements, except as specifically modified Fixtures and Equipment.-

270
Reference Standard 16

ASPIRATOR.-A fitting or device that is equipment shall be provided for disposal of bedpan
supplied with water or other fluid under positive contents and cleansing and disinfecting bedpans. All
pressure. The water or other fluid passes through an such fixtures and equipment shall be subject to the
integral orifice, or constriction, causing a vacuum. following requirements:
Aspirators are often referred to as "suction" apparatus, (a) Bedpan hoppers (clinic sinks).-Such fixtures shall
and are similar in operation to an ejector fitting. have an integral trap in which the upper portion of a
AUTOPSY TABLE.-A fixture or table used visible trap seal provides a water surface. The fixture
for the post-mortem examination of a body. (See shall be designed so as to permit complete removal of
Section P107.0 for method of connecting water supply.) the contents by siphonic and/or blow-out action, and to
BEDPAN HOPPER (CLINIC SINK).-A reseal the trap in a single flushing operation. A flushing
fixture used to flush the contents of bedpans and meet rim shall provide water to cleanse the interior surface.
the design requirements of Section P114.3(a). The fixtures shall have flushing and cleansing characteristics
BEDPAN STEAMER.-A fixture used for similar to a water closet.
sanitizing bedpans or urinal bottles by direct application (b) Prohibited use of clinic sinks and service sinks.-
of steam. A clinic sink shall not be used as a janitor's service
BEDPAN WASHER.-A fixture designed to sink. A janitors service sink shall not be used for the
wash bedpans and to flush the contents into the sanitary disposal of urine, fecal matter, or other human wastes.
drainage system. It may also be used for sanitizing (c) Special requirement for ice manufacture and
bedpans and urinals with steam or hot water. storage.-No machines for manufacturing ice, or any
BEDPAN WASHER DEVICE.-A device device for handling or storing ice, shall be located in a
used for cleansing bedpans. It is supplied with hot room containing a bedpan hopper, clinic sink, bedpan
and/or cold water, and is located adjacent to a water washer, or similar fixture. Machines for manufacturing
closet or clinic sink or installed in the discharge piping ice, or devices for handling or storing ice intended for
of the flush valve. either human consumption or packs, shall be located in
BEDPAN WASHER VENT.-A local vent that a clean utility room, a floor pantry, a diet kitchen, or in
is a vertical pipe to which connections are made from other similar locations.
the fixture side of traps and through which vapor and/or (d) Sterilizers.-
foul air may be removed from the bedpan washer. (1) DESCALING PROHIBITED.-The interior of water
CLINIC SINK.-See "Bedpan Hopper." sterilizers, stills, or similar equipment shall not be
STERILIZER, BOILING TYPE.-A fixture descaled or otherwise treated by acid or other chemical
(nonpressure vessel) used for boiling instruments, solutions while the equipment is connected to the water
utensils, and/or other equipment for the purpose of and/or drainage system.
disinfection. Some devices are portable, others are (2) STANDARD.-New pressure sterilizers and
connected to the plumbing system. pressure type instrument washer-sterilizers hereafter
STERILIZER, PRESSURE (AUTOCLAVE).- installed shall conform to ASME boiler and pressure
A fixture (pressure vessel) designed to use steam under vessel code, 1962, section VIII and shall bear a data
pressure for sterilizing. plate clearly visible at all times indicating conformity to
STERILIZER, PRESSURE (INSTRUMENT such standards.
WASHER-STERILIZER TYPE).-A fixture (pressure (3) STERILIZER PIPING.-All sterilizer piping and/or
vessel) designed to both wash and sterilize instruments devices necessary for the operation of sterilizers shall
during the operating cycle of the fixture. be accessible for inspection and maintenance.
STERILIZER VENT.-A separate pipe or a. Steam supply.-Steam supplies to sterilizers, including
stack, indirectly connected to the building drainage those connected by pipes from overhead mains or branches,
system at the lower terminal. The pipe or stack receives shall be drained to prevent any excess moisture from
the vapors from nonpressure sterilizers or the exhaust reaching the sterilizer. The condensate drainage from
vapors from pressure sterilizers and conducts the vapors the steam supply shall be discharged by gravity.
directly to the outer air. (Sometimes called a vapor, a b. Condenser.-Pressure sterilizers shall be equipped
steam, an atmosphere or an exhaust vent.) with a means for condensing exhaust steam vapors.
STERILIZER, WATER.-A fixture (pressure c. Gas fired equipment.-Gas fired equipment or apparatus
vessel) designed for sterilizing water and storing this requiring either water or drainage connections, or both,
sterile water. shall comply with the requirements of this reference standard
STILL.-A device used for distilling liquids. and the applicable provisions of the building code.

P114.3 Requirements for Special Hospital P114.4 Plumbing in Mental Hospitals.-

Fixtures and Equipment.-Bedpan hoppers (clinic Special consideration shall be given to the design and
sinks), bedpan washers, and similar fixtures and installation of plumbing fixtures in mental hospitals. No

271
Reference Standard 16

pipes or traps shall be exposed and all fixtures shall be

securely bolted through walls. P114.7 Sterilizer Wastes.-
(a) Indirect wastes required.-Each sterilizer shall be
P114.5 Number of Plumbing Fixtures.-The provided with an individual and separate indirect waste,
minimum number of fixtures for hospital and and with an air break having a diameter at least twice
institutional occupancy shall be in accordance with that of the waste tailpiece. The upper rim of the
Table RS 16-25, Fixtures for Hospitals and Institutions. receptor, funnel, or basket type fitting shall be at least 2
in. below the vessel or the piping, whichever is lower.
P114.6 Drainage and Venting.- Except as provided in (b) below, a "P" trap shall be
(a) Ice storage chest drains.-Each drain serving an ice installed on the discharge side of, and immediately
chest or box shall discharge into an indirect waste receptor. below, the waste connection serving each sterilizer.
Each drain shall discharge through an air break above (b) Floor drain required.-In all rooms containing the
the receptor. The end of the drain shall be covered with recessed or concealed portions of sterilizers, the entire
a removable screen of not* at least 10 mesh per in. or floor area shall be drained and at least one floor drain
with a flap valve. shall be installed. The floor drain waste and trap shall
(b) Bedpan washers and clinic sinks.-Bedpan washers have a minimum diameter of 3 in. It shall receive the
and clinic sinks shall be connected to the sanitary drainage drainage from at least one sterilizer to assure maintenance
system and vented in accordance with the requirements for of the floor drain trap seal. No individual sterilizer
water closets, except that bedpan washers with vapor vent waste trap shall be required on this type of installation.
connections shall require additional vapor vents.
*As enacted but probably “net” is intended.

TABLE RS 16-25 MINIMUM NUMBER OF FIXTURES FOR HOSPITALS AND INSTITUTIONS

Type of Fixtures
Type of Building Occupancy Water Closets Urinals Lavatories Bathtubs or Drinking Other
Showers Fountains Fixtures
Institutional—other than hospitals or penal 1 for ea. 25 men 1 for each 1 for each 1 for each 1 for each
institutions (on each occupied story) 50 men 20 persons 10 persons 50 persons
1 for ea. 20
women In accordance with the hospital code of the
city of New York
Hospitals – general See table RS 16-5
Hospital – employees See Public Facilities
Institutional – prisoners 1 in each cell 1 in each cell 1 in each cell 1 on each cell 1 slop sink
block floor per floor
1 in each 1 in each 1 in each 1 in each
exercise room exercise room exercise room exercise area
Institutional – employees and public
Facilities – See Table RS 16-5
Nursing homes – in accordance with the nursing home code of the city of New York.

(c) Bedpan steamers, additional trap required.-A and indirectly wasted. If necessary to cool a high
trap with a minimum seal of 3 in. shall be provided in a temperature discharge, a cooling receiver, trapped on its
bedpan steam drain located between the fixture and the discharge side, may serve as the fixture trap.
indirect waste connection. (e) Exhaust condensers.-Drain from exhaust condensers
(d) Pressure Sterilizer.-Except when an exhaust shall be installed with an indirect waste as prescribed in
condenser is used, a pressure sterilizer chamber drain this code. If such condensers are used on pressure
may be connected to the exhaust drip tube before sterilizers, the chamber drain shall have a separate
terminating at the indirect waste connection. If a vapor indirect waste connection.
trap is used, it shall be designed and installed to prevent (f) Water sterilizer.-All water sterilizer drains,
moisture being aspirated into the sterilizer chamber. including tank, valve, condenser, filter and cooling,
The jacket steam condensate return, if not connected to shall be installed with indirect waste.
a gravity steam condensate return, shall be separately (g) Pressure type instrument washer-sterilizer.-The

272
Reference Standard 16

pressure type instrument washer-sterilizer chamber floor, a bedpan vent stack may be installed to receive
drain and overflow may be interconnected. They may the bedpan vent on the various floors. The connections
also be interconnected with the condenser. The indirect between a bedpan washer vent and a bedpan vent stack
waste shall comply with the provisions of this reference shall be made by using tee or tee-type sanitary pattern
standard. drainage fittings, installed in an upright position. See
Table RS 16-26 for vent sizing.
P114.8 Vapor Vents.- (3) TRAP REQUIRED.-The bottom of the bedpan vent
(a) Vent material.-Material for sterilizer, vapor, and stack, except when serving only one bedpan washer, shall
exhaust vents shall be as required by Section P102.4. be drained by means of a trapped connection discharging
(b) Vent connections prohibited.-Connections between indirectly into the plumbing sanitary drainage system.
vapor vents serving bedpan washers, sterilizing apparatus, The trap and waste shall be at least 2 in. in size.
and/or normal sanitary systems, are prohibited. Only one (4) TRAP SEAL MAINTENANCE.-A water supply of
type of apparatus shall be served by a given type vent. at least 1/4 in. tubing shall be taken from the flush
(c) Bedpan Vents and stacks.- supply of each bedpan washer on the discharge or
(1) BEDPAN WASHERS.-Bedpan washers shall be fixture side of the vacuum breaker, trapped to form at
vented to the outer atmosphere above the roof by means least a 3 in. seal, and connected to the local vent on
of bedpan vents. The vent for a bedpan washer shall be each floor. The water supply shall be so installed as to
at least a 2 in. diameter pipe. A bedpan vent serving a provide a supply of water to the local vent stack for
single bedpan washer may drain to the fixture served. cleansing and drain trap seal maintenance each time a
(2) MULTIPLE INSTALLATIONS.-Where bedpan bedpan washer is flushed.
washers are located above each other on more than one

TABLE RS 16-26
STACK SIZES FOR BEDPAN STEAMERS AND BOILING TYPE
STERILIZERS AND NUMBER OF CONNECTIONS PERMITTED
No. of Connections Permitted
Connection Size (in.)
Stack Size (in.) 1 1/2 2
1 1/2 ................................................... 1 or 0
2 ......................................................... 2 or 1
2 ......................................................... 1 and 1
3 ......................................................... 4 or 2
3 ......................................................... 2 and 2
4 ......................................................... 8 or 4
4 ......................................................... 4 and 4

(d) Pressure sterilizer vent and stacks.- sterilizer vent stack shall be 2 in. when serving a utensil
(1) CONNECTIONS.-In multiple installations of pressure sterilizer, and 1 1/2 in. when serving an instrument
and nonpressure sterilizers, vent connections to the sterilizer sterilizer. Combinations of boiling type sterilizer vent
(vapor) vent stack shall be made by means of inverted connections shall be based on Table RS 16-26.
type fittings. (c) Pressure sterilizers.-The minimum diameter of
(2) DRAINAGE.-The connection between sterilizer sterilizer vent stacks or the vertical stack vent from a
vent and/or exhaust openings and the sterilizer vent single unit shall be 2 in. minimum. Stacks serving
stack shall be designed and installed to drain to the combinations of pressure sterilizer exhaust connections
funnel or basket-type waste fitting. In multiple installations, shall be sized according to Table RS 16-27.
the sterilizer vent stack shall be drained separately to (d) Pressure type instrument washer-sterilizer.-The
the lowest sterilizer funnel or basket-type waste fitting minimum diameter of a sterilizer vent stack serving an
or receptor. instrument washer-sterilizer shall be 2 in.
(e) Roof penetration.-Vent shall be increased in size
P114.9 Sizing of Sterilizer Vent Stack.- and extended through the roof in accordance with
(a) Bedpan steamers.-The minimum diameter of a sanitary venting requirements.
sterilizer vent serving a bedpan steamer shall be 1 1/2
in. Multiple installations shall be sized according to P114.10 Water Supply.-
Table RS 16-26. (a) Services.-All hospitals shall be provided with at
(b) Boiler type sterilizer.-The minimum diameter of a least two water service connections. Whenever more

273
Reference Standard 16

than one street main is available, the connections shall (c) Hot water supply protection.-Hot water supply to
be made to different street mains. patients' showers, therapeutic equipment, and continuous
(b) Water supply protection.-The installation of the baths shall be provided with control valves automatically
water supply shall meet all the requirements prescribed regulating the temperature of the water supply to the
in Section P107.0, except as hereinafter provided. (See fixture. The valve shall fail in a closed position when the
Table RS 16-28.) tempered water supply to the fixture exceeds 110 degrees F.

TABLE RS 16-27 STACK SIZES FOR PRESSURE STERILIZERS AND

NUMBER OF CONNECTIONS PERMITTED
No. of Connections Permitted
Stack Size 644444444Connection Size (in.)444444448
(in.) 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2
1 1/2 3 or 2 or 1
1 1/2 2 and 1
2 6 or 3 or 2 or 1
2 3 and 2
2 2 and 1 and 1
2 1 and 1 and 1
3 15 or 1 or 5 or 3
3 1 and 2 and 2
3 1 and 5 and 1

TABLE RS 16-28 FIXTURE WATER SUPPLY PROTECTIONa

Fixtures Type of Protection Remarks
Aspirators Separate water system ______
Bedpan
Washers Vacuum breaker
Washer Hose Vacuum breaker Locate 5 ft. above floor
Boiler type sterilizer Air gap Not less than twice the
effective opening of
the water supply
Exhaust condenser Vacuum breaker ______
Pressure type instrument
washer-sterilizer Vacuum breaker ______
Pressure type sterilizer Vacuum breaker ______
Note-
a Where vacuum breakers are used, they shall be installed after the last control valve. See section P107.2 for requirements for other fixtures.

P114.11 Vacuum systems.- shall, in no case, be located so as to cause a hazard to

(a) Aspirators, water.-The use of water aspirators is public safety, health or welfare.
prohibited.
(b) Bottle systems.-Vacuum systems intended for *P114.12 Oxygen and Nitrous Oxide Systems.-Where
collecting, removing and/or disposing of blood, pus, oxygen and nitrous oxide systems are installed, the
and/or other fluids shall be protected by bottles piping, outlets, manifolds, manifold rooms, and storage
(furnished as secondary equipment) installed near the rooms shall be installed in accordance with the requirements
outlet. Each vacuum outlet station shall be equipped so of ANSI/NFiPA 99-1987 Standard for Health Care
as to prevent fluids other than air from entering the Facilities, as modified and ANSI/NFiPA 50-1985 Bulk
vacuum piping systems. Oxygen Systems at Consumer Sites. The alarms for the
(c) Central system equipment.-The collecting and/or systems shall comply with Reference Standard RS 17-3
control tanks in central systems shall be provided with and the requirements of the fire department.
drains for cleaning the tanks. The exhausts from ANSI/NFiPA 99-1987 shall be subject to the following
vacuum pumps used in connection with a vacuum modifications:
system shall discharge separately to the outdoor air Section 4-3.1.4 Amend the initial sentence to read as follows:
above the roof or at such other locations as may be The central supply system shall be a system of cylinders
permitted by the Commissioner. The exhaust discharge and necessary supply equipment assemblied as described

274
Reference Standard 16

in either 4-3.1.5 or 4-3.1.6, or a bulk supply system (4- installed through a building wall below ground, it shall
3.1.7) which shall be of the permanently installed type. be protected with a wall sleeve extending at least 4 in.
Section 4-3.1.10 Add paragraph (b) to read as follows: beyond the outer side of the wall and at least 1 in.
(b) The emergency oxygen supply connection shall not be beyond the inner side of the wall. The sleeve shall be
used unless prior Fire Department approval and permits sealed at both ends to prevent the entry of water and
are obtained to store and use the emergency oxygen supply. gas. Gas service connections, installed through ground
Section 4-3.2.2 Amend this section to read as follows: slab construction, shall be protected with a floor sleeve
4.3.2.2 Supply system and storage locations shall sealed at both ends to prevent the entry of water and
comply with 4-3.1.1.2; 4-3.1.1.3; 4-3.1.2.1(a); 4- gas. The sleeve shall extend at least 4 in. above the floor,
3.1.2.1(c); 4-3.1.2.1(e); 4-3.1.2.1(g); 4-3.1.2.1(h); 4- and shall be installed as specified by the utility company
3.1.2.1(i); 4-3.1.2.1(j); 4-3.1.2.1(k); 4-3.1.2.1(l); 4- providing the service. It shall terminate at least 4 in.
3.1.2.2; 4-3.1.2.3; 4-3.1.3; 4-3.1.5.2; 4-3.1.8.2. outside the building.
Section 4-4.1.2.1 Add paragraph (j) to read as follows: (b) In all high pressure areas, the utility company
(j) The gas content of medical gas piping systems shall providing the service may inspect the gas service line
be readily identifiable by appropriate labeling with the valve and regulator in accordance with the code
name of the gas contained. Such labeling shall be by requirements of the state of New York as set forth in 16
means of metal tags, stenciling, stamping, or with NYCRR, Part 255, in addition to the department of
adhesive markers, in a manner that is not readily buildings in accordance with sections C26-1606.1 and
removable. Labeling shall appear on the piping at C26-1606.4 (d).
intervals of not more than 20 feet and at least once in (c) No gas service shall enter a structure at a horizontal
each room and each story traversed by the piping distance of less than 10 ft. from the cellar termination
system. Where supplementary color identification of of a stairway, nor shall any gas meters or gas regulators
piping is used, it shall be in accordance with the gases be located less than 10 ft. from such stairway
and colors indicated in Compressed Gas Association termination. Where such services, meters and regulators
Pamphlet C-9, Standard Color-Marking of Compressed are separated from the stairway termination by a
Gas Cylinders Intended for Medical use in the United permanent partition or wall having a fire-resistance
States. (1973). rating of at least 1 hr. the foregoing shall not apply.
Section 4-4.1.2.3 Add paragraph (g) to read as follows: Unless forbidden by other provisions of this code,
(g) Threaded connections using other than taper pipe locations under a stairway are exempt from this requirement.
threads, shall be prevented from loosening through the (d) When the structure is erected on fill or on piles,
use of an anaerobic compound or any other method provision shall be made to preclude possible damage to
conforming with good engineering practice for such the gas service piping caused by settlement.
purpose. **Local Law 30-1982
*Local Law 12-1982; 1025-88 BCR
**P115.3 Gas Distribution Pressures.-No gas distribution
**Section P115.0 Gas Piping piping containing gas at a pressure in excess of 1/2 psig
**Local Law 30-1982 shall be run within a building, except that pressure not
***P115.1 General Requirements For Gas Piping.- exceeding three psig is permitted for the following uses:
The gas piping system, system testing and appliance (a) commercial use, (b) industrial use; (c) other large
installation shall be as required by this section, section volume use in which fuel requirements for boiler room
C26-1606.1 and section C26-1606.4 (d). equipment exceed 4000 cubic feet per hour and such
***Local Law 54-1970
large volume use is supplied through separate gas
distribution piping to the boiler room. Gas pressure not
**P115.2 Gas Service Piping Connections.- exceeding 15 psig is permitted for boiler room equipment
(a) Gas service piping shall be fitted with a gas service in excess of 100,000 cubic feet per hour provided the
line valve, the valve located on the supply side of the gas distribution piping is installed as provided for in
meter and service regulator, if a service regulator is P115.8. The use of pressure in excess of 15 psig shall
required. If a plug type valve is used, it shall be constructed be permitted for distribution piping provided all of the
so as to prevent the core from being blown out by the requirements of P115.8(n) are met.
pressure of the gas. In addition, it shall be of a type **Local Law 30-1982
capable of being locked in the off position by the local
gas utility. When the gas service line valve is inside the **P115.4-Gas Regulator And Gas Regulator Vent
building, it shall be in an accessible location within 2 ft. Outlets.-Gas meter piping supplying gas to a building
of the point where the gas service connection enters the at a pressure in excess of 1/2 psig shall be provided
building or at such other location as may be permitted with a regulator that will reduce the pressure of the gas
by the commissioner. Where the gas service connection is to 1/2 psig or less prior to entering the gas distribution

275
Reference Standard 16

piping in the building, except where the use of higher excess of 15 psig shall comply with the following:
pressure is permitted. Where gas distribution pressure (1) Where such piping is greater than 4-in. in diameter,
in excess of 1/2 psig is permitted, it shall be regulated the meter piping shall be installed in a properly
not to exceed the maximum pressure level as permitted ventilated meter room of 3 hour fire rated construction.
by the code or commissioner. (2) The maximum distance from the service line valve
(a) Inside gas meter piping operating at a pressure in to the regulator shall be limited as follows:

Service Line Valve Size Maximum Distance

(Linear Feet of Pipe)
up through 2" pipe size .................................................................................... 4 feet
over 2" through 4" pipe size ............................................................................ 8 feet
over 4" through 8" pipe size ............................................................................ 15 feet
10" pipe size and larger ................................................................................... 20 feet

(3) Where these maximum distances cannot be met, the following shall be required:

Footage (Linear Feet of Pipe)

in Excess of Above Additional
Requirements Requirements
up to 5 ft..................................... The meter room shall have 3 hour fire
rating construction and adequate ventilation
over 5 ft. through 10 ft ................. Above requirements plus a combustible
gas-detection alarm system
over 10 ft. through 15 ft ............... Above requirements plus controlled
inspection by the customer or his repre-
sentative as specified in section C26-
106.3
over 15 ft. through 20 ft ................. Above requirements plus explosion vent-
ing per NFiPA Std. No. 68-1978; or
alternative ventilation acceptable to the
commissioner and automatic gas shutoff devices
over 20 ft........................................ Above requirements plus suitable fire
protection approved by the commissioner

For new gas installations made in existing structures, **P115.5 Outside Gas Cut-off.-
the above requirements shall be used to the extent feasible. *(a) An outside gas service line valve or other outside
Alternate designs may be considered by the commissioner. emergency shut-off device or method acceptable to the
(b) When located inside the building, each regulator commissioner and fire commissioner shall be installed
shall be provided with a vent pipe that leads directly to in every gas service pipe outside the building. If buried,
the outdoor air. The vent pipe shall be sized according such valve, device or method shall be readily accessible
to local utility requirements. The vent outlet shall not be from grade. Every existing service which is being
located under a window or any opening leading back replaced or refurbished shall be provided with such
into the premises or located below any overhang or valve, device or method, but in any event, all existing
projection. No gas regulator vent outlet shall be covered gas services shall be provided with such valve, device
over, plugged up, or otherwise obstructed, and all gas or method by January 1, 2020 provided however, all
vents shall be identified by suitable marking on the occupancy groups other than J-3 shall be required to be
outlet on the outside of the building. completed by January 1, 2010. The minimum annual
Gas appliance pressure regulators requiring access to rate of installing such valve, device, or method shall be
the atmosphere for successful operation shall be equipped determined by the applicable utility; however, it shall
with vent leading to the outdoors, unless constructed or be chosen to ensure timely completion of the program
equipped with a vent limiting means to limit the escape of by the date specified herein. The applicable utility shall
gas from the vent opening in the event of diaphragm failure. provide the Fire Department with suitable tools for
**Local Law 30-1982 operation of such emergency shut-off valves, devices or
methods. The number of such tools required for

276
Reference Standard 16

supplying fire department units shall be determined by (c) Gas meter rooms, when provided, shall at all times
the fire department. On or before January 31, of each be kept clear of all rubbish; and shall not be used in any
year, the applicable utility shall report to the way for storage purposes, including material or
Department of Buildings and the Fire Department the equipment of any kind. A legible sign reading "Gas
actual number of emergency shut-off valves installed meter room-No storage permitted" shall be permanently
for the preceding year. and conspicuously posted on the exterior of the meter
(b) If the outside gas service line valve, emergency room door, except that the sign may be posted on the
shut-off device or method is located below ground, it interior of the meter room door in buildings classified
shall be installed in a protective housing, and a cover, in occupancy group J-3. The lettering of such signs
easily identifiable shall be provided for the housing. shall be of bold type at least one inch in height and shall
The cover shall be flush with the surface of the ground be properly spaced to provide good legibility. The
and kept clear at all times so as to be accessible for lettering and background shall be of contrasting colors.
immediate use. Where gas meters and related equipment are not located
(c) The valve or emergency shut-off device shall be in a separate room but are located in an open floor area,
capable of being readily operated by removing the no combustible material shall be stored or kept within
cover of the housing and inserting a portable key or five feet of such equipment; nor shall the gas meter be
other device over the operating end of the valve or within three feet of any heating boiler or sources of
emergency shut-off device. ignition and, except for buildings in occupancy group J-
(d) If the outside gas service line valve is located above 3, there shall be a physical barrier required if the room
ground, it shall be suitably protected to prevent accidental is also used for storage purposes or the like.
vehicular impact and must be installed in accordance
with the code requirements of the state of New York as P115.7 Gas Piping Materials And Fittings.-
set forth in 16 NYCRR Part 255. (a) Piping materials and piping joints.-All materials
**Local Law 30-1982 used in gas distribution piping systems operating at 1/2
*Local Law 89-1995
psig or less shall be in accordance with department of
buildings’ requirements and ANSI Z223.1-1974, National
P115.6 Gas Meter Location.- Fuel Code, except for the following modifications:
(a) When located inside the building, meters shall be
(1) Screwed fittings shall not be used for pipe size
located as near as practicable to the point of entrance of
above 4 inches in diameter (see section P115.8(e) for
the service and, where possible, the meters shall be located
distribution piping pressures over 1/2 psig).
in the cellar or basement unless otherwise permitted by
the commissioner. The meter location shall be clean, dry, (2) Delete paragraph 1.2.6.1(c) of this standard and
and free of refuse, steam or chemical fumes. Meters shall substitute: "Plastic pipe, tubing and fittings shall not be
be adequately protected against extreme cold or heat used for gas distribution or meter piping."
and shall be readily accessible for reading and inspection. (b) All materials used in gas distribution piping systems
The area in which the meter is located shall be properly having a gas pressure above 1/2 psig shall conform to
ventilated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, outside meter ANSI B31.2-1968, Fuel Gas Piping, and department of
installation shall be permitted in areas where the utility buildings requirements.
company certifies that dry gas is being distributed. (c) All materials used in gas service and meter piping
(b) In a multiple dwelling, no gas meter, other than the systems shall be in accordance with the requirements as
replacement of an existing meter shall be located in any specified by the utility corporation providing the service;
boiler room or other room or space containing a heating and of the department of buildings.
boiler, in any stair hall, nor in any public hall above the (d) The permissible stress for gas piping shall be
cellar or above the lowest story if there is no cellar. limited to not more than 20% of the yield strength of
However, in any multiple dwelling where there is an the piping, including all primary and secondary loads.
existing gas meter located in any boiler room or other (e) Plastic pipe shall be limited to polyolefins and shall
room or space containing a heating boiler, one additional conform to ASTM D2513-1976, Thermoplastic Gas
gas meter may be installed in such room or space, provided Pressure Pipe, Tubing and Fittings.
such additional gas meter is installed adjacent to the (f) The definition of plastic (noun) is a material which
existing gas meter and is used in conjunction with the contains as an essential ingredient an organic substance
supply of gas for a gas-fired heating boiler or a gas-fired of large molecular weight, is solid in its finished state
water heater used as a central source of supply of heat or
and, at some stage of its manufacture or processing can
hot water for the tenants residing in such multiple
be shaped by flow. Thermoplastic is defined as a plastic
dwelling. Such additional gas meter may be installed
which is capable of being repeatedly softened by increase
only upon the condition that space heaters or hot water
appliances in the dwelling units are eliminated. of temperature and hardened by decrease of temperature.

277
Reference Standard 16

P115.8 Installation Of Gas Piping.- that standard.

(a) The installation of gas service piping shall be made 1.2.10.14 Add the following to this section:
in accordance with the requirements of the utility (h) Branches shall be taken off the riser with not less
corporation providing the service as regulated by Part than a two elbow swing:
255, of Title 16, of the Official Compilation of Codes, 1.2.10.15 Electrical bonding and grounding.-Delete this
Rules and Regulations of the State of New York. section and replace it with the following:
Further, such installation shall meet the requirements of The gas piping system shall not be used for an electrical ground.
the department of buildings. (i) Where piping supplies equipment for incidental
(b) Gas service piping outside a structure shall be outside use, the minimum ground cover shall be 18
installed not less than 24 inches below grade, except inches. Where compliance with this requirement would be
that a lesser distance of not less than 18 inches may be unusually difficult, a lesser distance may be permitted
permitted, provided the piping is adequately protected provided the piping is adequately protected in accordance
in accordance with the requirements of this code and with the requirements of this code and the department
the utility corporation supplying service, and the piping of buildings. In all cases where piping is installed in
is not located below a driveway. Any piping that is concrete, screwed fittings shall not be used, and the
exposed to outdoor temperatures or installed underground piping shall be coated to prevent corrosion, and in all
with a cover of less than 2 feet shall be protected against cases where corrosive conditions exist, the pipe shall be
frost, except that frost protection may be omitted in adequately protected against corrosion.
areas where the utility company certifies that dry gas is (j) Concealed piping as defined in sections 1.2.8 and
being distributed. 2.4.8 of Z223.1-1974 shall not include piping installed
(c) The installation of gas meter piping shall be made in in pipe shafts. Where piping is installed in a shaft, the shaft
accordance with the requirements of this code and the shall have a fire protective rating as prescribed in the
local utility company. Piping containing gas with a requirements for fire protection construction of the
pressure exceeding 1/2 psig and the gas service pressure building code.
regulator which may be subjected to accidental (k) All requirements for installation of gas distribution
vehicular impact shall be suitably protected. piping with pressure above 1/2 psig shall be in
(d) Welders installing gas piping within buildings at accordance with Z223.1 Part II National Fuel Gas
any pressure shall be qualified for all pipe sizes, wall Code. Gas distribution piping operating at a pressure of
thicknesses and all positions in accordance with either over 1/2 psig to 3 psig and of a size 4 inches or larger
API 1104-1977, 14th edition, or ASME Section IX shall be welded. All gas distribution piping operating at
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, 1980 and requalified a pressure above 3 psig shall be welded. All welding of
on an annual basis. The qualification testing shall be gas distribution piping shall be subject to controlled
performed by an agency listed with the department of inspection as set forth in section C26-103.3.
buildings, and the inspector shall have a minimum (1) When the structure is erected on fill or on piles,
radiography qualification of Level II in accordance with provisions shall be made to preclude possible damage
the American Society of Non-Destructive Testing to the gas distribution piping caused by settlement.
Recommended Practice Document No. SNT-TC-1A, (m) Gas distribution piping operating at pressures
Supplement A. Copies of the certified welder qualification above 1/2 psig shall be marked to identify the
reports shall be maintained by the responsible welding maximum pressure levels within the piping. All valves
contractor and shall be made available to the department shall be suitably tagged to indicate the operating pressure
of buildings upon request. level within the distribution piping. In no case shall
(e) All welded gas distribution and meter piping main there be any inter-connections between distribution
and branch supplies to customer equipment operating in piping at different pressure levels. Piping at different
excess of 3 psig inside buildings shall be butt welded; pressure levels in the same space shall be color coded.
and shall be subject to controlled inspection, as set forth (n) Gas distribution piping operating at pressure levels
in section C26-106.3. above 10 psig shall be located within spaces having a 3
(f) Radiography shall be performed on all butt welds in hour fire rating for walls and partitions and a 2 hour fire
gas meter and gas distribution piping operating at rating for floors and ceiling. Areas containing gas distribution
pressures exceeding 3 psig, within buildings, in piping operating at pressure levels above 15 psig shall
accordance with API 1104-1977 or ASME Section IX require and/or comply with all of the following:
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code 1980. (1) A 3 hour fire rating.
(g) All requirements for installation of gas distribution (2) A suitable fire protection system as approved by the
piping with pressures of 1/2 psig or less shall be in commissioner.
accordance with P115.7 and Z223.1-1974 Part I, (3) A combustible gas detection alarm system.
National Fuel Gas Code, subject to the following (4) Controlled inspection of the piping system as set
modifications. Section numbers referred to are those in forth in C26-106.3.

278
Reference Standard 16

(5) Gas pipe shafts shall not be located in stairways, material specifications are joined together by heat fusion, a
shall be sealed to prevent any gas leakage from the thorough investigation shall be made to determine that
shaft, shall conform to high hazard requirements, and the materials are compatible for joining purposes. The
shall be vented to the open air at the top. joining method used must be compatible with the materials
(6) Compressors and/or turbines using gas at 15 psig or being joined. The recommendations of the manufacturer
over shall be located in rooms provided with explosion shall be considered when determining the method to be used.
venting in accordance with NFPA Std. No. 68-1978 and b. Mechanical joints. When compression type mechanical
compressor, turbine, meter and boiler rooms shall be joints are used, the gasket material in the coupling must
provided with adequate mechanical and fixed ventilation. be compatible with the plastic. An internal tubular rigid
(7) The gas meter room shall be gas tight, shall be stiffener shall be used in conjunction with the coupling.
The tubular stiffener shall reinforce the end of the pipe
entered from the outside only, and shall be vented to the
or tubing and shall extend at least to the outside end of
outer air only.
the compression fitting when installed. The stiffener
(8) Electrical equipment in meter, compressor and shall be free of rough or sharp edges and shall not be a
turbine rooms shall conform to the Electrical Code of force fit in the plastic. A split tubular stiffener shall not
the City of New York for Class 1 Division 1 occupancies. be used.
(9) Any gas tank used shall conform to section C19- (5) Changes in direction with plastic piping may be
91.0(c) and (d), and compressing of gas shall be under made with bends, elbows and tees. Bends shall be free
the supervision of a person holding a certificate of of buckles, cracks, or other evidence of damage. No
fitness in accordance with section C19-91.0(b). miter joints are permitted. The pipe may be bent or
(10) Piping at different pressure levels in the same deflected provided the radius shall not be less than the
space shall be color coded. minimum recommended by the manufacturer.
(11) The concurrence of the fire commissioner shall be (6) The minimum allowable wall thickness for plastic
obtained for all such high pressure gas installations, pipe shall be 0.090 inches.
operating at 15 psig or over. (7) Plastic pipe shall be laid, and continuously supported,
(o) Plastic service piping, either insert or direct burial, on undisturbed or well-compacted soil to minimize shear
conforming with section P115.7(c) may be installed stresses. Backfill material for at least 4 inches over the
subject to the following restrictions: plastic pipe shall be free from large rocks or sharp
(1) Wherever plastic insert piping is used, the existing objects. The trench shall be backfilled to a height of 12
service piping shall act as a mechanical protection inches above the pipe in 6-inch lifts which shall be hand
between the plastic piping and the surrounding compacted. The remaining trench shall be backfilled in
environment. The remaining gas service pipe shall be 12-inch lifts.
prepared to the extent necessary to remove any sharp (8) Slack for thermal expansion and contraction or for
edges, projections, or abrasive material which could external loading on direct-buried plastic services shall
damage the plastic during and after insertion. Plastic be provided by snaking the pipe from one side of the
pipe or tubing shall be inserted into the casing pipe in trench to the other. Where plastic piping is inserted for
such a manner as to protect the plastic during the a distance of 50 feet or more allowances shall be made
installation. The leading end of the plastic shall be at the end connections to prevent pull out caused by
closed before insertion. Care shall be taken to prevent thermal or by external loading.
piping from bearing on the end of the casing. (9) External sleeves shall be used on plastic service
(2) Persons engaged in the installation of the plastic lines at main connections to minimize shear stresses.
piping shall be formally trained, qualified, and certified *(10) Plastic pipe shall not be installed in areas where it
by the serving utility company. may be exposed to temperatures below-20o F or above
*(3) Plastic piping shall not extend more than 3 inches 140oF. Plastic pipe shall not be installed within 35 feet
beyond the inner face of the building wall, and shall not be of an underground steam facility, nor in any vault in
exposed inside the building. Plastic piping may extend which a steam facility is located.
into the building a maximum of one foot horizontally and (11) The specific plastic pipe, tubing or fitting to be
four feet vertically immediately adjacent to the inner face used shall be thoroughly investigated by the user and
of the building wall when encased in a metallic sleeve material serviceability determined for the conditions
and constructed and vented so that uncontrolled gas cannot anticipated. The selected material shall be adequately
escape from the metallic sleeve inside the building. resistant to the liquids and the chemical atmosphere
*Local Law 38-1989 which may be encountered. Care shall be exercised at
(4) Joints shall be either mechanical or heat fusion all times to protect plastic material from fire, excessive
joints, only. Each plastic pipe fusion joint must be made heat, or harmful chemicals.
in accordance with written procedures that have been (12) The design pressure is not to exceed 100 psig for
proven by destructive burst test to produce joints at plastic gas service piping.
least as strong as the pipe being joined. (13) The design pressure for plastic gas service piping
a. When plastic pipe, tubing, or fittings of different or the nominal wall thicknesses for a given design

279
Reference Standard 16

pressure shall be determined by one of the following predicated upon the maximum number of persons, both
formulas: adults and children, who can be accommodated at any
*Local Law 38-1989 one time. At least one shower shall be provided for
every 50 persons; but in no case shall there be less than
P = 2S x F or P = 2S t x F two showers. Showers shall be supplied with hot and
R-1 (D-t) cold water, and shall be designed so that a proper
where: mixture of hot and cold water can be obtained without
D = Specified outside diameter, inches the danger of scalding the bather. The entrance to the
P = Design pressure, psi pool area from the dressing room shall be preceded by
S = Long term hydrostatic strength, psi the shower room.
(Determined in accordance with
(d) Drainage.-
ASTM D2513)
(1) At least one drainage outlet shall be installed in the
t = Specified wall thickness, inches
F = Plastic design factor = .32 deepest portion of the pool and shall of be sufficient
R = Standard dimension ratio size to drain the entire pool in 8 hours. The main drain
outlets shall be provided with a vortex-and-suction-
(14) Inspection and handling provisions. Plastic piping reducing device consisting of an outlet strainer or
components are susceptible to damage by mishandling. grating having a total open area equal to at least four
Gouges, cuts, kinks, or other forms of damage may times the area of the pool drain pipe. Or sufficient
cause failure. Injurious gouges or grooves shall be grating area shall be provided so that the maximum
removed by cutting out the damaged portion as a velocity through the grate does not exceed 1 1/2 fps.
cylinder and replacing it with a good piece. Care shall The minimum width of grating openings shall be 1/2 in.
be exercised during handling and installation to prevent Multiple outlets shall be provided where the width of
such damage. The serving utility shall inspect plastic the pool is more than 30 ft. and such outlets shall not be
piping and its components to ensure the absence of spaced more than 30 ft. apart nor more than 15 ft. from
imperfections in materials, to ensure sound joints are the side walls. The pool drain connection shall be
made, and to ensure conformance with applicable state installed so as to prevent the reversal of flow from the
regulations. sewer to the pool.
(2) Pool overflows shall be installed and constructed so
P115.9 Gas Piping Sizes.-Pipe sizes for gas that the overflow water is returned to the filter by
distribution shall be in accordance with ANSI Z223.1- means of overflow (scum) gutters, roll-out or deck level
1974, subject to the following modifications. Section pool drains, or skimmers, along with the water returned
numbers referred to are those in that standard. to the filter through the main drain.
1.2.4.3 Add the following at the end of this section:
"Individual outlets to gas ranges shall not be less than a. Overflow (scum) gutters shall extend completely
3/4 in." around the pool, except at steps or recessed ladders in
the shallow portion. The gutter shall be capable of
Section P116.0 Swimming Pools and Display Pools continuously removing 50 percent or more of the
or Fountains recirculated water and returning it to the filter. All
P116.1 Swimming Pools.- overflow gutters shall connect to the recirculation
(a) General requirements.-Swimming pools regulated system through a properly designed surge tank. Where
by the building code shall be designed, installed, and vacuum filters are used and are below the pool water
maintained in accordance with the requirements of this level, the filter tank can be used as the surge tank.
reference standard. Piping from the gutter drains of the pool must be
(b) Prohibited pools.-The installation of fill and draw designed to rapidly remove the overflow water, but the
pools is prohibited. maximum flow rate should not exceed 6 fps.
(c) Toilet and shower facilities.- 1. The gutters shall be designed so that they can be
(1) Toilets shall be installed in properly ventilated cleaned easily. The opening into the gutter beneath the
rooms, and shall be conveniently located so as to coping shall be at least 4 in., and the interior of the
facilitate their use before the bathers enter the showers. gutter shall be at least 3 in. wide and 3 in. deep. Where
The number of toilets to be provided shall be predicated large gutters are used, they shall be designed to prevent
upon the maximum number of bathers, both adults and entrapment of the bather's arms or legs. They shall be
children, who can be accommodated at any one time. designed in accordance with the standards of American
There shall be at least one toilet provided for every 50 public health service.
female bathers, at least one toilet and one urinal 2. Overflow outlets or drains shall be installed at
provided for every 75 male bathers, and at least one intervals sufficient to provide equal removal of the
wash basin adjacent to the toilets for every 60 persons. overflow from the entire surface of the pool. The outlet
(2) The number of showers to be provided shall be fittings shall connect to the return piping through 2 in.

280
Reference Standard 16

pipe connections, and the clear opening in the drain Inlets shall be of the adjustable type and shall be
grating shall be at least equal to 1 1/2 times the cross- located at least 12 in. below the pool water level.
sectional area of the outlet pipe. (f) Recirculation and Filtration.-A pool shall have a
3. Continuous flow gutters with single or multiple water recirculation system consisting primarily of
outlets may be used provided they are self-cleansing piping, pumps, filters, disinfecting equipment, and other
and capable of maintaining an effective skimming standard accessory equipment that shall be adequate to
action. Their use is normally limited to recirculating clarify and disinfect the contents of the pool within 8
systems employing vacuum filters. hrs. A flow meter shall be provided to indicate and
b. Roll-out deck level type pool overflows shall be record the rate of pumpage. The surface of the filter
designed to conform to the provisions for overflow medium of all filters shall be of such size that the rate
rates as stated in a. above. The curb and handhold shall of filtration does not exceed 3 gpm per sq. ft. of surface
be designed so as to prevent splash-back of overflowed area, except that when diatomaceous earth filters are
water. The design shall be subject to approval by the used, the rate of filtration shall not exceed 2 gpm per
Commissioner. sq. ft. of surface area. The recirculation system shall be
c. Skimmers may be used in pools provided handholds kept in operation 24 hr. a day while the pool is in
are installed and provided at least one skimming device operation. Filters shall bear the seal of approval of NSF.
is installed for every 500 sq. ft. of pool surface area or (g) Hair and lint catchers.-A strainer shall be
fraction thereof. Skimmers shall be located so as to provided that is easily accessible for cleaning. The
minimize interference with each other and insure proper strainer shall be of corrosive resistant materials with 1/8
skimming of the entire surface. Skimmers shall be built in. openings or less, and shall provide a free flow area
into the pool wall, and shall develop sufficient velocity of at least four times the area of the pump suction lines.
on the pool water surface to induce surface skimming. (h) Disinfection.-
The skimmers shall be provided with flow-rate adjustment (1) The pool shall have an effective means of disinfection
valves to balance the system. Also, the skimmer shall introduced by mechanical means. The equipment shall
meet the following requirements and the NSF standards. be capable of providing at least 8 ppm chlorine at the
1. The piping and other pertinent components shall be turnover rate of the pool.
designed for a total capacity of at least 80 percent of the (2) Chlorine, calcium hypochlorite, or similar compounds
required filter flow, with a minimum skimmer flow- not containing ammonia, shall be used to disinfect a pool.
through rate of either 30 gpm or 3.75 gpm per lin. in. of weir. The use of ammonia or ammonia compounds is prohibited.
2. The skimmer weir shall be capable of automatically *(3) Liquefied chlorine shall be used only when permitted
adjusting to water level variations through a range of at by the Commissioner. It shall be stored only in a separate
least 4 in. The weir shall be of a buoyancy and design room or enclosure constructed of non-combustible materials
that will allow it to develop an effective velocity. having a fire-resistance rating of at least one hour and
3. An easily removable and cleanable basket or screen its use shall comply with the requirements of the fire
through which all overflow water must pass shall be department.
provided to trap large solids. *Local Law 85-1973
4. Provisions shall be made to prevent airlock in the *(4) When chlorine gas is used as a disinfectant, at least
suction line or to protect the pump in the event the pool two gas masks in good operating condition and of a
water level drops below weir level. If an equalizer line is type approved by the United States bureau of mines for
used, it shall be sized to meet the capacity requirements high concentrations of chlorine gas, shall be provided.
of the filter and pump, and shall be at least 2 in. in The gas masks shall be kept at a readily accessible point
diameter and capable of providing at least 30 gpm of near the chlorinators feeding chlorine gas but outside
water for pump suction without air entrainment. The the chlorinator room. The room housing chlorinator
equalizer line shall be located at least 1 ft. below the shall be located at grade level with direct egress to the
lowest overflow level of the skimmer, and shall be outer air and provided with an automatic sprinkler
provided with a valve that remains tightly closed under system constructed in accordance with the provisions of
normal operating conditions but will automatically open article seventeen of the building code. The domestic
when the skimmer becomes starved. Where vacuum water supply may be used to supply the sprinklers when
filters are used, a separate suction pump shall be provided. it complies with section C26-1703.9(e). A drain shall
(e) Inlets.-A pool shall have inlets of such size and be provided in the floor of the room.
spacing so as to facilitate uniform circulation of water *Local Law 85-1973
throughout the pool. The inlets shall be submerged (i) Heating.-A swimming pool shall not be heated by
sufficiently to prevent loss of chlorination or other the direct injection of steam into the pool or by the
disinfectant. There shall be no direct connection between direct installation of electrical heating elements in the pool.
the pool piping system and the domestic water supply (j) Make-up water.-Make-up water shall be supplied to
system. An inlet shall be located not more than 5 ft. from the pool through an air gap by one of the following means:
the corner of the pool, and the inlet spacing shall not exceed (1) Through a fill spout above the pool rim, preferably
20 ft., unless otherwise permitted by the Commissioner. installed under the diving board.

281
Reference Standard 16

(2) Through a make-up tank. (d) Treatment.-The water shall be treated with chemicals,
(3) Through the filter tank of vacuum diatomaceous either mechanically or hand fed, to prevent odors,
earth filters. mosquito breeding, and other health hazards. Chemicals
(k) Water standards and quality.- used shall be nontoxic to animals or human beings. In
(1) A pool shall use water from the public water supply lieu of chemical treatment, the entire pool may be
system or such other source as may be approved by the drained at intervals provided the water wasted does not
department of health. exceed the amount specified in (c) above.
(2) Water in a pool shall be treated and maintained so
that not more than 200 bacteria per milliliter appear in Note: Excerpts from Local Law 7-1974
the test sample, nor shall the test sample show a Section 1. The council finds that serious flooding and
positive (confirmed) test for bacteria of the coliform ponding problems exist in areas of the city of New
group in any of five 10 milliliter portions. York which are presently without adequate sewers for
(3) The amount of free chlorine in the water, as the disposal of storm water. The council further finds
determined by an orthotolidine test at 60 degress F or that these flooding and ponding problems endanger
less, shall be at least 0.4 ppm. The dechlorinated water human life and cause substantial property damage. As
shall have a pH value in the range of 7.2 to 8.2. the primary means of reducing these problems, the city
(4) The surface of water in a pool shall be reasonably of New York currently is engaged in an accelerated
free from scum and floating matter. The water in a pool sewer construction program, approved by the council,
shall be sufficiently clear to permit a 6 in. black disc on of unprecedented scope. The city is also engaged in an
a white field, placed on the bottom of the pool at the active program of maintaining existing watercourses
deepest point and 10 ft. from the side, to be clearly and other storm water disposal systems pursuant to
visible from the runway around the deep area of the orders of the city’s Board of Health. It is the
pool. The bottom and sides of the pool shall be expectation of the council that in the next twenty years
maintained free from sediment, dirt and slime. the city sewer construction program will provide a large
(5) Tests of pool water shall be performed in network of storm sewers for the areas of the city which
accordance with "standard methods for examination of presently lack them. In addition, however, the council
water, sewage, and industrial wastes," published jointly recognizes that present construction of new buildings
by the American Public Health Association, American and developments without adequate storm water
Water Works Association, and Federation of Sewage drainage in these unsewered areas is worsening existing
and Industrial Waste Associations, eleventh ed. The tests, flooding and ponding problems, and that the stringent
as required by the department of health to maintain an storm drainage requirements for property owners set
operating permit for the pool, shall determine the forth in this local law, which terminates December
presence of residual chlorine, the pH value of the water, thirty-first, nineteen hundred ninety three, are necessary
and the clearness of the water. The tests shall be made as a temporary measure until the city has substantially
by the pool operator as frequently as necessary throughout advanced its accelerated sewer construction program.
each day to maintain the standards required by this section. §10 This local law shall take effect thirty days
(l) Pipe identification.-Pipes used for different purposes after it shall have become law. Its requirements insofar
shall be painted different colors to facilitate identification. as they differ from or are additional to those of the
The colors shall be as follows: administrative code of the city of New York in effect
potable water pipe-green immediately prior to the effective date of this local law
recirculation water pipe-light blue shall apply to the construction of all new buildings for
backwash and wash water pipe-gray which applications for new buildings permits have been
chlorine pipe-yellow filed on or after such effective date; provided, however,
well water pipe-red that such new or different requirements shall not apply
to the construction of new buildings on specific sites for
P116.2 Display Pools and Fountains.- which schemes for storm water drainage have been
(a) Water connections.-No direct or submerged water approved by the environmental protection administration
connections shall be made to a display pool or fountain. on or before such effective date if such construction
(b) Drainage.-Each display pool or fountain shall be lawfully commences within five years after such
provided with a drain connection. The circulating or approval. A scheme for storm water drainage for the
fountain pumps may be used to drain the pool to either purpose of this section is an undetailed plan which
the storm, sanitary, or combined sewer. shows the proposed drains, sewers and/or other means
(c) Recirculation required.-Any display pool or fountain of storm water disposal, which the environmental
that will waste more than 2,000 gal. per day based on protection administration normally requires property
continuous 24 hr. operation shall be provided with a owners to submit to it prior to the submission of a
recirculation system. A statement from an architect or detailed plan for the construction of such facilities.
engineer attesting to the amount of water wasted shall Effective date, May 16, 1974.
be filed with the plans for any display pool or fountain.

282
Reference Standard 16

INDEX clearances, P105.3(g)

Reference Standard equivalent, P105.3(i)
RS-16 location, P105.3(a)
size, P105.3(f)
All references are to section numbers Clear water waste discharging, P111.1(b)(6)
Clinic sinks, P114.3(a), P114.3(b)
A drainage, P114.6(b)
Clothes washers, P104.12
Air conditioners, used water return, P107.17 Color marking, water supply identification, P107.10(d)
Air conditioning, connections, see Common vents, P109.7
Connections, Air Conditioning Concrete pipe joints, P103.1(i)
Air gap, P107.18(1) Condenser, exhaust, P114.7(e)
Ammonia, P116.1(h)(2) Connections, P103.0, see also Joints
Anchors, P106.1 air-conditioning, P107.16
Asbestos-cement pipe, joints, P103.1(a) metered premise, P107.16(3)
Aspirators, P107.13(2), P114.11(a) water, P107.16(1)
Auxiliary water systems, P107.7 water conserving, P107.16(4)
water regulating, P107.16(5)
B bedpan washers, P107.24
boiler feed systems, P107.14
Backfill, P101.2 cooling systems, P107.14
materials, P101.2(a) gas piping, P115.2
Backflow, preventers, P107.13, P107.20(a) heating systems, P107.14
protection against, P107.18 laboratory outlets, P107.24
Back-siphonage, protection against, P107.18 preheating apparatus, P107.21
Backwater valves, P105.9 prohibited, P107.13
design, P105.9(b) sewer, P108.2
Ball cocks, P107.8(b) abandonment, P108.3
Baskets, indirect waste, P111.5(b) solution tanks, P107.23
Bathtubs, P104.8, P109.13(a) street sewer, P108.2
Bedpan, hoppers, P114.3 sub-stack, P109.3(f)
steamers, P114.7(c) sump pump, P107.22
sizing, P114.9(a) well pump, P107.22
vents, P114.8(c) Continuous-flow gutters, P116.1(d)(1)a
washers, P107.24, P114.3, P114.8(c)(1)c Controls, tank, P107.6(e)
connections, P107.24 valve, P107.6(h)
drainage, P114.6(b) Copper tube, joints, P103.1(j)
Bidets, P107.13(1) Copper materials, P102.4(e)(5)
Boiler feedback system connections, P107.14 Couplings, joints, P103.1(k)
Boilers, waste piping, P111.1(b)(8) Crown vents, P109.8(c)
Booster pumps, P107.9 Curb valves, P107.2(b)(9)
Bowls, water closets, P104.2(d) Cut-off, emergency, P107.26(e)
Branch vent size, P109.1(c)
Brazed joints, P103.1(b) D

C Dead ends, P108.8(d)

Definitions (where required), P110.2(a)
Cast iron joints, P103.1(c), see also Joints, cast iron Discharge, dishwasher, P111.6
Caulking ferrules, materials, P102.4(e)(7) laundry, P111.6
Cesspools, P113.5 Dishwashing machines, P104.11
Check valves, P107.4 commercial, P104.11(d)
pump discharge, P107.9(f) discharge, P111.6
Chemical waste, materials, P102.4(b)(5) domestic, P104.11(b)
piping materials, P112.2(c) Disinfection, P107.27
Chlorine, P116.1(h)(2) swimming pools, P116.1(h)
Cleanouts, plug materials, P102.4(e)(10) Display pools, P116.0, P116.2

283
Reference Standard 16

recirculation, P116.2(c) Expansion joints, P103.1(l), P110.11

Disposal field, see Subsurface disposal field
Distribution box, P113.0 F
Downspout materials, P102.4(e)(2)
Drainage, area, P108.7 Field disposal, see Subsurface disposal field
bedpan washers, P114.6(b) Filters, swimming pool, P111.1(b)(7) P116.1(f)
below sewer level, P108.6 Filtration, swimming pools, P116.1(f)
clinic sinks, P114.6(b) Fire lines, meters, P107.3(a)(2)
fixtures, value, P108.9(a) Fittings, gas piping, P115.6
continuous or semicontinuous flow, P108.9(b) materials, P102.4(d)
ice storage chests, P114.6(a) Fixtures, P104.0
one, two-, or three-family buildings, P110.2(c)(3) accessibility, P104.1(d)
outlets, waste piping, P111.1(b)(5) bathtubs, P104.8
piping, change of directions, P108.8(b) clothes washers, P104.12
pitch of horizontal, P108.8(a) dishwashing machines, P104.11
prohibited fittings, P108.8(c) drainage, P108.9
provision for future fixtures, P108.8(e) drinking fountains, P104.16
sizing, P108.10 floor drains, P104.17
underground, minimum size, P108.10(e) floor outlet, P104.2(c)
sanitary, see also Sanitary drainage funnel drains, P104.19
sterilizer vent stack, P114.8(d)(2) garbage can washers, P104.14
storm, P110.0, see also Storm drainage hospital, P114.2
sub-soil, P108.7 installing, P104.2
swimming pools, P116.1(d) laundry trays, P104.13
Drains lavatories, P104.7
areaway, P110.2(e) minimum number, P104.1(a)
carrying clear water, P110.2(f) overflows, P104.3
floor, P104.17 physically handicapped, P104.1(c)
sterilizer, P114.7(b) pools, P116.1
vents, P109.8(d) separate, P104.1(b)
funnel, P104.19 showers, P104.9
material, P102.4(b) sinks, P104.10
roof, see Roof Drains strainers, P104.15
and sewers combined, size, P110.4(e) traps, domestic dishwashers, P105.1(a)(4)
sub-soil, materials, P102.4(e)(3) prohibited, P105.1(c)
swimming pools, P111.1(b)(7) sizes, P105.1(b)
waste piping, P111.1(b)(3) separate, P105.1(a)
drainage system design, P110.2(g) separate, exceptions, P105.1(a)
Draw pools, P116.1(b) urinals, P104.5
Drinking fountains, P104.16 vents P109.8
prohibited, P104.16(c) wall-hung vents, P109.8
Drip pipes, P108.11 water closets, see Water closets
Drips, P110.2(c) water supply protection, P104.2(e)
waste piping, P111.1(b)(5) Flanges, floor materials, P102.4(e)(9)
Dry wells, P110.13(d) Flashings, roof drain, P110.10
one-and two-family dwellings, P110.13(d)(2) waterproof, P109.4(c)
required, P110.13(d) Flat decks, roof drain strainers, P110.9
size, P110.13(d)(1) Floor drains, P104.17, P107.13(5)
sterilizer, P114.7(b)
E Flushing devices, P104.6
flush tanks, P104.6(d)
Ejector, P108.6 flushometer valves, P104.6(c)
Environmental Protection Administration, P110.2 urinals, P104.6
Equivalent cleanouts, P105.3(i) water closets, P104.6
Excavation, P101.2 Flush pipe materials, P102.4(e)(11)
Exhaust condenser, P114.7(e) Flush tanks, P104.6(d)

284
Reference Standard 16

ball cocks, P104.6(d)(2) Hydropneumatic tanks, P107.8(f)

Flushometer valves, P104.6(c)
Fountains, P116.0, P116.2 I
drinking, P104.16
recirculation, P116.2(c) Ice storage chests, drainage, P114.6(a)
Fresh air inlets, P108.5 Indirect wastes, common, P111.2
Funnel drains, P104.19 piping, P111.0
sterilizer, P114.7(a)
G Inlets, fresh air, P108.5
submerged, P107.20(a)
Gap, air, P107.18(1) swimming pool, P116.1(e)
Garbage can washers, P104.14 Installation, gas piping, P115.8
Gas meter, location, P115.6 Institutional plumbing, P114.0
outside installation, P115.6 fixtures, number of, P114.5
Gas piping, P115.0 Insulation materials, P102.4(e)(13)
distribution pressures, P115.3 Interceptors, P105.4
fittings, P115.7 accessibility, P105.7
installation, P115.8 bottling establishments, P105.5(c)
materials, P115.7 grease, P105.4(d)
meter location, P115.6 capacity, P105.4(d)(4)
service connections, P115.2 laundry, P105.5(b)
sizes, P115.9 maintenance, P105.8
Gas service connections, P115.2 oil, venting, P105.6(a)
outside cut-off, P115.5 sand, P105.5(a)
regulator and regulator vent outlets, P115.4 slaughter houses, P105.5(d)
Glass pipe joints, P103.1(n) venting, P105.6(b)
Grading, vent, P109.5(a)
Gravity tank, P107.7(a)(1) J
Grease interceptors, P105.4(d)
Gutters, continuous flow, P116.1(d)(1)a Joints, P103.0
pool overflow, P116.1(d)(1) asbestos-cement pipe, P103.1(a)
roof, size, P110.4(d) brazed, P103.1(b)
swimming pool, P116.1(d)(1)a cast iron, P103.1(c)(d)
caulked, P103.1(d)(1), P103.1(e)
H mechanical, P103.1(d)(2), P103.1(f)
clay sewer pipe, P103.1(g)
Hair catchers, swimming pools, P116.1(g) concrete pipe, P103.1(i)
Hangers, materials, P106.0 concrete sewer pipe, P103.1(h)
Headers, vent, P109.3(e) copper tube (K or L), P103.1(j)
Heating equipment, water, valves, P107.6(f) couplings, P103.1(k)
Heating systems, connections, P107.14 different piping material, P103.2
Hospital plumbing, P114.0 drainage pipe and fixtures, P103.3
clinic sink drainage, P114.6(b) expansion, P103.1(l), P110.11
fixtures, number of, P114.5 roof drain, P110.11
hot water supply, protection, P114.10(c) glass pipe, P103.1(n)
mental hospital, P114.4 hot poured, P103.1(m)
oxygen and nitrous oxide systems, P114.12 preformed, P103.1(o)
special fixtures, P114.2 soldered, P103.1(q)
requirements, P114.3 threaded, P103.1(r)
sterilizers, P114.3(d) threadless copper, P103.1(s)
vacuum systems, P114.11 tightness, P103.4
water supply, P114.10 unions, P103.1(t)
protection, P114.10(a) waterproofing openings, P103.5
services, P114.10(a) wiped, P103.1(u)
House pumps, P107.9
Hubs, double, P108.8(c)(2) L

285
Reference Standard 16

Metal tags, water supply identification, P107.10(d)

Laboratory outlet connections, P107.25 Meters, P107.3
Laundry trays, P104.3, P109.13(a) air conditioning, P107.3(a)(3)
Lavatories, P104.7 buildings under construction, P107.3(a)(1)
Leaders, P110.7 fire lines, P107.3(a)(2)
exterior, materials, P102.4(e)(2) gas, see Gas meter
size, P110.4 location, P107.3(b)
storm drainage, P110.7 miscellaneous fixtures, P107.3(a)(4)
storm water, P110.8 refrigeration, P107.3(a)(3)
vertical size, P110.4(c) setting, P107.3(c)
Lead materials, P102.4(e)(6) size and type, P107.3(d)
Lint catchers, swimming pool, P116.1(g)
N
M
Neutralizers, acid dilution pump, P112.2(h)
Materials, anchors, P106.1 Neutralizing pits, P105.4
backfill, P101.2(a) accessibility, P105.7
building sewers, P102.4(a)(3) maintenance. P105.8
caulking ferrules, P102.4(e)(7) venting, P105.6
chemical wastes, P102.4(b)(5) Neutralizing wastes, P105.5(e)
piping, P112.2(c)
cleanout plugs, P102.4(e)(10) O
slip, P103.1(p)
drainage systems, P102.4(b) Offsets, P108.10(f), P109.3(d)
downspouts, P102.4(e)(2) prohibited, P108.10(f)(5)
exterior leaders, P102.4(e)(2) stack vents, P109.3(d)
fittings, P102.4(d) Oil, interceptors, P105.6(a)
floor flanges, P102.4(e)(9) separators, P105.4(e)
flush pipes, P102.4(e)(11) wastes, P112.3
gas piping, P115.6 Outlets, drainage, P111.1(b)(5)
hangers, P106.0 laboratory connections, P107.25
insulation, P102.4(e)(13) regulator, P115.3
lead bends, P102.4(e)(4) swimming pool, P116.1(c)(3)
plastic, P102.2(b) Overflows, P104.3
requirements, P102.2(b) connection, P104.3(b)
roof drains, P102.4(e)(1) design, P104.3(a)
sheet copper, P102.4(e)(5) swimming pools, P116.1(d)(1)
sheet lead, P102.4(e)(6) waste piping, P111.1(b)(3)
soldering bushings, P102.4(e)(8)
standards, P102.2 P
subsoil drains, P102.4(e)(3)
supports, P106.1 Permits, sanitary drainage piping, P108.1
toxic, P107.11 storm drainage piping, P110.1
traps, P102.4(e)(4) water supply, P107.1
tubular brass, P102.4(e)(12) Pipes, asbestos cement, joints, P103.1(a)
underground piping, P102.4(b)(2) concrete, joints, P103.1(i)
underground yard drainage, P102.4(b)(4) drip, P108.11
venting, P102.4(c) flush, materials, P102.4(e)(11)
above ground, P102.4(c)(1) glass, joints, P103.1(n)
chemical waste, P102.4(c)(3) protection, P101.1
systems, P102.4(c) service, see Service pipe
underground, P102.4(c)(2) swimming pool, identification, P116.1(1)
water distribution system pipe, P102.4.(a)(2) water service, materials, P102.4(a)(1)
water service pipe, P102.4(a)(1) Piping, chemicals, materials, P112.2(c)
water supply systems, P102.4(a) concealed, P115.7(c)
Mental hospital plumbing, P114.4 drainage, sizing, P108.10

286
Reference Standard 16

gas, see Gas piping

horizontal, support intervals, P106.3(b) S
indirect waste, P111.1
sanitary drainage, P108.0 Saddles, P108.8(c)
permits, P108.1 Sand interceptors, P105.5(a)
sewer, sizing, P108.10(b) Sanitary drainage, combining with storm, P110.8(c)
storm drainage, P110.0 piping, P108.1
permits, P110.1 permits, P108.1(a)
storm water, P110.8 Sanitary and storm sewers, P110.12
swimming pool, P116.1(1) Seats, water closets, P104.4(d)
underground, materials, P102.4(b)(2) Seepage pits, P113.5(a)
used, P107.12 capacity, P113.10(a)
vent, materials, P112.2(c) construction, P113.10(b)
vertical, support intervals, P106.3(a) distribution box, P113.8
wastes, see Waste piping Seepage trenches, P113.5(a)
Pits, neutralizing, P105.4, see also Neutralizing pits Separators, P105.4
seepage, P113.5(a), see also Seepage pits accessibility, P105.7
Plastic materials, P102.2(b) maintenance, P105.8
Plumbing fixtures, see Fixtures oil, venting, P105.6(a)
Pools, display, see Display pools oil and flammable liquids, P105.4(e)
swimming, see Swimming pools connection to sewer, P105.4(e)(4)
Potable water, protection, P107.10 design, P105.4(e)(2)
Preheating apparatus, P107.21 venting, P105.4(e)(3)
Pressure relief valves, P107.26(b), P107.26(c) oil storage tank, P105.4(e)(5)
Pressure tanks, waste piping, P111.1(b)(8) slaughter houses, P105.5(d)
Pressure, sterilizers, P114.7(d) Septic tanks, P113.5(a), P113.7
sizing, P114.9(c) capacity, P113.7
vent, P114.8(d) construction, P113.7
Pumps, booster, P107.9 design, P113.7(d)
low pressure cut-off, P107.9(e) maintenance, P113.12
directly off street main, P107.9(a) Service pipe
house, P107.9 clearance, P107.2(b)(10)
curb valves, P107.2(b)(9)
R goosenecks on, P107.2(b)(8)
house control valves, P107.2(b)(12)
Radioactive wastes, P112.4 installation, P107.2(b)(7)
Ratproofing, P101.4 protection, P107.2(b)(6)
Receiving tanks, P108.6(c) size, P107.2(b)(2)
Receptors, P111.5 test, P107.2(b)(11)
prohibited fixtures, P111.5(c) Sewage disposal, cesspool, P113.5
standpipe, P111.5(a)(3) housing development, P113.4
waste, P111.5(a)(1) individual, P113.3
Refrigeration, meters, P107.3(a)(3) seepage pits, P113.5(a)
Refrigerators, waste piping, P111.1(b)(8) seepage trenches, P113.5(a)
Relief pipes, waste piping, P111.1(b)(3) septic tank, P113.5(a)
Relief valves, P107.6(f) Sewage ejector, pneumatic, P108.6(e)
waste piping, P111.1(b)(8) Sewage system, building materials, P102.4(a)(3)
Relief vents, P109.9 individual, P113.1
size, P109.1(b) Sewer connections, P108.2
Riser valves, P107.6(b) Sewer, disposal of storm water, P110.2(b)
Roof drain, flashing, P110.10 Sewer, repairs, P110.2(i)
materials, P102.4(e)(1) Sewers and drains combined size, P110.4(e)
strainers, P110.9 Showers, P104.9
flat decks, P110.9 swimming pools, P116.1(o)
general use, P110.9(a) Sinks, P104.10, P109.13(a)
Roof gutters, P110.4(d) clinic, P114.3(a), P114.3(b)

287
Reference Standard 16

drainage, P114.6(b) Sumps, P111.5

Skimmers, P116.1(d)(1) acid dilution, P112.2(g)
swimming pool, P116.1(c) neutralization, P112.2(g)
Sleeves, P101.3 waste, P111.5(a)(1)
Slip joints, P103.1(p) Supports, intervals, P106.3
Soil percolation, tests, P113.9 base of stacks, P106.3(c)
Soil stacks, minimum size, P108.10(c) horizontal piping, P106.3(b)
Solution tanks, connections, P107.23 vertical piping, P106.3(a)
Stack vents, P109.3, P109.6 materials, P106.1
minimum size, P109.3(a) Swimming pools, P116.0, P116.1
offsets, P109.3(d) chlorine, P116.1(h)(2)
required, P109.3(b) disinfection, P116.1(h)
Standpipe receptors, P111.5(a)(3) drainage, P116.1(d)
Sterilizers, P107.13(4) draw pools, P116.1(b)
boiler type, sizing, P114.9(b) filtration, P111.1(b)(7), P116.1(f)
floor drain, P114.7(b) fixtures, required, P104.9
hospital, P114.3(d) free chlorine, P116.1(k)(3)
indirect wastes, P114.7(a) gutters, P116.1(d)(1)a
pressure, P114.7(d) hair and lint catchers, P116.1(g)
sizing, P114.9(c) heating, P116.1(i)
vent, P114.8(d) inlets, P116.1(e)
vent stack, drainage, P114.8(d)(2) main draw outlets, P116.1(c)(3)
vent, stack sizing, P114.9 make-up water, P116.1(j)
waste, P114.7(f) overflow, P116.1(d)(1)
waste piping, P111.1(b)(4) pipe identification, P116.1(1)
Stop-and-waste valves, P107.6 recirculation, P116.1(f)
Storm drainage, P110.0 showers, P116.1(c)
areaways, P110.2(a), P110.2(b) skimmers, P116.1(d)(1)
capacity, for street, P110.2(h) toilets, P116.1(c)
combining with sanitary, P110.8(c) waste piping, P111.1(b)(7)
continuous flow valves, P110.5 water standards, P116.1(k)
contractual obligations, P110.2(1)
control flow, P110.6 T
leaders, P110.7
on-site disposal, P110.13 Tank controls, P107.6(e)
piping, P110.0 Tanks, ball cocks, P107.8(b)
sanitary sewer, P110.3 cleaning, P107.8(g)
size, P110.4 flush, P104.6(d)
time, of construction, P110.2(k) gravity, P107.7(a)(1)
traps, P110.7 hot water storage, P107.26(g)
where required, P110.2 location, P107.26(i)
Storm sewers, continuous flow valves, P110.5 hydropneumatic, P107.8(f)
sanitary sewers, P110.12 oil storage, P105.4(e)(5)
size, P110.4(b) overflows, P107.8(a)
Storm water, leaders, P110.8 painting, P107.8(g)
piping, P110.8 pressure, waste piping, P111.1(b)(8)
Strainers, indirect waste, P111.5(b) prohibited location, P107.8(d)
roof drain, P110.9 receiving, P108.6(c)
Subsoil drainage, P108.7 septic, see Septic tanks
Subsurface disposal field, P113.11 suction, P107.8(a), P107.9(b)
construction, P113.11(b) fill line, P107.9(d)
distance requirements, P113.11(e) size, P107.9(c)
maintenance, P113.12 Temperature relief valves, P107.26(b), P107.26(d)
size, P113.11(d) Toilets, swimming pools, P116.1(c)
Sump pits, P108.6(a), P108.6(c) Toilets, workmen, P101.5
Sump pump, connections, P107.22 Toxic materials, P107.11

288
Reference Standard 16

Traps, P105.0 outside building, P109.4(f)

bedpan vent stack, P114.8(c)(2) fixture, P109.8
building, P105.2, P108.4 floor drain, P109.8(d)
domestic dish washers, P105.1(a)(4) location, P109.8(b)
materials, P102.4(e)(4) floor drain, P109.8(d)
prohibited, P105.1(c) grading, P109.5(a)
seals, protection, P109.2 height above fixtures, P109.5(b)
separate, P105.1(a) indirect waste piping, P111.3
separate for each fixture, P105.1 interceptors, P105.6(d)
storm drain, P110.7 materials, P102.4(c), see also Materials,
equivalent, P110.7(c) venting
water supply, P107.2 pressure sterilizer, P114.8(d)
Trenches, seepage, P113.5(a) relief, P109.9
Trenching, P101.2 offsets, P109.9(a)
methods, P101.2(b) yoke, P109.9(b)
roof penetration, P114.9(e)
U size, P109.1
branch, P109.1(d)
Urinals, P104.5 extension, P109.4(b)
flushing devices, P104.6 individual, P109.1(a)
prohibited, P104.5(a) relief, P109.1(b)
wall-hung trough, P104.5(b) stack, see Stack vents
suds pressure zones, P109.10
V terminals, P109.4
location, P109.4(e)
Vacuum breakers, P107.13, P107.18(2), P107.20, vapor, P114.8
P107.23, P107.24 wet, P109.6
Vacuum filters, swimming pools, P116(d)(1)a Vent stacks, bedpan, P114.8(c)(2)
Vacuum systems, P114.11 minimum size, P109.3(a)
Valves, backwater, P105.9, P108.7 offsets, P109.3(d)
check, P107.4, P107.9(f) pressure sterilizer, P114.8(d)
control, P107.6(h) required, P109.3(b)
curb, P107.2(b),(9) size, P109.1(d)
dwelling units, P107.6(c) sterilizer, sizing, P114.9
flushometer, P104.6(c) sub-stack connections, P109.3(f)
individual fixture, P107.6(d) Vent systems, combination with waste
pressure relief, P107.26(b), P107.26(c) system, P109.11
relief, P107.6(f)
waste piping, P111.1(b)(8) W
riser, P107.6(b)
stop-and-waste, P107.6 Washers, bedpan, see Bedpan washers
temperature relief, P107.26(b), P107.26(d) clothes, P104.12
vacuum relief, P107.26(f) garbage can, P104.14
water heating equipment, P107.6(f) Washing machines, P109.10(a)
Vapor vents, P114.8 Waste piping, boilers, P111.1(b)(8)
Vent headers, P109.3(e) clear water waste, P111.1(b)(6)
Vent piping, materials, P112.2(c) chemical, P112.2(c)
Vents, drainage, P111.1(b)(3)
bedpan, P114.8(c) outlets, P111.1(b)(5)
branch, P109.1(c) drips, P111.1(b)(5)
common, P109.7 food handling devices, P111.1(b)(1)
connections, indirect, P111.0
at base and top, P109.3(c) laundry washers and extractors, P111.1(b)(2)
crown, P109.8(c) overflows, P111.1(b)(3)
extensions, P109.4(e)(2) pressure tanks, P111.1(b)(8)
above roofs, P109.4(a) refrigerators, P111.1(b)(8)

289
Reference Standard 16

relief pipes, P111.1(b)(3) pipe protection, P107.2(b)(6)

relief valves, P111.1(b)(8) separation from building sewer, P107.2(b)(4)
sizing, P111.4 size of fire line, P107.2(b)(3)
sterilizers, P111.1(b)(4) size of taps, P107.2(b)(2)
swimming pools, P111.1(b)(7) taps to city mains, P107.2
Waste receptors, P111.5(a)(1) Water systems, auxiliary, P107.7
Wastes, chemical, P102.4(b)(5), P112.2 dual, P107.10(b)
piping materials, P112.2(c) gravity tank, P107.7(a)(1)
flammable solvents, P112.3 hydropneumatic booster, P107.7(a)(3)
indirect, see also Indirect wastes potable, disinfection, P107.27
piping, P111.1 pressure booster pump, P107.7(a)(3)
strainers, P111.5(b) Wells, dry, P110.13(d)
industrial, P112.1 required, P110.13(d)
neutralizing, P105.5(e) size, P110.13(d)(1)
oil, P112.3 Wiped joints, P103.1(u)
radioactive, P112.4
sampling manholes, P105.10 Y
sterilizer, P114.7, P114.7(f)
Waste stacks, minimum size, P108.10(c) Yoke vents, P109.9(b)
Waste systems, combinations with vent system, P109.1(r)
Water, potable, protection, P107.10
Water closets, children's, P104.4(c)
flushing devices, P104.6
pipe connections, P104.4(e)
prohibited, P104.4(a)
public use, P104.4(b)
seats, P104.4(d)
wall-hung bowls, P104.2(d)
Water conserving, air conditioners, P107.16(4), P107.16(9)
Water hammer, P107.5(f)
Water regulating, air conditioners, P107.16(5)
Water service pipe, P102.4(a)(1)
Water standards, swimming pools, P116.1(k)
Water supply, P107.0
color marking, P107.10(c)
distribution, P107.5
design, P107.5(a)
maximum pressures, P107.5(d)
minimum branch size, P107.5(c)
minimum pressure, P107.5(b)
minimum riser size, P107.5(e)
water hammer, P107.5(f)
hospital plumbing, P114.10
hot, P107.26
return circulation, P107.26(a)
identification, P107.10(d)
metal tags, P107.10(d)
permits, P107.1
piping, P107.12
potable, identification, P107.10(b)
protection of, P107.10
protection, P104.2(e)
hospital, P114.10(a)
prohibited connections, P107.13
service, P107.2(b), see also Service pipe
pipe installation, P107.2(b)(7)

290
Reference Standard 17

REFERENCE STANDARD RS-17

FIRE ALARMS, DETECTION AND EXTINGUISHING EQUIPMENT
*
LIST OF REFERENCED NATIONAL STANDARDS

ANSI/NFiPA No. 13 Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler System, as Modified .................…………1989
**
ANSI/NFiPA No. 13R Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in Residential Occupancies up to and
Including Four Stories in Height ............................................................……………1994
**
ANSI/NFiPA No. 13D Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and Two-Family Dwellings
and Manufactured Homes.........................................................................…………. 1994
ANSI/NFiPA No. 214 Standard for Water-Cooling Towers ....................................………….. .………… 1988
***
ANSI/NFPA No. 72 National Fire Alarm Code .....................................................………….……………1993
ANSI/ASME B16.4 Cast-Iron Threaded Fittings, Class 125 and 250 ...................………….……………1985
UL No. 193 Alarm Valves for Fire-Protection Service (Revision 9/88)..…………… .………… 1988
UL No. 260 Dry Pipe and Deluge Valves for Fire Protection Service.....……………. .…………1988
UL No. 262 Gate Valves for Fire-Protection Service ..............................……………. .…………1988
UL No. 312 Check Valves for Fire-Protection Service (Revision 10/89)……………. .…………1988
UL No. 668 Hose Valves for Fire-Protection Service ..............................…………….………….1988
UL No. 753 Alarm Accessories for Automatic Water-Supply Control Valves for Fire-Protection
Service (Revision 8/89)..........………….……………………………………………1989
UL No. 789 Indicator Posts for Fire-Protection Service (Revision 3/89)..………….…………… 1987
UL No. 1091 Butterfly Valves for Fire-Protection Service ........................………….…………… 1986
UL No. 1468 Direct-Acting Pressure-Reducing and Pressure-Control Valves for Fire-Protection Service...1985
UL No. 1486 Quick Opening Devices for Dry Pipe Valves for Fire-Protection Service (Revision 7/85)..1979
UL No. 1726 Automatic Drain Valves for Standpipe Systems (Revision 9/88) .........…………….1985
UL No. 1739 Pilot-Operated Pressure-Control Valves for Fire-Protection Service.……………… 1988
ANSI A21.10/AWWA C110 Ductile-Iron and Grey-Iron Fittings, 3-inch through 48-inch for Water and Other Liquids. 1987
ANSI A21.11/AWWA C111 Rubber Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron and Grey-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings….. 1985
***
ANSI/ASTM A234 Specification for Pipe Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate
and Elevated Temperatures......……………………………………………………... 1988
ANSI/NFiPA No. 22 Standard for Water Tanks for Private Fire Protection ..........………………………..1987
UL No. 217 Single and Multiple Station Smoke Detectors including Revision of February 19, 1989… 1989
ANSI/NFiPA No. 74 Standard for the Installation, Maintenance, and Use of Household Fire Warning
Equipment, as Modified ...............…...............…...............…...............…................. 1989
ANSI/NFiPA No. 20 Installation of Centrifugal Fire Pumps ..................................…………….................1990
ANSI/NFiPA No. 231 Standard of Indoor General Storage .....................................……………..................1990
ANSI/NFiPA No. 231C Standard for Rack Storage of Materials ................................……………................. 1986
*310-90 BCR
**DOB 6-23-99
***DOB 1-9-02

291
Reference Standard 17

*
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 17-1 protected against corrosion.
STANDPIPE SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION (3) The name of the manufacturer and the pressure to
which the pipe was tested shall be permanently and
1. Materials for Standpipe Systems- legibly indicated on all pipe used in standpipe systems.
(a) Pipe- (4) Only new pipe shall be used in standpipe systems.
(1) Pipe for standpipe systems shall be in accordance (b) Fittings-
with table RS 17-1-1, and shall conform to the (1) Fittings used in standpipe systems above ground
standards of table RS 16-1, of reference standard RS- shall be malleable cast iron, ductile iron or cast steel or
16. approved equivalent conforming to reference standard
(2) Pipe for buried sections of the standpipe system, RS 17-6.
whether inside or outside of the building, shall be red (2) Fittings used in standpipe systems underground
brass, hard temper type “K” copper tubing, galvanized shall be cast iron or ductile iron or approved equivalent
wrought iron, galvanized steel, cast iron, ductile iron, or conforming to reference standards RS 17-7 or RS 17-8.
approved equivalent material. All such pipe, other than (3) Pressure ratings shall be cast in or on the fittings.
cast iron, shall be adequately wrapped or otherwise (See table RS 17-1-1 for required ratings.)

* TABLE RS 17-1-1
REQUIRED RATINGS OF PIPE, FITTINGS AND VALVES IN STANDPIPE SYSTEMS FOR VARIOUS
HEIGHTS OF BUILDINGS c,d
Distance from
Upper Tank
Check to Class of 2 ½ Check and
1st Floor or Hose Outlet Fittings Gate Valves
Fire Pump (ft.) Valves Type of Pipe (wwp in psi) (wwp in psi)
0 to 115 Aa Schedule 10 or 40 carbon steel 300 175
115 to 270 A a Schedule 10 or 40 carbon steel 300 250
270 to 425 Bb Schedule 40 carbon steel 350 350
b
425 to 657 B Schedule 40 carbon steel 500 500
b
625 to 1,112 B Schedule 80 carbon steel 800 800
b
1,112 and over B Schedule 80 carbon steel 1,000 1,000
Notes.-
aFor installation in buildings not exceeding 300 ft. in height or the uppermost 300 ft. in taller buildings.
Valve shall close tightly against 300 psi normal hydraulic pressure and shall withstand a hydraulic test
pressure of 750 psi.
bFor installation in the lower portions of buildings exceeding 300 ft. in height. Valve shall close tightly
against 400 psi normal hydraulic pressure and shall withstand a hydraulic test pressure at 1,250 psi.
cSix inches and larger section and riser control valves shall have a valved bypass.
dSiamese connections shall be rated for the same pressure as is required for interior fittings and valves.
*310-90 BCR

(4) Fittings used in standpipe systems that are of flanged, mechanically coupled, or wafer type and with
welded construction shall be of a type conforming to bodies of cast iron, ductile iron, cast steel or approved
reference standard RS 17-9 for welding purposes. equivalent material having nonferrous metal seat rings.
(5) Approved mechanical couplings such as cut See Table 17-1-1 for required ratings and Figures RS
groove, rolled groove and mechanical tees may be used 17-1-1 and RS 17-1-2 for valve locations.
in the standpipe system. Fittings used in conjunction (3) In single riser systems, or where a single riser
with the coupling shall be designed for use with the coupling. extends through an upper portion of the building
(c) Valves- supplying hose outlet valves more than 150 ft. above
(1) Valves and related products used in fire protection the curb level, section valves shall be installed in the
shall be approved and comply with reference standard single riser at the floor where the single riser starts and
RS 17-6A. at increments of not more than 100 ft. above the first
(2) O. S. & Y. indicating valves (with indicator readily valve. The section valve or valves in the upper section
visible from the floor) shall be provided to permit any of the riser shall be located so as to divide the riser into
riser or other section to be shut off while remaining increments as shown in figure RS 17-1-1, and RS 17-1-2.
risers or sections continue in use. Valves shall be

292
Reference Standard 17

(4) Riser control valves, shall where practical, be a fire department lock and key. The door of the housing
located within a required stair enclosure serving the shall be embossed to indicate the purpose of the device.
entrance floor. Where the stair enclosure extends to the Instructions for operating the remote valves by the
basement or cellar, the riser control valve may be control device shall be legible, detailed, and complete, and
located within the stair enclosure at or in, the basement or shall be permanently secured to the inner face of the door.
cellar ceiling, providing that a sign indicating the valve (6) Each valve shall be so designed and installed as to
location is installed within the stair enclosure at the permit its manual operation at the valve location.
entrance floor. The hose outlet valve for the entrance floor Pressure ratings and the name of the manufacturer shall be
shall be located on the riser side of the riser control valve. cast raised or depressed on each valve used in the system.
Riser control valves shall not be required on a vertical (7) The position of each remotely controlled valve,
line supplying one (1) or two (2) hose outlet valves. whether opened or closed, shall be indicated at its
(5) Where riser control or section valves are located remote control point and also at the valve.
outside of a required stair enclosure, the valves shall be (8) Valves shall be readily accessible for inspection,
of such type and so installed so as to be remotely repair, and use.
operated by either electric motors or hydraulic means. If the valve is placed so that its operating mechanism is
The remote control shall be from either the entrance more than 7 ft. above a floor or stair landing, a 12 in.
floor or from a fire pump room. Operating devices wide wrought iron, steel or equivalent ladder securely
shall be grouped, suitably housed, and kept locked with fastened shall be provided for access to the valve. In

293
Reference Standard 17

lieu of a ladder, chain operated mechanisms are permissible fire pumps and tank connections.
and shall be padlocked securely in place. (2) Check valves other than those in siamese and fire
(9) Each control valve shall be conspicuously marked with pump line shall be provided with an O. S. & Y. or
the number assigned to it on the riser diagram for the indicating shutoff valve (with indicator readily visible
standpipe system. Metal numbered tags at least 2 in. in from the floor) that is flanged, mechanically coupled or
diameter shall be securely attached to the valve. Each wafer type and connected to the inlet and outlet of such
valve shall have a metal sign stating "STANDPIPE check valves. The valves on the suction and discharge
CONTROL VALVE" securely hung from the valve. of the fire pump shall be deemed to comply with this
(10) Each control valve not controlled shall be sealed requirement when the discharge valve is placed on the
with a lock and chain in its normal position. If the normal discharge side of the check valve. One of the shutoff
position is the closed position, a metal placard stating valves placed on each side of the tank check valve may
such fact shall be conspicuously attached to the valve. be of the remote control type, and when used, shall be
(d) Check valves.-(1) Check valves shall be flanged, on the downstream side of such check valve.
mechanically coupled, or wafer type and be cast iron, (e) Supports.-Piping in standpipe systems shall be
ductile iron, cast steel or approved equivalent materials adequately supported by clamps, hangers, or other
having nonferrous metal seat rings and bearings. supporting devices.
Swing-type valves shall be installed horizontally in
pipes from each siamese hose connection, and in piping 2. Siamese Connections.-
from each tank, pump, and city water connection. (a) Design and construction.-
Spring loaded check valves may be installed in the (1) Siamese connections shall have a swing-type check
vertical or horizontal position on the discharge side of valve in each outlet branch unless such connection is at the

294
Reference Standard 17

shore end of a standpipe system also supplied by a siamese vertical position, provided the hose outlets are set back
hose connection of the type specified for fireboat use. between 18 in. and 60 in. above the roof level.
(2) Siamese connections for fireboat use shall have two (3) Where the manifold is located other than within a
3 1/2 in. swivels with fire department female threads. heated stair enclosure, the control valve shall be located
All other siamese hose connections, except those of the in a horizontal run of piping below the roof, with a long
shore end type, shall have two 3 in. swivels with fire stem extending through the roof and equipped with a
department female threads. wheel handle at its upper end at least 12 in. above the
(3) All shore end siamese connections shall have 3 in. male roof. Between the control valve and the manifold there
hose threads and shall be subject to the approval of the shall be provided within the heated space a 1/2 in. open
fire department. In lieu of a check valve, each branch drip or a 3/4 in. automatic ball drip, with the drip pipe
may have a drip and a long stem valve, which shall be extended to spill over a plumbing fixture or drain.
located within the structure or otherwise protected (b) Stations within stair enclosures.-
against freezing. No siamese connections provided for (1) In occupancies where a 2 1/2 in. fire hose is
fireboat use shall be installed in any standpipe system mandatory, the hose shall be connected to the 2 1/2 in.
whose water supply is taken from the city water mains. hose valve within the stair enclosure.
*
(b) Marking.-Each siamese connection shall be provided (2) In occupancies where 1 1/2 in. fire hose is
with caps painted red, and shall have the word “STANDPIPE” permitted, a 2 1/2 in. x 1 1/2 in. brass or bronze non-
in letters 1 in. high and 1/8 in. deep cast in the body or on swivel reducing coupling shall be attached to the 2 1/2
a nonferrous metal plate secured to the connection or in. hose valve or an auxiliary hose station may be provided.
mounted on the wall in a visible location, except that caps (c) Branch sizes to hose stations.-
of each siamese connection used for combination standpipe (1) The branch size shall be predicated on the
and sprinkler systems shall be painted yellow and the developed length from the riser or cross connection to
words shall read the required 2 1/2 in. hose valve station as follows:
"COMBINATION STANDPIPE AND SPRINKLER SYSTEMS". Up to 4 ft. - 2 ½ in.
(c) Location.- Over 4 ft.- 3 in. to 25 ft.
(1) Siamese connections shall be placed between 18 in. Over 25 ft. - 4 in.
and 36 in. above the sidewalk level. (2) No valve shall be placed between the hose station
(2) Siamese connections shall be of the flush or free valve and the riser or cross connection, except that on
standing type, and with the exception of the swivel branches that serve three (3) or more hose stations, a
caps, shall not project beyond the street property line. valve shall be provided at the riser or cross connection.
The riser pipe to a free standing siamese connection shall (3) Not more than one (1) hose outlet shall be supplied
be red brass. When siamese connections are installed in wall from a 2 1/2 in. or 3 in. branch.
recesses, the recesses shall be of ample size to permit (d) Auxiliary hose stations branch size.-
convenient hose attachment. (1) Branch piping from the required riser to an auxiliary
(d) Check valve.-Each siamese connection shall be hose station may be 2 1/2 in. I.P.S., and no valve shall
provided with a swing-type check valve inside of the be installed in the branch pipe with the exception of the
building or in a valve pit outside of the building. 1 1/2 in. hose valve at the auxiliary hose station.
(e) Drip valve.-A 3/4 in. automatic ball drip valve (e) Size, type and quality of hose.-
shall be placed between the siamese connection and the (1) At each hose station, hose shall be provided of a
check valve, except that on a fireboat siamese connection, a size, type and quality as required by the provisions of
1/2 in. open drip without a shutoff may be used. Automatic the building code.
ball drips shall be placed in the horizontal position. (2) Hose couplings shall be of brass construction or approved
*Local Law 5-1973 equivalent materials with Fire Department threads.
(f) Nozzles.-
3. Hose Stations.- (1) Nozzles on 2 1/2 in. hose, except for yard hydrants,
(a) Hose outlet valves.- shall be at least 15 in. in length, and shall have a
(1) On each floor at each riser, the required 2 1/2 in. smooth bore with a 1 in. or 1 1/8 in. discharge orifice.
angle hose valve shall be of a class as indicated in (2) Nozzles for hose used on yard hydrant systems
Table RS 17-1-1. shall be equipped with a playpipe conforming to the
(2) At the top of the highest riser there shall be requirements of the Fire Department.
provided, above the main roof level, a three way (3) Where 1 1/2 in. hose is within the stair enclosure,
manifold equipped with three 2 1/2 in. hose valves with the nozzle may be a 1/2 in. smooth bore nozzle at least
hose valve caps. The lowest valve shall be located with the 12 in. in length or an adjustable combination fog nozzle.
hose end at least 18 in. above the roof and the highest (4) Nozzles at auxiliary hose stations shall be Fire
valve with the hose end not more than 60 in. above the Department approved adjustable combination fog nozzles.
roof. The manifold may be set in a horizontal or (5) All nozzles shall be of brass, cast iron, aluminum or

295
Reference Standard 17

approved equivalent materials with Fire Department threads. the tank, the piping shall be assembled without couplings
(g) Hose and valve cabinets.- and shall be of red brass or approved equivalent material
(1) When the hose is kept in a cabinet, such cabinet shall in accordance with Reference Standard RS-16.
be equipped with a single swinging door that shall have (3) The tank is filled by means of an automatic pump at
at least an 8 in. high panel of clear wired glass at the a rate of not less than 65 gpm.
level of the hose valve and rack. The door width shall (c) Filling of tanks.-
be the full inside width of the cabinet, and the glass (1) Pressure or gravity tanks shall be filled at the rate
panel shall be at least 90 percent of the width of the of at least 65 gpm. Pipes used to fill the tanks shall not
door. Where an extinguisher or other appurtenance are be used for any other purpose; nor shall required fire
installed within the cabinet, the door shall have clear pumps be used for filling purposes.
wire glass panel the full 90 percent of the door areas. (2) Where there is sufficient pressure in the city water
(2) The hose valve within a stair enclosure may be kept in main to fill tanks at the required rate during all hours of
a cabinet. Such cabinet shall be equipped with a single each day, and a filling pump is not provided, the
swinging door that shall have a clear wired glass panel connection to the city water supply shall be made near
90 percent of the door area. The valve shall be placed in the point where the city water service enters the building.
**
the cabinet to permit coupling of 2 1/2 in. hose to the (3) A combined fire standpipe reserve and domestic
valve without causing kinks in the hose. water tank shall only be filled by direct public water
(3) Each cabinet shall be readily accessible and the connection or separate fill pumps, or direct connection
door shall be kept unlocked. to equipment, or pumps used to supply domestic water
(4) Cabinets may have solid metal doors when located in systems in accordance with Reference Standard RS-16.
the entrance hall of a building. All such hose cabinets or (d) Emergency Drains on standpipe tanks.-Each standpipe
closets shall be permanently marked "FIRE HOSE" tank shall be provided with a drain of at least 4 in.
across the door panel in red letters at least 1 in. high and National Pipe Thread. Each drain pipe shall be controlled
shall not be used for any other purpose but concealing the by a manually operated gate valve located so as to be
hose station. readily accessible. The drain shall be installed in accordance
(h) Hose rack.- with the provisions of Reference Standard RS-16.
(1) The hose at each outlet shall be kept upon a hose (e) Heating of standpipe tanks.-
rack firmly supported and placed between 5 ft. and 6 (1) Where the water in the tank is subject to freezing, the
ft.-6 in. above the floor or landing. tank shall be equipped with a tank heater in accordance
(2) The use of dump or reel-type racks is prohibited. with the provisions of Reference Standard RS 17-10.
4. Tanks in Standpipe System.- (2) Where the standpipe supply and domestic water
(a) Construction and support of tanks.-Tanks for the supply are combined in a single tank, heating of such
standpipe system supply shall be constructed and supported tank shall not be required in hotels, multiple dwellings,
in accordance with the provisions of Reference Standard hospitals, or other occupancies where the domestic supply
RS 16, Reference Standard RS 17-2, and applicable is drawn upon during all hours of every day of the week.
provisions of the building code for loads and structural work. (f) Strainer.-
(b) Combination tanks.-Gravity tanks may be used to (1) Every standpipe gravity or suction tank shall be
provide the required primary water supply to the provided with a brass or bronze strainer at the discharge
standpipe system and may also be used to supply to risers or to pump supply lines.
automatic sprinkler and/or domestic water in a building (2) Each strainer shall have clear openings with an
provided all the following conditions are met: aggregate area equal to, or more than, the required area of
*
(1) The connections to the tank are made in such a the pipe into which the tank discharges. Openings shall
manner as to provide the required sprinkler and/or fire be not more than 1 in. nor less than 1/2 in. in diameter.
standpipe reserve. The domestic supply is above the (g) Overflow pipe for standpipe tanks.-Each gravity
sprinkler and/or standpipe reserve. The standpipe standpipe tank shall be provided with an overflow in
reserve is above the sprinkler reserve. Where a accordance with the provisions of reference standard RS 16.
standpipe riser is used to supply water to a combination (h) Access to standpipe tanks.-Access to the top of
sprinkler and standpipe system as permitted, the each gravity tank shall be by means of a steel, wrought
connection to the tank shall be made in such a manner iron or approved equivalent material gooseneck ladder,
as to provide the required sprinkler or standpipe constructed of flat side bars at least 2 in. by 3/8 in, or
reserve, whichever is greater. equivalent, spaced at least 14 in. apart, with round or
*Local Law 5-1973 square rungs at least 5/8 in. thick spaced not more than
(2) The connections to the system are made outside of 12 in. on centers. The ladder shall be rigidly braced
the tank. When connections or piping are installed inside and shall not tip outward from the vertical at any point.

296
Reference Standard 17

When ladders exceed 25 ft. in height, body irons spaced the pump side of the suction valve provided a visual
not more than 2 ft. on center and a metal platform at sight glass is installed in the discharge of the relief valve.
least 14 in. square, rigidly secured to the stringers of the (5) Each manually operated pump shall be equipped
ladder or other type of enclosed safe access, shall be with a test valve installed in the pump discharge line
provided near the top of the tank. that may be connected to the discharge side of the relief
(i) Tank alarms for standpipe systems.- valve if the discharge pipe is piped back to the suction
(1) Gravity tanks not filled by an automatic pump or by side of the pump as provided in (4) above. The size of
city pressure shall be equipped with a high and low the test line shall be 3 in. National Pipe Thread for a
water level electrical alarm system. 500 gpm pump and 4 in. National Pipe Thread for a 750
(2) All pressure tanks used to provide the required gpm pump.
primary water supply of a standpipe system shall be (6) The check valves in the pump discharge line shall
equipped with a high and low air pressure and a high and be either swing type or spring loaded.
**
low water level electrical alarm system. Air-to-water (b) Wiring for fire pumps.-
ratio shall be 1 to 2 by volume and may be maintained (1) When the fire pump feeder conductors are routed
by automatic electrical controls. through the building(s), they shall be enclosed by two
**384-82 BCR (2) inches of concrete or shall be listed electrical circuit
protective systems with a minimum of one-hour fire resistance.
5. Fire Pumps in Standpipe Systems.- ***177-72 BCR; 1014-80 BCR
***
(a) Installation of standpipe fire pumps.- **DOB 7-24-96
(1) Fire pumps shall be placed on concrete pads at least *310-90 BCR
12 in. above the pump room floor with a clearance of at
*
least 3 ft. maintained on all sides from walls or from REFERENCE STANDARD RS 17-2
**
other equipment in the pump room. In the event of the ANSI/NFiPA No. 13 – 1989
use of a vertical shaft centrifugal fire pump, the 12 in. STANDARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF
high concrete pad may be omitted, provided the bottom SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
of the electric driving motor and all electrical appurtenances The provisions of NFiPA No. 13 – 1989 shall be
are raised at least 12 in. above the pump room floor. subject to the following modifications. The section and
(2) The control of the manually operated fire pump paragraph numbers are from that standard.
**DOB 6-26-99
shall be designed to operate at predetermined speeds to
give pressure increments of 50 psig. The first step of
the starter shall provide 100 psig at the pump, and each CHAPTER 1-General Information
1-1 Delete.
succeeding step shall produce increments of 50 psig up
1-4 Delete.
to the required pump pressure.
1-6 Delete.
(3) Each automatic fire pump shall be equipped with a 1-7 Classification of Occupancies
3 in. National Pipe Thread pressure relief valve Add 1-7.5 For purposes related to sprinkler installation,
installed in the pump discharge. Such relief valve shall classification of occupancies in paragraphs 1-7.2.1, 1-
be set to relieve below the shutoff head of the pump, but 7.3.1, 1-7.3.2, 1-7.3.3 and 1-7.4.1 shall be considered as
above the pressure required to maintain the operating equivalent to classifications of buildings and spaces in
pressure at the highest hose valve. The discharge from the building code as follows:
the relief valve may be piped back into the suction side Light Hazard-E, G, H-1, H-2, J-1, J-2, J-3
of the pump on the pump side of the suction valve Ordinary Hazard-B-1, B-2, D-1, D-2, C, F-1, F-3, F-4
provided a visual sight glass is installed in the discharge except restaurant and cafeteria seating areas, shall be
of the relief valve. Automatic fire pumps may be considered light hazard. Conference rooms and auditorium
provided with a time delay switch to insure a minimum spaces related to Class E occupancies shall be considered
running time for the pump. light hazard.
(4) Each manually operated fire pump shall be Extra Hazard-A
equipped with a 3 in. National Pipe Thread pressure 1-9 Delete.
relief valve for 500 gpm pumps and a 4 in. National 1-10 Delete.
Pipe Thread pressure relief valve for 750 gpm pumps. 1-11.1 Delete.
The relief shall be installed in the pump discharge line and 1-11.2 Delete except for 1-11.2.4 and 1-11.2.5
set to relieve at a pressure not to exceed 15 lb. over the 1-11.3 Delete.
pressure required to deliver the rate capacity of the pump 1-12 Delete.
at the highest hose outlet. Discharge of the relief valve
may be piped back into the suction side of the pump on CHAPTER 2-Water Supplies

297
Reference Standard 17

2-1 Delete. Revise table 2-2.1 (a) and notes to read as follows:
TABLE 2-2.1.1(a)
GUIDE TO WATER SUPPLY REQUIREMENTS FOR
PIPE SCHEDULE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS

Residual Acceptable Duration

Pressure Flow at Base in Minutes
Occupancy Required of Riser (See Notes
Classification (See Note 1) (See Note 2) 3, 4 & 5)
Light Hazard 15 psi 500-750 gpm 30
Ordinary Hazard 15 psi or 700-1000 gpm 40
(Group 1) higher
Ordinary Hazard 15 psi or 850-1500 gpm 40
(Group 2) higher
Ordinary Hazard Pressure and flow requirements for sprinklers and 40
(Group 3) hose streams to be determined from Table 2-2.1.1 (b)
Warehouses Pressure and flow requirements as determined
(See Note 6) by Chapter 7 and subject to Commissioner's approval.
High Rise Buildings Pressure and flow requirements for sprinklers
in accordance with Table 2-2.1.1(b).
Woodworker's Shop - Pressure and flow requirements subject to
See Appendix A Commissioner's approval.
Extra Hazard Pressure and flow requirements subject to
Commissioner's approval.
Notes:
1. The pressure required at the base of the sprinkler(s) is defined as the residual pressure required of the elevation at the highest sprinkler plus the
pressure required to reach this elevation.
2. The lower figure is the minimum flow ordinarily acceptable for pipe schedule sprinkler systems. The higher flow should normally suffice for
all cases under each group.
3. Where there is a requirement for a sprinkler alarm, a central station signal shall be provided.
4. In existing buildings only, the Commissioner may authorize reduction of storage to 20 minutes provided there are provisions for acceptable
mechanical automatic means of makeup to the storage tank.
The following conditions should be met for determining acceptable means for makeup:
a) Automatic means of makeup for a tank fire reserve should be capable of pumping water into the tank at a rate, for a period of 20 minutes,
sufficient to equal the difference between the normal 30-minute demand and the alternate 20-minute demand. The demand required is established
by calculations for the "most demanding remote area" from the riser as shown by examples of Appendix A of NFiPA 13-1989 and as now
determined for the 30-minute demand.
b) There should be at least two (2) automatic means of makeup, each having the same capacity, so that in the event a unit must be removed for
repairs the other unit can be placed in service.
c) An approved low water alarm is to be provided and located at a point 500 gallons above the available fire reserve level.
5. Where the water supply to a system sized in accordance with the pipe sizing schedules is taken from a water storage tank, the adequacy of the tank
capacity shall be verified with a hydraulic calculation.
6. This occupancy classification shall apply when the warehouse contains high-piled or rack storage as defined in Section 4-1.3.10 and complies
with the requirements of NFiPA 231 and 231C.

298
Reference Standard 17

*Delete Table 2-2.1 (b) in its entirety, except for Density Curves and add the following:
TABLE 2-2.1.1(b)
TABLE AND DESIGN CURVES FOR DETERMINING DENSITY, AREA OF SPRINKLER OPERATION AND
WATER SUPPLY REQUIREMENTS FOR HYDRAULICALLY DESIGNED SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
Minimum Water Supply Requirements

Sprinklers Duration in Minutes

Hazard Classification Only-gpm (See Notes 1, 2, & 3)
Light See 2-2.1.3 30
Ord.-Gp. 1 See 2-2.1.3 40
Ord.-Gp. 2 See 2-2.1.3 40
Ord.-Gp. 3 See 2-2.1.3 40
For SI Units: 1 gpm = 3.785 L/min.
Notes:
1. In existing buildings only, the Commissioner may authorize reduction of storage to 20 minutes provided there are provisions for acceptable
mechanical automatic means of makeup to the storage tank. Where 20 minutes storage cannot be achieved with existing storage facilities, alternative
means of supply may be considered by the Commissioner. In any event, no fire reserve storage facility shall have less than 3500 gallons.
The following conditions should be met for determining acceptable automatic means of makeup:
a) Automatic means of makeup for a tank fire reserve should be capable of pumping water into the tank at a rate, for a period of 20-minutes,
sufficient to equal the difference between the normal 30-minute demand and the alternate 20-minute demand. The demand required is established
by calculations for the most demanding remote area from the riser as shown by examples of Appendix A of NFiPA 13-1989 and as now
determined by the 30-minute demand.
b) There should be at least two (2) automatic means of makeup, each having the same capacity, so that in the event that a unit must be
removed for repairs the other unit can be placed in service.
c) An approved low water alarm is to be provided and located at a point 500 gallons above the fire level reserve.
2. Where there is a requirement for a sprinkler alarm, a central station signal shall be provided.
3. In no case shall existing sprinkler storage capacities be reduced to less than the amount required for comparable new construction.
4. In fully sprinklered buildings the storage capacity of the fire reserve in the tank shall be as required for the sprinkler demand, but shall not be
less than 3500 gallons in buildings with a single fire standpipe riser nor less than 5000 gallons in buildings with multiple fire standpipe risers.
5. Storage in light hazard occupancies where not more than 15 percent of the building is of ordinary hazard may have storage capacity predicated
on light hazard occupancy provided that any such space shall not exceed 5,000 square feet in area.
*633-83 BCR

2-2.4.1 to 2-2.4.6 Delete Except 2-2.4.3 2-5 Pumps

Add 2-5.3 Combined Use. In light hazard occupancies with
2-3 Connections of Water Works Systems. only limited ordinary hazard areas, an automatic fire pump
2-3.1.2 Delete. serving the lower 300 feet of the standpipe system may be
used as the primary supply to the sprinkler system, provided
2-4 Gravity Tanks. that a secondary power supply is available to drive the
2-4.2 Add an additional sentence to read as follows: "If pump; and such power supply shall be automatic switching.
any of the sprinkler heads are supplied from domestic Add 2-5.4 In hydraulically designed sprinkler systems
water tanks, the combined water supply in the tank shall supplied from a gravity tank, the pressure may be
be at least 5,000 gallons. Further, that the sprinkler increased by means of an automatic, special service fire
supply shall be taken from the lowest level of the tank."
pump. The pump shall be sized to satisfy the requirements
Add 2-4.3 Combined Use. In E, F, G, H and J
of Table 2-2.1.1(a) or Table 2-2.1.1(b) and shall be
Occupancies, with only limited ordinary hazard areas,
the sprinkler and standpipe reserve may be common to arranged in a bypass to permit the portion of the system
both. Reserve shall be sized for the greater demand. so supplied to be served by the system’s siamese connections.
Interpretations: Limited, may be defined as less than (a) If the pump is not supplied from the street side of
30% of the floor area. the building service switch, the electrical service and
Add 2-4.3.1 Buildings whose occupancies are more pump operation shall be fully supervised; provided that a
than 85 percent light hazard, may have a light hazard secondary power supply is available to drive the pumps
water supply provided the ordinary hazard areas are and such power supply shall be automatic switching.
*
designed for ordinary hazard requirements in respect to 2-5.5 Wiring for fire pumps. When the fire pump
sprinkler spacing and pipe sizing. feeder conductors are routed through the building(s),
Add 2-4.3.2 Combined standpipe and sprinkler systems they shall be enclosed by two (2) inches of concrete or
may be used in D-2 Laboratory Occupancies, E, F, G, H shall be listed electrical circuit protective systems with
and J. If an automatic fire pump is used as the primary a minimum of one-hour fire resistance.
supply, the requirements of 2-5.3 shall be complied *DOB 7-24-96
with.

299
Reference Standard 17

2-6 Pressure Tanks The chemical and physical properties of wrought steel
Delete 2-6.1 to 2-6.3 and substitute: or wrought iron pipe should be at least equal to those
2-6.1 Acceptability. manufactured in accordance with the specifications of
2-6.1.1 A pressure tank in accordance with Table 2- the American Society for Testing and Materials for
2.1.1(a) or 2-2.1.1(b) is an acceptable water supply Black and Hot-Dipped Zinc-Coated (Galvanized)
source. The total available quantity of water in pressure Welded and Seamless Steel-Pipe for Ordinary uses.
tanks need not exceed 15,000 gallons when there is a ANSI/ASTM Designation A120-80; Welded and
secondary source of water supply available from a Seamless Steel Pipe ANSI/ASTM Designation A53-79;
gravity tank or a street connection acceptable to the ASTM Designation A72-68.
Commissioner of Buildings. The maximum gross Dimensions for wrought steel or wrought iron pipe
capacity of a single pressure tank shall be 9,000 gallons should be in accordance with the American Standard
and shall include the needed extra capacity to fill dry- for Wrought Steel and Wrought Iron Pipe, ANSI
pipe or preaction systems when installed. B36.10-1979. Pipe used in sprinkler systems should be
2-6.1.2 Each tank shall be kept at a maximum of 2/3 designed to withstand a working pressure of not less
full of water and a minimum of 1/3 full of air than 175 psig. It is intended that this sprinkler standard
maintained under a minimum pressure of 75 psig. The permit the use of "standard wall" pipe as described in
water-to-air ratio shall be so proportioned and the tank ANSI B36.10-1979 for pressure up to 300 psig.
so located that a minimum pressure of 15 psig will be Schedule 40 pipe is considered "standard wall" pipe.
available on the highest line of sprinklers below the Schedule 30 pipe is acceptable in sizes 8 inches and
main roof when all the water is being discharged from larger. However, "light wall" schedule 10 pipe is
the tank. acceptable in sizes 10 inches and smaller, provided that
2-6.1.3 The tank supports shall be designed on the the piping is designed to withstand a working pressure
basis of the tank being full of water. of not less than 175 psig, when approved.
2-6.2 The tanks shall be supplied with water through a Tube or threadless pipe used in sprinkler systems shall
fixed pipe, independent of the sprinkler piping and at be drawn seamless copper tube or threadless copper
least 2 inch in size. The water supply shall be capable pipe conforming to the chemical and physical
of supplying the tank at a rate of at least 65 gpm properties of one of the following standards issued by
without decreasing the pressure in the tank. The tank the American Society for Testing and Materials:
shall have a fixed water level plate on the end of the Seamless Copper Tube ANSI/ASTM B75-79
tank opposite the gage glass, or equivalent devices, to Seamless Copper Water Tube ANSI/ASTM B88-76
indicate the level of the water in the tank. General Requirements for Wrought Seamless Copper and
2-6.3 The air compressor shall be provided with Copper-Alloy Tube ANSI/ASTM B251 M-79
automatic controls for maintaining the air pressure. Threadless Copper Pipe ANSI/ASTM B302-76
The capacity of the compressor shall be sufficient to Copper Tube or threadless pipe used in sprinkler
build up the tank pressure to 75 psig within 3 hr. or less. systems as specified in the above standards shall be
2-6.4 Pressure tanks shall be provided with approved limited to wet systems for light and ordinary hazard
closed circuit high and low water and high and low air occupancies using sprinkler heads having 165o F rating
pressure alarms. or less, and shall have minimum wall thickness capable
2-6.5 Pressure tanks shall be located at or above the top of withstanding a working pressure of not less than 175
level of sprinklers. psig at a service temperature of 300o F for both annealed
and drawn tempers.
2-7 Delete. Copper Water Tube Types K and L ANSI/ASTM B88-
2-8 Delete. 76, and Threadless Copper Pipe Type TP, ANSI/ASTM
B302-76.
CHAPTER 3-System Components Copper Pipe Type TP, ANSI/ASTM B302-76. Ferrous
Piping (Welded and Seamless), ANSI/ASTM A 135-79
3-1.1 Delete Specification for Electric-Resistance Welded Steel
3-1.1.1 Delete Pipe, pursuant to Board of Standards & Appeals
3-1.1.4 Delete Calendar No. 75-77-SA are acceptable.
3-1.1.5 Delete Other approved types of pipe or tube may be used, but
only those investigated and listed for this service by a
Add the following, in lieu of the above: nationally recognized testing and inspection agency and
Piping Specifications. acceptable to the Commissioner. The use of pipe or
3-1.1 Pipe or tube used in sprinkler systems shall be tube other than that described above must involve
welded and seamless steel, wrought steel, wrought iron, consideration of many factors, e.g.,
drawn seamless copper tube or threadless copper pipe. 1. Pressure rating.

300
Reference Standard 17

2. Beam strength (hangers). system through a pipe not less than 1-inch in diameter,
3. Corrosion (Chemical and electrolytic). in the upper story, and the connection should preferably
4. Resistance to failure when exposed to elevated temperatures. be piped from the end of the most remote branch line.
5. Methods of joining (strength, permanence, fire hazard). The discharge should be at a point where it can be
6. Availability of fittings (for sprinkler outlets and proper readily observed. In locations where it is not practical to
routings). terminate the test pipe outside the building, the test pipe
7. Toxicity. may terminate in a drain. In this event, the test
3-1.1.5 Delete, and substitute the following: connection shall be made using an approved sight test
3-1.1.5 Other types of pipe or tube may be used, but connection containing a smooth bore corrosion resistant
only those investigated and listed for this service by a orifice giving a flow equivalent to one sprinkler. The
test valve shall be located at an accessible point, and
nationally recognized testing and inspection agency
preferably not over seven feet above the floor. The
acceptable to the Commissioner. The use of pipe or
control valve on the test connection shall be located at a
tube other than that described above must involve point not exposed to freezing.
consideration of many factors, e.g. Add 3-4.4.1 In buildings having mezzanine floors, large
1. Pressure rating platforms, or large openings between floors which cannot
2. Beam strength (hangers) be closed or satisfactorily cut off, the possibility that all
3. Corrosion (chemical and electrolytic) or most of the sprinklers might be opened by a single
4. Resistance to failure when exposed to elevated temperatures fire should be considered in determining the size of
5. Methods of joining (strength, permanence, fire hazard) risers. Where occupancy and construction are exceptionally
6. Availability of fittings (for sprinkler outlets and proper good and where there is little likelihood of a fire
routings) spreading beyond the vicinity of its origin, the size of
7. Physical characteristics related to integrity during earthquakes. the feed main should be based on the total number of
8. Toxicity sprinklers in the main area plus half the number in the
9. Combustibility area not cut off. A sprinkler water, curtain may be
10. Movement during sprinkler operation (water distribution). considered an exceptionable cut off for openings of less
than 1000 square feet.
3-2 Definitions. Add the following: Fire Section-See Add 3-4.6 Sizes for Domestic Water Piping. Where
sub-article 201.0. Each floor of a sprinklered building permitted by the building code, 10 or less heads, that
may be considered a fire section. are connected to the domestic water system shall have
Add 3-3.4.1 In altering existing sprinkler systems the piping sized in accordance with the tables herein
which contain 3/4-inch pipe, the existing 3/4-inch pipe and the domestic water line to which the sprinkler line
may be retained except that extension from such 3/4- connected thereto. Connections may be made directly
to cross-connections or headers.
inch pipe shall be made using pipe having a minimum
3-6.2.3 Delete first sentence and change to read: Each
diameter of one-inch.
interior sectional or floor control valve shall be provided
3-3.7 One and One-Half-Inch Hose Connections. Delete. with a drain connection sized as shown in Table 3-6.2.3
3-3.8 Hose Connections For Fire Department Use. Delete. so as to drain that portion of the system controlled by
Add the following in lieu of the above: the sectional or floor valve.
3-3.7 Fire Standpipe Hose Connections. Where permitted
in E, F, G, H and J occupancies by Section 2-4.3, and Table 3-6.2.3
where permitted by the Commissioner, the sprinkler Sectional or Floor Minimum Size of Drain
systems may be connected to the distribution system of Valve Size Connection
mains and risers serving the required standpipe hose Up to 2 ½ in. 1-in.
connections. Connections to the common sprinkler and 3-in., 3 1/2-in., 4-in. 1 1/4 in.
standpipe systems shall be valved and fitted with an 5-in. and 6-in. 1 1/2-in.
approved supervised tamper switch and flow detector. 8-in. 2-in.
3-3.1 Delete the first sentence and add the following:
"The maximum floor area to be protected by a single Delete Section 3-7.4 and substitute the following:
riser, from a control and alarm device, on any one floor 3-7.4 Joints for the connection of copper tube or
shall be as follows:" threadless pipe shall be brazed. Brazing filler metal
classed BCuP-3, BCuP-5, BAG-2 (ANSI/AWS A5.8-
3-4 Pipe Schedules 89) may be used.
3-4.1.1 Delete-Add the following: Add Lead free solder joints may be permitted for wet
3-4.1.1 A test pipe of not less than 1-inch diameter pipe systems in Light Hazard Occupancies when the
terminating in a smooth bore corrosion resistant outlet temperature classification of the installed sprinklers is
giving a flow equivalent to one sprinkler shall be Ordinary or Intermediate.
provided. This test pipe shall be provided for each

301
Reference Standard 17

3-8 Fittings 3-9.2.5 Delete.

Renumber Section 3-8.1.4 to 3-8.1.6 3-9.2.6 Delete.
Renumber Section 3-8.1.5 to 3-8.1.7 3-9.2.7 Delete.
Add a new Section 3-8.1.4 to read as follows: Add 3-9.2.5 Where there is one water supply connection a
3-8.1.4 Fittings used in the assembly of copper tube check valve shall be installed. Such check valve may
shall conform to the following standards issued by the be a swing check, an approved fire meter or an approved
American National Standards Institute: detector check.
Bronze Flanges and Flanged Fittings Add 3-9.2.6 Where a system having only one dry-pipe
150 to 300 lb. ANSI B16.24-79 valve is supplied with city water and Fire Department
Add a new section 3-8.1.5 to read as follows: connection, it will be satisfactory to install the main
3-8.1.5 Fittings used in the assembly of threadless copper check valve in water supply connection in a vertical
pipe (Type TP) shall conform to the following standards: position immediately inside of the building after the
Cast Bronze, Brazed-Joint Pressure Fittings main indicating valve.
Dimensions MIL F-1183 J-87 Add 3-9.2.7 Where either a wet or dry pipe sprinkler
Chemical and physical properties ANSI/ASTM B61-86 or system is supplied by city water and a Fire Department
ANSI/ASTM B62-86 connection and has more than one riser with O.S.&Y.
Bronze Flanges and Flanged Fittings gate valve in each, and the whole system is controlled
150 and 300 lb. ANSI B16.24-79 by one outside post indicator valve, it will be satisfactory
3-8.6 One and One-Half-Inch Hose Connections. Delete. to install the main check valve in the water supply
3-8.7 Hose Connections for Fire Department Use. Delete. connection immediately inside building. If the supply is
Add the following in lieu of the above. controlled by an underground gate valve with a
3-8.7 Fire Standpipe Hose Connections. Where permitted Department of Environmental Protection standard roadway
in E, F, G, H and J Occupancies by Section 2-4.3 and box, the main check valve in the water supply connection
where permitted by the Commissioner, the sprinkler system should be installed immediately after the O.S.&Y. gate
may be connected to the distribution system of mains valve inside the building.
and risers serving the required standpipe hose connections. Add 3-9.2.8 Where a wet pipe sprinkler system is supplied
Connections to the common sprinkler and standpipe systems by city water and a Fire Department connection with
shall be valved and fitted with an approved supervised only one riser, the alarm valve will be considered as a
tamper switch and flow detector. check valve and an additional check will not be required.
Add 3-9.2.9 A gate valve should be installed on each side
3-9 Valves of each check valve under conditions other than described
3-9.1.1 Delete-Add the following: in Paragraphs 3-9.2.6, 3-9.2.7 and 3-9.2.8. However, this
3-9.1.1 A test pipe of not less than 1-inch diameter shall not apply to Fire Department Siamese check valves.
terminating in a smooth bore corrosion resistant outlet Add 3-9.2.10 Where a gravity tank is located on a
giving a flow equivalent to one sprinkler shall be tower in the yard, the gate valve on the tank side of the
provided. This test pipe shall be provided for each check valve shall be of O.S.&Y. type; the other shall be
system through a pipe not less than 1 inch in diameter either an O.S.&Y. valve or an indicator post valve.
in the upper story, and the connection should preferably Where a gravity tank is located on a building, both gate
be piped from the end of the most remote branch line. valves shall be the O.S.&Y. type; and all fittings inside
The discharge should be at a point where it can be the buildings, except the drain tee fill line, and heater
readily observed. In locations where it is not practical connections, shall be under the control of a gate valve.
to terminate the test pipe outside the building, the test Add 3-9.2.11 In a city connection serving as one
pipe may terminate into a drain. In this event, the test source of supply the city valve in the connection may
connection shall be made using an approved sight test serve as one of the required gate valves. An O.S.&Y.
connection containing a smooth bore corrosion resistant valve or an indicator post valve should be installed on
orifice giving a flow equivalent to one sprinkler. The the systems (water supply) side of the check valve.
test valve shall be located at an accessible point and Add 3-9.2.12 A connection from public water system
preferably not over seven feet above the floor. The shall not extend into or through a building unless such
control valve on the test connection shall be located at a connection is under the control of an outside indicator
point not exposed to freezing. post or O.S.&Y. gate or under the control of an inside
3-9.1.1 Add the following sentence: O.S.&Y. gate valve located near the outside wall of the
An approved indicating shutoff valve may be used in building.
lieu of an O.S.&Y. gate valve wherever referred to in Add 3-9.2.13 When a pump, located in a combustible
these modifications except such valve shall not be part pump house or exposed to danger from fire or falling
of the pressure reducing valve. The indicator shall be walls, or a tank discharges into a yard main valve, fed
readily visible from the floor. by another supply, either the check valve in the
3-9.2 Valves Controlling Sprinkler Systems. connection shall be located in a pit or the gate valve
3-9.2.3 Delete exception #2. should be of the indicator post type, located a safe

302
Reference Standard 17

distance outside of buildings. 3-12.3.2 Delete this Section, and substitute the following:
Add 3-9.2.14 Check valves on tank or pump connections, Dry Pipe Valves. The alarm apparatus for a dry-pipe
when located underground, may be placed inside of system shall consist of approved low and high air pressure
buildings and at a safe distance from the tank riser or alarm attachments to the dry-pipe valve. When a dry-pipe
pump, except in cases where the building is entirely of valve is located on the system side of an alarm valve,
one fire area, when it is ordinarily considered satisfactory the actuating device of the alarms for the dry-pipe valve
to locate the check valve over-head in the lowest level. may be connected to the alarms on the wet-pipe system.
Add 3-9.2.15 All gate valves controlling water supplied Delete Section 3-12.4 and the following, in lieu of the above:
for sprinklers shall be located where readily accessible 3-12.4 Joints for the connection of copper tube or
and when necessary, permanent ladders, clamped treads threadless pipe shall be brazed. Brazing filler metal
on risers, chains and wheels, or other accepted means classes BCuP-3, BCuP-5, BAg-2 (ANSI/AWS A5.8-77)
should be provided. may be used.
Add 3-9.2.16 Section Valves in Underground Fire Mains. 3-12.6 Delete this section and add; refer to RS 17-3
Large yard systems shall have section controlling valves 3-12.7 Delete this section and add; refer to RS 17-3
at appropriate points, in order to permit sectionalizing 3-12.8 Delete this section, and substitute the following:
the system in the event of a break, or for the making of Identification Signs. Identification signs shall be provided
repairs or extension (See Standard for Outside Protection, for outside alarm devices. The sign should be located near
ANSI/NFiPA No. 24-87). the device in a conspicuous position and shall be worded
Add 3-9.2.17 Floor Valves. Floor control valves shall as follows: "SPRINKLER FIRE ALARM-WHEN BELL
be provided where required or in special cases where RINGS CALL FIRE DEPARTMENT OR POLICE".
area or height, or number of tenants is excessive, both in Add 3-12.9 Drains
manufacturing and mercantile buildings, or where Add 3-12.9.1 Where vents are necessary for satisfactory
contents are more than ordinarily susceptible to damage. electric alarm switch operations, such vents should be
Floor valves shall be located where they are readily properly piped to a drain.
accessible. They are to be O.S.&Y. or indicating type Add 3-12.9.2 Drains from alarm devices shall be so
located ahead of the inlet of any pressure reducing valve. arranged that there will be no danger of freezing, and so
Add 3-9.2.18 Indicator Posts for Gate Valves. that there will be no overflowing at the alarm apparatus,
Add 3-9.2.18.1 Outside Control shall be provided. at domestic connections or elsewhere with the sprinkler
Add 3-9.2.18.2 Where sprinklers are supplied from a drains wide open and under pressure.
yard main, an approved outside indicator post gate valve Add 3-12.9.3 Drain from retarding chamber and electric
shall be placed in the connecting pipe at a safe distance alarm switch should preferably discharge through an
from the building. open cone and be run separate from main system drains
Add 3-9.2.18.3 Indicator post valves should be located to a safe and visible point of free discharge or to sewer or
not less than 40 feet from buildings; but where necessary ground drain. Drain from water-motor-operated alarm
to place a valve close to a building, it should be located device may run separately to sewer or ground drain or
at a blank part of the wall. may be connected to drain from retarding chamber at a
Add 3-9.2.18.4 When a building has no basement, and an point between such sewer and a check valve on this
outside post indicator control cannot be furnished, a short drain, a union or plug being inserted in the drain from
post indicator may be installed in a horizontal position the alarm device to permit inspection. Where checks are
in riser with handwheel projecting outside of wall. used they shall be so located as to have the equivalent of at
Add 3-9.2.19 Pits for Underground Valves. Pits for least a four-foot head and shall not be installed in a vertical
underground valves except those located at the base of position.
a tank riser, are described in the Standard for Outside Add 3-12.9.4 Where drains are conveyed to a sewer, a
Protection (ANSI/NFiPA No. 24-87). For pits protecting proper trap shall be provided.
valves located at the base of a tank riser, refer to RS-10. Add 3-12.9.5 Where it is necessary to drain alarm
Add 3-9.2.20 Securing of Valves. All gate valves in valves outside the wall, an open discharge cone shall be
supply pipes to automatic sprinklers, whether or not of provided inside to break the pipe line so that cold air
indicator or post pattern, shall be sealed open in a will not conduct directly into the retarding chamber.
satisfactory manner. Alternately, all drains shall have at least 4 feet of pipe
Add 3-9.2.21 Valves controlling sprinkler supplied from beyond the valves, in a warm area.
the standpipe system shall be approved for standpipe
service in the pressure zone in which it is installed. 3-13 Fittings
They shall be O.S.&Y. or indicating valves and shall be Renumber Section 3-13.1.4 to 3-13.1.6
located ahead of the inlet of any pressure reducing Renumber Section 3-13.1.5 to 3-13.1.7
valve installed. Add a new Section 3-13.1.4 to read as follows:
3-9.3.4. Delete. 3-13.1.4 Fittings used in the assembly of copper tube
3-11.5.2 Add to first sentence; and subject to the shall conform to the following standards issued by the
Commissioner's approval. American National Standards Institute:

303
Reference Standard 17

Bronze Flanges and Flanged Fittings tower in the yard, the gate valve on the tank side of the
150 to 300 lb. ANSI B16.24-79 check valve shall be of O.S.&Y. type, the other shall be
Add a new section 3-13.1.5 to read as follows: either an O.S.&Y. valve or an indicator post valve.
3-13.1.5 Fittings used in the assembly of threadless Where a gravity tank is located on a building both gate
copper pipe (Type TP) shall conform to the following valves shall be the O.S.&Y. type; and all fittings inside
standards: the buildings, except the drain ice fill line, and heater
Cast Bronze, Brazed-Joint Pressure Fittings connections, shall be under the control of a gate valve.
Dimensions MIL F-1183 G-78 Add 3-14.2.11 In a city connection serving as one source
Chemical and physical ANSI/ASTM B61-80 or of supply the city valve in the connection may serve as one
properties of the required gate valves. An O.S.&Y. valve or an
ANSI/ASTM B62-80 indicator post valve should be installed on the systems
Bronze Flanges and Flanged Fittings (water supply) side of the check valve.
150 to 300 lb. ANSI B16.24-79 Add 3-14.2.12 A connection from public water system
shall not extend into or through a building unless such
3-14 Valves. connection is under the control of an outside indicator
123-14.1.1 Add the following sentence: post or O.S.&Y. gate valve or under the control of an
"An approved indicating valve may be used in lieu of inside O.S.&Y. gate valve located near the outside wall
an O.S.&Y. gate valve wherever referred to in these of the building.
modifications except where such valve is to be installed Add 3-14.2.13 When a pump, located in a combustible
in conjunction with a pressure reducing valve." pump house or exposed to danger from fire or falling
3-14.2 Valves Controlling Sprinkler Systems. walls, or a tank discharges into a yard main fed by another
Amend 3-14.2.1 Each system shall be provided with a supply, either the check valve in the connection shall be
listed indicating valve so located as to control all located in a pit or the gate should be of the indicator
sources of water supply except fire department connections. post type, located a safe distance outside of buildings.
3-14.2.5 Delete. Add 3-14.2.14 Check valves on tank or pump connections,
3-14.2.6 Delete. when located underground, may be placed inside of
3-14.2.7 Delete. buildings and at a safe distance from the tank riser or
Add 3-14.2.5 Where there is one water supply pump, except in cases where the building is entirely of
connection, a check valve shall be installed. Such check one fire area, when it is ordinarily considered satisfactory
valve may be a swing check, an approved fire meter or to locate the check valve over-head in the lowest level.
an approved detector check. Add 3-14.2.15 All gate valves controlling water
Add 3-14.2.6 Where a system having only one dry-pipe supplied for sprinklers shall be located where readily
valve is supplied with city water and Fire Department accessible and when necessary, permanent ladders,
connection, it will be satisfactory to install the main clamped treads on risers, chains and wheels, or other
check valve in water supply connection in a vertical accepted means should be provided.
position immediately inside of the building after the Add 3-14.2.16 Section Valves in Underground Fire Mains.
main indicating valve. Large yard systems shall have section controlling valves at
Add 3-14.2.7 Where either a wet or dry pipe sprinkler appropriate points in order to permit sectionalizing the
system is supplied by city water and Fire Department system in the event of a break, or for the making of
connection and has more than one riser with O.S.&Y. repairs or extension. (See Standard for Outside Protection,
gate valve in each and the whole system is controlled ANSI/NFiPA No. 24)
by one outside post indicator valve, it will be satisfactory Add 3-14.2.17 Floor Valves. Floor control valves shall be
to install the main check valve in the water supply provided where required or in special cases where area or
connection immediately inside building. If the supply height, or number of tenants is excessive, both in manufacturing
is controlled by an underground gate valve with an and mercantile buildings, or where contents are more than
approved roadway box, the main check valve in the ordinarily susceptible to damage. Floor valves shall be
water supply connection should be installed immediately located where they are readily accessible. They are to be
after the O.S.&Y. gate valve inside the building. O.S.&Y. type located ahead of the inlet of any pressure
Add 3-14.2.8 Where a wet pipe sprinkler system is reducing valve.
supplied by city water and a Fire Department connection Add 3-14.2.18 Indicator Posts for Gate Valves.
with only one riser, the alarm valve will be considered as Add 3-14.2.18.1 Outside control shall be provided.
a check valve and an additional check will not be required. Add 3-14.2.18.2 Where sprinklers are supplied from a
Add 3-14.2.9 A gate valve should be installed on each yard main, an approved outside indicator post gate
side of each check valve under conditions other than valve shall be placed in the connecting pipe at a safe
described in Paragraphs 3-14.2.6, 3-14.2.7, 3-14.2.8. distance from the building.
However, this shall not apply to Fire Department Add 3-14.2.18.3 Indicator post valves should be
Siamese check valves. located not less than 40 feet from buildings; but where
Add 3-14.2.10 Where a gravity tank is located on a necessary to place a valve close to a building, it should

304
Reference Standard 17

be located at a blank part of the wall. attachments to the dry-pipe valve. When a dry-pipe
Add 3-14.2.18.4 When a building has no basement and an valve is located on the system side of an alarm valve,
outside post indicator control cannot be furnished, a short the actuating device of the alarms for the dry-pipe valve
post indicator may be installed in a horizontal position may be connected to the alarms on the wet-pipe system.
in riser with handwheel projecting outside of wall. 3-17.7 Delete this Section, and substitute the following:
Add 3-14.2.19 Pits for Underground Valves. Pits for Identification Signs. It is essential to provide identification
underground valves except those located at the base of signs for outside alarm devices. The sign should be located
a tank riser are described in the Standard for Outside near the device in a conspicuous position and shall be worded
Protection (ANSI/NFiPA No. 24). For pits protecting as follows: "SPRINKLER FIRE ALARM-WHEN BELL
valves located at the base of a tank riser, refer to the RINGS CALL FIRE DEPARTMENT OR POLICE."
Standard for Water Tanks for Private Fire Protection Add 3-17.8 Drains.
(ANSI/NFiPA No. 22). Add 3-17.8.1 Where vents are necessary for satisfactory
Add 3-14.2.20 Securing of Valves. All gate valves in electric alarm switch operation, such vents should be
supply pipes to automatic sprinklers, including indicator or properly piped to a drain.
post pattern, shall be sealed open in a satisfactory manner. Add 3-17.8.2 Drains from alarm devices shall be so
Add 3-14.2.21 Valves controlling sprinkler supplied from arranged that there will be no danger of freezing and so
the standpipe system shall be approved for standpipe that there will be no overflowing at the alarm apparatus,
service in the pressure zone in which it is installed. at domestic connections or elsewhere with the sprinkler
They shall be O.S.&Y. valves and shall be located drains wide open and under pressure.
ahead of the inlet of any pressure reducing valve installed. Add 3-17.8.3 Drain from retarding chamber and electric
alarm switch should preferably discharge through an
3-15 Hangers open cone and be run separate from main system drains to a
3-15.1.10 Delete this section and substitute the following: safe and visible point of free discharge or to sewer or ground
3-15.1.10 Maximum Distance Between Hangers. With Steel drain. Drain from water-motor-operated alarm device may
Pipe as specified in this chapter, the maximum distance run separately to sewer or ground drain or may be
between hangers shall not exceed 12 feet for 1 and 1 connected to drain from retarding chamber at a point
1/4 inch sizes nor 15 feet for sizes 1 1/2 inch and larger between such sewer and a check valve on this drain, a
except as provided in 3-15.6. See Figure A-3-15.1.10. union or plug being inserted in the drain from the alarm
With copper tube or pipe as specified in this chapter, device to permit inspection. Where checks are used
maximum spacing between hangers shall not exceed the they shall be so located as to have the equivalent of at
distance indicated on Figure A-3-15.5.4 with steel band least a four-foot head and shall not be installed in a
and ring hangers confirming therewith. vertical position.
Add 3-17.8.4 Where drains are conveyed to a sewer, a
HANGER SPACE FOR COPPER PIPE AND proper trap shall be provided.
COPPER TUBE-HORIZONTAL RUN Add 3-17.8.5 Where necessary to drain alarm valves
HORIZONTAL RUN HANGER SPACING outside the wall, an open discharge cone shall be
Tube Size Spacing provided inside to break the pipe line so that cold will
3/4" to 1" 5-8 feet not be conducted directly into the retarding chamber.
1 1/4" and 1 1/2" 8-10 feet Alternately, all drains shall have at least four foot of
2" and 3" 10-12 feet pipe beyond the valves in a warm area.
4"-8" 12-15 feet
CHAPTER 4-Spacing, Location and Position of Sprinklers
SIZING OF SPS** STEEL STRAP AND RING 4-1.2 Delete.
HANGERS FOR USE WITH COPPER TUBE 4-2.2.1 Delete the first sentence and add the following:
SPS Steel Strap or Ring Hanger "The maximum floor area to be protected by a single
Copper Tube Nominal Outside Size, Minimum Inside riser, from a control and alarm device, on any one floor
Size inches Diameter, inches inches Diameter, inches shall be as follows:"
4-4.7.1 Delete
1/4 0.875 1/2 or 3/4 1.050 or 1.315
4-4.7.2.1 Delete
1 1.125 1/4 or 1 1.315
4-4.7.2.2 Delete
1 /14 1.375 1 1.660
4-4.7.2.3 Add to last sentence:
1 1/2 1.625 1 1/4 0.840
when required by other sections of this code
2 2.125 2 2.375
Delete the Exception
*Above 2-inch, use the same SPS hanger size as the tube size.
4-4.7.2.4 Delete
**Standard Pipe Size Figure A-3-15.5.4.
4-4.8 Add the following:
Sprinklers shall be provided in chute vestibules on all
3-17.3.2 Delete this Section, and substitute the following:
floors, if no vestibule exists, then sprinklers shall be
Dry Pipe Valves. The alarm apparatus for a dry-pipe system
provided above chute doors and shall be located no
shall consist of approved flow and low and high air alarm

305
Reference Standard 17

more than 1-foot horizontally from face of chute door. cooking surfaces, within exhaust ducts, within exhaust
All building service chute sprinkler systems shall be hood plenum chamber, and under filters, if any.
provided with a local water flow and valve supervisory 4-4.19.2 Add the following:
alarm and be connected to an authorized fire alarm and provided that hard wired smoke detectors are
central office. provided in the sleeping rooms.
4-4.8.1 Delete. ***
4-4.8.2 Delete. *Add section 4-4.19.4 to follow section 4-4.19.3 as follows:
4-4.8.2.4 Delete. ***
Add 4-4.17.4 Safe deposits or other vaults of fire- *4-4.19.4 In buildings and spaces classified in Occupancy
resistive construction will not require sprinkler protection Groups J-2 and J-3, sprinklers may be omitted from
when used for the storage of records, files and other bathrooms, water closet compartments, general toilet
documents when stored in metal cabinets. rooms and shower rooms.
4-4.8.1 Delete and substitute the following: Add section 4-4.19.5 to follow section 4-4.19.4 as follows:
In cooking areas protected by automatic sprinklers, *4-4.19.5 In buildings and spaces classified in Occupancy
sprinklers shall be provided to protect commercial-type Groups J-2 and J-3, sprinklers may be omitted from
cooking equipment and ventilation systems that are clothes closets, linen closets and pantries.
designed to carry away grease laden vapors unless otherwise ***
protected (see RS 13-2 and RS 13-3). Sprinklers shall *DOB 6-25-99
be so located as to give complete coverage of cooking
surfaces, within exhaust ducts, within exhaust hood CHAPTER 5-Types of Systems
plenum chamber, and under filters, if any. 5-3.4 Delete and substitute the following:
Add 4-4.16.4 Safe deposits or other vaults of less than Location and Spacing of Fire Detection Devices. Spacing
1,000 cubic feet in size of fire-resistive construction of fire detection devices shall be in accordance with
may not require sprinkler protection when used for the their listing by nationally recognized testing laboratories
storage of records, files and other documents, when or in accordance with manufacturer’s specifications,
stored in metal cabinets. These vaults shall be equipped subject to the approval of the Commissioner of Buildings.
with either a smoke or heat detection system connected 5-3.5 Delete and substitute the following:
to an authorized fire alarm central office. Location and Spacing of Fire Detection Devices. Spacing
4-4.17.1 Delete, and substitute the following: of fire detection devices shall be in accordance with
In cooking areas protected by automatic sprinklers, their listing by a nationally recognized testing laboratory
sprinklers shall be provided to protect commercial-type or in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications,
cooking equipment and ventilation systems that are subject to the approval of the Commissioner of Buildings.
designed to carry away grease laden vapors unless Fig. 5-5.4 Delete and substitute the following:
otherwise protected (see RS 13-2 and RS 13-3). Sprinklers Fig. 5-5.4 See detail of Typical Installation.
shall be so located as to give complete coverage of

306
Reference Standard 17

CHAPTER 6-Outside Sprinklers for Protection permitted by the building code, 10 or less heads, that
Against Exposure Fires are connected to the domestic water system shall have
the piping sized in accordance with the tables herein,
6-1 Water Supply and Control. Delete and the domestic water line to which the sprinkler
6-2 System Components. Delete piping is connected shall be at least the size of the
sprinkler line connected thereto. Connections may be
CHAPTER 7-Hydraulically Designed Sprinkler Systems made directly to cross-connections or headers.
7-1.1.2 Delete and substitute the following: 8-3.2 Delete.
7-1.1.2 The design basis for such a system supersedes 8-4.2 Add the following to the first sentence: "or as
the rules in the sprinkler standard governing pipe modified by Table 2-2.1B."
schedules except that all systems continue to be limited 8-4.3 Delete.
by area, and pipe shall be not less than 1 inch nominal 8-4.4 Add the following:
for ferrous piping and 3/4 inch nominal for copper tube 8-4.4 Combined Systems. Risers providing the water
and threadless copper pipe. The size of the pipe, supply for both standpipe and sprinkler systems shall
number of sprinklers per branch line and number of have a minimum diameter of 6 inches: provided, however,
branch lines per cross main are otherwise limited only a minimum diameter of 4 inches may be authorized in
by the available water supply. existing buildings if hydraulic calculations indicate that
However, sprinkler spacing and all other rules an adequate supply of water can be assured.
covered in this and other applicable standards shall be
observed. Chapter 10-Delete
7-2.1 Delete and substitute the following: Appendix A, B and C and D shall be considered part of
Design criteria and calculations shall be submitted to this Reference Standard, subject to the following modifications:
the Commissioner along with the plans to obtain the A-1-7.2.1 Delete.
necessary approval. A-1-7.3.1 Delete.
Table 7-4.3.1.4 Delete under column Pipe or Tube, A-1-7.3.2 Delete.
"Plastic (listed)-All "and under C Value, Delete" 150" A-1-7.3.3 Delete.
A-1-7.4 Delete and substitute the following:
CHAPTER 8-Pipe Schedule Systems A-1-7.4 New installations protecting extra
8-1 Delete and substitute the following: hazard occupancies may be hydraulically designed or
The provisions of this Chapter shall apply to buildings pipe schedule systems may be utilized, provided that a
of Class 1 construction, predominantly light hazard sufficient volume of water is supplied, and the water
occupancy, and more than 100 feet high. pressure is adequate. When the pipe schedule is used
Add 8-1.2.1 Combined Systems Risers-Risers providing hydraulic calculations shall be done to prove that adequate
the water supply for both standpipe and sprinkler water volume and water pressure are available.
systems shall have a minimum diameter of 6-inches, A-1-7.4.1 Delete.
however, a minimum diameter of 4-inches may be A-1-8.1.2 Delete and substitute the following:
authorized in existing buildings if hydraulic calculations A-1-8.1.2 Used equipment shall not be permitted
indicate that an adequate supply of water can be assured. unless completely overhauled by the manufacturers; and
Add 8-1.2.2 When a combined riser is fed by a special shall be subject to the approval of the Commissioner.
service fire pump, a minimum diameter of 4-inches is A-1-9 Delete.
required to feed fire hose stations. Riser size beyond last A-2-2.3.3 Delete.
hose station is to be determined by hydraulic calculations. A-2-6.3 Amend sub-section titled "Location
Add 8-1.3.1 In buildings having mezzanine floors, of Pressure Tanks" to read as follows:
large platforms, or large openings between floors which Pressure tanks shall be located at or above the top level
cannot be closed or satisfactorily cut off, the possibility of sprinklers.
that all or most of the sprinklers might be opened by a A-2-7.1 Delete.
single fire should be considered in determining the size A-2-7.2 Delete.
of risers. Where occupancy and construction are exceptionally A-2-7.3 Delete.
good, and where there is a little likelihood of a fire A-3-1.1.5 Delete.
spreading beyond the vicinity of its origin, the size of A-3-3.2 Delete.
the feed main may be based on the total number of A-3-3.7 Delete.
sprinklers in the main area plus half the number in the A-3-7.4 Delete and substitute the following:
secondary area. A sprinkler water curtain may be A-3-7.4 The fire hazard of the brazing and
considered an acceptable cut off for openings of less welding process should be suitably safeguarded. Fire
than 1000 square feet. guards having Certificates of Fitness from the Fire
Add 8-1.4 Sizes for Domestic Water Piping. Where

307
Reference Standard 17

Department shall be provided as required, and portable and 1887. The use of pipe or tube other than that described
fire fighting equipment shall be provided. above must involve consideration of many factors, e.g.
Add new sentence: (a) Pressure rating
Self-cleaning fluxes shall not be used. Continued (b) Beam strength (hangers)
corrosive action after the soldering process is completed (c) Corrosion (chemical and electrolytic)
could result in leaks from the seats of sprinklers. (d) Resistance to failure when exposed to elevated
A-3-10.2 In second paragraph, delete the words temperatures
"copper tube" and substitute "brass piping or equivalent." (e) Methods of joining (strength, permanence, fire hazard)
A-3-12.4 Delete and substitute following: (f) Availability of fittings (for sprinkler outlets and
A-3-12.4 The fire hazard of the brazing and proper routings.)
welding process should be suitably safeguarded. Fire (g) Physical characteristics related to integrity during
guards having Certificates of Fitness from the Fire earthquakes
Department shall be provided as required and portable (h) Toxicity
fire fighting equipment shall be provided. (i) Combustibility
A-4-4.4.4 Add to end of first sentence: (j) Movement during sprinkler operation (water distribution).
Subject to the approval of the Commissioner. Nonmetallic pipe and tube shall comply with the
A-5-3.3 Delete paragraph(b) and add: portions of the ASTM standards specified in Table 1-
(b) The dry-pipe valve should be adequately pressurized 5.2 that apply to fire protection service in addition to
to conform to manufacturer’s design and available water the provisions of this paragraph. Nonmetallic pipe shall
pressure. only be used in wet pipe systems. Nonmetallic pipe
B-4-2.4.6 Delete. shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
B-7 Delete. installation instructions, and in accordance with rules
Appendix C Referenced Publications Delete promulgated by the Commissioner of Buildings.
* 310-90 BCR; 633-83 BCR Table 1-5.2 Delete Special Listed Polybutylene (PB) Pipe.
*
Section 1-5.6 - Delete and substitute the following:
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 17-2A Section 1-5.6 - Joints for the connection of copper tube
STANDARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF or threadless pipe shall be brazed. Brazing filler metal
SPRINKLER SYSTEMS IN RESIDENTIAL classed BCuP-5, BAG-2 (ANSI/AWS A5.8-89) or other
OCCUPANCIES UP TO AND INCLUDING SIX approved methods may be used. Lead free solder joints
STORIES IN HEIGHT may be permitted for wet pipe systems when the
temperature classification of the installed sprinklers is
ANSI/NFPA No. 13R-1994 - Standard for the Installation Ordinary or Intermediate.
of Sprinkler Systems in Residential Occupancies up to Section 1-5.7 - Delete and substitute the following:
and Including Four Stories in Height. Section 1-5.7 - Other types of fittings may be used, but
Modifications - The provisions of NFPA No. 13R-1994 only those investigated and listed for this service by a
shall be subject to the following modifications. The nationally recognized testing and inspection agency in
section and paragraph numbers are from that standard. accordance with Underwriters Laboratory Standard
1821 and 1887. The use of fittings other than that
Preface described above must involve consideration of many
Change NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm Code to Section factors as described in Section 1-5.2. Nonmetallic pipe
27-979 of the Administrative Code. and tube fittings shall comply with the portions of the
ASTM standards specified in Table 1-5.7 that apply to
Chapter 1 - General Information fire protection service in addition to the provisions of
Section 1-1 – Change four stories to six stories. this paragraph. Nonmetallic pipe and tube fittings shall
Section 1-3 – The definition of Multipurpose Piping only be used in wet pipe systems. Nonmetallic pipe
shall be deleted. and tube fittings shall be installed in accordance with
Section 1-3 – The definition of Residential Occupancies the manufacturer's installation instructions, and in
shall be deleted. The definition of such use as stated in accordance with rules promulgated by the Commissioner of
Title 27, Chapter 1, subchapter 3 of the Building Code Buildings.
shall be used. Section 1-6.2.1 - Change NFPA 13 to RS 17-2, and add
Section 1-5.2 – Delete and substitute the following: the following: "The use of antifreeze solutions other
Section 1-5.2 - Other types of pipe or tube may be used, than glycerine-water in sprinkler systems using plastic
but only those investigated and listed for this service by pipe shall not be permitted."
a nationally recognized testing and inspection agency in
accordance with Underwriters Laboratory Standard 1821 Chapter 2 - Working Plans, Design, Installation,
Accepted Tests and Maintenance

308
Reference Standard 17

Section 2-1 - Delete following:

Section 2-1.1 - Delete Location of sprinklers installed in buildings classified
Section 2-1.1.1 - Delete in occupancy group J-1 shall be in accordance with the
Section 2-1.1.2 – Delete requirements of RS 17-2.
Section 2-1.2 - Delete Section 2-7 – Delete and substitute the following:
Section 2-1.2.1 - Delete Section 2-7 – The owner is responsible for the
Figure 2-1.2.1 - Delete condition of a sprinkler system and shall properly
Section 2-1.2.2 – Delete maintain the sprinkler system in accordance with the
Section 2-1.3 – Delete Fire Department’s rules and regulations.
Section 2-1.3.1 – Delete
Section 2-1.3.1.1 - Delete Chapter 3 – Referenced Publications
Section 2-1.3.1.2 - Delete Delete in its entirety.
Section 2-1.3.1.3 - Delete Appendix A – Explanatory Material
Section 2-1.3.2 - Delete A-1-1, first paragraph, - Change four to six.
Section 2-3.2 - Add subparagraph (e) as follows: A-1-5.2 – Delete
(e) A common supply main to the building, serving A-1-5.7 – Delete
both sprinklers and domestic uses, may be used if A-2-1.3.2 – Delete
provision is made to prevent flow on the domestic water A-2-3.3.1 - Delete
system upon operation of sprinklers, and closure of the Figure A-2-3.2(a), (b) and (c) Delete
main sprinkler control valve, i.e., the house control Appendix B – Referenced Publications
valve, will shut off the domestic water supply. Delete in its entirety.
Section 2-3.3 - Delete NOTE: Subjects that are not covered under this reference
Section 2-3.3.1 - Delete standard shall be in accordance with Reference
Section 2-3.3.2 - Delete Standard 17-2.
Section 2-4.1.1 - Delete the "exception" *DOB 6-25-99
Renumber Sections 2-4.1.2 and 2-4.1.3 to be as follows: *
Section 2-4.1.2 to be 2-4.1.3 REFERENCE STANDARD RS 17-2B
Section 2-4.1.3 to be 2-4.1.4 STANDARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF
Add new Section 2-4.1.2 to read as follows: SPRINKLER SYSTEMS IN ONE- AND TWO-FAMILY
Section 2-4.1.2 - Except for the meter set controlling DWELLINGS AND MANUFACTURED HOMES
combined domestic water and fire sprinkler systems,
sectional control valves and other valves if provided in ANSI/NFPA No. 13D-1994 – Standard for the
supply pipes to sprinklers shall be locked open and Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One-and Two-
supervised open by one of the following methods: Family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes.
(a) Central station, proprietary or remote station signaling Modifications – The provisions of NFPA No. 13D-1994
service, or shall be subject to the following modifications. The
(b) Local signaling service that will cause the sounding section and paragraph numbers are from that standard.
of an audible signal at a constantly attended point.
Exception- Underground gate valves with roadway Preface
boxes need not be supervised. Change NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm Code to Section
Section 2-4.2 - Delete and substitute as follows: 27-979 of the Administrative Code.
Section 2-4.2 - Except in buildings classified in
occupancy group J-1, at least one 3 in. (76 mm) single Chapter 1 – General Information
inlet fire department connection shall be provided and Section 1-3 –Delete the definition of Multi-purpose
located in accordance with Section 27-940 of the Piping System.
Building Code. Buildings classified in occupancy group Section 1-3 –Delete the definition of Pre-engineered System.
J-1 shall be provided with siamese connections in Section 1-5.2 – Revise the exception to read: Listing may
accordance with RS 17-2. be waived for tanks and pumps.
Section 2-6 – Exception No. 1: – Delete and substitute Section 1-5.3 – Delete
the following: Sprinklers are not required in bathrooms, Section 1-5.4 – Delete and substitute with the following:
water closet compartments, general rooms and shower Section 1-5.4 – Testing of a system can be accomplished by
rooms. pressurizing the system 50 pounds (3.5 bar) above the
Section 2-6 – Exception No. 2: – Delete and substitute normal system operating pressure and checking visually
the following: Sprinklers are not required in clothes for leakage at each joint or coupling.
closets, linen closets and pantries. Fire Department connections are not required for
Section 2-6 – At the end of the section add the systems covered by this standard, but may be installed

309
Reference Standard 17

at the discretion of the owner. In these cases, hydrostatic protection service in addition to the provisions of this
tests in accordance with Reference Standard RS 17-2 paragraph. Nonmetallic pipe shall only be used in wet pipe
are necessary. systems. Nonmetallic pipe shall be installed in accordance
Dry systems should also be tested by placing the system with the manufacturer's installation instructions, and in
under 40 pounds (2.8 bar) air pressure. Any leak that accordance with rules promulgated by the Commissioner
results in a drop in system pressure greater than 2 psi of Buildings.
(0.14 bar) in 24 hours should be corrected. Check for Table 3-3.2 - Delete Specification for Special Listed
leaks using soapy water brushed on each joint or Polybutylene (PB) Pipe and ASTM D3309.
coupling. Leaks will be shown by the presence of bubbles. Section 3-3.6 - Delete and substitute the following:
This test should be made prior to concealing of piping. Section 3-3.6 - Joints for the connection of copper tube
or threadless pipe shall be brazed. Brazing filler metal
Chapter 2 – Water Supply classed BCuP-5, BAG-2 (ANSI/AWS A5.8-89) or other
Section 2-2 – Add subparagraph (e) as follows: approved methods may be used. Lead free solder joints
(e) A common supply main to the building serving may be permitted for wet pipe systems when the
both sprinkler and domestic uses may be used if temperature classification of the installed sprinklers is
provision is made to prevent flow on the domestic Ordinary or Intermediate.
water system upon operation of sprinklers, and closure Section 3-3.7 - Delete and substitute the following:
of the main sprinkler control valve, i.e., house control Section 3-3.7 - Other types of fittings may be used, but
valve, will shut off the domestic water supply. only those investigated and listed for this service by a
Section 2-3 - Delete nationally recognized testing and inspection agency in
accordance with Underwriters Laboratory Standard
Chapter 3 - System Components 1821 and 1887. The use of fittings other than that
Section 3-1.1 - Delete the exceptions. described above must involve consideration of many
Add new Section 3-1.5 to read as follows: factors as described in Section 3-3.2. Nonmetallic pipe
Section 3-1.5 - Except for the meter set controlling fittings shall comply with the portions of the ASTM
combined domestic water and fire sprinkler systems, standards specified in Table 3-3.7 that apply to fire
sectional control valves and other valves if provided in protection service in addition to the provisions of this
supply pipes to sprinklers shall be locked open and paragraph. Nonmetallic pipe fittings shall only be used
supervised open by one of the following methods: in wet pipe systems. Nonmetallic pipe fittings shall be
(a) Central station, proprietary or remote station signaling installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation
service, or instructions, and in accordance with rules promulgated
(b) Local signaling service that will cause the sounding by the Commissioner of Buildings.
of an audible signal. Section 3-6 – In the Exception, change NFPA 72, National
Exception - Underground gate valves with roadway Fire Alarm Code to Section 27-979 of the Administrative
boxes need not be supervised. Code.
Section 3-3.2 - Delete and substitute the following:
Section 3-3.2 - Other types of pipe or tubes may be Chapter 4 - System Design
used, but only those investigated and listed for this Section 4-3.3.3.1 - Add "The use of antifreeze solutions
service by a nationally recognized testing and inspection other than glycerine-water in sprinkler systems using
agency in accordance with Underwriters Laboratory plastic pipe shall not be permitted."
Standard 1821 and 1887. The use of pipe or tube other Section 4-3.3.4 shall be modified to read as follows:
than that described above must involve consideration of Section 4-3.3.4 - Arrangement of supply piping and
many factors, e.g., valves. - All permitted antifreeze solutions shall be
(a) Pressure rating installed in accordance with RS 17-2.
(b) Beam strength (hangers) Figure 4-3.3.4 - Delete and substitute with:
(c) Corrosion (chemical and electrolytic) Figure 5-5.4 - "Detail of Typical Installation" of
(d) Resistance to failure when exposed to elevated temperatures Reference Standard 17-2.
(e) Methods of joining (strength, permanence, fire hazard) Section 4-4.1 - Exception No. 1 - Delete NFPA 13,
(f) Availability of fittings (for sprinkler outlets and proper Standard for the installation of sprinkler systems and
routings) revise to read "Reference Standard 17-2."
(g) Physical characteristics related to integrity during earthquakes Section 4-4.2 - Revise to read as follows:
(h) Toxicity Section 4-4.2 - Minimum Pipe Size - Minimum pipe
(i) Combustibility size including copper and any other acceptable piping
(j) Movement during sprinkler operation (water distribution) shall be 3/4 in.(19 mm).
Nonmetallic pipe shall comply with the portions of the Section 4-4.3 - Delete the exception.
ASTM standards specified in Table 3-3.2 that apply to fire

310
Reference Standard 17

Section 4-6 shall be modified to read as follows: * DOB 6-25-99

"Sprinklers shall be installed in all areas with the
following exceptions: **REFERENCE STANDARD RS 17-3
Exception No. 1. Sprinklers are not required in attics Standards for the Installation of Fire, Sprinkler,
not provided with floors. Standpipe, Smoke Detection, Oxygen, Nitrous
Exception No. 2 Sprinklers are not required in Oxide, and other Alarm and Extinguishing Systems
clothes closets, linen closets and pantries. *"Installation, source of energy, wiring and other
Exception No. 3. Sprinklers are not required in requirements shall comply with the applicable provisions
bathrooms, water closet compartments, general toilet of Sections one through fourteen, inclusive; provided,
rooms and shower rooms. however, that fire protection pre-signal systems for
Exception No. 4. Sprinklers are not required in buildings in Occupancy Group G, of Construction
garages, provided that at least one sprinkler head is Group 1-A (fireproof) may comply with the provisions,
located within 3 feet (914mm) of any communicating of Section 15 in lieu of sections 1 through 14, when
opening between the garage and the dwelling. such pre-signal systems are installed or existing systems
Exception No. 5. Sprinklers are not required in open are modified to provide fire alarm signal service under
attached porches, carports and similar structures." adverse malicious false alarm conditions, and when
permitted by the Fire Commissioner."
Chapter 5 - Limited Area Dwellings *515-75 BCR
Delete in its entirety.

Chapter 6 - Referenced Publications 1. A. SOURCES OF ELECTRICAL POWER

Delete in its entirety. Two sources of electrical power shall be provided as follows:
(1) The primary source shall be generated electric
Appendix A - Explanatory Material power not exceeding 277/480 volts, supplied by utility
Section A-1-1 - Delete third sentence of first paragraph company power, or isolated plant.
and revise second sentence to read: (2) The secondary source shall be an emergency power
"Residential portions of any other buildings shall be system (as per 27-396), emergency generator and/or
protected with residential sprinklers in accordance with battery power.
the New York City Building Code." One source of power shall be connected to the system at
Revise last paragraph to read "For protection of multiple all times. The primary and secondary power sources
dwellings, refer to the New York City Building Code." shall be so arranged and controlled by automatic transfer
Section A-1-2 – Delete switches and/or circuitry that when the primary source
Section A-1-3 - Revise to read "System control valves shall of power fails, the secondary source will be connected
be the indicating type and shall be approved/accepted type." automatically to the fire alarm signal system. Intermediary
Section A-1.4 – Delete devices between the system supply and the source of
Section A-1-5.4 – Delete power, other than fused disconnect switches, transformers,
Section A-2.2 - Delete entire section including all fused cutouts and automatic transfer switches, are prohibited.
related diagrams, except for the following: Such disconnect switches, cutouts, transformers and automatic
"When a tank is used for both domestic and fire transfer switches shall supply only the fire alarm system
protection purposes, a low water alarm activated when and other systems covered by this reference standard.
the water level falls below 110 percent of the minimum When the utility company requires the installation of
quantity specified in Section 2-1 should be provided". metering current transformers, the system supply shall
Section A-2.3 - Delete all related diagrams. be connected on the load side of the current transformers.
Section A-2.3(a) – Delete All installations shall comply with the applicable
Section A-3-3.1 – Delete sections of the New York City Electrical Code." The
Section A-3-3.2 - Delete primary source of power and the secondary source (if
Section A-3-3.7 – Delete emergency power system or generator) shall each be
Section A-3-5.6.1 - Revise to read as follows: provided with a means of disconnect from the fire
Section A-3-5.6.1 - Decorative painting of residential alarm system. For buildings supplied at 120/208 volts,
sprinklers is not to be confused with the temperature each disconnect shall consist of a fused cutout panel,
identification colors as referenced in Reference Standard 17-2. utilizing cartridge fuses, with provision for interrupting
Section A-5-5 – Delete the unfused neutral and all ungrounded conductors. The
Table A-1.2(a) and (b) – Delete neutral shall be provided with a removable solid copper
bar. The incoming service neutral shall be bonded to the
Appendix B - Referenced Publications metallic housing of the cutout panel on the line side of
Delete in its entirety. the removable bar. The fused cutout panel housing shall

311
Reference Standard 17

consist of a locked metallic cabinet with hinged door, building is equipped with an emergency generator.
painted fire department red, and permanently identified Batteries shall be designed for 24-hour supervisory
as to the system served. For buildings served at 265/460 operation followed by 5 minutes of total system load.
volts, the primary and secondary service disconnects All alterations to any existing approved fire alarm
shall be fused disconnect switches (in lieu of fused system involving or consisting of the replacement of the
cutout panels) in locked, red painted, permanently Fire Command Station, Fire Alarm Control Panel, Central
identified enclosures. The service voltage shall be Processing Unit, Floor Control Units, Remote Control
transformed to 120/208 volts and a fused cutout panel Units, Data Gathering Panels, Terminal Transmission
provided within 5 feet of the transformer on the Board, and other similar or equivalent controls or control
120/208-volt side. The incoming supply connections panels shall be required to comply with Section C(3)
shall comply with the NYC Electrical Code, and the above. For systems in buildings which are in compliance
fused cutout panel shall comply with the requirements with Sections C(1) or C(2) above, compliance with
specified herein before. Section C(3) is optional.

B. PRIMARY POWER SOURCE 2. Classification of Systems. - Systems shall be classified

(1) The primary service to the fire alarm system shall as follows:
be so arranged that the building source of supply can be (a) Manual interior fire alarm.
disconnected without de-energizing the fire alarm (b) Standpipe fire line telephone and signaling.
supply. To accomplish this, the primary fire alarm (c) Automatic heat, smoke, or products-of-combustion
supply shall be connected ahead of all building over fire detecting and alarm, as follows:
current protection and/or switching devices. (1) Fixed temperature solder or bimetallic spot
(2) Partial systems such as strobe light control panels, type heat detection.
partial fire alarm, automatic smoke/heat detection, and (2) Fixed temperature heat detecting wire.
sprinkler alarm subsystems and/or other associated (3) Rate-of-rise pneumatic tube heat detection.
systems may be connected to an emergency supply riser (4) Photoelectric type smoke detection.
panel via a tapped connection, and an identified, locked (5) Products-of-combustion ionization detection.
fused cutout box located within 5 feet of the tap. (d) CO2 extinguishing.
Where an emergency power system (E.P.S.) is provided (e) Hood smothering and fan shutdown.
in accordance with section 27-396.4, it shall be (f) Sprinkler alarm.
connected to the emergency supply riser. Where an (g) Ventilation duct smoke and fire detection and fan
E.P.S. is not available, the emergency supply riser shall shutdown.
be connected to a tap ahead of the service switch. (h) Oxygen and nitrous oxide alarm.
(i) Escalator fire door alarm.
C. SECONDARY POWER SOURCE
The secondary service to the fire alarm system shall be Where fire alarm, sprinkler alarm, and/or automatic fire
provided as follows: detection systems are installed in the same building,
(1) If the building has a required emergency power wiring interconnections shall be provided between the
system, the secondary source shall be the emergency control boards of the Systems, and necessary actuating
power system, regardless of whether the primary source relays and transmitters shall be provided in the control
is utility company power or an isolated plant. boards, so that actuation of the sprinkler alarm and/or
(2) If the building has an emergency generator supplying fire detection systems will activate the fire alarm system,
power to any of the loads listed in 27-396.4, the secondary and so that actuation of the fire alarm system will de-
source shall be the generator. energize all fans, with the exception of those fans used
(3) For all other buildings, the secondary source shall be for the Stair Pressurization System, controlled by the
a battery supply provided in accordance with Reference automatic detection system.
Standard 17-5 for storage batteries. The battery shall be
designed for 24-hour supervisory operation of the system, 3. WIRING
followed by A. Power Conductors (Above 75 volts) shall be:
(a) 6 hour total system load for systems with voice (1) Copper: THHN, THWN/THHN, TFFN, TFN, FEP,
communication capability (A 45 minute period of RHH, RHW-2, XHH, or XHHW; minimum 600 volts;
voice/alarm operation at maximum connected load shall be 90 C; for installation in rigid metallic conduit (RMC),
considered equivalent to 6 hours of total system operation), or intermediate metallic conduit (IMC) or electric metallic
(b) 15 minutes of total system load for systems without tubing (EMT).
voice capability. (2) Cable type MI, M.E.A. approved for 2-hour fire
(4) Partial systems and/or associated systems may derive resistance rating.
their secondary supply from batteries whether or not the B. Low Voltage Conductors (75 volts and less) shall be:

312
Reference Standard 17

(1) Copper; THHN, THWN/THHN, TFFN, TFN, FEP, (8) Where allowed to be run without raceway protection,
RHH, RHW-2, XHH, XHHW, minimum 600 volts; 90 multi-conductor cables shall be installed as follows:
C; for installation i n rigid metallic conduit (RMC), (a) Cables shall not depend on ceiling media, pipes,
intermediate metallic conduit (IMC) or electric metallic ducts, conduits, or equipment for support. Support independently
tubing (EMT) from the building structure.
(2) Minimum wire size No.18 AWG. (b) Secure by cable ties, straps or similar fittings, so
(3) Multiconductor cables run in raceways, or exposed designed and installed as not to damage the cable.
as described hereinafter, shall meet the following Secure in place at intervals not exceeding 5'-0" on centers
additional requirements: and within 12" of every associated cabinet, box or fitting.
(a) Type FPLP only; minimum insulation thickness 15 (9) Installation of raceways, boxes and cabinets shall
mils; minimum temperature 150 C; colored red. comply with the following general requirements.
(b) Red colored jacket overall; minimum thickness 25 mils. (a) Covers of boxes and cabinets shall be painted red
(c) Cable printing as per UL1424; must bear additional and permanently identified as to their use.
description "ALSO CLASSIFIED NYC CERT. FIRE (b) Penetrations of fire-rated walls, floors or ceilings
ALARM CABLE" legible without removing jacket. shall be fire stopped.
C. Installation of Conductors and Raceway shall be in (c) Within stairways, raceways within 8 feet of the floor
accordance with the following: shall not be installed so as to reduce or obstruct the
(1) Power conductors shall not be installed in common stairway radius.
raceways with low voltage conductors. (d) Raceways or cables shall not penetrate top of any
(2) Comply with applicable requirements of New York equipment box or cabinet.
City Electrical Code, except where requirements are (10) All conduits supplying 120-volt power to the fire
exceeded by this Reference Standard. command station and/or fire alarm control unit and/or
(3) Conductors other than M.I. cable shall be run in to outlying control cabinets, shall contain a green
raceway, except as specifically described below. insulated grounding conductor sized in accordance with
(4) Multi-conductor cables may be installed without the New York City Electrical Code (#10 AWG
raceway protection where cable is protected by building minimum). The grounding conductor shall be connected
construction. Where not protected by building construction, to the ground bus or other suitable grounding terminal
cables shall be located 8 feet or more above the finished in each box and cabinet in which it enters. At the fuse
floor and not subject to physical tampering or hazard. cutout panel supplying the fire alarm system, provide a
Locations within eight feet of the finished floor that are grounding electrode conductor sized and installed in
deemed as "protected by building construction" shall accordance with the New York City Electrical Code
include raised floors, shafts, telephone and communication (#10 AWG minimum).
equipment rooms and closets, and rooms used exclusively (11) For cabinets whose 120-volt supply is not derived
for fire alarm system equipment. In any suppression from the main fire alarm system cutout panel, provide
and extinguishing system activated by automatic fire green insulated separate grounding electrode conductors,
detection, including, but not limited to, pre-action sized and installed as per New York City Electrical
sprinkler, deluge sprinkler, clean air agent, halon, range Code (#10 AWG minimum). In steel-framed buildings,
hood, C02 and dry chemical, multi-conductor cables a connection to local steel structure will be acceptable.
shall be installed in RMC, IMC, or EMT. (12) Splices and terminations of wires and cables shall
(5) All wiring within mechanical and elevator be as follows:
equipment rooms shall be run in raceway. (a) Permitted only in boxes or cabinets specifically
(6) Raceways run within 8 feet of finished floor in approved for the purpose.
garage areas, loading docks, mechanical rooms, and (b) Utilize mechanical connections specifically approved
elsewhere where subject to mechanical damage, shall by U.L. 486 A & C for the conductors, or if soldered,
be rigid galvanized steel conduit only. first joined so as to be mechanically and electrically
(7) Where wiring is required to be run in raceway, secure prior to soldering and insulating. Temperature
install conductors in rigid metallic conduit (RMC), rating of completed splices shall equal or exceed the
intermediate metallic conduit (IMC) or electric metallic temperature rating of the highest rated conductor.
tubing (EMT), except that multi-conductor cables may (13) Wiring for audible and visual alarm notification
also be run in surface metal raceway. Flexible metallic devices shall be arranged so that a loss of a portion of
conduit, not exceeding 36" in length, shall be permitted the wiring on a floor will not render more than 60% of
for final connections to initiating and notification devices. the devices of each type inoperative, and the devices
Conductors for other electrical systems shall not be shall be so connected to the circuitry (i.e., by means of
installed in raceways containing. REFERENCE STANDARD alternate circuits) as to maintain at least partial
17 conductors. audibility/visibility throughout the entire floor.

313
Reference Standard 17

4. Fire Alarm Sending Stations. - bronze or other approved material, and shall be so
*(a) In manual fire alarm signal systems, the metal designed as to positively break a circuit carrying 0.10
case enclosing exposed or surface alarm boxes shall be ampere at 250 volts under actual operating conditions.
of cast iron or cast No. 43 aluminum or approved (k) Lever boxes shall be so designed as to automatically
aluminum-zinc alloy, and shall be drilled and tapped to wind when the lever is pulled for an alarm. Boxes requiring
receive the conduit. Where exposed to moisture, the glass replacements shall be so arranged that replacement cannot
box shall be closed in a weatherproof outer shell. In be made without resetting the mechanism for another alarm.
new buildings, approved galvanized sheet steel back- (l) Where it becomes necessary to install more than one
boxes embedded in the wall may be used and the set of contacts operating from code wheel, approval must
conduits shall be secured by lock nuts and bushings. be obtained from the fire commissioner before the installation.
*Local Law 16-1984 This shall not include pre-signal features. The box shall
(1) A floor warden station with a speaker mechanism have its code signal number plainly marked thereon.
having a fire resistant assembly and a manual fire alarm (m) Uncoded boxes. -
station may be installed in the same housing. A self- (1) Uncoded closed circuit fire alarm stations may be
restoring push button that will silence an alarm speaker operated by a break-glass or break-rod or a pull lever
while being held in place, shall be required wherever device so arranged that the alarm cannot be interfered
such speaker is within 8 feet of a floor warden station. with except by resetting or replacement of the glass or
(b) All current-carrying parts shall be insulated from rod by an authorized person.
parts carrying current of opposite polarity with approved (2) The construction and materials shall be equivalent
insulating material. to that of the standard approved type coded closed circuit
(c) All coded pull-lever type stations shall be constructed station, except that the contacts shall be of sufficient
with a door or other approved means to protect the pull capacity to safely carry out the entire operating current
lever against accidental injury. The wording "IN CASE of the gong circuit without excessive heating.
OF FIRE - OPEN DOOR AND PULL DOWN LEVER" (n) Station testing devices. -
in raised letters, or equivalent instructions, shall appear (1) Each fire alarm system shall be provided with an
on the door. auxiliary device to test the signaling devices. The
(d) In systems using break-glass or break-rod type auxiliary device shall be located in one of the alarm
stations, at least one extra glass rod or glass pane for boxes or mounted on the control board. Such testing
each station in the system shall be kept in the building. device shall be arranged so that the test is made without
Break-glass boxes shall have the glass rod or pane operating the break wheel of the box or interfering with
mounted on the surface of the station covers or mounted the dual operating feature.
internally in such a manner that the glass must be (2) Provisions shall be made for a silent test of coded
broken to actuate the sending station, Suitable hammers alarm box mechanisms without operating the signaling
on chains attached to the boxes, or other approved devices. Such test device shall be designed to prevent
means of breaking the glass shall be provided. any person, except those in authority, from operating
(e) The box or station of a coded system shall be so the same and to prevent the possibility of the box being
designed that once started, the proper transmission of a left inoperative after the test.
complete set of signals cannot be interfered with by
manipulation of its starting device. 5. Alarm Sounding Devices. -
(f) Each closed circuit coded box or station shall be *(a) Alarm sounding devices shall be sufficient in
arranged to send a definite code of signals to indicate number to be clearly audible to all occupants of a building.
the floor or portion of the floor on which it is located. Approved gongs shall be provided as the sounding
(g) Not less than 3, nor more than 20, taps or blasts devices. Where gongs or bells are not audible, approved
shall be given at each revolution of the code wheel. The horns or whistles may be provided. Chimes and other
code wheel shall revolve at least four times for each alarm sounding devices may be installed only with the
operation of its starting device and shall be of metal approval of the commissioner.
properly insulated from ground. (b) Gong shells shall be pinned to prevent turning and
(h) Boxes or stations used in systems in which then securely fastened to their supports by a machine
whistles, vibrating bells, or horns are employed shall be cap screw at least 3/8 in. in diameter.
so timed that the sounding devices will give the code (c) Gong shells shall be covered with a rust preventive.
signals clearly. The gong support and gong frames shall be cast in one piece.
(i) Contact points shall be in multiple. *Local Law 16-1984
(j) Contact points and contacts of the testing devices
shall be of silver or other approved material and of the 6. Fire Alarm System Control Boards. -
scraping type. The contact points and contacts shall be (a) Supervising circuit. -
secured in a substantial manner to springs of phosphor

314
Reference Standard 17

(1) A small current flow shall be maintained to constantly (5) Electromagnet cores shall be of the best grade of
supervise each circuit. A millimeter, or other approved ferrous material so as to reduce to a minimum the
current indicator, shall be provided and connected so as possibility of failure due to residual magnetism.
to indicate the supervising current. (6) Electromagnet cores for use on alternating current
(2) The supervising circuit shall be provided with a shall be of laminated construction or other approved
trouble bell operating an open circuit and arranged to method to prevent heating and promote efficiency.
ring continuously in case of failure of the system. The (7) Electromagnet cores of relays and gongs shall be
trouble bell shall be so located that it will be within treated to prevent corrosion. Paint or varnish shall not
audible range of a responsible person in the building. be used for this purpose.
(3) Trouble bells may be fitted with silencing switches (8) Nonmagnetic freeze pins shall be used to prevent
only when the switch is connected in such a manner two magnetic surfaces from making physical contact
that the act of silencing the bell by the operation of the with each other.
switch automatically transfers the trouble signal to a red (f) Relays. -
lamp on the control board. When the trouble has been (1) The armatures of all relays shall depend on gravity
repaired, the alarm bell shall ring until the silencing or magnetic attraction for their operation. However,
switch has been reset to operate under normal conditions. armature operation may be initiated by flat-type springs
(4) The trouble bell shall be of the vibrating type and when permitted by the commissioner. The use of spiral
shall give a distinctive signal. springs is prohibited.
(b) Protection of sending and sounding devices. - (2) Adjustments shall be of such a character that they
(1) In fire alarm signal systems, moving parts of can be securely locked.
sending stations and sounding devices shall be enclosed (3) Contact points shall be of sufficient area to carry
in metal casings, made dust proof and damp proof when the current used in operation and to insure long life.
necessary, and clearly marked with instruction for use. They shall be of pure silver or other approved material
(2) Whenever necessary, hammer rods of gongs shall and properly riveted to their support. Contact arms shall
be suitably protected against mechanical damage by the be of phosphor bronze, and shall be of the dead beat
use of a guard or equivalent means. If subject to possible type. Contact assemblies shall be of such a character
mechanical damage, the entire device shall also be enclosed that their operation is of a scraping self-cleaning nature.
in a protecting case made of approved wire netting or The use of condensers across contacts in order to absorb
perforated metal. All casings shall be insulated from the arc in any part of a fire alarm circuit is prohibited.
current carrying parts, but shall be grounded to the conduit. (4) Relays shall be free from objectionable hum when
(c) Standards of electric alarm apparatus. -All used on alternating current.
electrically actuated apparatus used in fire alarm (g) Time limit delay device. -
systems shall be so designed and constructed that it will (1) All gong circuit shell and special signal apparatus
operate satisfactorily at a current flow of 15 per cent may be protected by a time limit delay device. This
above or below the normal operating current. time limit delay device shall consist of a heating coil so
(d) Insulation. - designed that the normal operating current will have
(1) Insulating materials used shall be varnished cambric, little or no effect upon a thermostatic bimetallic bar or
bakelite, mica, or equivalent insulating material. strip contained therein. Any abnormal increase over
(2) The use of fiber or paper as an insulating material operating current or the continued cumulative heating
for the fire alarm signal systems is prohibited. effect thereof after a period of at least 3 minutes, but
(3) The insulating materials used shall be capable of not more than 20 minutes, shall cause the thermostatic
withstanding an insulation breakdown test of 1,000 element to expand. The expansion of this element shall
volts a.c. plus twice operating voltage applied for 1 minute. automatically open the source of current supply to the
(e) Electromagnets. - gongs or devices protected. The operation of the time
(1) Electromagnet windings shall be impregnated limit delay device shall cause the trouble bell to ring.
with an insulating, moisture repelling compound of the (2) Time limit delay devices shall be so connected in
silicone or epoxy type. the fire alarm circuit that their operation will not open
(2) Electromagnet coils used on alternating current, the fire alarm box circuits.
when composed of enameled wire, shall have an (3) Where, due to the extent of the installation, it
additional approved insulation on each wire. The coils becomes necessary to install a number of time limit
may be of the form-wound type. delay devices, the operation of a single time delay device
(3) A protective cover to prevent mechanical damage shall not affect other sounding devices similarly protected.
shall be provided over the entire coil. (4) A contactor relay to operate the sounding devices
(4) Electromagnetic coils shall be fastened to prevent floating. shall be provided on all direct gong circuits exceeding
two in number. Gong circuits not requiring contactor

315
Reference Standard 17

relays shall be operated by contacts properly phased for necessary to mount the diagram outside of the cabinet, the
the armature of the box circuit relay. diagram shall be framed under glass or equivalent material.
(5) A separate time limit delay device, contactor (8) All control board cabinets shall be provided with
supervisory relay and gong supervisory relay, shall be sight holes and glass panels to make meters on the
provided for each four gong circuits or fraction thereof. inside of the cabinets visible from the outside.
(h) Switches. -Triple pole, double throw, broken back *(9) Control boards may be of the solid state circuitry
knife switches properly supervised, and connected to type with modular construction and replacement components.
emergency resistors, shall be provided on all box and *Local Law 16-1984
gong circuits when the circuits exceed three in number.
(i) Instruments. -A separate approved milliammeter, 7. Painting of Equipment. -All enclosing cases for
or other approved current indicator, shall be provided fire alarm, sprinkler alarm, smoke detection, and oxygen
for the box circuit and each four gong circuits on the and nitrous oxide alarm apparatus shall be painted fire
control board when the gong circuits exceed three in department red, except where approval is given by the
number. A separate milliammeter shall be provided to commissioner to deviate from this requirement.
indicate the supervisory current of contactor relays and
emergency switch circuits. This meter shall be known 8. Closed Circuit Annunciators. -
as the "board meter." (a) Annunciators used in connection with unit and
(j) Resistors. - general fire alarm systems shall be of an approved
(1) Resistors shall be of the vitreous enameled type closed circuit type. The annunciator shall have approved
and shall be mounted on the front or face of control panels. types of relays equipped with a target shutter or other
Wire wound resistors, protected by a suitable metal indicating device. The indicating device shall have
guard, may be used when permitted by the commissioner. marked thereon a description of the purpose it serves.
Ferrule or knife contact type resistors shall not be used. The printed designation on unit or building annunciator's
(2) A protective resistor shall be placed in the indicators shall be legible. The mechanism shall be so
negative, or live, lead of all box circuits to protect the arranged that once operated the indicating device must
contacts of the boxes in the event of a ground. This be reset manually.
resistor shall have a resistance of at least 300 ohms, hut (b) A unit annunciator shall be so designed that the
no more than 750 ohms. operation of any station in the unit causes a visible and
(3) All relays, current indicators, resistors, time limit audible signal. The unit annunciator shall be actuated
delay devices, and other apparatus used in connection by contact on a code wheel of the fire alarm station, or
with the operation and supervision of closed circuit fire by contact on a relay connected to the fire alarm box
alarm signal systems shall be properly mounted on a circuit. In no case shall the station fire alarm circuit be
panel of approved material in a metal cabinet provided used for this purpose.
with lock and key. The control board shall be located in (c) Trouble annunciators shall be so arranged that the
a place where it will be subject to the least vibration indicating device will reset automatically when the
and least chance of mechanical damage. The location cause of the trouble has been removed. The trouble
shall be free from moisture, flammable gases, and dust. annunciator shall be so designed that it will indicate
Furthermore, the control panel shall be located so that it visible and audible trouble signals in the event of
can be kept under the frequent view of a responsible trouble occurring on any circuit panelboard of unit
occupant of the building delegated by the owner to be annunciators. The trouble annunciator shall be actuated
in charge. by the operation of contacts on all supervisory relays.
(4) Control board panels shall be of insulating material Each relay of this annunciator shall be provided with
such as ebony asbestos, bakelite, or other approved two sets of contacts so arranged that one set will
materials at least 1/2 in. thick. Control boards mounted operate the 110-volt trouble signal, and the other set
in each cabinet shall be securely fastened in each corner. will actuate the register, if a register is used.
(5) Provision shall be made for sufficient wire gutter (d) A trouble buzzer switch lamp shall be mounted on
space around the panel. Gutter space shall be a minimum of the inside of each unit annunciator cabinet on the panel.
2 in. at sides, top, and bottom. Wire in gutter space (e) A trouble bell, switch, and lamp shall be mounted
shall be properly laced in a neat and workmanlike on the inside of each trouble annunciator cabinet on the
manner on all control boards. panel. Trouble bell may be placed at a distance from the
(6) Conduit knockouts shall not be provided in the top annunciator by approval of the commissioner.
of the control board cabinet. (f) Relay drops of annunciator shall be so designed
(7) A wiring diagram of the alarm system approved that vibration from without or that caused by the trouble
by the commissioner and the approved card of instruction signal within will not operate the indicating devices.
properly marked and securely fastened shall be provided (g) All annunciators shall be installed in a separate
within the control board cabinet. When it becomes red enameled steel cabinet provided with an approved

316
Reference Standard 17

lock and key. Annunciators shall be marked in white circuit, wherever the thermostatic alarm actuates the
letters at least 1 in. high with the words: "FIRE ALARM interior alarm system.
ANNUNCIATOR, ZONE" or "FIRE ALARM TROUBLE (12) All thermostatic devices shall operate on a closed
ANNUNCIATOR", whichever the case may be. supervised electric circuit.
(13) The thermostatic wiring may return to the control
9. Automatic Heat and Smoke Fire Detection Systems. - board and the end line resistor mounted thereon. This
(a) Classifications. -Automatic heat and smoke fire end line resistor may be in the form of a supervising relay.
detection systems shall be classified as follows: (d) Control boards. -Thermostatic automatic systems
(1) Fixed temperature solder or bimetallic spot-type shall be operated from properly supervised approved
heat detection. closed circuit control boards installed in a locked metal
(2) Fixed temperature heat detecting wire. cabinet, which shall be painted fire department red and
(3) Rate-of-rise pneumatic-tube heat detection. marked in 1 in. high white letters with the words "AUTOMATIC
(4) Photoelectric-type smoke detection. THERMOSTATIC FIRE ALARM".
(5) Products-of-combustion ionization detection. *(e) Signal apparatus. -Gongs, horns, or bells, shall
(b) Plans.-Floor layouts shall show the automaticfire be provided, where shown on plans in connection with
alarm signal equipment and its location, number of each thermostatic alarm system, so that the signals will
thermostatic heads, transmitters, control board, and be clearly audible throughout the building or portion of
sounding apparatus; also, all exits, partitions, and enclosures the building requiring a fire alarm system. All thermostatic
shall be identified on the layouts. The layouts shall be alarm systems shall be connected to an approved central
approved by the commissioner and the fire commissioner office for transmission of an early alarm to the fire department.
before work is started on the installation. *149-1975 BCR
(c) Wiring and electrical apparatus. - (f) Testing. -The thermostatic alarm system shall be
(1) All electrical wiring, signal apparatus, and thermostatic so arranged that a periodic test of the entire system can
actuating devices shall be connected and operated on closed be made by the person in charge of the building.
supervised electric circuits, and conform to the requirements (g) Thermostat installation. –
for the installation of interior fire alarm systems. (1) Thermostats shall be placed throughout the
(2) Approved automatic-type systems shall be installed building, or portion of the building, including the inside
under the supervision of the commissioner. of all closets, cellars, basements, lofts, and elevator wells,
(3) When installed in connection with approved interior and under stairs as shown on approved plans.
alarm systems, automatic systems shall have this connection (2) No portion of the building shall be exempt without
made through an approved combination manual and written approval of the commissioner.
automatic transmitter. (3) Approval shall be obtained before the installation of
(4) When installed in connection with dry valves or high-temperature thermostats in boiler rooms, heating
other fire protective devices, automatic systems shall boxes, skylights, and other extra hazardous locations.
actuate the dry valve or devices through an approved (4) The distribution of thermostatic heads and devices
magnetic trip. shall be in accordance with the requirements of reference
(5) In automatically operated systems, each system standard RS 17-5 and as required herein.
shall have at least one manual fire alarm box as an (5) The distance from a wall or partition to a thermostat
auxiliary means for actuating the alarm system. shall not exceed 1/2 the distance between thermostats in
(6) Automatic systems shall be arranged to transmit a the same direction.
prescribed code signal as required by the fire commissioner. (6) A line of thermostats shall be run on each side of
(7) Closed circuit annunciators shall be provided in partitions.
connection with automatic thermostatic systems when (7) Spot thermostats of the solder type shall be
required by the fire commissioner. arranged on smooth ceiling not more than 15 ft. apart,
(8) Transmitters, manual alarm boxes, testing boxes, and and at intervals of 15 ft. on each line.
annunciators shall be so installed that a considerable jar (8) On irregular ceilings the thermostats shall follow
cannot start their mechanism. the spacing as required in (7) above as near as possible,
(9) Transmitters that require rewinding after operation except that in no case shall the area protected by any
shall be provided with a trouble bell to indicate a run- signal head exceed 225 sq. ft.
down condition. (9) In ceilings on which there are bays, one or more
(10) The trouble bell shall be arranged to give a heads shall be placed in each bay so the area protected
distinctive signal different in tone from the trouble bell does not exceed 225 sq. ft. for any head.
supervising the thermostatic alarm circuit. (10) Not more than 65 heads shall be installed on any
(11) Each automatic thermostatic system shall have supervised circuits.
one or more combination manual and automatic transmitters
located in a natural path of escape for each thermostatic

317
Reference Standard 17

(11) A thermostatic circuit shall not serve or protect g. In rooms where timbers or other projections form
more than the area of any one floor or story, except by bays more than 1 ft. deep and 8 ft. wide between beam
special permission. centers, at least one line of tubing must be run in each bay.
(h) Fire detecting wire systems. - h. Wiring circuits and all devices connected thereto
(1) Thermostatic systems of the fire-detecting-wire shall comply in all respects with the requirements for
type shall have the thermostatic wire so arranged and the manual fire alarms.
installed that there is minimum possibility of the wire i. The service connection for an automatic
being damaged. thermostatic alarm system shall be taken at the street
(2) Where necessary, fire-detecting wire shall be side of the service switch in a manner approved by the
protected against mechanical injury. commissioner.
a. Each circuit shall consist of a continuous length of (j) Unusual construction. -Approval of the fire
fire-detecting wire not exceeding 1,000 ft., and shall not commissioner shall be required to install thermostatic
protect an area greater than that of any one floor or devices under floors or roofs of removable-panel
story, except by special permission. construction.
*b. Lines of fire detecting wire shall be so located (k) Existing installations. -Thermostatic alarm systems
throughout the area protected that they shall not be previously installed and approved by the fire commissioner
more than 15 feet apart and so that no point on the shall be accepted as long as they are maintained in good
ceiling will be more than 7 1/2 feet from the nearest working order, and there is not a change in building
point of fire detecting wire, unless of a type approved height or construction. Where alterations interfere with
for greater coverage. the proper distribution of thermostatic heads, additional
*149-75 BCR heads shall be installed.
c. Fire-detecting wire may be run either directly on (l) Photoelectric smoke detection systems. -These
ceilings or on side walls if the wire is placed not more systems shall be installed in accordance with the requirements
than 20 in. below the ceiling, or on lower sides of of reference standard RS 17-5. The requirements of the
timbers or projections. building code affecting the design and operation of
d. Fire-detecting wire shall be securely fastened to its smoke detecting systems in duct systems, shall apply.
support in a manner that will not cause damage to the (m) Products-of-combustion-type ionization detection
insulation or the outer braid. systems. -These systems shall be installed in accordance
e. Wiring, circuits, and all devices connected thereto with Underwriters' Laboratory requirements.
shall comply in all respects with the requirements for (n) Unusual construction. -Approval of the fire
manual fire alarms. commissioner shall be required to install thermostatic,
(i) Rate-of-rise pneumatic tube systems. - photoelectric, or ionization type detection devices under
(1) Thermostatic systems of the rate-of-rise pneumatic floors or roofs of removable panel construction.
tube type shall have the pneumatic tubing so arranged
and installed that the possibility of mechanical damage 10. CO2 Extinguishing Systems. -Carbon dioxide
is minimized. Where necessary, copper tubing shall be extinguishing systems shall be installed in accordance
protected against damage. with Underwriters' Laboratory requirements.
a. Each circuit shall consist of a continuous length of
tubing not exceeding 1,000 ft. without branches or 11. Hood Smothering and Fan Shutdown Systems. -
alternative paths. (a) General. -The requirements of the building code
b. Tubing shall be enclosed in conduit or otherwise affecting the design and operation of automatic fire
insulated or legged in order to isolate signals. extinguishing systems for installation in hoods and ducts
c. In every enclosed space or separate room, there that exhaust fumes from commercial cooking equipment,
shall be at least 5 per cent of the total length of the shall apply.
exposed tubing or circuit. (b) Source of power. -A local source of electric
d. In no case shall less than 25 ft. of exposed tubing power for the system shall be utilized. Control wiring
be used in any enclosed space or separate room. shall be of the "fail safe" type so that loss of control
e. Lines of tubing shall be so disposed throughout the power will shut off all equipment.
area to be protected that they will not be more than 30 (c) Test switch. -A test switch shall be provided, and
ft. apart, and so that no point on the ceiling will be more wired so as to permit testing of the control wiring
than 15 ft. from the nearest point of tubing. against shorts or open-circuits without actuation of the
f. Tubing must be run either directly on ceilings, or on smothering system.
side walls if the tubing is placed not more than 20 in. (d) Alarm sounding device. -A local alarm gong
below the ceiling, or on lower sides of timbers or projections. shall be provided, and shall sound upon actuation of the
smothering system.

318
Reference Standard 17

12. Central Oxygen and Nitrous Oxide Alarm B. Alphanumeric annunciation of each manual and
Systems. - A closed circuit electrical alarm system shall each automatic initiation for registration of the location
be provided to give visible and audible signals when the of the device producing the alarm with response
pressure in the system varies 8 lbs. above or below the instructions determined and authorized by the Fire
normal line pressure of 50 lbs. Alarm indicating panels Commissioner. The registration shall indicate in seconds
shall be so located in the hospital that they are under 24 the delay time remaining for the last signal initiation
hr. observation by a responsible person, or persons, and shall be visible to and in the immediate vicinity of
delegated by the owner. Additional indicating panels the Chief Building Administrator's office.
may be provided in other locations subject to the C. Means for cancellation of a manual signal initiation
approval of the fire commissioner. within its introduced time delay accessible only to the
Chief Building Administrator. Cancellation shall not be
**13. Licensed Contractors. -Only a person holding a possible for fifty (50%) percent of the delay time expiration.
license, or a special license in accordance with the D. Means for by-passing the introduced time delay
provisions of the New York City electrical code, shall after a manual device initiation to produce the evacuation
install, alter or repair electrical wiring or apparatus for sounding and after normal school hours. The means
fire alarm systems in any building. Upon approval by shall be in the immediate vicinities of the Chief Building
the commissioner, a manufacturer's designated representative Administrator's office and the Building Engineer's office.
may alter or repair a specific fire alarm system. E. Master coding for the evacuation signal, providing
for single stroke gong systems an evacuation signal
14. Used or Rebuilt Apparatus. -Used apparatus comprising four rounds of three single stroke gong
shall not be reused for any interior fire alarm system soundings only, or providing for dedicated loud speaker
until the same has been reconditioned in the shop of an systems an evacuation signal comprising a rising tone
approved manufacturer of interior fire alarm apparatus. of three seconds duration starting at a frequency of 400
Approval shall be obtained from the commissioner hertz and ending with a frequency of 1000 hertz, repeated
prior to installation. The use of reconditioned apparatus twelve times.
whose manufacturer has discontinued manufacturing F. Automatic notification to the Fire Department via a
equipment is prohibited. class 3 manual station located in the vicinity of the
**Local Law 16-1984 Principal Administrator's office.
III - EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS
*15. Fire Protective Pre-Signal Systems for Class "G" A. The acceptable means to provide the previously
Assembly and Educational Occupancy Buildings in defined characteristics and modifications may include
Group 1-A (Fireproof) Construction digital electronic circuitry with logic in accordance with
*515-75 BCR
the reference standard and as approved and with information
I - SCOPE interchange in accordance with the reference as approved.
When permitted by the Fire Commissioner, new fire Where digital electronic circuitry is used, reliability rates
signal system characteristics for pre-signal operation shall be equal to or greater than the equivalent reliability
and existing manual coded and non-coded fire station rates for the relay circuitry that may be designed for this
signal modifications for pre-signal operation, shall be in purpose. The acceptable means shall be uniform for a
accordance with the following schedule in its entirety given installation. Where digital electronic circuitry is
and in accordance with Reference Standards RS 17-3, chosen as the acceptable means for a given installation
RS 17-3A, RS 17-3B and other applicable standards the entire circuitry for this installation shall be digital
and permitted only in Class "G" educational occupancy electronic without exception.
buildings of Group 1-A fireproof construction. Interior B. The digital electronic alphanumeric annunciation
alarm systems installed or altered in accordance with may take one of the following three forms:
this standard shall be designated as "Class G Systems". 1. A fixed lettered display with characters a minimum
II - FUNCTION SCHEDULE height of one quarter inch, resulting from the conversion of
A. Introduction of a time delay between the operation a manual or automatic device initiation to a unique point.
of a coded, master coded or non-coded manual interior 2. A dot matrix display of a duration at least equal to
fire alarm station and the audible evacuation signal the duration of the systems interrupt mode and originating
shall be limited to an adjustable interval of 0-180 in the manner of the fixed lettered display. The matrix
seconds. The specific duration of the time delay shall be shall be a minimum of seven by five dots per character.
determined by the Fire Commissioner for each specific 3. A cathode ray tube display of duration in the
premises where permitted. The time delay, when manner of the dot matrix display and origination in the
instituted by a manual station, shall also be effective for manner of the fixed lettered display. The minimum
fan shutdown and other auxiliary equipment. There character height shall be one quarter inch.
shall be no delay on automatic detection.

319
Reference Standard 17

In addition the following form shall be provided in transformers, fused cutouts and automatic transfer
conjunction with one of the foregoing: switches, are prohibited. Such disconnect switches, cutouts,
A teletypewriter is to receive only mode with origination transformers and automatic transfer switches shall
in the matter of the fixed lettered display. supply only the fire alarm system and other systems
C. Other digital electronic alphanumeric annunciation covered by this reference standard. When the utility
devices such as liquid crystals or light emitting diodes company requires the installation of metering current
or the like may be installed for this purpose in lieu of transformers, the system supply shall be connected on
one of the above three forms when approved for use the load side of the current transformers. All installations
and acceptable to the Fire Commissioner. shall comply with the applicable sections of the New
D. All system events shall be recorded in hard copy York City Electrical Code. The primary source of
along with the date and time of each particular event. power and the secondary source (if emergency power
These events shall include the following: system or generator) shall each be provided with a
1. The manual or automatic device initiation. means of disconnect from the fire alarm system. For
2. The elapsed time in seconds from the manual or buildings supplied at 120/208 volts, each disconnect
automatic initiation to the cancellation or the by-pass as shall consist of a fused cutout panel, utilizing cartridge
above defined. fuses, with provision for interrupting the unfused neutral
3. The elapsed time in seconds from the manual or and all ungrounded conductors. The neutral shall be provided
automatic initiation to the evacuation sounding as with a removable solid copper bar. The incoming service
above defined. neutral shall be bonded to the metallic housing of the
**E. Where a loud speaker system is used for the cutout panel on the line side of the removable bar. The
evacuation sounding, its amplifiers shall be designed fused cutout panel housing shall consist of a locked
for one hundred and fifty (150%) percent of rated load metallic cabinet with hinged door, painted fire department
with a minimum of two discrete amplifiers. The loud red, and permanently identified as to the system served.
speaker system may be used for voice communication, For buildings served at 265/460 volts, the primary and
provided the evacuation signal use has priority. Speakers secondary service disconnects shall be fused disconnect
used for fire alarm systems shall be rated for 400 degrees switches (in lieu of fused cutout panels) in locked, red
F. and approved by the Board of Standards and Appeals, painted, permanently identified enclosures. The service
These speakers and amplifier requirements apply to all voltage shall be transformed to 120/208 volts and a
systems installed under any and all provisions of this code. fused cutout panel provided within 5 feet of the transformer
**Local Law 16-1984 on the 120/208-volt side. The incoming supply connections
F. All fire protective pre-signal systems shall be shall comply with the NYC Electrical Code, and the
operated daily when the building is occupied and a log fused cutout panel shall comply with the requirements
shall be kept of such operation, accessible to the specified herein before.
Commissioner. The hard copy of system events may be B. PRIMARY POWER SOURCE
considered the required log. All equipment must be (1) The primary service to the fire alarm system shall be
approved by Board of Standards and Appeals and so arranged that the building source of supply can be
acceptable to the Commissioners of Buildings and Fire disconnected without de-energizing the fire alarm
Department, prior to installation. supply. To accomplish this, the primary fire alarm supply
IV - DETAILED STANDARDS FOR THE INSTALLATION shall be connected ahead of all building over current
OF CLASS "G" FIRE SIGNAL SYSTEMS protection and/or switching devices.
A. SOURCES OF ELECTRICAL POWER (2) Partial systems such as strobe light control panels,
Two sources of electrical power shall be provided as follows: partial fire alarm, automatic smoke/heat detection, and
(1) The primary source shall be generated electric sprinkler alarm subsystems and/or other associated
power not exceeding 277/480 volts, supplied by utility systems may be connected to an emergency supply riser
company power, or isolated plant. panel via a tapped connection, and an identified, locked
(2) The secondary source shall be an emergency power fused cutout box located within 5 feet of the tap.
system (as per 27-396), emergency generator and/or Where an emergency power system (E.P.S.) is provided
battery power. in accordance with section 27-396.4, it shall be connected
One source of power shall be connected to the system at to the emergency supply riser. Where an E.P.S. is not
all times. The primary and secondary power sources available, the emergency supply riser shall be connected to
shall be so arranged and controlled by automatic a tap ahead of the service switch.
transfer switches and/or circuitry that when the primary C. SECONDARY POWER SOURCE
source of power fails, the secondary source will be The secondary service to the fire alarm system shall be
connected automatically to the fire alarm signal system. provided as follows:
Intermediary devices between the system supply and the (1) If the building has a required emergency power
source of power, other than fused disconnect switches, system, the secondary source shall be the emergency

320
Reference Standard 17

power system, regardless of whether the primary source (a) Copper; THHN, THWN/THHN, TFFN, TFN, FEP,
is utility company power or an isolated plant. RHH, RHW-2, XHH, XHHW, minimum 600 volts; 90
(2) If the building has an emergency generator supplying C; for installation in rigid metallic conduit (RMC),
power to any of the loads listed in 27-396.4, the secondary intermediate metallic conduit (IMC) or electric metallic
source shall be the generator. tubing (EMT)
(3) For all other buildings, the secondary source shall be a (b) Minimum wire size No.18 AWG.
battery supply provided in accordance with Reference (c) Multiconductor cables run in raceways, or exposed
Standard 17-5 for primary batteries. The battery shall be as described hereinafter, shall meet the following
designed for 24-hour supervisory operation of the system, additional requirements:
followed by • Type FPLP only; minimum insulation thickness 15
(a) 6 hour total system load for systems with voice mils; minimum temperature 150 C; colored red.
communication capability (A 45 minute period of • Red colored jacket overall; minimum thickness 25
voice/alarm operation at maximum connected load shall mils.
be considered equivalent to 6 hours of total system • Cable printing as per UL1424; must bear additional
operation), or description” ALSO CLASSIFIED NYC CERT. FIRE
(b) 15 minutes of total system load for systems without ALARM CABLE" legible without removing jacket.
voice capability. (3) Installation of Conductors and Raceway shall be in
(4) Partial systems and/or associated systems may accordance with the following:
derive their secondary supply from batteries whether or not (a) Power conductors shall not be installed in common
the building is equipped with an emergency generator. raceways with low voltage conductors.
Batteries shall be designed for 24-hour supervisory (b) Comply with applicable requirements of New York
operation followed by 5 minutes of total system load. City Electrical Code, except where requirements are
All alterations to any existing approved fire alarm system exceeded by this Reference Standard.
involving or consisting of the replacement of the Fire (c) Conductors other than M.I. cable shall be run in
Command Station, Fire Alarm Control Panel, Central raceway, except as specifically described below.
Processing Unit, Floor Control Units, Remote Control (d) Multi-conductor cables may be installed without
Units, Data Gathering Panels, Terminal Transmission Board, raceway protection where cable is protected by building
and other similar or equivalent controls or control panels construction. Where not protected by building construction,
shall be required to comply with Section (C3) above. cables shall be located 8 feet or more above the finished
For systems in buildings which are in compliance with floor and not subject to physical tampering or hazard.
Sections (C)1 or (C2) above, compliance with Section Locations within eight feet of the finished floor that are
(C3) is optional. deemed as "protected by building construction" shall
D. ASSOCIATED SYSTEMS include raised floors, shafts, telephone and communication
Associated systems listed below shall have their actuation equipment rooms and closets, and rooms used exclusively
added to the Fire Control Panel: for fire alarm system equipment. In any suppression
1. Smoke detection systems. and extinguishing system activated by automatic fire
2. Sprinkler water flow alarms. detection, including, but not limited to, pre-action
3. Thermostatic alarms. sprinkler, deluge sprinkler, clean air agent, halon, range
4. Fan shut down for HVAC and automatic smoke hood, C02 and dry chemical, multi-conductor cables
exhausters. shall be installed in RMC, IMC, or EMT.
5. Stage fire control and deluge systems. (e) All wiring within mechanical and elevator equipment
6. Other approved systems. rooms shall be run in raceway.
NOTE: The associated systems listed above shall all be (f) Raceways run within 8 feet of finished floor in
interconnected with the Class “G” fire signal systems garage areas, loading docks, mechanical rooms, and
and shall have their alarm and common trouble signals elsewhere where subject to mechanical damage, shall
indicated at the main control board. be rigid galvanized steel conduit only.
E. WIRING (g) Where wiring is required to be run in raceway,
(1) Power Conductors (Above 75 volts) shall be: install conductors in rigid metallic conduit (RMC), intermediate
(a) Copper: THHN, THWN/THHN, TFFN, TFN, FEP, metallic conduit (IMC) or electric metallic tubing (EMT),
RHH, RHW-2, XHH, or XHHW; minimum 600 volts; except that multi-conductor cables may also be run in
90 C; for installation in rigid metallic conduit (RMC), surface metal raceway. Flexible metallic conduit, not
intermediate metallic conduit (IMC) or electric metallic exceeding 36" in length, shall be permitted for final
tubing (EMT). connections to initiating and notification devices. Conductors
(b) Cable type MI, M.E.A. approved for 2-hour fire for other electrical systems shall not be installed in raceways
resistance rating. containing REFERENCE STANDARD 17 conductors.
(2) Low Voltage Conductors (75 volts and less) shall be:

321
Reference Standard 17

(h) Where allowed to be run without raceway alternate circuits) as to maintain at least partial
protection, multi-conductor cables shall be installed as audibility/visibility throughout the entire floor.
follows: F. FIRE SIGNAL SENDING STATIONS, CLASS
• Cables shall not depend on ceiling media, pipes, "G" NON-CODED MANUAL STATION AND THE
ducts, conduits, or equipment for support. Support FIRE SIGNAL CONTROL STATION
independently from the building structure. 1. There shall be at least one (1) fire signal sending
• Secure by cable ties, straps or similar fittings, so station in each story of a building located in each path
designed and installed as not to damage the cable. of escape. Additional stations shall be installed so that
Secure in place at intervals not exceeding 5'-0" on no point on any floor shall be more than two hundred
centers and within 12" of every associated cabinet, box feet from the nearest station.
or fitting. 2. Doors of sending stations shall be painted Fire
(i) Installation of raceways, boxes and cabinets shall Department "red," and lettered: "Fire Emergency - Open
comply with the following general requirements. Door to Operate", or words to that effect. The instructions
• Covers of boxes and cabinets shall be painted red for operating the station shall be prominently displayed
and permanently identified as to their use. on an instruction card or, the dover of the station.
• Penetrations of fire-rated walls, floors or ceilings 3. All current carrying parts shall be insulated from
shall be fire stopped. parts carrying current of opposite polarity with approved
• Within stairways, raceways within 8 feet of the insulating material.
floor shall not be installed so as to reduce or obstruct 4. All pull lever type stations shall be constructed
the stairway radius. with an outer door and means to protect the pull lever
• Raceways or cables shall not penetrate top of any against accidental operations. The wording: "In Case of
equipment box or cabinet. Fire, Open Door and Pull Down Lever", in raised letters
(j) All conduits supplying 120-volt power to the fire or the equivalent instructions, shall appear on the door.
command station and/or fire alarm control unit and/or to 5. For systems using break-glass or break-rod type
outlying control cabinets, shall contain a green insulated stations, at least one extra glass pane or glass rod for
grounding conductor sized in accordance with the New each station in the system shall be kept in the building.
York City Electrical Code (#10 AWG minimum). The Break glass stations shall have the glass rod or pane
grounding conductor shall be connected to the ground mounted on the surface of the station covers or, mounted
bus or other suitable grounding terminal in each box and internally in such a manner that the glass must be
cabinet in which it enters. At the fuse cutout panel supplying broken to actuate the sending station. Suitable hammers
the fire alarm system, provide a grounding electrode on chains attached to the stations, or other approved
conductor sized and installed in accordance with the means for breaking the glass, shall be provided. Stations
New York City Electrical Code (#10 AWG minimum). accomplishing the "break glass" principle using other
(k) For cabinets whose 120-volt supply is not derived approved means shall not be required to provide hammers
from the main fire alarm system cutout panel, provide or spare glass.
green insulated separate grounding electrode conductors, 6. Non-Coded Stations
sized and installed as per New York City Electrical a. Non-Coded closed circuit fire signal stations shall
Code (#10 AWG minimum). In steel-framed buildings, be operated by a break-glass or break-rod or pull lever
a connection to local steel structure will be acceptable. device so arranged that the signal cannot be interfered
(l) Splices and terminations of wires and cables shall be with except by resetting or replacement of the glass or
as follows: rod by an authorized person.
• Permitted only in boxes or cabinets specifically b. The construction and materials shall be equivalent
approved for the purpose. to that of the standard approved type coded closed
circuit station described in Reference Standard RS 17-3,
• Utilize mechanical connections specifically approved
except that the contacts shall be of sufficient capacity to
by U.L. 486 A & C for the conductors, or if soldered,
safely carry the entire operating current of the signal
first joined so as to be mechanically and electrically
circuit without excessive heating.
secure prior to soldering and insulating. Temperature
7. Stations Testing Devices. Provisions shall be made
rating of completed splices shall equal or exceed the
for a silent test of sending station mechanisms without
temperature rating of the highest rated conductor.
operating the signalling devices. Such test device shall
(m) Wiring for audible and visual alarm notification
be designed to prevent any person, except those in authority,
devices shall be arranged so that a loss of a portion of
from operating the test device and to prevent the possibility
the wiring on a floor will not render more than 60% of
of the box being left inoperative after the test.
the devices of each type inoperative, and the devices
8. Provisions shall be made to supply an audible as
shall be so connected to the circuitry (i.e., by means of
well as visual signal at the fire signal control station
from the fire signal station.

322
Reference Standard 17

G. EVACUATION SOUNDING DEVICES 2. Protection of Sending and Sounding Devices. In

1. Approved single stroke gongs or dedicated loud fire protective signal systems, the sending stations and
speakers shall be provided as the sounding devices. sounding devices shall be enclosed in metal casings,
Approved loud speakers shall have heat resistant driven made dust proof and damp proof when necessary, and
elements and shall conform to Reference Standard RS- shall be clearly marked with instructions for use.
17-5. When recessed loud speakers are used, they shall 3. Standards of Electrical Signal Apparatus. All
conform to the performance requirements of Reference electricity actuated apparatus used in fire protective
Standard RS-17-5. The loud speakers, when mounted signal systems shall be so designed and constructed that
on walls, shall be mounted upon interior walls in it will operate satisfactorily at an input voltage level of
preference to building core walls. twenty (20%) percent below or ten (10%) percent above
2. Recessed loud speakers, if used, shall be located the normal rated voltage.
not more than ten feet from the entrance to each required 4. Insulation
exit to insure proper evacuation signal reproduction. This a. Insulating materials used shall be varnished cambric,
spacing is based upon normal eight feet to ten feet bakelite, mica or other equivalent insulating material.
ceiling height. Surface mounted loud speakers shall be b. The use of fiber or paper as an insulating material
mounted within ten feet of each egress to insure proper is prohibited.
evacuation signal reproduction. For unusual conditions c. The insulating materials used shall be capable of
and higher ceilings. the loud speakers shall not be withstanding an insulation breakdown test of one
mounted more than twenty feet above the floor. thousand volts ac., plus twice the operating voltage
3. For new fire protective signal systems only, in the applied for one minute.
entire building when at least twenty-five (25%) percent 5. Electromagnets
of the occupants have hearing impairments and in those a. Electromagnetic windings shall be impregnated
areas where the ambient noise level exceeds ninety decibels with an insulating and moisture repelling compound of
(90 dBA) on the "A" scale, provided in all applicable the sil ence or epoxy type.
areas at least one visual evacuation signal. This signal b. Electromagnetic coils used on alternating current.
shall be a xenon lamp flasher having a minimum flash when composed of enameled wire, shall have additional
intensity of one million candlepower, dissipating for approved insulation on each wire. The coils may be of
each lamp flash a minimum energy of fifteen joules, the form wound type.
and shall be wall mounted at a minimum height of nine c. A protective cover to prevent mechanical damage
feet above the floor. The lamp flasher shall be totally shall be provided over the entire coil.
enclosed so that all visible and ultraviolet radiations at d. Electromagnetic coils shall be fastened to prevent
or below its center line shall be blocked and so that all floating.
visible upward radiation, shall be transmitted. The visual e. Electromagnetic cores shall be of the best grade of
evacuation signal shall flash once every three seconds, ferrous material so as to reduce to a minimum the
repeated twelve times. possibility of failure due to residual magnetism.
4. The evacuation sounding devices may be utilized f. Electromagnetic cores for use on alternating current
for other audible purposes, including building security, when shall be of laminated construction or other approved
means is provided to insure fire evacuation signal priority. method to prevent heating and to promote efficiency.
H. FIRE SIGNAL SYSTEM CONTROL STATION g. Electromagnetic cores of relays shall be treated to
1. Supervising Circuits prevent corrosion. Paint or varnish shall not be used for
a. Class "G" fire protective signal systems shall be this purpose.
supervised, except for the alphanumeric annunciator. h. Nonmagnetic freeze pins shall be used to prevent
b. The supervising circuit shall be provided with a two magnetic surfaces from making physical contact
trouble signal arranged to sound continuously in case of with each other.
failure of the primary power source or other derangements. 6. Wiring
The trouble signal shall be so located that it will be within a. All connections shall be secure and properly protected
audible range of a responsible person in the building. and, where subject to motion, shall be of approved flexible
c. Trouble signals may be fitted with silencing wire. All wiring of the fire signal control station, the fire
switches only when the switch is connected in such a station circuits and the supervisory circuits, shall be approved.
manner that the act of silencing the signal by the operation b. Binding posts, when used, shall be of such design
of the switch will automatically transfer the trouble that the wire is held between two flat surfaces. Binding
signal to a red lamp on the fire signal control station. posts shall be mounted on an approved terminal block
When the trouble has been repaired, the alarm signal or insulating strip. The spaces between the binding
shall sound until the silencing switch has been reset to posts shall be at least one half inch, unless they are
operate under normal conditions. separated by approved barriers.
d. The trouble signal shall give a distinctive tone.

323
Reference Standard 17

c. Digital electronic printed circuit cards, when used, a. Time delay means in accordance with Section II A.
shall be one sixteenth inch thick glass fiber epoxy resin. above. At the end of the time delay or, at the time of the
The cards shall have color coded ejectors used to group by pass, the interior evacuation signal shall sound and
cards according to function so that they may be located all interconnected controls shall operate.
quickly and shall have plated through holes as feed b. Alphanumeric annunciation in accordance with
through on all logic cards. The connection fingers shall Section II B. above.
be gold, plated over nickel. c. A key controlled signal cancellation in accordance
7. Overload Protective Devices. The digital electronic with Section II C. above.
circuits shall provide protection of all equipment and d. A by-pass means in accordance with Section II D. above.
circuits by opening up the circuit to the equipment or e. A printer which records system events in accordance
devices protected. The operation of this overload circuit with the Equipment Requirements of this standard,
shall cause the trouble signal to sound at the fire signal located in the Building Engineer's office.
control station. f. Five day week digital electronic clocks to revert the
8. The control boards shall operate so that trouble in pre-signal operation to normal (zero time delay) operation
an individual zone may be shunted out without after normal building hours, and permitting immediate
affecting the operation of the rest of the zones of the evacuation sounding after signal initiation determined
system. by matching two successive code rounds.
9. Provision shall be made for sufficient wire gutter I. PAINTING OF EQUIPMENT
space around the panel. The gutter space shall be a All enclosing cases for fire signal, sprinkler alarm
minimum of two inches at the sides, the top and the detection and associated systems alarm apparatus shall
bottom. The wire in the gutter space shall be properly be painted Fire Department "red", except where
laced in a neat and workmanlike manner on all control approval is given by the Commissioner to deviate from
boards. this requirement.
10. Conduit knockouts shall not be provided in the J. INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEMS
top of the control board cabinet, unless designed and 1. The indicating devices shall describe the purposes
approved for entry on top. they serve. The printed designation on unit or building
11. A wiring diagram of the fire protective signal information display systems indicators shall be legible.
system approved by the Fire Commissioner and the All conditions indicated shall remain displayed in accordance
approved card of instruction properly marked, shall be with the Equipment Requirements of this standard.
provided and securely fastened within the control board 2. A unit information display system shall be so
cabinet and at the fire signal control station. When it designed that the operation of any station in the unit
becomes necessary to mount the diagram outside of the shall cause a visible and audible signal.
cabinet, the diagram shall be framed under glass or an 3. Trouble displays shall be so arranged that the
equivalent material. indicating device will reset automatically when the
12. Control Boards cause of the trouble has been removed. The trouble
a. The control boards and amplifiers used for voice information display system shall be so designed that it
communication and alarm shall be located in a safe, will indicate visible and audible trouble signals in the
moisture and dust free location secure from unauthorized event of trouble occurring on any circuit monitored.
tampering, Otherwise a ventilated cabinet provided with a The trouble information display system shall be
lock and a key suitably identified, shall be provided. actuated by the operation of supervisory devices.
b. the amplifiers for the Class "G" systems shall have 4. There shall be a silencing means for trouble signals
the capacity to deliver sufficient power to operate all that shall not affect subsequent trouble signals.
evacuation sounding devices and the voice communication 5. The information display systems shall be so designed
systems, and have a fifty (50%) percent reserve power that vibration from without or that caused by a trouble
capacity. In addition, the amplifiers shall be wired in signal within will not operate the indicating devices.
such a manner that the imminent failure or actual 6. All remote information display systems shall be
failure of amplifiers shall shut down the amplifiers and installed in a separate steel cabinet painted Fire Department
shall indicate a trouble condition. The removal of an "red" and provided with approved lock and key. The
amplifier shall be indicated by a trouble signal at the information display system cabinets shall be marked in
fire signal control station. The opening of the control white letters at least one inch high with the words: "Fire
cabinets shall be supervised by a tamper switch producing Signal Information Display System, Zone . . .", or "Fire
a manually resetting trouble alarm at the fire signal Signal Trouble Information Display System", whichever
control station. the case may be.
13. Fire Control Station. The Station shall consist of 7. The information display systems shall be wall
the following equipment: mounted and shall have the legend "Fire" in red letters
three inches high together with an audible signal, in

324
Reference Standard 17

addition to the alphanumeric annunciation, and a (1) The primary source shall be generated electric
separate and distinctive trouble signal shall sound. The power not exceeding 277/480 volts, supplied by utility
audible signal accompanying an alarm shall be silenced company power, or isolated plant.
when the equipment is operated by the Chief Building (2) The secondary source shall be an emergency power
Administrator or his delegated substitute. system (as per 27-396), emergency generator and/or battery
8. The display shall provide a minimum of four power.
simultaneous alarm indications with an overflow memory One source of power shall be connected to the system at
for additional alarms. Provisions shall be made to distinguish all times. The primary and secondary power sources
alarm conditions from non alarm conditions. The display shall be so arranged and controlled by automatic transfer
shall be updated as new information becomes available. If switches and/or circuitry that when the primary source
the same condition exists for more than one point on a of power fails, the secondary source will be connected
floor or, for more than one floor in a building, a separate automatically to the fire alarm signal system. Intermediary
output entry shall be displayed for each point on the devices between the system supply and the source of
floor or floors. power, other than fused disconnect switches, transformers,
9. Display Format. Each output entry shall include fused cutouts and automatic transfer switches, are
self identifying memory codes for the type of signal, prohibited. Such disconnect switches, cutouts, transformers
building or area designation, floor or stair number and and automatic transfer switches shall supply only the
point location, and time of day. fire alarm system and other Systems covered by this
10. Maintainability. reference standard. When the utility company requires
a. Manual display of all points of annunciation for test the installation of metering current transformers, the
purposes shall be provided. system supply shall be connected on the load side of the
b. The capability shall be provided for interrogation current transformers. All installations shall comply with
of any station or sensing element for test purposes, the applicable sections of the New York City Electrical Code.
either at the remote device or by interrogation from the The primary source of power and the secondary source
office control location. Intervals for testing shall be as (if emergency power system or generator) shall each be
approved by the Fire Commissioner. provided with a means of disconnect from the fire
c. The equipment design shall be modular so that all alarm system. For buildings supplied at 120/208 volts,
repairs may be performed at the building site by substitution each disconnect shall consist of a fused cutout panel,
of duplicate components by authorized repair personnel. utilizing cartridge fuses, with provision for interrupting
d. On each one of those parts that are of a modular the unfused neutral and all ungrounded conductors. The
nature shall be included as spares at the control station. neutral shall be provided with a removable solid copper
K. LICENSED CONTRACTORS bar. The incoming service neutral shall be bonded to the
Only a person holding a license or a special license in metallic housing of the cutout panel on the line side of
accordance with the provisions of the New York City the removable bar. The fused cutout panel housing shall
Electrical Code shall install or alter the electrical wiring consist of a locked metallic cabinet with a hinged door,
or apparatus for fire protective signal systems in any building. painted fire department red, and permanently identified
L. USED OR REBUILT APPARATUS as to the system served. For buildings served at 265/460
Used apparatus shall not be re-used for any interior volts, the primary and secondary service disconnects
fire signal system until this used apparatus has been shall be fused disconnect switches (in lieu of fused
reconditioned in the shop of an approved manufacturer cutout panels) in locked, red painted, permanently
of interior fire alarm apparatus. Approval shall be obtained identified enclosures. The service voltage shall be
from the Commissioner prior to installation. The use of transformed to 120/208 volts and a fused cutout panel
reconditioned apparatus whose manufacturer has discontinued provided within 5 feet of the transformer on the
manufacturing equipment is prohibited. 120/208 volt side. The incoming supply connections
**DOB 4-13-03; DOB 1-9-02 shall comply with the NYC Electrical Code, and the
**
fused cutout panel shall comply with the requirements
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 17-3A specified hereinbefore.
STANDARDS FOR THE INSTALLATION OF (B) PRIMARY POWER SOURCE
CLASS E, CLASS C AND CLASS J FIRE ALARM 1. The primary service to the fire alarm system shall be
SIGNAL SYSTEMS so arranged that the building source of supply can be
(Note: References herein to Class E Systems shall be disconnected without de-energizing the fire alarm supply.
deemed to also include references to Class C and Class To accomplish this, the primary fire alarm supply shall
J Systems.) be connected ahead of all building over current protection
and/or switching devices.
1. (A) SOURCES OF ELECTRICAL POWER 2. Partial systems such as strobe light control panels,
Two sources of electrical power shall be provided as follows: fire alarm, automatic smoke/heat detection, and sprinkler

325
Reference Standard 17

alarm subsystems and/or other associated systems may 3. Wiring. -

be connected to an emergency supply riser panel via a a. Power Conductors (Above 75 volts) shall be:
tapped connection, and identified, locked fused cutout (1) Copper: THHN, THWN/THHN, TFFN, TFN, FEP,
box located within 5 feet of the tap. RHH, RHW-2, XHH, or XHHW; minimum 600 volts;
Where an emergency power system is provided in 90 C; for installation in rigid metallic conduit (RMC),
accordance with section 27-396.4, it shall be connected intermediate metallic conduit (IMC) or electric metallic
to the emergency supply riser. Where an E.P.S. is not tubing (EMT).
available, the emergency supply riser shall be connected to (2) Cable type MI, M.E.A. approved for fire alarm service.
a tap ahead of the service switch. b. Low Voltage Conductors (75 volts and less)
(C) SECONDARY POWER SOURCE (1) Copper; THHN, THWN/THHN, TFFN, TFN, FEP,
The secondary service to the fire alarm system shall be RHH, RHW-2, XHH, XHHW, minimum 600 volts; 90
provided as follows: C; for installation in rigid metallic conduit (RMC),
1. If the building has a required emergency power system, intermediate metallic conduit (IMC), electric metallic
the secondary source shall be the emergency power tubing (EMT)
system, regardless of whether the primary source is (2) Minimum wire size No. 18 AWG.
utility company power or an isolated plant. (3) Multi-conductor cables run in raceways, or exposed
2 If the building has an emergency generator supplying as described hereinafter, shall meet the following
power to any of the loads listed in 27-396.4, the secondary additional requirements:
source shall be the generator. a. Type FPLP only; minimum insulation thickness 15
3. For all other buildings, the secondary source shall be mils; minimum temperature 150C; colored red.
a battery supply provided in accordance with Reference b. Red colored jacket overall; minimum thickness 25 mils.
Standard 17-5 for storage batteries. The battery shall be c. Cable printing as per UL1424; must bear additional
designed for 24-hour supervisory operation of the system, description "ALSO CLASSIFIED NYC CERT. FIRE
followed by: ALARM CABLE," legible without removing jacket.
a. 6 hour total system load for systems with voice c. Installation of Conductors and Raceway shall be in
communication capability (A 45 minute period of accordance with the following:
voice/alarm operation at maximum connected load shall be (1) Power conductors shall not be installed in common
considered equivalent to 6 hours of total systems operation), or raceways with low voltage conductors.
b. 15 minutes of total system load for systems without (2) Shall comply with applicable requirements of New
voice capability. York City Electrical Code, except where requirements
4. Partial systems and/or associated systems may derive are exceeded by this Reference Standard.
their secondary supply from batteries whether or not the (3) Conductors other than M.I. cable shall be run in
building is equipped with an emergency generator. raceway, except as specifically described below.
Batteries shall be designed for 24-hour supervisory (4) Multi-conductor cables may be installed without
operation followed by 5 minutes of total system load. raceway protection where cable is protected by building
All alterations to any existing approved fire alarm system construction. Where not protected by building construction,
involving or consisting of the replacement of the Fire cables shall be located 8 feet or more above the finished
Command Station, Fire Alarm Control Panel, Central floor and not subject to physical tampering or hazard.
Processing Unit, Floor Control Units, Remote Control Locations within eight feet of the finished floor that are
Units, Data Gathering Panels, Terminal Transmission deemed as "protected by building construction" shall
Board, and other similar or equivalent controls or control include raised floors, shafts, telephone and communication
panels shall be required to comply with Section C3 equipment rooms and closets, and rooms used exclusively
above. For systems in buildings, which are in compliance for fire alarm system equipment. In any suppression and
with Sections (C)1 or(C)2 above, compliance with Section extinguishing system activated by automatic fire
(C)3 is optional. detection, including, but not limited to, pre-action
sprinkler, deluge sprinkler, clean air agent, halon, range
2. Associated Systems. – hood, C02 and dry chemical, multi-conductor cables
Associated systems listed below shall have their shall be installed in RMC, IMC, or EMT.
actuation added to the Fire Command Station. (5) All wiring within mechanical and elevator equipment
(a) Smoke detection systems. rooms shall be run in raceway.
(b) Sprinkler waterflow alarms. (6) Where wiring is required to be run in raceway,
(c) Thermostatic alarms. install conductors in rigid metallic conduit (RMC),
(d) Locked door-fail safe release systems. intermediate metallic conduit (IMC) or electric metallic
(e) Elevator communication and interconnection. tubing (EMT); except that multi-conductor cables may
(f) Stair pressurization fan(s) and associated damper(s) also be run in surface metal raceway. Flexible metallic
conduit, not exceeding 36" in length, shall be permitted

326
Reference Standard 17

for final connections to initiating and notification rating of completed splices shall equal or exceed the
devices. Conductors for other electrical systems shall temperature rating of the highest rated conductor.
not be installed in raceways containing REFERENCE (13) Wiring for audible and visual alarm notification
STANDARD 17 conductors. devices shall be arranged so that a loss of a portion of
(7) Where allowed to be run without raceway protection, the wiring on a floor will not render more than 60% of the
multi-conductor cables shall be installed as follows: devices of each type inoperative, and the devices shall
a. Cables shall not depend on ceiling media, pipes, be so connected to the circuitry (i.e., by means of alternate
ducts, conduits, or equipment for support. Support circuits) as to maintain at least partial audibility/visibility
independently from the building structure. throughout the entire floor.
b. Secure by cable ties, straps or similar fittings, so
designed and installed as not to damage the cable. 4. Fire Alarm Sending Stations, Class "E" - Non-
Secure in place at intervals not exceeding 5'0” on Coded Manual Station, and Floor Warden Station. -
centers and within 12" of every associated cabinet, box (a) There shall be at least one (1) fire alarm sending
or fitting. station in each story of a building located in each path
(8) Raceways run within 8 feet of finished floor in of escape. Additional stations shall be installed so that
garage areas, loading docks, mechanical rooms, and no point on any floor shall be more than 200 feet from
elsewhere where subject to mechanical damage, shall the nearest station.
be rigid galvanized steel conduit only. (b) A floor warden station on each floor shall be located
(9) Installation of raceways, boxes and cabinets shall between required stairways, required vertical exits or
comply with the following general requirements. other required exits. All types of systems shall include a
a. Covers of boxes and cabinets shall be painted red and telephone type handset at the floor warden station with
permanently identified as to their use. integral signaling to the fire command station and may
b. Penetrations of fire-rated walls, floors or ceilings be a part of the speaker system. The handset shall be
shall be fire stopped. red and equipped with armor over the wiring between
c. Within stairways, raceways within 8 feet of the floor the hand set and its housing which may be installed
shall not be installed so as to reduce or obstruct the flush, semi-flush or surface mounted. The housing shall
stairway radius. be painted red and identify its function. Equipment shall
d. Raceways or cables shall not penetrate top of any be installed with a box recessed or surface mounted large
equipment box or cabinet. enough to include the hand set and test facility, by
(10) All conduits supplying 120-volt power to the fire means of a key, to test the floor automatic and manual
command station and/or fire alarm control unit and/or alarm device wiring. A pilot light shall indicate the live
to outlying control cabinets, shall contain a green condition of the floor warden station.
insulated grounding conductor sized in accordance with Doors of sending stations shall be painted red and
the New York City Electrical Code (#10 AWG minimum). lettered "FIRE EMERGENCY - OPEN DOOR TO
The grounding conductor shall be connected to the OPERATE" or words to this effect. Instructions for
ground bus or other suitable grounding terminal in each operating the station shall be permanently affixed or be
box and cabinet in which it enters. At the fuse cutout an integral part of the station. Instruction cards shall be
panel supplying the fire alarm system, provide a provided at each station protected by glass or plastic.
grounding electrode conductor sized and installed in Designation number of station shall be prominently
accordance with the New York City Electrical Code displayed on instruction card or on cover of station.
(#10 AWG minimum). (c) All current-carrying parts shall be insulated from
(11) For cabinets whose 120-volt supply is not derived parts carrying current of opposite polarity with approved
from the main fire alarm system cutout panel, provide insulating material.
green insulated separate grounding electrode conductors, (d) All pull-lever type stations shall be constructed
sized and installed as per New York City Electrical with a door or other approved means to protect the "pull
Code (#10 AWG minimum). In steel„framed buildings, lever" against accidental injury. The wording "IN CASE
a connection to local steel structure will be acceptable. OF FIRE - OPEN DOOR AND PULL DOWN LEVER"
(12) Splices and terminations of wires and cables shall in raised letters or equivalent instructions, shall appear
be as follows: on the door.
a. Permitted only in boxes or cabinets specifically (e) For systems using break-glass or break-rod type
approved for the purpose. stations, at least one extra glass rod or glass pane for
b. Utilize mechanical connections specifically approved each station in the system shall be kept in the building.
by U.L. 486 A & C for the conductors, or if soldered, Break glass stations shall have the glass rod or pane
first joined so as to be mechanically and electrically mounted on the surface of the station covers or mounted
secure prior to soldering and insulating. Temperature internally in such a manner that the glass must be
broken to actuate the sending station. Suitable hammers

327
Reference Standard 17

on chains attached to the stations or other approved 6. Fire Alarm System Control Boards and Command
means of breaking the glass, shall be provided. Stations Stations. -
accomplishing the "break glass" principle using other (a) Supervising Circuit. -
approved means shall not be required to provide hammers (1) Class "E" fire alarm systems shall be supervised.
or spare glasses. (2) The supervising circuit shall be provided with a
(f) Non Coded Stations: trouble signal arranged to sound continuously in case of
(1) Non-coded closed circuit fire alarm stations may failure of the primary power source. The trouble signal
be operated by a break-glass or break-rod or a pull lever shall be so located that it will be within audible range of
device so arranged that the alarm cannot be interfered a responsible person in the building.
with except by resetting or replacement of the glass or (3) Trouble signals may be fitted with silencing
rod by an authorized person. switches only when the switch is connected in such a
(2) The construction and materials shall be equivalent manner that the act of silencing the signal by the operation
to that of the standard approved type coded closed of the switch automatically transfers the trouble signal
circuit station described in reference standard RS 17-3 to a red lamp on the fire command station. When the
except that the contacts shall be of sufficient capacity to trouble has been repaired, the alarm signal shall sound
safely carry the entire operating current of the alarm until the silencing switch has been reset to operate
circuit without excessive heating. under normal conditions.
(g) Station Testing Devices - Provisions shall be made (4) The trouble signal shall give a distinctive signal.
for a silent test of sending station mechanisms without (b) Protection of Sending and Sounding Devices. -In
operating the signaling devices. Such test device shall fire alarm signal systems, sending stations and sounding
be designed to prevent any person, except those in authority, devices shall be enclosed in metal casings, made dust
from operating the same and to prevent the possibility proof and damp proof when necessary, and clearly
of the box being left inoperative after the test. marked with instructions for use.
(h) Provision shall be made to supply an audible and (c) Standards of Electric Alarm Apparatus. -All
visual signal at the fire command station from the floor electrically actuated apparatus used in fire alarm
warden station. systems shall be so designed and constructed that it will
(i) A designated station on each floor shall have the operate satisfactorily at an input voltage level 15 per
capability of operating the loud speakers for that floor. cent below or 10 per cent above normal rated voltage.
(d) Insulation. -
5. Alarm Sounding Devices. - (1) Insulating materials used shall be varnished
(a) Approved speakers shall be provided as the cambric, bakelite, mica, or equivalent insulating material.
sounding devices. The alarm sound shall be a generated (2) The use of fiber or paper as an insulating material
gong, bell, horn, whistle or other acceptable signal. is prohibited.
Chime sounds may be installed only with the approval (3) The insulating materials used shall be capable of
of the commissioner. Approved speakers shall have withstanding an insulation breakdown test of 1,000
heat resistant driven elements and shall conform to volts a.c. plus twice operating voltage applied for 1 minute.
reference standard RS 17-5. (e) Electromagnets. -
When recessed speakers are used they shall conform (1) Electromagnet windings shall be impregnated
to the performance requirements of reference standard with an insulating, moisture repelling compound of the
RS 17-5. Speakers when mounted on walls shall be silicone or epoxy type.
mounted upon tenant walls in preference to building (2) Electromagnet coils used on alternating current,
core walls. when composed of enameled wire shall have additional
(b) Recessed speakers if used shall be located not approved insulation on each wire. The coils may be of
more than 10 feet from the entrance to each required the form-wound type.
exit to insure proper alarm signal reproduction. This (3) A protective cover to prevent mechanical damage
spacing is based upon normal 8 feet - 10 feet ceiling shall be provided over the entire coil.
height. Surface mounted type speakers shall be (4) Electromagnetic coils shall be fastened to prevent
mounted within 10 feet of each egress to insure proper floating.
alarm signal reproduction. For unusual conditions and (5) Electromagnet cores shall be of the best grade of
higher ceilings, speakers shall not be mounted more ferrous material so as to reduce to a minimum the
than 20 feet above floor. possibility of failure due to residual magnetism.
(c) The alarm sounding devices may be utilized for (6) Electromagnet cores for use on alternating current
other audio purposes including building security if shall be of laminated construction or other approved
means is provided to insure fire alarm priority. method to prevent heating and promote efficiency.

328
Reference Standard 17

(7) Electromagnetic cores of relays shall be treated to building code and shall have the capability of overriding
prevent corrosion. Paint or varnish shall not be used for floor warden stations. The command station console
this purpose. shall be provided with a hinged cover which permits the
(8) Non-magnetic freeze pins shall be used to prevent flashing "FIRE" visible signal to be seen. The cover
two magnetic surfaces from making physical contact shall be provided with an approved lock and key. The
with each other. fire command station shall be provided with an information
(f) Relays. - display system so located as to provide minimum
(1) The armatures of all relays shall depend on gravity distortion due to an angular line-of-sight and ambient
or magnetic attraction for their operation and may be lighting conditions. This display shall have the capability
assisted by a spring. to monitor the following systems in order of listed priority:
(2) Adjustments shall be of such a character that they (1) Manual Fire Alarm
can be securely locked. (2) Smoke Detection
(g) Overload protective devices. -Electronic circuits (3) Sprinkler Waterflow
shall provide protection of all equipment and circuits by (4) Elevator Lobby Detector
opening up the circuit to the equipment or devices (5) Fire Signal Activation
protected. The operation of this "overload circuit" shall (6) Central Office Notification
cause the trouble signal to sound at the fire command (7) Fan System on - Fan System off
station. (8) Fail Safe Locked Door
(h) Control boards shall operate so that troubles in (9) Fire Systems Trouble
individual zones may be shunted out without affecting (10) Fire Signal Trouble
the rest of the system. (11) Tamper Switch Alarm
(i) Provision shall be made for sufficient wire gutter (12) Power Source
space around the panel. Gutter space shall be a (13) Test/Normal Mode
minimum of 2 inches at sides, top, and bottom. Wire in (14) Other Information as Desired
gutter space shall be properly laced in a neat and (15) Stair pressurization fan(s) and associated damper(s).
workmanlike manner on all control boards.
(j) Conduit knockouts shall not be provided in the top 7. Painting of Equipment. -All enclosing cases for
of the control board cabinet, unless designed and fire alarm sprinkler alarm, smoke detection, and associated
approved for entry on top. systems alarm apparatus shall be painted fire department
(k) A wiring diagram of the alarm system approved by red, except where approval is given by the commissioner
the commissioner and the approved card of instruction to deviate from this requirement. The lobby information
properly marked and securely fastened shall be provided display system may be painted or finished to suit the
within the control board cabinet and at the fire command owner of the building.
station. When it becomes necessary to mount the diagram
outside of the cabinet, the diagram shall be framed 8. Information Display Systems. -
under glass or equivalent material. *(a) Information display systems used in connection
(l) Control Boards. - with Class E Fire Alarm Signal Systems shall be of an
(1) Control boards and amplifiers used for voice approved electrically supervised type. The indicating
communication and alarms shall be located in a safe, devices shall describe the purpose they serve. The printed
moisture and dust free location secure from unauthorized designation on unit or building information display
tampering. Otherwise a ventilated cabinet provided with system indicators shall be legible. The mechanism shall be
a lock and key, suitably identified, shall be provided. so arranged that once operated, the indicating device must
(2) Amplifiers for class E systems shall have the be reset manually. All conditions indicated shall remain
capacity to deliver sufficient power to operate all alarm displayed until manually cleared at the Fire Command
sounding devices and voice communication system and Station. Fire Command Stations shall provide alarm information
have a 50 per cent reserve power capacity. In addition in a direct manner; no references to numeric codes shall
the amplifiers shall be wired in such a manner that the be permitted. Where a CRT display is provided, a specially
imminent failure or actual failure of amplifiers shall marked control shall be provided that will enable the
shut down the amplifier and indicate a trouble condition. system operator to determine the alarm source and other
Removal of an amplifier shall be indicated by a trouble related pertinent information.
signal at the fire command station. Opening of the *Local Law 16-1984
control cabinets shall be supervised by a tamper switch (b) A unit information display system shall be so
producing a manually resettable trouble alarm at the fire designed that the operation of any station in the unit
command station. causes a visible and audible signal.
(m) Fire Command Station . -The fire command station (c) Trouble displays shall be so arranged that the
shall contain all the components described in the indicating device will reset automatically when the

329
Reference Standard 17

cause of trouble has been removed. The trouble (4) One each of these parts that are of a modular nature
information display system shall be so designed that it shall be included as spares at the fire command station.
will indicate visible and audible trouble signals in the
event of trouble occurring on any circuit monitored. 9. Licensed Contractors. -Only a person holding a
The trouble information display system shall be actuated license or a special license in accordance with the
by the operation of supervisory devices. provisions of the New York city electrical code, shall
(d) A silencing switch shall be provided for trouble install, alter, or repair electrical wiring or apparatus for
signals, but shall not affect subsequent trouble signals. fire alarm systems in any building.
(e) Information display systems shall be so designed
that vibration from without or that caused by a trouble 10. Used or Rebuilt Apparatus. -Used apparatus
signal within will not operate the indicating devices. shall not be re-used for any interior fire alarm system
(f) All remote information display systems shall be until the same has been reconditioned in the shop of any
installed in a separate steel cabinet painted red, approved manufacturer of interior fire alarm apparatus.
provided with approval lock and key. Information Approval shall be obtained from the commissioner
display system cabinets shall be marked in white letters prior to installation. The use of reconditioned apparatus
at least one inch high with the words "FIRE ALARM whose manufacturer has discontinued manufacturing
INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM, ZONE ------ " equipment is prohibited.
or "FIRE ALARM TROUBLE INFORMATION
DISPLAY SYSTEM", whichever the case may be. 11. Standpipe Fireline Telephone and Signal
(g) Information display systems located in the lobby System. - Where the standpipe telephone and signal
of a building whether an integral part of the fire system is arranged to be used as a modified class E fire
command station or wall mounted shall have the legend alarm signal system as provided in the building code,
"FIRE" in red letters three inches high together with an retractable telephone handsets shall be provided in
audible signal in addition to the lamp, target drop, pump rooms. The telephone in pump rooms shall be
cathode ray tube, light emitting diode, nixie, etc. and a equipped with a loudspeaking receiver so that a voice
separate or distinctive trouble signal shall sound. The can be distinctly heard at least 15 feet from the receiver.
audible signal accompanying an alarm shall be automatically
silenced when the fire command station is operated by the 12. Locked Door Fail Safe Systems. -
fire safety director or his delegated substitute. Remote (a) Stairway reentry doors which are locked from the
information display systems shall operate in the same manner. stairway side as permitted in section C26-604.4 of the
(h) The display shall provide a minimum of four administrative code shall be provided with an electrical
simultaneous alarm indicators with an overflow indication fail safe strike release mechanism that will permit the
for additional alarms. Provisions shall be made to distinguish door to be opened without a key when any automatic
alarm conditions from non-alarm conditions. The display fire detecting device operates, elevator "Fireman Service"
shall be updated as new information becomes available. operates or power failure shall occur. In addition,
If the same condition exists for more than one point on provisions shall be made to permit these doors to be
a floor or for more than one floor in a building, such as opened from the command station or mechanical
a fire gong actuation or public address, a separate control center. This system shall be manually reset.
output entry shall be displayed for each point or floor. (b) Wiring for these systems shall comply with rule
(i) Display format. - Each output entry shall include 6(a), (b), (c) and (d) of this reference standard and be
self-identifying mnemonic codes for the type of signal, electrically supervised for open and shorted or grounded
building or area designation, floor or stair number and circuits.
point location, and time of day. Systems utilizing (c) Transformers for release mechanisms shall be
gravity drops or lamps as point identification, may rated for the proper use load, identified and located in
provide a hard copy print out. proximity of the power supply for other fire alarm
(j) Maintainability. - systems.
(1) Manual display of all points of annunciation for (d) The release mechanisms shall be operated from a
test purposes shall be provided. separate control relay having the capability of indicating
(2) Capability shall be provided for interrogating any trouble on a separate trouble signal and at the information
station or sensing element for test purposes, either at the display system on the command console and at the
remote device or by interrogation from the fire command mechanical control center. The mechanism shall also
station. Intervals of testing shall be as approved. indicate a "failed" and "open" status on the command
(3) Equipment designed shall be modular so that all console and at the mechanical control center.
repairs may be performed on-site by substitution of *(e) Where a fail-safe reentry door has been converted
duplicate components by authorized personnel. to conform to the requirements of this code by means of
an electric strike release, provision shall be made to

330
Reference Standard 17

insure that the door will remain "Latched" even if (2) The secondary source shall be an emergency power
"Unlocked". system (as per 27-396), emergency generator and/or
*Local Law 16-1984 battery power.
One source of power shall be connected to the system at
13. Radio System. -A radio or radio/wire system shall all times. The primary and secondary power sources shall
comply with the following requirements: be so arranged and controlled by automatic transfer
(a) The emergency notification portion of the system switches and/or circuitry that when the primary source
equipment shall be capable of the following: of power fails, the secondary source will be connected
(1) Have the capability of individual, group or entire automatically to the fire alarm signal system. Intermediary
building notification of an alarm tone and voice intelligibility. devices between the system supply and the source of
(2) Receivers and wire extension speakers shall be power, other than fused disconnect switches, transformers,
permanently mounted to a wall or pillar. fused cutouts and automatic transfer switches, are
(3) There shall be automatic switch over to emergency prohibited. Such disconnect switches, cutouts, transformers
battery power supply. and automatic transfer switches shall supply only the
(b) Two way communication shall be accomplished fire alarm system and other Systems covered by this
by fixed transmitters and receivers. reference standard. When the utility company requires
(c) Equipment shall be Federal Communications the installation of metering current transformers, the system
Commission (FCC) approved, FM type, solid state, supply shall be connected on the load side of the current
above 150.8 MHz. Selective signaling shall be transformers. All installations shall comply with the applicable
accomplished by a minimum of 2 tone code operation. sections of the New York City Electrical Code.
(d) The antenna shall be designed and installed for use The primary source of power and the secondary source
at the fire command station transmitter and be capable of (if emergency power system or generator) shall each be
transmitting to all fixed stations. provided with a means of disconnect from the fire
(e) The fire command station unit shall have the alarm system. For buildings supplied at 120/208 volts,
capability of locking out all other remote control points. each disconnect shall consist of a fused cutout panel,
utilizing cartridge fuses, with provision for interrupting
14. Sprinkler Waterflow Alarms. -A sprinkler waterflow the unfused neutral and all ungrounded conductors. The
alarm may be arranged to be used as part of a modified neutral shall be provided with a removable solid copper
class E fire alarm signal system provided: the alarm bar. The incoming service neutral shall be bonded to the
signal system shall be an approved electrically supervised metallic housing of the cutout panel on the line side of
closed circuit information display system capable of the removable bar. The fused cutout panel housing shall
indicating the floor where the sprinkler was activated. consist of a locked metallic cabinet with a hinged door,
painted fire department red, and permanently identified
15. Elevator communication: as to the system served. For buildings served at 265/460
Elevator intercommunication shall be acceptable for volts, the primary and secondary service disconnects
communications with the Fire Command Station if there is shall be fused disconnect switches (in lieu of fused cutout
a means of communication proximate to the Fire Command panels) in locked, red painted, permanently identified
Station. enclosures. The service voltage shall be transformed to
**DOB 4-13-03; Local Law 16-1987; Local Law 16-1984; Local
120/208 volts and a fused cutout panel provided within
Law-5-1973
5 feet of the transformer on the 120/208 volt side. The
**
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 17-3B incoming supply connections shall comply with the
STANDARDS FOR THE INSTALLATION OF NYC Electrical Code, and the fused cutout panel shall
MODIFIED CLASS E, AND MODIFIED CLASS J comply with the requirements specified hereinbefore.
FIRE ALARM SIGNAL SYSTEMS (B) PRIMARY POWER SOURCE
(Note: References herein shall be deemed to also 1. The primary service to the fire alarm system shall be
include references to Modified Class J Systems.) so arranged that the building source of supply can be
disconnected without de-energizing the fire alarm
1. (A) SOURCES OF ELECTRICAL POWER supply. To accomplish this, the primary fire alarm supply
Two sources of electrical power shall be provided as shall be connected ahead of all building over current
follows: protection and/or switching devices.
(1) The primary source shall be generated electric 2. Partial systems such as strobe light control panels,
power not exceeding 277/480 volts, supplied by utility partial fire alarm, automatic smoke/heat detection, and
company power, or isolated plant. sprinkler alarm subsystems and/or other associated
systems may be connected to an emergency supply riser
panel via a tapped connection, and identified, locked
fused cutout box located within 5 feet of the tap.

331
Reference Standard 17

Where an emergency power system is provided in 90 C; for installation in rigid metallic conduit (RMC),
accordance with section 27-396.4, it shall be connected intermediate metallic conduit (IMC) or electric metallic
to the emergency supply riser. Where an E.P.S. is not tubing (EMT).
available, the emergency supply riser shall be connected to (2) Cable type MI, M.E.A. approved for 2-hour fire
a tap ahead of the service switch. resistance rating.
(C) SECONDARY POWER SOURCE b. Low Voltage Conductors (75 volts and less)
The secondary service to the fire alarm system shall be (1) Copper; THHN, THWN/THHN, TFFN, TFN, FEP,
provided as follows: RHH, RHW-2, XHH, XHHW, minimum 600 volts; 90
1. If the building has a required emergency power C; for installation in rigid metallic conduit (RMC),
system, the secondary source shall be the emergency intermediate metallic conduit (IMC), electric metallic
power system, regardless of whether the primary source tubing (EMT), and
is utility company power or an isolated plant. (2) Minimum wire size No. 18 AWG.
2 If the building has an emergency generator supplying (3) Multi-conductor cables run in raceways, or exposed
power to any of the loads listed in 27-396.4, the as described hereinafter, shall meet the following
secondary source shall be the generator. additional requirements:
3. For all other buildings, the secondary source shall be a. Type FPLP only; minimum insulation thickness 15
a battery supply provided in accordance with Reference mils; minimum temperature 150C; colored red.
Standard 17-5 for storage batteries. The battery shall be b. Red colored jacket overall; minimum thickness 25 mils.
designed for 24-hour supervisory operation of the c. Cable printing as per UL1424; must bear additional
system, followed by: description "ALSO CLASSIFIED NYC CERT. FIRE
a. 6 hour total system load for systems with voice ALARM CABLE," legible without removing jacket.
communication capability (A 45 minute period of c. Installation of Conductors and Raceway shall be in
voice/alarm operation at maximum connected load shall accordance with the following:
be considered equivalent to 6 hours of total systems (1) Power conductors shall not be installed in common
operation), or raceways with low voltage conductors.
b. 15 minutes of total system load for systems without (2) Shall comply with applicable requirements of New
voice capability. York City Electrical Code, except where requirements
4. Partial systems and/or associated systems may derive are exceeded by this Reference Standard.
their secondary supply from batteries whether or not the (3) Conductors other than M.I. cable shall be run in
building is equipped with an emergency generator. raceway, except as specifically described below.
Batteries shall be designed for 24-hour supervisory (4) Multi-conductor cables may be installed without
operation followed by 5 minutes of total system load. raceway protection where cable is protected by building
All alterations to any existing approved fire alarm system construction. Where not protected by building construction,
involving or consisting of the replacement of the Fire cables shall be located 8 feet or more above the finished
Command Station, Fire Alarm Control Panel, Central floor and not subject to physical tampering or hazard.
Processing Unit, Floor Control Units, Remote Control Locations within eight feet of the finished floor that are
Units, Data Gathering Panels, Terminal Transmission deemed as "protected by building construction" shall
Board, and other similar or equivalent controls or include raised floors, shafts, telephone and communication
control panels shall be required to comply with Section equipment rooms and closets, and rooms used exclusively
C3 above. For systems in buildings, which are in compliance for fire alarm system equipment. In any suppression
with Sections (C)1 or (C)2 above, compliance with and extinguishing system activated by automatic fire
Section (C)3 is optional. detection, including, but not limited to, pre-action
sprinkler, deluge sprinkler, clean air agent, halon, range
2. Associated Systems. – hood, C02 and dry chemical, multi-conductor cables
Associated systems listed below shall have their shall be installed in RMC, IMC, or EMT.
actuation added to the Fire Command Station. (5) All wiring within mechanical and elevator equipment
(a) Smoke detection systems rooms shall be run in raceway.
(b) Sprinkler waterflow alarms (6) Raceways run within 8 feet of finished floor in
(c) Thermostatic alarms garage areas, loading docks, mechanical rooms, and
(d) Locked door-fail safe release systems elsewhere where subject to mechanical damage, shall
(e) Elevator communication and interconnection. be rigid galvanized steel conduit only.
(7) Where wiring is required to be run in raceway,
3. Wiring. – install conductors in rigid metallic conduit (RMC),
a. Power Conductors (Above 75 volts) shall be: intermediate metallic conduit (IMC) or electric metallic
(1) Copper: THHN, THWN/THHN, TFFN, TFN, FEP, tubing (EMT); except that multi-conductor cables may
RHH, RHW-2, XHH, or XHHW; minimum 600 volts; also be run in surface metal raceway. Flexible metallic

332
Reference Standard 17

conduit, not exceeding 36" in length, shall be permitted the devices of each type inoperative, and the devices
for final connections to initiating and notification shall be so connected to the circuitry (i.e., by means of
devices. Conductors for other electrical systems shall alternate circuits) as to maintain at least partial
not be installed in raceways containing REFERENCE audibility/visibility throughout the entire floor.
STANDARD 17 conductors.
(8) Where allowed to be run without raceway protection, 4. Fire Alarm Sending Stations, Modified Class "E" -
multi-conductor cables shall be installed as follows: Non-Coded Manual Station and Floor Warden Station. -
a. Cables shall not depend on ceiling media, pipes, (a) There shall be at least one (1) fire alarm sending
ducts, conduits, or equipment for support. Support station in each story of a building located in each path
independently from the building structure. of escape. Additional stations shall be installed so that
b. Secure by cable ties, straps or similar fittings, so designed no point on any floor shall be more than 200 feet from
and installed as not to damage the cable. Secure in the nearest station.
place at intervals not exceeding 5'0” on centers and (b) A floor warden station on each floor shall be
within 12" of every associated cabinet, box or fitting. located between required stairways, required vertical
(9) Installation of raceways, boxes and cabinets shall exits or other required exits. All types of systems shall
comply with the following general requirements. include a telephone type handset at the floor warden
a. Covers of boxes and cabinets shall be painted red and station with integral signaling to the fire command
permanently identified as to their use. station and may be a part of the speaker system. The
b. Penetrations of fire-rated walls, floors or ceilings hand set shall be red and equipped with armor over the
shall be fire stopped. wiring between the hand set and its housing which may be
c. Within stairways, raceways within 8 feet of the floor installed flush, semi-flush or surface mounted. The housing
shall not be installed so as to reduce or obstruct the shall be painted red and identify its function. Equipment
stairway radius. shall be installed within a box recessed or surface
d. Raceways or cables shall not penetrate top of any mounted, large enough to include the hand set and test
equipment box or cabinet. facility, by means of a key, to test the floor automatic
(10) All conduits supplying 120-volt power to the fire and manual alarm device wiring. A pilot light shall
command station and/or fire alarm control unit and/or to indicate the live condition of the floor warden station.
outlying control cabinets, shall contain a green insulated Doors of sending stations shall be painted red and
grounding conductor sized in accordance with the New lettered "FIRE EMERGENCY - OPEN DOOR TO
York City Electrical Code (#10 AWG minimum). The OPERATE" or words to this effect. Instructions for
grounding conductor shall be connected to the ground operating the station shall be permanently affixed or be
bus or other suitable grounding terminal in each box an integral part of the station. Instruction cards shall be
and cabinet in which it enters. At the fuse cutout panel provided at each station protected by glass or plastic.
supplying the fire alarm system, provide a grounding Designation number of station shall be prominently
electrode conductor sized and installed in accordance displayed on instruction card or on cover of station.
with the New York City Electrical Code (#10 AWG (c) All current-carrying parts shall be insulated from
minimum). parts carrying current of opposite polarity with approved
(11) For cabinets whose 120-volt supply is not derived insulating material.
from the main fire alarm system cutout panel, provide (d) All pull-lever type stations shall be constructed
green insulated separate grounding electrode conductors, with a door or other approved means to protect the "pull
sized and installed as per New York City Electrical lever" against accidental injury. The wording "IN CASE
Code (#10 AWG minimum). In steel„framed buildings, OF FIRE - OPEN DOOR AND PULL DOWN LEVER" in
a connection to local steel structure will be acceptable. raised letters or equivalent instructions, shall appear on
(12) Splices and terminations of wires and cables shall the door.
be as follows: (e) For systems using break-glass or break-rod type
a. Permitted only in boxes or cabinets specifically stations, at least one extra glass rod or glass pane for each
approved for the purpose. station the system shall be kept in the building. Break
b. Utilize mechanical connections specifically approved glass stations shall have the glass rod or pane mounted
by U.L. 486 A & C for the conductors, or if soldered d, on the surface of the station covers or mounted internally
first joined so as to be mechanically and electrically in such manner that the glass must be broken to actuate
secure prior to soldering and insulating. Temperature the sending station. Suitable hammers on chains attached
rating of completed splices shall equal or exceed the to the stations or other approved means of breaking the
temperature rating of the highest rated conductor. glass, shall be provided. Stations accomplishing the
(13) Wiring for audible and visual alarm notification "break glass" principle using other approved means shall
devices shall be arranged so that a loss of a portion of not be required to provide hammers or spare glasses.
the wiring on a floor will not render more than 60% of (f) Non-coded stations. -

333
Reference Standard 17

(1) Non-coded closed circuit fire alarm stations may so located that it will be within audible range of a
be operated by a break-glass or break-rod or a pull lever responsible person in the building.
device so arranged that the alarm cannot be interfered (3) Trouble signals may be fitted with silencing
with except by resetting or replacement of the glass or switches only when the switch is connected in such a
rod by an authorized person. manner that the act of silencing the signal by the
(2) The construction and materials shall be equivalent operation of the switch automatically transfers the
to that of the standard approved type coded closed trouble signal to a red lamp on the fire command
circuit station described in reference standard RS 17-3 station. When the trouble has been repaired, the alarm
except that the contacts shall be of sufficient capacity to signal shall sound until the silencing switch has been
safely carry the entire operating current of the alarm reset to operate under normal conditions.
circuit without excessive heating. (4) The trouble signal shall give a distinctive signal.
(g) Station testing devices. - Provisions shall be made (b) Protection of sending and sounding devices. -In
for a silent test of sending station mechanisms without fire alarm signal systems, sending stations and sounding
operating the signaling devices. Such test device shall be devices shall be enclosed in metal casings. made dust
designed to prevent any person, except those in authority, proof and damp proof when necessary, and clearly
from operating the same and to prevent the possibility marked with instructions for use.
of the box being left inoperative after the test. (c) Standards of electric alarm apparatus. -All electrically
(h) Provision shall be made to supply an audible and actuated apparatus used in fire alarm systems shall be
visual signal at the fire command station from the floor so designed and constructed that it will operate satisfactorily
warden station. at an input voltage level 15 per cent below or 10 per
cent above normal rated voltage.
5. Alarm Sounding Devices. - (d) Insulation. -
(a) Approved speakers shall be provided as the (1) Insulating materials used shall be varnish cambric,
sounding devices. The alarm sound shall be a generated bakelite, mica, or equivalent insulating material.
gong, bell, horn, whistle or other acceptable signal. (2) The use of fiber or paper as an insulating material
Chime sounds may be installed only with the approval is prohibited.
of the commissioner. Approved speakers shall have (3) The insulating materials used shall be capable of
heat resistant driven elements and shall conform to withstanding an insulation breakdown test of 1,000
reference standard RS 17-5. volts a.c. plus twice operating voltage applied for 1 minute.
When recessed speakers are used they shall conform (e) Electromagnets. -
to the performance requirements of reference standard (1) Electromagnet windings shall be impregnated
RS 17-5. Speakers when mounted on walls shall be with an insulating, moisture repelling compound of the
mounted upon tenant walls in preference to building silicone or epoxy type.
core walls. (2) Electromagnet coils used on alternating current,
(b) Recessed speakers if used shall be located not when composed of enameled wire shall have additional
more than 10 feet from the entrance to each required approved insulation on each wire. The coils may be of
exit to insure proper alarm signal reproduction. This spacing the form-wound type.
is based upon normal 8 feet-10 feet ceiling height. (3) A protective cover to prevent mechanical damage
Surface mounted type speakers shall be mounted within shall be provided over the entire coil.
10 feet of each egress to insure proper alarm signal (4) Electromagnetic coils shall be fastened to prevent
reproduction. For unusual conditions and higher ceilings, floating.
speakers shall not be mounted more than 20 feet above (5) Electromagnet cores shall be of the best grade of
floor. ferrous material so as to reduce to a minimum the
(c) The alarm sounding devices may be utilized for possibility of failure due to residual magnetism.
other audio purposes including building security if (6) Electromagnet cores for use on alternating current
means is provided to insure fire alarm priority. shall be of laminated construction or other approved
method to prevent heating and promote efficiency.
6. Fire Alarm System Control Boards and Command (7) Electromagnetic cores of relays shall be treated to
Stations. - prevent corrosion. Paint or varnish shall not be used for
(a) Supervising circuit. - this purpose.
(1) Modified class "E" fire alarm systems shall be (8) Non-magnetic freeze pins shall be used to prevent
supervised. two magnetic surfaces from making physical contact
(2) The supervising circuit shall be provided with a with each other.
trouble signal arranged to sound continuously in case of (f) Relays. -
failure of the power source. The trouble signal shall be

334
Reference Standard 17

(1) The armatures of all relays shall depend on gravity conditions. This display shall have the capability to
or magnetic attraction for their operation and may be monitor the following systems in order of listed priority:
assisted by a spring. (1) Manual Fire Alarm
(2) Adjustments shall be of such a character that they (2) Smoke Detection
can be securely locked. (3) Sprinkler Waterflow
(g) Overload protective devices. -Electronic circuits (4) Elevator Lobby Detector
shall provide protection of all equipment and circuits by (5) Fire Signal Activation
opening up the circuit to the equipment or devices protected. (6) Central Office Notification
The operation of this "overload circuit" shall cause the (7) Fan System On - Fan System Off
trouble signal to sound at the fire command station. (8) Fail Safe Locked Door
(h) Control boards shall operate so that troubles in (9) Fire Systems Trouble
individual zones may be shunted out without affecting (10) Fire Signal Trouble
the rest of the system. (11) Tamper Switch Alarm
(i) Provision shall be made for sufficient wire gutter (12) Power Source
space around the panel. Gutter space shall be a (13) Test/Normal Mode
minimum of 2 inches at sides, top, and bottom. Wire in (14) Other Information as Desired
gutter space shall be properly laced in a neat and
workmanlike manner on all control boards. 7. Painting of Equipment. -All enclosing cases for
(j) Conduit knockouts shall not be provided in the top fire alarm, sprinkler alarm, smoke detection, and associated
of the control board cabinet unless designed and approved systems alarm apparatus shall be painted fire department
for entry on top. red, except where approval is given by the commissioner
(k) A wiring diagram of the alarm system approved to deviate from this requirement, The lobby information
by the commissioner and the approved card of instruction display system may be painted or finished to suit the
properly marked and securely fastened shall be provided owner of the building.
within the control board cabinet and at the fire command
station. When it becomes necessary to mount the diagram 8. Information Display Systems. -
outside of the cabinet, the diagram shall be framed under (a) Information display systems used in connection
glass or equivalent material. with modified class E fire alarm signal systems shall be
(l) Control boards. - of an approved electrically supervised type. The indicating
(1) Control boards and amplifiers used for voice devices shall describe the purpose they serve. The printed
communication and alarms shall be located in a safe, designation on unit or building information display system
moisture and dust free location secure from unauthorized indicators shall be legible. The mechanism shall be so
tampering. Otherwise a ventilated cabinet provided with a arranged that once operated, the indicating device must be
lock and key, suitably identified, shall be provided. reset manually. All conditions indicated shall remain displayed
(2) Amplifiers for modified class "E" systems shall until manually cleared at the fire command station.
have the capacity to deliver sufficient power to operate (b) A unit information display system shall be so
all alarm sounding devices and voice communication designed that the operation of any station in the unit
system and have a 50 per cent reserve power capacity. causes a visible and audible signal.
In addition the amplifiers shall be wired in such a (c) Trouble displays shall be so arranged that the
manner that the imminent failure or actual failure of indicating device will reset automatically when the
amplifiers shall shut down the amplifier and indicate a cause of trouble has been removed. The trouble information
trouble condition. Removal of an amplifier shall be display system shall be so designed that it will indicate
indicated by a trouble signal at the fire command station. visible and audible trouble signals in the event of
Opening of the control cabinets shall be supervised by a trouble occurring on any circuit monitored. The trouble
tamper switch producing a manually resettable trouble information display system shall be actuated l y the
alarm at the fire command station. operation of supervisory devices.
(m) Fire command station. -The fire command station (d) A silencing switch shall be provided for trouble
shall contain all the components described in the building signals, but shall not affect subsequent trouble signals.
code and shall have the capability of overriding floor (e) Information display systems shall be so designed
warden stations, The command station console shall be that vibration from without or that caused by a trouble
provided with a hinged cover which permits the flashing signal within will not operate the indicating devices.
"FIRE" visible signal to be seen, The cover shall be (f) All remote information display systems shall be
provided with an approved lock and key. The fire installed in a separate steel cabinet painted red,
command station shall be provided with an information provided with approved lock and key. Information
display system so located as to provide minimum distortion display system cabinets shall be marked in white letters
due to an angular line-of-sight and ambient lighting at least one inch high with the words: "FIRE ALARM

335
Reference Standard 17

INFORMATION DlSPLAY SYSTEM, ZONE ------" whose manufacturer has discontinued manufacturing
or "FIRE ALARM TROUBLE INFORMATION equipment is prohibited.
DISPLAY SYSTEM", whichever the case may be.
(g) Information display systems located in the lobby 11. Standpipe Fireline Telephone and Signal System. -
of a building whether an integral part of the fire Where the standpipe telephone and signal system is
command station or wall mounted shall have the legend arranged to be used as a modified class E fire alarm
"FIRE" in red letters three inches high together with an signal system as provided in the building code, retractable
audible signal in addition to the lamp, target drop, telephone handsets shall be provided in pump rooms.
cathode ray tube, light emitting diode, nixie, etc. and a The telephone in pump rooms shall be equipped with a
separate or distinctive trouble signal shall sound. The loudspeaking receiver so that a voice can be distinctly
audible signal accompanying an alarm shall be heard at least 15 feet from the receiver.
automatically silenced when the fire command station
is operated by the fire safety director or his delegated 12. Locked Door Fail Safe Systems. -
substitute. Remote information display systems shall (a) Stairway reentry doors which are locked from the
operate in the same manner. stairway side as permitted in section 27-371 of the
(h) The display shall provide a minimum of four administrative code shall be provided with an electrical
simultaneous alarm indicators with an overflow indication fail safe strike release mechanism that will permit the
for additional alarms. Provisions shall be made to distinguish door to be opened without a key when any automatic
alarm conditions from non-alarm conditions. The display fire detecting device operates, elevator "Fireman Service"
shall be updated as new information becomes available. operates or power failure shall occur. In addition, provisions
If the same condition exists for more than one point on a shall be made to permit these doors to be opened from
floor or for more than one floor in a building, such as a the command station or mechanical control center. This
fire gong actuation or public address, a separate output system shall be manually reset.
entry shall be displayed for each point or floor. (b) Wiring for these systems shall be electrically
(i) Display format. - Each output entry shall include supervised for open and shorted or grounded circuits.
self-identifying mnemonic codes for the type of signal, (c) Transformers for release mechanisms shall be
building or area designation, floor or stair number and rated for the proper use load, identified and located in
point location, and time of day. Systems utilizing proximity of the power supply for other fire alarm systems.
gravity drops or lamps as point identification, may provide (d) The release mechanisms shall be operated from a
a hard copy print out. separate control relay having the capability of indicating
(j) Maintainability. - trouble on a separate trouble signal and at the information
(1) Manual display of all points of annunciation for display system on the command console and at the
test purposes shall be provided. mechanical control center. The mechanism shall also
(2) Capability shall be provided for interrogating any indicate a "failed" and "open" status on the command
station or sensing element for test purposes, either at the console and at the mechanical control center.
remote device or by interrogation from the fire command
station. Intervals of testing shall be as approved. 13. Radio System. -A radio or radio/wire system shall
(3) Equipment design shall be modular so that all comply with the following requirements:
repairs may be performed on-site by substitution of (a) The emergency notification portion of the system
duplicate components by authorized personnel. equipment shall be capable of the following:
(4) One each of these parts that are of a modular (1) Have the capability of individual, group or entire
nature shall be included as spares at the fire command building notification of an alarm tone and voice intelligibility.
station. (2) Receivers and wire extension speakers shall be
permanently mounted to a wall or pillar.
9. Licensed Contractors. -Only a person holding a (3) There shall be automatic switch over to emergency
license or a special license in accordance with the battery power supply.
provisions of the New York city electrical code, shall (b) Two-way communication shall be accomplished
install, alter, or repair electrical wiring or apparatus for by fixed transmitters and receivers.
fire alarm systems in any building. (c) Equipment shall be Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) approved, FM type, solid state,
10. Used or Rebuilt Apparatus. -Used apparatus above 150.8 MHz. Selective signaling shall be accomplished
shall not be re-used for any interior fire alarm system by a minimum of 2 tone code operation.
until the same has been reconditioned in the shop of any (d) The antenna shall be designed and installed for
approved manufacturer of interior fire alarm apparatus. use at the fire command station transmitter and be
Approval shall be obtained from the commissioner capable of transmitting to all fixed stations.
prior to installation. The use of reconditioned apparatus

336
Reference Standard 17

(e) The fire command station unit shall have the (b) When not powered by the interior fire alarm and
capability of locking out all other remote control points. signal system, independent strobe control panels shall
supply power to strobes. Such control panels shall derive
14. Sprinkler Waterflow Alarms. -A sprinkler waterflow their power from a normal or emergency 120 volt source
alarm may be arranged to be used as part of a modified supplying the floor, via a separately installed locked fire
class E fire alarm signal system provided: the alarm alarm cutout connected to electrical supply in accordance
signal system shall be an approved electrically supervised with the requirements of the Electrical Code.
closed circuit information display system capable of
indicating the floor where the sprinkler was activated. 4. Strobe Control Panel. -
(a) A strobe control panel shall be approved by the
15. Elevator communication: Bureau of Electrical Control or approved by the Board
Elevator intercommunication shall be acceptable for of Standards and Appeals.
communications with the Fire Command Station if there is a (b) The panel shall cause fire alarm signal received
means of communication proximate to the Fire Command Station. from interior fire alarm system to activate strobes.
*Local Law 16-1984 (c) The panel shall have a battery and charger capable
**DOB 4-13-03; DOB 1-9-02; Local Law 16-1987; Local Law 5-
of providing at least fifteen (15) minutes of full system
1973; 49-74 BCR
alarm operation following twenty four (24) hours of
**
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 17-3C supervisory operation.
STANDARDS FOR THE INSTALLATION OF (d) Strobes may be reset from the fire command
VISUAL AND AUXILIARY ALARMS REQUIRED station by an identified reset device. When strobes cannot
BY SECTION 27-292.15 be turned off from the fire command station, a timer to
shut off the strobes and reset the panel five (5) minutes
1. Definitions. after they are activated shall be provided in the panel.
(a) Visual Alarms (Strobe): Visual alerting device which (e) The panel shall incorporate electrical supervision of
when activated by either an integral or an external (1) Alarm circuitry for strobes,
initiating device provides an alarm signal in the form of (2) Initiating circuitry from the building fire alarm system.
a flashing high intensity light source (usually xenon) (3) The 120 VAC power source, and battery.
with frequency approximately of one (1) Hz. (f) The panel shall have a trouble contact for reporting
(1) System Type Strobe: A strobe connected by direct to the interior fire alarm and signal system and shall
wiring to an overall fire alarm system and upon which it have remote trouble bell.
depends for its actuating signal. (g) The panel shall be capable of disconnecting any
(2) Extension Type Strobe: A strobe connected by flashing or in-motion lighting that may make strobes
direct wiring to a single station smoke detector and ineffective.
upon which it depends for its actuating signal. (5) Wiring. -The flashing strobes powered either
(b) Auxiliary Alarms. - through an interior fire alarm and signal system or
(1) Portable System Type Strobe: Strobe equipped independently through a control panel shall operate in
with cord and plug (power supply), and a receiver arranged conjunction with the audible signals and shall:
to detect the presence of the alarm tone, emitted by the (a) Meet the requirements of Reference Standard RS
fire alarm system thereby causing it to operate (flash). 17-3A when required in a Class E, Class C and Class J
fire alarm signal and signal system.
2. General Requirements. - (b) Meet the requirements of Reference Standard RS
(a) An installation of a new fire alarm and signal system 17-3B when required in a Modified Class E and
incorporating audible devices intended to evacuate Modified Class J fire alarm and signal system and
building occupants shall require strobes to be installed (c) Meet the requirements of Reference Standard RS
as part of the system. 17-3 when required in any other fire alarm and signal
(b) Installation of strobes in existing buildings may system.
either be installed as part of an interior fire alarm and
signal system or be connected to an approved strobe 6. Portable System Type Strobe. -
control panel. (a) The strobe shall have a battery and charger
capable of providing at least five (5) minutes of strobe
3. Power Supply. - operation following twenty-four (24) hours or supervisory
(a) Except as noted in (b) below, strobes that are operations.
subject to the requirements of section two above, shall (b) The strobe shall have a visual trouble indication
derive power from the interior fire alarm and signal system. when power is lost.

7. Location of Strobes. -

337
Reference Standard 17

(a) When strobes are installed on walls, they shall be device circuits will cause the notification appliances to
a minimum of 80 inches above the floor or a maximum reactivate. A means that is left in the "off" position
of 6 inches below the ceiling. when there is no alarm shall operate an audible visible
(b) When strobes are installed in ceilings, there shall be trouble signal until the means is restored to normal.
no other devices (such as exit lights) or building appurtenances Section 1-5.4.10 - Delete
(such as beams or smoke curtains) within 5 feet of the strobe. Section 1-5.5.4 - Delete
**DOB 4-13-03; 886-89 BCR Section 1-5.6 - Delete
Section 1-5.7.1.1 - Delete the first paragraph up to . . .
** "in a fire situation."
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 17-3D
Repealed Section 1-5.8.1 - Delete "within 200 seconds" from the
**Local Law 16-1987 end of the paragraph. Also delete "Exception #10."
Section 1-5.8.4 - Delete "exception #3."
† Section 1-5.8.5.1 - Delete the exception of Subsection (b).
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 17-4
ANSI/NFiPA No. 214-1988-Standard on Water Cooling Section 1-5.8.6.1 - Delete exceptions #3 and #4.
Towers. Section 1-5.8.6.2 - Delete
†310-90 BCR; 633-83 BCR Section 1-5.8.6.3 - Delete
Section 1-7 - Delete in its entirety.
**
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 17-5
ANSI/NFPA No. 72-1993 - National Fire Alarm Code. CHAPTER 3 - PROTECTED PREMISES FIRE
The provisions of NFPA 72-1993 with the exception of ALARM SYSTEMS
Chapter 2 shall apply subject to the following modifications. Section 3-2.1 - Delete
The section and paragraph numbers are from that standard. Section 3-3 - Delete subdivisions (h), (i) & (k)
Note: Chapter 2 of NFPA 72-1993 entitled "Household Section 3-4.2 - Delete exceptions #3 and #5
Fire Warning Equipment" shall not be part of this Section 3-5.2 - Delete
reference standard. Section 3-5.3 - Delete
The requirement of NICET Certification as outlined Section 3-7.2(a) - Delete the effective date of the
under Section 7-1.2.3 shall be applicable beginning on requirements.
January 14, 2006. Section 3-8.1.2 - Amended to read as follows:
Section 3-8.1.2 – For fire alarm systems employing
CHAPTER 1 - FUNDAMENTALS OF FIRE ALARM automatic fire detectors or waterflow detection devices,
SYSTEMS at least one fire alarm box shall be provided to initiate
Add the definition of Evacuation Zone between [a] the same fire alarm signal as required by automatic
Evacuation Signal and Exit Plan in Section 1-4. fire detectors or waterflow detection devices. This fire
Evacuation Zone. – An evacuation zone is an area of a alarm box shall be located where required by the
floor, an entire floor, several floors or the entire building that authority having jurisdiction.
is always intended to be evacuated simultaneously. Section 3-8.3 - Delete
Amend the following definitions: Section 3-8.6.2 shall be modified to read as follows:
Section 1-5.2.3 – Delete exceptions No. 1 and No. 2. Section 3-8.6.2 – A dry-pipe or preaction sprinkler
Section 1-5.2.6 – Delete sub-paragraph (c). system that is supplied with water by a connection
Section 1-5.2.8.4 B Delete beyond (downstream from) the alarm initiating device
Section 1-5.2.9.2(c) B Delete of a wet-pipe system shall be equipped with a separate
Section 1-5.2.10 - Delete in its entirety. waterflow alarm initiating pressure switch or other
Section 1-5.2.11 - Delete in its entirety. approved means to initiate a waterflow alarm.
Section 1-5.4.1 - Delete Section 3-8.9.1 – Modify to read as follows: The operation
Section 1-5.4.2.1 is modified as follows: of an automatic fire suppression system installed within
Section 1-5.4.2.1 Coded Alarm Signal - A coded alarm the protected premises shall be indicated as an alarm on
signal shall consist of not less than [three] four the protected premises fire alarm system.
complete rounds of the number transmitted, and each Section 3-8.10.1 - Delete last paragraph starting from
round shall consist of not less than three impulses. "all phases . . . "
Section 1-5.4.3 - Delete in its entirety. Section 3-8.10.2 - Delete
Section 1-5.4.7 - Delete the exception. Section 3-8.14 - Delete in its entirety.
Section 1-5.4.8 Delete and substitute the following: Section 3-8.15.4 - Modify second sentence to read as
Section 1-5.4.8 Alarm Signal (Silence). – A means of follows: The operation of the elevators shall be in
silencing the alarm notification appliances shall be accordance with [ANSI/ASME A17.1, Safety Code for
located within a locked F.A. Control Cabinet. Such a Elevators and Escalators, Rules 211.3 through 211.8]
means shall be permitted only if a visible zone alarm RS 18-1. Delete the third sentence.
indication or equivalent has been provided, as specified Section 3-8.15.4 (a) - Delete
in 1-5.7, and subsequent alarms on other initiating Section 3-8.15.4 (b) - Delete

338
Reference Standard 17

Section 3-8.16 - Delete.

Section 3-9.2.3 Modify to read as follows: When CHAPTER 4
permitted by the authority having jurisdiction. Transfer Deleted in its entirety (this chapter is for fire alarm
of data over listed communication ports shall be an central offices, which falls under the Fire
acceptable means of interfacing between the fire alarm Department's jurisdiction).
control unit and fire safety function control devices.
Section 3-9.3.3 B Delete and substitute the following: CHAPTER 5 - INITIATING DEVICES
Section 3-9.3.3 – Connections between fire alarm systems Section 5-1.3.4 - Delete "appropriate NFPA standard
and the HVAC system for the purpose of monitoring or" from the first sentence.
and control shall be arranged such that primary control Section 5-1.3.5 - Delete
(the control that all other controls are secondary or Section 5-2.2 - Delete "either by the appropriate NFPA
subservient to) capability rests with the fire alarm standard or" from the sentence.
control unit(s) under all circumstances, and in addition, Section 5-3.2- Delete "either by the appropriate NFPA
shall operate and be monitored in accordance with Reference standard or " from the sentence.
Standards RS 13-1, RS 17 and the authority having Section 5-3.5.9 - Add, "Where required by the authority
jurisdiction. having jurisdiction" at the beginning of the paragraph.
Add Section 3-9.3.4 as follows: Section 5-3.6.2 - Add, "Where required by the authority
Section 3-9.3.4 – Those HVAC fans or fan systems having jurisdiction" at the beginning of the paragraph.
which have been automatically shut-down by virtue of Section 5-5.2 - Delete "either by the appropriate NFPA
the activation of any fire alarm control unit or device standard or" from the paragraph.
shall be arranged and equipped not to automatically Section 5-6.1 - Delete "either by the appropriate NFPA
restart when the fire alarm control unit or device is standard or" from the second sentence.
reset. At least two manual means of restarting the fans or Section 5-8.1 - Substitute the words "approvals/acceptances"
fan systems shall be required, such as manually resetting for "listings".
the fire alarm control unit or device and the manually Add Section 5-8.2 to read as follows:
resetting the fan or fan system controls. Section 5-8.2 – Appropriate means may involve:
Add Section 3-9.3.5 as follows: (a) Foam Systems: Flow of Water
Section 3-9.3.5 – Fans or fan systems that were (b) Pump Activation
automatically shut down by the fire alarm control unit (c) Differential Pressure Detector
or device in Class ‘E’, ‘J’ and ‘C’ systems shall be (d) Halon: Pressure Detector
manually enabled to start by a means of overriding the (e) Carbon Dioxide: Pressure Detector
fan shutdown through use of a city-wide standard key In any case, an alarm that activates the extinguishing
switch (#2642) located at the Fire Command Station. system may be initiated from the detection system.
The actual start of the fan(s) shall be accomplished Section 5-9.1.1 - Change the second sentence to read as
manually through HVAC controls at the Fire Command follows: "The operable part of each manual fire alarm
Station, or at the Mechanical Control Center or locally box shall be 4 feet above finished floor level."
at the fan room(s). Section 5-9.1.2 - Delete
Add Section 3-9.3.6 as follows: Section 5-9.1.3 - Change the number of repetitions
Section 3-9.3.6 – Smoke exhaust control means shall be produced from three to four.
enabled through the use of a city-wide standard key Sections 5-9.2 to 5-9.2.11 - Delete
(#2462) located at the Fire Command Station or fire Sections 5-9.2.12 to 5-9.2.12.6 - Delete
alarm control unit, or when neither is provided, in the Sections 5-9.2.13 to 5-9.2.14.2 - Delete
entrance lobby of the building. Section 5-10.5 – Delete and substitute the following:
Section 3-10.4 - Delete Section 5-10.5 – Room Temperature Supervisory Signal-
Section 3-11 - Delete in its entirety. Initiating. B When temperature supervisory devices are
Section 3-12.3 - Delete in its entirety. provided to indicate a low temperature condition, they
Section 3-12.4.1 - Delete the exception. shall indicate the decrease in room temperature to 40o F
Section 3-12.4.2 - Delete (4.4o C) and its restoration to above 40o F (4.4o C).
Section 3-12.4.3.1 - Delete Section 5-11.4.2 - Delete "NFPA 90A, Standard for the
Section 3-12.4.3.2 - Delete installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating
Section 3-12.4.4 - Delete Systems" and substitute with "Reference Standard RS 13-1."
Section 3-12.4.5.1 - Delete the third sentence starting Section 5-11.5.2.1 - Delete "other NFPA standards"
from "The fire command station shall be permitted . . ." and substitute with "Reference Standard RS 13-1."
Section 3-12.4.6.2 B Delete Figure 5-11.7.4.1.1.(D) to read "One detector mounted
Section 3-12.4.6.3 - Delete on the higher side"
Section 3-12.5.1-Delete
Section 3-12.6.6 B Delete
Section 3-12.6.7 - Delete

339
Reference Standard 17

CHAPTER 6 - NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES FOR Section 6-4.4.1.1 is modified to read as follows:

FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS Section 6-4.4.1.1 – Spacing shall be in accordance with
Section 6-3.7 – Amend to read as follows: [Figure 6-4.4.1 and] Table[s] 6-4.4.1(a) [and (b)]. A
Section 6-3.7 – Location of Audible Signal Appliances. maximum separation between appliances shall not
Where ceiling heights permit, wall mounted appliances exceed 100-ft. (30 m). Visible notification appliances
shall have their [tops] centerline at heights above the shall be installed in accordance with Table 6-4.4.1 (a),
finished floors of [not less than 90 in. (2.30m)] 8 ft. using one of the following:
(2.45m) and [below the finished ceilings of not less than 6 (a) A single visible notification appliance, or
in. (0.15 m)] where ceiling heights prevent installation (b) Two visible notification appliances located on
at this height installation shall be not greater than 6 in. opposite walls, or
(0.15m) below. This shall not preclude ceiling-mounted (c) In rooms 80 ft. by 80 ft. or greater, where there are
or recessed appliances. more than two appliances in
Exception: Combination audible/visible appliances any field of view, they shall be spaced a minimum of 55
[installed in sleeping areas shall comply with 6-4.4.3]. ft. from each other, or
Section 6-4.2 - Delete (d) More than two visible notification appliances that
Section 6-4.4 is modified to read as follows: flash in synchronization.
Section 6-4.4 Appliance Location. – Wall-mounted Section 6-4.4.2.1 is modified to read as follows:
appliances shall have their bottoms at heights above the Table 6-4.4.2 applies to corridors not exceeding 20 ft.
finished floor of no less than 80 in. (2-m) nor less than (6.1 m) wide. For corridors greater than 20 ft. (6.1 m)
6 in. (13.5 cm) below the ceiling, whichever is lower. wide, refer to [Figure 6-4.4.1 and] Table[s] 6-4.4.1(a)
[and no greater than 96 in. (2.4 m).] Ceiling-mounted [and (b)]. In a corridor application, visible appliances
appliances [shall] may be installed [per Table 6- shall be UL 1971 rated not less than 15 cd, and shall
4.4.1(b)]. have an on-axis intensity of not less than 75 cd.
Exception: Appliances installed in sleeping areas shall Table 6-4.4.1 (a) is modified as follows:
comply with 6-4.4.3.
Figure 6-4.4.1 - Delete

Table 6-4.4.1(a) Room Spacing Allocation for Wall-Mounted Visible Appliances Minimum Required Light
Output, Candela (cd)
(Effective Intensity)
(see note below)
Two Lights per Four Lights per
Room (Located Room - One
Maximum One Light on Opposite Light per Wall
Room Size Per Room(cd) Walls) (cd) (cd)
20' x 20' 15 N/A N/A
30' x 30' 30 15 N/A
40' x 40' 60 30 [15] N/A
45' x 45' 75 60 N/A
50' x 50' 95 60 [30] N/A
55' x 55' 110 75 N/A
60' x 60' 135 95 [30] N/A
70' x 70' 185 110 [60] N/A
80' x 80' 240 140 60
90' x 90' 305 180 95
100' x 100' 325 240 95
110' x 110' 455 240 135
120' x 120' 540 305 160
130' x 130' 635 375 185

NOTE: Candela (cd) ratings, as indicated, are based Section 6-9 - Delete in its entirety.
on UL 1971 listings. On-axis ratings shall in no case
be less that 75 cd. CHAPTER 7
Table 6.4.4.1(b) - Delete Section 7-1.1.1 is modified to read as follows:
Section 6-6 - Delete Section 7-1.1.1 – Inspection, testing and maintenance
Section 6-6.1 - Delete programs shall satisfy the requirements of [this code]
Section 6-6.2 - Delete the Fire Commissioner, the New York City Building
Section 6-8 - Delete in its entirety. Code and the equipment manufacturer's instructions.

340
Reference Standard 17

Section 7-1.2 - Delete the second sentence starting from In addition, except for Class "E", "J" and "C" systems,
"Delegation." 10 percent of initiating devices that are not directly
Section 7-1.2.1 - Delete affected by the change, up to a maximum of 50 devices,
Section 7-1.2.2 - Delete and enact three new sections as shall also be tested and proper system operation verified.
follows: Section 7-2.1 B Delete
Section 7-1.2.2 – Personnel shall be qualified and Section 7-2.2 – Delete and substitute the following:
experienced in the inspection and testing of fire alarm Section 7-2.2 – Testing, which involves the disconnection
systems and shall meet the following requirements: of circuits of 50 volts or more with the exception of
(a) Certified by the Buildings and/or Fire Commissioners, audio circuits up to 75 volts, shall be performed in
or accordance with the New York City Electrical Code by
(b) Trained and qualified personnel of a NYC licensed licensed electrical contracting firms meeting the
electrical contracting firm, or requirements of Sections 7-1.2.3 and 7-1.2.3.1.
(c) Personnel with National Institute for Certification in Sections 7-3.1 to 7.3.1.2 - Delete
Engineering Technologies (NICET) Certification of Section 7-3.2 shall be deleted and substitute the following:
Level II in fire alarm technology, or Section 7-3.2 Testing – Testing shall be performed in
(d) Trained and qualified personnel of firm listed by a accordance with the requirements of the Fire Prevention Code.
national testing laboratory for servicing of fire alarm Sections 7-3.2.1 to 7-3.4 - Delete
systems. Section 7-4.1 shall be deleted and substitute the following:
Section 7-1.2.3 – Personnel shall be qualified and Section 7-4.1 – Fire alarm system equipment shall be
experienced in the maintenance of fire alarm systems periodically maintained in accordance with manufacturers'
and shall meet the following requirements: instructions and the Fire Prevention Code.
(a) Factory trained and certified, or Sections 7-4.2 to 7-4.4 - Delete
(b) Trained and qualified personnel of NYC licensed Sections 7-4.4.1 to 7-4.4.3.2 - Delete
electrical contracting firm, or Section 7-5.1 - Delete
(c) Trained and qualified personnel of firm listed by a Sections 7-5.3 to 7-5.4 - Delete
national testing laboratory for servicing of fire alarm CHAPTER 8 - REFERENCED PUBLICATIONS
systems. Delete in its entirety.
(d) Service personnel employed pursuant to (a), (b), APPENDIX A - EXPLANATORY MATERIAL
and (c) above shall either have a valid NICET Certification This appendix is not part of Reference Standard RS 17-
of Level II in fire alarm technology or work under the 5, but is included for information purposes only with
direct supervision of a person having such certification. the exception of the following:
Exception: The following are exempt from the above Section A-6-4.4.1 - Delete in its entirety and substitute
requirements: the following:
(1) Person(s) exclusively performing smoke detector Section A-6-4.4.1 – A design which delivers 0.0375
cleaning, having a Certificate of Fitness from the Fire lumens per sq. ft. effective intensity to all occupied
Department and working under the supervision of, or spaces where visible notification is required, is
employed by a person(s) having NICET Level II considered to meet minimum light intensity
certification. requirements of this section. The field of view is based
(2) Person(s) exclusively performing maintenance of fire on the focusing capability of the human eye, specified
alarm systems installed and approved prior to 1987, and as 120 degrees in the IES Handbook. The apex of this
working under the supervision of, or employed by a angle is the viewer's eye. In order to ensure compliance
person(s) having NICET Level II certification. with the requirements of Section 6-4.4.1, it has been
(e) If during the course of maintenance either: accepted that this angle be increased to approximately
(1) total system replacement, or 135 degrees.
(2) wiring repair, or Figure A-6-4.4.1 (a) - Delete
(3) replacement of wiring is (are) indicated, such Figure A-6.4.4.1 (b) - Delete
repair(s) or replacement(s) shall be performed by a person Figure A-6.4.4.1 (c) - Delete
holding a license or a special license in accordance with Figure A-6.4.4.1 (d) - Delete
the provisions of the NYC Electrical Code. Figure A-6.4.4.2 - Delete
Section 7-1.4 is modified to read as follows: APPENDIX B - ENGINEERING GUIDE FOR
Section 7-1.4 – Prior to system maintenance or testing, AUTOMATIC FIRE DETECTOR SPACING
[the system certificate and the] all information regarding This appendix is not part of Reference Standard RS 17-
the system and Y to the service personnel. 5, but is included for information purposes only.
Section 7-1.5.1 - Delete and substitute the following: ** DOB 1-9-02; 310-90 BCR
Section 7-1.5.1 – The special hazard system and main
*
building system shall be tested concurrently. REFERENCE STANDARD 17-5A
Section 7-1.6 B Amend the last sentence to read as follows: Repealed
*310-90 BCR; 1014-80 BCR

341
Reference Standard 17

* †
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 17-5B REFERENCE STANDARD RS 17-9
Repealed ANSI/ASTM A234-1988b-Specification for Pipe
*310-90 BCR; 1014-80 BCR Fittings for Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for
†
Moderate and Elevated Temperatures.
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 17-5C †310-90 BCR; 633-83 BCR
Repealed
†310-90-BCR; 633-83 BCR †
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 17-10
ANSI/NFiPA No. 221-987-Standard for Water Tanks
*
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 17-5D for Private Fire Protection.
Repealed †310-90 BCR; 633-83 BCR
*310-90 BCR; 1014-80 BCR
†
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 17-11
*
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 17-5E UL No. 217-1985-Single and Multiple Station Smoke
ANSI/NFiPA No. 72E-1990-Standard for Automatic Detectors including Revision of February 19, 1989.
Fire Detectors. †310-90 BCR; 633-83 BCR
*310-90 BCR; 1014-80 BCR
***
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 17-12
*
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 17-6 ANSI/NFiPA No. 74-1989-Standard for the
ANSI B16.4-1985-Cast-Iron Threaded Fittings, Class Installation, Maintenance and Use of Household Fire
125 and 250. Warning Equipment, as Modified. The following
*310-90 BCR; 1014-80 BCR Sections of this standard are modified to read as follows:
**
1-1 Scope. Covers the requirements for the proper
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 17-6A selection, installation, operation and maintenance of fire
Valves and Related Products for Fire Protection Service. warning equipment for use within dwelling units or
UL193-1988-Alarm Valves for Fire-Protection Service rooming units.
(Revision 9/88). 1.2.6 The installation of wiring and equipment shall be
UL260-1988-Dry Pipe and Deluge Valves for Fire- in accordance with the New York City Electrical Code.
Protection Service. 2-1.1.1 Smoke detectors shall be installed outside of
UL262-1988-Gate Valves for Fire-Protection Service. each separate sleeping area in the immediate vicinity of
UL312-1988-Gate Valves for Fire-Protection Service the bedrooms in dwelling units, in Occupancy Groups
(Revision 10/89). J-2 and J-3, and in Basements and Basement Recreation
UL668-1988-Hose Valves for Fire-Protection Service. Rooms in Occupancy Group J-3.
UL753-1989-Alarm Accessories for Automatic Water Smoke detectors shall be installed within the sleeping
Supply Control Valves For Fire-Protection Service area of hotel or motel units, rooming units or studio
(Revision 8/89). dwelling units in Occupancy Group J-1.
UL789-1987-Indicator Posts for Fire-Protection Service 4-5.5 Each smoke detector shall have an integral test
(Revision 3/89). means to permit the occupant to check that it is
UL1091-1986-Butterfly Valves for Fire-Protection Service. operational. A continuous power display indicator light
UL1468-1985-Direct-Acting Pressure-Reducing and is recommended.
Pressure-Control Valves for Fire-Protection Service. 4-2.1.4 A smoke detector installed to protect a sleeping
UL 1486-1979-Quick Opening Devices for Dry Pipe area in accordance with 2-1.1.1, shall be located outside
Valves for Fire-Protection Service (Revision 7/85). the bedroom but in the immediate vicinity of the
UL1726-1985-Automatic Drain Valves for Standpipe sleeping area, except as set forth for rooming units.
Systems (Revision 9/88). 5-2.1.6 Smoke detectors shall be located on or near the
UL1739-1988-Pilot-Operated Pressure Control Valves ceiling, and within fifteen feet of all rooms used for
for Fire-Protection Service. sleeping purposes in J-2 or J-3 occupancies. In all
**310-90 BCR
dwelling units, with multiple levels, when any level has
** only one means of egress, the dwelling unit shall be
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 17-7 provided with smoke detectors on all levels.
ANSI/AWWA C110-1987-Ductile-Iron and Grey-Iron 5-2.1.6.1 If ceiling mounted, the closest edge of the
Fittings, 3-Inch through 48-Inch for Water and Other Liquids. detector shall be a minimum of four inches from any wall.
**310-90 BCR; 1014-80 BCR
5-2.1.6.2 If wall mounted, the closest edge of the detector
†
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 17-8 shall be a minimum of four inches and a maximum of
ANSI/ASTM C111-1985-Rubber-Gasket Joints for twelve inches from the ceiling.
***310-90 BCR; 798-81 BCR
Ductile-Iron and Grey-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings.
†310-90 BCR; 633-83 BCR

342
Reference
Reference Standard
Standard 17
17

††
Reference Standard 17-13 4.2 Supplemental Functions. Supplemental functions,
UL No. 2034, Standard for Single and Multiple Station including the transmission of an alarm beyond the premises
Carbon Monoxide Detectors, October 29, 1996, with [household] should be permitted and should not interfere
revisions through June 28, 2002. with the performance recommendations of this document.
††DOB 10-26-04 4.3 Total System. Where the AHJ requires both the
alarm and transmission beyond the premises [household]
††
Reference Standard 17-14 and the total system to comply with the applicable sections
NFPA No. 720, Recommended Practice for the Installation of [NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm Code] RS 17-3, 17-
of Household Carbon Monoxide (CO) Warning 3A, or 17-3B, the recommendation of Section 5.1 and
Equipment, 2003 Edition, as modified. The following 5.4.2 of this document shall [should] be followed.
sections of this standard are modified to read as follows Title of Chapter 5: Chapter 5 [Household] Carbon
(deleted text is in brackets; new text is italicized): Monoxide Warning Equipment
Title on page 720-4: “NFPA 720 Recommended Practice 5.1 Required [Recommended] Protection.
for the Installation of [Household] Carbon Monoxide 5.1.1.1 A carbon monoxide detecting alarm or detector
(CO) Warning Equipment, 2003 Edition” shall [should] be centrally located as provided for in §
1.1.2 This document is limited to carbon monoxide 5.1.2 and 1 R.C.N.Y. § 28-02 [outside of each sleeping
warning equipment for use in J-1, J-2, J-3, G and H-2 area in the immediate vicinity of the bedrooms.].
occupancies [family living units] that contain fuel- 5.1.1.3 Each alarm or detector shall [should] be located
burning equipment, appliances or fireplaces or have on the wall, ceiling, or other location as specified in the
attached garages. installation instructions accompanying the unit. To help
1.1.3 This document contains recommendations for the prevent false alarms, such alarm or detector should be
selection, installation, operation, and maintenance of located away from sources of humidity such as bathrooms
equipment that detects concentrations of carbon monoxide and should be located away from a range or other fossil
that could pose a risk to the health of most occupants fuel burning equipment. To prevent damage by occupants,
[in family living units]. such alarm or detector should be located out of reach of
2.3.1 UL Publication. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., 333 children and pets.
Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062. UL 2034. Standard 5.1.2 Alarm notification appliances. Each alarm or
for Single and Multiple Station Carbon Monoxide Detectors, detector shall [should] cause the operation of an alarm
October 29, 1996, as revised through June 28, 2002. notification appliance that shall [should] be clearly
3.2.2* Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). The New audible in all bedrooms over background noise with all
York City Department of Buildings, New York City Fire intervening doors closed, in accordance with Annex A, §
Department, New York City Department of Housing A.5.1.1.1.
Preservation and Development, and New York City 5.2.1.1 All power supplies shall [should] have sufficient
Department of Health and Mental Hygiene. [The capacity to operate the signal(s) for at least 12 continuous
organization, office, or individual responsible for approving hours.
equipment, materials, an installation, or a procedure.] 5.2.1.2 For electrically powered household carbon
3.3.3 Dwelling [Family Living] Unit. One or more monoxide warning equipment, the primary (main) power
rooms in a building occupied in whole or in part as the source shall [should] be ac, unless otherwise permitted by
temporary or permanent home or residence of one or the following:
more families, where such room or rooms are arranged, (1) Detectors and alarms are permitted to be powered by
designed, used or intended for use by one or more a monitored dc circuit of a control unit when power for
families, including such units in occupancy groups J-1 the control unit meets the recommendations of section 5.2
(hotels, motels, lodging houses, rooming houses, etc.), and the circuit remains operable upon the loss of primary
J-2 (apartment houses, apartment hotels, school dormitory (main) ac power.
buildings, etc.), and J-3 (one- and two-family dwellings, (2) A detector and a wireless transmitter that serves
rectories, convents, group homes, etc.). [One or more only that detector are permitted to be powered from a
rooms in a single family detached dwelling, single family monitored batter (main) source where part of a listed,
attached dwelling, multifamily dwelling, or mobile home monitored, low-power radio (wireless) system.
for the use of one or more persons as a housekeeping [(3) In existing construction, a monitored battery primary
unit with space for eating, living, and sleeping and (main) power source, as described in 5.2.3, is permitted.]
permanent provisions for cooking and sanitation.] 5.2.2.1 An ac primary (main) power source shall
3.3.9 Separate Sleeping Area. The area of a dwelling [should] be a commercial light and power supply or other
[family living unit] where the bedrooms or sleeping dependable source and shall be provided with a secondary
rooms are located. (standby) power supply complying with § 5.2.4.
3.3.10.1 Alarm Signal. A signal indicating a 5.2.2.2 A visible “power on” indicator shall [should] be
concentration of carbon monoxide that could pose a risk provided.
to the life safety of the occupants [in the family
dwelling unit] and requiring immediate attention.

revision: October 1, 2004 342a

343
Reference
Reference Standard
Standard 17
17

5.2.2.3 Primary (main) ac power shall [should] be 5.3.5.1 through 5.3.5.3

supplied from either a dedicated branch circuit or the 5.3.6.1 through 5.3.6.4
unswitched portion of a branch circuit also used for 5.3.6.5 Each electrical carbon monoxide system
power and lighting. shall [should] have an integral test means to allow the
5.2.2.4 All electrical systems shall comply with the occupants [householder] to test the system operation.
New York City Electrical Code [designed to be installed by The word should which indicates recommendation shall be
other than a qualified electrician should be powered from a replaced with the word shall which indicates mandated
source not in excess of 30 volts that meets the compliance in the following sections:
requirements for Class 2 circuits as defined in Article 5.3.7.1 and 5.3.7.2
725 of NFPA 70, National Electrical Code®]. 5.3.8.1 Where carbon monoxide alarms or detectors
5.2.2.7 The recommendation of 5.2.2.6 does not are interconnected to fire alarm or combination control
apply in J-1, J-2, and J-3 occupancies where a ground units, connections shall [should] be via alarm [supervisory]
fault circuit interrupter serves all electrical circuits circuits only, and all alarms and/or detectors and control
within the household. units shall be certified as compatible by the manufacturer(s)
5.2.2.9 [Where a secondary (standby) battery is and shall be approved by the Materials Equipment
provided, the] The primary (main) power supply should Acceptance Division of the Department of Buildings.
be of sufficient capacity to operate the system under all The word should which indicates recommendation shall be
conditions of loading with the [any] secondary replaced with the word shall which indicates mandated
(standby) battery disconnected or fully discharged. compliance in the following sections:
5.2.3 Primary Power Supply – Monitored Battery. 5.3.8.2 and 5.3.8.3
[Household] [c]Carbon monoxide warning equipment 5.3.9.1 Supervising station systems requiring
may [should] be [permitted to be] powered by a battery transmission of signals to continually staffed locations
only where permitted by 1 R.C.N.Y. 28-02 and[,] providing supervising station services (for example,
provided that the battery is monitored to ensure that the central station service, proprietary stations, or remote
following conditions are met: stations) shall [should] also comply with the applicable
(1) All power recommendations are met for at least one requirements of [Chapter 8 of NFPA 72®, National
year of battery life, including monthly testing. Fire Alarm Code.®] 3 R.C.N.Y 17-01, Rules of the Fire
(2) A distinctive audible trouble signal sounds before the Department of New York.
battery is incapable of operating the device(s) (from causes 5.3.9.2 Where carbon monoxide alarms, detectors,
such as aging or terminal corrosion) for alarm purposes. multipurpose detectors, or combination or multiple
(3) Automatic transfer is proved from alarm to a trouble station alarms or systems are connected to supervising
condition for a unit employing a lock-in alarm feature. station fire alarm systems, receipt of alarm signals shall
(4) The unit is capable of producing an alarm signal for [should] be distinctively indicated as “alarm [supervisory]
at least 12 hours at the battery voltage at which a signal carbon monoxide” or other non-fire alarm signal
trouble signal is normally obtained, followed by not designation acceptable to the AHJ.
less than 7 days of trouble signal operation. 5.3.9.3 Signals received by the supervising station
(5) After the initial 4 minutes of alarm, the 5-second shall [should] be processed by the supervising station
“off” time of the alarm signal should be permitted to be personnel in accordance with the rules of the Fire
changed to 60 seconds ± 10 percent. Department of New York. [following recommendations:
5.2.4.1 When provided, a secondary (standby) power (1) They should retransmit the supervisory signal to
supply shall [should] have sufficient capacity to power public fire service communications center.
the unit for 8 hours, followed by not less than 12 hours (2) They should notify the subscriber by the quickest
of alarm, followed by not less than 7 consecutive days available method.
of trouble signals. (3) When the signal results from a pre-arranged test,
5.2.4.2 After the initial 4 minutes of alarm, the 5- action recommended by 5.3.9.3 (1) and (2) is not necessary.]
second “off” time of the alarm signal shall [should] be 5.3.10.1 Carbon monoxide warning systems utilizing
permitted to be changed to 60 seconds ± 10 percent. low-power wireless transmission of signals within the protected
5.2.4.3 Removal or disconnection of a battery used as [household should] premises shall comply with the applicable
a secondary (standby) power source shall [should] requirements of [NFPA 72®, National Fire Alarm Code®] RS
cause [an] audible [or]and visible trouble signals. 17-3, 17-3A, or 17-3B, and must be approved by the
The word should which indicates recommendation shall be Material Equipment Acceptance Division (MEA).
replaced with the word shall which indicates mandated The word should which indicates recommendation shall be
compliance in the following sections: replaced with the word shall which indicates mandated
5.2.4.6 compliance in the following sections:
5.3.1.3 5.4.1.1 through 5.4.1.6
5.3.2.1 through 5.3.2.4 5.6.1 through 5.6.3
5.3.3.1 ††DOB 10-26-04
5.3.4.1 and 5.3.4.2

revision: October 1, 2004 344

342b
Reference Standard 18

REFERENCE STANDARD RS-18

ELEVATORS AND CONVEYORS

*LIST OF REFERENCED NATIONAL STANDARDS

ANSI/ASME A17.1Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators and Supplements A17.1a-1997 as Modified….. 1996
ANSI A117.1 American National Standard for Buildings and Facilities Providing Accessibility and
Usability for Physically Handicapped People as Modified………………………… 1986
ANSI B153.1 Safety Requirements for the Construction, Care and Use of Automobile Lifts……………… 1981
FS00-L-360D Motor Vehicle Lifts....................................................……....…..……………. 1987
ANSI/ASME MH14.1 Loading Dock Levelers and Dockboards.....................……..……………………… 1987
]ANSI/ASME B20.1 Safety Standards for Conveyors and Related Equipment……..…………………… 1987
ANSI A10.4 Safety Requirements for Personal Hoists....................……….…..….…………….. 1981
ANSI/ASME A90.1 Safety Standard for Belt Manlifts......................………...........…..………………… 1985
ANSI B77.1 Safety Requirements for Aerial Passenger Tramways and Supplements B77.1a-86
and B77.1b-88.....………………………………………………………………... 1982
ANSI/ASTM F698 Standard Specification for Physical Information to be Provided for Amusement Rides and
Devices as modified………………………………………………..………………..1988
**
ASNT/SNT-TC-1A American Society for Nondestructive Testing Certification/ Qualification Recommended
Practice in NDT.......................................................................................................... 1992
**
ASTM 3.03 Standards for Non-destructive Testing ……………………………………………. 1995
**
ASTM F770 Practice for Operation Procedures for Amusement Rides and Devices……………..1988
**
ASTM F846 Guide for Testing Performance of Amusement Rides and Devices …………….. 1992
**
ASTM F853 Practice for Maintenance Procedures for Amusement and Devices.............................. 1991

*DOB 1-16-03; 5-22-95; 11-91 BCR; 678-85 BCR; 98-83 BCR

**DOB 3-8-96

†
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 18-1 (iii) Add the definition elevator, service car between elevator,
rooftop and elevator, shipboard to read as follows:
ANSI/ASME A17.1-1996 Safety Code for Elevators and Elevator, Service Car.- A passenger or freight elevator
Escalators and Supplement A17.1a-1997 as Modified. located in an Interim Multiple Dwelling registered with the
Loft Board, in accordance with Article 7-C of the Multiple
Wherever in such Code reference is made to the National Dwelling Law.
Electrical Code ANSI/NFPA NO. 70, substitute New York (iv) Add the definition hospital emergency service between
City Electrical code, Rules and Regulations of the Bureau of hoistway gate and hydraulic elevator to read as follows:
Electrical Control of the Department of Buildings and its Hospital Emergency Service.- A special operating control
Advisory Board function that may be provided for elevators in a building
Wherever in such Code reference is made to the local classified in occupancy group H-2 (Hospital) or other
Building Code, or model building code, substitute New York applicable medical facility used to transport patient in
City Building Code. a life or death situation.
Wherever in such Code reference is made to ASME A17.3, (v) Amend subdivisions a and b of the definition “installation
Safety Code for Existing Elevators and Escalators, substitute placed out of service” to read as follows:
Article 2 of Subchapter 18 of such chapter. Installation placed out of service.- An installation
whose power feed lines have been disconnected from
Modifications.- The provisions of ANSI/ASME A17.1-1996 the mainline disconnect switch and;
and Supplement A17.1a-1997 shall be subject to the following (a) an electric elevator, dumbwaiter, sidewalk elevator or
modifications. The section numbers are from that standard. material lift whose suspension ropes have been removed,
§1. Add or amend the following definitions to whose car and counterweight rest at the bottom of the
Introduction-Section 3 - Definitions: hoistway, and whose hoistway doors have been permanently
(i)Amend the definition designated level to read as follows: barricaded or sealed in the closed position on the hoistway
Designated level.-The [main] street floor or other level that side;
best serves the needs of emergency personnel for fire fighting (b) a hydraulic elevator, dumbwaiter, sidewalk elevator or
or rescue purposes (applicable to Rule 211.3). material lift whose car rests at the bottom of the hoistway;
(ii) Add the definition elevator classification between whose pressure piping has been disassembled and a section
elevator and freight elevator to read as follows: removed from the premises; whose hoistway doors have
Elevator Classification.- Elevator is classified as freight or been permanently barricaded or sealed in the closed position
passenger. on the hoistway side; suspension ropes removed and

343
Reference Standard 18

counterweights, if provided, landed at the bottom of the hoistway (2) If of perforated sheet metal or of fabricated openwork
(c) an escalator or moving walk whose entrances have construction, the openings shall reject a ball 1in. (25mm) in
been permanently barricaded. diameter.]
(vi) Add the definition patient elevator between passenger §4. Delete and replace rule 100.4 to read as follows:
elevator and penetrate a floor to read as follows: Rule 100.4 Control of Smoke and Hot Gases.
Patient Elevator.- An elevator located in a building Hoistways of elevators shall be provided with means to
classified in occupancy group H-2 (hospital) reserved for the prevent the accumulation of smoke and hot gases in case of
“sole” use of vertical transportation of non-ambulatory fire by any one of the following:
patients who are incapable of self-preservation because of 100.4a Vents in the hoistway enclosures.
age, physical or mental disability. Hospital staff or other (1) Location of Vents:
passengers transporting patient are permitted to ride with the (a) In the side of the hoistway enclosure below the elevator
patient. Such elevators must be operated by a designated machine room floor or in the roof of the hoistway, and
attendant and shall meet the requirements of rules 211.4 and shall be open either directly to the outer air or through non-
211.5(c) of this reference standard. combustible ducts to the outer air.
(vii) Add the definition platform guard (toe guard or apron) (b) In the wall or roof of an overhead elevator machine
between pit elevator and plunger (ram) to read as follows: room through the smoke hole in the top of the elevator
Platform Guard (Toe Guard or Apron).- A section of hoistway and shall be vented to the outer air through non-
sheet metal the full width of the door opening, securely combustible ducts.
attached to the car sill and extending downward, protecting (2) Area of Vents.- The area of vents in hoistway or
the landing zone. elevator machine room and area of smoke hole shall be not
(viii) Delete the definition of private residence and substitute less than three and one-half (3½) percent of the area of the
the following: hoistway nor less than three (3) square feet for each elevator
Private Residence.- A building in occupancy group J-3 car, whichever is greater, with the following vent types:
except group home as defined in Section 27-266 of article (a) Open Vents.- of the total required vent area, not
eleven of subchapter three of this chapter. less than one-third (1/3) shall be permanently open or with
(ix) Add the definition sky lobby between skirt, escalator openable hinged damper. Smoke hole shall be permanently
and slack-rope switch to read as follows: open.
Sky Lobby.- The lowest landing of an elevator or a group (b) Closed Vents.- The two-third (2/3) closed portion of
of elevators located above the street level. the required vent area either in the hoistway enclosure or in
(x) Add the definition smoke hole between slope, moving walk the elevator machine room may consist of windows or
and solid state device to read as follows: skylights glazed with plain glass not more than one-eighth
Smoke Hole.- An opening for an elevator hoistway venting (1/8) inch thick. A closed damper that will open upon the
in the elevator machine room floor at the top of the elevator activation of a smoke detector placed at the top of the
hoistway(s). hoistway shall be considered closed vents.
(xi) Add the definition zero clearance vestibule after yield 100.4b Mechanical ventilation of the hoistway
strength to read as follows: enclosure.- In all elevator and dumbwaiter hoistways where
Zero Clearance Vestibule.- A space on the elevator lobby the venting of elevator and dumbwaiter hoistway is by
between the exterior of hoistway door and the security door mechanical means, there shall be provided a system of a
attached to the elevator hoistway. mechanical ventilation of sufficient capacity to exhaust at
§2 Delete and replace subdivision d of rule 100.1 to read as least twelve (12) air changes per hour of the volume of
follows: such hoistways through a roof or an approved location on
100.1d Multiple Hoistways. an exterior wall other than the lot line wall, and shall be
(1) Not more than three (3) elevators shall be located in subject to the following:
buildings with a single hoistway. (1) The smoke detector shall be placed at the top of
(2) Not more than four (4) elevators shall be located in these hoistways to activate mechanical ventilation system.
a single hoistway in buildings with more than one (1) (2) A mechanical ventilation system serving these
hoistway. hoistways shall not pass through the overnight sleeping
(3) Low rise, mid rise and high rise elevators shall be located areas of hotel, apartment house, hospital, or similar
in separate hoistways. building.
§3 Amend sub division d of rule 100.3 to read as follows: (3) A manual control to shut down the mechanical
100.3d Construction of Floors.- Floors [may] shall be ventilation system shall be provided in or near the elevator
either of concrete, or [may be] of metal construction [with control panel at the designated level.
or] without perforations. [Metal floors shall conform to the 100.4c Air pressurization of hoistway enclosure.-
following: where air pressurization of the hoistway is utilized as a
(1) If of bar-type grating, the openings between bars shall means of smoke and hot gas control, the air shall not be
reject a ball ¾ in. (19mm) in diameter. introduced into the hoistway in such a manner as to cause
erratic operation by impingement on landing or car
door equipment, traveling cables, selector tapes, governor

344
Reference Standard 18

ropes, compensating ropes, and other components sensitive driving-machine motor and brake.
to excess movement or deflection. (e) If the door electric contact is installed a sign
100.4d The Commissioner may accept alternate means “WARNING- Opening of the Pit Door will Stop
to prevent the accumulation of smoke and hot gases in the Elevator” is attached on the outside of the door.
hoistways of elevators in case of fire. §15. Amend paragraph 4 of subdivision e of rule 106.1 to
§5. Amend first paragraph of rule 100.5 to read as follows: read as follows:
Rule 100.5 Windows and Skylights. (4) A GFI duplex receptacle rated at not less than 15A,
Windows in the walls and skylights at the top of hoistway 120V shall be provided.
enclosures are prohibited. §16. Amend the first paragraph of rule 110.1 to read as
§6 Add subparagraph e to paragraph 1 of subdivision d of follows:
rule 101.3 to read as follows: Rule 110.1 Entrances and Emergency Doors Required
e. Machine room doors shall be labeled “ELEVATOR All elevator hoistway-landing openings shall be
MACHINE ROOM” with letters not less than two (2) provided with entrances that shall guard the full height and
inches (51 mm) high. width of the openings. Entrances for passenger elevators
§7 Amend subdivision a of rule 101.5 to read as follows: shall not be less than 6 ft 8 in. (2032mm) in height and [32
101.5a control switch shall be located on the lock-jamb side in. (813 mm)] 36 in. (914 mm) in width.
of the access door. §17. Delete subdivision a of rule 110.1 and replace it with
§8. Amend subdivision c of rule 101.5 to read as follows: the following:
101.5c Receptacle.- A duplex receptacle rated at not less (a) The clear door opening shall be at least thirty-six
than 15A, 120V with ground fault interrupt shall be provided (36) inches (914 mm) wide and six (6) feet six (6) inches
in each machine room and machinery space. (1981 mm) high. For floor plan of elevator cars, see subsection
§9. Amend the second paragraph of rule 102.1 to read as 4.10.9 of Section 216.
follows: §18 Delete subparagraph c of paragraph 1 of subdivision
Rule 102.1 Installation of Electrical Equipment and Wiring a, and paragraph 3 of subdivision b of rule 110.2.
In Hoistways and Machine Rooms. §19. Amend rule 110.6 to read as follows:
Only such electrical wiring, raceways, and cables used Rule 110.6 Opening of Hoistway Doors From Hoistway
directly in connection with the elevator, including wiring for Side
signs, for communication with the car, for lighting, heating, Passenger elevator hoistway doors shall be so arranged
air conditioning, and ventilating the car, for fire detecting that they may be opened by hand from within the elevator
systems, for pit sump pumps, and for heating and lighting car only when the car is within the unlocking zone{see
the hoistway and/or the machine room and electrical wiring Rule 111.[12] 5 (c)}, except at an entrance locked out of
permitted by article one of subchapter eighteen of chapter 1 service.
of title 27 of the administrative code, may be installed inside Means shall not be provided for locking out of service
the hoistway and/or the machine room. the doors by padlocks or any other physical locking
§10. Amend rule 103.1 to read as follows: devices at the following landings:
Rule 103.1 Location of Counterweights. (a) top terminal landing;
Counterweights shall be located in the hoistway of the (b) bottom terminal landing;
elevator that they serve [or in a remote hoistway, subject to (c) for elevators equipped with Phase I firefighters’ service,
the limitations and requirements of Rule 103.3]. the designated and [alternate] sky lobby landings shall not
§11. Amend the title of rule 103.3 to read as follows: be locked out of service when Phase I is effective;
Rule 103.3 Existing Remote Counterweight Hoistways. (d) for elevators equipped with Phase II firefighters’ service,
§12. Add new paragraph 5 to subdivision b of rule 106.1 to no landing shall be locked out of service when Phase II is
read as follows: effective;
(5) Walk-in pits with floors located at the same elevation as (e) consecutive vacant floors;
the adjacent floor, access landing will not require separate (f) main lobby street floor.
drainage or sump pumps. Locking devices electrically inter-connected into the firemen’s
§13. Amend paragraph 1 of subdivision d of rule 106.1 to service key are permitted.
read as follows: Automatic fire doors, the functioning of which is
(1) Access shall be by means of the lowest hoistway dependent on the action of heat, shall not lock any elevator
door or by means of a separate access door located at the hoistway door so that it cannot be opened manually from
level of pit floor. inside the hoistway, nor shall such doors lock any exit
§14. Add new subparagraphs d and e to paragraph 4 of leading from any elevator hoistway door to the outside of
such subdivision of such rule to read as follows: the building.
(d) If at any point of travel including the car under full Handles or other means provided for operation of manually
compressed buffer, any equipment attached to the car operated doors shall be so located that it is not necessary to
extends within the hoistway space in the pit, the pit door reach the back of any panel, jamb, or sash to operate them.
shall be equipped with door electric contact which shall §20.Add new subdivisions a, b and c to such rule to
cause the electric power to be removed from the elevator read as follows:

345
Reference Standard 18

110.6a Elevator Landings Provided with Zero read a s follows

Clearance Vestibule.- Elevator landings provided with (6) BS&A or MEA label shall be provided for the
zero clearance vestibule (not to exceed six(6) inches from entire entrance assembly where required by this rule.
the elevator hoistway door) are permissible only when §27 Amend title of section 111 to read as follows:
locking devices accessible from the car are installed
exclusively on the door that separates the zero clearance SECTION 111
vestibule from the occupied floor space. HOISTWAY-DOOR LOCKING DEVICES AND
110.6b Elevator Landing on Floors Other than ELECTRIC CONTACTS, [AND] HOISTWAY
Designated Level Provided with a Vestibule.- Locking ACCESS SWITCHES AND ELEVATOR
devices at the vestibule will be permitted under any one of PARKING DEVICES
the following: §28. Amend the first sentence of subdivision d of rule
(1) A red telephone is installed in the vestibule near the 111.2 to read as follows: new and replacement Interlocks
elevator doors in the elevator lobby to communicate with shall conform to the following:
the main lobby fire command station or building manager’s 111.2 dGeneral Design Requirements.- Both new and
office or to central service station when the building is not replacement Interlocks shall conform to the following
attended. A sign shall be posted near the telephone. The sign requirements:
shall read “In Case of Fire or Other Emergency, Use This §29 Delete subparagraphs d and e of paragraph 4 of and
Phone to Contact Lobby or Building Manager or Central add new paragraph 8 to such subdivision of such rule to
Service Station”. read as follows:
(2) The locking devices on the vestibule door leading to (8) Interlocks shall be MEA accepted or BS&A
an exit are released upon the activation of any detection or approved.
signaling devices or power failure and are approved as fail- §30 Delete rule 111.3 in its entirety.
safe meeting the requirements of RS17-3A and RS17-3B of §31. Amend paragraph 2 of subdivision c of rule 111.4 to
such appendix. read as follows:
(3) At least one exit stair is located within the vestibule. The certifying agency’s name, [or] date of approval and
110.6c Elevator Door Locking on Consecutive Vacant identifying number or symbol;
Floors If elevator doors on consecutive vacant floors are to §32. Add rule 111.8 to read as follows:
be locked, the locking devices shall be exclusively on Rule 111.8 Elevator Parking Device
vestibule doors meeting the requirements of Rule 110.6a. 111.8a Where Required and Location
§21. Amend paragraphs 1 and 2 of subdivision a of rule (1) An elevator parking device shall be provided at one
110.7 to read as follows: landing if:
(1) The area of any single vision panel shall not be less (a) the doors are not automatically unlocked when the
than [24 in² (0.016 m²)] twelve (12) in² (0.008 m²), and the car is within the unlocking zone; or
total area of one or more panels in any hoistway door shall (b) the doors are not openable from the landing by a
be not more than [80 in² (0.051 m²)] forty (40) in² (0.026 door-open button or floor button.
m²). (2) Parking devices may be provided at other landings.
(2) Each clear panel opening shall reject a ball [6 in (3) This device shall be located at a height not greater than
(152mm)] four (4) inches (102 mm) in diameter. 6ft. 11 in.(2108 mm) above floor
§22. Delete subparagraph b of paragraph 4 of such 111.8b General Design Requirements.- Parking devices
subdivision of such rule. shall conform to the following requirements:
§23 Add word tools at the end of subparagraph b of (1) They shall be mechanically or electrically operated.
paragraph 8 of, and new paragraph 9 to such subdivision of (2) They shall be designed and installed so that friction or
such rule to read as follows: sticking or breaking of any spring used in the device will
(9) Vision panels shall be protected in accordance with not permit opening or unlocking a door when the car is
the provisions of Rule 204.2e(6). outside the landing zone of that floor.
§24. Delete subdivision f of rule 110.11 and re-adopt to read (3) Springs, where used, shall be of the restrained
as follows: compression type which will prevent separation of the
(1) Bottom Guides.- Bottom guides shall conform to the parts in case the spring breaks.
following: §33. Add rule 111.9 to read as follows:
(a) The bottom of each panel shall be guided by two or Rule 111.9 Access to Hoistway for Inspection, Maintenance
more members. or Repairs
(b) Guide members shall be securely fastened. Access means conforming to the requirements of either
(c) The guide members and any reinforcements or guards Rule 111.6a or 111.7a shall be provided at one upper
shall engage the corresponding member by no less than one landing to permit access to top of car, and at the lowest
forth (¼) inch (6.3mm). landing if this landing is the normal point of access to
§25. Delete paragraph 6 of subdivision c and subdivision the pit.
e of rule 110.13. §34. Add rule 111.10 to read as follows:
§26 Add paragraph 6 to subdivision a of rule 110.15 to Rule 111.10 Devices for Making Inoperative Hoistway-

346
Reference Standard 18

Door Interlocks or Car-Door or Gate Contacts than 1½ in (38 mm).

Devices other than those specified in Rule 111.7 and (e) small directories and signs relating to building
Rule 210,1e shall not be installed to render inoperative operation including “No Smoking” signs are permitted.
hoistway-door interlocks or car-door or gate electric (f) mirrors in cars in multiple dwellings shall be located to
contacts (also see Rule 1203.4). Both new and existing permit a view of the inside by persons entering the car as
elevators shall comply with the provisions of this rule. per Section 27-987(e) of article one of subchapter eighteen
§35. Add rule 112.7 to read as follows: of such chapter.
Rule 112.7 Power Operated Horizontal Opening Gates (g) an inspection certificate issued by the commissioner
Horizontal power operated gates shall not be permitted shall be posted as per Section 27-1004 of article four of
on automatic passenger elevators except in private residence such subchapter of this chapter.
elevators. §41 Add the following new paragraph to subparagraph f
§36. Add new paragraphs 1 and 2 to subdivision f of rule of paragraph 2 of subdivision j of such rule to read as
201.4 to read as follows: follows:
(1) A fixed inclined ladder shall be provided where the Automatic operation elevators with side emergency exit
top of the buffer cylinder is over five (5) feet in height above located in multiple dwelling shall be provided with a tumbler
the pit floor. type lock of at least 5-pin type in addition to the lock
(2) A fixed vertical or inclined ladder fitted with an specified in this rule.
inspection and maintenance platform with guard rails as §42. Amend subdivision a of rule 204.2 to read as follows:
necessary shall be provided where the top the car buffer 204.2a Material for Car Enclosures, Enclosure Linings,
cylinder is over seven (7) feet from the pit floor. and Floor Coverings.- All materials exposed to the car
§37. Add the new sentence to the first paragraph of rule interior and the hoistway shall be metal, laminated glass
202.4 to read as follows: {Rule 204.1h(3)(a)}, or shall conform to the following.
Rule 202.4 Compensating Chain or Rope Fastenings (1) Materials in their end use configuration, other than
In suspending chains from the frames, provision shall be those covered by Rules 204.2a(2), and (3), and (4), shall
made for overtravel by looping the chains on “S” hooks conform to the following requirements, based on the tests
fastened to the frames. Compensating chains or ropes shall conducted in accordance with the requirements of ASTM
be fastened to the counterweight frame directly or to a E 84, UL 723,or NFPA 255:
bracket fastened to the frame and shall not be fastened to the (a) flame spread [index] rating of 0 to [75] 50;
tie rods. (b) smoke development of 0 to [450.] 100;
§38. Add rule 202.5 to read as follows: (c) toxicity shall meet the requirements of Section
Rule 202.5 Counterweight Material 27-348(e) of the Building Code.
Counterweight material shall be only steel, iron or lead (2) [Napped, tufted, woven, looped, and similar materials
having a minimum melting temperature of 620 degrees F. in their end use configuration on car enclosure walls shall
§39. Add new paragraph to subdivision f of rule 204.1 to conform to the requirements of Section 1104. The enclosure
read as follows: walls to which this material is attached shall conform to the
A guardrail shall be provided where the space between requirements of Rule 204.2a(1).] Materials for insulating,
the car enclosure and the nearest wall surface exceeds eight sound deadening or decorative purposes may be used for
(8) inches. This rail shall be level with the top of the lining enclosures if firmly bonded flat to the enclosure
crosshead in the area of the enclosure roof where the top without intervening air spaces. Such materials shall not be
emergency exits are located. In no case shall the guardrail be padded or tufted, shall be Class A interior finish pursuant
less than twenty four (24) inches above the car top. to Section 27-348(b) of the Building Code and shall have a
§40. Amend paragraph 1 and subparagraph d of such smoke development rating of 0 to 25 pursuant to Section
paragraph and add new subparagraphs e, f and g to such 27-348(d) of the Building Code.
paragraph of subdivision i of such rule to read as follows: (3) Padded protective linings, for temporary use in
(1) Apparatus or equipment not used in conjunction with the passenger cars during the handling of freight, shall be of
function or use of the elevator shall not be installed inside of materials conforming to [either] Rule 204.2a(1) [or (2)].
any elevator car and permanently installed freight handling The protective lining shall clear the floor by not less than 4
equipment in residential passenger elevators shall be in. (102 mm).
prohibited except as follows: (4) Floor covering, underlayment, and its adhesive
(d) picture frames, graphic display boards, plaques, and shall [have a critical radiant flux of not less than 0.45
other similar visual displays including one (1) advertising W/cm2 as measured by ASTM E 648.] meet the
sign in commercial buildings limited to three and one half requirements of section 27-351(d) of the Building Code.
(3½) square feet in area shall be mounted to withstand the (5) Handrails, operating devices, ventilating devices,
required elevator tests without damage. All edges shall be signal fixtures, audio and visual communication devices,
beveled or rounded. The material shall conform to the and their housings are not required to conform to the
requirements of Rule 204.1b and 204.2a. When attached to requirements of Rule 204.2a(1) through (4).
the car wall less than 7 ft above the floor, projections from §43. Amend paragraph 1 and add new paragraph 6 to
the car wall, excluding support rails, shall not be greater subdivision e of rule 204.2 to read as follows:

347
Reference Standard 18

(1) be of a total area of not more than [144 in² (0.093 maintenance purposes.
m²),] 72 in² (0.047 m²), and contain no single glass panel §49. Amend the opening paragraph of rule 205.14 to read
having a width exceeding [6 in. (152 mm)] 4 in. (101 mm); as follows
A metal plate shall be securely attached to each safety
*** device so as to be readily visible, and shall be marked in a
legible and permanent manner with letters and figures not
(6) be protected by protective grills made of number 16 less than ¼ in. (6.3 mm) in height indicating the following:
gage stainless or galvanized steel in accordance with the §50 Amend rule 208.10 to read as follows:
following specifications: Rule 208.10 Numbering of Driving Machines
(a) Grills shall be sized to fit within or over the vision A New York City designated elevator device number is
panel frame and completely cover the vision panel opening assigned by the Elevator Division of the New York City
in both the elevator car doors and hoistway doors. Department of Buildings to each driving machine in every
(b) Grills and vision panel frames shall be secured by machine room. Such numbers shall be engraved into the
means of non-reversible screws or other tamper proof metal tag in block type with a minimum of ¼ in. height
fasteners. and securely attached in a permanent manner to the driving
(c) Grills shall contain openings that shall not be larger machine, controller, MG set or drive unit and the
than ¾ inch by ¾ inch or ¾ inch in diameter. Such openings disconnecting means. In addition, [W] when the machinery
shall be spaced at one (1) inch center to center. of more than one elevator is in a machine room, each
(d) All cut edges shall be deburred. driving machine shall be assigned a different number
(e) The provisions of subparagraph (6) shall apply to which shall be painted on or securely attached to the
both new and existing passenger cars. Requirements for driving machine. (See also Rule 211.9.)
such grills may be waived if certification is submitted that §51. Amend rule 208.11 to read as follows:
said elevator is operated manually or twenty-four (24) hour Rule 208.11 Means for Inspection of Gears
doorman service is provided. A security guard shall not be Each gear case of geared machines shall have access to
considered doorman service. permit inspection of the contact surfaces of the gears. [
(f) For the purposes of this subparagraph, a vandal Such access need not provide a direct view of all gears, but
resistant one-quarter (¼) inch polycarbonate sheet, such as shall be located and sized adequately to allow access by
Lexan, in two (2) layers, one (1) on each side of the required fiber optic or similar visual inspection instrumentation.]
wire glass, may be used in lieu of the metal protective. §52 Add paragraph 3 to subdivision b of rule 209.3 to read
§44. Amend paragraph 2 of subdivision h of rule 204.4 to as follows:
read as follows: (3) Final limit switches and bracket shall be permanently
(2) Gates shall be constructed of wood only for private secured.
residence elevators [or] and of metal, and shall be of a §53 Amend first paragraph of subdivision e of rule 210.2
design which shall reject a ball 2 in. (51 mm) in diameter. and add new paragraph 5 to such subdivision of such rule
§45 Amend paragraphs 1,2 and 3 of subdivision m of such to read as follows:
rule to read as follows: (e) Emergency Stop Switch.- [An emergency stop
(1) for horizontally sliding doors or gates, when the clear switch is prohibited in the car on passenger elevators.] On
open space between the leading edge of the door or gate and all [freight] elevators, an emergency stop switch shall be
the nearest of the jamb does not exceed [2 in. (51 mm)] 1 in. provided in the car, and located in or adjacent to each car
(25 mm)[, except as specified in Rule 204.4m(4)]; operating panel. When opened, this switch shall cause the
(2) for vertically sliding counterweighted doors or gates, electric power to be removed from the elevator driving
when the clear open space between the leading edge of the machine motor and brake.
door or gate and the car platform sill does not exceed [2 in.
(51 mm) 1 in. (25 mm); ***
(3) for horizontally sliding center-opening doors, or
vertically sliding biparting counterbalanced doors, or when (5) cause the alarm bells to sound as required by Rule
the door panels are within [2 in. (51) mm] 1 in. (25 mm) of 211.1 when activated in elevators that are operated at any
contact with each other[, except as specified in Rule time without a designated in-car operator.
204.4m(4).]. §54 Amend subdivision b of rule 210.4 to read as follows:
§46. Delete paragraph 4 of such subdivision of such rule. (b) Electrical equipment shall [be certified to] meet the
§47. Amend the title of subdivision c of rule 204.5 to read requirements of CSA B44.1/ASME A17.5.
as follows: §55. Add new subdivision d to rule 210.8 to read as
204.5c Vertically Sliding Doors [or Gates]. follows:
§48. Amend paragraph 4 of such subdivision of such (d) the power supply line disconnect switch of direct
rule to read as follows: current elevators having rheostat control is opened.
(4) Each elevator shall be provided with [an] a guarded §56. Delete rule 210.14.
electric light and convenience outlet fixture on the car top §57 Delete rule 210.15.
and under each elevator car platform for inspection and §58. Add the following sentence to the end of first

348
Reference Standard 18

paragraph of subdivision b of rule 211.1. emergency stop switch [or in-car stop switch] rendered
In the event that this service is disconnected, the emergency inoperative as soon as the car moves away from the
service shall notify the Commissioner promptly of the date landing. A moving car shall have the in-car emergency
of such discontinuance. In institutional buildings, the required stop switch [or in-car stop switch] rendered inoperative
telephone shall provide communication with building personnel. without delay. Once the in-car emergency stop switch [or
§59. Delete subdivision c of such rule. in-car stop switch] has been rendered inoperative, it shall
§60. Amend subdivision a of rule 211.3 to read as follows: remain inoperative while the car is on Phase I operation.
211.3a Phase I Emergency Recall Operation.- A All other stop switches required by Rule 210.2 shall
[three] two-position key-operated switch shall be provided remain operative.
[only] at the designated level and at the sky lobby level (4) A car standing at a landing other than the designated or
when provided for each single elevator or for each group of sky lobby level, with the doors open and the in-car
elevators. The [three] two-position switch shall be marked emergency stop switch [or in-car stop switch] in the run
[“BYPASS,” “OFF,” and “ON”] “NORMAL,” and position, shall conform to the following:
“FIREMAN SERVICE” [(in that order) with the “OFF” (a) Elevators having automatic power-operated
position at the center position]. The [three] two-position horizontally sliding doors shall close the doors without
switch shall be located in the lobby [within sight of the delay and proceed to the designated or sky lobby level.
elevator or all elevators in that group] call button fixture or (b) Elevators having automatic power-operated vertically
in a separate fixture which shall be located within four (4) sliding doors provided with automatic or momentary pressure
feet from the lobby call button fixture and not exceeding six closing operation per Rule 112.3d shall have the closing
(6) feet above the floor level and shall not be located behind sequence initiated without delay in accordance with Rules
a locked door or cover. The commissioner with concurrence 112.3d(1), (2), (3), and (5), and the car shall proceed to the
of the fire commissioner may allow [A] an additional two- designated or sky lobby level.
position [(“OFF” and “ON” in that order)] (“NORMAL” (c) Elevators having power-operated doors provided
and “FIREMAN SERVICE” key-operated switch [shall be with continuous pressure closing operation per Rule
permitted at a central control station for fire department 112.3b or elevators having manual doors, shall be provided
operations] at another location. [The switches shall be with a visual and audible signal system to alert an operator
rotated clockwise to go from the “OFF” to “ON” position.] to close the doors and shall, when the doors are closed,
All keys shall be removable [only in the “OFF” and “ON”] conform to the requirements of Rule 211.3a. Sequence
from any position[s]. operation, if provided, shall remain effective.
No device, other than Phase I switch(es) [or the fire alarm (5) Door reopening devices, for power-operated doors,
initiating device at the elevator floors] , the smoke detectors which are sensitive to smoke or flame shall be rendered
in the elevator lobbies, machine room, or hoistway (Rule inoperative without delay. Door reopening devices not
211.3b1), or the waterflow alarm (Rule 211.b2), shall sensitive to smoke or flame (e. g., mechanically actuated
initiate Phase I operation [(see ANSI/NFPA 72, definition devices) are permitted to remain operative. Door closing
for initiating device)]. for power-operated doors shall conform to the
Normal elevator service shall be provided and the operation requirements of Rule 112.5.
from the smoke detectors required by Rule 211.3b(1) or the (6) All car and corridor call buttons shall be rendered
waterflow alarm Rule 211.3b(2) shall be functional when inoperative. All call registered lights and directional
Phase I switches are in the [ “OFF”] “NORMAL” position lanterns shall be extinguished and remain inoperative. Car
[, except as specified in Rule 211.3a(10)]. position indicators, where provided, shall remain in
[When the designated level three-position switch is in the service. Hall position indicators, where provided, shall be
“BYPASS” position, normal elevator service shall be extinguished and remain inoperative except at the
restored regardless of the status of the smoke detectors designated or sky lobby level and the central control
required by Rule 211.3b.] station, where they shall remain in service for fire
When [three-position switch or two-position] a switch [, department operations.
when provided,] is in the [“ON”] “FIREMAN SERVICE” [(7) Where provided on installations with vertical slide
position: doors, corridor door open and corridor door close buttons
(1) All cars controlled by this switch that are on automatic shall remain operative.]
service shall return nonstop to the designated or sky lobby [(8)](7) All cars shall be provided with an illuminated
level and power-operated doors shall open and remain open. visual and audible signal system which shall be activated
On cars with two entrances, if both entrances can be opened to alert the passengers that the car is returning nonstop to
at the designated or sky lobby level, the doors serving the the designated or sky lobby level. [The visual graphic shall
lobby where the [three] two-position Phase I switch is be shown in Fig. 211.3a.] The signals shall remain
located shall open and remain open. activated until the car has returned to the designated or sky
(2) A car traveling away from the designated or sky lobby lobby level.
level shall reverse at or before the next available landing [(9)](8) A car stopped at a landing shall have the in-car
without opening its doors. door open button rendered inoperative as soon as the car
(3) A car stopped at a landing shall have the in-car moves away from the landing. A moving car shall have the

349
Reference Standard 18

in-car door open button rendered inoperative without delay. servicing floor on which the sensing device is activated to
Once the in-car door open button has been rendered return nonstop to the designated or sky lobby level, except
inoperative, it shall remain inoperative until the car has as modified by the commissioner.
returned to the designated or sky lobby level. (2) In the buildings of subparagraph b above, where
[(10) If an additional two-position Phase I switch is either an analog addressable smoke detector or two (2)
provided, it shall not affect Phase I operation if the smoke detectors for cross-zoning are installed, the activation
designated-level smoke detector [Rule 211.3b(2)] has been of either an analog addressable smoke detector or any one
activated of two smoke detectors for cross-zoning in any elevator
(11) The “BYPASS” position on the three-position Phase I lobby shall only annunciate at the fire command station
switch shall not restore the elevator to normal service if the with floor identification. After verification of an alarm
two-position Phase I switch is in the “ON” position.] condition either from the analog addressable smoke
§61 Delete subdivision b of rule 211.3 and re-adopt it to detector or from the first detector of cross-zoning detectors,
read as follows: the completion of delayed time period of an analog
211.3b Phase I Fire Alarm Activation addressable smoke detector or the activation of both smoke
(1) Smoke Detectors.- Except as set forth in subparagraph detectors for cross-zoning in any elevator lobby other than
k of this paragraph, smoke detectors installed in accordance the sky lobby shall cause all automatic elevators servicing
with subparagraphs a,b,c or d shall initiate Phase I emergency floor on which the sensing device is activated to return
recall operation. nonstop to the designated or sky lobby level, except as
(a) In buildings where fire command station is not required modified by the commissioner.
or provided, a single smoke detector shall be installed in the (3) In associated machine rooms of item 1 of
ceiling of each elevator landing over the call button on each subparagraph c above, the activation of smoke detector in
floor. the elevator machine room shall cause all automatic
(b) In buildings where fire command station is required elevators having any equipment located in that machine
or provided, either of the following shall apply: room, and any associated elevators of a group automatic
(1) An analog addressable smoke detector employing operation to return nonstop to the designated or sky lobby
alarm verification shall be installed in the ceiling of each level, except as modified by the commissioner.
elevator landing over the call button on each floor or (4) In associated machine rooms of item 2 of such
(2) Two (2) smoke detectors for cross-zoning shall be subparagraph above, where either an analog addressable
installed in the ceiling of each elevator landing on each floor smoke detector or two (2) smoke detectors for cross-zoning
and spaced as follows: are installed, the activation of either an analog addressable
(i) in elevator landing containing one (1) or two (2) elevators, smoke detector or any one of two smoke detectors for
the distance between smoke detectors shall be the width of cross-zoning in any elevator machine room shall only
the hoistway(s) but not greater than ten (10) feet. annunciate at the fire command station with floor
(ii) in elevator landing containing three (3) or more elevators, identification. After verification of an alarm condition
the distance between smoke detectors shall be the distance either from the analog addressable smoke detector or from
between the centerlines of the end elevators but not greater the first detector of cross-zoning detectors, the completion
than twenty (20) feet. of delayed time period of an analog addressable smoke
(c)(1) In associated elevator machine rooms of the buildings detector or the activation of both smoke detectors for cross-
of subparagraph a above, a smoke detector shall be installed. zoning in any elevator machine room shall cause all
(2) In associated elevator machine rooms of the buildings automatic elevators having any equipment located in that
of paragraph b above, either of the following shall be installed: machine room, and any associated elevators of a group
(i) An analog addressable smoke detector employing alarm automatic operation to return nonstop to the designated or
verification or sky lobby level, except as modified by the commissioner.
(ii) At least two (2) smoke detectors for cross zoning, spaced (5) The activation of a smoke detector in any elevator
twenty (20) feet apart but not closure to the hoistway hoistway shall cause, in addition to the activation of
enclosure walls ¼ distance of the width of the machine mechanical ventilation if provided (see Rule 100.4) all
room. automatic elevators having any equipment located in
(d) A smoke detector shall be installed at top of the the hoistway and any associated elevators of a group
hoistway(s) of the buildings classified in occupancy automatic operation, to return nonstop to the
group J-2. Smoke detectors may be installed in any designated or sky lobby level.
other hoistway and shall be installed in hoistways, The operation of this subparagraph shall conform to the
which are sprinklered (see Rule 102.2). requirements of Rule 211.3a.
(e) Smoke detectors are not required in elevator landings at (g) When the lowest landing of elevators is above the
unenclosed landing which are open to the outside air. designated level, such as the sky lobby level, the activation
(f)(1) In the buildings of subparagraph a above, where a of smoke detectors {Rule 211.3b(1)} in the sky lobby level
single smoke detector is installed in the elevator landing, the or the activation of the waterflow alarm {Rule 211.3b(2)}
activation of a smoke detector in any elevator landing, other on the sky lobby floor shall cause such elevators to return
than the sky lobby shall cause all automatic elevators nonstop to a floor two (2) stories above the sky lobby level

350
Reference Standard 18

or in the absence of a stop at that floor, to the nearest landing they shall remain in service for fire department operations.
above the sky lobby level. (c) The opening of power-operated doors shall be
(h) Elevators shall only react to the first smoke detector controlled only by a continuous pressure door open button.
zone that is activated for that group. If the button is released prior to the door reaching the
(i)Smoke detectors and/or smoke detector systems shall not normal open position, the doors shall automatically re-
be self-resetting. close. Rules 112.4(a), 112.3c, and 112.3d do not apply. On
(j) Activation of smoke detectors to initiate elevator recall cars with two entrances, if both entrances can be opened at
shall override any automatic programming for car stops but the same landing, separate door-open buttons shall be
shall not affect the other elevator safety circuits. provided for each entrance.
(k) The following buildings shall be exempt from the (d) Open power-operated doors shall be closed only by
requirements of this rule: [continuous] momentary pressure on the door close button.
(1) Buildings classified in occupancy group J-2, except they [If the button is released prior to the doors reaching the
shall comply with the requirements of Rule 211.3b(1)d. fully closed position, horizontally sliding doors shall
(2) Buildings classified in occupancy group J-3. automatically reopen and vertically sliding doors shall
(3) Existing buildings less than 75’ in height classified in automatically stop or stop and reopen.] On cars with two
occupancy group G which have at least one (1) elevator entrances, if both entrances can be opened at the same
available at all times for immediate use by the fire landing, a separate door-close button shall be provided for
department and which are in compliance with the fire each entrance.
department ‘s regulations governing “life safety requirements (e) Opening and closing of power operated car doors or
for schools with students having physical disabilities”. gates which are opposite manual swing or manual slide
(4) Existing office buildings, one hundred feet or more in hoistway doors shall conform to the requirements of Rules
height and existing high buildings as defined by Section 27- 211.3c(1)(c) and (d). Door opening and closing buttons
232 of the Building Code equipped throughout with an shall be provided in the car operating panel.
automatic sprinkler system including a waterflow alarm. (f) [All door] Door reopening devices [shall be]
(2) Sprinkler Waterflow Alarm.- A building equipped rendered inoperative, per Rule 211.3a(5) shall remain
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system, a waterflow inoperative. Full speed closing is permitted. Corridor door
alarm when activated shall initiate Phase I (Rule 211.3a) opening and closing buttons, if provided, shall be rendered
emergency recall operation. inoperative.
§62 Amend subdivision c of rule 211.3 to read as follows: (g) Every car shall be provided with a button marked
211.3c Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation.- A three- “CALL CANCEL” located in the same car operating panel
position ([ “OFF”] “NORMAL”, “HOLD”, and [“ON”] as the Phase II switch, which shall be effective during
“FIREMAN SERVICE” in that order) key-operated switch Phase II operation. When activated, all registered calls
shall be provided in an operating panel in each car. The shall be canceled and a traveling car shall stop at or before
switch shall be rotated clockwise to go from the [“OFF”] the next available landing.
“NORMAL” to “HOLD” to [“ON”] “FIREMAN (h) Floor selection buttons shall be provided in the car to
SERVICE” position. It shall become effective only when permit travel to all landings served by the car and they shall
the designated or sky lobby level Phase I switch (Rule be operative at all times. Means [to] which prevent the
211.3a) is in the [“ON”] “FIREMAN SERVICE” position operation of the floor selection buttons or door operating
or a smoke detector (Rule 211.3b(1)) or waterflow alarm buttons shall be rendered inoperative.
(Rule 211.3b(2)) has been activated, and the car has (i) A traveling car shall stop at the next available landing
returned to the designated or [alternate] sky lobby level by for which a car call was registered. When a car stops at a
Phase I operation. landing, all registered car calls shall be cancelled.
The key shall be removable in [each] “NORMAL” or (j) The emergency stop switch shall remain operative.
“HOLD” position. The [“OFF,”] “NORMAL,” “HOLD,” (2) When the Phase II switch is in the “HOLD” position,
and [“ON”] “FIREMAN SERVICE” positions shall not the elevator shall be on Phase II operation. The car shall
change the operation until the car is at a landing with the remain at the landing with its doors open. The door
doors in the normal open position. close buttons shall be inoperative.
(1) When the Phase II switch is in the [“ON”] “FIREMAN (3) When the Phase II switch is in the [“OFF”]
SERVICE” position, the elevator shall be on Phase II “NORMAL position, the elevator is not at the designated
operation, [for use by trained emergency service personnel or sky lobby level and Phase I is in effect, the elevator shall
only,] and the elevator shall operate as follows: operate as follows .
(a) The elevator shall be operable only by a designated (a) Automatic power-operated horizontally-sliding doors
person in the car. shall close automatically and the car shall revert to Phase I
(b) All corridor call buttons and directional lanterns shall operation (Rule 211.3a) upon completion of door closing.
remain inoperative. Car position indicators, where provided, All door reopening devices shall remain inoperative. Door
shall remain in service. Hall position indicators, where open buttons shall remain operative. Full speed closing is
provided, shall remain inoperative except at the designated permitted. If the Phase II switch is turned to the [“ON”]
level, sky lobby level and the central control station, where “FIREMAN SERVICE” or “HOLD” position prior to the

351
Reference Standard 18

completion of door closing, the doors shall reopen. power (normal, emergency, [or] standby or actuation of in-
(b) Elevators having power operated vertically sliding doors car emergency stop switch), the car [may] shall move in
shall have corridor door open and close buttons rendered the down direction to [reestablish absolute car position]
operative. All door reopening devices shall remain designated or sky lobby level. Restoration of electrical
inoperative. Door closing shall be in accordance with the power following a power interruption shall not cause any
requirements of Rule 211.3c(1)(d). Full speed closing is elevator to be removed from Phase I or Phase II operation.
permitted. If the Phase II switch is turned to the [“ON”] §64. Add two new subdivisions f and g to such rule to read
“FIREMAN SERVICE” or “HOLD” position prior to the as follows:
completion of door closing, the doors shall reopen. The car 211.3f Emergency Power Selection Switch.- When
shall revert to Phase I operation (Rule 211.3a) upon emergency power is furnished (Rule 211.2) a manual
completion of door closing. elevator emergency power selection switch shall be
(c) Elevators having manual doors shall revert to Phase I provided at the main floor and other levels, approved by
operation (Rule 211.3a) upon completion of door closing. the Commissioner to override any automatic sequence
(4) When the Phase II switch is in the [“OFF”] “NORMAL operation. If the manual elevator emergency standby
position and the car is not at the designated or the sky lobby power selection switch is of the key-operated type, the
level, and Phase I is not in effect, the car shall remain at the switch keys shall conform to the requirements of Rule
landing with the doors open and door-close buttons 211.8.
inoperative[.] and shall remain in Phase II. 211.3g Identification of Switches and Buttons
(5) Elevators shall only be removed from Phase II operation (1)All keyed switch positions and buttons required by this
when : subdivision shall be identified with the appropriate
(a) The Phase II switch is in the [“OFF”] “NORMAL” designation in red lettering.
position and the car is at the designated or sky lobby level (2) All cover plates for such switches and buttons shall
with the doors in the normal open position; or bear the lettering “FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT USE
(b) The Phase II switch is in the [“OFF”] “NORMAL” ONLY.”
position when Phase I is in effect {Rule 211.3c(3)}. §65. Amend subdivision a of rule 211.4 to read as follows:
(6)(a) For all elevators, applications filed after March 12, 211.4a Phase I Emergency Recall Operation.- A [three]
1991 (the effective date of adoption of Cal #11-91-BCR), two- position key-operated switch shall be provided only at
which propose the installation, alteration or change of the designated or the sky lobby level for each single elevator
controller, elevator machinery and any other work, excluding or for each group of elevators. The [three] two-position
minor alteration and ordinary repairs as defined in Sections switch shall be marked [“BYPASS,” “OFF,” AND “ON”]
27-124 and 27-125 of article five of subchapter one of this “NORMAL” and “FIREMAN SERVICE” (in that order).
chapter, and applications filed for new elevator, the cost of The Commissioner with the concurrence of the Fire
which exceeds $10,000 per car over a twelve (12) month Commissioner may allow [A] an additional two-position
period or applications filed for compliance with the key-operated switch marked [“OFF” and “ON”]
requirements of Section 27-996.2 of subchapter eighteen of “NORMAL” and “FIREMAN SERVICE” (in that order)
this chapter shall comply with the requirements of this [may be provided] at [any] other location, however, it shall
subdivision. not affect Phase I operation if the designated-level or sky
(b) Applications filed between November 17, 1989 and lobby-level smoke detector or waterflow alarm (Rule
March 12,1991 for existing elevators which propose the 211.4b) has been activated. The switch(es) shall be rotated
work described in (6)(a) above, shall comply with the clockwise to go from the [“OFF”] “NORMAL” to [“ON”]
requirements of this subdivision. “FIREMAN SERVICE” position.] All keys shall be
(c) In elevators subject to the requirements of (6)(a) and (b) removable [only in the “OFF” and “ON”] from any
above, a “HOLD” position by means of either a three- position[s].
position switch or a two-position switch in addition to an No device, other than Phase I switch(es), [or] the smoke
existing two position (“NORMAL” and “FIREMAN detectors in the elevator lobbies, machine room, or hoistway
SERVICE”) switch and designate the “HOLD” position (Rule 211.3b1), or waterflow alarm in lieu of smoke
by engraving or permanently affixing a label to the detectors in the elevator lobbies (Rule 211.3b2) shall
operating panel of the elevator car. initiate Phase I operation.
(d) Applications filed for the installation or modification of When all switches are in the [“OFF”] “NORMAL” position,
Phase II Emergency In-Car Operations/Fireman’s Service in normal elevator service shall be retained and operation
existing elevators for which a permit was issued prior to from the smoke detectors or waterflow alarm required by
November 17,1989 and the work completed by November Rule 211.4b shall be functional.
16, 1991 need not provide for the retrofitting of a “HOLD” [When the designated-level three-position switch is in the
position on the Emergency In-Car Operating switch, “BYPASS” position, normal elevator service shall be
however, the permittee can elect to provide a “HOLD” restored independent of the smoke detectors required by
position. Rule 211.4b.]
§63. Amend subdivision d of such rule to read as follows: When a Phase I switch is in the [“ON”] “FIREMAN
211.3d Interruption of Power.- Upon the resumption of SERVICE” position, a visual and audible signal shall be

352
Reference Standard 18

provided to alert the attendant to return nonstop to the marked “NORMAL” and “HOSPITAL EMERGENCY
designated or [alternate] sky lobby level. The visual signal SERVICE”. Keys shall be removal only in the
shall read “FIRE RECALL – RETURN TO {insert level to “NORMAL” position.
which the car should be returned (the designated or (a) When a switch is in the “HOSPITAL EMERGENCY
[alternate] sky lobby level)}.The [signal system] The smoke SERVICE” position:
detectors or waterflow alarm shall be activated when Phase I (1) All patient elevator cars equipped with the special
is in effect. control function, override normal automatic operating
[If an additional two-position Phase I switch is provided it modes for immediate recall of the patient elevator(s) to the
shall not affect the visual signal if the designated-level landing at which the call is registered.
smoke detector {Rule 211.3b(2)} has been activated. (2) On patient elevator cars with two entrances, if both
The “BYPASS” position on the three-position Phase I entrances can be opened at the designated level, The doors
switch shall not restore the elevator to normal service if the serving the corridor where the two-position Hospital
two-position Phase I switch is in the “ON” position.] Emergency Service switch is located shall open and
§66. Delete subdivision b of this rule and re-adopt it to read remain open.
as follows: (3) A patient elevator car traveling away from the
211.4b Phase I Smoke Detectors or Waterflow Alarm designated level shall reverse at or before the next available
Devices Activation.- Smoke detectors shall be installed in landing without opening its doors.
accordance with the requirements of Rules (4) A patient elevator car stopped at a landing other than
211.3b(1)(a),(b),(c), and (d). the designated level, with the doors open and in-car
Phase I operation, conforming to Rule 211.4a shall be emergency stop switch in the run position, shall close the
initiated when either any smoke detector, in accordance with doors without delay and proceed to the designated level.
the requirements of Rule 211.3b(1)(f) or waterflow alarm, in (5) A visual and audible signal is activated within the
accordance with the requirements of Rule 211.3b(2) is patient elevator car to alert the passengers and/or attendant
activated. operator that the “Hospital Emergency Service” function
(1) When the lowest landing of elevators is above the has been activated.
designated level such as the sky lobby level , the activation (4) Upon arrival at the registered call landing, power
of smoke detectors or waterflow alarm in sky lobby or sky operated doors open automatically and remain in the open
lobby floor shall cause such elevators to return nonstop to a position for a predetermined adjustable time period to
floor two (2) stories above the sky lobby level or in the allow the authorized personnel sufficient time to activate
absence of a stop at that floor, to the nearest landing above the “In-Car” special operation function.
the sky lobby level. (6) If the Phase I (Rule 211.3a) recall mode is initiated
(2) Elevators shall only react to the first smoke detector while the elevator is under “Hospital Emergency Service”
zone that is activated for that group. recall mode and :In-Car” hospital emergency service is not
(3) Smoke detectors and/or smoke detector system shall not activated, the elevator shall revert to Phase I Rule 211.3a)
be self-resetting. operation.
(4) Activation of smoke detectors to initiate elevator recall (7) Hospital emergency service corridor recall shall not
shall override any automatic programming for car stops but override fire emergency Phase I (Rule 211.3a) or Phase II
shall not affect the other elevator safety circuits. (Rule 211.3c) operation in effect.
(5) The buildings described in Rule 211.3b(1)(k) and (c)(2) Hospital Emergency Service In-Car Operation.
meeting its requirements and buildings equipped throughout A two-position “NORMAL” and “ HOSPITAL
with an automatic sprinkler system are exempt from the EMERGENCY SERVICE” key-operated switch is
requirements of this rule. provided in an operating panel inside the patient elevator(s)
§67. Amend subdivision b of rule 211.5 to read as follows: to activate the “Hospital Emergency Service, a special
b) When operated by a designated attendant in the car independent operating mode. The switch shall be rotated
(except hospital emergency service): clockwise to go from the “NORMAL” to “HOSPITAL
(1) elevators parked at a floor shall conform to the EMERGENCY SERVICE” position. It shall become
requirements of Rule 211.3a[(8)](7). At the completion of a effective only when the designated level corridor call
time delay of not less than 15 seconds or more than 60 “Hospital Emergency Service” switch is in the
seconds, elevators shall conform to the requirements of Rule “HOSPITAL EMERGENCY SERVICE” position and car
211.3. has returned to the designated level by “Hospital Emergency
(2) a moving car shall conform the requirements of Rule Service” recall operation.
211.3. (a) When the “In-Car” switch is in the “HOSPITAL
§68 Delete subdivision c and re-adopt it to read as follows: EMERGENCY SERVICE” position, the patient elevator
(c)(1) Hospital Emergency Service Recall Operation. A shall be on Hospital emergency Service operation, and the
two-position key-operated corridor call (Hospital patient elevator shall operate as follows:
Emergency Service) switch is provided at one or more (1) The patient elevator shall be operable only by a
landings to activate the special control function by authorized designated person in the car.
or designated personnel. The two-position switch shall be

353
Reference Standard 18

(2) Activation of the “In-Car” operating mode removes the re-adopt it to read as follows:
patient elevator from normal automatic and/or attendant (3) Suppliers of wedge sockets shall submit certification
service. with an MEA Number after successfully passing the tests
(3) After the activation of “In-Car” operation mode, the described in Rule 212.9e(1) and(2) at an MEA certified
patient elevator(s) shall not be recalled under Phase I (Rule testing laboratory to secure MEA acceptance. Sockets shall
211.3a) operation. be tagged with visible permanent manufacturer’s identification
(4) Doors remain open until the authorized person registers with an MEA Number.
the car call and initiate the door closing function. §72. Amend rule 213.1 to read as follows:
(5) The patient elevator shall travel directly to the selected Rule 213.1 Qualification of Welders
landing overriding normal corridor call demand or Phase I Where required by another Rule of the [this] Code welding
(Rule 211.3a) recall and automatically opens the doors upon of parts, except for tack welds later incorporated into finished
the arrival at the selected landing, except when the smoke welds, shall be done by welders qualified in accordance with
detector(s) are activated on the selected landing or the the requirements of [Section 5 of ANSI/AWS D1.1.
waterflow alarm is activated on that floor before the patient At the option of the manufacturer or contractor, the welders
elevator has reached the selected landing, the patient may be qualified by one of the following:
elevator shall stop at a floor two stories below the selected (a) the manufacturer or contractor;
landing or in the absence of a stop at that floor, at the nearest (b) a professional consulting engineer;
landing below the selected landing. (c) a recognized testing laboratory.] The City of New
(6) The patient elevator has reached the selected floor and York. When the manufacturer is located in the City of New
the smoke detector(s) are activated on that landing or the York its welders shall be licensed in accordance with the
waterflow alarm is activated on that floor before the doors provisions of the Administrative Code. When the
are open, the patient elevator without opening the doors manufacturer is not located in the City of New York its
shall travel to a floor two stories below the selected landing welders shall either be licensed in accordance with the
or in the absence of a stop at that floor, to the nearest landing provisions of the Administrative Code, or in the
below the selected landing. alternative, pursuant to paragraphs (f) and (o) of Section
(7) Doors shall remain open with the audible and visual 25-01 of Title 2 of the Rules of the City of New York, shall
signal functioning until the “in-Car” switch is turned to the possess documentary evidence from a testing laboratory
“NORMAL” position or for a predetermined adjustable acceptable to the Commissioner attesting that the applicant
time period to allow the removal of patient from the car and has passed the qualification test prescribed by the City of
the patient elevator is placed into automatic, attendant or New York.
Phase I (Rule 211.3a) if in effect, operating mode. §73. Adopt section 4.10 Elevators of ANSI A117.1-1986
(8) Upon transfer from “HOSPITAL EMERGENCY as modified as a new section 216.
SERVICE” back to normal operation during a fire emergency SECTION 216
and Phase I (Rule 211.3a) is in effect, the patient elevator Passenger Elevators Designed to
shall be automatically recalled to the designated level. Accommodate Persons Having Disabilities
(c)(3) Hospital Emergency Service Switches Color. Color Section 4.10 Elevators
of the Hospital Emergency Service switches located in corridor 4.10 General
at the designated level and inside the patient elevator(s) operating (i) Amend the last sentence of subsection 4.10.1 to read as
panel shall be “BLUE”. follows:
§69 Delete rule 211.7. Freight elevators shall not be considered as meeting the
§70. Amend rule 211.8 to read as follows: requirements of this section unless the only elevators
The switches required by Rule 211.2 through 211.5 for all provided are used as combination passenger and freight
elevators in a building shall be operable only by [the same] a elevators meeting the requirements of rule 207.4 of ANSI
city-wide standard key and shall also made operable by the A17.1-1996.
Fire Department standard key. [This key shall not be part 4.10.2 Automatic Operations
of a building master key system. There shall be a key 4.10.3 Hall Call Buttons
for the designated level switch and for each elevator in 4.10.4 Hall Lanterns
the group.] The citywide standard key shall be designed 4.10.5 Raised Characters on Hoistway Entrances
in accordance with the requirements of the Fire Department 4.10.6 Door Protective and Reopening Device
and shall be obtained only through Fire Department 4.10.7 Door and Signal Timing for Hall Calls
authorization. [These] Citywide standard keys shall be kept 4.10.8 Door Delay for Car Calls
on the premises by a person responsible for the maintenance 4.10.9 Floor Plan of Elevator Cars
and operation of the elevators in a location readily (ii) Amend subsection 4.10.9 of this section to read as
accessible to authorized [personnel] persons in an follows:
emergency, but not where they are available to the public. 4.10.9 Floor Plan of Elevator Cars.- The floor area of
[NOTE (Rule 211.8): Local authorities may specify a elevator cars shall provide space for wheelchair users to
uniform keyed lock box to contain the necessary keys.] enter the car, maneuver within reach of controls, and exit
§71. Delete paragraph 3 of subdivision e of rule 212.9 and from the car. Acceptable door opening and inside dimensions

354
Reference Standard 18

shall be as shown in Figure 22 with the following exception

for the existing installation. The clearance between the car SECTION 800
platform sill and the edge of any hoistway landing shall be PROTECTION OF FLOOR OPENING
no greater than [11/4 inch (32 mm)] 11/2 inch (38 mm). Rule 800.1 Protection required
Exception: Floor openings for escalators shall be protected against the
1. The replacement of an existing elevator car whose clear passage of flame, heat and/or smoke or gases in the event
depth is 48 inches or more and width is 48 inches or more of fire.
but less than 54 inches and are limited by the existing car Rule 800.2 Escalators Accredited as a Required Means
platform or hoistway shaft. The door opening shall be 32 of Egress
inches. Escalators accredited as a required means of egress shall
2. The replacement of an existing car need not comply with meet the requirements of Section 27-378 of article five of
the requirements of door opening, if the clear depth and subchapter six of this chapter.
width are less than 48 inches and is limited by the existing Rule 800.3 Escalators not Accredited as a Required
car platform or hoistway shaft. Means Of Egress
3. If the new car door opening is larger than the hoistway Escalators not accredited as a means of egress shall have
door opening, the travel of car shall be limited to the the floor openings protected by any one of the following:
opening of the hoistway door. 800.3(a) Full enclosures- as specified in Rule 800.2 of this
4.1010 Floor Surfaces section.
4.10.11 Illumination levels 800.3(b) Automatic rolling shutters-
4.10.12 Car Controls Unenclosed escalators, which are not protected as specified
4.10.13 Car position Indicators in subdivision a of this rule shall be equipped with a
4.10.14 Emergency Communication. power-operated automatic rolling shutter at every floor
§74 Amend rule 300.2 to read as follows: pierced thereby, constructed of noncombustible materials
Rule 300.2 Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces with a fire resistance rating of not less than one and one-
Machine rooms and machinery spaces shall conform to the half (1½) hours.
requirements of Rule 101.1 through 101.5 and Rule 101.7 Construction.- The shutter shall close immediately upon
and shall be vented to the outside air naturally or the activation of the fire detection system in the building
mechanically. and shall completely close the well opening. The shutter
§75 Add the following sentence to the end of subdivision g shall operate at a speed of not more than 30 feet per minute
of rule 300.8 to read as follows: (0.15 m/s) and shall be equipped with a sensitive leading
Space above the escape hatch defined by the guard railing edge to arrest its progress when in contact with any
shall be designated as the refuge space. obstacle, and to continue its progress on release therefrom.
§76 Amend the first paragraph of rule 301.8 to read as There shall be a manual means of operating and testing the
follows: operation of the shutter. The shutters shall be operated by
Rule 301.8 Car Safeties building personnel at least once a week to assure that they
Car safeties shall be provided for roped-hydraulic elevators remain in proper operating condition.
and [shall be permitted to be provided for] direct-acting 800.3(c) Sprinkler protection-
hydraulic elevators.[when provided ,c] Car safeties shall In buildings completely protected by an automatic sprinkler
conform to the requirements of Section 205 and to the system complying with the construction requirements of
following: subchapter seventeen of this chapter, escalator openings
§77. Delete rule 303.7. shall be protected by a draft curtain and by a deluge
§78. Amend paragraph 2 of subdivision a of rule 306.3 to sprinkler system designed to form a vertical water curtain.
read as follows: Draft curtain.- A draft curtain shall be installed in each
(2) It shall maintain the car within [25mm (1 in.)] 13 mm story of the floor opening. The draft curtain shall enclose
(1/2 in.) of the landing irrespective of the position of the the perimeter of the opening and shall extend from the
hoistway door. See subsection 4.10.2 of Section 216. ceiling downward at least twenty-four (24) inches on all
§79. Amend subdivision b of rule 306.6 to read as follows: sides. The lower edge of the draft curtain shall be not less
(b) Electrical equipment shall [be certified to] meet the than twelve (12) inches below the bottom of the sprinkler
requirements of CSA B44.1/ASME A17.5. heads. Sprinkler heads of the deluge sprinkler system shall
§80. Amend subdivision b of rule 508.4 to read as follows: be within two (2) feet of the draft curtain.
(b) Electrical equipment shall [be certified to] meet the §83A. Amend rule 802.3c to read as follows:
requirements of CSA B44.1/ASME A17.5. 802.3e Clearance Between Balustrades and Steps.-
§81. Delete PART VI in its entirety. The clearance on either side of the steps between the steps
§82. Amend paragraph 2 of subdivision e of rule 702.4 to and the adjacent skirt guard shall be not more than three-
read as follows: sixteenths (3/16) inch, and the sum of the clearances on
(2) Electrical equipment shall[be certified to] meet the both sides shall be not more than one-quarter (1/4) inch.
requirements of CSA B44.1/ASME A17.5. §83B. Delete the EXCEPTION to Rule 802.3c.
§83. Delete section 800 and re-adopt it to read as follows: §84. Delete rule 805.2 and re-adopt it to read as follows:

355
Reference Standard 18

Rule 805.2 Starting Devices Two independent devices, one at the side of the combplate
In every new and existing escalator, starting devices shall be and the other at the center of the front edge of the
provided with the combination of a starting switch and a combplate shall be provided. Devices [which] will cause
starting button. The escalator shall be started only after the the opening of the power circuit to the escalator driving
activation of both the switch and the button. machine motor and brake if either:
(a) Starting Switch.- Starting switch shall be of continuous §88. Add new subdivision q to such rule to read as follows:
pressure spring return type and shall be operated by a 805.3q Comb-Step Stop Device.- On every new and
cylinder type lock having five-pin, five-disc or five-tumbler existing escalator a comb-step stop device shall be provided
combination. Starting switch shall be of three-position type at the upper and the lower comb-steps. Any obstruction
and shall be clearly marked as follows: exerting a pressure of 45 lbs for steps not exceeding thirty
NORMAL.- A central position for the key entry and spring two (32) inches in width and 60 lbs for steps over thirty
return position. two (32) inches in width between the step tread and comb-
START-UP.- A right side position for starting the escalator step shall activate the comb-step stop device to cause the
in the upward direction. electric power to be removed from the escalator driving
START-DOWN.- A left side position for starting the machine motor and brake.
escalator in the downward direction. §89 Amend the first paragraph of subdivision k of rule
(b) Starting Button.- Starting button shall be of the constant 905.3 to read as follows:
pressure type and located within six (6) inches from the 905.3k Comb-Pallet Impact Devices. Two independent
starting switch. It shall be clearly marked “Starting Button”. devices, one at the side of the comb-pallet and the other at
(c) Cover Plate.- The starting devices shall be protected by the center of the front edge of the comb-pallet shall be
a locked, transparent cover plate that can be opened by the provided. Devices [which] will cause the opening of the
starting key and clearly marked “For Start Only.” power circuit to the moving walk driving machine motor
(d) Location of starting devices.- Starting devices shall be and brake if either:
located at top and bottom of the escalator on the right side- §90. Add new subdivision l to rule 905.3 to read as follows:
facing newel. 905.3l Comb-Pallet Stop Device.-In every new and
NOTE: The starting key shall be kept on the premises at all existing moving walkway, a comb-pallet stop device shall
times and may only be accessible to persons authorized to be provided at the entrance to and exit from a moving
start escalators. It shall also be made available to the treadway. Any obstruction exerting a pressure of 45 lbs for
Commissioner or his representative. treadway not exceeding thirty two (32) inches in width and
§85. Amend paragraph 1 of subdivision a of rule 805.3 to 60 lbs for treadway over thirty two (32) inches in width
read as follows: between the moving treadway and comb-pallet shall
(1) Location.- A red stop button shall be visibly located at activate the comb-pallet stop device which will cause the
the top and bottom landings on the right side facing the opening of the power circuit to the moving walk driving-
escalator. Remote stop buttons are prohibited except that machine motor and brake.
any escalator connected to an automatic fire alarm system §91 Delete rule 1000.1 and re-adopt it to read as follows:
shall gradually stop not exceeding the speed of 3 ft per sec² Rule 1000.1 Persons Authorized to Make Inspections
(0.91 m/s²) upon the activation of such system. and Tests
§86. Amend subdivision f of such rule to read as follows: The inspector shall meet the qualification requirements
805.3f Skirt Obstruction Device.- Means shall be of the Department of Buildings of the City of New
provided to cause the electric power to be removed York.
from the escalator driving machine motor and brake, if §92. Delete rule 1000.3 and re-adopt it to read as follows:
an object becomes caught between the step and the skirt as Rule 1000.3 Installation Placed Out of Service
the step approaches the upper [or] combplate, intermediate Where for any reason an installation is placed out of
device or lower combplate. On units having a run of twenty service permanently or temporary (see Section 3 definition)
(20) feet or more intermediate devices shall be provided on so that it cannot be operated for a definite period, it shall
both sides of the escalator with devices located at interval of comply with the following requirements:
ten (10) feet or less. The activation intermediate devices 1000.3a Elevators Are Not in Use.- If these elevators are
shall stop the escalator at a rate not greater than 3 feet per available for service, all required tests shall be regularly
second square in the direction of travel. The upper and performed. These elevators are similar to those in service
lower combplate devices shall be located so that the except that their power feed lines have been disconnected
escalator will stop before that object reaches the combplate. by opening the main line switch. A periodic inspection
The activation of any skirt device shall stop the escalator shall be made and a fee charged. An elevator inspector
with any load up to full brake rated load with escalator shall note such requirements when found on a regular
running {Rules 802.9c(1)(b) and 802.9c(2)(b)}. inspection.
§87. Amend the first paragraph of subdivision n of such rule 1000.3b Elevators Placed Out of Active service
to read as follows: (Dismantled).- These elevators shall meet the requirements
805.3n Combplate Impact Devices. of Section 3 definition for installation placed out of service.
In addition, a Building Notice application shall be filed and

356
Reference Standard 18

the last inspection fee charged. Thereafter, one (1) additional openable only with an elevator key. A conspicuous sign of
inspection per year shall be made to verify that the status is one (1) inch block letters with contrasting background
unchanged and fees shall be paid for such inspection. Before permanently affixed to the door and shall read
the installation is put back in service, a Building Notice “HOISTWAY”.
application is filed. For access, it shall comply with the (iii) the key to the locking device required in subitems (i)
requirements of Rule 1000.3c(1)(b)(4). and (ii) above shall be kept by the building superintendent
1000.3c Elevators Are Removed and Permanently and is readily available to the Commissioner or his
Discontinued representative and the fireman.
(1) When a single elevator with one elevator shaftway is (c) The ventilation opening (smoke hole) in the flooring
removed and permanently discontinued, a Building Notice provided at the top of the hoistway immediately below the
application shall be filed, fees charged for last inspection sheaves or at the level of the top of the machine room floor
and shall meet the following requirements for such beams and the ventilation opening at the exterior portion of
discontinuance for sealing of elevator hoistway shaft: the machine room shall be maintained.
(a) If it is proposed to extend the floor at every story of the (d) All electric service to the elevator hoistway and machine
building, the new construction shall be the same or of room shall be disconnected outside the confines of the
similar construction as the existing adjacent floor and of elevator hoistway and machine room.
equivalent or better fire resistive rating. Also the elevator car (2) When a single elevator in multi-elevator shaftway is
and guide rails, the counterweight and guide rails, all wire removed and permanently discontinued, a Building Notice
cables and other equipments in the hoistway shaft shall be application shall be filed, fees shall be charged for the last
completely removed. inspection and shall meet the following requirements for
(b) If the hoistway shaft is to remain open- such discontinuance sealing of elevator hoistway shaft.
(1) in addition to the requirements of subparagraph a above (a) If it is proposed to extend the floor at every story of the
except floor construction, all door and window assemblies building it shall meet the requirements of subparagraph (a)
opening onto masonry shaftway and masonry enclosed of paragraph (1) of this subdivision, and the shaft enclosure
associated machine rooms, except as noted in item 4 of this is rearranged so that the remaining operating elevators are
subparagraph below shall be completely removed and the properly enclosed to maintain the integrity of the shaftway.
open space so created shall be filled with the same material (b) If the hoistway shaft is to remain open-
of equal thickness, or similar material and of equivalent or (1) in addition to the requirements of subparagraph (a) of
better fire restive rating as the adjacent masonry. paragraph (1) of this subdivision except for floor construction,
(2) all door and window assemblies opening onto hoistway all door assemblies serving the discontinued elevator,
shaft originally enclosed with an open wire screen and opening onto masonry shaftway shall be completely removed
subsequently enclosed with other than masonry units (i.e. and the open space so created shall be filled with the same
metal lath and plaster or transite boards), except as noted in material of equal thickness, or of similar material and of
item 3 of this subparagraph below, shall remain. However, equivalent or better fire resistive rating as the adjacent
the door and window assemblies shall be fastened in a masonry.
closed position and shall be adequately welded shut. The (2) all door assemblies serving the discontinued elevator,
assembly shall, in addition, be enclosed in material of equal opening onto hoistway shaft originally enclosed with
thickness, or of similar material and of equivalent or an open wire screen and subsequently enclosed with
better fire resistive rating as the adjacent enclosure. other than masonry units (i.e. metal lath and plaster or
(3) the sidewalk elevator door at the street level shall be transite boards), shall remain. However, the door
fastened in a closed position and shall be adequately assemblies shall be fastened in a closed position and
welded shut. The underside of such door, shall be properly shall be adequately welded shut. The assembly shall,
reinforced and supported by steel beams and columns so as in addition, be enclosed in material of equivalent or
to support the same loading as the sidewalk. better fire resistive rating as the adjacent enclosure.
(4) Fireman access to the bottom of the hoistway (elevator §93 Adopt new rule 1000.4 to read as follows:
pit) shall be provided through the door assembly of the pit Rule 1000.4 Escalator Installation Placed Out of Service
door and shall meet the following requirements: 1000.4a Escalators Are Not in Use. If these escalators
(i) if the machine room is located at or near the level of the are available for service, all required tests shall be regularly
bottom of the shaftway and is so located that access to the performed. These escalators are similar to those in service
bottom of the shaftway is readily available through the except that their power feed lines have been disconnected
machine room, the door to the machine room shall be kept from the mainline disconnect switch and their entrances
closed with a substantial dead bolt locking device openable have been barricaded. A periodic inspection shall be made
only with an elevator key. and fee charged. An elevator inspector shell note such
(ii) if the machine room is located other than at or near the requirements when found on a regular inspection.
level of the bottom of the shaftway or the bottom of the 1000.4b Escalators are Discontinued or Placed Out of
shaftway is not readily accessible through the machine Active Service.
room, the lowermost door opening onto the shaftway shall In addition to the requirements of Rule 1000.4a, a Building
be kept closed with a substantial dead bolt locking device Notice application shall be filed and the last inspection fee

357
Reference Standard 18

charged. Thereafter, one (1) additional inspection per year performed at intervals not longer than [1] 2 years, and the
shall be made to verify that the status is unchanged and fees inspections and tests specified in Rule 1002.3 shall be
shall be paid for such inspection. Before the installation is made at interval not longer than 5 years.
put back in service, it shall be subject to all of the required NOTE {Rule 1002.1}: See Rule 1010.2 for private
routine and periodic inspections and tests. residence elevators.
1000.4c Escalators are Removed and Permanently §97 Amend title of rule 1002.2 and add new paragraph to
Discontinued. A Building Notice application shall be filed such rule to read as follows:
and fees charged for the last inspection. The escalator steps, Rule 1002.2 [1] 2 Year Inspection and Test Requirements
newels, rails, all wire cables and other equipments of escalator Exception to 2 year inspection and test requirements of this
and machinery shall be completely removed. rule shall be as specified in the following subdivisions.
An opening created by the removal of the escalator, it shall §98 Amend subdivision a of such rule to read as follows:
be filled with new construction of the same or of similar 1002.2a Oil Buffers. Car and counterweight buffers shall
construction as the existing adjacent floor and of equivalent be tested at an interval of not longer than one (1) year as
or better fire restive rating. per Section 27-998(a) (2) of the Building Code to
§94 Adopt new rule 1000.5 to read as follows: determine conformance with the applicable plunger return
Rule 1000.5 Moving Walk Installation Placed Out of Service requirements (Rule 201.4e: Item 5.3.2).
1000.5a Moving Walks are Not in Use. If these moving §99 Amend paragraph 1 of subdivision b of such rule to
walks are available for service, all required tests shall be read as follows:
regularly performed. These moving walks are similar to (1) Inspection. All working parts of car and counterweight
those in service except that their power feed lines have been safeties shall be inspected at an interval of not longer than
disconnected from the mainline disconnect switch and their 1 year as per Section 27-998(a)(1) of the Building Code to
entrances have been barricaded. A periodic inspection shall determine that they conform to the applicable requirements
be made and fees charged. An elevator inspector shall note and Section 1202 (Rules 205.10 and 205.11; Division
such requirements on a regular inspection. 112).
1000.5b Moving Walks are Discontinued or Placed Out §100 Amend subdivision c of such rule to read as follows:
of Active Service. These moving walks shall meet the 1002.2c Governors. Governors shall be tested at an interval
requirements of Rule 1000.5a except for periodic inspection. of not longer than one (1) year as per Section 27-998(a)(2)
In addition, a Building Notice application shall be filed and and shall be inspected and operated manually to determine
the last inspection fee charged. There after, one (1) that all parts, including those which impart the governor
additional inspection per year shall be made to verify that pull through tension to the governor rope, operate freely.
the status is unchanged and fees shall be paid for such Item 2.28.2(a). In addition to two (2) year inspection, the
inspection. Before the installation is placed back in service, tag shall be inspected at an interval of not longer than one
it shall be subject to all of the required routine and periodic (1) year.
inspections and tests. §101 Add new subdivision o to rule 1003.3 to read as
1000.5c Moving Walks are Removed and Permanently follows:
Discontinued. A Building Notice application shall be filed (o) When controller is changed and mode of operation
and fees charged for the last inspection. The moving walk remains the same, the following tests shall be required:
treadways, newels, rails, all wire cables and other equipments (1) Full load operational test
of moving walk and machinery shall be completely removed. (2) 125% test and pull switch at lowest landing after stop
An opening created by the removal of the moving walk for five (5) minutes.
shall be covered by new construction of the same or of Definition of full load operational test:
similar construction as the existing adjacent floor and of (1) Top to bottom at contract speed.
equivalent or better fire resisting rating. (2) Contract load, stop level (± ½”) at every stop up and
§95 Amend rule 1001.1 to read as follows: down.
Rule 1001.1 Inspection and Test Periods §102 Add new subdivision L to rule 1003.2 to read as
The routine inspection and tests of passenger and freight follows:
electric elevators shall be made at intervals [not longer than 1003.2L Brake. A test of the brake shall be made with
6 months] of five (5) times every two years, or as otherwise 125% of load. When the car returns to the lowest landing,
provided by the commissioner per Section 27-998(a) of pull the main line switch while the car is being stopped to
article three of subchapter eighteen of such chapter. All ensure the brake has set and holds the load.
references to Items are to Items in A17.2, Inspections’ §103 Amend rule 1004.1 to read as follows:
Manual for Electric Elevators. Rule 1004.1 Inspection and Test Periods
NOTE {Rule 1001.1}: See Rule 1010.2 for private residence The routine inspection and tests of passenger and freight
elevators. hydraulic elevators shall be made at intervals [not longer
§96 Amend rule 1002.1 to read as follows: than 6 months] of five (5) times every two (2) years or as
Rule 1002.1 Inspection and Test Periods In addition to otherwise provided by the commissioner per Section 27-
the routine inspection and tests (Rules 1001.1 and 1001.2), 998(a) of article three of subchapter eighteen of such
the inspection and tests specified in Rule 1002.2 shall be chapter. All references to Items are to Items in A17.2.2,

358
Reference Standard 18

Inspectors’ Manual for Hydraulic Elevators. Rule 1010.4 Dumbwaiters

NOTE: {Rule 1004.1}: See Rule 1010.2 for private residence Dumbwaiters shall be subject to the applicable [routine,
elevators. periodic and] acceptance inspections and tests specified in
§104 Amend rule 1005.1 to read as follows: Sections [1000 through 1006] 1003 and 1006. [Routine
Rule 1005.1 Inspection and Test Periods inspections shall be performed at intervals not longer than
In addition to the routine inspections and tests (Rules 1004.1 1 year.]
and 1004.2), the inspections and tests specified in Rule §113 Add second paragraph to rule 1102.1 to read as
1005.2 shall be performed at intervals not longer than [1] 2 follows:
years, the inspections and tests specified in Rule 1005.3 The lap edges of passenger (A17.1 horizontal slide type)
shall be made at intervals not longer than 3 years, and the elevator door, including the lap edges of multi-section
inspections and tests specified in Rule 1005.4 shall be made doors, shall not move from the wall or adjacent panel
at intervals not longer than 5 years. sufficiently to develop a separation of more than two (2)
NOTE: See Rule 1010.2 for private residence elevators. inches during the fire portion of the test and not more than
§105 Amend the title of rule 1005.2 to read as follows: two and seven-eighth (2 7/8) inches during or immediately
Rule 1005.2 [1] 2-Year Inspection and Test following the hose stream test.
Requirements §114 Delete section 1104.
§106 Add new subdivision d to rule 1005.4 to read as follows: §115 Amend subdivision f of rule 1200.4 to read as
(d) Full load test will not be required. Pressure test shall be follows:
performed in accordance with Item 2.14.2 of ASME 1200.4f Labeled and Listed Devices. When a component
A17.2b-1996. in a labeled and listed device, including but not limited to
§107 Amend rule 1007.1 to read as follows: interlocks (Rule 111.2), fire doors (Rule 110.15) [, and
Rule 1007.1 Inspections and Test Periods electrical equipment {Rules 210.4(b), 306.6.6(b),etc,}] is
Routine inspections and tests of escalators and moving replaced, the replacement component shall be subject to
walks shall be made at intervals not longer than 6 months the requirement of [B44.1/A17.5 and /or] the engineering
for moving walks and at intervals of five times every two type test in Part XI. When a component in a labeled and
(2) years per Section 27-998(b) of article three of subchapter listed device of electrical equipment {Rules 210.4(b),
eighteen of such chapter. All references to Items are to Items 306.6(b), 508.4(b), 702.4(e)(2), etc.} is replaced, the
in A17.2.3 Inspectors’ Manual for Escalators and Moving replacement component shall be subject to the requirements
Walks. of B44.1/ASME A17.5 and/or the engineering type test in
§108 Amend rule 1008.1 to read as follows: Part XI.
Rule 1008.1 Inspection and Test Periods §116 Delete subdivision b of rule 1200.5.
In addition to the routine inspection and test (Rules 1007.1 §117 Amend subdivision a of rule 1201.11 to read as
and 1007.2), the inspection and tests specified in Rule follows:
1008.2 shall be performed at intervals not longer than [1] 2 1201.11a Interlocks. Where the alteration consists of the
years. installation of hoistway door interlocks, the installation
§109 Amend the title of rule 1008.2 to read as follows: shall conform to the requirements of Rules 111.1, [111.3,
Rule 1008.2 [1] 2-Year Inspection and Test 111.5, 111.6, 111.7, 111.9, 111.10, 111.11, 111.12] 111.2,
§110 Add new subdivisions, r, s and t to such rule to read 11.5, 111.6, 111.7, 111.10, and 208.8.
as follows: §118 Amend subdivision b of such rule 1 to read as follows:
1008.2r Combplate Stop Switch. 1201.11b Mechanical Locks and Electric Contacts.
1008.2s Test Report Form. All testing requirements for Where the alteration consist of the installation of hoistway
escalators required by this rule shall be reported on Form door combination mechanical locks and electric contacts,
ELV3-Rev-1998 (2 year test for escalators) of the Department the installation shall conform to the requirements of Rules
of Buildings. 111.1, [111.4, 111.5, 111.6, 111.7, 111.9, 111.10, 111.11,
1008.2t Test Tag. 2-year test tag for escalators and moving 111.12] 111.2, 111.3, 111.4, 111.5, 111.6, 111.7, 111.10,
walks shall be affixed in the vicinity of the lower starting 111.12, and 208.8.
device for escalators and of the starting device and the §119 Amend subdivision c of such rule to read as follows:
entrance of the moving walks. 1201.11c Parking Devices. Where the alteration consists
§111 Amend the first paragraph of rule 1010.2 to read as of the installation of elevator parking devices, the installation
follows: shall conform to the requirements of Rules [111.8, 111.9,
Rule 1010.2 Private Residence Elevators and Lifts 111.10, 111.11, 111.12] 111.5, 111.6, 111.7, 111.8,
Private residence elevators and lifts [should be subject to the 111.10, and 208.8.
applicable routine and periodic inspections and tests, and ] §120 Amend subdivision d of such rule to read as follows:
shall be subject to acceptance inspections and tests specified 1201.11d Access Switches and Unlocking Devices.
in Sections [1000 through 1006] 1003 and 1006. [Routine Where the alteration consists of the installation of hoistway
inspection should be performed at intervals not longer than access switches or hoistway door unlocking devices, the
1 year.] installation shall conform to the requirements of Rules
§112 Amend first paragraph of rule 1010.4 to read as follows: [111.9, 111.10,111.11, 111.12] 111.5, 111.6, 111.7,

359
Reference Standard 18

111.10, and 208.8. platforms shall conform to the requirements of Rule 203.6d.
§121 Add new rule 1201.13 to read as follows: (14) Top Emergency Exit. Elevators shall be equipped
Rule 1201.13 Elevator Alteration in Commercial with a car enclosure, which shall have a top emergency
Buildings Being Converted to Residential Occupancy exit conforming to the requirements of Rule 204.1e.
All new and existing passenger or freight elevators, (15) Car Safeties and Governor. Cars shall be provided
located in commercial buildings being converted into with a car safety conforming to the requirements of Rule
an interim multiple dwellings registered with the Loft 205.1. Governor rope shall be either of iron or steel
Board in accordance with Article 7-c of the Multiple and shall meet the requirements of Section 206.
Dwelling Law are designated as service elevators and (16) Rated Load. The rated load in pounds for a service
shall comply with Section 211 and Local Law 5 of car shall be calculated based on inside net platform
1073, Local Law 16 of 1984 and Local Law 17 of 1995 area conforming to the requirements of the passenger
and all applicable revisions. The following items shall elevator, Rule 207.1.
comply with this Rule: (17) Terminal Stopping Devices. Terminal stopping
(1) Freight Elevators. Existing freight elevators may be devices conforming to the requirements of Section 209
used to carry passengers when they have been altered to shall be provided.
conform to this Rule. (18) Operating Devices. Operating devices conforming
(2) Machine Rooms. Existing machine rooms or machinery to the requirements of Rule 210.1 shall be provided.
spaces including all access assemblies shall have a minimum (19) Ropes. Elevator cars shall be suspended by iron
fire resistance rating of 1-hour and shall be vented in or steel wire ropes conforming to the requirements of
conformance with the requirements of Rule 100.4. Rule 212.1.
(3) Location of Equipment and Electrical Wiring. §122 Amend paragraph 2 of subdivision b of rule 1202.5
Equipment in machine rooms shall be in conformance to read as follows:
with the requirements of Rule 101.2. (2) Where an alteration is made to a side emergency exit,
(4) Structural Supports. At the machine room level or where a new one is installed, it shall conform to the
and one story below the machine room, all new beams requirements of Rule 2041j. Side emergency exit may be
and columns supports shall be of structural steel. eliminated but corresponding elevator side emergency exit
Structural supports of existing wood shall be subject to must also be eliminated.
controlled inspection and shall be properly fire protected. §123 Amend paragraphs 2, 3, and 4 of subdivision c of
These requirements shall also apply to elevator machine such rules to read as follows:
supports located in basements. Supports shall comply (2) Where an existing enclosure other than specified in
with the requirements of Rule 105.1. Rule 1202.5(c)(1) is retained and new material is installed,
(5) Pits. A pit shall conform to the requirements of Rule the new material and adhesive shall conform to the
106.1. following requirements, based on the tests conducted in
(6) Hoistway Doors. Hoistway doors, conforming to the accordance with the requirement of ASTM E 84, UL 723
requirements of Rule 110.1 shall be self-closing, either or NFPA 255:
vertical or horizontal sliding or swing-type with at least 1- (a) Flame spread rating of 0 to 25
hour fire resistance rating. (b) Smoke development of 0 to [450] 100.
(7) Locations of Car Door. The maximum distance (c) Toxicity shall meet the requirements of Section 27-
between the hoistway face of the car door and hoistway face 348(e) of the Building Code.
of the hoistway door shall not exceed 5½ inches and shall If the material or combination of materials installed
conform to the requirements of Rule 204.4e(2). exceeds ¼ in. (6.4 mm) in thickness, the car enclosure shall
(8) Vision panels. Vision panels and protective grills on conform to the requirements of Rule 204.2a(1).
manually operated door shall conform to the requirements (3) [Napped, tufted, woven, looped, and similar materials
of Rules 204.2e and 204.5e. Grills shall be provided on all shall conform to the requirements of Rules 204.2a(1) and
existing vision panels. (2) or Rule 1202.5(c)(2) and Sections 1104 and 1106.
(9) Interlocks and Electrical Contacts. Hoistway doors Adhesive shall conform to the requirements of Rule
shall be provided with accepted interlocks and electrical 1202.5(c)(2).] Materials for insulating, sound deadening or
contacts conforming to the requirements of Rule 111.1. decorative purposes may be used for lining enclosures if
(10) Elevator Parking Devices. When required by Rule firmly bonded flat to the enclosure without intervening air
111.8a elevator parking devices shall be provided conforming spaces. Such materials shall not be padded or tufted, shall
to the requirements of Rule 111.8b. be Class A interior finish pursuant to Section 27-348(b) of
(11) Guide Rails. Elevator car and counterweight guide the Building Code and shall have a smoke development
rails conforming to the requirements of Rule 200.1 shall be rating of 0 to 25 pursuant to Section 27-348(d) of the
provided. Building Code.
(12) Buffers. Buffers conforming to the requirements of (4) Floor covering, underlayment, and its adhesive shall
Rule 201.1 shall be provided. [have a critical radiant flux of not less than 0.45 W/cm² as
(13) Car Enclosures. Materials of elevator car enclosures measured by ASTM E 648] conform to the requirements
shall conform to the requirements of Rule 204.2a. Wood of Rule 204.2(a)(4).

360
Reference Standard 18

§124 Amend subdivision b of rule 1202.10 to read as follows: 212.9e. In addition, the installation for retrofits, cable repair
1202.10[b]c Increase in Rated Speed replacements, etc., shall provide installation of apparatus on
§125 Add new subdivision b to such rule to read as follows: both sides of cable ends (car and counterweight) and submit
1202. 10b Decrease in Travel. Where an alteration the design of cable hitch plates, clearances between shackles,
involves a decrease in travel which eliminates top terminal staggering of shackles for entrance, use of tensioning,
floor landing, it shall, in addition to requirements of Rule isolation bushing and other hardware used in conjunction
1202.10a meet the requirements of any one of the following: with the adjustment.
(1)(a) If the wall is erected in front of elevator entrance §129 Amend paragraph 3 of subdivision h of rule 1203.8 to
openings, the unused shaftway doors shall be sealed with read as follows:
through-bolts. Electromechanical safety interlocks wired Where an alteration is made to firefighters’ service operation,
into safety circuit of each elevator shall remain. the installation shall conform to the requirements of Rules
(b) New slow-down, normal and final limits for the new top 211.3 through [211.8] 211.9.
terminal floor landing shall be installed. §130 Amend and re-designate paragraph 3 as 5 and add
(c) Access provisions for the original top floor landing from new paragraphs 3 and 4 to subdivision a of rule 1206.3 to
the car operating panels shall be removed. read as follows:
(d) The original final limits shall remain operable at the top (3) for counterweight cables of drum machines re-
of the hoistway for safety. shackling at the counterweight ends, 4 years.
(e) Access to the original top terminal landing shall be (4) In addition to foregoing requirements, rope fastenings
provided for maintenance and servicing of hung secondary shall be renewed when an inspection reveals any evidence
equipment and inspection of wire rope cables per ASME of failure at the shackle regardless of the period of time
A17.2 Standards. since last re-shackling.
(f) Elevator car enclosures shall be equipped with side and [(3)] (5) Where auxiliary rope-fastening devices conforming
top emergency exits. to the requirements of Rule 212.10 or where car hoist ropes
(2)(a) If the wall is erected in front of elevator entrance with an additional MEA accepted type emergency clamping
openings, a suitable access shall be provided for emergency devices are installed, refastening at the period specified is
situations. not required provided that, where such devices are installed,
(b) Inspection control shall allow qualified personnel to by- all hoisting ropes shall be refastened on the failure or
pass the new limits on speed for maintenance and indication of failure of any rope fastening.
inspection. §131 Amend first paragraph of sub division c of such
(c) The new top terminal final limit switch shall be design for rule to read as follows:
manual resetting. 1206.3c Tags. A metal tag (see Appendix K) shall be
(d) The system shall be capable of a double electrical protection securely attached to one of the wire rope fastenings after
with the same run-by (36” for oil hydraulic buffers) clearance each resocketing or changing to other types of
to stop mechanically using the counterweight buffer when an fastenings, and shall bear the following information:
over-speed malfunction occurs. §132 Amend paragraph 6 of subdivision b of rule
(e) The original top terminal landing shall be available for 1206.5 to read as follows:
maintenance and inspection. (6) Flexible hose and fitting assemblies shall be replaced
(f) The safety interlock must be used for the corridor entrance by the manufacturers’ date indicated on the existing
doors in circuit with an access key provision. equipment but not less than six (6) years. Hose
§126 Amend paragraph 1 of subdivision d of rule 1202.12 assemblies that do not indicate a replacement date shall
to read as follows: be replaced. Replacement shall conform to requirements of
(1) When a controller is installed in place of an existing Rule 303.3c (1)(e).
controller, without any change in the type of operation or §133 Amend the first paragraph of rule 1207.1 to read
control, the new controller shall conform to the requirement as follows:
of Rules 210.4 and 210.9. The installation shall also Rule 1207.1 General Requirements
conform to the requirements of Rules 210.6, 210.7, 210.8, Any alteration to an escalator shall comply with the
211.3 through [211.8] 211.9, and Section 209. requirements of Rules 805.1, 805.2, 805.3a, 805.3e,
§127 Amend the last paragraph of rule 1202.13 to read as 805.3f, 805.3n, 805.3q, 805.7, 1200.1, and 1200.2
follows: §134 Amend rule 1207.8 to read as follows:
Where an alteration is made to firefighters’ service operation, Rule 1207.8 Combplates
the installation shall conform to the requirements of Rules Any alteration of the combplates shall require
211.3 through [211.8] 211.9. conformance with the requirements of Rules 805.3n and
§128 Add new subdivision e to rule 1202 .14 to read as 805.3q.
follows: §135 Amend the first sentence of the first paragraph of
1202.14e Wedge Clamp Shackles. Where an alteration is rule 1208.1 to read as follows:
made to provide wedge clamp shackles, the installation shall Any alteration to a moving walk shall comply with
be filed by the Professional Engineer or the Registered requirements of Rules 905.2, 905.3a, 905.3e, 905.3f,
Architect and shall conform to the requirements of Rule 905.3k, 905.3l, 905.6, 906.2, 1200.1, and 1200.2.

361
Reference Standard 18

§136 Amend subdivision a of rule 2000.7 to read as

follows:
2000.7a Limitation of Load, Speed, and Travel. The
rated load shall be not less than 450 lb (204 kg) or more than
750 lb (340 kg). The lift shall be capable of sustaining and
lowering a load as specified in Rule 207.1. The rated speed
shall not exceed 30 ft/min (0.15m/s). The travel shall not
exceed [12ft (3658mm) nor] 25ft (7621mm) and shall not
penetrate [a] more than one floor. Platforms with an area
greater than 15 ft² (1.39 m²) shall have a rated load of not
less than 750 lb (340 kg).
§137 Amend subdivision a of rule 2100.7 to read as
follows:
2100.7a Limitation of Load, Speed, and Travel. The
rated load shall be not less than 450 lb (204 kg) or more than
[700] 750 lb (340 kg). Platforms with an area greater than
15 ft² (1.39 m²) shall have a rated load of not less than
[700] 750 lb (340 kg).The lift shall be capable of
sustaining and lowering a load as specified in Rule
207.1. The rated speed shall not exceed 30 ft/min (0.15
m/s). The travel shall not exceed [10 ft (3048 mm ) nor
] 25 ft (7621 mm) and shall not penetrate [a] more than
one floor.
§138 Amend the first paragraph of Rule 2500.13 to read
as follows:
When provided, power operation, power opening, and
power closing of hoistway doors and car doors [and
gates] shall conform to the requirements of Section 112,
except as modified by this Rule.
§139 Amend subdivision a of such rule to read as follows:
(a) Rule 112.1(b). Vertically sliding doors are not permitted.
Power operated swing hoistway doors shall not be
permitted with power operated horizontal operated car
doors.
§140 Amend paragraph 2 of subdivision a of rule
2501.8 to read as follows:
(2) The inside net platform area shall not exceed 18 ft²
(1.67 m²) but not less than 4’X4’ with a minimum 32
inches clear door opening. The C/O/P shall be on the
strike wall.
§141 Delete Appendix G of ANSI/ASME A17.1-1996
in its entirety.
§142 Delete Appendix H of such standard and re-adopt
it to read as follows:
APPENDIX H
SIGNS AT ELEVATOR LANDINGS
Signs at elevator landings shall comply with the requirements
of Section 27-391 of article nine of subchapter six of
chapter 1 of title 27 of the administrative code.
§143 Add new appendix k to such standard.

362
Reference Standard 18

6.21.2 Guarding
(e) Controls shall be installed or located so they cannot be
APPENDIX K0 actuated by a person on the carrier. Controls shall be of
constant pressure type.
TAGS (f) Non-operating sides of the conveyer to be guarded to a
minimum height of 7 ft. If guarding is fence or expanded
metal the mesh must be capable of rejecting a 2” diameter
ball. The guarding is required at both levels where the unit
penetrates a non-fire rated floor.
6.21.3 Shaft enclosure
Where a vertical conveyer (material lift) penetrates a fire-
rated floor a two (2) hour rated enclosure with one and a
half (1½) hour rated self-closing fire doors shall be
required.
6.21.4 Gates
(a) All lower and intermediate level manual loading and
unloading points shall have gates with a minimum of six
(6) ft in height. Each gate is equipped with a lock and
electric contact to prevent the gates from being opened
until the conveyer is at that level.
(b) Upper level gates must be with a minimum of six (6) ft
in height and shall be equipped with a lock and electric
contact.
6.21.5 Platform Side guards
Platform side guards and gate with electric contact shall be
provided with a minimum of six (6) ft in height.
6.21.6 Limitation of Load
The capacity shall be not less than 50 lbs. per sq. ft with a
maximum capacity of 2500 lbs.
6.21.7 Speed
The rated speed shall not exceed 25 ft/min (0.15 m/s).
6.21.8 Travel
† DOB 1-16-03; 11-91 BCR The maximum travel shall not exceed 25 ft.
6.21.9 Floor Penetration
* Not more than one floor penetration shall be permitted.
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 18-3
ANSI B153.1-1981 Safety Requirements for the Construction,
Care and Use of Automobile Lifts. SECTION 7 OPENING PROTECTION
FS 00-L-360D-1987 Motor Vehicle Lifts. [7.01] 7.1 Passage through openings
*DOB 1-16-03; 11-91 BCR; 678-85 BCR; 385-82 BCR [7.01.1] 7.1.1 Whenever a conveyer or other material-
handling device is designed to pass through floors, ceilings,
*** partitions or walls, the plans and specifications shall give
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 18-4
ANSI/ASME MH 14.1-1987 Loading Dock Levelers and the necessary details of the opening protection with respect
Dockboards. to location, structural strength, and fire resistance in accordance
Modifications.-The provisions of ANSI/ASME MH 14.1- with the requirements of the Building Code.
1987 shall be subject to the following modifications: The
Section numbers are from that standard: Section 5. This revision shall take effect immediately.
2.1.8 Lighting.-The entire operating area shall be illuminated [ ] Matter shown in brackets to be deleted.
to provide a distributed intensity of at least five (5) foot ___ Matter shown underlined to be added.
candles over the area of operating floor and platforms. { } Matter shown in brackets replaces brackets
***11-91 BCR; 1156-80 BCR [ ] of ANSI/ASME A17.1-1996 and ANSI/ASME 17.1A-
1997, so that it is not understood as deletion.
** Designations used in this revision is as follows:
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 18-5
ANSI/ASME B20.1- 1987 Safety Standards for Conveyors Example is taken from PART X
and Related Equipment. PART X
Modifications.- The provisions of ANSI/ASME B20.1-1987 SECTION SECTION 1000
shall be subject to the following modifications. The Section RULE RULE 1000.3
numbers are from that standard: SUBDIVISION 1000.3(b)
6.21 Vertical Reciprocating Conveyers PARAGRAPH 1000.3(b)(1)

363
Reference Standard 18

SUBPARAGRAPH 1000.3(b)(1)(b) shall include a full load test of the safety device.
ITEM 1000.3(b)(1)(b)(1)
SUBITEM 1000.3(b)(1)(b)(1)(i) Add the following sections to govern the installation,
Wherever “of such rule,” “of such subdivision,” etc., is jumping and dismantling of rack and pinion type personnel
used in any §#, they refer to “rule,” “subdivision,” etc. of the hoists to Rule 26, Inspections and Tests of Personnel
preceding §#. Hoists:
** DOB 1-16-03;11-91 BCR; 1156-80 BCR 26.1.1.1 Installations of rack and pinion type personnel
hoists shall be approved by the Elevator Division. Both a
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 18-6 construction application and an elevator application shall
CONSOLE OR STAGE LIFTS be filed by a licensed professional engineer or registered
1. Platform or Car Construction.- architect. The drawings shall be sealed.
(a) Suspension or supporting frames of all console or stage 26.1.1.2 The Elevator Division shall be notified at least
lifts shall be constructed of structural steel, wrought iron three (3) days before the inspection date prior to each
shapes, or of any noncombustible material whose strength "cathead" raise, when the travel of the hoist is increased.
shall satisfy the loads and stresses requirements of the This inspection shall include the examination of the
building code. normal, terminal and final limit stopping devices. All parts
(b) The minimum factor of safety of all materials used in car of the equipment shall be inspected; and tested to
platforms and slings shall conform to the requirements of determine that they are in safe operating condition where
reference standard RS 18-1. found necessary by the Elevator Division. A full load test
may not be required at this time by the Elevator Division.
2. Cables.-Hoisting cables shall have a safety factor If an Elevator Division Inspector cannot be present at the
conforming to the requirements of reference standard time the required tests are made, the qualified private
RS 18-1. elevator inspectional agency conducting the tests shall:
(1) Submit a statement upon a department form to the
3 Hoisting.-Platforms may be operated by cables, plunger, Elevator Division certifying the tests which have been
or screw type equipment, and shall maintain a minimum conducted and the results thereof within 24 hours of such
factor of safety of all materials used in operating the tests.
platform conforming to the requirements of reference (2) Attach a tag showing the date of the tests and the name
standard RS 18-1. of the person and/or agency conducting it.
26.1.3.1 Acceptance inspections of new installations shall
4. Control.- be made prior to use by the contractor. The Elevator
(a) Up and down control shall be provided near the lift in a Division shall be notified at least three (3) days before the
location where it can be easily operated and where the required acceptance inspection and test. A full rated load
operator will have an unobstructed view of the lift. test shall be made. All shaftway protection doors, ramps,
(b) An emergency stop switch shall be provided within guards and required safety devices shall be installed and in
easy reach of the operator, and when operated, it shall cut place. The contractor may apply upon successful completion
off power from the hoisting equipment. of the inspection and test for a ninety (90) day temporary
elevator certificate (B Form 256).
5. Entrance.-When the entrance to such console or stage lift 26.2.1.1.1 All rack and pinion type safeties shall be
is at one or more points below the stage level, such entrance stamped with their expiration date by the manufacturer and
or entrances shall be provided with a gate or door with shall be replaced when such date is expired which shall not
mechanical lock and electric contact, or the platform shall exceed a period of three (3) years.
be provided with an apron made of sheet steel or plywood 26.7 Materials Handling Plan. A materials handling plan
covered with 26 gage sheet steel, at the entrance side or shall be provided if a potentially hazardous condition exists
sides extending from the platform to below the lowest because of simultaneous operation of the rack and pinion
landing with the platform at its maximum raised position. If personnel hoist and either a crane and/or derrick.
the platform rises above the stage level, all unguarded sides 26.7.1 The materials handling plan shall be acceptable to
shall be provided with aprons extending from the platform Site Safety Coordinator and approved by the Department.
to below the stage level. 26.7.2 The hoist contractor and the safety coordinator shall
be jointly responsible for the enforcement of the provisions
*
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 18-7 of the materials handling plan.
ANSI A 10.-41981-Safety requirements for Personnel Hoists. 26.8 Dismantling and Removal. The Elevator Division
Modifications.-The provisions of ANSI A 10.4-1981 shall shall be notified on department forms when a rack and
be subject to the following modifications: pinion type hoist is dismantled and removed.
26.8.1 The notification shall include the elevator application
Add the following sub-section to 25.10.2: number, the street address locations listed on the
25.10.2.1Thereafter the rack and pinion type personnel hoist construction application, the block and lots and the date of
shall be reinspected every ninety (90) days. The inspection removal.

364
Reference Standard 18

26.9 Field Inspection. A department field inspection will be by 5.

scheduled by the Elevator Division upon receipt of proper (i) The maximum permissible vertical scaffold speed shall
notification to ascertain the actual job-site conditions and to be 50 fpm.
sign-off the forms documenting the same. (j) The scaffold floor shall have an anti-slip surface with
air passage interstices, which must reject a 1/2 in. diameter
Add the following to Rule 30: ball, and shall be designed for a uniform live load of 75
Electrical work shall conform to the New York City psf. The floor and its supports and bracings shall be able to
Electrical Code. withstand a concentrated load of 300 lbs. on any random 4
Welding shall conform to the applicable portions of the sq. in. of floor area with a maximum deflection of 1/1666
Administrative (Building) Code. of the span.
*678-85BCR (k) A manufacturer's rating plate shall be mounted
conspicuously near the access gate on the scaffold. The
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 18-8 plate shall be made of non-corrosive material with letters at
POWER OPERATED SCAFFOLDS least 1/4 in. high etched, stamped, or cast on the surface. It
1. Construction Requirements for the Scaffold.- shall state the rated load, the maximum number of occupants,
(a) The scaffold shall be constructed of steel conforming to and the manufacturer's name and model number.
reference standard RS 18-1, rules 203.6(a), (b), (c), and
203.7, or of equivalent metals. 2. Construction and Design Requirements for Roof
(b) A railing with an intermediate horizontal rail, shall be Carriage.-
provided on all four sides of a scaffold. The railing shall be (a) A movable roof carriage and track system shall be
at least 36 in. high on the building side and at least 42 in. provided to move the scaffold in a horizontal direction.
high on the other three sides. Design of the guard rail at or The maximum permissible horizontal speed of the roof
near both ends of the scaffold shall include provisions for carriage shall be 50 fpm.
mounting roller guides. (b) The roof carriage shall be constructed of steel
(c) The spaces between the top guard rails and the scaffold conforming to reference standard RS 18-1, rules 203.6(a),
toe board on the outside railing and the end railings shall be (b),and (c), and 207.7, or of equivalent metals, welded,
filled with metallic mesh, expanded metal, or similar riveted, or bolted together. The roof carriage construction
material that shall reject a ball 1 in. in diameter and that shall shall be capable of supporting the scaffold and its rated
be capable of withstanding a horizontal force of 75 lbs. at load plus impact loads imposed by motor stall torque and
any point with a maximum deflection of 1 in. The railing on wind forces with a safety factor conforming to reference
the building side shall have mesh below the intermediate rail standard RS 18-1, rules 203.10 and 203.11.
only. (c) The design of the roof carriage, track, and track support
(d) A solid metal toe board, at least 4 in. high, shall be system shall include means to accurately stop and position
provided at the floor on all four sides. The bottom of the toe the roof carriage at predetermined locations that correspond
board shall be flush with floor. The toe board shall be to the locations of the vertical guides on the building wall.
capable of withstanding a horizontal force of 75 lbs. at any (d) When the roof track system is not a continuous loop
point with a maximum deflection of 1 in. and terminal track ends exist, mechanical end barricades
(e) A hinged access gate shall be provided in the scaffold shall be provided together with terminal limit switches.
railing on the building side. The gate shall be of construction (e) In the design of roof components of buildings where
similar to the railing, and the open spaces in the gate shall be suspended scaffolds and movable roof carriages are to be
filled with material as prescribed in (c) above. With the gate used, all forces transmitted to the building structure by
open, the clear width of access shall be at least 18 in. such equipment shall be added to normal design loads.
(f) The gate shall be provided with an interlock that will
prevent power operation of the scaffold when the gate is in 3. Stability of Roof Carriage.-The roof carriage and its
the open position. support system shall be designed and constructed for
(g) The scaffold dimension parallel with building shall be structural adequacy and required stability to resist
designated the "length," and shall be measured between the overturning moments occurring with a scaffold carrying its
inside surface of the end railings. The dimension perpendicular full rated load.
to the building wall shall be designated the "width," and (a) Windforce: 30 psf.
shall be measured between the inside railing surfaces on the (b) All imposing forces that are caused by moving loads
long sides of scaffold. The width of a scaffold shall be at shall be doubled for impact.
least 28 in. When the building side of the scaffold is of (c) If the roof carriage is of open structure type, the effect
irregular shape, following the contour of a building wall, of windforce or interior components shall be considered as
scaffold "width" shall be measured at the tightest point of the sum of all framing components areas plus mounted
the irregularity. equipment areas projected on a plane perpendicular to the
(h) The rated load of a scaffold shall be 50 plf. The maximum wind direction. No component shall be considered as shielding
number of occupants permitted simultaneously on a another component along the wind direction if the
scaffold shall be equal to the inside clear length divided separating distance is more than 4 times the smallest

365
Reference Standard 18

dimension of the windward component. code of the city of New York and shall:
(1) Lift the scaffold with 125 percent of the rated load at
4. Access for Inspection and Maintenance.-Safe and the rated speed with maximum temperature rise of 50
convenient means of access between roof and roof carriage degrees C. per hr.
and between roof carriage and scaffold shall be provided, (2) Provide dynamic braking.
conforming where applicable to reference standard RS 18-1, (3) Be of weatherproof construction with the motor shaft
rule 101.3. connected to the input shaft of the speed reducer through a
(a) On installations where movable roof carriages are used, coupling capable of transmitting the motor stall torque.
the means of access shall be a permanent part of the carriage (e) Guards.-All moving, power transmitting, and interacting
design and shall be constructed so as to permit stepping on components of the drive machines shall be effectively
or off the carriage to or from the roof at any carriage guarded to conform to applicable portions of the requirements
position. of rule 19 of the industrial code of the state of New York.
(b) Means of access between a movable roof carriage and its (f) Brakes.-Each hoist machine shall be provided with at
scaffold shall be possible only with the scaffold raised to its least two friction brakes applied by a spring or springs and
top position. Electrical interlocks in the carriage drive motor released electrically.
circuit, and actuated by the scaffold, shall prevent carriage (1) Each brake shall be able to stop and hold the dead
movements until scaffold is in access position. weight of the scaffold and 125 percent of the rated load.
(2) The drum brake shall be adjusted to apply not later than
5. Vertical Guiding of Power Operated Scaffolds.- 2 seconds after the drive motor brake at every stopping
(a) Power operated scaffolds shall be guided up and down operation.
the face (facade) of a building or structure. (3) At least one brake shall be located at, and applied directly
(b) The guiding means shall consist of roller guide shoes to, the winding drum or an equal strength extension of it.
engaging vertical guide rails securely attached to the structural This brake shall have the additional function of reacting to a
members. 40 percent over-speed actuated by an inertia device or a
(c) Each vertical guide shall be engaged by an upper and a speed governor, either of which must be reset manually.
lower roller guide shoe securely attached to the scaffold and (4) The second brake shall be located at, and applied on
its suspension frame. Roller guide shoes shall be spaced at either side of the motor.
least 48 in. apart vertically. Where the platform is suspended (5) All parts of the brakes shall be readily accessible for
at two points at each end, the vertical guides may be inspection and cleaning.
engaged by one guide shoe only. (g) Gearing.-Hoist machines shall be provided with speed
(d) The two ends of the scaffold shall be supported and reducers between the drive motor and the rope drum. Such
hoisted or lowered simultaneously, and means shall be speed reducers shall be of the meshing gear type, worm
provided to maintain the scaffold approximately at level and worm gear type, spur gears type, bevel gears type, or a
position at all times to prevent the roller guide shoes from combination of these types. The speed reducer shall be
binding on the vertical guides. Out-of-level slope shall not fully enclosed, adequately lubricated, and sealed to prevent
exceed 1/4 in. in 12 in. leakage.
(e) Materials for vertical guides, suspension frame, and (1) Such speed reducers shall conform to the requirements
fastenings shall conform to applicable portions of reference of the American Gear Manufacturers Association as listed
standard RS 18-1, section 200. in Reference Standard RS 18-1, Part XVI.
(2) Material used for gears and shafts in speed reducers
6. Construction and Design Requirements for Hoist shall conform to reference standard RS 18-1, Section 208.
Machines.- *1156-80 BCR
(a) A hoist machine, whether mounted on the scaffold or the (3) The gearbox shall be provided with oil level indicators
roof carriage, shall be designed and constructed to maintain and removable cover plates or plugs to permit visual
its component parts in correct alignment to effectively inspection of the full width of the faces of the gear teeth.
transmit the imposed drum load into the supporting (4) A data plate of a material resistant to weather and other
structure. corrosive agents shall be mounted on the gearbox, and
(b) Wire ropes shall lead from the drums through suitable shall bear the following information etched or stamped in
fairleads to suspension points when the hoist machine is 1/8 in. high letters:
mounted on the scaffold. Wire ropes shall lead from the Mechanical horsepower................................................
drums over suitable deflecting sheaves mounted on outriggers Input speed.........................................................R.P.M.
from the roof carriage when the hoist machine is located in Output speed......................................................R.P.M.
the roof car. Service factor...............................................................
(c) Chains, clutches, or friction gearing belts shall not be Type of lubricant..........................................................
used to connect the drive motor to the winding drum. It shall Quantity of lubricant........................................Gallons
be necessary to power drive the drive machine to either (h) Drums.-Drums for winding up suspension ropes shall
raise or lower the scaffold. have grooves or contact surfaces capable of withstanding
(d) Drive motors shall meet the requirements of the electrical the imposed rope pressure without deformation.

366
Reference Standard 18

(1) The pitch diameter of the drum shall be at least 40 times pressure or dead man type with weather proof enclosure.
the diameter of the rope wound on it. To prevent unauthorized use, the constant pressure device
(2) When grooved drums are used and single or multiple shall be key operated or protected by a padlock cover.
layers of rope are wound on the drum, the groove spacing or (b) All electrical equipment and wiring shall conform to
distance from centerline-to-centerline of adjacent grooves the requirements of the electrical code of the city of New
shall be at least 1/16 in. plus the rope diameter. York.
(3) When a drum without grooves is used and single or (c) The normal operating devices for the vertical movement
multiple rope laying is employed, a level winding device of the scaffold shall be located on the scaffold and shall be
shall be provided to maintain the rope in close wound, operable only when all electrical protective devices and
parallel lays. interlocks on the scaffold are in position for normal
7. Suspension Means and Their Attachment.-Scaffolds service.
shall be suspended by steel wire ropes, with at least one rope (d) The operating device of a power operated roof carriage
supporting the scaffold at, or near, each end. When winding for horizontal traversing shall be located on the roof
drums are located at the top of travel, the suspension rope carriage. This operating device shall be connected so that it
fastenings shall be attached to the scaffold; when winding will not be operable until the scaffold is raised to its
drums are located on the scaffold, the suspension rope uppermost position of travel and is disengaged from the
fastenings shall be attached to supports at the top of travel; building face or guiding rails on the building face and all
and when a hoist machine with a continuously rotating protective devices and interlocks, on both the roof carriage
traction sheave is used at each end of the scaffold, the single or scaffold mounted hoist machine, are in position for
suspension rope shall have at least 4 turns on the sheave for traversing.
minimum lifting effect, and the rope length shall be equal to
the total scaffold travel plus 8 ft. For each suspension rope, 9. Traveling Cable.-
an adjacent safety suspension rope shall be provided. The (a) Conductors for control, power, communication, signal,
safety suspension rope shall normally run free through a and ground may be run in a single traveling cable, provided
clamping device, that is part of the machine, and the that the cable conforms to the requirements of rule B30-
clamping device shall be arranged to automatically grasp 166.0(i) of the electrical code of the city of New York.
and hold the safety rope upon failure of the hoist rope. (b) Traveling cables exceeding 100 ft. in length shall
(a) Only steel wire ropes with fiber cores, having the comply with rule B30-69.0 of the electrical code of the city
commercial classification "elevator wire rope" and of of New York.
minimum grade "improved plow steel" shall be used for the (c) The traveling cable shall be provided with a tensioning
suspension of scaffolds. device to prevent uncontrolled cable sway, to protect the
(b) Rope data tag information shall conform to the requirement cable against abrasion, and to automatically prevent
of reference standard RS 18-1, rule 212.2b. overtensioning of the cable. The tensioning device and
(c) The number of suspension ropes used, the diameter of cable drum shall be mounted in a weatherproof housing.
the ropes, and the factor of safety shall conform to
requirements of reference standard RS 18-1, rule 212.3. 10. Electrical Protective Devices and Interlocks.-
(d) The minimum rope diameter shall be 5/16 in. (a) An overtensioning or tightrope device shall be connected
(e) Securing of wire rope to winding drums shall conform into the drive motor circuit in a manner that will cause it to
to requirements of reference standard RS 18-1, rule 212.6. react to an overload and disconnect electric power to prevent
(f) At least 3 turns of rope shall remain on the winding upward pull on ropes if the scaffold becomes wedged in its
drum when the scaffold is at the bottom of travel. tracks or is otherwise impeded while being raised.
(g) Suspension wire ropes shall not be lengthened or repaired (b) A slack rope device shall be provided that will react to
by splicing. a slackening of rope tension and disconnect electric power
(h) Suspension wire rope fastenings at free ends shall conform from drive motor to prevent the drum from overhauling the
to the requirements of reference standard RS 18-1, rules suspension rope if scaffold's downward motion is
212.9(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), and (f). interrupted.
(i) Suspension ropes shall be provided with a rust-resistive (c) Limit switches shall be provided at the top and bottom
coating. terminals of scaffold travel and shall be connected into the
(j) Reverse bends in the roping arrangement should be control circuits of the drive motors and actuated by cams at
avoided. More than two reverse bends in each rope shall be both ends of the scaffold and the roof carriage. Cam
prohibited. engagement of a limit switch at any travel terminal shall
(k) Means shall be provided to stabilize the suspension remove electric power from the motor circuit, and shall
ropes to prevent sway and abrasion and, in all cases, apply the brake to stop the scaffold or roof carriage.
such means shall be provided for every 300 ft. of scaffold (d) Hoist machine winding drums shall be provided with
travel. stop motion limit switches of the traveling nut type or
equivalent. Such stop motion limit switches shall be
8. Operating Devices and Control Equipment.- connected to the drum shaft and set to open the operating
(a) All electrical operating devices shall be of the constant circuit of the motors simultaneously with the cam operated

367
Reference Standard 18

final terminal travel limit switches. 5.0 Periodic Inspection and Test Intervals
(e) All electrical mounting boxes, conduits, piping, and junction 5.1 Inspection and Test Requirements
boxes, and the controller frame, hoist machinery frame, roof *5.2 Operation, Maintenance, Inspection and Test Records
carriage track system, and scaffold shall have a ground
connection through a ground wire in the scaffold traveling PART II DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
cable and by a third rail contact or cable with a tensioning
device for the roof carriage. 6.0 Design
*6.1 Amusement Device Entry and Discharge
11. Power Supply System.-Electrical equipment and wiring 6.2 Means of Access and Egress
for the power supply system shall conform to the applicable 6.3 Emergency Brakes and Anti-Roll Back Devices
requirements of the electrical code of the city of New York. 6.4 Signal System
6.5 Protection Against Moving Parts
12. Emergency Communication with Men on Scaffold.- 6.6 Speed Limiting Devices
Communication equipment shall be provided for each 6.7 Passenger-carrying Devices
power operated scaffold to facilitate rescue operations in an 6.8 Passenger Tramways
emergency and shall consist of either: 6.9 Electrical Equipment
(a) A telephone instrument mounted on the scaffold and 6.10 Air Compressors and Equipment
connected through wires in the traveling cable to a manned 6.11 Fire Prevention
instrument in the building and, in addition, a battery or hand 6.12 Load Tests
operated air horn or other signalling device not requiring 6.13 Identification and rating Plates
electricity to operate. *6.14 Assembly and Disassembly
(b) A two-way radio telephone system with the receiving *6.15 Lighting
instrument in the building constantly manned during the
operation of the scaffold and in addition, a battery or hand PART III OPERATION
operated air born or other signalling device not requiring
electricity to operate. 7.0 Notice
7.1 Daily Inspection and Test
13. Special Maintenance.- *7.2 Location of Controls
(a) Suspension ropes shall be examined, lubricated, and *7.3 Control of Operation
shackled or reshackled to conform to ANSI A17.2-1979 *7.4 Overload and Overspeed
(b) Control mechanisms, switch panels, relay panels, and *7.5 Wind and Storm Hazards
similar electrical operating equipment shall be examined *7.6 Imminent Danger
and maintained to conform to ANSI A17.2-1979 *7.7 Cleanliness
(c) A continuous record of modifications and changes of *7.8 Passenger Conduct
equipment shall be kept on the premises for inspection and *7.9 Warning Signs
review by the commissioner.
(d) A complete and continuous record of operations shall be PART IV BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES THAT
maintained, in which shall be recorded, regular maintenance ARE A FUNCTIONAL PART OF AN
procedures, and malfunctions, repairs, and emergencies. AMUSEMENT DEVICE
*1156-80 BCR
8.0 Scope
**
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 18-9 8.1 Construction
ANSI/ASME A90.1 1985-Safety Standards for Belt 8.2 Occupant Safety
Manlifts.
**Local Law 65-1969; 11-91BCR; 1156-80BCR PART V ENCLOSED BUILDINGS AND
STRUCTURES WHICH IN THEIR ENTIRETY
***
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 18-10 AMUSEMENT CONSTITUTE THE AMUSEMENT DEVICE
DEVICES
*
TABLE OF CONTENTS 9.0 Scope
9.1 Construction
Section Subject 9.2 Occupant Safety

PART I GENERAL PROVISIONS PART VI PHYSICAL INFORMATION TO BE

PROVIDED FOR AMUSEMENT DEVICES
1.0 Purpose, Intent and General Requirements
2.0 Scope and Application 10.0 Scope
3.0 Definitions 10.1 Significance and Use
4.0 Compliance 10.2 Information Requirement

368
Reference Standard 18

TEXT 3.9 HEIGHT RESTRICTION. A statute requirement for

passengers to be permitted on a specific amusement device
PART I GENERAL PROVISIONS which is contained on the list of height restrictions maintained
by the Commissioner in accordance with subsection 4.6 of
*1.0 PURPOSE, INTENT AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. this Standard.
The purpose of this Reference Standard is to supplement 3.10 NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING AGENCY.
the provisions of Subchapter 18 of Chapter 1, Title 27 of the A laboratory, such as the Underwriters Laboratories,
Administrative Code of the City of New York "(Code)," Inc., or the Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation or any
entitled Elevators and Conveyors pertaining to the inspectional similar testing organization acceptable to the Commissioner.
and test requirements for amusement devices and to *3.11 NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING. A general term
establish the minimum safety requirements for, and control used to identify inspection methods that permit evaluation
of the design, construction, installation, alteration, maintenance of welds, structural members and joints without destroying
and operation. their usefulness.
*3.12 OPERATOR. A competent individual designated by
*2.0 SCOPE AND APPLICATION. These Reference the owner, who shall be at least 18 years old, free from
Standards shall be applicable to all amusement devices serious physical or mental defects, selected with consideration
operated within the City of New York whether located on a of his abilities to perform his duties on an amusement
permanent, temporary, or mobile foundation. See Section device, in a careful and competent manner, who has met the
643 of the New York City Charter. requirements for a Certificate of Competency set forth under
2.1 This Standard shall not apply to: Policy and Procedure Notice #3 of 1993 in accordance with
2.1.1 Any single passenger manually, mechanically or Code §27-1005.
electrically operated, coin-operated device which is customarily *3.13 OWNER. A person having legal title to the premises;
placed, singly or in groups, in a public location and which a mortgagee or vendee in possession; a trustee
does not normally require the supervision or services of an in bankruptcy; a receiver or any other person having legal
operator; and ownership or control of premises. For the purpose of these
2.1.2 Locomotives weighing more than seven tons, operating reference standards, the word premises shall read premises
on track the length of which is O mile or greater, the gage of and/or amusement device.
which is three feet or greater, and the weight is at 60 pounds *3.13.1 OWNER. Also the person who manages the
per yard; and operations of the amusement device.
2.1.3 Mobile type devices, self-contained and mounted on a *3.14 PASSENGER TRAMWAY. A device used to
motor vehicle or trailer not requiring further assembly or transport passengers in cars on tracks or suspended
support, shall not be subject to this standard. in the air, by use of steel cables, chains or belts or by ropes,
and usually supported by trestles or towers with one or
*3.0 DEFINITIONS. These definitions are in addition to more spans.
those set forth in the Code §27-232. *3.15 PERMANENT. Lasting for a period of time exceeding
*3.1 ACCIDENT. See Code §27-1006. An injury to any two (2) weeks.
person requiring the services of a physician or damage to *3.16 PORTABLE. Devices which by mounting on a
property or to apparatus exceeding $100. motor vehicle or trailer are made mobile and which require
*3.2 AMUSEMENT DEVICE. A mechanically operated additional assembly or support for operation. Their usage
device or structure, open to the public, used to convey may be permanent or temporary.
persons in any direction as a form of amusement. For the *3.17 RESTRAINING DEVICE. A safety belt, harness,
purpose of these reference standards, the word mechanically chair, bar or other device which affords actual physical
shall read mechanically and/or electrically operated. support, retention or restraint to the passenger of an
3.3 AMUSEMENT DEVICE FOR CHILDREN. An amusement device.
amusement device designed for children twelve years of age *3.18 SHALL. A mandatory requirement.
and under. *3.19 STRUCTURE. An assembly of materials forming a
3.4 CHILD. A person 12 years of age and under. construction for occupancy or use, including among others:
3.5 CONTAINING DEVICE. A strap, belt, bar, gate or other buildings, stadia, tents, reviewing stands, platforms, stagings,
safety device designed to prevent accidental or inadvertent observation towers, radio towers, tanks, trestles, open sheds,
dislodgement of a passenger from a device but which does coal pockets, shelters, fences and display signs.
not actually provide physical support. *3.20 TEMPORARY. Lasting for a period of time not to
3.6 DEVICE OPERATOR. Any person or persons actually exceed two (2) weeks.
engaged in or directly controlling the operations of an
amusement device. *4.0 COMPLIANCE. Every owner, device operator and the
3.7 GUARDIAN. A person 16 years of age and over. public using an amusement device shall comply with or
3.8 GUARDIAN RESTRICTION. A condition placed on effect compliance with all provisions of applicable sections
an amusement device where a passenger must be accompanied of the New York City Administrative Code and these
on the device by a guardian. reference standards.

369
Reference Standard 18

*4.1 An amusement device which is not in compliance with the test set-up is representative of the permitted operating
these reference standards shall not be used conditions at the site based on said test, may be accepted.
or occupied, except as provided in 4.2. The affidavit shall also state that all of the work necessary to
*4.2 Where only individual units or a device, such as cars, retain it in the same structural situation has been performed.
seats or other carriers are defective and not 5.0.1.4 An amusement device shall be inspected and tested,
in compliance with these reference standards, such units shall regardless of the date of the previous inspection and tests,
be taken out of service and clearly marked with a sign reading when there are reasonable grounds to believe that such tests
Out of Service provided however, such defects do not are necessary to assure safety and the commissioner or his
jeopardize the safety of the entire device. representative orders such tests to be made.
4.3 The owner of an amusement device shall not permit a *5.0.1.5 All permanent amusement devices requiring a
person who in the judgement of the operator of the ride load test and which operate seasonally for less
appears to be under the influence of alcohol or narcotics to than nine months shall require two field inspections by
enter any amusement device. authorized representatives of the Department. The first
4.4 The Commissioner shall classify all amusement devices inspection shall take place prior to the opening day of the
either an "Amusement Device" or as an "Amusement Device amusement device and the second inspection shall take place
for Children." no sooner than 90 days nor later than 120 days from the first
4.5 The Commissioner shall reserve the right to establish the inspection.
height restriction, guardian restriction, and classification of 5.0.2 Notification of the proposed date of the regular
any device. periodic inspection and test shall be made to the department
4.6 The Commissioner in accordance with subsection 4.5 of at least one week prior to the scheduled date by the owner of
this section shall maintain a list of approved heights for the amusement device or by the person or firm conducting
children 12 years of age and under for specific amusement the inspection and test.
devices other than those designed for them. *5.0.3Refer to Code §26-213c for required fees for
4.7 The owner of an amusement device shall not permit a inspection and tests, and for permits to use and operate
passenger under the approved height on such list; or amusement devices.
4.7.1 The passenger being a child not meeting the approved
height restriction, is accompanied, elbow to elbow or front to *5.1 INSPECTION AND TEST REQUIREMENTS. Every
back on the ride by a guardian. new and altered, rebuilt or modified amusement device shall
be subjected to inspection and test requirements in
*5.0 PERIODIC INSPECTION AND TEST INTERVALS. accordance with the provisions of Code §27-999(c) and
Every new and existing amusement device shall be inspected these reference standards.
and tested in accordance with the provision of Code §27-998. 5.1.1 Such inspections and tests shall be conducted by the
5.0.1 An amusement device may be used and operated for a person or firm installing, assembling, altering or relocating
period not to exceed six (6) months from the date of the last the amusement device and shall be witnessed by an
satisfactory periodic inspection and test, unless otherwise authorized representative of the commissioner.
noted. The Commissioner may extend the periodic inspection 5.1.2 The results of the inspection and test for each
and test for an additional two (2) months for amusement amusement device shall be filed together with the required
devices located in premises which are seasonably operated. fee with the department by the person or firm conducting the
5.0.1.1 An amusement device which has been assembled and inspection and tests. All such reports shall contain the
disassembled shall be inspected and tested as required by the following:
Department after reassembly prior to its use and operation, *5.1.2.1 The name, address and signature of the person
regardless of the date of the previous inspection and tests. conducting the inspection and test. All applications, plans,
However, for portable devices, a prior load test inspection reports which are required to be submitted by a licensed
certificate from a cognizant state or city agency coupled with Professional Engineer ("PE") or Registered Architect
an affidavit that the test set-up is representative of the ("RA") shall be signed and sealed.
permitted operating conditions at the site based on said 5.1.2.2 Trade or descriptive name of the amusement device
test may be accepted. The affidavit shall also state that all of and model number, if any, together with any identifying
the work necessary to retain it in the same structural situation numbers.
has been performed. 5.1.2.3 The name and address of the manufacturer.
5.0.1.2 An amusement device which has been altered, based 5.1.2.4 The date of the inspection and tests.
upon an approved application and permit issued by the 5.1.2.5 The maximum safe number of passengers and the
department, shall be inspected and tested. maximum safe speed.
5.0.1.3 An amusement device which has been relocated shall 5.1.2.6 The results of the inspection and tests and a statement
be inspected and tested after each relocation, as required by whether the results indicate confirmation as to the adequacy
the department, prior to its use and operation, regardless of the of the amusement device.
date of the previous inspection and tests. However, for 5.1.2.7 The results of the air compressor tank test and a
portable devices, a prior load test inspection certificate from a statement whether the results indicate compliance.
*
cognizant state or city agency coupled with an affidavit that 5.1.2.8 There shall be kept with all permanent amusement

370
Reference Standard 18

devices requiring a load test, a maintenance manufacturer or the PE or RA pursuant to Section 5.2.1.1
or operational manual containing the recommended foundations. have been performed for three (3) months prior to its present
If the manual does not contain the required foundations, then location. The affidavit shall contain the locations and dates
a plan and design of the footings prepared by a PE or RA of operation, maintenance, inspection and tests for the
licensed in the State of New York shall be prepared and required 3 month period.
retained with the device. Said plan shall indicate the size and 5.2.2 These records shall contain the following information:
*
pressure under the footings and allowable soil bearing capacity. 5.2.2.1 Date and nature of all inspections whether by the
In the case of existing permanent amusement devices with a Department or the owner.
device number issued by the Department of Buildings, 5.2.2.2 Any violation and type of action taken to rectify the
compliance with this requirement will be delayed until March violation.
1, 1997, provided an affidavit is submitted by the owner of
the amusement device to the Department prior to June 30, *5.3 NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING FOR PERMANENT
1996 indicating the name of the PE or RA retained to prepare DEVICES REQUIRING A LOAD TEST.
*
the plans. 5.3.1 All permanent amusement devices requiring load
*
5.1.2.9 For the installation of temporary amusement tests shall be inspected annually prior to the start
devices requiring a load test, the owner of the amusement of the season by nondestructive methods by a laboratory
device shall submit the proposed foundations as under the supervision of a PE or RA licensed in the State of
recommended in the maintenance or operational manual of New York or by authorized representatives of the manufacturer.
the amusement device to the Department of Consumer The tests shall be performed in accordance with ASTM 3.03
Affairs together with any amusement device license (1995) Standards for Nondestructive Testing.
*
application. If the manual does not contain the proposed 5.3.1.1 All personnel performing nondestructive tests shall
footings for varying underlying conditions, a plan and design be qualified by experience, education
of the footings shall be submitted to the Department of and examination in accordance with ASNT December 1992.
Consumer Affairs prepared by a PE or RA licensed in the SNT-TC-1A for Level II.
*
State of New York. The plan shall indicate the size and 5.3.1.2 Prior to performing any tests the entire amusement
pressure under the footings and allowable soil bearing device and supporting structure shall be
capacities and a copy shall be kept with the amusement visually inspected. The inspection of the amusement device
device. A valid New York State "Permit to Operate an shall be in the disassembled configuration where possible, in
Amusement Device" may be submitted in lieu of the above. order to be able to inspect critical areas which cannot be seen
*5.1.2.10 The name and signature of the authorized or reached in the assembled configuration.
*
representative of the commissioner who has witnessed 5.3.1.3 The parts of the amusement device and supporting
the inspection and tests. structure subject to nondestructive testing
*5.2.1 OPERATION, MAINTENANCE, INSPECTION shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. Where the
AND TEST RECORDS Effective March 15 1997, the owner manufacturer's recommendations are not available a PE or
shall retain on-site for the preceding one year, current RA shall determine the parts of the amusement device and
operation maintenance inspection and test records for each supporting structure which shall be tested in accordance with
amusement device which is available to and acceptable to the ASTM F846-92 and shall select the appropriate test method.
*
Commissioner. Such records shall be kept up to-date at all 5.3.1.4 The laboratory or authorized representative of the
times. manufacturer shall submit a test report to
*5.2.1.1 All operations, maintenance, inspection and tests the Department of Consumer Affairs together with any
shall be performed in accordance with the manufacturer's amusement device license application and shall identify the
manuals. Where such manuals are not available a PE or RA ride tested, the Department of Consumer Affairs license
licensed in any jurisdiction acceptable to the Commissioner number and the location of the tested areas. If the
shall determine the necessary operation, maintenance, manufacturer or the PE or RA does not recommend
inspections and tests. Such manuals shall be prepared in any nondestructive testing then an affidavit reflecting such
accordance with ASTM F770-88, F846-92 AND F853-91. recommendation shall be submitted by the owner with
In the case of existing permanent amusement devices with a evidence acceptable to the Commissioner of Buildings.
*
device number issued by the Department of Buildings, 5.3.1.5A weld that fails inspection shall be reported to the
compliance with this requirement will be delayed until March Department and shall be repaired by a
1, 1997 provided an affidavit is submitted by the owner of the licensed New York City welder. Where the welding work is
amusement device to the Department prior to June 30, 1996 not performed in the City of New York, welds shall be made
indicating the name of the PE or RA retained to prepare the by AWS qualified welders. A part such as a pin, axle or
manuals. tension strap that fails inspection shall be removed and a
*5.2.1.2 For temporary amusement devices the owner shall new or repaired part shall be used as a replacement. The
submit to the Department of Consumer Affairs, together with location of failed joints and parts shall be noted on the report
the amusement device license application, an affidavit in a to the Department. No amusement device shall be placed
form acceptable to the Commissioner that all necessary into operation until necessary repairs are made and the
operation, maintenance, inspection and tests required by the repaired parts retested.

371
Reference Standard 18

forces generated by acceleration, deceleration, centrifugal

*5.4 NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING FOR TEMPORARY action or kinetic or other forces which are constant,
DEVICES REQUIRING A LOAD TEST. reversible or eccentric. Materials and other data pertinent to
*
5.4.1 The requirements set forth in Section 5.3 shall be the design, structure, factors of safety or performance
applicable to temporary amusement devices characteristics shall be in accordance with accepted
except that all temporary amusement devices requiring load engineering practices, standards and specifications acceptable
tests shall have had a nondestructive test within one year prior to the Department, and written in English.
*
to use of the amusement device in New York City. For 6.0.6.2 Such plans, dimensioned to scale, shall identify
temporary rides a valid New York State "Permit to Operate parts and components of amusement devices including, but
an Amusement Device" may be submitted in lieu of the not limited to the following:
*
affidavit referenced in Section 5.2.1.2 as evidence of 6.0.6.2.1 Bars
*
compliance with nondestructive testing. 6.0.6.2.2 Cables
*
*5.4.1.1 In addition, the requirements set forth in Section 5.3 6.0.6.2.3 Chains
*
may be met by a licensed PE or RA of 6.0.6.2.4 Ropes
*
any jurisdiction acceptable to the Commissioner. 6.0.6.2.5 Rods
*
*5.5 The Commissioner may waive the requirements of 6.0.6.2.6 Pipes
*
Section 5.3 for a period not to extend beyond December 31, 6.0.6.2.7 Girders
*
1996 for existing permanent amusement devices with a 6.0.6.2.8 Braces
*
device number issued by the Department of Buildings and 6.0.6.2.9 Fittings
*
the manufacturer's manuals are not available. 6.0.6.2.10 Fasteners
*
6.0.6.2.11 Trusses
*
PART II DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION 6.0.6.2.12 Pressure vessels
*
6.0.6.2.13 Pressure piping
*
6.0 DESIGN. 6.0.6.2.14 Gears
*
6.0.1 All structures used in connection with amusement 6.0.6.2.15 Clutches
*
shall be so designated and constructed as to carry safely all 6.0.6.2.16 Speed reducers
*
loads to which such structures may normally be subjected. 6.0.6.2.17 Welds
* *
6.0.2 All amusement devices shall be designed, 6.0.6.2.18 Bearings
*
constructed and installed so as to withstand any 6.0.6.2.19 Couplings
*
normal stresses to which they may be subjected. 6.0.6.2.20 Shaftings
*
6.0.3Before being used by the public, amusement *6.0.6.2.21 Carriers, such as tubs, cars, chairs, gondolas, or
devices shall be so placed or secured with blocking, seating and carrying apparatus of any description
*
cribbing, outriggers, guys or other means as to be stable 6.0.6.2.22 Axles
*
under all operating conditions. 6.0.6.2.23 Hangers
* *
6.0.4 All amusement devices, such as, but not limited to, 6.0.6.2.24 Pivots
*
passenger tramways, where restoration of electrical power 6.0.6.2.25 Safety bars, belts, harnesses, chains, gates or
could create a hazard, shall be provided with a main other restraining, containing, or retaining devices
disconnect switch capable of being locked only in the Off
position. *6.1 MUSEMENT DEVICE ENTRY AND DISCHARGE.
*
6.0.5 The path of travel of an amusement device shall Safe and adequate means of entry and discharge from
have a clearance adequate to insure that a passenger on the each device shall be provided. This safe and adequate
device cannot be injured by contacting any structural means of entry and discharge shall not be construed to
member or other fixed object when the passenger is in means of exits, means of access, means of egress.
the riding position. 6.2MEANS OF ACCESS AND EGRESS.
*
6.0.6For any new amusement devices manufactured after *6.2.1 Safe and adequate means of access and egress from
January 1, 1997, or whenever any additions amusement devices shall be provided.
or alterations are made to any amusement device after *6.2.2 At least two means of egress remote from each
January 1, 1997 which changes the structure, mechanism other shall be provided from each floor, tier, room or
or capacity of any amusement device which requires a load balcony in structures which house amusement devices.
test, a PE or RA shall submit signed and sealed plans of the 6.2.3 Access to the means of egress shall be marked by
amusement device to the Department and shall contain design readily visible signs in all cases where it is not immediately
data, safety factors, materials utilized, stress analysis and other visible to the passengers.
pertinent data. The Department's review and acceptance of 6.2.4 No means of egress shall be less than 22 inches in
said plans shall be conveyed by the owner to the Department width.
of Consumer Affairs. The owner shall indicate on its 6.2.5 The width of a stairway shall be taken as the length
application for an amusement device license whether the of the treads between stringers. The width of a doorway
device was manufactured or altered after January 1, 1997. shall be taken as the width of the door.
*
6.0.6.1 Such stress analysis shall include the affect of 6.2.6 The maximum travel distance from the most remote

372
Reference Standard 18

point in any room or enclosed space to an open safe outside brakes sufficient to prevent such collisions shall be provided.
space shall be not greater than that listed below: *6.3.2On devices which make use of inclined tracks,
6.2.6.1 100 feet in unsprinklered construction, automatic anti-roll back devices shall be installed to prevent
6.2.6.2 150 feet in sprinklered construction, and backward movement of the passenger-carrying units in case
6.2.6.3 25 feet in dead ends. of failure of the propelling mechanism when such backward
6.2.7 Means of access and egress shall have protection from movement could result in injury to a member of the public.
adjacent hazards and protection from falling by use of rails, 6.4 SIGNAL SYSTEM.
enclosures, barriers or similar means. *6.4.1 Signal systems for the starting and stopping of
6.2.8 Means of access and egress shall be free from debris, amusement device shall be provided where the operator of
obstructions, projections and slipping, tripping and other the device does not have a clear view of the point at which
hazards. passengers are loaded or unloaded.
6.2.9 The head clearance in passageways shall not be less 6.4.2 Any code of signals adopted for the operation of any
than 7 feet. amusement device shall be printed and kept posted at both
*6.2.10 Means of access or egress shall have either the operators and signalman stations. All persons who may
stairways or ramps and connecting landings or platforms use these signals shall be carefully instructed in their use.
where the public enter or leave an amusement device, that is 6.4.3 Signals for movement or operation of an amusement
above or below grade with proper handrails and guards. device shall not be given until all passengers and other
6.2.11 Stairways, passageways, ramps, landings or platforms persons who may be endangered are in a position of safety.
shall be not less than 22 inches in width for single lane *6.5 PROTECTION AGAINST MOVING PARTS.
passage or 44 inches for double lane passage. Landings or *6.5.1 An amusement device shall not be used or operated
platforms shall not be less than 3 feet long measured in the while any person is so located as to be endangered by it.
direction of travel. Areas in which persons may be so endangered shall be
*6.2.12 Stair treads shall be at least nine inches deep fenced, barricaded or otherwise guarded against public
exclusive of nosing and the height of rise shall not exceed intrusion.
eight inches. Between any two connecting levels the treads 6.5.2 Machinery used in or with an amusement device
shall be of uniform depth and the risers shall be of uniform shall be enclosed, barricaded or otherwise effectively
height. The slope of ramps shall not exceed that required in guarded against contact. Guards removed for maintenance
Code §27-377. purposes shall be replaced before normal operation is
6.2.13 Substantial handrails shall be provided on both sides resumed. Maintenance shall not be conducted while in
of all stairways of four or more risers connecting adjoining public use.
levels whose difference in elevation is 80 inches or more. *6.6 SPEED LIMITING DEVICES. An amusement device
6.2.14 Substantial handrails shall be provided on both sides capable of exceeding its maximum safe operating speed
of landings, platforms or ramps 30 inches or more above shall be provided with a maximum speed-limiting device
grade. which may be either electrical or mechanical.
6.2.15 Handrails shall be at least 30 inches above the ramp 6.7 PASSENGER-CARRYING DEVICES.
surface or nose of steps and 42 inches above the landings. 6.7.1 The interior and exterior parts of all passenger-
6.2.16 The distance between handrails shall not be less than carrying amusement devices with which a passenger may
18 inches for single lane passage and 36 inches for double come in contact shall be smooth and rounded, free from
lane passage. sharp, rough or splintered edges and corners, with no
6.2.17 Two intermediate rails spaced equally apart or protruding studs, bolts, screws or other projections which
equivalent construction to prevent a passenger from falling might cause injury.
through the handrails shall be provided with handrails. *6.7.2 Interior parts upon which a passenger may be
6.2.18 Stairways and ramps requiring handrails in accordance forcibly thrown by the action of the device shall be
with 6.2.13 or 6.2.14 which are more than 8 feet wide shall be adequately padded.
provided with railings dividing the widths into not more than 6.7.3 Amusement devices equipped with a safety bar, cage
8 feet and not less than the widths of 6.2.11. or other mechanically operated restraining device shall be
6.2.19 Stairways, landings and ramps shall be designed, equipped with a retiring cam or other device so designed
constructed and maintained so as to sustain safely a live load that the safety bar, cage or other mechanically operated
of at least 100 pounds per square foot. device cannot be released except at the point of loading or
*
6.2.20 Surfaces in 6.2.19 shall be of non-slip type. unloading; or alternately that the release device is on the
6.2.21 ILLUMINATION. Access to and exits from exterior of the conveyance, cab or vehicle and is normally
amusement devices, erected permanently or temporarily, shall actuated by the amusement device operator.
be provided with illumination by natural or artificial means of 6.7.4 Amusement devices which are self-powered and
not less than five (5) foot candles measured at grade level. which are operated by a passenger shall have the driving
6.3 EMERGENCY BRAKES AND ANTI-ROLL mechanism so guarded and the guards so secured in place
BACK DEVICES. as to prevent passengers from gaining access to the
*6.3.1 If cars or other components of an amusement device mechanism.
may collide upon failure of normal controls, emergency *6.7.5 Belts, bars, footrests and other equipment as may

373
Reference Standard 18

be necessary for safe entrance and exit and for support while feet from normal working surface or by a suitable
the device is in operation shall be provided and maintained fixture or lampholder with a guard.
in a safe condition. Such equipment and the fastenings shall 6.9.6 Each electrically powered amusement device
be of sufficient strength to retain the passengers. shall be effectively grounded. The grounding shall be
6.7.6 Passenger restraining or containing devices shall be made effective as to all non-current carrying metal
provided and used on any amusement device where parts which may become energized and which are
centrifugal and other forces or mechanical malfunction exposed to contact by any person.
could unseat or dislodge a passenger. 6.9.7 PROTECTION OF EMPLOYEES. No employees
*6.7.7 Passenger restraining or containing devices used on shall be suffered or permitted to work in such
tubs, cars, chairs, seats, gondolas and other carriers on an proximity to any part of an electric power circuit that
amusement device, where the forces generated by the action he may contact the same in the course of his work
of the device require retention, restraint or actual physical unless he is protected against shock by de-energizing
support of the passenger shall be designed, constructed, the circuit, grounding it, or guarding it by effective
installed, and maintained to support the passenger safely. insulation. If the protection is supplied by de-
The fastenings shall be a type which cannot be inadvertently energizing the circuit, the switch controlling the circuit
released by the passenger or by an accidental means. Icebox shall be locked out to prevent inadvertent closing.
fastenings on a scrambler will not meet this requirement. 6.10 AIR COMPRESSORS AND EQUIPMENT. Air
6.7.8 Anchorages for the required restraining devices shall compressors, air compressor tanks and equipment used
have strength at least equal to the strength of the restraining in connection therein shall be designed, constructed,
device. equipped and maintained to insure safe operation at all
6.8 PASSENGER TRAMWAYS. times. They shall be inspected and tested every six
6.8.1 The standards prescribed by safety requirements for months by a qualified person. Air compressor tanks
Aerial Passenger Tramways ANSI B77.1-1982 and shall be tested to demonstrate that they will sustain a
supplements B77.1a-86 and B77.1b-88 are adopted as hydrostatic pressure for a period of at least one (1)
safety standards and shall apply according to the hour. Such test shall be conducted at the same time as
provisions thereof. the required periodic inspection and test. A record of
6.8.2 Each operator engaged in passenger tramway each inspection shall be kept and made available to the
operations shall protect the public by complying with Commissioner. Air compressor tanks and other air
the standards prescribed in 6.8.1. receivers used in connection with air compressors
6.8.3 Only technical standards relating to public safety shall have the maximum allowable working pressure
are adopted by any incorporation by reference as conspicuously marked thereon. Refer to Rule 6.11.
prescribed in 6.8.1. Other standards relating to 6.11 FIRE PREVENTION. The New York City
administration and reporting procedures are not adopted. Fire Prevention Code shall be applicable to this
6.8.4 Where any conflict occurs between the standards section.
prescribed in 6.8.1 and these rules, these rules shall prevail. 6.11.1 Fabrics constituting part of an amusement
6.9 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. device shall be flame resistant to meet the following
6.9.1 All electrical wiring and equipment used for field test: The application of a flame from a three-
amusement devices or for lighting shall be installed, quarter inch paraffin candle for a period of one minute
operated and maintained in accordance with the New which does not cause the fabric to flash, nor support
York City Electrical Code. combustion, nor continue to flame for more than two
6.9.2 All electrical transformer substations shall be seconds or glow for more than thirty seconds after
properly enclosed and proper warning signs shall be removal of the test flame.
posted. 6.11.2 Approved fire extinguishers shall be provided
6.9.3 Electrical wiring and equipment located outdoors where necessary to secure reasonable and adequate
shall be of such quality and so constructed or protected protection from fire hazards.
that exposure to weather will not interfere with its 6.11.3 Flammable waste such as oily rags and other
normal operation. flammable materials shall be placed in covered metal
6.9.4 Elevated power lines crossing access or other containers which shall be kept in easily accessible
roads within the grounds of a carnival or amusement locations. Such containers shall not be kept at or near
park shall be so suspended as to provide a vertical exit.
clearance of at least 14 feet from the road surface or 3 6.11.4 Gasoline and other flammable liquids and
feet above any vehicle used within the grounds of a flammable gases when stored shall be kept in
carnival or amusement park. A horizontal clearance of reasonably cool and ventilated places. Such liquids
at least three feet shall be provided on each side of the shall be in approved containers. Smoking and the
normal passage space of vehicles. carrying of lighted cigars, cigarettes or pipes is
6.9.5 All lamps for general illumination shall be prohibited in any area where such liquids or gases are
protected from accidental contact or breakage. stored or are transferred from one container to another.
Protection shall be provided by elevation of at least 7

374
Reference Standard 18

6.12 LOAD TESTS. 6.13 IDENTIFICATION AND RATING PLATES.

6.12.1 No passenger-carrying amusement device of the *6.13.1 Every amusement device shall be identified by the
following types shall be used or put into normal name and address of the manufacturer, a trade or descriptive
operation until it has withstood an annual load test name and the physical information prescribed in Section
without failure in any material respect: 6.13 and in Part VI.
6.12.1.1 Devices having suspended passenger seats or *6.13.2 A metal plate shall be affixed to the amusement
spaces; device readily visible and legible at all times and shall
6.12.1.2 Devices normally operated at speeds or with contain the following information:
movements creating severe gravity, inertial or centrifugal *6.13.2.1 Owner's name and address
forces; *6.13.2.2 Department of Consumer Affairs license
6.12.1.3 Devices so elevated that structural failure is number
likely to cause passengers to be injured by falling; *6.13.2.3 Name of device
6.12.1.4 Devices as to which the commissioner has *6.13.2.4 Capacity of device
ordered such a test upon finding it necessary to assure *6.13.2.5 Speed of device
safety. *6.13.3 Information other than as required in Section
*6.12.2 Each passenger seat or space shall be weighted 6.13.2 may be kept in an office on the same premises.
with at least 150 pounds dead weight, except that in a *6.13.4 If an amusement device or its supporting
device intended only for small children, each seat or structure is altered or its name changed, or its capacity
space shall be weighted with at least 75 pounds. While increased, or its speed increased, or its ownership changed,
so loaded the device shall be operated at maximum the metal plate shall be removed and a new metal plate
normal speed as to test the full operation of all control with the correct information shall be affixed to the
devices, anti-rollback devices, speed limiting devices, device.
brakes and other equipment provided for safety. The *6.14 ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY.
device shall withstand the test without failure in any *6.14.1 The assembly and disassembly of an amusement
material respect. The soil and the foundation shall not show device shall be done by or under the immediate
signs of inadequacy. supervision of a person experienced and instrumental in
6.12.3 Unless a load test is made in the presence of the the proper performance of such work in respect to the
Commissioner, the owner of the device shall cause to be device or structure.
*
filed with the Commissioner a statement by either (1) the 6.14.2 Assembly work shall be performed in a proper
manufacturer of the device, or (2) an insurance carrier and workmanlike manner. Parts shall be properly aligned
lawfully doing business in this State and carrying public and shall not be bent, distorted, cut or otherwise injured to
liability insurance on the device, or (3) a qualified Licensed force a fit. Parts requiring lubrication shall be lubricated in
PE or RA showing whether the device withstood the test course of assembly and as required during operation.
without failure in any material respect and setting forth such Fastening and locking devices, such as bolts, cap screws,
other relevant information as the Commissioner may cotter pins and lock washers, shall be installed where
require. Until such a statement is so filed it shall be required for safe operation. Nuts shall be drawn tight,
presumed that the device has not withstood the test as cotter pins shall be spread and lock nuts firmly set. "R"
required. pins shall only be used in locations recommended by the
6.12.4 A load test complying with 6.12.3 when performed manufacturer or licensed PE or RA.
*
in another jurisdiction shall be deemed acceptable, provided: 6.14.3 Parts which are excessively worn or which
6.12.4.1 The statement required by 6.12.3 is substantially have been materially damaged shall not be used. Close
equivalent and the information therein is verified by a visual inspection of parts shall be made during assembly to
Licensed PE or RA. discover such wear or damage and immediate inspection of
6.12.4.2 The jurisdiction enforces rules substantially fastening devices shall be made after assembly to assure
equivalent to this Section, and that they have been properly installed.
*
6.12.4.3 A copy of the statement is furnished to the 6.14.4 Persons engaged in the assembly or
Commissioner. disassembly of amusement devices shall be provided with
6.12.5 If the device fails to withstand a load test it shall be and shall use tools of proper size and design to enable the
deemed unsafe and shall not be used until and unless it has work to be done in a proper manner. Broken, damaged
withstood a subsequent load test without failure in any and unsuitable tools shall not be used.
*
material respect. If the device has withstood a load test 6.14.5 Assembly and disassembly of amusement
without failure in any material respect, it shall be required to devices shall be done under light conditions sufficient to
be so tested again before going into normal operation only if permit the work to be properly performed and inspected.
*
rebuilt or modified or if there are reasonable grounds to 6.14.6 A sufficient number of persons to do the work
believe that a further test is necessary before the next properly shall be engaged for the assembly or disassembly
required load test to assure safety and the Commissioner of amusement devices. Persons not so engaged shall be
orders such test to be made. prevented from entering the area in which the work may
create a hazard.

375
Reference Standard 18

*
6.14.7 The owner of an amusement device shall comply controlled safely by a passenger.
*
with the manufacturers construction manual for the 7.3.4 The device operator shall not operate any device
assembly and disassembly of the device. The manufacturers when under the influence of alcohol or drugs.
*
construction manual shall be kept with the amusement 7.3.5 The device operator shall operate the device in
device and shall be available for use by an authorized accordance with the manufacturers operating manual. The
representative of the Department. manufacturers operating manual shall be kept with the
*
6.15 LIGHTING. amusement device or in an office on the same premises
*
6.15Amusement devices access thereto and means of and shall be available for use by an authorized representative
egress therefrom shall, while in operation or occupied, be of the Department.
*
provided with illumination by natural or artificial means 7.3.6 The device operator shall lock-out the electrical
sufficient to guard against injuries to the public. disconnect switch when restoration of electrical power to
PART III OPERATION amusement device could create a hazard to persons during
7.0 NOTICE. the performance of maintenance, repair, inspection or an
7.0.1 No amusement device shall be used at any time or emergency evacuation of passengers, and insure that it
location unless prior notice of intent to use the same has retains lock-out until such time that restoration of
been given to the Commissioner. power will not create hazard.
*
7.0.2 Notice of planned schedules shall (1) be in *7.4 OVERLOAD AND OVERSPEED.
writing, (2) identify the device, (3) state the intended dates *7.4.1 An amusement device shall not be overcrowded, or
and locations of use, and (4) be given to the Department's loaded in excess of its safe carrying capacity.
Elevator Division and Bureau of Electrical Control at *7.4.2 An amusement device shall not be operated at an
least five days before the first intended date of use. unsafe speed or at a speed beyond that recommended by
7.1DAILY INSPECTION AND TEST. the manufacturer.
*7.1.1 In addition to the requirement set forth in *7.5 WIND AND STORM HAZARD. An amusement
Sections 5.0, 5.1 and 5.2 an amusement device shall be device which is exposed to wind or storm shall not be
inspected and tested on each day before it is intended to operated under dangerous conditions except to release or
be used. The inspection and test shall be made by a discharge occupants.
qualified person experienced and instructed in the *7.6 UNSAFE. If the Commissioner finds that an amusement
proper assembly and operation of the device and shall device presents an imminent danger, he may attach to said
be performed before the device is put into normal device an UNSAFE notice, warning all persons against the
operation. use of the device. Such notice shall not be removed until
7.1.2 The inspection and test shall include the operation the device is made safe, and then only by a representative
of control devices, speed-limiting devices, brakes and of the Commissioner. The device shall not be used during
other equipment provided for safety. the time that the notice is attached.
*7.1.3 In addition to the requirements of 5.2.1. a record *7.7 CLEANLINESS.
of each inspection and test shall be made at once, upon *7.7.1 A suitable number of metal containers shall be
completion of the test, and shall be kept with the provided in and around amusement devices. Excessive
amusement device and available to the Commissioner accumulations of trash or refuse shall be promptly removed.
or authorized representative for at least one year. *7.7.2 All parts of amusement devices and temporary
*7.2 LOCATION OF CONTROLS. Controls for the structures used by passengers or customers shall be
starting and stopping of amusement devices shall be so maintained in a clean condition.
located that the operator of the device has a clear view *7.8 PASSENGER CONDUCT.
of the point at which passengers are loaded and *7.8.1 The owner shall have the right to refuse any
unloaded. member of the public admission to a device if his bearing
*7.3 CONTROL OF OPERATION. Amusement devices or conduct will endanger himself or other members of the
shall be operated only by designated competent operators public.
who have secured a Certificate of Competence from the *7.8.2 The owner shall have the right to refuse admittance
Commissioner in accordance with the provisions of Code to any device if the intended passengers health or physical
§27-1005. condition makes it unsafe for him to use the device.
*
7.3.1 The device operator shall operate no more than one *7.8.3 The owner shall refuse a passenger seeking admission
device at any given time. to an amusement device if the passenger cannot meet a
*
7.3.2 The device operator shall have knowledge of the guardian or height restriction if the device is subject to such
use and function of all normal and emergency operating a restriction. Legible signs to this effect shall be posted in
controls and the proper use of the device. full view of the public seeking admission to the amusement
*
7.3.3 The device operator shall be in the immediate device. Refer to the requirements of the Department of
vicinity of the operating controls during operation and no Consumer Affairs.
*
other person shall be suffered or permitted to handle such 7.9 WARNING SIGNS.
controls during normal operations. This provision shall not
apply to amusement devices designed to be operated or *7.9.1 Where an amusement device exposes a passenger

376
Reference Standard 18

to high speed, substantial centrifugal force or a high degree pedestrians passage (by persons and/or children) through
of excitement, the owner shall post a conspicuous warning the enclosed building or structure which activates devices
sign at the entrance to the device advising the public of which contribute to their pleasure, thrill or excitement.
the risk to passengers. 9.1 CONSTRUCTION. Building Code occupancy group
*
7.9.2 The sign required by 7.9.1 shall be at least 2 classification, assembly, designation F-3, shall apply to
feet by 2 feet in sharply contrasting colors. buildings and structures constructed according to this part.
*
7.9.3 The sign required by 7.9.1 shall read as follows Fun houses and haunted houses are representative
or express an equivalent warning. occupancies.
The following people should not ride this amusement 9.2. OCCUPANCY SAFETY. The following shall be
device: provided in buildings and structures occupied in accordance
1. Those under the influence of alcohol. with this part:
2. Those under influence of narcotics. *9.2.1 A posted sign at a prominent entrance location of 4
3. Those with heart conditions. inch high letters stating:
4. Pregnant women. OCCUPANCY BY MORE THAN 75 PERSONS IS
5. Handicapped people. UNLAWFUL.
6. Those subject to motion sickness. 9.2.2 A posted sign at a prominent entrance location
7. Those with back ailments. stating:
*
7.9.4 The following additional signs may be required to NO SMOKING OR OPEN FLAME.
be posted: *9.2.3 Illuminated exit signs in compliance with Article 6
*
7.9.4.1 Passengers shall remain seated until device comes of Subchapter 6 of the Code.
to complete halt! *9.2.4 Automatic Fire Detectors in compliance with
*
7.9.4.2 No Standing! reference standards RS 17-3 and RS 17-5E. Closed circuit
*
7.9.4.3 No Smoking! supervised detectors shall be installed in accordance with
*
7.9.4.4 No Food or Drink! the above referenced standards.
9.2.4.1 Closed circuit supervised means all detector loops
PART IV. BUILDING AND STRUCTURES THAT are complete. Should a break occur in the loop wiring, a
ARE A FUNCTIONAL PART OF AN AMUSEMENT trouble signal will sound at the control panel.
DEVICE. *9.2.5 Emergency lighting in compliance with Code §27-
542; and activated at the same time as the automatic fire
8.0 SCOPE. This part shall apply to the construction of detection system.
buildings and structures that are a functional part of an 9.2.6 Not less than two fire extinguishers of a 10 pound
amusement device. To be a functional part of an ABC multi-purpose type approved by Underwriters
amusement device, the building or structure shall be a Laboratory, Inc.
contributing factor to the amusement, pleasure, thrill or
excitement of the device. PART VI. PHYSICAL INFORMATION TO BE
PROVIDED FOR AMUSEMENT DEVICES.
8.1 CONSTRUCTION. Building Code Occupancy group
classification, assembly, designation F-2, shall apply to 10.0 SCOPE.
buildings and structures constructed according to this part. *10.0.1 ANSI/ASTM F698-1988. Standard Specification
for Physical Information to be provided for Amusement
8.2 OCCUPANCY SAFETY. The following shall be Devices, as modified.
provided in buildings and structures that are a functional *10.0.2 The specification in section 10.1 covers the
part of an amusement device. minimum requirements for information regarding
8.2.1 Posted signs indicating the number of persons who amusement devices that shall be provided to the end user
may safely occupy the space. by the manufacturer or seller of amusement devices.
8.2.2 Illuminated exit signs in compliance with Article 6 of *10.1 SIGNIFICANCE AND USE.
Subchapter 6 of the Code. *10.1.1 The purpose of this specification is to provide the
8.2.3 Not less than two fire extinguishers of a 10 pound minimum information necessary for the proper
ABC multi-purpose type approved by Underwriters identification, placement, erection and operation of each
Laboratory, Inc. amusement device.
*10.2 INFORMATION REQUIREMENTS.
PART V. ENCLOSED BUILDINGS AND *10.2.1 The information in sections 3.2 to 3.16 shall be
STRUCTURES WHICH IN THEIR ENTIRETY either included or indicated as not applicable for all
CONSTITUTE THE AMUSEMENT DEVICE. amusement devices by the manufacturer or seller at the
time of sale of such amusement device.
9.0 SCOPE. This part shall apply to the construction *10.2.2 DEVICE SERIAL NUMBER.
of enclosed buildings and structures which in their entirety A manufacturers issued unique identifying number or code
constitute the amusement device. It functions by affixed to the device in a permanent fashion.

377
Reference Standard 18

*10.2.3 DEVICE MODEL NUMBER. A manufacturers

issued unique identifying number or code assigned to each
manufactured type of device having the same structural
design or components.
*10.2.4 DATE OF MANUFACTURE. The date (month
and year) determined by the manufacturer that the given
device met his required construction specifications.
*10.2.5 TRAILERING INFORMATION. Each trailer
necessary for the transport of a portable amusement device
shall be provided with the following information: height,
width, length and weight.
10.2.6 STATIC INFORMATION. The following
information shall be provided for the amusement device
when it is in a non-operational state with no passengers:
height, width, diameter and weight.
10.2.7 DEVICE SPEED.
*10.2.7.1 Maximum revolutions per minute, or
*10.2.7.2. Maximum feet per second or miles per hour.
*10.2.8 DIRECTION OF TRAVEL. When the proper
direction of travel is essential to the design operation
of the device, the manufacturer shall designate the direction
of travel, including reference point for this designation.
*10.2.9 POWER REQUIREMENTS.
*10.2.9.1 ELECTRICAL. Total electrical power required to
operate the device designated in watts, volts and amperes,
including minimum and maximum voltage limits.
*10.2.9.2 MECHANICAL. Minimum horsepower necessary
to operate the device properly.
*10.2.10 LOAD DISTRIBUTION PER FOOTING.
*10.2.10.1 Maximum static loading of each footing of an
amusement device, and
*10.2.10.2 Maximum dynamic loading of each footing of
an amusement device.
*10.2.11 PASSENGER CAPACITY.
*10.2.11.1 Maximum total passenger weight, and
*10.2.11.2 Maximum number of passengers.
*10.2.12 RIDE DURATION. The actual time the ride
is in operation or a passenger is exposed to the elements
of the device functions, including passenger restrictions
to maximum exposure time shall be included.
*10.2.13 RECOMMENDED BALANCE OF
PASSENGER LOADING OR UNLOADING.
When passenger distribution is essential to the proper
operation of the device, the appropriate loading and
unloading procedure, with respect to weight distribution
shall be provided.
*10.2.14 RECOMMENDED PASSENGER RESTRICTIONS.
Where applicable, any recommended passenger limitations
such as, but not limited to, height, weight, age, passenger
placement, or any other appropriate restrictions.
*10.2.15ENVIRONMENTAL RESTRICTIONS.
Recommendations for operational restrictions relating
to environmental conditions such as, but not limited to,
wind, rain, salt corrosion, and extreme heat or cold.
*** 11-91 BCR; 934-84 BCR
*DOB 3-8-96

378
Reference Standard 19

REFERENCE STANDARD RS-19

SAFETY OF PUBLIC AND PROPERTY DURING CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS
*
LIST OF REFERENCED NATIONAL STANDARDS

ANSI A10.3 Power Actuated Fastening Systems-Safety Requirements, as Modified..................1985

ANSI A10.11 American national standard for personnel and debris nets used during construction, repair and
demolition operations, as modified.........1989
*Local Law 61-1987; 111-90 BCR; 234-90 BCR; 1155-80 BCR

**
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 19-1 Ammunition for the Construction and Alteration of
ANSI A10.31-985-Power-Actuated Fastening Buildings."
Systems-Safety Requirements, as Modified. 10.3.1 The authorized instructors' card shall list the
Modifications.-The provisions of ANSI A10.3- specific model(s) of powder actuated tool(s) for which
1985 shall be subject to the following modifications. training may be given.
The section numbers are from that standard. 10.6 All authorized instructors shall hold a Certificate
Amend section 4.2.2.1 to read as follows: of Fitness issued by the Fire Department.
4.2.2.1 Medium-velocity tools, indirect-acting (piston) 11.4.1 The qualified operator’s card shall list the
type, as defined in section 3, shall (meet the specific model(s) of powder actuated tool(s) which may
requirements of 4.1) not be accepted. be used.
Delete sections 4.2.2.2, 4.2.2.3 and 4.2.2.4. 11.6 All qualified operators shall hold a Certificate of
Amend section 4.2.3.1 to read as follows: Fitness issued by the Fire Department.
†
4.3.2.1. High velocity tools, direct-acting or 12. Materials and Equipment Acceptance Division.
indirect-acting type, as defined in section 3, shall (meet 12.1. Powder-actuated tools using ammunition (power
the requirements of 4.1) not be accepted. loads) accepted by the Materials and Equipment
Delete sections 4.2.3.2, 4.2.3.3 and 4.2.3.4. Acceptance Division and shall be accompanied by such
†As enacted, but “4.2.3.1” probably intended a label.
Add the following new section: 12.2 Labeling.-The MEA acceptance label may be
5.6 Selection of load.-No employer shall knowingly attached to the tool box or to the operator’s manual in
furnish to an employee for use in a tool any cartridge or lieu of attaching it to the tool but, in any event must be
load not suitable for safe use in that tool, whether by kept available for inspection.
reason of excessive power, improper design or poor 13. Fire Department Requirements.
material. The operator shall use due care to select the 13.1 The requirements of Fire Department, Division of
proper cartridges or power loads, or other means of Fire Prevention, Directive 2-62 R, dated February 21,
controlling the force of the explosion so that is develops 1979, entitled "Amended Regulations Governing the
no more than the necessary pressure to bring about the Use and Storage of Ammunition for the Construction
desired penetration. In doing so, the operator shall be and Alterations of Buildings" shall be complied with.
guided by the manufacturer’s specifications. 13.1.1. The following is extracted from such regulations:
5.6.1 Proper Load.-When doubt exists (as to proper a. Powder actuated tools utilizing ammunition (power
load), the operator shall make a trial shot to test the loads) shall be used only by a person holding a
surface and the strength of the material to be penetrated. Certificate of Fitness issued by the Fire Department
The trial shot shall be made with the lowest power level upon a submission of evidence that person has
and then increasing strength until a proper fastening is satisfactorily completed a training program in the safe
made. During this test, the operator and all bystanders use of such equipment, acceptable to the Fire Department.
shall adhere to all safety rules including, but not limited b. No powder actuated tool utilizing ammunition
to wearing goggles and hard hats required for the job. (power loads) shall be used unless the Certificate of
Add the following sentence before the first sentence in Fitness holder establishes a safe zone behind the work
section 7.10: area by the use of a one-quarter inch steel back-up plate
7.10 The operator shall always verify the thickness and and/or maintenance of an area clear of all people.
type of material into which the stud, pin or fastener is to **111-90 BCR
be driven.
Add the following sections: *** RS 19-2 POWER OPERATED CRANES AND
9.4 Storage of power loads shall be in accordance with DERRICKS
the requirements of Fire Prevention Directive 2-62 R,
dated February 21, 1979, Division of Fire Prevention, 1.0 Scope.-This standard applies to the construction,
entitled "Regulations Governing the Use and Storage of installation, inspection, maintenance and use of power

379
Reference Standard 19

operated cranes and derricks used for hoisting and/or arrangement on the boom point to which the topping lift
rigging purposes; or used for the construction, cable is reeved for lowering and raising the boom.
alteration, demolition, excavation and maintenance 2.12 BOOM HOIST-A hoist drum and rope reeving
purposes, including highways or sewers; or used for the system used to raise and lower the boom.
installation of piles; or used for the hoisting or lowering 2.13 BOOM POINT.-The outward end of the top
of any article on the outside of any building or section of the boom.
structure. 2.14 BOOM STOP.-A device used to limit the angle
1.1 Exemptions.-Exempt from the requirements of this of the boom at the highest position.
reference standard are the following: 2.15 BRAKE.-A device used for retarding or stopping
1.1.1 Cranes or derricks used in industrial or motion by friction or power means.
commercial plants or yards and floating cranes, floating 2.16 CAB.-A housing which covers the rotating
derricks and cranes and derricks used on floating superstructure machinery and/or operators station.
equipment. Also augers, churn-drills and other drilling 2.16. 1 CABLEWAY.-A power operated system for
equipment. Operators of such equipment shall be moving loads in a generally horizontal direction in
exempt from any licensing requirements. which the loads are conveyed on an overhead cable,
1.1.2 Operators of cranes described in section C26- track or carriage.
1909.4(a)(3) and (4) of the administrative code shall be 2.16.2 CLIMBER CRANE.-A crane erected upon and
exempt from any licensing requirements where the supported by a building or other structure which may be
cranes are used in connection with the installation or raised or lowered to different floors or levels of the
maintenance of street lighting or public utility overhead building or structure.
power distribution systems. 2.17 CLUTCH.-A friction, electromagnetic, hydraulic,
1.1.3 Derricks having a maximum rated capacity not pneumatic or positive mechanical device for engagement
exceeding one ton. of power.
2.0 Definitions.- 2.18 COUNTERWEIGHT.-Weight used to supplement
2.1 ACCESSORY.-A secondary part of assembly of the weight of the machine in providing stability for
parts which contributes to the overall function and lifting working loads.
usefulness of a machine. 2.19 CRANE.-A power operated machine for lifting or
2.2 APPOINTED.-Assigned specific responsibilities lowering a load and moving it horizontally which
by the employer or by the employers representative. utilizes wire rope and in which the hoisting mechanism
2.3 ANGLE INDICATOR (boom).-An accessory is an integral part of the machine.
which measures the angle of the boom to the horizontal. 2.20 CRAWLER CRANE.-A crane consisting of a
2.4 AUXILIARY HOIST.-(See Whipline). rotating superstructure with power plant, operating
2.5 AXIS OF ROTATION.-The vertical axis around machinery and boom, mounted on a base, equipped
which the crane superstructure rotates. with crawler treads for travel.
2.6 AXLE.-The shaft or spindle with which or about 2.21 DERRICK.-An apparatus consisting of a mast or
which a wheel rotates. On truck and wheel mounted equivalent members held at the top by guys or braces,
cranes it refers to an automotive type of axle assembly with or without a boom, for use with a hoisting
including housing, gearing, differential, bearings and mechanism and operating rope, for lifting or lowering a
mounting appurtenances. load and moving it horizontally.
2.7 AXLE (bogie).-Two or more automotive type axles 2.21.1 A-FRAME DERRICK.-A derrick in which the
mounted in tandem in a frame so as to divide the load boom is hinged from a cross member between the
between the axles and permit vertical oscillation of the bottom ends of two upright members spread apart at the
wheels. lower ends and joined at the top; the boom point
2.8 BASE (mounting).The base or carrier on which the secured to this junction of the side members, and the
rotating superstructure is mounted such as a truck, side members are braced or guyed from the junction point.
crawler or platform. 2.21.2 BASKET DERRICK.-A derrick without a
2.9 BOOM.A timber or metal section or strut. The heel boom, similar to a gin pole with its base supported by
(lower end) is affixed to a base, carriage or support, and ropes attached to corner posts or other parts of the
the upper end supports a cable and sheaves where the structure. The base is at a lower elevation than its
load is lifted by means of wire rope and hook. supports. The location of the base of a basket derrick
2.10 BOOM ANGLE. The angle between the can be changed by varying the length of the rope
longitudinal centerline of the boom and the horizontal. supports. The top of the pole is secured with multiple
The boom longitudinal centerline is a straight line reeved guys to position the top of the pole to the desired
between the boom foot pin (heel pin) centerline, and location by varying the length of the upper guy lines.
boom point sheave pin centerline. The load is raised and lowered by ropes through a
2.11 BOOM HARNESS. The block and sheave sheave or block secured to the top of the pole.

380
Reference Standard 19

2.21.3 BREAST DERRICK-A derrick without a 2.25 GUDGEON PIN.-A pin connecting the mast cap
boom. The mast consists of two side members spread to the mast, allowing rotation of the mast.
farther apart at the base than at the top and tied together 2.26 GUY.-A rope used to steady or secure the mast or
at top and bottom by rigid members. The mast is other members in the desired position.
prevented from tipping forward by guys connected to 2.26.1. HOISTING MACHINE-A power operated
its top. The load is raised and lowered by ropes through machine used for lifting or lowering a load, utilizing a
a sheave or block secured to the top crosspiece. drum and wire rope, excluding elevators. This shall
2.21.4 CHICAGO BOOM DERRICK.-A boom include but not be limited to a crane, derrick, and
which is attached to a structure, an outside upright cableway.
member of the structure serving as the mast, and the 2.26.2 HYDRAULIC BOOM.-A boom which is
boom being stepped in a fixed socket clamped to the operated by means of a hydraulic system.
upright. The derrick is complete with load, boom and 2.27 JIB.-An extension attached to the boom point to
boom point swing line falls. provide added boom length for lifting specified loads.
.21.5 GIN POLE 2 DERRICK-A derrick without a This jib may be in line with the boom or offset to
boom. Its guys are so arranged from its top to permit various angles.
leaning the mast in any direction. The load is raised and 2.27.1 LAY.-That distance measured along a cable in
lowered by ropes reeved through sheaves or blocks at which one strand makes a complete revolution around
the top of the mast. the cable axis.
2.21.6 GUY DERRICK.-A fixed derrick consisting of 2.28 LOAD (working).-The external load, in pounds,
a mast capable of being rotated, supported in a vertical applied to the crane or derrick, including the weight of
position by guys, and a boom whose bottom end is auxiliary load attaching equipment such as load blocks,
hinged or pivoted to move in a vertical plane with a shackles, and slings.
reeved rope between the head of the mast and the boom 2.29 LOAD BLOCK (upper).-The assembly of hook
point for raising and lowering the boom, and a reeved or shackle, swivel, sheaves, pins, and frame suspended
rope from the boom point for raising and lowering the from the boom point.
load. 2.30 LOAD BLOCK (lower).-The assembly of hook
2.21.7 SHEARLEG DERRICK-A derrick without a or shackle, swivel, sheaves, pins and frame suspended
boom. The mast, wide at the bottom and narrow at the by the hoisting ropes.
top, is hinged at the bottom and has its top secured by a 2.31 LOAD HOIST.-A hoist drum and rope reeving
multiple reeved guy to permit handling loads at various system used for hoisting and lowering loads.
radii by means of load tackle suspended from the mast 2.32 LOAD RATINGS.-Maximum loads that may be
top. lifted by a crane or derrick at various angles and
2.21.8 STIFFLEG DERRICK-A derrick similar to a positions as approved by the department.
guy derrick except that the mast is supported or held in 2.33 MAST.-The upright member of a derrick.
place by two or more stiff members, called stifflegs, 2.33.1 MOBILE CRANE.-A crawler crane; a truck
which are capable of resisting either tensile or compressive crane; or a wheel mounted crane.
forces. Sills are generally provided to connect the lower 2.34 OUTRIGGERS.-Extendable or fixed metal arms,
ends of the stifflegs to the foot of the mast. attached to the mounting base, which rests on supports
2.22 DRUM.-The cylindrical members around which at the outer ends.
ropes are wound for raising and lowering the load or 2.35 REEVING.-A rope system in which the rope
boom. travels around drums and sheaves.
2.23 DYNAMIC (loading).-Loads introduced into the 2.36 ROPE.-Refers to wire rope unless otherwise
machine or its components by forces in motion. specified.
2.23.1 ENGINEER.-The word engineer as used in 2.37 SIDE LOADING.-A load applied at an angle to
these regulations shall mean a licensed professional the vertical plane of the boom.
engineer except that the certifications for matters 2.38 SILL.-A member connecting the foot block and
relating to crane design may be made by an engineer stiffleg or a member connecting the lower ends of a
licensed by any state or foreign jurisdiction or upon double member mast.
proof, to the satisfaction of the commissioner, of his 2.39 STANDING (GUY) ROPE.-A supporting rope
professional competence. which maintains a constant distance between the points
2.23.2 FOLDING BOOM.-A boom constructed of of attachment to the two components connected by the
hinged sections which is articulated in a folding manner rope.
and may be folded for storage or transit. 2.40 STRUCTURAL COMPETENCE.-The ability
2.24 GANTRY(A-Frame)-A structural frame, extending of the machine and its component to withstand the
above the superstructure of a mobile crane, to which the stresses imposed by applied loads.
boom supports ropes are reeved. 2.41 SUPERSTRUCTURE. The rotating upper frame

381
Reference Standard 19

structure of the machine and the operating machinery (d) Counterweight supports and attachments
mounted thereon. (e) Rope
2.42 SWING. Rotation of the superstructure for (f) Overturning stability
movement of loads in a horizontal direction about the Only items (a), (b) and (e) of this subparagraph shall
axis of rotation. apply to derricks.
2.43 SWING MECHANISM. The machinery 2. Load test reports where required under this reference
involved in providing rotation of the superstructure. standard.
2.44 TACKLE. An assembly of ropes and sheaves 3. A material specification statement certifying the
arranged for hoisting and pulling. type of steel used in the construction of items (a)
2.44.1 TELESCOPIC BOOM.A boom constructed of through (e) of subparagraph one above.
sections of diminishing cross sections in which the 4. A list of standards used in design and testing.
sections fit within each other. The boom may be 5. The requirements of subparagraphs one through four
extended in a manner similar to a telescope. above shall be waived for cranes where such
2.44.2 TOWER CRANE.-A crane in which a boom, information is not available, provided that the
swinging jib or other structural member is mounted equipment satisfies the load test requirements of section
upon a vertical mast or tower. 7.0 of this reference standard, which shall apply to the
2.45 TRANSIT.-The moving or transporting of a crane following categories:
from one job site to another. (a) Cranes which had a certificate of inspection on or
2.46 TRAVEL.-The function of the machine moving after January 1, 1965.
from one location to another, on a job site. (b) Cranes manufactured on or April 1, 1962 and prior
2.47 TRAVEL MECHANISM.-The machinery involved to April 1, 1970 provided that:
in providing travel power. (1) The application is filed with the department of
2.48 TRUCK CRANE.-A crane consisting of a buildings and a certificate of approval is obtained within
rotating superstructure with power plant, operating two years after the enactment of this local law, and
machinery and boom, mounted on an automotive truck (2) Title to the crane has been in name of the applicant
equipped with a power plant for travel. since December 31, 1971.
2.48.1 TRUCK MOUNTED TOWER CRANE.-A 6. Where cranes manufactured after April 1, 1970 have
tower crane which is mounted on a truck or similar been tested pursuant to subdivision 6.1 of this reference
carrier for travel or transit. standard, the requirements of paragraph 3.1.1 above
2.49 WHEEL BASE.-Distance between centers of shall be waived, provided that:
front and rear axles. For a multiple axle assembly the (a) The tests are monitored and certified by a competent
axle center wheel base measurement is taken as the individual or group, other than the manufacturer, acceptable
midpoint of the assembly. to the commissioner, or
2.50 WHEEL MOUNTED CRANE (wagon crane).- (b) At the discretion of the commissioner, the tests are
A crane consisting of a rotating superstructure with monitored and certified by the department, or
power plant, operating machinery and boom, mounted (c) In lieu of the monitoring and certification of the
on a base or platform equipped with axles and rubber tests as provided in items (a) and (b) above, the
tired wheels for travel. The base is usually propelled by commissioner shall require design calculations for those
the engine in the superstructure, but it may be equipped items in paragraph 3.1.1 as he shall deem necessary to
with a separate engine controlled from the superstructure. supplement the tests and reference standard RS 10-5
Its function is to hoist and swing loads at various radii. need not apply.
2.51 WHIPLINE (auxiliary hoist).-A separate hoist *Local Law 50-1973
rope system of lighter load capacity and higher speed *
than provided by the main hoist. 4.0 Design of Boom and Other Structural
2.52 WINCH HEAD.-A power driven spool for Members.-The boom shall be designed as a beam
handling of loads by means of friction between fiber or column, subject simultaneously to axial force, torsion
wire rope and spool. and bending. Stresses induced in the boom by its
movement and due to wind during normal operation
3.0 Filing Applications-for Approval and Operation shall be considered. Stresses of the boom or other
of Cranes and Derricks.- structural members enumerated in 1 of 3.1.1 shall not
*
3.1.1 The following information shall be submitted by exceed those permitted by reference standard RS 10-5
an engineer: for mobile cranes with hydraulic booms, for derricks
1. Design calculations for: and for tower and climber cranes.
*Local Law 50-1973
(a) Boom or mast
(b) Jib or extensions *
(c) Gantries 5.0 Use of Special Steels.-All steel used in the

382
Reference Standard 19

construction of a crane or derrick not specifically slopes, vaults or other subsurface structures, supporting
accepted for use by the New York City Building Code platforms or structures, and the swing of the crane or
or an appropriate reference standard thereof, must be derrick. Also, a document shall be submitted, signed by
approved by the commissioner. a licensed engineer or registered architect which shall
*Local Law 50-1973 include the following information where the crane or
*
derrick is to be supported by soil:
6.0 Load Tests for New Mobile Cranes.- (a) That he has inspected the soil at the proposed
6.1 A prototype of each mobile crane, except those location or locations of the crane or derrick;
with hydraulic booms, manufactured after April 1, 1970 (b) His estimate of the soil bearing value;
shall be tested for strength and stability in accordance (c) That he has explored the existence of any sheeting
with ANSI B30.5-1968 of the American National or retaining walls supporting soil adjoining any
Standard Safety Code for Crawler Locomotive and excavation which may be affected and certifies as to its
Truck Cranes and in compliance with SAE J987 and adequacy;
SAE J765. (d) If the crane or derrick is to be on the street, that he
6.2 For mobile cranes with hydraulic booms, a has explored the existence of vaults or other subsurface
prototype shall be tested in accordance with SAE J765. structures which could impair the bearing value of the
6.3 Prior approval of the testing program shall be street or sidewalk;
obtained from the department before performing any (e) That the load imposed upon the soil by the crane or
load tests after the effective date of this section. The derrick including supporting platform, does not exceed
department shall be notified in writing, at least one such bearing value under any condition of loading.
week in advance, of the date and location of such 8.1.2 Where a crane not exceeding 160 feet in height,
testing. including jibs and any other extensions to the boom is
to be used for a period not exceeding 24 hours, or a
7.0 Load Tests for Other Mobile Cranes.- crane not exceeding 50 feet in height, including jibs and
*
7.1 Mobile cranes which comply with the provisions any other extensions to the boom with a maximum
of 5 of 3.1.1 for which the information specified in 1 rated capacity of 20 tons, is to be positioned on the
and 3 of 3.1.1. is not available, shall undergo a load test roadway or sidewalk, a certificate of on-site inspection
as follows: shall be required. However, the requirements relating
1. Maximum load used shall not exceed 20,000 pounds. to plans and a document of a licensed professional
2. The crane shall be tested at no more than two engineer or registered architect enumerated in 8.1.1 of
different radii determined by the commissioner to this reference standard shall not apply nor shall the
determine its compliance with manufacturer’s load three regular working day provisions of section C26-
rated chart as required pursuant to these regulations. 1909.4(d) be applicable under the following conditions:
Upon satisfaction of this test requirement, the crane (1) That a prototype approval has been obtained
may be operated to the capacities represented on the chart. showing the means required to distribute the weight of
*Local Law 50-1973
** the crane and the maximum working loads.
3. A crane tested prior to July 1, 1972 shall be (2) A statement from the owner of the structure, building
deemed to comply with the requirements of subdivision or premises or his authorized agent that he visited the site
13.1 of this standard, provided that the load ratings and that there are no excavations or retaining walls and
established by such tests are no greater than eighty that no vaults or subsurface construction exists at the site.
(80%) percent of the test loads and in no case greater 8.1.3 A certificate of on-site inspection shall not be
than those indicated on the manufacturer’s load rating chart. required under the following conditions:
**731-71 BCR; 454-71 BCR *
8.1.3.1 For a crane not exceeding 160 feet in height
8.0 Certificate of On-Site Inspection.- including jibs and any other extensions to the boom,
8.1 Use of cranes and derricks at job sites. - which is to be used for a period not exceeding 48 hours
8.1.1 In order to operate a crane or derrick at a job site, and operating entirely within the property lines and in
a certificate of on-site inspection is required as such locations which are at least a boom length,
stipulated in C26-1909.4(d). The owner of the including jibs and any extensions thereof, distant from
all lot lines. *Local Law 50-1973
premises, building or structure, or his designated
representative, shall file an application in quadruplicate 8.1.3.2 For service cranes and clamshells operated
at the department office in the borough where the entirely within the property lines and within such
premises is located. Such application shall be locations which do not involve the moving of any loads
accompanied by plans showing proposed locations of over the roadway or sidewalk. This exemption shall
the crane or derrick, pertinent features of the site such apply only to cranes with a boom length, including jibs
as assumed soil bearing values, ground elevations and and any extension thereof, not exceeding 110 feet.
*
8.1.3.3 For the use of cranes as provided for in 8.1.3.1

383
Reference Standard 19

and 8.1.3.2, notice of the operation of the crane at the the construction application under which the work is
job site shall be given to the division of cranes and being performed, and
derricks, department of buildings, by telephone and (2) An amendment is filed to such application by an
confirmed in writing. It shall be the responsibility of an engineer or architect certifying that on the basis of the
appointed person to provide firm and uniform footing borings, the soil is adequate to support the load to be
and, when necessary, provide substantial timbers, imposed thereon by the subject equipment.
cribbing or other structural members sufficient to 8.4 The Requirements of 8.1.1, 8.2 and Sections
distribute the load so as not to exceed the safe bearing C26-1909.4(d) Shall also Apply to Cableways.-
**
capacity of the underlying material. 8.5 Notwithstanding the provisions of 8.0 through 8.4
*Local Law 50-1973 where a crane is operated on the sidewalk or roadway, a
8.2 Cranes or Derricks Supported by a Building or permit from the department of highways shall be
Structure.- obtained and the pressure on such surface shall not
8.2.1 Where the crane or derrick is supported by a exceed 3500 pounds per square foot. The pressure shall
building or a structure, the statement by the licensed be distributed on the roadway by means of timber
engineer or registered architect referred to in 8.1.1 shall platforms extending not less than twelve (12) inches
include the means of supporting and bracing the equipment. beyond the base of the outriggers on all sides and
The swing of the crane or derrick shall be shown on the sufficiently thick to uniformly distribute the pressure as
plans to insure clearance during operation. Computations required above of all the loads including the weight of
shall be submitted with the application showing all the crane. The timber mats shall have a minimum
reactions imposed on the structure by the crane or thickness of two (2) inches. All cranes equipped with
derrick, including those due to impact and wind. Such steel tracks shall be supported by timber platforms not
computations shall verify that the stability of the less than six inches thick and covering the entire base of
building or structure will not be impaired when the the crane.
crane or derrick is in operation and that no structural ** Local Law 73-1969; 479-77 BCR
members will be overstressed due to forces induced by
the crane or derrick. 9.0 Unsafe Hoisting Machines.-
8.2.2 Concrete Structures.-If the structure is a concrete 9.1 When it is found that equipment is dangerous or
structure, test reports of the compression strength of the unsafe a notice or order to stop work may be issued by
concrete shall be submitted to insure that the concrete the commissioner, or his authorized representative.
supports of the crane or derrick have developed Such notice or order may be given to the owner or
sufficient strength to support the crane or derrick before lessee of the equipment involved, or to the agent of any
it is installed. of them, or to the person or persons executing the work
The means for establishing concrete strength before or operating the equipment in writing. If the operation
imposing crane or derrick loads upon the structure shall of the hoisting machine is not discontinued, the
be indicated on the application. inspector shall report same to his superior and an
8.2.3 All anchorages for cranes and derricks shall be engineer shall be sent to reinspect. Upon confirmation
approved by an appointed person. of the unsafe condition by the engineer, the hoisting
8.3 Use of Pile Drivers and Clamshells.- machine shall be red tagged. All persons shall be
8.3.1 A certificate of on-site inspection shall not be prohibited from using the said equipment until the
required for pile drivers or clamshells operating entirely danger is removed or the unsafe condition is rectified.
within the lot lines under the following conditions: An unsafe notice shall not be removed from the
8.3.1.1 Where pile driving equipment is designed or equipment, except by an authorized inspector or
supported on a platform so that the soil bearing pressure representative of the department of buildings.
does not exceed 500 pounds per square foot, a
certificate of on-site inspection shall not be required. 10.0 Annual Renewal of Certificate of Operation.-
8.3.1.2 Where clamshells are operating on construction Application for renewal of a certificate of operation, as
sites and are at least the depth of excavation height stipulated in C26-1909.4 (c), shall be accompanied by
from the edge of the excavation and where the soil inspection and maintenance records in accordance with
bearing pressure does not exceed 500 lbs. per square 15.1 and 18.1. Upon approval of the application, a new
foot, a certificate of on-site inspection shall not be required. certificate of operation shall be issued after a satisfactory
8.3.1.3 Where the pressure on the soil is in excess of inspection by a department inspector.
500 pounds per square foot but does not exceed 2,500
pounds per square foot, a pile driver or clamshell may 11.0 Welded Construction.-
be operated without a certificate of on-site inspection 11.1 Welding of structural members of cranes and
under the following conditions: derricks enumerated in 1 and 2 of 3.1.1 shall conform to
(1) That borings have been filed with the department in the recommended practices of the American Welding

384
Reference Standard 19

Society as outlined in specifications for welded "Load ratings shown on this chart makes no allowance
highway and railway bridges AWS D2.0-66 or other for such factors as the effect of freely suspended loads,
recognized standards or pursuant to RS 19-2. wind, ground conditions, inflation of rubber tires and
11.2 For welding of steels not covered by AWS D2.0- operating speeds. The operator therefore shall reduce load
66, for all cranes manufactured after April 1, 1970 and ratings in order to take these conditions into account."
all welding performed after that date shall conform to 13.2.2 Each mobile crane, excluding those used with
recognized standards. pile driving or dragline equipment, with a maximum
11.3 The commissioner may require such welds to be rated capacity exceeding one ton shall be provided with
tested as he deems necessary. a boom angle indicator that shall make the boom angle
in degrees clearly visible to the operator at all times.
12.0 Load Ratings and Stability of Cranes and Such crane, except when used with a clamshell, shall be
Derricks.- equipped with safety devices as stipulated in 19.1(a),
12.1 Load Ratings-Where Stability Governs Lifting (c), (d) and (e).
Performance (Mobile Cranes).- 13.2.3 Tower and climber cranes.-A substantial,
12.1.1 Load ratings for mobile cranes manufactured durable and clearly legible rating chart shall be
after April 1, 1970 shall be established by tests provided with each tower and climber crane and
performed in accordance with crane load stability test securely affixed in the cab. The chart shall include load
code, SAE J765, April, 1961. ratings approved by the department for specific lengths
*
12.1.2 The margin of stability for determination of of components, counterweights, swing, and radii.
load ratings, with booms of stipulated lengths at
stipulated working radii for the various types of crane 14.0 Backward Stability of Mobile Cranes.-The
mountings shall be established at 75 percent of the load backward stability of a mobile crane is its ability to
which will produce a condition of tipping or balance resist overturning in the backward direction while in the
with the boom in the least stable direction relative to the unloaded condition. The degree of resistance to backward
mounting where overturning stability governs the lifting overturning is reflected in the margin of backward stability.
performance. The percentage may be increased to 85 14.1 The general conditions applicable to mobile
percent for truck cranes which are provided with the cranes for determination of backward stability margin
safety devices specified in 19.1.1. are as follows:
*Local Law 50-1973 14.1.1 Crane to be equipped for normal crane operation
with shortest recommended boom.
13.0 Load Ratings Where Structural Competence 14.1.2 Boom positioned at minimum recommended radius.
Governs Lifting Performance.- 14.1.3 Crane to be unloaded.
13.1 Load rating at some radii for mobile cranes and 14.1.4 Outriggers free of the bearing surface unless
load ratings for climber, tower cranes and derricks are specified by manufacturer for stationary use.
governed by structural competence. Therefore, the limitation 14.1.4 Crane to be standing on firm supporting surface
on crane loading must be such that no structural member level within one percent grade.
is overstressed, and load rating charts shall be subject to 14.1.6 All fuel tanks at least half full.
this limitation. 14.2 The following are minimum acceptable backward
stability conditions for the various types of mobile cranes:
13.2 Load Rating Chart.- 14.2.1 Crawler cranes.-The horizontal distance between
13.2.1 Mobile cranes.-A durable angle and load chart the center of gravity of the crane and the axis of
with clearly legible letters and figures shall be provided rotation shall not exceed 70% of the radial distance
with each mobile crane and securely fixed to the crane from the axis of rotation to the backward tipping
cab in a location easily visible to the operator while fulcrum in the least stable direction.
seated at his control station. The chart shall contain a 14.2.2 Truck and wheel mounted cranes.-
full and complete range of crane load ratings, as (a) With the longitudinal axis of the rotating superstructure
approved by the department, at all stated operating radii of the crane at 90 degrees to the longitudinal axis of the
and boom angles, and for all permissible boom lengths, carrier, the total load on all wheels on the side of the
job lengths and angles, also alternate ratings for use and carrier under the boom shall not be less than 15 percent
non-use of optional equipment on the mobile crane, of the total weight of the crane.
such as outriggers and counterweights which affect (b) With the longitudinal axis of the rotating superstructure
ratings. The chart shall also contain essential precautionary of the crane in line with the longitudinal axis of the
or warning notes relative to limitations on equipment carrier, in either direction, the total load on all wheels
and operating procedures, including indication of the under the lighter loaded end of the carrier shall not be
least stable position. In addition, the chart shall include less than 15 percent of the total weight of the crane.
the following statement:

385
Reference Standard 19

*
15.0 Inspection Required by Owner for Cranes and 15.4 Periodic inspections of cranes and derricks.-
Derricks.- Complete inspections of the crane or derrick shall be
15.1 Certification and inspections required.-The performed at intervals as generally defined in 15.2.2,
owner of a crane or derrick when applying for a depending upon its activity, severity of service, and
certificate of approval in accordance with 3.0 shall environment, or as required by 15.5.1 or 15.5.2. These
certify that all applicable regulations regarding inspections shall include the requirements of 15.0, and in
inspection and maintenance will be complied with. All addition, items specifically indicated below. Any defects
inspections required by the owner shall be performed revealed by inspection shall be corrected. Where such
only by appointed personnel. The inspections shall be defects constitute a safety hazard the crane or derrick
performed to provide information requested in a shall not be operated until such defects are corrected.
department supplied chart and all deficiencies shall be *Local Law 50-1973
corrected. No record of information not required by 15.4.1 Deformed, cracked or corroded members in the
such chart shall be required to be maintained in writing. crane or derrick structure and boom.
15.2 Inspection classification.-Inspection procedure 15.4.2 Loose bolts or rivets.
for cranes and derricks in regular service is divided into 15.4.3 Cracked or worn sheaves and drums.
two general classifications based upon the intervals at 15.4.4 Worn, cracked or distorted parts such as pins,
which inspection should be performed. The intervals in bearings, shafts, gears, rollers and locking devices.
turn are dependent upon the nature of the critical 15.4.5 Excessive wear on brake and clutch system
components of the crane or derrick and the degrees of parts, linings, pawls and ratchets.
their exposure to wear, deterioration or malfunction. 15.4.6 Load, boom angle and other indicators over
The two general classifications are herein designated as their full range, for any significant inaccuracies.
"frequent" and "periodic" with respective intervals 15.4.7 Gasoline, diesel, electric or other power plants
between inspections as defined below: for improper performance or non-compliance with
15.2.1 Frequent inspection.-Daily to monthly intervals. safety requirements.
15.2.2 Periodic inspection.-1 to 12 month intervals or 15.4.8 Excessive wear of chain drive sprockets and
as specifically recommended by the manufacturer. excessive chain stretch.
*
15.3 Frequent inspection.-Items such as the following 15.4.9 Crane or derrick hooks.-Magnetic particle or
shall be inspected for defects at intervals as defined in other suitable crack detecting inspection should be
15.2.1 or as specifically indicated, including observation performed at least once each year by an inspection
during operation for any defects which might appear agency retained by the owner and approved by the
between regular inspections. Any defects revealed by department. Certified inspection reports are to be made
inspection shall be corrected. Where such defects available to the department upon request.
constitute a safety hazard, the crane or derrick shall not 15.4.10 Travel steering, braking and locking devices,
be operated until such defects are corrected. for malfunction.
*Local Law 50-1973 15.4.11 Excessively worn or damaged tires.
15.3.1 All control mechanisms for maladjustment 15.4.12 Derrick gudgeon pin for cracks, wear and
interfering with proper operation.-Daily. distortion each time the derrick is to be erected.
15.3.2 All control mechanisms for excessive wear of 15.4.13 Foundation or supports shall be inspected for
components and contamination by lubricants or other continued ability to sustain the imposed loads.
foreign matter. 15.5 Cranes or derricks not in regular use.-
15.3.3 All safety devices for malfunction. 15.5.1 A crane or derrick which has been idle for a
15.3.4 Deterioration or leakage in air or hydraulic period of one month or more, but less than six months,
systems.-Daily shall be given an inspection by the owner conforming
*
15.3.5 Crane or derrick hooks with deformations or with requirements of 15.3 and 18.1.3 before an
cracks.-Refer to 17.3.3(c). application for a certificate of on-site inspection in
*Local Law 50-1973 accordance with C26-1909.4(d) is submitted to the
15.3.6 Rope reeving for non-compliance with crane or department.
derrick manufacturer’s recommendations. 15.5.2 A crane which has been idle for a period of over
15.3.7 Electrical apparatus for malfunctioning, signs of six months shall be given a complete inspection by the
excessive deterioration, dirt, moisture accumulation, owner conforming with requirements of 15.3, 15.4 and
weatherproofing and grounding. 18.13 before an application for a certificate of on-site
15.3.8 Tension in derrick guys.-Daily. inspection in accordance with C26-1909.4(d) is
15.3.9 Plumb of derrick mast. submitted to the department.
15.3.10 Hoist brakes, clutches and operating levers.-
Check daily for proper functioning before beginning 16.0 Testing Required for Cranes and Derricks,
operations. Manufactured After April 1, 1970, by Manufacturer

386
Reference Standard 19

or Owner.- and maintenance equipment removed.

16.1 Operational test.- 17.3 Adjustments and Repairs.-
*
16.1.1 In addition to prototype tests and quality control 17.3.1 Any unsafe conditions disclosed by the inspection
measures, each new production crane and derrick shall requirements of 15.0 shall be corrected before operation
be tested by the manufacturer to the extent necessary to of the crane or derrick is resumed. Adjustments and
insure compliance with the operational requirements of repairs shall be done only by competent personnel.
this section, including functions such as the following: *Local Law 50-1973
(a) Load hoisting and lowering mechanisms. 17.3.2 Adjustments shall be maintained to assure
(b) Boom hoisting and lowering mechanisms. correct functioning of components. The following are
(c) Swinging mechanism. examples:
(d) Traveling mechanism. (a) All functional operating mechanisms.
(e) Safety devices. (b) Safety devices.
16.1.2 Where the complete production crane or derrick (c) Control systems.
is not supplied by one manufacturer such tests shall be (d) Power plants.
conducted at final assembly. (e) Tie downs or anchorages.
6.1.3 Operational test and production test results (f) Signal system.
certified by the manufacturer or a licensed professional (g) Guys.
engineer shall be made available to the department with 17.33 Repairs or replacements shall be provided
each application for a certificate of approval for a crane promptly as needed for safe operation. The following
or derrick, in accordance with 3.0. are examples:
16.1.4 For all cranes and derricks, where electrically (a) All critical parts of functional operating
powered, the trip setting of hoist limit switches shall be mechanisms which are cracked, broken, corroded, bent
determined by tests with an empty hook traveling in or excessively worn.
increasing speeds to the maximum speed. The (b) All critical parts of the crane or derrick structure
activating mechanism of the limit switch shall be which are cracked, bent, broken or excessively corroded.
*
located so that it will trip the switch under all (c) Crane or derrick hooks showing defects described
conditions in sufficient time to prevent contact of the in 15.3.5 shall be discarded. Repairs by welding or
hook or load block with any part of the derrick or crane. reshaping are not acceptable unless written approval of
the department is obtained.
*Local Law 50-1973
17.0 Maintenance of Cranes and Derricks.-
17.1 Preventive maintenance.- (d) Pitted or burned electrical contacts should be
17.1.1 A preventive maintenance program based on the corrected only by replacement and in sets. Controller
crane or derrick manufacturer’s recommendations shall parts should be lubricated as recommended by the
be established. Dated and detailed records shall be manufacturer.
readily available to the department. 17.3.4 All replacement parts or repairs shall have at
17.1.2 It is recommended that replacement parts be least the original safety factor and be in accordance
obtained from the original equipment manufacturer. with the specifications of the manufacturer. Approval of
17.2 Maintenance procedure.- the department shall be required for the replacement or
17.2.1 Before adjustments and repairs are started on a repair of main structural members as enumerated in 1
crane or derrick, the following precautions shall be and 2 of 3.1.1 for which no fee will be required.
taken as applicable: 17.4 Lubrication of Cranes and Derricks.-
(a) Crane or derrick placed or arranged where it will 17.4.1 All moving parts of the crane or derrick and
cause the least interference with other equipment or hoist for which lubrication is specified, including rope
operations in the area. and chain, shall be regularly lubricated. Lubricating
(b) All controls at the "off" positions. systems shall be checked for proper delivery of
(c) Starting means rendered inoperative. lubricant. Particular care should be taken to follow
(d) Warning or "out of order" signs placed on the crane manufacturer’s recommendations as to point and frequency
or derrick and hoist. of lubrication, maintenance of lubricant levels and types
(e) Power plant stopped or disconnected at take-off. of lubricants to be used. Lubrication shall be performed
(f) Boom lowered to the ground if possible or under the supervision of the crane operator, oiler or
otherwise secured against dropping. maintenance engineer.
*
(g) Lower load block lowered to the ground or 17.4.2 Machinery shall be stationary while lubricants
otherwise secured against dropping. are being applied and protection provided as called for
17.2.2 After adjustment and repairs have been made, in 17.2.1(b) through 17.2.1(e) inclusive, unless such
the crane or derrick shall not be operated until all machinery is equipped for automatic lubrication.
*Local Law 50 -1973
guards have been reinstalled, safety devices reactivated

387
Reference Standard 19

(f) In standing ropes, more than two broken wires in

18.0 Rope Inspection, Replacement and Maintenance one lay in sections beyond and connections or more
by Owner for Cranes and Derricks.- than one broken wire at an end connection.
18.1 Inspection.- (g) In standing or running ropes noncompliance with
*
18.1.1 All ropes in continuous service should be section C26-1909.2(b), (c) or (d).
visually inspected once every working day. A thorough 18.2.3 Discarded rope should not be used for slings.
inspection of all ropes in use shall be made at least once
a month. All inspections shall be performed by an 18.3 Rope Maintenance.-
appointed person. Any deterioration resulting in 18.3.1 Rope shall be stored to prevent damage or
measurable loss of original strength, such as described deterioration.
below shall be carefully noted and determination made 18.3.2 Unreeling or uncoiling of rope shall be done as
as to whether further use of the rope would constitute a recommended by the rope manufacturer and with
safety hazard: extreme care to avoid kinking or inducing a twist.
(a) Reduction of rope diameter below nominal 18.3.3 Before cutting a rope, seizings shall be placed
diameter due to loss of core support, internal or external on each side of the place where the rope is to be cut to
corrosion or wear of outside wires. prevent unlaying of the strands. On preformed rope,
(b) A number of broken outside wires and the degree one seizing on each side of the cut is required. On non-
of distribution of concentration of such broken wires. preformed ropes of 7/8 inch diameter or smaller, two
(c) Worn outside wires, "birdcaging," or kinks. seizings on each side of the cut are required, and for
(d) Corroded or broken wires at end connections. non-preformed rope of one inch diameter or larger,
(e) Corroded, cracked, bent, worn or improperly three seizings on each side of the cut are required.
applied end connections. 18.3.4 During installation care shall be observed to avoid
(f) Severe kinking, crushing, cutting or unstranding. dragging of the rope in dirt or around objects which will
*Local Law 50-1973 scrape, nick, crush, or induce sharp bends in it.
18.1.2 Heavy wear and/or broken wires may occur in 18.3.5 Rope should be maintained in a well lubricated
sections in contact with equalizer sheaves, or other condition. It is important that lubricant applied as part of a
sheaves where rope travel is limited, or with saddles. maintenance program shall be compatible with the original
Particular care shall be taken to inspect ropes at these locations. lubricant and to this end the rope manufacturer should be
18.1.3 All rope which has been idle for a period of a consulted. Those sections of rope which are located over
month or more due to shutdown or storage of the crane sheaves or otherwise hidden during inspection and
or derrick on which it is installed shall be given a maintenance procedures require special attention when
thorough inspection before it is placed in service. This lubricating rope. The object of rope lubrication is to reduce
inspection shall be for all types of deterioration and internal friction and to prevent corrosion. Periodic field
shall be performed by an appointed person whose lubrication is particularly important for non-rotating rope.
approval shall be required for further use of the rope. *
19.0 Safety Devices Required.-
18.1.4 Particular care shall be taken in the inspection of *Local Law 50-1973
*
non-rotating rope. 19.1 All cranes or derricks having a maximum rated
18.2 Rope Replacement.- capacity exceeding one ton shall be equipped with
18.2.1 Safety in regard to rope replacement shall safety devices as provided herein, except equipment
depend upon the use of good judgment by an appointed used exclusively for pile driving, clamshell and dragline
person in evaluating strength in used rope. used for excavation. These safety devices shall be
18.2.2 Conditions such as the following should be acceptable to the commissioner.
*
sufficient reason for replacement: 19.1.1 All mobile cranes, including truck mounted
(a) In running ropes, six randomly distributed broken tower cranes, shall be equipped with:
wires in one lay or three broken wires in one strand in (a) A warning light and an acoustical signal located at
one lay. the operator’s position or cab to indicate overload and
(b) Wear of one-third the original diameter of outside shall consist of either of the following devices:
individual wires. *Local Law 50-1973
(c) Kinking, crushing, bird caging or any other damage (1) A load measuring device in combination with a
resulting in distortion of the rope structure. load radius or boom angle measuring device with
(d) Evidence of any heat damage from any cause. presettable load and angle or radius limits to activate
(e) Reductions from nominal diameter of more than the warning signals and to be used in conjunction with
3/64 inch for diameters to and including 3/4 inch, 1/16 the approved load radius chart.
inch for diameter 7/8 inch to 1 1/8 inches inclusive, (2) A load and radius measuring device pre-
3/32 inch for diameters 1 1/4 inches to 1 1/2 inches programmed to continuously relate the measured data
inclusive. to the load radius chart as a direct reading of load or

388
Reference Standard 19

percentage of rated load. with a self-setting safety brake, capable of supporting

(b) Where electrically powered, a deadman control on all rated loads, with recommended reeving.
control levers in the cab or crane operator’s station. (c) Brakes and clutches shall be arranged to be readily
(c) An effective audible warning and operating signal adjusted to compensate for wear and to maintain
on the outside of the cab. adequate tension in springs where used.
(d) Boom stops and boom hoist safety shutoffs. However, (d) The hoisting mechanism shall be provided with an
boom stops shall not be required for telescoping booms. auxiliary ratchet and pawl or other positive locking
(e) An indicator for leveling the crane. device for use as an added safety feature.
*
19.1.2 All tower cranes and climber cranes excluding (e) The hoist drum shall have sufficient rope capacity
truck-mounted tower cranes, shall have the following to operate the boom at all positions between the
safety devices: horizontal and the highest angle recommended by the
(a) Warning light shall be activated at 100% allowable manufacturer and submitted to the department of
overturning moment. buildings for the appropiate reeving and rope size, and
(b) Acoustic signal shall sound at 105% allowable *Local Law 50-1973
overturning moment. (1) At least two full wraps of rope shall remain on the
(c) Automatic stop if 110% allowable overturning drum when the boom point is lowered to the level of the
moment is reached. crane supporting surface.
(d) Automatic stop if load exceeds maximum rated (2) The drum end of the rope shall be anchored by a
load in high gear. clamp securely attached to the drum or a wedge socket
(e) Automatic stop if load exceeds maximum rated arrangement approved by the crane or rope manufacturer
load in intermediate gear. and submitted to the department of buildings.
(f) Automatic stop if load exceeds maximum rated (f) The drum diameter shall be sufficient to provide a
load in low gear. first layer rope pitch diameter of not less than 15 times
(g) Predeceleration before top position of the hook. the nominal diameter of the rope used.
(h) Limit switch for top position of the hook. 20.1.2 Load hoist.-
(i) Predeceleration before low position of the hook. (a) The load hoist assemblies shall have power and
(j) Limit switch for the trolley traveling out. operational characteristics adequate to perform all load
(k) Limit switch for the trolley traveling in. hoisting and lowering functions required in crane
(l) Acceleration limitation on the hoist movement. service when operated under conditions recommended
(m) Acceleration limitation on the swing movement. by the manufacturer and submitted to the department of
(n) Acceleration limitation on the trolley movement. buildings.
(o) Deadman control on both joy sticks in box. (b) Where brakes and clutches are used to control the
*
19.1.3 Safety devices for derricks shall be acceptable motion of the load hoist drums, they shall be of
to the commissioner and shall be installed within six sufficient size and thermal capacity to control all rated
months after said devices are accepted. However, crane loads with minimum accepted reeving.
*
where electrically powered, a deadman control on (c) Load hoist drums shall have sufficient rope
control levers shall be installed prior to applying for a capacity size and reeving to perform crane service
cerificate pursuant to section C26-1909.4. within the range of boom lengths, operating radii and
*Local Law 50-1973 vertical lifts stipulated by the manufacturer and
*
19.1.4 Any safety device previously approved by the submitted to the department of buildings.
board of standards and appeals shall be acceptable as *Local Law 50-1973
*
meeting the requirements of the applicable (d) No less than two full wraps of rope shall remain on
subparagraphs of 19.1.1. the drum when the hook is in its extreme low position.
*Local Law 50-1973 *Local Law 50-1973
*
(e) The drum end of the rope shall be anchored by a
20.0 Characteristic and Special Requirements for clamp securely attached to the drum or by a wedge socket
Mobile Cranes.- arrangement approved by the crane or rope manufacturer
20.1 Hoists, load and swing mechanisms. and submitted to the department of buildings.
20.1.1 Boom hoist. *Local Law 50-1973
(a) The boom hoist shall be capable of lifting the boom (f) Drums shall be provided with a means to prevent
when the outer end is at the level of the surface on rope from jumping off the drum.
which the crane rest. (g) The diameter of the load hoist drum shall be
(b) The hoisting mechanism shall be provided with a sufficient to provide a first layer rope pitch diameter of
suitable clutching or power engaging device permitting not less than 18 times the nominal diameter of the rope used.
immediate starting or stopping of the boom drum (h) Positive means, controllable from the operator’s
motion. The hoisting mechanism also shall be provided station, shall be provided to hold the drum from rotating
in the lowering direction and be capable of holding the

389
Reference Standard 19

rate load indefinitely without further attention from the 20.2.3 Travel brakes and locks.-
operator. (a) On crawler cranes, brakes or other locking means
*
(i) Drum rotation indicators shall be provided and shall be provided to hold the machinery stationary
located to afford easy sensing by the operator except during working cycles on level grade or while the
when a crane is used exclusively with a clamshell or machine is standing on maximum grade recommended
dragline for excavation purposes or for pile driving. for travel. Such brakes or locks shall be arranged to
20.1.3 Load hoist brakes.- remain in engagement in event of loss of operating power.
*Local Law 50-1973 (b) On truck and wheel-mounted cranes, means shall
(a) When power-operated brakes having no continuous be provided to control completely the crane carrier
mechanical linkage between the actuating and braking travel when descending maximum grades specified by
means are used for controlling loads, an automatic the manufacturer under maximum loading conditions.
means shall be provided to prevent the load from falling Brakes shall be provided to bring the machine to a stop
in event of loss of brake actuating power. on level ground within a distance of 32 feet from a
*
(b) Foot-operated brake pedals shall be constructed so speed of 15 miles per hour. Where long or steep grades
that the operator’s feet will not easily slip off. Means are to be negotiated, a retarder or similar device should
for latching brake in the applied position shall be provided. be provided. Means shall be provided to hold the
(c) Brakes and clutches shall be provided with machine stationary on the maximum grade for travel
adjustments where necessary to compensate for wear recommended by the manufacturer.
and to maintain adequate tension in springs where used. 20.3 Operating controls.-
*Local Law 50-1973
* 20.3.1 General.-
20.1.4 Optional power-controlled lowering.-A power- (a) All controls used during the normal crane operating
controlled lowering device may be provided to obtain cycle shall be located within easy reach of the operator
precision lowering and to reduce demand on the load while seated at his station.
brake. Such device shall be capable of handling rated (b) Arrangement of controls shall be in accordance with
loads and speeds as specified by the manufacturer and applicable requirements of SAE recommended practice
submitted to the department of buildings. crane-shovel basic operating control arrangements, J983 as
*Local Law 50-1973
20.1.5 Swing control.- approved April 1967. Controls for load hoist, boom hoist,
(a) The swing mechanism shall be capable of smooth and swing clutches shall be provided with means for
starts and stops with the varying degrees of acceleration holding in neutral position, without the use of positive latches.
and deceleration required in normal crane operation. (c) Shielded panel lights shall be installed over controls.
(b) A brake having adequate holding power in both 20.3.2 Control forces and movements.-
directions shall be provided to prevent movement of the (a) When the crane is operated within the ratings and
rotating superstructure, when desired under normal reeving accepted by the department of buildings,
operation. The brake shall be capable of being set in the controls shall meet the following requirements:
holding position and remaining so without attention on 1-Forces required to operate shall not be
the part of the operator. greater than 35 pounds on hand levers nor greater than
(c) A device for positively locking the rotating 50 pounds on foot pedals.
superstructure shall be provided. It shall be so constructed 2-Travel distance on hand levers shall not be
as to prevent accidental engagement or disengagement. greater than 14 inches from the neutral position on two-
20.2 Travel controls.- way levers and not greater than 24 inches on one way
20.2.1 General.- levers. Travel distance on foot pedals shall not be
(a) On all mobile crane types except truck cranes the greater than 10 inches.
controls for the travel function shall be located at the 20.3.3 Power plant controls.-Controls for operating the
operator’s station in the crane cab. superstructure power plant shall be within easy reach of
(b) On truck cranes the main travel controls shall be the operator and shall include:
located in the truck cab. Auxiliary travel controls may (a) Means to start and stop.
be provided in the crane cab. (b) Means to control speed of internal combustion engines.
20.2.2 Travel mechanism.- (c) Means for shifting selective transmission.
(a) On crawler cranes, the travel and steering mechanism *20.3.4 Engine clutch.-All cranes with a direct mechanical
shall be arranged so that it is not possible for both drive to any crane function shall be provided with a
crawlers to become disconnected simultaneously from clutch for disengaging power. The clutch control shall
the power train and to free wheel. be within reach from the operator’s position.
*Local Law 50-1973
(b) On truck cranes, the carrier transmission shall have 20.4 Ropes and reeving accessories.-
a gear-ratio pattern and adequate control to minimize 20.4.1 Ropes.-
stalling. (a) The hoisting rope shall be of a construction

390
Reference Standard 19

submitted to the department of buildings for crane manufacturer or fitting manufacturer and submitted to
service. Non-rotating rope shall not be used for boom the department of buildings.
hoist reeving nor for multiple part reeving. 20.4.4 Sheaves.-
(b) Socketing shall be done in a manner specified by *Local Law 50-1973
the manufacturer of the assembly and submitted to the (a) Sheave grooves shall be smooth and free from
department of buildings. surface defects which could cause rope damage. The
(c) If a load is supported by more than one part of rope, cross sectional radius at the bottom of the groove shall
the tension in the ropes shall be equalized. be such as to form a close-fitting saddle for the size of
(d) Whenever exposed to temperatures at which fiber rope used and the sides of the groove shall be tapered
cores would be damaged, ropes having an independent outwardly to facilitate entrance of the rope into the
wire-rope or wire-strand core, or other temperature- groove. Flange corners shall be rounded and the rims
damage-resistant core shall be used. shall run true about the axis of rotation.
*
(e) Replacement rope shall be the same size, grade (b) Sheaves carrying ropes which may be momentarily
and construction as the original rope furnished by the unloaded shall be provided with close-fitting guards or
crane manufacturer and submitted to the department of other suitable devices to guide the rope back into the
buildings. Alternate replacement ropes may be used groove when the load is reapplied.
only if specifically recommended by a wire rope (c) The sheaves in the lower load block shall be
manufacturer or the crane manufacturer and submitted equipped with close-fitting guards that will prevent
to the department of buildings. ropes from becoming fouled when the block is lying on
*Local Law 50-1973 the ground with ropes loose.
20.4.2 Rope safety factors.- (d) Means shall be provided to prevent chafing of the ropes.
(a) For supporting rated loads (including boom (e) All sheave bearings shall be provided with means
suspensions): for lubrication unless permanently lubricated bearings
1-The safety factor for live or running ropes are provided.
that wind on drums or pass over sheaves shall be not 20.4.5 Sheave sizes.-
less than 3.5. (a) Boom hoisting sheaves shall have pitch diameters
2-The safety factor for boom pendants or of not less than 15 times the nominal diameter of the
standing ropes shall not be less than 3.0. rope used.
*
(b) For supporting the boom and working attachments (b) Load hoisting sheaves shall have pitch diameters
at recommended travel or transit positions and boom not less than 18 times the nominal diameter of the rope
lengths, the safety factor shall be: used.
*Local Law 50-1973 (c) Load block sheaves shall have pitch diameters not
1-For live or running ropes, not less than 3.5. less than 16 times the nominal diameter of the rope used.
2-For boom pendants or standing ropes, not 20.5 Crane cabs.-
less than 3.0. 20.5.1 Crane cab construction.-
*
(c) For supporting the boom under boom erection (a) Insofar as practical, all cabs shall be constructed to
conditions, the safety factor shall be: enclose the superstructure machinery, brakes and the
*Local Law 50-1973
operator’s station to provide protection from the weather.
1-For live or running ropes, not less than 3.0. *
(b) All windows shall be of, safety glass or equivalent.
2-For boom pendants or standing ropes, not Windows shall be provided in the front and on both sides
less than 2.5. of the cab or operators compartment for visibility
20.4.3 Reeving accessories.- forward and to either side. Visibility forward shall
*
(a) Eye splices shall be made in an approved manner include a vertical range adequate to cover the boom point
and rope thimbles shall be used in the eye. at all times. The front window may have a section which
*
(b) U-bolt clips shall have the U-bolt section on the can be readily removed or held open if desired. If the
dead or short-end, and the saddle on the live or long end section is of the type held in the open position, it shall be
of the rope. Spacing and number of all types of clips well secured to prevent accidental closing.
shall be in accordance with the clip manufacturer’s *Local Law 50-1973
recommendation and submitted to the department of (c) All cab doors whether of sliding or swinging type
buildings. Clips shall be drop-forged in all sizes shall be adequately restrained from accidental opening
manufactured commercially. When a newly installed or closing while traveling or operating the machine.
rope has been in operation for one hour, all nuts on the The door adjacent to the operator, if of the swinging
clip bolts shall be retightened, and they shall be type, shall open outward and, if of the sliding type,
checked for tightness at frequent intervals thereafter. shall slide rearward to open.
*Local Law 50-1973
* (d) A clear passageway shall be provided from the
(c) Swaged, compressed or wedge-socket fittings operator’s station to an exit door on the operator’s side.
shall be applied as recommended by the rope or crane

391
Reference Standard 19

(e) Principal walking surfaces in cabs shall be of anti- guy slack.

skid type. (d) The mast cap shall:
(f) Outside platforms, if furnished, shall be provided 1 - permit free rotation of the mast;
with guard rails. Where platforms are too narrow to use 2 - adequately withstand tilting and cramping
guard rails, handholds shall be provided at convenient action imposed by the guy loads;
points above the platform. 3 - be secured to the mast to prevent
20.5.2 Access to cab.-On all crawler, truck and wheel disengagement during erection;
mounted cranes, suitable handholds and steps shall be 4 - be provided with means for attachment of
provided to facilitate entrance to and exit from the guy ropes.
operator’s cab and the truck cab. 21.2.3 Stiff leg derrick. -
20.5.3 Access to cab roof.-Where access to the cab (a) The mast shall be supported in the vertical position
roof is necessary for rigging or service requirements, a by two stiff legs one end of each being connected to the
ladder or steps shall be provided to give access thereto top of the mast and the other end securely anchored.
and the cab roof shall be capable of supporting, without The stiff legs shall be capable of withstanding the loads
permanent distortion, the weight of a 200 pound man. imposed by the boom at any point within its range of
swing.
21.0 Characteristics and Special Requirements for (b) The mast base shall:
Derricks.- 1 - permit free rotation of mast;
21.1 Load ratings.- 2 - permit slight inclination of the mast
*
21.1.1 Rated load marking.- without binding;
*Local Law 50-1973 3 - provide means to prevent the mast from
(a) For derricks, a substantial, durable and clearly lifting out of its socket when the mast is in tension.
legible load rating chart shall be provided for each (c) The stiff leg connecting member at the top of the
particular installation. The rating chart shall be securely mast shall:
affixed where it is visible to personnel responsible for 1 - permit free rotation of the mast;
the operation of, the equipment. The chart shall include 2 - adequately withstand the loads imposed by
but not be limited to the following data: the action of the stiff legs;
1-manufacturer’s load ratings as approved by 3 - be so secured as to oppose lift off forces at
the department at corresponding ranges of boom angle all times.
or operating radii. 21.3 Ropes and reeving accessories.-
2-specific lengths of components on which the 21.3.1 Guy ropes.-
load ratings are based. (a) Guy ropes shall be of suitable size, grade and
3-required parts for hoist reeving. construction to withstand the maximum load imposed.
4-size and construction of all ropes shall be (b) The nominal breaking strength of each rope shall be
shown either on the rating chart or in the operating manual. no less than three times the load applied to the rope.
(b) For all other derricks, the manufacturer shall (c) Tie downs or kicker devices which may be easily
provide sufficient information from which capacity loosened shall have locknuts or other suitable provision
charts can be prepared and approved by the department to prevent loosening.
for the particular installation. The capacity charts shall 21.3.2 Boom hoist ropes.-
be located either at the derrick or the job site office. (a) Boom hoist ropes shall be of suitable size, grade
21.2 Construction.- and construction to withstand the maximum load imposed.
21.2.1 General.-Derricks shall be constructed to adequately (b) The live rope reeving system in a boom suspension
meet all stresses imposed on all members and components. shall withstand the maximum load imposed and be of
21.2.2 Guy derricks.- sufficient length to permit lowering the boom point to
(a) The minimum number of guys is six. Preferably, horizontal position with at least three full wraps of rope
the guys should be equally spaced around the mast. remaining on the hoist drum.
(b) The manufacturer shall furnish complete (c) The nominal breaking strength of the most heavily
information recommending: loaded rope in a system shall be no less than three and a
1- the number of guys. half times the loads applied to that rope.
2- the spacing around the mast; 21.3.3 Main hoist ropes.-
3- the maximum vertical slope and initial (a) Main hoist ropes shall be of a suitable size and
tension or sag of all guys; construction to withstand the maximum load imposed.
4- the size and construction of rope to be used (b) Ropes in the main hoisting system shall be of
in each. sufficient length for the entire range of movement
(c) The mast base shall permit free rotation of the mast specified for the application with at least three full
with allowance for slight tilting of the mast caused by wraps of rope on the hoist drum at all times.

392
Reference Standard 19

(c) The nominal breaking strength of the most heavily encountered when handling rated loads with the
loaded rope in a system shall be no less than three and a particular guy slope and spacing stipulated for the
half times the load applied to that rope. application are among the design factors for which
21.3.4 Reeving accessories.- provision must be made.
(a) Socketing shall be done in the manner specified by (b) The guys shall be secured to the ground or other
the manufacturer of the assembly. firm anchorage. Maximum horizontal and vertical pulls
(b) Rope end shall be anchored securely to the drum. encountered while handling rated loads with the particular
(c) Eyes shall be made in an approved manner and rope guy slope and spacing stipulated for the application are
thimbles should be used in the eye. among the factors for which provision must be made.
(d) U-bolt clips shall have the U-bolt on the dead or 21.4.2 Stiff leg derricks.-
short end, and the saddle on the live or long end of the (a) The mast base shall be securely anchored. Maximum
rope. Spacing and number of all types of clips shall be horizontal and upward and downward vertical thrusts
in accordance with the clip manufacturer’s recommendation encountered while handling rated loads stipulated for the
and submitted to the department. Clips shall be drop- application with the particular stiff-leg spacing and slope
forged steel in all sizes manufactured commercially. are among the factors for which provision must be made.
When a newly installed rope has been in operation for (b) The stiff legs shall be securely anchored. Maximum
an hour, all nuts on the clip bolts shall be retightened, horizontal and vertical upward and downward thrusts
and they should be checked for tightness at frequent encountered while handling rated loads with the particular
intervals thereafter. stiff-leg arrangement stipulated for the application are
(e) Swaged, compressed, or wedge-socket fittings shall among the factors for which provision must be made.
be applied as recommended by the rope, derrick, or 21.5 Hoist.-
fitting manufacturer. 21.5.1 The hoist shall be suitable for the derrick work
(f) Where a half wedge socket is used it shall be of a intended and shall be securely anchored to prevent
positive locking type. displacement from the imposed loads.
*
(g) If a load is supported by more than one rope, the 21.6 Cranes manufactured prior to April 1, 1970 shall
tension in the parts shall be equalized. be modified to conform to the provisions of 20.1.1(d)
21.3.5 Sheaves.- and (f), 20.1.2(h) and (i), 20.2.3, 20.3.1(b) and (c),
(a) Sheave grooves shall be smooth and free from 20.3.2(a)(2), 20.4.5, 20.5.1(b) and derricks manufactured
surface defects which could cause rope damage. The prior to April 1, 1970 shall be modified to conform to
cross sectional radius at the bottom of the groove the provisions of 21.3.5(f), unless it can be shown to the
should be such as to form a close fitting saddle for the satisfaction of the commissioner that the crane can not
size rope used and the sides of the groove should be feasibly or economically be altered to comply.
tapered outwardly to facilitate entrance of the rope into *Local Law 50-1973
the groove. Flange corners should be rounded and the
rims should run true about the axis of rotation. 22.0 Operation Cranes and Derricks. -
(b) Sheaves carrying ropes which can be momentarily 22.1 Operators.-
unloaded shall be provided with close fitting guards or 22.1.1 Cranes and derricks shall be operated only by
other suitable devices to guide the rope back into the the following persons:
groove when the load is applied again. (a) Persons licensed as operators by the department of
(c) The sheaves in the lower load block shall be buildings in accordance with section B26-5.0.
equipped with close-fitting guards that will prevent (b) Learners in the presence of and under the direct
ropes from becoming fouled when the block is lying on supervision of a licensed operator.
the ground with ropes loose. 22.1.2 No person other than those listed under paragraph
(d) Means should be provided, if necessary, to prevent 22.1.1 above and persons such as oilers and supervisors,
chafing of the ropes. whose duties require them to do so, shall enter the cab
(e) All running sheaves shall be equipped with means of a crane and then only in the performance of his
for lubrication. Permanently lubricated, sealed and/or duties and with knowledge and consent of the operator.
shielded bearings shall be acceptable. 22.2 Operating practices.-
(f) Boom and hoisting sheaves shall have pitch 22.2.1 The operator shall not engage in any practice
diameters not less than eighteen times the nominal which will divert his attention while actually engaged in
diameter of the rope used. operating the crane or derrick hoist.
(g) Boom point sheaves should be provided with 22.2.2 The operator shall respond to signals only from
suitable guides to limit the offlead angle of the rope the appointed signal men.
when entering the grooves from either side. 22.2.3 The operator shall be responsible for the
21.4 Anchoring and guying.- operation of the crane or derrick hoist.
*
21.4.1 Guy derricks.- 22.2.4 For mobile cranes, the warning signal shall be
(a) The mast base shall be securely anchored. sounded each time before on-site traveling and
Maximum horizontal and downward vertical thrusts intermittently during such travel, particularly when

393
Reference Standard 19

approaching workmen. 23.2.1 The hoist rope shall not be wrapped around the load.
* Local Law 50-1973 23.2.2 The load shall be attached to the hook by means
22.2.5 Before leaving his crane or derrick unattended, of slings or other approved devices.
the operator shall: 23.3 Moving the load.-
(a) Land any attached load, bucket, lifting magnet, or 23.3.1 The appointed individual directing the lift shall
other device. see that:
(b) Disengage clutches. (a) In the case of a mobile crane, the crane is level and
(c) Set travel, swing, boom brakes and other locking devices. where necessary, chocked properly.
(d) Put controls in the "off" position. (b) The load is well secured and properly balanced in the
(e) Stop the engine. sling or lifting device before it is lifted more than a few inches.
(f) Secure mobile cranes against accidental travel. 23.3.2 Before starting to hoist, he shall take care that:
(g) Lock and secure the equipment against unauthorized operation. (a) Hoist ropes are not kinked.
22.2.6 On leaving a mobile crane overnight, ground (b) Multiple part lines are not twisted around each other.
chocks shall be set and crane booms shall be lowered to (c) The hook is brought over the load in such a manner
ground level or otherwise fastened securely against as to prevent swinging.
displacement by wind loads or other external forces. (d) If there is a slack rope condition, the rope is
22.2.7 If there is a warning sign on the switch or properly seated on the drum and in the sheaves.
engine starting controls, the operator shall not close the 23.3.3 During hoisting, care should be taken that:
switch or start engine until the warning sign has been (a) There is no sudden acceleration or deceleration of
removed by the person placing it there. the moving load.
22.2.8 Before closing the switch, or starting the engine, (b) The load does not contact any obstructions.
the operator shall see to it that all controls are in the 23.3.4 Side loading of booms shall be limited to freely
"off " position and all personnel are in the clear. suspended loads. Cranes shall not be used for dragging
22.2.9 If power fails during operation, the operator shall: loads sideways. Derricks shall not be used for side loading.
(a) Set all brakes and locking devices. 23.3.5 The operator shall not lift, lower, swing or travel
(b) Move all clutch or other power controls to the "off " position. while any person is on the load or hook. The operator
(c) Communicate with the appointed individual in shall not carry loads over people or over any occupied building.
charge of operations. 23.3.6 On truck cranes, loads shall be lifted over the
(d) If practical, the suspended load should be landed front area only as recommended by the manufacturer
under brake control. and submitted to the department of buildings.
22.2.10 The operator shall familiarize himself with the 23.3.7 The operator shall test the brakes each time a
equipment and its proper care. If adjustments or repairs load approaching the rated load is handled by raising it
are necessary, or any defects are known he shall report a few inches and applying the brakes.
the same promptly to his employer or other person 23.3.8 For mobile cranes, outriggers shall be used
responsible for the equipment and shall also notify the when the load to be handled at that particular radius
next operator of the defects upon changing shifts. exceeds the rated load without outriggers as given by
22.2.11 All controls shall be tested by the operator at the manufacturer for that crane and approved by the
the start of a new shift. If any controls do not operate department of buildings.
properly, they shall be adjusted or repaired before 23.3.9 Neither the load nor the boom shall be lowered
operations are begun. below the point where less than three full wraps of rope
22.2.12 Booms of mobile cranes which are being remain on their respective drums.
assembled or disassembled on the ground with or 23.3.10 When two or more cranes are used to lift one
without support of the boom harness (equalizing sheaves, load, one appointed person shall be responsible for the
bridal and boom pendants) should be securely supported operation. He shall analyze the operation and instruct
by proper blocking to prevent dropping of the boom sections. all personnel involved in the proper positioning, rigging
of the load, and the movements to be made.
23.0 Handling the Load.-No crane or derrick shall 23.3.11 In transit, the following additional precautions
be loaded beyond the rated load. for mobile cranes shall be exercised:
23.1 Size of load.- On all operations involving cranes (a) The boom shall be carried in line with the direction
or derricks which are not equipped with those safety of motion.
devices which make use of load measuring systems, (b) The superstructure shall be secured against rotation.
there shall be a competent appointed individual assigned When negotiating turns or when the boom is supported
on a full-time basis to be responsible for determining on a dolly, the superstructure may be rotated by a licensed
the magnitude of loads to be lifted or lowered. The crane operator only.
operator shall not make a lift unless he has first determined (c) The empty hook shall be lashed or otherwise
the weight of the load or is informed of such weight by restrained so that it cannot swing freely.
the appointed person responsible for the operation. 23.3.12 Before traveling a crane with a load, proposed
23.2 Attaching the load.- travel should be shown on a plan of operation and

394
Reference Standard 19

approved by the department. Such data shall be filed 60 feet, but manual hand signals shall not be used when
with an application for on-site inspection. atmospheric conditions prevent clear visibility to the operator.
23.3.13 A crane shall not be traveled with the boom so 24.7 Mechanical signal systems shall be protected
high that it may bounce back over the cab. against unauthorized use, breakage, weather or obstruction
23.3.14 When rotating the crane or derrick, sudden which will interfere with safe operation. In the event of
stops shall not be made. Rotational speed shall be such any malfunction, all motion shall be stopped immediately.
that the load does not swing out beyond the radii at
which it can be controlled. A tag or restraint line shall 25.0 Miscellaneous.-
be used when rotation of the load is hazardous. 25.1 Ballast or counterweight. - Cranes shall not be
23.3.15 When a crane is to be operated at a fixed operated without the full amount of any ballast or
radius, the boom hoist pawl or other positive locking counterweight in place as specified by the maker, and
device shall be engaged. approved by the department.
23.3.16 Use of winch heads: 25.2 Wind speed limitations. - No crane or derrick
(a) Ropes shall not be handled on a winch head without operator shall start an operation when the wind speed
knowledge of the operator. exceeds 30 m.p.h., or when the wind is predicted to
(b) While a winch is being used, the operator shall be reach 30 m.p.h. before the operation can be completed.
within convenient reach of the power unit control lever. The U.S. weather bureau data from the nearest
23.4 Holding the load.- reporting station may be used for the determination of
23.4.1 The operator shall not leave his position at the wind speed.
controls while the load is suspended. 25.3 Operating near electric power lines. -
23.4.2 People shall not be permitted to stand or pass 25.3.1 No crane or derrick shall be operated in such a
under a load. location that any part of the machine or of its load shall at
23.4.3 If the load must remain suspended for any any time come within 15 feet of an energized power line.
considerable length of time, the operator shall hold the drum 25.3.2 Before the commencement of operations near
from rotating in the lowering direction by activating the electrical lines, the appointed person responsible for the
positive controllable means at the operator’s station. operation shall notify the owners of the lines or their
23.4.4 In all cases, when booms are raised or lowered authorized representatives providing them with all
from the horizontal, load blocks including hooks and pertinent information and requesting their cooperation.
weight balls shall be left on the ground or deposited to 25.3.3 Any overhead wire shall be considered to be an
the ground before raising or lowering booms. energized line unless and until the person owning such
23.5 Securing derrick booms.- line or the electrical utility authorities certify that it is
23.5.1 Dogs, pawls, or other positive braking not an energized line.
mechanism on the hoist shall be engaged. When not in 25.4 Electrical equipment.-
use, the derrick boom shall: 25.4.1 General.-
(a) Be laid down; (a) Wiring and equipment shall comply with the
(b) Be secured to a stationary member, as nearly under electrical code of the City of New York.
the head as possible, by attachment of a sling to the (b) The voltage used on control circuits shall not
load block; or exceed 750 volts.
(c) Hoisted to a vertical position and secured to the mast. 25.4.2 Equipment.-
(a) Electric equipment shall be so located or enclosed
24.0 Signals.- that live parts will not be exposed to accidental contact.
24.1 A signalman shall be provided when the point of (b) All motor, controller and switch frames shall be grounded.
operation is not in full and direct view of the operator (c) Electric equipment shall be thoroughly protected
unless an approved mechanical signaling or control from dirt, grease and oil, and where exposed to the
device is provided for safe direction of the operator. weather, shall be thoroughly protected therefrom.
24.2 Only persons who are dependable and fully (d) Guards for live parts shall be substantial and so
qualified by experience with the operation shall be used located that they cannot be deformed so as to make
as signalmen. contact with the live parts.
24.3 A signalman or other appropriate controls shall be (e) Name plates shall not be removed.
provided when operations or equipment on or adjacent 25.4.3 Controllers.-
to a highway create a traffic hazard. (a) Each cage operated crane and derrick shall be
24.4 Signalmen shall wear high visibility gloves. provided with a device which will disconnect all motors
24.5 A uniform hand signal system shall be used on all from the line on failure of power and will not permit
operations of a similar nature. The system in use by the any motor to be restarted until the controller handle is
U.S. Corps of Engineers (EM 385-11) may be used as brought to the “off “ position, or a reset switch or
the model. button is operated.
24.6 Manual hand signals may be used when the distance (b) Lever operated controllers shall be provided with a
between the operator and the signalman is not more than notch or latch which in the "off" position prevents the

395
Reference Standard 19

handle from being inadvertently moved to the "on" position. familiar with the use and care of the fire extinguishers
(c) The controller operating handle shall be located provided.
within convenient reach of the operator.
(d) As far as practicable, the movement of each 29.0 Filing for Prototype Equipment.-Where the
controller handle shall be in the same general directions equipment is a duplicate of equipment previously filed
as the resultant movements of the load. with design information and approved by the
(e) For floor operated cranes and derricks, the department, the previous approval shall be accepted for
controller or controllers, if rope operated, shall the design. Evidence shall be submitted that the
automatically return to the "off" position when released welding and other manufacturing processes affecting
by the operator. the structural integrity of the crane were performed in
25.4.4 Grounding.-Each crane, which may be operated accordance with applicable specifications and that
in the vicinity of a live power line, shall be effectively required controls were maintained and tests performed.
grounded as hereinafter provided. The crane shall be
provided with a permanent clamp or other means for 30.0 Waiver of Modification of Rules and Regulations.-
convenient and effective attachment of a grounding The commissioner may, at his discretion, modify or
conductor. The cable connecting the clamp to the waive any of the foregoing requirements where practical
ground shall be equivalent to a No. 2 AWG or larger difficulties in complying with particular sections exist
single conductor, superflexible, rope stranded copper, and the public safety is not endangered thereby.
composed of not less than 1,600 individual wires, with ***Local Law 73-1969
600 volt covering for mechanical protection and with ***
terminal parts that insure a good connection with hand RS 19-3 CABLEWAYS
type screw clamps. An effective ground shall be one 1.0 Scope.-This standard applies to the use of
having a resistance of 25 ohms or less, which shall be cableways for the construction, alteration and repair of
measured, or a connection to a continuous underground buildings.
metallic water piping system. 2.0 Definition.-
25.5 Demolition.- 2.1 A power operated system for moving loads in a
25.5.1 Crane or derrick operation when used for generally horizontal direction in which the loads are
mechanical demolition shall comply with section C26- conveyed on an overhead cable, track or carriage.
1905.4(d) of the building code and, in addition, a crane 3.0 An on-site inspection shall be required for
or derrick operating with a demolition ball shall meet cableways used for the erection, alteration and repair of
the following requirements: buildings. The provisions of article 9.0 of RS 19-2 shall
(a) The weight of the demolition ball shall not exceed apply and for this purpose the word, "cableway" shall
fifty percent of the rated capacity of the boom length at be substituted for "crane" or "derrick" where those
its maximum radius. words appear in article 9.0.
***Local Law 73-1969
(b) The swing of the boom shall not exceed thirty degrees
from the centerline, front to back of the crane mounting. **
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 19-4 SAFETY NETS
(c) The load line and attachment of the demolition ball
ANSI A10.11-1989-American national standard for
to the load line shall be checked at least twice daily.
personnel and debris nets used during construction,
(d) Truck cranes without outriggers extended shall not
repair and demolition operations, as modified.
be used to swing a demolition ball.
Modifications-The provisions of ANSI A10.11-1989
shall be subject to the following modifications:
26.0 Storage.-
(1) Section 3.1 of such national standard shall be
26.1 Necessary clothing and personal belongings shall
deemed to read as follows:
be stored in or about the crane or derrick in such a
3.1 Safety nets shall be provided in accordance with
manner as to not interfere with access or operation.
sections 27-1021 and 27-1022 of the administrative code.
26.2 Tools, oil cans, waste, extra fuses, and other
(2) Such national standard shall be deemed to include
necessary articles shall be stored in a tool box and shall
two new sections 10.8 and 10.9 to read as follows:
not be permitted to lie loose in or about the cab or cage.
10.8 On each elevation of a building, the open sided
permanent floor edges shall be guarded by a vertical net
27.0 Refueling.-
lining or its equivalent up to a height of not less than
27.1 Refueling shall comply with section C26-1909.1(c).
sixty inches.
27.2 Machines shall not be refueled with the engine running.
10.9 When nets are installed vertically, they shall be
supported so as to be capable of withstanding a lateral
28.0 Fire Extinguishers.-
force of two hundred pounds.
28.1 A carbon dioxide, dry chemical or equivalent fire *Local Law 61-1987; 234-90 BCR
extinguisher shall be kept in the cab or in the vicinity of
the crane or derrick.
28.2 Operating and maintenance personnel shall be

396
Rules and Regulations

APPENDIX A
SELECTED RULES OF THE DEPARTMENT OF BUILDINGS
TITLE 1 OF THE RULES OF THE CITY OF NEW YORK
Cite as:
For chapters: Title No. RCNY Chapter No.—example: 1 RCNY Chapter 4
For sections: Title No. RCNY §No.—example: 1 RCNY §4-02

Chapter
Section Rules

Ch. 1 Material and Equipment Application Procedures

§1-01 Material and Equipment Application Procedures

Ch. 2 Boiler Inspections

§2-01 Low Pressure Boiler Inspections by Qualified Boiler Inspectors and Welding Repairs by Certified Welders
§2-02 Reduction of Penalties for Late Filing of Annual Low Pressure Boiler Inspection Reports

Ch. 3 Vacant and Unguarded Buildings

§3-01 Sealing and Protection of Vacant and Unguarded Buildings
§3-02 Obtaining Access to Keys of Sealed Premises
§3-03 Hearings to Determine Whether Sealing Orders Were Properly Issued
§3-04 Obtaining Access to Keys of Premises Sealed Pursuant to §26-127.2 of the Administrative Code

Ch. 4 Certificates of Occupancy, Live Loads and Occupancy Loads

§4-01 Posting Requirements

Ch. 5 Concrete
§5-01 Conveyance by Pumping Methods
§5-02 Licensing of Concrete Testing Laboratories
§5-03 Approval of Prequalified Concrete Mixes
§5-04 Approval of Concrete Production Facilities

Ch. 6 Cranes
§6-01 Erection and Dismantling of Climber/Tower Cranes

Ch. 7 Installation and Maintenance of Vent Damper Devices in Existing Boilers and Furnaces
§7-01 Retrofitting of Vent Damper Devices [REPEALED]

Ch. 8 Demolition
§8-01 Commencement of Demolition

Ch. 9 Rigging Operations

§9-01 Supervisory Responsibilities of a Licensed Master or Special Rigger
§9-02 Supervisory Responsibilities of a Licensed Master or Special Sign Hanger
§9-03 Minimum Requirements for Individuals Working on Suspension Scaffolds Exhibits
§9-04 Revocation, Suspension or Refusal to Renew License of Special or Master Rigger or Special or Master Sign Hanger

Ch. 10 Drums for Derrick Load and Boom Hoists

§10-01 Requirements

Ch.11 Elevators, Escalators, Personnel Hoists and Moving Walks

§11-01 Rules for the Certification and Qualification of Private Elevator Inspection Agencies and for the Performance of
Inspections and Filing of Inspection Reports for Elevators and Escalators by such Agencies
§11-02 Elevator and Escalator Violations Constituting a Condition Dangerous to Human Life and Safety
§11-03 Cease Use Orders for Elevators, Personnel Hoists, Escalators and Moving Walks
§11-04 Separability
§11-05 Certification of Completion of Work after Issuance of Temporary Use Permit for an, Escalator and Other Device, Except
Amusement Devices, Listed in §§27-185(b) or 27-982 of the Administrative Code

397
Rules and Regulations

§11-06 Elevators, Escalators or Other Devices, Except Amusement Devices, Listed in §27-185(b) or §27-982 of the
Administrative Code, Renewal of Temporary Use Permits and Fees

Ch.12 Emergency Power Systems

§12-01 Emergency Power System Requirements

Ch. 13 Adjudications
Subchapter A
§13-01 Environmental Control Board Adjudication
Subchapter B
Rules Governing Adjudication Procedures
§13-11 Purpose
§13-12 Definitions
§13-13 Pre-Hearing Procedure
§13-14 Commencement of Disciplinary Proceedings
§13-15 Disclosure
§13-16 Adjournments
§13-17 Subpoenas
§13-18 Conduct of Hearings
§13-19 Board Initiated Investigatory Hearings
§13-20 Evidentiary Standard of Proof
§13-21 Decisions, Determinations and Orders

Ch. 14 Fees
§14-01 Addressing of Bills Whose Nonpayment May Result in the Placing of a Lien
§14-02 Computation of Fees for New Buildings and Open Air Stadia [REPEALED]
§14-03 Payment of Fees for Variances from the Restrictions on Times during which Construction Activities May Be Conducted
§14-04 Fees Payable to the Department of Buildings

Ch. 15 Fire Protection

§15-01 Communication and Alarm Systems (“Mini-Class 'E' Systems”) for Certain Buildings under 100 Feet in Height
§15-02 Interior Fire Alarm and Signal System for Place of Assembly Used as a Cabaret and for Stages, Dressing
Rooms and Property Rooms
§15-03 Extension of Time to Complete Installations for Buildings in Occupancy Group E Over 100 Feet in Height [REPEALED]
§15-04 Exemption of Certain Existing J-1 Residential Hotels from Certain Fire Safety Special Filing Requirements
§15-05 Filing and Approval of a Fire Safety Plan for Buildings Containing Transient Occupants Such as Hotels and Motels
§15-06 Design of Composite Construction with Metal Decks or Lightweight Concrete
§15-07 Fire-Retarding of Entrance Halls, Stair Halls and Public Halls in Old Law Tenements and Converted Dwellings
§15-08 Fire-Retarding of Cellar Ceilings in Old Law Tenements and Converted Dwellings
§15-09 Fire-Retarding of Cooking Spaces in all Multiple Dwellings
§15-10 Fire-Escapes, Fire Stairs and Fire Towers

Ch. 16 Inspection of Existing Structures During Construction Operations

§16-01 Controlled Inspection of the Stability and Integrity of Existing Structures During Construction Operations

Ch. 17 Testing Laboratories and Testing Services

§17-01 Acceptance of Testing Laboratories and Testing Services

Ch. 18 Resistance to Progressive Collapse Under Extreme Local Loads

§18-01 Considerations and Evaluation

Ch. 19 Master Plumbers and Licensed Fire Suppression Piping Contractors

§19-01 Examination, License and Conduct of the Business of Master Plumbers and Master Fire Suppression Piping Contractors
§19-02 Continuing Education Requirements for Master Plumbers and Licensed Master Fire Suppression Piping Contractors
§19-03 Exemptions from Inspection and Testing Requirements.

Ch. 20 Piping Systems

§20-01 Witnessing Tests of Gas Piping Systems
§20-02 High Pressure Steam Piping Systems
§20-03 Waiver of Examination and Grandfathering for Master Fire Suppression Piping Contractors [REPEALED]

398
Rules and Regulations

§20-03 Standards for Non-Mercury Gauges

Ch. 21 Plans
§21-01 Limited Supervisory Check of Plans
§21-02 Additional Procedures With Respect to Designation of Applications and Plans Submitted by Registered Architects
and Licensed Professional Engineers For Limited Supervisory Check

Ch. 22 Pressure Tanks

§22-01 Installation and Maintenance of Pressure Tanks Operating at a Pressure in Excess of 15 PSI and Their Proximity to
Gas Supply or Service Lines

Ch. 23 Noncommercial Greenhouses

§23-01 Noncommercial Greenhouses Accessory to Residential Uses as a Permitted Obstruction in Required Rear Yards or
Rear Yard Equivalents

Ch. 24 Refuse Chutes and Refuse Rooms

§24-01 Construction and Maintenance of Refuse Chutes and Refuse Rooms

Ch. 25 Climber and Tower Crane Riggers

§25-01 Licensing Persons as Climber or Tower Crane Rigger

Ch. 26 Safety of Public and Property During Construction Operations

§26-01 Filing of Site Safety Programs and Designation of Site Safety Managers
§26-02 Safety Netting During Construction Operations
§26-03 Storage of Materials During Construction Operations
§26-04 Use of Reshores During Construction Operations

Appendix A The Department of Buildings Manual for Site Safety Programs

Ch. 27 Signs
§27-01 Stair and Elevator Signs in Buildings Which Have at Least One Elevator
§27-02 Caution Sign Tapes Required on Elevators Being Serviced
§27-03 Signs on any Sidewalk Shed, Fence, Railing, Footbridge, Catch Platform, Builder’s Sidewalk Shanty, and Over-the-
Sidewalk Chute Erected at Demolition or Construction Sites
§27-04 311 Advisory Signs Required on Construction Sites

Ch. 28 Smoke Detecting Devices and Systems and Carbon Monoxide Detecting Devices and Systems
§28-01 Required Smoke Detecting Devices and Systems
§28-02 Required Carbon Monoxide Detecting Devices and Systems

Ch. 29 Sprinkler Systems

§29-01 Installation of Automatic Sprinklers in Halls and Rooms in Class “A” Multiple Dwellings Used For Single-Room
Occupancy Under the Provisions of Subdivision 7-A of §4 and §248 of the Multiple Dwelling Law
§29-02 Installation of Automatic Wet-Pipe Sprinklers in Certain Class A and Class B Multiple Dwellings, Including Hotels,
Under the Provisions of §67, Multiple Dwelling Law
§29-03 Installation of Automatic Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems and Alarm Systems in Certain Class B Multiple Dwellings
(Lodging Houses)
§29-04 Installation of Automatic Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems and Alarm Systems in Certain Class B Multiple Dwellings
(Lodging Houses)
§29-05 Installation of Automatic Wet-Pipe Sprinklers in Fireproof Multiple Dwellings Converted to Business Use
§29-06 Installation of Automatic Sprinklers in the Public Halls of Multiple Dwellings Under the Provisions of §187 (Converted
Dwellings) and §218, Subdivisions 5 (Old-Law Tenements), of the Multiple Dwelling Law, and of the Sprinklers in
Cooking Spaces in all Types of Multiple Dwellings Under the Provisions of §33 of the Multiple Dwelling Law
§29-07 Installation of Wet-Pipe Sprinklers
§29-08 Installation of Sprinklers in Rooms of Class B Non-Fireproof Converted Dwellings and in Rooms Used for Class B
Occupancy in Non-Fireproof Class A Converted Dwellings Under the Provisions of §194 of the Multiple Dwelling Law
§29-09 Installation of Chlorinated Poly Vinyl Chloride (CPVC) Sprinkler Pipe and Fittings

Ch. 30 Storage of Certain Waste Materials

§30-01 Enclosures of Premises Used for Automobile Wrecking, Storage of Scrap Metal, Junk, Scrap Paper or Rags, Storage of
Lumber, and Building Material or Contractors' Yards

revision: October 1, 2004

399
Rules and Regulations

§30-02 Open Lots Used for Storage or Sale of Motor Vehicles

Ch. 31 Suspension, Revocation or Limitation of Registration

§31-01 Suspension, Revocation or Limitation of Registration of Persons Who Present, Submit, Furnish or Seek Approval of
Applications for Approval of Plans or Remove Any Documents from the Possession of the Department of Buildings

Ch. 32 Walls
§32-01 The Design and Installation of Curtain Wall and Panel Wall (Non-Loadbearing Exterior Wall) Systems
§32-02 Conditions of a Building's Exterior Walls and Appurtenances That Constitute Conditions Dangerous to Human Life
and Safety
§32-03 Periodic Inspection of Exterior Walls and Appurtenances of Buildings
§32-04 Masonry Parapet Walls

Ch. 33 Exemptions from Civil Penalties

§33-01 Exemption from Civil Penalties Imposed Pursuant to Administrative Code §26-212.1 (Work Performed Without a Permit)

Ch. 34 Electrical Code Rules

Subchapter A
Phase-in of Electrical Code Technical Standards
§34-01 Phase-in of New Standards for Electrical Work
§34-02 Review of Applications for Electrical Permits and Certificates of Electrical Inspection during the Phase-in Period
§34-03 Temporary Certification to Perform Low Voltage Electrical Work
§34-04 Definitions
§34-05 Electrical Advisory Board
§34-06 Electrical Code Revision and Interpretation Committee
§34-07 Electrical Code Advisory Committee

Ch. 35 Electrical Inspection

§35-01 Designation of Private Agencies to Perform Electrical Inspections in the City of New York
§35-02 Payment of Fees for Certificates of Electrical Inspection

Ch. 36 Electrical Contractors

§36-01 Evaluation of Educational Experience of Applicants for Electrical Contractor Licenses
§36-02 Impact of Periods of Unemployment upon Applications for Electrician’s Licenses

Ch. 37 Reference Standards

§37-01 Rules of Procedure for Amending, Revising or Promulgating Reference Standards

Ch. 38 Ventilation
§38-01 Ventilation of Garage Spaces Below Grade

Ch. 39 Cooling Towers and Evaporative Condensers

§39-01 Cooling Towers and Evaporative Condensers

Ch. 40 Installation and Maintenance of Gas-Fueled Water and Space Heaters in all Portions of Dwellings Used or
Occupied for Living Purposes
Subchapter A Scope
B Departmental Procedure
C Where Heaters May be Used
D Installation of Gas-Fueled Heaters

Subchapter A Scope
§40-01 Installation and Maintenance of Gas-Fueled Water and Space Heaters in all Portions of Dwellings Used or
Occupied for Living Purposes

Subchapter B Departmental Procedure

§40-11 Applications and Plans
§40-12 Examination and Approval of Applications
§40-13 Commencement of Work
§40-14 Inspection of Gas-Fueled Space and Water Heaters
§40-15 Issuing Approvals

revision: October 1, 2004 400

Rules and Regulations

Subchapter C Where Heaters May be Used

§40-21 Substitution for Central Heating or Hot Water Supply

Subchapter D Installation of Gas-Fueled Heaters

§40-31 Required Approvals of Appliances
§40-32 Prohibited Types of Water Heaters
§40-33 Number and Capacity of Gas-Fueled Heaters
§40-34 Capacity of Water Heaters
§40-35 Shut-Off Devices
§40-36 Gas Piping
§40-37 Appliances in Sleeping Rooms
§40-38 Clearances from Combustible Materials
§40-39 Venting of Gas Appliances
§40-40 Gas-Fueled Space Heaters Installed Prior to December 18,1957
§40-41 Gas-Fueled Water Heaters Installed Prior to December 18,1957
§40-42 Maintenance of Space and Water Heaters
§40-43 Existing Appliances in Ineligible Locations
§40-44 [Reserved]
§40-45 Variations

Ch. 41 Venting of Gas Water Heaters and Other Gas Appliances in Multiple Dwellings
§41-01 Venting of Gas Water Heaters and Other Gas Appliances in Multiple Dwellings

Ch. 42 Entrance Doors, Locks and Intercommunication Systems

§42-01 Entrance Doors, Locks and Intercommunication Systems

Ch. 43 Installation of Security Items in Multiple Dwellings

§43-01 Installation of Peepholes
§43-02 Installation of Two 50 Watt Lights at Front Entrance Way
§43-03 Installation of Viewing Mirrors in Self-Service Elevators
§43-04 Installation of Lights in Rear Yards, Side Yards, Front Yards and Courts

Ch. 44 Exemptions From Filing Requirements

§44-01 Minor Alterations that do not Require the Filing of Applications and Plans for Building Alteration Permits with the
Department of Buildings

Ch. 45 Building Permit Application Procedures

§45-01 Microfilming of Application Folders and Associated Documentation for Temporary and Final Certificates of
Occupancy and Letters of Completion

Ch. 46 Authorized Representatives

§46-01 Persons authorized to perform inspections, tests, certifications,and other functions on behalf of the Department

Ch. 47 Licensed Oil-Burning Equipment Installers

§47-01 Requirement of a seal for use by licensed oil-burning equipment installers

APPENDIX A of the Department of Buildings (the "department").

DEPARTMENT OF BUILDINGS (b) Filing of applications. (1) All applications for acceptance
of material or equipment which is subject to the approval of
Promulgation of Amendments to Regulations Relating to the Commissioner shall be submitted to the department on
Public Access to Records forms so provided and labeled "Attention: Material and Equipment
Acceptance Division" ("MEA").
CHAPTER 1 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT (2) A complete application shall consist of a transmittal letter
APPLICATION PROCEDURES addressed to the commissioner, and the appropriate application
fee together with all test reports and information required in
§1-01 Material and Equipment Application Procedures. the application and, on matters involving reference standards
(a) Jurisdiction. Pursuant to New York City Administrative RS 7-3, 8-1, 13-1, 13-3, 13-6, 13-16, Sections p 102.4(b)(5), p
Code §27-131, all materials which in their use are regulated 105.4, p 114.12 and p 115.8 of 16, 17, 18-1, 19-1 and paint
by the Building Code must be approved by the Commissioner spray booths, an affidavit attesting that a complete application

401
Rules and Regulations

has been served on the Fire Commissioner of the City of New shall forward such applications to the fire department
York, Bureau of Fire Prevention, Technology Management as appropriate.
Unit, in the same manner service is made on the department. (2) Conflicting or ambiguous test results. In the event MEA
An application, accompanied by the required fee, will be determines that submitted test reports are conflicting or
assigned a filing number. Any application which is not ambiguous, MEA may refer the application to the advisory
submitted with all information and test reports within sixty committee. The advisory committee shall prepare a detailed
(60) calendar days of initial filing will be administratively report and recommendation to the commissioner which sets
closed. The application fee shall be non-refundable. forth the basis for approval or denial of the material or equipment
(c) Applications filed with MEA and thereafter abandoned. application for which MEA found conflicting or ambiguous test
Applications for acceptance, which have been disapproved in results. Where necessary, the advisory committee may request
whole or in part, and upon which no further action has been the submission of additional information.
taken by the applicant within one year after the notice of (3) Consultation with the fire department. The commissioner
disapproval is given shall be processed as follows: shall not take any final action in approving material or
(1) The application shall be deemed abandoned. equipment applications which are required to be submitted
(2) The applicant shall be notified, by certified by mail at the to the fire department, pursuant to §1-01(b)(2), unless comments
address last furnished, that the application has been deemed have been received from the fire department or fifteen (15)
abandoned and that he or she has the opportunity to remove business days have elapsed from the date of the advisory
reports and other information from the application, exclusive committee's recommendation to the commissioner, whichever
of the application forms, within 21 days of the date of the said is sooner.
notification. (g) Appeals. (1) Any denial by MEA may be referred to the
(3) Upon completion of such 21 day period, applications and advisory committee for its recommendation, upon applicant's
remaining reports and other supplementary information may written request within thirty (30) calendar days of the denial. The
be removed from the files and destroyed. advisory committee shall issue a detailed report and
(4) Except for matters requiring consultation with the fire recommendation to the commissioner who shall issue a final
department, the Director of MEA may vary the procedure determination.
as may be necessary to avoid hardship, when same is warranted (2) A denial by MEA shall not be deemed a final determination
due to unusual and exceptional conditions beyond the control of the Department until thirty (30) calendar days have lapsed.
of the applicant. (3) The final determination shall state the basis for the
(d) Fees. The fees for an application for the approval of determination, with specific reference to test methods and test
material and equipment or an application for the amendment results.
of prior approval of material or equipment shall be pursuant to (4) An applicant may challenge a final determination of the
Administrative Code §26-214 (11). commissioner by initiating an article 78 proceeding in State
(e) MEA review. MEA shall review all applications for Supreme Court.
acceptance of material or equipment for which there is a code (h) Amendments. All amendments to material or equipment
prescribed test method or a recognized test method acceptable applications previously approved by the MEA or the Board of
to the commissioner and shall approve or deny such application Standards and Appeals, including amendments relating to a
on behalf of the commissioner. No material or equipment manufacturer's name or to the material, or equipment design,
application which is required to be forwarded to the fire shall be processed in the same manner as any new application.
department pursuant to §1-01(b)(2) shall be approved unless
comments have been received from the fire department or CHAPTER 2 BOILER INSPECTIONS
fifteen (15) business days have elapsed from the time of filing
of the complete application with the department, whichever is §2-01 Low Pressure Boiler Inspections by Qualified Boiler
sooner. Inspectors and Welding Repairs by Certified Welders.
(f)Advisory committee review. The commissioner shall (a) Definitions.
appoint an advisory committee consisting of members of the Authorized insurance company. A company approved
department, the fire department, a registered architect, a professional by the New York State Department of Labor.
engineer and representatives of the building and construction Qualified boiler inspector.
industry. The advisory committee shall be chaired by the (1) An inspector who has been issued a Certificate of Competence
Deputy Commissioner for Technical Affairs. by the New York State Department of Labor and who is
(1) Absence of a code prescribed test method or an acceptable employed by an Authorized Insurance Company
recognized test method. In the event there is neither a code (2) A licensed New York City High Pressure Boiler
prescribed test method nor an acceptable recognized test method Operating Engineer
for material or equipment whose approval is under the jurisdiction (3) A licensed New York City Class A and B Oil Burning
of the department, an application for such material or equipment Equipment Installer
approval shall be referred to the advisory committee. The advisory (4) A licensed New York City Master Plumber
committee shall prepare for the commissioner a detailed report (5) A Journeyman Plumber acting under the direct and
and recommendation which sets forth the basis for approval or continuing supervision of a New York City Master Plumber
denial of the material or equipment application. In addition, on Certified welder.
applications involving RS 5, where there is neither a code prescribed (1) An organization in possession of a valid National Board
test method nor an acceptable recognized test method, the or New York State Repair Certificate of Authorization
department shall be responsive to fire safety concerns and (2) An organization in possession of a valid American Society of

402
Rules and Regulations

Mechanical Engineers ("ASME") Certificate of Authorization December 31 of the year of each annual inspection.
(b) Boiler identification and records. (b) Penalties for the late filing of reports listed in (a) above
(1) The owner of a boiler or any other person acquiring a new are set forth in Section 26-125(d) of the code. Pursuant to
or replacement boiler shall file the forms as shown in the Section 26-125(e) of the code, such penalties may be reduced
instructions for "Boiler Filing Submission for Replacement, in cases where [sic] sufficient evidence is submitted to prove
Repair, Installation or Legalization," where required. that the required annual inspection was performed prior to
(2) The Department of Buildings boiler number is to be affixed December 31 of the year for which the inspection report was
to the boiler by a non-combustible tag, painted on the boiler, due or within thirty (30) days of initial installation but the
or clearly visible and appropriately displayed in close proximity inspection report was filed late. This rule sets forth the procedures
to the boiler. that must be followed to obtain a reduction of penalties for the
(3) The Department of Buildings boiler numbers are to be late filing of annual boiler inspection reports pursuant to
used in all correspondence between qualified boiler inspectors Section 26-125(e).
and the Department. Boiler numbers can be obtained in any (c) All requests for the reduction of penalties for the late
one of the borough offices via the public access terminals. filing of annual boiler inspection reports must be made in
(4) The owner of a boiler is to notify the Department of writing and accompanied by the supporting evidence listed in
Buildings Boiler Division within 30 days of the owner's paragraphs (d) and (e) below. The requests must be addressed
change of address. The Department of Buildings boiler to the Department of Buildings, Boiler Division at the address
number is to be used in all correspondence. provided in the City’s website, http://www.nyc.gov.
(c) Inspection and filing requirements. (d) All requests for a reduction in penalties must be accompanied
(1) All low pressure boiler annual inspection reports by qualified
by a copy of the inspection report and by a notarized statement
boiler inspectors shall be submitted on forms supplied by the
from the qualified boiler inspector who performed the
Department of Buildings within 30 days following the inspection.
(2) "Low Pressure Boiler Annual Inspection Reports" are to inspection or from the authorized insurance company whose
be submitted with a $30.00 filing fee to the Department of employee performed the inspection indicating the date that the
Buildings. required annual boiler inspection was performed. If the boiler
(3) If an inspection reveals any dangerous condition in a boiler inspection was performed by a licensed New York City Oil
which threatens life or safety and which requires an immediate Burner Equipment Installer or a licensed New York City
shut down of the boiler, the qualified boiler inspector must send Master Plumber, the statement must contain the seal of the
immediate notification of the condition to the Chief Boiler licensee.
Inspector at the Department of Buildings at the address (e) In addition to the statement listed in paragraph (d)
provided in the City’s website, http://www.nyc.gov. above, additional evidence must be submitted to prove the
(d) Revocation of qualified boiler inspector's authorization date of inspection. Examples of such evidence include but are not
to submit boiler inspection reports to the department. limited to the following:
(1) qualified boiler inspector's failure to comply with any of (1) Invoices for completed inspections;
these rules or a qualified boiler inspector's falsification of any (2) Canceled checks to qualified boiler inspectors for completed
form or inspection report filed with the Department may result inspection;
in revocation of authorization to submit boiler inspection reports (3) Route sheets of inspectors employed by authorized insurance
to the Department, pursuant to Rule 13-11 of Title 1 of the companies indicating dates and addresses of inspections;
Rules of the City of New York (1 RCNY §13-01). (4) Receipts of payment for completed inspections; and
(e) Low pressure boiler welding repairs. (5) Executed contracts with authorized insurance companies and
(1) All low pressure boiler welding repairs shall be performed other qualified boiler inspectors indicating dates of inspection.
by certified welders, as required by the New York State
Industrial Code Rules 4-6.2 (12 NYCRR 4-6.2) and 14-3.2 CHAPTER 3 VACANT AND UNGUARDED
(12 NYCRR 14-3.2). BUILDINGS
(2) All welded repairs must have a metal tag attached to the
weld. The metal tag shall list the name of the certified welder, §3-01 Sealing and Protection of Vacant and Unguarded
the certified stamp number of the certified welder and the date Buildings.
of the welded repair. Where buildings are vacant, unguarded, open to unauthorized
(f) Failure to comply. entry and are required to be sealed pursuant to the provisions of
(1) The failure to comply with requirements relating to boiler an unsafe building order issued by the Department of Buildings
inspections and welding repairs may result in the issuance of a or a determination by the Department of Housing Preservation
notice of violation and related enforcement proceedings. and Development that the condition is dangerous to life, health
§2-02 Reduction of Penalties for Late Filing of Annual and safety, they shall be sealed and protected in the following
Low Pressure Boiler Inspection Reports. manner:
(a) Pursuant to Section 27-793(c) of the New York City (a) Buildings with exterior walls constructed of brick or
Administrative Code ("the code"), each owner of a boiler that other masonry.
is subject to periodic inspection must file with the Department (1) All exterior openings including door openings, which are in
an annual statement accompanied by a qualified boiler the cellar, basement and first story, or which are less than ten
inspector's signed report of a boiler inspection. The first report (10) feet from grade, shall be sealed with concrete block or
must be filed within thirty (30) days of the installation of a stucco on plywood as provided below. All exterior openings
new boiler. Thereafter, such report must be filed on or before which are on the course of a fire escape or are above the first

403
Rules and Regulations

story and less than six (6) feet measured horizontally from an inches in thickness. Openings exceeding three (3) feet in width
opening in an adjoining building shall be sealed with concrete shall be sealed with concrete blocks at least eight (8) inches in
block or stucco on plywood as provided below. One door thickness.
opening, readily visible from the street, may, at the discretion of (iv) Concrete blocks shall be laid in masonry cement
the owner, be sealed with a padlocked metal roll-up door, one mortar with a mix of not more than three (3) parts of sand for
(1) hour fire rating metal door or an exterior door of one (1) and each part of masonry cement by volume. Joints in masonry shall
three-quarter (3/4) inch solid wood covered with twenty six be broken and exterior faces shall be struck. Blocks shall not extend
(26) U.S. gage [sic] galvanized metal with edging turned over beyond the brick line. Masonry cement shall conform to the
and nailed with flat head galvanized nails. The door of solid provisions of Reference Standards RS-10 of the Building Code.
wood shall be hung in such a manner that no screws are (3) Stucco on Plywood Seal. (i) If the window frame is in a
exposed on the outside of the door on either the hinges or the condition whereby plywood can be secured to it, five-eighths (5/8)
hasps. Hinges shall not have removable hinge pins. Two hasps inch CDX grade plywood shall be nailed into such frame
and locks shall be provided, located so as to divide the height of openings with eight d (8d) common nails every twelve (12)
the door in equal sections. inches. Galvanized wire lath [sic] shall then be nailed to plywood
using one (1) inch roof nails every twelve (12) inches. Wire
(2) Concrete Block Seal. lath [sic] shall be covered by an one (1) inch coat of portland
(i) Concrete block shall conform to the provisions of Reference cement with a float finish. Cement shall not extend beyond
Standard RS-10 of the New York City Building Code. the opening's brickline.
(ii) All door and window frames shall be removed before (ii) If a window or door frame is in a condition whereby such
concrete blocks are installed. Brickwork which new concrete plywood cannot be secured to it, the frame shall be removed.
blocks will abut, shall be cleaned and thoroughly wetted before The opening shall then be framed-out with new grade one (1)
blocks are installed. wood or metal two (2) x four (4) inch top and bottom plates
(iii) Doors and windows, not exceeding three (3) feet in with wood or metal studs every sixteen (16) inches on center.
width, shall be sealed with concrete block at least four (4) (iii)Openings exceeding three (3) feet shall be framed-out

404
Rules and Regulations

with new grade one (1) two (2) x four (4) inch top and bottom (8)-inch joists, not more than sixteen (16) inches on center. Joists
plates with wood or metal studs every sixteen (16) inches on center. shall be secured to the roof timbers framed about the openings
(b) Buildings with exterior walls constructed of material in a sound and secure manner. Boards shall be covered with
other than masonry. All exterior openings including door openings, ninety (90) pound roofing felt secured by one (1) inch roofing
which are in the cellar, basement and first story, on the course nails every twelve (12) inches or roofing cement to provide a
of a fire escape, are less than six (6) feet measured horizontally watertight durable cover. Skylights at the top of the dumbwaiter
from an opening in an adjoining building or which are less than shafts shall be sealed by removing the assembly, framing
ten (10) feet from grade, shall be sealed with stucco on plywood out the opening with new grade one (1) two (2) x four (4) inch
as provided in this section or with five-eighths (5/8) inch CDX joists on edge, sixteen (16) inches on center and then covered
grade plywood which may be nailed directly to the window with five-eighths (5/8) inch CDX grade plywood. Such plywood
frame if such frame is in a condition that will enable such shall then be covered with ninety (90) pound roofing felt secured
plywood to be attached, fastened directly to the exterior wall, or by one (1) inch roofing nails every twelve (12) inches or
secured with bolts and battens in accordance with Detail "A" roofing cement to provide a watertight durable cover.
(annexed below). If such frame is not in a condition to enable (2) Roof skylights shall be secured by constructing a frame
such plywood to be attached, the opening shall be framed-out which encloses all sides of the skylight. The frame shall be
with new grade one (1) wood or metal two (2) x four (4) inch constructed using new grade one (1) two (2) x four (4) inch
top and bottom plates with wood or metal studs every sixteen single bottom plate and double top plate with wood or metal
(16) inches on center. One door opening, readily visible from studs every sixteen (16) inches on center. Bottom plates shall
the street, may, at the discretion of the owner, be sealed with a be nailed to the building's roof joists with sixteen d (16d)
padlocked metal roll-up door, one (1) hour fire rating metal common nails or sixteen d (16d) concrete nails every twelve
door or an exterior door of one (1) and three-quarter (3/4) inch (12) inches. Top plates shall overlap at the corners. New grade
solid wood covered with twenty six (26) U.S. gage [sic] one (1) two (2) x six (6) inch joists on edge with headers,
galvanized metal with edging turned over and nailed with flat every sixteen (16) inches on center, shall bear on top plates.
head galvanized nails. The door of solid wood shall be hung in The entire frame shall then be covered with five-eighths (5/8)
such a manner that no screws are exposed on the outside of the inch CDX grade plywood. A watertight durable cover shall
door on either the hinges or the hasps. Hinges shall not have be provided on the top of the frame using (90) pound roofing
removable hinge pins. Two hasps and locks shall be provided, felt secured by one (1) inch roofing nails every twelve (12)
located so as to divide the height of the door in equal sections. inches or roofing cement. A diagram for enclosure of roof
(c) Openings in roofs which are accessible from an adjoining skylight is provided at Detail "B" below.
building shall be sealed as follows: (3) Public hall roof bulkheads shall be sealed as follows:
(1) Ventilating equipment and similar protruding structural Windows of bulkheads shall be removed and sealed with
elements in roofs shall be completely removed, except that concrete blocks or stucco on plywood as provided in this
dumbwaiter shafts extending above roof level need not be section. Doors of bulkheads may be secured shut if the frame
removed if the door opening into the shaft is sealed with concrete and door are in a condition whereby the door may be
blocks or stucco on plywood. Openings remaining after removal adequately secured. If not in such condition, the door and frame
of such equipment and/or protruding structural elements shall be shall be removed and the opening shall be sealed with concrete
sealed with one (1) inch thick tongue and groove boards, not less blocks or stucco on plywood as provided in this section.

than six (6) inches in nominal width or with five-eighths (5/8) Openings at top of roof bulkheads shall be sealed by removing
[sic] inch CDX plywood, nailed onto three (3)-inch by eight the assembly, framing out the opening with new grade one (1)

405
Rules and Regulations

two (2) x eight (8) inch joists on edge, sixteen (16) inches on subdivision c of Section 26-127.1 of the Administrative Code:
center and then covered with five-eighth (5/8) inch CDX grade (i) a copy of Form OP-14 signed by the General Counsel's
plywood. Such plywood shall then be covered with ninety (90) Office:
pound roofing felt secured by one (1) inch roofing nails every (ii) a copy of the computer index sheet listing the
twelve (12) inches or roofing cement to provide a watertight application and violations for the premises;
durable cover. (iii) a copy of the vacate order;
(d) Notification to Utilities. Notification shall be made to the (iv) a copy of all relevant outstanding violations;
steam, electric and gas utility companies which provide service (v) a copy of any relevant work permit issued by the
to the buildings to request discontinuance of service to the buildings. Department of Buildings;
In addition, water service to the building shall be discontinued (vi) a copy of all relevant plans approved by the Department; and
and certification to that effect from the Department of (vii) any other document deemed necessary by the
Environmental Protection shall be filed with the department. Commissioner.
(e) Rubbish Removal and Examination. Prior to the completion (2) A representative of the office of the Borough Operations
of sealing of exterior openings as set forth in this section, all will review the above documentation to determine if the person
decomposable debris and rubbish shall be removed from the has the requisite need to gain access to the premises. If it is
yards, courts and any area at the perimeter of the premises and the determined that access should be granted, the representative of
building shall be treated to exterminate rodents by a licensed the office of the Borough Operations will:
exterminator. (i) have a photograph taken of the person seeking to obtain
(f) Hazardous Combustible Material Within Buildings. If access, initial the photograph and attach it to the form;
hazardous materials which could cause a fire or explosion are (ii) obtain a copy of the identification including a
discovered within the building, they shall be removed and photograph (e.g. drivers license, passport) and attach it to the
disposed of in an appropriate manner prior to sealing. form;
(iii) indicate on the form reasons for granting access;
§3-02 Obtaining Access to Keys of Sealed Premises. (iv) specify on the form the date by which the keys must
(a) Submission of Request. be returned;
Persons wishing to have access to the keys to a premises sealed (v) sign the form; and
by the Department of Buildings must appear in person at the (vi) give a copy of both sides of the completed form to the
Executive Offices of the New York City Department of person receiving the key.
Buildings. At this time they must submit form OP-14, "Request (d) Returning the key.
for Access to Sealed Premises," with sections "A - Ownership (1) All keys must be returned to the office of Borough Operations
Interest" and "B - Statement of Intent" both completed and notarized. by the date indicated on the form.
Copies of the form are available at the Executive Offices of the (2) If a vacate order has been rescinded, all locks and chains
Department of Buildings. must be returned with the keys.
(b) Verification of Ownership Interest. (3) In order to obtain an extension of time for keeping the key,
(1) The General Counsel's Office reviews the form to verify an the person seeking access must appear in person at the Executive
ownership or leasehold interest in the premises. Offices with a notarized letter stating the reason for this request.
The person seeking to obtain access must provide the General A representative from the office of Borough Operations will review
Counsel's Office with some identification including a photograph the request and, if accepted, will note the new return date on the
(e.g. driver's license, passport) and whatever document establishes original form and initial the change. The notarized letter will be
the person's ownership or leasehold interest in the premises. attached to the original form.
Examples of such documents include the following: §3-03 Hearings to determine whether sealing orders were
(i) a copy of a recorded deed; properly issued.
(ii) a signed lease, along with the owner's name(s), address(es) (1) Hearings to determine whether sealing orders were properly
and telephone number(s); issued by the Department of Buildings may be arranged
(iii)a mortgage agreement; through the General Counsel's office. A person challenging a
(iv)a State certified Certificate of Incorporation; sealing order may obtain a hearing by submitting a written request
(v) signed partnership documents; and to the office of the General Counsel.
(vi)any other document deemed acceptable by the (2) The office of Administrative Trials and Hearings (OATH)
Commissioner. will be notified to schedule a hearing after the General Counsel's
(2) A representative of the General Counsel's Office will review office receives the written request for the hearing. OATH will
the above documentation to verify ownership interest. If set the date and time for the hearing. The General Counsel's
ownership interest is verified, the representative will sign and office will notify the person requesting the hearing as soon as
date the form where indicated. This representative gives a copy OATH calendars the hearing. In the event that the person
of the signed form to the person seeking to obtain access and seeking the hearing fails to appear, the Commissioner's
gives the original form to the office of Borough Operations. Order to seal the premises will remain in effect.
(c) Obtaining the Key.
(1) Once the General Counsel's Office signs the form verifying 3-04 Obtaining Access to Keys of Premises Sealed Pursuant
ownership interest, the person seeking to obtain access must to §26-127.2 of the Administrative Code.
bring the following documents to the Office of the Executive (a) Submission of Request. Persons wishing to have access
Chief Inspector to substantiate the affirmations required by to the keys to a premises sealed by the Department of Buildings

406
Rules and Regulations

pursuant to §26-127.2 of the Administrative Code must appear on the original form and initial the change. The notarized
in person at the Executive Offices of the New York City letter will be attached to the original form.
Department of Buildings. At this time they must submit the form,
"Request for Access to Premises Sealed for Zoning Violations," CHAPTER 4 CERTIFICATES OF OCCUPANCY,
with section "A - Ownership Interest" and "B - Statement of Intent" LIVE LOADS AND OCCUPANCY LOADS
both completed and notarized. Copies of the form are
available from the Administrative Enforcement Unit ("AEU") §4-01 Posting Requirements.
at the Executive Offices of the Department of Buildings. (a) A copy of the Certificate of Occupancy indicating the
(b) Verification of ownership interest. (1) The AEU reviews live loads and occupant loads shall be posted within every building
the form to verify an ownership or leasehold interest in the for which a Certificate of Occupancy has been issued, except in
premises. The person seeking to obtain access must provide one and two-family dwellings, and such posted Certificate of
the AEU with some identification including a photograph (e.g. Occupancy shall be deemed in full compliance with §27-225
driver's license, passport) and whatever document establishes the of the Administrative Code. In a commercial or industrial structure
person's ownership or leasehold interest in the premises. for which no Certificate of Occupancy was issued, a sign shall
Examples of such documents include the following: be posted and maintained in a conspicuous place on each
(i) a copy of a recorded deed; floor stating the live loads.
(ii) a signed lease, along with the owner's name(s), address(es) (b) The copy of the Certificate of Occupancy shall be posted
and telephone number(s); in the main entrance hall or lobby leading to the elevator of
(iii)a mortgage agreement; each building when there are elevators and to the main entrance hall
(iv)a State certified Certificate of Incorporation; to the stairs when there are no elevators and shall be posted near
(v) signed partnership documents; and the main entrance door when there is no entrance hall to stairs
(vi) any other document deemed accepted by the or elevators.
Commissioner. (c) The Certificate of Occupancy shall be posted in a frame
(2) A representative of AEU shall review the above having a size sufficient to accommodate properly the Certificate
documentation to verify ownership interest. If ownership of Occupancy.
interest is verified, the representative will sign and date the (d) The frame shall be faced with glass or other transparent
form where indicated. A copy of the signed form shall be facing which will permit the Certificate of Occupancy to be
provided to the person seeking to obtain access. read without difficulty.
(c) Obtaining the key. (1) Once the AEU signs the form (e) Frames shall be constructed of corrosion resistant
verifying ownership interest, the person seeking to obtain metal or durable [sic] impact and flame resistant plastic.
access must submit copies of the following documents to the (f) Frames shall be constructed in such manner as to
AEU: prevent removal of the facing or the Certificate of Occupancy,
(i) Form entitled "Request for Access to Premises Sealed without the use of special tools.
for Zoning Violations," with section A signed by AEU; (g) Certificates shall be placed in such location as to be
(ii) the sealing order; readily available to interested persons, and the bottom of the
(iii)any other document deemed necessary by the frame shall be located between 54 to 66 inches above the
commissioner. floor.
(2) A representative of the AEU will review the above (h) Sufficient lighting shall be provided to make the Certificate
documentation to determine if the person has the requisite of Occupancy legible at all times when the building is occupied.
need to gain access to the premises. If it is determined that (i) In place of posting the Certificate of Occupancy in a
access should be granted, the representative of the AEU will: location specified under §4-01(b), it may be located as
(i) have a photograph taken of the person seeking to specified in this rule but only in those buildings where there is
obtain access, initial the photograph and attach it to the form; a resident caretaker or superintendent on the premises or
(ii) obtain a copy of the identification including a where there is a building manager on the premises and where
photograph (i.e. driver's license, passport) and attach it to the such caretakers, superintendents or managers or their assistants
form; are present in the building at all times when the building is
(iii) indicate on the form reasons for granting access; occupied. In such buildings, the Certificate of Occupancy
(iv)specify on the form the date by which the keys must be may be posted within the entrance hall of the apartment or
returned; office of the caretaker or superintendent or inside the entrance
(v) sign the form; and to an office of a building manager. The Certificate of Occupancy
(vi) give a copy of both sides of the completed form to the shall be posted in such locations in the manner specified by
person receiving the key. the foregoing rules.
(d) Returning the key. (1) All keys must be returned to the (j) A diagrammatic plan approved by the Department of
AEU by the date indicated on the form. Buildings, as required by §27-564 of the Administrative
(2) If a sealing order has been rescinded, all locks and Code, shall be posted in accordance with the requirements
chains must be returned with the keys. for a Certificate of Occupancy indicated in these rules showing:
(3) In order to obtain an extension of time for keeping the key, (1) the weight of any piece of machinery or equipment
the original person seeking access must appear in person at weighing more than 1,000 pounds and its identifying description
the AEU with the key and a notarized letter stating the reason and location.
for this request and, if accepted, will note the new return date (2) the maximum design wheel load and the total maximum

407
Rules and Regulations

weight of any vehicle that may be brought into the building.

(3) the equivalent uniform partition loads, or in lieu of this, a 2) (i) The type, gradation [sic] and moisture content of the
statement to the effect that the design was predicated on aggregate delivery system and job conditions may affect the
actual partition loads. slump necessary at the mixer for the proper conveying of the
A diagrammatic key plan shall not be required where the concrete. For these reasons in addition to the recommended
above information is clearly noted on the posted Certificate of mix established from the preliminary trial mix data obtained
Occupancy. in accordance with §27-605(a)(2), two alternate mixes also shall be
Section 4-01(j) shall not apply to any structure or portion recommended. These alternate mixes shall be based upon the
thereof erected and altered in compliance with any code in water cement ratio curve in the preliminary test data to produce
effect prior to December 6, 1968. Notice of the permitted concrete having slumps greater than the maximum specified in
floor loads in such buildings shall be posted as required by the
former code. §27-605(a)(2) in increments of 1-inch for concrete manufactured
with gravel or stone aggregate but [sic] not to exceed 8 inches
CHAPTER 5 CONCRETE or increments of 2 inches for concrete manufactured with
lightweight aggregates but not to exceed 9 inches.
§5-01 Conveyance by Pumping Methods. (ii) It shall be permissible to use these mixes interchangeably
The specified compressive strength f'c, of concrete conveyed during the course of the work, providing the slump at [sic] the
by pumping methods shall not exceed 5,000 pounds per mixer is equal to or less than that provided for the applicable
square inch. recommended mix.
(b) Mix Proportioning. (iii) The recommended preliminary trial mix shall indicate
(1) All controlled concrete to be pumped shall: the design unit weight in lbs. per cu. ft. of the fresh concrete
(i) Comply with all provisions of §27-605: Mixes and the estimated air dry unit weight at 56 days.
(ii) [sic] Normal and Heavyweight Concrete to [sic] be (c) Testing and inspection of controlled concrete.
proportioned in accordance with ACI 211.1-74, utilizing (1) Those samples of concrete for test purposes required
Table 1.
by RS-10-3, §4.3.1. which are designated to be "taken out of
the bucket, hopper or forms" shall be obtained by passing a
Table 1. Volume of Coarse Aggregate per Unit of
receptacle completely through the discharge stream of the
Volume of Concrete1
delivery line or by completely diverting the discharge into a
Maximum Volume of dry-rodded coarse aggregate per unit. container. Transport the sample concrete to the place where fresh
size of Volume of concrete for different finness** concrete tests of slump, air content, temperature and unit
aggregate Moduli of Sand2 weight are to be performed and where specimens for strength
2.40 2.60 2.80 3.00 tests are to be molded in accordance with RS-10-51 and RS
3/8 .475 .456 .437 .418 10-52 as directed by the Architect or Engineer designated for
½ .561 .542 .523 .504 controlled concrete inspection. Each of the foregoing three (3)
¾ 6.27 .608 .509 .570 test cylinders per one hundred and fifty (150) cubic yards
1 .675 .656 .637 .617 required under §4.3.1 of RS 10-3 shall be taken from a
1½ .712 .693 .675 .655 different delivery vehicle.
2 .741 .722 .703 .684 (2) Where the concrete is discharged directly into the forms
3 .779 .760 .741 .722 by pumping methods the slump taken at the end of the
1.Values established at Median-Point (reduced 5%). See footnote Table
5.3.6 ACI 211.1-74. delivery line shall be used to determine conformance with the
2.The type and gradation [sic] of the course aggregate, delivery system and job slump specified for the work.
conditions may require these values to be varied. However in no event shall the (3) The results of tests of samples taken at the end of the
variations exceed the maximum allowance noted in ACI 211.1-74 Table 5.3.6.
pump delivery line shall be shown on the same report with
(iii) For sand lightweight concrete [sic] proportioned in corresponding tests of samples taken from the same batch at
accordance with ACI 211.2.-69 utilizing Table 2 except that the mixer.
the air dry unit weight of the concrete may exceed 115 lb. per (4) (i) Included in the duties of the on-site inspector as provided
cu. ft. when tested at age 56 days in accordance with procedure by §27-607 shall be:
in ASTM C 567. (A) That water is added only to the mixer or under the following
circumstances to the hopper of the pump:
Table 2. Volume of Coarse Lightweight Aggregate When a portion of the concrete is discharged from the mixer
per Cubic Yard of Concrete1 into the pump hopper at a slump below that specified in the
Maximum size Fineness Module of Natural Sand preliminary trial mix and too low for pumpability, water may
be added to this concrete in the pump hopper to bring it to the
lightweight 2.40 2.60 2.80 3.00
specified slump provided all pumping action is stopped.
aggregate, in Course* aggregate cu. Ft. per yard2
Before pumping is resumed the concrete in the hopper must
3/8 9.3 8.9 8.5 8.1 be thoroughly re-mixed for a minimum period of 2 minutes
½ 11.1 10.7 10.3 9.9 after all of the water has been added. If the concrete cannot be
¾ 13.2 12.8 12.4 12.0 properly re-mixed it shall be removed from the hopper and
Notes:
1.Volumes are based upon lightweight aggregate at a total moisture discarded.
content of 8 percent in loose conditions as described in ASTM C29.
2.These values may be increased based upon the type, gradation [sic] and
The balance of the batch in the mixer shall be adjusted to the
moisture content of the aggregates, delivery system and job conditions.
specified slump before further discharge.

408
Rules and Regulations

(B) Examination of the conveying line for leakage of (e) Quality Control.
cementitious material. (1) The engineer who designed the structure shall specify on
(C) Verify that no aluminum pipe is used. his plans, or an amendment thereto, that concrete may be
(ii) Included in the duties of the batch plant inspector as conveyed by pumping.
provided for in §27-605(a). (2) The placement of concrete by pumping shall be suspended
(5) A.B., shall be: on any project where required test reports are not submitted to
(i)To make adjustments for variations in fineness modulus the Borough Superintendent within six weeks from the date of
of the fine aggregate as per ASTM C 33, Section 3.4. When placement and sampling.
the difference of fineness modulus of the fine aggregate is
more than 0.2 for each 0.2: §5-02 Licensing of Concrete Testing Labo ra tor ie s.
(A) Below the Design Fineness Modulus deduct 50 lbs. from (a) General. (1) Each laboratory shall have in responsible
the dry batch weight of the fine aggregates and add 50 lbs. for charge a Director who shall be professionally qualified and
normal weight (20 lbs. lightweight) to the dry batch weight of who shall personally supervise all technical functions of the
the coarse aggregates. laboratory relating to testing of concrete and concrete materials.
(B) Above the Design Fineness Modulus add 50 lbs. to the Sections 27-605 and 27-607 of the Administrative Code require
dry batch weight of the fine aggregate and deduct 50 lbs. for that a licensed Professional Engineer or a Registered Architect
normal weight (20 lbs. lightweight) from the dry batch weight supervise the testing of materials and the inspection of concrete
of the coarse aggregates. construction.
(ii) To test lightweight aggregates for total moisture content (2) All technicians shall be qualified to perform all tests they
each day before the first concrete for the project is batched may be required to conduct under the supervision of the
and thereafter at appropriate intervals during the day or whenever Director.
a moisture change may be evident. The moisture content of (3) The laboratory shall annually furnish to the Department of
each test shall be reported on the corresponding inspection Buildings a list of all personnel who are supervising and performing
ticket accompanying each load of concrete. tests and their qualifications.
(iii) To immediately notify the concrete producer and the Note: §502(b)(6) shall also be complied with.
contractor when the total moisture content of the lightweight (4) The laboratory shall furnish to the Department of Buildings a
aggregate [sic] is 8 percent or less, that a change to an list of all the equipment used to perform tests on concrete and
alternate mix may be necessary to maintain the water cement concrete materials.
ratio and the slump specified for the work as determined at (5) The laboratory shall request and have an inspection made
the end of the delivery line. of its procedure and equipment by the "Cement and Concrete
(d) Job Practices. Reference Laboratory" whenever the "Cement and Concrete
(1) Slump shall be maintained as uniformly as possible from Reference Laboratory" is inspecting laboratories in this area
batch to batch in conformance with the specified slump. on its cyclical tour of inspection. These inspections shall be
(2) Delivery systems shall be in good condition. No dented made at the cost and expense of the laboratory seeking a license.
or worn thin section shall be used. A copy of the inspection report shall be promptly submitted
(3) All connections shall have clean grooves, be equipped with to the Department of Buildings.
gaskets and securely coupled except at the end of the system (6) The laboratory shall correct within 10 days any condition
where sections are being reconnected gaskets may be omitted. ordered by the Department of Buildings which in its judgement
(4) All vertical risers shall be straight and firmly secured. may adversely affect the results of any test.
Pipe bends shall also be restrained against movement caused (7) A license shall be issued to each applicant upon proof of
by the pumping action. compliance with these rules and upon payment of a fee of one
(5) Clean out procedures shall assure that there is no uncontrolled hundred dollars ($100).
ejection of concrete or clean out devices at the end of the (8) The annual renewal fee shall be fifty dollars ($50).
delivery line. If pressure water is used for cleanout, care shall (9) A violation of any of these rules or the falsifying or
be taken that the water is not deposited into the form. misrepresentation of any fact in any required report shall constitute
(6) Care shall be taken that portland cement and sand slurry cause for revocation or suspension of the license by the
used to prime the delivery line shall not be deposited in the Commissioner, after a hearing upon prior notice of at least ten
form without the approval of the architect or engineer designated calendar days. However, notwithstanding the foregoing, when
for Controlled Inspection. All other types of printing liquids the public safety may be imminently jeopardized or when
shall not be permitted to be placed in the form. false report has been made, the Commissioner shall have the
(7) Pumping aids, coloring agents, and all other admixtures power, pending a hearing and determination of charges, to
shall be permitted only when included in the preliminary trial forthwith suspend the license for a period not exceeding five
mix design. working days. The presence of batch tickets at a plant filled
(8) Flexible hose, used in the system shall be handled so as to in on any day other than the day the specific batch is to be
permit the full flow of the concrete without restriction, reduction delivered to the construction site, whether signed or unsigned,
of cross sectional area of kinking. shall constitute a false report.
(9) Free hanging, coupling connected sections of flexible delivery (10) All reports submitted by the laboratory shall bear its name
line shall have additional restraint between each section and its license number.
across each joint. (11) Renewal of licenses or certificates of qualification, heretofore
(10) Personnel shall avoid standing close to the outlet end of issued, and issuance of new licenses shall be conditioned upon and
the concrete pump. subject to the provisions of §§26-131 through 26-139 and 26-

409
Rules and Regulations

200 through 26-204 of the Administrative Code. C88-83 Test Method for Soundness of Aggregates by Use
(12) The laboratory shall display a copy of its license on its of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate.
premises. C109-86 Test Method for [sic] Compressive Strength of
(13) The Director shall furnish all of his employees an Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2-inch or 50
identification card with a photograph of the employee affixed cube Specimens).
thereto. C114-85 Method of Chemical Analysis of Hydraulic Cement.
(14) The Director shall maintain a daily record of the activities of C115-79b Standard Method of Test for Fineness of Portland
all of his employees, indicating the time of departure to and Cement by the Turbidimeter.
return from batch plant or construction site inspections, the C117-84 Test Method for Material Finer than 75-um (No.
construction project to which the employee is assigned, and 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing.
the batch plant visited. This record shall be maintained for 2 C127-84 Test Method for Specific Gravity and Absorption
years and shall be made available to the department personnel. of Coarse Aggregate.
(b) Personnel. C128-84 Test Method for Specific Gravity and Absorption
(1) The Director shall be qualified by virtue of education and of Fine Aggregate.
experience to supervise all tests of concrete and concrete C136-84a Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse
materials conducted by the laboratory. He shall be qualified Aggregates.
to practice Professional Engineering or Architecture in the C138-81 Standard Method of Test for Unit Weight, Yield and
State of New York. Air Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete.
(2) All technicians performing tests on the chemical composition C143-78 Test Method for Slump of Portland Cement
of cement shall be qualified analytical chemists. Concrete.
(3) All other technicians, field personnel, and all personnel C151-84 Test Method for Autoclave Expansion of Portland
having direct supervision of technical staff shall be qualified Cement.
by education and experience to take samples and perform C172-82 Method of Sampling Fresh Mixed Concrete.
required tests. Qualifying education and experience may include C173-78 Standard Method of Test for Air Content of Freshly-
a degree in engineering, suitable experience in concrete construction, Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method.
suitable training in concrete industry sponsored programs and C183-83a Method of Sampling and Acceptance of Hydraulic
the like. Cement Mortar.
(4) Satisfactory proof of such qualifications for concrete field C184-83 Test for Fineness of Hydraulic Cement by the 150-
testing technicians shall include certification resulting from um (No. 100) and 75-um (No. 200) Sieves.
the ability to pass a qualification test following the guidelines C187-86 Test Method for Normal Consistency of Hydraulic
of the American Concrete Institute as set forth in ACI publication Cement.
CP-2(82). C190-85 Test Method for Tensile Strength of Hydraulic
(5) All concrete field testing technicians shall be qualified Cement Mortars.
pursuant to §5-02(b)(4) on or before July 1, 1985. C191-82 Test Method for Time of Setting of Hydraulic
(6) The Department of Buildings shall annually publish in the Cement by Vicat Needle.
City Record, on or before the first of July, a listing of concrete C192-81 Method of Making and Curing Concrete Test
field testing technicians qualified pursuant to §5-02(b)(4). Specimens in the Laboratory.
(7) The Director shall submit to the department an affidavit C204-84 Test Method for Fineness of Portland Cement by
that all technicians and field personnel are qualified to perform Air Permeability Apparatus.
their designated tasks and shall keep on the premises a record C230-83 Specification for Flow Table for Use in Tests of
of the qualifications of all personnel, which shall be made Hydraulic Cement.
available to the department upon request. C231-82 Standard Method of Test for Air Content of
(c) Reports. Reports shall be presented in a form acceptable Freshly-Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method.
to the Department of Buildings. C260-86 Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for
(d) Tests. Concrete.
(1) The following specifications of the American Society for C266-77 Test for Time of Setting of Hydraulic Cement by
Testing and Materials (ASTM) shall be considered as part of Gillmore Needles.
these rules: C494-86 Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete.
C131-81 Resistance to Abrasion of Small-Size Coarse
C29-78 Test for Unit Weight and Voids in Aggregate. Aggregate by Use of Los Angeles Machine.
C31-85 Methods of Making and Curing Concrete Test C535-81 Resistance to Degradation of Large-Size Coarse
Specimens in the Field. Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los
C39-84 Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Angeles Machine, Test for
Concrete Specimens. C803-82 Penetration Resistance to Hardened Concrete, Test
C40-84 Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for
for Concrete. E4-83a Practices for Load Verification of Testing Machines.
C42-84a Methods of Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores
and Sawed Beams of Concrete. (2) All testing of cement shall be conducted in accordance
C70-79 Standard Method of Test for Surface Moisture in with the Standard Specifications of the American Society for
Fine Aggregate. Testing and Materials (A.S.T.M.).
(e) Curing and testing of concrete specimens.

410
Rules and Regulations

(1) The laboratory shall be equipped with a suitable size enclosed (1) Necessary equipment for preparation of concrete test
room for the curing of all concrete test specimens. It shall be cylinders:
of such size that specimens can be easily handled during storage (i) for compression tests:
and preparation for testing. The room shall be equipped with (A) Capping plates for cement or plaster caps. Plate glass at
the necessary equipment to maintain a temperature of 73.4 least 1/4-inch thick, or machined metal plates at least 1/2-inch
degrees ± 3.0 degrees F. at all times, as per A.S.T.M. C-192. thick or polished stone plates of suitable materials, such as
The room also shall be equipped to maintain a relative granite or diabase and at least 3-inches thick. A capping plate
humidity of 95 percent plus in order that the specimens will shall be at least 1-inch greater in diameter than the specimen.
be maintained in a moist condition in which free water is on (B) Capping plates for use with mixtures of sulphur and granular
the surface at all times. The test specimen shall not be exposed materials, or similar materials and dimensions, recessed to retain
to a stream of running water. the molten mixture.
(2) The laboratory shall have equipment for determining relative (C) The surface of any capping plate shall not depart from a
humidity and temperature of the room and recording devices to plane by more than .002-inch in the diameter of the specimen.
monitor them. (D) Straight edge and feeler gauges to check planeness of
(3) The laboratory shall be equipped with a power operated capping plates and caps.
testing machine with a variable speed control. It shall be of (E) Calipers and rule for checking size of cylinders.
sufficient capacity and capable of applying load without shock at (F) Controlled temperature melting pot if sulphur mixtures are
a rate of loading prescribed in §4(b) of A.S.T.M. C-39. to be used. Mixing pans, scoops, spoons, trowels, spatulas, etc.,
(4) The testing machine shall be equipped with two steel bearing if cement or plaster caps, are to be used.
blocks with hardened faces, one of which is a spherically seated (G) Appropriate grinding equipment may be substituted for
block that normally will bear on the upper surfaces of the the capping equipment.
specimen and the other a plain rigid block on which the (ii) Materials Required:
specimen will rest. The bearing faces of these blocks used for (A) For cement or plaster caps, any of the following:
compression testing of concrete shall have a Rockwell Type I Portland Cement
hardness of not less than 55 HRC. The bearing faces shall be High Alumina Cement (Lumnite)
at least as large and preferably slightly larger than the surface Type III Portland Cement
of the specimen to which the load is applied. The bearing High strength gypsum plasters such as: Hydrostone and Hydrocal
faces when new shall not depart from a plan by more than White
0.0005-inch at any point and they shall be maintained within (Note: Plaster of Paris is not satisfactory).
a permissible variation limit of 0.001-inch. The movable (B) For sulphur caps either of the following:
portion of the spherically seated block shall be designed so Laboratory prepared mixtures of sulphur and granular materials
that the bearing face can be rotated freely and tilted through Proprietary mixtures such as: Vitroband, Leadite, Cylcap, etc.
small angles in any direction. (Note: See A.S.T.M. C1982 for limitations of various
(5) The machine, if hydraulic, shall be equipped with a dial type caps).
gauge having a sufficient diameter to allow the increments of (3) Necessary for analysis of fine and coarse aggregates:
load to be read within plus or minus 1/2 percent of the load (i) Square or round mesh sieves, Pan Nos. 200, 100, 50,
being applied. 30, 16, 8, 4, 1/4-inch, 3/8-inch, 1/2-inch, 3/4-inch, 1-inch, 1
(6) The machine shall show a certificate of calibration or 1/2-inches, 2-inches, 3-inches, 3 1/2-inches, No. 12.
verification within the time limits set by requirements of (ii) Sieve shaking equipment.
A.S.T.M. E-4. If any major repairs have been made on the testing (iii) Scales:
machines, the machine shall be re-calibrated. (A) Gram scale sensitive to at least 0.1 gram.
(f) Equipment. The laboratory shall provide and maintain (B) Gram scale with at least 5,000 gram capacity and sensitive
in proper working condition the following equipment as a to 1 gram.
minimum requirement: (C) Pound scale sensitive to 1/4-ounce.
(1) Necessary for concrete mix designs: (D) Steel brush to brush sieves.
(i) Concrete mixer (E) Oven-heat continuously between 221 degrees and 230
(A) 1 1/2 cubic foot capacity degrees F.
(B) 3 1/2 cubic foot total drum volume (F) Containers for holding solutions.
(ii) Slump cone 8-inches in diameter at the base and 4-inches (G) Perforated containers for immersing aggregates in solutions -
at the top of a height of 12-inches and conforming to A.S.T.M. wire baskets.
C143. (H) Calibrated Volumetric (milliliters) graduate, 500 milliliters
(iii) A tamping rod consisting of a round, straight steel capacity.
rod 5/8-inch in diameter. (I) Conical metal mold 1 1/2-inches diameter at top, 3
(iv) Cylindrical metal measures of 1/2 cubic foot and a cubic 1/2-inches diameter at bottom, 2 7/8-inches high.
foot capacity conforming to the requirements of A.S.T.M. C138. (J) Tamping rod - 12-ounces, having a flat circular
(v) A sturdy, flat plate about 15-inches square for tamping face 1-inch in diameter.
striking off the concrete in the measure. (K) Tamping rod - 5/8-inch diameter, 24-inches length.
(vi) Appropriate air meter. (L) Cubic foot cylindrical measure either 1/2 cubic foot,
(vii) Necessary scoops, wood floats, trowels. 1/4 cubic foot, 1/3 cubic foot, 1/10 cubic foot or 1 cubic foot.
(viii)A balance or scale sensitive to 0.1 pound, having a (M) 500 milliliters flask.
capacity of not less than 100 pounds. (N)Thermometer - heats over 100 degrees C.

411
Rules and Regulations

(4) Necessary for field testing and inspection: Commissioner pursuant to rules and regulations of the department.
(i) Thermometer, 0 degrees-200 degrees F. (b) Mix designs not previously accepted.
(ii) Scale, 100 lbs. capacity. Each concrete producer or group of producers seeking
(iii)6-inch round by 12-inch long container. approval of mix designs that have not been previously
(iv)Slump cone and 5/8-inch by 24-inch rod. accepted by the Department shall file an application with the
(v) Air meter. M.E.A. Division, Department of Buildings at the address provided
(vi)Rule, 12-inches. in the City’s website, http://www.nyc.gov. and shall furnish
(g) Cement testing. the following:
(1) Introduction. Cement testing shall be done in laboratories (1 ) A compilation of the proposed mix designs listing the
equipped to make the basic tests required for evaluating cement. batch weights, types of aggregates and other ingredients together
(2) Division into physical and chemical tests. These tests are with a numbering system that will provide identification of each
divided into two parts, physical and chemical and all physical mix for testing and recording purposes. Each compilation
test specimens shall be prepared in a room or area shall contain a title sheet upon which a master list of all the
where the temperature is controlled within the limits of mixes shall be designated. Opposite each mix a space shall be
20 to 27.5 degrees C. and the humidity at not less than 50 percent. provided for the signature of the examiner and the date of the
(3) Physical test equipment: approval of that particular mix.
(i) Analytical balance complete with calibrated weights. When a mix has been approved for use as a "PREQUALIFIED
(ii) Scale of 2,000 gram capacity accurate to 0.1 percent. MIX", the examiner shall affix his signature and the date in
(iii) Wagner Turbidimeter or Blaine permeability the space provided, and then he shall affix the approval stamp
apparatus calibrated with standard cement from the of the Commissioner of Buildings.
Bureau of Standards. (2) For each mix utilizing a different combination of aggregates,
(iv) One 325 mesh sieve as well as 100, 50, 30 and admixtures, cement type, water-cement ratio, etc., a report of
16 mesh sizes. preliminary trials made by a testing laboratory licensed under
(v) Electrically driven mixer bowl and paddle. §26-200 together with an attestation by the Architect or
(vi) Flow table and flow mould. Engineer who supervised the making of the preliminary tests.
(vii) Trowel and tamper for cubes. The laboratory report shall include the following information:
(viii) Cube moulds and sealing compound. (i) Fine and coarse aggregate.
(ix) Autoclave, moulds and comparator with steel reference bar. Type (natural or manufactured sand, gravel, stone, etc.).
(x) Vicat apparatus and moulds. Weight per. cu. ft. dry rodded.
(xi) Gillmore needles and glass plates for samples. Specific gravity.
(xii) LeChatelier flask. Percentage of voids.
(xiii) Supply of graded Ottawa Sand. Percentage of absorption.
(xiv) Glass graduates of 100, 150 and 200 ml. capacity. Fineness modulus (see ASTM Definitions C125).
(xv) Cylindrical measure of 400 ml. Gradation and comparison to ASTM C-33; also size of
(xvi) Straight edge and spatula. coarse aggregate.
(xvii) Calibrated testing machine of not less than 30,000 (ii) Cement-type.
lbs., capacity equipped with spherically seated upper steel block (iii) Batch weights.
of not more than 3 1/2 inch [sic]diameter. (iv) Admixtures-type and amount.
(4) A.S.T.M. standard tests for cements. Standard tests for (v) Test results of each particular mix design being submitted
cements as required by A.S.T.M. are as follows: for approval. Separate tests shall be made for each compressive
Fineness strength.
Soundness (vi) Attestation of the Architect or Engineer engaged by
Time of setting the producer or producers to supervise the tests.
Air content of mortar (vii) Board of Standards and Appeals Cal. No. for items
Compressive tests of 2-inch by 2-inch cubes. requiring Board approval, such as lightweight aggregate admixtures,
(5) Chemical composition of cement: etc.
(i) The laboratory shall be equipped with an analytical (viii) Such other information required by §§27-605(a)
balance and standard weights, platinum and porcelain crucibles, (1), (2) and(3).
curettes, pipettes, etc. (3) Each concrete producer or group of producers that submits
(ii) Distilled water and all reagents necessary for the for approval the information required hereabove, shall be
determination of the oxides of silica, iron, aluminum, magnesium, assigned an application number which is to be known as the
sulphur, calcium, and insoluble residue by one of approved. "PREQUALIFIED MIX REFERENCE NUMBER". This
(iii) All tests shall be performed in a room equipped with REFERENCE NUMBER shall be valid only for the calendar
fume chamber, gas burners, working benches, by a qualified year for which it is issued. All applications shall be submitted
analytical chemist. before November 1 of each year for review and for
(iv) Special tests such as the alkalis of sodium and potassium prequalification for the calendar year next following.
shall be made as outlined by the A.S.T.M. When the concrete proposed for use is to be produced
§5-03 Approval of Prequalified Concrete Mixes. using the mix designs from a summary compilation that
(a) Source of concrete. has been approved, the architect or engineer who has
Concrete proportioned according to prequalified mixes shall been retained to make or supervise the Controlled Inspection
be produced only from batch plants, approved by the shall verify that the mixes have been approved as

412
Rules and Regulations

"PREQUALIFIED MIXES" and shall file a statement for (g) Approval of plant facilities shall be fully reviewed
each project setting forth the PREQUALIFIED MIX every two years upon a renewal submission for approval by the
REFERENCE NUMBER from which the concrete mix concrete producer provided the plant is not relocated during
proportions are to be selected. the two-year period.
(c) Mix designs previously approved and used. (h) If a concrete plant is relocated from the location as
(1) Each concrete producer making an application shall be filed on the original application form after initial approval is
assigned a PREQUALIFIED MIX REFERENCE NUMBER in received, a new submission shall be required.
the same manner as designated in Rule §5-03(b)(3). (i) During the two-year approval period, if any equipment is
(2) The application shall set forth the details of location, date changed, added to, modified or moved within the same premises
and laboratory that pertained to the previous project. It also as originally filed, notification will be sent to the Commissioner
shall include a statement setting forth the average strength of Buildings, Materials and Equipment Acceptance Division at the
obtained from tests made at the job, together with a summary address provided in the City’s website, http://www.nyc.gov.
of the total number of tests made and, of those tests, how Accompanying said notification shall be an amendment to the
many fell below the specified strength. application verified by an affidavit from a professional engineer
(3) A copy of the laboratory report that was originally accepted not in the regular employ of the concrete producer stating that
shall be submitted. It shall contain the information listed the modification meets all requirements of the check list.
under Rule §5-03(b)(2) (Reports with the water-cement ratios (j) The concrete producer shall be required to produce concrete
selected at a point on the curve established by preliminary in accordance with all applicable provisions of the Building
mix tests corresponding to a strength of concrete 15% higher Code and all pertinent reference standards referred to therein.
than the minimum ultimate strength called for on the plans (k) The concrete producer shall be required to submit attestations
shall not be accepted, unless the water-cement ratio complying and certifications specified in §§27-605 and 27-606 promptly
with section §27-605(a)(2) can be determined). for the appropriate type of concrete for each construction
(4) The Architect or Engineer retained for the Controlled project. Where automated batching equipment is used, the
Inspection shall file a statement similar to the one mentioned tapes recording the batched weights shall be available for
in §5-03(b)(3). inspection for a period of two years.
(l) Concrete produced for the construction of buildings subject
§5-04 Approval of Concrete Production Facilities. to controlled inspection of concrete shall not be batched and
(a) The scope of these rules relating to facilities for the delivered to the construction site unless a person designated
production of concrete under Article 5 of Subchapter 10 of for batch plant inspection is present at the plant. However, it
Chapter 1 of Title 27 of the Administrative Code shall be shall be permissible to deliver the concrete in the absence of
applicable to batch plant installations of either a permanent or the person designated for inspection when there are extenuating
temporary nature, located on or off the site of construction. circumstances, provided the design architect or engineer and
(b) Application for approval of a batch plant shall be the architect or engineer designated for control inspections are
made on behalf of the owner by an engineer on department notified promptly by phone with a `circumstances under which
forms filed with the Commissioner of Buildings at the address the uninspected concrete was shipped and shall supply all
provided in the City’s website, http://www.nyc.gov. No off- necessary facts such as the times and dates and volume of
site batch plants will be acceptable unless the legal use of the concrete batched and delivered, the design strength and mix
premises as a batch plant has been previously approved by proportions, and the application number, location, and contractor
either the Department of Buildings or the Department of Small that the concrete is being delivered to. Similarly, the appropriate
Business Services. Borough Superintendent's office is to be promptly notified by
(c) The concrete producer shall supply a list of all plant phone with a follow-up letter together with copies of the other
equipment to be used in the batching of concrete on forms required notification letters.
furnished by the department. (m) Approval shall be for a period of two years.
(d) The concrete producer shall engage a Licensed Professional However, temporary approval of batch plants may be
Engineer, not in his regular employ, to inspect the batching authorized at the discretion of the Commissioner for a period
facilities. This inspection shall be made at the cost and expense of ninety days, provided an application for approval with
of the concrete producer seeking plant approval. A copy of necessary information furnished on appropriate forms is
the verification of the inspection shall be submitted with the filed, and provided the application is otherwise acceptable in
application for plant approval on forms furnished by the other respects. Temporary approvals may be renewed for
department. additional ninety day periods, at the discretion of the
(e) The applicant shall follow inspection procedures and Commissioner.
complete the check list on forms furnished by the department (n) Concrete producers shall be required to permit complete
which shall accompany the application for plant approval. plant inspections by department personnel periodically.
(f) The concrete producer shall promptly correct any objection (o) A copy of the batch plant approval will be forwarded
made by the department which in its judgement it deems may to the owner of each facility and shall be posted in a conspicuous
adversely affect the quality of the concrete being placed. place at the plant.
Should the department find any objection because of the (p) A violation of any of these rules or the falsifying or
producer's failure to meet the necessary standards for plant misrepresentation of any fact in the application or in any report
approval, corrections shall be made within 30 working days shall constitute cause for revocation or suspension of any
after the receipt, by the producer, of a written notice from the approval by the Commissioner, after a hearing upon prior
department. notice of at least ten calendar days. For temporary approvals,

413
Rules and Regulations

the falsifying or misrepresentation of any fact in the application be present at the job site during erection and dismantling.
or in any report shall be cause for immediate revocation of Their names as well as the company performing the work,
such temporary approval by the Commissioner. However, shall be included in the data submitted.
notwithstanding the foregoing, when the public safety may be (l) Cranes used to erect or dismantle Climber/Tower
imminently jeopardized, or when a false report has been made, Cranes or Derricks located either within the lot line or on the
the Commissioner shall have the power, pending a hearing and street shall be indicated; and continue to be subject to the on-
determination of charges, to forthwith suspend any approval for a site inspection permit Buildings Notice procedures but such
period not exceeding five calendar days. application shall be submitted to the Cranes and Derricks Division.
(m) A load radius chart approved by the Cranes and
CHAPTER 6 CRANES [sic] Derricks Division of the Buildings Department shall
be posted in the cabin of crane.
§6-01 Erection and Dismantling of Climber/Tower Cranes.
An Erection and Dismantling Plan and Procedure for Climber/Tower CHAPTER 8 DEMOLITION
Cranes, other than truck and crawler mounted tower cranes; shall
be submitted to the Crane and Derrick Division of the Department §8-01 Commencement of Demolition. (a) Definition.
of Buildings by a Licensed Professional Engineer or Registered (1) Commencement of demolition. Commencement of
Architect for the erection of any such Climber/Tower Cranes. demolition shall mean the removal of partitions, ceilings,
The procedure and plan submitted shall include the following: flooring, windows, piping and fixtures for plumbing and
(a) Identification of the equipment used; including all machines heating or any component parts of a vacant building or
used in the erection or dismantling. structure to be demolished. The removal of interior wood
(b) A detailed identification of the assemblies and sub-assemblies doors shall not be considered commencement of demolition.
for the erection and dismantling of the equipment. (2) Heavy duty and light duty sidewalks sheds. A sidewalk
(c) Location of the equipment, sidewalk sheds (or shed is for heavy duty use or light duty use.
Department of Transportation street closing permits, if applicable), (i) A heavy duty sidewalk shed is designed to carry a
surrounding buildings, protection for their roofs and the pick-up live load of at least 300 pounds per square foot (psf). Live
points and loads and radius of swing of all loads. In addition, load, including storage of materials, shall not exceed 300
the safe load from the approved load radius chart shall be psf unless the sidewalk shed is designed to carry a live
submitted for lift radius. load greater than 300 psf, and an application for a permit
(d) A weight list of all assemblies and sub-assemblies that thereof is filed by a licensed architect or engineer and
are to be lifted. Components are to be clearly marked with their approved by the Department.
weight painted on the assembly or stamped on metal tags (ii) A light duty sidewalk shed is designed to carry a
attached to the assembly. live load of at least 150 pounds per square foot. Storage
(e) The center of gravity of all unsymmetrical components of materials of any kind is not permitted on light duty
shall be located and shown. sheds.
(f) The manufacturer of the Climber/Tower Crane shall (b) No demolition of a building or structure shall
certify as to the weight of assemblies and sub-assemblies. commence until a complete application has been filed and
Alternately the Professional Engineer or Registered Architect a permit has been obtained from the Department of
applicant shall certify an erection or dismantling weight list with Buildings.
indication how such weights were determined. (c) Prior to filing of an application for a demolition permit,
(g) The approved Erection and Dismantling procedure and the applicant must submit a pre-demolition report to the
sequence with weights of assemblies and sub-assemblies, shall Department and obtain a pre-demolition inspection and
be given to the operator of the crane or derrick and to the rigger sign-off by the Department.
prior to commencement of the work. (d) Posting of signs. (1) Prior to the filing of an application
(h) All accepted or approved installed safety devices on a for a demolition permit, the demolition contractor shall
crane involved in the erection or dismantling procedure shall be post a sign in a readily visible location on the front of the
calibrated within the preceding three months. The certification building to be demolished or on the sidewalk shed or
of the calibration shall be submitted to the Crane and Derricks other protective structure listed in §26-252(a) of the
Division. The safety device Administrative Code of the City of New York adjacent to
.s of the Climber/Tower Crane shall be checked as a part of such building with the following information:
the inspection procedure. Demolition Contractor
(i) A time schedule including date and time of day that Name of the Contractor
the erection or dismantling is to take place. Erection or dismantling Business Address
shall not be conducted prior to sunrise, or subsequent to sunset, and Business Telephone No.
shall be limited by Department of Buildings Complaint Number
§24-224, of the Administrative (Air Pollution) Code. Date of Expiration of Sidewalk Shed Permit, if
(j) No Climber/Tower Crane shall be erected, operated, applicable
or disassembled in any roadway, sidewalk, or street unless a A space shall be reserved on the sign for the
permit is first obtained from the Bureau of Highways of the posting of the demolition permit
NYCDOT.
(k) The Licensed Master Rigger or [sic] Licensed (2) Where a sidewalk shed is erected, the sign shall also state
Climber/Tower Rigger, and the Site Safety Coordinators shall whether it is a heavy duty sidewalk shed or light duty

414
Rules and Regulations

sidewalk shed. If the shed is for light duty use, the sign shall non-compliance.
include the statement that storage is not permitted on the shed.
(3) After a demolition permit is obtained, the sign shall also CHAPTER 9 RIGGING OPERATIONS
contain a copy of the approved demolition permit.
(4) The sign shall be posted prior to the commencement of §9-01 Supervisory Responsibilities of a Licensed Master or
demolition, shall measure 25 square feet and the lettering Special Rigger. (a) Applicability. In accordance with section
shall be block lettering with a minimum height of three 26-172 of the Administrative Code, all rigging work, other than
inches. The sign shall be posted upon the wall or fence or work exempted under section 26-173 of such code, must be
shed and shall be of contrasting color from the background. performed by or under the supervision of a licensed special or
No sign shall be required when the building to be demolished master rigger. The rules in this section set forth the specific
does not exceed 15 feet in height. The sign must be in place supervisory responsibilities of a licensed special or master rigger.
24 hours prior to commencement of any demolition activity (b) Definitions.
and remain visible at the site until all work is completed. Rigging Foreman. “Rigging Foreman” shall mean an individual,
(5) Other than as set forth above and in 1 RCNY §27-03, male or female, designated by a licensed master or special
there shall be no other information, pictorial representations, rigger in accordance with subdivision i of this section. Such
or any business or advertising messages posted on the person shall have the qualifications set forth in subdivision h of
sidewalk shed or bridge or other structure listed in §26-252(a) this section.
of the Administrative Code which is erected at the demolition Critical Picks. “Critical Picks” shall mean rigging operations
site. involving loads that:
(e) Requirements for demolition permits. (i) are at or above 95% of approved rated capacity of the
(1) A complete application shall be filed with the crane or rigging equipment,
Department, along with all the necessary reports and (ii) are asymmetrical or have a wind sail area exceeding 500
certifications. square feet,
(2) The building or structure, or affected part thereof, shall be (iii) may present a problem because of clearance, drift, or
vacant and unoccupied. other interference,
(3) All gas, electric, water, steam or other supply lines shall (iv) are fragile or of thin shell construction and are not
be disconnected and certifications by the respective utility provided with standard rigging ears,
companies or agency to that effect are to be filed pursuant to (vi) require multiple cranes or derricks (tandem picks), or
Administrative Code (vi) require out of the ordinary rigging equipment, methods
§27-168. Where the use of electricity or water is required or setup.
during demolition, such electric or water lines as are necessary (c) Planning. Except as otherwise specifically provided in
may be maintained provided they are protected as required by subdivision (g)(2) of this section, the licensee must personally
the Departments of Building and Environmental Protection; plan the equipment set-up and operation of all rigging operations.
provided further that the consent of the utility company is filed This responsibility may not be delegated.
for the maintenance of the electric service and a certification is (d) Supervision of rigging operations other than critical
filed from the Bureau of Water Supply of the Department of picks. Except as otherwise provided in subdivision e of this
Environment Protection that a permit for the use of water in section, a licensee need not be personally on site during
the demolition has been issued. rigging operations provided that a rigging foreman designated
(4) The building or structure shall be treated effectively for by the licensee pursuant to subdivision i of this section is
the extermination of rats and a certification shall filed to that continuously on site and he or she performs and/or
effect by a licensed exterminator or the Health Department. manages the work under the off site supervision of the
(5) Where a sidewalk shed is required a permit for its erection licensee as follows:
shall be obtained and the sidewalk shed erected in accordance (1) the licensee and the rigging foreman at the work site are in
with Administrative Code §27-1021. frequent and direct contact with each other
(6) Where renewal for an application for a sidewalk shed or during the course of the rigging operation,
other protective structure listed in §26-252(a) of the Administrative (2) for work involving the use of cranes, derricks, work
Code of the City of New York and pursuant to §27-1021 of the platforms, suspension scaffolds or other rigging setup where
Administrative Code is required, such application must be signed the safe founding or support of such equipment is a cause of
by the owner of the affected property. concern (i.e. over sidewalks, roadways or yards where vaults
(7) A permit will not be issued if the applicant demolition or other subsurface structures exist; or where hooks or clamps
contractor has outstanding violations of the Building Code on are used on parapet walls to support hanging scaffolds, etc.)
other demolition jobs where such applicant (i) has failed to the licensee personally visits the work site to inspect and
respond to notices of violation of an administrative tribunal approve the rigging equipment founding and setup prior to
issued for such violations within the time required by law and commencement of rigging operations and each time the founding
has failed to cure such default and/or (ii) has failed to appear on or support changes,
the return date or dates or any subsequent return date or dates of (3) the licensee is readily available to provide on site supervision
any summonses issued in a criminal proceeding for such should the [sic] need arise, and
violations and has failed to remedy such non-appearance and/or (4) the rigging foreman has in his or her possession at the
(iii) has failed to comply with orders to correct such violations work site the “Certificate of License Record” of the licensee
and/or (iv) has failed to certify such correction to the department (tear-off) issued by the Department, which shall be presented
within the time required by law and has failed to remedy such upon the demand of any enforcement officer.

415
Rules and Regulations

(e) Supervision of critical picks. The licensee must be malfunctions or adverse weather, and
continuously on site during critical picks and must personally (vi) be able to evaluate the fitness of the rigging crew,
perform or personally supervise all critical picks. Off site including, where applicable, the issuance of a certificate of
supervision of critical picks is not permitted. fitness pursuant to section 9-03 of this chapter.
(f) Rigging Crew. Except as otherwise provided in (2) An individual designated as a rigging foreman by a licensed
subdivision (g) of this section, all members of the rigging special rigger shall, in addition to the qualifications set forth in
crew must be employees on the payroll of such licensee or paragraph one of this subdivision, have the following additional
where the license is used by the holder thereof for or on a qualifications:
behalf of a partnership, corporation or other business association (i) have at least 1 year’s practical experience in the
as provided for in section 26-138(b) of the Administrative hoisting and rigging business, and
Code such members must be employees on the payroll of such (ii) be able to explain the risks incident to such business
partnership, corporation or business association. and precautions to be taken in connection therewith.
(g) Specially Crew. Except as otherwise provided in this (3) an individual designated as a rigging foreman by a licensed
subdivision and except as provided for in section 26-138(b) of master rigger shall, in addition to the qualifications set forth in
the Administration Code, the licensee and/or a rigging foreman paragraph one of this subdivision, have the following additional
designated by a licensee may not perform or supervise qualifications:
rigging work for another person, corporation, partnership on (i) have at least 5 years practical experience in the hoisting
business association. Where rigging work is best handled by and rigging business, and
or requires crews of a specialty trade (e.g. handling hazardous (ii) be knowledgeable about and be able to explain the
materials or chemicals such as asbestos, or climbing, erecting risks incident to the following, where applicable to the particular
or dismantling tower cranes) the licensee and/or a rigging job:
foreman designated by such licensee may perform or supervise (A) rigging operations and precautions to be taken in
work on behalf of a person, partnership, corporation or business connection therewith,
association engaged in such specialty trade, subject to the following (B) safe loads and computation thereof,
conditions: (C) types and methods of rigging, and
(1) the Cranes and Derricks Division of the department must (D) pertinent hardware such as ropes, cables, blocks, poles,
approve the licensee’s written request for such proposed rigging derricks, sheerlegs and other tools used in connection with
operation, rigging operations.
(2) the licensee must either plan the equipment setup and operation (i) Designation of a Rigging Foreman. Designation shall
or be an active participant of the planning team, consist of the filing of written notification with the Department’s
(3) for loads of one thousand two hundred pounds or more Licensing Division of the following information:
and for all critical picks, the licensee must provide continuous (1) A list of all rigging foreman employed by the licensee or
on site personal supervision to the rigging crew, the business association of the licensee. Each rigging foreman’s
(4) for loads below one thousand two hundred pounds which full name, home address, and home phone number shall be
are not critical picks, the licensee need not be on site if a included on the list.
rigging foreman designated by such licensee is continuously (2) The notification shall be signed by the licensee, shall contain
on site.[sic] He or she manages the work under the off site his or her license number and shall be on the business letterhead
supervision of the licensee in accordance with the conditions of the licensee or of the business association of the licensee. The
set forth in items (1), (2), (3), and (4) of subdivision (d) notification shall contain a representation by the licensee that all
of this section, of the rigging foreman designated by him or her have the
(5) the licensee and/or his or her designated rigging foreman qualifications specified in subdivision h of this section.
must have full authority to examine rigging hardware, to approve (3) The list must be updated within two weeks of any
rigging setups, to mandate changes and to stop the job, change in the reported information relating to designated
(6) the licensee is responsible for all aspects of rigging safety individuals or within two weeks of the termination of a
on the job, and designation by the filing of a new notification listing all rigging
(7) the licensee shall confirm that members of the specialty foreman designated by the licensee. The new notification
crew are insured to the minimum requirements specified in shall contain the information set forth in items (1) and (2)
section 26-178 of the code and are covered by worker’s above. The new list will supersede any earlier filed notification.
compensation by the specialty crew’s employer. (j) Photo Identification Card. The licensee shall
(h) Qualifications for designation as a rigging foreman. issue a photo identification card (see Exhibit 1) to each rigging
(1) An individual designated as a rigging foreman by a foreman designated by him or her with the licensee’s signature
licensed special or master rigger shall: affixed thereto. Such card shall be carried by the rigging foreman
(i) be an employee on the payroll and covered by the worker’s at all times while he or she is engaged in any of the duties
compensation insurance of the licensee or the business association requiring such designation and shall be presented upon
of the licensee, the demand of any authorized enforcement officer. It
(ii) be at least 18 years of age, shall be the responsibility of the licensee to retrieve the identification
(iii) be able to read and write English, card when such designation is terminated. A designation shall
(iii) be able to identify critical picks, be terminated by the licensee if (1) the person leaves the employ
(iv) be familiar with the relevant sections of the Building of the licensee or business association of the licensee, (2) the
Code, OSHA safety standards and industry safety practices, licensee finds that the designee is not competently performing his
(v) have been trained to react properly to mechanical

416
Rules and Regulations

or her duties or, (3) the licensee finds that the designee has acted subsurface structures exist; or where hooks or clamps are used
in an unsafe or irresponsible manner in performing his on parapet walls to support hanging scaffolds, etc.) the
or her duties. licensee personally visits the work site to inspect and approve
(k) Responsibility. The designation of one or more rigging the rigging equipment founding and setup prior to commencement
foreman shall not affect the licensee’s and/or business association’s of rigging operations and each time the founding or support
responsibility or liability for all aspects of rigging safety including changes, and
but not limited to the actions of rigging foreman, rigging (3) the licensee is readily available to provide on site supervision
crews and specialty crews, if any. should the need arise, and
(l) Failure to comply with rules. If these rules are not complied (4) The sign hanging foreman has in his or her possession at
with the Department may order that rigging operations stop, the work site the “Certificate of License Record” of the licensee
commence disciplinary action against the licensee and/or (tear off) issued by the Department, which shall be presented
commence proceedings for the impositions of fines or civil upon the demand of any authorized enforcement officer.
penalties. (e) Supervision of critical picks. The licensee must be
continuously on site during critical picks and must personally
§9-02 Supervisory Responsibilities of a Licensed Master perform or personally supervise all critical picks. Off site
or Special Sign Hanger. supervision of critical picks is not permitted.
(a) Applicability. In accordance with section 26-182 of the (f) Sign Hanging Crew. All members of the sign hanging
Administrative Code, all sign hanging work, other than work crew must be employees on the payroll of such licensee or,
exempted under section 26-184 of such code, must be performed where the license is used by the holder thereof for or on behalf
by or under the supervision of a licensed sign hanger. The of a partnership, corporation or other business association as
rules in this section set forth the specific supervisory responsibilities provided for in section 26-138(b) of the Administration Code,
of a licensed special or master sign hanger. such members must be employees on the payroll of such
(b) Definitions. partnership, corporation or business association. Except as provided
Sign Hanging Foreman. “Sign Hanging Foreman” shall for in section 26-138(b) of the Administrative Code, the
mean an individual, male or female, designated by a licensed licensee and/or a sign hanging foreman designated by a licensee
master or special sign hanger in accordance with subdivision may not perform or supervise sign hanging work for another
h of this section. Such person shall have the qualifications set person, corporation, partnership or business association.
forth in subdivision g of this section. (g) Qualifications for designation as a sign hanging foreman.
Critical Picks. “Critical Picks” shall mean sign hanging (1) An individual designated as a sign hanging foreman by a
operations involving loads that: licensed special or master sign hanger shall:
(i) are at or above 95% of approved rated capacity of the (i) be an employee on the payroll of and covered by the
crane or rigging equipment, worker compensation insurance of the licensee or the business
(ii) are asymmetrical or have a wind sail area exceeding association of the licensee,
1500 square feet, (ii) be at least 18 years of age,
(iii) may present a problem because of clearance, drift, or (iii)be able to read and write English,
other interference, (iv) be able to identify critical picks,
(iv) are fragile or of thin shell construction and are not (v) be familiar with the relevant sections of the Building
provided with standard rigging ears, Code, OSHA safety standards and industry safety practices,
(v) require multiple cranes or derricks (tandem picks), or (vi) have been trained to react properly to mechanical
(vi) require out of the ordinary rigging equipment, methods malfunctions or adverse weather,
or setup. (i) be able to evaluate the fitness of the sign hanging crew,
(c) Planning. The licensee must personally plan the equipment including where applicable, the issuance of a certificate of
set-up and operation of all sign hanging operations. This fitness pursuant section 9-03 of this chapter,
responsibility may not be delegated. (viii) be able to read plans and specifications relating to
(d) Supervision of sign hanging operations other than sign construction and erection, including supporting framework
critical picks. Except as otherwise provided in and other supports,
subdivision e of this section, a licensee need not be personally (xi) have a knowledge of the problems and practices of
on site during sign hanging operations provided that a sign sign construction and hanging, and
hanging foreman designated by the licensee pursuant to subdivision (xii) be familiar with the equipment and tools used in sign
h of this section is continuously on site and he or she performs installations.
and/or manages the work under the off-site supervision of the (2) An individual designated as a sign hanging foreman by a
licensee as follows: licensed special sign hanger shall, in addition to the qualifications
(1) the licensee and the sign hanging foreman at the work site set forth in paragraph one of this subdivision, have at least 3
are in frequent and direct contact with each other during the years practical experience in sign hanging work,
course of the sign hanging operation, (3) An individual designated as a sign hanging foreman by a
(2) for work involving the use of cranes, derricks, work platforms, licensed master sign hanger shall, in addition to the qualifications
suspension scaffolds or other rigging setup where the safe set forth paragraph one of this subdivision, have at least 5
founding or support of such equipment is a cause of concern years practical experience in sign hanging work,
(i.e. over sidewalks, roadways or yards where vaults or other (h) Designation of a Sign Hanging Foreman. Designation

417
Rules and Regulations

shall consist of the filing of written notification with the hanger.

Department’s Licensing Division of the following information: (b) Minimum Requirements. Only the following individuals
(1) A list of all sign hanging foreman employed by the licensee or may work on or operate a suspension scaffold:
by the business association of the licensee. Each sign hanging (1) Where work is performed either by or under the supervision
foreman’s full name, home address, and home phone number of a licensed rigger or sign hanger, the following persons may
shall be included on the list. work on or operate a suspension scaffold:
(2) The notification shall be signed by the licensee, shall (i) a licensed master or special rigger,
contain his or her license number and shall be on the business (ii) a licensed master or special sign hanger,
letterhead of the licensee or of the business association of the (iii) a rigging or sign hanging foremen as described in §9-
licensee. The notification shall contain a representation by the 01 and §9-02, or
licensee that all of the sign hanging foreman designated by (iv) a rigging or sign hanging crew member issued a
him or her have the qualifications specified in subdivision g certificate of fitness by the licensed rigger or sign hanger or
of this section. his or her designate rigging or sign hanging foreman.
(3) The list must be updated within two weeks of any change (2) (i) Where construction or alteration work is performed
in the reported information relating to designated individuals pursuant to a permit issued by the Department and, in
or within two weeks of the termination of a designation by the accordance with §26-173 and §26-184 of the Administrative
filing of a new notification listing all sign hanging foremen Code, such work is not performed by or under the supervision
designated by such licensee. The new notification shall be of a licensed rigger or sign hanger, the following persons may
filed in the manner and shall contain the information set forth work on or operate a suspension scaffold:
in items (1) and (2) above. The new list will supersede any (A) a person who holds a certificate of completion from a
earlier filed notification. recognized scaffold safety training course as set forth in subdivision
(i) Photo Identification Card. The licensee shall issue a (d)(1) and (d)(3) of this section, or
photo identification card (see Exhibit 1) to each individual (B) an apprentice in a recognized program, as set forth in
designated by him or her as a sign hanging foremen with the subdivision (d)(2) of this section, or
licensee’s signature affixed thereto. Such card shall be carried (C) a person who holds a challenge examination certificate
by the sign hanging foremen at all times while he or she is (D) from a recognized administrator of challenge examinations,
engaged in any of the duties requiring such designation and as set forth in subdivision (d)(4) of this section.
shall be presented upon the demand of any authorized (ii) In accordance with §27-1045, it shall be the responsibility
enforcement officer of the city. It shall be the responsibility of of the superintendent of construction to ensure that any person
the licensee to retrieve the identification card when such working on or operating a suspension scaffold on or the job
designation is terminated. A designation shall be terminated site has the necessary certificate of completion or challenge
by the licensee if (1) the person leaves the employ of the examination certificate or is enrolled in a recognized apprenticeship
licensee or business association of the licensee, (2) the program. The superintendent of construction must maintain
licensee finds that the designee is not competently performing written records to such effect.
his or her duties or, (3) the licensee finds that the designee has (3) In addition to those persons listed in (b)(1) and (b)(2)
acted in an unsafe or irresponsible manner in performing his above, a registered architect or professional engineer who is
or her duties. familiar with rigging hardware, rigging equipment setup and
(j) Responsibility. The designation of one or more sign operation, pertinent Building Code provisions, Federal OSHA
hanging foremen shall not affect the licensee’s and/or business and State safety standards, emergency procedures, and
association’s responsibility or liability for all aspects [sic] of recommended industry safe work practices may work on or
sign hanging safety including but not limited to the actions of operate a suspension scaffold, provided, however, that a
sign hanging foremen and sign hanging crews. registered architect or professional engineer not familiar with
(k) Failure to comply with rules. If these rules are not such codes, standards, procedures and practices may ride on a
complied with the Department may order that sign hanging scaffold to perform inspections as long as the architect or
operations stop, commence disciplinary action against the engineer does not perform work from or operate the scaffold.
licensee and/or commence proceedings for the imposition of (b) Certificate of Fitness.
fines or civil penalties. (1) Minimum Requirements. A person issued a certificate of
fitness must:
§9-03 Minimum Requirements for Individuals Working (i) be found capable of performing the scaffold work in a safe
on Suspension Scaffolds and responsible manner by the issuer at the time of issuance,
(a) Applicability. In accordance with section 26-172 and and
26-182 of the Administrative Code and Subchapter 19 of (ii) be able to communicate without difficulty with the
Chapter 1 of Title 27, “Safety of Public and Property During supervising licensed rigger, licensed sign hanger, rigging or
Construction Operations,” the rules in this section establish sign hanging foreman, or superintendent of construction on
minimum requirements for all individuals working on or operating site, and either
suspension scaffolds, either performing construction or alteration (iii) possess a certificate of completion from a recognized
work pursuant to a permit issued by the Department, or performing scaffold safety training course in accordance with subdivision
rigging or sign hanging work under the supervision of a (d)(1) and (d)(3) of this section, or
licensed master or special rigger or a master or special sign (iv) be enrolled in a recognized scaffold apprenticeship program

418
Rules and Regulations

in accordance with subdivision (d)(2) of this section, or shall maintain a list of approved training courses. Any
(v) possess a challenge examination certificate in accordance organization or institute that offers the recognized scaffold
with subdivision (d)(4) of this section. safety training course must also offer a challenge examination
(2) Persons Authorized to Issue a Certification of Fitness. outlined in subdivision(d)(4) of this section, either free or at a
The following persons may issue a certificate of fitness: nominal cost to all applicants.
(i) a licensed master or special rigger, (2) Recognized Apprenticeship Program. Any organization
(ii) a licensed master or special sign hanger, or (e.g. private, governmental, non-profit, trade union) may
(iii) a rigging or sign hanging foreman designated pursuant to apply to the Department for recognition of its scaffold safety
sections 9-01 or 9-02 of these rules, as agent of the licensee. training apprenticeship program. The requirements for recognition
(3) Duty of Licensee to Ensure Compliance. It shall be the are the same as for a recognized scaffold safety training
sole responsibility of the licensee who issues the certificate of course as set forth in subdivision (d)(1) of this section. (3)
fitness, either personally or through a designated foreman, to Certificate of Completion. The organization providing a
ensure that the individual who receives the certificate meets recognized scaffold safety training course or apprenticeship
the requirements of subdivision (c)(1) of this section for the program may issue identification cards or certificates of
particular job. It shall be the licensee’s responsibility to completion to individuals who successfully complete the
maintain written records and copies relating to whom and recognized course or program. The certificate of completion
when certificates were issued, as well as each certificate holder’s issued must include the name and address of the issuing
certificate of completion from a recognized scaffold safety organization, the date of issuance, and the name of the
training course or apprentice program or challenge examination recipient, and must state “NYC DOB Recognized Scaffold
certificate, which substantiates the individual’s fitness. If a Safety Training Course” or “Apprenticeship Program.” Such
person issued a certificate of fitness is later found to be unqualified certificate must be signed by the course administrator.
or to have failed to work on a suspension scaffold in a safe (4) Challenge Examination and Challenge Examination
and workmanlike manner, it shall be the licensee’s responsibility Certificate. The challenge examination shall be administered
to rescind the certificate of fitness and to remove the subject by organizations or institutes that conduct a recognized scaffold
person from the job. safety training course or recognized apprenticeship program.
(4) The Certificate of Fitness. The certificate of fitness must include The challenge examination shall consist of written and
the name of the holder, the date of the issuance, the name, and license hands-on tests that enable successful candidates to demonstrate
number of the licensee, the name, address, and telephone a minimum level of knowledge and skills equivalent to
number of the company, and the signature of the issuer. graduates of a recognized scaffold safety training course or
(i) Job-specific certificate of fitness for crew members apprenticeship program. A person passing the challenge
employed only for a particular job or jobs. The certificate of examination shall be issued a challenge examination certificate
fitness must contain the job location for which such certificate by the course or examination administrator. This challenge
is valid as well as the duration of the job (see exhibit 2). Such examination certificate shall be the equivalent to the certificate
certificate of fitness, as well as a photo identification of the of completion and shall consist of similar data, format and
certificate holder acceptable to the Department, must be signature as set forth in subdivision (d)(3) of this section.
available on site for inspection. Written and hands-on tests for the challenge examination shall be
(ii) Certificate of fitness for regular members of the submitted to and pre-approved in writing by the Department
licensee’s rigging or sign hanging crew. Notwithstanding the of Buildings, Cranes and Derricks Division. The Cranes and
provisions of subdivision (c)(4)(i) of this section, at the option Derricks Divison reserves the right to monitor the test to
of the issuer, a permanent non job-specific photo identification or ensure its quality and fairness, and to revoke any approval if
certificate of fitness may be issued to regular members of the guidelines are not adhered to. Organizations or institutes that
licensee’s business association’s rigging or sign hanging crews. offer recognized scaffold safety training or apprenticeship
(d) Recognized Scaffold Safety Training Courses and programs in English or in any other language must offer an
Apprenticeship Programs. (1) Recognized Scaffold Safety equivalent challenge examination in the appropriate language to
Training Course. Any organization (e.g. private, governmental, any applicant regardless of his or her gender, race, national
non-profit, or trade union) or institute may apply to the origin, organization or union membership, religion or creed.
Department for recognition of its scaffold safety training (e) Compliance. Failure to comply with the above rules,
course. Such application shall be made to the Department’s including but not limited to any person working on a suspension
Cranes and Derricks Division and shall include: instructors’ scaffold unable to produce either a valid certificate of fitness
qualifications, curriculum, teaching schedule, and materials or, where applicable, a certificate of completion or a challenge
used. The training course must include a significant field examination certificate and a photo identification card, may result in
component, including instruction in rigging hardware (e.g. the Department’s ordering all work stopped, issuing violations,
ropes, blocks, motors, scaffolds, controls, etc.), methods ( e.g. and commencing disciplinary action against the licensee,
reeving, suspension, startup procedures, netting, etc.), and and/or commencing proceedings for the imposition of fines or
applicable laws (NYC Building Codes and Rules, OSHA civil penalties.
standards, etc.) The Department may participate in or (f) Effective date. The provisions of this section 9-03 shall
observe any training course without prior notification, and take effect on and after May 1, 2001.
reserves the right to rescind recognition. The Department
shall inform or approve a recognized course in writing, and

419
Rules and Regulations

420
Rules and Regulations

§9-04 Revocation, Suspension or Refusal to Renew License The Administrative Law Judge at OATH shall issue recommended
of Special or Master Rigger or Special or Master Sign Hanger. findings of fact and a recommended decision and shall
(a) The license of a special or master rigger or of a special forward such findings and recommended decision and the
or master sign hanger may be suspended, revoked or not renewed record of the proceedings to the Commissioner who shall
and/or a fine of not more than five thousand dollars may be make a final determination on the charges and penalty as per
imposed for each instance of the following: this section.
(1) Fraud, deceit, collusion or misrepresentation by the licensee in (c) Notwithstanding any inconsistent provision of subdivision
obtaining or renewing such license. b of this section, where the Commissioner finds that the
(2) Poor moral character that adversely impacts upon the public safety may be imminently jeopardized or that there is
licensee’s fitness to perform his or her duties and responsibilities reasonable cause to believe that the continued use of a special
as a licensee. or master rigger or special or master sign hanger license will
(3) Negligence, incompetence, lack of knowledge of the create a condition of imminent peril to public safety, he or she
Building Code and applicable rules of the Department or may forthwith suspend any license pending a hearing, to be
disregard of the Building Code and applicable rules of the held as soon as practicable in light of the circumstances before
Department as demonstrated in the performance of the duties OATH, and, determination of charges.
and responsibilities of a licensee.
(4) Failure to comply with an order of the Commissioner or CHAPTER 10 DRUMS FOR DERRICK LOAD
his or her designee in connection with the business or duties AND BOOM HOISTS
and responsibilities of the licensee.
(5) Making a false or misleading statement to the Department or §10-01 Requirements.
other government agency on any form or report filed with the Drums for derrick load and boom hoists shall be contained on
Department or records required to be kept by the department in the same bed frame [sic] operated independently by one or
relation to the business or duties and responsibilities of the more engines.
licensee. Each drum shall have a separate hand brake and clutch or
(6) Failure to file a form, report or statement or to keep records power down mechanism in lieu of a clutch, as well as a positive
required by the Department or other government agency in dog on the drum and a dog on the brake pedal.
connection with the business or duties and responsibilities of The hoisting mechanism shall be in full view and under the
the licensee. control of a licensed hoisting machine operator at all times.
(7) Failure to comply with any of the provisions of sections 9-
01, 9-02 or 9-03 of this chapter. CHAPTER 11 ELEVATORS, ESCALATORS,
(8) Impeding or obstructing an investigation of the Commissioner PERSONNEL HOISTS AND MOVING WALKS
or his or her designee relating to the business or duties and
responsibilities of the licensee. §11-01 Rules for the Certification and Qualification of Private
(9) Conviction of a criminal offense where the underlying act Elevator Inspection Agencies and for the Performance of
arises out of the business or duties and responsibilities of the Inspections and Filing of Inspection Reports for Elevators and
licensee. Escalators by suchAgencies.
(10) The making, completing or altering of a written instrument (a) Certificates of approval for agency directors. (1) A Certificate
of the type issued by the Department with respect to the business of Approval for an agency director shall be the written
or duties and responsibilities of the licensee with the intent to authorization of the commissioner to an individual who shall
defraud or deceive another person. be the responsible representative of an entity, who carries on
(11) Violation of or failure to comply with the provisions of her, his or its business as an independent contractor that
the Building Code and other applicable laws and rules witnesses tests and inspects elevators, escalators and related
relating to the business or duties and responsibilities of the equipment. Each private elevator inspection agency shall have
licensee. one or more directors who supervise the operations of the
(12) Failure to pay a fine or penalty imposed by the Department agency and hold a certificate of approval from the Department of
under this section or in any civil or criminal proceeding in a Buildings.
court or in a proceeding before the environmental control board (2) In order to be granted an agency director’s certificate of
arising out of the business or duties and responsibilities of the approval, an applicant must:
licensee. (i)have a minimum of ten (10) years of experience within
(13) Failing to safeguard the public or property during the the last fifteen (15) years immediately preceding the date of
performance of the business or duties and responsibilities of the application for a Certificate of Approval, or a minimum of
the licensee in accordance with applicable safety standards. five (5) years experience within the last seven (7) years immediately
(b) Except as otherwise provided in subdivision (c) of this preceding the date of the application for a Certificate of
section, no license shall be suspended or revoked or fine imposed Approval if applicant is a New York State licensed Professional
unless prior thereto the licensee has been afforded the Engineer or Registered Architect, in the supervision of the
opportunity for a hearing on the charges before the Office of assembly, installation, maintenance, repair, design or inspection of
Administrative Trials and Hearings (OATH). The hearing elevators; and
shall be governed by the rules of procedure of OATH. A (ii) demonstrate to the commissioner’s satisfaction, including
proceeding shall be commenced by the service of charges by performance on any written or oral tests the Commissioner
the Department’s IAD Unit by mail on the licensee. may require, that the applicant is sufficiently familiar with the

421
Rules and Regulations

construction and maintenance of elevators, escalators and related an applicant must:

equipment within the provisions of Subchapter 18 of Chapter (i) have a minimum of five (5) years of satisfactory experience,
1 of Title 27 of the Administrative Code and Reference within the last seven (7) years immediately preceding the date
Standard 18; and of application to a certificate of approval, in the assembly,
(iii)demonstrate to the commissioner’s satisfaction that installation, repair, design, or inspection of elevators, or as an
the applicant is of good moral character so as not to adversely elevator mechanic;
impact upon his or her fitness to conduct a private elevator (ii) demonstrate to the commissioner’s satisfaction, including
inspection agency; and performance on any written or oral tests the Commissioner
(iv) furnish payment to the Department for the actual cost may require, that the applicant is sufficiently familiar with the
of conducting a background investigation of the applicant. construction and maintenance of elevators, escalators and
(3) The applicant must complete such questionnaires and related equipment within the provisions of Subchapter18 of
provide such supporting data as the commissioner may require Chapter 1 of Title 27 of the Administrative Code and Reference
including but not limited to a Private Elevator Inspection Standard 18; and
Qualification/Background form (“qualification/background (iii) demonstrate to the commissioner’s satisfaction that
form”) provided by the Department of Buildings which describes, the applicant is of good moral character so as not to adversely
among other things, the applicant’s required experience history impact upon his or her fitness to conduct elevator inspection;
as follows: job title or capacity of employment; license, if any; name and
and address of each employer; length of service for each employer (iv) complete a questionnaire and provide supporting data
; and any criminal convictions. The applicant shall then submit as the commissioner may require; and
the completed qualification/ background form to the Licensing (v) furnish payment to the Department for the actual cost of
Division. conducting a background investigation of the applicant.
(4) Prior to the department’s issuance of a certificate of approval (3) The applicant must complete such questionnaires and provide
for the agency director, the applicant shall submit the following to such supporting data as the commissioner may require including
the Licensing Division; but not limited to a Private Elevator Inspection
(i) the completed qualification/background form and supporting Qualification/Background form
data as the commissioner may require; (“qualification/background form”) provided by the Department
(ii) the filing fee specified in §26-213(c)(a) of the Administrative of Buildings which describes the applicant’s required experience
Code and the actual cost of conducting a background investigation history as follows: job title or capacity of employment; license,
of the applicant; if any; name and address of each employer; length of service for
(iii) a copy of the inspection agency’s general liability insurance each employer; and any criminal convictions. The applicant shall
policy for the amount of one million dollars ($1,000,000), then submit the completed qualification/ background form to
with coverage provided for the term of the certificate of the Licensing Division.
approval naming the New York City Department of Buildings, (4) Prior to the department’s issuance of a certificate of approval
Licensing Division as an additional insured on said insurance for an agency inspector, the applicant shall submit the following
certificate; to the Licensing Division:
(iv)documentation indicating compliance with the provisions (i)the completed qualification/background form and supporting
of the New York State Worker’s Compensation Law; and data as the commissioner may require;
(i) a current business address, which the applicant is responsible (ii) the filing fee specified in §26-213(c)(a) of the Administrative
for keeping updated. Code and the actual cost of conducting a background investigation
(5) After the applicant has complied with paragraphs 1 through 4 of the applicant;
above, the department shall issue to the applicant an agency (iii) a current business address, which the applicant is
Director’s Certificate of Approval. The preceding provisions responsible for keeping updated.
notwithstanding , the commissioner may refuse to issue such (5) After the applicant has complied with paragraphs 1 through 4
a Certificate of Approval for any of the reasons specified as a above, the department shall issue to the applicant an agency
grounds for revocation or suspension set forth in subsection inspector’s certificate of approval. The preceding provisions
(e) below. Each agency director shall supervise the operations notwithstanding, the commissioner may refuse to issue such a
of only one private elevator inspection agency. Certificate of Approval for any of the reasons specified as a
(b) Certificates of approval for agency inspectors. (1) A grounds for revocation or suspension set forth in subsection (e)
Certificate of Approval for an inspector shall be the written below. Private elevator inspectors who are employed by more
authorization of the commissioner to an individual to conduct than one private elevator inspection agency must have a
periodic inspections of elevators, escalators and related equipment certificate of approval for each agency by which they are
and who shall be employed and supervised by a director who employed. In such cases, an inspector shall submit a separate
holds a Certificate of Approval from the Department of Buildings qualification/background form and pay a separate filing fee
or who shall be employed by a person or entity who carries on for each agency by which he or she is employed.
her, his or its business as an independent contractor to witness (c) Department listings of private inspection agencies. (1)
tests and inspect elevators, escalators and related equipment. Each private inspection agency shall furnish the Department
Every inspector employed by a private elevator inspection of Buildings, Licensing Division with a list of directors and
agency shall hold a certificate of approval from the Department inspectors, its certificate of approval numbers, a complete
of Buildings. table of organization(s), including identification of persons or
(2) In order to be granted an inspectors’ certificate of approval, titles, and a current business address. This information shall

422
Rules and Regulations

be set forth on letterhead bearing the name and address of the Approval or impose a fine not to exceed five thousand dollars
private elevator inspection agency. upon a finding of any of the following:
(2) Notification of any changes in the information required to (i) fraud or deceit in obtaining a Certificate of Approval
be furnished to the Department by subsection (c)(1) shall be or renewal thereof;
sent to the Licensing Division by certified mail within five (5) (ii) the making of a false or misleading statement on any
days of the change. form or report filed with the Department or failure to file a
(3) All private inspection agencies must have a legal place of statement, report or form required by the law of [sic] the
business within the City of New York. A post office box in Department;
New York City is not acceptable. (iii) the willful impeding or obstruction of the filing of a
(c) Renewal of Certificates. (1) Every certificate of approval statement, report or form of another;
provided for in this section shall be renewed in person within (iv) fraudulent dealings;
thirty (30) days prior to its December 31 expiration date. (v) negligence, incompetence, lack of knowledge of the
(2) Prior to the renewal of a certificate of approval for an Building Code, or disregard for the Building Code, as demonstrated
agency director, the director shall submit the following to the in the performance of elevator inspections or the submission
Department of Buildings Licensing Division: of any form or report filed with the Department;
(i) the renewal fee specified in §26-213(c)(a) of the (vi) exhibiting a practice of failing to timely or properly
Administrative Code: and carry out the inspection of elevators;
(ii) a copy of the inspection agency’s general liability insurance (vii) engaging or assisting in any act that endangers the
policy for the amount of one million dollars ($1,000,000), with public safety and welfare;
coverage provided for the renewal term of the director’s certificate (viii) failure to comply with or abide by an order of the
of approval, naming the New York City Department of commissioner;
Buildings, Licensing Division as an additional insured on said (ix)in the case of an agency Director, delegating inspectorial
insurance certificate; and duties to a person who the agency director knows or has
(iii) documentation indicating compliance with the provisions reason to know is not qualified to inspect elevators;
of the New York State Worker’s Compensation Law; and (x) poor moral character that adversely impacts upon the
(iv) documentation demonstrating to the commissioner’s individual’s fitness to conduct a private elevator inspection
satisfaction that the applicant continues to be of good moral agency or elevator inspections;
character so as not to adversely impact upon his or her fitness (xi) the conviction for a criminal offense where the underlying
to conduct a private elevator inspection agency. act arises out of that individual’s professional dealings with the
(3) Prior to the renewal of a certificate of approval for an agency City of New York or with any other governmental entity;
inspector, the inspector shall submit to the Department of Buildings, (xii) engaging in any other conduct evidencing a willful or
Licensing Division: negligent failure to comply with provisions of federal, state or
(i) the renewal fee specified in §26-213(c)(a) of the Administrative local law, or rules or regulations promulgated pursuant to
Code; and statutory authority;
(ii) documentation demonstrating to the commissioner’s one or more violations of any provisions of Title 26, Chapter
satisfaction that the applicant continues to be of good moral One of [sic] Title 27, Chapter One of the Administrative Code
character so as not to adversely impact upon his or her fitness or rules adopted pursuant to such provisions related to elevator
to conduct elevator inspections. inspections.
(4) After the director or inspector has complied with the (2) Where the commissioner or his or her designee, in his or
requirements stated above, the department shall issue a her discretion, deems that there is probable cause to believe
renewal of the director’s or inspector’s certificate of approval. that the Certificate of Approval of the agency director and/or
The preceding provisions notwithstanding, the commissioner inspector should be suspended or revoked or that the director
may refuse to issue a renewal of a director’s or inspector’s and/or inspector should be fined, unless otherwise provided,
Certificate of Approval for any of the reasons specified as a charges shall be preferred by the Department’s IAD Unit and
grounds for revocation or suspension set forth in subsection served by mail upon the appropriate party. The director
(e) below. and/or inspector shall be entitled to a hearing before the Office
(5) Agency directors and inspectors not renewing their of Administrative Trials and Hearings, to be held in
certificates of approval by December first of each year shall accordance with the provisions of Title 48 of the Rules of the
be subject to the late fee specified §26-213(c)(b) of the City of New York, as provided by rules promulgated by the
Administrative Code. Those agency directors and inspectors Department.
not renewing their certificates of approval by January 1 shall (3) Where the commissioner or his or her designee, in his or
be suspended until the applicable late fees are paid. In the her discretion, deems that there is probable cause to believe
event a director or inspector’s certificate of approval has lapsed that the continued Certificate of Approval of the agency director
for a period of five (5) years or more, the director or inspector and/or inspector will create a condition of imminent peril to
must submit to the Department and follow the procedures for a public safety, the suspension or revocation shall be effective
new application. immediately pending a hearing to be held as soon as
(e) Suspension or revocation of agency directors’ or inspectors’ practicable in light of the circumstances before the Office of
certificates. Administrative Trials and Hearings.
(1) The commissioner or his or her designee may suspend or (f) Performance of inspections and filings of inspection
revoke an Agency Director’s or Inspector’s Certificate of reports (1) In compliance with Section 27-1000 of the

423
Rules and Regulations

Administrative Code, the mandated periodic inspection of every (17) Excessive escalator skirt panel clearances.
new and existing elevator, escalator and related equipment listed (18) Defective or non-functional safety switches.
in the Building Code shall be performed by an inspector who (19) Badly worn, defective, or damaged relays or controllers and/or
holds a Certificate of Approval from the Department and who is selector.
supervised by a director who holds a Certificate of Approval (20) Defective, badly worn, or damaged car safety device
from the Department. parts.
(2) The mandated periodic inspection must be performed (21) Defective car and/or counterweight buffers.
between January 1 and September 15 of each year. (22) Any damaged, badly worn or defective equipment, which
(3) Each inspection or witnessed test of an elevator or escalator could result in elevator breakdown.
performed by an inspection agency shall be recorded on (b) Civil penalties. In the event any person fails to remove
forms prescribed by the commissioner. Each such form shall any of the violations listed in these rules, after having been
confirm that the elevator, escalator and/or related equipment was served with a notice personally or by a certified mail indicating
inspected or the test was witnessed by the holder of a that removal of such condition exists and requiring such
Certificate of Approval and shall be signed by the inspector removal or compliance unless the removal of such condition
who performed the inspection or witnessed the test, the is prevented by a labor dispute or is the result of vandalism
agency director and building owner. Agency directors shall beyond the control of the owner, he shall be liable for civil
include their Certificate number on the form. The forms are penalty of not less than one hundred fifty dollars per day
to be completed legibly at the time of inspection. The completed commencing on the date of the service of such notice and
and signed forms shall be forwarded to the building owner within terminating on the date that such removal or compliance has
five (5) calender days after the inspection and to the been substantially completed in addition to other penalties set
Department’s Elevator Division within fourteen (14) calendar forth in law. When service of such notice is made by mail to
days after the inspection. the owner, civil penalties as herein provided shall commence
(4) After each inspection or test, the inspector shall affix the five days from the date of such mailing.
inspection date and his/her signature over a stamp identifying (c) Discontinuance of action upon removal of violation.
his/her private inspection agency and his/her Certificate of Where a notice requiring removal of a violation listed in these
Approval number on the elevator car or escalator inspection rules has been issued, liability shall cease and the corporation
certificate. counsel, on request of the commissioner, shall discontinue
(5) During inspection and after testing, all parts of the equipment prosecution only if the removal or compliance so required has
shall be inspected to determine that they are in safe operating been completed or substantially completed within ten days
condition and that parts subject to wear have not worn to such after the service of such notice. The commissioner shall, upon
an extent as to affect the safe operation of the installation. good cause shown, grant additional time for such removal or
(6) If an inspection reveals that any elevator or escalator is compliance. In addition, the civil penalties shall be tolled from
unsafe or hazardous to life and safety, the device is to be taken the date the owner certifies under oath, on [sic] a form prescribed
out of service immediately by the inspection agency. The by the commissioner, that the removal of the violation has
building owner shall be notified immediately. In addition, a been substantially completed. If subsequent inspection by the
copy of such notification shall be sent by certified mail to the department shows a failure to have removed the violation, the
Department of Buildings, Elevator Division within 24 hours. civil penalties shall be deemed to have accrued as of the first
§11-02 Elevator and Escalator Violations Constituting a day notice of violation has been served.
Condition Dangerous to Human Life and Safety. §11-03 Cease Use Orders for Elevators, Personnel Hoists,
(a) Dangerous conditions. Any of the following elevator and Escalators and Moving Walks.
escalator violations constitute a condition dangerous to A cease use order should be issued for all elevators, personnel hoists,
human life and safety. escalators, and moving walks pursuant to §26-127 of the Administrative
(1) Elevator out-of-service when there is only one elevator in Code of the City of New York whenever an imminently hazardous
the building or building section. condition exists. In addition, the device should be tagged as unsafe.
(2) Fireman service not functioning in premises. This tag may not be removed without prior approval from the
(3) Badly worn, defective, or damaged hoist cables and/or Department of Buildings. Such imminently hazardous conditions include
governors cables. but are not limited to:
(4) Defective hoistway doors. (a) Elevator running with an open hoistway door or car
(5) Defective hoistway door interlocks. gate/door.
(6) Defective car door/gate. (b) Elevator running with broken or non-functioning upper or
(7) Defective car door/gate switch. lower final hoistway or machine limit switches.
(8) Defective/missing vision panels. (c) Hoistway or car door vision glass and grille guard missing.
(9) Defective car safety devices. (d) Unraveling or broken hoist, counterweight, governor or
(10) Defective brake assembly. compensation cables.
(11) Defective hoist machine. (e) Missing hoistway door or car door gibs.
(12) Defective selector/assembly. (f) Inoperable governor.
(13) Missing top emergency covers. (g) Elevator running with non-functioning interlock.
(14) Defective escalator fire shutters. (h) Emergency top exit cover missing (passenger elevator).
(15) Defective escalator comb plates. (i) Side emergency exit door open (passenger elevator).
(16) Defective escalator stop switch. (j) Emergency stop switch not working (automatic elevator,

424
Rules and Regulations

[sic] escalator or moving walk). scheduled inspection or test and is unable to perform the
(k) Directional switch not working (escalator or moving walk). scheduled inspection or witness the test because the owner or
(l) Other imminently hazardous conditions as observed by its authorized representative has failed to keep or is unprepared
the inspector. for the scheduled appointment, then the department shall
§11-04 Separability. If any of the provisions of these rules impose a fee for the missed appointment in the amount of
are found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or $200. The fee shall be due and payable within thirty days
ineffective in whole or in part, the effect of such decision shall after the date of the missed appointment or prior to the scheduling
be limited to those provisions that are expressly stated in the of a new appointment, whichever is earlier.
decision to be invalid or ineffective, and all other provisions (c) Pre-inspection clearance. (1) An owner or its authorized
of these rules shall continue to be separately and fully effective. [sic] representative may request the department to perform a
§11-05 Certification of Completion of Work after Issuance of pre-inspection clearance of an elevator, escalator or other
Temporary Use Permit for an Elevator, Escalator and other device listed in §27-185(b) and §27-982 of the Administrative
Device, Except Amusement Devices, Listed in §§27-184(b) or Code within five business days of the department’s receipt of
27-982 of the Administrative Code. such request and payment of the required fees set forth in
(a) Where the department has issued a temporary use permit subdivision (2) of this section. The department reserved the
pursuant to §27-188 of the Administrative Code for an right to schedule the requested pre-inspection clearance during
elevator, escalator or other device listed in §27-185(b) and § non-regular or off-peak hours.
27-982 of the Code subject to the completion of alteration or (2) A request for a pre- inspection clearance shall be accompanied
installation work as specified by the department, a certified by a non-refundable fee in the amount of $200 per device.
elevator inspection agency director, professional engineer or (c) This section shall not apply to amusement devices.
registered architect may certify to the department that such
work has been completed in conformity with the requirements CHAPTER 12 EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEMS
of Subchapter 18 of Chapter 1 of Title 27 and Reference
Standard 18-1. The department shall issue an equipment use §12-01 Emergency Power System Requirements.
permit upon the satisfactory filing of such certification. (a) Applicability. – Pursuant to Article 11 of subchapter 6
(b) This section shall not apply to amusement devices. of Chapter 1 of Title 27 of the Administrative (Building)
§11-06 Elevators, Escalators or Other Devices, Except Code, as enacted by Local Law 16 for the year 1984, these
Amusement Devices, Listed in §27-185(b) or §27-982 of the rules and regulations shall apply to emergency power systems
Administrative Code, Renewal of Temporary Use Permits associated with emergency fire protection equipment when
and Fees. required to be provided in new and existing buildings pursuant to
(a) Renewal of a temporary use permit for an elevator, applicable provisions of the Building Code, the Building Code
escalator or other device, except amusement devices, listed in Reference Standards and the Rules of the City of New York.
§27-185(b) or §27-982 of the Administrative Code. (1) These rules shall not apply to occupant optional sources of
(1) A temporary use permit issued pursuant to §27-188 of the emergency power that provide support for sources supplying
Administrative Code for an elevator,escalator or other device emergency power to emergency fire protection equipment
listed in §27-185(b) or §27-982 of the Code may be renewed only in the event of failure of the sources of emergency power.
subject to the following: (2) These rules shall not apply to emergency power systems
(i)Each renewal application shall be submitted on forms installed pursuant to plans approved prior to October 1, 1984
furnished by the department not later than five business days unless construction pursuant to any such plans had not begun
prior to the expiration date of the temporary use permit; prior to April 1, 1986.
(ii) Such application shall state the reason for renewal and (3) Subdivisions (h), (n) and (o) shall not apply to required
be accompanied by the required fee as set forth in subdivision emergency power systems for which applications were filed
(3) of this section; and prior to September 9, 1998.
(iii) Such application shall be submitted on behalf of the (4) Subdivision (p) shall not apply to required emergency
owner and signed by the owner or its authorized representative. power systems for which applications were filed prior to the
(2) The commissioner will automatically renew a temporary effective date of this amendment.
use permit every thirty days for up to 120 days unless informed (b) Definition - As used in these rules, “emergency
otherwise by the applicant. After 120 days, a renewal application fire protection equipment” shall mean that equipment
must be filed and accompanied by the required fee. listed in Section 27-396.4 of the Administrative Code.
(3) The department may require a department inspection prior (c) General equipment requirements. Emergency power
to the issuance of a renewal. systems shall have a power source and fuel supply sufficient
(4) Each application for renewal shall be accompanied to operate the following equipment:
by a fee of $100 per device. (1) Fire pumps and booster pumps. Manual, automatic special
(b) Failure to keep or be prepared for scheduled appointment. service pumps and sprinkler booster pumps.
(1) Scheduled appointments for the inspection or tests of an (i) Overcurrent protection shall be provided at the emergency
elevator, escalator or other device listed in §27-185(b) and generator side of the power distribution system and shall be
§27-982 of the Code may be canceled provided that notice of rated at least 150% of motor full load current.
cancellation is received by the department no later than 3 (ii) Feeder conductors on the emergency generator side of
business days prior to the scheduled appointment. the power distribution system shall be sized at least 125% of
(2) Where a department inspector arrives at the site of a motor full load current.

425
Rules and Regulations

(iii) Automatic transfer switches shall be located in the delay.

same room as the pumps and shall be an integral part of the (3) Time delay on retransfer to normal power. An adjustable
pump controller. timer with a bypass shall be provided to delay retransfer from
(2) Elevators. Three elevators at one time, with manual transfer the alternate source of power to the normal. This timer will
to all other elevators. permit the normal source to stabilize before retransfer to the
(i)The shaft arrangement shall permit any floor to be load and help to avoid unnecessary power interruptions. The
served by three elevators - only two of which may be in the bypass shall permit automatic retransfer in the event that the
same shaft. alternate source shall fail and the normal source is available.
(ii) It shall be possible to select from all of the elevators (4) Test switch. A test switch shall be provided on each
(with more than 25 feet travel) any combination of three cars automatic transfer switch that will simulate a normal power
for simultaneous operation in the emergency power mode, source failure to the switch.
and to readily change this selection for firefighting or building (5) Indication of switch position. Two pilot lights, properly
evacuation purposes. identified, shall be provided to indicate the transfer switch
(iii) The selection of cars shall be accomplished manually position.
from the elevator dispatcher's panel or from a satellite elevator (6) Manual control of switch. A means for the safe manual
panel if the main panel is not at, or adjacent to, the lobby Fire operation of the automatic transfer switch shall be provided.
Command Station. (7) Nonautomatic transfer device classification. Nonautomatic
(iv) Interlocking shall be provided to prevent more than transfer devices shall be approved for emergency electrical
the intended number of cars from operating simultaneously in service.
the emergency power mode. (8) Indication of switch position. Pilot lights, properly identified,
(3) Alarm systems. shall be provided to indicate the switch position.
(4) Communication systems. (h) Automatic Transfer Devices and Power Generation Feeders.
(5) Emergency lighting, if battery packs are not provided. (i)New buildings. - (i) All automatic transfer devices,
(6) Ventilating systems used for smoke venting or control. emergency generators and emergency power generation feeders
(7) Stair pressurization. that serve required emergency fire protection equipment shall
(8) Gas fired equipment. The construction and installation of not be located in the same room as the main or primary electrical
gas fired equipment shall comply with Article 16 of Subchapter service equipment.
14 of Chapter 1 of Title 27 of the Administrative Code. (ii) Any automatic transfer device that is not located at the
(9) Fuel oil equipment. Fuel oil equipment shall comply with load shall be located within an enclosed room or space that
Article 17 of Subchapter 14 of Chapter 1 of Title 27 of the has a 2-hour fire resistance rated enclosure, and that complies
Administrative Code with the New York City Electrical Code requirements for
(d) Responsibility. The design of the emergency power Electrical Closets and Switchboard Rooms or Areas. The enclosed
system shall be the responsibility of the Licensed Professional room or space shall contain no equipment or water and/or
Engineer or Registered Architect. steam piping other than sprinkler piping and equipment associated
(e) Engineering design. - The emergency power systems with the emergency fire protection equipment. Uninterrupted
shall be designed in accordance with generally accepted conduits not associated with the emergency generation system
engineering practice, the Administrative (Electrical) Code and may pass through this room or space.
Bureau of Electrical Control Rules and Regulations. (2) Existing buildings. - (i) Emergency power generation
(f) Capacity. feeders and automatic transfer devices that are required to be
(1) The emergency generator fuel supply shall be sufficient to installed in existing buildings pursuant to Section 27-115 or
supply the total emergency power load for a period of at least 27-118(a) of the Administrative Code shall not be located in
six (6) hours. the same room as the main or primary electrical service
(2) If battery packs are used for emergency lighting, they shall equipment.
comply with the requirements of the Bureau of Electrical (ii) Any automatic transfer device that is not located at
Control. the load shall be remotely located or separated by 2-hour fire
(g) Automatic transfer switch features. resistance rated construction from the emergency generator
(1) Time delay on starting of alternate power source. A time and any fuel burning equipment.
delay device may be provided to delay starting of the alternate (i)Ventilating Air. Provision shall be made to provide air
source generator. The timer is intended to prevent nuisance adequate to replenish engine combustion and adequate for
starting of the alternate source generator with subsequent load rejectionof engine generatedheat.
transfer in the event of harmless momentary power dips and (j)Application. The emergency power system shall be
interruptions of the normal source. The time range must be filed with the following application: Plumbing, Mechanical
short enough so that the generator can start and be on the line Equipment and Tank Installation; Miscellaneous B Form 8.
within 30 seconds of the onset of failure. (k) Certificate of Electrical Inspection. A licensed electrician
(2) Time delay on transfer to alternate power. An adjustable shall file an application for a Certificate of Electrical Inspection
time delay device shall be provided for those transfer switches with the Bureau of Electrical Control for the Emergency Power
requiring "delayed automatic" operation. The time delay shall System.
commence when proper alternate source voltage and frequency (l)Registration. Emergency power generation equipment
are achieved. The delay device shall prevent transfer to the shall be registered with the Department of Environmental
alternate power source until after expiration of the preset Protection, Bureau of Air Resources, in accordance with the

426
Rules and Regulations

requirements of §24-109 of the Administrative Code. the available lighting levels in any of such areas below the
(m) Inspection and test. Generator sets serving Emergency level required for emergency lighting by applicable provisions
Power Systems shall be inspected and tested monthly under of the Administrative Code, Reference standards or Rules of
the supervision of any of the following: the City of New York. This may be accomplished by means
(1) A Licensed Professional Engineer or Registered Architect. of a combination of wiring arrangement and emergency
(2) An electrician licensed by the Bureau of Electrical Control. power connection.
(3) An electrician holding a Special License (Maintenance,
for a specific building only) from the Bureau of Electrical CHAPTER 13 ADJUDICATIONS
Control.
(4) The Fire Safety Director having a Certificate of Fitness Subchapter A
from the Fire Department. §13-01 Environmental Control Board Adjudication.
The Stationary Engineer or Assistant Stationary Engineer (a) Jurisdiction. Any violation(s) of any provision of subchapter
having a Certificate of Fitness from the Fire Department. one, two or three of chapter one of Title 26 or chapter one of Title
(n) Emergency generators installed indoors in new buildings 27 of the New York City Administrative Code ("Administrative
shall be located within a room or space that has a two (2) hour Code") or of the Zoning Resolution of the City of New York,
fire resistance rating enclosure. The room or space shall or of other rules and regulations ("Rules") of the Department
contain no equipment or water and/or steam piping other than of Buildings may be adjudicated at the Environmental Control
sprinkler piping, equipment and fuel tanks associated with the Board ("ECB") except those provisions of law which the
emergency generation systems, and shall be located away Commissioner of the Department of Buildings ("Commissioner")
from areas that may be prone to flooding or damage from is specifically prohibited from designating for prosecution at
other natural causes. the ECB pursuant to §26-126.4 of the Administrative Code,
Emergency generators installed indoors in existing buildings as amended.
shall be located within a room or space that has a two (2) hour (b) Schedule of Penalties. The maximum penalties for
fire resistance rating enclosure. violations of code and/or rule are those maximum penalties
For new and existing buildings, uninterrupted conduits not set forth in the Administrative Code.
associated with the emergency generation system may pass (c) Order to certify correction.
through this room or space. Emergency generators within (1) All ECB Notices of Violations ("NOV") shall include an
such room or space may supply occupant optional loads in order of the commissioner which requires the respondent to
addition to those of the emergency fire protection equipment correct the condition constituting the violation ("order to
provided the emergency fire protection equipment loads are correct") and to file a certification ("certification") with the
given the highest priority. Load shedding or other means department that the condition has been corrected. A first
acceptable to the Commissioner shall be used to ensure that offender served with an order to correct may avoid a hearing
this priority assignment is maintained under all operational and penalty if such certification is filed as set forth in §26-
conditions. Multiple generators supplying emergency fire 126.2 of the Administrative Code.
protection equipment loads only, or emergency fire protection The following four violations cannot be certified as corrected
equipment in combination with occupant optional loads as a prior to the ECB hearing and the respondent must appear at
common system, may have common fuel supplies and other the hearing:
common equipment and systems. Generators dedicated only (i) A violating condition cited as hazardous;
to supplying emergency fire protection equipment loads may (ii) A violating condition cited as a second (or multiple)
have fuel supplies, other equipment and systems in common offense;
with generators dedicated to occupant optional loads. The (iii)A violation for filing a false certification;
fuel system for the operation of the emergency power system (iv) A violation for failing to certify correction.
supplying the emergency fire protection equipment loads shall For the above four types of violations, the respondent must
consist of an on-site fuel oil system providing a minimum of appear at the ECB hearing prior to the submission of the
six hours capacity at full load at all times except during loss of certification to the department's Administrative Enforcement
utility power. Occupant optional loads shall be shed and Unit.
emergency fire protection equipment shall restore to utility (2) The required certification shall be completed on the form
power, if available, to comply with this requirement. Means issued with the NOV or obtained from the department's
shall be provided for automatic transfer to the fuel oil supply Administrative Enforcement Unit, in accordance with the
upon loss of gas supply where dual fuel generators are used. instructions contained therein.
(o) Water-cooled emergency generators shall not rely (3) In cases in which more than one violation of code and/or
solely upon a single city water connection. The additional rule is listed on the same NOV, the respondent may submit a
source of water for cooling may be obtained from: single certification covering one or all of the violating conditions.
(i) another water main connection; The respondent must appear at the ECB hearing for all
ii) a suction tank; violating conditions not certified as corrected.
(iii) a gravity tank; or (4) The certification shall be signed by the respondent and
(iv) any other system acceptable to the commissioner. notarized by a notary public or commissioner of deeds.
(p) Circuits for emergency lighting in any area required to (5) Respondent shall submit true and legible copies of any and
be provided with emergency lighting shall be arranged so that all documentary proof of compliance along with the certification.
loss of normal or emergency power supply shall not reduce (6) The completed certification must be returned to:

427
Rules and Regulations

New York City Department of Buildings held before the Office of Administrative Trials and Hearings and
Administrative Enforcement Unit, governed by the rules of procedure utilized at that tribunal:
(address provided in the City’s website, http://www.nyc.gov.) (1) Welder License Revocation
(7) A certification acceptable to the department must be received (2) Boiler Operating License Revocation
by the Administrative Enforcement Unit no later than close of (3) Hoisting Machine Operator License Revocation
business thirty-five days after service of the NOV has been (4) Rigger License Revocation
effectuated. (5) Sign Hanger License Revocation
(6) Oil-Burning Equipment Installer License Revocation
(d) Certificate of correction review procedures. (7) Concrete Testing Laboratory License Revocation
(1) The Administrative Enforcement Unit shall review all (8) Exclusion from the Limited Supervisory Check of
Certificates and accompanying documentation to determine [sic] Registered Architects or [sic] Licensed Professional
their acceptability. Engineers
(2) Notification shall be issued to the respondent if the Certification (9) Civil Service Employee Disciplinary Matters, subject
is accepted. If the respondent is a first offender with a non- to §1.3 herein
hazardous violation and the Certification is accepted, the respondent (10) Sealing orders, pursuant to §26-127(e)(i) of the New
shall be excused from appearing at the ECB hearing and shall York Administrative Code.
not be subjected to penalty. (11) The suspension or revocation of the registration, or
(3) The Administrative Enforcement Unit shall notify those the limitation of registration, of persons required to be
respondents who submit an unacceptable certification. This registered with the Department pursuant to Administrative
notification shall inform the respondent of the defect in his/her Code §27-140.1.
submission and the documentation required to correct these (12) The suspension or revocation of the authority of any
defects. Department licensee, certified inspection agency, or any
(4) Corrected certifications must be received by the Administrative other authorized representative of the Commissioner to conduct
Enforcement Unit no later than the close of business thirty- inspections of work or participate in any self-certification
five days after service of the NOV has been effectuated. program under the jurisdiction of the Department, except that
(5) Failure to submit an acceptable certification for all violating such proceedings relating to Master Plumbers, Master Fire
conditions indicated on the NOV within this time period shall Suppression Piping Contractors, and Master Electricians may
require the respondent to appear at a hearing at the ECB on be adjudicated at OATH only upon referral by the applicable
the date indicated on the NOV. license board pursuant to paragraph (b)(i) below.
(e) Stipulations. (13) The suspension or revocation of certificates of approval
(1) The commissioner may offer a stipulation to the named for private elevator inspection agencies, directors, and
respondent, for a non-hazardous, first offense violation, to inspectors certified pursuant to §11-01 of Title 1 of the
extend the time for compliance upon such other terms and Rules of the City of New York.
conditions as the commissioner may prescribe. Such extended (b) (1) Notwithstanding the procedures set forth in
time for compliance shall be calculated from the first return §§13-12 through 13-21 of these rules, upon referral by the
date indicated on the notice of violation. Master Electricians License Board (established pursuant
(2) No stipulation shall take effect until it is approved in writing to §27-3009 of the Administrative Code) or the Master
by the ECB. Plumber/Master Fire Suppression Piping Contractor License
(f) Modification clause and savings clause. Board (established pursuant to §26-144 of the Administrative
(1) Whenever circumstances, conditions, limitations, or Code) (either Board hereinafter referred to as the “Board”)
surroundings are unusual, or are such as to render it impracticable hearings concerning the following matters may be held
to comply with all the foregoing requirements, the commissioner before the Office of Administrative Trials and Hearings
may waive or modify such provisions over which she/he has (“OATH”) and be governed by the rules of procedure of
jurisdiction to such extent as the commissioner may deem such tribunal:
necessary consistent with public safety. (i) Master Plumbers License, pursuant to Administrative
(2) If any clause, sentence, paragraph, section or part of this article Code §26-151.
shall be adjudged by any court of competent jurisdiction to be (ii) Master Fire Suppression Piping Contractor License,
invalid, such judgment shall not effect, impair or invalidate pursuant to Administrative Code §26-151.
the remainder thereof, but shall be confined in its operation to (iii) Master Electrician License, pursuant to §27-3016
the clause, sentence, paragraph, section or part thereof directly of the New York City Administrative Code.
involved in the controversy in which judgment shall have been (2) After conducting an adjudicative hearing on a matter
rendered. referred to it by the Board, the Administrative law judge
at OATH shall issue recommended findings of fact and a
Subchapter B recommended decision, and forward such findings and
Rules Governing Adjudication Procedures recommended decision and the record of the proceedings
§13-11 Purpose. (a) These rules are instituted in order to establish to the chairperson of the Board. The chairperson shall
guidelines for the adjudication procedures of the Department of provide copies of such findings and recommendation to
Buildings (“the Department”). Pursuant to City Administrative members of the Board at least ten days before that meeting
Procedure Act City Charter §1048, all hearings concerning the of the Board at which action on such recommendation is
following matters under the jurisdiction of the Department will be scheduled to be taken. The Board shall act on such

428
Rules and Regulations

recommendations at such meeting and forward such disciplinary proceeding shall be commenced by the filing of
recommendations and record, together with its own comments, charges and specifications with the board. Such charges and
if any, to the Commissioner. If the Board fails to act on a specifications may be filed by the board itself, a member of
matter referred to it by OATH at such meeting, the the board, the Department of Buildings or any other governmental
OATH findings and recommendations shall be deemed to agency. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all such proceedings
be adopted in full by the Board and shall be forwarded by shall be prosecuted by the Department of Buildings.
the chairperson to the Commissioner for review. The (b) The charges and specifications shall contain the name
Commissioner shall make the final determination. of the respondent sought to be disciplined, reference to the
(c) New York City Department of Buildings adjudications provisions of law alleged to have been violated and the factual
regarding the fitness and discipline of agency employees allegations underlying the charges. The chairperson may
will be conducted by the Office of Administrative Trials request individuals, at least two of whom shall be members of
and Hearings. After conducting an adjudication and analyzing the board, to act as a charging panel with the approval of the
all testimony and other evidence, the hearing officer shall board. The chairperson shall appoint one member of the
make written proposed findings of fact and recommend charging panel to act as the presiding member. The charging
decisions, which shall be reviewed and finally determined panel shall review the charges and by a quorum approve,
by the Commissioner. disapprove or where appropriate, modify them. The finding
§13-12 Definitions. of the charging panel as to the sufficiency, definiteness or
Board. The term "board" shall hereafter mean the Master detail of the statement or its failure or refusal to furnish a more
Electricians License Board established pursuant to Administrative definite or detailed statement shall not be subject to judicial
Code §27-3009 or the license board established pursuant to review.
Administrative Code §26-144 which has jurisdiction over (c) Unless otherwise provided by Title 26 of the New
licensed master plumbers and licensed master fire suppression York City Administrative Code, if the charging panel
piping contractors. approves or modifies the charges, a copy of the charges and
Chairperson. The term "chairperson" shall mean the specifications, together with a date, time and place for hearing,
chairperson of the board or any other person authorized to act shall be personally delivered or mailed to the respondent at the
as chairperson. In any case where the chairperson is absent, respondent's place of business or usual place of abode.
another member of the board may act as chairperson. (d) The chairperson may request three individuals, at least
Charging panel. The term "charging panel" shall mean two of whom shall be members of the board, to act as a hearing
the panel established pursuant to Administrative Code §26- panel with the approval of the board. The chairperson shall
144(c) to investigate complaints and any charges arising appoint one member of the hearing panel to act as the presiding
therefrom. member. None of the individuals appointed to the hearing panel
Commissioner. The term "commissioner" shall mean shall be an employee of the Department of Buildings.
the Commissioner of Buildings of the City of New York, or (e) Unless otherwise provided by Title 26 of the New
any person or persons he or she lawfully appoints as designee. York City Administrative Code, within ten calendar days if
Hearing panel. The term "hearing panel" shall hereafter the charges are delivered personally, or within fifteen calendar
mean the panel established pursuant to Administrative Code days if the charges are mailed, said period accruing on the
§26-151(b). date of delivery or mailing as the case may be, the respondent
Presiding member. The term "presiding member" shall shall file with the hearing panel a written statement denying,
mean the person designated by the chairman to preside at admitting or admitting with an explanation any or all of the
investigations and hearings. In any case where the presiding charges and specifications. Where a respondent admits with
member is absent, another member of the charging panel or an explanation, it shall not be necessary to provide that
hearing panel may act as the presiding member. explanation until such time as the hearing panel requests it.
Quorum. The term "quorum" shall mean the number of (f) Where the respondent is a licensee, if the respondent
charging panel or hearing panel members required to be present fails to appear at the hearing, the hearing panel may recommend to
in order to conduct investigations and hearings and shall the Commissioner that the respondent's license be suspended
consist of a majority of the members of the charging panel or until such time as the respondent appears.
hearing panel. (g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if upon the filing of charges
Respondent. The term "respondent" shall hereafter mean and specifications, or at any time thereafter, the Commissioner
the holder of an electrician's license, plumber's license, master should determine that there exists a serious and immediate
fire suppression license, or any other person or entity who is threat to persons or property by the conduct alleged, the respondent's
the subject of a disciplinary proceeding as hereinafter provided. license may be suspended immediately, provided, however,
§13-13 Pre-Hearing Procedure. that in any such case the respondent shall have a right to a
(a) Prior to the commencement of formal proceedings the hearing at the next available hearing date following the date of
Commissioner or board may, in his or their discretion, schedule suspension.
a respondent for a pre-investigatory conference, pursuant to §646 §13-15 Disclosure.
of the New York City Charter, to determine the propriety of (a) Requests for a bill of particulars shall be made in
either (a) preferring charges against the respondent, or (b) writing and served upon the department advocate and directed
determining the respondent's fitness to qualify for or hold a to the presiding member of the hearing panel at least ten
license, as the case may be. calendar days prior to the hearing. Such requests shall be
§13-14 Commencement of Disciplinary Proceedings. (a) A granted only for good cause shown.

429
Rules and Regulations

(b) Objections to such requests shall be submitted to the §13-21 Decisions, Determinations and Orders. (a) Any
presiding member of the hearing panel at least five business decision, determination or order of the hearing panel shall be
days prior to the hearing. Such an objection, however, shall by a quorum. It shall be in the nature of a recommendation and
not be a prerequisite to the presiding member's decision to shall be transmitted to the commissioner or his designee, and
denyor limitsuchrequest. shall consist of findings of fact and conclusions of law.
§13-16 Adjournments. Requests for adjournments or extensions Hearing panel members who do not concur with the recommendation
of time may be granted by the presiding member of the may submit a separate recommendation.
hearing panel for good cause shown. (b) A copy of the written recommendation of the hearing
§13-17 Subpoenas. (a) Subpoenas shall be submitted to the panel shall be delivered or mailed forthwith to each party.
presiding member for signature any time prior to the scheduled (c) The decision, determination or order of the hearing
hearing date, and shall be served by the party requesting the panel shall not be binding until reviewed by the Commissioner or
subpoena in the manner prescribed by the Civil Practice Law his or her designee, who in his or her discretion, may adopt,
and Rules. reject or modify said recommendation. The final decision,
(b) The presiding member of the hearing panel may, for determination or order of the Commissioner shall then be
good cause shown, permit an adjournment for the purpose of promptly delivered or mailed to each party.
permitting or making a motion in the Supreme Court to compel (d) Any decision, determination or order of the Commissioner
compliance with a subpoena. or his or her designee may be reviewed as provided by law.
(c) In any case where the holder of a license is subpoenaed
but fails to appear, the hearing panel may recommend to the CHAPTER 14 FEES
Commissioner that such license be immediately suspended.
§13-18 Conduct of Hearings. §14-01 Addressing of Bills Whose Nonpayment May Result in
(a) Hearings shall be conducted by at least a quorum of the Placing of a Lien.
the members of the hearing panel. All bills issued by the Department of Buildings for payment
(b) Oaths or affirmations shall be administered to all witnesses of fee for an inspection, reinspection, examination or service
called to testify. performed by the department or for payment of permit fee
(c) Evidence shall first be proffered in support of the required by the department which may result in the placing of
charges. The respondent shall have the right to object to the a lien shall be issued to the person designated as owner or
evidence and to cross-examine witnesses. agent to receive real property tax or water bills for the
(d) When all of the evidence in support of the charges is building. It will be mailed to the address of [sic] such person
presented to the hearing panel, the respondent may present contained in one of the files compiled by the Department of
evidence in rebuttal, which may also be subject to objections Finance for the purpose of the assessment or collection of real
and cross-examination by an adverse party. property taxes or water charges, or it will be mailed to the
(e) At any stage of the hearing the presiding member may address contained in the file compiled by the Department of
permit members of the hearing panel to examine witnesses or Finance from real property transfer forms filed with the City
review any other evidence. Register [sic] upon the sale or transfer of real property.
(f) The hearing panel may independently introduce its §14-02 [Repealed]
own exhibits or call and examine its own witnesses. §14-03 Payment of Fees for Variances from the Restrictions
(g) All objections shall be directed to the presiding on Times during which Construction Activities May Be
member, who shall rule on them. Conducted.
(h) Hearsay evidence is admissible at the discretion of the (a) Applicability. Pursuant to the provisions of §24-224
presiding member, provided, however, that such evidence must and §24-257 of the Administrative Code, the Department of
be relevant to the charges. Buildings, may, in the case of urgent necessity in the interest of
(i) Parties may be permitted to make opening and closing public safety, issue a variance with respect to construction
statements, and to submit written argument on the law and the activities in any zone other than weekdays between the hours
facts at the conclusion of oral testimony. of seven a.m. and six p.m.
(j) Respondents may be represented by an attorney at all (b) Variances.
stages of the proceedings. (1) Such variance may be granted for an initial period of up to
§13-19 Board Initiated Investigatory Hearings. three days, and may be renewed for periods of three days or
(a) Nothing contained herein shall be deemed a limitation less while such urgent necessity continues.
of the board's statutory obligation pursuant to Administrative (2) Such variance shall be clearly marked on such permit and
Code §§26-144(a), (c) and 27-3009(c) to conduct investigatory shall be prominently posted on the site of such construction
hearings. Such hearings shall not be governed by these rules activities by the permittee.
of procedure. (3) A copy of such marked permit shall be promptly forwarded
§13-20 Evidentiary Standard of Proof. to the Environmental Control Board.
(a) The burden of proof shall be on the party initiating the (4) In the case of an emergency, construction activities directly
proceeding. The hearing panel shall utilize a preponderance of connected with the abatement of such emergency may be
the evidence standard of proof with respect to any recommendation undertaken without a variance as herein provided for a period
calling for the imposition of a fine, suspension or revocation not to exceed twelve hours from the commencement of such
of license. construction, during which time application for a variance
hereunder shall be made.

430
Rules and Regulations

c) Fees for after-hours variances. (b) Occupancy load. Occupant load shall be determined by
(1) The initial application fee for an after-hours variance shall the existing certificate of occupancy. In the absence of such
be one hundred dollars. certificate of occupancy, the occupant load shall be the greater
(2) The renewal application fee for an after-hours variance shall of the actual number of occupants or on the basis of 1 person
be one hundred dollars. per 100 square feet net floor area. Net floor area shall be all space
(3) Also, for each day for which such variance is granted or within the building exterior walls, excluding the following areas:
renewed the fee shall be eighty dollars. (1) areas enclosing stairs.
§14-04 Fees Payable to the Department of Buildings. (2) public corridors.
The department shall charge the following fees: (3) elevators and shafts.
(a) Issuance of a core certificate of completion, which indicates (4) rest rooms.
completion of the building structure, the elevator systems, stairs, (5) storage rooms.
and all fire safety systems one hundred dollars. (For example, a net floor area of 10,100 square feet is capable of
(b) Issuance of a temporary place of assembly permit for an occupancy of 101 persons).
occupancy as a place of assembly for a temporary event.two The Communication and Alarm System, acceptable to the
hundred fifty dollars and, in addition, where the written request Commissioner of Buildings, shall have the following capabilities
for such permit is received less than ten (10) business days and components:
prior to the scheduled event, an additional charge of one hundred (c) Capabilities and components. (1) Fire command
dollars per day measured from the tenth business day prior to station. A communications center, located in the lobby of the
the scheduled event to and including the date of the receipt of building on the entrance floor as part of the elevator control
the written request for such permit. panel if such exists, or located in the immediate vicinity of the
(c) Each inspection of a temporary amusement device pursuant elevators if they exist, to provide:
to reference standard RS 18-10…one hundred dollars. (i) Individual two-way voice communication from the fire
(d) Issuance of letter of no objection to or classification of command station to a fire warden station on each floor and to
a specified occupancy of a premises, as follows: the regularly assigned location of the fire safety director, to consist
1-,2-, or 3-family homes...…..…….twenty-five dollars; of a telephone handset or approved speaker microphone system or
all other premises.………..…….…one hundred dollars. other approved voice communication system. Initiation of a
(e) Filing of post-approval amendments to existing call from the fire command station shall sound a loud and
applications the greater of one hundred dollars or the fees for the distinctive sound or an audible device, selectively on the entire
additional scope or cost of work as calculated pursuant to floor which is being called or at all floors throughout the building,
Administrative Code §26-212. through the use of a general all call button. This call shall be
(f) Examination required by §26-01, subd. (c) for the immediately answered by the fire wardens of the floors involved.
issuance of Site Safety Manager certificates: (ii) Manual pull station located adjacent to the fire
three hundred and fifty dollars. command station to transmit a fire alarm signal to the fire
(g) Examination required by §11-01, subd. (a)(2)(ii) for department via a central station of a franchised operating
an Agency Director Certificate of Approval: company.
three hundred and fifty dollars. (iii) Annunciation of associated fire safety systems
(h) Examination required by §11-01, subd. (b)(2)(ii) for at the fire command station is optional; however, such
Elevator Agency Inspector Certificate of Approval: annunciation shall not be connected to the mini-class
three hundred and fifty dollars. "E" system.
(iv)This system shall be a "supervised" system. A "supervised"
CHAPTER 15 FIRE PROTECTION system is one that is electrically monitored so that the occurrence
of a single open or single ground fault condition of its wiring
§15-01 Communication and Alarm Systems ("Mini-Class which prevents the required normal operation of the system or
'E' Systems") for Certain Buildings under 100 Feet in Height. causes the failure of its primary (main) power supply source is
(a) Number of occupants. The subject subsection (27- indicated by a distinctive trouble signal.
972(h)) of the Building Code states that a communication and (2) Fire Warden Station. A station located on each floor within
alarm system, acceptable to the Commissioner of Buildings, view of the passenger elevator lobby if such exists; however,
shall be provided in buildings classified in occupancy group when an elevator lobby does not exist, the station shall be located in
E, less than 100 feet in height, occupied or arranged to be the path of egress to an exit stairway. The fire warden station shall
occupied for an occupant load of more than one hundred have two-way communication with the Fire Command Station
persons above or below the street floor or more than a total of and:
five hundred persons in the entire building. The provisions (i) Shall consist of telephone handset or a speaker microphone
regarding occupant load are to be interpreted to apply where system or other approved equivalent voice communication system.
one or more of the following prevail: (ii) The initiation of a call from a fire warden shall cause a loud
(1) The sum of the occupants on all the floors below the street floor and distinctive sound at the Fire Command Station and at the Fire
exceeds 100 persons; or Safety Director's Office, which call shall be immediately answered
(2) The sum of the occupants on all the floors above the by the Fire Safety Director from the Fire Command Station.
street floor exceed 100 persons; or (3) Fire Safety Director's Office. A station located within the building
(3) A total of more than 500 persons in the entire building at the principal work location of the Fire Safety Director arranged
including the street floor. the same as a warden's station. There shall be a two-way voice

431
Rules and Regulations

communication system to the Fire Command Station. A two-way The secondary service to the fire alarm system shall be provided
voice communication system described above shall also be as follows:
provided at the mechanical control center should one exist. 1. If the building has a required emergency power system,
(4) General requirements. the secondary source shall be the emergency power system,
(i) The components of the system shall require New York City regardless of whether the primary source is utility company
Department of Buildings Material Equipment Acceptance (“M.E.A.”) power or an isolated plant.
approval. 2. If the building has an emergency generator supplying
(ii) A. SOURCES OF ELECTRICAL POWER power to any of the loads listed in Section 27-396.4 of the
Two sources of electrical power shall be provided as follows: Building Code, the secondary source shall be the generator.
1. The primary source shall be generated electric power not 3. For all other buildings, the secondary source shall be a
exceeding 277/480 volts, supplied by utility company power, battery supply provided in accordance with Reference Standard
or isolated plant. 17-5 for storage batteries. The battery shall be designed for
2. The secondary source shall be an emergency power system 24-hour supervisory operation of the system, followed by 15
(as per Section 27-396 of the Building Code), an emergency minutes of total system load.
generator and/or battery power. (iii). WIRING
3. One source of power shall be connected to the system at all A. Power Conductors (Above 75 volts) shall be:
times. The primary and secondary power sources shall be so 1. Copper: THHN, THWN\THHN, TFFN, TFN, FEP,
arranged and controlled by automatic transfer switches and/or RHH, RHW-2, XHH, or XHHW minimum 600 volts; 90 C; for
circuitry that when the primary source of power fails, the secondary installation in rigid metallic conduit (RMC), intermediate metallic
source will be connected automatically to the fire alarm signal conduit (IMC) or electric metallic tubing (EMT).
system. Intermediary devices between the system supply and 2. Cable type MI, M.E.A. approved for fire alarm service.
the source of power, other than fused disconnect switches, B. Low Voltage Conductors (75 volts and less) shall be:
transformers, fused cutouts and automatic transfer switches, are 1. Copper: THHN, THWN\THHN, TFFN, TFN, FEP,
prohibited. Such disconnect switches, cutouts, transformers RHH, RHW, XHH, or XHHW minimum 600 volts; 90 C; for
and automatic transfer switches shall supply only the fire installation in rigid metallic conduit (RMC), intermediate metallic
alarm system and other systems covered by this reference standard. conduit (IMC) or electric metallic tubing (EMT)
When the utility company requires the installation of metering 2. Minimum wire size No. 18 AWG.
current transformers, the system supply shall be connected on 3. Multi-conductor cables run in raceways, or exposed as
the load side of the current transformers. All installations shall described hereinafter, shall meet the following additional
comply with the applicable sections of the New York City Electrical requirements:
Code. (a) Type FPLP only; minimum insulation thickness 15 mils;
The primary source of power and the secondary source (if minimum temperature 150 C; colored red.
said secondary source is an emergency power system or (b) Red colored jacket overall; minimum thickness 25 mils.
generator) shall each be provided with a means of disconnect (c) Cable printing as per UL1424; must bear additional
from the fire alarm system. For buildings supplied at 120/208 description "ALSO CLASSIFIED NYC CERT. FIRE ALARM
volts, each disconnect shall consist of a fused cutout panel, utilizing CABLE" legible without removing jacket.
cartridge fuses, with provision for interrupting the unfused neutral C. Installation of Conductors and Raceway shall be in accordance
and all ungrounded conductors. The neutral shall be provided with the following:
with a removable solid copper bar. The incoming service 1. Power conductors shall not be installed in common
neutral shall be bonded to the metallic housing of the cutout raceways with low voltage conductors.
panel on the line side of the removable bar. The fused cutout 2. Comply with applicable requirements of New York
panel housing shall consist of a locked metallic cabinet with City Electrical Code, except where requirements are exceeded
hinged door, painted fire department red, and permanently by this Reference Standard.
identified as to the system served. For buildings served at 3. Conductors other than M.I. cable shall be run in raceway,
265/460 volts, the primary and secondary service disconnects except as specifically described below.
shall be fused disconnect switches (in lieu of fused cutout 4. Multi-conductor cables may be installed without raceway
panels) in locked, red painted, permanently identified enclosures. protection where cable is protected by building construction.
The service voltage shall be transformed to 120/208 volts and Where not protected by building construction, cables shall be
a fused cutout panel provided within 5 feet of the transformer located 8 feet or more above the finished floor and not subject
on the 120/208 volt side. The incoming supply connections to physical tampering or hazard. Locations within eight feet of
shall comply with the New York City Electrical Code, and the finished floor that are deemed as "protected by building
the fused cutout panel shall comply with the requirements construction" shall include raised floors, shafts, telephone and
specified herein before. communication equipment rooms and closets, and rooms
B. PRIMARY POWER SOURCE used exclusively for fire alarm system equipment.
The primary service to the fire alarm system shall be so arranged 5. All wiring within mechanical and elevator equipment
that the building source of supply can be disconnected without rooms shall be run in raceways.
de-energizing the fire alarm supply. To accomplish this, 6. Raceways run within 8 feet of finished floor in garage
the primary fire alarm supply shall be connected ahead of all areas, loading docks, mechanical rooms, and elsewhere where
building over current protection and/or switching devices. subject to mechanical damage, shall be rigid galvanized steel
C. SECONDARY POWER SOURCE conduit only.

432
Rules and Regulations

7. Where wiring is required to be run in raceway, install (iv) The name and telephone number of the central office
conductors in rigid metallic conduit (RMC), intermediate metallic company shall be displayed at the manual pull station.
conduit (IMC) or electric metallic tubing (EMT), except that (v) There shall be a Fire Safety Director on duty at all times that
multi-conductor cables may also be run in surface metal the premises is actually occupied by the number of persons
raceway. Conductors for other electrical systems shall not be specified in the opening paragraphs of these rules. The Director
installed in raceways containing REFERENCE STANDARD shall have a Certificate of Fitness issued by the New York
17 conductors. City Fire Department.
8. Where allowed to be run without raceway protection, (vi) Applications shall be filed and permits obtained as required
multi-conductor cables shall be installed as follows: by departmental memoranda concerning fire alarm systems.
(a) Cables shall not depend on ceiling media, pipes, ducts, §15-02 Interior Fire Alarm and Signal System for Place of
conduits, or equipment for support; Cables must be supported Assembly Used as a Cabaret and for Stages, Dressing Rooms
independently from the building structure. and Property Rooms.
(b) Cables must be secured by cable ties, straps or similar (a) Number of occupants. Subdivisions 27-968(a)(10)(a) and (b)
fittings, so designed and installed as not to damage the cable. of the Building Code state that an interior fire alarm and signal
Cables must be secured in place at intervals not exceeding 5'- system shall be provided in any room, place or space occupied or
0" on centers and within 12" of every associated cabinet, box arranged to be occupied by 75 or more persons and in which
or fitting. either any musical entertainment, singing, dancing or other
9. Installation of raceways, boxes and cabinets shall form of amusement is permitted in connection with the restaurant
comply with the following general requirements: business or the business of directly or indirectly selling to the
(a) Covers of boxes and cabinets shall be painted red and public food or drink, or where dancing is carried on and the
permanently identified as to their use. public may gain admission, with or without payment of a fee,
(b) Penetrations of fire-rated walls, floors or ceilings shall be and food or beverages are sold, served, or dispensed, and any new
fire stopped. or altered catering place as of April 4, 1979 having 300 or more
(c) Within stairways, raceways within 8 feet of the floor persons. This does not apply to eating or drinking places which
shall not be installed so as to reduce or obstruct the stairway provide incidental musical entertainment, without dancing, either
radius. by mechanical devices, or by not more than three persons playing
(d) Raceways or cables shall not penetrate top of any equipment piano, organ, accordion or guitar or any stringed instrument or by
box or cabinet. not more than one singer accompanied by himself or a person
10.All conduits supplying 120-volt power to the fire alarm playing piano, organ, accordion, guitar or any stringed instrument.
control unit and/or to outlying control cabinets, shall contain a (b) Occupant load. The occupant load of a Place of Assembly
green insulated grounding conductor sized in accordance with shall be calculated by dividing the net floor area of the space
the New York City Electrical Code (#10 AWG minimum). by the appropriate figure in the following table:
The grounding conductor shall be connected to the ground
bus or other suitable grounding terminal in each box and cabinet Net Floor Area
in which it enters. At the fuse cutout panel supplying the fire per Occupancy
alarm system, provide a grounding electrode conductor sized Occupancy (square feet)
and installed in accordance with the New York City Electrical (1) Dance Floor 10
Code (#10 AWG minimum). (2) Dining Spaces 12
11. For cabinets whose 120 volt supply is not derived from (3) Standing Room (Audience) 4
the main fire alarm system cutout panel, provide green in all Places of Assembly
insulated separate grounding electrode conductors, sized and (4) Seating Area (Audience) in
installed as per New York City Electrical Code (#10 AWG all Places of Assembly
minimum). In steel-framed buildings, a connection to local (i) Fixed Seats Designed Number
steel structure will be acceptable. of Seats or
12. Splices and terminations of wires and cables shall be Occupants
as follows: (i) Movable Seats 10
(a) Permitted only in boxes or cabinets specifically approved
for the purpose. (c) Capabilities and components.
(b) Utilize mechanical connections specifically approved by (1) Fire Alarm System: shall be closed circuit, "electrically
U.L.486 A & C for the conductors, or if soldered, first joined supervised", individually coded and connected to an approved
so as to be mechanically and electrically secure prior to soldering franchise/central office alarm company.
and insulating. Temperature rating of completed splices shall A "supervised" system is one that is electrically monitored so that
equal or exceed the temperature rating of the highest rated the occurrence of a single open or single ground fault condition of
conductor. its wiring which prevents the required normal operation of the
13. Wiring for audible notification devices shall be arranged system or causes the failure of its primary (main) power supply
so that a loss of a portion of the wiring on a floor will not source is indicated by a distinctive trouble signal.
render more than 60% of the devices inoperative, and the (i) Manual fire alarm stations: shall be installed at each required
devices shall be so connected to the circuitry (i.e. by means of natural path of egress from all levels from public assembly area.
alternate circuits) as to maintain at least partial audibility throughout (ii) Fire alarm gongs: shall be installed to provide adequate
the entire floor. audibility throughout the Public Assembly area and all areas

433
Rules and Regulations

occupied in conjunction with the area at all levels including of the transformer on the 120/208 volt side. The incoming
dressing rooms, rest rooms, coat rooms, etc. "Audibility" shall supply connections shall comply with the New York City
be loud and distinct under maximum sound system operation Electrical Code, and the fused cutout panel shall comply with
unless section 15-02(c)(2)(ii) is complied with. the requirements specified in this rule.
(iii) Sprinkler waterflow device: shall be installed to indicate B. PRIMARY POWER SOURCE
flow of water in the sprinkler system and shall be made part 1. The primary service to the fire alarm system shall be so
of the interior Fire Alarm by interconnecting the waterflow arranged that the building source of supply can be disconnected
device to the interior Fire Alarm so that actuation of the waterflow without de-energizing the fire alarm supply. To accomplish
device shall sound a distinctive coded alarm via the fire alarm this, the primary fire alarm supply shall be connected ahead of
gongs. all building over current protection and/or switching devices.
(2) General requirements. 2. Partial systems such as strobe light control panels,
(i) The components of the system shall require New York partial fire alarm, automatic smoke/heat detection, and sprinkler
City M.E.A. approval. alarm subsystems and/or other associated systems may be
(ii) A device may be installed to automatically turn off the connected to an emergency supply riser panel via a tapped
sound system and psychedelic and special effects lighting connection, and an identified, locked fused cutout box located
when a manual fire alarm and/or sprinkler waterflow device is within 5 feet of the tap. Where an emergency power system
activated in all public assemblies that require an interior fire (E.P.S.) is provided in accordance with Section 27-396.4 of
alarm and signal system. the Building Code, it shall be connected to the emergency
(iii) A. SOURCES OF ELECTRICAL POWER supply riser. Where an E.P.S. is not available, the emergency
Two sources of electrical power shall be provided as follows: supply riser shall be connected to a tap ahead of the service
1. The primary source shall be generated electric power switch.
not exceeding 277/480 volts, supplied by utility company C. SECONDARY POWER SOURCE
power, or isolated plant. The secondary service to the fire alarm system shall be
2. The secondary source shall be an emergency power provided as follows:
system (as per Section 27-396 of the Building Code), an 1. If the building has a required emergency power system,
emergency generator and/or battery power. the secondary source shall be the emergency power system,
3 One source of power shall be connected to the system regardless of whether the primary source is utility company
at all times. The primary and secondary power sources shall power or an isolated plant.
be so arranged and controlled by automatic transfer switches 2. If the building has an emergency generator supplying
and/or circuitry that when the primary source of power fails, the power to any of the loads listed in Section 27-396.4 of the
secondary source will be connected automatically to the fire alarm Building Code, the secondary source shall be the generator.
signal system. Intermediary devices between the system 3 For all other buildings, the secondary source shall be a
supply and the source of power, other than fused disconnect battery supply provided in accordance with Reference Standard
switches, transformers, fused cutouts and automatic transfer 17-5 for storage batteries. The battery shall be designed for
switches, are prohibited. Such disconnect switches, cutouts, 24-hour supervisory operation of the system, followed by 15
transformers and automatic transfer switches shall supply minutes of total system load.
only the fire alarm system and other systems covered by this (iv). WIRING
reference standard. When the utility company requires the A. Power Conductors (Above 75 volts) shall be:
installation of metering current transformers, the system 1. Copper: THHN, THWN\THHN, TFFN, TFN, FEP,
supply shall be connected on the load side of the current RHH, RHW-2, XHH, or XHHW minimum 600 volts; 90 C;
transformers. All installations shall comply with the for installation in rigid metallic conduit (RMC), intermediate
applicable sections of the New York City Electrical Code. metallic conduit (IMC) or electric metallic tubing (EMT).
The primary source of power and the secondary source (if 2. Cable type MI, M.E.A. approved for fire alarm service.
said secondary source is an emergency power system or B. Low Voltage (75 volts and less) shall be:
generator) shall each be provided with a means of disconnect 1. Copper: THHN, THWN\THHN, TFFN, TFN, FEP,
from the fire alarm system. For buildings supplied at 120/208 RHH, RHW, XHH, or XHHW minimum 600 volts; 90 C; for
volts, each disconnect shall consist of a fused cutout panel, utilizing installation in rigid metallic conduit (RMC), intermediate metallic
cartridge fuses, with provision for interrupting the unfused conduit (IMC) or electric metallic tubing (EMT)
neutral and all ungrounded conductors. The neutral shall be 2.Minimum wire size No. 18 AWG.
provided with a removable solid copper bar. The incoming 3 Multi-conductor cables run in raceways, or exposed as
service neutral shall be bonded to the metallic housing of the described hereinafter, shall meet the following additional
cutout panel on the line side of the removable bar. The fused requirements:
cutout panel housing shall consist of a locked metallic cabinet (a) Type FPLP only; minimum insulation thickness 15 mils;
with hinged door, painted fire department red, and minimum temperature 150 C; colored red.
permanently identified as to the system served. For buildings (b) Red colored jacket overall; minimum thickness 25 mils.
served at 265/460 volts, the primary and secondary service (c) Cable printing as per UL1424; must bear additional description
disconnects shall be fused disconnect switches (in lieu of "ALSO CLASSIFIED NYC CERT. FIRE ALARM CABLE"
fused cutout panels) in locked, red painted, permanently legible without removing jacket.
identified enclosures. The service voltage shall be transformed to C. Installation of Conductors and Raceway shall be in accordance
120/208 volts and a fused cutout panel provided within 5 feet with the following:

434
Rules and Regulations

1. Power conductors shall not be installed in common raceways conductor sized and installed in accordance with the New
with low voltage conductors. York City Electrical Code (#10 AWG minimum).
2. Comply with applicable requirements of New York City *12. For cabinets whose 120 volt supply is not derived
Electrical Code, except where requirements are exceeded by from the main fire alarm system cutout panel, provide green
this Reference Standard. insulated separate grounding electrode conductors, sized and
3. Conductors other than M.I. cable shall be run in raceway, installed as per New York City Electrical Code (#10 AWG
except as specifically described below. minimum). In steel-framed buildings, a connection to local
4. Multi-conductor cables may be installed without raceway steel structure will be acceptable.
protection where cable is protected by building construction. *“12.” enacted but “11” probably intended.
Where not protected by building construction, cables shall be 12. Splices and terminations of wires and cables shall be as
located 8 feet or more above the finished floor and not subject follows:
to physical tampering or hazard. Locations within eight feet of (a) Permitted only in boxes or cabinets specifically approved
the finished floor that are deemed as "protected by building for the purpose.
construction" shall include raised floors, shafts, telephone and (b) Utilize mechanical connections specifically approved by
communication equipment rooms and closets, and rooms U.L.486 A & C for the conductors, or if soldered, first joined
used exclusively for fire alarm system equipment. so as to be mechanically and electrically secure prior to soldering
5. All wiring within mechanical and elevator equipment and insulating. Temperature rating of completed splices shall
rooms shall be run in raceways. equal or exceed the temperature rating of the highest rated
6. Raceways run within 8 feet of finished floor in garage areas, conductor.
loading docks, mechanical rooms, and elsewhere where subject to 13. Wiring for audible and visual alarm notification
mechanical damage, shall be rigid galvanized steel conduit devices shall be arranged so that a loss of a portion of the
only. wiring on a floor will not render more than 60% of the
7. Where wiring is required to be run in raceway, install conductors devices of each type inoperative, and the devices shall be so
in rigid metallic conduit (RMC), intermediate metallic conduit connected to the circuitry (i.e. by means of alternate circuits)
(IMC) or electric metallic tubing (EMT), except that multi- as to maintain at least partial audibility/visibility throughout
conductor cables may also be run in surface metal raceway. the entire floor.
Flexible metallic conduit, not exceeding 36" in length, shall (v) The equipment shall be colored RED and enclosed in
be permitted for final connections to initiating and notification suitable housing permanently fastened to the structure at the
devices. Conductors for other electrical systems shall not be appropriate locations. A diagonal white stripe one inch wide
installed in raceways containing REFERENCE STANDARD 17 from upper left corner to lower right corner shall be painted or
conductors. applied to sending stations. The stripe shall not render any
8. Where allowed to be run without raceway protection, multi- lettering illegible or obliterate the station number.
conductor cables shall be installed as follows: (vi)The name and telephone number of the central office
(a) Cables shall not depend on ceiling media, pipes, ducts, conduits, company shall be displayed at all manual pull stations and at
or equipment for support; Cables must be supported independently all central office transmitters.
from the building structure. (vii) There shall be a fire guard on duty at all times that
(b) Cables must be secured by cable ties, straps or similar fittings, the Place of Assembly is open and functioning as a cabaret.
so designed and installed as not to damage the cable. Cables The fire guard shall have a Certificate of Fitness issued by the
must be secured in place at intervals not exceeding 5'-0" on New York City Fire Department.
centers and within 12" of every associated cabinet, box or (viii)Emergency Lighting and Sprinkler Systems shall be
fitting. installed and maintained as required by law.
9 Installation of raceways, boxes and cabinets shall comply (ix)A Fire Alarm System in a Place of Assembly subject
with the following general requirements: to this rule in a high rise (Class E) office building shall
(a) Covers of boxes and cabinets shall be painted red and interface with Fire Alarm and Communication System
permanently identified as to their use. required by Local Law No. 5/1973.
(b) Penetrations of fire-rated walls, floors or ceilings shall be (x) Applications shall be filed and permits obtained as required
fire stopped. by Departmental Memorandum.
(c) Within stairways, raceways within 8 feet of the floor shall §15-03 [Repealed]
not be installed so as to reduce or obstruct the stairway radius. §15-04 Exemption of Certain Existing J-1 Residential Hotels
(d) Raceways or cables shall not penetrate top of any equipment from Certain Fire Safety Special Filing Requirements.
box or cabinet. (a) Definition. Existing J-1 Residential Hotel. An existing
10. All conduits supplying 120-volt power to the fire J-1 residential hotel is defined as a single room occupancy
alarm control unit and/or to outlying control cabinets, shall multiple dwelling, in which at least seventy-five (75) percent
contain a green insulated grounding conductor sized in accordance or more of the total number of occupied individual dwelling
with the New York City Electrical Code (#10 AWG units:
minimum). The grounding conductor shall be connected to (1) have had no more than two (2) separate tenancies for at
the ground bus or other suitable grounding terminal in each least three (3) years preceding the date on which the application
box and cabinet in which it enters. At the fuse cutout panel for residential hotel status is made or, preceding the date of
supplying the fire alarm system, provide a grounding electrode submission of an annual certification as set forth below or
(2) have been used by a religious not-for-profit organization

435
Rules and Regulations

as a residency for its members who maintain residency for at (6) Any other documentation deemed relevant by the borough
least (1) year and have no more than two (2) separate tenancies superintendent, in his or her discretion.
for at least (1) year preceding the date on which the application (e) Determination of J-2 Dormitory.
for residential hotel status is made, provided that a fire safety (1) A building owner may contend that his/her building is a
plan for fire drill and evacuation procedures in accordance dormitory and therefore as a J-2 occupancy need only provide
with the requirements of the Fire Commissioner shall be stair and elevator signs, and if a high-rise building also remove
submitted to the Fire Department and the approval of the Fire locks on elevator and hoistway doors. To qualify as a dormitory,
Commissioner shall be obtained. the building's current Certificate of Occupancy must indicate
(b) Details of exemptions. This section shall exempt use as a dormitory. Where the Certificate of Occupancy indicates
owners of existing "residential hotels", as that term is defined both dormitory and J-1 occupancy, those portions which are J-
in §15-04(a), from J-1 fire safety special filing requirements 1 must comply with LL 16/84 requirements for J-1 occupancies.
of §§27-382(b), 27-384(b), 27-954(w), 27-989(b), 27- (2) When an owner seeks to amend his building's Certificate
996.2(a)(2) of Article 26 of Subchapter 1 of Chapter 1 of of Occupancy [sic] to provide for dormitory occupancy, he
Title 27 of the Administrative (Building) Code as enacted by must submit an affidavit stating he will use the dormitory
Local Law 16 of 1984, effective March 17, 1984, as well as space only for sleeping accommodations of individuals on a
installation requirements set forth in the following sections: month-to-month or longer-term basis (Adm. Code §27-265)
(1) §27-382 (b) Power source-Exit lights. and that the dormitory will be owned and operated by either a
(2) §27-384 (b) Power source-Exit signs. not-for-profit corporation or a school. Such amended Certificates
(3) §27-954 (w) Required sprinklers. of Occupancy shall provide that the dormitory may only be
(4) §27-989 (b) Elevator in readiness. owned or operated by either a not-for-profit corporation or a
(5) §27-996.2 (a) (2) Firemen service operation in existing school.
elevators. §15-05 Filing and Approval of a Fire Safety Plan for Buildings
(c) Certification. Containing Transient Occupants Such as Hotels and Motels.
(1) The certification of residential hotel status may be obtained (a) Number of occupants.
only by the filing of an alteration application for residential These rules and regulations shall apply to buildings or parts
hotel certification. Such application shall contain the supporting thereof classified in Article 11 of Subchapter 3 of Chapter 1 of
documentation required in §15-04(d) below. Certification of [sic] Title 27 of the Administrative Code of the City of New
residential hotel status as defined in § [sic] 15-03(a) [sic] York as occupancy group J-1, J-2 occupied or arranged to be
above shall be issued by the borough superintendent. Certification occupied in whole or part by a transient occupancy. For the
shall be valid for a period of one (1) year from the date of purpose of these rules and regulations, buildings or parts
initial certification. Thereafter, the owner of the residential thereof which contain a total of more than 30 sleeping rooms
hotel shall engage a registered architect or licensed professional or can accommodate a total of more than 30 lodgers, or contains
engineer to certify annually through the filing of a building more than 15 sleeping rooms, or can accommodate more than
notice application that the residential hotel is in compliance 15 lodgers above the first or ground story, used for living or
with the requirements of § [sic] 15-03(a) [sic] above. sleeping purposes by the same person or persons for a period
(2) Owners of residential hotels shall keep a copy of their of ninety days or less shall be considered as being occupied
residential hotel certification on site at the hotel. Failure to by a transient occupancy. Such buildings shall include but are
timely renew a hotel's residential certification may result in not limited to buildings occupied as hotels, motels, lodging houses,
the issuance of violations for the hotel's failure to comply with dormitories and single room occupancies. All such buildings
the requirements of Local Law 16 of 1984 and Local Law 16 occupied or arranged to be occupied in whole or part by a
of 1987 for a J-1 occupancy. transient occupancy, regardless of the number of sleeping rooms
(d) Supporting Documentation. The following documentation or accommodations, over 75 feet in height, shall comply with
shall be furnished by the owner in support of his or her these rules and regulations. The owner or other person having
application for certification of residential hotel status: charge of such building shall file a Fire Safety Plan with the
(1) Certificate of Occupancy or, if unavailable; Fire Department indicating compliance with §15-05(b) within
(2) Occupancy and Arrangement Card from the Department 30 days after the effective date of these rules and regulations.
of Housing Preservation and Development and Department of The owner or other person shall resubmit the revised Fire Safety
Housing Preservation and Development Computer Printout; Plan for approval within 30 days after receiving comments
(3) List all rooms occupied by tenants who have resided at the from the Fire Department. Upon approval, the Fire Safety Plan
premises for six months or longer or who are in occupancy shall be immediately put into effect. The owner or other person
pursuant to a lease of six months or longer, together with the having charge of such building shall comply with §§15-05(c)(1)
name of the tenant in each of the aforementioned rooms and to 15-04(c)(5) within 30 days of the effective date of these
copies of any and all existing leases for the period stated in § rules & regulations.
[sic] 15-03(a) [sic] of this section; and b) Details of fire safety plan.
(4) For each dwelling unit in the premises subject to rent (1) A fire safety plan for fire drill and evacuation procedures in
control or hotel stabilization, copies of the annual registration accordance with the requirements of the Fire Commissioner
statement filed with the New York State Division of Housing shall be submitted to the Fire Department and the approval of
and Community Renewal; and the Fire Commissioner shall be obtained. The applicable parts
(5) Copies of any relevant documents filed by the owner with of the fire safety plan shall be distributed to the building service
the Hotel Stabilization Association; and employees. All employees of the building shall participate and

436
Rules and Regulations

cooperate in carrying out the provisions of the fire safety plan. alphabetic letter. A sign indicating the letter of identification
(2) Fire safety director and deputy fire safety director. for the elevator bank shall be posted and maintained at each
(i)One employee shall be designated as fire safety director elevator landing directly above or as part of the sign specified
and a sufficient number of employees shall be designated as deputy in §15-05(c)(1). The stair identification sign shall be posted
fire safety directors. Such employees shall have a knowledge and maintained on the occupancy side of the stair door. The
of the building's fire protection systems and shall have a letter on the sign shall be at least three inches high, of bold
certificate of fitness, in accordance with the requirements of type and of contrasting color from the background. Such signs
the Fire Commissioner, qualifying him to conduct fire drills, shall be securely attached.
evacuations and related activities such as organizing, training (4) Sign material. Signs shall be of metal or other durable
and supervising a fire brigade when required. In the absence material.
of a fire safety director, when a fire safety director is required (5) Placing, size and content of signs. A sign shall be posted
to be on duty in the building, such deputy fire safety director and maintained on the inside of every door opening onto a
shall act as fire safety director. public corridor giving access to a sleeping room. The sign
(ii) As the building is continuously occupied, there shall shall contain a diagram showing the location where it is posted
be a fire safety director continuously on duty in the building and the location and letter identification of the exit stairs on
with the required certificate of fitness. During fire emergencies, the floor. The diagram shall indicate the number of doors
the primary responsibility of the fire safety director shall be opening onto the public corridor which must be passed to
the manning of the fire command post and the direction and reach each exit stair. The sign shall be at least eight inches by
execution of the evacuation as provided in the fire safety plan ten inches, located on the inside of the door and securely attached
and to assist the Fire Department with his knowledge of the thereto. The top of such signs shall not be above six feet from
building's fire protection systems. Such activities shall be the floor level. These signs are in addition to the signs
subject to the Fire Department control. required in §15-05(c)(1). These signs may contain such
(3) If sufficient personnel are available, as determined by the additional information as the Fire Department may require.
Fire Department, a fire brigade shall be organized. (6) Additional sign requirements. When floors or parts of
(4) Fire drills shall be conducted, in accordance with the fire safety floors are used as accessory to a J-1 and J-2 transient occupancy,
plan, at least once every three months on each shift. A written "Elevator Landings" §15-05(c)(1), "Floor Numbering" §15-
record of such drills shall be kept on the premises for a three 05(c)(2) and "Stairs and Elevators" §15-05(c)(3), shall be
year period and shall be readily available for inspection by the required.
Fire Department. §15-06 Design of Composite Construction with Metal Decks or
(5) In buildings where compliance would cause practical difficulty Lightweight Concrete.
or undue hardship, the Fire Commissioner may waive or (a) Metal deck construction is to be approved strictly in
modify the requirements of this subdivision and accept accordance with Board of Standards and Appeals or MEA
alternatives fulfilling the intent of these requirements consistent approval in all respects, with no interchangeability or equivalent
with public safety. materials authorized except as noted in these rules.
(c) Signage. (b) When metal decks have been approved for use where
(1) Elevator landings. A sign shall be posted and maintained a fire resistive floor or roof is required, equivalent materials may
on every floor at the elevator landing. The sign shall read "IN be authorized or interchanged for any of the components of
CASE OF FIRE, USE STAIRS UNLESS OTHERWISE the assembly by borough superintendents pursuant to §27-107
INSTRUCTED". The lettering shall be at least one-half inch of the Administrative Code based on; [sic]
block letters and of contrasting color from the background or (1) Similar full scale tests conforming with A.S.T.M. E119-
as otherwise approved by the Commissioner of Buildings. 1988; or,
Such lettering shall be properly spaced to provide good legibility. (2) A combination of small scale and/or half scale tests and
The sign shall also contain a diagram showing the location engineering evaluation acceptable to the commissioner in
where it is posted and the location and letter identification of conjunction with evaluation of full scale tests conforming with
the stairs on the floor. The sign shall be at least eight inches ASTM E119-1988 for a variety of assemblies of combination of
by ten inches, located directly above a call button and materials, or
securely attached to the wall or partition. The top of such sign (3) A combination of small scale, half scale or full size tests
shall not be above six feet from the floor level. The diagram representative of the actual fire exposure of the occupancy and
on such sign may be omitted provided that signs containing engineering evaluations, all acceptable to the commissioner.
such diagram are posted in conspicuous places on the (c) When metal decks have been approved for use where
respective floor. In such case, the sign at the elevator landing a fire resistive floor or roof is required without any fire protection
shall be at least two and one half inches by ten inches and the below the metal deck, they shall not be authorized in connection
diagram signs shall be at least eight inches by ten inches. with composite beam design unless the approval specifies that
(2) Floor numbering. the decks have been tested in accordance with both floor and
A sign shall be posted and maintained with each stair enclosure on beam requirements; or, alternately, fire protection is applied
every floor, indicating the number of the floor. The numerals and below the metal deck having the same thickness as that
background shall be in contrasting colors. The sign shall be applied to the beam, for that width of slab acting as part of the
securely attached to the stair side of the door. composite beam, except that no such fire protection need be
(3) Stair and elevators. applied below the metal deck when the floor or roof slab and
Each stair and each bank of elevators shall be identified by an deck have a fire resistive rating at least equal to that of the

437
Rules and Regulations

supporting beams, ef'c of the concrete fill-in is equal to or is required to consult the Department of Buildings and receive
greater than 3000 p.s.i.. instructions before work is started.
(d) Where the structural design is in accordance with load (3) Where existing dumbwaiter shafts are located in, or open
tests referred to in a board approval, the load carrying capacity on public halls which are required to be fire-retarded, such
can be accepted provided that design criteria for all structural dumbwaiter shafts, when not constructed of fireproof or fire-
elements are specified in the resolution of the board. Where retarding materials, shall be fire-retarded on the inner side,
the approval of the board simply makes general reference to from the lowest story to the roof inclusive, in accordance with
other criteria, the following structural guidelines are to be the requirements of §15-07(b)(1) or (b)(2), except in cellar where
adhered to, with respect to composite construction: such shafts shall be enclosed with fireproof materials.
(1) Concrete in the ribs of metal decks is to be completely All doors opening from such dumbwaiter shafts shall be self-
excluded in flexural computations, in the composite T-beam closing, and doors and assemblies when of wood or other
design. However, it may be included for bond calculations non-fireproof construction shall be lined on both sides with
(which is to be based on allowable stresses of 20 p.s.i.) as No. 26 U.S. gage [sic] metal, except in cellar where doors and
well as shear stresses for slab action exclusively. assemblies shall have a fire-resistive rating [sic] of at least one
(2) Slab designs shall be required to comply with all applicable (1) hour.
requirements of Reference Standards RS 10-3, and RS 10-5A (4) It is not intended that these rules and regulations in themselves
with structural calculations submitted in all cases in regard to require plans to be filed. However, should any work involve
n ratios (see §1102(b) of RS 10-3), fiber [sic] stresses, shear structural changes, then plans are required to be filed in the
stresses, bond stresses, length-deep and/or deflection Department of Buildings and such changes shall be subject to
limitations, and shear connection loads. all other rules and regulations applicable thereto.
(3) The capacity of shear connectors in lightweight concrete (5) Work shall not commence until satisfactory evidence has
shall only be rated at 80 percent of the values specified in Table been submitted to the Department of Buildings that compensation
1.11.4 of Reference Standard RS 10-5 for normal weight insurance has been obtained in accordance with the provisions
aggregate. When metal decks with ribs not exceeding 1 and of the Workmen's Compensation Law.
1/2 inches in depth are used, the capacity of the shear connectors It is the intent of §238, subdivision 4, Multiple Dwelling Law,
is to be further reduced by 15 percent, so as to have a total that every entrance hall, public hall and stair hall in every old
rated capacity of 65 percent of the values stated in Table law tenement four stories or more in height shall be fire-
1.11.4 when lightweight concrete is used in composite retarded.
construction with metal decks, and 85 percent when normal Every old law tenement three stories and a basement, or three
aggregate is used in such construction, unless prequalified stories, basement and cellar in height shall be deemed to be
load tests pursuant to §27-599 warrant higher values. Shear four stories when the main entrance from the grade is to the
connectors not listed in Table 1.11.4, or differing on length or basement, and every entrance hall, public hall and stair hall in
size may not be used without specific Board Approval for such building shall be fire-retarded.
specific loads. In old law tenements where the entrance halls, public halls
(4) When metal decks having ribs exceeding 1 and 1/2 inches and stair halls are required to be fire-retarded, existing wood
in height are employed with composite construction, prequalified stairs shall be fire-retarded in conformity with the requirements
load tests of the slab and beam, pursuant to §27-599, shall be of these rules and regulations, whether or not such halls had
required before any approval is granted. been fire-retarded in accordance with plans filed with and approved
(5) All welding on [sic] shear connectors shall be performed by the former Tenement House Department or Department of
by licensed welders, except as otherwise authorized in an Buildings, prior to the enactment of subdivision 4 of §238 of
intradepartmental memorandum dated June 6, 1967. the Multiple Dwelling Law.
§15-07 Fire-Retarding of Entrance Halls, Stair Halls and Public (b) Partitions. All existing partitions separating apartments
Halls in Old Law Tenements and Converted Dwellings. from entrance halls, stair halls and public halls, or otherwise
(a) Intent. The fire-retarding rules herewith set forth are forming enclosing partitions of entrance halls, stair halls and
approved by the Department of Buildings for old law public halls, shall be fire-retarded by any one of the following
tenements and converted dwellings where their entrance halls, methods:
stair halls and public halls are required, by §189, subdivisions (1) Metal lath and cement of gypsum mortar. Completely
1 and 4, §238, subdivision 4, and §218, subdivisions 5 and 6, remove all existing materials to face of studs or other
Multiple Dwelling Law, and by §27-2044, Housing Maintenance structural members on hall side of partitions and recover with
Code, to be fire-retarded in a manner approved by the Department metal lath and two coats of cement or [sic] gypsum mortar. If
of Buildings. cement mortar is used it shall be three-quarters inch (3/4")
(1) All entrance halls, stair halls and public halls, including service thick, if gypsum mortar is used it shall be one inch (1") thick.
halls and stairs, shall be fire retarded to the extent required by the The second coat of mortar shall not be applied until the first
Multiple Dwelling Law and the Housing Maintenance Code. coat has thoroughly set and in no case shall the second coat be
(2) It is the intent that all wood structural members of partitions, applied on the same day that the first coat of mortar is applied.
ceilings and stair soffits shall be completely In lieu of the above method, completely remove all combustible
protected with fire-retarding materials where they may be exposed materials from plaster face of partitions on hall side and repair
to fire in entrance, stair and public halls. To this extent these rules existing plaster. After inspection, cover existing plaster with
and regulations cover only general conditions and are not designed herringbone or similar approved type metal lath with rigid rib
to cover specific or special cases. Where such may occur the owner reinforcement to provide good bond between new and existing

438
Rules and Regulations

plaster. Cover lath with two coats (scratch and brown) of entrance halls, stair halls and public halls throughout such building
cement or [sic] gypsum mortar as above. shall be fire-retarded in accordance with the method set forth
The first coat of cement mortar (scratch) shall be composed of in §§15-07(b)(1) or (b)(2) or said partitions shall be fire-
one (1) part of Portland cement to one and one-half (1 1/2) retarded in accordance with the provisions of §§15-07(b)(3)
parts of sand, with additional volume of hydrated lime not greater or (b)(4).
than ten (10) percent of the volume of Portland cement. The (9) Partitions in altered old law tenements. In any old law
second coat (brown) shall be composed of one (1) part of tenement where the occupancy is increased on any story, the
Portland cement to three (3) parts of sand, with additional enclosing partitions of any entrance hall, stair hall or public
volume of hydrated lime not greater than ten (10) percent of hall on the story where the occupancy has been increased,
the volume of Portland cement. shall be fire-retarded on both sides. Such requirements shall
The first coat (scratch) of gypsum mortar shall be composed apply only to the walls of the entrance hall, stair hall or public
of one (1) part of gypsum to one (1) part of sand. The second hall adjoining the altered apartment. The enclosing partitions
coat (brown) of gypsum mortar shall be composed of one (1) of such halls other than those adjoining the altered apartment
part of gypsum to one and one-half (1 1/2) parts of sand. and the partitions on any story where the occupancy has not
(2) Plaster boards and gypsum mortar or stamped metal. been increased, shall be fire-retarded on the hall side. The
Completely remove all existing materials to face of studs or method of fire-retarding shall be as set forth in §§15-07(b)(1)
other structural members on hall side of partitions and recover or (b)(2), or said partitions shall be fire-retarded in accordance
with plaster boards or perforated rock lath three-eighths inch with the provisions of §§15-07(b)(3) or (b)(4).
(3/8") thick, covered with two coats of gypsum mortar (10) Newly constructed partitions. In any entrance hall, stair
(scratch and brown) so that the aggregate thickness shall be at hall or public hall where any partition or part thereof is newly
least one inch (1"), or in lieu thereof, recover same with constructed, and where the plaster has been removed from any
plaster boards one-half inch (1/2") thick, covered with No. 26 partition or part thereof, such partition shall be fire-retarded on
U.S. gage [sic] stamped metal. both sides.
In lieu of the above method, completely remove all combustible (c) Ceilings. Any approved method for fire-retarding partitions
material from plaster face of partitions on hall side and repair shall be acceptable for fire-retarding ceilings, provided that all
existing plaster. After inspection, plaster boards or perforated existing materials are completely removed to face of joists.
rock lath may be applied directly over the existing plaster face Mineral wool, brick gypsum or other masonry fill will not be
of partitions on hall side. Cover plaster boards or perforated accepted.
rock lath with two coats of gypsum mortar as above, or (1) Where any entrance hall, public hall or stair hall, or any
plaster boards may be covered with No. 26 U.S. gage [sic] portion thereof, in any part of any old law tenement or [sic]
stamped metal. converted dwelling is required to be fire-retarded that portion
(3) Mineral wool. Fill solidly between partition uprights, from of any ceiling directly underneath any such entrance hall, public
underside of flooring to ceiling with mineral wool blown in hall or stair hall shall be fire-retarded. Where such ceiling is
place by the pneumatic method, packed solidly to fill all located in any store, apartment or other space it shall also be fire-
spaces and voids. retarded as required for partitions by §§15-07(b)(1) or (b)(2).
(4) Brick, gypsum, etc. Fill solidly between partition uprights Where the above method is impractical due to the existing
from underside of flooring to ceiling with brick, gypsum, or ceiling construction in any such store, apartment or other
other acceptable material packed solidly to fill all spaces and space, the Department of Buildings may permit the fire-
voids. Where brick, gypsum, or other masonry material is intended retarding of such ceilings to be applied from above by
to be used, application must be filed before installation with removing the floor of any such entrance hall, public hall or
the Department of Buildings for approval of strength of existing stair hall and installing between the floor beams, and directly
members intended to support the proposed masonry fire-retarding. against ceiling below, a layer of heavy building paper over
(5) Other methods. No other method may be used unless which there shall be placed a basket made of reinforced
same is acceptable to the Department of Housing and Buildings. ribbed expanded metal lath weighing at least 3.4 pounds per
(6) Removal of windows in public hall partitions. When square yard. Such basket shall be lined with Portland cement
windows in walls or partitions are removed, both sides of the or gypsum mortar not less than one inch (1") in thickness. The
openings shall be sealed with fire-retarding materials, except building paper, metal lath and cement or gypsum mortar shall
that wood lath and plaster may be used on the room side of be carried at least halfway up on the side of beams. However,
the opening when the existing surface of the room is this method will not be accepted for the fire-retarding of any
constructed of wood lath and plaster. such ceiling located in a space used for a hazardous purpose
(7) Electric meters. Where direct current (DC) electric meters or business, nor will it be accepted for fire-retarding of any
of public utility companies are present or installed on such ceiling located in the cellar or for the fire-retarding of
partitions of public halls the fire-retarding shall continue any ceiling located in any store, apartment or other space
unbroken behind the meters or the meters shall be mounted when such ceiling is constructed of wood or of wood and
on a heavy slate back or non-magnetic fireproof equivalent, metal applied directly to the beams. In such cases the ceilings
such as transite, asbestos board, etc., against which fire-retarding shall be fire-retarded according to the requirements of §§15-
finished up tightly. 07(b)(1) or (b)(2).
(8) Partitions in Class B converted dwellings. Where fire- (d) Existing wood stairs. Except where stairs of incombustible
retarding is required in any Class B converted dwelling referred material are required in Class B converted dwellings as set
to in §15-07(a)(7), both sides of all enclosure partitions of forth in §15-07(a)(7), all wood railings, balustrades and newel

439
Rules and Regulations

posts shall be completely removed from every existing wood (3) All doors shall be properly fitted to their assemblies and
stairs and such stairs shall be provided with railings, balustrades there shall be no unnecessary space between doors and door
and newel posts of metal or other hard incombustible material, of bucks or saddles.
such size and secured in such manner to the existing stairs as may (i)Materials. All materials used in the process of fire-
be approved by the Department of Buildings, except handrails retarding shall be of a type and manufacture acceptable to the
may be of hardwood. Department of Buildings.
Soffits and stringers of existing wood stairs shall be fire-retarded The following shall be considered as minimum requirements:
in accordance with the methods set forth in §§15-07(e) or (f). (1) Metal lath. Metal lath shall weigh at least 30 pounds per
(e) Stair soffits. The soffits of every stair in every entrance square yard, except lath used over existing plaster which lath
hall, public hall and stair hall, including any soffit extending shall weigh at least 3.4 pounds per square yard and be
beyond the enclosure partitions of any such hall, shall be fire- reinforced with rigid ribs not less than three eighths inch
retarded. (3/8") deep, spaced not more than eight inches (8") on center
Any approved method for fire-retarding partitions shall be running full length of sheets. Where ribs exceed 4.8 inches on
acceptable for fire-retarding stair soffits provided that all existing center, same shall have at least one intermediate one eighth
materials are completely removed to face of structural members inch (1/8") inverted rib running the full length of sheets.
of stair soffits. Metal lath fastened to studs [sic] shall be attached at least six
(f)Fascia-stair and well. Fascia of outside stringer on rake inch (6") [sic] intervals with 4-penny nails or one inch (1")
of stairs, and well fascia at floor level, shall be fire-retarded roofing nails or No. 14 steel wire gage [sic] wire staples, and
their full depth to form complete seals with the soffits of stairs to wood joists by at least 6-penny nails, one and one-quarter
and ceilings of halls, respectively. Type of fire-retarding shall inch (1 1/4") roofing nails, or one inch (1") No. 14 steel wire
be one of those herein approved for ceilings of halls, or in lieu gage [sic] wire staples. When metal lath is applied over existing
thereof, cover fascia with sheet asbestos not less than three- plastered surfaces, same shall be fastened with nails or staples
sixteenths inch (3/16") thick with joints well pointed over of the same gage [sic] and such nails or staples shall have
which there shall be an additional single layer of No. 26 U.S. anchorage of at least one-half inch (1/2") in studs and three-
gage [sic] stamped metal or cover fascia with a single layer of quarters inch (3/4") in joists. Laps between the studs or joists
No.14 U.S. gage [sic] steel. shall be securely tied or laced. Stiffened metal lath on wood
(g) Fire-stopping. All partitions required to be fire-retarded studs, or joists, shall be nailed or stapled at least at eight inch
shall be fire-stopped with incombustible material at floors, ceilings (8") intervals, and the laps between studs similarly tied or
and roofs. Fire-stopping over partitions shall extend from the laced. Metal lath shall be galvanized or painted.
ceilings to the underside of the flooring or roofing above. Fire- (2) Plaster boards or perforated rock lath. Plaster boards or
stopping under partitions shall extend from the underside of perforated rock lath shall be of type and manufacture
flooring to ceiling below. All [sic] spaces between floor joints acceptable to the Department of Buildings. Each board shall
(directly over and under partitions) shall be completely filled bear the name of manufacturer [sic] and brand stamped
the full depth of joists. Any space from top of partition to thereon for inspection after erection.
underside of roof boarding shall be completely fire-stopped. Plaster boards or perforated rock lath nailed directly to wood
Fire-stopping shall be done with brick, cinder concrete, gypsum, studding or joists shall be fastened with one and one-eighth
metal lath and Portland cement or gypsum mortar, mineral inches (1 1/8") wire nails of at least No. 13 steel wire gage
wool, or other materials acceptable to the Department of Buildings. [sic] with flat three-eighth inch (3/8") heads. When such
(h) Door openings. Except as provided in §§15-07(h)(1) and boards are applied over existing plastered surfaces, same shall
(h)(2), all door openings into any public hall, entrance hall or be fastened with nails of the same gage [sic] and such nails
stair hall which is required to be fire-retarded shall be equipped shall have anchorage of at least one-half inch (1/2") in studs
with self-closing protective assemblies having a fire-resistive and three-quarters inch (3/4") in joists. The maximum space
rating of at least one hour. between nails shall be four inches (4"). The joints shall be
(1) In old law tenements where the number of apartments is broken at every other board. The wetting of such boards
not being increased, existing wood doors opening into public before plastering is forbidden.
halls, entrance halls or stair halls may remain provided such (3) Stamped metal. Stamped metal shall be No. 26 U.S. gage
doors are made to be self-closing ("Butterfly" spring hinges [sic] (equivalent thickness .018 inches or 3/160 inches) with
are not acceptable) and, provided further, all glazed transoms one inch (1") lapped seams. Size of sheets shall be not more
and panels in every such door are glazed with wire glass. All than twenty-four inches by ninety-six inches (24" x 96"),
such transoms shall be made stationary. having a selvage consisting of a half-round bead sufficient to
(2) Where, in any old law tenement, the number of apartments create a one inch (1") overlap at both seams. Nailing shall be
is being increased on one or more stories, door openings into secured direct to studs or joists with 6-penny smooth box nails
public halls, entrance halls or stair halls on each story or stories (two inches (2") or No. 12 1/2 gage [sic]) with nails on end
shall be equipped with self-closing protective assemblies having seams spaced not more than three inches (3") apart. Nailing to
a fire-resistive rating of at least one hour. plaster is forbidden and in all cases nails shall have anchorage
In such old law tenements existing wood doors opening into of at least one-half inch (1/2") in studs and three-quarters inch
public halls, entrance halls or stair halls may remain on any (3/4") in joists. All beads at seams shall be chisel sealed,
story where there is no increase in the number of apartments, making a tight joint. All sheets shall be marked "26 U.S.
provided such doors and every transom and panel in same are Gage” [sic] for identification and inspection after erection.
made to conform to the requirements set forth in §15-07(h). (4) Mineral wool. Mineral wool shall be of a type and

440
Rules and Regulations

manufacture acceptable to the Department of Buildings. forth in §15-07(b)(1) or (b)(2) and with materials conforming
Holes shall be cut approximately three inches (3") in diameter with the requirements of §15-07(i) of these rules and
through the wood lath and plaster near the ceiling, in the panels regulations. Door openings in such enclosure partitions shall
between each two adjacent studs. As an alternative, holes may be equipped with self-closing protective assemblies having
be cut approximately three inches by six inches (3" x 6") on fire-resistive ratings of at least one hour.
every second stud. Check each stud panel with weight and When existing shafts, including dumbwaiter shafts, extend
line to find out whether there is any obstruction. If any cross- below the ceiling a distance less than one-half (1/2) the height
bridging or other obstruction is encountered additional holes of the cellar, such shafts shall be considered as being part of
shall be cut until access has been gained to all open spaces the cellar ceiling and the enclosures of said shafts shall be fire-
within the stud panel in all specified partitions. Mineral wool retarded in the same manner as required for cellar ceilings. All
shall then be blown into all spaces by the pneumatic method existing shafts, including dumbwaiter shafts, which extend
with air pressure sufficient to pack the insulation to a density below the ceiling a distance more than one-half (1/2) the
acceptable to the Department of Buildings. Mineral wool for height of the cellar shall be enclosed with incombustible materials.
this work shall be in bags or containers marked with manufacturer's All shafts referred to in this paragraph shall have adequate
name and label specifying its type. cleanout at base consisting of fireproof [sic] self-closing door
(5) Other materials. No other material may be used unless and assembly having a fire-rating of at least one hour.
same is acceptable to the Department of Buildings. Where new partitions or enclosures are erected in a cellar they
(j)Exceptions. Where any portion of any entrance hall, shall be constructed of incombustible materials.
stair hall or public hall has been previously fire-retarded under (2) Wood girders, columns, posts, etc. The fire-retarding material
the supervision of this department, the former Tenement of ceiling of cellar or other lowest story shall be carried down
House Department or various former Department of and around all non-fireproof ceiling projections, such as wood
Buildings, such fire-retarding will be accepted only to the girders, etc., which are less than six inches by six inches (6" x
extent that same has been previously approved, provided, 6") in dimension.
however, that such entrance hall, stair hall or public hall is The fire-retarding material also shall be turned down at least
otherwise made to conform to all the requirements set forth in three inches (3") on all non-fire-retarding columns, posts, etc.,
these rules. which are less than six inches (6") in diameter.
§15-08 Fire-Retarding of Cellar Ceilings in Old Law Tenements (3) Non-fire-retarded cellar partitions. When non-fire-retarded
and Converted Dwellings. partitions in cellar, or other lowest story, extend to the ceiling,
(a) Intent. The fire-retarding rules herewith set forth are the fire-retarding material of the ceiling shall be turned down
approved by the Department of Buildings for the existing multiple at least three inches (3") on said partitions, or the partitions
dwellings where the ceilings of the cellar or other lowest story is shall be cut off at top to permit the fire-retarding of the ceiling
required, by §85 and §240, subdivision 3, Multiple Dwelling to be continuous.
Law, and by §27-2044, Housing Maintenance Code, to be Where, in any old law tenement three (3) stories and
fire-retarded in a manner approved by the Department of basement in height, there is also a cellar under the basement
Buildings. story, the ceiling of such cellar shall be fire-retarded; and also,
(1) It is the intent of the law to provide a continuous fire-retarded in any such old law tenement, where the main entrance from
covering over the entire ceiling of the cellar, or other lowest the grade is to the first story that portion of the basement
story, so as to prevent fire communicating with upper stories ceiling which is directly under the first story entrance hall,
of a multiple dwelling. public hall and stair hall shall be fire-retarded.
Where there is a space less than four feet six inches (4'-6") in In every old law tenement three (3) stories and basement in
height from the ground or floor level to the underside of the height with no cellar under the basement, where the main
first tier of beams, such space shall be considered as an "air entrance from the grade is to the basement story, the ceiling of
space" and not as a cellar. However, when such space opens the basement story shall be fire-retarded throughout. In any
to a cellar where fire-retarding of the ceiling is required, then such old law tenement where the main entrance from the
such space shall be separated from the cellar with a partition grade is to the first story no such fire-retarding will be required.
constructed of incombustible material in which there is (4) Heating appliances. The portion of the ceiling over any
provided self-closing door and assembly having a fire-resistive furnace, boiler or hot water heater shall be fire-retarded in
rating of at least one hour. accordance with the methods set forth in §§15-07(b)(1) or
Where the ceiling of the cellar or other lowest story is required to (b)(2), and such fire-retarding shall extend for a distance of at
be fire-retarded, all openings in such ceilings for stairways not least four feet (4'-0") beyond the sides and rear, and eight feet
located directly under a main stair, also openings in ceiling such (8'-0") in front of such furnace or boiler.
as pipe shafts, vent shafts, unenclosed dumbwaiter shafts, disused (5) It is not intended that these rules and regulations in themselves
flues, etc., shall be properly closed. (Private stairs within duplex require plans to be filed. However, should any work involves
apartments extending into cellar or basement are not required structural changes, then plans are required to be filed in the
to be enclosed.) Department of Buildings and such changes shall be subject to
New partitions erected to enclose existing stair referred to in all other Rules and Regulations applicable thereto.
the preceding paragraph shall be of incombustible materials. (6) Work shall not commence until satisfactory evidence has
Existing partitions enclosing any such stair will be acceptable been submitted to the Department of Buildings that compensation
where same are of incombustible materials or where same are insurance has been obtained in accordance with the provisions
fire-retarded on both sides in accordance with the methods set of the Workmen's Compensation Law.

441
Rules and Regulations

(b) Methods. Cellar ceilings shall be fire-retarded according be at least two feet (2'-0") of clear space above such apparatus.
to any of the following methods: (e) Sprinkler heads installed in ceilings of cooking spaces
Metal lath and cement or gypsum mortar conforming to §15- in lieu of fire-retarding the ceilings and walls. Where sprinkler heads
07(b)(1) of these rules. are installed in the ceilings of cooking spaces in lieu of fire-
Plaster boards and gypsum mortar or stamped metal conforming retarding the ceilings and walls, all of the provisions of §§15-
to §15-07(b)(2) of these rules and regulations. 09(a) through (f) inclusive, shall be complied with, except that it
No. 26 U.S. gage [sic] stamped metal over existing will not be required that the fire-retarding of the walls and
plastered ceiling, when erected without damage to the plaster. ceilings of cooking spaces be complied with.
Furring strips are not required, but if used, they shall be metal Before the installation of sprinkler heads is begun an application
covered on both sides and on face surface. Stamped metal shall be filed with and approved by the Department of Buildings.
shall not be applied until after existing plastered ceiling has Sprinkler heads shall be of a type and manufacture approved
been inspected and approved by an inspector of the by the Department of Buildings or previously approved by the
Department of Housing and Buildings. Board of Standards and Appeals or by the Underwriters
No other method may be used unless same are acceptable to Laboratories Limited, and shall have fusible struts constructed
the Department of Buildings. to fuse at a temperature not higher than two hundred twelve
(c) Materials. Materials used shall be in accordance with degrees (212°) Fahrenheit.
the provisions of §§15-07(i)(1), (i)(2) or (i)(3) of these rules Every sprinkler head shall bear the year of manufacture clearly
and regulations. on its surface. No sprinkler head may be installed after December
Mineral wool, brick, gypsum or other masonry fill will not be 31st of the year following the year of manufacture.
accepted for fire-retarding cellar ceilings. There shall be provided at least one (1) sprinkler head for every
No other materials may be used unless same are acceptable to fifty-nine (59) square feet or fraction thereof of the floor area
the Department of Buildings. of the cooking space.
§15-09 Fire-Retarding of Cooking Spaces in all Multiple Sprinkler heads shall be connected with the water supply of
Dwellings. the building through a pipe of at least one-half (1/2) inch inside
(a) Intent. The rules herewith set forth are approved by diameter.
the Department of Buildings for the protection of cooking Where practicable, sprinkler heads shall be located in an upright
spaces under §§33 [sic] and 176 of the Multiple Dwelling position on top the sprinkler piping.
Law. There shall be kept available on the premises at all times a sufficient
As set forth in §33 of the Multiple Dwelling Law, nothing in supply of extra sprinkler heads and also a sprinkler wrench for
these rules shall be construed as permitting fire-retarding partitions use to replace promptly any fused or damaged sprinkler heads.
in fireproof multiple dwellings. Any head which has opened or has been damaged shall be
(b) Multiple dwelling law. Except when sprinkler heads replaced immediately with a good sprinkler head.
are installed in conformity with subdivision (e) of this section, Painting or kalsomining of sprinkler heads is prohibited.
§33 of the Multiple Dwelling Law requires fire-retarding of (f)Cooking spaces constructed after July 1, 1949. Application
cooking spaces in existing and newly constructed class A and and plans must be filed with and approved by the Department
class B multiple dwellings. before any work is started in connection with the construction
(c) Ceilings and walls exclusive of doors. Walls and of any cooking space after July 1, 1949.
ceilings shall be fire-retarded according to any of the following §15-10 Fire-Escapes, Fire Stairs and Fire Towers.
methods: (a) Intent. These rules have been approved by the Department
Metal lath and cement or gypsum mortar conforming to §15- to supplement the provisions of §53 of the Multiple Dwelling
07(b)(1) of these rules. Law in relation to fire-escapes, fire-stairs, etc..
Plaster boards and gypsum mortar or stamped metal conforming Where fire-escapes serve as a means of exit from other than
to §15-07(b)(2) of these rules and regulations. multiple dwellings, such fire-escapes shall comply with the
No. 26 U.S. gage [sic] stamped metal over existing plaster laws governing such occupancy.
when erected without damage to the plaster. Furring strips are The voluntary erection of fire-escapes on private residence
not required, but if used, they shall be metal covered on both buildings or business and residence buildings shall be in conformity
sides and on face surface. Stamped metal shall not be applied with these rules and regulations unless otherwise directed by
until after existing plaster has been inspected and approved by the Borough Superintendent of the Department of Buildings.
an inspector of the Department of Buildings. It is the intent of these rules to cover only general conditions
Materials used shall be in accordance with the provisions of and they are not designed to cover specific or special cases.
§§15-07(i)(1), (i)(2) or (i)(3) of these rules and regulations. When such may occur the owner is required to consult the
No other methods or materials may be used unless same are Department of Buildings and receive instructions before starting
acceptable to the Department of Buildings. of work.
(d) Combustible material. In every cooking space, all combustible (1) Fire-escapes on multiple dwellings requiring new certificate
material immediately underneath or within one foot of any of occupancy. Except as provided in §15-10(g)(2) re lodging
apparatus used for cooking or warming of food shall be firehouses, double-rung ladder type fire-escapes will not be
retarded in conformity with the applicable provisions of these accepted when a new Certificate of Occupancy is required.
rules or covered with asbestos at least three-sixteenths inch (2) Alterations for increased occupancy. Where an alteration
(3/16") in thickness and twenty-six gage [sic] metal or with is made increasing occupancy on any story and a fire-escape
fire-resistive material of equivalent rating. There shall always is required such fire-escape shall conform to the provisions of

442
Rules and Regulations

§53 of the Multiple Dwelling Law and to the applicable a legal fire escape without passing through a public hall.
provisions of these rules. Except party-wall balconies, all balconies shall be connected
(b) General provisions. to each other by means of a stair or, when permitted, by double-
(1) Caution. No fire-escapes shall be removed from any apartment rung ladders.
without due precaution against leaving occupants without fire- All fire-escapes, except party-wall balconies, shall have proper
escape protection as required by subdivision 9 of §53 of the drop-ladders in guides from the lowest balcony of sufficient
Multiple Dwelling Law. length to reach a safe landing place beneath.
(2) Entrance story, etc.-second means of egress. Where the All fire-escapes not on the street shall have a safe and adequate
distance to safe landing, from the window sill of any apartment means of egress from the yard or court to the street or to the
on any story, including the entrance story, is more than twelve adjoining premises.
feet (12'-0"), a balcony and sliding drop-ladder or other approved Prompt and ready access shall be had to all fire-escapes. Except
second means of egress shall be provided for such apartment. as provided in §15-10(bb), such access shall be through a
Safer egress to street or other safe place shall be provided living room or private hall in each apartment or suit of rooms
from the termination of such means of egress. at each story above the ground floor and shall not include the
(3) Application blanks and plans. Before the erection of new window of a stairhall, nor shall any such egress be obstructed
fire-escapes or alteration of existing fire-escapes upon any multiple by sinks or other kitchen fixtures, or in any other way.
dwelling, application must be filed with and approved by the No existing fire-escape shall be extended or have its location
Department of Buildings. changed except with the written approval of the Department
(4) Projections beyond the building line. Every part of fire- of Buildings. Where an existing apartment in a tenement house
escapes or balconies erected on the fronts of multiple dwellings erected prior to April twelfth, nineteen hundred and one, is
shall be at least ten feet (10') above the sidewalk when such located entirely on a court and has no rooms opening on the
fire-escapes or balconies project beyond the building line. street or yard, fire-escapes hereafter provided for such apartments
(c) Illegal fire-escapes shall be removed. All vertical may be located in courts under the same conditions as prescribed
ladder, wire, chain or cable fire-escapes if required as a means of for existing fire-escapes in this subdivision.
egress shall be removed and replaced with a legal means of When wire, chain cable or vertical ladder fire-escapes are permitted
egress. to remain on Multiple Dwellings under the provisions of
(d) Acceptable existing means of egress on existing multiple subdivision 9 of §53, they shall be considered only as supplemental
dwellings. Except as provided in §15-10(c), in any existing fire-escapes.
multiple dwelling any existing means of egress which was Such fire-escapes shall be maintained in a safe condition of
lawfully permitted prior to the time the Multiple Dwelling repair at all times and shall be subject to the applicable requirements
Law became effective may be continued as a legal means of of all laws and to these rules in relation to maintenance of existing
egress as hereinafter enumerated. fire-escapes.
If located on the front or rear wall of the building and properly Before a pending violation requiring the removal of such
connected with stairs with proper openings. existing fire-escapes is superseded or cancelled, an inspection
If located in an outer court at a point distant not more than shall be made in accordance with the specific requirements as
thirty feet (30'-0") from the outer end of such court and set forth in the preceding paragraph.
provided such court is not less than five feet (5'-0") in width Each of the owners of adjoining structures, commonly served
from wall to wall at any point between such fire-escape and by party-wall balconies serving as a required means of egress,
the outer end of said court. shall maintain in good order and repair that portion of each
If located in an inner court whose least horizontal dimension such balcony which is on his property, and each such owner
is not less than fifteen feet (15'-0") measured from wall to shall maintain egress normally unobstructed and unimpeded
wall. from each such balcony to and [sic] through his structure.
If a party-wall balcony on the front or rear wall of the building It shall be unlawful for the owner of a structure on which
and there are no doors or openings in the walls between the there is a party-wall balcony serving as a required means of
two buildings other than windows in fireproof air shafts. egress from an adjoining structure, to remove such party-wall
If a party-balcony located in an outer court not more than balcony or any portion thereof or to prevent, eliminate or obstruct
fifteen feet (15'-0") in length measured from the outer end of egress from such party-wall balcony to and through his structure,
such court to the innermost point thereof, and not less than unless and until such owner has had erected a legal fire-escape or
five feet (5'-0") in width from wall to wall at any point other approved means of egress.
between the fire-escape and the outer end of said court, and See also §15-10(bb).
provided also that there are no doors or openings in the walls (e) Party-wall balconies.
between the two buildings other than windows in fireproof (1) New party-wall balconies. The erection of new party-wall
air-shafts. balconies shall be subject to the discretion and jurisdiction of
No fire-escape, however, shall be deemed sufficient unless all the Department of Buildings, provided, however, that there
the following conditions are complied with: shall be no doors or openings in the wall between the buildings
All fire-escapes, whether a required means of egress or not, shall served by such balconies other than windows in fireproof
be maintained in good order, repair and structurally safe. airshafts. New party-wall balconies will not be permitted on
All parts shall be of iron or stone. adjoining frame multiple dwellings.
Except as provided in §15-10(bb) every apartment above the (2) Existing party-wall balconies. Party-wall balconies existing
ground floor in each multiple dwelling shall have direct access to on any multiple dwelling shall afford safe egress, be kept in

443
Rules and Regulations

good order and repair, be constructed so as to be structurally minimum space of fourteen inches (14") between the strings
strong and shall be maintained in conformity with all other and the front bottom rail. There shall be a space of at least
applicable laws, rules and regulations. Such fire-escapes are twenty-four inches (24") between the string of the gooseneck
acceptable on occupied multiple dwellings. ladder and the frame of the window.
(f) Party-wall fire-escapes. The Department of Buildings Conditions may be found where this modification will not
may consent to the erection of party-wall fire-escapes on exactly apply. When such a condition is found it should be
adjoining multiple dwellings, to which the occupants have safe, brought to the attention of the Department of Buildings for
unobstructed access in common, when such party-wall fire- decision.
escapes are constructed and maintained in accordance with When fire-escapes are at the front no gooseneck ladder shall
the law and these rules. be required.
(1) Any existing party-wall fire-escape (stairways) connection When access to such existing two-balcony fire-escape is
with and used in common by a multiple dwelling and a non- solely by means of a window in a bathroom, the doors of such
multiple dwelling is acceptable when such fire-escape is bathrooms shall be glazed with glass other than wire glass and
maintained in good order and repair and affords safe egress. all key or cylinder locks shall be removed from doors. In such
(g) Double-rung ladders. bathrooms there shall be no fixtures located in front of the
(1) Double-rung ladders will not be permitted on new fire- window opening to fire-escape.
escapes. Such altered two-balcony fire-escape shall conform to all
(2) Any fire-escape existing prior to the enactment of the other requirements of law and these rules and regulations.
Multiple Dwelling Law on any multiple dwelling that does (i)Accessibility of fire-escapes from apartments, rooms,
not require a certificate of occupancy resulting from an kitchenettes and other spaces. Prompt and ready access shall
alteration, if structurally sound and in good condition and be had to all fire-escapes and, except as provided in §15-10(bb),
provided with existing ladders inclined at an angle not such access shall be through a living room, kitchenette or
exceeding eighty (80) degrees and equipped with double-rung private hall in each apartment or suite of rooms at each story
steps and which affords safe egress, shall be deemed to be a above the ground floor.
legal fire-escape. Access to fire-escapes shall not include the window of a stairhall,
When a Certification of Occupancy is requested or required in nor shall any such egress be obstructed by sinks or other kitchen
connection with a lodging house which is equipped with a fixtures, or in any other way.
double-rung ladder fire-escape and such fire-escape is in good A clear space of at least twenty-one inches (21") must be
repair and adequate, except as to type, and only minor violations maintained as a passageway between any fixtures and the side
exist the correction of which will make the premises conform of an opening leading to fire escapes.
to all other law requirements, the existing double-rung ladder fire- In any apartment which is occupied by a "family" as defined
escape may be accepted. in §4(5) Multiple Dwelling Law, and in which one or more
(3) Except as provided in §15-10(g)(2) re lodging houses, double- living rooms are rented to boarders or [sic] lodgers, every
rung ladders are not acceptable when a new Certificate of such room shall be directly accessible to a fire-escape without
Occupancy is to be issued. passing through a public hall, and for separately occupied
(h) Alteration of existing two-balcony fire-escapes on living rooms access to fire-escapes shall be direct from such
existing multiple dwellings. When a building is not more than rooms without passing through a public hall or any other
three (3) stories in height and provided with a balcony on separately occupied room, except as may be permitted in
each of the second and third stories, with connecting vertical §§66, 67 and 248 of the Multiple Dwelling Law.
ladders, and balconies not less than two feet five inches (2'-5") (1) Egress from apartments used for "Single Room Occupancy".
in width and of adequate length, the Department of Buildings No room in any apartment shall be so occupied for "single
may permit the removal of vertical ladders and replacing of room occupancy" unless each room therein shall have free
the said ladders with regulation sixty (60) degree connecting and unobstructed access to each required means of egress
stairs. Standards shall be one-half inch (1/2") round or square from the dwelling without passing through any sleeping
and height of rail at least two feet nine inches (2'-9") . room, bathroom or water-closet compartment.
The stairs shall be not less than seventeen inches (17") wide In apartments used for "single room occupancy" there shall be
with a passageway between string and wall or string and top access to a second means of egress within the apartment without
rail of not less than fourteen inches (14"). In lieu of such passing through any public stair or public hall. On and after
passageway, the Department of Buildings will permit a drop- July 1, 1957, every tenement used or occupied for single
ladder to be installed and placed at each end of the lowest room occupancy in whole or part under the provisions of
balcony in those cases where it is impractical to provide a §248, Multiple Dwelling Law, and which does not have at
passageway of such minimum width. least two means of egress accessible to each apartment and
New brackets shall be provided where necessary. extending from the ground story to the roof, shall be provided
The gateway shall be cut in the front rail with a drop-ladder with at least two means of egress, or, in lieu of such egress,
and guides from second (2nd) story to safe landing. Where every stair hall or public hall, and every hall or passage within
fire-escapes are located at rear of building a gooseneck ladder an apartment, shall be equipped on each story with one or
shall be provided. The gooseneck ladder may be placed at an more automatic sprinkler heads approved by the department.
angle from the top floor balcony to the roof. When placed at Elevator shafts in such tenements shall be completely enclosed
an angle a minimum space of twenty-four inches (24") shall with fireproof or other incombustible material and the doors to
be maintained between the strings and front top rail and a such shafts shall be fireproof or shall be covered on all sides with

444
Rules and Regulations

incombustible material. where sprinklers may be installed, in every multiple dwelling

In apartments used for "single room occupancy" where access where a fire-escape balcony is situated over and not more than
to a required means of egress is provided through a room such eight feet (8') above a non-fireproof roof, or where a non-
access to such room shall be through a clear opening at least fireproof roof of an extension is to be used as egress from fire-
thirty inches (30") wide extending from floor to ceiling and escapes, the entire ceiling of said extension must be fire-
such opening shall not be equipped with any door frame, or retarded with metal lath and cement or gypsum mortar in the
with any device by means of which the opening may be manner prescribed in §15-07(b)(1) and (i)(1) of these rules and
closed, concealed or obstructed. regulations, or with one-half inch (1/2") approved plaster
(j)Window bars, gates, etc. No iron bars, gates or other obstructing boards lined with No. 26 U.S. gage [sic] stamped metal. In
devices will be permitted on any window giving access to fire- buildings requiring the issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy
escapes or where such window provides a secondary means of as a result of being altered structurally, the only approved
egress in case of fire on any story, including the ground floor, method shall be with cement or [sic] gypsum mortar and metal lath
basement, cellar, etc. weighing not less than three (3.0) pounds per square yard
Windows on grade level at sidewalk, yard or court, or at roof which shall be applied directly to the beams or other structural
level of an adjoining building, may have bars, but at least, one members.
window in any apartment or suite of rooms shall be without bars Where the roof of an existing extension is used as fire egress,
or obstructions of any kind in order to afford a second means a balcony shall be provided at the level of the roof and, if the
of egress and such window shall conform to the provisions of distance between the said balcony and a safe landing is more
§15-10(k). than sixteen feet (16'-0"), a landing platform must be provided
(k) Windows and doors to fire-escapes. The window or not more than ten feet (10'-0") from said safe landing and this
door giving access to fire-escapes shall not be less than two landing platform and the balcony on the roof level must be
feet (2') in width and the sill of the window shall not be more connected by a regulation stairway. From the landing platform a
than three feet (3') above the floor. Window openings shall be drop-ladder in guides must be provided so as to reach the safe
not less than two feet six inches (2'-6") high in the clear. landing.
(1) Steel casement sash. Steel casement sash opening outward A balcony and drop-ladder in guides as per §15-10(r)(11) shall be
onto any fire-escape balcony three feet six inches (3'-6") in provided for every two fire-escape stacks or fraction thereof
width will be permitted, provided such sash is equipped with using an extension roof for landing and fire egress.
approved extension hinges so that, when opened, the sash (3) Skylights on extensions. Any existing skylights in said roof
will be flat against the wall, and further provided that there will be must be constructed of incombustible material whenever deemed
no adjusters on the sash as part of its equipment. Passageway necessary.
of fourteen inches (14") clear width is required to be Where skylights exist or are hereafter constructed on the roof
maintained between the sash or hinges and any portion of the of an extension used as a means of egress from a fire-escape,
fire-escape when the sash lies flat against the wall. they must not interfere with egress in any way and if in the
When casement sash is set at right angle to the fire-escape line of said egress, they must be provided with a substantial
stairway a clear radial width of twenty inches (20") must be guard-rail not less than three feet six inches (3'-6") high.
provided. (n) Egress to street required from fire-escapes located in yards
(2) Wire screens and storm windows. Wire screens are permitted and courts not extending to the street. In an old law tenement
on a door or window giving access to a fire-escape. Such screens or a converted dwelling where fire-escapes are located in a
may be of the rolling type, casement or of a type that slides yard less than thirty feet (30'-0") in depth, or in a court which
vertically or horizontally in sections, providing that there shall does not extend to such a yard or to the street, there shall be
be a clear unobstructed space two feet (2') in width and two egress to the street by means of a fireproof [sic] passageway.
feet six inches (2'-6") in height when the screens are opened In such multiple dwellings, where the yard is less than thirty
and further provided that no such screen shall be subdivided feet (30'-0") in depth and where the consent of owner of the
with muntins or other dividing or separating bars into spaces adjoining premises is obtained, in lieu of providing such
less than two feet (2') in width by two feet six inches (2'-6") in fireproof [sic] passageway, a door or gate in a lot-line fence
height. leading from such yard or court to the yard or court of the
Storm sash and storm doors are permitted on openings giving adjoining premises may be accepted, provided, however, that
access to fire-escapes provided they are arranged so as to be such door or gate provides adequate egress and is not locked
easily and readily opened from the inside and do not obstruct or secured in any manner except by a readily [sic] accessible,
or interfere with safe egress. easy to open hook or bolt.
(l) Egress from fire-escape balconies not to be obstructed. Where fire-escapes are located in the yard of a new law
Egress from fire-escape balconies must not be obstructed by tenement or of a multiple dwelling erected after April 18,
signs, fixed awnings or any other obstruction. 1929, access shall be provided from the street to the yard
(m)Extension roofs used as means of egress or directly either in a direct line or through a court as provided in
under fire-escape balcony. paragraph c of subdivision 2 of §238 and paragraph i of
(1) Hereafter erected extension roofs. Where the roof of an subdivision 2 of Section 27, Multiple Dwelling Law.
extension hereafter erected is to be used as a means of egress Where fire-escapes are located in a court of a new law tenement
from a fire-escape, or where a fire-escape balcony is located or of a multiple dwelling erected after April 18, 1929, and
directly above said roof, such roof shall be of fireproof construction. such court does not extend to the street, a fireproof passageway
(2) Existing extension roofs. Except in converted dwellings leading directly to the street shall be provided as required by

445
Rules and Regulations

paragraph b of subdivision 2 of §53, Multiple Dwelling Law. specifically.

All passageways required under these Rules shall be not less (1) Definition of "Type A" and "Type B" fire-escapes. A
than seven feet (7'-0") in height and not less than three feet (3'- "Type A" fire-escape [sic] is one which has a supporting bracket
0") in width and shall at all times be kept clear and unobstructed. at each end of the balcony or platform.
Doors and gates at the end of such passageways are prohibited, A "Type B" fire-escape is one which has brackets not more
except that a door or gate equipped with an approved-type than four feet (4') apart supporting the balcony or platform.
knob or panic bolt which shall be readily openable from the (2) Cantilever brackets will not be accepted for new fire-
inside will be permitted at the building line. Doors and gates escapes on existing buildings.
provided with keylocks or padlocks are prohibited. (3) Details of other types of structural supports for fire-escapes
(o) Location for new fire-escapes. No required fire-escape must be submitted to and approved by the Department before
shall be permitted to be placed on an adjoining property being used in the construction of fire-escapes.
without the written consent of the Department of Buildings. (4) "Type A" fire-escapes are not permitted on frame buildings,
No fire-escape shall be erected within ten feet (10') of the walls or hollow masonry constructions, on walls of solid masonry
termination of a duct. Fire-escapes for existing multiple dwellings less than eight inches (8") in thickness nor on hollow walls of
shall be located as required by the department and arranged so solid masonry unless complete construction details are submitted
as to provide legal egress for all rooms and apartments. to and approved by the Department before the construction of
(1) Fire-escapes in court (side yard). Except as provided in fire-escapes.
§15-10(bb)(6) where an apartment has a street frontage and (r)Balconies. All balconies, except those erected upon
extends also to a yard, fire-escapes may be permitted to be frame buildings and buildings having eight inch (8") brick
placed in a court (side yard) if the court (side yard) is not less walls, shall be not less than three feet four inches (3'-4") in width
than seven feet (7'-0") wide. In any multiple dwelling where overall [sic] and may project into the public highway to a
exterior structural conditions are such as to prevent the distance not greater than four feet (4') beyond the building
erection of a fire-escape on the street front or yard, new fireline. Balconies erected upon frame buildings and buildings
escapes may be permitted to be erected in a lot-line court (side having eight inch (8") brick walls shall be thirty-six inches (36")
yard) providing the lot-line court (side yard) extends from in width. Balcony railings must be not less than two feet nine
street to rear yard and is not less than three feet (3'-0") in inches (2'-9") high.
width for its full length. Fire-escapes erected in such court (1) Passageway. Seventeen inches (17") in width is required
may be three feet (3'-0") wide when the width of such court between the strings of stairs and the wall, or between the
does not permit balconies three feet four inches (3'-4") in strings of stairs and railings, clear of all projections to a height
width. of six feet six inches (6'-6").
The width of stairways and passageways and other arrangement Fourteen inches (14") clear width is required between the hatchway
details affected by the permitted reduction in the width of railing and the window sill.
balconies will be determined and furnished to contractor by Seventeen inches (17") in width is required between the
the Department upon request. gooseneck ladder and the hatchway on the upper balcony.
(2) Where an existing apartment in a tenement erected prior (2) Openings. The openings for stairways in all balconies
to April 12, 1901, is located entirely on a court and has no shall be not less than twenty-one inches (21") wide, and of
rooms opening on the street or yard, fire-escapes hereafter such length as to provide at least six feet six inches (6'-6")
provided for such apartments may be located in courts under clear headroom on all stairways at every tread, and shall have
the same conditions as prescribed for existing fire-escapes in no covers of any kind.
§15-10(d). A round, iron guard rail, three-quarter inch (3/4") in diameter
(p) Materials. All fire-escapes hereafter constructed shall consist shall be provided around all hatchways on all new balconies,
of outside open balconies and stairways of iron, stone, or other and also, when necessary, around hatchways on existing balconies.
approved materials. Wherever the term wrought iron is used Such guard rails shall be at least two feet six inches (2'-6")
in these rules it shall be deemed to include all other especially high and shall be properly braced at intervals of three feet (3')
approved metals. The brace from guard rail to the front top rail shall be so arranged
Cast iron will not be permitted to enter into the construction of to allow six feet six inches (6'-6") of headroom on the
fire-escapes. stairway.
The use of old material in the construction of new fire-escapes Openings are not permitted in the floor of the lowest balcony
is prohibited. of any new fire-escapes. Egress must be from a gateway in the
Bolts used in the construction or repair of fire-escapes shall be front of end rail.
machine bolts. The use of stove bolts is prohibited. (3) Top rails. New top rails must be one and three-quarters
The strength and construction of stone balconies hereafter erected inches by one-half inch (1 3/4" x 1/2") wrought iron or steel.
forming part of the fire-escape shall be subject to the approval Angle iron top rails will not be accepted. Separate bolt ends must
of the Department of Housing and Buildings. be one and one-half inches by one-half inch (1 1/2" x 1/2") at
All structural steel used in the construction of fire-escapes connection with top rails and secured to the same by two
shall be at least one-quarter (0.25) inch in thickness. three-eighths inch (3/8") bolts well upset.
(q) Types of fire-escapes. There shall be two types of fire- No welded connections, other than shop welding, for top rails,
escapes: "Type A" and "Type B". Except for brackets and braces as will be permitted.
hereafter described, what is applicable to one type is equally Top rails must go through the wall. When the wall is of brick,
applicable to the other whether or not it is so stated stone or concrete they must be anchored on the inner face thereof

446
Rules and Regulations

by means of nuts and four-inch by four-inch by three-eighths Floor slats may be spliced with a four inch (4") splice plate
inch (4" x 4" x 3/8") washers. Where a masonry wall is eight [sic] three-eighths inch (3/8") thick, secured by three-eighths
inches (8") in thickness the washers shall be continuous and inch (3/8") countersunk or roundhead bolts or rivets on each
shall extend vertically from four inches (4") below the bracket side of the joint.
anchorage to four inches (4") above the top rail. The ends of the floor slats must not project over stairs so as to
Bolt ends must be at least three-quarters inch (3/4") in diameter. overhang the top tread more than one-half inch (1/2"). The
Top rails must be anchored in the wall at least nine inches (9") ends of such floor slats shall not be cut or burned off so as to
from the window or door opening. be jagged or uneven. The floor slats shall be in true alignment.
On recess fire-escapes the top rails need not go through the (7) Battens. Battens must be one and one-half inches by
wall, but must be hot leaded six inches (6") in brick or stone three-eighths inch (1 1/2" x 3/8") not more than three feet (3')
and at least twelve inches (12") from the outside face of the wall. apart, riveted to the slats by five-sixteenth inch (5/16") rivets
The front and return top rail, unless in one (1) piece, must be and so spaced as to secure rigidity.
secured at the angle in the following manner: (1) with lap No welded connections, other than shop welding, for top rails
joint, by one-half inch (1/2") rivet and a strap of same dimension will be permitted.
as the top rail, with one (1) three-eighths inch (3/8") rivet or Top rails must go through the wall. When the wall is of brick,
bolt in each end of the strap; (2) with butt joint, by a triangular stone or concrete they must be anchored on the inner face
plate four inches by six inches by three-eighths inch (4" x 6" x thereof by means of nuts and four-inch by four-inch by three-
3/8") secured to each member of the top rail by two (2) three- eighths inch (4" x 4" x 3/8") washers. Where a masonry wall
eighths inch (3/8") rivets or bolts. is eight inches (8") in thickness the washers shall be continuous and
Top rails may be spliced with iron of the same dimensions as shall extend vertically from four inches (4") below the bracket
the rails with two (2) three-eighths inch (3/8") rivets or bolts on anchorage to four inches (4") above the top rail.
each side of the splice, or may be overlapped not less than Bolt ends must be at least three-quarters inch (3/4") in diameter.
eight inches (8") and secured by two (2) three-eighths inch (3/8") Top rails must be anchored in the wall at least nine inches (9")
bolts or rivets. from the window or door opening.
Where front rails are not rigid they must be braced with outside On recess fire-escapes the top rails need not go through the
braces. Said braces must be wrought iron not less than one wall, but must be hot leaded six inches (6") in brick or stone
and three-quarters inches by one-half inch (1 3/4" x 1/2") placed and at least twelve inches (12") from the outside face of the
on edge. The braces must be properly spaced and secured to wall.
the extended brackets and top rails by three-eighths inch The front and return top rail, unless in one (1) piece, must be
(3/8") rivets or bolts. Where brackets are extended to receive secured at the angle in the following manner: (1) with lap
outside braces the extended portion must never less than two joint, by one-half inch (1/2") rivet and a strap of same dimension
inches by one-half inch (2" x 1/2") and secured to the bracket as the top rail, with one (1) three-eighths inch (3/8") rivet or bolt
by two (2) three-eighths inch (3/8") rivets or bolts. in each end of the strap; (2) with butt joint, by a triangular plate
Bow braces and overhead [sic] braces will not be accepted. four inches by six inches by three-eighths inch (4" x 6" x 3/8")
(4) Bottom rails. Bottom rails must be one and one-half inches secured to each member of the top rail by two (2) three-eighths
by three-eighths inch (1 1/2" x 3/8") wrought iron and front inch (3/8") rivets or bolts.
rail of same must be secured to brackets by three-eighths inch Top rails may be spliced with iron of the same dimensions as
(3/8") rivets or bolts. the rails with two (2) three-eighths inch (3/8") rivets or bolts
Return bottom rails must be leaded or cemented in the wall on each side of the splice, or may be overlapped not less than
when the latter is of brick, or may be secured to the brackets eight inches (8") and secured by two (2) three-eighths inch
when this is practicable. (3/8") bolts or rivets.
The [sic] bottom front and return rails must be connected at Where front rails are not rigid they must be braced with
angles by at least one (1) three-eighths inch (3/8") rivet or bolt outside braces. Said braces must be wrought iron not less than
well burred. one and three-quarters inches by one-half inch (1 3/4" x 1/2")
They may be spliced as in the [sic] case of top rails. placed on edge. The braces must be properly spaced and
(5) Standards. Standards must be not less than one-half inch secured to the extended brackets and top rails by three-eighths
(1/2") round or square set vertically, riveted to the top and inch (3/8") rivets or bolts. Where brackets are extended to
bottom rails, not more than six inches (6") apart on centers. receive outside braces the extended portion must never be less
Special designs must be submitted for any variation, and approved than two inches by one-half inch (2" x 1/2") and secured to
before work is begun. the bracket by two (2) three-eighths inch (3/8") rivets or bolts.
(6) Floor slats. Floor slats must be of wrought iron one and Bow braces and overhead [sic] braces will not be accepted.
one-half inches (1 1/2") in width and three-eighths inch (3/8") (8) Landings. Landings at the head and foot of stairs shall be
thick and placed not more than one and one-quarter inches (1 at least forty inches by twenty inches (40" x 20") except on
1/4") apart. the balcony on the top story where the gooseneck ladder is
In new balconies floor slats shall not project more than six located such landing shall be not less than forty inches by
inches (6") and in old balconies not more than eighteen inches thirty inches (40" x 30"). On the lowest balcony where the
(18"), beyond the end bracket and shall not be supported by opening to drop-ladder is in the return rail at front of the lowest
the bottom rail. tread the landing must be at least forty inches by thirty-six
All floors must be well secured to the brackets by three- inches (40" x 36").
eighths inch (3/8") "U" or clamp bolts. (9) Egress from lowest balcony. The gateway in the rail must

447
Rules and Regulations

be of sufficient width to permit the proper installation of the member shall enter the wall not less than fifteen inches (15").
drop-ladder and guide-rods. The intermediate cross beams shall enter the wall not less than
When the opening to the drop-ladder is in the return rail and eight inches (8") except where they enter the wall under the
at front of the lowest step, the landing at the foot of the stairs window. In such case the cross beam shall enter the wall not
must be at least three feet by three feet, four inches (3' x 3'- less than four inches (4").
4")[sic]. The member forming the hatchway opening shall be a four-
Top rails must be well braced at the gateway. inch (4") channel iron weighing not less than seven and one-
(10) Distance from lowest balcony to ground. The distance quarter (7.25) pounds per foot. It shall be secured to the
from the lowest balcony to the ground or safe landing shall be intermediate cross beam with a three-inch by three-inch by
not more than sixteen feet (16'-0") except that in existing one-quarter inch (3" x 3" x 1/4") lug and two (2) one-half inch
multiple dwellings where due to structural conditions, such as (1/2") rivets or bolts.
plate glass store fronts, etc., it is not possible to erect such The front bottom member of the fire-escape shall be of the
lowest balcony within sixteen feet (16'-0") of the ground, the following size and weights:
Department of Buildings may permit such balcony to be
erected at a height of not more than eighteen feet (18'-0") Length of Balcony Weight of Channels Size of Channels
above the ground. Up to 11 feet 9.0 pounds per foot 5 inches
(11) Termination of fire-escapes on extension roofs. Where Up to 13 feet 10.5 pounds per foot 6 inches
fire-escape stairs or ladders rest upon a fire-proof roof, no Up to 15 feet 12.25 pounds per foot 7 inches
balcony need be provided at the foot of such stairs or ladders. Up to 17 feet 13.75 pounds per foot 8 inches
Where fire-escapes terminate on the roof of an existing extension,
a guide-rod drop-ladder shall be provided at the level of the The bracket braces shall be angle iron not less than two and
roof of such extension. Where the distance from such roof to one-half inches by two and one-half inches by one-quarter
a safe landing is more than sixteen feet (16'-0") an intermediate inch (2 1/2" x 2 1/2" x 1/4"). The braces shall drop not less
balcony not more than ten feet (10'-0") above a safe landing than twenty-four inches (24") from the top of the bracket and
shall be provided, and such intermediate balcony shall be shall extend out to a point not less than three-quarters (3/4) of
equipped with a guide-rod and drop-ladder and connected by the length of the bracket.
means of a regulation stairway and balcony at the level of the Each member of the brace shall be secured to the bracket with
extension roof. two (2) one-half inch (1/2") rivets.
Balconies, where required, must be anchored and constructed The drop member of the brace shall be secured to the
in a manner satisfactory to the Department of Buildings. extended member with two (2) one-half inch (1/2") rivets.
The roof of every extension used for egress, or upon which The heel of the brace shall be cut out one-half inch (1/2") to
fire-escapes terminate, shall be fire-proof or fire-retarded allow for the drainage of water.
according to the provisions of §15-10(m) of these Rules and Where, owing to cornices, water-tables and porticos, it is
Regulations. impossible to use the standard brackets, inverted brackets may
(s) Brackets and braces. be used. When inverted brackets are used they shall be constructed
(1) "Type A". All horizontal members of brackets and all cross with an upright wall member and a diagonal member. The wall
beams shall be not less than four-inch (4") channels weighing member shall be an angle iron not less than three inches by
not less seven and one-quarter (7.25) pounds to the linear four inches by three-eighths inch (3" x 4" x 3/8") and the
foot. diagonal member shall be an angle iron not less than three
The end bracket members shall enter the wall at a point not inches by three inches by three-eighths inch (3" x 4" x 3/8").
less than nine inches (9") from a door or window and shall be Each member shall be secured to the bracket with two (2)
anchored on the inside face of the wall with an eight-inch by one-half inch (1/2") rivets.
eight-inch by three-eighths inch (8" x 8" x 3/8") washer and a The wall members shall be secured to the wall with (2) one-
one-inch (1") bolt and nut. Where the wall is eight inches (8") inch (1") bolts which shall pass through the wall and be
in thickness the washer shall be continuous and shall extend anchored on the inside face of the wall with a washer four
across all brackets and cross beams. The bolt end shall be inches by three-eighths inch (4" x 3/8") which shall extend
wrought iron not less than two inches by one-half inch (2" x across the two (2) bolts. A one-inch (1") nut shall secure the
1/2") which shall be drawn out to form the necessary bolt end washer to the bolt. The bolts shall be placed sixteen inches
without welded connections. The bolt end shall be secured to (16") apart on centers. The four-inch (4") member of the wall
the bracket with two (2) one-half inch (1/2") rivets. On eight- brace shall bear against the wall and shall extend from the
inch (8") walls the bolt end shall not be less than nine inches bracket to and above the top return rail of the balcony. The top
(9") long. On twelve-inch (12") walls the bolt end shall not be return rail of the balcony shall be secured to the wall member
less than eleven inches (11") long. On sixteen-inch (16") of the brace with two (2) one-inch (1") rivets or nuts and bolts.
walls the bolt end shall not be less than fifteen inches (15") When inverted braces are used the bracket member shall enter
long. the wall not less than four inches (4")
When the wall is eight inches (8") in thickness the bracket All other portions of "Type A" fire-escapes, except roof balconies,
member shall enter the wall not less than seven inches (7"). shall be constructed and erected as specified for the construction
When the wall is twelve inches (12") in thickness the bracket and erection of "Type B" fire-escapes.
member shall enter the wall not less than eleven inches (11"). (2) "Type B". The horizontal members of brackets shall consist
When the wall is sixteen inches (16") in thickness the bracket of a one-piece wrought iron bar two inches by one-half inch

448
Rules and Regulations

(2" x 1/2") set so that the two inch (2") dimension is vertical. (3) Anchorages for mullion windows, both "Type A" and
Brackets shall be not more than four feet (4'-0") apart. "Type B".
Welded brackets will not be accepted.
Angle iron brackets will not be accepted. Masonry Span Brackets Anchorage Member
The top member of the bracket must be drawn out to form the 5'-0" 3'-6" long 6" channel 10.5 pounds
necessary bolt end without welded connection. or
Brackets shall be placed not less than eight inches (8") nor 6" x 4" x 9/16" angle
more than sixteen inches (16") below the window sill, except 6'-0" 3'-6" long 7" channel 9.8 pounds
by special permission from this Department. or
The top member of the bracket must go through the wall, and 6" x 4" x 11/16" angle
when the wall is of brick, must be anchored as specified for
brackets in new buildings. 7'-0" 3'-6" long 8" channel 11.5 pounds
Brackets on buildings in course of erection must be built into or
the wall. They must be carried through the wall and turned 7" channel 12.25 pounds
down three inches (3") or the top member must be drawn out 8'-0" 3'-6" long 8" channel 11.5 pounds
so as to form a bolt end one inch (1") in diameter and provided 9'-0" 3'-6" long 8" channel 13.75 pounds
with nuts and with washers four inches by six inches (4" x 6") 5'-0" 4'-0" long 8" channel 11.5 pounds
and three-eighths inch (3/8") in thickness, or where brackets or
on existing buildings or buildings in the course of erection 6" x 4" x 3/4" angle
pass through the walls under window or door openings, such 6'-0" 4'-0" long 8" channel 11.5 pounds
brackets shall be anchored on the inside face of the wall with 7'-0" 4'-0" long 8" channel 13.75 pounds
a four-inch by three-eighths inch (4" x 3/8") plate extending 8'-0" 4'-0" long 8" channel 16.25 pounds
across the opening and bearing nine inches (9") on the inn

Ubc 1976 PDF
100% (3)
Ubc 1976 PDF
726 pages
1968 NYC Building Code
100% (1)
1968 NYC Building Code
1,098 pages
Feb 23-25 Miranda B 714
No ratings yet
Feb 23-25 Miranda B 714
1 page
2021 Home Builders' Jobsite Codes
From Everand
2021 Home Builders' Jobsite Codes
Steve Van Note
No ratings yet
Silence I N Harold Pinter PDF
No ratings yet
Silence I N Harold Pinter PDF
8 pages
Module 3 - Lecture
No ratings yet
Module 3 - Lecture
67 pages
Codes and Regulations
No ratings yet
Codes and Regulations
6 pages
Los Angeles Fire Code
No ratings yet
Los Angeles Fire Code
672 pages
Kessler Emails FOIA Redacted
No ratings yet
Kessler Emails FOIA Redacted
1,121 pages
George Washington Albanian
No ratings yet
George Washington Albanian
6 pages
1968 Building Code v1
No ratings yet
1968 Building Code v1
520 pages
1968 Building Code v1
No ratings yet
1968 Building Code v1
520 pages
1968 Building Code v2 PDF
No ratings yet
1968 Building Code v2 PDF
553 pages
NYC 1968 Building Code v2
100% (1)
NYC 1968 Building Code v2
553 pages
National Building Code of The Philippines
No ratings yet
National Building Code of The Philippines
25 pages
Summaryreport Nbcp.
No ratings yet
Summaryreport Nbcp.
8 pages
The National Building Code of The Philippines
No ratings yet
The National Building Code of The Philippines
390 pages
2009 IBC Code Ordinance Rev022610
No ratings yet
2009 IBC Code Ordinance Rev022610
42 pages
Chapter 8
No ratings yet
Chapter 8
29 pages
National Building Code-URSAL, RAYMOND B..pdf
No ratings yet
National Building Code-URSAL, RAYMOND B..pdf
25 pages
Baltimore City Fire & Building Code 12-5-07
No ratings yet
Baltimore City Fire & Building Code 12-5-07
265 pages
Seattle 1998 UBC Amendtments
No ratings yet
Seattle 1998 UBC Amendtments
297 pages
Codes Adopted by City of Huntsville and Admendments
No ratings yet
Codes Adopted by City of Huntsville and Admendments
73 pages
National Building Code of The Philippines
No ratings yet
National Building Code of The Philippines
30 pages
The Implementing Regulation of The Saudi Building Code Issued by The Royal Decree No. (M / 43) Dated 26/04/1438H
No ratings yet
The Implementing Regulation of The Saudi Building Code Issued by The Royal Decree No. (M / 43) Dated 26/04/1438H
14 pages
SUMMARIZATION-OF-PRESIDENTIAL-DECREE-final-21
No ratings yet
SUMMARIZATION-OF-PRESIDENTIAL-DECREE-final-21
23 pages
2008 LA Amendment For Building Code
No ratings yet
2008 LA Amendment For Building Code
300 pages
guide-2020
No ratings yet
guide-2020
32 pages
The Building and Planning Laws: Group 3
No ratings yet
The Building and Planning Laws: Group 3
50 pages
PD 1096 - 957 - BP 220 - 344 Merged
No ratings yet
PD 1096 - 957 - BP 220 - 344 Merged
572 pages
The National Building Code of The Philippines 2005 - Vicente B. Foz
100% (2)
The National Building Code of The Philippines 2005 - Vicente B. Foz
390 pages
BaltCity BLDG, Fire Codes PDF
No ratings yet
BaltCity BLDG, Fire Codes PDF
309 pages
1096
No ratings yet
1096
16 pages
Building Code Rules
No ratings yet
Building Code Rules
4 pages
Review Questions NBC
No ratings yet
Review Questions NBC
19 pages
NATIONAL BUILDING CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES
No ratings yet
NATIONAL BUILDING CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES
7 pages
PD1096 BP344 Ra9514
No ratings yet
PD1096 BP344 Ra9514
85 pages
National Building Code Outline
No ratings yet
National Building Code Outline
14 pages
CDEP - Building Laws 01
No ratings yet
CDEP - Building Laws 01
37 pages
NBCP BSD 2024
No ratings yet
NBCP BSD 2024
15 pages
Module 1 BDESIGN 311
No ratings yet
Module 1 BDESIGN 311
47 pages
BSD313 NBCP
No ratings yet
BSD313 NBCP
7 pages
Evaluate The Following Pictures
No ratings yet
Evaluate The Following Pictures
59 pages
R 2
No ratings yet
R 2
20 pages
PP Questionnaire Only
No ratings yet
PP Questionnaire Only
15 pages
ME LAWS, ETHICS, CODES AND STANDARDS Chapter I, II, III
No ratings yet
ME LAWS, ETHICS, CODES AND STANDARDS Chapter I, II, III
2 pages
PD 1096 National Building Code
No ratings yet
PD 1096 National Building Code
12 pages
Architectural Professional Practice / Reviewer
No ratings yet
Architectural Professional Practice / Reviewer
19 pages
National Building Code of The Philippines
No ratings yet
National Building Code of The Philippines
61 pages
Discussion Materials: Building Codes and Zoning Codes
No ratings yet
Discussion Materials: Building Codes and Zoning Codes
4 pages
9026 CMS PDF
No ratings yet
9026 CMS PDF
16 pages
Chapter 1 NBCP1
No ratings yet
Chapter 1 NBCP1
8 pages
Rules Dob
No ratings yet
Rules Dob
166 pages
BUILDING CODE PRACTICE REVIEWER
No ratings yet
BUILDING CODE PRACTICE REVIEWER
3 pages
Building Design: Group 1
No ratings yet
Building Design: Group 1
9 pages
Nat'l Building Code
No ratings yet
Nat'l Building Code
61 pages
Law Cmte Meeting Notice 121012
No ratings yet
Law Cmte Meeting Notice 121012
7 pages
Building Laws
No ratings yet
Building Laws
85 pages
National Building Regulations and Building Standards Act 103 of 1977
100% (1)
National Building Regulations and Building Standards Act 103 of 1977
29 pages
General Construction Engineering
From Everand
General Construction Engineering
Priti Dave
No ratings yet
2018 Home Builders' Jobsite Codes
From Everand
2018 Home Builders' Jobsite Codes
Steve Van Note
5/5 (2)
Τι πρέπει να περιέχει ένα τοπογραφικό - 6η Έκδοση
From Everand
Τι πρέπει να περιέχει ένα τοπογραφικό - 6η Έκδοση
Παντελής Παπακωνσταντίνου
No ratings yet
Catalogue of Construction Works
From Everand
Catalogue of Construction Works
Priti Dave
4/5 (1)
Copyright Law of the United States of America and Related Laws Contained in Title 17 of the United States Code, Circular 92
From Everand
Copyright Law of the United States of America and Related Laws Contained in Title 17 of the United States Code, Circular 92
Library of Congress. Copyright Office
No ratings yet
Learn Dyn Blocks Making
No ratings yet
Learn Dyn Blocks Making
6 pages
Composer Referance All
No ratings yet
Composer Referance All
73 pages
Design of Two-Way Floor Slab System
No ratings yet
Design of Two-Way Floor Slab System
52 pages
Repairing industrial floors
No ratings yet
Repairing industrial floors
4 pages
Metal Key Joint Repair
No ratings yet
Metal Key Joint Repair
4 pages
RECOMMENDED FLOOR REPAIR PROCEDURES
No ratings yet
RECOMMENDED FLOOR REPAIR PROCEDURES
8 pages
Fmds0281 (Fire Protection System Inspection, Testing and Maintenance)
No ratings yet
Fmds0281 (Fire Protection System Inspection, Testing and Maintenance)
70 pages
Fmds0157 (Plastics in Construction)
No ratings yet
Fmds0157 (Plastics in Construction)
32 pages
Annex D PDF
No ratings yet
Annex D PDF
2 pages
Noor Jahan Begum Brief Note
No ratings yet
Noor Jahan Begum Brief Note
2 pages
1st B.R. Ambedkar Memorial Annual Human Rights Moot Court Competition Organised by J.B. Law College
No ratings yet
1st B.R. Ambedkar Memorial Annual Human Rights Moot Court Competition Organised by J.B. Law College
5 pages
Mabini Day, 23 July 2019 (50Th Batangas City Foundation Day)
No ratings yet
Mabini Day, 23 July 2019 (50Th Batangas City Foundation Day)
2 pages
Malpica DHL Devolución
No ratings yet
Malpica DHL Devolución
2 pages
CONTRACT OBJECTIVE TEST
100% (1)
CONTRACT OBJECTIVE TEST
19 pages
Ambassador Agreement
No ratings yet
Ambassador Agreement
3 pages
J&J Vs Director of Labor
No ratings yet
J&J Vs Director of Labor
3 pages
Heirs of Luna v. Afable
No ratings yet
Heirs of Luna v. Afable
3 pages
Federal Motion To Dismiss
No ratings yet
Federal Motion To Dismiss
16 pages
People Vs Teehankee Facts
No ratings yet
People Vs Teehankee Facts
2 pages
Brokers and VPs Meeting January 5 2023
No ratings yet
Brokers and VPs Meeting January 5 2023
17 pages
ABT - 18 Denmark General Conditions For Design and Build Contracts
No ratings yet
ABT - 18 Denmark General Conditions For Design and Build Contracts
30 pages
Notice CTGD 27102022
No ratings yet
Notice CTGD 27102022
55 pages
Https:Pfms.nic.in:ImplementingAgency:FundsExpenditure:AgencyFundsExpenditureDetails
No ratings yet
Https:Pfms.nic.in:ImplementingAgency:FundsExpenditure:AgencyFundsExpenditureDetails
1 page
Phenguard™ 935: Product Data Sheet
No ratings yet
Phenguard™ 935: Product Data Sheet
5 pages
Jurisprudence On Clear and Convincing Evidence
No ratings yet
Jurisprudence On Clear and Convincing Evidence
1 page
2022020436
No ratings yet
2022020436
114 pages
AUS 07 (P)
0% (1)
AUS 07 (P)
11 pages
Indigo PPT Class 12
No ratings yet
Indigo PPT Class 12
24 pages
Halima and The Scorpions1905 by Hichens, Robert Smythe, 1864-1950
No ratings yet
Halima and The Scorpions1905 by Hichens, Robert Smythe, 1864-1950
15 pages
GPA For Anish Jain Court Case
No ratings yet
GPA For Anish Jain Court Case
3 pages
Exam #1 Funda
No ratings yet
Exam #1 Funda
19 pages
AC5002-Management Accounting A21 (1st Sit) CW1 MS
No ratings yet
AC5002-Management Accounting A21 (1st Sit) CW1 MS
11 pages
Sinif Ingilizce 2. Donem 1. Yazili 1 Ingilizceciyiz
No ratings yet
Sinif Ingilizce 2. Donem 1. Yazili 1 Ingilizceciyiz
3 pages
FOP/Dale Surbaugh Complaint
No ratings yet
FOP/Dale Surbaugh Complaint
13 pages